subchapter c—hazardous materials regulations

SUBCHAPTER C—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS

PART 171—GENERAL INFORMA-

TION, REGULATIONS, AND DEFI-

NITIONS

Sec.

Subpart A—Applicability, General Require-

ments, and North American Shipments

171.1 Applicability of Hazardous Materials

Regulations (HMR) to persons and func-

tions.

171.2 General requirements.

171.3 Hazardous waste.

171.4 Marine pollutants.

171.6 Control numbers under the Paperwork

Reduction Act.

171.7 Reference material.

171.8 Definitions and abbreviations.

171.9 Rules of construction.

171.10 Units of measure.

171.11 [Reserved]

171.12 North American Shipments.

171.12a [Reserved]

171.14 [Reserved]

Subpart B—Incident Reporting, Notification,

BOE Approvals and Authorization

171.15 Immediate notice of certain haz-

ardous materials incidents.

171.16 Detailed hazardous materials inci-

dent reports.

171.17–171.18 [Reserved]

171.19 Approvals or authorizations issued by

the Bureau of Explosives.

171.20 Submission of Examination Reports.

171.21 Assistance in investigations and spe-

cial studies.

Subpart C—Authorization and Require-

ments for the Use of International

Transport Standards and Regulations

171.22 Authorization and conditions for the

use of international standards and regu-

lations.

171.23 Requirements for specific materials

and packagings transported under the

ICAO Technical Instructions, IMDG

Code, Transport Canada TDG Regula-

tions, or the IAEA Regulations.

171.24 Additional requirements for the use

of the ICAO Technical Instructions.

171.25 Additional requirements for the use

of the IMDG Code.

171.26 Additional requirements for the use

of the IAEA Regulations.

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128, 44701; 49

CFR 1.45 and 1.53; Pub. L. 101–410 section 4 (28

U.S.C. 2461 note); Pub. L. 104–134 section

31001.

DITORIAL

OTE

: Nomenclature changes to

part 171 appear at 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005.

Subpart A—Applicability, General

Requirements, and North

American Shipments

§ 171.1 Applicability of Hazardous Ma-

terials Regulations (HMR) to per-

sons and functions.

Federal hazardous materials trans-

portation law (49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq.) di-

rects the Secretary of Transportation

to establish regulations for the safe

and secure transportation of hazardous

materials in commerce, as the Sec-

retary considers appropriate. The Sec-

retary is authorized to apply these reg-

ulations to persons who transport haz-

ardous materials in commerce. In addi-

tion, the law authorizes the Secretary

to apply these regulations to persons

who cause hazardous materials to be

transported in commerce. The law also

authorizes the Secretary to apply these

regulations to persons who manufac-

ture or maintain a packaging or a com-

ponent of a packaging that is rep-

resented, marked, certified, or sold as

qualified for use in the transportation

of a hazardous material in commerce.

Federal hazardous material transpor-

tation law also applies to anyone who

indicates by marking or other means

that a hazardous material being trans-

ported in commerce is present in a

package or transport conveyance when

it is not, and to anyone who tampers

with a package or transport convey-

ance used to transport hazardous mate-

rials in commerce or a required mark-

ing, label, placard, or shipping descrip-

tion. Regulations prescribed in accord-

ance with Federal hazardous materials

transportation law shall govern safety

aspects, including security, of the

transportation of hazardous materials

that the Secretary considers appro-

priate. In 49 CFR 1.53, the Secretary

delegated authority to issue regula-

tions for the safe and secure transpor-

tation of hazardous materials in com-

merce to the Pipeline and Hazardous

Materials Safety Administrator. The

Administrator issues the Hazardous

Materials Regulations (HMR; 49 CFR

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.1

Parts 171 through 180) under that dele-

gated authority. This section addresses

the applicability of the HMR to pack-

agings represented as qualified for use

in the transportation of hazardous ma-

terials in commerce and to pre-trans-

portation and transportation func-

tions.

(a) Packagings. Requirements in the

HMR apply to each person who manu-

factures, fabricates, marks, maintains,

reconditions, repairs, or tests a pack-

aging or a component of a packaging

that is represented, marked, certified,

or sold as qualified for use in the trans-

portation of a hazardous material in

commerce, including each person under

contract with any department, agency,

or instrumentality of the executive,

legislative, or judicial branch of the

Federal government who manufac-

tures, fabricates, marks, maintains, re-

conditions, repairs, or tests a pack-

aging or a component of a packaging

that is represented, marked, certified,

or sold as qualified for use in the trans-

portation of a hazardous material in

commerce.

(b) Pre-transportation functions. Re-

quirements in the HMR apply to each

person who offers a hazardous material

for transportation in commerce, causes

a hazardous material to be transported

in commerce, or transports a hazardous

material in commerce and who per-

forms or is responsible for performing a

pre-transportation function, including

each person performing pre-transpor-

tation functions under contract with

any department, agency, or instrumen-

tality of the executive, legislative, or

judicial branch of the Federal govern-

ment. Pre-transportation functions in-

clude, but are not limited to, the fol-

lowing:

(1) Determining the hazard class of a

hazardous material.

(2) Selecting a hazardous materials

packaging.

(3) Filling a hazardous materials

packaging, including a bulk packaging.

(4) Securing a closure on a filled or

partially filled hazardous materials

package or container or on a package

or container containing a residue of a

hazardous material.

(5) Marking a package to indicate

that it contains a hazardous material.

(6) Labeling a package to indicate

that it contains a hazardous material.

(7) Preparing a shipping paper.

(8) Providing and maintaining emer-

gency response information.

(9) Reviewing a shipping paper to

verify compliance with the HMR or

international equivalents.

(10) For each person importing a haz-

ardous material into the United States,

providing the shipper with timely and

complete information as to the HMR

requirements that will apply to the

transportation of the material within

the United States.

(11) Certifying that a hazardous ma-

terial is in proper condition for trans-

portation in conformance with the re-

quirements of the HMR.

(12) Loading, blocking, and bracing a

hazardous materials package in a

freight container or transport vehicle.

(13) Segregating a hazardous mate-

rials package in a freight container or

transport vehicle from incompatible

cargo.

(14) Selecting, providing, or affixing

placards for a freight container or

transport vehicle to indicate that it

contains a hazardous material.

ments in the HMR apply to transpor-

tation of a hazardous material in com-

merce and to each person who trans-

ports a hazardous material in com-

merce, including each person under

contract with any department, agency,

or instrumentality of the executive,

legislative, or judicial branch of the

Federal government who transports a

hazardous material in commerce.

Transportation of a hazardous material

in commerce begins when a carrier

takes physical possession of the haz-

ardous material for the purpose of

transporting it and continues until the

package containing the hazardous ma-

terial is delivered to the destination

indicated on a shipping document,

package marking, or other medium, or,

in the case of a rail car, until the car

is delivered to a private track or sid-

ing. For a private motor carrier, trans-

portation of a hazardous material in

commerce begins when a motor vehicle

driver takes possession of a hazardous

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.1

material for the purpose of trans-

porting it and continues until the driv-

er relinquishes possession of the pack-

age containing the hazardous material

at its destination and is no longer re-

sponsible for performing functions sub-

ject to the HMR with respect to that

particular package. Transportation of

a hazardous material in commerce in-

cludes the following:

(1) Movement. Movement of a haz-

ardous material by rail car, aircraft,

motor vehicle, or vessel (except as del-

egated by Department of Homeland Se-

curity Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103)).

(2) Loading incidental to movement of a

hazardous material. Loading of pack-

aged or containerized hazardous mate-

rial onto a transport vehicle, aircraft,

or vessel for the purpose of trans-

porting it, including blocking and brac-

ing a hazardous materials package in a

freight container or transport vehicle,

and segregating a hazardous materials

package in a freight container or trans-

port vehicle from incompatible cargo,

when performed by carrier personnel or

in the presence of carrier personnel.

For a bulk packaging, loading inci-

dental to movement is filling the pack-

aging with a hazardous material for

the purpose of transporting it when

performed by carrier personnel or in

the presence of carrier personnel (ex-

cept as delegated by Department of

Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170

at 2(103)), including transloading.

(3) Unloading incidental to movement of

a hazardous material. Removing a pack-

age or containerized hazardous mate-

rial from a transport vehicle, aircraft,

or vessel; or for a bulk packaging,

emptying a hazardous material from

the bulk packaging after the hazardous

material has been delivered to the con-

signee when performed by carrier per-

sonnel or in the presence of carrier per-

sonnel or, in the case of a private

motor carrier, while the driver of the

motor vehicle from which the haz-

ardous material is being unloaded im-

mediately after movement is com-

pleted is present during the unloading

operation. (Emptying a hazardous ma-

terial from a bulk packaging while the

packaging is on board a vessel is sub-

ject to separate regulations as dele-

gated by Department of Homeland Se-

curity Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103).)

Unloading incidental to movement in-

cludes transloading.

(4) Storage incidental to movement of a

hazardous material. Storage of a trans-

port vehicle, freight container, or

package containing a hazardous mate-

rial by any person between the time

that a carrier takes physical possession

of the hazardous material for the pur-

pose of transporting it until the pack-

age containing the hazardous material

has been delivered to the destination

indicated on a shipping document,

package marking, or other medium, or,

in the case of a private motor carrier,

between the time that a motor vehicle

driver takes physical possession of the

hazardous material for the purpose of

transporting it until the driver relin-

quishes possession of the package at its

destination and is no longer respon-

sible for performing functions subject

to the HMR with respect to that par-

ticular package.

(i) Storage incidental to movement

includes—

(A) Storage at the destination shown

on a shipping document, including

storage at a transloading facility, pro-

vided the original shipping documenta-

tion identifies the shipment as a

through-shipment and identifies the

final destination or destinations of the

hazardous material; and

(B) A rail car containing a hazardous

material that is stored on track that

does not meet the definition of ‘‘pri-

vate track or siding’’ in § 171.8, even if

the car has been delivered to the des-

tination shown on the shipping docu-

ment.

(ii) Storage incidental to movement

does not include storage of a hazardous

material at its final destination as

shown on a shipping document.

(d) Functions not subject to the require-

ments of the HMR. The following are ex-

amples of activities to which the HMR

do not apply:

(1) Storage of a freight container,

transport vehicle, or package con-

taining a hazardous material at an of-

feror facility prior to a carrier taking

possession of the hazardous material

for movement in transportation in

commerce or, for a private motor car-

rier, prior to a motor vehicle driver

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.1

taking physical possession of the haz-

ardous material for movement in

transportation in commerce.

(2) Unloading of a hazardous material

from a transport vehicle or a bulk

packaging performed by a person em-

ployed by or working under contract to

the consignee following delivery of the

hazardous material by the carrier to

its destination and departure from the

consignee’s premises of the carrier’s

personnel or, in the case of a private

carrier, departure of the driver from

the unloading area.

(3) Storage of a freight container,

transport vehicle, or package con-

taining a hazardous material after its

delivery by a carrier to the destination

indicated on a shipping document,

package marking, or other medium, or,

in the case of a rail car, storage of a

rail car on private track.

(4) Rail and motor vehicle move-

ments of a hazardous material exclu-

sively within a contiguous facility

boundary where public access is re-

stricted, except to the extent that the

movement is on or crosses a public

road or is on track that is part of the

general railroad system of transpor-

tation, unless access to the public road

is restricted by signals, lights, gates,

or similar controls.

(5) Transportation of a hazardous ma-

terial in a motor vehicle, aircraft, or

vessel operated by a Federal, state, or

local government employee solely for

noncommercial Federal, state, or local

government purposes.

(6) Transportation of a hazardous ma-

terial by an individual for non-com-

mercial purposes in a private motor ve-

hicle, including a leased or rented

motor vehicle.

(7) Any matter subject to the postal

laws and regulations of the United

States.

(e) Requirements of other Federal agen-

cies. Each facility at which pre-trans-

portation or transportation functions

are performed in accordance with the

HMR may be subject to applicable

standards and regulations of other Fed-

eral agencies.

(f) Requirements of state and local gov-

ernment agencies. (1) Under 49 U.S.C.

5125, a requirement of a state, political

subdivision of a state, or an Indian

tribe is preempted, unless otherwise

authorized by another Federal statute

or DOT issues a waiver of preemption,

if—

(i) Complying with both the non-Fed-

eral requirement and Federal haz-

ardous materials transportation law,

the regulations issued under Federal

hazardous material transportation law

or a hazardous material transportation

security regulation or directive issued

by the Secretary of Homeland Security

is not possible;

(ii) The non-Federal requirement, as

applied or enforced, is an obstacle to

accomplishing and carrying out Fed-

eral hazardous materials transpor-

tation law, the regulations issued

under Federal hazardous material

transportation law, or a hazardous ma-

terial transportation security regula-

tion or directive issued by the Sec-

retary of Homeland Security;

(iii) The non-Federal requirement is

not substantively the same as a provi-

sion of Federal hazardous materials

transportation law, the regulations

issued under Federal hazardous mate-

rial transportation law, or a hazardous

material transportation security regu-

lation or directive issued by the Sec-

retary of Homeland Security with re-

spect to—

(A) The designation, description, and

classification of hazardous material;

(B) The packing, repacking, handling,

labeling, marking, and placarding of

hazardous material;

use of shipping documents related to

hazardous material and requirements

related to the number, contents, and

placement of those documents;

(D) The written notification, record-

ing, and reporting of the unintentional

release of hazardous material; or

(E) The design, manufacturing, fabri-

cating, marking, maintenance, recon-

ditioning, repairing, or testing of a

package or container represented,

marked, certified, or sold as qualified

for use in transporting hazardous ma-

terial.

(iv) A non-Federal designation, limi-

tation or requirement on highway

routes over which hazardous material

may or may not be transported does

not comply with the regulations in

subparts C and D of part 397 of this

title; or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.2

(v) A fee related to the transpor-

tation of a hazardous material is not

fair or is used for a purpose that is not

related to transporting hazardous ma-

terial, including enforcement and plan-

ning, developing, and maintaining a ca-

pability for emergency response.

(2) Subject to the limitations in para-

graph (f)(1) of this section, each facil-

ity at which functions regulated under

the HMR are performed may be subject

to applicable laws and regulations of

state and local governments and Indian

tribes.

(3) The procedures for DOT to make

administrative determinations of pre-

emption are set forth in subpart E of

part 397 of this title with respect to

non-Federal requirements on highway

routing (paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this sec-

tion) and in subpart C of part 107 of

this chapter with respect to all other

non-Federal requirements.

(g) Penalties for noncompliance. Each

person who knowingly violates a re-

quirement of the Federal hazardous

material transportation law, an order

issued under Federal hazardous mate-

rial transportation law, subchapter A

of this chapter, or a special permit or

approval issued under subchapter A or

C of this chapter is liable for a civil

penalty of not more than $55,000 and

not less than $250 for each violation,

except the maximum civil penalty is

$110,000 if the violation results in

death, serious illness or severe injury

to any person or substantial destruc-

tion of property, and a minimum $495

civil penalty applies to a violation re-

lating to training. When a violation is

a continuing one and involves trans-

porting of hazardous material or caus-

ing them to be transported, each day of

the violation is a separate offense.

Each person who knowingly violates

§ 171.2(l) or willfully or recklessly vio-

lates a provision of the Federal haz-

ardous material transportation law, an

order issued under Federal hazardous

material transportation law, sub-

chapter A of this chapter, or a special

permit or approval issued under sub-

chapter A or C of this chapter, shall be

fined under title 18, United States

Code, or imprisoned for not more than

5 years, or both, except the maximum

amount of imprisonment shall be 10

years in any case in which a violation

involves the release of a hazardous ma-

terial which results in death or bodily

injury to any person.

[68 FR 61937, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 20031, Apr.

15, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9,

2005; 71 FR 8488, Feb. 17, 2006; 71 FR 44931,

Aug. 8, 2006; 74 FR 68702, Dec. 29, 2009; 75 FR

53596, Sept. 1, 2010]

§ 171.2 General requirements.

(a) Each person who performs a func-

tion covered by this subchapter must

perform that function in accordance

with this subchapter.

(b) Each person who offers a haz-

ardous material for transportation in

commerce must comply with all appli-

cable requirements of this subchapter,

or an exemption or special permit, ap-

proval, or registration issued under

this subchapter or under subchapter A

of this chapter. There may be more

than one offeror of a shipment of haz-

ardous materials. Each offeror is re-

sponsible for complying with the re-

quirements of this subchapter, or an

exemption or special permit, approval,

or registration issued under this sub-

chapter or subchapter A of this chap-

ter, with respect to any pre-transpor-

tation function that it performs or is

required to perform; however, each of-

feror is responsible only for the specific

pre-transportation functions that it

performs or is required to perform, and

each offeror may rely on information

provided by another offeror, unless

that offeror knows or, a reasonable per-

son, acting in the circumstances and

exercising reasonable care, would have

knowledge that the information pro-

vided by the other offeror is incorrect.

tion covered by or having an effect on

a specification or activity prescribed in

part 178, 179, or 180 of this subchapter,

an approval issued under this sub-

chapter, or an exemption or special

permit issued under subchapter A of

this chapter, must perform the func-

tion in accordance with that specifica-

tion, approval, an exemption or special

permit, as appropriate.

(d) No person may offer or accept a

hazardous material for transportation

in commerce or transport a hazardous

material in commerce unless that per-

son is registered in conformance with

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.2

subpart G of part 107 of this chapter, if

applicable.

(e) No person may offer or accept a

hazardous material for transportation

in commerce unless the hazardous ma-

terial is properly classed, described,

packaged, marked, labeled, and in con-

dition for shipment as required or au-

thorized by applicable requirements of

this subchapter or an exemption or spe-

cial permit, approval, or registration

issued under this subchapter or sub-

chapter A of this chapter.

(f) No person may transport a haz-

ardous material in commerce unless

the hazardous material is transported

in accordance with applicable require-

ments of this subchapter, or an exemp-

tion or special permit, approval, or reg-

istration issued under this subchapter

or subchapter A of this chapter. Each

carrier who transports a hazardous ma-

terial in commerce may rely on infor-

mation provided by the offeror of the

hazardous material or a prior carrier,

unless the carrier knows or, a reason-

able person, acting in the cir-

cumstances and exercising reasonable

care, would have knowledge that the

information provided by the offeror or

prior carrier is incorrect.

(g) No person may represent, mark,

certify, sell, or offer a packaging or

container as meeting the requirements

of this subchapter governing its use in

the transportation of a hazardous ma-

terial in commerce unless the pack-

aging or container is manufactured,

fabricated, marked, maintained, recon-

ditioned, repaired, and retested in ac-

cordance with the applicable require-

ments of this subchapter. No person

may represent, mark, certify, sell, or

offer a packaging or container as meet-

ing the requirements of an exemption,

a special permit, approval, or registra-

tion issued under this subchapter or

subchapter A of this chapter unless the

packaging or container is manufac-

tured, fabricated, marked, maintained,

reconditioned, repaired, and retested in

accordance with the applicable require-

ments of the exemption, special per-

mit, approval, or registration issued

under this subchapter or subchapter A

of this chapter. The requirements of

this paragraph apply whether or not

the packaging or container is used or

to be used for the transportation of a

hazardous material.

(h) The representations, markings,

and certifications subject to the prohi-

bitions of paragraph (g) of this section

include:

(1) Specification identifications that

include the letters ‘‘ICC’’, ‘‘DOT’’,

‘‘CTC’’, ‘‘MC’’, or ‘‘UN’’;

(2) Exemption, special permit, ap-

proval, and registration numbers that

include the letters ‘‘DOT’’, ‘‘EX’’, ‘‘M’’,

or ‘‘R’’; and

(3) Test dates associated with speci-

fication, registration, approval, retest,

exemption, or special permit markings

indicating compliance with a test or

retest requirement of the HMR, or an

exemption, special permit, approval, or

registration issued under the HMR or

under subchapter A of this chapter.

(i) No person may certify that a haz-

ardous material is offered for transpor-

tation in commerce in accordance with

the requirements of this subchapter

unless the hazardous material is prop-

erly classed, described, packaged,

marked, labeled, and in condition for

shipment as required or authorized by

applicable requirements of this sub-

chapter or an exemption or special per-

mit, approval, or registration issued

under this subchapter or subchapter A

of this chapter. Each person who offers

a package containing a hazardous ma-

terial for transportation in commerce

in accordance with the requirements of

this subchapter or an exemption or spe-

cial permit, approval, or registration

issued under this subchapter or sub-

chapter A of this chapter, must assure

that the package remains in condition

for shipment until it is in the posses-

sion of the carrier.

(j) No person may, by marking or

otherwise, represent that a container

or package for transportation of a haz-

ardous material is safe, certified, or in

compliance with the requirements of

this chapter unless it meets the re-

quirements of all applicable regula-

tions issued under Federal hazardous

material transportation law.

(k) No person may, by marking or

otherwise, represent that a hazardous

material is present in a package, con-

tainer, motor vehicle, rail car, aircraft,

or vessel if the hazardous material is

not present.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.3

(l) No person may alter, remove, de-

face, destroy, or otherwise unlawfully

tamper with any marking, label,

placard, or description on a document

required by Federal hazardous material

transportation law or the regulations

issued under Federal hazardous mate-

rial transportation law. No person may

alter, deface, destroy, or otherwise un-

lawfully tamper with a package, con-

tainer, motor vehicle, rail car, aircraft,

or vessel used for the transportation of

hazardous materials.

(m) No person may falsify or alter an

exemption or special permit, approval,

registration, or other grant of author-

ity issued under this subchapter or sub-

chapter A of this chapter. No person

may offer a hazardous material for

transportation or transport a haz-

ardous material in commerce under an

exemption or special permit, approval,

registration or other grant of author-

ity issued under this subchapter or sub-

chapter A of this chapter if such grant

of authority has been altered without

the consent of the issuing authority.

No person may represent, mark, cer-

tify, or sell a packaging or container

under an exemption or special permit,

approval, registration or other grant of

authority issued under this subchapter

or subchapter A of this chapter if such

grant of authority has been altered

without the consent of the issuing au-

thority.

[68 FR 61937, Oct. 30, 2003, as amended at 70

FR 43643, July 28, 2005; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9,

2005]

§ 171.3 Hazardous waste.

(a) No person may offer for transpor-

tation or transport a hazardous waste

(as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter)

in interstate or intrastate commerce

except in accordance with the require-

ments of this subchapter.

(b) No person may accept for trans-

portation, transport, or deliver a haz-

ardous waste for which a manifest is

required unless that person:

(1) Has marked each motor vehicle

used to transport hazardous waste in

accordance with § 390.21 of this title

even though placards may not be re-

quired;

(2) Complies with the requirements

for manifests set forth in § 172.205 of

this subchapter; and

(3) Delivers, as designated on the

manifest by the generator, the entire

quantity of the waste received from the

generator or a transporter to:

(i) The designated facility or, if not

possible, to the designated alternate fa-

cility;

(ii) The designated subsequent car-

rier; or

(iii) A designated place outside the

United States.

OTE

: Federal law specifies penalties up to

$250,000 fine for an individual and $500,000 for

a company and 5 years imprisonment for the

willful discharge of hazardous waste at other

than designated facilities. 49 U.S.C. 5124.

or other hazardous material occurs

during transportation, and an official

of a State or local government or a

Federal agency, acting within the

scope of his official responsibilities, de-

termines that immediate removal of

the waste is necessary to prevent fur-

ther consequence, that official may au-

thorize the removal of the waste with-

out the preparation of a manifest.

OTE

: In such cases, EPA does not re-

quire carriers to have EPA identifica-

tion numbers.]

OTE

1: EPA requires shippers (generators)

and carriers (transporters) of hazardous

wastes to have identification numbers which

must be displayed on hazardous waste mani-

fests. See 40 CFR parts 262 and 263. (Identi-

fication number application forms may be

obtained from EPA regional offices.)

OTE

2: In 40 CFR part 263, the EPA sets

forth requirements for the cleanup of re-

leases of hazardous wastes.

[Amdt. 171–53, 45 FR 34586, May 22, 1980, as

amended by Amdt. 171–53, 45 FR 74648, Nov.

10, 1980; Amdt. 171–78, 49 FR 10510, Mar. 20,

1984; Amdt. 171–107, 54 FR 40068, Sept. 29, 1989;

Amdt. 171–111, 55 FR 52466, Dec. 21, 1990; 56

FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 171–2, 59 FR

49132, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 171–141, 61 FR

21102, May 9, 1996; 73 FR 57004, Oct. 1, 2008]

§ 171.4 Marine pollutants.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

for transportation or transport a ma-

rine pollutant, as defined in § 171.8, in

intrastate or interstate commerce ex-

cept in accordance with the require-

ments of this subchapter.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.6

(b) The requirements of this sub-

chapter for the transportation of ma-

rine pollutants are based on the provi-

sions of Annex III of the 1973 Inter-

national Convention for Prevention of

Pollution from Ships, as modified by

the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78).

part of the transportation is by vessel,

the requirements of this subchapter

specific to marine pollutants do not

apply to non-bulk packagings trans-

ported by motor vehicle, rail car or air-

craft.

[Amdt. 171–116, 57 FR 52934, Nov. 5, 1993, as

amended by Amdt. 107–39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1,

1996; 73 FR 4712, Jan. 28, 2008]

§ 171.6 Control numbers under the Pa-

perwork Reduction Act.

(a) Purpose and scope. This section

collects and displays the control num-

bers assigned to the HMR collections of

information by the Office of Manage-

ment and Budget (OMB) under the Pa-

perwork Reduction Act of 1995. This

section complies with the requirements

of 5 CFR 1320.7(f), 1320.12, 1320.13 and

1320.14 (OMB regulations implementing

the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995)

for the display of control numbers as-

signed by OMB to collections of infor-

mation of the HMR.

(b) OMB control numbers. The table in

paragraph (b)(2) of this section sets

forth the control numbers assigned to

collection of information in the HMR

by the Office of Management and Budg-

et (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduc-

tion Act of 1995.

(1) Column 1 lists the OMB control

number assigned to the HMR collec-

tions of information. Column 2 con-

tains the Report Title of the approved

collection of information. Column 3

lists the part(s) or section(s) in 49 CFR

identified or described in the collection

of information.

(2) Table.

Current OMB

control No.

Title

Title 49 CFR part or section where identified

and described

2137–0014 ......................... Cargo Tank Specification Requirements ............ §§107.503, 107.504, 178.320, 178.337,

178.338, 178.345, 180.407, 180.409,

180.413, 180.417.

2137–0018 ......................... Inspection and Testing of Portable Tanks and

Intermediate Bulk Containers.

§§ 173.24, 173.32, 178.3, 178.255, 178.273,

178.274, 178.703, 178.801, 180.352,

180.605.

2137–0022 ......................... Testing, Inspection, and Marking Requirements

for Cylinders.

§§ 173.5b, 173.302a, 173.303, 173.304,

173.309, 178.2, 178.3, 178.35, 178.44,

178.45, 178.46, 178.57, 178.59, 178.60,

178.61, 178.68, 180.205, 180.207, 180.209,

180.211, 180.213, 180.215, 180.217, Appen-

dix C to Part 180.

2137–0034 ......................... Hazardous Materials Shipping Papers and

Emergency Response Information.

§§ 172.200, 172.201, 172.202, 172.203,

172.204, 172.505, 172.600, 172.602,

172.604, 172.606, 173.6, 173.7, 173.22,

173.56, 174.24, 174.26, 174.114, 175.30,

175.31, 175.33, 176.24, 176.27, 176.30,

176.36, 176.89, 177.817.

2137–0039 ......................... Hazardous Materials Incidents Reports .............. §§171.15, 171.16, 171.21.

2137–0051 ......................... Rulemaking and Special Permit Petitions ........... §§ 105.30, 105.40, 106.95, 106.110, 107.105,

107.107, 107.109, 107.113, 107.117,

107.121, 107.123, 107.125, 107.205,

107.211, 107.215, 107.217, 107.219,

107.221, 107.223.

2137–0510 ......................... RAM Transportation Requirements ..................... Part 173, Subpart I, §§ 173.22, 173.411,

173.415, 173.416, 173.417, 173.457,

173.471, 173.472, 173.473, 173.476.

2137–0542 ......................... Flammable Cryogenic Liquids ............................. §§ 173.318, 177.816, 177.840, 180.405.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.7

Current OMB

control No.

Title

Title 49 CFR part or section where identified

and described

2137–0557 ......................... Approvals for Hazardous Materials §§ 107.402, 107.403, 107.405, 107.502,

107.503, 107.705, 107.713, 107.715,

107.717, 107.803, 107.805, 107.807, 110.30,

172.101, 172.102, Special Provisions 19, 26,

53, 55, 60, 105, 118, 121, 125, 129, 131,

133, 136, B45, B55, B61, B69, B77, B81,

N10, N72, 173.2a, 173.4, 173.7, 173.21,

173.22, 173.24, 173.31, 173.38, 173.51,

173.56, 173.58, 173.59, 173.124, 173.128,

173.159, 173.166, 173.171, 173.214,

173.222, 173.224, 173.225, 173.245,

173.301, 173.305, 173.306, 173.314,

173.315, 173.316, 173.318, 173.334,

173.340, 173.411, 173.433, 173.457,

173.471, 173.472, 173.476, 174.50, 174.63,

175.8, 175.85, 175.701, 175.703, 176.168,

176.340, 176.704, 178.3, 178.35, 178.47,

178.53, 178.273, 178.274, 178.503, 178.509,

178.605, 178.606, 178.608, 178.801,

178.813, 180.213.

2137–0559 ......................... (Rail Carriers and Tank Car Tank Require-

ments) Requirements for Rail Tank Car

Tanks—Transportation of Hazardous Mate-

rials by Rail..

§§ 172.102, Special provisions: B45, B46, B55,

B61, B69, B77, B78, B81; 173.10, 173.31,

174.20, 174.50, 174.63, 174.104, 174.114,

174.204, 179.3, 179.4, 179.5, 179.6, 179.7,

179.11, 179.18, 179.22, 179.100–9, 179.100–

12, 179.100–13, 179.100–16, 179.100–17,

179.102–4, 179.102–17, 179.103–1, 179.103–

2, 179.103–3, 179.103–5, 179.200–10,

179.200–14, 179.200–15, 179.200–16,

179.200–17, 179.200–19, 179.201–3,

179.201–8, 179.201–9, 179.220–4, 179.220–

7, 179.220–8, 179.220–13, 179.220–15,

179.220–17, 179.220–18, 179.220–20,

179.220–22, 179.300–3, 179.300–7, 179.300–

9, 179.300–12, 179.300–13, 179.300–15,

179.300–20, 179.400–3, 179.400–4, 179.400–

11, 179.400–13, 179.400–16, 179.400–17,

179.400–19, 179.400–20, 179.500–5,

179.500–8, 179.500–12, 179.500–18,

180.505, 180.509, 180.515, 180.517.

2137–0572 ......................... Testing requirements for non-bulk packages ...... §§ 173.168, 178.2, 178.601, Appendix C to Part

178, Appendix D to Part 178.

2137–0582 ......................... Container Certification Statement ....................... §§ 176.27, 176.172.

2137–0586 ......................... Hazardous Materials Public Sector Training and

Planning Grants.

Part 110.

2137–0591 ......................... Response Plans for Shipments of Oil ................. Part 130.

2137–0595 ......................... Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles in Liquefied Com-

pressed Gas Service.

§§ 173.315, 178.337–8, 178.337–9, 180.405,

180.416.

2137–0612 ......................... Hazardous Materials Security Plans ................... Part 172, Subpart I, §§ 172.800, 172.802,

172.804.

2137–0613 ......................... Subsidiary Hazard Class and Number/Type of

Packagings.

§§ 172.202, 172.203

2137–0620 ......................... Inspection and Testing of Meter Provers ............ Part 173, Subpart A, § 173.5a.

2137–0621 ......................... Requirements for United Nations (UN) Cylinders §§ 173.301, 173.304, 173.304b, 178.69, 178.70,

178.74, 178.75, 180.207, 180.209, 180.212,

180.215, 180.217.

[Amdt. 171–111, 56 FR 66157]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

citations affecting § 171.6, see the List of CFR Sec-

tions Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at

www.fdsys.gov.

§ 171.7 Reference material.

(a) Matter incorporated by reference—

(1) General. There is incorporated, by

reference in parts 170–189 of this sub-

chapter, matter referred to that is not

specifically set forth. This matter is

hereby made a part of the regulations

in parts 170–189 of this subchapter. The

matter subject to change is incor-

porated only as it is in effect on the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.7

date of issuance of the regulation refer-

ring to that matter. The material list-

ed in paragraph (a)(3) has been ap-

proved for incorporation by reference

by the Director of the Federal Register

in accordance with 5 U.S.C 552(a) and 1

CFR part 51. Material is incorporated

as it exists on the date of the approval

and a notice of any change in the mate-

rial will be published in the F

EDERAL

EGISTER

. Matters referenced by foot-

note are included as part of the regula-

tions of this subchapter.

(2) Accessibility of materials. All incor-

porated matter is available for inspec-

tion at:

(i) The Office of Hazardous Materials

Safety, Office of Hazardous Materials

Standards, East Building, PHH–10, 1200

New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington,

DC 20590–0001. For information on the

availability of this material at PHH–10,

call 1–800–467–4922, or go to: http://

www.phmsa.dot.gov; and

(ii) The National Archives and

Records Administration (NARA). For

information on the availability of this

material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or

go to: http://www.archives.gov/

federallregister/

codeloflfederallregulations/

ibrllocations.html.

(3) Table of material incorporated by

reference. The following table sets forth

material incorporated by reference.

The first column lists the name and ad-

dress of the organization from which

the material is available and the name

of the material. The second column

lists the section(s) of this subchapter,

other than § 171.7, in which the matter

is referenced. The second column is

presented for information only and

may not be all inclusive.

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

Air Transport Association of America, 1301 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20004–1707:

ATA Specification No. 300 Packaging of Airline Supplies, Revision 19, July 31, 1996 .................. 172.102.

The Aluminum Association, 1525 Wilson Blvd, Suite 6000, Arlington, VA 22209, telephone 703–358–

2960, http://www.aluminum.org.

Aluminum Standards and Data, Seventh Edition, June 1982 .......................................................... 172.102; 178.65.

Welding Aluminum: Theory and Practice, 2002 Fourth Edition ........................................................ 178.68

American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036:

ANSI/ASHRAE 15–94, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration ................................................... 173.306; 173.307.

ANSI B16.5–77, Steel Pipe Flanges, Flanged Fittings ..................................................................... 178.360–4.

ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride—Packaging for Transport, 1971, 1982, 1987, 1990, 1995 and

2001 Editions.

173.417; 173.420.

American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20005–4070:

API Recommended Practice Closures of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks, 3rd Edition,

March 1996.

172.102.

American Pyrotechnics Association (APA), P.O. Box 30438, Bethesda, MD 20824, (301) 907–8181,

www.americanpyro.com:

APA Standard 87–1, Standard for Construction and Approval for Transportation of Fireworks,

Novelties, and Theatrical Pyrotechnics, December 1, 2001 version.

173.56.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME International, 22 Law Drive, P.O. Box 2900, Fairfield,

NJ 07007–2900, telephone 1–800–843–2763 or 1–973–882–1170, http://www.asme.org:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

‘ASME Code’; ASME Code, Sections II (Parts A and B), V, VIII (Division 1), and IX of 1998 Edi-

tion of American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

172.102; 173.5b;

173.24b; 173.32;

173.306; 173.315;

173.318; 173.420;

178.245–1;

178.245–3;

178.245–4;

178.245–6;

178.245–7;

178.255–1;

178.255–2;

178.255–14;

178.255–15;

178.270–2;

178.270–3;

178.270–7;

178.270–9;

178.270–11;

178.270–12;

178.271–1;

178.272–1;

178.273; 178.274;

178.276; 178.277;

178.320; 178.337–

1; 178.337–2;

178.337–3;

178.337–4;

178.337–6;

178.337–16;

178.337–18;

178.338–1;

178.338–2;

178.338–3;

178.338–4;

178.338–5;

178.338–6;

178.338–13;

178.338–16;

178.338–18;

178.338–19;

178.345–1;

178.345–2;

178.345–3;

178.345–4;

178.345–7;

178.345–14;

178.345–15;

178.346–1;

178.347–1;

178.348–1;

179.400–3;

180.407.

Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and other Liquids, Chapters II, III, IV,

V and VI, ASME B31.4–1998 Edition.

173.5a.

American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 1942, tele-

phone (610) 832–9585, http://www.astm.org:

Noncurrent ASTM Standards are available from: Engineering Societies Library, 354 East 47th

Street, New York, NY 10017

ASTM A 20/A 20M–93a Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for

Pressure Vessels.

178.337–2;

179.102–4;

179.102–1;

179.102–17.

ASTM A 47–68 Malleable Iron Castings ........................................................................................... 179.200–15.

ASTM A 53, ASTM A 53/A 53M–06a Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-

Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.

173.5b.

ASTM A 106, ASTM A 106/A 106M–06a Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe

for High-Temperature Service.

173.5b.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

ASTM A 240/A 240M–99b Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-

Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels.

178.57; 178.358–5;

179.100–7;

179.100–10;

179.102–1;

179.102–4;

179.102–17;

179.200–7;

179.201–5;

179.220–7;

179.300–7;

179.400–5.

ASTM A 242–81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel ................... 178.338–2.

ASTM A 262–93a Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Aus-

tenitic Stainless Steels.

179.100–7;

179.200–7;

179.201–4.

ASTM A 285–78 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength 179.300–7.

ASTM A 300–58 Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Service at Low Temperatures .................. 178.337–2.

ASTM A 302/A 302M–93 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Man-

ganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum Nickel.

179.100–7;

179.200–7;

179.220–7.

ASTM A 333–67 Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service ........................ 178.45.

ASTM A 370–94 Standard Test 179.102–1; 179.102–4; Methods and Definitions for Mechanical

Testing of Steel Products.

179.102–17.

ASTM A 441–81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Manganese Va-

nadium Steel.

178.338–2.

ASTM A 514–81 Standard Specification for High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy

Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding.

178.338–2.

ASTM A 515/A 515M–03 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for

Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service.

179.300–7.

ASTM A 516/A 516M–90 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for

Moderate and Lower-Temperature Service.

178.337–2;

179.100–7;

179.102–1;

179.102–2;

179.102–4;

179.102–17;

179.200–7;

179.220–7;

179.300–7.

ASTM A 537/A 537M–91 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Car-

bon-Manganese-Silicon Steel.

179.100–7;

179.102–4;

179.102–17.

ASTM A 572–82 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbian-Vanadium

Steels of Structural Quality.

178.338–2.

ASTM A 588–81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 Ksi

Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. Thick.

178.338–2.

ASTM A 606–75 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip Hot- Rolled and Cold-Rolled,

High-Strength, Low-Alloy, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance, 1975 (Re-

approved 1981).

178.338–2.

ASTM A 607–98 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High-Strength, Low-Alloy,

Columbium or Vanadium, or Both, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled.

178.338–2.

ASTM A 612–72a High Strength Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Moderate and Lower

Temperature Service.

178.337–2.

ASTM A 633–79a Standard Specification for Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural

Steel, 1979 Edition.

178.338–2.

ASTM A 715–81 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, High-Strength,

Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 1981.

178.338–2.

ASTM A 1008/A 1008M—03 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon,

Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.

178.338–2;

178.345–2

ASTM A 1011/A 1011M—03a Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Car-

bon, Structural, High-Strength Low Alloy and High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved

Formability.

178.338–2;

178.345–2

ASTM B 162–93a Standard Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip .................................. 173.249; 179.200–7.

ASTM B 209–93 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate ....... 179.100–7;

179.200–7;

179.220–7.

ASTM B 221–76 Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, and Tubes ................................. 178.46.

ASTM B 557–84 Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Aluminum and Magnesium-Alloy Products .. 178.46.

ASTM B 580–79 Standard Specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings on Aluminum, (Re-approved

2000).

173.316; 173.318;

178.338–17.

ASTM D 56–05, Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester, approved May 1, 2005 173.120

ASTM D 86–07a, Standard Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products at Atmospheric Pressure,

approved April 1, 2007.

173.121

ASTM D 93–08, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, approved

October 15, 2008.

173.120

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

ASTM D 1078–05, Standard Test Method for Distillation Range of Volatile Organic Liquids, approved May

15, 2005.

173.121

ASTM D 1238–90b Standard Test Method for Flow Rates of Thermoplastics for Extrusion Plas-

tometer.

173.225.

ASTM D 1709–01 Standard Text Methods for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free-Fall-

ing Dart Method.

173.197.

ASTM D 1835–97 Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases .............................. 180.209.

ASTM D 1838–64 Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases ............................. 173.315.

ASTM D 1922–00a Standard Test Method for Propogation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and

Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method.

173.197.

ASTM D 3278–96 (Reapproved 2004) E

, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small

Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus, approved November 1, 2004.

173.120

ASTM D 3828–07a, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed Cup Tester, approved

July 15, 2007.

173.120

ASTM D 4206–96 Standard Test Method for Sustained Burning of Liquid Mixtures Using the

Small Scale Open-Cup Apparatus.

173.120.

ASTM D 4359–90 Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is a Liquid or a

Solid.

171.8.

ASTM E 8–99 Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials ........................... 178.36; 178.37;

178.38; 178.39;

178.44; 178.45;

178.50; 178.51;

178.53; 178.55;

178.56; 178.57;

178.58; 178.59;

178.60; 178.61;

178.68.

ASTM E 23–98 Standard Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials ...... 178.57.

ASTM E 112–88 Standard Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size .............................. 178.44.

ASTM E 112–96 Standard Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size, 1996 Edition ........ 178.274; Part 178,

appendix A.

ASTM E 114–95 Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Pulse-Echo Straight-Beam Examination by the

Contact Method.

178.45.

ASTM E 213–98 Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing ............ 178.45.

ASTM E 290–97a Standard Test Methods for Bend Testing of Material for Ductility, published February

1998.

178.37.

American Water Works Association, 1010 Vermont Avenue, N.W., Suite 810, Washington, DC 20005:

AWWA Standard C207–55, Steel Pipe Flanges, 1955 ..................................................................... 178.360–4.

American Welding Society, 550 N.W. Le Jeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126:

AWS Code B 3.0; Standard Qualification Procedure; 1972 (FRB 3.0–41, rev. May 1973) ............. 178.356–2,

178.358–2.

AWS Code D 1.0; Code for Welding in Building Construction (FR D 1.0–66, 1966) ...................... 178.356–2;

178.358–2.

Association of American Railroads, American Railroads Building, 50 F Street, NW., Washington, DC

20001; telephone (877) 999–8824, http://www.aar.org/publications.com;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C—Part III, Specifications for

Tank Cars, Specification M–1002, (AAR Specifications for Tank Cars), December 2000.

173.31; 179.6;

179.7; 179.15;

179.16; 179.20;

179.22; 179.100–

9; 179.100–10;

179.100–12;

179.100–13;

179.100–14;

179.100–18;

179.101–1;

179.102–1;

179.102–4;

179.102–17;

179.103–5;

179.200–7;

179.200–9;

179.200–10;

179.200–11;

179.200–13;

179.200–17;

179.200–22;

179.201–6;

179.220–6;

179.220–7;

179.220–10;

179.220–11;

179.220–14;

179.220–18;

179.220–26;

179.300–9;

179.300–10;

179.300–15;

179.300–17;

179.400–5;

179.400–6;

179.400–8;

179.400–11;

179.400–12;

179.400–15;

179.400–18;

179.400–20;

179.400–25;

180.509; 180.513;

180.515; 180.517.

AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section I, Specially Equipped Freight

Car and Intermodal Equipment, 1988.

174.55; 174.63.

AAR Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Construction of Freight Cars, Volume 1, 1988 .... 179.16.

Chlorine Institute, Inc., 1300 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22209

AAR Standard 286; AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C, Car

Construction Fundamentals and Details, Standard S–286, Free/Unrestricted Interchange for

286,000 lb Gross Rail Load Cars (Adopted 2002; Revised: 2003, 2005, 2006).

179.13

Chlorine Institute Emergency Kit ‘‘A’’ for 100-lb. & 150 lb. Chlorine Cylinders (with the exception

of repair method using Device 8 for side leaks), Edition 10, June 2003.

173.3

Chlorine Institute Emergency Kit ‘‘B’’ for Chlorine Ton Containers (with the exception of repair

method using Device 9 for side leaks), Edition 9, June 2003.

173.3

Type 1

⁄

JQ 225, Dwg., H51970, Revision F, November 1996; or Type 1

⁄

JQ 225, Dwg.

H50155, Revision H, November 1996.

173.315.

Section 3, Pamphlet 57, Emergency Shut-Off Systems for Bulk Transfer of Chlorine, Edition 4,

October 2003.

177.840.

Section 3, Pamphlet 166, Angle Valve Guidelines for Chlorine Bulk Transportation, 1st Edition,

October 2002.

178.337–9.

Standard Chlorine Angle Valve Assembly, Dwg. 104–8, July 1993 ................................................. 178.337–9.

Excess Flow Valve with Removable Seat, Dwg. 101–7, July 1993 ................................................. 178.337–8.

Excess Flow Valve with Removable Basket, Dwg. 106–6, July 1993 .............................................. 178.337–8.

Standards for Housing and Manway Covers for Steel Cargo Tanks, Dwgs. 137–1 and 137–2,

September 1, 1982.

178.337–10.

Typical Manway Arrangement Chlorine Cargo Tank, Dwg 137–5, November 1996 ....................... 178.337–10.

Canadian General Standards Board, Place du Portage III, 6B1 11 ............................................................... 171.12

Laurier Street, Gatineau, Quebec, Canada K1A 1G6

National Standard of Canada (CAN/CGSB 43.147—2005) Construction, Modification, Qualifica-

tion, Maintenance, and Selection and Use of Means of Containment for the Handling, Offering

for Transport, or Transportation of Dangerous Goods by Rail.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

CGA Pamphlet C–3, Standards for Welding on Thin-Walled Steel Cylinders, 1994 ....................... 178.47; 178.50;

178.51; 178.53;

178.55; 178.56;

178.57; 178.58;

178.59; 178.60;

178.61; 178.65;

178.68; 180.211.

CGA C–5, Cylinder Service Life—Seamless Steel High Pressure Cylinders, 1991 (reaffirmed

1995).

173.302a.

CGA Pamphlet C–6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas Cylinders, 1993 173.3, 173.198,

180.205, 180.209,

180.211, 180.411,

180.519.

CGA Pamphlet C–6.1, Standards for Visual Inspection of High Pressure Aluminum Compressed

Gas Cylinders, 2002, Fourth Edition.

180.205; 180.209

CGA Pamphlet C–6.2, Guidelines for Visual Inspection and Requalification of Fiber Reinforced

High Pressure Cylinders, 1996, Third Edition.

180.205.

CGA Pamphlet C–6.3, Guidelines for Visual Inspection and Requalification of Low Pressure Alu-

minum Compressed Gas Cylinders, 1991.

180.205; 180.209.

CGA C–7, Guide to Preparation of Precautionary Labeling and Marking of Compressed Gas

Containers, Appendix A, issued 2004 (8th Edition).

172.400a.

CGA Pamphlet C–8, Standard for Requalification of DOT-3HT Cylinder Design, 1985 .................. 180.205; 180.209.

CGA Pamphlet C–11, Recommended Practices for Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders at

Time of Manufacture, 2001, Third Edition.

178.35.

CGA Pamphlet C–12, Qualification Procedure for Acetylene Cylinder Design, 1994 ...................... 173.301; 173.303;

178.59; 178.60.

CGA Pamphlet C–13, Guidelines for Periodic Visual Inspection and Requalification of Acetylene

Cylinders, 2000, Fourth Edition.

173.303; 180.205;

180.209.

CGA Pamphlet C–14, Procedures for Fire Testing of DOT Cylinder Pressure Relief Device Sys-

tems, 1979.

173.301; 173.323.

CGA Pamphlet G–2.2, Guideline Method for Determining Minimum of 0.2% Water in Anhydrous

Ammonia, 1985, Second Edition, Reaffirmed 1997.

173.315.

CGA Pamphlet G–4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, 1985 .......................................... 178.338–15.

CGA Pamphlet P–20, Standard for the Classification of Toxic Gas Mixtures, 2003, Third Edition ............... 173.115.

CGA Pamphlet P–20, Standard for the Classification of Toxic Gas Mixtures, 1995 ....................... 173.115.

CGA S–1.1, Pressure Relief Device Standards—Part 1—Cylinders for Compressed Gases, 2005

(with the exception of paragraph 9.1.1.1), Twelfth Edition.

173.301, 173.304a

178.75.

CGA Pamphlet S–1.2, Safety Relief Device Standards Part 2—Cargo and Portable Tanks for

Compressed Gases, 1980.

173.315; 173.318;

178.276; 178.277.

CGA S–7, Method for Selecting Pressure Relief Devices for Compressed Gas Mixtures in Cyl-

inders, 2005.

173.301.

CGA Technical Bulletin TB–2, Guidelines for Inspection and Repair of MC–330 and MC–331

Cargo Tanks, 1980.

180.407; 180.413.

CGA Technical Bulletin TB–25, Design Considerations for Tube Trailers, 2008 Edition ................. 173.301.

Department of Defense (DOD), 2461 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22331:

DOD TB 700–2; NAVSEAINST 8020.8B; AFTO 11A–1–47; DLAR 8220.1: Explosives Hazard

Classification Procedures, January 1998.

173.56.

Packaging of Hazardous Material, DLAD 4145.41/ AR 700–143/AFJI 24–210/NAVSUPINST

4030.55B/MCO 4030.40B, January 14, 2000.

173.7

Department of Energy (USDOE), 100 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20545:

USDOE publications available from: Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office

(GPO) or The National Technical Information Service (NTIS).

USDOE, CAPE–1662, Revision 1, and Supplement 1, Civilian Application Program Engineering

Drawings, April 6, 1988.

178.356–1;

178.356–2;

178.358–1;

178.358–2;

178.358–3;

178.358–4.

USDOE, Material and Equipment Specification No. SP–9, Rev. 1, and Supplement—Fire Resist-

ant Phenolic Foam, March 28, 1968.

178.356–2;

178.358–2.

USDOE, KSS–471, November 30, 1986—Proposal for Modifications to U.S. Department of

Transportation Specification 21PF–1, Fire and Shock Resistant Phenolic Foam—Insulated

Metal Overpack.

178.358–1;

178.358–3.

General Services Administration, Specification Office, Room 6662, 7th and D Street, S.W., Washington,

DC 20407:

Federal Specification RR-C–901D, Cylinders, Compressed Gas: Seamless Shatterproof, High

Pressure DOT 3AA Steel, and 3AL Aluminum, February 21, 2003 (Superseding RR-C–901C,

1981).

173.302; 173.336;

173.337.

Institute of Makers of Explosives, 1120 19th Street NW., Suite 310, Washington, DC 20036–3605:

IME Safety Library Publication No. 22 (IME Standard 22), Recommendations for the Safe Transportation

of Detonators in a Vehicle with Certain Other Explosive Materials, February 2007.

173.63; 177.835

International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), P.O. Box 100, Wagramer Strasse 5, A–1400 Vienna, Austria:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

Also available from: Bernan Associates, 4611–F Assembly Drive, Lanham, MD 20706–4391,

USA; or Renouf Publishing Company, Ltd., 812 Proctor Avenue, Ogdensburg, New York

13669, USA.

IAEA, Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, (IAEA Regulations), 1996 Edi-

tion (Revised), No. TS-R-1 (ST-1, Revised).

171.22; 171.23;

171.26, 173.415,

173.416, 173.417,

173.473

International Civil Aviation Organization (‘‘ICAO’’), 999 University Street, Montre

al, Quebec H3C 5H7,

Canada, 1–514–954–8219, http://www.icao.int:

ICAO Technical Instructions available from: INTEREG, International Regulations, Publishing and

Distribution Organization, P.O. Box 60105, Chicago, IL 60660.

Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (ICAO Technical Instructions),

2011–2012 Edition.

171.8; 171.22;

171.23; 171.24;

172.101; 172.202;

172.401; 172.512;

172.519; 172.602;

172.704; 173.1;

173.56; 173.320;

175.33; 178.3.

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 3, rue de Varembe

, P.O. Box 131, CH—1211, GENEVA

20, Switzerland:

Fuel cell technologies—Part 6–1: Micro fuel cell power systems—Safety, IEC/PAS 62282–6–

1:2006(E), First Edition 2006–02, with Corrigendum 1, First Edition 2007–04.

§ 175.10.

International Maritime Organization (‘‘IMO’’), 4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, United Kingdom

or New York Nautical Instrument & Service Corporation, 140 West Broadway, New York, NY 10013,

+44 (0) 20 7735 7611, http://www.imo.org:

International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (SOLAS), Chapter II–2, Con-

struction—Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction, Regulation 19, Carriage of dangerous

goods, Consolidated Edition 2009.

176.63, 176.84

International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), 2010 Edition, Incorporating Amendment

35–10 (English Edition), Volumes 1 and 2.

171.22; 171.23;

171.25; 172.101

172.202; 172.203

172.401; 172.502;

172.519; 172.602;

172.704; 173.1;

173.21; 173.56;

173.320; 176.2;

176.5; 176.11;

176.27; 176.30;

176.83; 176.84;

176.140; 176.720;

178.3; 178.274.

International Organization for Standardization, Case Postale 56, CH–1211, Geneve 20, Switzerland,

http://www.iso.org:

Also available from: ANSI 25, West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036, 1–212–642–4900, http://

www.ansi.org.

ISO 535–1991(E) Paper and board—Determination of water absorptiveness—Cobb method ....... 178.516; 178.707;

178.708.

ISO 1496–1: 1990 (E)—Series 1 freight containers—Specification and testing, Part 1: General

cargo containers. Fifth Edition, (August 15, 1990).

173.411

ISO 1496–3—Series 1 freight containers—Specification and testing—Part 3: Tank containers for

liquids, gases and pressurized dry bulk, Fourth edition, March 1995, (E).

178.74; 178.75;

178.274.

ISO 1516:2002(E), Determination of flash/no flash—Closed cup equilibrium method, Third Edition, 2002–

03–01.

173.120.

ISO 1523:2002(E), Determination of flash point—Closed cup equilibrium method, Third Edition, 2002–03–

01.

173.120.

ISO 2431–1984(E) Standard Cup Method ........................................................................................ 173.121.

ISO 2592:2000(E), Determination of flash and fire points—Cleveland open cup method, Second Edition,

2000–09–15.

173.120.

ISO 2719:2002(E), Determination of flash point—Pensky-Martens closed cup method, Third Edition,

2002–11–15.

173.120.

ISO 2919–1980(E) Sealed radioactive sources—Classification ....................................................... 173.469.

ISO 3036–1975(E) Board—Determination of puncture resistance ................................................... 178.708.

ISO 3405:2000(E), Petroleum products—Determination of distillation characteristics at atmospheric pres-

sure, Third Edition, 2000–03–01.

173.121.

ISO 3574–1986(E) Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities ............ 178.503; Part 178,

appendix C.

ISO 3679:2004(E), Determination of flash point—Rapid equilibrium closed cup method, Third Edition,

2004–04–01.

173.120.

ISO 3680:2004(E), Determination of flash/no flash—Rapid equilibrium closed cup method, Fourth Edition,

2004–04–01.

173.120.

ISO 3807–2, Cylinders for acetylene—Basic requirements—Part 2: Cylinders with fusible plugs,

First edition, March 2000, (E).

173.303; 178.71.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

100

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

ISO 3924:1999(E), Petroleum products—Determination of boiling range distribution—Gas chroma-

tography method, Second Edition, 1999–08–01.

173.121.

ISO 4126–1 Safety valves—Part 1: General Requirements, December 15, 1991, First Edition ..... 178.274.

ISO 4626:1980(E), Volatile organic liquids—Determination of boiling range of organic solvents used as

raw materials, First Edition, 1980–03–01.

173.121.

ISO 4706:2008(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded steel cylinders—Test pressure 60 bar and below,

First Edition, 2008–04–15, Corrected Version, 2008–07–01.

178.71.

ISO 6406, Gas cylinders—Seamless steel gas cylinders—Periodic inspection and testing, Sec-

ond edition, February 2005, (E).

180.207.

ISO 6892 Metallic materials—Tensile testing, July 15, 1984, First Edition ...................................... 178.274.

ISO 7225, Gas cylinders—Precautionary labels, Second Edition, July 2005, (E) ........................... 178.71.

ISO 7866, Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless aluminum alloy gas cylinders—Design, construc-

tion and testing, First edition, June 1999, (E).

178.71.

ISO 8115 Cotton bales—Dimensions and density, 1986 Edition ..................................................... 172.102.

ISO 9809–1: Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and

testing—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1 100

MPa., First edition, June 1999, (E).

178.37; 178.71;

178.75.

ISO 9809–2: Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and

testing—Part 2: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength greater than or

equal to 1 100 MPa., First edition, June 2000, (E).

178.71; 178.75.

ISO 9809–3: Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and

testing—Part 3: Normalized steel cylinders, First edition, December 2000, (E).

178.71; 178.75.

ISO 9978:1992(E)—Radiation protection—Sealed radioactive sources—Leakage test methods.

First Edition, (February 15, 1992).

173.469.

ISO 10156:1996, Gases and Gas Mixtures—Determination of fire potential and oxidizing ability for the se-

lection of cylinder valve outlets, Second edition, February 1996 (E).

173.115.

ISO 10156–2:2005, Gas cylinders—Gases and gas mixtures—Part 2: Determination of oxidizing ability of

toxic and corrosive gases and gas mixtures, First edition, August 2005, (E).

173.115.

ISO 10297:2006(E), Transportable gas cylinders—Cylinder valves—Specification and type testing, Sec-

ond Edition, 2006–01–15.

173.301b; 178.71.

ISO 10461:2005(E), Gas cylinders—Seamless aluminum-alloy gas cylinders—Periodic inspection and

testing, Second Edition, 2005–02–15 and Amendment 1, 2006–07–15.

180.207.

ISO 10462, Gas cylinders—Transportable cylinders for dissolved acetylene—Periodic inspection

and maintenance, Second edition, February 2005, (E).

180.207.

ISO 10692–2:2001(E), Gas cylinders—Gas cylinder valve connections for use in the micro-electronics in-

dustry—Part 2: Specification and type testing for valve to cylinder connections, First Edition, 2001–08–

01.

173.40.

ISO 11114–1, Transportable gas cylinders—Compatibility of cylinder and valve materials with

gas contents—Part 1: Metallic materials, First edition, October 1997, (E).

173.301b; 178.71.

ISO 11114–2, Transportable gas cylinders—Compatibility of cylinder and valve materials with

gas contents—Part 2: Non-metallic materials, First edition, December 2000, (E).

173.301b; 178.71.

ISO 11117, Gas cylinders—Valve protection caps and valve guards for industrial and medical

gas cylinders—Design, construction and tests, First edition, August 1998, (E).

173.301b.

ISO 11118, Gas cylinders—Non-refillable metallic gas cylinders—Specification and test methods,

First edition, October 1999, (E).

178.71.

ISO 11119–1, Gas cylinders—Gas cylinders of composite construction—Specification and test

methods—Part 1: Hoop-wrapped composite gas cylinders, First edition, May 2002, (E).

178.71.

ISO 11119–2, Gas cylinders—Gas cylinders of composite construction—Specification and test

methods—Part 2: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders with load-sharing

metal liners, First edition, May 2002, (E).

178.71.

ISO 11119–3, Gas cylinders of composite construction—Specification and test methods—Part 3:

Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders with non-load-sharing metallic or non-

metallic liners, First edition, September 2002, (E).

178.71.

ISO 11120, Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel tubes of water capacity between 150 L and

3000 L—Design, construction and testing, First edition, March 1999, (E).

178.71; 178.75.

ISO 11621, Gas cylinders—Procedures for change of gas service, First edition, April 1997, (E) .. 173.302, 173.336,

173.337.

ISO 11623, Transportable gas cylinders—Periodic inspection and testing of composite gas cyl-

inders, First edition, March 2002, (E).

180.207.

ISO 13736:2008(E), Determination of flash point—Abel closed-cup method, Second Edition, 2008–09–15 173.120.

ISO 16111:2008(E), Transportable gas storage devices—Hydrogen absorbed in reversible metal hydride,

First Edition, 2008–11–15.

173.301b; 173.311;

178.71.

ISO 18172–1:2007(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded stainless steel cylinders—Part 1: Test pressure 6

MPa and below, First Edition, 2007–03–01.

178.71.

ISO 20703:2006(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded aluminum-alloy cylinders—Design, construction and

testing, First Edition, 2006–05–01.

178.71.

National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43229:

National Board Inspection Code, A Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, NB–23,

1992 Edition.

180.413.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA, 02169–7471 1–617–770–3000,,

http://www.nfpa.org:.

NFPA 58–Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2001 Edition .................................................................. 173.5, 173.315.

NFPA 498–Standard for Safe Havens and Interchange Lots for Vehicles Transporting Explosives, 2010

Edition.

177.835

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

101

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.7

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road,

Springfield, VA 22151:

USDC, NBS Handbook H–28 (1957), 1957 Handbook of Screw-Thread Standards for Federal

Services, December 1966 Edition.

179.2; 178.45;

178.46.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), OECD Publications and Information

Center, 2001 L Street, N.W., Suite 700, Washington, DC 20036:

OECD (2002), Test No. 404: Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion, OECD Guidelines for the Testing of

Chemicals, Section 4: Health Effects, OECD Publishing, adopted April 24, 2002.

173.137.

OECD (2004), Test No. 430: In Vitro Skin Corrosion: Transcutaneous Electrical Resistance Test (TER),

OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, Section 4: Health Effects, OECD Publishing, adopted

April 13, 2004.

173.137.

OECD (2004), Test No. 431: In Vitro Skin Corrosion: Human Skin Model Test, OECD Guidelines for the

Testing of Chemicals, Section 4: Health Effects, OECD Publishing, adopted April 13, 2004.

173.137.

OECD (2006), Test No. 435: In Vitro Membrane Barrier Test Method for Skin Corrosion, OECD Guide-

lines for the Testing of Chemicals, Section 4: Health Effects, OECD Publishing, adopted July 19, 2006.

173.137.

Transport Canada, TDG Canadian Government Publishing Center, Supply and Services, Canada, Ot-

tawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 059, 416–973–1868, http://www.tc.gc.ca:

Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (Transport Canada TDG Regulations), August 2001 in-

cluding Clear Language Amendments SOR 2001–286; SOR/2002–306 August 8, 2002; SOR/2003–273

July 24, 2003; SOR/2003–400 December 3, 2003; SOR/2005–216 July 13, 2005; SOR/2005–279 Sep-

tember 21, 2005; SOR/2008–34 February 7, 2008 and SOR/2007–179 July 31, 2007.

171.12; 171.22;

171.23; 172.401;

172.502; 172.519;

172.602; 173.31;

173.32; 173.33.

Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association, 1020 Princess Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314:

TTMA RP No. 61–98, Performance of manhole and/or Fill Opening Assemblies on MC 306,

DOT 406, Non-ASME MC 312 and Non-ASME DOT 412 Cargo Tanks, June 1, 1998.

180.405.

TTMA RP No. 81–97, Performance of Spring Loaded Pressure Relief Valves on MC 306, MC

307, MC 312, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 Tanks, July 1, 1997 Edition.

178.345–10;

178.346–3.

TTMA TB No. 107, Procedure for Testing In-Service Unmarked and/or Uncertified MC 306 and

Non-ASME MC 312 Type Cargo Tank Manhole Covers, June 1, 1998 Edition.

180.405.

United Nations, Publications, 2 United Nations Plaza, Room DC2–853, New York, NY 10017, 1–212–

963–8302, http://unp.un.org.

UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations, sixteenth revised edi-

tion, Volumes I and II (2009).

171.8; 171.12;

172.202; 172.401;

172.407; 172.502;

173.1; 173.3;

173.22; 173.24;

173.24b; 173.40;

173.56; 173.192;

173.302b;

173.304b; 178.75;

178.274; 178.500;

178.700; 178.900.

UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, fifth revised

edition (2009).

172.102; 173.21;

173.56; 173.57;

173.58; 173.60;

173.115; 173.124;

173.125; 173.127;

173.128; 173.137;

173.185; 173.220;

Part 173, appen-

dix H; 178.274.

United States Enrichment Corporation, Inc. (USEC):

USEC Inc., 6903 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20817.

USEC–651—Good Handling Practices for Uranium Hexafluoride, Revision 8, January 1999 ........ 173.417

(b) List of informational materials not

requiring incorporation by reference. The

materials listed in this paragraph do

not require approval for incorporation

by reference and are included for infor-

mational purposes. These materials

may be used as noted in those sections

in which the material is referenced.

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

American Biological Safety Association

1202 Allanson Road, Mundelein, IL 60060

Risk Group Classification for Infectious Agents, 1998 .................................................................................... 173.134

American Institute of Chemical Engineers (AIChE),

3 Park Avenue New York, NY 10016–5991

Process Safety Progress Journal, Vol. 21, No. 2.

Example of a Test Method for Venting Sizing: OPPSD/SPI Methodology ..................................................... Note to § 173.

225(h)(3)(vi).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

102

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

Source and name of material 49 CFR reference

American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428:

Noncurrent ASTM Standards are available from: Engineering Societies Library, 354 East 47th Street,

New York, NY 10017

ASTM E 380–89 Standards for Metric Practice .............................................................................................. 171.10

Association of American Railroads,

American Railroads Building, 50 F Street, NW., Washington, DC 20001

AAR Catalog Nos. SE60CHT; SE60CC; SE60CHTE; SE60CE; SE60DC; SE60DE ..................................... 179.14

AAR Catalog Nos. SE67CC; SE67CE; SE67BHT; SE67BC; SE67BHTE; SE67BE ...................................... 179.14

AAR Catalog Nos. SE68BHT; SE68BC; SE68BHTE; SE68BE ...................................................................... 179.14

AAR Catalog Nos. SE69AHTE; SE69AE ........................................................................................................ 179.14

AAR Catalog Nos. SF70CHT; SF70CC; SF70CHTE; SF70CE ...................................................................... 179.14

AAR Catalog Nos. SF73AC; SF73AE; SF73AHT; SF73AHTE ....................................................................... 179.14

AAR Catalog Nos. SF79CHT; SF79CC; SF79CHTE; SF79CE ...................................................................... 179.14

Bureau of Explosives,

Hazardous Materials Systems (BOE), Association of American Railroads, American Railroads Build-

ing, 50 F Street, NW., Washington, DC 20001

Fetterley’s Formula (The Determination of the Relief Dimensions for Safety Valves on Containers in

which Liquefied gas is charged and when the exterior surface of the container is exposed to a tem-

perature of 1,200 °F.).

173.315

Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers, issued June 2001 .................... 174.55; 174.101;

174.112; 174.115.

Pamphlet 6, Illustrating Methods for Loading and Bracing Carload and Less-Than-Carload Shipments of

Explosives and Other Dangerous Articles, 1962.

174.55; 174.101;

174.112; 174.115;

174.290

Pamphlet 6A (includes appendix No. 1, October 1944 and appendix 2, December 1945), Illustrating Meth-

ods for Loading and Bracing Carload and Less-Than-Carload Shipments of Loaded Projectiles, Loaded

Bombs, etc., 1943.

174.101; 174.290

Pamphlet 6C, Illustrating Methods for Loading and Bracing Trailers and Less-Than-Trailer Shipments of

Explosives and Other Dangerous Articles Via Trailer-on-Flatcar (TOFC) or Container-on-Flatcar

(COFC), 1985.

174.55; 174.63;

174.101; 174.112;

174.115

Emergency Handling of Hazardous Materials in Surface Transportation, 1989 ............................................. 171.7

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30333

Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, Fourth Edition, April 1999 ................................... 173.134

Compressed Gas Association, Inc., 4221 Walney Road, 5th Floor, Chantilly, Virginia 20151

CGA C–1.1, Personnel Training and Certification Guidelines for Cylinder Requalification By the Volu-

metric Expansion Method, 2004, First Edition.

180.209

National Institutes of Health

Bethesda, MD 20892

NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules (NIH Guidelines), January 2001, Ap-

pendix B.

173.134

Pantone Incorporated

590 Commerce Boulevard, Carlstadt, New Jersey 07072–3098

Pantone

Formula guide coated/uncoated, Second Edition 2004 ................................................................. 172.407, 172.519

Society of Plastics Industries, Inc.,

Organic Peroxide Producers Safety Division, 1275 K Street, NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20005

Self Accelerating Decomposition Temperature Test, 1972 ............................................................................. 173.21

Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association,

1020 Princess Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314, telephone (703) 549–3010, http://www.ttmanet.org:

TTMA RP No. 96–01, TTMA RP No. 96–01, Structural Integrity of DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 Cy-

lindrical Cargo Tanks, January 2001 Edition.

178.345–3

[Amdt. 171–111, 55 FR 52466, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTES

: 1. At 68 FR 19273, Apr. 18, 2003, § 171.7(a)(3) was amended by removing the

entry for ‘‘TTMA TB No. 81’’ under ‘‘Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association’’. The amend-

ment could not be incorporated because that entry does not exist.

2. For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

citations affecting § 171.7, see the List of CFR Sections Affected,

which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 171.8 Definitions and abbreviations.

In this subchapter,

Administrator means the Adminis-

trator, Pipeline and Hazardous Mate-

rials Safety Administration.

Aerosol means any non-refillable re-

ceptacle containing a gas compressed,

liquefied or dissolved under pressure,

the sole purpose of which is to expel a

nonpoisonous (other than a Division 6.1

Packing Group III material) liquid,

paste, or powder and fitted with a self-

closing release device allowing the con-

tents to be ejected by the gas.

Aggregate lithium content means the

sum of the grams of lithium content or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

103

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.8

equivalent lithium content contained

by the cells comprising a battery.

Agricultural product means a haz-

ardous material, other than a haz-

ardous waste, whose end use directly

supports the production of an agricul-

tural commodity including, but not

limited to a fertilizer, pesticide, soil

amendment or fuel. An agricultural

product is limited to a material in

Class 3, 8 or 9, Division 2.1, 2.2, 5.1, or

6.1, or an ORM-D material.

Approval means a written authoriza-

tion, including a competent authority

approval, from the Associate Adminis-

trator or other designated Department

official, to perform a function for

which prior authorization by the Asso-

ciate Administrator is required under

subchapter C of this chapter (49 CFR

parts 171 through 180.)

Approved means approval issued or

recognized by the Department unless

otherwise specifically indicated in this

subchapter.

Asphyxiant gas means a gas which di-

lutes or replaces oxygen normally in

the atmosphere.

Associate Administrator means the As-

sociate Administrator for Hazardous

Materials Safety, Pipeline and Haz-

ardous Materials Safety Administra-

tion.

Atmospheric gases means air, nitro-

gen, oxygen, argon, krypton, neon and

xenon.

Authorized Inspection Agency means:

(1) A jurisdiction which has adopted

and administers one or more sections

of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-

sel Code as a legal requirement and has

a representative serving as a member

of the ASME Conference Committee; or

(2) an insurance company which has

been licensed or registered by the ap-

propriate authority of a State of the

United States or a Province of Canada

to underwrite boiler and pressure ves-

sel insurance in such State or Prov-

ince.

Authorized Inspector means an Inspec-

tor who is currently commissioned by

the National Board of Boiler and Pres-

sure Vessel Inspectors and employed as

an Inspector by an Authorized Inspec-

tion Agency.

Bag means a flexible packaging made

of paper, plastic film, textiles, woven

material or other similar materials.

Bar means 1 BAR = 100 kPa (14.5 psi).

Barge means a non-selfpropelled ves-

sel.

Biological product. See § 173.134 of this

subchapter.

Biological substances, Category B. See

§ 173.134 of this subchapter.

Bottle means an inner packaging hav-

ing a neck of relatively smaller cross

section than the body and an opening

capable of holding a closure for reten-

tion of the contents.

Bottom shell means that portion of a

tank car tank surface, excluding the

head ends of the tank car tank, that

lies within two feet, measured circum-

ferentially, of the bottom longitudinal

center line of the tank car tank.

Box means a packaging with com-

plete rectangular or polygonal faces,

made of metal, wood, plywood, recon-

stituted wood, fiberboard, plastic, or

other suitable material. Holes appro-

priate to the size and use of the pack-

aging, for purposes such as ease of han-

dling or opening, or to meet classifica-

tion requirements, are permitted as

long as they do not compromise the in-

tegrity of the packaging during trans-

portation, and are not otherwise pro-

hibited in this subchapter.

Break-bulk means packages of haz-

ardous materials that are handled indi-

vidually, palletized, or unitized for pur-

poses of transportation as opposed to

bulk and containerized freight.

Btu means British thermal unit.

Bulk packaging means a packaging,

other than a vessel or a barge, includ-

ing a transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer, in which hazardous materials

are loaded with no intermediate form

of containment. A Large Packaging in

which hazardous materials are loaded

with an intermediate form of contain-

ment, such as one or more articles or

inner packagings, is also a bulk pack-

aging. Additionally, a bulk packaging

has: * * *

(1) A maximum capacity greater than

450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a

liquid;

(2) A maximum net mass greater

than 400 kg (882 pounds) and a max-

imum capacity greater than 450 L (119

gallons) as a receptacle for a solid; or

(3) A water capacity greater than 454

kg (1000 pounds) as a receptacle for a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

104

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

gas as defined in § 173.115 of this sub-

chapter.

Bundle of cylinders means assemblies

of UN cylinders fastened together and

interconnected by a manifold and

transported as a unit. The total water

capacity for the bundle may not exceed

3,000 L, except that a bundle intended

for the transport of gases in Division

2.3 is limited to a water capacity of

1,000 L.

Bureau of Explosives means the Bu-

reau of Explosives (B of E) of the Asso-

ciation of American Railroads.

C means Celsius or Centigrade.

Captain of the Port (COTP) means the

officer of the Coast Guard, under the

command of a District Commander, so

designated by the Commandant for the

purpose of giving immediate direction

to Coast Guard law enforcement activi-

ties within an assigned area. As used in

this subchapter, the term Captain of the

Port includes an authorized representa-

tive of the Captain of the Port.

Carfloat means a vessel that operates

on a short run on an irregular basis and

serves one or more points in a port

area as an extension of a rail line or

highway over water, and does not oper-

ate in ocean, coastwise, or ferry serv-

ice.

Cargo aircraft only means an aircraft

that is used to transport cargo and is

not engaged in carrying passengers.

For purposes of this subchapter, the

terms cargo aircraft only, cargo-only air-

craft and cargo aircraft have the same

meaning.

Cargo tank means a bulk packaging

that:

(1) Is a tank intended primarily for

the carriage of liquids or gases and in-

cludes appurtenances, reinforcements,

fittings, and closures (for the definition

of a tank, see 49 CFR 178.320, 178.337–1,

or 178.338–1, as applicable);

(2) Is permanently attached to or

forms a part of a motor vehicle, or is

not permanently attached to a motor

vehicle but which, by reason of its size,

construction or attachment to a motor

vehicle is loaded or unloaded without

being removed from the motor vehicle;

and

(3) Is not fabricated under a speci-

fication for cylinders, intermediate

bulk containers, multi-unit tank car

tanks, portable tanks, or tank cars.

Cargo tank motor vehicle means a

motor vehicle with one or more cargo

tanks permanently attached to or

forming an integral part of the motor

vehicle.

Cargo vessel means: (1) Any vessel

other than a passenger vessel; and

(2) Any ferry being operated under

authority of a change of character cer-

tificate issued by a Coast Guard Offi-

cer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection.

Carrier means a person who trans-

ports passengers or property in com-

merce by rail car, aircraft, motor vehi-

cle, or vessel.

CC means closed-cup.

Character of vessel means the type of

service in which the vessel is engaged

at the time of carriage of a hazardous

material.

Class means hazard class. See hazard

class.

Class 1. See § 173.50 of this subchapter.

Class 2. See § 173.115 of this sub-

chapter.

Class 3. See § 173.120 of this sub-

chapter.

Class 4. See § 173.124 of this sub-

chapter.

Class 5. See § 173.128 of this sub-

chapter.

Class 6. See § 173.132 of this sub-

chapter.

Class 7. See § 173.403 of this sub-

chapter.

Class 8. See § 173.136 of this sub-

chapter.

Class 9. See § 173.140 of this sub-

chapter.

Closure means a device which closes

an opening in a receptacle.

COFC means container-on-flat-car.

Combination packaging means a com-

bination of packaging, for transport

purposes, consisting of one or more

inner packagings secured in a non-bulk

outer packaging. It does not include a

composite packaging.

Combustible liquid. See § 173.120 of this

subchapter.

Commerce means trade or transpor-

tation in the jurisdiction of the United

States within a single state; between a

place in a state and a place outside of

the state; that affects trade or trans-

portation between a place in a state

and place outside of the state; or on a

United States-registered aircraft.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

105

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.8

Compatibility group letter means a des-

ignated alphabetical letter used to cat-

egorize different types of explosive sub-

stances and articles for purposes of

stowage and segregation. See § 173.52 of

this subchapter.

Competent Authority means a national

agency responsible under its national

law for the control or regulation of a

particular aspect of the transportation

of hazardous materials (dangerous

goods). The term Appropriate Authority,

as used in the ICAO Technical Instruc-

tions (IBR, see § 171.7), has the same

meaning as Competent Authority. For

purposes of this subchapter, the Asso-

ciate Administrator is the Competent

Authority for the United States.

Composite packaging means a pack-

aging consisting of an outer packaging

and an inner receptacle, so constructed

that the inner receptacle and the outer

packaging form an integral packaging.

Once assembled it remains thereafter

an integrated single unit; it is filled,

stored, shipped and emptied as such.

Compressed gas. See § 173.115 of this

subchapter.

Consignee means the person or place

shown on a shipping document, pack-

age marking, or other media as the lo-

cation to which a carrier is directed to

transport a hazardous material.

Consumer commodity means a material

that is packaged and distributed in a

form intended or suitable for sale

through retail sales agencies or instru-

mentalities for consumption by indi-

viduals for purposes of personal care or

household use. This term also includes

drugs and medicines.

Containership means a cargo vessel

designed and constructed to transport,

within specifically designed cells, port-

able tanks and freight containers

which are lifted on and off with their

contents intact.

Corrosive material. See § 173.136 of this

subchapter.

Crate means an outer packaging with

incomplete surfaces.

Crewmember means a person assigned

to perform duty in an aircraft during

flight time.

Cryogenic liquid. See § 173.115(g) of

this subchapter.

Cultures and stocks. See § 173.134 of

this subchapter.

Cylinder means a pressure vessel de-

signed for pressures higher than 40 psia

and having a circular cross section. It

does not include a portable tank,

multi-unit tank car tank, cargo tank,

or tank car.

Dangerous when wet material. See

§ 173.124 of this subchapter.

Design Certifying Engineer means a

person registered with the Department

in accordance with subpart F of part

107 of this chapter who has the knowl-

edge and ability to perform stress anal-

ysis of pressure vessels and otherwise

determine whether a cargo tank design

and construction meets the applicable

DOT specification. A Design Certifying

Engineer meets the knowledge and abil-

ity requirements of this section by

meeting any one of the following re-

quirements:

(1) Has an engineering degree and one

year of work experience in cargo tank

structural or mechanical design;

(2) Is currently registered as a profes-

sional engineer by appropriate author-

ity of a state of the United States or a

province of Canada; or

(3) Has at least three years’ experi-

ence in performing the duties of a De-

sign Certifying Engineer prior to Sep-

tember 1, 1991.

Designated facility means a hazardous

waste treatment, storage, or disposal

facility that has been designated on

the manifest by the generator.

District Commander means the Dis-

trict Commander of the Coast Guard,

or his authorized representative, who

has jurisdiction in the particular geo-

graphical area.

Division means a subdivision of a haz-

ard class.

DOD means the U.S. Department of

Defense.

Domestic transportation means trans-

portation between places within the

United States other than through a for-

eign country.

DOT or Department means U.S. De-

partment of Transportation.

Drum means a flat-ended or convex-

ended cylindrical packaging made of

metal, fiberboard, plastic, plywood, or

other suitable materials. This defini-

tion also includes packagings of other

shapes made of metal or plastic (e.g.,

round taper-necked packagings or pail-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

106

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

shaped packagings) but does not in-

clude cylinders, jerricans, wooden bar-

rels or bulk packagings.

Electronic data interchange (EDI)

means the computer-to-computer ex-

change of business data in standard

formats. In EDI, information is orga-

nized according to a specific format

(electronic transmission protocol)

agreed upon by the sender and receiver

of this information, and transmitted

through a computer transaction that

requires no human intervention or re-

typing at either end of the trans-

mission.

Elevated temperature material means a

material which, when offered for trans-

portation or transported in a bulk

packaging:

(1) Is in a liquid phase and at a tem-

perature at or above 100 °C (212 °F);

(2) Is in a liquid phase with a flash

point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that is

intentionally heated and offered for

transportation or transported at or

above its flash point; or

(3) Is in a solid phase and at a tem-

perature at or above 240 °C (464 °F).

Engine means a locomotive propelled

by any form of energy and used by a

railroad.

EPA means U.S. Environmental Pro-

tection Agency.

Equivalent lithium content means, for

a lithium-ion cell, the product of the

rated capacity, in ampere-hours, of a

lithium-ion cell times 0.3, with the re-

sult expressed in grams. The equivalent

lithium content of a battery equals the

sum of the grams of equivalent lithium

content contained in the component

cells of the battery.

Etiologic agent. See § 173.134 of this

subchapter.

EX number means a number preceded

by the prefix ‘‘EX’’, assigned by the As-

sociate Administrator, to an item that

has been evaluated under the provi-

sions of § 173.56 of this subchapter.

Explosive. See § 173.50 of this sub-

chapter.

F means degree Fahrenheit.

Farmer means a person engaged in

the production or raising of crops,

poultry, or livestock.

Federal hazardous material transpor-

tation law means 49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq.

Ferry vessel means a vessel which is

limited in its use to the carriage of

deck passengers or vehicles or both, op-

erates on a short run on a frequent

schedule between two points over the

most direct water route, other than in

ocean or coastwise service, and is of-

fered as a public service of a type nor-

mally attributed to a bridge or tunnel.

Filling density has the following

meanings:

(1) For compressed gases in cylinders,

see § 173.304a(a)(2) table note 1.

(2) For compressed gases in tank

cars, see § 173.314(c) table note 1.

(3) For compressed gases in cargo

tanks and portable tanks, see

§ 173.315(a) table note 1.

(4) For cryogenic liquids in cylinders,

except hydrogen, see § 173.316(c)(1).

(5) For hydrogen, cryogenic liquid in

cylinders, see § 173.316(c)(3) table note 1.

(6) For cryogenic liquids in cargo

tanks, see § 173.318(f)(1).

(7) For cryogenic liquids in tank cars,

see § 173.319(d)(1).

Flammable gas. See § 173.115 of this

subchapter.

Flammable liquid. See § 173.120 of this

subchapter.

Flammable solid. See § 173.124 of this

subchapter.

Flash point. See § 173.120 of this sub-

chapter.

Freight container means a reusable

container having a volume of 64 cubic

feet or more, designed and constructed

to permit being lifted with its contents

intact and intended primarily for con-

tainment of packages (in unit form)

during transportation.

Fuel cell means an electrochemical

device that converts the energy of the

chemical reaction between a fuel, such

as hydrogen or hydrogen rich gases, al-

cohols, or hydrocarbons, and an oxi-

dant, such as air or oxygen, to direct

current (d.c.) power, heat, and other re-

action products.

Fuel cell cartridge or fuel cartridge

means an article that stores fuel for

discharge into the fuel cell through a

valve(s) that controls the discharge of

fuel into the fuel cell.

Fuel cell system means a fuel cell with

an installed fuel cell cartridge together

with wiring, valves, and other attach-

ments that connect the fuel cell or car-

tridge to the device it powers. The fuel

cell or cartridge may be so constructed

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

107

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.8

that it forms an integral part of the de-

vice or may be removed and connected

manually to the device.

Fuel tank means a tank other than a

cargo tank, used to transport flam-

mable or combustible liquid, or com-

pressed gas for the purpose of sup-

plying fuel for propulsion of the trans-

port vehicle to which it is attached, or

for the operation of other equipment

on the transport vehicle.

Fumigated lading. See §§ 172.302(g) and

173.9.

Gas means a material which has a

vapor pressure greater than 300 kPa

(43.5 psia) at 50 °C (122 °F) or is com-

pletely gaseous at 20 °C (68 °F) at a

standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7

psia).

Gross weight or Gross mass means the

weight of a packaging plus the weight

of its contents.

Hazard class means the category of

hazard assigned to a hazardous mate-

rial under the definitional criteria of

part 173 of this subchapter and the pro-

visions of the § 172.101 table. A material

may meet the defining criteria for

more than one hazard class but is as-

signed to only one hazard class.

Hazard zone means one of four levels

of hazard (Hazard Zones A through D)

assigned to gases, as specified in

§ 173.116(a) of this subchapter, and one

of two levels of hazards (Hazard Zones

A and B) assigned to liquids that are

poisonous by inhalation, as specified in

§ 173.133(a) of this subchapter. A hazard

zone is based on the LC50 value for

acute inhalation toxicity of gases and

vapors, as specified in § 173.133(a).

Hazardous material means a substance

or material that the Secretary of

Transportation has determined is capa-

ble of posing an unreasonable risk to

health, safety, and property when

transported in commerce, and has des-

ignated as hazardous under section 5103

of Federal hazardous materials trans-

portation law (49 U.S.C. 5103). The term

includes hazardous substances, haz-

ardous wastes, marine pollutants, ele-

vated temperature materials, mate-

rials designated as hazardous in the

Hazardous Materials Table (see 49 CFR

172.101), and materials that meet the

defining criteria for hazard classes and

divisions in part 173 of subchapter C of

this chapter.

Hazardous substance for the purposes

of this subchapter, means a material,

including its mixtures and solutions,

that—

(1) Is listed in the appendix A to

§ 172.101 of this subchapter;

(2) Is in a quantity, in one package,

which equals or exceeds the reportable

quantity (RQ) listed in the appendix A

to § 172.101 of this subchapter; and

(3) When in a mixture or solution—

(i) For radionuclides, conforms to

paragraph 7 of the appendix A to

§ 172.101.

(ii) For other than radionuclides, is

in a concentration by weight which

equals or exceeds the concentration

corresponding to the RQ of the mate-

rial, as shown in the following table:

RQ pounds (kilograms)

Concentration by

weight

Percent PPM

5000 (2270) ....................................... 10 100,000

1000 (454) ......................................... 2 20,000

100 (45.4) .......................................... 0.2 2,000

10 (4.54) ............................................ 0.02 200

1 (0.454) ............................................ 0.002 20

The term does not include petroleum,

including crude oil or any fraction

thereof which is not otherwise specifi-

cally listed or designated as a haz-

ardous substance in appendix A to

§ 172.101 of this subchapter, and the

term does not include natural gas, nat-

ural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas,

or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mix-

tures of natural gas and such synthetic

gas).

Hazardous waste, for the purposes of

this chapter, means any material that

is subject to the Hazardous Waste

Manifest Requirements of the U.S. En-

vironmental Protection Agency speci-

fied in 40 CFR part 262.

Hazmat means a hazardous material.

Hazmat employee means: (1) A person

who is:

(i) Employed on a full-time, part

time, or temporary basis by a hazmat

employer and who in the course of such

full time, part time or temporary em-

ployment directly affects hazardous

materials transportation safety;

(ii) Self-employed (including an

owner-operator of a motor vehicle, ves-

sel, or aircraft) transporting hazardous

materials in commerce who in the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

108

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

course of such self-employment di-

rectly affects hazardous materials

transportation safety;

(iii) A railroad signalman; or

(iv) A railroad maintenance-of-way

employee.

(2) This term includes an individual,

employed on a full time, part time, or

temporary basis by a hazmat employer,

or who is self-employed, who during

the course of employment:

(i) Loads, unloads, or handles haz-

ardous materials;

(ii) Designs, manufactures, fab-

ricates, inspects, marks, maintains, re-

conditions, repairs, or tests a package,

container or packaging component

that is represented, marked, certified,

or sold as qualified for use in trans-

porting hazardous material in com-

merce.

(iii) Prepares hazardous materials for

transportation;

(iv) Is responsible for safety of trans-

porting hazardous materials;

(v) Operates a vehicle used to trans-

port hazardous materials.

Hazmat employer means:

(1) A person who employs or uses at

least one hazmat employee on a full-

time, part time, or temporary basis;

and who:

(i) Transports hazardous materials in

commerce;

(ii) Causes hazardous materials to be

transported in commerce; or

(iii) Designs, manufactures, fab-

ricates, inspects, marks, maintains, re-

conditions, repairs or tests a package,

container, or packaging component

that is represented, marked, certified,

or sold by that person as qualified for

use in transporting hazardous mate-

rials in commerce;

(2) A person who is self-employed (in-

cluding an owner-operator of a motor

vehicle, vessel, or aircraft) trans-

porting materials in commerce; and

who:

(i) Transports hazardous materials in

commerce;

(ii) Causes hazardous materials to be

transported in commerce; or

(iii) Designs, manufactures, fab-

ricates, inspects, marks, maintains, re-

conditions, repairs or tests a package,

container, or packaging component

that is represented, marked, certified,

or sold by that person as qualified for

use in transporting hazardous mate-

rials in commerce; or

(3) A department, agency, or instru-

mentality of the United States Govern-

ment, or an authority of a State, polit-

ical subdivision of a State, or an Indian

tribe; and who:

(i) Transports hazardous materials in

commerce;

(ii) Causes hazardous materials to be

transported in commerce; or

(iii) Designs, manufactures, fab-

ricates, inspects, marks, maintains, re-

conditions, repairs or tests a package,

container, or packaging component

that is represented, marked, certified,

or sold by that person as qualified for

use in transporting hazardous mate-

rials in commerce.

Hermetically sealed means closed by

fusion, gasketing, crimping, or equiva-

lent means so that no gas or vapor can

enter or escape.

Household waste means any solid

waste (including garbage, trash, and

sanitary waste from septic tanks) de-

rived from households (including single

and multiple residences, hotels and

motels, bunkhouses, ranger stations,

crew quarters, campgrounds, picnic

grounds, and day-use recreation areas).

This term is not applicable to consoli-

dated shipments of household haz-

ardous materials transported from col-

lection centers. A collection center is a

central location where household waste

is collected.

HMR means the Hazardous Materials

Regulations, Parts 171 through 180 of

this chapter.

IAEA means International Atomic

Energy Agency.

IATA means International Air Trans-

port Association.

ICAO means International Civil Avia-

tion Organization.

IMO means International Maritime

Organization.

Incorporated by reference or IBR

means a publication or a portion of a

publication that is made a part of the

regulations of this subchapter. See

§ 171.7.

Infectious substance (etiologic agent).

See § 173.134 of this subchapter.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

109

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.8

Inner packaging means a packaging

for which an outer packaging is re-

quired for transport. It does not in-

clude the inner receptacle of a com-

posite packaging.

Inner receptacle means a receptacle

which requires an outer packaging in

order to perform its containment func-

tion. The inner receptacle may be an

inner packaging of a combination

packaging or the inner receptacle of a

composite packaging.

Intermediate bulk container or IBC

means a rigid or flexible portable pack-

aging, other than a cylinder or port-

able tank, which is designed for me-

chanical handling. Standards for IBCs

manufactured in the United States are

set forth in subparts N and O of part

178 of this subchapter.

Intermediate packaging means a pack-

aging which encloses an inner pack-

aging or article and is itself enclosed in

an outer packaging.

Intermodal container means a freight

container designed and constructed to

permit it to be used interchangeably in

two or more modes of transport.

Intermodal portable tank or IM portable

tank means a specific class of portable

tanks designed primarily for inter-

national intermodal use.

International transportation means

transportation—

(1) Between any place in the United

States and any place in a foreign coun-

try;

(2) Between places in the United

States through a foreign country; or

(3) Between places in one or more for-

eign countries through the United

States.

Irritating material. See § 173.132(a)(2) of

this subchapter.

Jerrican means a metal or plastic

packaging of rectangular or polygonal

cross-section.

Large packaging means a packaging

that—

(1) Consists of an outer packaging

that contains articles or inner pack-

agings;

(2) Is designated for mechanical han-

dling;

(3) Exceeds 400 kg net mass or 450 li-

ters (118.9 gallons) capacity;

(4) Has a volume of not more than 3

cubic meters (m

) (see § 178.801(i) of this

subchapter); and

(5) Conforms to the requirements for

the construction, testing and marking

of Large Packagings as specified in

subparts P and Q of part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

Limited quantity, when specified as

such in a section applicable to a par-

ticular material, means the maximum

amount of a hazardous material for

which there is a specific labeling or

packaging exception.

Lighter means a mechanically oper-

ated flame-producing device employing

an ignition device and containing a

Class 3 or a Division 2.1 material. For

design, capacity, and filling density re-

quirements for lighters containing a

Division 2.1 material, see § 173.308.

Lighter refill means a pressurized con-

tainer that does not contain an igni-

tion device but does contain a release

device and is intended for use as a re-

placement cartridge in a lighter or to

refill a lighter with a Division 2.1 flam-

mable gas fuel. For capacity limits, see

§ 173.306(h) of this subchapter.

Liquid means a material, other than

an elevated temperature material, with

a melting point or initial melting point

of 20 °C (68 °F) or lower at a standard

pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia). A vis-

cous material for which a specific

melting point cannot be determined

must be subjected to the procedures

specified in ASTM D 4359 ‘‘Standard

Test Method for Determining Whether

a Material is Liquid or Solid’’ (IBR, see

§ 171.7).

Liquid phase means a material that

meets the definition of liquid when

evaluated at the higher of the tempera-

ture at which it is offered for transpor-

tation or at which it is transported,

not at the 38 °C (100 °F) temperature

specified in ASTM D 4359 (IBR, see

§ 171.7).

Lithium content means the mass of

lithium in the anode of a lithium metal

or lithium alloy cell. The lithium con-

tent of a battery equals the sum of the

grams of lithium content contained in

the component cells of the battery. For

a lithium-ion cell see the definition for

‘‘equivalent lithium content’’.

Loading incidental to movement means

loading by carrier personnel or in the

presence of carrier personnel of pack-

aged or containerized hazardous mate-

rial onto a transport vehicle, aircraft,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

110

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

or vessel for the purpose of trans-

porting it, including the loading,

blocking and bracing a hazardous ma-

terials package in a freight container

or transport vehicle, and segregating a

hazardous materials package in a

freight container or transport vehicle

from incompatible cargo. For a bulk

packaging, loading incidental to move-

ment means filling the packaging with

a hazardous material for the purpose of

transporting it. Loading incidental to

movement includes transloading.

Magazine vessel means a vessel used

for the receiving, storing, or dispensing

of explosives.

Magnetic material. See § 173.21(d) of

this subchapter.

Marine pollutant, means a material

which is listed in appendix B to § 172.101

of this subchapter (also see § 171.4) and,

when in a solution or mixture of one or

more marine pollutants, is packaged in

a concentration which equals or ex-

ceeds:

(1) Ten percent by weight of the solu-

tion or mixture for materials listed in

the appendix; or

(2) One percent by weight of the solu-

tion or mixture for materials that are

identified as severe marine pollutants

in the appendix.

Marking means a descriptive name,

identification number, instructions,

cautions, weight, specification, or UN

marks, or combinations thereof, re-

quired by this subchapter on outer

packagings of hazardous materials.

Material of trade means a hazardous

material, other than a hazardous

waste, that is carried on a motor vehi-

cle—

(1) For the purpose of protecting the

health and safety of the motor vehicle

operator or passengers;

(2) For the purpose of supporting the

operation or maintenance of a motor

vehicle (including its auxiliary equip-

ment); or

(3) By a private motor carrier (in-

cluding vehicles operated by a rail car-

rier) in direct support of a principal

business that is other than transpor-

tation by motor vehicle.

Material poisonous by inhalation or

Material toxic by inhalation means:

(1) A gas meeting the defining cri-

teria in § 173.115(c) of this subchapter

and assigned to Hazard Zone A, B, C, or

D in accordance with § 173.116(a) of this

subchapter;

(2) A liquid (other than as a mist)

meeting the defining criteria in

§ 173.132(a)(1)(iii) of this subchapter and

assigned to Hazard Zone A or B in ac-

cordance with § 173.133(a) of this sub-

chapter; or

(3) Any material identified as an in-

halation hazard by a special provision

in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

Maximum allowable working pressure

or MAWP: For DOT specification cargo

tanks used to transport liquid haz-

ardous materials, see § 178.320(a) of this

subchapter.

Maximum capacity means the max-

imum inner volume of receptacles or

packagings.

Maximum net mass means the allow-

able maximum net mass of contents in

a single packaging, or as used in sub-

part M of part 178 of this subchapter,

the maximum combined mass of inner

packaging, and the contents thereof.

Mechanical displacement meter prover

means a mechanical device used in the

oilfield service industry consisting of a

pipe assembly that is used to calibrate

the accuracy and performance of me-

ters that measure the quantities of a

product being pumped or transferred at

facilities such as drilling locations, re-

fineries, tank farms, and loading racks.

Metered delivery service means a cargo

tank unloading operation conducted at

a metered flow rate of 378.5 L (100 gal-

lons) per minute or less through an at-

tached delivery hose with a nominal in-

side diameter of 3.175 cm (1

⁄

inches) or

less.

Metal hydride storage system means a

single complete hydrogen storage sys-

tem that includes a receptacle, metal

hydride, pressure relief device, shut-off

valve, service equipment and internal

components used for the transpor-

tation of hydrogen only.

Miscellaneous hazardous material. See

§ 173.140 of this subchapter.

Mixture means a material composed

of more than one chemical compound

or element.

Mode means any of the following

transportation methods; rail, highway,

air, or water.

Motor vehicle includes a vehicle, ma-

chine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer,

or any combination thereof, propelled

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

111

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.8

or drawn by mechanical power and

used upon the highways in the trans-

portation of passengers or property. It

does not include a vehicle, locomotive,

or car operated exclusively on a rail or

rails, or a trolley bus operated by elec-

tric power derived from a fixed over-

head wire, furnishing local passenger

transportation similar to street-rail-

way service.

Movement means the physical trans-

fer of a hazardous material from one

geographic location to another by rail

car, aircraft, motor vehicle, or vessel.

Multiple-element gas container or

MEGC means assemblies of UN cyl-

inders, tubes, or bundles of cylinders

interconnected by a manifold and as-

sembled within a framework. The term

includes all service equipment and

structural equipment necessary for the

transport of gases.

Name of contents means the proper

shipping name as specified in § 172.101

of this subchapter.

Navigable waters means, for the pur-

poses of this subchapter, waters of the

United States, including the territorial

seas.

Non-bulk packaging means a pack-

aging which has:

(1) A maximum capacity of 450 L (119

gallons) or less as a receptacle for a

liquid;

(2) A maximum net mass of 400 kg

(882 pounds) or less and a maximum ca-

pacity of 450 L (119 gallons) or less as a

receptacle for a solid; or

(3) A water capacity of 454 kg (1000

pounds) or less as a receptacle for a gas

as defined in § 173.115 of this sub-

chapter.

Nonflammable gas. See § 173.115 of this

subchapter.

N.O.S. means not otherwise specified.

N.O.S. description means a shipping

description from the § 172.101 table

which includes the abbreviation n.o.s.

NPT means an American Standard

taper pipe thread conforming to the re-

quirements of NBS Handbook H–28

(IBR, see § 171.7).

NRC (non-reusable container) means a

packaging (container) whose reuse is

restricted in accordance with the pro-

visions of § 173.28 of this subchapter.

Occupied caboose means a rail car

being used to transport non-passenger

personnel.

Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection

means a person from the civilian or

military branch of the Coast Guard

designated as such by the Commandant

and who under the supervision and di-

rection of the Coast Guard District

Commander is in charge of a des-

ignated inspection zone for the per-

formance of duties with respect to the

enforcement and administration of

title 52, Revised Statutes, acts amend-

atory thereof or supplemental thereto,

rules and regulations thereunder, and

the inspection required thereby.

Offshore supply vessel means a cargo

vessel of less than 500 gross tons that

regularly transports goods, supplies or

equipment in support of exploration or

production of offshore mineral or en-

ergy resources.

Open cryogenic receptacle means a

transportable thermally insulated re-

ceptacle for refrigerated liquefied gases

maintained at atmospheric pressure by

continuous venting of the refrigerated

gas.

Operator means a person who controls

the use of an aircraft, vessel, or vehi-

cle.

Organic peroxide. See § 173.128 of this

subchapter.

ORM means other regulated mate-

rial. See § 173.144 of this subchapter.

Outage or ullage means the amount

by which a packaging falls short of

being liquid full, usually expressed in

percent by volume.

Outer packaging means the outermost

enclosure of a composite or combina-

tion packaging together with any ab-

sorbent materials, cushioning and any

other components necessary to contain

and protect inner receptacles or inner

packagings.

Overpack, except as provided in sub-

part K of part 178 of this subchapter,

means an enclosure that is used by a

single consignor to provide protection

or convenience in handling of a pack-

age or to consolidate two or more

packages. Overpack does not include a

transport vehicle, freight container, or

aircraft unit load device. Examples of

overpacks are one or more packages:

(1) Placed or stacked onto a load

board such as a pallet and secured by

strapping, shrink wrapping, stretch

wrapping, or other suitable means; or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

112

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

(2) Placed in a protective outer pack-

aging such as a box or crate.

Oxidizer. See § 173.127 of this sub-

chapter.

Oxidizing gas means a gas which may,

generally by providing oxygen, cause

or contribute to the combustion of

other material more than air does.

Oxidizing gas means a gas that may,

generally by providing oxygen, cause

or contribute to the combustion of

other material more than air does. Spe-

cifically, this means a pure gas or gas

mixture with an oxidizing power great-

er than 23.5% as determined by a meth-

od specified in ISO 10156: or 10156–2:

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) (see

also § 173.115(k)).

Oxygen generator (chemical) means a

device containing chemicals that upon

activation release oxygen as a product

of chemical reaction.

Package or Outside Package means a

packaging plus its contents. For radio-

active materials, see § 173.403 of this

subchapter.

Packaging means a receptacle and

any other components or materials

necessary for the receptacle to perform

its containment function in conform-

ance with the minimum packing re-

quirements of this subchapter. For ra-

dioactive materials packaging, see

§ 173.403 of this subchapter.

Packing group means a grouping ac-

cording to the degree of danger pre-

sented by hazardous materials. Pack-

ing Group I indicates great danger;

Packing Group II, medium danger;

Packing Group III, minor danger. See

§ 172.101(f) of this subchapter.

Passenger (With respect to vessels and

for the purposes of part 176 only) means

a person being carried on a vessel other

than:

(1) The owner or his representative;

(2) The operator;

(3) A bona fide member of the crew

engaged in the business of the vessel

who has contributed no consideration

for his carriage and who is paid for his

services; or

(4) A guest who has not contributed

any consideration directly or indi-

rectly for his carriage.

Passenger-carrying aircraft means an

aircraft that carries any person other

than a crewmember, company em-

ployee, an authorized representative of

the United States, or a person accom-

panying the shipment.

Passenger vessel means—

(1) A vessel subject to any of the re-

quirements of the International Con-

vention for the Safety of Life at Sea,

1974, which carries more than 12 pas-

sengers;

(2) A cargo vessel documented under

the laws of the United States and not

subject to that Convention, which car-

ries more than 16 passengers;

(3) A cargo vessel of any foreign na-

tion that extends reciprocal privileges

and is not subject to that Convention

and which carries more than 16 pas-

sengers; and

(4) A vessel engaged in a ferry oper-

ation and which carries passengers.

Person means an individual, corpora-

tion, company, association, firm, part-

nership, society, joint stock company;

or a government, Indian Tribe, or au-

thority of a government or Tribe, that

offers a hazardous material for trans-

portation in commerce, transports a

hazardous material to support a com-

mercial enterprise, or designs, manu-

factures, fabricates, inspects, marks,

maintains, reconditions, repairs, or

tests a package, container, or pack-

aging component that is represented,

marked, certified, or sold as qualified

for use in transporting hazardous ma-

terial in commerce. This term does not

include the United States Postal Serv-

ice or, for purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 and

5124, a Department, agency, or instru-

mentality of the government.

Person who offers or offeror means:

(1) Any person who does either or

both of the following:

(i) Performs, or is responsible for per-

forming, any pre-transportation func-

tion required under this subchapter for

transportation of the hazardous mate-

rial in commerce.

(ii) Tenders or makes the hazardous

material available to a carrier for

transportation in commerce.

(2) A carrier is not an offeror when it

performs a function required by this

subchapter as a condition of accept-

ance of a hazardous material for trans-

portation in commerce (e.g., reviewing

shipping papers, examining packages

to ensure that they are in conformance

with this subchapter, or preparing

shipping documentation for its own

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

113

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.8

use) or when it transfers a hazardous

material to another carrier for contin-

ued transportation in commerce with-

out performing a pre-transportation

function.

PHMSA means the Pipeline and Haz-

ardous Materials Safety Administra-

tion, U.S. Department of Transpor-

tation, Washington, DC 20590.

Placarded car means a rail car which

is placarded in accordance with the re-

quirements of part 172 of this sub-

chapter.

Poisonous gas. See § 173.115 of this sub-

chapter.

Poisonous materials. See § 173.132 of

this subchapter.

Portable tank means a bulk packaging

(except a cylinder having a water ca-

pacity of 1000 pounds or less) designed

primarily to be loaded onto, or on, or

temporarily attached to a transport ve-

hicle or ship and equipped with skids,

mountings, or accessories to facilitate

handling of the tank by mechanical

means. It does not include a cargo

tank, tank car, multi-unit tank car

tank, or trailer carrying 3AX, 3AAX, or

3T cylinders.

Preferred route or Preferred highway is

a highway for shipment of highway

route controlled quantities of radioactive

materials so designated by a State

routing agency, and any Interstate

System highway for which an alter-

native highway has not been des-

ignated by such State agency as pro-

vided by § 397.103 of this title.

Pre-transportation function means a

function specified in the HMR that is

required to assure the safe transpor-

tation of a hazardous material in com-

merce, including—

(1) Determining the hazard class of a

hazardous material.

(2) Selecting a hazardous materials

packaging.

(3) Filling a hazardous materials

packaging, including a bulk packaging.

(4) Securing a closure on a filled or

partially filled hazardous materials

package or container or on a package

or container containing a residue of a

hazardous material.

(5) Marking a package to indicate

that it contains a hazardous material.

(6) Labeling a package to indicate

that it contains a hazardous material.

(7) Preparing a shipping paper.

(8) Providing and maintaining emer-

gency response information.

(9) Reviewing a shipping paper to

verify compliance with the HMR or

international equivalents.

(10) For each person importing a haz-

ardous material into the United States,

providing the shipper with timely and

complete information as to the HMR

requirements that will apply to the

transportation of the material within

the United States.

(11) Certifying that a hazardous ma-

terial is in proper condition for trans-

portation in conformance with the re-

quirements of the HMR.

(12) Loading, blocking, and bracing a

hazardous materials package in a

freight container or transport vehicle.

(13) Segregating a hazardous mate-

rials package in a freight container or

transport vehicle from incompatible

cargo.

(14) Selecting, providing, or affixing

placards for a freight container or

transport vehicle to indicate that it

contains a hazardous material.

Primary hazard means the hazard

class of a material as assigned in the

§ 172.101 table.

Private track or Private siding means:

(i) Track located outside of a carrier’s

right-of-way, yard, or terminals where

the carrier does not own the rails, ties,

roadbed, or right-of-way, or

(ii) Track leased by a railroad to a

lessee, where the lease provides for,

and actual practice entails, exclusive

use of that trackage by the lessee and/

or a general system railroad for pur-

pose of moving only cars shipped to or

by the lessee, and where the lessor oth-

erwise exercises no control over or re-

sponsibility for the trackage or the

cars on the trackage.

Proper shipping name means the name

of the hazardous material shown in

Roman print (not italics) in § 172.101 of

this subchapter.

Psi means pounds per square inch.

Psia means pounds per square inch

absolute.

Psig means pounds per square inch

gauge.

Public vessel means a vessel owned by

and being used in the public service of

the United States. It does not include a

vessel owned by the United States and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

114

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

engaged in a trade or commercial serv-

ice or a vessel under contract or char-

ter to the United States.

Pyrophoric liquid. See § 173.124(b) of

this subchapter.

Radioactive materials. See § 173.403 of

this subchapter for definitions relating

to radioactive materials.

Rail car means a car designed to

carry freight or non-passenger per-

sonnel by rail, and includes a box car,

flat car, gondola car, hopper car, tank

car, and occupied caboose.

Railroad means a person engaged in

transportation by rail.

Receptacle means a containment ves-

sel for receiving and holding materials,

including any means of closing.

U.N. Recommendations means the U.N.

Recommendations on the Transport of

Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

Reconditioned packaging. See § 173.28

of this subchapter.

Registered Inspector means a person

registered with the Department in ac-

cordance with subpart F of part 107 of

this chapter who has the knowledge

and ability to determine whether a

cargo tank conforms to the applicable

DOT specification. A Registered Inspec-

tor meets the knowledge and ability re-

quirements of this section by meeting

any one of the following requirements:

(1) Has an engineering degree and one

year of work experience relating to the

testing and inspection of cargo tanks;

(2) Has an associate degree in engi-

neering and two years of work experi-

ence relating to the testing and inspec-

tion of cargo tanks;

(3) Has a high school diploma (or

General Equivalency Diploma) and

three years of work experience relating

to the testing and inspection of cargo

tanks; or

(4) Has at least three years’ experi-

ence performing the duties of a Reg-

istered Inspector prior to September 1,

1991.

Regulated medical waste. See § 173.134

of this subchapter.

Remanufactured packagings. See

§ 173.28 of this subchapter.

Reportable quantity (RQ) for the pur-

poses of this subchapter means the

quantity specified in column 2 of the

appendix to § 172.101 for any material

identified in column 1 of the appendix.

Research means investigation or ex-

perimentation aimed at the discovery

of new theories or laws and the dis-

covery and interpretation of facts or

revision of accepted theories or laws in

the light of new facts. Research does

not include the application of existing

technology to industrial endeavors.

Residue means the hazardous mate-

rial remaining in a packaging, includ-

ing a tank car, after its contents have

been unloaded to the maximum extent

practicable and before the packaging is

either refilled or cleaned of hazardous

material and purged to remove any

hazardous vapors.

Reused packaging. See § 173.28 of this

subchapter.

SADT means self-accelerated decom-

position temperature. See § 173.21(f) of

this subchapter.

Salvage packaging means a special

packaging conforming to § 173.3 of this

subchapter into which damaged, defec-

tive, leaking, or non-conforming haz-

ardous materials packages, or haz-

ardous materials that have spilled or

leaked, are placed for purposes of

transport for recovery or disposal.

SCF (standard cubic foot) means one

cubic foot of gas measured at 60 °F. and

14.7 psia.

Secretary means the Secretary of

Transportation.

Self-defense spray means an aerosol or

non-pressurized device that:

(1) Is intended to have an irritating

or incapacitating effect on a person or

animal; and

(2) Meets no hazard criteria other

than for Class 9 (for example, a pepper

spray; see § 173.140(a) of this sub-

chapter) and, for an aerosol, Division

2.1 or 2.2 (see § 173.115 of this sub-

chapter), except that it may contain

not more than two percent by mass of

a tear gas substance (e.g.,

chloroacetophenone (CN) or 0-

chlorobenzylmalonitrile (CS); see

§ 173.132(a)(2) of this subchapter.)

Settled pressure means the pressure

exerted by the contents of a UN pres-

sure receptacle in thermal and diffu-

sive equilibrium.

Sharps. See § 173.134 of this sub-

chapter.

Shipping paper means a shipping

order, bill of lading, manifest or other

shipping document serving a similar

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

115

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.8

purpose and prepared in accordance

with subpart C of part 172 of this chap-

ter.

Siftproof packaging means a pack-

aging impermeable to dry contents, in-

cluding fine solid material produced

during transportation.

Single packaging means a non-bulk

packaging other than a combination

packaging.

Solid means a material which is not a

gas or a liquid.

Solution means any homogeneous liq-

uid mixture of two or more chemical

compounds or elements that will not

undergo any segregation under condi-

tions normal to transportation.

Special permit means a document

issued by the Associate Administrator,

or other designated Department offi-

cial, under the authority of 49 U.S.C.

5117 permitting a person to perform a

function that is not otherwise per-

mitted under subchapter A or C of this

chapter, or other regulations issued

under 49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq. (e.g., Federal

Motor Carrier Safety routing require-

ments).

Specification packaging means a pack-

aging conforming to one of the speci-

fications or standards for packagings

in part 178 or part 179 of this sub-

chapter.

Spontaneously combustible material.

See § 173.124(b) of this subchapter.

Stabilized means that the hazardous

material is in a condition that pre-

cludes uncontrolled reaction. This may

be achieved by methods such as adding

an inhibiting chemical, degassing the

hazardous material to remove dis-

solved oxygen and inerting the air

space in the package, or maintaining

the hazardous material under tempera-

ture control.

State means a State of the United

States, the District of Columbia, the

Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the

Commonwealth of the Northern Mar-

iana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Amer-

ican Samoa, Guam, or any other terri-

tory or possession of the United States

designated by the Secretary.

State-designated route means a pre-

ferred route selected in accordance

with U.S. DOT ‘‘Guidelines for Select-

ing Preferred Highway Routes for

Highway Route Controlled Quantities

of Radioactive Materials’’ or an equiv-

alent routing analysis which ade-

quately considers overall risk to the

public.

Storage incidental to movement means

storage of a transport vehicle, freight

container, or package containing a haz-

ardous material by any person between

the time that a carrier takes physical

possession of the hazardous material

for the purpose of transporting it in

commerce until the package con-

taining the hazardous material is phys-

ically delivered to the destination indi-

cated on a shipping document, package

marking, or other medium, or, in the

case of a private motor carrier, be-

tween the time that a motor vehicle

driver takes physical possession of the

hazardous material for the purpose of

transporting it in commerce until the

driver relinquishes possession of the

package at its destination and is no

longer responsible for performing func-

tions subject to the HMR with respect

to that particular package.

(1) Storage incidental to movement in-

cludes—

(i) Storage at the destination shown

on a shipping document, including

storage at a transloading facility, pro-

vided the shipping documentation iden-

tifies the shipment as a through-ship-

ment and identifies the final destina-

tion or destinations of the hazardous

material; and

(ii) Rail cars containing hazardous

materials that are stored on track that

does not meet the definition of ‘‘pri-

vate track or siding’’ in § 171.8, even if

those cars have been delivered to the

destination shown on the shipping doc-

ument.

(2) Storage incidental to movement

does not include storage of a hazardous

material at its final destination as

shown on a shipping document.

Stowage means the act of placing haz-

ardous materials on board a vessel.

Strong outer packaging means the out-

ermost enclosure that provides protec-

tion against the unintentional release

of its contents. It is a packaging that

is sturdy, durable, and constructed so

that it will retain its contents under

normal conditions of transportation. In

addition, a strong outer packaging

must meet the general packaging re-

quirements of subpart B of part 173 of

this subchapter but need not comply

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

116

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.8

with the specification packaging re-

quirements in part 178 of the sub-

chapter. For transport by aircraft, a

strong outer packaging is subject to

§ 173.27 of this subchapter. The terms

‘‘strong outside container’’ and ‘‘strong

outside packaging’’ are synonymous

with ‘‘strong outer packaging.’’

Subsidiary hazard means a hazard of a

material other than the primary haz-

ard. (See primary hazard).

Table in § 172.101 or § 172.101 table

means the Hazardous Materials Table

in § 172.101 of this subchapter.

Technical name means a recognized

chemical name or microbiological

name currently used in scientific and

technical handbooks, journals, and

texts. Generic descriptions are author-

ized for use as technical names pro-

vided they readily identify the general

chemical group, or microbiological

group. Examples of acceptable generic

chemical descriptions are organic phos-

phate compounds, petroleum aliphatic

hydrocarbons and tertiary amines. For

proficiency testing only, generic

microbiological descriptions such as

bacteria, mycobacteria, fungus, and

viral samples may be used. Except for

names which appear in subpart B of

part 172 of this subchapter, trade

names may not be used as technical

names.

TOFC means trailer-on-flat-car.

Top shell means the tank car tank

surface, excluding the head ends and

bottom shell of the tank car tank.

Toxin. See § 173.134 of this subchapter.

Trailership means a vessel, other than

a carfloat, specifically equipped to

carry motor transport vehicles and

fitted with installed securing devices

to tie down each vehicle. The term

trailership includes Roll-on/Roll-off (RO/

RO) vessels.

Train means one or more engines cou-

pled with one or more rail cars, except

during switching operations or where

the operation is that of classifying and

assembling rail cars within a railroad

yard for the purpose of making or

breaking up trains.

Train consist means a written record

of the contents and location of each

rail car in a train.

Trainship means a vessel other than a

rail car ferry or carfloat, specifically

equipped to transport railroad vehicles,

and fitted with installed securing de-

vices to tie down each vehicle.

Transloading means the transfer of a

hazardous material by any person from

one bulk packaging to another bulk

packaging, from a bulk packaging to a

non-bulk packaging, or from a non-

bulk packaging to a bulk packaging for

the purpose of continuing the move-

ment of the hazardous material in com-

merce.

Transport vehicle means a cargo-car-

rying vehicle such as an automobile,

van, tractor, truck, semitrailer, tank

car or rail car used for the transpor-

tation of cargo by any mode. Each

cargo-carrying body (trailer, rail car,

etc.) is a separate transport vehicle.

Transportation or transport means the

movement of property and loading, un-

loading, or storage incidental to that

movement.

UFC means Uniform Freight Classi-

fication.

UN means United Nations.

UN cylinder means a transportable

pressure receptacle with a water capac-

ity not exceeding 150 L that has been

marked and certified as conforming to

the applicable requirements in part 178

of this subchapter.

UN portable tank means an inter-

modal tank having a capacity of more

than 450 liters (118.9 gallons). It in-

cludes a shell fitted with service equip-

ment and structural equipment, includ-

ing stabilizing members external to the

shell and skids, mountings or acces-

sories to facilitate mechanical han-

dling. A UN portable tank must be ca-

pable of being filled and discharged

without the removal of its structural

equipment and must be capable of

being lifted when full. Cargo tanks, rail

tank car tanks, non-metallic tanks,

non-specification tanks, bulk bins, and

IBCs and packagings made to cylinder

specifications are not UN portable

tanks.

UN pressure receptacle means a UN

cylinder or tube.

UN Recommendations means the UN

Recommendations on the Transport of

Dangerous Goods (IBR, see § 171.7).

UN standard packaging means a pack-

aging conforming to standards in the

UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7).

UN tube means a seamless transport-

able pressure receptacle with a water

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

117

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.9

capacity exceeding 150 L but not more

than 3,000 L that has been marked and

certified as conforming to the require-

ments in part 178 of this subchapter.

Undeclared hazardous material means

a hazardous material that is: (1) Sub-

ject to any of the hazard communica-

tion requirements in subparts C (Ship-

ping Papers), D (Marking), E (Label-

ing), and F (Placarding) of Part 172 of

this subchapter, or an alternative

marking requirement in Part 173 of

this subchapter (such as §§ 173.4(a)(10)

and 173.6(c)); and (2) offered for trans-

portation in commerce without any

visible indication to the person accept-

ing the hazardous material for trans-

portation that a hazardous material is

present, on either an accompanying

shipping document, or the outside of a

transport vehicle, freight container, or

package.

Unintentional release means the es-

cape of a hazardous material from a

package on an occasion not anticipated

or planned. This includes releases re-

sulting from collision, package fail-

ures, human error, criminal activity,

negligence, improper packing, or un-

usual conditions such as the operation

of pressure relief devices as a result of

over-pressurization, overfill or fire ex-

posure. It does not include releases,

such as venting of packages, where al-

lowed, and the operational discharge of

contents from packages.

Unit load device means any type of

freight container, aircraft container,

aircraft pallet with a net, or aircraft

pallet with a net over an igloo.

United States means a State of the

United States, the District of Colum-

bia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,

the Commonwealth of the Northern

Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands,

American Samoa, Guam, or any other

territory or possession of the United

States designated by the Secretary.

Unloading incidental to movement

means removing a packaged or con-

tainerized hazardous material from a

transport vehicle, aircraft, or vessel, or

for a bulk packaging, emptying a haz-

ardous material from the bulk pack-

aging after the hazardous material has

been delivered to the consignee when

performed by carrier personnel or in

the presence of carrier personnel or, in

the case of a private motor carrier,

while the driver of the motor vehicle

from which the hazardous material is

being unloaded immediately after

movement is completed is present dur-

ing the unloading operation.

(Emptying a hazardous material from a

bulk packaging while the packaging is

on board a vessel is subject to separate

regulations as delegated by Depart-

ment of Homeland Security Delegation

No. 0170.1 at 2(103).) Unloading inci-

dental to movement includes

transloading.

Vessel includes every description of

watercraft, used or capable of being

used as a means of transportation on

the water.

Viscous liquid means a liquid material

which has a measured viscosity in ex-

cess of 2500 centistokes at 25 °C. (77 °F.)

when determined in accordance with

the procedures specified in ASTM

Method D 445–72 ‘‘Kinematic Viscosity

of Transparent and Opaque Liquids

(and the Calculation of Dynamic Vis-

cosity)’’ or ASTM Method D 1200–70

‘‘Viscosity of Paints, Varnishes, and

Lacquers by Ford Viscosity Cup.’’

Volatility refers to the relative rate of

evaporation of materials to assume the

vapor state.

Water reactive material. See § 173.124(c)

of this subchapter.

Water resistant means having a degree

of resistance to permeability by and

damage caused by water in liquid form.

Wooden barrel means a packaging

made of natural wood, of round cross-

section, having convex walls, con-

sisting of staves and heads and fitted

with hoops.

Working pressure for purposes of UN

pressure receptacles, means the settled

pressure of a compressed gas at a ref-

erence temperature of 15 °C (59 °F).

W.T. means watertight.

[Amdt. 171–32, 41 FR 15994, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 171.8, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 171.9 Rules of construction.

(a) In this subchapter, unless the con-

text requires otherwise:

(1) Words imparting the singular in-

clude the plural;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

118

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.10

(2) Words imparting the plural in-

clude the singular; and

(3) Words imparting the masculine

gender include the feminine;

(b) In this subchapter, the word: (1)

‘‘Shall’’ is used in an imperative sense;

(2) ‘‘Must’’ is used in an imperative

sense;

(3) ‘‘Should’’ is used in a rec-

ommendatory sense;

(4) ‘‘May’’ is used in a permissive

sense to state authority or permission

to do the act described, and the words

‘‘no person may * * *’’ or ‘‘a person

may not * * *’’ means that no person is

required, authorized, or permitted to

do the act described; and

(5) ‘‘Includes’’ is used as a word of in-

clusion not limitation.

[Amdt. 171–32, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 171–32A, 41 FR 40630, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 171–121, 58 FR 51528, Oct. 1,

1993; 75 FR 60338, Sept. 30, 2010]

§ 171.10 Units of measure.

(a) General. To ensure compatibility

with international transportation

standards, most units of measure in

this subchapter are expressed using the

International System of Units (‘‘SI’’ or

metric). Where SI units appear, they

are the regulatory standard. U.S.

standard or customary units, which ap-

pear in parentheses following the SI

units, are for information only and are

not intended to be the regulatory

standard.

(b) Abbreviations for SI units of

measure generally used throughout

this subchapter are as shown in para-

graph (c) of this section. Customary

units shown throughout this sub-

chapter are generally not abbreviated.

values are provided in the following

table and are based on values provided

in ASTM E 380, ‘‘Standard for Metric

Practice’’.

(2) If an exact conversion is needed,

the following conversion table should

be used.

ABLE OF

ONVERSION

ACTORS FOR

SI U

NITS

Measurement SI to U.S. standard U.S. standard to SI

Activity .................................................... 1 TBq=27 Ci .......................................... 1 Ci=0.037 TBq

Length .................................................... 1 cm=0.3937008 in ...............................

1 m=3.280840 ft ....................................

1 in=2.540000 cm

1 ft=0.3048000 m

Thickness ............................................... 1 mm=0.03937008 in ............................ 1 in=25.40000 mm

Mass (weight) ......................................... 1 kg=2.204622 lb ..................................

1 g=0.03527397 oz ...............................

1 lb=0.4535924 kg

1 oz=28.34952 g

Pressure ................................................. 1 kPa=0.1450377 psi ............................

1 Bar=100 kPa=14.504 psi ...................

1 kPa=7.5 mm Hg .................................

1 psi=6.894757 kPa

1 psi=0.06895 Bar

Radiation level ....................................... 1 Sv/hr=100 rem/hr ............................... 1 rem/hr=0.01 Sv/hr

Volume (liquid) ....................................... 1 L=0.2641720 gal ................................

1 mL=0.03381402 oz ............................

1 m

=35.31466 ft

.................................

1 gal=3.785412 L

1 oz=29.57353 mL

1 ft

=0.02831685 m

Density ................................................... 1 kg/m

=0.06242797 lb/ft

.................... 1 lb/ft

=16.01846 kg/m

Force ...................................................... 1 Newton = 0.2248 Pound-force .......... 1 Pound-force=4.483 N

Abbreviation for units of measure are as follows:

Unit of measure and abbreviation:

(SI): millimeter, mm; centimeter, cm; meter, m; gram, g; kilogram, kg; kiloPascal, kPa; liter, L; milliliter, mL; cubic meter, m

;

Terabecquerel, TBq; Gigabecquerel, GBq; millisievert, mSv; Newton, N;

(U.S.): Inch, in; foot, ft; ounce, oz; pound, lb; psig, psi; gallon, gal; cubic feet, ft

; Curie, Ci; millicurie, mCi; millirem, mrem.

[Amdt. 171–111, 56 FR 66159, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 171–136, 60 FR 49108, Sept. 21,

1995; Amdt. 171–135, 60 FR 50302, Sept. 28, 1995; 66 FR 33335, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45378, Aug.

28, 2001; 68 FR 75740, Dec. 31, 2003]

§ 171.11 [Reserved]

§ 171.12 North American Shipments.

(a) Requirements for the use of the

Transport Canada TDG Regulations. (1)

A hazardous material transported from

Canada to the United States, from the

United States to Canada, or transiting

the United States to Canada or a for-

eign destination may be offered for

transportation or transported by motor

carrier and rail in accordance with the

Transport Canada TDG Regulations

(IBR, see § 171.7) as authorized in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

119

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.12

§ 171.22, provided the requirements in

§§ 171.22 and 171.23, as applicable, and

this section are met. In addition, a

cargo tank motor vehicle, portable

tank or rail tank car authorized by the

Transport Canada TDG Regulations

may be used for transportation to,

from, or within the United States pro-

vided the cargo tank motor vehicle,

portable tank or rail tank car conforms

to the applicable requirements of this

section. Except as otherwise provided

in this subpart and subpart C of this

part, the requirements in parts 172, 173,

and 178 of this subchapter do not apply

for a material transported in accord-

ance with the Transport Canada TDG

Regulations.

(2) General packaging requirements.

When the provisions of this subchapter

require a DOT specification or UN

standard packaging to be used for

transporting a hazardous material, a

packaging authorized by the Transport

Canada TDG Regulations may be used,

subject to the limitations of this part,

and only if it is equivalent to the cor-

responding DOT specification or UN

packaging (see § 173.24(d)(2) of this sub-

chapter) authorized by this subchapter.

(3) Bulk packagings. A portable tank,

cargo tank motor vehicle or rail tank

car equivalent to a corresponding DOT

specification and conforming to and

authorized by the Transport Canada

TDG Regulations may be used pro-

vided—

(i) An equivalent type of packaging is

authorized for the hazardous material

according to the § 172.101 table of this

subchapter;

(ii) The portable tank, cargo tank

motor vehicle or rail tank car con-

forms to the requirements of the appli-

cable part 173 bulk packaging section

specified in the § 172.101 table for the

material to be transported;

(iii) The portable tank, cargo tank

motor vehicle or rail tank car con-

forms to the requirements of all as-

signed bulk packaging special provi-

sions (B codes, and T and TP codes) in

§ 172.102 of this subchapter; and

(iv) The bulk packaging conforms to

all applicable requirements of §§ 173.31,

173.32, 173.33 and 173.35 of this sub-

chapter, and parts 177 and 180 of this

subchapter. The periodic retests and

inspections required by §§ 173.31, 173.32

and 173.33 of this subchapter may be

performed in accordance with part 180

of this subchapter or in accordance

with the requirements of the TDG Reg-

ulations provided that the intervals

prescribed in part 180 of this sub-

chapter are met.

(v) Rail tank cars must conform to

the requirements of Canadian General

Standards Board standard 43.147 (IBR,

see § 171.7).

(4) Cylinders. When the provisions of

this subchapter require that a DOT

specification or a UN pressure recep-

tacle must be used for a hazardous ma-

terial, a packaging authorized by the

Transport Canada TDG Regulations

may be used only if it corresponds to

the DOT specification or UN standard

authorized by this subchapter. Unless

otherwise excepted in this subchapter,

a cylinder (including a UN pressure re-

ceptacle) may not be transported un-

less—

(i) The packaging is a UN pressure re-

ceptacle marked with the letters

‘‘CAN’’ for Canada as a country of

manufacture or a country of approval

or is a cylinder that was manufactured,

inspected and tested in accordance

with a DOT specification or a UN

standard prescribed in part 178 of this

subchapter, except that cylinders not

conforming to these requirements must

meet the requirements in § 171.23. Each

cylinder must conform to the applica-

ble requirements in part 173 of this sub-

chapter for the hazardous material in-

volved.

(ii) The packaging is a Canadian

Transport Commission (CTC) specifica-

tion cylinder manufactured, originally

marked and approved in accordance

with the CTC regulations and in full

conformance with the Transport Can-

ada TDG Regulations.

(A) The CTC specification cor-

responds with a DOT specification and

the cylinder markings are the same as

those specified in this subchapter ex-

cept that they were originally marked

with the letters ‘‘CTC’’ in place of

‘‘DOT’’;

(B) The cylinder has been requalified

under a program authorized by the

Transport Canada TDG Regulations or

requalified in accordance with the re-

quirements in § 180.205 within the pre-

scribed requalification period provided

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

120

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.12a

for the corresponding DOT specifica-

tion;

cylinder for a specific hazardous mate-

rial with a specification marking prefix

of ‘‘DOT’’, a cylinder marked ‘‘CTC’’

which otherwise bears the same mark-

ings that would be required of the spec-

ified ‘‘DOT’’ cylinder may be used; and

(D) Transport of the cylinder and the

material it contains is in all other re-

spects in conformance with the re-

quirements of this subchapter (e.g.

valve protection, filling requirements,

operational requirements, etc.).

(5) Class 1 (explosive) materials. When

transporting Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rial, rail and motor carriers must com-

ply with 49 CFR 1572.9 and 1572.11 to the

extent the requirements apply.

(6) Primary lithium batteries and cells.

Packages containing primary lithium

batteries and cells that meet the excep-

tion in § 172.102, Special Provision 188

or 189 of this subchapter must be

marked ‘‘PRIMARY LITHIUM BAT-

TERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANS-

PORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIR-

CRAFT’’ or ‘‘LITHIUM METAL BAT-

TERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANS-

PORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIR-

CRAFT.’’ The provisions of this para-

graph do not apply to packages that

contain 5 kg (11 pounds) net weight or

less of primary lithium batteries cells

that are contained in or packed with

equipment.

(b) Shipments to or from Mexico. Unless

otherwise excepted, hazardous mate-

rials shipments from Mexico to the

United States or from the United

States to Mexico must conform to all

applicable requirements of this sub-

chapter. When a hazardous material

that is a material poisonous by inhala-

tion (see § 171.8) is transported by high-

way or rail from Mexico to the United

States, or from the United States to

Mexico, the following requirements

apply:

(1) The shipping description must in-

clude the words ‘‘Toxic Inhalation Haz-

ard’’ or ‘‘Poison-Inhalation Hazard’’ or

‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’, as required in

§ 172.203(m) of this subchapter.

(2) The material must be packaged in

accordance with requirements of this

subchapter.

(3) The package must be marked in

accordance with § 172.313 of this sub-

chapter.

(4) Except as provided in paragraph

(e)(5) of this section, the package must

be labeled or placarded POISON GAS or

POISON INHALATION HAZARD, as

appropriate, in accordance with sub-

parts E and F of this subchapter.

(5) A label or placard that conforms

to the UN Recommendations (IBR, see

§ 171.7) specifications for a ‘‘Division

2.3’’ or ‘‘Division 6.1’’ label or placard

may be substituted for the POISON

GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZ-

ARD label or placard required by

§§ 172.400(a) and 172.504(e) of this sub-

chapter on a package transported in a

closed transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer. The transport vehicle or freight

container must be marked with identi-

fication numbers for the material, re-

gardless of the total quantity con-

tained in the transport vehicle or

freight container, in the manner speci-

fied in § 172.313(c) of this subchapter

and placarded as required by subpart F

of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 171–111, 55 FR 52472, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 171.12, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 171.12a [Reserved]

§ 171.14 [Reserved]

Subpart B—Incident Reporting,

Notification, BOE Approvals

and Authorization

§ 171.15 Immediate notice of certain

hazardous materials incidents.

(a) General. As soon as practical but

no later than 12 hours after the occur-

rence of any incident described in para-

graph (b) of this section, each person in

physical possession of the hazardous

material must provide notice by tele-

phone to the National Response Center

(NRC) on 800–424–8802 (toll free) or 202–

267–2675 (toll call) or online at http://

www.nrc.uscg.mil. Each notice must in-

clude the following information:

(1) Name of reporter;

(2) Name and address of person rep-

resented by reporter;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

121

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.16

(3) Phone number where reporter can

be contacted;

(4) Date, time, and location of inci-

dent;

(5) The extent of injury, if any;

(6) Class or division, proper shipping

name, and quantity of hazardous mate-

rials involved, if such information is

available; and

(7) Type of incident and nature of

hazardous material involvement and

whether a continuing danger to life ex-

ists at the scene.

(b) Reportable incident. A telephone

report is required whenever any of the

following occurs during the course of

transportation in commerce (including

loading, unloading, and temporary

storage):

(1) As a direct result of a hazardous

material—

(i) A person is killed;

(ii) A person receives an injury re-

quiring admittance to a hospital;

(iii) The general public is evacuated

for one hour or more;

(iv) A major transportation artery or

facility is closed or shut down for one

hour or more; or

(v) The operational flight pattern or

routine of an aircraft is altered;

(2) Fire, breakage, spillage, or sus-

pected radioactive contamination oc-

curs involving a radioactive material

(see also § 176.48 of this subchapter);

(3) Fire, breakage, spillage, or sus-

pected contamination occurs involving

an infectious substance other than a

regulated medical waste;

(4) A release of a marine pollutant

occurs in a quantity exceeding 450 L

(119 gallons) for a liquid or 400 kg (882

pounds) for a solid;

(5) A situation exists of such a nature

(e.g., a continuing danger to life exists

at the scene of the incident) that, in

the judgment of the person in posses-

sion of the hazardous material, it

should be reported to the NRC even

though it does not meet the criteria of

paragraphs (b)(1), (2), (3) or (4) of this

section; or

(6) During transportation by aircraft,

a fire, violent rupture, explosion or

dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an

amount of heat sufficient to be dan-

gerous to packaging or personal safety

to include charring of packaging, melt-

ing of packaging, scorching of pack-

aging, or other evidence) occurs as a di-

rect result of a battery or battery-pow-

ered device.

ing a report under this section must

also make the report required by

§ 171.16 of this subpart.

OTE TO

§ 171.15: Under 40 CFR 302.6, EPA

requires persons in charge of facilities (in-

cluding transport vehicles, vessels, and air-

craft) to report any release of a hazardous

substance in a quantity equal to or greater

than its reportable quantity, as soon as that

person has knowledge of the release, to

DOT’s National Response Center at (toll

free) 800–424–8802 or (toll) 202–267–2675.

[68 FR 67759, Dec. 3, 2003, as amended at 72

FR 55684, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009;

74 FR 53186, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 43525, July 20,

2011]

§ 171.16 Detailed hazardous materials

incident reports.

(a) General. Each person in physical

possession of a hazardous material at

the time that any of the following inci-

dents occurs during transportation (in-

cluding loading, unloading, and tem-

porary storage) must submit a Haz-

ardous Materials Incident Report on

DOT Form F 5800.1 (01/2004) within 30

days of discovery of the incident:

(1) Any of the circumstances set

forth in § 171.15(b);

(2) An unintentional release of a haz-

ardous material or the discharge of any

quantity of hazardous waste;

(3) A specification cargo tank with a

capacity of 1,000 gallons or greater con-

taining any hazardous material suffers

structural damage to the lading reten-

tion system or damage that requires

repair to a system intended to protect

the lading retention system, even if

there is no release of hazardous mate-

rial;

(4) An undeclared hazardous material

is discovered; or

(5) A fire, violent rupture, explosion

or dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an

amount of heat sufficient to be dan-

gerous to packaging or personal safety

to include charring of packaging, melt-

ing of packaging, scorching of pack-

aging, or other evidence) occurs as a di-

rect result of a battery or battery-pow-

ered device.

(b) Providing and retaining copies of

the report. Each person reporting under

this section must—

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

122

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) §§ 171.17–171.18

(1) Submit a written Hazardous Mate-

rials Incident Report to the Informa-

tion Systems Manager, PHH–60, Pipe-

line and Hazardous Materials Safety

Administration, Department of Trans-

portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer-

sey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590–

0001, or an electronic Hazardous Mate-

rial Incident Report to the Information

System Manager, PHH–60, Pipeline and

Hazardous Materials Safety Adminis-

tration, Department of Transportation,

Washington, DC 20590–0001 at http://

hazmat.dot.gov;

(2) For an incident involving trans-

portation by aircraft, submit a written

or electronic copy of the Hazardous

Materials Incident Report to the FAA

Security Field Office nearest the loca-

tion of the incident; and

(3) Retain a written or electronic

copy of the Hazardous Materials Inci-

dent Report for a period of two years at

the reporting person’s principal place

of business. If the written or electronic

Hazardous Materials Incident Report is

maintained at other than the reporting

person’s principal place of business, the

report must be made available at the

reporting person’s principal place of

business within 24 hours of a request

for the report by an authorized rep-

resentative or special agent of the De-

partment of Transportation.

Hazardous Materials Incident Report

must be updated within one year of the

date of occurrence of the incident

whenever:

(1) A death results from injury

caused by a hazardous material;

(2) There was a misidentification of

the hazardous material or package in-

formation on a prior incident report;

(3) Damage, loss or related cost that

was not known when the initial inci-

dent report was filed becomes known;

(4) Damage, loss, or related cost

changes by $25,000 or more, or 10% of

the prior total estimate, whichever is

greater.

(d) Exceptions. Unless a telephone re-

port is required under the provisions of

§ 171.15 of this part, the requirements of

paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this sec-

tion do not apply to the following inci-

dents:

(1) A release of a minimal amount of

material from—

(i) A vent, for materials for which

venting is authorized;

(ii) The routine operation of a seal,

pump, compressor, or valve; or

(iii) Connection or disconnection of

loading or unloading lines, provided

that the release does not result in

property damage.

(2) An unintentional release of haz-

ardous material when:

(i) The material is properly classed

as—

(A) ORM-D; or

(B) a Packing Group III material in

Class or Division 3, 4, 5, 6.1, 8, or 9;

(ii) Each package has a capacity of

less than 20 liters (5.2 gallons) for liq-

uids or less than 30 kg (66 pounds) for

solids;

(iii) The total aggregate release is

less than 20 liters (5.2 gallons) for liq-

uids or less than 30 kg (66 pounds) for

solids; and

(iv) The material is not—

(A) Offered for transportation or

transported by aircraft,

(B) A hazardous waste, or

rial.

(3) An undeclared hazardous material

discovered in an air passenger’s

checked or carry-on baggage during the

airport screening process. (For discrep-

ancy reporting by carriers, see § 175.31

of this subchapter.)

[68 FR 67759, Dec. 3, 2003; 69 FR 30119, May 26,

2004, as amended at 70 FR 56091, Sept. 23,

2005; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56311,

Sept. 13, 2011]

§§ 171.17–171.18 [Reserved]

§ 171.19 Approvals or authorizations

issued by the Bureau of Explosives.

Effective December 31, 1998, approv-

als or authorizations issued by the Bu-

reau of Explosives (BOE), other than

those issued under part 179 of this sub-

chapter, are no longer valid.

[63 FR 37459, July 10, 1998]

§ 171.20 Submission of Examination

Reports.

(a) When it is required in this sub-

chapter that the issuance of an ap-

proval by the Associate Administrator

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

123

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.22

be based on an examination by the Bu-

reau of Explosives (or any other test

facility recognized by PHMSA), it is

the responsibility of the applicant to

submit the results of the examination

to the Associate Administrator.

(b) Applications for approval sub-

mitted under paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion, must be submitted to the Asso-

ciate Administrator for Hazardous Ma-

terials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous

Materials Safety Administration,

Washington, DC 20590–0001.

grieved by an action taken by the As-

sociate Administrator, under this sub-

part may file an appeal with the Ad-

ministrator, PHMSA within 30 days of

service of notification of a denial.

[Amdt. 171–54, 45 FR 32692, May 19, 1980, as

amended by Amdt. 171–66, 47 FR 43064, Sept.

30, 1982; Amdt. 171–109, 55 FR 39978, Oct. 1,

1990; Amdt. 171–111, 56 FR 66162, Dec. 20, 1991;

66 FR 45378, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 171.21 Assistance in investigations

and special studies.

(a) A shipper, carrier, package owner,

package manufacturer or certifier, re-

pair facility, or person reporting an in-

cident under the provisions of § 171.16

must:

(1) Make all records and information

pertaining to the incident available to

an authorized representative or special

agent of the Department of Transpor-

tation upon request; and

(2) Give an authorized representative

or special agent of the Department of

Transportation reasonable assistance

in the investigation of the incident.

(b) If an authorized representative or

special agent of the Department of

Transportation makes an inquiry of a

person required to complete an inci-

dent report in connection with a study

of incidents, the person shall:

(1) Respond to the inquiry within 30

days after its receipt or within such

other time as the inquiry may specify;

and

(2) Provide true and complete an-

swers to any questions included in the

inquiry.

[68 FR 67760, Dec. 3, 2003]

Subpart C—Authorization and Re-

quirements for the Use of

International Transport Stand-

ards and Regulations

OURCE

: 72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, unless

otherwise noted.

§ 171.22 Authorization and conditions

for the use of international stand-

ards and regulations.

(a) Authorized international standards

and regulations. This subpart author-

izes, with certain conditions and limi-

tations, the offering for transportation

and the transportation in commerce of

hazardous materials in accordance

with the International Civil Aviation

Organization’s Technical Instructions

for the Safe Transport of Dangerous

Goods by Air (ICAO Technical Instruc-

tions), the International Maritime

Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code),

Transport Canada’s Transportation of

Dangerous Goods Regulations (Trans-

port Canada TDG Regulations), and the

International Atomic Energy Agency

Regulations for the Safe Transport of

Radioactive Material (IAEA Regula-

tions) (IBR, see § 171.7).

(b) Limitations on the use of inter-

national standards and regulations. A

hazardous material that is offered for

transportation or transported in ac-

cordance with the international stand-

ards and regulations authorized in

paragraph (a) of this section—

(1) Is subject to the requirements of

the applicable international standard

or regulation and must be offered for

transportation or transported in con-

formance with the applicable standard

or regulation; and

(2) Must conform to all applicable re-

quirements of this subpart.

under international standards and regu-

lations. A material designated as a haz-

ardous material under this subchapter,

but excepted from or not subject to the

international transport standards and

regulations authorized in paragraph (a)

of this section (e.g., paragraph 1.16 of

the Transport Canada TDG Regula-

tions excepts from regulation quan-

tities of hazardous materials less than

or equal to 500 kg gross transported by

rail) must be transported in accordance

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

124

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.22

with all applicable requirements of this

subchapter.

(d) Materials not regulated under this

subchapter. Materials not designated as

hazardous materials under this sub-

chapter but regulated by an inter-

national transport standard or regula-

tion authorized in paragraph (a) of this

section may be offered for transpor-

tation and transported in the United

States in full compliance (i.e., pack-

aged, marked, labeled, classed, de-

scribed, stowed, segregated, secured)

with the applicable international

transport standard or regulation.

(e) Forbidden materials. No person

may offer for transportation or trans-

port a hazardous material that is a for-

bidden material or package as des-

ignated in—

(1) Section 173.21 of this subchapter;

(2) Column (3) of the § 172.101 Table of

this subchapter;

(3) Column (9A) of the § 172.101 Table

of this subchapter when offered for

transportation or transported on pas-

senger aircraft or passenger railcar; or

(4) Column (9B) of the § 172.101 Table

of this subchapter when offered for

transportation or transported by cargo

aircraft.

(f) Complete information and certifi-

cation. (1) Except for shipments into

the United States from Canada con-

forming to § 171.12, each person import-

ing a hazardous material into the

United States must provide the for-

warding agent at the place of entry

into the United States timely and com-

plete written information as to the re-

quirements of this subchapter applica-

ble to the particular shipment.

(2) The shipper, directly or through

the forwarding agent at the place of

entry, must provide the initial U.S.

carrier with the shipper’s certification

required by § 172.204 of this subchapter,

unless the shipment is otherwise ex-

cepted from the certification require-

ment. Except for shipments for which

the certification requirement does not

apply, a carrier may not accept a haz-

ardous material for transportation un-

less provided a shipper’s certification.

(3) All shipping paper information

and package markings required in ac-

cordance with this subchapter must be

in English. The use of shipping papers

and a package marked with both

English and a language other than

English, in order to dually comply with

this subchapter and the regulations of

a foreign entity, is permitted under

this subchapter.

(4) Each person who provides for

transportation or receives for transpor-

tation (see §§ 174.24, 175.30, 176.24 and

177.817 of this subchapter) a shipping

paper must retain a copy of the ship-

ping paper or an electronic image

thereof that is accessible at or through

its principal place of business in ac-

cordance with § 172.201(e) of this part.

(g) Additional requirements for the use

of international standards and regula-

tions. All shipments offered for trans-

portation or transported in the United

States in accordance with this subpart

must conform to the following require-

ments of this subchapter, as applicable:

(1) The emergency response informa-

tion requirements in subpart G of part

172 of this subchapter;

(2) The training requirements in sub-

part H of part 172 of this subchapter,

including function-specific training in

the use of the international transport

standards and regulations authorized

in paragraph (a) of this section, as ap-

plicable;

(3) The security requirements in sub-

part I of part 172 of this subchapter;

(4) The incident reporting require-

ments in §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this part

for incidents occurring within the ju-

risdiction of the United States includ-

ing on board vessels in the navigable

waters of the United States and aboard

aircraft of United States registry any-

where in air commerce;

(5) For export shipments, the general

packaging requirements in §§ 173.24 and

173.24a of this subchapter;

(6) For export shipments, the require-

ments for the reuse, reconditioning,

and remanufacture of packagings in

§ 173.28 of this subchapter; and

(7) The registration requirements in

subpart G of part 107 of this chapter.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72

FR 55091 Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53186, Oct. 16,

2009; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

125

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.23

§ 171.23 Requirements for specific ma-

terials and packagings transported

under the ICAO Technical Instruc-

tions, IMDG Code, Transport Can-

ada TDG Regulations, or the IAEA

Regulations.

All shipments offered for transpor-

tation or transported in the United

States under the ICAO Technical In-

structions, IMDG Code, Transport Can-

ada TDG Regulations, or the IAEA

Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7) must con-

form to the requirements of this sec-

tion, as applicable.

(a) Conditions and requirements for cyl-

inders—(1) Except as provided in this

paragraph, a filled cylinder (pressure

receptacle) manufactured to other than

a DOT specification or a UN standard

in accordance with part 178 of this sub-

chapter, or a DOT exemption or special

permit cylinder or a cylinder used as a

fire extinguisher in conformance with

§ 173.309(a) of this subchapter, may not

be transported to, from, or within the

United States.

(2) Cylinders (including UN pressure

receptacles) transported to, from, or

within the United States must conform

to the applicable requirements of this

subchapter. Unless otherwise excepted

in this subchapter, a cylinder must not

be transported unless—

(i) The cylinder is manufactured, in-

spected and tested in accordance with a

DOT specification or a UN standard

prescribed in part 178 of this sub-

chapter, except that cylinders not con-

forming to these requirements must

meet the requirements in paragraphs

(a)(3), (a)(4) or (a)(5) of this section;

(ii) The cylinder is equipped with a

pressure relief device in accordance

with § 173.301(f) of this subchapter and

conforms to the applicable require-

ments in part 173 of this subchapter for

the hazardous material involved;

(iii) The openings on an aluminum

cylinder in oxygen service conform to

the requirements of this paragraph, ex-

cept when the cylinder is used for air-

craft parts or used aboard an aircraft

in accordance with the applicable air-

worthiness requirements and operating

regulations. An aluminum DOT speci-

fication cylinder must have an opening

configured with straight (parallel)

threads. A UN pressure receptacle may

have straight (parallel) or tapered

threads provided the UN pressure re-

ceptacle is marked with the thread

type, e.g. ‘‘17E, 25E, 18P, or 25P’’ and

fitted with the properly marked valve;

and

(iv) A UN pressure receptacle is

marked with ‘‘USA’’ as a country of

approval in conformance with §§ 178.69

and 178.70 of this subchapter.

(3) Importation of cylinders for dis-

charge within a single port area: A cyl-

inder manufactured to other than a

DOT specification or UN standard in

accordance with part 178 of this sub-

chapter and certified as being in con-

formance with the transportation regu-

lations of another country may be au-

thorized, upon written request to and

approval by the Associate Adminis-

trator, for transportation within a sin-

gle port area, provided—

(i) The cylinder is transported in a

closed freight container;

(ii) The cylinder is certified by the

importer to provide a level of safety at

least equivalent to that required by the

regulations in this subchapter for a

comparable DOT specification or UN

cylinder; and

(iii) The cylinder is not refilled for

export unless in compliance with para-

graph (a)(4) of this section.

(4) Filling of cylinders for export or

for use on board a vessel: A cylinder

not manufactured, inspected, tested

and marked in accordance with part 178

of this subchapter, or a cylinder manu-

factured to other than a UN standard,

DOT specification, exemption or spe-

cial permit, may be filled with a gas in

the United States and offered for trans-

portation and transported for export or

alternatively, for use on board a vessel,

if the following conditions are met:

(i) The cylinder has been requalified

and marked with the month and year

of requalification in accordance with

subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter,

or has been requalified as authorized

by the Associate Administrator;

(ii) In addition to other requirements

of this subchapter, the maximum fill-

ing density, service pressure, and pres-

sure relief drive for each cylinder con-

form to the requirements of this part

for the gas involved; and

(5) Cylinders not equipped with pres-

sure relief devices: A DOT specification

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

126

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.23

or a UN cylinder manufactured, in-

spected, tested and marked in accord-

ance with part 178 of this subchapter

and otherwise conforms to the require-

ments of part 173 for the gas involved,

except that the cylinder is not

equipped with a pressure relief device

may be filled with a gas and offered for

transportation and transported for ex-

port if the following conditions are

met:

(i) Each DOT specification cylinder

or UN pressure receptacle must be

plainly and durably marked ‘‘For Ex-

port Only’’;

(ii) The shipping paper must carry

the following certification: ‘‘This cyl-

inder has (These cylinders have) been

retested and refilled in accordance

with the DOT requirements for ex-

port.’’; and

(iii) The emergency response infor-

mation provided with the shipment and

available from the emergency response

telephone contact person must indicate

that the pressure receptacles are not

fitted with pressure relief devices and

provide appropriate guidance for expo-

sure to fire.

(b) Conditions and requirements specific

to certain materials—(1) Aerosols. Except

for a limited quantity of a compressed

gas in a container of not more than 4

fluid ounces capacity meeting the re-

quirements in § 173.306(a)(1) of this sub-

chapter, the proper shipping name

‘‘Aerosol,’’ UN1950, may be used only

for a non-refillable receptacle con-

taining a gas compressed, liquefied, or

dissolved under pressure the sole pur-

pose of which is to expel a nonpoi-

sonous (other than Division 6.1, Pack-

ing Group III material) liquid, paste, or

powder and fitted with a self-closing

release device (see § 171.8). In addition,

an aerosol must be in a metal pack-

aging when the packaging exceeds 7.22

cubic inches.

(2) Air bag inflator, air bag module and

seat-belt pretensioner. For each approved

air bag inflator, air bag module and

seat-belt pretensioner, the shipping

paper description must conform to the

requirements in § 173.166(c) of this sub-

chapter.

(i) The EX number or product code

must be included in association with

the basic shipping description. When a

product code is used, it must be trace-

able to the specific EX number as-

signed to the inflator, module or seat-

belt pretensioner by the Associate Ad-

ministrator. The EX number or prod-

uct code is not required to be marked

on the outside package.

(ii) The proper shipping name ‘‘Arti-

cles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes,

UN0431’’ must be used for all air bag in-

flators, air bag modules, and seat-belt

pretensioners meeting the criteria for a

Division 1.4G material.

(3) Chemical oxygen generators. Chem-

ical oxygen generators must be ap-

proved, classed, described, packaged,

and transported in accordance with the

requirements of this subchapter.

(4) Class 1 (explosive) materials. Prior

to being transported, Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials must be approved by

the Associate Administrator in accord-

ance with § 173.56 of this subchapter.

Each package containing a Class 1 (ex-

plosive) material must conform to the

marking requirements in § 172.320 of

this subchapter.

(5) Hazardous substances. A material

meeting the definition of a hazardous

substance as defined in § 171.8, must

conform to the shipping paper require-

ments in § 172.203(c) of this subchapter

and the marking requirements in

§ 172.324 of this subchapter:

(i) The proper shipping name must

identify the hazardous substance by

name, or the name of the substance

must be entered in parentheses in asso-

ciation with the basic description and

marked on the package in association

with the proper shipping name. If the

hazardous substance meets the defini-

tion for a hazardous waste, the waste

code (for example, D001), may be used

to identify the hazardous substance;

(ii) The shipping paper and the pack-

age markings must identify at least

two hazardous substances with the low-

est reportable quantities (RQs) when

the material contains two or more haz-

ardous substances; and

(iii) The letters ‘‘RQ’’ must be en-

tered on the shipping paper either be-

fore or after the basic description, and

marked on the package in association

with the proper shipping name for each

hazardous substance listed.

(6) Hazardous wastes. A material

meeting the definition of a hazardous

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

127

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.23

waste (see § 171.8) must conform to the

following:

(i) The shipping paper and the pack-

age markings must include the word

‘‘Waste’’ immediately preceding the

proper shipping name;

(ii) The shipping paper must be re-

tained by the shipper and by each car-

rier for three years after the material

is accepted by the initial carrier (see

§ 172.205(e)(5)); and

(iii) A hazardous waste manifest

must be completed in accordance with

§ 172.205 of this subchapter.

(7) Marine pollutants. Except for ma-

rine pollutants (see § 171.8) transported

in accordance with the IMDG Code,

marine pollutants transported in bulk

packages must meet the shipping paper

requirements in § 172.203(l) of this sub-

chapter and the package marking re-

quirements in § 172.322 of this sub-

chapter.

(8) Organic peroxides. Organic perox-

ides not identified by technical name

in the Organic Peroxide Table in

§ 173.225(b) of this subchapter must be

approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator in accordance with § 173.128(d) of

this subchapter.

(9) [Reserved]

(10) Poisonous by inhalation materials.

A material poisonous by inhalation

(see § 171.8) must conform to the fol-

lowing requirements:

(i) The words ‘‘Poison-Inhalation

Hazard’’ or ‘‘Toxic-Inhalation Hazard’’

and the words ‘‘Zone A,’’ ‘‘Zone B,’’

‘‘Zone C,’’ or ‘‘Zone D’’ for gases, or

‘‘Zone A’’ or ‘‘Zone B’’ for liquids, as

appropriate, must be entered on the

shipping paper immediately following

the basic shipping description. The

word ‘‘Poison’’ or ‘‘Toxic’’ or the

phrase ‘‘Poison-Inhalation Hazard’’ or

‘‘Toxic-Inhalation Hazard’’ need not be

repeated if it otherwise appears in the

shipping description;

(ii) The material must be packaged

in accordance with the requirements of

this subchapter;

(iii) The package must be marked in

accordance with § 172.313 of this sub-

chapter; and

(iv) Except as provided in subpara-

graph (B) of this paragraph (b)(10)(iv)

and for a package containing anhy-

drous ammonia prepared in accordance

with the Transport Canada TDG Regu-

lations, the package must be labeled or

placarded with POISON INHALATION

HAZARD or POISON GAS, as appro-

priate, in accordance with Subparts E

and F of part 172 of this subchapter.

(A) For a package transported in ac-

cordance with the IMDG Code in a

closed transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer, a label or placard conforming to

the IMDG Code specifications for a

‘‘Class 2.3’’ or ‘‘Class 6.1’’ label or

placard may be substituted for the

POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION

HAZARD label or placard, as appro-

priate. The transport vehicle or freight

container must be marked with the

identification numbers for the haz-

ardous material, regardless of the total

quantity contained in the transport ve-

hicle or freight container, in the man-

ner specified in § 172.313(c) of this sub-

chapter and placarded as required by

subpart F of part 172 of this sub-

chapter.

(B) For a package transported in ac-

cordance with the Transport Canada

TDG Regulations in a closed transport

vehicle or freight container, a label or

placard conforming to the TDG Regula-

tions specifications for a ‘‘Class 2.3’’ or

‘‘Class 6.1’’ label or placard may be sub-

stituted for the POISON GAS or POI-

SON INHALATION HAZARD label or

placard, as appropriate. The transport

vehicle or freight container must be

marked with the identification num-

bers for the hazardous material, re-

gardless of the total quantity con-

tained in the transport vehicle or

freight container, in the manner speci-

fied in § 172.313(c) of this subchapter

and placarded as required by subpart F

of part 172 of this subchapter. While in

transportation in the United States,

the transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer may also be placarded in accord-

ance with the appropriate Transport

Canada TDG Regulations in addition to

being placarded with the POISON GAS

or POISON INHALATION HAZARD

placards.

(11) Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (i)

Highway route controlled quantities

(see § 173.403 of this subchapter) must

be shipped in accordance with

§§ 172.203(d)(4) and (d)(10); 172.507, and

173.22(c) of this subchapter;

(ii) For fissile materials and Type B,

Type B(U), and Type B(M) packagings,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

128

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.24

the competent authority certification

and any necessary revalidation must be

obtained from the appropriate com-

petent authorities as specified in

§§ 173.471, 173.472, and 173.473 of this sub-

chapter, and all requirements of the

certificates and revalidations must be

met;

(iii) Type A package contents are

limited in accordance with § 173.431 of

this subchapter;

(iv) The country of origin for the

shipment must have adopted the edi-

tion of TS–R–1 of the IAEA Regula-

tions referenced in § 171.7;

(v) The shipment must conform to

the requirements of § 173.448, when ap-

plicable;

(vi) The definition for ‘‘radioactive

material’’ in § 173.403 of this subchapter

must be applied to radioactive mate-

rials transported under the provisions

of this subpart;

(vii) Except for limited quantities,

the shipment must conform to the re-

quirements of § 172.204(c)(4) of this sub-

chapter; and

(viii) Excepted packages of radio-

active material, instruments or arti-

cles, or articles containing natural ura-

nium or thorium must conform to the

requirements of §§ 173.421, 173.424, or

173.426 of this subchapter, as appro-

priate.

(12) Self-reactive materials. Self-reac-

tive materials not identified by tech-

nical name in the Self-reactive Mate-

rials Table in § 173.224(b) of this sub-

chapter must be approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator in accordance with

§ 173.124(a)(2)(iii) of this subchapter.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72

FR 55684, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR 57004, Oct. 1, 2008;

76 FR 3345, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13,

2011]

§ 171.24 Additional requirements for

the use of the ICAO Technical In-

structions.

(a) A hazardous material that is of-

fered for transportation or transported

within the United States by aircraft,

and by motor vehicle or rail either be-

fore or after being transported by air-

craft in accordance with the ICAO

Technical Instructions (IBR, see

§ 171.7), as authorized in paragraph (a)

of § 171.22, must conform to the require-

ments in § 171.22, as applicable, and this

section.

(b) Any person who offers for trans-

portation or transports a hazardous

material in accordance with the ICAO

Technical Instructions must comply

with the following additional condi-

tions and requirements:

(1) All applicable requirements in

parts 171 and 175 of this subchapter

(also see 14 CFR 121.135, 121.401,

121.433a, 135.323, 135.327 and 135.333);

(2) The quantity limits prescribed in

the ICAO Technical Instructions for

transportation by passenger-carrying

or cargo aircraft, as applicable;

(3) The conditions or requirements of

a United States variation, when speci-

fied in the ICAO Technical Instruc-

tions.

portation by highway prior to or after

transportation by aircraft, a shipment

must conform to the applicable re-

quirements of part 177 of this sub-

chapter, and the motor vehicle must be

placarded in accordance with subpart F

of part 172.

(d) Conditions and requirements specific

to certain materials. Hazardous mate-

rials offered for transportation or

transported in accordance with the

ICAO Technical Instructions must con-

form to the following specific condi-

tions and requirements, as applicable:

(1) Batteries—(i) Nonspillable wet elec-

tric storage batteries. Nonspillable wet

electric storage batteries are not sub-

ject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter provided—

(A) The battery meets the conditions

specified in Special Provision 67 of the

ICAO Technical Instructions;

(B) The battery, its outer packaging,

and any overpack are plainly and dura-

bly marked ‘‘NONSPILLABLE’’ or

‘‘NONSPILLABLE BATTERY’’; and

blies are offered for transportation or

transported in a manner that prevents

short circuiting or forced discharge, in-

cluding, but not limited to, protection

of exposed terminals.

(ii) Primary lithium batteries and cells.

Primary lithium batteries and cells are

forbidden for transportation aboard

passenger-carrying aircraft. Equipment

containing or packed with primary

lithium batteries or cells are forbidden

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

129

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 171.25

for transport aboard passenger-car-

rying aircraft except as provided in

§ 172.102, Special Provision A101 of this

subchapter. When transported aboard

cargo-only aircraft, packages con-

taining primary lithium batteries and

cells transported in accordance with

Special Provision A45 of the ICAO

Technical Instructions must be marked

‘‘PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES—

FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT

ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT’’ or

‘‘LITHIUM METAL BATTERIES—

FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT

ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT.’’

This marking is not required on pack-

ages that contain 5 kg (11 pounds) net

weight or less of primary lithium bat-

teries or cells that are contained in or

packed with equipment.

(iii) Prototype lithium batteries and

cells. Prototype lithium batteries and

cells are forbidden for transport aboard

passenger aircraft and must be ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator

prior to transportation aboard cargo

aircraft, in accordance with the re-

quirements of Special Provision A55 in

§ 172.102 of this subchapter.

(2) A package containing Oxygen,

compressed, or any of the following

oxidizing gases must be packaged as re-

quired by Parts 173 and 178 of this sub-

chapter: carbon dioxide and oxygen

mixtures, compressed; compressed gas,

oxidizing, n.o.s.; liquefied gas, oxi-

dizing, n.o.s.; nitrogen trifluoride; and

nitrous oxide.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72

FR 44847, Aug. 9, 2007; 72 FR 55097, Sept. 28,

2007]

§ 171.25 Additional requirements for

the use of the IMDG Code.

(a) A hazardous material may be of-

fered for transportation or transported

to, from or within the United States by

vessel, and by motor carrier and rail in

accordance with the IMDG Code (IBR,

see § 171.7), as authorized in § 171.22,

provided all or part of the movement is

by vessel. Such shipments must con-

form to the requirements in § 171.22, as

applicable, and this section.

(b) Any person who offers for trans-

portation or transports a hazardous

material in accordance with the IMDG

Code must conform to the following ad-

ditional conditions and requirements:

(1) Unless specified otherwise in this

subchapter, a shipment must conform

to the requirements in part 176 of this

subchapter. For transportation by rail

or highway prior to or subsequent to

transportation by vessel, a shipment

must conform to the applicable re-

quirements of parts 174 and 177 respec-

tively, of this subchapter, and the

motor vehicle or rail car must be plac-

arded in accordance with subpart F of

part 172 of this subchapter. When a haz-

ardous material regulated by this sub-

chapter for transportation by highway

is transported by motor vehicle on a

public highway or by rail under the

provisions of subpart C of part 171, the

segregation requirements of Part 7,

Chapter 7.2 of the IMDG Code are au-

thorized.

(2) For transportation by vessel, the

stowage and segregation requirements

in Part 7 of the IMDG Code may be sub-

stituted for the stowage and segrega-

tion requirements in part 176 of this

subchapter.

(3) Packages containing primary lith-

ium batteries and cells that are trans-

ported in accordance with Special Pro-

vision 188 of the IMDG Code must be

marked ‘‘PRIMARY LITHIUM BAT-

TERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANS-

PORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIR-

CRAFT’’ or ‘‘LITHIUM METAL BAT-

TERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANS-

PORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIR-

CRAFT.’’ This marking is not required

on packages that contain 5 kg (11

pounds) net weight or less of primary

lithium batteries and cells that are

contained in or packed with equip-

ment.

(4) Material consigned under UN3166

and UN3171 (e.g., Engines, internal

combustion, etc., Vehicles, etc. and Bat-

tery-powered equipment) may be pre-

pared in accordance with the IMDG

Code or this subchapter.

bulk packagings. Except for IBCs and

UN portable tanks used for the trans-

portation of liquids or solids, bulk

packagings must conform to the re-

quirements of this subchapter. Addi-

tionally, the following requirements

apply:

(1) UN portable tanks must conform

to the requirements in Special Provi-

sions TP37, TP38, TP44 and TP45 when

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

130

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 171.26

applicable, and any applicable bulk

special provisions assigned to the haz-

ardous material in the Hazardous Ma-

terials Table in § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter;

(2) IMO Type 5 portable tanks must

conform to DOT Specification 51 or UN

portable tank requirements, unless spe-

cifically authorized in this subchapter

or approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator;

(3) Except as specified in this sub-

part, for a material poisonous (toxic)

by inhalation, the T Codes specified in

Column 13 of the Dangerous Goods List

in the IMDG Code may be applied to

the transportation of those materials

in IM, IMO and DOT Specification 51

portable tanks, when these portable

tanks are authorized in accordance

with the requirements of this sub-

chapter; and

(4) No person may offer an IM or UN

portable tank containing liquid haz-

ardous materials of Class 3, PG I or II,

or PG III with a flash point less than

100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or

Division 6.1, PG I or II, for unloading

while it remains on a transport vehicle

with the motive power unit attached,

unless it conforms to the requirements

in § 177.834(o) of this subchapter.

(d) Use of IMDG Code in port areas. (1)

Except for Division 1.1, 1.2, and Class 7

materials, a hazardous material being

imported into or exported from the

United States or passing through the

United States in the course of being

shipped between locations outside the

United States may be offered and ac-

cepted for transportation and trans-

ported by motor vehicle within a single

port area, including contiguous har-

bors, when packaged, marked, classed,

labeled, stowed and segregated in ac-

cordance with the IMDG Code, offered

and accepted in accordance with the re-

quirements of subparts C and F of part

172 of this subchapter pertaining to

shipping papers and placarding, and

otherwise conforms to the applicable

requirements of part 176 of this sub-

chapter.

(2) The requirement in § 172.201(d) of

this subchapter for an emergency tele-

phone number does not apply to ship-

ments made in accordance with the

IMDG Code if the hazardous material is

not offloaded from the vessel, or is

offloaded between ocean vessels at a

U.S. port facility without being trans-

ported by public highway.

[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72

FR 44847, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 57004, Oct. 1,

2008; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3345, Jan.

19, 2011]

§ 171.26 Additional requirements for

the use of the IAEA Regulations.

A Class 7 (radioactive) material being

imported into or exported from the

United States or passing through the

United States in the course of being

shipped between places outside the

United States may be offered for trans-

portation or transported in accordance

with the IAEA Regulations (IBR, see

§ 171.7) as authorized in paragraph (a) of

§ 171.22, provided the requirements in

§ 171.22, as applicable, are met.

PART 172—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS,

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COM-

MUNICATIONS, EMERGENCY RE-

SPONSE INFORMATION, TRAIN-

ING REQUIREMENTS, AND SECU-

RITY PLANS

Subpart A—General

Sec.

172.1 Purpose and scope.

172.3 Applicability.

Subpart B—Table of Hazardous Materials

and Special Provisions

172.101 Purpose and use of hazardous mate-

rials table.

172.102 Special provisions.

Subpart C—Shipping Papers

172.200 Applicability.

172.201 Preparation and retention of ship-

ping papers.

172.202 Description of hazardous material on

shipping papers.

172.203 Additional description requirements.

172.204 Shipper’s certification.

172.205 Hazardous waste manifest.

Subpart D—Marking

172.300 Applicability.

172.301 General marking requirements for

non-bulk packagings.

172.302 General marking requirements for

bulk packagings.

172.303 Prohibited marking.

172.304 Marking requirements.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

131

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 172

172.306 [Reserved]

172.308 Authorized abbreviations.

172.310 Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

172.312 Liquid hazardous materials in non-

bulk packagings.

172.313 Poisonous hazardous materials.

172.315 Limited quantities.

172.316 Packagings containing materials

classed as ORM-D.

172.317 KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling

mark.

172.320 Explosive hazardous materials.

172.322 Marine pollutants.

172.323 Infectious substances.

172.324 Hazardous substances in non-bulk

packagings.

172.325 Elevated temperature materials.

172.326 Portable tanks.

172.327 Petroleum sour crude oil in bulk

packaging.

172.328 Cargo tanks.

172.330 Tank cars and multi-unit tank car

tanks.

172.331 Bulk packagings other than portable

tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars and multi-

unit tank car tanks.

172.332 Identification number markings.

172.334 Identification numbers; prohibited

display.

172.336 Identification numbers; special pro-

visions.

172.338 Replacement of identification num-

bers.

Subpart E—Labeling

172.400 General labeling requirements.

172.400a Exceptions from labeling.

172.401 Prohibited labeling.

172.402 Additional labeling requirements.

172.403 Class 7 (radioactive) material.

172.404 Labels for mixed and consolidated

packaging.

172.405 Authorized label modifications.

172.406 Placement of labels.

172.407 Label specifications.

172.411 EXPLOSIVE 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and

1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary

label.

172.415 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label.

172.416 POISON GAS label.

172.417 FLAMMABLE GAS label.

172.419 FLAMMABLE LIQUID label.

172.420 FLAMMABLE SOLID label.

172.422 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE

label.

172.423 DANGEROUS WHEN WET label.

172.426 OXIDIZER label.

172.427 ORGANIC PEROXIDE label.

172.429 POISON INHALATION HAZARD

label.

172.430 POISON label.

172.431 [Reserved]

172.432 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label.

172.436 RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label.

172.438 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label.

172.440 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.

172.441 FISSILE label.

172.442 CORROSIVE label.

172.444 [Reserved]

172.446 CLASS 9 label.

172.448 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label.

172.450 EMPTY label.

Subpart F—Placarding

172.500 Applicability of placarding require-

ments.

172.502 Prohibited and permissive

placarding.

172.503 Identification number display on

placards.

172.504 General placarding requirements.

172.505 Placarding for subsidiary hazards.

172.506 Providing and affixing placards:

Highway.

172.507 Special placarding provisions: High-

way.

172.508 Placarding and affixing placarding:

Rail.

172.510 Special placarding provisions: Rail.

172.512 Freight containers and aircraft unit

load devices.

172.514 Bulk packagings.

172.516 Visibility and display of placards.

172.519 General specifications for placards.

172.521 DANGEROUS placard.

172.522 EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2

and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards.

172.523 EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard.

172.524 EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard.

172.525 EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard.

172.526 [Reserved]

172.527 Background requirements for cer-

tain placards.

172.528 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard.

172.530 OXYGEN placard.

172.532 FLAMMABLE GAS placard.

172.536 [Reserved]

172.540 POISON GAS placard.

172.542 FLAMMABLE placard.

172.544 COMBUSTIBLE placard.

172.546 FLAMMABLE SOLID placard.

172.547 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE

placard.

172.548 DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard.

172.550 OXIDIZER placard.

172.552 ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard.

172.553 [Reserved]

172.554 POISON placard.

172.555 POISON INHALATION HAZARD

placard.

172.556 RADIOACTIVE placard.

172.558 CORROSIVE placard.

172.560 CLASS 9 placard.

Subpart G—Emergency Response

Information

172.600 Applicability and general require-

ments.

172.602 Emergency response information.

172.604 Emergency response telephone num-

ber.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

132

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.1

172.606 Carrier information contact.

Subpart H—Training

172.700 Purpose and scope.

172.701 Federal-State relationship.

172.702 Applicability and responsibility for

training and testing.

172.704 Training requirements.

Subpart I—Safety and Security Plans

172.800 Purpose and applicability.

172.802 Components of a security plan.

172.804 Relationship to other Federal re-

quirements.

172.820 Additional planning requirements

for transportation by rail.

172.822 Limitation on actions by states,

local governments, and Indian tribes.

PPENDIX

ART

172—O

FFICE OF

ARDOUS

ATERIALS

RANSPORTATION

OLOR

OLERANCE

HARTS AND

ABLES

PPENDIX

ART

172—T

REFOIL

YMBOL

PPENDIX

ART

172—D

IMENSIONAL

PEC

IFICATIONS FOR

ECOMMENDED

LACARD

OLDER

PPENDIX

ART

172—R

AIL

ISK

NAL

YSIS

ACTORS

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128, 44701; 49

CFR 1.53.

OURCE

: Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15,

1976, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart A—General

§ 172.1 Purpose and scope.

This part lists and classifies those

materials which the Department has

designated as hazardous materials for

purposes of transportation and pre-

scribes the requirements for shipping

papers, package marking, labeling, and

transport vehicle placarding applicable

to the shipment and transportation of

those hazardous materials.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15997, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 172.3 Applicability.

(a) This part applies to—

(1) Each person who offers a haz-

ardous material for transportation, and

(2) Each carrier by air, highway, rail,

or water who transports a hazardous

material.

(b) When a person, other than one of

those provided for in paragraph (a) of

this section, performs a packaging la-

beling or marking function required by

this part, that person shall perform the

function in accordance with this part.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–32, 41 FR 38179, Sept.

9, 1976]

Subpart B—Table of Hazardous

Materials and Special Provisions

§ 172.101 Purpose and use of haz-

ardous materials table.

(a) The Hazardous Materials Table

(Table) in this section designates the

materials listed therein as hazardous

materials for the purpose of transpor-

tation of those materials. For each

listed material, the Table identifies the

hazard class or specifies that the mate-

rial is forbidden in transportation, and

gives the proper shipping name or di-

rects the user to the preferred proper

shipping name. In addition, the Table

specifies or references requirements in

this subchapter pertaining to labeling,

packaging, quantity limits aboard air-

craft and stowage of hazardous mate-

rials aboard vessels.

(b) Column 1: Symbols. Column 1 of the

Table contains six symbols (‘‘+’’, ‘‘A’’,

‘‘D’’, ‘‘G’’, ‘‘I’’ and ‘‘W’’) as follows:

(1) The plus (+) sign fixes the proper

shipping name, hazard class and pack-

ing group for that entry without regard

to whether the material meets the defi-

nition of that class, packing group or

any other hazard class definition. When

the plus sign is assigned to a proper

shipping name in Column (1) of the

§ 172.101 Table, it means that the mate-

rial is known to pose a risk to humans.

When a plus sign is assigned to mix-

tures or solutions containing a mate-

rial where the hazard to humans is sig-

nificantly different from that of the

pure material or where no hazard to

humans is posed, the material may be

described using an alternative shipping

name that represents the hazards posed

by the material. An appropriate alter-

nate proper shipping name and hazard

class may be authorized by the Asso-

ciate Administrator.

(2) The letter ‘‘A’’ denotes a material

that is subject to the requirements of

this subchapter only when offered or

intended for transportation by aircraft,

unless the material is a hazardous sub-

stance or a hazardous waste. A ship-

ping description entry preceded by an

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

133

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

‘‘A’’ may be used to describe a material

for other modes of transportation pro-

vided all applicable requirements for

the entry are met.

(3) The letter ‘‘D’’ identifies proper

shipping names which are appropriate

for describing materials for domestic

transportation but may be inappro-

priate for international transportation

under the provisions of international

regulations (e.g., IMO, ICAO). An alter-

nate proper shipping name may be se-

lected when either domestic or inter-

national transportation is involved.

(4) The letter ‘‘G’’ identifies proper

shipping names for which one or more

technical names of the hazardous ma-

terial must be entered in parentheses,

in association with the basic descrip-

tion. (See § 172.203(k).)

(5) The letter ‘‘I’’ identifies proper

shipping names which are appropriate

for describing materials in inter-

national transportation. An alternate

proper shipping name may be selected

when only domestic transportation is

involved.

(6) The letter ‘‘W’’ denotes a material

that is subject to the requirements of

this subchapter only when offered or

intended for transportation by vessel,

unless the material is a hazardous sub-

stance or a hazardous waste. A ship-

ping description entry preceded by a

‘‘W’’ may be used to describe a mate-

rial for other modes of transportation

provided all applicable requirements

for the entry are met.

scriptions and proper shipping names.

Column 2 lists the hazardous materials

descriptions and proper shipping names

of materials designated as hazardous

materials. Modification of a proper

shipping name may otherwise be re-

quired or authorized by this section.

Proper shipping names are limited to

those shown in Roman type (not

italics).

(1) Proper shipping names may be

used in the singular or plural and in ei-

ther capital or lower case letters.

Words may be alternatively spelled in

the same manner as they appear in the

ICAO Technical Instructions or the

IMDG Code. For example ‘‘aluminum’’

may be spelled ‘‘aluminium’’ and ‘‘sul-

fur’’ may be spelled ‘‘sulphur’’. How-

ever, the word ‘‘inflammable’’ may not

be used in place of the word ‘‘flam-

mable’’.

(2) Punctuation marks and words in

italics are not part of the proper ship-

ping name, but may be used in addition

to the proper shipping name. The word

‘‘or’’ in italics indicates that there is a

choice of terms in the sequence that

may alternately be used as the proper

shipping name or as part of the proper

shipping name, as appropriate. For ex-

ample, for the hazardous materials de-

scription ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid or Dry

ice’’ either ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or

‘‘Dry ice’’ may be used as the proper

shipping name; and for the hazardous

materials description ‘‘Articles, pres-

surized pneumatic or hydraulic,’’ ei-

ther ‘‘Articles, pressurized pneumatic’’

or ‘‘Articles, pressurized hydraulic’’

may be used as the proper shipping

name.

(3) The word ‘‘poison’’ or ‘‘poisonous’’

may be used interchangeably with the

word ‘‘toxic’’ when only domestic

transportation is involved. The abbre-

viation ‘‘n.o.i.’’ or ‘‘n.o.i.b.n.’’ may be

used interchangeably with ‘‘n.o.s.’’.

(4) Except for hazardous wastes, when

qualifying words are used as part of the

proper shipping name, their sequence

in the package markings and shipping

paper description is optional. However,

the entry in the Table reflects the pre-

ferred sequence.

(5) When one entry references an-

other entry by use of the word ‘‘see’’, if

both names are in Roman type, either

name may be used as the proper ship-

ping name (e.g., Ethyl alcohol, see Eth-

anol).

(6) When a proper shipping name in-

cludes a concentration range as part of

the shipping description, the actual

concentration, if it is within the range

stated, may be used in place of the con-

centration range. For example, an

aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide

containing 30 percent peroxide may be

described as ‘‘Hydrogen peroxide, aque-

ous solution with not less than 20 percent

but not more than 40 percent hydrogen

peroxide’’ or ‘‘Hydrogen peroxide, aque-

ous solution with 30 percent hydrogen

peroxide’’.

(7) Use of the prefix ‘‘mono’’ is op-

tional in any shipping name, when ap-

propriate. Thus, Iodine monochloride

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

134

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

may be used interchangeably with Io-

dine chloride. In ‘‘Glycerol alpha-

monochlorohydrin’’ the term ‘‘mono’’

is considered a prefix to the term

‘‘chlorohydrin’’ and may be deleted.

(8) Use of the word ‘‘liquid’’ or

‘‘solid’’. The word ‘‘liquid’’ or ‘‘solid’’

may be added to a proper shipping

name when a hazardous material spe-

cifically listed by name may, due to

differing physical states, be a liquid or

solid. When the packaging specified in

Column 8 is inappropriate for the phys-

ical state of the material, the table

provided in paragraph (i)(4) of this sec-

tion should be used to determine the

appropriate packaging section.

(9) Hazardous wastes. If the word

‘‘waste’’ is not included in the haz-

ardous material description in Column

2 of the Table, the proper shipping

name for a hazardous waste (as defined

in § 171.8 of this subchapter), shall in-

clude the word ‘‘Waste’’ preceding the

proper shipping name of the material.

For example: Waste acetone.

(10) Mixtures and solutions. (i) A mix-

ture or solution not identified specifi-

cally by name, comprised of a single

predominant hazardous material iden-

tified in the Table by technical name

and one or more hazardous and/or non-

hazardous material, must be described

using the proper shipping name of the

hazardous material and the qualifying

word ‘‘mixture’’ or ‘‘solution’’, as ap-

propriate, unless—

(A) Except as provided in

§ 172.101(i)(4) the packaging specified in

Column 8 is inappropriate to the phys-

ical state of the material;

(B) The shipping description indi-

cates that the proper shipping name

applies only to the pure or technically

pure hazardous material;

or subsidiary hazard of the mixture or

solution is different from that specified

for the entry;

(D) There is a significant change in

the measures to be taken in emer-

gencies;

(E) The material is identified by spe-

cial provision in Column 7 of the

§ 172.101 Table as a material poisonous

by inhalation; however, it no longer

meets the definition of poisonous by in-

halation or it falls within a different

hazard zone than that specified in the

special provision; or

(F) The material can be appro-

priately described by a shipping name

that describes its intended application,

such as ‘‘Coating solution’’, ‘‘Extracts,

flavoring’’ or ‘‘Compound, cleaning liq-

uid.’’.

(ii) If one or more of the conditions

specified in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this

section is satisfied, then a proper ship-

ping name shall be selected as pre-

scribed in paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this

section.

(iii) A mixture or solution not identi-

fied in the Table specifically by name,

comprised of two or more hazardous

materials in the same hazard class,

shall be described using an appropriate

shipping description (e.g., ‘‘Flammable

liquid, n.o.s.’’). The name that most ap-

propriately describes the material

shall be used; e.g., an alcohol not listed

by its technical name in the Table

shall be described as ‘‘Alcohol, n.o.s.’’

rather than ‘‘Flammable liquid, n.o.s.’’.

Some mixtures may be more appro-

priately described according to their

application, such as ‘‘Coating solution’’

or ‘‘Extracts, flavoring liquid’’ rather

than by an n.o.s. entry. Under the pro-

visions of subparts C and D of this part,

the technical names of at least two

components most predominately con-

tributing to the hazards of the mixture

or solution may be required in associa-

tion with the proper shipping name.

(11) Except for a material subject to

or prohibited by § 173.21, 173.54,

173.56(d), 173.56(e), 173.224(c) or 173.225(b)

of this subchapter, a material that is

considered to be a hazardous waste or a

sample of a material for which the haz-

ard class is uncertain and must be de-

termined by testing may be assigned a

tentative proper shipping name, hazard

class, identification number and pack-

ing group, if applicable, based on the

shipper’s tentative determination ac-

cording to:

(i) Defining criteria in this sub-

chapter;

(ii) The hazard precedence prescribed

in § 173.2a of this subchapter;

(iii) The shipper’s knowledge of the

material;

(iv) In addition to paragraphs

(c)(11)(i) through (iii) of this section,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

135

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

for a sample of a material other than a

waste, the following must be met:

(A) Except when the word ‘‘Sample’’

already appears in the proper shipping

name, the word ‘‘Sample’’ must appear

as part of the proper shipping name or

in association with the basic descrip-

tion on the shipping paper.

(B) When the proper shipping descrip-

tion for a sample is assigned a ‘‘G’’ in

Column (1) of the § 172.101 Table, and

the primary constituent(s) for which

the tentative classification is based are

not known, the provisions requiring a

technical name for the constituent(s)

do not apply; and

a combination packaging that con-

forms to the requirements of this sub-

chapter that are applicable to the ten-

tative packing group assigned, and

may not exceed a net mass of 2.5 kg (5.5

pounds) per package.

OTE TO PARAGRAPH

(c)(11): For the trans-

portation of samples of self-reactive mate-

rials, organic peroxides, explosives or light-

ers, see §§173.224(c)(3), 173.225(c)(2), 173.56(d)

or 173.308(b)(2) of this subchapter, respec-

tively.

(12) Except when the proper shipping

name in the Table is preceded by a plus

(+)—

(i) If it is specifically determined

that a material meets the definition of

a hazard class, packing group or hazard

zone, other than the class, packing

group or hazard zone shown in associa-

tion with the proper shipping name, or

does not meet the defining criteria for

a subsidiary hazard shown in Column 6

of the Table, the material shall be de-

scribed by an appropriate proper ship-

ping name listed in association with

the correct hazard class, packing

group, hazard zone, or subsidiary haz-

ard for the material.

(ii) Generic or n.o.s. descriptions. If an

appropriate technical name is not

shown in the Table, selection of a prop-

er shipping name shall be made from

the generic or n.o.s. descriptions cor-

responding to the specific hazard class,

packing group, hazard zone, or sub-

sidiary hazard, if any, for the material.

The name that most appropriately de-

scribes the material shall be used; e.g.,

an alcohol not listed by its technical

name in the Table shall be described as

‘‘Alcohol, n.o.s.’’ rather than ‘‘Flam-

mable liquid, n.o.s.’’. Some mixtures

may be more appropriately described

according to their application, such as

‘‘Coating solution’’ or ‘‘Extracts, fla-

voring, liquid’’, rather than by an n.o.s.

entry, such as ‘‘Flammable liquid,

n.o.s.’’ It should be noted, however,

that an n.o.s. description as a proper

shipping name may not provide suffi-

cient information for shipping papers

and package markings. Under the pro-

visions of subparts C and D of this part,

the technical name of one or more con-

stituents which makes the product a

hazardous material may be required in

association with the proper shipping

name.

(iii) Multiple hazard materials. If a ma-

terial meets the definition of more

than one hazard class, and is not iden-

tified in the Table specifically by name

(e.g., acetyl chloride), the hazard class

of the material shall be determined by

using the precedence specified in

§ 173.2a of this subchapter, and an ap-

propriate shipping description (e.g.,

‘‘Flammable liquid, corrosive n.o.s.’’)

shall be selected as described in para-

graph (c)(12)(ii) of this section.

(iv) If it is specifically determined

that a material is not a forbidden ma-

terial and does not meet the definition

of any hazard class, the material is not

a hazardous material.

(13) Self-reactive materials and organic

peroxides. A generic proper shipping

name for a self-reactive material or an

organic peroxide, as listed in Column 2

of the Table, must be selected based on

the material’s technical name and con-

centration, in accordance with the pro-

visions of §§ 173.224 or 173.225 of this

subchapter, respectively.

(14) A proper shipping name that de-

scribes all isomers of a material may

be used to identify any isomer of that

material if the isomer meets criteria

for the same hazard class or division,

subsidiary risk(s) and packing group,

unless the isomer is specifically identi-

fied in the Table.

(15) Unless a hydrate is specifically

listed in the Table, a proper shipping

name for the equivalent anhydrous

substance may be used, if the hydrate

meets the same hazard class or divi-

sion, subsidiary risk(s) and packing

group.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

136

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

(16) Unless it is already included in

the proper shipping name in the

§ 172.101 Table, the qualifying words

‘‘liquid’’ or ‘‘solid’’ may be added in as-

sociation with the proper shipping

name when a hazardous material spe-

cifically listed by name in the § 172.101

Table may, due to the differing phys-

ical states of the various isomers of the

material, be either a liquid or a solid

(for example ‘‘Dinitrotoluenes, liquid’’

and ‘‘Dinitrotoluenes, solid’’). Use of

the words ‘‘liquid’’ or ‘‘solid’’ is subject

to the limitations specified for the use

of the words ‘‘mixture’’ or ‘‘solution’’

in paragraph (c)(10) of this section. The

qualifying word ‘‘molten’’ may be

added in association with the proper

shipping name when a hazardous mate-

rial, which is a solid in accordance

with the definition in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, is offered for transportation in

the molten state (for example,

‘‘Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s., molten’’).

(d) Column 3: Hazard class or Division.

Column 3 contains a designation of the

hazard class or division corresponding

to each proper shipping name, or the

word ‘‘Forbidden’’.

(1) A material for which the entry in

this column is ‘‘Forbidden’’ may not be

offered for transportation or trans-

ported. This prohibition does not apply

if the material is diluted, stabilized or

incorporated in a device and it is

classed in accordance with the defini-

tions of hazardous materials contained

in part 173 of this subchapter.

(2) When a reevaluation of test data

or new data indicates a need to modify

the ‘‘Forbidden’’ designation or the

hazard class or packing group specified

for a material specifically identified in

the Table, this data should be sub-

mitted to the Associate Administrator.

(3) A basic description of each hazard

class and the section reference for class

definitions appear in § 173.2 of this sub-

chapter.

(4) Each reference to a Class 3 mate-

rial is modified to read ‘‘Combustible

liquid’’ when that material is reclassi-

fied in accordance with § 173.150(e) or (f)

of this subchapter or has a flash point

above 60 °C (140 °F) but below 93 °C (200

°F).

(e) Column 4: Identification number.

Column 4 lists the identification num-

ber assigned to each proper shipping

name. Those preceded by the letters

‘‘UN’’ are associated with proper ship-

ping names considered appropriate for

international transportation as well as

domestic transportation. Those pre-

ceded by the letters ‘‘NA’’ are associ-

ated with proper shipping names not

recognized for international transpor-

tation, except to and from Canada.

Identification numbers in the ‘‘NA9000’’

series are associated with proper ship-

ping names not appropriately covered

by international hazardous materials

(dangerous goods) transportation

standards, or not appropriately ad-

dressed by international transpor-

tation standards for emergency re-

sponse information purposes, except for

transportation between the United

States and Canada. Those preceded by

the letters ‘‘ID’’ are associated with

proper shipping names recognized by

the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(f) Column 5: Packing group. Column 5

specifies one or more packing groups

assigned to a material corresponding to

the proper shipping name and hazard

class for that material. Class 2, Class 7,

Division 6.2 (other than regulated med-

ical wastes), and ORM-D materials, do

not have packing groups. Packing

Groups I, II and III indicate the degree

of danger presented by the material is

either great, medium or minor, respec-

tively. If more than one packing group

is indicated for an entry, the packing

group for the hazardous material is de-

termined using the criteria for assign-

ment of packing groups specified in

subpart D of part 173. When a reevalua-

tion of test data or new data indicates

a need to modify the specified packing

group(s), the data should be submitted

to the Associate Administrator. Each

reference in this column to a material

which is a hazardous waste or a haz-

ardous substance, and whose proper

shipping name is preceded in Column 1

of the Table by the letter ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘W’’,

is modified to read ‘‘III’’ on those occa-

sions when the material is offered for

transportation or transported by a

mode in which its transportation is not

otherwise subject to requirements of

this subchapter.

(g) Column 6: Labels. Column 6 speci-

fies codes which represent the hazard

warning labels required for a package

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

137

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

filled with a material conforming to

the associated hazard class and proper

shipping name, unless the package is

otherwise excepted from labeling by a

provision in subpart E of this part, or

part 173 of this subchapter. The first

code is indicative of the primary haz-

ard of the material. Additional label

codes are indicative of subsidiary haz-

ards. Provisions in § 172.402 may require

that a label other than that specified

in Column 6 be affixed to the package

in addition to that specified in Column

6. No label is required for a material

classed as a combustible liquid or for a

Class 3 material that is reclassed as a

combustible liquid. For ‘‘Empty’’ label

requirements, see § 173.428 of this sub-

chapter. The codes contained in Col-

umn 6 are defined according to the fol-

lowing table:

ABEL

UBSTITUTION

ABLE

Label code Label name

1 ................................................ Explosive

1.1

........................................... Explosive 1.1

1.2

........................................... Explosive 1.2

1.3

........................................... Explosive 1.3

1.4

........................................... Explosive 1.4

1.5

........................................... Explosive 1.5

1.6

........................................... Explosive 1.6

2.1 ............................................. Flammable Gas

2.2 ............................................. Non-Flammable Gas

2.3 ............................................. Poison Gas

3 ................................................ Flammable Liquid

4.1 ............................................. Flammable Solid

4.2 ............................................. Spontaneously Combustible

4.3 ............................................. Dangerous When Wet

5.1 ............................................. Oxidizer

5.2 ............................................. Organic Peroxide

6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A

or B).

Poison Inhalation Hazard

6.1 (other than inhalation haz-

ard, Zone A or B)

Poison

6.2 ............................................. Infectious substance

7 ................................................ Radioactive

8 ................................................ Corrosive

9 ................................................ Class 9

Refers to the appropriate compatibility group letter.

The packing group for a material is indicated in column 5

of the table.

(h) Column 7: Special provisions. Col-

umn 7 specifies codes for special provi-

sions applicable to hazardous mate-

rials. When Column 7 refers to a special

provision for a hazardous material, the

meaning and requirements of that spe-

cial provision are as set forth in

§ 172.102 of this subpart.

(i) Column 8: Packaging authorizations.

Columns 8A, 8B and 8C specify the ap-

plicable sections for exceptions, non-

bulk packaging requirements and bulk

packaging requirements, respectively,

in part 173 of this subchapter. Columns

8A, 8B and 8C are completed in a man-

ner which indicates that ‘‘§ 173.’’ pre-

cedes the designated numerical entry.

For example, the entry ‘‘202’’ in Col-

umn 8B associated with the proper

shipping name ‘‘Gasoline’’ indicates

that for this material conformance to

non-bulk packaging requirements pre-

scribed in § 173.202 of this subchapter is

required. When packaging require-

ments are specified, they are in addi-

tion to the standard requirements for

all packagings prescribed in § 173.24 of

this subchapter and any other applica-

ble requirements in subparts A and B

of part 173 of this subchapter.

(1) Exceptions. Column 8A contains

exceptions from some of the require-

ments of this subchapter. The ref-

erenced exceptions are in addition to

those specified in subpart A of part 173

and elsewhere in this subchapter. A

‘‘None’’ in this column means no pack-

aging exceptions are authorized, except

as may be provided by special provi-

sions in Column 7.

(2) Non-bulk packaging. Column 8B

references the section in part 173 of

this subchapter which prescribes pack-

aging requirements for non-bulk pack-

agings. A ‘‘None’’ in this column means

non-bulk packagings are not author-

ized, except as may be provided by spe-

cial provisions in Column 7. Each ref-

erence in this column to a material

which is a hazardous waste or a haz-

ardous substance, and whose proper

shipping name is preceded in Column 1

of the Table by the letter ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘W’’,

is modified to include ‘‘§ 173.203’’ or

‘‘§ 173.213’’, as appropriate for liquids

and solids, respectively, on those occa-

sions when the material is offered for

transportation or transported by a

mode in which its transportation is not

otherwise subject to the requirements

of this subchapter.

(3) Bulk packaging. Column (8C) speci-

fies the section in part 173 of this sub-

chapter that prescribes packaging re-

quirements for bulk packagings, sub-

ject to the limitations, requirements,

and additional authorizations of Col-

umns (7) and (8B). A ‘‘None’’ in Column

(8C) means bulk packagings are not au-

thorized, except as may be provided by

special provisions in Column (7) and in

packaging authorizations Column (8B).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

138

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

Additional authorizations and limita-

tions for use of UN portable tanks are

set forth in Column 7. For each ref-

erence in this column to a material

that is a hazardous waste or a haz-

ardous substance, and whose proper

shipping name is preceded in Column 1

of the Table by the letter ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘W’’

and that is offered for transportation

or transported by a mode in which its

transportation is not otherwise subject

to the requirements of this subchapter:

(4) For a hazardous material which is

specifically named in the Table and

whose packaging sections specify pack-

agings not applicable to the form of the

material (e.g., packaging specified is

for solid material and the material is

being offered for transportation in a

liquid form) the following table should

be used to determine the appropriate

packaging section:

Packaging section reference for

solid materials

Corresponding pack-

aging section for liquid

materials

§ 173.187 ....................................... § 173.181

§ 173.211 ....................................... § 173.201

§ 173.212 ....................................... § 173.202

§ 173.213 ....................................... § 173.203

§ 173.240 ....................................... § 173.241

§ 173.242 ....................................... § 173.243

(5) Cylinders. For cylinders, both non-

bulk and bulk packaging authoriza-

tions are set forth in Column (8B). Not-

withstanding a designation of ‘‘None’’

in Column (8C), a bulk cylinder may be

used when specified through the sec-

tion reference in Column (8B).

(j) Column 9: Quantity limitations. Col-

umns 9A and 9B specify the maximum

quantities that may be offered for

transportation in one package by pas-

senger-carrying aircraft or passenger-

carrying rail car (Column 9A) or by

cargo aircraft only (Column 9B), sub-

ject to the following:

(1) ‘‘Forbidden’’ means the material

may not be offered for transportation

or transported in the applicable mode

of transport.

(2) The quantity limitation is ‘‘net’’

except where otherwise specified, such

as for ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ which

specifies ‘‘30 kg gross.’’

(3) When articles or devices are spe-

cifically listed by name, the net quan-

tity limitation applies to the entire ar-

ticle or device (less packaging and

packaging materials) rather than only

to its hazardous components.

(4) A package offered or intended for

transportation by aircraft and which is

filled with a material forbidden on pas-

senger-carrying aircraft but permitted

on cargo aircraft only, or which ex-

ceeds the maximum net quantity au-

thorized on passenger-carrying air-

craft, shall be labelled with the CARGO

AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in

§ 172.448 of this part.

(5) The total net quantity of haz-

ardous material for an outer non-bulk

packaging that contains more than one

hazardous material may not exceed the

lowest permitted maximum net quan-

tity per package as shown in Column

9A or 9B, as appropriate. If one mate-

rial is a liquid and one is a solid, the

maximum net quantity must be cal-

culated in kilograms. See

§ 173.24a(c)(1)(iv).

(k) Column 10: Vessel stowage require-

ments. Column 10A [Vessel stowage]

specifies the authorized stowage loca-

tions on board cargo and passenger ves-

sels. Column 10B [Other provisions]

specifies codes for stowage require-

ments for specific hazardous materials.

The meaning of each code in Column

10B is set forth in § 176.84 of this sub-

chapter. Section 176.63 of this sub-

chapter sets forth the physical require-

ments for each of the authorized loca-

tions listed in Column 10A. (For bulk

transportation by vessel, see 46 CFR

parts 30 to 40, 70, 98, 148, 151, 153 and

154.) The authorized stowage locations

specified in Column 10A are defined as

follows:

(1) Stowage category ‘‘A’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ or

‘‘under deck’’ on a cargo vessel and on

a passenger vessel.

(2) Stowage category ‘‘B’’ means—

(i) The material may be stowed ‘‘on

deck’’ or ‘‘under deck’’ on a cargo ves-

sel and on a passenger vessel carrying

a number of passengers limited to not

more than the larger of 25 passengers,

or one passenger per each 3 m of over-

all vessel length; and

(ii) ‘‘On deck only’’ on passenger ves-

sels in which the number of passengers

specified in paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this

section is exceeded.

(3) Stowage category ‘‘C’’ means the

material must be stowed ‘‘on deck

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

139

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

only’’ on a cargo vessel and on a pas-

senger vessel.

(4) Stowage category ‘‘D’’ means the

material must be stowed ‘‘on deck

only’’ on a cargo vessel and on a pas-

senger vessel carrying a number of pas-

sengers limited to not more than the

larger of 25 passengers or one passenger

per each 3 m of overall vessel length,

but the material is prohibited on pas-

senger vessels in which the limiting

number of passengers is exceeded.

(5) Stowage category ‘‘E’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ or

‘‘under deck’’ on a cargo vessel and on

a passenger vessel carrying a number

of passengers limited to not more than

the larger of 25 passengers, or one pas-

senger per each 3 m of overall vessel

length, but is prohibited from carriage

on passenger vessels in which the lim-

iting number of passengers is exceeded.

(6) Stowage category ‘‘01’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ or

‘‘under deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to

12 passengers) and on a passenger ves-

sel.

(7) Stowage category ‘‘02’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ or

‘‘under deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to

12 passengers) and ‘‘on deck’’ in closed

cargo transport units or ‘‘under deck’’

in closed cargo transport units on a

passenger vessel.

(8) Stowage category ‘‘03’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ or

‘‘under deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to

12 passengers) and ‘‘on deck’’ in closed

cargo transport units on a passenger

vessel.

(9) Stowage category ‘‘04’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ or

‘‘under deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to

12 passengers) but the material is pro-

hibited on a passenger vessel.

(10) Stowage category ‘‘05’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to 12 pas-

sengers) and on a passenger vessel.

(11) Stowage category ‘‘06’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to 12 pas-

sengers) and ‘‘on deck’’ in closed cargo

transport units or ‘‘under deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units on a pas-

senger vessel.

(12) Stowage category ‘‘07’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to 12 pas-

sengers) and ‘‘on deck’’ only in closed

cargo transport units on a passenger

vessel.

(13) Stowage category ‘‘08’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ on a cargo vessel (up to 12 pas-

sengers) but the material is prohibited

on a passenger vessel.

(14) Stowage category ‘‘09’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck

only’’ in closed cargo transport units

or ‘‘under deck’’ in closed cargo trans-

port units on a cargo vessel (up to 12

passengers) and on a passenger vessel.

(15) Stowage category ‘‘10’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ in closed cargo transport units

on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers)

and ‘‘on deck’’ only in closed cargo

transport units on a passenger vessel.

(16) Stowage category ‘‘11’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ in magazine stowage type ‘‘c’’ on

a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) and

‘‘on deck’’ only in closed cargo trans-

port units on a passenger vessel.

(17) Stowage category ‘‘12’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ in magazine stowage type ‘‘c’’ on

a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) but

the material is prohibited on a pas-

senger vessel.

(18) Stowage category ‘‘13’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ in magazine stowage type ‘‘A’’

on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers)

and ‘‘on deck’’ only in closed cargo

transport units on a passenger vessel.

(19) Stowage category ‘‘14’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units on a cargo

vessel (up to 12 passengers) but the ma-

terial is prohibited on a passenger ves-

sel.

(20) Stowage category ‘‘15’’ means the

material may be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ in

closed cargo transport units or ‘‘under

deck’’ in closed cargo transport units

on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

140

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

but the material is prohibited on a pas-

senger vessel.

(l) Changes to the Table. (1) Unless

specifically stated otherwise in a rule

document published in the F

EDERAL

EGISTER

amending the Table—

(i) Such a change does not apply to

the shipment of any package filled

prior to the effective date of the

amendment; and

(ii) Stocks of preprinted shipping pa-

pers and package markings may be

continued in use, in the manner pre-

viously authorized, until depleted or

for a one-year period, subsequent to

the effective date of the amendment,

whichever is less.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in

this section, any alteration of a ship-

ping description or associated entry

which is listed in the § 172.101 Table

must receive prior written approval

from the Associate Administrator.

(3) The proper shipping name of a

hazardous material changed in the May

6, 1997 final rule, in effect on October 1,

1997, only by the addition or omission

of the word ‘‘compressed,’’ ‘‘inhibited,’’

‘‘liquefied’’ or ‘‘solution’’ may continue

to be used to comply with package

marking requirements, until January

1, 2003.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

141

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions and

proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Accellerene, see p-

Nitrosodimethylaniline

Accumulators, electric, see Batteries,

wet etc

Accumulators, pressurized, pneumatic

or hydraulic (containing non-

flamable gas), see Articles pressur-

ized, pneumatic or hydraulic (con-

taining non-flamable gas)

Acetal 3 UN1088 II 3 IB2, T4, TP1 150 202 242 5 L 60 L E

Acetaldehyde 3 UN1089 I 3 A3, B16, T11, TP2, TP7 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L E

A Acetaldehyde ammonia 9 UN1841 III 9 IB8, IP3, IP7, T1, TP33 155 204 240 200 kg 200 kg A 34

Acetaldehyde oxime 3 UN2332 III 3 B1, IB3, T4, TP1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A

Acetic acid, glacial or Acetic acid solu-

tion, with more than 80 percent

acid, by mass

8 UN2789 II 8, 3 A3, A6, A7, A10, B2,

IB2, T7, TP2

154 202 243 1 L 30 L A

Acetic acid solution, not less than 50

percent but not more than 80 per-

cent acid, by mass

8 UN2790 II 8 A3, A6, A7, A10, B2,

IB2, T7, TP2

154 202 242 1 L 30 L A

Acetic acid solution, with more than

10 percent and less than 50 percent

acid, by mass

8 UN2790 III 8 IB3, T4, TP1 154 203 242 5 L 60 L A

Acetic anhydride 8 UN1715 II 8, 3 A3, A6, A7, A10, B2,

IB2, T7, TP2

154 202 243 1 L 30 L A 40

Acetone 3 UN1090 II 3 IB2, T4, TP1 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B

Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized 6.1 UN1541 I 6.1 2, B9, B14, B32, B76,

B77, N34, T20, TP2,

TP13, TP38, TP45

None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 25, 40,

52, 53

Acetone oils 3 UN1091 II 3 IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B

Acetonitrile 3 UN1648 II 3 IB2, T7, TP2 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 40

Acetyl acetone peroxide with more

than 9 percent by mass active oxy-

gen

Forbidden

Acetyl benzoyl peroxide, solid, or with

more than 72 percent in solution.

Forbidden

Isosorbide dinitrate mixture with not

less than 60 percent lactose,

mannose, starch or calcium hydro-

gen phosphate.

4.1 UN2907 II 4.1 ..... IB6, IP2, N85 None ... 212 .... None 15 kg 50 kg E 28, 36

Isosorbide-5-mononitrate ................... 4.1 UN3251 III 4.1 ..... 66, 159 IB8 151 ...... 223 .... 240 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 12

Isothiocyanic acid .............................. Forbidden

Jet fuel, see Fuel aviation, turbine

engine.

D Jet perforating guns, charged oil well,

with detonator.

1.1D NA0124 II 1.1D .. 55, 56 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

D Jet perforating guns, charged oil well,

with detonator.

1.4D NA0494 II 1.4D .. 55, 56 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 06

Jet perforating guns, charged oil well,

without detonator.

1.1D UN0124 II 1.1D .. 55 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Jet perforating guns, charged, oil

well, without detonator.

1.4D UN0494 II 1.4D .. 55, 114 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 300 kg 06

Jet perforators, see Charges,

shaped, etc.

Jet tappers, without detonator, see

Charges, shaped, etc.

Jet thrust igniters, for rocket motors

or Jato, see Igniters.

Jet thrust unit (Jato), see Rocket mo-

tors.

Kerosene ........................................... 3 UN1223 III 3 ........ 144, B1, IB3, T2, TP2 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Ketones, liquid, n.o.s. ........................ 3 UN1224 I 3 ........ T11, TP1, TP8, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00224 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

215

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

......................................................... II 3 ........ IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Krypton, compressed ......................... 2.2 UN1056 2.2 306,

307.

302 None ... 75 kg 150 kg A

Krypton, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic

liquid).

2.2 UN1970 2.2 ..... T75, TP5 320 ...... None None 50 kg 500 kg D

Lacquer base or lacquer chips, nitro-

cellulose, dry, see Nitrocellulose,

etc. (UN 2557).

Lacquer base or lacquer chips, plas-

tic, wet with alcohol or solvent, see

Nitrocellulose (UN2059, UN2555,

UN2556, UN2557) or Paint

etc.(UN1263).

Lead acetate ...................................... 6.1 UN1616 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Lead arsenates .................................. 6.1 UN1617 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Lead arsenites ................................... 6.1 UN1618 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Lead azide (dry) ................................ Forbidden

Lead azide, wetted with not less than

20 percent water or mixture of al-

cohol and water, by mass.

1.1A UN0129 II 1.1A ... 111, 117 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 12

G Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s ....... 6.1 UN2291 III 6.1 ..... 138, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Lead cyanide ..................................... 6.1 UN1620 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52

Lead dioxide ...................................... 5.1 UN1872 III 5.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Lead dross, see Lead sulfate, with

more than 3 percent free acid.

Lead nitrate ........................................ 5.1 UN1469 II 5.1,

6.1.

IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A

Lead nitroresorcinate (dry) ................ Forbidden

Lead perchlorate, solid ...................... 5.1 UN1470 II 5.1,

6.1.

IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Lead perchlorate, solution ................. 5.1 UN3408 II 5.1,

6.1.

IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L A 56, 58

III 5.1,

6.1.

IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 2.5 L 30 L A 56, 58

Lead peroxide, see Lead dioxide.

Lead phosphite, dibasic ..................... 4.1 UN2989 II 4.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 34.

III 4.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 34.

Lead picrate (dry) .............................. Forbidden

Lead styphnate (dry) ......................... Forbidden

Lead styphnate, wetted or Lead

trinitroresorcinate, wetted with not

less than 20 percent water or mix-

ture of alcohol and water, by mass.

1.1A UN0130 II 1.1A ... 111, 117 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 12

Lead sulfate with more than 3 per-

cent free acid.

8 UN1794 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A

Lead trinitroresorcinate, see Lead

styphnate, etc.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00225 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

216

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Life-saving appliances, not self inflat-

ing containing dangerous goods as

equipment.

9 UN3072 None None ... 219 .... None No limit No limit A

Life-saving appliances, self inflating .. 9 UN2990 None None ... 219 .... None No limit No limit A

Lighters containing flammable gas .... 2.1 UN1057 2.1 ..... 168 21,308 21,308 None 1 kg 15 kg B 40

Lighters, new or empty, purged of all

residual fuel and vapors.

........ 168

Lighters, non-pressurized, containing

flammable liquid,.

3 NA1057 II 3 ........ 168 21 ........ None None Forbidden Forbidden B 40

Lighter refills containing flammable

gas not exceeding 4 fluid ounces

(7.22 cubic inches) and 65 grams

of flammable gas.

2.1 UN1057 2.1 ..... 169 306 ...... 306 .... None 1 kg 15 kg B 40

Lighter replacement cartridges con-

taining liquefied petroleum gases

see Lighter refills containing flam-

mable gas. Etc.

Lighters, fuse ..................................... 1.4S UN0131 II 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Lime, unslaked, see Calcium oxide.

G Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s. ....... 2.1 UN3161 2.1 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg D 40

G Liquefied gas, n.o.s. .......................... 2.2 UN3163 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

G Liquefied gas, oxidizing, n.o.s. .......... 2.2 UN3157 2.2,

5.1.

A14 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg D

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone A.

2.3 UN3308 2.3, 8 1 None ... 192 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone B.

2.3 UN3308 2.3, 8 2, B9, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone C.

2.3 UN3308 2.3, 8 3, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone D.

2.3 UN3308 2.3, 8 4 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, cor-

rosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard

Zone A.

2.3 UN3309 2.3,

2.1,

1 None ... 192 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 17, 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00226 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

217

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

G I Liquefied gas toxic, flammable, corro-

sive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone

2.3 UN3309 2.3,

2.1,

2, B9, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 17, 40

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, cor-

rosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard

Zone C.

2.3 UN3309 2.3,

2.1,

3, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 17, 40

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, cor-

rosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard

Zone D.

2.3 UN3309 2.3,

2.1,

4 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 17, 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable,

n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A.

2.3 UN3160 2.3,

2.1.

1 None ... 192 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable,

n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B.

2.3 UN3160 2.3,

2.1.

2, B9, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable,

n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C.

2.3 UN3160 2.3,

2.1.

3, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable,

n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D.

2.3 UN3160 2.3,

2.1.

4 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation

Hazard Zone A.

2.3 UN3162 2.3 ..... 1 None ... 192 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation

Hazard Zone B.

2.3 UN3162 2.3 ..... 2, B9, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation

Hazard Zone C.

2.3 UN3162 2.3 ..... 3, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation

Hazard Zone D.

2.3 UN3162 2.3 ..... 4 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corro-

sive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone

2.3 UN3310 2.3,

5.1,

1 None ... 192 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89,

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corro-

sive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone

2.3 UN3310 2.3,

5.1,

2, B9, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89,

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corro-

sive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone

2.3 UN3310 2.3,

5.1,

3, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89,

G I Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corro-

sive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone

2.3 UN3310 2.3,

5.1,

4 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89,

G Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone A.

2.3 UN3307 2.3,

5.1.

1 None ... 192 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone B.

2.3 UN3307 2.3,

5.1.

2, B9, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone C.

2.3 UN3307 2.3,

5.1.

3, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s.

Inhalation Hazard Zone D.

2.3 UN3307 2.3,

5.1.

4 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Liquefied gases, non-flammable

charged with nitrogen, carbon diox-

ide or air.

2.2 UN1058 2.2 ..... 306 ...... 304 .... None 75 kg 150 kg A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00227 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

218

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Liquefied hydrocarbon gas, see Hy-

drocarbon gas mixture, liquefied,

n.o.s..

Liquefied natural gas, see Methane,

etc. (UN 1972).

Liquefied petroleum gas see Petro-

leum gases, liquefied.

Lithium ............................................... 4.3 UN1415 I 4.3 ..... A7, A19, IB4, IP1, N45 None ... 211 .... 244 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

Lithium acetylide ethylenediamine

complex, see Water reactive solid

etc.

Lithium aluminum hydride ................. 4.3 UN1410 I 4.3 ..... A19 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

Lithium aluminum hydride, ethereal .. 4.3 UN1411 I 4.3, 3 A2, A3, A11, N34 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 1 L D 40

Lithium batteries, contained in equip-

ment.

9 UN3091 II 9 ........ 29, 188, 189, 190, A54,

A55, A101, A104

185 ...... 185 .... None See A101,

A104.

35 kg A

Lithium batteries packed with equip-

ment.

9 UN3091 II 9 ........ 29, 188, 189, 190, A54,

A55, A101, A103

185 ...... 185 .... None See A101,

A103.

35 kg

gross

Lithium battery ................................... 9 UN3090 II 9 ........ 29, 188, 189, 190, A54,

A55, A100.

185 ...... 185 .... None See A100 35 kg

gross

Lithium borohydride ........................... 4.3 UN1413 I 4.3 ..... A19, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

Lithium ferrosilicon ............................. 4.3 UN2830 II 4.3 ..... A19, IB7, IP2, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 85,

103

Lithium hydride .................................. 4.3 UN1414 I 4.3 ..... A19, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

Lithium hydride, fused solid ............... 4.3 UN2805 II 4.3 ..... A8, A19, A20, IB4, T3,

TP33

151 ...... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 52

Lithium hydroxide .............................. 8 UN2680 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52.

Lithium hydroxide, solution ................ 8 UN2679 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 29, 52.

III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP2 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 29, 52,

96.

Lithium hypochlorite, dry or Lithium

hypochlorite mixture.

5.1 UN1471 II 5.1 ..... A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 4, 48,

52, 56,

58, 69,

106,

116

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00228 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

219

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

III 5.1 ..... IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 4, 48,

52, 56,

58, 69,

106,

116

Lithium in cartridges, see Lithium.

Lithium nitrate .................................... 5.1 UN2722 III 5.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Lithium nitride .................................... 4.3 UN2806 I 4.3 ..... A19, IB4, IP1, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E

Lithium peroxide ................................ 5.1 UN1472 II 5.1 ..... A9, IB6, IP2, N34, T3,

TP33

152 ...... 212 .... None 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 52,

66, 75

Lithium silicon .................................... 4.3 UN1417 II 4.3 ..... A19, A20, IB7, IP2, T3,

TP33

151 ...... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 85, 103

LNG, see Methane etc. (UN 1972).

London purple .................................... 6.1 UN1621 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

LPG, see Petroleum gases, liquefied.

Lye, see Sodium hydroxide, solutions.

Magnesium aluminum phosphide ...... 4.3 UN1419 I 4.3,

6.1.

A19, N34, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52,

+ Magnesium arsenate ......................... 6.1 UN1622 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Magnesium bisulfite solution, see

Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s..

Magnesium bromate .......................... 5.1 UN1473 II 5.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,

TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Magnesium chlorate .......................... 5.1 UN2723 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Magnesium diamide .......................... 4.2 UN2004 II 4.2 ..... A8, A19, A20, IB6, T3,

TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

Magnesium dross, wet or hot ............ Forbidden

Magnesium fluorosilicate ................... 6.1 UN2853 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 52

Magnesium granules, coated, particle

size not less than 149 microns.

4.3 UN2950 III 4.3 ..... A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1,

TP33

151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52

Magnesium hydride ........................... 4.3 UN2010 I 4.3 ..... A19, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

Magnesium or Magnesium alloys

with more than 50 percent magne-

sium in pellets, turnings or ribbons.

4.1 UN1869 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 39, 52,

53, 74,

101

Magnesium nitrate ............................. 5.1 UN1474 III 5.1 ..... 332, A1, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Magnesium perchlorate ..................... 5.1 UN1475 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Magnesium peroxide ......................... 5.1 UN1476 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 52,

66, 75

Magnesium phosphide ...................... 4.3 UN2011 I 4.3,

6.1.

A19, N40 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52,

Magnesium, powder or Magnesium

alloys, powder.

4.3 UN1418 I 4.3,

4.2.

A19, B56 None ... 211 .... 244 .... Forbidden 15 kg A 39, 52

......................................................... II 4.3,

4.2.

A19, B56, IB5, IP2, T3,

TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 39, 52

......................................................... III 4.3,

4.2.

A19, B56, IB8, IP4, T1,

TP33

None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 39, 52

Magnesium scrap, see Magnesium,

etc. (UN 1869).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00229 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

220

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Magnesium silicide ............................ 4.3 UN2624 II 4.3 ..... A19, A20, IB7, IP2, T3,

TP33

151 ...... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 85, 103

Magnetized material, see § 173.21.

Maleic anhydride ............................... 8 UN2215 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Maleic anhydride, molten .................. 8 UN2215 III 8 ........ T4, TP3 None ... 213 .... 240 .... Forbidden Forbidden A

Malononitrile ...................................... 6.1 UN2647 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 12

Mancozeb (manganese

ethylenebisdithiocarbamate com-

plex with zinc) see Maneb.

Maneb or Maneb preparations with

not less than 60 percent maneb.

4.2 UN2210 III 4.2,

4.3.

57, A1, A19, IB6, T1,

TP33

None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 34

Maneb stabilized or Maneb prepara-

tions, stabilized against self-heat-

ing.

4.3 UN2968 III 4.3 ..... 54, A1, A19, IB8, IP4,

T1, TP33

151 ...... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 34, 52

Manganese nitrate ............................. 5.1 UN2724 III 5.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Manganese resinate .......................... 4.1 UN1330 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB6, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mannitan tetranitrate .......................... Forbidden

Mannitol hexanitrate (dry) .................. Forbidden

Mannitol hexanitrate, wetted or

Nitromannite, wetted with not less

than 40 percent water, or mixture

of alcohol and water, by mass.

1.1D UN0133 II 1.1D .. 121 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Marine pollutants, liquid or solid,

n.o.s., see Environmentally haz-

ardous substances, liquid or solid,

n.o.s..

Matches, block, see Matches, ’strike

anywhere’.

Matches, fusee .................................. 4.1 UN2254 III 4.1 ..... 186 ...... 186 .... None Forbidden Forbidden A

Matches, safety (book, card or strike

on box).

4.1 UN1944 III 4.1 ..... 186 ...... 186 .... None 25 kg 100 kg A

Matches, strike anywhere .................. 4.1 UN1331 III 4.1 ..... 186 ...... 186 .... None Forbidden Forbidden B

Matches, wax, Vesta ......................... 4.1 UN1945 III 4.1 ..... 186 ...... 186 .... None 25 kg 100 kg B

Matting acid, see Sulfuric acid.

Medicine, liquid, flammable, toxic,

n.o.s.

3 UN3248 II 3, 6.1 IB2 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

III 3, 6.1 IB3 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s .............. 6.1 UN1851 II 6.1 ..... 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L C 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00230 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

221

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

III 6.1 ..... 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L C 40

Medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s ............... 6.1 UN3249 II 6.1 ..... T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg C 40

III 6.1 ..... T3, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg C 40

Memtetrahydrophthalic anhydride,

see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s..

Mercaptans, liquid, flammable, n.o.s.

or Mercaptan mixture, liquid, flam-

mable, n.o.s..

3 UN3336 I 3 ........ T11, TP2 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E 95

......................................................... II 3 ........ IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B 95

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1,

TP29

150 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L B 95

Mercaptans, liquid, flammable, toxic,

n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixtures, liq-

uid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s..

3 UN1228 II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 None ... 202 .... 243 .... Forbidden 60 L B 40, 95

......................................................... III 3, 6.1 A6, B1, IB3, T7, TP1,

TP28

150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 220 L A 40, 95

Mercaptans, liquid, toxic, flammable,

n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixtures, liq-

uid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., flash

point not less than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN3071 II 6.1, 3 A6, IB2, T11, TP2,

TP13, TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L C 40, 121

5-Mercaptotetrazol-1-acetic acid ....... 1.4C UN0448 II 1.4C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 09

Mercuric arsenate .............................. 6.1 UN1623 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercuric chloride ............................... 6.1 UN1624 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercuric compounds, see Mercury

compounds, etc.

Mercuric nitrate .................................. 6.1 UN1625 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, N73, T3,

TP33

153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

+ Mercuric potassium cyanide .............. 6.1 UN1626 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6,

TP33

None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 52

Mercuric sulfocyanate, see Mercury

thiocyanate.

Mercurol, see Mercury nucleate.

Mercurous azide ................................ Forbidden

Mercurous compounds, see Mercury

compounds, etc.

Mercurous nitrate ............................... 6.1 UN1627 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

A W Mercury .............................................. 8 UN2809 III 8 ........ 164 ...... 164 .... 240 .... 35 kg 35 kg B 40, 97

Mercury acetate ................................. 6.1 UN1629 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury acetylide .............................. Forbidden

Mercury ammonium chloride ............. 6.1 UN1630 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury based pesticides, liquid,

flammable, toxic, flash point less

than 23 degrees C.

3 UN2778 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Mercury based pesticides, liquid,

toxic.

6.1 UN3012 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

222

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Mercury based pesticides, liquid,

toxic, flammable, flash point not

less than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN3011 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2777 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Mercury benzoate .............................. 6.1 UN1631 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury bromides .............................. 6.1 UN1634 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

G Mercury compound, liquid, n.o.s ....... 6.1 UN2024 I 6.1 ..... None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

II 6.1 ..... IB2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

III 6.1 ..... IB3 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L B 40

G Mercury compound, solid, n.o.s ........ 6.1 UN2025 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A

II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

A Mercury contained in manufactured

articles.

8 UN2809 III 8 ........ None ... 164 .... None No limit No limit B 40, 97

Mercury cyanide ................................ 6.1 UN1636 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, N74, N75,

T3, TP33

153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52

Mercury fulminate, wetted with not

less than 20 percent water, or mix-

ture of alcohol and water, by mass.

1.1A UN0135 II 1.1A ... 111, 117 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 12

Mercury gluconate ............................. 6.1 UN1637 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury iodide ................................... 6.1 UN1638 II 6.1 ..... IB2, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury iodide aquabasic

ammonobasic (Iodide of Millon’s

base).

Forbidden

Mercury nitride ................................... Forbidden

Mercury nucleate ............................... 6.1 UN1639 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury oleate ................................... 6.1 UN1640 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury oxide .................................... 6.1 UN1641 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury oxycyanide ........................... Forbidden

Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized .... 6.1 UN1642 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52, 91

Mercury potassium iodide ................. 6.1 UN1643 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mercury salicylate .............................. 6.1 UN1644 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

+ Mercury sulfates ................................ 6.1 UN1645 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

223

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Mercury thiocyanate .......................... 6.1 UN1646 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Mesityl oxide ...................................... 3 UN1229 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Metal carbonyls, liquid, n.o.s. ............ 6.1 UN3281 I 6.1 ..... 5, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

G Metal carbonyls, solid, n.o.s. ............. 6.1 UN3466 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg D 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg B 40

G Metal catalyst, dry ............................. 4.2 UN2881 I 4.2 ..... N34, T21, TP7, TP33 None ... 187 .... None Forbidden Forbidden C

II 4.2 ..... IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33 None ... 187 .... 242 .... Forbidden 50 kg C

III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33 None ... 187 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Metal catalyst, wetted with a visible

excess of liquid.

4.2 UN1378 II 4.2 ..... A2, A8, IB1, N34, T3,

TP33

None ... 212 .... None Forbidden 50 kg C

Metal hydrides, flammable, n.o.s. ..... 4.1 UN3182 II 4.1 ..... A1, IB4, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg E

......................................................... III 4.1 ..... A1, IB4, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg E

Metal hydrides, water reactive, n.o.s. 4.3 UN1409 I 4.3 ..... A19, N34, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg D 52

......................................................... II 4.3 ..... A19, IB4, N34, N40, T3,

TP33

151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg D 52

Metal powder, self-heating, n.o.s. ..... 4.2 UN3189 II 4.2 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

Metal powders, flammable, n.o.s. ..... 4.1 UN3089 II 4.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B

......................................................... III 4.1 ..... IB6, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

Metal salts of methyl nitramine (dry) Forbidden

G Metal salts of organic compounds,

flammable, n.o.s..

4.1 UN3181 II 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,

TP33

151 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 40

......................................................... III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 40

Metaldehyde ...................................... 4.1 UN1332 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

G Metallic substance, water-reactive,

n.o.s..

4.3 UN3208 I 4.3 ..... A7, IB4 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40

......................................................... II 4.3 ..... A7, IB7, IP2, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40

......................................................... III 4.3 ..... A7, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40

G Metallic substance, water-reactive,

self-heating, n.o.s..

4.3 UN3209 I 4.3,

4.2.

A7 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40

......................................................... II 4.3,

4.2.

A7, IB5, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40

......................................................... III 4.3,

4.2.

A7, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40

Methacrylaldehyde, stabilized ........... 3 UN2396 II 3, 6.1 45, IB2, T7, TP1, TP13 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L E 40

Methacrylic acid, stabilized ................ 8 UN2531 II 8 ........ 41, IB2, T7, TP1, TP18,

TP30

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L C 40

+ Methacrylonitrile, stabilized ............... 6.1 UN3079 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 12, 40,

Methallyl alcohol ................................ 3 UN2614 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methane and hydrogen, mixtures,

see Hydrogen and methane, mix-

tures, etc.

Methane, compressed or Natural

gas, compressed (with high meth-

ane content).

2.1 UN1971 2.1 ..... 306 ...... 302 .... 302 .... Forbidden 150 kg E 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

224

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Methane, refrigerated liquid (cryo-

genic liquid) or Natural gas, refrig-

erated liquid (cryogenic liquid), with

high methane content).

2.1 UN1972 2.1 ..... T75, TP5 None ... None 318 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methanesulfonyl chloride ................... 6.1 UN3246 I 6.1, 8 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

+ I Methanol ............................................ 3 UN1230 II 3, 6.1 IB2, T7, TP2 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

D Methanol ............................................ 3 UN1230 II 3 ........ IB2, T7, TP2 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Methazoic acid ................................... Forbidden

4-Methoxy-4-methylpentan-2-one ...... 3 UN2293 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

1-Methoxy-2-propanol ........................ 3 UN3092 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

+ Methoxymethyl isocyanate ................ 6.1 UN2605 I 6.1, 3 1, B9, B14, B30, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methyl acetate ................................... 3 UN1231 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl acetylene and propadiene

mixtures, stabilized.

2.1 UN1060 2.1 ..... N88, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

Methyl acrylate, stabilized ................. 3 UN1919 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1, TP13 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl alcohol, see Methanol.

Methyl allyl chloride ........................... 3 UN2554 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1, TP13 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

Methyl amyl ketone, see Amyl methyl

ketone.

Methyl bromide .................................. 2.3 UN1062 2.3 ..... 3, B14, N86, T50 None ... 193 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methyl bromide and chloropicrin mix-

tures with more than 2 percent

chloropicrin, see Chloropicrin and

methyl bromide mixtures.

Methyl bromide and chloropicrin mix-

tures with not more than 2 percent

chloropicrin, see Methyl bromide.

Methyl bromide and ethylene

dibromide mixtures, liquid.

6.1 UN1647 I 6.1 ..... 2, B9, B14, B32, N65,

T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,

TP44

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methyl bromoacetate ......................... 6.1 UN2643 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L D 40

2-Methylbutanal ................................. 3 UN3371 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

2-Methyl-1-butene .............................. 3 UN2459 I 3 ........ T11, TP2 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

2-Methyl-2-butene .............................. 3 UN2460 II 3 ........ IB2, IP8, T7, TP1 None ... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

3-Methyl-1-butene .............................. 3 UN2561 I 3 ........ T11, TP2 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

225

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Methyl tert-butyl ether ........................ 3 UN2398 II 3 ........ IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

Methyl butyrate .................................. 3 UN1237 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R

40.

2.1 UN1063 2.1 ..... N86, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

5 kg 100 kg D 40

Methyl chloride and chloropicrin mix-

tures, see Chloropicrin and methyl

chloride mixtures.

Methyl chloride and methylene chlo-

ride mixtures.

2.1 UN1912 2.1 ..... N86, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg D 40

Methyl chloroacetate ......................... 6.1 UN2295 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L D

Methyl chlorocarbonate, see Methyl

chloroformate.

Methyl chloroform, see 1,1,1-Tri-

chloroethane.

Methyl chloroformate ......................... 6.1 UN1238 I 6.1, 3,

1, B9, B14, B30, N34,

T22, TP2, TP13, TP38,

TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 21, 40,

100

Methyl chloromethyl ether ................. 6.1 UN1239 I 6.1, 3 1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methyl 2-chloropropionate ................. 3 UN2933 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methyl dichloroacetate ....................... 6.1 UN2299 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methyl ethyl ether, see Ethyl methyl

ether.

Methyl ethyl ketone, see Ethyl methyl

ketone.

Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, in solu-

tion with more than 9 percent by

mass active oxygen.

Forbidden

2-Methyl-5-ethylpyridine .................... 6.1 UN2300 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methyl fluoride, or Refrigerant gas R

41.

2.1 UN2454 2.1 ..... 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg E 40

Methyl formate ................................... 3 UN1243 I 3 ........ T11, TP2 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

2-Methyl-2-heptanethiol ..................... 6.1 UN3023 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 102

Methyl iodide ..................................... 6.1 UN2644 I 6.1 ..... 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 12, 40

Methyl isobutyl carbinol ..................... 3 UN2053 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methyl isobutyl ketone ....................... 3 UN1245 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide, in

solution with more than 9 percent

by mass active oxygen.

Forbidden

Methyl isocyanate .............................. 6.1 UN2480 I 6.1, 3 1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 52

Methyl isopropenyl ketone, stabilized 3 UN1246 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl isothiocyanate ........................ 6.1 UN2477 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methyl isovalerate .............................. 3 UN2400 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl magnesium bromide, in ethyl

ether.

4.3 UN1928 I 4.3, 3 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 1 L D

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

226

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Methyl mercaptan .............................. 2.3 UN1064 2.3,

2.1.

3, B7, B9, B14, N89,

T50

None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methyl mercaptopropionaldehyde,

see 4-Thiapentanal.

................ ........... .......... ........ ........ ..................

Methyl methacrylate monomer, sta-

bilized.

3 UN1247 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

Methyl nitramine (dry) ........................ Forbidden

Methyl nitrate ..................................... Forbidden

Methyl nitrite ...................................... Forbidden

Methyl norbornene dicarboxylic anhy-

dride, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s..

Methyl orthosilicate ............................ 6.1 UN2606 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

D Methyl phosphonic dichloride ............ 6.1 NA9206 I 6.1, 8 2, B9, B14, B32, N34,

N43, T20, TP4, TP13,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden C

Methyl phosphonothioic dichloride,

anhydrous, see Corrosive liquid,

n.o.s..

D Methyl phosphonous dichloride,

pyrophoric liquid.

6.1 NA2845 I 6.1,

4.2.

2, B9, B14, B16, B32,

B74, T20, TP4, TP13,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 18

Methyl picric acid (heavy metal salts

of).

Forbidden

Methyl propionate .............................. 3 UN1248 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl propyl ether ............................ 3 UN2612 II 3 ........ IB2, IP8, T7, TP2 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E 40

Methyl propyl ketone ......................... 3 UN1249 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyl sulfate, see Dimethyl sulfate.

Methyl sulfide, see Dimethyl sulfide.

Methyl trichloroacetate ...................... 6.1 UN2533 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methyl trimethylol methane trinitrate Forbidden

Methyl vinyl ketone, stabilized ........... 6.1 UN1251 I 6.1, 3,

1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden B 40

Methylal ............................................. 3 UN1234 II 3 ........ IB2, IP8, T7, TP2 None ... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

Methylamine, anhydrous ................... 2.1 UN1061 2.1 ..... N87, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

Methylamine, aqueous solution ......... 3 UN1235 II 3, 8 .... B1, IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 52,

135.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

227

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Methylamine dinitramine and dry

salts thereof.

Forbidden

Methylamine nitroform ....................... Forbidden

Methylamine perchlorate (dry) ........... Forbidden

Methylamyl acetate ............................ 3 UN1233 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

N-Methylaniline .................................. 6.1 UN2294 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

alpha-Methylbenzyl alcohol, liquid ..... 6.1 UN2937 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

alpha-Methylbenzyl alcohol, solid ...... 6.1 UN3438 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

3-Methylbutan-2-one .......................... 3 UN2397 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

N-Methylbutylamine ........................... 3 UN2945 II 3, 8 .... IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40

Methylchlorosilane ............................. 2.3 UN2534 2.3,

2.1,

2, B9, B14, N34 None ... 226 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 17, 40

Methylcyclohexane ............................ 3 UN2296 II 3 ........ B1, IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methylcyclohexanols, flammable ....... 3 UN2617 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methylcyclohexanone ........................ 3 UN2297 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methylcyclopentane ........................... 3 UN2298 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

D Methyldichloroarsine .......................... 6.1 NA1556 I 6.1 ..... 2, T20, TP4, TP13,

TP38, TP45

None ... 192 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Methyldichlorosilane .......................... 4.3 UN1242 I 4.3, 8,

A2, A3, A7, B6, B77,

N34, T14, TP2, TP7,

TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 1 L D 21, 28,

40, 49,

100

Methylene chloride, see

Dichloromethane.

Methylene glycol dinitrate .................. Forbidden

2-Methylfuran ..................................... 3 UN2301 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

a-Methylglucoside tetranitrate ........... Forbidden

a-Methylglycerol trinitrate .................. Forbidden

5-Methylhexan-2-one ......................... 3 UN2302 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methylhydrazine ................................. 6.1 UN1244 I 6.1, 3,

1, B7, B9, B14, B30,

B77, N34, T22, TP2,

TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 21, 40,

49, 52

and

100

4-Methylmorpholine or n-

methylmorpholine.

3 UN2535 II 3, 8 .... B6, IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40

Methylpentadienes ............................. 3 UN2461 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

2-Methylpentan-2-ol ........................... 3 UN2560 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Methylpentanes, see Hexanes.

Methylphenyldichlorosilane ................ 8 UN2437 II 8 ........ T10, TP2, TP7, TP13 None ... 206 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

1-Methylpiperidine ............................. 3 UN2399 II 3, 8 .... IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 52.

Methyltetrahydrofuran ........................ 3 UN2536 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Methyltrichlorosilane .......................... 3 UN1250 II 3, 8 .... A7, B6, B77, N34, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40

alpha-Methylvaleraldehyde ................ 3 UN2367 II 3 ........ B1, IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Mine rescue equipment containing

carbon dioxide, see Carbon diox-

ide.

Mines with bursting charge ............... 1.1F UN0136 II 1.1F ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Mines with bursting charge ............... 1.1D UN0137 II 1.1D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Mines with bursting charge ............... 1.2D UN0138 II 1.2D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

228

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Mines with bursting charge ............... 1.2F UN0294 II 1.2F ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Mixed acid, see Nitrating acid, mix-

tures etc.

Mobility aids, see Battery powered

equipment or Battery powered ve-

hicle’.

D Model rocket motor ............................ 1.4C NA0276 II 1.4C .. 51 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

D Model rocket motor ............................ 1.4S NA0323 II 1.4S ... 51 None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Molybdenum pentachloride ............... 8 UN2508 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg C 40

Monochloroacetone (unstabilized) ..... Forbidden

Monochloroethylene, see Vinyl chlo-

ride, stabilized.

Monoethanolamine, see Ethanol-

amine, solutions.

Monoethylamine, see Ethylamine.

Morpholine ......................................... 8 UN2054 I 8, 3 .... A6, T10, TP2 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L A

Morpholine, aqueous, mixture, see

Corrosive liquids, n.o.s..

Motor fuel anti-knock compounds see

Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures.

+ Motor fuel anti-knock mixture, flam-

mable.

6.1 UN3483 I 6.1, 3 14, T14, TP2, TP13 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 25, 40

+ Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures .......... 6.1 UN1649 I 6.1 ..... 14, B9, B90, T14, TP2,

TP13

None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 30 L D 25, 40

Motor spirit, see Gasoline.

Muriatic acid, see Hydrochloric acid.

Musk xylene, see 5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-

trinitro-m-xylene.

Naphtha see Petroleum distillates

n.o.s..

Naphthalene, crude or Naphthalene,

refined.

4.1 UN1334 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Naphthalene diozonide ...................... Forbidden

beta-Naphthylamine, solid ................. 6.1 UN1650 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

beta-Naphthylamine solution ............. 6.1 UN3411 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

alpha-Naphthylamine ......................... 6.1 UN2077 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Naphthalene, molten ......................... 4.1 UN2304 III 4.1 ..... IB1, T1, TP3 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... Forbidden Forbidden C

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

229

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Naphthylamineperchlorate ................. Forbidden

Naphthylthiourea ................................ 6.1 UN1651 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Naphthylurea ..................................... 6.1 UN1652 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Natural gases (with high methane

content), see Methane, etc. (UN

1971, UN 1972).

Neohexane, see Hexanes.

Neon, compressed ............................ 2.2 UN1065 2.2 306,

307.

302 None ... 75 kg 150 kg A

Neon, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic

liquid).

2.2 UN1913 2.2 ..... T75, TP5 320 ...... 316 .... None 50 kg 500 kg D

New explosive or explosive device,

see §§ 173.51 and 173.56.

Nickel carbonyl .................................. 6.1 UN1259 I 6.1, 3 1 None ... 198 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 78

Nickel cyanide ................................... 6.1 UN1653 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, N74, N75,

T3, TP33

153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52

Nickel nitrate ...................................... 5.1 UN2725 III 5.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nickel nitrite ....................................... 5.1 UN2726 III 5.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 56, 58

Nickel picrate ..................................... Forbidden

Nicotine .............................................. 6.1 UN1654 II 6.1 ..... IB2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

G Nicotine compounds, liquid, n.o.s. or

Nicotine preparations, liquid, n.o.s.

6.1 UN3144 I 6.1 ..... A4 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L B 40

G Nicotine compounds, solid, n.o.s. or

Nicotine preparations, solid, n.o.s.

6.1 UN1655 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Nicotine compounds, solid, n.o.s. or

Nicotine preparations, solid, n.o.s..

6.1 UN1655 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Nicotine hydrochloride liquid or solu-

tion.

6.1 UN1656 II 6.1 ..... IB2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Nicotine hydrochloride, solid ............. 6.1 UN3444 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nicotine salicylate .............................. 6.1 UN1657 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nicotine sulfate solution .................... 6.1 UN1658 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Nicotine sulphate, solid ..................... 6.1 UN3445 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nicotine tartrate ................................. 6.1 UN1659 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nitrated paper (unstable) ................... Forbidden

Nitrates, inorganic, aqueous solution,

n.o.s..

5.1 UN3218 II 5.1 ..... 58, IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 5 L B 56, 58,

133

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... 58, IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 56, 58,

133

Nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s. ................... 5.1 UN1477 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 56, 58

Nitrates of diazonium compounds ..... Forbidden

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

230

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Nitrating acid mixtures, spent with

more than 50 percent nitric acid.

8 UN1826 I 8, 5.1 A7, T10, TP2, TP13 None ... 158 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 40, 66

Nitrating acid mixtures spent with not

more than 50 percent nitric acid.

8 UN1826 II 8 ........ A7, B2, IB2, T8, TP2 None ... 158 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L D 40

Nitrating acid mixtures with more

than 50 percent nitric acid.

8 UN1796 I 8, 5.1 A7, T10, TP2, TP13 None ... 158 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 40, 66

Nitrating acid mixtures with not more

than 50 percent nitric acid.

8 UN1796 II 8 ........ A7, B2, IB2, T8, TP2,

TP13

None ... 158 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L D 40

Nitric acid other than red fuming, with

at least 65 percent, but not more

than 70 percent nitric acid.

8 UN2031 II 8, 5.1 A6, B2, B47, B53, IB2,

IP15, T8, TP2

None ... 158 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L D 66, 74,

89, 90

Nitric acid other than red fuming, with

more than 20 percent and less

than 65 percent nitric acid.

8 UN2031 II 8 ........ A6, B2, B47, B53, IB2,

IP15, T8, TP2

None ... 158 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L D 44, 66,

74, 89,

Nitric acid other than red fuming with

not more than 20 percent nitric

acid.

8 UN2031 II 8 ........ A6, B2, B47, B53, IB2,

T8, TP2

None ... 158 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L D

+ Nitric acid, red fuming ....................... 8 UN2032 I 8, 5.1,

6.1.

2, B9, B32, T20, TP2,

TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 66,

74, 89,

Nitric acid other than red fuming, with

more than 70 percent nitric acid.

8 UN2031 I 8, 5.1 A3, B47, B53, T10, TP2,

TP12, TP13

None ... 158 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 44, 66,

89, 90,

110,

111

Nitric oxide, compressed ................... 2.3 UN1660 2.3,

5.1,

1, B77 None ... 337 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89,

Nitric oxide and dinitrogen tetroxide

mixturesor Nitric oxide and nitro-

gen dioxide mixtures.

2.3 UN1975 2.3,

5.1,

1, B77 None ... 337 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89,

G Nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. ........ 3 UN3273 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L E 40, 52

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40, 52

G Nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. ........ 6.1 UN3275 I 6.1, 3 5, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40, 52

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40, 52

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

231

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

G Nitriles, toxic, liquid, n.o.s. ................. 6.1 UN3276 I 6.1 ..... 5, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 52

II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 52

III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 52

G Nitriles, toxic, solid, n.o.s. .................. 6.1 UN3439 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg D 52

II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 52

III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 52

G Nitrites, inorganic, aqueous solution,

n.o.s.

5.1 UN3219 II 5.1 ..... IB1, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 5 L B 46, 56,

58, 133

III 5.1 ..... IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 46, 56,

58, 133

G Nitrites, inorganic, n.o.s ..................... 5.1 UN2627 II 5.1 ..... 33, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,

TP33

152 ...... 212 .... None 5 kg 25 kg A 46, 56,

58, 13

3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride ......... 6.1 UN2307 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

6-Nitro-4-diazotoluene-3-sulfonic acid

(dry).

Forbidden

Nitro isobutane triol trinitrate ............. Forbidden

N-Nitro-N-methylglycolamide nitrate .. Forbidden

2-Nitro-2-methylpropanol nitrate ........ Forbidden

Nitro urea ........................................... 1.1D UN0147 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

N-Nitroaniline ..................................... Forbidden

+ Nitroanilines (o-; m-; p-;) ................... 6.1 UN1661 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nitroanisole, liquid ............................. 6.1 UN2730 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Nitroanisoles, solid ............................ 6.1 UN3458 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

+ Nitrobenzene ..................................... 6.1 UN1662 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

m-Nitrobenzene diazonium per-

chlorate.

Forbidden

Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid ................. 8 UN2305 II 8 ........ B2, B4, IB8, IP2, IP4,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A

Nitrobenzol, see Nitrobenzene.

5-Nitrobenzotriazol ............................. 1.1D UN0385 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Nitrobenzotrifluorides, liquid .............. 6.1 UN2306 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Nitrobenzotrifluorides, solid ............... 6.1 UN3431 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

Nitrobromobenzenes, liquid ............... 6.1 UN2732 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Nitrobromobenzenes, solid ................ 6.1 UN3459 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Nitrocellulose, dry or wetted with less

than 25 percent water (or alcohol),

by mass.

1.1D UN0340 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 13 27E

Nitrocellulose, with not more than

12.6 percent, by dry mass mixture

with or without plasticizer, with or

without pigment.

4.1 UN2557 II 4.1 ..... 44 151 ...... 212 .... None 1 kg 15 kg D 28, 36

Nitrocellulose membrane filters, with

not more than 12.6% nitrogen, by

dry mass.

4.1 UN3270 II 4.1 ..... 43, A1 151 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 1 kg 15 kg D

Nitrocellulose, plasticized with not

less than 18 percent plasticizing

substance, by mass.

1.3C UN0343 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

232

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Nitrocellulose, solution, flammable

with not more than 12.6 percent ni-

trogen, by mass, and not more

than 55 percent nitrocellulose.

3 UN2059 I 3 ........ 198, T11, TP1, TP8,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

......................................................... II 3 ........ 198, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ 198, B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Nitrocellulose, unmodified or plasti-

cized with less than 18 percent

plasticizing substance, by mass.

1.1D UN0341 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 13 27E

Nitrocellulose, wetted with not less

than 25 percent alcohol, by mass.

1.3C UN0342 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Nitrocellulose with alcohol with not

less than 25 percent alcohol by

mass, and with not more than 12.6

percent nitrogen, by dry mass.

4.1 UN2556 II 4.1 ..... 151 212 ...... None 1 kg ... 15 kg D 28,

Nitrocellulose with water with not less

than 25 percent water by mass.

4.1 UN2555 II 4.1 ..... 151 212 ...... None 15 kg 50 kg E 28,

Nitrochlorobenzene, see

Chloronitrobenzenes etc.

Nitrocresols, liquid ............................. 6.1 UN3434 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Nitrocresols, solid .............................. 6.1 UN2446 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Nitroethane ........................................ 3 UN2842 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Nitroethyl nitrate ................................ Forbidden

Nitroethylene polymer ........................ Forbidden

Nitrogen, compressed ....................... 2.2 UN1066 2.2 ..... 306,

307.

302 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Nitrogen dioxide, see Dinitrogen te-

troxide.

Nitrogen fertilizer solution, see Fer-

tilizer ammoniating solution etc.

Nitrogen peroxide, see Dinitrogen te-

troxide.

................ ........... .......... ........ ........ ..................

Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid cryogenic

liquid.

2.2 UN1977 2.2 ..... 345, 346, T75, TP5 320 ...... 316 .... 318 .... 50 kg 500 kg D

Nitrogen tetroxide and nitric oxide

mixtures, see Nitric oxide and ni-

trogen tetroxide mixtures.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

233

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Nitrogen tetroxide, see Dinitrogen te-

troxide.

Nitrogen trichloride ............................ Forbidden

Nitrogen trifluoride ............................. 2.2 UN2451 2.2,

5.1.

None ... 302 .... None 75 kg 150 kg D 40

Nitrogen triiodide ............................... Forbidden

Nitrogen triiodide monoamine ........... Forbidden

Nitrogen trioxide ................................ 2.3 UN2421 2.3,

5.1,

1 None ... 336 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89,

Nitroglycerin, desensitized with not

less than 40 percent non-volatile

water insoluble phlegmatizer, by

mass.

1.1D UN0143 II 1.1D,

6.1.

125 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 13 21E

Nitroglycerin, liquid, not desensitized Forbidden

Nitroglycerin mixture, desensitized,

liquid, flammable, n.o.s. with not

more than 30 percent nitroglycerin,

by mass.

3 UN3343 3 ........ 129 None ... 214 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D

Nitroglycerin mixture, desensitized,

liquid, n.o.s. with not more than

30% nitroglycerin, by mass.

3 UN3357 II 3 ........ 142 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L E

Nitroglycerin mixture, desensitized,

solid, n.o.s. with more than 2 per-

cent but not more than 10 percent

nitroglycerin, by mass.

4.1 UN3319 II 4.1 ..... 118 None ... None None Forbidden 0.5 kg E

Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol, with

more than 1 percent but not more

than 5 percent nitroglycerin.

3 UN3064 II 3 ........ N8 None ... 202 .... None Forbidden 5 L E

Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol, with

more than 1 percent but not more

than 10 percent nitrogylcerin.

1.1D UN0144 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 21E

Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol with

not more than 1 percent nitroglyc-

erin.

3 UN1204 II 3 ........ IB2, N34 150 ...... 202 .... None 5 L 60 L B

Nitroguanidine nitrate ........................ Forbidden

Nitroguanidine or Picrite, dry or

wetted with less than 20 percent

water, by mass.

1.1D UN0282 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Nitroguanidine, wetted or Picrite,

wetted with not less than 20 per-

cent water, by mass.

4.1 UN1336 I 4.1 ..... 23, A8, A19, A20, N41 None ... 211 .... None 1 kg 15 kg E 28, 36

1-Nitrohydantoin ................................ Forbidden

Nitrohydrochloric acid ........................ 8 UN1798 I 8 ........ A3, B10, N41, T10, TP2,

TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 40, 66,

74, 89,

Nitromannite (dry) .............................. Forbidden

Nitromannite, wetted, see Mannitol

hexanitrate, etc.

Nitromethane ..................................... 3 UN1261 II 3 ........ 150 ...... 202 .... None Forbidden 60 L A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

234

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Nitromuriatic acid, see

Nitrohydrochloric acid.

Nitronaphthalene ............................... 4.1 UN2538 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

+ Nitrophenols (o-; m-; p-;) ................... 6.1 UN1663 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

m-Nitrophenyldinitro methane ........... Forbidden

4-Nitrophenylhydrazine, with not less

than 30 percent water, by mass.

4.1 UN3376 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, A20, N41 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 28, 36

Nitropropanes .................................... 3 UN2608 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

p-Nitrosodimethylaniline .................... 4.2 UN1369 II 4.2 ..... A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg D 34

Nitrostarch, dry or wetted with less

than 20 percent water, by mass.

1.1D UN0146 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Nitrostarch, wetted with not less than

20 percent water, by mass.

4.1 UN1337 I 4.1 ..... 23, A8, A19, A20, N41 None ... 211 .... None 1 kg 15 kg D 28, 36

Nitrosugars (dry) ................................ Forbidden

Nitrosyl chloride ................................. 2.3 UN1069 2.3, 8 3, B14 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Nitrosylsulfuric acid, liquid ................. 8 UN2308 II 8 ........ A3, A6, A7, B2, IB2,

N34, T8, TP2

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L D 40, 66,

74, 89,

Nitrosylsulphuric acid, solid ............... 8 UN3456 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg D 40, 66,

74, 89,

Nitrotoluenes, liquid ........................... 6.1 UN1664 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Nitrotoluenes, solid ............................ 6.1 UN3446 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nitrotoluidines (mono) ....................... 6.1 UN2660 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Nitrotriazolone or NTO ...................... 1.1D UN0490 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Nitrous oxide ...................................... 2.2 UN1070 2.2,

5.1.

A14 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A 40

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ....... 2.2 UN2201 2.2,

5.1.

B6, T75, TP5, TP22 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Nitroxylenes, liquid ............................ 6.1 UN1665 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Nitroxylenes, solid ............................. 6.1 UN3447 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Nitroxylol, see Nitroxylenes.

Nonanes ............................................ 3 UN1920 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Non-flammable gas, n.o.s., see Com-

pressed gas, etc. or Liquefied gas,

etc.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

235

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Nonliquefied gases, see Compressed

gases, etc.

Nonliquefied hydrocarbon gas, see

Hydrocarbon gas mixture, com-

pressed, n.o.s..

Nonyltrichlorosilane ........................... 8 UN1799 II 8 ........ A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Nordhausen acid, see Sulfuric acid,

fuming etc.

2,5-Norbornadiene, stabilized, see

Bicyclo [2,2,1] hepta-2,5-diene,

stabilized.

Octadecyltrichlorosilane ..................... 8 UN1800 II 8 ........ A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Octadiene .......................................... 3 UN2309 II 3 ........ B1, IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

1,7-Octadine-3,5-diyne-1,8-

dimethoxy-9-octadecynoic acid.

Forbidden

Octafluorobut-2-ene or Refrigerant

gas R 1318.

2.2 UN2422 2.2 ..... None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Octafluorocyclobutane, or Refrigerant

gas RC 318.

2.2 UN1976 2.2 ..... T50 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Octafluoropropaneor Refrigerant gas

R 218.

2.2 UN2424 2.2 ..... T50 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Octanes ............................................. 3 UN1262 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Octogen, etc. see

Cyclotetramethylene

tetranitramine, etc..

Octolite or Octol, dry or wetted with

less than 15 percent water, by

mass.

1.1D UN0266 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Octonal .............................................. 1.1D UN0496 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Octyl aldehydes ................................. 3 UN1191 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Octyltrichlorosilane ............................ 8 UN1801 II 8 ........ A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Oil gas, compressed .......................... 2.3 UN1071 2.3,

2.1.

6 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 25 kg D 40

Oleum, see Sulfuric acid, fuming.

Organic peroxide type A, liquid or

solid.

Forbidden

G Organic peroxide type B, liquid ......... 5.2 UN3101 II 5.2, 1 53 152 ...... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type B, liquid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3111 II 5.2, 1 53 None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type B, solid .......... 5.2 UN3102 II 5.2, 1 53 152 ...... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type B, solid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3112 II 5.2, 1 53 None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type C, liquid ......... 5.2 UN3103 II 5.2 ..... 152 ...... 225 .... None 5 L 10 L D 12, 40,

52, 53

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

236

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

G Organic peroxide type C, liquid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3113 II 5.2 ..... None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type C, solid .......... 5.2 UN3104 II 5.2 ..... 152 ...... 225 .... None 5 kg 10 kg D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type C, solid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3114 II 5.2 ..... None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type D, liquid ......... 5.2 UN3105 II 5.2 ..... 152 ...... 225 .... None 5 L 10 L D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type D, liquid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3115 II 5.2 ..... None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type D, solid .......... 5.2 UN3106 II 5.2 ..... 152 ...... 225 .... None 5 kg 10 kg D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type D, solid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3116 II 5.2 ..... None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type E, liquid ......... 5.2 UN3107 II 5.2 ..... 152 ...... 225 .... None 10 L 25 L D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type E, liquid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3117 II 5.2 ..... None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type E, solid .......... 5.2 UN3108 II 5.2 ..... 152 ...... 225 .... None 10 kg 25 kg D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type E, solid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3118 II 5.2 ..... None ... 225 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type F, liquid ......... 5.2 UN3109 II 5.2 ..... IP5 152 ...... 225 .... 225 .... 10 L 25 L D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type F, liquid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3119 II 5.2 ..... IP5 None ... 225 .... 225 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type F, solid .......... 5.2 UN3110 II 5.2 ..... TP33 152 ...... 225 .... 225 .... 10 kg 25 kg D 12, 40,

52, 53

G Organic peroxide type F, solid, tem-

perature controlled.

5.2 UN3120 II 5.2 ..... TP33 None ... 225 .... 225 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

D Organic phosphate, mixed with com-

pressed gas or Organic phosphate

compound, mixed with compressed

gas or Organic phosphorus com-

pound, mixed with compressed

gas.

2.3 NA1955 2.3 ..... 3 None ... 334 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Organic pigments, self-heating .......... 4.2 UN3313 II 4.2 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

237

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

G Organoarsenic compound, liquid,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN3280 I 6.1 ..... 5, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L B

II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Organoarsenic compound, solid,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN3465 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Organochlorine pesticides liquid,

flammable, toxic, flash point less

than 23 degrees C.

3 UN2762 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Organochlorine pesticides, liquid,

toxic.

6.1 UN2996 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Organochlorine pesticides, liquid,

toxic, flammable, flash point not

less than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN2995 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Organochlorine pesticides, solid,

toxic.

6.1 UN2761 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

G Organometallic compound, toxic, liq-

uid, n.o.s..

6.1 UN3282 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L B

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Organometallic compound, toxic,

solid, n.o.s..

6.1 UN3467 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

G Organometallic substance, liquid,

pyrophoric.

4.2 UN3392 I 4.2 ..... B11, T21, TP2, TP7,

TP36

None ... 181 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 78

G Organometallic substance, liquid,

pyrophoric, water-reactive.

4.2 UN3394 I 4.2,

4.3.

B11, T21, TP2, TP7,

TP36

None ... 181 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 78

G Organometallic substance, liquid,

water-reactive.

4.3 UN3398 I 4.3 ..... T13, TP2, TP7, TP36 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 1 L E 40, 52

II 4.3 ..... IB1, T7, TP2, TP7, TP36 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 40, 52

III 4.3 ..... IB2, T7, TP2, TP7, TP36 None ... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E 40, 52

G Organometallic substance, liquid,

water-reactive, flammable.

4.3 UN3399 I 4.3, 3 T13, TP2, TP7, TP36 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 1 L D 40, 52

II 4.3, 3 IB1, IP2, T7, TP2, TP7,

TP36

None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L D 40, 52

III 4.3, 3 IB2, IP4, T7, TP2, TP7,

TP36

None ... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E 40, 52

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

238

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

G Organometallic substance, solid,

pyrophoric.

4.2 UN3391 I 4.2 ..... T21, TP7, TP33, TP36 None ... 187 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

G Organometallic substance, solid,

pyrophoric, water-reactive.

4.2 UN3393 I 4.2,

4.3.

B11, T21, TP7, TP33,

TP36

None ... 187 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 52

G Organometallic substance, solid, self-

heating.

4.2 UN3400 II 4.2 ..... IB6, T3, TP33, TP36 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

III 4.2 ..... IB8, T1, TP33, TP36 None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Organometallic substance, solid,

water-reactive.

4.3 UN3395 I 4.3 ..... N40, T9, TP7, TP33,

TP36

None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52

II 4.3 ..... IB4, T3, TP33, TP36 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 52

III 4.3 ..... IB6, T1, TP33, TP36 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40, 52

G Organometallic substance, solid,

water-reactive, flammable.

4.3 UN3396 I 4.3,

4.1.

N40, T9, TP7, TP33,

TP36

None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52

II 4.3,

4.1.

IB4, T3, TP33, TP36 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 52

III 4.3,

4.1.

IB6, T1, TP33, TP36 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40, 52

G Organometallic substance, solid,

water-reactive, self-heating.

4.3 UN3397 I 4.3,

4.2.

N40, T9, TP7, TP33,

TP36

None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52

II 4.3,

4.2.

IB4, T3, TP33, TP36 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 52

III 4.3,

4.2.

IB6, T1, TP33, TP36 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40, 52

G Organometallic substance, solid,

pyrophoric.

4.2 UN3391 I 4.2 ..... T21, TP7, TP33 None ... 187 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

G Organometallic substance, solid,

pyrophoric, water-reactive.

4.2 UN3393 I 4.2,

4.3.

B11, T21, TP7, TP33 None ... 187 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 52.

G Organometallic substance, solid, self-

heating.

4.2 UN3400 II 4.2 ..... IB6, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, T1, TP33 None ... 203 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Organometallic substance, solid,

water-reactive.

4.3 UN3395 I 4.3 ..... N40, T9, TP7, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 40, 52

....................................................... II 4.3 ..... IB4, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 52

....................................................... III 4.3 ..... IB6, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40, 52

G Organometallic substance, solid,

water-reactive, flammable.

4.3 UN3396 I 4.3,

4.1.

N40, T9, TP7, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 40, 52

......................................................... II 4.3,

4.1.

IB4, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 52

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

239

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

......................................................... III 4.3,

4.1.

IB6, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40, 52

G Organometallic substance, solid,

water-reactive, self-heating.

4.3 UN3397 I 4.3,

4.2.

N40, T9, TP7, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 40, 52

......................................................... II 4.3,

4.2.

IB4, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 52

......................................................... III 4.3,

4.2.

IB6, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40, 52

Organophosphorus compound, toxic,

flammable, n.o.s..

6.1 UN3279 I 6.1, 3 5, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

G Organophosphorus compound, toxic,

liquid, n.o.s..

6.1 UN3278 I 6.1 ..... 5, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Organophosphorus compound, toxic,

solid, n.o.s..

6.1 UN3464 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid,

flammable, toxic, flash point less

than 23 degrees C.

3 UN2784 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid,

toxic.

6.1 UN3018 I 6.1 ..... N76, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, N76, T11, TP2,

TP13, TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, N76, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid,

toxic, flammable, flash point not

less than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN3017 I 6.1, 3 N76, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, N76, T11, TP2,

TP13, TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 B1, IB3, N76, T7, TP2,

TP28

153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Organophosphorus pesticides, solid,

toxic.

6.1 UN2783 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, N77, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, N77, T3,

TP33

153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, N77, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Organotin compounds, liquid, n.o.s. .. 6.1 UN2788 I 6.1 ..... A3, N33, N34, T14, TP2,

TP13, TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... A3, IB2, N33, N34, T11,

TP2, TP13, TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s. ... 6.1 UN3146 I 6.1 ..... A5, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

240

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Organotin pesticides, liquid, flam-

mable, toxic, flash point less than

23 degrees C.

3 UN2787 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic ...... 6.1 UN3020 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic,

flammable, flash point not less

than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN3019 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic ....... 6.1 UN2786 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Orthonitroaniline, see Nitroanilines

etc.

Osmium tetroxide .............................. 6.1 UN2471 I 6.1 ..... A8, IB7, IP1, N33, N34,

T6, TP33

None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B 40

D G Other regulated substances, liquid,

n.o.s..

9 NA3082 III 9 ........ IB3, T2, TP1 155 ...... 203 .... 241 .... No limit No limit A

D G Other regulated substances, solid,

n.o.s..

9 NA3077 III 9 ........ B54, IB8, IP2, T1, TP33 155 ...... 213 .... 240 .... No limit No limit A

G Oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. ....... 5.1 UN3098 I 5.1, 8 62, A6 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 13, 56,

58,

106,

138

II 5.1, 8 62, IB1 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 13, 34,

56, 58,

106,

138

III 5.1, 8 62, IB2 152 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 13, 34,

56, 58,

106,

138

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

241

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

G Oxidizing liquid, n.o.s. ....................... 5.1 UN3139 I 5.1 ..... 62, 127, A2, A6 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 56, 58,

106,

138

II 5.1 ..... 62, 127, A2, IB2 152 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 5 L B 56, 58,

106,

138

III 5.1 ..... 62, 127, A2, IB2 152 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 56, 58,

106,

138

G Oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s. .............. 5.1 UN3099 I 5.1,

6.1.

62, A6 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 56, 58,

106,

138

II 5.1,

6.1.

62, IB1 152 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 56, 58,

95,

106,

138

III 5.1,

6.1.

62, IB2 152 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 56, 58,

95,

106,

138

G Oxidizing solid, corrosive, n.o.s. ........ 5.1 UN3085 I 5.1, 8 62 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 1 kg 15 kg D 13, 56,

58,

106,

138

II 5.1, 8 62, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg B 13, 34,

56, 58,

106,

138

III 5.1, 8 62, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 13, 34,

56, 58,

106,

138

G Oxidizing solid, flammable, n.o.s. ...... 5.1 UN3137 I 5.1,

4.1.

62 None ... 214 .... 214 .... Forbidden Forbidden

G Oxidizing solid, n.o.s. ........................ 5.1 UN1479 I 5.1 ..... 62, IB5, IP1 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 1 kg 15 kg D 56, 58,

106,

138

II 5.1 ..... 62, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,

TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg B 56, 58,

106,

138

III 5.1 ..... 62, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 56, 58,

106,

138

G Oxidizing solid, self-heating, n.o.s. .... 5.1 UN3100 I 5.1,

4.2.

62 None ... 214 .... 214 .... Forbidden Forbidden

II 5.1,

4.2.

62 None ... 214 .... 214 .... Forbidden Forbidden

G Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s. ............... 5.1 UN3087 I 5.1,

6.1.

62 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 1 kg 15 kg D 56, 58,

106,

138

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

242

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

II 5.1,

6.1.

62, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg B 56, 58,

95,

106,

138

III 5.1,

6.1.

62, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 56, 58,

95,

106,

138

G Oxidizing solid, water reactive, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3121 5.1,

4.3.

62 None ... 214 .... 214 .... Forbidden Forbidden

Oxygen, compressed ......................... 2.2 UN1072 2.2,

5.1.

110, A14 306 ...... 302 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg

Oxygen difluoride, compressed ......... 2.3 UN2190 2.3,

5.1,

1, N86 None ... 304 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 13, 40,

89, 90

Oxygen generator, chemical (includ-

ing when contained in associated

equipment, e.g., passenger service

units (PSUs), portable breathing

equipment (PBE), etc)..

5.1 UN3356 II 5.1 ..... None ... 168 .... None Forbidden 25 kg D 56, 58,

69, 106

+ Oxygen generator, chemical, spent .. 9 NA3356 III 9 ........ 61 None ... 213 .... None Forbidden Forbidden A

Oxygen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic

liquid).

2.2 UN1073 2.2,

5.1.

T75, TP5, TP22 320 ...... 316 .... 318 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

Paint including paint, lacquer, enam-

el, stain, shellac solutions, varnish,

polish, liquid filler and liquid lac-

quer base.

3 UN1263 I 3 ........ T11, TP1, TP8, TP27 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

II 3 ........ 149, B52, IB2, T4, TP1,

TP8, TP28

150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

III 3 ........ B1, B52, IB3, T2, TP1,

TP29

150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Paint or Paint related material ........... 8 UN3066 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2, TP28 154 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 40

III 8 ........ B52, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29 154 ...... 173 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Paint related material including paint

thinning, drying, removing, or re-

ducing compound.

3 UN1263 I 3 ........ T11, TP1, TP8, TP27 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

II 3 ........ 149, B52, IB2, T4, TP1,

TP8, TP28

150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

243

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

III 3 ........ B1, B52, IB3, T2, TP1,

TP29

150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Paint, corrosive, flammable (including

paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shel-

lac, varnish, polish, liquid filler and

liquid lacquer base).

8 UN3470 II 8, 3 .... IB2, T7, TP2, TP8, TP28 154 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40.

Paint related material corrosive, flam-

mable (including paint thinning or

reducing compound).

8 UN3470 II 8, 3 .... IB2, T7, TP2, TP8, TP28 154 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40.

Paint related material, flammable,

corrosive (including paint thinning

or reducing compound).

3 UN3469 I 3, 8 .... T11, TP2, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L E 40

Paint, flammable, corrosive (including

paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shel-

lac, varnish, polish, liquid filler and

liquid lacquer base).

3 UN3469 I 3, 8 .... T11, TP2, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L E 40.

II 3, 8 .... IB2, T7, TP2, TP8, TP28 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40.

III 3, 8 .... IB3, T4, TP1, TP29 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L A 40.

Paper, unsaturated oil treated incom-

pletely dried (including carbon

paper).

4.2 UN1379 III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3 None ... 213 .... 241 .... Forbidden Forbidden A

Paraformaldehyde ............................. 4.1 UN2213 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Paraldehyde ....................................... 3 UN1264 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Paranitroaniline, solid, see

Nitroanilines etc.

D Parathion and compressed gas mix-

ture.

2.3 NA1967 2.3 ..... 3 None ... 334 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 40

Paris green, solid, see Copper

acetoarsenite.

PCB, see Polychlorinated biphenyls.

+ Pentaborane ...................................... 4.2 UN1380 I 4.2,

6.1.

1 None ... 205 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

Pentachloroethane ............................. 6.1 UN1669 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Pentachlorophenol ............................. 6.1 UN3155 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Pentaerythrite tetranitrate (dry) ......... Forbidden

Pentaerythrite tetranitrate mixture,

desensitized, solid, n.o.s. or Penta-

erythritol tetranitrate mixture, de-

sensitized, solid, n.o.s. or PETN

mixture, desensitized, solid, n.o.s.,

with more than 10 percent but not

more than 20 percent PETN, by

mass.

4.1 UN3344 II 4.1 ..... 118, N85 None ... 214 .... None Forbidden Forbidden E

Pentaerythrite tetranitrate or Penta-

erythritol tetranitrateor PETN, with

not less than 7 percent wax by

mass.

1.1D UN0411 II 1.1D .. 120 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

244

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, wetted or

Pentaerythritol tetranitrate, wetted,

or PETN, wetted with not less than

25 percent water, by mass, or

Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, or Pen-

taerythritol tetranitrate or PETN,

desensitized with not less than 15

percent phlegmatizer by mass.

1.1D UN0150 II 1.1D .. 121 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Pentaerythritol tetranitrate, see

Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, etc.

Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas

R 125.

2.2 UN3220 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Pentamethylheptane .......................... 3 UN2286 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Pentane-2,4-dione ............................. 3 UN2310 III 3, 6.1 B1, IB3, T4, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Pentanes ............................................ 3 UN1265 I 3 ........ T11, TP2 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

......................................................... II 3 ........ IB2, IP8, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

Pentanitroaniline (dry) ....................... Forbidden

Pentanols ........................................... 3 UN1105 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1, TP29 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, B3, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

1-Pentene (n-amylene) ...................... 3 UN1108 I 3 ........ T11, TP2 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

1-Pentol ............................................. 8 UN2705 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L B 26, 27

Pentolite, dry or wetted with less

than 15 percent water, by mass.

1.1D UN0151 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Pepper spray, see Aerosols, etc. or

Self-defense spray, non-pressur-

ized.

Perchlorates, inorganic, aqueous so-

lution, n.o.s..

5.1 UN3211 II 5.1 ..... IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 5 L B 56, 58,

133

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 241 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 56, 58,

69, 133

Perchlorates, inorganic, n.o.s. ........... 5.1 UN1481 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 56, 58

Perchloric acid, with more than 72

percent acid by mass.

Forbidden

Perchloric acid with more than 50

percent but not more than 72 per-

cent acid, by mass.

5.1 UN1873 I 5.1, 8 A2, A3, N41, T10, TP1 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L D 66

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

245

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Perchloric acid with not more than 50

percent acid by mass.

8 UN1802 II 8, 5.1 IB2, N41, T7, TP2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L C 66

Perchloroethylene, see

Tetrachloroethylene.

Perchloromethyl mercaptan ............... 6.1 UN1670 I 6.1 ..... 2, B9, B14, B32, N34,

T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,

TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Perchloryl fluoride .............................. 2.3 UN3083 2.3,

5.1.

2, B9, B14 None ... 302 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Percussion caps, see Primers, cap

type.

Perfluoro-2-butene, see

Octafluorobut-2-ene.

Perfluoro(ethyl vinyl ether) ................ 2.1 UN3154 2.1 ..... 306 ...... 302,

304,

305.

314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg E 40

Perfluoro(methyl vinyl ether) ............. 2.1 UN3153 2.1 ..... T50 306 ...... 302,

304,

305.

314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg E 40

Perfumery products with flammable

solvents.

3 UN1266 II 3 ........ 149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 15 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Permanganates, inorganic, aqueous

solution, n.o.s.

5.1 UN3214 II 5.1 ..... 26, 353, IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 5 L D 56, 58,

133,

138

G Permanganates, inorganic, n.o.s ....... 5.1 UN1482 II 5.1 ..... 26, 353, A30, IB6, IP2,

T3, TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg D 56, 58,

138

III 5.1 ..... 26, 353, A30, IB8, IP3,

T1, TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg D 56, 58,

Permeation devices for calibrating air

quality monitoring equipment See

§ 173.175.

Peroxides, inorganic, n.o.s. ............... 5.1 UN1483 II 5.1 ..... A7, A20, IB6, IP2, N34,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 52,

66, 75

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... A7, A20, IB8, IP3, N34,

T1, TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 13, 52,

66, 75

Peroxyacetic acid, with more than 43

percent and with more than 6 per-

cent hydrogen peroxide.

Forbidden

Persulfates, inorganic, aqueous solu-

tion, n.o.s..

5.1 UN3216 III 5.1 ..... IB2, T4, TP1, TP29 152 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 2.5 L 30 L A 56, 133

Persulfates, inorganic, n.o.s. ............. 5.1 UN3215 III 5.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 56, 58

G Pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic,

flash point less than 23 degrees C.

3 UN3021 I 3, 6.1 B5, T14, TP2, TP13,

TP27

None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B

G Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable,

n.o.s. flash point not less than 23

degrees C.

6.1 UN2903 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

246

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 B1, IB3, T7, TP2 153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

G Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. ........... 6.1 UN2902 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

G Pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. ............ 6.1 UN2588 I 6.1 ..... IB7, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

PETN, see Pentaerythrite tetranitrate.

PETN/TNT, see Pentolite, etc.

Petrol, see Gasoline.

Petroleum crude oil ........................... 3 UN1267 I 3 ........ 144, 357, T11, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

II 3 ........ 144, 357, IB2, T4, TP1,

TP8

150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

III 3 ........ 144, 357, B1, IB3, T2,

TP1

150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petro-

leum products, n.o.s..

3 UN1268 I 3 ........ 144, T11, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

......................................................... II 3 ........ 144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8,

TP28

150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ 144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,

TP29

150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Petroleum gases, liquefied or Lique-

fied petroleum gas.

2.1 UN1075 2.1 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg E 40

D Petroleum oil ...................................... 3 NA1270 I 3 ........ 144, T11, TP1 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

......................................................... II 3 ........ 144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8,

TP28

150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

I Petroleum sour crude oil, flammable,

toxic.

3 UN3494 I 3, 6.1 343, T14, TP2, TP13 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L D 40

......................................................... III 3 ........ 144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1,

TP29

150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Phenacyl bromide .............................. 6.1 UN2645 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 40

+ Phenetidines ...................................... 6.1 UN2311 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Phenol, molten ................................... 6.1 UN2312 II 6.1 ..... B14, T7, TP3 None ... 202 .... 243 .... Forbidden Forbidden B 40

+ Phenol, solid ...................................... 6.1 UN1671 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, N78, T3,

TP33

153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

247

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Phenol solutions ................................ 6.1 UN2821 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Phenolsulfonic acid, liquid ................. 8 UN1803 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, N41, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L C 14

Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pes-

ticide, liquid, flammable, toxic flash

point less than 23 degrees C.

3 UN3346 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pes-

ticide, liquid, toxic.

6.1 UN3348 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pes-

ticide, liquid, toxic, flammable,

flash point not less than 23 de-

grees C.

6.1 UN3347 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pes-

ticide, solid, toxic.

6.1 UN3345 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Phenyl chloroformate ......................... 6.1 UN2746 II 6.1, 8 IB2, T7, TP2, TP13 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L A 12, 13,

21, 25,

40, 100

Phenyl isocyanate ............................. 6.1 UN2487 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B77,

N33, N34, T20, TP2,

TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Phenyl mercaptan .............................. 6.1 UN2337 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B77,

T20, TP2, TP13, TP38,

TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 52

Phenyl phosphorus dichloride ........... 8 UN2798 II 8 ........ B2, B15, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

Phenyl phosphorus thiodichloride ..... 8 UN2799 II 8 ........ B2, B15, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic .. 6.1 UN3002 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2 TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

II 6.1 ..... T7, TP2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

III 6.1 ..... T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Phenylacetonitrile, liquid .................... 6.1 UN2470 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 52

Phenylacetyl chloride ......................... 8 UN2577 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L C 40

Phenylcarbylamine chloride ............... 6.1 UN1672 I 6.1 ..... 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

m-Phenylene diaminediperchlorate

(dry).

Forbidden

+ Phenylenediamines (o-; m-; p-;) ........ 6.1 UN1673 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Phenylhydrazine ................................ 6.1 UN2572 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Phenylmercuric acetate ..................... 6.1 UN1674 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Phenylmercuric compounds, n.o.s. ... 6.1 UN2026 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Phenylmercuric hydroxide ................. 6.1 UN1894 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

248

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Phenylmercuric nitrate ....................... 6.1 UN1895 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Phenyltrichlorosilane .......................... 8 UN1804 II 8 ........ A7, B6, N34, T10, TP2,

TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Phosgene ........................................... 2.3 UN1076 2.3, 8 1, B7, B46 None ... 192 .... 314 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

9-Phosphabicyclononanes or

Cyclooctadiene phosphines.

4.2 UN2940 II 4.2 ..... A19, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg A

Phosphine .......................................... 2.3 UN2199 2.3,

2.1.

1 None ... 192 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Phosphoric acid solution ................... 8 UN1805 III 8 ........ A7, IB3, N34, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A

Phosphoric acid, solid ....................... 8 UN3453 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Phosphoric acid triethyleneimine, see

Tris-(1-aziridiyl)phosphine oxide,

solution.

Phosphoric anhydride, see Phos-

phorus pentoxide.

Phosphorous acid .............................. 8 UN2834 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 48

Phosphorus, amorphous ................... 4.1 UN1338 III 4.1 ..... A1, A19, B1, B9, B26,

IB8, IP3, T1, TP33

None ... 213 .... 243 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 74

Phosphorus bromide, see Phos-

phorus tribromide.

Phosphorus chloride, see Phos-

phorus trichloride.

Phosphorus heptasulfide, free from

yellow or white phosphorus.

4.1 UN1339 II 4.1 ..... A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 74

Phosphorus oxybromide .................... 8 UN1939 II 8 ........ B8, IB8, IP2, IP4, N41,

N43, T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 240 .... Forbidden 50 kg C 12, 40

Phosphorus oxybromide, molten ....... 8 UN2576 II 8 ........ B2, B8, IB1, N41, N43,

T7, TP3, TP13

None ... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden C 40

+ Phosphorous oxychloride .................. 6.1 UN1810 I 6.1, 8 2, B9, B14, B32, B77,

N34, T20, TP2, TP13,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Phosphorus pentabromide ................ 8 UN2691 II 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... Forbidden 50 kg B 12, 40,

53, 55

Phosphorus pentachloride ................. 8 UN1806 II 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 240 .... Forbidden 50 kg C 40, 44,

89,

100,

141

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

249

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Phosphorus Pentafluoride ................. 2.3 UN2198 2.3, 8 2, B9, B14 None ... 302,

304.

314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Phosphorus pentasulfide, free from

yellow or white phosphorus.

4.3 UN1340 II 4.3,

4.1.

A20, B59, IB4, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 74

Phosphorus pentoxide ....................... 8 UN1807 II 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A

Phosphorus sesquisulfide, free from

yellow or white phosphorus.

4.1 UN1341 II 4.1 ..... A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 74

Phosphorus tribromide ...................... 8 UN1808 II 8 ........ A3, A6, A7, B2, B25,

IB2, N34, N43, T7, TP2

None ... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Phosphorus trichloride ....................... 6.1 UN1809 I 6.1, 8 2, B9, B14, B15, B32,

B77, N34, T20, TP2,

TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden C 40

Phosphorus trioxide ........................... 8 UN2578 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 12

Phosphorus trisulfide, free from yel-

low or white phosphorus.

4.1 UN1343 II 4.1 ..... A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 74

Phosphorus, white dry or Phos-

phorus, white, under water or

Phosphorus white, in solution or

Phosphorus, yellow dry or Phos-

phorus, yellow, under water or

Phosphorus, yellow, in solution.

4.2 UN1381 I 4.2,

6.1.

B9, B26, N34, T9, TP3,

TP31

None ... 188 .... 243 .... Forbidden Forbidden E

Phosphorus white, molten ................. 4.2 UN2447 I 4.2,

6.1.

B9, B26, N34, T21, TP3,

TP7, TP26

None ... 188 .... 243 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

Phosphorus (white or red) and a

chlorate, mixtures of.

Forbidden

Phosphoryl chloride, see Phosphorus

oxychloride.

Phthalic anhydride with more than

.05 percent maleic anhydride.

8 UN2214 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Picolines ............................................ 3 UN2313 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T4, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Picric acid, see Trinitrophenol, etc.

Picrite, see Nitroguanidine, etc.

Picryl chloride, see

Trinitrochlorobenzene.

Pine oil ............................................... 3 UN1272 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

alpha-Pinene ...................................... 3 UN2368 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Piperazine .......................................... 8 UN2579 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 12, 52

Piperidine ........................................... 8 UN2401 I 8, 3 .... A10, T10, TP2 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L B 52

Pivaloyl chloride, see Trimethylacetyl

chloride.

Plastic molding compound in dough,

sheet or extruded rope form evolv-

ing flammable vapor.

9 UN3314 III 9 ........ 32, IB8, IP3, IP7 155 ...... 221 .... 221 .... 100 kg 200 kg E 19, 21,

25, 87,

144.

Plastic solvent, n.o.s., see Flam-

mable liquids, n.o.s..

Plastics, nitrocellulose-based, self-

heating, n.o.s..

4.2 UN2006 III 4.2 ..... None ... 213 .... None Forbidden Forbidden C

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

250

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Poisonous gases, n.o.s., see Com-

pressed or liquefied gases, flam-

mable or toxic, n.o.s..

Polyalkylamines, n.o.s., see Amines,

etc.

Polyamines, flammable, corrosive,

n.o.s. see Amines, flammable, cor-

rosive, n.o.s.

Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.

see Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.

Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, flam-

mable, n.o.s. see Amines, liquid,

corrosive, flammable, n.o.s.

Polychlorinated biphenyls, liquid ....... 9 UN2315 II 9 ........ 9, 81, 140, IB3, T4, TP1 155 ...... 202 .... 241 .... 100 L 220 L A 95

Polychlorinated biphenyls, solid ........ 9 UN3432 II 9 ........ 9, 81,140, IB8, IP2, IP4,

T3, TP33

155 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 95

Polyester resin kit .............................. 3 UN3269 3 ........ 40, 149 165 ...... 165 .... None 5 kg 5 kg B

Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid or

Polyhalogenated terphenyls liquid.

9 UN3151 II 9 ........ IB2 155 ...... 204 .... 241 .... 100 L 220 L A 95

Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid or

Polyhalogenated terphenyls, solid.

9 UN3152 II 9 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 155 ...... 204 .... 241 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 95

Polymeric beads expandable, evolv-

ing flammable vapor.

9 UN2211 III 9 ........ 32, IB8, IP3, IP7, T1,

TP33

155 ...... 221 .... 221 .... 100 kg 200 kg E 19, 21.

25, 87,

144.

Potassium .......................................... 4.3 UN2257 I 4.3 ..... A7, A19, A20, B27, IB4,

IP1, N6, N34, T9, TP7,

TP33

None ... 211 .... 244 .... Forbidden 15 kg D 52

Potassium arsenate ........................... 6.1 UN1677 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Potassium arsenite ............................ 6.1 UN1678 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Potassium bisulfite solution, see

Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s..

Potassium borohydride ...................... 4.3 UN1870 I 4.3 ..... A19, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

Potassium bromate ............................ 5.1 UN1484 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Potassium carbonyl ........................... Forbidden

Potassium chlorate ............................ 5.1 UN1485 II 5.1 ..... A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Potassium chlorate, aqueous solution 5.1 UN2427 II 5.1 ..... A2, IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 241 .... 1 L 5 L B 56, 58,

133

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

251

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... A2, IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 56, 58,

69, 133

Potassium chlorate mixed with min-

eral oil, see Explosive, blasting,

type C.

Potassium cuprocyanide ................... 6.1 UN1679 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52

Potassium cyanide, solid ................... 6.1 UN1680 I 6.1 ..... B69, B77, IB7, IP1, N74,

N75, T6, TP33

None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B 52

Potassium cyanide solution ............... 6.1 UN3413 I 6.1 ..... B69, B77, N74, N75,

T14, TP2, TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 52

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... B69, B77, IB2, N74,

N75, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 52

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... B69, B77, IB3, N74,

N75, T7, TP2, TP13,

TP28

153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 52

Potassium dichloro isocyanurate or

Potassium dichloro-s-triazinetrione,

see Dichloroisocyanuric acid, dry

or Dichloroisocyanuric acid salts

etc.

Potassium dithionite or Potassium

hydrosulfite.

4.2 UN1929 II 4.2 ..... A8, A19, A20, IB6, IP2,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 13

Potassium fluoride, solid ................... 6.1 UN1812 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 52

Potassium fluoride solution ............... 6.1 UN3422 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 52

Potassium fluoroacetate .................... 6.1 UN2628 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg E

Potassium fluorosilicate ..................... 6.1 UN2655 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 52

Potassium hydrate, see Potassium

hydroxide, solid.

Potassium hydrogen fluoride, see

Potassium hydrogen difluoride.

Potassium hydrogen fluoride solution,

see Corrosive liquid, n.o.s..

Potassium hydrogen sulfate .............. 8 UN2509 II 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A

Potassium hydrogendifluoride solid ... 8 UN1811 II 8, 6.1 IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 25, 40,

Potassium hydrogendifluoride solu-

tion.

8 UN3421 II 8, 6.1 IB2, N3, N34, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L A 25, 40,

......................................................... III 8, 6.1 IB3, N3, N34, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 40, 52

Potassium hydrosulfite, see Potas-

sium dithionite.

Potassium hydroxide, liquid, see Po-

tassium hydroxide solution.

Potassium hydroxide, solid ................ 8 UN1813 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52.

Potassium hydroxide, solution ........... 8 UN1814 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 52.

III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 52.

Potassium hypochlorite, solution, see

Hypochlorite solutions, etc.

Potassium, metal alloys, liquid .......... 4.3 UN1420 I 4.3 ..... A7, A19, A20, B27 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 1 L E 40, 52

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

252

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Potassium, metal alloys, solid ........... 4.3 UN3403 I 4.3 ..... A19, A20, B27, IB4, IP1,

T9, TP7, TP33

None ... 211 .... 244 .... Forbidden 15 kg D

Potassium metavanadate .................. 6.1 UN2864 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Potassium monoxide ......................... 8 UN2033 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 29, 52.

Potassium nitrate ............................... 5.1 UN1486 III 5.1 ..... A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33, W1

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite

mixtures.

5.1 UN1487 II 5.1 ..... B78, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,

TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Potassium nitrite ................................ 5.1 UN1488 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Potassium perchlorate ....................... 5.1 UN1489 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Potassium permanganate .................. 5.1 UN1490 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg D 56, 58,

138

Potassium peroxide ........................... 5.1 UN1491 I 5.1 ..... A20, IB6, IP1, N34 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg B 13, 52,

66, 75

Potassium persulfate ......................... 5.1 UN1492 III 5.1 ..... A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 58, 145

Potassium phosphide ........................ 4.3 UN2012 I 4.3,

6.1.

A19, N40 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52,

Potassium selenate, see Selenates

or Selenites.

Potassium selenite, see Selenates or

Selenites.

Potassium sodium alloys, liquid ........ 4.3 UN1422 I 4.3 ..... A7, A19, B27, N34, N40,

T9, TP3, TP7, TP31

None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 1 L E 40, 52

Potassium sodium alloys, solid ......... 4.3 UN3404 I 4.3 ..... A19, B27, N34, N40, T9,

TP7, TP33

None ... 211 .... 244 .... Forbidden 15 kg D 52

Potassium sulfide, anhydrous or Po-

tassium sulfide with less than 30

percent water of crystallization.

4.2 UN1382 II 4.2 ..... A19, A20, B16, IB6, IP2,

N34, T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52

Potassium sulfide, hydrated with not

less than 30 percent water of crys-

tallization.

8 UN1847 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52

Potassium superoxide ....................... 5.1 UN2466 I 5.1 ..... A20, IB6, IP1 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg B 13, 52,

66, 75

Powder cake, wetted or Powder

paste, wetted with not less than 17

percent alcohol by mass.

1.1C UN0433 II 1.1C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

253

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Powder cake, wetted or Powder

paste, wetted with not less than 25

percent water, by mass.

1.3C UN0159 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Powder paste, see Powder cake, etc.

Powder, smokeless ........................... 1.1C UN0160 II 1.1C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 26E

Powder, smokeless ........................... 1.3C UN0161 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 26E

Powder, smokeless ........................... 1.4C UN0509 1.4C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Power device, explosive, see Car-

tridges, power device.

Primers, cap type .............................. 1.4S UN0044 II None None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Primers, cap type .............................. 1.1B UN0377 II 1.1B ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 11

Primers, cap type .............................. 1.4B UN0378 II 1.4B ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Primers, small arms, see Primers,

cap type.

Primers, tubular ................................. 1.3G UN0319 II 1.3G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Primers, tubular ................................. 1.4G UN0320 II 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Primers, tubular ................................. 1.4S UN0376 II None None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Printing ink, flammable or Printing ink

related material (including printing

ink thinning or reducing com-

pound), flammable.

3 UN1210 I 3 ........ T11, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 173 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

......................................................... II 3 ........ 149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Projectiles, illuminating, see Ammuni-

tion, illuminating, etc.

Projectiles, inert with tracer ............... 1.4S UN0345 II 1.4S ... .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... 25 kg 100 kg 01

Projectiles, inert, with tracer .............. 1.3G UN0424 II 1.3G .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Projectiles, inert, with tracer .............. 1.4G UN0425 II 1.4G .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden 75 kg 02

Projectiles, with burster or expelling

charge.

1.2D UN0346 II 1.2D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Projectiles, with burster or expelling

charge.

1.4D UN0347 II 1.4D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden 75 kg 02

Projectiles, with burster or expelling

charge.

1.2F UN0426 II 1.2F ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Projectiles, with burster or expelling

charge.

1.4F UN0427 II 1.4F ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Projectiles, with burster or expelling

charge.

1.2G UN0434 II 1.2G .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Projectiles, with burster or expelling

charge.

1.4G UN0435 II 1.4G .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden 75 kg 02

Projectiles, with bursting charge ....... 1.1F UN0167 II 1.1F ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Projectiles, with bursting charge ....... 1.1D UN0168 II 1.1D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Projectiles, with bursting charge ....... 1.2D UN0169 II 1.2D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Projectiles, with bursting charge ....... 1.2F UN0324 II 1.2F ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Projectiles, with bursting charge ....... 1.4D UN0344 II 1.4D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden 75 kg 02

Propadiene, stabilized ....................... 2.1 UN2200 2.1 ..... None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

Propadiene mixed with methyl acety-

lene, see Methyl acetylene and

propadiene mixtures, stabilized.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

254

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Propane see also Petroleum gases,

liquefied.

2.1 UN1978 2.1 ..... 19, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg E 40

Propanethiols ..................................... 3 UN2402 II 3 ........ A6, IB2, T4, TP1, TP13 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E 95, 102

n-Propanol or Propyl alcohol, normal 3 UN1274 II 3 ........ B1, IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Propellant, liquid ................................ 1.3C UN0495 II 1.3C .. 37 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Propellant, liquid ................................ 1.1C UN0497 II 1.1C .. 37 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Propellant, solid ................................. 1.1C UN0498 II 1.1C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 26E

Propellant, solid ................................. 1.3C UN0499 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 26E

Propellant, solid ................................. 1.4C UN0501 1.4C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden A 24E

Propionaldehyde ................................ 3 UN1275 II 3 ........ IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

Propionic acid with not less than

90% acid by mass.

8 UN3463 II 8, 3 .... IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L A.

Propionic acid with not less than

10% and less than 90% acid by

mass.

8 UN1848 III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A.

Propionic anhydride ........................... 8 UN2496 III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A

Propionitrile ........................................ 3 UN2404 II 3, 6.1 IB2, T7, TP1, TP13 None ... 202 .... 243 .... Forbidden 60 L E 40

Propionyl chloride .............................. 3 UN1815 II 3, 8 .... IB1, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40

n-Propyl acetate ................................ 3 UN1276 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Propyl alcohol, see Propanol.

n-Propyl benzene .............................. 3 UN2364 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

n-Propyl chloroformate ...................... 6.1 UN2740 I 6.1, 3,

2, B9, B14, B32, B77,

N34, T20, TP2, TP13,

TP38, TP44

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden B 21, 40,

100

Propyl chloride see 1-Chloropropane.

Propyl formates ................................. 3 UN1281 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

n-Propyl isocyanate ........................... 6.1 UN2482 I 6.1, 3 1, B9, B14, B30, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Propyl mercaptan, see Propanethiols.

n-Propyl nitrate .................................. 3 UN1865 II 3 ........ IB9 150 ...... 202 .... None 5 L 60 L D 44, 89,

90, 100

Propylamine ....................................... 3 UN1277 II 3, 8 .... A7, IB2, N34, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 40

Propylene see also Petroleum gases,

liquefied.

2.1 UN1077 2.1 ..... 19, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg E 40

Propylene chlorohydrin ...................... 6.1 UN2611 II 6.1, 3 IB2, T7, TP2, TP13 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 12, 40,

Propylene oxide ................................. 3 UN1280 I 3 ........ A3, N34, T11, TP2, TP7 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

255

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Propylene tetramer ............................ 3 UN2850 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

1,2-Propylenediamine ........................ 8 UN2258 II 8, 3 .... A3, A6, IB2, N34, T7,

TP2

None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L A 40

Propyleneimine, stabilized ................. 3 UN1921 I 3, 6.1 A3, N34, T14, TP2,

TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

Propyltrichlorosilane .......................... 8 UN1816 II 8, 3 .... A7, B2, B6, N34, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Prussic acid, see Hydrogen cyanide.

Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid, flam-

mable, toxic, flash point less than

23 degrees C.

3 UN3350 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid toxic ........ 6.1 UN3352 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5L 60L B 40

III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60L 220L A 40

Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid, toxic,

flammable, flash point not less

than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN3351 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L B 40

Pyrethroid pesticide, solid, toxic ........ 6.1 UN3349 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Pyridine .............................................. 3 UN1282 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP2 None ... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B 21, 100

Pyridine perchlorate ........................... Forbidden

G Pyrophoric liquid, inorganic, n.o.s ..... 4.2 UN3194 I 4.2 ..... None ... 181 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 78

G Pyrophoric liquids, organic, n.o.s ...... 4.2 UN2845 I 4.2 ..... B11, T22, TP2, TP7 None ... 181 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 78

G Pyrophoric metals, n.o.s., or

Pyrophoric alloys, n.o.s..

4.2 UN1383 I 4.2 ..... B11, T21, TP7, TP33 None ... 187 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

G Pyrophoric solid, inorganic, n.o.s. ..... 4.2 UN3200 I 4.2 ..... T21, TP7, TP33 None ... 187 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

G Pyrophoric solids, organic, n.o.s. ...... 4.2 UN2846 I 4.2 ..... None ... 187 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

Pyrosulfuryl chloride .......................... 8 UN1817 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T8, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L C 40

Pyroxylin solution or solvent, see Ni-

trocellulose.

Pyrrolidine .......................................... 3 UN1922 II 3, 8 .... IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40, 52

Quebrachitol pentanitrate .................. Forbidden ........

Quicklime, see Calcium oxide.

Quinoline ............................................ 6.1 UN2656 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 12

R 12, see Dichlorodifluoromethane.

R 12B1, see

Chlorodifluorobromomethane.

R 13, see Chlorotrifluoromethane.

R 13B1, see Bromotrifluoromethane.

R 14, see Tetrafluoromethane.

R 21, see Dichlorofluoromethane.

R 22, see Chlorodifluoromethane.

R 114, see Dichlorotetrafluoroethane.

R 115, see Chloropentafluoroethane.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

256

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

R 116, see Hexafluoroethane.

R 124, see Chlorotetrafluoroethane.

R 133a, see Chlorotrifluoroethane.

R 152a, see Difluoroethane.

R 500, see Dichlorodifluoromethane

and difluorethane, etc.

R 502, see Chlorodifluoromethane

and chloropentafluoroethane mix-

ture, etc.

R 503, see Chlorotrifluoromethane

and trifluoromethane, etc.

Radioactive material, excepted pack-

age-articles manufactured from

natural uranium or depleted ura-

nium or natural thorium.

7 UN2909 None 422,

426.

422,

426.

422,

426.

Radioactive material, excepted pack-

age-empty packaging.

7 UN2908 Empty 422,

428.

422,

428.

422,

428.

Radioactive material, excepted pack-

age-instruments or articles.

7 UN2911 None 422,

424.

422,

424.

........ A

Radioactive material, excepted pack-

age-limited quantity of material.

7 UN2910 None 421,

422.

421,

422.

421,

422.

Radioactive material, low specific ac-

tivity (LSA-I) non fissile or fissile-

excepted.

7 UN2912 7 ........ A56, T5, TP4, W7 421,

422,

428.

427 .... 427 .... A 95, 129

Radioactive material, low specific ac-

tivity (LSA-II) non fissile or fissile-

excepted.

7 UN3321 7 ........ A56, T5, TP4, W7 421,

422,

428.

427 .... 427 .... A 95, 129

Radioactive material, low specific ac-

tivity (LSA-III) non fissile or fissile

excepted.

7 UN3322 7 ........ A56, T5, TP4, W7 421,

422,

428.

427 .... 427 .... A 95, 129

Radioactive material, surface con-

taminated objects (SCO-I or SCO-

II) non fissile or fissile-excepted.

7 UN2913 7 ........ A56 421,

422,

428.

427 .... 427 .... A 95

Radioactive material, transported

under special arrangement, non

fissile or fissile excepted.

7 UN2919 7 ........ A56, 139 .......... ........ ........ A 95, 105

Radioactive material, transported

under special arrangement, fissile.

7 UN3331 7 ........ A56, 139 .......... ........ ........ A 95, 105

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

257

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Radioactive material, Type A pack-

age, fissile non-special form.

7 UN3327 7 ........ A56, W7, W8 453 ...... 417 .... 417 .... A 95,

105,

131

Radioactive material, Type A pack-

age non-special form, non fissile or

fissile-excepted.

7 UN2915 7 ........ A56, W7, W8 None ... 415,

418,

419.

415,

418,

419.

A 95, 130

Radioactive material, Type A pack-

age, special form non fissile or

fissile-excepted.

7 UN3332 7 ........ A56, W7, W8 .......... 415,

476.

415,

476.

A 95

Radioactive material, Type A pack-

age, special form, fissile.

7 UN3333 7 ........ A56, W7, W8 453 ...... 417,

476.

417,

476.

A 95, 105

Radioactive material, Type B(M)

package, fissile.

7 UN3329 7 ........ A56 453 ...... 417 .... 417 .... A 95, 105

Radioactive material, Type B(M)

package non fissile or fissile-ex-

cepted.

7 UN2917 7 ........ A56 .......... 416 .... 416 .... A 95, 105

Radioactive material, Type B(U)

package, fissile.

7 UN3328 7 ........ A56 453 ...... 417 .... 417 .... A 95, 105

Radioactive material, Type B(U)

package non fissile or fissile-ex-

cepted.

7 UN2916 7 ........ A56 .......... 416 .... 416 .... A 95, 105

Radioactive material, uranium

hexafluoride non fissile or fissile-

excepted.

7 UN2978 7, 8 .... 423 ...... 420,

427.

420,

427.

A 95, 132

Radioactive material, uranium

hexafluoride, fissile.

7 UN2977 7, 8 .... 453 ...... 417,

420.

417,

420.

A 95, 132

A W Rags, oily ........................................... 4.2 UN1856 III 4.2 ..... 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... Forbidden Forbidden A

Railway torpedo, see Signals, railway

track, explosive.

RC 318, see Octafluorocyclobutane.

RDX and

cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine,

wetted or desensitized see RDX

and HMX mixtures, wetted or de-

sensitized.

RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted with

not less than 15 percent water by

mass or RDX and HMX mixtures,

desensitized with not less than 10

percent phlegmatizer by mass.

1.1D UN0391 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

RDX and Octogen mixtures, wetted

or desensitized see RDX and HMX

mixtures, wetted or desensitized

etc.

RDX, see Cyclotrimethylene

trinitramine, etc.

Receptacles, small, containing gas or

gas cartridges (flammable) without

release device, not refillable and

not exceeding 1 L capacity.

2.1 UN2037 2.1 ..... 306 ...... 304 .... None 1 kg 15 kg B 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

258

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Receptacles, small, containing gas or

gas cartridges(non-flammable)

without release device, not refill-

able and not exceeding 1 L capac-

ity.

2.2 UN2037 2.2 ..... 306 ...... 304 .... None 1 kg 15 kg B 40

Receptacles, small, containing gas or

gas cartridges (oxidizing) without

release device, not refillable and

not exceeding 1 L capacity.

2.2 UN2037 2.2,

5.1.

A14 306 ...... 304 .... None 1 kg 15 kg B 40

Red phosphorus, see Phosphorus,

amorphous.

Refrigerant gas R 404A ..................... 2.2 UN3337 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Refrigerant gas R 407A ..................... 2.2 UN3338 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Refrigerant gas R 407B ..................... 2.2 UN3339 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Refrigerant gas R 407C .................... 2.2 UN3340 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

G Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. ................... 2.2 UN1078 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

D Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. or Dispers-

ant gases, n.o.s..

2.1 NA1954 2.1 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg D 40

Refrigerating machines, containing

flammable, non-toxic, liquefied gas.

2.1 UN3358 2.1 ..... 306,

307.

306 .... 306 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Refrigerating machines, containing

non-flammable, non-toxic gases, or

ammonia solutions (UN2672).

2.2 UN2857 2.2 ..... A53 306,

307.

306 .... 306,

307.

450 kg 450 kg A

Regulated medical waste, n.o.s. or

Clinical waste, unspecified, n.o.s.

or (BIO) Medical waste, n.o.s., or

Biomedical waste, n.o.s. or Med-

ical waste, n.o.s..

6.2 UN3291 II 6.2 ..... 41, A13 134 ...... 197 .... 197 .... No limit No limit B 40

Release devices, explosive ............... 1.4S UN0173 II 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... 25 kg 100 kg 05

Resin solution, flammable ................. 3 UN1866 I 3 ........ B52, T11, TP1, TP8,

TP28

150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E

......................................................... II 3 ........ 149, B52, IB2, T4, TP1,

TP8

150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

259

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, B52, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 173 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Resorcinol .......................................... 6.1 UN2876 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Rifle grenade, see Grenades, hand

or rifle, etc.

Rifle powder, see Powder, smoke-

less (UN 0160).

Rivets, explosive ................................ 1.4S UN0174 II 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... 25 kg 100 kg 05

Road asphalt or tar liquid, see Tars,

liquid, etc.

Rocket motors ................................... 1.3C UN0186 II 1.3C .. 109 None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden 220 kg 03

Rocket motors ................................... 1.1C UN0280 II 1.1C .. 109 None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Rocket motors ................................... 1.2C UN0281 II 1.2C .. 109 None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Rocket motors, liquid fueled .............. 1.2J UN0395 II 1.2J ... 109 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 04 23E

Rocket motors, liquid fueled .............. 1.3J UN0396 II 1.3J ... 109 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 04 23E

Rocket motors with hypergolic liquids

with or without an expelling charge.

1.3L UN0250 II 1.3L ... 109 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08 8E,

14E,

15E

Rocket motors with hypergolic liquids

with or without an expelling charge.

1.2L UN0322 II 1.2L ... 109 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08 8E,

14E,

15E

Rockets, line-throwing ....................... 1.2G UN0238 II 1.2G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Rockets, line-throwing ....................... 1.3G UN0240 II 1.3G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 07

Rockets, line-throwing ....................... 1.4G UN0453 II 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Rockets, liquid fueled with bursting

charge.

1.1J UN0397 II 1.1J ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 04 23E

Rockets, liquid fueled with bursting

charge.

1.2J UN0398 II 1.2J ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 04 23E

Rockets, with bursting charge ........... 1.1F UN0180 II 1.1F ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Rockets, with bursting charge ........... 1.1E UN0181 II 1.1E ... None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Rockets, with bursting charge ........... 1.2E UN0182 II 1.2E ... None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Rockets, with bursting charge ........... 1.2F UN0295 II 1.2F ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Rockets, with expelling charge .......... 1.2C UN0436 II 1.2C .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Rockets, with expelling charge .......... 1.3C UN0437 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Rockets, with expelling charge .......... 1.4C UN0438 II 1.4C .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden 75 kg 02

Rockets, with inert head .................... 1.3C UN0183 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Rockets, with inert head .................... 1.2C UN0502 1.2C .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden B 1E, 5E

Rosin oil ............................................. 3 UN1286 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Rubber solution ................................. 3 UN1287 II 3 ........ 149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

III B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Rubber scrap or shoddy, powdered

or granulated, not exceeding 840

microns and rubber contend ex-

ceeding 45%.

4.1 UN1345 II 4.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A

Rubidium ............................................ 4.3 UN1423 I 4.3 ..... 22, A7, A19, IB4, IP1,

N34, N40, N45

None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg D 52

Rubidium hydroxide ........................... 8 UN2678 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 29, 52.

Rubidium hydroxide solution ............. 8 UN2677 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 29, 52.

III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 29, 52.

Safety fuse, see Fuse, safety.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

260

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

G Samples, explosive, other than initi-

ating explosives.

UN0190 II ........ 113 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 14

Sand acid, see Fluorosilicic acid.

Seed cake, containing vegetable oil

solvent extractions and expelled

seeds, with not more than 10 per-

cent of oil and when the amount of

moisture is higher than 11 percent,

with not more than 20 percent of

oil and moisture combined.

4.2 UN1386 III None IB8, IP3, IP7, N7 None ... 213 .... 241 .... Forbidden Forbidden A 13

I Seed cake with more than 1.5 per-

cent oil and not more than 11 per-

cent moisture.

4.2 UN1386 III None IB8, IP3, IP7, N7 None ... 213 .... 241 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 13

I Seed cake with not more than 1.5

percent oil and not more than 11

percent moisture.

4.2 UN2217 III None IB8, IP3, IP7, N7 None ... 213 .... 241 .... Forbidden Forbidden A 13

G Selenates or Selenites ...................... 6.1 UN2630 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg E

Selenic acid ....................................... 8 UN1905 I 8 ........ IB7, IP1, N34, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 25 kg A

G Selenium compound, liquid, n.o.s ..... 6.1 UN3440 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B

II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B

III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Selenium compound, solid, n.o.s ...... 6.1 UN3283 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Selenium disulfide ............................. 6.1 UN2657 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Selenium hexafluoride ....................... 2.3 UN2194 2.3, 8 1 None ... 302 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Selenium nitride ................................. Forbidden

Selenium oxychloride ........................ 8 UN2879 I 8, 6.1 A3, A6, A7, N34, T10,

TP2, TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L E 40

Self-defense spray, aerosol, see

Aerosols, etc.

+ A

Self-defense spray, non-pressurized 9 NA3334 III 9 ........ A37 155 ...... 203 .... None No limit No limit A

G Self-heating liquid, corrosive, inor-

ganic, n.o.s..

4.2 UN3188 II 4.2, 8 IB2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L C

......................................................... III 4.2, 8 IB2 None ... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L C

G Self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic,

n.o.s..

4.2 UN3185 II 4.2, 8 IB2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L C

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

261

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

......................................................... III 4.2, 8 IB2 None ... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L C

G Self-heating liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. .. 4.2 UN3186 II 4.2 ..... IB2 None ... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 5 L C

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB2 None ... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L C

G Self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s. ..... 4.2 UN3183 II 4.2 ..... IB2 None ... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 5 L C

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB2 None ... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L C

G Self-heating liquid, toxic, inorganic,

n.o.s..

4.2 UN3187 II 4.2,

6.1.

IB2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L C

......................................................... III 4.2,

6.1.

IB2 None ... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L C

G Self-heating liquid, toxic, organic,

n.o.s..

4.2 UN3184 II 4.2,

6.1.

IB2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L C

......................................................... III 4.2,

6.1.

IB2 None ... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L C

G Self-heating solid, corrosive, inor-

ganic, n.o.s..

4.2 UN3192 II 4.2, 8 IB5, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

......................................................... III 4.2, 8 IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Self-heating solid, corrosive, organic,

n.o.s.

4.2 UN3126 II 4.2, 8 IB5, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

III 4.2, 8 IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Self-heating solid, inorganic, n.o.s. ... 4.2 UN3190 II 4.2 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Self-heating solid, organic, n.o.s. ...... 4.2 UN3088 II 4.2 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Self-heating solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. .... 4.2 UN3127 4.2,

5.1.

None ... 214 .... 214 .... Forbidden Forbidden

G Self-heating solid, toxic, inorganic,

n.o.s..

4.2 UN3191 II 4.2,

6.1.

IB5, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

......................................................... III 4.2,

6.1.

IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

G Self-heating solid, toxic, organic,

n.o.s.

4.2 UN3128 II 4.2,

6.1.

IB5, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

III 4.2,

6.1.

IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg C

Self-propelled vehicle, see Engines

or Batteries etc.

G Self-reactive liquid type B .................. 4.1 UN3221 II 4.1 ..... 53 None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 52, 53

G Self-reactive liquid type B, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3231 II 4.1 ..... 53 None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive liquid type C ................. 4.1 UN3223 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 5 L 10 L D 52, 53

G Self-reactive liquid type C, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3233 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive liquid type D ................. 4.1 UN3225 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 5 L 10 L D 52, 53

G Self-reactive liquid type D, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3235 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive liquid type E .................. 4.1 UN3227 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 10 L 25 L D 52, 53

G Self-reactive liquid type E, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3237 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive liquid type F .................. 4.1 UN3229 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 10 L 25 L D 52, 53

G Self-reactive liquid type F, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3239 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

262

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

G Self-reactive solid type B ................... 4.1 UN3222 II 4.1 ..... 53 None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 52, 53

G Self-reactive solid type B, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3232 II 4.1 ..... 53 None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive solid type C .................. 4.1 UN3224 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 5 kg 10 kg D 52, 53

G Self-reactive solid type C, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3234 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive solid type D .................. 4.1 UN3226 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 5 kg 10 kg D 52, 53

G Self-reactive solid type D, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3236 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive solid type E ................... 4.1 UN3228 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 10 kg 25 kg D 52, 53

G Self-reactive solid type E, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3238 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

G Self-reactive solid type F ................... 4.1 UN3230 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None 10 kg 25 kg D 52, 53

G Self-reactive solid type F, tempera-

ture controlled.

4.1 UN3240 II 4.1 ..... None ... 224 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 52,

Shale oil ............................................. 3 UN1288 I 3 ........ T11, TP1, TP8, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B

......................................................... II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Shaped charges, see Charges,

shaped, etc.

Signal devices, hand ......................... 1.4G UN0191 II 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Signal devices, hand ......................... 1.4S UN0373 II 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Signals, distress, ship ........................ 1.1G UN0194 II 1.1G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Signals, distress, ship ........................ 1.3G UN0195 II 1.3G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 07

Signals, distress, ship ........................ 1.4G UN0505 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Signals, distress, ship ........................ 1.4S UN0506 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Signals, highway, see Signal de-

vices, hand.

Signals, railway track, explosive ....... 1.1G UN0192 II 1.1G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Signals, railway track, explosive ....... 1.4S UN0193 II 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Signals, railway track, explosive ....... 1.3G UN0492 1.3G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Signals, railway track, explosive ....... 1.4G UN0493 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Signals, ship distress, water-acti-

vated, see Contrivances, water-ac-

tivated, etc.

Signals, smoke .................................. 1.1G UN0196 II 1.1G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Signals, smoke .................................. 1.4G UN0197 II 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Signals, smoke .................................. 1.2G UN0313 II 1.2G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

263

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Signals, smoke .................................. 1.3G UN0487 II 1.3G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Signals, smoke .................................. 1.4S UN0507 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Silane ................................................. 2.1 UN2203 2.1 ..... None ... 302 .... None Forbidden Forbidden E 40, 57,

104

Silicofluoric acid, see Fluorosilicic

acid.

Silicon chloride, see Silicon tetra-

chloride.

Silicon powder, amorphous ............... 4.1 UN1346 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 74

Silicon tetrachloride ........................... 8 UN1818 II 8 ........ A3, A6, B2, B6, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Silicon tetrafluoride ............................ 2.3 UN1859 2.3, 8 2 None ... 302 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Silver acetylide (dry) .......................... Forbidden

Silver arsenite .................................... 6.1 UN1683 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Silver azide (dry) ............................... Forbidden

Silver chlorite (dry) ............................ Forbidden

Silver cyanide .................................... 6.1 UN1684 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40, 52

Silver fulminate (dry) ......................... Forbidden

Silver nitrate ....................................... 5.1 UN1493 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A

Silver oxalate (dry) ............................ Forbidden

Silver picrate (dry) ............................. Forbidden

Silver picrate, wetted with not less

than 30 percent water, by mass.

4.1 UN1347 I 4.1 ..... 23 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 28, 36

Sludge, acid ....................................... 8 UN1906 II 8 ........ A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34,

T8, TP2, TP28

None ... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 14

D Smokeless powder for small arms

(100 pounds or less).

4.1 NA3178 I 4.1 ..... 16 None ... 171 .... None Forbidden 7.3 kg A

Soda lime with more than 4 percent

sodium hydroxide.

8 UN1907 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52.

Sodium ............................................... 4.3 UN1428 I 4.3 ..... A7, A8, A19, A20, B9,

B48, B68, IB4, IP1, N34,

T9, TP7, TP33, TP46

None ... 211 .... 244 .... Forbidden 15 kg D 52

A Sodium aluminate, solid .................... 8 UN2812 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Sodium aluminate, solution ............... 8 UN1819 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 52.

III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 52.

Sodium aluminum hydride ................. 4.3 UN2835 II 4.3 ..... A8, A19, A20, IB4, T3,

TP33

151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... Forbidden 50 kg E 52

Sodium ammonium vanadate ............ 6.1 UN2863 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Sodium arsanilate .............................. 6.1 UN2473 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Sodium arsenate ............................... 6.1 UN1685 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Sodium arsenite, aqueous solutions 6.1 UN1686 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP2 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Sodium arsenite, solid ....................... 6.1 UN2027 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Sodium azide ..................................... 6.1 UN1687 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 36, 52,

Sodium bifluoride, see Sodium

hydrogendifluoride.

Sodium bisulfite, solution, see

Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s..

Sodium borohydride .......................... 4.3 UN1426 I 4.3 ..... N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

264

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Sodium borohydride and sodium hy-

droxide solution, with not more

than 12 percent sodium boro-

hydride and not more than 40 per-

cent sodium hydroxide by mass.

8 UN3320 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 52

......................................................... III 8 ........ B2, IB3, N34, T4, TP2 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 52

Sodium bromate ................................ 5.1 UN1494 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Sodium cacodylate ............................ 6.1 UN1688 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52

Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate ..... 5.1 UN3378 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 48,

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 13, 48,

Sodium chlorate ................................. 5.1 UN1495 II 5.1 ..... A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Sodium chlorate, aqueous solution ... 5.1 UN2428 II 5.1 ..... A2, IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 202 .... 241 .... 1 L 5 L B 56, 58,

133

......................................................... III 5.1 ..... A2, IB2, T4, TP1 152 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 2.5 L 30 L B 56, 58,

69, 133

Sodium chlorate mixed with dinitro-

toluene, see Explosive blasting,

type C.

Sodium chlorite .................................. 5.1 UN1496 II 5.1 ..... A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Sodium chloroacetate ........................ 6.1 UN2659 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Sodium cuprocyanide, solid .............. 6.1 UN2316 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 52

Sodium cuprocyanide, solution ......... 6.1 UN2317 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40, 52

Sodium cyanide, solid ....................... 6.1 UN1689 I 6.1 ..... B69, B77, IB7, N74,

N75, T6, TP33

None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B 52

Sodium cyanide solution ................... 6.1 UN3414 I 6.1 ..... B69, B77, N74, N75,

T14, TP2, TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 52

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... B69, B77, IB2, N74,

N75, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 52

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... B69, B77, IB3, N74,

N75, T7, TP2, TP13,

TP28

153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 52

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00274 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

265

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Sodium dichloroisocyanurate or So-

dium dichloro-s-triazinetrione, see

Dichloroisocyanuric acid etc.

Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, dry or

wetted with less than 15 percent

water, by mass.

1.3C UN0234 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, wetted

with not less than 10% water, by

mass.

4.1 UN3369 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, N41, N84 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36

Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, wetted

with not less than 15 percent

water, by mass.

4.1 UN1348 I 4.1,

6.1.

23, A8, A19, A20, N41 None ... 211 .... None 1 kg 15 kg E 28, 36

Sodium dithionite or Sodium hydro-

sulfite.

4.2 UN1384 II 4.2 ..... A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3,

TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 13

Sodium fluoride, solid ........................ 6.1 UN1690 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 52

Sodium fluoride solution .................... 6.1 UN3415 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 52

Sodium fluoroacetate ......................... 6.1 UN2629 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg E

Sodium fluorosilicate ......................... 6.1 UN2674 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 52

Sodium hydrate, see Sodium hydrox-

ide, solid.

Sodium hydride .................................. 4.3 UN1427 I 4.3 ..... A19, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 52

Sodium hydrogendifluoride ................ 8 UN2439 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 12, 25,

40, 52

Sodium hydrosulfide, with less than

25 percent water of crystallization.

4.2 UN2318 II 4.2 ..... A7, A19, A20, IB6, IP2,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52.

Sodium hydrosulfide with not less

than 25 percent water of crys-

tallization.

8 UN2949 II 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, T7,

TP2

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52

Sodium hydrosulfite, see Sodium

dithionite.

Sodium hydroxide, solid .................... 8 UN1823 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52.

Sodium hydroxide solution ................ 8 UN1824 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 52.

III 8 ........ IB3, N34, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 52.

Sodium hypochlorite, solution, see

Hypochlorite solutions etc.

Sodium metal, liquid alloy, see Alkali

metal alloys, liquid, n.o.s..

Sodium methylate .............................. 4.2 UN1431 II 4.2, 8 A7, A19, IB5, IP2, T3,

TP33

None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg B

Sodium methylate solutions in alco-

hol.

3 UN1289 II 3, 8 .... IB2, T7, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B

......................................................... III 3, 8 .... B1, IB3, T4, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L A

Sodium monoxide .............................. 8 UN1825 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52.

Sodium nitrate ................................... 5.1 UN1498 III 5.1 ..... A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33, W1

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Sodium nitrate and potassium nitrate

mixtures.

5.1 UN1499 III 5.1 ..... A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33, W1

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Sodium nitrite ..................................... 5.1 UN1500 III 5.1,

6.1.

A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 56, 58

Sodium pentachlorophenate .............. 6.1 UN2567 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00275 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

266

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Sodium perborate monohydrate ........ 5.1 UN3377 III 5.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 13, 48,

Sodium perchlorate ........................... 5.1 UN1502 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Sodium permanganate ...................... 5.1 UN1503 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg D 56, 58,

138

Sodium peroxide ................................ 5.1 UN1504 I 5.1 ..... A20, IB5, IP1, N34 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg B 13, 52,

66, 75

Sodium peroxoborate, anhydrous ..... 5.1 UN3247 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 25

Sodium persulfate .............................. 5.1 UN1505 III 5.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 58, 145

Sodium phosphide ............................. 4.3 UN1432 I 4.3,

6.1.

A19, N40 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52,

Sodium picramate, dry or wetted with

less than 20 percent water, by

mass.

1.3C UN0235 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

Sodium picramate, wetted with not

less than 20 percent water, by

mass.

4.1 UN1349 I 4.1 ..... 23, A8, A19, N41 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 28, 36

Sodium picryl peroxide ...................... Forbidden

Sodium potassium alloys, see Potas-

sium sodium alloys.

Sodium selenate, see Selenates or

Selenites.

Sodium sulfide, anhydrous or Sodium

sulfide with less than 30 percent

water of crystallization.

4.2 UN1385 II 4.2 ..... A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52

Sodium sulfide, hydrated with not

less than 30 percent water.

8 UN1849 II 8 ........ IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52.

Sodium superoxide ............................ 5.1 UN2547 I 5.1 ..... A20, IB6, IP1, N34 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 13, 52,

66, 75

Sodium tetranitride ............................ Forbidden

G Solids containing corrosive liquid,

n.o.s..

8 UN3244 II 8 ........ 49, IB5, T3, TP33 154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 40

G Solids containing flammable liquid,

n.o.s..

4.1 UN3175 II 4.1 ..... 47, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg B

G Solids containing toxic liquid, n.o.s. .. 6.1 UN3243 II 6.1 ..... 48, IB2, T2, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg B 40

Sounding devices, explosive ............. 1.2F UN0204 II 1.2F ... None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 08

Sounding devices, explosive ............. 1.1F UN0296 II 1.1F ... None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 08

Sounding devices, explosive ............. 1.1D UN0374 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 07

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00276 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

267

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Sounding devices, explosive ............. 1.2D UN0375 II 1.2D .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 07

Spirits of salt, see Hydrochloric acid.

Squibs, see Igniters etc.

Stannic chloride, anhydrous .............. 8 UN1827 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L C

Stannic chloride pentahydrate ........... 8 UN2440 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Stannic phosphide ............................. 4.3 UN1433 I 4.3,

6.1.

A19, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52,

Steel swarf, see Ferrous metal bor-

ings, etc.

Stibine ................................................ 2.3 UN2676 2.3,

2.1.

1 None ... 304 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Storage batteries, wet, see Batteries,

wet etc.

Strontium arsenite ............................. 6.1 UN1691 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Strontium chlorate ............................. 5.1 UN1506 II 5.1 ..... A1, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4,

N34, T3, TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Strontium nitrate ................................ 5.1 UN1507 III 5.1 ..... A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Strontium perchlorate ........................ 5.1 UN1508 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Strontium peroxide ............................ 5.1 UN1509 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 52,

66, 75

Strontium phosphide .......................... 4.3 UN2013 I 4.3,

6.1.

A19, N40 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52,

Strychnine or Strychnine salts ........... 6.1 UN1692 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

Styphnic acid, see Trinitroresorcinol,

etc.

Styrene monomer, stabilized ............. 3 UN2055 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.1L UN0357 II 1.1L ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 8E,

14E,

15E,

17E.

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.2L UN0358 II 1.2L ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 8E,

14E,

15E,

17E.

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.3L UN0359 II 1.3L ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 8E,

14E,

15E,

17E.

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.1A UN0473 II 1.1A ... 111 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 12

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.1C UN0474 II 1.1C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.1D UN0475 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.1G UN0476 II 1.1G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.3C UN0477 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.3G UN0478 II 1.3G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.4C UN0479 II 1.4C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 09

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.4D UN0480 II 1.4D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 09

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.4S UN0481 II 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 75 kg 05

G Substances, explosive, n.o.s ............. 1.4G UN0485 II 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 08

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00277 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

268

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

G Substances, explosive, very insensi-

tive, n.o.s. orSubstances,EVI,

n.o.s.

1.5D UN0482 II 1.5D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Substituted nitrophenol pesticides,

liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point

less than 23 degrees C.

3 UN2780 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Substituted nitrophenol pesticides,

liquid, toxic.

6.1 UN3014 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Substituted nitrophenol pesticides,

liquid, toxic, flammable, flash point

not less than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN3013 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Substituted nitrophenol pesticides,

solid, toxic.

6.1 UN2779 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Sucrose octanitrate (dry) ................... Forbidden

Sulfamic acid ..................................... 8 UN2967 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

D Sulfur ................................................. 9 NA1350 III 9 ........ 30, IB8, IP2 None ... None 240 .... No Limit No Limit A 19, 74

I Sulfur ................................................. 4.1 UN1350 III 4.1 ..... 30, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... None 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 19, 74.

Sulfur and chlorate, loose mixtures of Forbidden

Sulfur chlorides .................................. 8 UN1828 I 8 ........ 5, A3, A7, A10, B10,

B77, N34, T20, TP2

None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L C 40

Sulfur dichloride, see Sulfur chlorides.

Sulfur dioxide ..................................... 2.3 UN1079 2.3, 8 3, B14, T50, TP19 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Sulfur dioxide solution, see Sulfurous

acid.

Sulfur hexafluoride ............................. 2.2 UN1080 2.2 ..... 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

D Sulfur, molten .................................... 9 NA2448 III 9 ........ 30, IB3, T1, TP3 None ... 213 .... 247 .... Forbidden Forbidden C 61

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00278 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

269

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

I Sulfur, molten .................................... 4.1 UN2448 III 4.1 ..... 30, IB1, T1, TP3 None ... 213 .... 247 .... Forbidden Forbidden C 74

Sulfur tetrafluoride ............................. 2.3 UN2418 2.3, 8 1 None ... 302 .... 245 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 52

+ Sulfur trioxide, stabilized ................... 8 UN1829 I 8, 6.1 2, B9, B14, B32, B49,

B77, N34, T20, TP4,

TP13, TP25, TP26,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden A 40

Sulfuretted hydrogen, see Hydrogen

sulfide.

Sulfuric acid, fuming with less than

30 percent free sulfur trioxide.

8 UN1831 I 8 ........ A3, A7, N34, T20, TP2,

TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L C 14, 40

Sulfuric acid, fuming with 30 percent

or more free sulfur trioxide.

8 UN1831 I 8, 6.1 2, B9, B14, B32, B74,

B77, B84, N34, T20,

TP2, TP13

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden C 14, 40

Sulfuric acid, spent ............................ 8 UN1832 II 8 ........ A3, A7, B2, B83, B84,

IB2, N34, T8, TP2

None ... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 14

Sulfuric acid with more than 51 per-

cent acid.

8 UN1830 II 8 ........ A3, A7, B3, B83, B84,

IB2, N34, T8, TP2

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L C 14

Sulfuric acid with not more than 51%

acid.

8 UN2796 II 8 ........ A3, A7, B2, B15, IB2,

N6, N34, T8, TP2

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L B

Sulfuric and hydrofluoric acid mix-

tures, see Hydrofluoric and sulfuric

acid mixtures.

Sulfuric anhydride, see Sulfur tri-

oxide, stabilized.

Sulfurous acid .................................... 8 UN1833 II 8 ........ B3, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

+ Sulfuryl chloride ................................. 6.1 UN1834 I 6.1, 8 1, B6, B9, B10, B14,

B30, B77, N34, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Sulfuryl fluoride .................................. 2.3 UN2191 2.3 ..... 4 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Tars, liquid including road oils and

cutback bitumens.

3 UN1999 II 3 ........ 149, B13, IB2, T3, TP3,

TP29

150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

III 3 ........ B1, B13, IB3, T1, TP3 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tear gas candles ............................... 6.1 UN1700 II 6.1,

4.1.

None ... 340 .... None Forbidden 50 kg D 40

Tear gas cartridges, see Ammunition,

tear-producing, etc.

D Tear gas devices with more than 2

percent tear gas substances, by

mass.

6.1 NA1693 I 6.1 ..... None ... 340 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... None ... 340 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Tear gas devices, with not more than

2 percent tear gas substances, by

mass, see Aerosols, etc.

Tear gas grenades, see Tear gas

candles.

G Tear gas substances, liquid, n.o.s. ... 6.1 UN1693 I 6.1 ..... None ... 201 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2 None ... 202 .... None Forbidden 5 L D 40

G Tear gas substance, solid, n.o.s. ...... 6.1 UN3448 I 6.1 ..... T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... Forbidden 25 kg D 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00279 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

270

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

G Tellurium compound, n.o.s ................ 6.1 UN3284 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

Tellurium hexafluoride ....................... 2.3 UN2195 2.3, 8 1 None ... 302 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Terpene hydrocarbons, n.o.s. ........... 3 UN2319 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Terpinolene ........................................ 3 UN2541 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tetraazido benzene quinone ............. Forbidden

Tetrabromoethane ............................. 6.1 UN2504 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane ................. 6.1 UN1702 II 6.1 ..... IB2, N36, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Tetrachloroethylene ........................... 6.1 UN1897 III 6.1 ..... IB3, N36, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate ......... 6.1 UN1704 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg D 40

Tetraethyl silicate ............................... 3 UN1292 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tetraethylammonium perchlorate

(dry).

Forbidden

Tetraethylenepentamine .................... 8 UN2320 III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 52.

1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrig-

erant gas R 134a.

2.2 UN3159 2.2 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized ........... 2.1 UN1081 2.1 ..... 306 ...... 304 .... None Forbidden 150 kg E 40

Tetrafluoromethane or Refrigerant

gas R 14.

2.2 UN1982 2.2 ..... None ... 302 .... None 75 kg 150 kg A

1,2,3,6-Tetrahydrobenzaldehyde ....... 3 UN2498 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tetrahydrofuran ................................. 3 UN2056 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 None ... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Tetrahydrofurfurylamine ..................... 3 UN2943 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tetrahydrophthalic anhydrides with

more than 0.05 percent of maleic

anhydride.

8 UN2698 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

1,2,3,6-Tetrahydropyridine ................. 3 UN2410 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Tetrahydrothiophene .......................... 3 UN2412 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Tetramethylammonium hydroxide,

solid.

8 UN3423 II 8 ........ B2, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3,

TP33

154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52

Tetramethylammonium hydroxide so-

lution.

8 UN1835 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A 52

......................................................... III 8 ........ B2, IB3, T7, TP2 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A 52

Tetramethylene diperoxide

dicarbamide.

Forbidden

Tetramethylsilane .............................. 3 UN2749 I 3 ........ A7, T14, TP2 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L D

Tetranitro diglycerin ........................... Forbidden

Tetranitroaniline ................................. 1.1D UN0207 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00280 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

271

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

+ Tetranitromethane ............................. 6.1 UN1510 I 6.1,

5.1.

2, B32, T20, TP2, TP13,

TP38, TP44

None ... 227 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 6

2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenol .................... Forbidden

2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenyl methyl nitra-

mine.

Forbidden

2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenylnitramine ...... Forbidden

Tetranitroresorcinol (dry) ................... Forbidden

2,3,5,6-Tetranitroso-1,4-

dinitrobenzene.

Forbidden

2,3,5,6-Tetranitroso nitrobenzene

(dry).

Forbidden

Tetrapropylorthotitanate ..................... 3 UN2413 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T4, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tetrazene, see Guanyl

nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene.

Tetrazine (dry) ................................... Forbidden

Tetrazol-1-acetic acid ........................ 1.4C UN0407 II 1.4C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 09

1H-Tetrazole ...................................... 1.1D UN0504 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E, 5E

Tetrazolyl azide (dry) ......................... Forbidden

Tetryl, see

Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine.

A I

Textile waste, wet .............................. 4.2 UN1857 III 4.2 ..... 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... Forbidden Forbidden A

Thallium chlorate ............................... 5.1 UN2573 II 5.1,

6.1.

IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Thallium compounds, n.o.s. .............. 6.1 UN1707 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Thallium nitrate .................................. 6.1 UN2727 II 6.1,

5.1.

IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A

4-Thiapentanal ................................... 6.1 UN2785 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L D 25, 49

Thioacetic acid ................................... 3 UN2436 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Thiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, flam-

mable, toxic, flash point less than

23 degrees C.

3 UN2772 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP13, TP27 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Thiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic,

flammable, flash point not less

than 23 degrees C.

6.1 UN3005 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Thiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN3006 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Thiocarbamate pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2771 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Thiocarbonylchloride, see

Thiophosgene.

Thioglycol ........................................... 6.1 UN2966 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00281 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

272

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Thioglycolic acid ................................ 8 UN1940 II 8 ........ A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7,

TP2

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L A

Thiolactic acid .................................... 6.1 UN2936 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Thionyl chloride ................................. 8 UN1836 I 8 ........ B6, B10, N34, T10, TP2,

TP13

None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden Forbidden C 40

Thiophene .......................................... 3 UN2414 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

+ Thiophosgene .................................... 6.1 UN2474 I 6.1 ..... 2, B9, B14, B32, N33,

N34, T20, TP2, TP13,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 52

Thiophosphoryl chloride .................... 8 UN1837 II 8 ........ A3, A7, B2, B8, B25,

IB2, N34, T7, TP2

None ... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Thiourea dioxide ................................ 4.2 UN3341 II 4.2 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg D

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg D

Tin chloride, fuming, see Stannic

chloride, anhydrous.

Tin perchloride or Tin tetrachloride,

see Stannic chloride, anhydrous.

Tinctures, medicinal ........................... 3 UN1293 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tinning flux, see Zinc chloride.

Tires and tire assemblies, see Air,

compressed or Nitrogen, com-

pressed.

Titanium disulphide ............................ 4.2 UN3174 III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Titanium hydride ................................ 4.1 UN1871 II 4.1 ..... A19, A20, IB4, N34, T3,

TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg E

Titanium powder, dry ......................... 4.2 UN2546 I 4.2 ..... None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

......................................................... II 4.2 ..... A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N5,

N34, T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg D

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg D

Titanium powder, wetted with not

less than 25 percent water (a visi-

ble excess of water must be

present) (a) mechanically pro-

duced, particle size less than 53

microns; (b) chemically produced,

particle size less than 840 microns.

4.1 UN1352 II 4.1 ..... A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 74

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00282 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

273

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Titanium sponge granules or Tita-

nium sponge powders.

4.1 UN2878 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg D 74

+ Titanium tetrachloride ........................ 6.1 UN1838 I 6.1, 8 2, B7, B9, B14, B32,

B77, T20, TP2, TP13,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Titanium trichloride mixtures ............. 8 UN2869 II 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... III 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP3, N34, T1,

TP33

154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

Titanium trichloride, pyrophoric or Ti-

tanium trichloride mixtures,

pyrophoric.

4.2 UN2441 I 4.2, 8 N34 None ... 181 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

TNT mixed with aluminum, see

Tritonal.

TNT, see Trinitrotoluene, etc.

Toluene .............................................. 3 UN1294 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

+ Toluene diisocyanate ......................... 6.1 UN2078 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2, TP13 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L D 25, 40

Toluene sulfonic acid, see Alkyl, or

Aryl sulfonic acid etc.

+ Toluidines, liquid ................................ 6.1 UN1708 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Toluidines, solid ................................. 6.1 UN3451 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

2,4-Toluylenediamine, solid or 2,4-

Toluenediamine, solid.

6.1 UN1709 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

2,4-Toluylenediamine solution or 2,4-

Toluenediamine solution.

6.1 UN3418 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Torpedoes, liquid fueled, with inert

head.

1.3J UN0450 II 1.3J ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 04 23E

Torpedoes, liquid fueled, with or with-

out bursting charge.

1.1J UN0449 II 1.1J ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 04 23E

Torpedoes with bursting charge ........ 1.1E UN0329 II 1.1E ... .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Torpedoes with bursting charge ........ 1.1F UN0330 II 1.1F ... .......... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Torpedoes with bursting charge ........ 1.1D UN0451 II 1.1D .. .......... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, corrosive,

flammable, n.o.s. with an inhalation

toxicity lower than or equal to 200

ml/m3 and saturated vapor con-

centration greater than or equal to

500 LC50.

6.1 UN3492 I 6.1, 8,

1, B9, B14, B30, B72,

T22, TP2, TP13, TP27,

TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 125

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, corrosive,

flammable, n.o.s. with an inhalation

toxicity lower than or equal to 1000

ml/m3 and saturated vapor con-

centration greater than or equal to

10 LC50.

6.1 UN3493 I 6.1, 8,

2, B9, B14, B32, B74,

T20, TP2, TP13, TP27,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 125

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable,

corrosive, n.o.s. with an inhalation

toxicity lower than or equal to 200

ml/m3 and saturated vapor con-

centration greater than or equal to

500 LC50.

6.1 UN3488 I 6.1, 3,

1, B9, B14, B30, B72,

T22, TP2, TP13, TP27,

TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 125

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00283 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

274

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable,

corrosive, n.o.s. with an inhalation

toxicity lower than or equal to 1000

ml/m3 and saturated vapor con-

centration greater than or equal to

10 LC50.

6.1 UN3489 I 6.1, 3,

2, B9, B14, B32, B74,

T20, TP2, TP13, TP27,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 125

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, n.o.s. with

an inhalation toxicity lower than or

equal to 200 ml/m3 and saturated

vapor concentration greater than or

equal to 500 LC50.

6.1 UN3381 I 6.1 ..... 1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,

TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, n.o.s. with

an inhalation toxicity lower than or

equal to 1000ml/m3 and saturated

vapor concentration greater than or

equal to 10 LC50.

6.1 UN3382 I 6.1 ..... 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,

TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable,

n.o.s. with an inhalation toxicity

lower than or equal to 200 ml/m3

and saturated vapor concentration

greater than or equal to 500 LC50.

6.1 UN3383 I 6.1, 3 1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,

TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable,

n.o.s. with an inhalation toxicity

lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m3

and saturated vapor concentration

greater than or equal to 10 LC50.

6.1 UN3384 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,

TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reac-

tive, n.o.s. with an inhalation tox-

icity lower than or equal to 200 ml/

m3 and saturated vapor concentra-

tion greater than or equal to 500

LC50.

6.1 UN3385 I 6.1,

4.3.

1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00284 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

275

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reac-

tive, n.o.s. with an inhalation tox-

icity lower than or equal to 1000

ml/m3 and saturated vapor con-

centration greater than or equal to

10 LC50.

6.1 UN3386 I 6.1,

4.3.

2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reac-

tive, flammable, n.o.s. with an in-

halation toxicity lower than or

equal to 200 ml/m3 and saturated

vapor concentration greater than or

equal to 500 LC50.

6.1 UN3490 I 6.1,

4.3,

1, B9, B14, B30, B72,

T22, TP2, TP13, TP27,

TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 21, 28,

40, 49

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reac-

tive, flammable, n.o.s. with an in-

halation toxicity lower than or

equal to 1000 ml/m3 and saturated

vapor concentration greater than or

equal to 10 LC50.

6.1 UN3491 I 6.1,

4.3,

2, B9, B14, B32, B74,

T20, TP2, TP13, TP27,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 21, 28,

40, 49

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, oxidizing,

n.o.s. with an inhalation toxicity

lower than or equal to 200 ml/m3

and saturated vapor concentration

greater than or equal to 500 LC50.

6.1 UN3387 I 6.1,

5.1.

1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, oxidizing,

n.o.s. with an inhalation toxicity

lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m3

and saturated vapor concentration

greater than or equal to 10 LC50.

6.1 UN3388 I 6.1,

5.1.

2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, corrosive,

n.o.s. with an inhalation toxicity

lower than or equal to 200 ml/m3

and saturated vapor concentration

greater than or equal to 500 LC50.

6.1 UN3389 I 6.1, 8 1, B9, B14, B30, T22,

TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,

TP44

None ... 226 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic by inhalation liquid, corrosive,

n.o.s. with an inhalation toxicity

lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m3

and saturated vapor concentration

greater than or equal to 10 LC50.

6.1 UN3390 I 6.1, 8 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38,

TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

G Toxic liquid, corrosive, inorganic,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN3289 I 6.1, 8 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L A

......................................................... II 6.1, 8 IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L A

G Toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. ............. 6.1 UN3287 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L A

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

G Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN2927 I 6.1, 8 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 8 IB2, T11, TP2, TP27 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

G Toxic liquids, flammable, organic,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN2929 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00285 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

276

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

G Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s. ............. 6.1 UN2810 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP1, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

G Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. ............ 6.1 UN3122 I 6.1,

5.1.

A4 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L C

......................................................... II 6.1,

5.1.

IB2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L C

G Toxic liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. ... 6.1 UN3123 I 6.1,

4.3.

A4 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 1 L E 40

......................................................... II 6.1,

4.3.

IB2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 40

G Toxic solid, corrosive, inorganic,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN3290 I 6.1, 8 IB7, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 1 kg 25 kg A

......................................................... II 6.1, 8 IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg A

G Toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s. .............. 6.1 UN3288 I 6.1 ..... IB7, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

G Toxic solids, corrosive, organic,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN2928 I 6.1, 8 IB7, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 1 kg 25 kg B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 8 IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg B 40

G Toxic solids, flammable, organic,

n.o.s..

6.1 UN2930 I 6.1,

4.1.

IB6, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 1 kg 15 kg B

......................................................... II 6.1,

4.1.

IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg B

G Toxic solids, organic, n.o.s. ............... 6.1 UN2811 I 6.1 ..... IB7, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

G Toxic solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. ............. 6.1 UN3086 I 6.1,

5.1.

T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 1 kg 15 kg C

......................................................... II 6.1,

5.1.

IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg C

G Toxic solids, self-heating, n.o.s. ........ 6.1 UN3124 I 6.1,

4.2.

A5, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 15 kg D 40

......................................................... II 6.1,

4.2.

IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg D 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00286 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

277

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

G Toxic solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. .... 6.1 UN3125 I 6.1,

4.3.

A5, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 15 kg D 40

......................................................... II 6.1,

4.3.

IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg D 40

G Toxins, extracted from living sources,

liquid, n.o.s..

6.1 UN3172 I 6.1 ..... 141 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... 141, IB2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... 141, IB3 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L B 40

G Toxins, extracted from living sources,

solid, n.o.s..

6.1 UN3462 I 6.1 ..... 141, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 243 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

II 6.1 ..... 141, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3

TP33

None ... 212 .... 243 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

III 6.1 ..... 141, IB8, IP3, T1 TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 100 kg 200 kg A

D Toy Caps ........................................... 1.4S NA0337 II 1.4S ... None ... 62 ...... None 25 kg 100 kg 05

Tracers for ammunition ..................... 1.3G UN0212 II 1.3G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 07

Tracers for ammunition ..................... 1.4G UN0306 II 1.4G .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden 75 kg 06

Tractors, see Vehicle, etc.

Tri-(b-nitroxyethyl) ammonium nitrate Forbidden

Triallyl borate ..................................... 6.1 UN2609 III 6.1 ..... IB3 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 13

Triallylamine ....................................... 3 UN2610 III 3, 8 .... B1, IB3, T4, TP1 None ... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Triazine pesticides, liquid, flammable,

toxic, flash point less than 23 de-

grees C.

3 UN2764 I 3, 6.1 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 3, 6.1 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 60 L B 40

Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic ......... 6.1 UN2998 I 6.1 ..... T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flam-

mable, flash point not less than 23

degrees C.

6.1 UN2997 I 6.1, 3 T14, TP2, TP13, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 40

......................................................... II 6.1, 3 IB2, T11, TP2, TP13,

TP27

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L B 40

......................................................... III 6.1, 3 IB3, T7, TP2, TP28 153 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Triazine pesticides, solid, toxic .......... 6.1 UN2763 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 40

......................................................... II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

Tributylamine ..................................... 6.1 UN2542 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Tributylphosphane ............................. 4.2 UN3254 I 4.2 ..... T21, TP7, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 136

Trichloro-s-triazinetrione dry, with

more than 39 percent available

chlorine, see Trichloroisocyanuric

acid, dry.

Trichloroacetic acid ............................ 8 UN1839 II 8 ........ A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

154 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg A

Trichloroacetic acid, solution ............. 8 UN2564 II 8 ........ A3, A6, A7, B2, IB2,

N34, T7, TP2

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L B

......................................................... III 8 ........ A3, A6, A7, IB3, N34,

T4, TP1

154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L B 8

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00287 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

278

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

+ Trichloroacetyl chloride ...................... 8 UN2442 II 8, 6.1 2, B9, B14, B32, N34,

T20, TP2, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Trichlorobenzenes, liquid ................... 6.1 UN2321 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Trichlorobutene .................................. 6.1 UN2322 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 25, 40

1,1,1-Trichloroethane ......................... 6.1 UN2831 III 6.1 ..... IB3, N36, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Trichloroethylene ............................... 6.1 UN1710 III 6.1 ..... IB3, N36, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

Trichloroisocyanuric acid, dry ............ 5.1 UN2468 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 13

Trichloromethyl perchlorate ............... Forbidden

Trichlorosilane ................................... 4.3 UN1295 I 4.3, 3,

N34, T14, TP2, TP7,

TP13

None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 21, 28,

40, 49,

100

Tricresyl phosphate with more than 3

percent ortho isomer.

6.1 UN2574 II 6.1 ..... A3, IB2, N33, N34, T7,

TP2

153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Triethyl phosphite .............................. 3 UN2323 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Triethylamine ..................................... 3 UN1296 II 3, 8 .... IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40

Triethylenetetramine .......................... 8 UN2259 II 8 ........ B2, IB2, T7, TP2 154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 1 L 30 L B 40, 52

Trifluoroacetic acid ............................ 8 UN2699 I 8 ........ A3, A6, A7, B4, N3,

N34, N36, T10, TP2

None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L B 12, 40

Trifluoroacetyl chloride ...................... 2.3 UN3057 2.3, 8 2, B7, B9, B14, T50,

TP21

None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized ..... 2.3 UN1082 2.3,

2.1.

3, B14, T50 None ... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Trifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas

R 23.

2.2 UN1984 2.2 ..... 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

75 kg 150 kg A

Trifluoromethane, refrigerated liquid 2.2 UN3136 2.2 ..... T75, TP5 306 ...... None 314,

315.

50 kg 500 kg D

1,1,1-Trifluoroethane or Refrigerant

gas, R 143a.

2.1 UN2035 2.1 ..... T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

2-Trifluoromethylaniline ..................... 6.1 UN2942 III 6.1 ..... IB3 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

3-Trifluoromethylaniline ..................... 6.1 UN2948 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Triformoxime trinitrate ........................ Forbidden

Triisobutylene .................................... 3 UN2324 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T4, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Triisopropyl borate ............................. 3 UN2616 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

D Trimethoxysilane ................................ 6.1 NA9269 I 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, T20,

TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 40

Trimethyl borate ................................. 3 UN2416 II 3 ........ IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Trimethyl phosphite ........................... 3 UN2329 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00288 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

279

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

1,3,5-Trimethyl-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene Forbidden

Trimethylacetyl chloride ..................... 6.1 UN2438 I 6.1, 8,

2, B3, B9, B14, B32,

N34, T20, TP2, TP13,

TP38, TP45

None ... 227 .... 244 .... Forbidden Forbidden D 25, 40

Trimethylamine, anhydrous ............... 2.1 UN1083 2.1 ..... N87, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

Trimethylamine, aqueous solutions

with not more than 50 percent

trimethylamine by mass.

3 UN1297 I 3, 8 .... T11, TP1 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 0.5 L 2.5 L D 40, 135

......................................................... II 3, 8 .... B1, IB2, T7, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40, 41

......................................................... III 3, 8 .... B1, IB3, T7, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L A 40, 41

1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene ..................... 3 UN2325 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Trimethylchlorosilane ......................... 3 UN1298 II 3, 8 .... A3, A7, B77, N34, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 40

Trimethylcyclohexylamine .................. 8 UN2326 III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A

Trimethylene glycol diperchlorate ...... Forbidden

Trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate 6.1 UN2328 III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP2, TP13 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L B

Trimethylhexamethylenediamines ..... 8 UN2327 III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A

Trimethylol nitromethane trinitrate ..... Forbidden

Trinitro-m-cresol ................................. 1.1D UN0216 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

2,4,6-Trinitro-1,3-diazobenzene ......... Forbidden

2,4,6-Trinitro-1,3,5-triazido benzene

(dry).

Forbidden

Trinitroacetic acid .............................. Forbidden

Trinitroacetonitrile .............................. Forbidden

Trinitroamine cobalt ........................... Forbidden

Trinitroaniline or Picramide ................ 1.1D UN0153 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitroanisole .................................... 1.1D UN0213 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrobenzene, wetted, with not less

than 10% water, by mass.

4.1 UN3367 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, N41, N84 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36

Trinitrobenzene, dry or wetted with

less than 30 percent water, by

mass.

1.1D UN0214 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrobenzene, wetted with not less

than 30 percent water, by mass.

4.1 UN1354 I 4.1 ..... 23, A2, A8, A19, N41 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 28

Trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid .............. 1.1D UN0386 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

Trinitrobenzoic acid, dry or wetted

with less than 30 percent water, by

mass.

1.1D UN0215 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted with not

less than 10% water by mass.

4.1 UN3368 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, N41, N84 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36

Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted with not

less than 30 percent water, by

mass.

4.1 UN1355 I 4.1 ..... 23, A2, A8, A19, N41 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 28

Trinitrochlorobenzene or Picryl chlo-

ride.

1.1D UN0155 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrochlorobenzene (picryl chlo-

ride), wetted, with not less than

10% water by mass.

4.1 UN3365 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, N41, N84 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36

Trinitroethanol .................................... Forbidden

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00289 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

280

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Trinitroethylnitrate .............................. Forbidden

Trinitrofluorenone ............................... 1.1D UN0387 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitromethane .................................. Forbidden

1,3,5-Trinitronaphthalene ................... Forbidden

Trinitronaphthalene ............................ 1.1D UN0217 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrophenetole ................................ 1.1D UN0218 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrophenol (picric acid), wetted,

with not less than 10 percent water

by mass.

4.1 UN3364 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, N41, N84 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36

Trinitrophenol or Picric acid, dry or

wetted with less than 30 percent

water, by mass.

1.1D UN0154 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

Trinitrophenol, wetted or Picric acid,

wetted, with not less than 30 per-

cent water by mass.

4.1 UN1344 I 4.1 ..... 23, A8, A19, N41 None ... 211 .... None 1 kg 15 kg E 28, 36

2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl guanidine (dry) .. Forbidden

2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl nitramine ............ Forbidden

2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl trimethylol methyl

nitramine trinitrate (dry).

Forbidden

Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine or Tet-

ryl.

1.1D UN0208 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitroresorcinol or Styphnic acid,

dry or wetted with less than 20

percent water, or mixture of alco-

hol and water, by mass.

1.1D UN0219 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

Trinitroresorcinol, wetted or Styphnic

acid, wetted with not less than 20

percent water, or mixture of alco-

hol and water by mass.

1.1D UN0394 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

2,4,6-Trinitroso-3-methyl

nitraminoanisole.

Forbidden

Trinitrotetramine cobalt nitrate ........... Forbidden

Trinitrotoluene and Trinitrobenzene

mixtures or TNT and

trinitrobenzene mixtures or TNT

and hexanitrostilbene mixtures or

Trinitrotoluene and

hexanitrostilnene mixtures.

1.1D UN0388 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00290 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

281

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Trinitrotoluene mixtures containing

Trinitrobenzene and

Hexanitrostilbene or TNT mixtures

containing trinitrobenzene and

hexanitrostilbene.

1.1D UN0389 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrotoluene or TNT, dry or wetted

with less than 30 percent water, by

mass.

1.1D UN0209 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Trinitrotoluene (TNT), wetted, with

not less than 10 percent water by

mass.

4.1 UN3366 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, N41, N84 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36

Trinitrotoluene, wetted or TNT,

wetted, with not less than 30 per-

cent water by mass.

4.1 UN1356 I 4.1 ..... 23, A2, A8, A19, N41 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 28, 36

Tripropylamine ................................... 3 UN2260 III 3, 8 .... B1, IB3, T4, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L A 40

Tripropylene ....................................... 3 UN2057 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tris-(1-aziridinyl)phosphine oxide, so-

lution.

6.1 UN2501 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

......................................................... III 6.1 ..... IB3, T4, TP1 153 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 60 L 220 L A

Tris, bis-bifluoroamino diethoxy pro-

pane (TVOPA).

Forbidden

Tritonal ............................................... 1.1D UN0390 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Tungsten hexafluoride ....................... 2.3 UN2196 2.3, 8 2, N86 None ... 338 .... None Forbidden Forbidden D 40

Turpentine .......................................... 3 UN1299 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Turpentine substitute ......................... 3 UN1300 I 3 ........ T11, TP1, TP8, TP27 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B

......................................................... II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Undecane .......................................... 3 UN2330 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Urea hydrogen peroxide .................... 5.1 UN1511 III 5.1, 8 A1, A7, A29, IB8, IP3,

T1, TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 13

Urea nitrate, dry or wetted with less

than 20 percent water, by mass.

1.1D UN0220 II 1.1D .. 119 None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10

Urea nitrate, wetted, with not less

than 10 percent water by mass.

4.1 UN3370 I 4.1 ..... 162, A8, A19, N41, N84 None ... 211 .... None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36

Urea nitrate, wetted with not less

than 20 percent water, by mass.

4.1 UN1357 I 4.1 ..... 23, 39, A8, A19, N41 None ... 211 .... None 1 kg 15 kg E 28, 36

Urea peroxide, see Urea hydrogen

peroxide.

Valeraldehyde .................................... 3 UN2058 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Valeric acid, see Corrosive liquids,

n.o.s..

Valeryl chloride .................................. 8 UN2502 II 8, 3 .... A3, A6, A7, B2, IB2,

N34, T7, TP2

154 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L C 40

G Vanadium compound, n.o.s ............... 6.1 UN3285 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg B

II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg B

III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg

Vanadium oxytrichloride .................... 8 UN2443 II 8 ........ A3, A6, A7, B2, B16,

IB2, N34, T7, TP2

154 ...... 202 .... 242 .... Forbidden 30 L C 40

Vanadium pentoxide, non-fused form 6.1 UN2862 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00291 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

282

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Vanadium tetrachloride ...................... 8 UN2444 I 8 ........ A3, A6, A7, B4, N34,

T10, TP2

None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 2.5 L C 40

Vanadium trichloride .......................... 8 UN2475 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 40

Vanadyl sulfate .................................. 6.1 UN2931 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Vehicle, flammable gas powered or

Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable gas

powered.

9 UN3166 9 ........ 135 220 ...... 220 .... 220 .... Forbidden No limit A

Vehicle, flammable liquid powered or

Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid

powered.

9 UN3166 9 ........ 135 220 ...... 220 .... 220 .... No limit No limit A

Very signal cartridge, see Cartridges,

signal.

Vinyl acetate, stabilized ..................... 3 UN1301 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Vinyl bromide, stabilized .................... 2.1 UN1085 2.1 ..... N86, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

Vinyl butyrate, stabilized .................... 3 UN2838 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Vinyl chloride, stabilized .................... 2.1 UN1086 2.1 ..... 21, B44, N86, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

Vinyl chloroacetate ............................ 6.1 UN2589 II 6.1, 3 IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Vinyl ethyl ether, stabilized ................ 3 UN1302 I 3 ........ A3, T11, TP2 None ... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L D

Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ..................... 2.1 UN1860 2.1 ..... N86 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg E 40

Vinyl isobutyl ether, stabilized ........... 3 UN1304 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized ............. 2.1 UN1087 2.1 ..... B44, T50 306 ...... 304 .... 314,

315.

Forbidden 150 kg B 40

Vinyl nitrate polymer .......................... Forbidden

Vinylidene chloride, stabilized ........... 3 UN1303 I 3 ........ T12, TP2, TP7 150 ...... 201 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L E 40

Vinylpyridines, stabilized ................... 6.1 UN3073 II 6.1, 3,

IB1, T7, TP2, TP13 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 30 L B 21, 40,

52.

Vinyltoluenes, stabilized .................... 3 UN2618 III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Vinyltrichlorosilane, stabilized ............ 3 UN1305 II 3, 8 .... A3, A7, B6, N34, T10,

TP2, TP7, TP13

None ... 206 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L B 40

Warheads, rocket with burster or ex-

pelling charge.

1.4D UN0370 II 1.4D .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden 75 kg 02

Warheads, rocket with burster or ex-

pelling charge.

1.4F UN0371 II 1.4F ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Warheads, rocket with bursting

charge.

1.1D UN0286 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00292 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

283

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Warheads, rocket with bursting

charge.

1.2D UN0287 II 1.2D .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

Warheads, rocket with bursting

charge.

1.1F UN0369 II 1.1F ... None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 08

Warheads, torpedo with bursting

charge.

1.1D UN0221 II 1.1D .. None ... 62 ...... 62 ...... Forbidden Forbidden 03

G Water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s 4.3 UN3129 I 4.3, 8 T14, TP2, TP7 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 1 L D

II 4.3, 8 IB1, T11, TP2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 85

III 4.3, 8 IB2, T7, TP1 None ... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E

G Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s. ............... 4.3 UN3148 I 4.3 ..... T9, TP2, TP7 None ... 201 .... 244 .... Forbidden 1 L E 40

II 4.3 ..... IB1, T7, TP2 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 40

III 4.3 ..... IB2, T7, TP1 None ... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E 40

G Water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s. ..... 4.3 UN3130 I 4.3,

6.1.

A4 None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden 1 L D

......................................................... II 4.3,

6.1.

IB1 None ... 202 .... 243 .... 1 L 5 L E 85

......................................................... III 4.3,

6.1.

IB2 None ... 203 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L E 85

G Water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s 4.3 UN3131 I 4.3, 8 IB4, IP1, N40, T9, TP7,

TP33

None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg D

II 4.3, 8 IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 85

III 4.3, 8 IB8, IP4, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 85

G Water-reactive solid, flammable,

n.o.s..

4.3 UN3132 I 4.3,

4.1.

IB4, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg D

......................................................... II 4.3,

4.1.

IB4, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E

......................................................... III 4.3,

4.1.

IB6, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E

G Water-reactive solid, n.o.s. ................ 4.3 UN2813 I 4.3 ..... IB4, N40, T9, TP7, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E 40

......................................................... II 4.3 ..... IB7, IP2, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 40

III 4.3 ..... IB8, IP4, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 40

G Water-reactive, solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3133 II 4.3,

5.1.

None ... 214 .... 214 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 40

......................................................... III 4.3,

5.1.

None ... 214 .... 214 .... Forbidden Forbidden E 40

G Water-reactive solid, self-heating,

n.o.s..

4.3 UN3135 I 4.3,

4.2.

N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg E

......................................................... II 4.3,

4.2.

IB5, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E

......................................................... III 4.3,

4.2.

IB8, IP4, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E

G Water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s. ...... 4.3 UN3134 I 4.3,

6.1.

A8, IB4, IP1, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg D

......................................................... II 4.3,

6.1.

IB5, IP2, T3, TP33 151 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 85

......................................................... III 4.3,

6.1.

IB8, IP4, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg E 85

Wheel chair, electric, see Battery

powered vehicle or Battery pow-

ered equipment.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00293 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

284

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

White acid, see Hydrofluoric acid.

I White asbestos (chrysotile, actinolite,

anthophyllite, tremolite).

9 UN2590 III 9 ........ 156, IB8, IP2, IP3, T1,

TP33

155 ...... 216 .... 240 .... 200 kg 200 kg A 34, 40

Wood preservatives, liquid ................ 3 UN1306 II 3 ........ 149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A 40

A I

Wool waste, wet ................................ 4.2 UN1387 III 4.2 ..... 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... Forbidden Forbidden A

Xanthates ........................................... 4.2 UN3342 II 4.2 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg D 40

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg D 40

Xenon, compressed ........................... 2.2 UN2036 2.2 ..... 306,

307.

302 .... None 75 kg 150 kg A

Xenon, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic

liquids).

2.2 UN2591 2.2 ..... T75, TP5 320 ...... None None 50 kg 500 kg D

Xylenes .............................................. 3 UN1307 II 3 ........ IB2, T4, TP1 150 ...... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L A

Xylenols, solid .................................... 6.1 UN2261 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Xylenols, liquid ................................... 6.1 UN3430 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Xylidines, liquid .................................. 6.1 UN1711 II 6.1 ..... IB2, T7, TP2 153 ...... 202 .... 243 .... 5 L 60 L A

Xylidines, solid ................................... 6.1 UN3452 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Xylyl bromide, liquid .......................... 6.1 UN1701 II 6.1 ..... A3, A6, A7, IB2, N33,

T7, TP2, TP13

None ... 340 .... None Forbidden 60 L D 40

Xylyl bromide, solid ........................... 6.1 UN3417 II 6.1 ..... A3, A6, A7, IB8, IP2,

IP4, N33, T3, TP33

None ... 340 .... None 25 kg 100 kg B 40

p-Xylyl diazide ................................... Forbidden

Zinc ammonium nitrite ....................... 5.1 UN1512 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP4, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg E

Zinc arsenate or Zinc arsenite or

Zinc arsenate and zinc arsenite

mixtures.

6.1 UN1712 II 6.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 153 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Zinc ashes ......................................... 4.3 UN1435 III 4.3 ..... A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1,

TP33

151 ...... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Zinc bisulfite solution, see Bisulfites,

aqueous solutions, n.o.s..

Zinc bromate ...................................... 5.1 UN2469 III 5.1 ..... A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 56, 58

Zinc chlorate ...................................... 5.1 UN1513 II 5.1 ..... A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34,

T3, TP33

152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58

Zinc chloride, anhydrous ................... 8 UN2331 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Zinc chloride, solution ........................ 8 UN1840 III 8 ........ IB3, T4, TP1 154 ...... 203 .... 241 .... 5 L 60 L A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00294 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

285

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

Zinc cyanide ...................................... 6.1 UN1713 I 6.1 ..... IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... 5 kg 50 kg A 52

Zinc dithionite or Zinc hydrosulfite .... 9 UN1931 III None IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 155 ...... 204 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 49

Zinc ethyl, see Diethylzinc.

Zinc fluorosilicate ............................... 6.1 UN2855 III 6.1 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 153 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 100 kg 200 kg A 52

Zinc hydrosulfite, see Zinc dithionite.

Zinc muriate solution, see Zinc chlo-

ride, solution.

Zinc nitrate ......................................... 5.1 UN1514 II 5.1 ..... IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 240 .... 5 kg 25 kg A

Zinc permanganate ............................ 5.1 UN1515 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg D 56, 58,

138

Zinc peroxide ..................................... 5.1 UN1516 II 5.1 ..... IB6, IP2, T3, TP33 152 ...... 212 .... 242 .... 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 52,

66, 75

Zinc phosphide .................................. 4.3 UN1714 I 4.3,

6.1.

A19, N40 None ... 211 .... None Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52,

Zinc powder or Zinc dust ................... 4.3 UN1436 I 4.3,

4.2.

A19, IB4, IP1, N40 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden 15 kg A 52, 53

......................................................... II 4.3,

4.2.

A19, IB7, IP2, T3, TP33 None ... 212 .... 242 .... 15 kg 50 kg A 52, 53

......................................................... III 4.3,

4.2.

IB8, IP4, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 242 .... 25 kg 100 kg A 52, 53

Zinc resinate ...................................... 4.1 UN2714 III 4.1 ..... A1, IB6, T1, TP33 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Zinc selenate, see Selenates or

Selenites.

Zinc selenite, see Selenates or

Selenites.

Zinc silicofluoride, see Zinc

fluorosilicate.

Zirconium, dry, coiled wire, finished

metal sheets, strip (thinner than

254 microns but not thinner than

18 microns).

4.1 UN2858 III 4.1 ..... A1 151 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Zirconium, dry, finished sheets, strip

or coiled wire.

4.2 UN2009 III 4.2 ..... A1, A19 None ... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg D

Zirconium hydride .............................. 4.1 UN1437 II 4.1 ..... A19, A20, IB4, N34, T3,

TP33

None ... 212 .... 240 .... 15 kg 50 kg E

Zirconium nitrate ................................ 5.1 UN2728 III 5.1 ..... A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1,

TP33

152 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A

Zirconium picramate, dry or wetted

with less than 20 percent water, by

mass.

1.3C UN0236 II 1.3C .. None ... 62 ...... None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E

Zirconium picramate, wetted with not

less than 20 percent water, by

mass.

4.1 UN1517 I 4.1 ..... 23, N41 None ... 211 .... None 1 kg 15 kg D 28, 36

Zirconium powder, dry ....................... 4.2 UN2008 I 4.2 ..... T21, TP7, TP33 None ... 211 .... 242 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

......................................................... II 4.2 ..... A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N5,

N34, T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg D

......................................................... III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 241 .... 25 kg 100 kg D

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00295 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

286

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

§ 172.101 H

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Sym-

bols

Hazardous materials descriptions

and proper shipping names

Hazard

class or

Division

Identi-

fication

Numbers

Label

Codes

Special provisions

(§ 172.102)

(8) (9) (10)

Vessel

stowage Packaging

(§ 173.***)

Quantity limitations

(see §§ 173.27 and

175.75)

Loca-

tion

Other Excep-

tions

Non-

bulk

Bulk Passenger

aircraft/rail

Cargo air-

craft only

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B)

Zirconium powder, wetted with not

less than 25 percent water (a visi-

ble excess of water must be

present) (a) mechanically pro-

duced, particle size less than 53

microns; (b) chemically produced,

particle size less than 840 microns.

4.1 UN1358 II 4.1 ..... A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34,

T3, TP33

None ... 212 .... 241 .... 15 kg 50 kg E 74

Zirconium scrap ................................. 4.2 UN1932 III 4.2 ..... IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33 None ... 213 .... 240 .... Forbidden Forbidden D

Zirconium suspended in a liquid ....... 3 UN1308 I 3 ........ None ... 201 .... 243 .... Forbidden Forbidden B

......................................................... II 3 ........ IB2 None ... 202 .... 242 .... 5 L 60 L B

......................................................... III 3 ........ B1, IB2 150 ...... 203 .... 242 .... 60 L 220 L B

Zirconium tetrachloride ...................... 8 UN2503 III 8 ........ IB8, IP3, T1, TP33 154 ...... 213 .... 240 .... 25 kg 100 kg A ............

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00296 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

287

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

PPENDIX

§ 172.101—L

IST OF

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES AND

EPORTABLE

UANTITIES

1. This appendix lists materials and their

corresponding reportable quantities (RQ’s)

that are listed or designated as ‘‘hazardous

substances’’ under section 101(14) of the Com-

prehensive Environmental Response, Com-

pensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C.

9601(14) (CERCLA; 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq). This

listing fulfills the requirement of CERCLA,

42 U.S.C. 9656(a), that all ‘‘hazardous sub-

stances,’’ as defined in 42 U.S.C. 9601(14), be

listed and regulated as hazardous materials

under 49 U.S.C. 5101–5127. That definition in-

cludes substances listed under sections

311(b)(2)(A) and 307(a) of the Federal Water

Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1321(b)(2)(A)

and 1317(a), section 3001 of the Solid Waste

Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6921, and section 112

of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7412. In addi-

tion, this list contains materials that the

Administrator of the Environmental Protec-

tion Agency has determined to be hazardous

substances in accordance with section 102 of

CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9602. It should be noted

that 42 U.S.C. 9656(b) provides that common

and contract carriers may be held liable

under laws other than CERCLA for the re-

lease of a hazardous substance as defined in

that Act, during transportation that com-

menced before the effective date of the list-

ing and regulating of that substance as a

hazardous material under 49 U.S.C. 5101–5127.

2. This appendix is divided into two TA-

BLES which are entitled ‘‘TABLE 1—HAZ-

ARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN

RADIONUCLIDES’’ and ‘‘TABLE 2—RADIO-

NUCLIDES.’’ A material listed in this appen-

dix is regulated as a hazardous material and

a hazardous substance under this subchapter

if it meets the definition of a hazardous sub-

stance in § 171.8 of this subchapter.

3. The procedure for selecting a proper

shipping name for a hazardous substance is

set forth in § 172.101(c).

4. Column 1 of TABLE 1, entitled ‘‘Haz-

ardous substance’’, contains the names of

those elements and compounds that are haz-

ardous substances. Following the listing of

elements and compounds is a listing of waste

streams. These waste streams appear on the

list in numerical sequence and are referenced

by the appropriate ‘‘D’’, ‘‘F’’, or ‘‘K’’ num-

bers. Column 2 of TABLE 1, entitled ‘‘Re-

portable quantity (RQ)’’, contains the report-

able quantity (RQ), in pounds and kilograms,

for each hazardous substance listed in Col-

umn 1 of TABLE 1.

5. A series of notes is used throughout

TABLE 1 and TABLE 2 to provide additional

information concerning certain hazardous

substances. These notes are explained at the

end of each TABLE.

6. TABLE 2 lists radionuclides that are

hazardous substances and their cor-

responding RQ’s. The RQ’s in table 2 for

radionuclides are expressed in units of curies

and terabecquerels, whereas those in table 1

are expressed in units of pounds and kilo-

grams. If a material is listed in both table 1

and table 2, the lower RQ shall apply. Radio-

nuclides are listed in alphabetical order. The

RQ’s for radionuclides are given in the radio-

logical unit of measure of curie, abbreviated

‘‘Ci’’, followed, in parentheses, by an equiva-

lent unit measured in terabecquerels, abbre-

viated ‘‘TBq’’.

7. For mixtures of radionuclides, the fol-

lowing requirements shall be used in deter-

mining if a package contains an RQ of a haz-

ardous substance: (i) if the identity and

quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) of each

radionuclide in a mixture or solution is

known, the ratio between the quantity per

package (in curies or terabecquerels) and the

RQ for the radionuclide must be determined

for each radionuclide. A package contains an

RQ of a hazardous substance when the sum of

the ratios for the radionuclides in the mix-

ture or solution is equal to or greater than

one; (ii) if the identity of each radionuclide

in a mixture or solution is known but the

quantity per package (in curies or

terabecquerels) of one or more of the radio-

nuclides is unknown, an RQ of a hazardous

substance is present in a package when the

total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels)

of the mixture or solution is equal to or

greater than the lowest RQ of any individual

radionuclide in the mixture or solution; and

(iii) if the identity of one or more radio-

nuclides in a mixture or solution is unknown

(or if the identity of a radionuclide by itself

is unknown), an RQ of a hazardous substance

is present when the total quantity (in curies

or terabecquerels) in a package is equal to or

greater than either one curie or the lowest

RQ of any known individual radionuclide in

the mixture or solution, whichever is lower.

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

A2213 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Acenaphthene ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Acenaphthylene ......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Acetaldehyde ............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Acetaldehyde, chloro- ................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00297 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

288

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Acetaldehyde, trichloro- ............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Acetamide .................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Acetamide, N-(aminothioxomethyl)- .......................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)- ................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl- ................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Acetamide, 2-fluoro- .................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Acetic acid ................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-, salts & esters ................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Acetic acid, ethyl ester .............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt ................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Acetic acid, lead(2+) salt ........................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Acetic acid, thallium(1+) salt ..................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Acetic acid, (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)- ........................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Acetic anhydride ........................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Acetone ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Acetone cyanohydrin ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Acetonitrile ................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Acetophenone ........................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2-Acetylaminofluorene ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Acetyl bromide ........................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Acetyl chloride ........................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1-Acetyl-2-thiourea .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Acrolein ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Acrylamide ................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Acrylic acid ................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Acrylonitrile ................................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Adipic acid ................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Aldicarb ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Aldicarb sulfone ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Aldrin ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Allyl alcohol ............................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Allyl chloride .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Aluminum phosphide ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Aluminum sulfate ....................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

4-Aminobiphenyl ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

5-(Aminomethyl)-3-isoxazolol .................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

4-Aminopyridine ......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Amitrole ..................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Ammonia ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ammonium acetate ................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium benzoate ................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Ammonium bicarbonate ............................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Ammonium bichromate ............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Ammonium bifluoride ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Ammonium bisulfite ................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium carbamate .............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Ammonium carbonate ............................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium chloride ................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium chromate ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Ammonium citrate, dibasic ........................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Ammonium dichromate

.......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Ammonium fluoborate ............................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium fluoride ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ammonium hydroxide ................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Ammonium oxalate .................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium picrate .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Ammonium silicofluoride ........................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ammonium sulfamate ................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Ammonium sulfide ..................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ammonium sulfite ...................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium tartrate .................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ammonium thiocyanate ............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Ammonium vanadate ................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Amyl acetate .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

iso-Amyl acetate.

sec-Amyl acetate.

tert-Amyl acetate.

Aniline ........................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

o-Anisidine ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Anthracene ................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00298 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

289

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Antimony ¢ ................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Antimony pentachloride ............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Antimony potassium tartrate ..................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Antimony tribromide .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Antimony trichloride ................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Antimony trifluoride .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Antimony trioxide ....................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Argentate(1-), bis(cyano-C)-, potassium ................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Aroclor 1016 .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Aroclor 1221 .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Aroclor 1232 .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Aroclor 1242 .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Aroclor 1248 .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Aroclor 1254 .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Aroclor 1260 .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Aroclors ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Arsenic ¢ .................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Arsenic acid H

AsO

................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Arsenic disulfide ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Arsenic oxide As

.................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Arsenic oxide As

.................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Arsenic pentoxide ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Arsenic trichloride ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Arsenic trioxide .......................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Arsenic trisulfide ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Arsine, diethyl- ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Arsinic acid, dimethyl- ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Arsonous dichloride, phenyl- ..................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Asbestos ¢¢ ............................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Auramine ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Azaserine ................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Aziridine ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Aziridine, 2-methyl- .................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Azirino[2′,3′:3,4]pyrrolo[1,2-a]indole-4,7-dione, 6-amino-8-[[(aminocarbonyl)oxy]methyl]-1,1a,2,8,8a,8b-

hexahydro-8a-methoxy-5-methyl-, [1aS-(1aalpha,8beta,8aalpha, 8balpha)]- ....................................................... 10 (4.54)

Barban ....................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Barium cyanide .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Bendiocarb ................................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Bendiocarb phenol .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Benomyl ..................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Benz[j]aceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl- ............................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benz[c]acridine .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzal chloride .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl)- .............................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Benz[a]anthracene .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1,2-Benzanthracene .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benz[a]anthracene, 7,12-dimethyl- ........................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Benzenamine ............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Benzenamine, 4,4′-carbonimidoylbis (N,N dimethyl- ................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Benzenamine, 4-chloro- ............................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Benzenamine, 4-chloro-2-methyl-, hydrochloride ..................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-4-(phenylazo)- ............................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benzenamine, 2-methyl- ........................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzenamine, 4-methyl- ........................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzenamine, 4,4′-methylenebis[2-chloro- ............................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Benzenamine, 2-methyl-, hydrochloride .................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro- ................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Benzenamine, 4-nitro- ............................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Benzene .................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-a-(4-chlorophenyl)-a-hydroxy-, ethyl ester ................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy- .................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Benzenebutanoic acid, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]- ................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benzene, chloro- ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzene, (chloromethyl)- .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzenediamine, ar-methyl- ..................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl) ester .............................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester .............................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester .............................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester ........................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester .............................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00299 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

290

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Benzene, 1,2-dichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Benzene, 1,3-dichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Benzene, 1,4-dichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Benzene, 1,1′-(2,2-dichloroethylidene) bis[4-chloro- ................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Benzene, (dichloromethyl)- ....................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Benzene, 1,3-diisocyanatomethyl- ............................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Benzene, dimethyl- .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,3-Benzenediol ......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1,2-Benzenediol,4-[1-hydroxy-2-(methylamino) ethyl]- .............................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Benzeneethanamine, alpha,alpha-dimethyl- ............................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Benzene, hexachloro- ............................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Benzene, hexahydro- ................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Benzene, methyl- ...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro- .................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro- .................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Benzene, (1-methylethyl)- ......................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Benzene, nitro- .......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Benzene, pentachloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benzene, pentachloronitro- ....................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzenesulfonic acid chloride ................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzenesulfonyl chloride .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzene,1,2,4,5-tetrachloro- ..................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Benzenethiol .............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Benzene,1,1′-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene) bis[4-chloro- ............................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Benzene,1,1′-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene) bis[4-methoxy- ........................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Benzene, (trichloromethyl)- ....................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro- .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benzidine ................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Benzo[a]anthracene .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)-1 ........................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)- ............................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-propyl- ...................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2-dimethyl- ........................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2-dimethyl-, methyl carbamate ............................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Benzo[b]fluoranthene ................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Benzo(k)fluoranthene ................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl- ................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-, methylcarbamate .................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Benzoic acid .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Benzoic acid, 2-hydroxy-, compd. with (3aS-cis)-1,2,3,3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethylpyrrolo [2,3-b]indol-5-yl

methylcarbamate ester (1:1) .................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Benzonitrile ................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Benzo[rst]pentaphene ............................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Benzo[ghi]perylene .................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)-, & salts ..................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Benzo[a]pyrene ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

3,4-Benzopyrene ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

p-Benzoquinone ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Benzotrichloride ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Benzoyl chloride ........................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Benzyl chloride .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Beryllium ¢ ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Beryllium chloride ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Beryllium fluoride ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Beryllium nitrate ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Beryllium powder ¢ .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

alpha-BHC ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

beta-BHC ................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

delta-BHC .................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

gamma-BHC .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

2,2′-Bioxirane ............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Biphenyl ..................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine ....................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine,3,3′-dichloro- ................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine,3,3′-dimethoxy- ............................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine,3,3′-dimethyl- ................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Bis(2-chloroethoxy) methane .................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether ............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Bis(chloromethyl) ether ............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate ........................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00300 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

291

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Bromoacetone ........................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Bromoform ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Bromomethane .......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether ..................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Brucine ...................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,3-Butadiene ............................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro- ..................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

1-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso- .............................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

1-Butanol ................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2-Butanone ................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

2-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1(methylthio)-, O [(methylamino) carbonyl] oxime ........................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Butanone peroxide ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

2-Butenal ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

2-Butenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 7-[[2,3-dihydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy] methyl]-2,3,5,7a-

tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolizin-1-yl ester, [1S-[1alpha(Z), 7(2S*,3R*),7aalpha]]- ............................................................ 10 (4.54)

Butyl acetate .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

iso-Butyl acetate.

sec-Butyl acetate.

tert-Butyl acetate.

n-Butyl alcohol ........................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Butylamine ................................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

iso-Butylamine.

sec-Butylamine.

tert-Butylamine.

Butyl benzyl phthalate ............................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

n-Butyl phthalate ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Butyric acid ................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

iso-Butyric acid.

Cacodylic acid ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Cadmium ¢ ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Cadmium acetate ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Cadmium bromide ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Cadmium chloride ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Calcium arsenate ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Calcium arsenite ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Calcium carbide ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Calcium chromate ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Calcium cyanamide ................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Calcium cyanide Ca(CN)

......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate ............................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Calcium hypochlorite ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Captan ....................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Carbamic acid, 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl, methyl ester .................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Carbamic acid, [1-[(butylamino)carbonyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]-, methyl ester ....................................................... 10 (4.54)

Carbamic acid, (3-chlorophenyl)-, 4-chloro-2-butynyl ester ...................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Carbamic acid, [(dibutylamino)-thio]methyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl ester ................................... 1000 (454)

Carbamic acid, dimethyl-,1-[(dimethyl-amino)carbonyl]-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl ester .......................................... 1 (0.454)

Carbamic acid, dimethyl-, 3-methyl-1-(1-methylethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl ester ............................................................ 100 (45.4)

Carbamic acid, ethyl ester ........................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Carbamic acid, methyl-, 3-methylphenyl ester .......................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Carbamic acid, methylnitroso-, ethyl ester ................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Carbamic acid, [1,2-phenylenebis(iminocarbonothioyl)] bis-, dimethyl ester ............................................................ 10 (4.54)

Carbamic acid, phenyl-, 1-methylethyl ester ............................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Carbamic chloride, dimethyl- ..................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethanediylbis-, salts & esters .......................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3-dichloro-2-propenyl) ester .............................................................. 100 (45.4)

Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3,3-trichloro-2-propenyl) ester .......................................................... 100 (45.4)

Carbamothioic acid, dipropyl-, S-(phenylmethyl) ester ............................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Carbaryl ..................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Carbendazim ............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Carbofuran ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Carbofuran phenol ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Carbon disulfide ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Carbonic acid, dithallium(1+) salt .............................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Carbonic dichloride .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Carbonic difluoride .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Carbonochloridic acid, methyl ester .......................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Carbon oxyfluoride .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Carbon tetrachloride .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00301 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

292

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Carbonyl sulfide ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Carbosulfan ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Catechol .................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Chloral ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Chloramben ............................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Chlorambucil .............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Chlordane .................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Chlordane, alpha & gamma isomers ........................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

CHLORDANE (TECHNICAL MIXTURE AND METABOLITES) ................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Chlorinated camphene .............................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Chlorine ..................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Chlornaphazine ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Chloroacetaldehyde ................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Chloroacetic acid ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Chloroacetophenone .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

p-Chloroaniline .......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Chlorobenzene .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Chlorobenzilate .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

p-Chloro-m-cresol ...................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Chlorodibromomethane ............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane ....................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Chloroethane ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether ........................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Chloroform ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Chloromethane .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Chloromethyl methyl ether ........................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

beta-Chloronaphthalene ............................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

2-Chloronaphthalene ................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

2-Chlorophenol .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

o-Chlorophenol .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether ..................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1-(o-Chlorophenyl)thiourea ........................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Chloroprene ............................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

3-Chloropropionitrile .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Chlorosulfonic acid .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

4-Chloro-o-toluidine, hydrochloride ........................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Chlorpyrifos ............................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Chromic acetate ........................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Chromic acid ............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Chromic acid H

CrO

, calcium salt ........................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Chromic sulfate ......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Chromium ¢ ............................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Chromous chloride .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Chrysene ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Cobaltous bromide .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Cobaltous formate ..................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Cobaltous sulfamate .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Coke Oven Emissions ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Copper ¢ .................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Copper chloride

..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Copper cyanide Cu(CN) ............................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Coumaphos ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Creosote .................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Cresol (cresylic acid) ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

m-Cresol .................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

o-Cresol ..................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

p-Cresol ..................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Cresols (isomers and mixture) .................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Cresylic acid (isomers and mixture) .......................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Crotonaldehyde ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Cumene ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

m-Cumenyl methylcarbamate ................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Cupric acetate ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Cupric acetoarsenite ................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Cupric chloride .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Cupric nitrate ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Cupric oxalate ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Cupric sulfate ............................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Cupric sulfate, ammoniated ...................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Cupric tartrate ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00302 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

293

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes) not otherwise specified ............................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Cyanogen .................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Cyanogen bromide (CN)Br ........................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Cyanogen chloride (CN)Cl ........................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

2,5-Cyclohexadiene-1,4-dione ................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Cyclohexane .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1a, 2a, 3b-, 4a, 5a, 6b) ............................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Cyclohexanone .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol .................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro- .......................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Cyclophosphamide .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2,4-D Acid .................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

2,4-D Ester ................................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

2,4-D, salts and esters .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Daunomycin ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

DDD ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

4,4′-DDD .................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

DDE (72-55-9)

......................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

DDE (3547-04-4)

..................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

4,4′-DDE .................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

DDT ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

4,4′-DDT .................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

DEHP ......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Diallate ....................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Diazinon ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Diazomethane ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Dibenz[a,h]anthracene .............................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

1,2:5,6-Dibenzanthracene ......................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dibenzo[a,h]anthracene ............................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Dibenzofuran ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Dibenzo[a,i]pyrene ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane ................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dibromoethane .......................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dibutyl phthalate ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Di-n-butyl phthalate ................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Dicamba .................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Dichlobenil ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Dichlone ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dichlorobenzene ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

1,2-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,3-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,4-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

m-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

o-Dichlorobenzene .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

p-Dichlorobenzene .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dichlorobromomethane ............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

1,4-Dichloro-2-butene ................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Dichlorodifluoromethane ............................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

1,1-Dichloroethane .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

1,2-Dichloroethane .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,1-Dichloroethylene .................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,2-Dichloroethylene .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Dichloroethyl ether .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Dichloroisopropyl ether .............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Dichloromethane ....................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Dichloromethoxyethane ............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Dichloromethyl ether ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

2,4-Dichlorophenol .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2,6-Dichlorophenol .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Dichlorophenylarsine ................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Dichloropropane ........................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

1,1-Dichloropropane.

1,3-Dichloropropane.

1,2-Dichloropropane .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Dichloropropane-Dichloropropene (mixture) ............................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Dichloropropene ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

2,3-Dichloropropene.

1,3-Dichloropropene .................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

2,2-Dichloropropionic acid ......................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00303 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

294

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Dichlorvos .................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Dicofol ........................................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Dieldrin ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Diethanolamine .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Diethylamine .............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

N,N-Diethylaniline ...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Diethylarsine .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Diethylene glycol, dicarbamate ................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

1,4-Diethyleneoxide ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Diethylhexyl phthalate ............................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

N,N′-Diethylhydrazine ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

O,O-Diethyl S-methyl dithiophosphate ...................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate ................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Diethyl phthalate ........................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

O,O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate ............................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Diethylstilbestrol ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Diethyl sulfate ............................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Dihydrosafrole ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP) ............................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha, 4alpha, 4abeta,

5alpha, 8alpha, 8abeta)- ........................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha, 4alpha, 4abeta,

5beta, 8beta, 8abeta)-1 (0.454).

2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha, 2beta,

2aalpha, 3beta, 6beta, 6aalpha, 7beta, 7aalpha)- ................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2, 3-b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha, 2beta,

2abeta, 3alpha, 6alpha, 6abeta, 7beta, 7aalpha)-, & metabolites ........................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Dimethoate ................................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

3,3′-Dimethoxybenzidine ........................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Dimethylamine ........................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Dimethyl aminoazobenzene ...................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene .................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

N,N-Dimethylaniline ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

7,12-Dimethylbenz[a]anthracene ............................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

3,3′-Dimethylbenzidine .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

alpha,alpha-Dimethylbenzylhydroperoxide ................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride ...................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dimethylformamide .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,1-Dimethylhydrazine ............................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1,2-Dimethylhydrazine ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical

......................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

alpha,alpha-Dimethylphenethylamine ....................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2,4-Dimethylphenol .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Dimethyl phthalate ..................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Dimethyl sulfate ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Dimetilan .................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dinitrobenzene (mixed) ............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

m-Dinitrobenzene.

o-Dinitrobenzene.

p-Dinitrobenzene.

4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol, and salts ................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Dinitrogen tetroxide

................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Dinitrophenol ............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

2,5-Dinitrophenol.

2,6-Dinitrophenol.

2,4-Dinitrophenol ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Dinitrotoluene ............................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

3,4-Dinitrotoluene.

2,4-Dinitrotoluene ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2,6-Dinitrotoluene ...................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Dinoseb ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Di-n-octyl phthalate ................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1,4-Dioxane ............................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,2-Diphenylhydrazine ............................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Diphosphoramide, octamethyl- .................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Diphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester ............................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Dipropylamine ............................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Di-n-propylnitrosamine .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Diquat ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00304 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

295

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Disulfoton ................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Dithiobiuret ................................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

1,3-Dithiolane-2-carboxaldehyde, 2,4-dimethyl-, O-[(methylamino)-carbonyl]oxime ................................................ 100 (45.4)

Diuron ........................................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid .................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Endosulfan ................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

alpha-Endosulfan ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

beta-Endosulfan ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Endosulfan sulfate ..................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Endothall .................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Endrin ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Endrin aldehyde ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Endrin, & metabolites ................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Epichlorohydrin .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Epinephrine ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

1,2-Epoxybutane ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethanal ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ethanamine, N,N-diethyl- .......................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso- ................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N′-2-pyridinyl-N′-(2-thienylmethyl)- ...................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ethane, 1,2-dibromo- ................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Ethane, 1,1-dichloro- ................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Ethane, 1,2-dichloro- ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Ethanedinitrile ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Ethane, hexachloro- .................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Ethane, 1,1′-[methylenebis(oxy)]bis[2-chloro- ........................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ethane, 1,1′-oxybis- ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethane, 1,1′-oxybis[2-chloro- ..................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Ethane, pentachloro- ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro- ....................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro- ....................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethanethioamide ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-hydroxy-2-oxo-, methyl ester ............................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-[[(methylamino) carbonyl]oxy]-2-oxo-, methyl ester ............................ 100 (45.4)

Ethanimidothioic acid, N-[[(methylamino) carbonyl]oxy]-, methyl ester .................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethanimidothioic acid, N,N′[thiobis[(methylimino)carbonyloxy]] bis-, dimethyl ester ................................................ 100 (45.4)

Ethanol, 2-ethoxy- ..................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ethanol, 2,2′-(nitrosoimino)bis- .................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Ethanol, 2,2′-oxybis-, dicarbamate ............................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Ethanone, 1-phenyl- .................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Ethene, chloro- .......................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)- .......................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ethene, 1,1-dichloro- ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-(E) ............................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Ethene, tetrachloro- ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethene, trichloro- ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethion ........................................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Ethyl acetate .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Ethyl acrylate ............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Ethylbenzene ............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Ethyl carbamate ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Ethyl chloride ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Ethyl cyanide ............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts & esters ......................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ethylenediamine ........................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Ethylenediamine-tetraacetic acid (EDTA) ................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Ethylene dibromide .................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Ethylene dichloride .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Ethylene glycol .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether ............................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ethylene oxide ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Ethylenethiourea ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Ethylenimine .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Ethyl ether ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Ethylidene dichloride ................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Ethyl methacrylate ..................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ethyl methanesulfonate ............................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Ethyl methyl ketone

................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00305 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

296

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Famphur .................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ferric ammonium citrate ........................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ferric ammonium oxalate .......................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ferric chloride ............................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Ferric fluoride ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Ferric nitrate .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Ferric sulfate .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Ferrous ammonium sulfate ....................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Ferrous chloride ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Ferrous sulfate .......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Fluoranthene ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Fluorene .................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Fluorine ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Fluoroacetamide ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt ................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Formaldehyde ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Formetanate hydrochloride ....................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Formic acid ................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Formparanate ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Fulminic acid, mercury(2+)salt .................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Fumaric acid .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Furan ......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Furancarboxyaldehyde ........................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2,5-Furandione .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Furan, tetrahydro- ...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Furfural ...................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Furfuran ..................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Glucopyranose, 2-deoxy-2-(3-methyl-3-nitrosoureido)-, D- ....................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-[[(methylnitrosoamino)-carbonyl]amino]- ............................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Glycidylaldehyde ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Guanidine, N-methyl-N′-nitro-N-nitroso- .................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Guthion ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Heptachlor ................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Heptachlor epoxide ................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Hexachlorobenzene ................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hexachlorobutadiene ................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ...................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hexachloroethane ..................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Hexachlorophene ...................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Hexachloropropene ................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Hexaethyl tetraphosphate ......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate .............................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Hexamethylphosphoramide ....................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Hexane ...................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Hexone ...................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Hydrazine .................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Hydrazinecarbothioamide .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Hydrazine, 1,2-diethyl- .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Hydrazine, 1,1-dimethyl- ........................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hydrazine, 1,2-dimethyl- ........................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl- ........................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hydrazine, methyl- .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hydrochloric acid ....................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Hydrocyanic acid ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hydrofluoric acid ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Hydrogen chloride ..................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Hydrogen cyanide ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hydrogen fluoride ...................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Hydrogen phosphide ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Hydrogen sulfide H2S ............................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Hydroperoxide, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl- .................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Hydroquinone ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

2-Imidazolidinethione ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene ............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Iodomethane .............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,3-Isobenzofurandione ............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Isobutyl alcohol .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Isodrin ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Isolan ......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Isophorone ................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00306 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

297

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Isoprene ..................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Isopropanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate ............................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

3-Isopropylphenyl N-methylcarbamate ...................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Isosafrole ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

3(2H)-Isoxazolone, 5-(aminomethyl)- ........................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Kepone ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Lasiocarpine .............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Lead ¢ ........................................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Lead acetate .............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Lead arsenate ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Lead, bis(acetato-O)tetrahydroxytri- .......................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Lead chloride ............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Lead fluoborate ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Lead fluoride .............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Lead iodide ................................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Lead nitrate ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Lead phosphate ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Lead stearate ............................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Lead subacetate ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Lead sulfate ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Lead sulfide ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Lead thiocyanate ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Lindane ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Lindane (all isomers) ................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Lithium chromate ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Malathion ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Maleic acid ................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Maleic anhydride ....................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Maleic hydrazide ....................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Malononitrile .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Manganese, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S′)- ..................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Manganese dimethyldithiocarbamate ........................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

MDI ............................................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

MEK ........................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Melphalan .................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Mercaptodimethur ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Mercuric cyanide ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Mercuric nitrate .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Mercuric sulfate ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Mercuric thiocyanate ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Mercurous nitrate ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Mercury ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Mercury, (acetato-O)phenyl- ..................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Mercury fulminate ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methacrylonitrile ........................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Methanamine, N-methyl- ........................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- ........................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methane, bromo- ....................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Methane, chloro- ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methane, chloromethoxy- .......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methane, dibromo- .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Methane, dichloro- ..................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Methane, dichlorodifluoro- ......................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Methane, iodo- .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methane, isocyanato- ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Methane, oxybis(chloro- ............................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Methanesulfenyl chloride, trichloro- .......................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester .............................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Methane, tetrachloro- ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Methane, tetranitro- ................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methanethiol .............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Methane, tribromo- .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methane, trichloro- .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methane, trichlorofluoro- ........................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N′-[3-[[(methylamino) carbonyl] oxy] .....................................................................

phenyl]-, monohydrochloride ..................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N′-[2-methyl-4-[[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxy]phenyl]- .......................................... 100 (45.4)

6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9,10,10-hexachloro-1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-oxide ....................... 1 (0.454)

4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro- ................................................................ 1 (0.454)

4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro- ........................................................ 1 (0.454)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00307 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

298

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Methanol .................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Methapyrilene ............................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobuta[cd]pentalen-2-one, 1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,6-decachlorooctahydro- ............................ 1 (0.454)

Methiocarb ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Methomyl ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methoxychlor ............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Methyl alcohol ........................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Methylamine

.......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Methyl aziridine ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Methyl bromide .......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

1-Methylbutadiene ..................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methyl chloride .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methyl chlorocarbonate ............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Methyl chloroform ...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Methyl chloroformate

............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Methyl chloromethyl ether

..................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

3-Methylcholanthrene ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

4,4′-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) ............................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Methylene bromide .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Methylene chloride .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

4,4′-Methylenedianiline .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate .............................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Methyl ethyl ketone ................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide .................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methyl hydrazine ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methyl iodide ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Methyl isobutyl ketone ............................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Methyl isocyanate ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2-Methyllactonitrile ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Methyl mercaptan ...................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Methyl methacrylate .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Methyl parathion ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

4-Methyl-2-pentanone ............................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Methyl tert-butyl ether ............................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Methylthiouracil .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Metolcarb ................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Mevinphos ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Mexacarbate .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Mitomycin C ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

MNNG ........................................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Monoethylamine ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Monomethylamine ..................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Naled ......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

5,12-Naphthacenedione, 8-acetyl-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-alpha-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9,10-

tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-methoxy-, (8S-cis)- ................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

1-Naphthalenamine ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Naphthalenamine ................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Naphthalenamine, N,N′-bis(2-chloroethyl)- ............................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Naphthalene .............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Naphthalene, 2-chloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

1,4-Naphthalenedione ............................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2,7-Naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 3,3′-[(3,3′-dimethyl-(1,1′-biphenyl)-4,4′-diyl)-bis(azo)]bis(5-amino-4-hydroxy)-

tetrasodium salt ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1-Naphthalenol, methylcarbamate ............................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Naphthenic acid ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,4-Naphthoquinone .................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

alpha-Naphthylamine ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

beta-Naphthylamine .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

alpha-Naphthylthiourea ............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Nickel ¢ ...................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Nickel ammonium sulfate .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Nickel carbonyl Ni(CO)4, (T-4)- ................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Nickel chloride ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Nickel cyanide Ni(CN)

.............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Nickel hydroxide ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Nickel nitrate .............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Nickel sulfate ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Nicotine, & salts ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Nitric acid ................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Nitric acid, thallium (1+) salt ...................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00308 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

299

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Nitric oxide ................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

p-Nitroaniline ............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Nitrobenzene ............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

4-Nitrobiphenyl .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Nitrogen dioxide ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Nitrogen oxide NO ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Nitrogen oxide NO

................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Nitroglycerine ............................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Nitrophenol (mixed) ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

m-Nitrophenol.

o-Nitrophenol ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

p-Nitrophenol ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

2-Nitrophenol ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

4-Nitrophenol ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

2-Nitropropane ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine ........................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

N-Nitrosodiethanolamine ........................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

N-Nitrosodiethylamine ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

N-Nitrosodimethylamine ............................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

N-Nitrosodiphenylamine ............................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea ................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

N-Nitroso-N-methylurea ............................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane ...................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine ........................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

N-Nitrosomorpholine .................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

N-Nitrosopiperidine .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

N-Nitrosopyrrolidine ................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Nitrotoluene ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

m-Nitrotoluene.

o-Nitrotoluene.

p-Nitrotoluene.

5-Nitro-o-toluidine ...................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Octamethylpyrophosphoramide ................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Osmium oxide OsO

, (T-4)- ...................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Osmium tetroxide ...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ..................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Oxamyl ...................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,2-Oxathiolane, 2,2-dioxide ..................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2H-1,3,2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine, N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl) tetrahydro-, 2-oxide .................................................... 10 (4.54)

Oxirane ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Oxiranecarboxyaldehyde ........................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Oxirane, (chloromethyl)- ............................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Paraformaldehyde ..................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Paraldehyde .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Parathion ................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

PCBs ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

PCNB ......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Pentachlorobenzene .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Pentachloroethane .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Pentachloronitrobenzene ........................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Pentachlorophenol ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1,3-Pentadiene .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Perchloroethylene ...................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Perchloromethyl mercaptan

................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phenacetin ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Phenanthrene ............................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Phenol ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Phenol, 2-chloro- ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl- ........................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro- ............................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phenol, 2,4-dichloro- ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Phenol, 2,6-dichloro- ................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Phenol, 4,4′-(1,2-diethyl-1,2-ethenediyl)bis-, (E) ....................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl- ................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Phenol, 4-(dimethylamino)-3,5-dimethyl-, methylcarbamate (ester) ......................................................................... 1000 (454)

Phenol, (3,5-dimethyl-4-(methylthio)-, methylcarbamate .......................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phenol, 2,4-dinitro- .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phenol, methyl- ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro-, & salts ........................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Phenol, 2,2′-methylenebis[3,4,6-trichloro- ................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00309 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

300

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Phenol, 2-(1-methylethoxy)-, methylcarbamate ........................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Phenol, 3-(1-methylethyl)-, methyl carbamate .......................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phenol, 3-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-, methyl carbamate ........................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-4,6-dinitro- ...................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Phenol, 4-nitro- .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phenol, pentachloro- ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro- ....................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro- .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Phenol, 2,4,6-trinitro-, ammonium salt ...................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

L-Phenylalanine, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]- ........................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

p-Phenylenediamine .................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Phenyl mercaptan

.................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Phenylmercury acetate .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Phenylthiourea ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phorate ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phosgene .................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Phosphine .................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Phosphoric acid ......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-nitrophenyl ester ............................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Phosphoric acid, lead(2+) salt (2:3) .......................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[2-(ethylthio)ethyl] ester ............................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[(ethylthio)methyl] ester ................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-methyl ester ................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino)-2-oxoethyl] ester ........................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phosphorofluoridic acid, bis(1-methylethyl) ester ..................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester ....................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-pyrazinyl ester ................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Phosphorothioic acid, O-[4-[(dimethylamino) sulfonyl]phenyl] O,O-dimethyl ester ................................................... 1000 (454)

Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-dimethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester .................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phosphorus ............................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Phosphorus oxychloride ............................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Phosphorus pentasulfide ........................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phosphorus sulfide .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Phosphorus trichloride ............................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Phthalic anhydride ..................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Physostigmine ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Physostigmine salicylate ........................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Picoline ................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Piperidine, 1-nitroso- ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Plumbane, tetraethyl- ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS .......................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Potassium arsenate ................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Potassium arsenite .................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Potassium bichromate ............................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Potassium chromate .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Potassium cyanide K(CN) ......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Potassium hydroxide ................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Potassium permanganate ......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Potassium silver cyanide ........................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Promecarb ................................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Pronamide ................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methyl-sulfonyl)-, O-[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime ............................................................. 100 (45.4)

Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methylthio)-, O-[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime ..................................................................... 1 (0.454)

1-Propanamine .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1-Propanamine, N-propyl- ......................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N-propyl- ......................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro- ................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Propane, 1,2-dichloro- ............................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Propanedinitrile .......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Propanenitrile ............................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Propanenitrile, 3-chloro- ............................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- .......................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Propane, 2-nitro- ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Propane, 2,2′-oxybis[2-chloro- .................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

1,3-Propane sultone .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

1,2,3-Propanetriol, trinitrate ....................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)- .............................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1-Propanol, 2,3-dibromo-, phosphate (3:1) ............................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

1-Propanol, 2-methyl- ................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00310 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

301

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

2-Propanone .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

2-Propanone, 1-bromo- ............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Propargite .................................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Propargyl alcohol ....................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

2-Propenal ................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

2-Propenamide .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro- ............................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro- ........................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

2-Propenenitrile ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl- ........................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

2-Propenoic acid ....................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2-Propenoic acid, ethyl ester .................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester ................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester ................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

2-Propen-1-ol ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Propham .................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

beta-Propiolactone .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Propionaldehyde ........................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Propionic acid ............................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Propionic anhydride ................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Propoxur (Baygon) .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

n-Propylamine ........................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Propylene dichloride .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Propylene oxide ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,2-Propylenimine ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

2-Propyn-1-ol ............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Prosulfocarb .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Pyrene ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Pyrethrins .................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

3,6-Pyridazinedione, 1,2-dihydro- ............................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

4-Pyridinamine ........................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Pyridine ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Pyridine, 2-methyl- .................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Pyridine, 3-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)-, (S)-, & salts .................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2,4-(1H,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]- ....................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

4(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-methyl-2-thioxo- ................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso- ................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Pyrrolo[2,3-b] indol-5-ol,1,2,3,3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethyl-, methylcarbamate (ester), (3aS-cis)- ............... 100 (45.4)

Quinoline ................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Quinone ..................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Quintobenzene .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

RADIONUCLIDES ..................................................................................................................................................... See Table 2

Reserpine .................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Resorcinol .................................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Safrole ....................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Selenious acid ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Selenious acid, dithallium (1+) salt ........................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Selenium ¢ ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Selenium dioxide ....................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Selenium oxide .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Selenium sulfide SeS2 .............................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Selenourea ................................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester) ................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Silver ¢ ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Silver cyanide Ag(CN) ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Silver nitrate .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Silvex (2,4,5-TP) ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Sodium ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Sodium arsenate ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Sodium arsenite ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Sodium azide ............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Sodium bichromate ................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Sodium bifluoride ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Sodium bisulfite ......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Sodium chromate ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Sodium cyanide Na(CN) ........................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate ............................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Sodium fluoride ......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Sodium hydrosulfide .................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Sodium hydroxide ...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00311 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

302

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

Sodium hypochlorite .................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Sodium methylate ...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Sodium nitrite ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Sodium phosphate, dibasic ....................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Sodium phosphate, tribasic ....................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Sodium selenite ......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Streptozotocin ............................................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Strontium chromate ................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Strychnidin-10-one, & salts ....................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimethoxy- .......................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Strychnine, & salts .................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Styrene ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Styrene oxide ............................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Sulfur chlorides

...................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Sulfuric acid ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester ...................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Sulfuric acid, dithallium (1+) salt ............................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Sulfur monochloride .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Sulfur phosphide ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2,4,5-T ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

2,4,5-T acid ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

2,4,5-T amines .......................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2,4,5-T esters ............................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

2,4,5-T salts ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

TCDD ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

TDE ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene ...................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin .......................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane ......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane ......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Tetrachloroethylene ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol ......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Tetraethyl pyrophosphate .......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Tetraethyl lead ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate .................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Tetrahydrofuran ......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Tetranitromethane ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Tetraphosphoric acid, hexaethyl ester ...................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thallic oxide .............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Thallium ¢ .................................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Thallium (I) acetate ................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thallium (I) carbonate ............................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thallium chloride TlCl ................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Thallium (I) nitrate ..................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thallium oxide Tl

................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Thallium (I) selenite ................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Thallium (I) sulfate ..................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thioacetamide ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Thiodicarb .................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester ..................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thiofanox ................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thioimidodicarbonic diamide [(H

N)C(S)]

NH ........................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thiomethanol ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide [(H

N)C(S)]

, tetramethyl- ..................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Thiophanate-methyl ................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Thiophenol ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Thiosemicarbazide .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thiourea .................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Thiourea, (2-chlorophenyl)- ....................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thiourea, 1-naphthalenyl- ......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thiourea, phenyl- ...................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Thiram ....................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Tirpate ....................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Titanium tetrachloride ................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Toluene ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Toluenediamine ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2,4-Toluene diamine .................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Toluene diisocyanate ................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

2,4-Toluene diisocyanate .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

o-Toluidine ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00312 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

303

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

p-Toluidine ................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

o-Toluidine hydrochloride .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Toxaphene ................................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

2,4,5-TP acid ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

2,4,5-TP esters .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Triallate ...................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1H-1,2,4-Triazol-3-amine ........................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Trichlorfon .................................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

1,1,1-Trichloroethane ................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

1,1,2-Trichloroethane ................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Trichloroethylene ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Trichloromethanesulfenyl chloride ............................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Trichloromonofluoromethane ..................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Trichlorophenol .......................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2,3,4-Trichlorophenol.

2,3,5-Trichlorophenol.

2,3,6-Trichlorophenol.

3,4,5-Trichlorophenol.

2,4,5-Trichlorophenol ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

2,4,6-Trichlorophenol ................................................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Triethanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate ............................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Triethylamine ............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Trifluralin .................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Trimethylamine .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2,2,4-Trimethylpentane .............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

1,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethyl- ................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate ........................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Trypan blue ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

D002 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Corrosivity .............................................................................. 100 (45.4)

D001 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Ignitability ............................................................................... 100 (45.4)

D003 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Reactivity ................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

D004–D043 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Toxicity:

Arsenic (D004) ............................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Barium (D005) ............................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Benzene (D018) .......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Cadmium (D006) ......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Carbon tetrachloride (D019) ....................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Chlordane (D020) ....................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Chlorobenzene (D021) ................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Chloroform (D022) ...................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Chromium (D007) ........................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

o-Cresol (D023) .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

m-Cresol (D024) .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

p-Cresol (D025) .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Cresol (D026) .............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

2,4-D (D016) ............................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,4-Dichlorobenzene (D027) ....................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,2-Dichloroethane (D028) .......................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

1,1-Dichloroethylene (D029) ....................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

2,4-Dinitrotoluene (D030) ............................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Endrin (D012) .............................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Heptachlor (and epoxide) (D031) ............................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Hexachlorobenzene (D032) ........................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Hexachlorobutadiene (D033) ...................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Hexachloroethane (D034) ........................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Lead (D008) ................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Lindane (D013) ........................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Mercury (D009) ........................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Methoxychlor (D014) ................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Methyl ethyl ketone (D035) ......................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Nitrobenzene (D036) ................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Pentachlorophenol (D037) .......................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Pyridine (D038) ........................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Selenium (D010) ......................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Silver (D011) ............................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Tetrachloroethylene (D039) ........................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Toxaphene (D015) ...................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Trichloroethylene (D040) ............................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00313 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

304

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (D041) ...................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (D042) ...................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

2,4,5-TP (D017) .......................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Vinyl chloride (D043) .................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Uracil mustard ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Uranyl acetate ........................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Uranyl nitrate ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Urea, N-ethyl-N-nitroso- ............................................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454)

Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso- ......................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

Urethane .................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Vanadic acid, ammonium salt ................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Vanadium oxide V

............................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Vanadium pentoxide .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Vanadyl sulfate .......................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Vinyl acetate .............................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Vinyl acetate monomer ............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- ................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Vinyl bromide ............................................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Vinyl chloride ............................................................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454)

Vinylidene chloride .................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Warfarin, & salts ........................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

Xylene ........................................................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

m-Xylene ................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

o-Xylene .................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

p-Xylene .................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Xylene (mixed) .......................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Xylenes (isomers and mixture) ................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

Xylenol ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid,11,17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl)

oxy]-, methyl ester (3beta,16beta,17alpha,18beta, 20alpha) ................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Zinc ¢ ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Zinc acetate ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Zinc ammonium chloride ........................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Zinc, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S′)- ................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

Zinc borate ................................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Zinc bromide .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Zinc carbonate ........................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Zinc chloride .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Zinc cyanide Zn(CN)

................................................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54)

Zinc fluoride ............................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Zinc formate .............................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Zinc hydrosulfite ........................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Zinc nitrate ................................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

Zinc phenolsulfonate ................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

Zinc phosphide Zn

............................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

Zinc silicofluoride ....................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Zinc sulfate ................................................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

Ziram ......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

Zirconium nitrate ........................................................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

Zirconium potassium fluoride .................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

Zirconium sulfate ....................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

Zirconium tetrachloride .............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

F001 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

(a) Tetrachloroethylene ............................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(b) Trichloroethylene ................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(c) Methylene chloride ................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

(d) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ............................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

(e) Carbon tetrachloride .............................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54)

(f) Chlorinated fluorocarbons ...................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

F002 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

(a) Tetrachloroethylene ............................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(b) Methylene chloride ................................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

(c) Trichloroethylene ................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(d) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ............................................................................................................................ 1000 (454)

(e) Chlorobenzene ...................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(f) 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane ....................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

(g) o-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................................................................................ 100 (45.4)

(h) Trichlorofluoromethane .......................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

(i) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane .............................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

F003 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00314 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

305

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

(a) Xylene .................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

(b) Acetone ................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

(c) Ethyl acetate .......................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

(d) Ethylbenzene ......................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

(e) Ethyl ether ............................................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

(f) Methyl isobutyl ketone ............................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270)

(g) n-Butyl alcohol ....................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

(h) Cyclohexanone ...................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

(i) Methanol ................................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

F004 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(a) Cresols/Cresylic acid ............................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4)

(b) Nitrobenzene ......................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

F005 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(a) Toluene .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

(b) Methyl ethyl ketone ............................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

(c) Carbon disulfide ..................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

(d) Isobutanol .............................................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270)

(e) Pyridine .................................................................................................................................................. 1000 (454)

F006 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F007 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F008 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F009 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F010 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F011 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F012 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F019 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

F020 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F021 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F022 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F023 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F024 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F025 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F026 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F027 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F028 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F032 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F034 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F035 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F037 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F038 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

F039 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K001 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K002 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K003 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K004 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K005 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K006 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K007 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K008 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K009 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K010 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K011 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K013 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K014 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

K015 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K016 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K017 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K018 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K019 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K020 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K021 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K022 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K023 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

K024 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

K025 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K026 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

K027 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K028 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K029 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K030 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00315 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

306

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

K031 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K032 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K033 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K034 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K035 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K036 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K037 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K038 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K039 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K040 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K041 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K042 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K043 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K044 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K045 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K046 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K047 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K048 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K049 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K050 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K051 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K052 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K060 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K061 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K062 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K064 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K065 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K066 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K069 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K071 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K073 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K083 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

K084 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K085 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K086 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K087 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

K088 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K090 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K091 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K093 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

K094 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

K095 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

K096 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

K097 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K098 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K099 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K100 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K101 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K102 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K103 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

K104 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K105 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K106 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K107 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K108 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K109 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K110 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K111 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K112 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K113 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K114 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K115 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K116 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K117 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K118 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K123 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K124 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K125 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K126 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K131 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 100 (45.4)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00316 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

307

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—H

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES

THER

HAN

ADIONUCLIDES

—Continued

Hazardous substance

Reportable

quantity (RQ)

pounds

(kilograms)

K132 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

K136 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K141 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K142 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K143 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K144 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K145 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K147 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K148 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K149 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K150 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K151 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K156 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K157 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K158 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K159 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K161 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K169 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10 (4.54)

K170 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K171 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K172 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K174 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K175 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K176 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

K177 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270)

K178 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 (454)

K181 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454)

¢ The RQ for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 microm-

eters (0.004 inches).

¢ The RQ for asbestos is limited to friable forms only.

Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and

(2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name.

To provide consistency with EPA regulations, two entries with different CAS numbers are provided. Refer to the EPA Table

302.4—List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities for an explanation of the two entries.

IST OF

AZARDOUS

UBSTANCES AND

EPORTABLE

UANTITIES

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Actinium-224 ............................ 89 100 (3.7)

Actinium-225 ............................ 89 1 (.037)

Actinium-226 ............................ 89 10 (.37)

Actinium-227 ............................ 89 0.001 (.000037)

Actinium-228 ............................ 89 10 (.37)

Aluminum-26 ............................ 13 10 (.37)

Americium-237 ......................... 95 1000 (37)

Americium-238 ......................... 95 100 (3.7)

Americium-239 ......................... 95 100 (3.7)

Americium-240 ......................... 95 10 (.37)

Americium-241 ......................... 95 0.01 (.00037)

Americium-242 ......................... 95 100 (3.7)

Americium-242m ...................... 95 0.01 (.00037)

Americium-243 ......................... 95 0.01 (.00037)

Americium-244 ......................... 95 10 (.37)

Americium-244m ...................... 95 1000 (37)

Americium-245 ......................... 95 1000 (37)

Americium-246 ......................... 95 1000 (37)

Americium-246m ...................... 95 1000 (37)

Antimony-115 .......................... 51 1000 (37)

Antimony-116 .......................... 51 1000 (37)

Antimony-116m ....................... 51 100 (3.7)

Antimony-117 .......................... 51 1000 (37)

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Antimony-118m ....................... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-119 .......................... 51 1000 (37)

Antimony-120 (16 min) ............ 51 1000 (37)

Antimony-120 (5.76 day) ......... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-122 .......................... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-124 .......................... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-124m ....................... 51 1000 (37)

Antimony-125 .......................... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-126 .......................... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-126m ....................... 51 1000 (37)

Antimony-127 .......................... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-128 (10.4 min) ......... 51 1000 (37)

Antimony-128 (9.01 hr) ........... 51 10 (.37)

Antimony-129 .......................... 51 100 (3.7)

Antimony-130 .......................... 51 100 (3.7)

Antimony-131 .......................... 51 1000 (37)

Argon-39 .................................. 18 1000 (37)

Argon-41 .................................. 18 10 (.37)

Arsenic-69 ............................... 33 1000 (37)

Arsenic-70 ............................... 33 100 (3.7)

Arsenic-71 ............................... 33 100 (3.7)

Arsenic-72 ............................... 33 10 (.37)

Arsenic-73 ............................... 33 100 (3.7)

Arsenic-74 ............................... 33 10 (.37)

Arsenic-76 ............................... 33 100 (3.7)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00317 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

308

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Arsenic-77 ............................... 33 1000 (37)

Arsenic-78 ............................... 33 100 (3.7)

Astatine-207 ............................ 85 100 (3.7)

Astatine-211 ............................ 85 100 (3.7)

Barium-126 .............................. 56 1000 (37)

Barium-128 .............................. 56 10 (.37)

Barium-131 .............................. 56 10 (.37)

Barium-131m ........................... 56 1000 (37)

Barium-133 .............................. 56 10 (.37)

Barium-133m ........................... 56 100 (3.7)

Barium-135m ........................... 56 1000 (37)

Barium-139 .............................. 56 1000 (37)

Barium-140 .............................. 56 10 (.37)

Barium-141 .............................. 56 1000 (37)

Barium-142 .............................. 56 1000 (37)

Berkelium-245 .......................... 97 100 (3.7)

Berkelium-246 .......................... 97 10 (.37)

Berkelium-247 .......................... 97 0.01 (.00037)

Berkelium-249 .......................... 97 1 (.037)

Berkelium-250 .......................... 97 100 (3.7)

Beryllium-10 ............................. 4 1 (.037)

Beryllium-7 ............................... 4 100 (3.7)

Bismuth-200 ............................ 83 100 (3.7)

Bismuth-201 ............................ 83 100 (3.7)

Bismuth-202 ............................ 83 1000 (37)

Bismuth-203 ............................ 83 10 (.37)

Bismuth-205 ............................ 83 10 (.37)

Bismuth-206 ............................ 83 10 (.37)

Bismuth-207 ............................ 83 10 (.37)

Bismuth-210 ............................ 83 10 (.37)

Bismuth-210m .......................... 83 0.1 (.0037)

Bismuth-212 ............................ 83 100 (3.7)

Bismuth-213 ............................ 83 100 (3.7)

Bismuth-214 ............................ 83 100 (3.7)

Bromine-74 .............................. 35 100 (3.7)

Bromine-74m ........................... 35 100 (3.7)

Bromine-75 .............................. 35 100 (3.7)

Bromine-76 .............................. 35 10 (.37)

Bromine-77 .............................. 35 100 (3.7)

Bromine-80 .............................. 35 1000 (37)

Bromine-80m ........................... 35 1000 (37)

Bromine-82 .............................. 35 10 (.37)

Bromine-83 .............................. 35 1000 (37)

Bromine-84 .............................. 35 100 (3.7)

Cadmium-104 .......................... 48 1000 (37)

Cadmium-107 .......................... 48 1000 (37)

Cadmium-109 .......................... 48 1 (.037)

Cadmium-113 .......................... 48 0.1 (.0037)

Cadmium-113m ....................... 48 0.1 (.0037)

Cadmium-115 .......................... 48 100 (3.7)

Cadmium-115m ....................... 48 10 (.37)

Cadmium-117 .......................... 48 100 (3.7)

Cadmium-117m ....................... 48 10 (.37)

Calcium-41 ............................... 20 10 (.37)

Calcium-45 ............................... 20 10 (.37)

Calcium-47 ............................... 20 10 (.37)

Californium-244 ....................... 98 1000 (37)

Californium-246 ....................... 98 10 (.37)

Californium-248 ....................... 98 0.1 (.0037)

Californium-249 ....................... 98 0.01 (.00037)

Californium-250 ....................... 98 0.01 (.00037)

Californium-251 ....................... 98 0.01 (.00037)

Californium-252 ....................... 98 0.1 (.0037)

Californium-253 ....................... 98 10 (.37)

Californium-254 ....................... 98 0.1 (.0037)

Carbon-11 ................................ 6 1000 (37)

Carbon-14 ................................ 6 10 (.37)

Cerium-134 .............................. 58 10 (.37)

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Cerium-135 .............................. 58 10 (.37)

Cerium-137 .............................. 58 1000 (37)

Cerium-137m ........................... 58 100 (3.7)

Cerium-139 .............................. 58 100 (3.7)

Cerium-141 .............................. 58 10 (.37)

Cerium-143 .............................. 58 100 (3.7)

Cerium-144 .............................. 58 1 (.037)

Cesium-125 ............................. 55 1000 (37)

Cesium-127 ............................. 55 100 (3.7)

Cesium-129 ............................. 55 100 (3.7)

Cesium-130 ............................. 55 1000 (37)

Cesium-131 ............................. 55 1000 (37)

Cesium-132 ............................. 55 10 (.37)

Cesium-134 ............................. 55 1 (.037)

Cesium-134m .......................... 55 1000 (37)

Cesium-135 ............................. 55 10 (.37)

Cesium-135m .......................... 55 100 (3.7)

Cesium-136 ............................. 55 10 (.37)

Cesium-137 ............................. 55 1 (.037)

Cesium-138 ............................. 55 100 (3.7)

Chlorine-36 .............................. 17 10 (.37)

Chlorine-38 .............................. 17 100 (3.7)

Chlorine-39 .............................. 17 100 (3.7)

Chromium-48 ........................... 24 100 (3.7)

Chromium-49 ........................... 24 1000 (37)

Chromium-51 ........................... 24 1000 (37)

Cobalt-55 ................................. 27 10 (.37)

Cobalt-56 ................................. 27 10 (.37)

Cobalt-57 ................................. 27 100 (3.7)

Cobalt-58 ................................. 27 10 (.37)

Cobalt-58m .............................. 27 1000 (37)

Cobalt-60 ................................. 27 10 (.37)

Cobalt-60m .............................. 27 1000 (37)

Cobalt-61 ................................. 27 1000 (37)

Cobalt-62m .............................. 27 1000 (37)

Copper-60 ................................ 29 100 (3.7)

Copper-61 ................................ 29 100 (3.7)

Copper-64 ................................ 29 1000 (37)

Copper-67 ................................ 29 100 (3.7)

Curium-238 .............................. 96 1000 (37)

Curium-240 .............................. 96 1 (.037)

Curium-241 .............................. 96 10 (.37)

Curium-242 .............................. 96 1 (.037)

Curium-243 .............................. 96 0.01 (.00037)

Curium-244 .............................. 96 0.01 (.00037)

Curium-245 .............................. 96 0.01 (.00037)

Curium-246 .............................. 96 0.01 (.00037)

Curium-247 .............................. 96 0.01 (.00037)

Curium-248 .............................. 96 0.001 (.000037)

Curium-249 .............................. 96 1000 (37)

Dysprosium-155 ....................... 66 100 (3.7)

Dysprosium-157 ....................... 66 100 (3.7)

Dysprosium-159 ....................... 66 100 (3.7)

Dysprosium-165 ....................... 66 1000 (37)

Dysprosium-166 ....................... 66 10 (.37)

Einsteinium-250 ....................... 99 10 (.37)

Einsteinium-251 ....................... 99 1000 (37)

Einsteinium-253 ....................... 99 10 (.37)

Einsteinium-254 ....................... 99 0.1 (.0037)

Einsteinium-254m .................... 99 1 (.037)

Erbium-161 .............................. 68 100 (3.7)

Erbium-165 .............................. 68 1000 (37)

Erbium-169 .............................. 68 100 (3.7)

Erbium-171 .............................. 68 100 (3.7)

Erbium-172 .............................. 68 10 (.37)

Europium-145 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-146 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-147 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00318 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

309

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Europium-148 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-149 .......................... 63 100 (3.7)

Europium-150 (12.6 hr) ........... 63 1000 (37)

Europium-150 (34.2 yr) ........... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-152 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-152m ....................... 63 100 (3.7)

Europium-154 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-155 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-156 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-157 .......................... 63 10 (.37)

Europium-158 .......................... 63 1000 (37)

Fermium-252 ........................... 100 10 (.37)

Fermium-253 ........................... 100 10 (.37)

Fermium-254 ........................... 100 100 (3.7)

Fermium-255 ........................... 100 100 (3.7)

Fermium-257 ........................... 100 1 (.037)

Fluorine-18 ............................... 9 1000 (37)

Francium-222 .......................... 87 100 (3.7)

Francium-223 .......................... 87 100 (3.7)

Gadolinium-145 ....................... 64 100 (3.7)

Gadolinium-146 ....................... 64 10 (.37)

Gadolinium-147 ....................... 64 10 (.37)

Gadolinium-148 ....................... 64 0.001 (.000037)

Gadolinium-149 ....................... 64 100 (3.7)

Gadolinium-151 ....................... 64 100 (3.7)

Gadolinium-152 ....................... 64 0.001 (.000037)

Gadolinium-153 ....................... 64 10 (.37)

Gadolinium-159 ....................... 64 1000 (37)

Gallium-65 ............................... 31 1000 (37)

Gallium-66 ............................... 31 10 (.37)

Gallium-67 ............................... 31 100 (3.7)

Gallium-68 ............................... 31 1000 (37)

Gallium-70 ............................... 31 1000 (37)

Gallium-72 ............................... 31 10 (.37)

Gallium-73 ............................... 31 100 (3.7)

Germanium-66 ......................... 32 100 (3.7)

Germanium-67 ......................... 32 1000 (37)

Germanium-68 ......................... 32 10 (.37)

Germanium-69 ......................... 32 10 (.37)

Germanium-71 ......................... 32 1000 (37)

Germanium-75 ......................... 32 1000 (37)

Germanium-77 ......................... 32 10 (.37)

Germanium-78 ......................... 32 1000 (37)

Gold-193 .................................. 79 100 (3.7)

Gold-194 .................................. 79 10 (.37)

Gold-195 .................................. 79 100 (3.7)

Gold-198 .................................. 79 100 (3.7)

Gold-198m ............................... 79 10 (.37)

Gold-199 .................................. 79 100 (3.7)

Gold-200 .................................. 79 1000 (37)

Gold-200m ............................... 79 10 (.37)

Gold-201 .................................. 79 1000 (37)

Hafnium-170 ............................ 72 100 (3.7)

Hafnium-172 ............................ 72 1 (.037)

Hafnium-173 ............................ 72 100 (3.7)

Hafnium-175 ............................ 72 100 (3.7)

Hafnium-177m ......................... 72 1000 (37)

Hafnium-178m ......................... 72 0.1 (.0037)

Hafnium-179m ......................... 72 100 (3.7)

Hafnium-180m ......................... 72 100 (3.7)

Hafnium-181 ............................ 72 10 (.37)

Hafnium-182 ............................ 72 0.1 (.0037)

Hafnium-182m ......................... 72 100 (3.7)

Hafnium-183 ............................ 72 100 (3.7)

Hafnium-184 ............................ 72 100 (3.7)

Holmium-155 ........................... 67 1000 (37)

Holmium-157 ........................... 67 1000 (37)

Holmium-159 ........................... 67 1000 (37)

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Holmium-161 ........................... 67 1000 (37)

Holmium-162 ........................... 67 1000 (37)

Holmium-162m ........................ 67 1000 (37)

Holmium-164 ........................... 67 1000 (37)

Holmium-164m ........................ 67 1000 (37)

Holmium-166 ........................... 67 100 (3.7)

Holmium-166m ........................ 67 1 (.037)

Holmium-167 ........................... 67 100 (3.7)

Hydrogen-3 .............................. 1 100 (3.7)

Indium-109 ............................... 49 100 (3.7)

Indium-110 (4.9 hr) .................. 49 10 (.37)

Indium-110 (69.1 min) ............. 49 100 (3.7)

Indium-111 ............................... 49 100 (3.7)

Indium-112 ............................... 49 1000 (37)

Indium-113m ............................ 49 1000 (37)

Indium-114m ............................ 49 10 (.37)

Indium-115 ............................... 49 0.1 (.0037)

Indium-115m ............................ 49 100 (3.7)

Indium-116m ............................ 49 100 (3.7)

Indium-117 ............................... 49 1000 (37)

Indium-117m ............................ 49 100 (3.7)

Indium-119m ............................ 49 1000 (37)

Iodine-120 ................................ 53 10 (.37)

Iodine-120m ............................. 53 100 (3.7)

Iodine-121 ................................ 53 100 (3.7)

Iodine-123 ................................ 53 10 (.37)

Iodine-124 ................................ 53 0.1 (.0037)

Iodine-125 ................................ 53 0.01 (.00037)

Iodine-126 ................................ 53 0.01 (.00037)

Iodine-128 ................................ 53 1000 (37)

Iodine-129 ................................ 53 0.001 (.000037)

Iodine-130 ................................ 53 1 (.037)

Iodine-131 ................................ 53 0.01 (.00037)

Iodine-132 ................................ 53 10 (.37)

Iodine-132m ............................. 53 10 (.37)

Iodine-133 ................................ 53 0.1 (.0037)

Iodine-134 ................................ 53 100 (3.7)

Iodine-135 ................................ 53 10 (.37)

Iridium-182 ............................... 77 1000 (37)

Iridium-184 ............................... 77 100 (3.7)

Iridium-185 ............................... 77 100 (3.7)

Iridium-186 ............................... 77 10 (.37)

Iridium-187 ............................... 77 100 (3.7)

Iridium-188 ............................... 77 10 (.37)

Iridium-189 ............................... 77 100 (3.7)

Iridium-190 ............................... 77 10 (.37)

Iridium-190m ............................ 77 1000 (37)

Iridium-192 ............................... 77 10 (.37)

Iridium-192m ............................ 77 100 (3.7)

Iridium-194 ............................... 77 100 (3.7)

Iridium-194m ............................ 77 10 (.37)

Iridium-195 ............................... 77 1000 (37)

Iridium-195m ............................ 77 100 (3.7)

Iron-52 ..................................... 26 100 (3.7)

Iron-55 ..................................... 26 100 (3.7)

Iron-59 ..................................... 26 10 (.37)

Iron-60 ..................................... 26 0.1 (.0037)

Krypton-74 ............................... 36 10 (.37)

Krypton-76 ............................... 36 10 (.37)

Krypton-77 ............................... 36 10 (.37)

Krypton-79 ............................... 36 100 (3.7)

Krypton-81 ............................... 36 1000 (37)

Krypton-83m ............................ 36 1000 (37)

Krypton-85 ............................... 36 1000 (37)

Krypton-85m ............................ 36 100 (3.7)

Krypton-87 ............................... 36 10 (.37)

Krypton-88 ............................... 36 10 (.37)

Lanthanum-131 ....................... 57 1000 (37)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00319 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

310

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Lanthanum-132 ....................... 57 100 (3.7)

Lanthanum-135 ....................... 57 1000 (37)

Lanthanum-137 ....................... 57 10 (.37)

Lanthanum-138 ....................... 57 1 (.037)

Lanthanum-140 ....................... 57 10 (.37)

Lanthanum-141 ....................... 57 1000 (37)

Lanthanum-142 ....................... 57 100 (3.7)

Lanthanum-143 ....................... 57 1000 (37)

Lead-195m .............................. 82 1000 (37)

Lead-198 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lead-199 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lead-200 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lead-201 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lead-202 ................................. 82 1 (.037)

Lead-202m .............................. 82 10 (.37)

Lead-203 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lead-205 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lead-209 ................................. 82 1000 (37)

Lead-210 ................................. 82 0.01 (.00037)

Lead-211 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lead-212 ................................. 82 10 (.37)

Lead-214 ................................. 82 100 (3.7)

Lutetium-169 ............................ 71 10 (.37)

Lutetium-170 ............................ 71 10 (.37)

Lutetium-171 ............................ 71 10 (.37)

Lutetium-172 ............................ 71 10 (.37)

Lutetium-173 ............................ 71 100 (3.7)

Lutetium-174 ............................ 71 10 (.37)

Lutetium-174m ......................... 71 10 (.37)

Lutetium-176 ............................ 71 1 (.037)

Lutetium-176m ......................... 71 1000 (37)

Lutetium-177 ............................ 71 100 (3.7)

Lutetium-177m ......................... 71 10 (.37)

Lutetium-178 ............................ 71 1000 (37)

Lutetium-178m ......................... 71 1000 (37)

Lutetium-179 ............................ 71 1000 (37)

Magnesium-28 ......................... 12 10 (.37)

Manganese-51 ......................... 25 1000 (37)

Manganese-52 ......................... 25 10 (.37)

Manganese-52m ...................... 25 1000 (37)

Manganese-53 ......................... 25 1000 (37)

Manganese-54 ......................... 25 10 (.37)

Manganese-56 ......................... 25 100 (3.7)

Mendelevium-257 .................... 101 100 (3.7)

Mendelevium-258 .................... 101 1 (.037)

Mercury-193 ............................ 80 100 (3.7)

Mercury-193m .......................... 80 10 (.37)

Mercury-194 ............................ 80 0.1 (.0037)

Mercury-195 ............................ 80 100 (3.7)

Mercury-195m .......................... 80 100 (3.7)

Mercury-197 ............................ 80 1000 (37)

Mercury-197m .......................... 80 1000 (37)

Mercury-199m .......................... 80 1000 (37)

Mercury-203 ............................ 80 10 (.37)

Molybdenum-101 ..................... 42 1000 (37)

Molybdenum-90 ....................... 42 100 (3.7)

Molybdenum-93 ....................... 42 100 (3.7)

Molybdenum-93m .................... 42 10 (.37)

Molybdenum-99 ....................... 42 100 (3.7)

Neodymium-136 ...................... 60 1000 (37)

Neodymium-138 ...................... 60 1000 (37)

Neodymium-139 ...................... 60 1000 (37)

Neodymium-139m ................... 60 100 (3.7)

Neodymium-141 ...................... 60 1000 (37)

Neodymium-147 ...................... 60 10 (.37)

Neodymium-149 ...................... 60 100 (3.7)

Neodymium-151 ...................... 60 1000 (37)

Neptunium-232 ........................ 93 1000 (37)

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Neptunium-233 ........................ 93 1000 (37)

Neptunium-234 ........................ 93 10 (.37)

Neptunium-235 ........................ 93 1000 (37)

Neptunium-236 (1.2 E 5 yr) .... 93 0.1 (.0037)

Neptunium-236 (22.5 hr) ......... 93 100 (3.7)

Neptunium-237 ........................ 93 0.01 (.00037)

Neptunium-238 ........................ 93 10 (.37)

Neptunium-239 ........................ 93 100 (3.7)

Neptunium-240 ........................ 93 100 (3.7)

Nickel-56 .................................. 28 10 (.37)

Nickel-57 .................................. 28 10 (.37)

Nickel-59 .................................. 28 100 (3.7)

Nickel-63 .................................. 28 100 (3.7)

Nickel-65 .................................. 28 100 (3.7)

Nickel-66 .................................. 28 10 (.37)

Niobium-88 .............................. 41 100 (3.7)

Niobium-89 (122 min) .............. 41 100 (3.7)

Niobium-89 (66 min) ................ 41 100 (3.7)

Niobium-90 .............................. 41 10 (.37)

Niobium-93m ........................... 41 100 (3.7)

Niobium-94 .............................. 41 10 (.37)

Niobium-95 .............................. 41 10 (.37)

Niobium-95m ........................... 41 100 (3.7)

Niobium-96 .............................. 41 10 (.37)

Niobium-97 .............................. 41 100 (3.7)

Niobium-98 .............................. 41 1000 (37)

Osmium-180 ............................ 76 1000 (37)

Osmium-181 ............................ 76 100 (3.7)

Osmium-182 ............................ 76 100 (3.7)

Osmium-185 ............................ 76 10 (.37)

Osmium-189m ......................... 76 1000 (37)

Osmium-191 ............................ 76 100 (3.7)

Osmium-191m ......................... 76 1000 (37)

Osmium-193 ............................ 76 100 (3.7)

Osmium-194 ............................ 76 1 (.037)

Palladium-100 .......................... 46 100 (3.7)

Palladium-101 .......................... 46 100 (3.7)

Palladium-103 .......................... 46 100 (3.7)

Palladium-107 .......................... 46 100 (3.7)

Palladium-109 .......................... 46 1000 (37)

Phosphorus-32 ........................ 15 0.1 (.0037)

Phosphorus-33 ........................ 15 1 (.037)

Platinum-186 ........................... 78 100 (3.7)

Platinum-188 ........................... 78 100 (3.7)

Platinum-189 ........................... 78 100 (3.7)

Platinum-191 ........................... 78 100 (3.7)

Platinum-193 ........................... 78 1000 (37)

Platinum-193m ........................ 78 100 (3.7)

Platinum-195m ........................ 78 100 (3.7)

Platinum-197 ........................... 78 1000 (37)

Platinum-197m ........................ 78 1000 (37)

Platinum-199 ........................... 78 1000 (37)

Platinum-200 ........................... 78 100 (3.7)

Plutonium-234 .......................... 94 1000 (37)

Plutonium-235 .......................... 94 1000 (37)

Plutonium-236 .......................... 94 0.1 (.0037)

Plutonium-237 .......................... 94 1000 (37)

Plutonium-238 .......................... 94 0.01 (.00037)

Plutonium-239 .......................... 94 0.01 (.00037)

Plutonium-240 .......................... 94 0.01 (.00037)

Plutonium-241 .......................... 94 1 (.037)

Plutonium-242 .......................... 94 0.01 (.00037)

Plutonium-243 .......................... 94 1000 (37)

Plutonium-244 .......................... 94 0.01 (.00037)

Plutonium-245 .......................... 94 100 (3.7)

Polonium-203 .......................... 84 100 (3.7)

Polonium-205 .......................... 84 100 (3.7)

Polonium-207 .......................... 84 10 (.37)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00320 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

311

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Polonium-210 .......................... 84 0.01 (.00037)

Potassium-40 ........................... 19 1 (.037)

Potassium-42 ........................... 19 100 (3.7)

Potassium-43 ........................... 19 10 (.37)

Potassium-44 ........................... 19 100 (3.7)

Potassium-45 ........................... 19 1000 (37)

Praseodymium-136 .................. 59 1000 (37)

Praseodymium-137 .................. 59 1000 (37)

Praseodymium-138m ............... 59 100 (3.7)

Praseodymium-139 .................. 59 1000 (37)

Praseodymium-142 .................. 59 100 (3.7)

Praseodymium-142m ............... 59 1000 (37)

Praseodymium-143 .................. 59 10 (.37)

Praseodymium-144 .................. 59 1000 (37)

Praseodymium-145 .................. 59 1000 (37)

Praseodymium-147 .................. 59 1000 (37)

Promethium-141 ...................... 61 1000 (37)

Promethium-143 ...................... 61 100 (3.7)

Promethium-144 ...................... 61 10 (.37)

Promethium-145 ...................... 61 100 (3.7)

Promethium-146 ...................... 61 10 (.37)

Promethium-147 ...................... 61 10 (.37)

Promethium-148 ...................... 61 10 (.37)

Promethium-148m ................... 61 10 (.37)

Promethium-149 ...................... 61 100 (3.7)

Promethium-150 ...................... 61 100 (3.7)

Promethium-151 ...................... 61 100 (3.7)

Protactinium-227 ..................... 91 100 (3.7)

Protactinium-228 ..................... 91 10 (.37)

Protactinium-230 ..................... 91 10 (.37)

Protactinium-231 ..................... 91 0.01 (.00037)

Protactinium-232 ..................... 91 10 (.37)

Protactinium-233 ..................... 91 100 (3.7)

Protactinium-234 ..................... 91 10 (.37)

RADIONUCLIDES $† .............. 1 (.037)

Radium-223 ............................. 88 1 (.037)

Radium-224 ............................. 88 10 (.37)

Radium-225 ............................. 88 1 (.037)

Radium-226 ** ......................... 88 0.1 (.0037)

Radium-227 ............................. 88 1000 (37)

Radium-228 ............................. 88 0.1 (.0037)

Radon-220 ............................... 86 0.1 (.0037)

Radon-222 ............................... 86 0.1 (.0037)

Rhenium-177 ........................... 75 1000 (37)

Rhenium-178 ........................... 75 1000 (37)

Rhenium-181 ........................... 75 100 (3.7)

Rhenium-182 (12.7 hr) ............ 75 10 (.37)

Rhenium-182 (64.0 hr) ............ 75 10 (.37)

Rhenium-184 ........................... 75 10 (.37)

Rhenium-184m ........................ 75 10 (.37)

Rhenium-186 ........................... 75 100 (3.7)

Rhenium-186m ........................ 75 10 (.37)

Rhenium-187 ........................... 75 1000 (37)

Rhenium-188 ........................... 75 1000 (37)

Rhenium-188m ........................ 75 1000 (37)

Rhenium-189 ........................... 75 1000 (37)

Rhodium-100 ........................... 45 10 (.37)

Rhodium-101 ........................... 45 10 (.37)

Rhodium-101m ........................ 45 100 (3.7)

Rhodium-102 ........................... 45 10 (.37)

Rhodium-102m ........................ 45 10 (.37)

Rhodium-103m ........................ 45 1000 (37)

Rhodium-105 ........................... 45 100 (3.7)

Rhodium-106m ........................ 45 10 (.37)

Rhodium-107 ........................... 45 1000 (37)

Rhodium-99 ............................. 45 10 (.37)

Rhodium-99m .......................... 45 100 (3.7)

Rubidium-79 ............................ 37 1000 (37)

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Rubidium-81 ............................ 37 100 (3.7)

Rubidium-81m ......................... 37 1000 (37)

Rubidium-82m ......................... 37 10 (.37)

Rubidium-83 ............................ 37 10 (.37)

Rubidium-84 ............................ 37 10 (.37)

Rubidium-86 ............................ 37 10 (.37)

Rubidium-87 ............................ 37 10 (.37)

Rubidium-88 ............................ 37 1000 (37)

Rubidium-89 ............................ 37 1000 (37)

Ruthenium-103 ........................ 44 10 (.37)

Ruthenium-105 ........................ 44 100 (3.7)

Ruthenium-106 ........................ 44 1 (.037)

Ruthenium-94 .......................... 44 1000 (37)

Ruthenium-97 .......................... 44 100 (3.7)

Samarium-141 ......................... 62 1000 (37)

Samarium-141m ...................... 62 1000 (37)

Samarium-142 ......................... 62 1000 (37)

Samarium-145 ......................... 62 100 (3.7)

Samarium-146 ......................... 62 0.01 (.00037)

Samarium-147 ......................... 62 0.01 (.00037)

Samarium-151 ......................... 62 10 (.37)

Samarium-153 ......................... 62 100 (3.7)

Samarium-155 ......................... 62 1000 (37)

Samarium-156 ......................... 62 100 (3.7)

Scandium-43 ........................... 21 1000 (37)

Scandium-44 ........................... 21 100 (3.7)

Scandium-44m ........................ 21 10 (.37)

Scandium-46 ........................... 21 10 (.37)

Scandium-47 ........................... 21 100 (3.7)

Scandium-48 ........................... 21 10 (.37)

Scandium-49 ........................... 21 1000 (37)

Selenium-70 ............................ 34 1000 (37)

Selenium-73 ............................ 34 10 (.37)

Selenium-73m .......................... 34 100 (3.7)

Selenium-75 ............................ 34 10 (.37)

Selenium-79 ............................ 34 10 (.37)

Selenium-81 ............................ 34 1000 (37)

Selenium-81m .......................... 34 1000 (37)

Selenium-83 ............................ 34 1000 (37)

Silicon-31 ................................. 14 1000 (37)

Silicon-32 ................................. 14 1 (.037)

Silver-102 ................................ 47 100 (3.7)

Silver-103 ................................ 47 1000 (37)

Silver-104 ................................ 47 1000 (37)

Silver-104m ............................. 47 1000 (37)

Silver-105 ................................ 47 10 (.37)

Silver-106 ................................ 47 1000 (37)

Silver-106m ............................. 47 10 (.37)

Silver-108m ............................. 47 10 (.37)

Silver-110m ............................. 47 10 (.37)

Silver-111 ................................ 47 10 (.37)

Silver-112 ................................ 47 100 (3.7)

Silver-115 ................................ 47 1000 (37)

Sodium-22 ............................... 11 10 (.37)

Sodium-24 ............................... 11 10 (.37)

Strontium-80 ............................ 38 100 (3.7)

Strontium-81 ............................ 38 1000 (37)

Strontium-83 ............................ 38 100 (3.7)

Strontium-85 ............................ 38 10 (.37)

Strontium-85m ......................... 38 1000 (37)

Strontium-87m ......................... 38 100 (3.7)

Strontium-89 ............................ 38 10 (.37)

Strontium-90 ............................ 38 0.1 (.0037)

Strontium-91 ............................ 38 10 (.37)

Strontium-92 ............................ 38 100 (3.7)

Sulfur-35 .................................. 16 1 (.037)

Tantalum-172 .......................... 73 100 (3.7)

Tantalum-173 .......................... 73 100 (3.7)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00321 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

312

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Tantalum-174 .......................... 73 100 (3.7)

Tantalum-175 .......................... 73 100 (3.7)

Tantalum-176 .......................... 73 10 (.37)

Tantalum-177 .......................... 73 1000 (37)

Tantalum-178 .......................... 73 1000 (37)

Tantalum-179 .......................... 73 1000 (37)

Tantalum-180 .......................... 73 100 (3.7)

Tantalum-180m ....................... 73 1000 (37)

Tantalum-182 .......................... 73 10 (.37)

Tantalum-182m ....................... 73 1000 (37)

Tantalum-183 .......................... 73 100 (3.7)

Tantalum-184 .......................... 73 10 (.37)

Tantalum-185 .......................... 73 1000 (37)

Tantalum-186 .......................... 73 1000 (37)

Technetium-101 ....................... 43 1000 (37)

Technetium-104 ....................... 43 1000 (37)

Technetium-93 ......................... 43 100 (3.7)

Technetium-93m ...................... 43 1000 (37)

Technetium-94 ......................... 43 10 (.37)

Technetium-94m ...................... 43 100 (3.7)

Technetium-96 ......................... 43 10 (.37)

Technetium-96m ...................... 43 1000 (37)

Technetium-97 ......................... 43 100 (3.7)

Technetium-97m ...................... 43 100 (3.7)

Technetium-98 ......................... 43 10 (.37)

Technetium-99 ......................... 43 10 (.37)

Technetium-99m ...................... 43 100 (3.7)

Tellurium-116 ........................... 52 1000 (37)

Tellurium-121 ........................... 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-121m ........................ 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-123 ........................... 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-123m ........................ 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-125m ........................ 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-127 ........................... 52 1000 (37)

Tellurium-127m ........................ 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-129 ........................... 52 1000 (37)

Tellurium-129m ........................ 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-131 ........................... 52 1000 (37)

Tellurium-131m ........................ 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-132 ........................... 52 10 (.37)

Tellurium-133 ........................... 52 1000 (37)

Tellurium-133m ........................ 52 1000 (37)

Tellurium-134 ........................... 52 1000 (37)

Terbium-147 ............................ 65 100 (3.7)

Terbium-149 ............................ 65 100 (3.7)

Terbium-150 ............................ 65 100 (3.7)

Terbium-151 ............................ 65 10 (.37)

Terbium-153 ............................ 65 100 (3.7)

Terbium-154 ............................ 65 10 (.37)

Terbium-155 ............................ 65 100 (3.7)

Terbium-156 ............................ 65 10 (.37)

Terbium-156m (24.4 hr) .......... 65 1000 (37)

Terbium-156m (5.0 hr) ............ 65 1000 (37)

Terbium-157 ............................ 65 100 (3.7)

Terbium-158 ............................ 65 10 (.37)

Terbium-160 ............................ 65 10 (.37)

Terbium-161 ............................ 65 100 (3.7)

Thallium-194 ............................ 81 1000 (37)

Thallium-194m ......................... 81 100 (3.7)

Thallium-195 ............................ 81 100 (3.7)

Thallium-197 ............................ 81 100 (3.7)

Thallium-198 ............................ 81 10 (.37)

Thallium-198m ......................... 81 100 (3.7)

Thallium-199 ............................ 81 100 (3.7)

Thallium-200 ............................ 81 10 (.37)

Thallium-201 ............................ 81 1000 (37)

Thallium-202 ............................ 81 10 (.37)

Thallium-204 ............................ 81 10 (.37)

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Thorium (Irradiated) ................. 90 ***

Thorium (Natural) .................... 90 **

Thorium-226 ............................ 90 100 (3.7)

Thorium-227 ............................ 90 1 (.037)

Thorium-228 ............................ 90 0.01 (.00037)

Thorium-229 ............................ 90 0.001 (.000037)

Thorium-230 ............................ 90 0.01 (.00037)

Thorium-231 ............................ 90 100 (3.7)

Thorium-232 ** ........................ 90 0.001 (.000037)

Thorium-234 ............................ 90 100 (3.7)

Thulium-162 ............................. 69 1000 (37)

Thulium-166 ............................. 69 10 (.37)

Thulium-167 ............................. 69 100 (3.7)

Thulium-170 ............................. 69 10 (.37)

Thulium-171 ............................. 69 100 (3.7)

Thulium-172 ............................. 69 100 (3.7)

Thulium-173 ............................. 69 100 (3.7)

Thulium-175 ............................. 69 1000 (37)

Tin-110 .................................... 50 100 (3.7)

Tin-111 .................................... 50 1000 (37)

Tin-113 .................................... 50 10 (.37)

Tin-117m ................................. 50 100 (3.7)

Tin-119m ................................. 50 10 (.37)

Tin-121 .................................... 50 1000 (37)

Tin-121m ................................. 50 10 (.37)

Tin-123 .................................... 50 10 (.37)

Tin-123m ................................. 50 1000 (37)

Tin-125 .................................... 50 10 (.37)

Tin-126 .................................... 50 1 (.037)

Tin-127 .................................... 50 100 (3.7)

Tin-128 .................................... 50 1000 (37)

Titanium-44 .............................. 22 1 (.037)

Titanium-45 .............................. 22 1000 (37)

Tungsten-176 .......................... 74 1000 (37)

Tungsten-177 .......................... 74 100 (3.7)

Tungsten-178 .......................... 74 100 (3.7)

Tungsten-179 .......................... 74 1000 (37)

Tungsten-181 .......................... 74 100 (3.7)

Tungsten-185 .......................... 74 10 (.37)

Tungsten-187 .......................... 74 100 (3.7)

Tungsten-188 .......................... 74 10 (.37)

Uranium (Depleted) ................. 92 ***

Uranium (Irradiated) ................ 92 ***

Uranium (Natural) .................... 92 **

Uranium Enriched 20% or great-

er .......................................... 92 ***

Uranium Enriched less than

20% ...................................... 92 ***

Uranium-230 ............................ 92 1 (.037)

Uranium-231 ............................ 92 1000 (37)

Uranium-232 ............................ 92 0.01 (.00037)

Uranium-233 ............................ 92 0.1 (.0037)

Uranium-234 ** ........................ 92 0.1 (.0037)

Uranium-235 ** ........................ 92 0.1 (.0037)

Uranium-236 ............................ 92 0.1 (.0037)

Uranium-237 ............................ 92 100 (3.7)

Uranium-238 ** ........................ 92 0.1 (.0037)

Uranium-239 ............................ 92 1000 (37)

Uranium-240 ............................ 92 1000 (37)

Vanadium-47 ........................... 23 1000 (37)

Vanadium-48 ........................... 23 10 (.37)

Vanadium-49 ........................... 23 1000 (37)

Xenon-120 ............................... 54 100 (3.7)

Xenon-121 ............................... 54 10 (.37)

Xenon-122 ............................... 54 100 (3.7)

Xenon-123 ............................... 54 10 (.37)

Xenon-125 ............................... 54 100 (3.7)

Xenon-127 ............................... 54 100 (3.7)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00322 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

313

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

ABLE

PPENDIX

A—R

ADIONUCLIDES

—

Continued

(1)—Radionuclide

(2)—

Atomic

Num-

ber

(3)—Reportable

Quantity (RQ)

Ci (TBq)

Xenon-129m ............................ 54 1000 (37)

Xenon-131m ............................ 54 1000 (37)

Xenon-133 ............................... 54 1000 (37)

Xenon-133m ............................ 54 1000 (37)

Xenon-135 ............................... 54 100 (3.7)

Xenon-135m ............................ 54 10 (.37)

Xenon-138 ............................... 54 10 (.37)

Ytterbium-162 .......................... 70 1000 (37)

Ytterbium-166 .......................... 70 10 (.37)

Ytterbium-167 .......................... 70 1000 (37)

Ytterbium-169 .......................... 70 10 (.37)

Ytterbium-175 .......................... 70 100 (3.7)

Ytterbium-177 .......................... 70 1000 (37)

Ytterbium-178 .......................... 70 1000 (37)

Yttrium-86 ................................ 39 10 (.37)

Yttrium-86m ............................. 39 1000 (37)

Yttrium-87 ................................ 39 10 (.37)

Yttrium-88 ................................ 39 10 (.37)

Yttrium-90 ................................ 39 10 (.37)

Yttrium-90m ............................. 39 100 (3.7)

Yttrium-91 ................................ 39 10 (.37)

Yttrium-91m ............................. 39 1000 (37)

Yttrium-92 ................................ 39 100 (3.7)

Yttrium-93 ................................ 39 100 (3.7)

Yttrium-94 ................................ 39 1000 (37)

Yttrium-95 ................................ 39 1000 (37)

Zinc-62 ..................................... 30 100 (3.7)

Zinc-63 ..................................... 30 1000 (37)

Zinc-65 ..................................... 30 10 (.37)

Zinc-69 ..................................... 30 1000 (37)

Zinc-69m .................................. 30 100 (3.7)

Zinc-71m .................................. 30 100 (3.7)

Zinc-72 ..................................... 30 100 (3.7)

Zirconium-86 ............................ 40 100 (3.7)

Zirconium-88 ............................ 40 10 (.37)

Zirconium-89 ............................ 40 100 (3.7)

Zirconium-93 ............................ 40 1 (.037)

Zirconium-95 ............................ 40 10 (.37)

Zirconium-97 ............................ 40 10 (.37)

$ The RQs for all radionuclides apply to chemical com-

pounds containing the radionuclides and elemental forms re-

gardless of the diameter of pieces of solid material.

† The RQ of one curie applies to all radionuclides not other-

wise listed. Whenever the RQs in TABLE 1—HAZARDOUS

SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES and this

table conflict, the lowest RQ shall apply. For example, uranyl

acetate and uranyl nitrate have RQs shown in TABLE 1 of

100 pounds, equivalent to about one-tenth the RQ level for

uranium-238 in this table.

** The method to determine the RQs for mixtures or solu-

tions of radionuclides can be found in paragraph 7 of the note

preceding TABLE 1 of this appendix. RQs for the following

four common radionuclide mixtures are provided: radium-226

in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.053 curie); natural

uranium (0.1 curie); natural uranium in secular equilibrium

with its daughters (0.052 curie); and natural thorium in secular

equilibrium with its daughters (0.011 curie).

*** Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because

it appears in the list of radionuclides in 49 CFR 173.435. The

reportable quantity (RQ), if not specifically listed elsewhere in

this appendix, shall be determined in accordance with the pro-

cedures in paragraph 7 of this appendix.

PPENDIX

§ 172.101—L

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

1. See § 171.4 of this subchapter for applica-

bility to marine pollutants. This appendix

lists potential marine pollutants as defined

in § 171.8 of this subchapter.

2. Marine pollutants listed in this appendix

are not necessarily listed by name in the

§ 172.101 Table. If a marine pollutant not list-

ed by name or by synonym in the § 172.101

Table meets the definition of any hazard

Class 1 through 8, then you must determine

the class and division of the material in ac-

cordance with § 173.2a of this subchapter. You

must also select the most appropriate haz-

ardous material description and proper ship-

ping name. If a marine pollutant not listed

by name or by synonym in the § 172.101 Table

does not meet the definition of any Class 1

through 8, then you must offer it for trans-

portation under the most appropriate of the

following two Class 9 entries: ‘‘Environ-

mentally hazardous substances, liquid,

n.o.s.,’’ UN3082, or ‘‘Environmentally haz-

ardous substances, solid, n.o.s.’’ UN3077.

3. This appendix contains two columns.

The first column, entitled ‘‘S.M.P.’’ (for se-

vere marine pollutants), identifies whether a

material is a severe marine pollutant. If the

letters ‘‘PP’’ appear in this column for a ma-

terial, the material is a severe marine pol-

lutant, otherwise it is not. The second col-

umn, entitled ‘‘Marine Pollutant’’ , lists the

marine pollutants.

4. If a material is not listed in this appen-

dix and meets the criteria for a marine pol-

lutant as provided in Chapter 2.9 of the

IMDG Code, (incorporated by reference; see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter), the material may

be transported as a marine pollutant in ac-

cordance with the applicable requirements of

this subchapter.

5. If a material or a solution meeting the

definition of a marine pollutant in § 171.8 of

this subchapter does not meet the criteria

for a marine pollutant as provided in section

2.9.3.3 and 2.9.3.4 of the IMDG Code, (incor-

porated by reference; see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), it may be excepted from the re-

quirements of this subchapter as a marine

pollutant if that exception is approved by

the Associate Administrator.

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized

Acetylene tetrabromide

Acetylene tetrachloride

Acraldehyde, inhibited

Acrolein, inhibited

Acrolein, stabilized

Acrylic aldehyde, inhibited

Alcohol C-12 - C-16 poly(1-6) ethoxylate

Alcohol C-6 - C-17 (secondary)poly(3-6) ethoxylate

Aldicarb

PP Aldrin

Alkyl (c12-c14) dimethylamine

Alkyl (c7-c9) nitrates

Alkybenzenesulphonates, branched and straight

chain (excluding C11–C13 straight chain or

branched chain homologues)

Allyl bromide

ortho-Aminoanisole

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00323 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

314

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

Aminocarb

Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate

n-Amylbenzene

PP Azinphos-ethyl

PP Azinphos-methyl

Barium cyanide

Bendiocarb

Benomyl

Benquinox

Benzyl chlorocarbonate

Benzyl chloroformate

PP Binapacryl

N,N-Bis (2-hydroxyethyl) oleamide (LOA)

PP Brodifacoum

Bromine cyanide

Bromoacetone

Bromoallylene

Bromobenzene

ortho-Bromobenzyl cyanide

Bromocyane

Bromoform

PP Bromophos-ethyl

3-Bromopropene

Bromoxynil

Butanedione

2-Butenal, stabilized

Butyl benzyl phthalate

N-tert-butyl-N-cyclopropyl-6-methylthio-1,3,5-triazine-

2,4-diamine

2,4-Di-tert-butylphenol

PP 2, 6-Di-tert-Butylphenol

para-tertiary-butyltoluene

PP Cadmium compounds

Cadmium sulphide

Calcium arsenate

Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite, mixtures,

solid

Calcium cyanide

PP Camphechlor

Carbaryl

Carbendazim

Carbofuran

Carbon tetrabromide

Carbon tetrachloride

PP Carbophenothion

Cartap hydrochloride

PP Chlordane

Chlorfenvinphos

PP Chlorinated paraffins (C-10 - C-13)

PP Chlorinated paraffins (C14–C17), with more than 1%

shorter chain length

Chlorine

Chlorine cyanide, inhibited

Chlormephos

Chloroacetone, stabilized

1-Chloro-2,3-Epoxypropane

2-Chloro-6-nitrotoluene

4-Chloro-2-nitrotoluene

Chloro-ortho-nitrotoluene

2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethylnitrobenzene

para-Chlorobenzyl chloride, liquid or solid

Chlorodinitrobenzenes, liquid or solid

1-Chloroheptane

1-Chlorohexane

Chloronitroanilines

Chloronitrotoluenes, liquid

Chloronitrotoluenes, solid

1-Chlorooctane

PP Chlorophenolates, liquid

PP Chlorophenolates, solid

Chlorophenyltrichlorosilane

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

Chloropicrin

alpha-Chloropropylene

Chlorotoluenes (meta-;para-)

PP Chlorpyriphos

PP Chlorthiophos

Cocculus

Coconitrile

Copper acetoarsenite

Copper arsenite

PP Copper chloride

PP Copper chloride solution

PP Copper cyanide

PP Copper metal powder

PP Copper sulphate, anhydrous, hydrates

Coumachlor

PP Coumaphos

PP Cresyl diphenyl phosphate

Crotonaldehyde, stabilized

Crotonic aldehyde, stabilized

Crotoxyphos

Cupric arsenite

PP Cupric chloride

PP Cupric cyanide

PP Cupric sulfate

Cupriethylenediamine solution

PP Cuprous chloride

Cyanide mixtures

Cyanide solutions

Cyanides, inorganic, n.o.s.

Cyanogen bromide

Cyanogen chloride, inhibited

Cyanogen chloride, stabilized

Cyanophos

PP 1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene

PP Cyhexatin

PP Cymenes (o-;m-;p-)

PP Cypermethrin

Decyl acrylate

PP DDT

Decycloxytetrahydrothiophene dioxide

DEF

Desmedipham

Di-allate

Di-n-Butyl phthalate

PP Dialifos

4,4′-Diaminodiphenylmethane

PP Diazinon

1,3-Dibromobenzene

PP Dichlofenthion

Dichloroanilines

1,3-Dichlorobenzene

1,4-Dichlorobenzene

Dichlorobenzene (meta-; para-)

2,2-Dichlorodiethyl ether

Dichlorodimethyl ether, symmetrical

Di-(2-chloroethyl) ether

1,1-Dichloroethylene, inhibited

1,6-Dichlorohexane

Dichlorophenyltrichlorosilane

PP Dichlorvos

PP Diclofop-methyl

Dicrotophos

PP Dieldrin

Diisopropylbenzenes

Diisopropylnaphthalenes, mixed isomers

PP Dimethoate

PP N,N-Dimethyldodecylamine

Dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical

Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical

Dinitro-o-cresol, solid

Dinitro-o-cresol, solution

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00324 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

315

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

Dinitrochlorobenzenes, liquid or solid

Dinitrophenol, dry or wetted with less than 15 per

cent water, by mass

Dinitrophenol solutions

Dinitrophenol, wetted with not less than 15 per cent

water, by mass

Dinitrophenolates alkali metals, dry or wetted with

less than 15 per cent water, by mass

Dinitrophenolates, wetted with not less than 15 per

cent water, by mass

Dinobuton

Dinoseb

Dinoseb acetate

Dioxacarb

Dioxathion

Dipentene

Diphacinone

Diphenyl

PP Diphenylamine chloroarsine

PP Diphenylchloroarsine, solid or liquid

Disulfoton

1,4-Di-tert-butylbenzene

DNOC

DNOC (pesticide)

Dodecyl diphenyl oxide disulphonate

PP Dodecyl hydroxypropyl sulfide

1-Dodecylamine

PP Dodecylphenol

Drazoxolon

Edifenphos

PP Endosulfan

PP Endrin

Epibromohydrin

Epichlorohydrin

PP EPN

PP Esfenvalerate

PP Ethion

Ethoprophos

Ethyl fluid

Ethyl mercaptan

2-Ethylhexyl nitrate

2-Ethyl-3-propylacrolein

Ethyl tetraphosphate

Ethyldichloroarsine

Ethylene dibromide and methyl bromide mixtures,

liquid

2-Ethylhexaldehyde

Fenamiphos

PP Fenbutatin oxide

PP Fenchlorazole-ethyl

PP Fenitrothion

PP Fenoxapro-ethyl

PP Fenoxaprop-P-ethyl

PP Fenpropathrin

Fensulfothion

PP Fenthion

PP Fentin acetate

PP Fentin hydroxide

Ferric arsenate

Ferric arsenite

Ferrous arsenate

PP Fonofos

Formetanate

PP Furathiocarb (ISO)

PP gamma-BHC

Gasoline, leaded

PP Heptachlor

Heptenophos

n-Heptaldehyde

n-Heptylbenzene

normal-Heptyl chloride

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

PP Hexachlorobutadiene

PP 1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene

Hexaethyl tetraphosphate liquid

Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, solid

normal-Hexyl chloride

n-Hexylbenzene

Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, containing

less than 3% water

Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, containing

less than 3% water and absorbed in a porous inert

material

Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions not more than

20% hydrocyanic acid

Hydrogen cyanide solution in alcohol, with not more

than 45% hydrogen cyanide

Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less than 3%

water

Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less than 3%

water and absorbed in a porous inert material

Hydroxydimethylbenzenes, liquid or solid

Ioxynil

Isobenzan

Isobutyl butyrate

Isobutylbenzene

Isodecyl acrylate

Isodecyl diphenyl phosphate

Isofenphos

Isooctyl nitrate

Isoprocarb

Isotetramethylbenzene

PP Isoxathion

Lead acetate

Lead arsenates

Lead arsenites

Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s.

Lead cyanide

Lead nitrate

Lead perchlorate, solid or solution

Lead tetraethyl

Lead tetramethyl

PP Lindane

Linuron

London Purple

Magnesium arsenate

Malathion

Mancozeb (ISO)

Maneb

Maneb preparations with not less than 60% maneb

Maneb preparation, stabilized against self-heating

Maneb stabilized or Maneb preparations, stabilized

against self-heating

Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis dithiocarbamate

Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis-dithiocarbamate, sta-

bilized against self-heating

Mecarbam

Mephosfolan

Mercaptodimethur

PP Mercuric acetate

PP Mercuric ammonium chloride

PP Mercuric arsenate

PP Mercuric benzoate

PP Mercuric bisulphate

PP Mercuric bromide

PP Mercuric chloride

PP Mercuric cyanide

PP Mercuric gluconate

Mercuric iodide

PP Mercuric nitrate

PP Mercuric oleate

PP Mercuric oxide

PP Mercuric oxycyanide, desensitized

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00325 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

316

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.101

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

PP Mercuric potassium cyanide

PP Mercuric Sulphate

PP Mercuric thiocyanate

PP Mercurol

PP Mercurous acetate

PP Mercurous bisulphate

PP Mercurous bromide

PP Mercurous chloride

PP Mercurous nitrate

PP Mercurous salicylate

PP Mercurous sulphate

PP Mercury acetates

PP Mercury ammonium chloride

PP Mercury based pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic

PP Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable

PP Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic

PP Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic

PP Mercury benzoate

PP Mercury bichloride

PP Mercury bisulphates

PP Mercury bromides

PP Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s.

PP Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s.

PP Mercury cyanide

PP Mercury gluconate

PP Mercury (I) (mercurous) compounds (pesticides)

PP Mercury (II) (mercuric) compounds (pesticides)

Mercury iodide

PP Mercury nucleate

PP Mercury oleate

PP Mercury oxide

PP Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized

PP Mercury potassium cyanide

PP Mercury potassium iodide

PP Mercury salicylate

PP Mercury sulfates

PP Mercury thiocyanate

Metam-sodium

Methamidophos

Methanethiol

Methidathion

Methomyl

ortho-Methoxyaniline

Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide mixtures, liq-

uid

Methyl mercaptan

3-Methylacroleine, stabilized

Methylchlorobenzenes

Methylnitrophenols

3-Methylpyradine

Methyltrithion

Methylvinylbenzenes, inhibited

PP Mevinphos

Mexacarbate

Mirex

Monocrotophos

Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures

Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures or compounds

Nabam

Naled

PP Nickel carbonyl

PP Nickel cyanide

PP Nickel tetracarbonyl

3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride

Nitrobenzene

Nitrobenzotrifluorides, liquid or solid

Nonylphenol

normal-Octaldehyde

Oleylamine

PP Organotin compounds, liquid, n.o.s.

PP Organotin compounds (pesticides)

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

PP Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s.

PP Organotin pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.,

flash point less than 23deg C

PP Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.

PP Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.

PP Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s.

Orthoarsenic acid

PP Osmium tetroxide

Oxamyl

Oxydisulfoton

Paraoxon

PP Parathion

PP Parathion-methyl

PP PCBs.

Pentachloroethane

PP Pentachlorophenol

Pentalin

n-Pentylbenzene

Perchloroethylene

Perchloromethylmercaptan

Petrol, leaded

PP Phenarsazine chloride

d-Phenothrin

PP Phenthoate

1-Phenylbutane

2-Phenylbutane

Phenylcyclohexane

PP Phenylmercuric acetate

PP Phenylmercuric compounds, n.o.s.

PP Phenylmercuric hydroxide

PP Phenylmercuric nitrate

PP Phorate

PP Phosalone

Phosmet

PP Phosphamidon

PP Phosphorus, white, molten

PP Phosphorus, white or yellow dry or under water or in

solution

PP Phosphorus white, or yellow, molten

PP Phosphorus, yellow, molten

Pindone (and salts of)

Pirimicarb

PP Pirimiphos-ethyl

PP Polychlorinated biphenyls

PP Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid or Terphenyls liq-

uid

PP Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid or Terphenyls,

solid

PP Potassium cuprocyanide

Potassium cyanide, solid

Potassium cyanide, solution

PP Potassium cyanocuprate (I)

PP Potassium cyanomercurate

PP Potassium mercuric iodide

Promecarb

Propachlor

Propaphos

Propenal, inhibited

Propoxur

Prothoate

Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized

Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, absorbed in a

porous inert material

PP Pyrazophos

Quinalphos

PP Quizalofop

PP Quizalofop-p-ethyl

Rotenone

Salithion

PP Silafluofen

Silver arsenite

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00326 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

317

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

Silver cyanide

Silver orthoarsenite

PP Sodium copper cyanide, solid

PP Sodium copper cyanide solution

PP Sodium cuprocyanide, solid

PP Sodium cuprocyanide, solution

Sodium cyanide, solid

Sodium cyanide, solution

Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, dry or wetted with less

than 15 per cent water, by mass

Sodium dinitro-ortho-cresolate, wetted with not less

than 15 per cent water, by mass

PP Sodium pentachlorophenate

Strychnine or Strychnine salts

Sulfotep

PP Sulprophos

Tallow nitrile

Temephos

TEPP

PP Terbufos

Tetrabromoethane

Tetrabromomethane

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane

Tetrachloroethylene

Tetrachloromethane

Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate

PP Tetraethyl lead, liquid

Tetramethrin

Tetramethyllead

Thallium chlorate

Thallium compounds, n.o.s.

Thallium compounds (pesticides)

Thallium nitrate

Thallium sulfate

Thallous chlorate

Thiocarbonyl tetrachloride

Triaryl phosphates, isopropylated

PP Triaryl phosphates, n.o.s.

Triazophos

Tribromomethane

PP Tributyltin compounds

Trichlorfon

PP 1,2,3—Trichlorobenzene

Trichlorobenzenes, liquid

Trichlorobutene

Trichlorobutylene

Trichloromethane sulphuryl chloride

Trichloromethyl sulphochloride

Trichloronat

Tricresyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer)

PP Tricresyl phosphate, not less than 1% ortho-isomer

but not more than 3% orthoisomer

PP Tricresyl phosphate with more than 3 per cent ortho

isomer

Triethylbenzene

Triisopropylated phenyl phosphates

Trimethylene dichloride

PP Triphenylphosphate

Triphenyl phosphate/tert-butylated triphenyl

phosphates mixtures containing 5% to 10%

triphenyl phosphates

PP Triphenyl phosphate/tert-butylated triphenyl

phosphates mixtures containing 10% to 48%

triphenyl phosphates

PP Triphenyltin compounds

Tritolyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer)

PP Tritolyl phosphate (not less than 1% ortho-isomer)

Trixylenyl phosphate

Vinylidene chloride, stabilized

Warfarin (and salts of)

PP White phosphorus, dry

IST OF

ARINE

OLLUTANTS

—Continued

S.M.P.

(1)

Marine pollutant

(2)

PP White phosphorus, wet

White spirit, low (15-20%) aromatic

PP Yellow phosphorus, dry

PP Yellow phosphorus, wet

Zinc bromide

Zinc cyanide

[Amdt. 172–173, 55 FR 52474, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 172.101, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 172.102 Special provisions.

(a) General. When column 7 of the

§ 172.101 table refers to a special provi-

sion for a hazardous material, the

meaning and requirements of that pro-

vision are as set forth in this section.

When a special provision specifies

packaging or packaging require-

ments—

(1) The special provision is in addi-

tion to the standard requirements for

all packagings prescribed in § 173.24 of

this subchapter and any other applica-

ble packaging requirements in subparts

A and B of part 173 of this subchapter;

and

(2) To the extent a special provision

imposes limitations or additional re-

quirements on the packaging provi-

sions set forth in column 8 of the

§ 172.101 table, packagings must con-

form to the requirements of the special

provision.

(b) Description of codes for special pro-

visions. Special provisions contain

packaging provisions, prohibitions, ex-

ceptions from requirements for par-

ticular quantities or forms of materials

and requirements or prohibitions appli-

cable to specific modes of transpor-

tation, as follows:

(1) A code consisting only of numbers

(for example, ‘‘11’’) is multi-modal in

application and may apply to bulk and

non-bulk packagings.

(2) A code containing the letter ‘‘A’’

refers to a special provision which ap-

plies only to transportation by air-

craft.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00327 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

318

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

(3) A code containing the letter ‘‘B’’

refers to a special provision that ap-

plies only to bulk packaging require-

ments. Unless otherwise provided in

this subchapter, these special provi-

sions do not apply to UN, IM Specifica-

tion portable tanks or IBCs.

(4) A code containing the letters ‘‘IB’’

or ‘‘IP’’ refers to a special provision

that applies only to transportation in

IBCs.

(5) A code containing the letter ‘‘N’’

refers to a special provision which ap-

plies only to non-bulk packaging re-

quirements.

(6) A code containing the letter ‘‘R’’

refers to a special provision which ap-

plies only to transportation by rail.

(7) A code containing the letter ‘‘T’’

refers to a special provision which ap-

plies only to transportation in UN or

IM Specification portable tanks.

(8) A code containing the letters

‘‘TP’’ refers to a portable tank special

provision for UN or IM Specification

portable tanks that is in addition to

those provided by the portable tank in-

structions or the requirements in part

178 of this subchapter.

(9) A code containing the letter ‘‘W’’

refers to a special provision that ap-

plies only to transportation by water.

lowing tables list, and set forth the re-

quirements of, the special provisions

referred to in column 7 of the § 172.101

table.

(1) Numeric provisions. These provi-

sions are multi-modal and apply to

bulk and non-bulk packagings:

Code/Special Provisions

1 This material is poisonous by inhalation

(see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard

Zone A (see § 173.116(a) or §173.133(a) of this

subchapter), and must be described as an

inhalation hazard under the provisions of

this subchapter.

2 This material is poisonous by inhalation

(see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard

Zone B (see § 173.116(a) or §173.133(a) of this

subchapter), and must be described as an

inhalation hazard under the provisions of

this subchapter.

3 This material is poisonous by inhalation

(see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard

Zone C (see § 173.116(a) of this subchapter),

and must be described as an inhalation

hazard under the provisions of this sub-

chapter.

4 This material is poisonous by inhalation

(see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard

Zone D (see § 173.116(a) of this subchapter),

and must be described as an inhalation

hazard under the provisions of this sub-

chapter.

5 If this material meets the definition for a

material poisonous by inhalation (see

§ 171.8 of this subchapter), a shipping name

must be selected which identifies the inha-

lation hazard, in Division 2.3 or Division

6.1, as appropriate.

6 This material is poisonous-by-inhalation

and must be described as an inhalation

hazard under the provisions of this sub-

chapter.

8 A hazardous substance that is not a haz-

ardous waste may be shipped under the

shipping description ‘‘Other regulated sub-

stances, liquid or solid, n.o.s.’’, as appro-

priate. In addition, for solid materials, spe-

cial provision B54 applies.

9 Packaging for certain PCBs for disposal

and storage is prescribed by EPA in 40 CFR

761.60 and 761.65.

11 The hazardous material must be pack-

aged as either a liquid or a solid, as appro-

priate, depending on its physical form at 55

°C (131 °F) at atmospheric pressure.

12 In concentrations greater than 40 per-

cent, this material has strong oxidizing

properties and is capable of starting fires

in contact with combustible materials. If

appropriate, a package containing this ma-

terial must conform to the additional la-

beling requirements of § 172.402 of this sub-

chapter.

13 The words ‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’ shall be

entered on each shipping paper in associa-

tion with the shipping description, shall be

marked on each non-bulk package in asso-

ciation with the proper shipping name and

identification number, and shall be marked

on two opposing sides of each bulk pack-

age. Size of marking on bulk package must

conform to § 172.302(b) of this subchapter.

The requirements of §§ 172.203(m) and

172.505 of this subchapter do not apply.

14 Motor fuel antiknock mixtures are:

a. Mixtures of one or more organic lead

mixtures (such as tetraethyl lead,

triethylmethyl lead, diethyldimethyl

lead, ethyltrimethyl lead, and

tetramethyl lead) with one or more halo-

gen compounds (such as ethylene

dibromide and ethylene dichloride), hy-

drocarbon solvents or other equally effi-

cient stabilizers; or

b. tetraethyl lead.

15 This entry applies to ‘‘Chemical kits’’

and ‘‘First aid kits’’ containing one or more

compatible items of hazardous materials in

boxes, cases, etc. that, for example, are used

for medical, analytical, diagnostic, testing,

or repair purposes. Kits that are carried on

board transport vehicles for first aid or oper-

ating purposes are not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00328 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

319

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

16 This description applies to smokeless

powder and other solid propellants that are

used as powder for small arms and have

been classed as Division 1.3 and 4.1 in ac-

cordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter.

18 This description is authorized only for fire

extinguishers listed in § 173.309(b) of this

subchapter meeting the following condi-

tions:

a. Each fire extinguisher may only have

extinguishing contents that are nonflam-

mable, non-poisonous, non-corrosive and

commercially free from corroding com-

ponents.

b. Each fire extinguisher must be charged

with a nonflammable, non-poisonous, dry

gas that has a dew-point at or below

minus 46.7 °C (minus 52 °F) at 101 kPa (1

atmosphere) and is free of corroding com-

ponents, to not more than the service

pressure of the cylinder.

c. A fire extinguisher may not contain

more than 30% carbon dioxide by volume

or any other corrosive extinguishing

agent.

d. Each fire extinguisher must be protected

externally by suitable corrosion-resisting

coating.

19 For domestic transportation only, the

identification number ‘‘UN1075’’ may be

used in place of the identification number

specified in column (4) of the § 172.101 table.

The identification number used must be

consistent on package markings, shipping

papers and emergency response informa-

tion.

21 This material must be stabilized by ap-

propriate means (e.g., addition of chemical

inhibitor, purging to remove oxygen) to

prevent dangerous polymerization (see

§ 173.21(f) of this subchapter).

22 If the hazardous material is in dispersion

in organic liquid, the organic liquid must

have a flash point above 50 °C (122 °F).

23 This material may be transported under

the provisions of Division 4.1 only if it is so

packed that the percentage of diluent will

not fall below that stated in the shipping

description at any time during transport.

Quantities of not more than 500 g per pack-

age with not less than 10 percent water by

mass may also be classed in Division 4.1,

provided a negative test result is obtained

when tested in accordance with test series

6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

24 Alcoholic beverages containing more

than 70 percent alcohol by volume must be

transported as materials in Packing Group

II. Alcoholic beverages containing more

than 24 percent but not more than 70 per-

cent alcohol by volume must be trans-

ported as materials in Packing Group III.

26 This entry does not include ammonium

permanganate, the transport of which is

prohibited except when approved by the

Associate Administrator.

28 The dihydrated sodium salt of

dichloroisocyanuric acid is not subject to

the requirements of this subchapter.

29 For transportation by motor vehicle,

rail car or vessel, production runs (excep-

tions for prototypes can be found in

§ 173.185(e)) of not more than 100 lithium cells

or batteries are excepted from the testing re-

quirements of § 173.185(a)(1) if—

a. For a lithium metal cell or battery, the

lithium content is not more than 1.0 g per

cell and the aggregate lithium content is not

more than 2.0 g per battery, and, for a lith-

ium-ion cell or battery, the equivalent lith-

ium content is not more than 1.5 g per cell

and the aggregate equivalent lithium con-

tent is not more than 8 g per battery;

b. The cells and batteries are transported

in an outer packaging that is a metal, plas-

tic or plywood drum or metal, plastic or

wooden box that meets the criteria for Pack-

ing Group I packagings; and

c. Each cell and battery is individually

packed in an inner packaging inside an outer

packaging and is surrounded by cushioning

material that is non-combustible, and non-

conductive.

30 Sulfur is not subject to the requirements

of this subchapter if transported in a non-

bulk packaging or if formed to a specific

shape (for example, prills, granules, pel-

lets, pastilles, or flakes). A bulk packaging

containing sulfur is not subject to the

placarding requirements of subpart F of

this part, if it is marked with the appro-

priate identification number as required by

subpart D of this part. Molten sulfur must

be marked as required by § 172.325 of this

subchapter.

31 Materials which have undergone suffi-

cient heat treatment to render them non-

hazardous are not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter.

32 Polymeric beads and molding compounds

may be made from polystyrene,

poly(methyl methacrylate) or other poly-

meric material.

33 Ammonium nitrites and mixtures of an

inorganic nitrite with an ammonium salt

are prohibited.

34 The commercial grade of calcium nitrate

fertilizer, when consisting mainly of a dou-

ble salt (calcium nitrate and ammonium

nitrate) containing not more than 10 per-

cent ammonium nitrate and at least 12 per-

cent water of crystallization, is not subject

to the requirements of this subchapter.

35 Antimony sulphides and oxides which do

not contain more than 0.5 percent of ar-

senic calculated on the total mass do not

meet the definition of Division 6.1.

37 Unless it can be demonstrated by testing

that the sensitivity of the substance in its

frozen state is no greater than in its liquid

state, the substance must remain liquid

during normal transport conditions. It

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00329 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

320

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

must not freeze at temperatures above ¥15

°C (5 °F).

38 If this material shows a violent effect in

laboratory tests involving heating under

confinement, the labeling requirements of

Special Provision 53 apply, and the mate-

rial must be packaged in accordance with

packing method OP6 in § 173.225 of this sub-

chapter. If the SADT of the technically

pure substance is higher than 75 °C, the

technically pure substance and formula-

tions derived from it are not self-reactive

materials and, if not meeting any other

hazard class, are not subject to the re-

quirements of this subchapter.

39 This substance may be carried under pro-

visions other than those of Class 1 only if

it is so packed that the percentage of

water will not fall below that stated at any

time during transport. When phlegmatized

with water and inorganic inert material,

the content of urea nitrate must not ex-

ceed 75 percent by mass and the mixture

should not be capable of being detonated

by test 1(a)(i) or test 1(a)(ii) in the UN

Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

40 Polyester resin kits consist of two com-

ponents: A base material (Class 3, Packing

Group II or III) and an activator (organic

peroxide), each separately packed in an

inner packaging. The organic peroxide

must be type D, E, or F, not requiring tem-

perature control. The components may be

placed in the same outer packaging pro-

vided they will not interact dangerously in

the event of leakage. The Packing Group

assigned will be II or III, according to the

classification criteria for Class 3, applied

to the base material. Additionally, unless

otherwise excepted in this subchapter, pol-

yester resin kits must be packaged in spec-

ification combination packagings based on

the performance level of the base material

contained within the kit.

41 This material at the Packing Group II

hazard criteria level may be transported in

Large Packagings.

43 The membrane filters, including paper

separators and coating or backing mate-

rials, that are present in transport, must

not be able to propagate a detonation as

tested by one of the tests described in the

UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I,

Test series 1(a) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). On the basis of the results of

suitable burning rate tests, and taking

into account the standard tests in the UN

Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, sub-

section 33.2.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), nitrocellulose membrane filters

in the form in which they are to be trans-

ported that do not meet the criteria for a

Division 4.1 material are not subject to the

requirements of this subchapter. Pack-

agings must be so constructed that explo-

sion is not possible by reason of increased

internal pressure. Nitrocellulose mem-

brane filters covered by this entry, each

with a mass not exceeding 0.5 g, are not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter when contained individually in an

article or a sealed packet.

44 The formulation must be prepared so

that it remains homogenous and does not

separate during transport. Formulations

with low nitrocellulose contents and nei-

ther showing dangerous properties when

tested for their ability to detonate,

deflagrate or explode when heated under

defined confinement by the appropriate

test methods and criteria in the UN Man-

ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter), nor classed as a Division

4.1 (flammable solid) when tested in ac-

cordance with the procedures specified in

§ 173.124 of this subchapter (chips, if nec-

essary, crushed and sieved to a particle

size of less than 1.25 mm), are not subject

to the requirements of this subchapter.

45 Temperature should be maintained be-

tween 18 °C (64.4 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F).

Tanks containing solidified methacrylic

acid must not be reheated during trans-

port.

46 This material must be packed in accord-

ance with packing method OP6 (see § 173.225

of this subchapter). During transport, it

must be protected from direct sunshine

and stored (or kept) in a cool and well-ven-

tilated place, away from all sources of

heat.

47 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to

this subchapter and flammable liquids may

be transported under this entry without

first applying the classification criteria of

Division 4.1, provided there is no free liquid

visible at the time the material is loaded

or at the time the packaging or transport

unit is closed. Except when the liquids are

fully absorbed in solid material contained

in sealed bags, each packaging must cor-

respond to a design type that has passed a

leakproofness test at the Packing Group II

level. Small inner packagings consisting of

sealed packets and articles containing less

than 10 mL of a Class 3 liquid in Packing

Group II or III absorbed onto a solid mate-

rial are not subject to this subchapter pro-

vided there is no free liquid in the packet

or article.

48 Mixtures of solids which are not subject

to this subchapter and toxic liquids may be

transported under this entry without first

applying the classification criteria of Divi-

sion 6.1, provided there is no free liquid

visible at the time the material is loaded

or at the time the packaging or transport

unit is closed. Each packaging must cor-

respond to a design type that has passed a

leakproofness test at the Packing Group II

level. This entry may not be used for solids

containing a Packing Group I liquid.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00330 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

321

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

49 Mixtures of solids which are not subject

to this subchapter and corrosive liquids

may be transported under this entry with-

out first applying the classification cri-

teria of Class 8, provided there is no free

liquid visible at the time the material is

loaded or at the time the packaging or

transport unit is closed. Each packaging

must correspond to a design type that has

passed a leakproofness test at the Packing

Group II level.

50 Cases, cartridge, empty with primer

which are made of metallic or plastic cas-

ings and meeting the classification criteria

of Division 1.4 are not regulated for domes-

tic transportation.

51 This description applies to items pre-

viously described as ‘‘Toy propellant de-

vices, Class C’’ and includes reloadable

kits. Model rocket motors containing 30

grams or less propellant are classed as Di-

vision 1.4S and items containing more than

30 grams of propellant but not more than

62.5 grams of propellant are classed as Di-

vision 1.4C.

52 This entry may only be used for sub-

stances that do not exhibit explosive prop-

erties of Class 1 (explosive) when tested in

accordance with Test Series 1 and 2 of

Class 1 (explosive) in the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria, Part I (incorporated by

reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

53 Packages of these materials must bear

the subsidiary risk label, ‘‘EXPLOSIVE’’,

and the subsidiary hazard class/division

must be entered in parentheses imme-

diately following the primary hazard class

in the shipping description, unless other-

wise provided in this subchapter or

through an approval issued by the Asso-

ciate Administrator, or the competent au-

thority of the country of origin. A copy of

the approval shall accompany the shipping

papers.

54 Maneb or maneb preparations not meet-

ing the definition of Division 4.3 or any

other hazard class are not subject to the

requirements of this subchapter when

transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or

aircraft.

55 This device must be approved in accord-

ance with § 173.56 of this subchapter by the

Associate Administrator.

56 A means to interrupt and prevent deto-

nation of the detonator from initiating the

detonating cord must be installed between

each electric detonator and the detonating

cord ends of the jet perforating guns before

the charged jet perforating guns are of-

fered for transportation.

57 Maneb or Maneb preparations stabilized

against self-heating need not be classified

in Division 4.2 when it can be dem-

onstrated by testing that a volume of 1 m

of substance does not self-ignite and that

the temperature at the center of the sam-

ple does not exceed 200 °C, when the sample

is maintained at a temperature of not less

than 75 °C ±2 °C for a period of 24 hours, in

accordance with procedures set forth for

testing self-heating materials in the UN

Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

58 Aqueous solutions of Division 5.1 inor-

ganic solid nitrate substances are consid-

ered as not meeting the criteria of Division

5.1 if the concentration of the substances

in solution at the minimum temperature

encountered in transport is not greater

than 80% of the saturation limit.

59 Ferrocerium, stabilized against corro-

sion, with a minimum iron content of 10

percent is not subject to the requirements

of this subchapter.

61 A chemical oxygen generator is spent if

its means of ignition and all or a part of its

chemical contents have been expended.

62 Oxygen generators (see § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter) are not authorized for transpor-

tation under this entry.

64 The group of alkali metals includes lith-

ium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and

caesium.

65 The group of alkaline earth metals in-

cludes magnesium, calcium, strontium,

and barium.

66 Formulations of these substances con-

taining not less than 30 percent non-vola-

tile, non-flammable phlegmatizer are not

subject to this subchapter.

70 Black powder that has been classed in ac-

cordance with the requirements of § 173.56

of this subchapter may be reclassed and of-

fered for domestic transportation as a Di-

vision 4.1 material if it is offered for trans-

portation and transported in accordance

with the limitations and packaging re-

quirements of § 173.170 of this subchapter.

74 During transport, this material must be

protected from direct sunshine and stored

or kept in a cool and well-ventilated place,

away from all sources of heat.

78 This entry may not be used to describe

compressed air which contains more than

23.5 percent oxygen. Compressed air con-

taining greater than 23.5 percent oxygen

must be shipped using the description

‘‘Compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.,

UN3156.’’

79 This entry may not be used for mixtures

that meet the definition for oxidizing gas.

81 Polychlorinated biphenyl items, as de-

fined in 40 CFR 761.3, for which specifica-

tion packagings are impractical, may be

packaged in non-specification packagings

meeting the general packaging require-

ments of subparts A and B of part 173 of

this subchapter. Alternatively, the item

itself may be used as a packaging if it

meets the general packaging requirements

of subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00331 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

322

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

102 The ends of the detonating cord must be

tied fast so that the explosive cannot es-

cape. The articles may be transported as in

Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if

all of the conditions specified in § 173.63(a)

of this subchapter are met.

103 Detonators which will not mass deto-

nate and undergo only limited propagation

in the shipping package may be assigned to

1.4B classification code. Mass detonate

means that more than 90 percent of the de-

vices tested in a package explode prac-

tically simultaneously. Limited propaga-

tion means that if one detonator near the

center of a shipping package is exploded,

the aggregate weight of explosives, exclud-

ing ignition and delay charges, in this and

all additional detonators in the outside

packaging that explode may not exceed 25

grams.

105 The word ‘‘Agents’’ may be used instead

of ‘‘Explosives’’ when approved by the As-

sociate Administrator.

106 The recognized name of the particular

explosive may be specified in addition to

the type.

107 The classification of the substance is ex-

pected to vary especially with the particle

size and packaging but the border lines

have not been experimentally determined;

appropriate classifications should be

verified following the test procedures in

§§ 173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter.

108 Fireworks must be so constructed and

packaged that loose pyrotechnic composi-

tion will not be present in packages during

transportation.

109 Rocket motors must be nonpropulsive

in transportation unless approved in ac-

cordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter. A

rocket motor to be considered ‘‘nonpropul-

sive’’ must be capable of unrestrained

burning and must not appreciably move in

any direction when ignited by any means.

110 Fire extinguishers transported under

UN1044 and oxygen cylinders transported

for emergency use under UN1072 may in-

clude installed actuating cartridges (car-

tridges, power device of Division 1.4C or

1.4S), without changing the classification

of Division 2.2, provided the aggregate

quantity of deflagrating (propellant) explo-

sives does not exceed 3.2 grams per cyl-

inder. Oxygen cylinders with installed ac-

tuating cartridges as prepared for trans-

portation must have an effective means of

preventing inadvertent activation.

111 Explosive substances of Division 1.1

Compatibility Group A (1.1A) are forbidden

for transportation if dry or not desen-

sitized, unless incorporated in a device.

113 The sample must be given a tentative

approval by an agency or laboratory in ac-

cordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter.

114 Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well,

without detonator may be reclassed to Di-

vision 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if

the following conditions are met:

a. The total weight of the explosive contents

of the shaped charges assembled in the

guns does not exceed 90.5 kg (200 pounds)

per vehicle; and

b. The guns are packaged in accordance with

Packing Method US 1 as specified in § 173.62

of this subchapter.

115 Boosters with detonator, detonator as-

semblies and boosters with detonators in

which the total explosive charge per unit

does not exceed 25 g, and which will not

mass detonate and undergo only limited

propagation in the shipping package may

be assigned to 1.4B classification code.

Mass detonate means more than 90 percent

of the devices tested in a package explode

practically simultaneously. Limited propa-

gation means that if one booster near the

center of the package is exploded, the ag-

gregate weight of explosives, excluding ig-

nition and delay charges, in this and all

additional boosters in the outside pack-

aging that explode may not exceed 25 g.

116 Fuzes, detonating may be classed in Di-

vision 1.4 if the fuzes do not contain more

than 25 g of explosive per fuze and are

made and packaged so that they will not

cause functioning of other fuzes, explosives

or other explosive devices if one of the

fuzes detonates in a shipping packaging or

in adjacent packages.

117 If shipment of the explosive substance is

to take place at a time that freezing

weather is anticipated, the water con-

tained in the explosive substance must be

mixed with denatured alcohol so that

freezing will not occur.

118 This substance may not be transported

under the provisions of Division 4.1 unless

specifically authorized by the Associate

Administrator.

119 This substance, when in quantities of

not more than 11.5 kg (25.3 pounds), with

not less than 10 percent water, by mass,

also may be classed as Division 4.1, pro-

vided a negative test result is obtained

when tested in accordance with test series

6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

120 The phlegmatized substance must be

significantly less sensitive than dry PETN.

121 This substance, when containing less al-

cohol, water or phlegmatizer than speci-

fied, may not be transported unless ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator.

123 Any explosives, blasting, type C con-

taining chlorates must be segregated from

explosives containing ammonium nitrate

or other ammonium salts.

125 Lactose or glucose or similar materials

may be used as a phlegmatizer provided

that the substance contains not less than

90%, by mass, of phlegmatizer. These mix-

tures may be classified in Division 4.1 when

tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00332 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

323

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and approved

by the Associate Administrator. Testing

must be conducted on at least three pack-

ages as prepared for transport. Mixtures

containing at least 98%, by mass, of

phlegmatizer are not subject to the re-

quirements of this subchapter. Packages

containing mixtures with not less than 90%

by mass, of phlegmatizer need not bear a

POISON subsidiary risk label.

127 Mixtures containing oxidizing and or-

ganic materials transported under this

entry may not meet the definition and cri-

teria of a Class 1 material. (See § 173.50 of

this subchapter.)

128 Regardless of the provisions of

§ 172.101(c)(12), aluminum smelting by-prod-

ucts and aluminum remelting by-products

described under this entry, meeting the

definition of Class 8, Packing Group II and

III may be classed as a Division 4.3 mate-

rial and transported under this entry. The

presence of a Class 8 hazard must be com-

municated as required by this Part for sub-

sidiary hazards.

129 These materials may not be classified

and transported unless authorized by the

Associate Administrator on the basis of re-

sults from Series 2 Test and a Series 6(c)

Test from the UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) on

packages as prepared for transport. The

packing group assignment and packaging

must be approved by the Associate Admin-

istrator for Hazardous Materials Safety on

the basis of the criteria in § 173.21 of this

subchapter and the package type used for

the Series 6(c) test.

130 ‘‘Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.,’’ com-

monly referred to as dry batteries, are her-

metically sealed and generally utilize met-

als (other than lead) and/or carbon as elec-

trodes. These batteries are typically used

for portable power applications. The re-

chargeable (and some non-rechargeable)

types have gelled alkaline electrolytes

(rather than acidic) making it difficult for

them to generate hydrogen or oxygen when

overcharged and therefore, differentiating

them from non-spillable batteries. Dry bat-

teries specifically covered by another

entry in the § 172.101 Table must be trans-

ported in accordance with the require-

ments applicable to that entry. For exam-

ple, nickel-metal hydride batteries trans-

ported by vessel in certain quantities are

covered by another entry (see Batteries,

nickel-metal hydride, UN3496). Dry bat-

teries not specifically covered by another

entry in the § 172.101 Table are covered by

this entry (i.e., Batteries, dry, sealed,

n.o.s.) and are not subject to requirements

of this subchapter except for the following:

(a) Incident reporting. For transportation

by aircraft, a telephone report in accordance

with § 171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent

rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of

heat (i.e., an amount of heat sufficient to be

dangerous to packaging or personal safety to

include charring of packaging, melting of

packaging, scorching of packaging, or other

evidence) occurs as a direct result of a dry

battery. For all modes of transportation, a

written report submitted, retained, and up-

dated in accordance with § 171.16 is required

if a fire, violent rupture, explosion or dan-

gerous evolution of heat occurs as a direct

result of a dry battery or battery-powered

device.

(b) Preparation for transport. Batteries and

battery-powered device(s) containing bat-

teries must be prepared and packaged for

transport in a manner to prevent:

(1) A dangerous evolution of heat;

(2) Short circuits, including but not lim-

ited to the following methods:

(i) Packaging each battery or each battery-

powered device when practicable, in fully en-

closed inner packagings made of non-conduc-

tive material;

(ii) Separating or packaging batteries in a

manner to prevent contact with other bat-

teries, devices or conductive materials (e.g.,

metal) in the packagings; or

(iii) Ensuring exposed terminals or connec-

tors are protected with non-conductive caps,

non-conductive tape, or by other appropriate

means; and

(3) Damage to terminals. If not impact re-

sistant, the outer packaging should not be

used as the sole means of protecting the bat-

tery terminals from damage or short

circuiting. Batteries must be securely cush-

ioned and packed to prevent shifting which

could loosen terminal caps or reorient the

terminals to produce short circuits. Bat-

teries contained in devices must be securely

installed. Terminal protection methods in-

clude but are not limited to the following:

(i) Securely attaching covers of sufficient

strength to protect the terminals;

(ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid plastic

packaging; or

(iii) Constructing the battery with termi-

nals that are recessed or otherwise protected

so that the terminals will not be subjected to

damage if the package is dropped.

a battery whose voltage (electrical poten-

tial) exceeds 9 volts—

(1) When contained in a device, the device

must be packaged in a manner that prevents

unintentional activation or must have an

independent means of preventing uninten-

tional activation (e.g., packaging restricts

access to activation switch, switch caps or

locks, recessed switches, trigger locks, tem-

perature sensitive circuit breakers, etc.); and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00333 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

324

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

(2) An indication of compliance with this

special provision must be provided by mark-

ing each package with the words ‘‘not re-

stricted’’ or by including the words ‘‘not re-

stricted’’ on a transport document such as an

air waybill accompanying the shipment.

(d) Used or spent battery exception. Used or

spent dry batteries of both non-rechargeable

and rechargeable designs, with a marked rat-

ing up to 9-volt that are combined in the

same package and transported by highway or

rail for recycling, reconditioning, or disposal

are not subject to this special provision or

any other requirement of the HMR. Note

that batteries utilizing different chemistries

(i.e., those battery chemistries specifically

covered by another entry in the § 172.101

Table) as well as dry batteries with a marked

rating greater than 9-volt may not be com-

bined with used or spent batteries in the

same package. Note also that this exception

does not apply to batteries that have been

reconditioned for reuse.

131 This material may not be offered for

transportation unless approved by the As-

sociate Administrator.

132 This entry may only be used for uni-

form, ammonium nitrate based fertilizer

mixtures, containing nitrogen, phosphate

or potash, meeting the following criteria:

(1) Contains not more than 70% ammonium

nitrate and not more than 0.4% total com-

bustible, organic material calculated as

carbon or (2) Contains not more than 45%

ammonium nitrate and unrestricted com-

bustible material.

134 This entry only applies to vehicles, ma-

chinery and equipment powered by wet

batteries, sodium batteries, or lithium bat-

teries that are transported with these bat-

teries installed. Examples of such items

are electrically-powered cars, lawn mow-

ers, wheelchairs, and other mobility aids.

Self-propelled vehicles or equipment that

also contain an internal combustion engine

must be consigned under the entry ‘‘En-

gine, internal combustion, flammable gas

powered’’ or ‘‘Engine, internal combustion,

flammable liquid powered’’ or ‘‘Vehicle,

flammable gas powered’’ or ‘‘Vehicle, flam-

mable liquid powered,’’ as appropriate.

These entries include hybrid electric vehi-

cles powered by both an internal combus-

tion engine and batteries. Additionally,

self-propelled vehicles or equipment that

contain a fuel cell engine must be con-

signed under the entries ‘‘Engine, fuel cell,

flammable gas powered’’ or ‘‘Engine, fuel

cell, flammable liquid powered’’ or ‘‘Vehi-

cle, fuel cell, flammable gas powered’’ or

‘‘Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid pow-

ered,’’ as appropriate. These entries in-

clude hybrid electric vehicles powered by a

fuel cell engine, an internal combustion

engine, and batteries.

135 Internal combustion engines installed in

a vehicle must be consigned under the en-

tries ‘‘Vehicle, flammable gas powered’’ or

‘‘Vehicle, flammable liquid powered,’’ as

appropriate. These entries include hybrid

electric vehicles powered by both an inter-

nal combustion engine and wet, sodium or

lithium batteries installed. If a fuel cell

engine is installed in a vehicle, the vehicle

must be consigned using the entries ‘‘Ve-

hicle, fuel cell, flammable gas powered’’ or

‘‘Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid pow-

ered,’’ as appropriate. These entries in-

clude hybrid electric vehicles powered by a

fuel cell, an internal combustion engine,

and wet, sodium or lithium batteries in-

stalled.

136 This entry only applies to machinery

and apparatus containing hazardous mate-

rials as in integral element of the machin-

ery or apparatus. It may not be used to de-

scribe machinery or apparatus for which a

proper shipping name exists in the § 172.101

Table. Except when approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator, machinery or appa-

ratus may only contain hazardous mate-

rials for which exceptions are referenced in

Column (8) of the § 172.101 Table and are

provided in part 173, subpart D, of this sub-

chapter. Hazardous materials shipped

under this entry are excepted from the la-

beling requirements of this subchapter un-

less offered for transportation or trans-

ported by aircraft and are not subject to

the placarding requirements of part 172,

subpart F, of this subchapter. Orientation

markings as described in § 172.312 (a)(2) are

required when liquid hazardous materials

may escape due to incorrect orientation.

The machinery or apparatus, if

unpackaged, or the packaging in which it

is contained shall be marked ‘‘Dangerous

goods in machinery’’ or ‘‘Dangerous goods

in apparatus’’, as appropriate, with the

identification number UN3363. For trans-

portation by aircraft, machinery or appa-

ratus may not contain any material forbid-

den for transportation by passenger or

cargo aircraft. The Associate Adminis-

trator may except from the requirements

of this subchapter, equipment, machinery

and apparatus provided:

a. It is shown that it does not pose a sig-

nificant risk in transportation;

b. The quantities of hazardous materials do

not exceed those specified in § 173.4a of

this subchapter; and

c. The equipment, machinery or apparatus

conforms with § 173.222 of this sub-

chapter.

137 Cotton, dry; flax, dry; sisal, dry; and

tampico fiber, dry are not subject to the

requirements of this subchapter when they

are baled in accordance with ISO 8115,

‘‘Cotton Bales—Dimensions and Density’’

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) to a

density of not less than 360 kg/m

(22.1 lb/

) for cotton, 400 kg/m

(24.97 lb/ft

) for

flax, 620 kg/m

(38.71 lb/ft

) for sisal and 360

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00334 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

325

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

kg/m

(22.1 lb/ft

) for tampico fiber and

transported in a freight container or closed

transport vehicle.

138 Lead compounds which, when mixed in a

ratio of 1:1,000 with 0.07 M (Molar con-

centration) hydrochloric acid and stirred

for one hour at a temperature of 23 °C ±2

°C, exhibit a solubility of 5% or less are

considered insoluble and are not subject to

the requirements of this subchapter unless

they meet criteria as another hazard class

or division.

139 Use of the ‘‘special arrangement’’ proper

shipping names for international ship-

ments must be made under an IAEA Cer-

tificate of Competent Authority issued by

the Associate Administrator in accordance

with the requirements in § 173.471, §173.472,

or § 173.473 of this subchapter. Use of these

proper shipping names for domestic ship-

ments may be made only under a DOT spe-

cial permit, as defined in, and in accord-

ance with the requirements of subpart B of

part 107 of this subchapter.

140 This material is regulated only when it

meets the defining criteria for a hazardous

substance or a marine pollutant. In addi-

tion, the column 5 reference is modified to

read ‘‘III’’ on those occasions when this

material is offered for transportation or

transported by highway or rail.

141 A toxin obtained from a plant, animal,

or bacterial source containing an infec-

tious substance, or a toxin contained in an

infectious substance, must be classed as

Division 6.2, described as an infectious sub-

stance, and assigned to UN 2814 or UN 2900,

as appropriate.

142 These hazardous materials may not be

classified and transported unless author-

ized by the Associate Administrator. The

Associate Administrator will base the au-

thorization on results from Series 2 tests

and a Series 6(c) test from the UN Manual

of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter) on packages as prepared

for transport in accordance with the re-

quirements of this subchapter.

144 If transported as a residue in an under-

ground storage tank (UST), as defined in 40

CFR 280.12, that has been cleaned and

purged or rendered inert according to the

American Petroleum Institute (API)

Standard 1604 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), then the tank and this material

are not subject to any other requirements

of this subchapter. However, sediments re-

maining in the tank that meet the defini-

tion for a hazardous material are subject

to the applicable regulations of this sub-

chapter.

145 This entry applies to formulations that

neither detonate in the cavitated state nor

deflagrate in laboratory testing, show no

effect when heated under confinement, ex-

hibit no explosive power, and are ther-

mally stable (self-accelerating decomposi-

tion temperature (SADT) at 60 °C (140 °F)

or higher for a 50 kg (110.2 lbs.) package).

Formulations not meeting these criteria

must be transported under the provisions

applicable to the appropriate entry in the

Organic Peroxide Table in § 173.225 of this

subchapter.

146 This description may be used for a ma-

terial that poses a hazard to the environ-

ment but does not meet the definition for

a hazardous waste or a hazardous sub-

stance, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, or any hazard class, as defined in

part 173 of this subchapter, if it is des-

ignated as environmentally hazardous by

another Competent Authority. This provi-

sion may be used for both domestic and

international shipments.

147 This entry applies to non-sensitized

emulsions, suspensions, and gels consisting

primarily of a mixture of ammonium ni-

trate and fuel, intended to produce a Type

E blasting explosive only after further

processing prior to use. The mixture for

emulsions typically has the following com-

position: 60–85% ammonium nitrate; 5–30%

water; 2–8% fuel; 0.5–4% emulsifier or

thickening agent; 0–10% soluble flame sup-

pressants; and trace additives. Other inor-

ganic nitrate salts may replace part of the

ammonium nitrate. The mixture for sus-

pensions and gels typically has the fol-

lowing composition: 60–85% ammonium ni-

trate; 0–5% sodium or potassium per-

chlorate; 0–17% hexamine nitrate or

monomethylamine nitrate; 5–30% water; 2–

15% fuel; 0.5–4% thickening agent; 0–10%

soluble flame suppressants; and trace addi-

tives. Other inorganic nitrate salts may re-

place part of the ammonium nitrate. These

substances must satisfactorily pass Test

Series 8 of the UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria, Part I, Section 18 (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter), and may not be classified

and transported unless approved by the As-

sociate Administrator.

149 Except for transportation by aircraft,

when transported as a limited quantity or

a consumer commodity, the maximum net

capacity specified in § 173.150(b)(2) of this

subchapter for inner packagings may be in-

creased to 5 L (1.3 gallons).

149 When transported as a limited quantity

or a consumer commodity, the maximum

net capacity specified in § 173.150(b)(2) of

this subchapter for inner packagings may

be increased to 5 L (1.3 gallons).

150 This description may be used only for

uniform mixtures of fertilizers containing

ammonium nitrate as the main ingredient

within the following composition limits:

a. Not less than 90% ammonium nitrate

with not more than 0.2% total combustible,

organic material calculated as carbon, and

with added matter, if any, that is inorganic

and inert when in contact with ammonium

nitrate; or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00335 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

326

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

b. Less than 90% but more than 70% ammo-

nium nitrate with other inorganic materials,

or more than 80% but less than 90% ammo-

nium nitrate mixed with calcium carbonate

and/or dolomite and/or mineral calcium

sulphate, and not more than 0.4% total com-

bustible, organic material calculated as car-

bon; or

c. Ammonium nitrate-based fertilizers con-

taining mixtures of ammonium nitrate and

ammonium sulphate with more than 45% but

less than 70% ammonium nitrate, and not

more than 0.4% total combustible, organic

material calculated as carbon such that the

sum of the percentage of compositions of

ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulphate

exceeds 70%.

151 If this material meets the definition of

a flammable liquid in § 173.120 of this sub-

chapter, a FLAMMABLE LIQUID label is

also required and the basic description on

the shipping paper must indicate the Class

3 subsidiary hazard.

155 Fish meal or fish scrap may not be

transported if the temperature at the time

of loading either exceeds 35 °C (95 °F), or

exceeds 5 °C (41 °F) above the ambient tem-

perature, whichever is higher.

156 Asbestos that is immersed or fixed in a

natural or artificial binder material, such

as cement, plastic, asphalt, resins or min-

eral ore, or contained in manufactured

products is not subject to the requirements

of this subchapter.

159 This material must be protected from

direct sunshine and kept in a cool, well-

ventilated place away from sources of heat.

160 This entry applies to articles that are

used as life-saving vehicle air bag infla-

tors, air bag modules or seat-belt

pretensioners containing Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials or materials of other haz-

ard classes. Air bag inflators and modules

must be tested in accordance with Test se-

ries 6(c) of Part I of the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria (incorporated by ref-

erence; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), with

no explosion of the device, no fragmenta-

tion of device casing or pressure vessel,

and no projection hazard or thermal effect

that would significantly hinder fire-fight-

ing or other emergency response efforts in

the immediate vicinity. If the air bag in-

flator unit satisfactorily passes the series

6(c) test, it is not necessary to repeat the

test on the air bag module.

161 For domestic transport, air bag infla-

tors, air bag modules or seat belt

pretensioners that meet the criteria for a

Division 1.4G explosive must be trans-

ported using the description, ‘‘Articles, py-

rotechnic for technical purposes,’’ UN0431.

162 This material may be transported under

the provisions of Division 4.1 only if it is

packed so that at no time during transport

will the percentage of diluent fall below

the percentage that is stated in the ship-

ping description.

163 Substances must satisfactorily pass

Test Series 8 of the UN Manual of Tests

and Criteria, Part I, Section 18 (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

164 Substances must not be transported

under this entry unless approved by the

Associate Administrator on the basis of

the results of appropriate tests according

to Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and

Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). The material must be packaged

so that the percentage of diluent does not

fall below that stated in the approval at

any time during transportation.

165 These substances are susceptible to

exothermic decomposition at elevated tem-

peratures. Decomposition can be initiated

by heat, moisture or by impurities (e.g.,

powdered metals (iron, manganese, cobalt,

magnesium)). During the course of trans-

portation, these substances must be shaded

from direct sunlight and all sources of heat

and be placed in adequately ventilated

areas.

166 When transported in non-friable tablet

form, calcium hypochlorite, dry, may be

transported as a Packing Group III mate-

rial.

167 These storage systems must always be

considered as containing hydrogen. A

metal hydride storage system installed in

or intended to be installed in a vehicle or

equipment or in vehicle or equipment com-

ponents must be approved for transport by

the Associate Administrator. A copy of the

approval must accompany each shipment.

168 For lighters containing a Division 2.1

gas (see § 171.8 of this subchapter), rep-

resentative samples of each new lighter de-

sign must be examined and successfully

tested as specified in § 173.308(b)(3). For cri-

teria in determining what is a new lighter

design, see § 173.308(b)(1). For transpor-

tation of new lighter design samples for ex-

amination and testing, see § 173.308(b)(2).

The examination and testing of each light-

er design must be performed by a person

authorized by the Associate Administrator

under the provisions of subpart E of part

107 of this chapter, as specified in

§ 173.308(a)(4). For continued use of approv-

als dated prior to January 1, 2012, see

§ 173.308(b)(5).

For non-pressurized lighters containing a

Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, its de-

sign, description, and packaging must be ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator prior

to being offered for transportation or trans-

ported in commerce. In addition, a lighter

design intended to contain a non-pressurized

Class 3 material is excepted from the exam-

ination and testing criteria specified in

§ 173.308(b)(3). An unused lighter or a lighter

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00336 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

327

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

that is cleaned of residue and purged of va-

pors is not subject to the requirements of

this subchapter.

169 This entry applies to lighter refills (see

§ 171.8 of this subchapter) that contain a

Division 2.1 (flammable) gas but do not

contain an ignition device. Lighter refills

offered for transportation under this entry

may not exceed 4 fluid ounces capacity

(7.22 cubic inches) or contain more than 65

grams of fuel. A lighter refill exceeding 4

fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or

containing more than 65 grams of fuel

must be classed as a Division 2.1 material,

described with the proper shipping name

appropriate for the material, and packaged

in the packaging specified in part 173 of

this subchapter for the flammable gas con-

tained therein. In addition, a container ex-

ceeding 4 fluid ounces volumetric capacity

(7.22 cubic inches) or containing more than

65 grams of fuel may not be connected or

manifolded to a lighter or similar device

and must also be described and packaged

according to the fuel contained therein.

For transportation by passenger-carrying

aircraft, the net mass of lighter refills may

not exceed 1 kg per package, and, for

cargo-only aircraft, the net mass of lighter

refills may not exceed 15 kg per package.

See § 173.306(h) of this subchapter.

170 Air must be eliminated from the vapor

space by nitrogen or other means.

171 This entry may only be used when the

material is transported in non-friable tab-

let form or for granular or powered mix-

tures that have been shown to meet the PG

III criteria in § 173.127.

172 This entry includes alcohol mixtures

containing up to 5% petroleum products.

173 For adhesives, printing inks, printing

ink-related materials, paints, paint-related

materials, and resin solutions which are

assigned to UN3082, and do not meet the

definition of another hazard class, metal or

plastic packaging for substances of pack-

ing groups II and III in quantities of 5 L

(1.3 gallons) or less per packaging are not

required to meet the UN performance

package testing when transported:

a. Except for transportation by aircraft, in

palletized loads, a pallet box or unit load de-

vice (e.g. individual packaging placed or

stacked and secured by strapping, shrink or

stretch-wrapping or other suitable means to

a pallet). For vessel transport, the palletized

loads, pallet boxes or unit load devices must

be firmly packed and secured in closed cargo

transport units; or

b. Except for transportation by aircraft, as

an inner packaging of a combination pack-

aging with a maximum net mass of 40 kg (88

pounds). For transportation by aircraft, as

an inner packaging of a combination pack-

aging with a maximum gross mass of 30 kg

when packaged as a limited quantity in ac-

cordance with § 173.27(f).

175 This substance must be stabilized when

in concentrations of not more than 99%.

176 This entry must be used for formalde-

hyde solutions containing methanol as a

stabilizer. Formaldehyde solutions not

containing methanol and not meeting the

Class 3 flammable liquid criteria must be

described using a different proper shipping

name.

177 Gasoline, or, ethanol and gasoline mix-

tures, for use in internal combustion en-

gines (e.g., in automobiles, stationary en-

gines and other engines) must be assigned

to Packing Group II regardless of vari-

ations in volatility.

188 Small lithium cells and batteries. Lithium

cells or batteries, including cells or bat-

teries packed with or contained in equip-

ment, are not subject to any other require-

ments of this subchapter if they meet all of

the following:

a. Primary lithium batteries and cells.

(1) Primary lithium batteries and cells are

forbidden for transport aboard passenger-car-

rying aircraft. The outside of each package

that contains primary (nonrechargeable)

lithium batteries or cells must be marked

‘‘PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES—FOR-

BIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PAS-

SENGER AIRCRAFT’’ or ‘‘LITHIUM METAL

BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANS-

PORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT’’

on a background of contrasting color. The

letters in the marking must be:

(i) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in height on

packages having a gross weight of more than

30 kg (66 pounds); or

(ii) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) on packages

having a gross weight of 30 kg (66 pounds) or

less, except that smaller font may be used as

necessary to fit package dimensions; and

(2) The provisions of paragraph (a)(1) do

not apply to packages that contain 5 kg (11

pounds) net weight or less of primary lith-

ium batteries or cells that are contained in

or packed with equipment and the package

contains no more than the number of lith-

ium batteries or cells necessary to power the

piece of equipment;

b. For a lithium metal or lithium alloy

cell, the lithium content is not more than 1.0

g. For a lithium-ion cell, the equivalent lith-

ium content is not more than 1.5 g;

c. For a lithium metal or lithium alloy

battery, the aggregate lithium content is not

more than 2.0 g. For a lithium-ion battery,

the aggregate equivalent lithium content is

not more than 8 g;

d. Effective October 1, 2009, the cell or bat-

tery must be of a type proven to meet the re-

quirements of each test in the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria (IBR; see § 171.7 of this

subchapter);

e. Cells or batteries are separated or pack-

aged in a manner to prevent short circuits

and are packed in a strong outer packaging

or are contained in equipment;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00337 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

328

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

f. Effective October 1, 2008, except when

contained in equipment, each package con-

taining more than 24 lithium cells or 12 lith-

ium batteries must be:

(1) Marked to indicate that it contains

lithium batteries, and special procedures

should be followed if the package is dam-

aged;

(2) Accompanied by a document indicating

that the package contains lithium batteries

and special procedures should be followed if

the package is damaged;

(3) Capable of withstanding a 1.2 meter

drop test in any orientation without damage

to cells or batteries contained in the pack-

age, without shifting of the contents that

would allow short circuiting and without re-

lease of package contents; and

(4) Gross weight of the package may not

exceed 30 kg (66 pounds). This requirement

does not apply to lithium cells or batteries

packed with equipment;

g. Electrical devices must conform to

§ 173.21;

h. For transportation by aircraft, a tele-

phone report in accordance with § 171.15(a) is

required if a fire, violent rupture, explosion

or dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an

amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to

packaging or personal safety to include char-

ring of packaging, melting of packaging,

scorching of packaging, or other evidence)

occurs as a direct result of a lithium battery.

For all modes of transportation, a written

report submitted, retained, and updated in

accordance with § 171.16 is required if a fire,

violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evo-

lution of heat occurs as a direct result of a

lithium battery or battery-powered device;

and

i. Lithium batteries or cells are not au-

thorized aboard an aircraft in checked or

carry-on luggage except as provided in

§ 175.10.

189 Medium lithium cells and batteries. Effec-

tive October 1, 2008, when transported by

motor vehicle or rail car, lithium cells or

batteries, including cells or batteries

packed with or contained in equipment,

are not subject to any other requirements

of this subchapter if they meet all of the

following:

a. The lithium content anode of each cell,

when fully charged, is not more than 5

grams.

b. The aggregate lithium content of the

anode of each battery, when fully charged, is

not more than 25 grams.

c. The cells or batteries are of a type prov-

en to meet the requirements of each test in

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR;

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A cell or bat-

tery and equipment containing a cell or bat-

tery that was first transported prior to Janu-

ary 1, 2006 and is of a type proven to meet

the criteria of Class 9 by testing in accord-

ance with the tests in the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria, Third revised edition,

1999, need not be retested.

d. Cells or batteries are separated or pack-

aged in a manner to prevent short circuits

and are packed in a strong outer packaging

or are contained in equipment.

e. The outside of each package must be

marked ‘‘LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBID-

DEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD AIR-

CRAFT AND VESSEL’’ on a background of

contrasting color, in letters:

(1) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in height on

packages having a gross weight of more than

30 kg (66 pounds); or

(2) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) on packages

having a gross weight of 30 kg (66 pounds) or

less, except that smaller font may be used as

necessary to fit package dimensions.

f. Except when contained in equipment,

each package containing more than 24 lith-

ium cells or 12 lithium batteries must be:

(1) Marked to indicate that it contains

lithium batteries, and special procedures

should be followed if the package is dam-

aged;

(2) Accompanied by a document indicating

that the package contains lithium batteries

and special procedures should be followed if

the package is damaged;

(3) Capable of withstanding a 1.2 meter

drop test in any orientation without damage

to cells or batteries contained in the pack-

age, without shifting of the contents that

would allow short circuiting and without re-

lease of package contents; and

(4) Gross weight of the package may not

exceed 30 kg (66 pounds). This requirement

does not apply to lithium cells or batteries

packed with equipment.

g. Electrical devices must conform to

§ 173.21 of this subchapter; and

h. A written report submitted, retained,

and updated in accordance with § 171.16 is re-

quired if a fire, violent rupture, explosion or

dangerous evolution of heat (i.e., an amount

of heat sufficient to be dangerous to pack-

aging or personal safety to include charring

of packaging, melting of packaging, scorch-

ing of packaging, or other evidence) occurs

as a direct result of a lithium battery or bat-

tery-powered device.

190 Until the effective date of the standards

set forth in Special Provision 189, medium

lithium cells or batteries, including cells

or batteries packed with or contained in

equipment, are not subject to any other re-

quirements of this subchapter if they meet

all of the following:

a. Primary lithium batteries and cells. (1) Pri-

mary lithium batteries and cells are forbid-

den for transport aboard passenger-carrying

aircraft. The outside of each package that

contains primary (nonrechargeable) lithium

batteries or cells must be marked ‘‘PRI-

MARY LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN

FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00338 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

329

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

AIRCRAFT’’ or ‘‘LITHIUM METAL BAT-

TERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT

ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT’’ on a

background of contrasting color. The letters

in the marking must be:

(i) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in height on

packages having a gross weight of more than

30 kg (66 pounds); or

(ii) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) on packages

having a gross weight of 30 kg (66 pounds) or

less, except that smaller font may be used as

necessary to fit package dimensions; and

(2) The provisions of paragraph (a)(1) do

not apply to packages that contain 5 kg (11

pounds) net weight or less of primary lith-

ium batteries or cells that are contained in

or packed with equipment and the package

contains no more than the number of lith-

ium batteries or cells necessary to power the

piece of equipment.

b. The lithium content of each cell, when

fully charged, is not more than 5 grams.

c. The aggregate lithium content of each

battery, when fully charged, is not more

than 25 grams.

d. The cells or batteries are of a type prov-

en to meet the requirements of each test in

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR;

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A cell or bat-

tery and equipment containing a cell or bat-

tery that was first transported prior to Janu-

ary 1, 2006 and is of a type proven to meet

the criteria of Class 9 by testing in accord-

ance with the tests in the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria, Third Revised Edition,

1999, need not be retested.

e. Cells or batteries are separated so as to

prevent short circuits and are packed in a

strong outer packaging or are contained in

equipment.

f. Electrical devices must conform to

§ 173.21 of this subchapter.

198 Nitrocellulose solutions containing not

more than 20% nitrocellulose may be

transported as paint, perfumery products,

or printing ink, as applicable, provided the

nitrocellulose contains no more 12.6% ni-

trogen (by dry mass). See UN1210, UN1263,

UN1266, UN3066, UN3469, and UN3470.

237 ‘‘Batteries, dry, containing potassium

hydroxide solid, electric storage’’ must be

prepared and packaged in accordance with

the requirements of § 173.159(a), (b), and (c).

For transportation by aircraft, the provi-

sions of § 173.159(b)(2) are applicable.

332 Magnesium nitrate hexahydrate is not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter.

335 Mixtures of solids that are not subject

to this subchapter and environmentally

hazardous liquids or solids may be classi-

fied as ‘‘Environmentally hazardous sub-

stances, solid, n.o.s,’’ UN3077 and may be

transported under this entry, provided

there is no free liquid visible at the time

the material is loaded or at the time the

packaging or transport unit is closed. Each

transport unit must be leakproof when

used as bulk packaging.

340 This entry applies only to the vessel

transportation of nickel-metal hydride

batteries as cargo. Nickel-metal hydride

button cells or nickel-metal hydride cells

or batteries packed with or contained in

battery-powered devices transported by

vessel are not subject to the requirements

of this special provision. See ‘‘Batteries,

dry, sealed, n.o.s.’’ in the § 172.101 Haz-

ardous Materials Table (HMT) of this part

for transportation requirements for nickel-

metal hydride batteries transported by

other modes and for nickel-metal hydride

button cells or nickel-metal hydride cells

or batteries packed with or contained in

battery-powered devices transported by

vessel. Nickel-metal hydride batteries sub-

ject to this special provision are subject

only to the following requirements: (1) The

batteries must be prepared and packaged

for transport in a manner to prevent a dan-

gerous evolution of heat, short circuits,

and damage to terminals; and are subject

to the incident reporting in accordance

with § 171.16 of this subchapter if a fire, vio-

lent rupture, explosion or dangerous evo-

lution of heat (i.e., an amount of heat suffi-

cient to be dangerous to packaging or per-

sonal safety to include charring of pack-

aging, melting of packaging, scorching of

packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a

direct result of a nickel metal hydride bat-

tery; and (2) when loaded in a cargo trans-

port unit in a total quantity of 100 kg gross

mass or more, the shipping paper require-

ments of Subpart C of this part, the mani-

fest requirements of § 176.30 of this sub-

chapter, and the vessel stowage require-

ments assigned to this entry in Column

(10) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials

Table.

342 Glass inner packagings (such as am-

poules or capsules) intended only for use in

sterilization devices, when containing less

than 30 mL of ethylene oxide per inner pack-

aging with not more than 300 mL per outer

packaging, may be transported in accord-

ance with § 173.4a of this subchapter, irre-

spective of the restriction of § 173.4a(b) pro-

vided that:

a. After filling, each glass inner packaging

must be determined to be leak-tight by plac-

ing the glass inner packaging in a hot water

bath at a temperature and for a period of

time sufficient to ensure that an internal

pressure equal to the vapor pressure of ethyl-

ene oxide at 55 °C is achieved. Any glass

inner packaging showing evidence of leak-

age, distortion or other defect under this

test must not be transported under the terms

of this special provision;

b. In addition to the packaging required in

§ 173.4a, each glass inner packaging must be

placed in a sealed plastic bag compatible

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00339 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

330

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

with ethylene oxide and capable of con-

taining the contents in the event of breakage

or leakage of the glass inner packaging; and

c. Each glass inner packaging is protected

by a means of preventing puncture of the

plastic bag (e.g., sleeves or cushioning) in the

event of damage to the packaging (e.g., by

crushing).

343 A bulk packaging that emits hydrogen

sulfide in sufficient concentration that va-

pors evolved from the crude oil can present

an inhalation hazard must be marked as

specified in § 172.327of this part.

345 ‘‘Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic

liquid), UN1977’’ transported in open cryo-

genic receptacles with a maximum capac-

ity of 1 L are not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter. The receptacles

must be constructed with glass double

walls having the space between the walls

vacuum insulated and each receptacle

must be transported in an outer packaging

with sufficient cushioning and absorbent

materials to protect the receptacle from

damage.

346 ‘‘Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic

liquid), UN1977’’ transported in accordance

with the requirements for open cryogenic

receptacles in § 173.320 and this special pro-

vision are not subject to any other require-

ments of this subchapter. The receptacle

must contain no hazardous materials other

than the liquid nitrogen which must be

fully absorbed in a porous material in the

receptacle.

347 Effective July 1, 2011, for transportation

by aircraft, this entry may only be used if

the results of Test series 6(d) of Part I of

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter) have dem-

onstrated that any hazardous effects from

accidental functioning are confined to

within the package. Effective January 1,

2012, for transportation by vessel, this

entry may only be used if the results of

Test Series 6(d) of Part I of the UN Manual

of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter) have demonstrated that any

hazardous effects from accidental func-

tioning are confined to within the package.

Effective January 1, 2014, for transpor-

tation domestically by highway or rail,

this entry may only be used if the results

of Test Series 6(d) of Part I of the UN Man-

ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter) have demonstrated that

any hazardous effects from accidental

functioning are confined to within the

package. Testing must be performed or

witnessed by a person who is approved by

the Associate Administrator (see § 173.56(b)

of this subchapter). All successfully con-

ducted tests or reassignment to another

compatibility group require the issuance of

a new or revised approval by the Associate

Administrator prior to transportation on

or after the dates specified for each author-

ized mode of transport in this special pro-

vision.

349 Mixtures of hypochlorite with an ammo-

nium salt are forbidden for transport. A

hypochlorite solution, UN1791, is a Class 8

corrosive material.

350 Ammonium bromate, ammonium bro-

mate aqueous solutions, and mixtures of a

bromate with an ammonium salt are for-

bidden for transport.

351 Ammonium chlorate, ammonium chlo-

rate aqueous solutions, and mixtures of a

chlorate with an ammonium salt are for-

bidden for transport.

352 Ammonium chlorite, ammonium chlo-

rite aqueous solutions, and mixtures of a

chlorite with an ammonium salt are for-

bidden for transport.

353 Ammonium permanganate, ammonium

permanganate aqueous solutions, and mix-

tures of a permanganate with an ammo-

nium salt are forbidden for transport.

357 A bulk packaging that emits hydrogen

sulfide in sufficient concentration that va-

pors evolved from the crude oil can present

an inhalation hazard must be marked as

specified in § 172.327 of this part.

(2) ‘‘A’’ codes. These provisions apply

only to transportation by aircraft:

Code/Special Provisions

A1 Single packagings are not permitted on

passenger aircraft.

A2 Single packagings are not permitted on

aircraft.

A3 For combination packagings, if glass

inner packagings (including ampoules) are

used, they must be packed with absorbent

material in tightly closed metal recep-

tacles before packing in outer packagings.

A4 Liquids having an inhalation toxicity of

Packing Group I are not permitted on air-

craft.

A5 Solids having an inhalation toxicity of

Packing Group I are not permitted on pas-

senger aircraft and may not exceed a max-

imum net quantity per package of 15 kg (33

pounds) on cargo aircraft.

A6 For combination packagings, if plastic

inner packagings are used, they must be

packed in tightly closed metal receptacles

before packing in outer packagings.

A7 Steel packagings must be corrosion-re-

sistant or have protection against corro-

sion.

A8 For combination packagings, if glass

inner packagings (including ampoules) are

used, they must be packed with cushioning

material in tightly closed metal recep-

tacles before packing in outer packagings.

A9 For combination packagings, if plastic

bags are used, they must be packed in

tightly closed metal receptacles before

packing in outer packagings.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00340 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

331

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

A10 When aluminum or aluminum alloy

construction materials are used, they must

be resistant to corrosion.

A11 For combination packagings, when

metal inner packagings are permitted,

only specification cylinders constructed of

metals which are compatible with the haz-

ardous material may be used.

A13 Bulk packagings are not authorized for

transportation by aircraft.

A14 This material is not authorized to be

transported as a limited quantity or con-

sumer commodity in accordance with

§ 173.306 of this subchapter when trans-

ported aboard an aircraft.

A19 Combination packagings consisting of

outer fiber drums or plywood drums, with

inner plastic packagings, are not author-

ized for transportation by aircraft.

A20 Plastic bags as inner receptacles of

combination packagings are not authorized

for transportation by aircraft.

A29 Combination packagings consisting of

outer expanded plastic boxes with inner

plastic bags are not authorized for trans-

portation by aircraft.

A30 Ammonium permanganate is not au-

thorized for transportation on aircraft.

A34 Aerosols containing a corrosive liquid

in Packing Group II charged with a gas are

not permitted for transportation by air-

craft.

A35 This includes any material which is not

covered by any of the other classes but

which has an anesthetic, narcotic, noxious

or other similar properties such that, in

the event of spillage or leakage on an air-

craft, extreme annoyance or discomfort

could be caused to crew members so as to

prevent the correct performance of as-

signed duties.

A37 This entry applies only to a material

meeting the definition in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter for self-defense spray.

A53 Refrigerating machines and refrig-

erating machine components are not sub-

ject to the requirements of this subchapter

when containing less than 12 kg (26.4

pounds) of a non-flammable gas or when

containing 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammo-

nia solution (UN2672) (see § 173.307 of this

subchapter).

A54 Lithium batteries or lithium batteries

contained or packed with equipment that

exceed the maximum gross weight allowed

by Column (9B) of the § 172.101 Table may

only be transported on cargo aircraft if ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator.

A55 Prototype lithium batteries and cells

that are packed with not more than 24

cells or 12 batteries per packaging that

have not completed the test requirements

in Sub-section 38.3 of the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria (incorporated by ref-

erence; see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may

be transported by cargo aircraft if ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator and

provided the following requirements are

met:

a. The cells and batteries must be trans-

ported in rigid outer packagings that

conform to the requirements of Part 178

of this subchapter at the Packing Group

I performance level; and

b. Each cell and battery must be protected

against short circuiting, must be sur-

rounded by cushioning material that is

non-combustible and non-conductive, and

must be individually packed in an inner

packaging that is placed inside an outer

specification packaging.

A56 Radioactive material with a subsidiary

hazard of Division 4.2, Packing Group I,

must be transported in Type B packages

when offered for transportation by air-

craft. Radioactive material with a sub-

sidiary hazard of Division 2.1 is forbidden

from transport on passenger aircraft.

A60 Sterilization devices, when containing

less than 30 mL per inner packaging with

not more than 150 mL per outer packaging,

may be transported in accordance with the

provisions in § 173.4a, irrespective of

§ 173.4a(b), provided such packagings were

first subjected to comparative fire testing.

Comparative fire testing must show no dif-

ference in burning rate between a package

as prepared for transport (including the

substance to be transported) and an iden-

tical package filled with water.

A82 The quantity limits in columns (9A)

and (9B) do not apply to human or animal

body parts, whole organs or whole bodies

known to contain or suspected of con-

taining an infectious substance.

A100 Primary (non-rechargeable) lithium

batteries and cells are forbidden for trans-

port aboard passenger carrying aircraft.

Secondary (rechargeable) lithium batteries

and cells are authorized aboard passenger

carrying aircraft in packages that do not

exceed a gross weight of 5 kg.

A101 A primary lithium battery or cell

packed with or contained in equipment is

forbidden for transport aboard a passenger

carrying aircraft unless the equipment and

the battery conform to the following provi-

sions and the package contains no more

than the number of lithium batteries or

cells necessary to power the intended piece

of equipment:

(1) The lithium content of each cell, when

fully charged, is not more than 5 grams.

(2) The aggregate lithium content of the

anode of each battery, when fully charged, is

not more than 25 grams.

(3) The net weight of lithium batteries does

not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds).

A103 Equipment is authorized aboard pas-

senger carrying aircraft if the gross weight

of the inner package of secondary lithium

batteries or cells packed with the equip-

ment does not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00341 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

332

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

A104 The net weight of secondary lithium

batteries or cells contained in equipment

may not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds) in pack-

ages that are authorized aboard passenger

carrying aircraft.

A105 The total net quantity of dangerous

goods contained in one package, excluding

magnetic material, must not exceed the fol-

lowing:

a. 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of solids;

b. 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of liquids;

c. 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of Division

2.2 gases; or

d. any combination thereof.

A112 Notwithstanding the quantity limits

shown in Column (9A) and (9B) for this entry,

the following IBCs are authorized for trans-

portation aboard passenger and cargo-only

aircraft. Each IBC may not exceed a max-

imum net quantity of 1,000 kg:

a. Metal: 11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N

b. Rigid plastics: 11H1, 11H2, 21H1 and 21H2

c. Composite with plastic inner receptacle:

11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1 and 21HZ2

d. Fiberboard: 11G

e. Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F (with inner lin-

ers)

f. Flexible: 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L2,

13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and 13M2 (flexible IBCs must

be sift-proof and water resistant or must be

fitted with a sift-proof and water resistant

liner).

(3) ‘‘B’’ codes. These provisions apply

only to bulk packagings. Except as

otherwise provided in this subchapter,

these special provisions do not apply to

UN portable tanks or IBCs:

Code/Special Provisions

B1 If the material has a flash point at or

above 38 °C (100 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F),

then the bulk packaging requirements of

§ 173.241 of this subchapter are applicable.

If the material has a flash point of less

than 38 °C (100 °F), then the bulk packaging

requirements of § 173.242 of this subchapter

are applicable.

B2 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305,

and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are

not authorized.

B3 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305,

and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks and

DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized.

B4 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305,

and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are

not authorized.

B5 Only ammonium nitrate solutions with

35 percent or less water that will remain

completely in solution under all conditions

of transport at a maximum lading tem-

perature of 116 °C (240 °F) are authorized

for transport in the following bulk pack-

agings: MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 and DOT

412 cargo tanks with at least 172 kPa (25

psig) design pressure. The packaging shall

be designed for a working temperature of

at least 121 °C (250 °F). Only Specifications

MC 304, MC 307 or DOT 407 cargo tank

motor vehicles are authorized for transpor-

tation by vessel.

B6 Packagings shall be made of steel.

B7 Safety relief devices are not authorized

on multi-unit tank car tanks. Openings for

safety relief devices on multi-unit tank car

tanks shall be plugged or blank flanged.

B8 Packagings shall be made of nickel,

stainless steel, or steel with nickel, stain-

less steel, lead or other suitable corrosion

resistant metallic lining.

B9 Bottom outlets are not authorized.

B10 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305,

and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks, and

DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized.

B11 Tank car tanks must have a test pres-

sure of at least 2,068.5 kPa (300 psig). Cargo

and portable tanks must have a design

pressure of at least 1,207 kPa (175 psig).

B13 A nonspecification cargo tank motor

vehicle authorized in § 173.247 of this sub-

chapter must be at least equivalent in de-

sign and in construction to a DOT 406

cargo tank or MC 306 cargo tank (if con-

structed before August 31, 1995), except as

follows:

a. Packagings equivalent to MC 306 cargo

tanks are excepted from the certifi-

cation, venting, and emergency flow re-

quirements of the MC 306 specification.

b. Packagings equivalent to DOT 406 cargo

tanks are excepted from §§ 178.345–7(d)(5),

circumferential reinforcements; 178.345–

10, pressure relief; 178.345–11, outlets;

178.345–14, marking, and 178.345–15, cer-

tification.

c. Packagings are excepted from the design

stress limits at elevated temperatures, as

described in Section VIII of the ASME

Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

However, the design stress limits may

not exceed 25 percent of the stress for 0

temper at the maximum design tempera-

ture of the cargo tank, as specified in the

Aluminum Association’s ‘‘Aluminum

Standards and Data’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter).

B14 Each bulk packaging, except a tank car

or a multi-unit-tank car tank, must be in-

sulated with an insulating material so that

the overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C

(60 °F) is no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per

hour per square meter per degree Celsius

(0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per de-

gree Fahrenheit) temperature differential.

Insulating materials must not promote

corrosion to steel when wet.

B15 Packagings must be protected with

non-metallic linings impervious to the lad-

ing or have a suitable corrosion allowance.

B16 The lading must be completely covered

with nitrogen, inert gas or other inert ma-

terials.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00342 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

333

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

B18 Open steel hoppers or bins are author-

ized.

B23 Tanks must be made of steel that is

rubber lined or unlined. Unlined tanks

must be passivated before being placed in

service. If unlined tanks are washed out

with water, they must be repassivated

prior to return to service. Lading in un-

lined tanks must be inhibited so that the

corrosive effect on steel is not greater than

that of hydrofluoric acid of 65 percent con-

centration.

B25 Packagings must be made from monel

or nickel or monel-lined or nickel-lined

steel.

B26 Tanks must be insulated. Insulation

must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) ex-

cept that the insulation thickness may

be reduced to 51 mm (2 inches) over the

exterior heater coils. Interior heating

coils are not authorized. The packaging

may not be loaded with a material out-

side of the packaging’s design tempera-

ture range. In addition, the material also

must be covered with an inert gas or the

container must be filled with water to

the tank’s capacity. After unloading, the

residual material also must be covered

with an inert gas or the container must

be filled with water to the tank’s capac-

ity.

B27 Tanks must have a service pressure of

1,034 kPa (150 psig). Tank car tanks must

have a test pressure rating of 1,379 kPa (200

psig). Lading must be blanketed at all

times with a dry inert gas at a pressure not

to exceed 103 kPa (15 psig).

B28 Packagings must be made of stainless

steel.

B30 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 and DOT 412

cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks

must be made of stainless steel, except

that steel other than stainless steel may

be used in accordance with the provisions

of § 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness

of stainless steel for tank shell and heads

for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be

the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the

thickness required for a tank with a design

pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the

vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115

°F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo

tank motor vehicles must:

a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% ra-

diography of all pressure-retaining welds;

b. Have accident damage protection which

conforms with § 178.345–8 of this sub-

chapter;

c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at

least 87 psig: and

d. Have a bolted manway cover.

B32 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 412 cargo

tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks must be

made of stainless steel, except that steel

other than stainless steel may be used in

accordance with the provisions of

§ 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of

stainless steel for tank shell and heads for

cargo tanks and portable tanks must be

the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the

thickness required for a tank with a design

pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the

vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115

°F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo

tank motor vehicles must:

a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radi-

ography of all pressure-retaining welds;

b. Have accident damage protection which

conforms with § 178.345–8 of this sub-

chapter;

c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at

least 87 psig; and

d. Have a bolted manway cover.

B33 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305,

MC 306, and DOT 406 cargo tanks equipped

with a 1 psig normal vent used to transport

gasoline must conform to Table I of this

Special Provision. Based on the volatility

class determined by using ASTM D 439 and

the Reid vapor pressure (RVP) of the par-

ticular gasoline, the maximum lading pres-

sure and maximum ambient temperature

permitted during the loading of gasoline

may not exceed that listed in Table I.

ABLE

I—M

AXIMUM

MBIENT

EMPERATURE

—

ASOLINE

ASTM D439 volatility class

Maximum lading and

ambient temperature

(see note 1)

A ........................................................ 131 °F

(RVP<=9.0 psia)

B ........................................................ 124 °F

(RVP<=10.0 psia)

C ........................................................ 116 °F

(RVP<=11.5 psia)

D ........................................................ 107 °F

(RVP<=13.5 psia)

E ........................................................ 100 °F

(RVP<=15.0 psia)

OTE

1: Based on maximum lading pressure of 1 psig at

top of cargo tank.

B35 Tank cars containing hydrogen cyanide

may be alternatively marked

‘‘Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied’’ if otherwise

conforming to marking requirements in

subpart D of this part. Tank cars marked

‘‘HYDROCYANIC ACID’’ prior to October

1, 1991 do not need to be remarked.

B37 The amount of nitric oxide charged into

any tank car tank may not exceed 1,379

kPa (200 psig) at 21 °C (70 °F).

B42 Tank cars constructed before March 16,

2009, must have a test pressure of 34.47 Bar

(500 psig) or greater and conform to Class

105J. Each tank car must have a reclosing

pressure relief device having a start-to-dis-

charge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The

tank car specification may be marked to

indicate a test pressure of 13.79 Bar (200

psig).

B44 All parts of valves and safety relief de-

vices in contact with lading must be of a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00343 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

334

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

material which will not cause formation of

acetylides.

B45 Each tank must have a reclosing com-

bination pressure relief device equipped

with stainless steel or platinum rupture

discs approved by the AAR Tank Car Com-

mittee.

B46 The detachable protective housing for

the loading and unloading valves of multi-

unit tank car tanks must withstand tank

test pressure and must be approved by the

Associate Administrator.

B47 Each tank may have a reclosing pres-

sure relief device having a start-to-dis-

charge pressure setting of 310 kPa (45 psig).

B48 Portable tanks in sodium metal service

may be visually inspected at least once

every 5 years instead of being retested

hydrostatically. Date of the visual inspec-

tion must be stenciled on the tank near

the other required markings.

B49 Tanks equipped with interior heater

coils are not authorized. Single unit tank

car tanks must have a reclosing pressure

relief device having a start-to-discharge

pressure set at no more than 1551 kPa (225

psig).

B50 Each valve outlet of a multi-unit tank

car tank must be sealed by a threaded solid

plug or a threaded cap with inert luting or

gasket material. Valves must be of stain-

less steel and the caps, plugs, and valve

seats must be of a material that will not

deteriorate as a result of contact with the

lading.

B52 Notwithstanding the provisions of

§ 173.24b of this subchapter, non-reclosing

pressure relief devices are authorized on

DOT 57 portable tanks.

B53 Packagings must be made of either alu-

minum or steel.

B54 Open-top, sift-proof rail cars are also

authorized.

B55 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top,

metal-covered hopper cars, equipped with a

venting arrangement (including flame ar-

restors) approved by the Associate Admin-

istrator are also authorized.

B56 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top,

metal-covered hopper cars are also author-

ized if the particle size of the hazardous

material is not less than 149 microns.

B57 Class 115A tank car tanks used to trans-

port chloroprene must be equipped with a

non-reclosing pressure relief device of a di-

ameter not less than 305 mm (12 inches)

with a maximum rupture disc pressure of

310 kPa (45 psig).

B59 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top,

metal-covered hopper cars are also author-

ized provided that the lading is covered

with a nitrogen blanket.

B60 DOT Specification 106A500X multi-unit

tank car tanks that are not equipped with

a pressure relief device of any type are au-

thorized. For the transportation of phos-

gene, the outage must be sufficient to pre-

vent tanks from becoming liquid full at 55

°C (130 °F).

B61 Written procedures covering details of

tank car appurtenances, dome fittings,

safety devices, and marking, loading, han-

dling, inspection, and testing practices

must be approved by the Associate Admin-

istrator before any single unit tank car

tank is offered for transportation.

B65 Tank cars constructed before March 16,

2009, must have a test pressure of 34.47 Bar

(500 psig) or greater and conform to Class

105A. Each tank car must have a reclosing

pressure relief device having a start-to-dis-

charge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig). The

tank car specification may be marked to

indicate a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300

psig).

B66 Each tank must be equipped with gas

tight valve protection caps. Outage must

be sufficient to prevent tanks from becom-

ing liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). Specifica-

tion 110A500W tanks must be stainless

steel.

B67 All valves and fittings must be pro-

tected by a securely attached cover made

of metal not subject to deterioration by

the lading, and all valve openings, except

safety valve, must be fitted with screw

plugs or caps to prevent leakage in the

event of valve failure.

B68 Sodium must be in a molten condition

when loaded and allowed to solidify before

shipment. Outage must be at least 5 per-

cent at 98 °C (208 °F). Bulk packagings

must have exterior heating coils fusion

welded to the tank shell which have been

properly stress relieved. The only tank car

tanks authorized are Class DOT 105 tank

cars having a test pressure of 2,069 kPa (300

psig) or greater.

B69 Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cy-

anide may be shipped in the following sift-

proof and weather-resistant packagings:

metal covered hopper cars, covered motor

vehicles, portable tanks, or non-specification

bins.

B70 If DOT 103ANW tank car tank is used:

All cast metal in contact with the lading

must have 96.7 percent nickel content; and

the lading must be anhydrous and free

from any impurities.

B76 Tank cars constructed before March 16,

2009, must have a test pressure of 20.68 Bar

(300 psig) or greater and conform to Class

105S, 112J, 114J or 120S. Each tank car

must have a reclosing pressure relief de-

vice having a start-to-discharge pressure of

10.34 Bar (150 psig). The tank car specifica-

tion may be marked to indicate a test pres-

sure of 13.79 Bar (200 psig).

B77 Other packaging are authorized when

approved by the Associate Administrator.

B78 Tank cars must have a test pressure of

4.14 Bar (60 psig) or greater and conform to

Class 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114 or 120.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00344 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

335

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

Heater pipes must be of welded construc-

tion designed for a test pressure of 500 psig.

A 25 mm (1 inch) woven lining of asbestos

or other approved material must be placed

between the bolster slabbing and the bot-

tom of the tank. If a tank car tank is

equipped with a non-reclosing pressure re-

lief device, the rupture disc must be per-

forated with a 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) diameter

hole. If a tank car tank is equipped with a

reclosing pressure relief valve, the tank

must also be equipped with a vacuum relief

valve.

B80 Each cargo tank must have a minimum

design pressure of 276 kPa (40 psig).

B81 Venting and pressure relief devices for

tank car tanks and cargo tanks must be

approved by the Associate Administrator.

B82 Cargo tanks and portable tanks are not

authorized.

B83 Bottom outlets are prohibited on tank

car tanks transporting sulfuric acid in con-

centrations over 65.25 percent.

B84 Packagings must be protected with

non-metallic linings impervious to the lad-

ing or have a suitable corrosion allowance

for sulfuric acid or spent sulfuric acid in

concentration up to 65.25 percent.

B85 Cargo tanks must be marked with the

name of the lading in accordance with the

requirements of § 172.302(b).

B90 Steel tanks conforming or equivalent

to ASME specifications which contain

solid or semisolid residual motor fuel anti-

knock mixture (including rust, scale, or

other contaminants) may be shipped by

rail freight or highway. The tank must

have been designed and constructed to be

capable of withstanding full vacuum. All

openings must be closed with gasketed

blank flanges or vapor tight threaded clo-

sures.

B115 Rail cars, highway trailers, roll-on/

roll-off bins, or other non-specification

bulk packagings are authorized. Pack-

agings must be sift-proof, prevent liquid

water from reaching the hazardous mate-

rial, and be provided with sufficient vent-

ing to preclude dangerous accumulation of

flammable, corrosive, or toxic gaseous

emissions such as methane, hydrogen, and

ammonia. The material must be loaded

dry.

(4) IB Codes and IP Codes. These pro-

visions apply only to transportation in

IBCs and Large Packagings. Table 1 au-

thorizes IBCs for specific proper ship-

ping names through the use of IB Codes

assigned in the § 172.101 table of this

subchapter. Table 2 defines IP Codes on

the use of IBCs that are assigned to

specific commodities in the § 172.101

Table of this subchapter. Table 3 au-

thorizes Large Packagings for specific

proper shipping names through the use

of IB Codes assigned in the § 172.101

table of this subchapter. Large Pack-

agings are authorized for the Packing

Group III entries of specific proper

shipping names when either Special

Provision IB3 or IB8 is assigned to that

entry in the § 172.101 Table. When no IB

code is assigned in the § 172.101 Table

for a specific proper shipping name, or

in § 173.225(e) Organic Peroxide Table

for Type F organic peroxides, use of an

IBC or Large Packaging for the mate-

rial may be authorized when approved

by the Associate Administrator. The

letter ‘‘Z’’ shown in the marking code

for composite IBCs must be replaced

with a capital code letter designation

found in § 178.702(a)(2) of this sub-

chapter to specify the material used for

the other packaging. Tables 1, 2, and 3

follow:

ABLE

1—IB C

ODES

(IBC C

ODES

)

IBC code Authorized IBCs

IB1 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N).

Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar

at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized.

IB2 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite (31HZ1).

Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar

at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized.

IB3 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite (31HZ1 and

31HA2, 31HB2, 31HN2, 31HD2 and 31HH2).

Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar

at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized, except for UN2672 (also see Special

Provision IP8 in Table 2 for UN2672).

IB4 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N).

IB5 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2,

31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 21HZ1 and 31HZ1).

IB6 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2,

31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1 and 31HZ2).

Additional Requirement: Composite IBCs 11HZ2 and 21HZ2 may not be used when the hazardous mate-

rials being transported may become liquid during transport.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00345 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

336

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

ABLE

1—IB C

ODES

(IBC C

ODES

)—Continued

IBC code Authorized IBCs

IB7 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2,

31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1 and 31HZ2); Wooden (11C, 11D

and 11F).

Additional Requirement: Liners of wooden IBCs must be sift-proof.

IB8 ....................... Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2,

31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1 and 31HZ2); Fiberboard (11G);

Wooden (11C, 11D and 11F); Flexible (13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1

or 13M2).

IB9 ....................... IBCs are only authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator.

ABLE

2—IP C

ODES

IP Code h

IP1 ....................... IBCs must be packed in closed freight containers or a closed transport vehicle.

IP2 ....................... When IBCs other than metal or rigid plastics IBCs are used, they must be offered for transportation in a

closed freight container or a closed transport vehicle.

IP3 ....................... Flexible IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or must be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant

liner.

IP4 ....................... Flexible, fiberboard or wooden IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or be fitted with a sift-proof and

water-resistant liner.

IP5 ....................... IBCs must have a device to allow venting. The inlet to the venting device must be located in the vapor

space of the IBC under maximum filling conditions.

IP6 ....................... Non-specification bulk bins are authorized.

IP7 ....................... For UN identification numbers 1327, 1363, 1364, 1365, 1386, 1841, 2211, 2217, 2793 and 3314, IBCs are

not required to meet the IBC performance tests specified in part 178, subpart N of this subchapter.

IP8 ....................... Ammonia solutions may be transported in rigid or composite plastic IBCs (31H1, 31H2 and 31HZ1) that

have successfully passed, without leakage or permanent deformation, the hydrostatic test specified in

§ 178.814 of this subchapter at a test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the

contents at 55 °C (131 °F).

IP13 ..................... Transportation by vessel in IBCs is prohibited.

IP14 ..................... Air must be eliminated from the vapor space by nitrogen or other means.

IP15 ..................... For UN2031 with more than 55% nitric acid, rigid plastic IBCs and composite IBCs with a rigid plastic inner

receptacle are authorized for two years from the date of IBC manufacture.

IP20 ..................... Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyanide is also permitted in siftproof, water-resistant, fiberboard IBCs

when transported in closed freight containers or transport vehicles.

ABLE

3—IB C

ODES

[Large packaging authorizations]

IB3

Authorized Large Packagings (LIQUIDS)

(PG III materials only)

Inner packagings: Large outer packagings:

Glass 10

liter.

steel (50A).

Plastics 30

liter.

aluminum (50B).

Metal 40

liter.

metal other than steel or aluminum (50N).

rigid plastics (50H).

natural wood (50C).

plywood (50D).

reconstituted wood (50F).

rigid fiberboard (50G).

IB8

Authorized Large Packagings (SOLIDS)

(PG III materials only)

Inner packagings: Large outer packagings:

Glass 10 kg ........................................................... steel (50A).

Plastics 50 kg ....................................................... aluminum (50B).

Metal 50 kg ........................................................... metal other than steel or aluminum (50N).

Paper 50 kg .......................................................... flexible plastics (51H).

Fiber 50 kg ............................................................ rigid plastics (50H).

natural wood (50C).

plywood (50D).

reconstituted wood (50F).

rigid fiberboard (50G).

Flexible plastic (51H) Large Packagings are only authorized for use with flexible inner packagings.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00346 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

337

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

Except when authorized under Special Provision 41.

(5) ‘‘N’’ codes. These provisions apply

only to non-bulk packagings:

Code/Special Provisions

N3 Glass inner packagings are permitted in

combination or composite packagings only

if the hazardous material is free from

hydrofluoric acid.

N4 For combination or composite pack-

agings, glass inner packagings, other than

ampoules, are not permitted.

N5 Glass materials of construction are not

authorized for any part of a packaging

which is normally in contact with the haz-

ardous material.

N6 Battery fluid packaged with electric

storage batteries, wet or dry, must con-

form to the packaging provisions of

§ 173.159 (g) or (h) of this subchapter.

N7 The hazard class or division number of

the material must be marked on the pack-

age in accordance with § 172.302 of this sub-

chapter. However, the hazard label cor-

responding to the hazard class or division

may be substituted for the marking.

N8 Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol may be

transported under this entry only when the

solution is packed in metal cans of not

more than 1 L capacity each, overpacked

in a wooden box containing not more than

5 L. Metal cans must be completely sur-

rounded with absorbent cushioning mate-

rial. Wooden boxes must be completely

lined with a suitable material impervious

to water and nitroglycerin.

N11 This material is excepted for the speci-

fication packaging requirements of this

subchapter if the material is packaged in

strong, tight non-bulk packaging meeting

the requirements of subparts A and B of

part 173 of this subchapter.

N12 Plastic packagings are not authorized.

N20 A 5M1 multi-wall paper bag is author-

ized if transported in a closed transport ve-

hicle.

N25 Steel single packagings are not author-

ized.

N32 Aluminum materials of construction

are not authorized for single packagings.

N33 Aluminum drums are not authorized.

N34 Aluminum construction materials are

not authorized for any part of a packaging

which is normally in contact with the haz-

ardous material.

N36 Aluminum or aluminum alloy construc-

tion materials are permitted only for halo-

genated hydrocarbons that will not react

with aluminum.

N37 This material may be shipped in an in-

tegrally-lined fiber drum (1G) which meets

the general packaging requirements of sub-

part B of part 173 of this subchapter, the

requirements of part 178 of this subchapter

at the packing group assigned for the ma-

terial and to any other special provisions

of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

N40 This material is not authorized in the

following packagings:

a. A combination packaging consisting of a

4G fiberboard box with inner receptacles

of glass or earthenware;

b. A single packaging of a 4C2 sift-proof,

natural wood box; or

c. A composite packaging 6PG2 (glass, por-

celain or stoneware receptacles within a

fiberboard box).

N41 Metal construction materials are not

authorized for any part of a packaging

which is normally in contact with the haz-

ardous material.

N42 1A1 drums made of carbon steel with

thickness of body and heads of not less

than 1.3 mm (0.050 inch) and with a corro-

sion-resistant phenolic lining are author-

ized for stabilized benzyl chloride if tested

and certified to the Packing Group I per-

formance level at a specific gravity of not

less than 1.8.

N43 Metal drums are permitted as single

packagings only if constructed of nickel or

monel.

N45 Copper cartridges are authorized as

inner packagings if the hazardous material

is not in dispersion.

N65 Outage must be sufficient to prevent

cylinders or spheres from becoming liquid

full at 55 °C (130 °F). The vacant space (out-

age) may be charged with a nonflammable

nonliquefied compressed gas if the pressure

in the cylinder or sphere at 55 °C (130 °F)

does not exceed 125 percent of the marked

service pressure.

N72 Packagings must be examined by the

Bureau of Explosives and approved by the

Associate Administrator.

N73 Packagings consisting of outer wooden

or fiberboard boxes with inner glass, metal

or other strong containers; metal or fiber

drums; kegs or barrels; or strong metal

cans are authorized and need not conform

to the requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

N74 Packages consisting of tightly closed

inner containers of glass, earthenware,

metal or polyethylene, capacity not over

0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) securely cushioned and

packed in outer wooden barrels or wooden

or fiberboard boxes, not over 15 kg (33

pounds) net weight, are authorized and

need not conform to the requirements of

part 178 of this subchapter.

N75 Packages consisting of tightly closed

inner packagings of glass, earthenware or

metal, securely cushioned and packed in

outer wooden barrels or wooden or fiber-

board boxes, capacity not over 2.5 kg (5.5

pounds) net weight, are authorized and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00347 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

338

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

need not conform to the requirements of

part 178 of this subchapter.

N76 For materials of not more than 25 per-

cent active ingredient by weight, packages

consisting of inner metal packagings not

greater than 250 mL (8 ounces) capacity

each, packed in strong outer packagings

together with sufficient absorbent mate-

rial to completely absorb the liquid con-

tents are authorized and need not conform

to the requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

N77 For materials of not more than two

percent active ingredients by weight, pack-

agings need not conform to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter, if liq-

uid contents are absorbed in an inert mate-

rial.

N78 Packages consisting of inner glass,

earthenware, or polyethylene or other non-

fragile plastic bottles or jars not over 0.5

kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each, or metal

cans not over five pounds capacity each,

packed in outer wooden boxes, barrels or

kegs, or fiberboard boxes are authorized

and need not conform to the requirements

of part 178 of this subchapter. Net weight

of contents in fiberboard boxes may not ex-

ceed 29 kg (64 pounds). Net weight of con-

tents in wooden boxes, barrels or kegs may

not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds).

N79 Packages consisting of tightly closed

metal inner packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1

pounds) capacity each, packed in outer

wooden or fiberboard boxes, or wooden bar-

rels, are authorized and need not conform

to the requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter. Net weight of contents may not

exceed 15 kg (33 pounds).

N80 Packages consisting of one inner metal

can, not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) capacity,

packed in an outer wooden or fiberboard

box, or a wooden barrel, are authorized and

need not conform to the requirements of

part 178 of this subchapter.

N82 See § 173.115 of this subchapter for clas-

sification criteria for flammable aerosols.

N83 This material may not be transported

in quantities of more than 11.5 kg (25.4 lbs)

per package.

N84 The maximum quantity per package is

500 g (1.1 lbs.).

N85 Packagings certified at the Packing

Group I performance level may not be

used.

N86 UN pressure receptacles made of alu-

minum alloy are not authorized.

N87 The use of copper valves on UN pressure

receptacles is prohibited.

N88 Any metal part of a UN pressure recep-

tacle in contact with the contents may not

contain more than 65% copper, with a tol-

erance of 1%.

N89 When steel UN pressure receptacles are

used, only those bearing the ‘‘H’’ mark are

authorized.

N90 Metal packagings are not authorized.

(6) ‘‘R’’ codes. These provisions apply

only to transportation by rail. [Re-

served]

(7) ‘‘T’’ codes. (i) These provisions

apply to the transportation of haz-

ardous materials in UN portable tanks.

Portable tank instructions specify the

requirements applicable to a portable

tank when used for the transportation

of a specific hazardous material. These

requirements must be met in addition

to the design and construction speci-

fications in part 178 of this subchapter.

Portable tank instructions T1 through

T22 specify the applicable minimum

test pressure, the minimum shell

thickness (in reference steel), bottom

opening requirements and pressure re-

lief requirements. Liquefied com-

pressed gases are assigned to portable

tank instruction T50. Refrigerated liq-

uefied gases that are authorized to be

transported in portable tanks are spec-

ified in tank instruction T75.

(ii) The following table specifies the

portable tank requirements applicable

to ‘‘T’’ Codes T1 through T22. Column 1

specifies the ‘‘T’’ Code. Column 2 speci-

fies the minimum test pressure, in bar

(1 bar = 14.5 psig), at which the periodic

hydrostatic testing required by § 180.605

of this subchapter must be conducted.

Column 3 specifies the section ref-

erence for minimum shell thickness or,

alternatively, the minimum shell

thickness value. Column 4 specifies the

applicability of § 178.275(g)(3) of this

subchapter for the pressure relief de-

vices. When the word ‘‘Normal’’ is indi-

cated, § 178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter

does not apply. Column 5 references ap-

plicable requirements for bottom open-

ings in part 178 of this subchapter.

‘‘Prohibited’’ means bottom openings

are prohibited, and ‘‘Prohibited for liq-

uids’’ means bottom openings are au-

thorized for solid material only. The

table follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00348 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

339

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

ABLE OF

ORTABLE

ANK

T C

ODES

T1–T22

[Portable tank codes T1–T22 apply to liquid and solid hazardous materials of Classes 3 through 9 which are transported in

portable tanks.]

Portable tank

instruction

(1)

Minimum test

pressure

(bar)

(2)

Minimum shell thickness

(in mm-reference steel)

(See § 178.274(d))

(3)

Pressure-relief requirements

(See § 178.275(g))

(4)

Bottom opening

requirements

(See § 178.275(d))

(5)

T1 .................. 1 .5 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(2)

T2 .................. 1 .5 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T3 .................. 2 .65 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(2)

T4 .................. 2 .65 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T5 .................. 2 .65 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. Prohibited

T6 .................. 4 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(2)

T7 .................. 4 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T8 .................. 4 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. Prohibited

T9 .................. 4 6 mm Normal .............................................. Prohibited

T10 ................ 4 6 mm § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. Prohibited

T9 .................. 4 6 mm Normal .............................................. Prohibited for liquids.

§ 178.275(d)(2)

T11 ................ 6 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T12 ................ 6 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T13 ................ 6 6 mm Normal .............................................. Prohibited

T14 ................ 6 6 mm § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. Prohibited

T15 ................ 10 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T16 ................ 10 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T17 ................ 10 6 mm Normal .............................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T18 ................ 10 6 mm § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. § 178.275(d)(3)

T19 ................ 10 6 mm § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. Prohibited

T20 ................ 10 8 mm § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. Prohibited

T21 ................ 10 10 mm Normal .............................................. Prohibited for liquids.

§ 178.275(d)(2)

T22 ................ 10 10 mm § 178.275(g)(3) ................................. Prohibited

(iii) T50. When portable tank instruc-

tion T50 is referenced in Column (7) of

the § 172.101 Table, the applicable lique-

fied compressed gases are authorized to

be transported in portable tanks in ac-

cordance with the requirements of

§ 173.313 of this subchapter.

(iv) T75. When portable tank instruc-

tion T75 is referenced in Column (7) of

the § 172.101 Table, the applicable re-

frigerated liquefied gases are author-

ized to be transported in portable

tanks in accordance with the require-

ments of § 178.277 of this subchapter.

(v) UN and IM portable tank codes/spe-

cial provisions. When a specific portable

tank instruction is specified by a ‘‘T’’

Code in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table

for a specific hazardous material, a

specification portable tank conforming

to an alternative tank instruction may

be used if:

(A) The alternative portable tank has

a higher or equivalent test pressure

(for example, 4 bar when 2.65 bar is

specified);

(B) The alternative portable tank has

greater or equivalent wall thickness

(for example, 10 mm when 6 mm is

specified);

a pressure relief device as specified in

the ‘‘T’’ Code. If a frangible disc is re-

quired in series with the reclosing pres-

sure relief device for the specified port-

able tank, the alternative portable

tank must be fitted with a frangible

disc in series with the reclosing pres-

sure relief device; and

(D) With regard to bottom openings—

(1) When two effective means are

specified, the alternative portable tank

is fitted with bottom openings having

two or three effective means of closure

or no bottom openings; or

(2) When three effective means are

specified, the portable tank has no bot-

tom openings or three effective means

of closure; or

(3) When no bottom openings are au-

thorized, the alternative portable tank

must not have bottom openings.

(vi) Except when an organic peroxide

is authorized under § 173.225(g), if a haz-

ardous material is not assigned a port-

able tank ‘‘T’’ Code, the hazardous ma-

terial may not be transported in a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00349 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

340

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.102

portable tank unless approved by the

Associate Administrator.

(8) ‘‘TP’’ codes. (i) These provisions

apply to the transportation of haz-

ardous materials in IM and UN Speci-

fication portable tanks. Portable tank

special provisions are assigned to cer-

tain hazardous materials to specify re-

quirements that are in addition to

those provided by the portable tank in-

structions or the requirements in part

178 of this subchapter. Portable tank

special provisions are designated with

the abbreviation TP (tank provision)

and are assigned to specific hazardous

materials in Column (7) of the § 172.101

Table.

(ii) The following is a list of the port-

able tank special provisions:

Code/Special Provisions

TP1 The maximum degree of filling must

not exceed the degree of filling determined

by the following:

Degree of filling =

+−

()

⎛

⎝

⎜

⎞

⎠

⎟

1 α tt

Where:

is the maximum mean bulk temperature

during transport, and t

is the tempera-

ture in degrees celsius of the liquid dur-

ing filling.

TP2 a. The maximum degree of filling

must not exceed the degree of filling deter-

mined by the following:

Degree of filling =

+−

()

⎛

⎝

⎜

⎞

⎠

⎟

1 α tt

Where:

is the maximum mean bulk temperature

during transport,

is the temperature in degrees celsius of the

liquid during filling, and

a is the mean coefficient of cubical expan-

sion of the liquid between the mean tem-

perature of the liquid during filling (t

)

and the maximum mean bulk tempera-

ture during transportation (t

) both in

degrees celsius.

b. For liquids transported under ambient

conditions a may be calculated using the for-

mula:

α=

−dd

15 50

Where:

and d

are the densities (in units of mass

per unit volume) of the liquid at 15 °C (59

°F) and 50 °C (122 °F), respectively.

TP3 The maximum degree of filling (in %)

for solids transported above their melting

points and for elevated temperature liquids

shall be determined by the following:

Degree of filling = 95

⎛

⎝

⎜

⎞

⎠

⎟

Where: d

and d

are the mean densities of the

liquid at the mean temperature of the liquid

during filling and the maximum mean bulk

temperature during transport respectively.

TP4 The maximum degree of filling for

portable tanks must not exceed 90%.

TP5 For a portable tank used for the

transport of flammable refrigerated liquefied

gases or refrigerated liquefied oxygen, the

maximum rate at which the portable tank

may be filled must not exceed the liquid flow

capacity of the primary pressure relief sys-

tem rated at a pressure not exceeding 120

percent of the portable tank’s design pres-

sure. For portable tanks used for the trans-

port of refrigerated liquefied helium and re-

frigerated liquefied atmospheric gas (except

oxygen), the maximum rate at which the

tank is filled must not exceed the liquid flow

capacity of the pressure relief device rated

at 130 percent of the portable tank’s design

pressure. Except for a portable tank con-

taining refrigerated liquefied helium, a port-

able tank shall have an outage of at least

two percent below the inlet of the pressure

relief device or pressure control valve, under

conditions of incipient opening, with the

portable tank in a level attitude. No outage

is required for helium.

TP6 The tank must be equipped with a

pressure release device which prevent a tank

from bursting under fire engulfment condi-

tions (the conditions prescribed in CGA pam-

phlet S–1.2 (see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or

alternative conditions approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator may be used to consider

the fire engulfment condition), taking into

account the properties of the hazardous ma-

terial to be transported.

TP7 The vapor space must be purged of

air by nitrogen or other means.

TP8 A portable tank having a minimum

test pressure of 1.5 bar (150 kPa) may be used

when the flash point of the hazardous mate-

rial transported is greater than 0 °C (32 °F).

TP9 A hazardous material assigned to

special provision TP9 in Column (7) of the

§ 172.101 Table may only be transported in a

portable tank if approved by the Associate

Administrator.

TP10 The portable tank must be fitted

with a lead lining at least 5 mm (0.2 inches)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00350 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EN21JN01.000</MATH> EN21JN01.001</MATH> EN21JN01.009</MATH> ER14JN05.003</MATH>

341

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102

thick. The lead lining must be tested annu-

ally to ensure that it is intact and func-

tional. Another suitable lining material may

be used if approved by the Associate Admin-

istrator.

TP12 This material is considered highly

corrosive to steel.

TP13 Self-contained breathing apparatus

must be provided when this hazardous mate-

rial is transported by sea.

TP16 The portable tank must be pro-

tected against over and under pressurization

which may be experienced during transpor-

tation. The means of protection must be ap-

proved by the approval agency designated to

approve the portable tank in accordance

with the procedures in part 107, subpart E, of

this subchapter. The pressure relief device

must be preceded by a frangible disk in ac-

cordance with the requirements in

§ 178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter to prevent

crystallization of the product in the pressure

relief device.

TP17 Only inorganic non-combustible ma-

terials may be used for thermal insulation of

the tank.

TP18 The temperature of this material

must be maintained between 18 °C (64.4 °F)

and 40 °C (104 °F) while in transportation.

Portable tanks containing solidified meth-

acrylic acid must not be reheated during

transportation.

TP19 The calculated wall thickness must

be increased by 3 mm at the time of con-

struction. Wall thickness must be verified

ultrasonically at intervals midway between

periodic hydraulic tests (every 2.5 years).

The portable tank must not be used if the

wall thickness is less than that prescribed by

the applicable T code in Column (7) of the

Table for this material.

TP20 This hazardous material must only

be transported in insulated tanks under a ni-

trogen blanket.

TP21 The wall thickness must not be less

than 8 mm. Portable tanks must be hydrau-

lically tested and internally inspected at in-

tervals not exceeding 2.5 years.

TP22 Lubricants for portable tank fit-

tings (for example, gaskets, shut-off valves,

flanges) must be oxygen compatible.

TP24 The portable tank may be fitted

with a device to prevent the build up of ex-

cess pressure due to the slow decomposition

of the hazardous material being transported.

The device must be in the vapor space when

the tank is filled under maximum filling

conditions. This device must also prevent an

unacceptable amount of leakage of liquid in

the case of overturning.

TP25 Sulphur trioxide 99.95% pure and

above may be transported in tanks without

an inhibitor provided that it is maintained

at a temperature equal to or above 32.5 °C

(90.5 °F).

TP26 The heating device must be exterior

to the shell. For UN 3176, this requirement

only applies when the hazardous material re-

acts dangerously with water.

TP27 A portable tank having a minimum

test pressure of 4 bar (400 kPa) may be used

provided the calculated test pressure is 4 bar

or less based on the MAWP of the hazardous

material, as defined in § 178.275 of this sub-

chapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 times

the MAWP.

TP28 A portable tank having a minimum

test pressure of 2.65 bar (265 kPa) may be

used provided the calculated test pressure is

2.65 bar or less based on the MAWP of the

hazardous material, as defined in § 178.275 of

this subchapter, where the test pressure is

1.5 times the MAWP.

TP29 A portable tank having a minimum

test pressure of 1.5 bar (150.0 kPa) may be

used provided the calculated test pressure is

1.5 bar or less based on the MAWP of the haz-

ardous materials, as defined in § 178.275 of

this subchapter, where the test pressure is

1.5 times the MAWP.

TP30 This hazardous material may only

be transported in insulated tanks.

TP31 This hazardous material may only

be transported in tanks in the solid state.

TP32 Portable tanks may be used subject

to the following conditions:

a. Each portable tank constructed of metal

must be fitted with a pressure-relief device

consisting of a reclosing spring loaded type,

a frangible disc or a fusible element. The set

to discharge for the spring loaded pressure

relief device and the burst pressure for the

frangible disc, as applicable, must not be

greater than 2.65 bar for portable tanks with

minimum test pressures greater than 4 bar;

b. The suitability for transport in tanks

must be demonstrated using test 8(d) in Test

Series 8 (see UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria, Part 1, Sub-section 18.7) (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) or an alternative

means approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator.

TP33 The portable tank instruction as-

signed for this substance applies for granular

and powdered solids and for solids which are

filled and discharged at temperatures above

their melting point which are cooled and

transported as a solid mass. Solid substances

transported or offered for transport above

their melting point are authorized for trans-

portation in portable tanks conforming to

the provisions of portable tank instruction

T4 for solid substances of packing group III

or T7 for solid substances of packing group

II, unless a tank with more stringent re-

quirements for minimum shell thickness,

maximum allowable working pressure, pres-

sure-relief devices or bottom outlets are as-

signed in which case the more stringent tank

instruction and special provisions shall

apply. Filling limits must be in accordance

with portable tank special provision TP3.

Solids meeting the definition of an elevated

temperature material must be transported in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00351 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

342

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.200

accordance with the applicable requirements

of this subchapter.

TP36 For material assigned this portable

tank special provision, portable tanks used

to transport such material may be equipped

with fusible elements in the vapor space of

the portable

TP37 IM portable tanks are only author-

ized for the shipment of hydrogen peroxide

solutions in water containing 72% or less hy-

drogen peroxide by weight. Pressure relief

devices shall be designed to prevent the

entry of foreign matter, the leakage of liquid

and the development of any dangerous excess

pressure. In addition, the portable tank must

be designed so that internal surfaces may be

effectively cleaned and passivated. Each

tank must be equipped with pressure relief

devices conforming to the following require-

ments:

Concentration of hydrogen per peroxide solution Total

52% or less .............................................................. 11

Over 52%, but not greater than 60% ...................... 22

Over 60%, but not greater than 72% ...................... 32

Total venting capacity in standard cubic feet hour

(S.C.F.H.) per pound of hydrogen peroxide solution.

TP38 Each portable tank must be insu-

lated with an insulating material so that the

overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F)

is no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per

square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu

per hour per square foot per degree Fahr-

enheit) temperature differential. Insulating

materials may not promote corrosion to

steel when wet.

TP44 Each portable tank must be made of

stainless steel, except that steel other than

stainless steel may be used in accordance

with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this sub-

chapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank

shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62

mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for

a portable tank with a design pressure at

least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of

the hazardous material at 46 °C (115 °F).

TP45 Each portable tank must be made of

stainless steel, except that steel other than

stainless steel may be used in accordance

with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this sub-

chapter. Thickness of stainless steel for port-

able tank shells and heads must be the great-

er of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness re-

quired for a portable tank with a design pres-

sure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor

pressure of the hazardous material at 46 °C

(115 °F).

TP46 Portable tanks in sodium metal

service are not required to be

hydrostatically retested.

(9) ‘‘W’’ codes. These provisions apply

only to transportation by water:

Code/Special Provisions

W1 This substance in a non friable prill or

granule form is not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter when tested in

accordance with the UN Manual of Test

and Criteria (IBR, see §171.7 of this sub-

chapter) and is found to not meet the defi-

nition or criteria for inclusion in Division

5.1.

W7 Vessel stowage category for uranyl ni-

trate hexahydrate solution is ‘‘D’’ as de-

fined in § 172.101(k)(4).

W8 Vessel stowage category for pyrophoric

thorium metal or pyrophoric uranium

metal is ‘‘D’’ as defined in § 172.101(k)(4).

W9 When offered for transportation by

water, the following Specification pack-

agings are not authorized unless approved

by the Associate Administrator: woven

plastic bags, plastic film bags, textile bags,

paper bags, IBCs and bulk packagings.

W41 When offered for transportation by

water, this material must be packaged in

bales and be securely and tightly bound

with rope, wire or similar means.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52582, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 172.102, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

Subpart C—Shipping Papers

§ 172.200 Applicability.

(a) Description of hazardous materials

required. Except as otherwise provided

in this subpart, each person who offers

a hazardous material for transpor-

tation shall describe the hazardous ma-

terial on the shipping paper in the

manner required by this subpart.

(b) This subpart does not apply to

any material, other than a hazardous

substance, hazardous waste or marine

pollutant, that is—

(1) Identified by the letter ‘‘A’’ in col-

umn 1 of the § 172.101 table, except

when the material is offered or in-

tended for transportation by air; or

(2) Identified by the letter ‘‘W’’ in

column 1 of the § 172.101 table, except

when the material is offered or in-

tended for transportation by water; or

(3) A limited quantity package unless

the material is offered or intended for

transportation by air or vessel and,

until December 31, 2013, a package of

ORM–D material authorized by this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00352 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

343

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.201

when offered for transportation by

highway or rail.

(4) Category B infectious substances

prepared in accordance with § 173.199.

[Amdt. 172–29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–58, 45 FR 34697, May

22, 1980; Amdt. 172–74, 47 FR 43065, Sept. 30,

1982; Amdt. 172–112, 53 FR 17160, May 13, 1988;

Amdt. 172–127, 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5, 1992; 71 FR

32258, June 2, 2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.201 Preparation and retention of

shipping papers.

(a) Contents. When a description of

hazardous material is required to be in-

cluded on a shipping paper, that de-

scription must conform to the fol-

lowing requirements:

(1) When a hazardous material and a

material not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter are described

on the same shipping paper, the haz-

ardous material description entries re-

quired by § 172.202 and those additional

entries that may be required by

§ 172.203:

(i) Must be entered first, or

(ii) Must be entered in a color that

clearly contrasts with any description

on the shipping paper of a material not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter, except that a description on a

reproduction of a shipping paper may

be highlighted, rather than printed, in

a contrasting color (the provisions of

this paragraph apply only to the basic

description required by § 172.202(a)(1),

(2), (3), and (4)), or

(iii) Must be identified by the entry

of an ‘‘X’’ placed before the basic ship-

ping description required by § 172.202 in

a column captioned ‘‘HM.’’ (The ‘‘X’’

may be replaced by ‘‘RQ,’’ if appro-

priate.)

(2) The required shipping description

on a shipping paper and all copies of

the shipping paper used for transpor-

tation purposes must be legible and

printed (manually or mechanically) in

English.

(3) Unless it is specifically authorized

or required in this subchapter, the re-

quired shipping description may not

contain any code or abbreviation.

(4) A shipping paper may contain ad-

ditional information concerning the

material provided the information is

not inconsistent with the required de-

scription. Unless otherwise permitted

or required by this subpart, additional

information must be placed after the

basic description required by

§ 172.202(a).

(5) Electronic shipping papers. For

transportation by rail, a rail carrier

may accept shipping paper information

either telephonically (i.e., voice com-

munications and facsimiles) or elec-

tronically (EDI) from an offeror of a

hazardous materials shipment in ac-

cordance with the provisions in para-

graphs (a)(5)(i)–(a)(5)(iv) of this section.

See § 171.8 for the EDI definition.

(i) When the information applicable

to the consignment is provided under

this requirement the information must

be available to the offeror and carrier

at all times during transport, and the

carrier must have and maintain a

printed copy of this information until

delivery of the hazardous materials on

the shipping paper is complete. When a

paper document is produced, the data

must be presented as required by this

subpart.

(ii) The offeror must forward the

shipping paper (record) for a loaded

movement to the carrier prior to ship-

ment unless the carrier prepares the

shipping paper on behalf of the offeror.

The offeror is only relieved of the duty

to forward the shipping paper once the

offeror has received a copy of the ship-

ping paper from the carrier;

(iii) A carrier that generates a res-

idue shipping paper using information

from the previous loaded movement of

a hazardous materials packaging must

ensure the description of the hazardous

material that accompanies the ship-

ment complies with the offeror’s re-

quest; and

(iv) Verification. The carrier and the

offeror must have a procedure by which

the offeror can verify accuracy of the

transmitted hazard communication in-

formation that will accompany the

shipment.

(b) [Reserved]

paper may consist of more than one

page, if each page is consecutively

numbered and the first page bears a no-

tation specifying the total number of

pages included in the shipping paper.

For example, ‘‘Page 1 of 4 pages.’’

(d) Emergency response telephone num-

ber. Except as provided in § 172.604(c), a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00353 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

344

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.202

shipping paper must contain an emer-

gency response telephone number and,

if utilizing an emergency response in-

formation telephone number service

provider, identify the person (by name

or contract number) who has a contrac-

tual agreement with the service pro-

vider, as prescribed in subpart G of this

part.

(e) Retention and Recordkeeping. Each

person who provides a shipping paper

must retain a copy of the shipping

paper required by § 172.200(a), or an

electronic image thereof, that is acces-

sible at or through its principal place

of business and must make the ship-

ping paper available, upon request, to

an authorized official of a Federal,

State, or local government agency at

reasonable times and locations. For a

hazardous waste, the shipping paper

copy must be retained for three years

after the material is accepted by the

initial carrier. For all other hazardous

materials, the shipping paper must be

retained for two years after the mate-

rial is accepted by the initial carrier.

Each shipping paper copy must include

the date of acceptance by the initial

carrier, except that, for rail, vessel, or

air shipments, the date on the ship-

ment waybill, airbill, or bill of lading

may be used in place of the date of ac-

ceptance by the initial carrier. A

motor carrier (as defined in § 390.5 of

subchapter B of chapter III of subtitle

B) using a shipping paper without

change for multiple shipments of one

or more hazardous materials having

the same shipping name and identifica-

tion number may retain a single copy

of the shipping paper, instead of a copy

for each shipment made, if the carrier

also retains a record of each shipment

made, to include shipping name, identi-

fication number, quantity transported,

and date of shipment.

[Amdt. 172–29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 172.201, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 172.202 Description of hazardous ma-

terial on shipping papers.

(a) The shipping description of a haz-

ardous material on the shipping paper

must include:

(1) The identification number pre-

scribed for the material as shown in

Column (4) of the § 172.101 table;

(2) The proper shipping name pre-

scribed for the material in Column (2)

of the § 172.101 table;

(3) The hazard class or division num-

ber prescribed for the material, as

shown in Column (3) of the § 172.101

table. The subsidiary hazard class or

division number is not required to be

entered when a corresponding sub-

sidiary hazard label is not required. Ex-

cept for combustible liquids, the sub-

sidiary hazard class(es) or subsidiary

division number(s) must be entered in

parentheses immediately following the

primary hazard class or division num-

ber. In addition—

(i) The words ‘‘Class’’ or ‘‘Division’’

may be included preceding the primary

and subsidiary hazard class or division

numbers.

(ii) The hazard class need not be in-

cluded for the entry ‘‘Combustible liq-

uid, n.o.s.’’

(iii) For domestic shipments, pri-

mary and subsidiary hazard class or di-

vision names may be entered following

the numerical hazard class or division,

or following the basic description.

(4) The packing group in Roman nu-

merals, as designated for the hazardous

material in Column (5) of the § 172.101

table. Class 1 (explosives) materials;

self-reactive substances; batteries

other than those containing lithium,

lithium ions, or sodium; Division 5.2

materials; and entries that are not as-

signed a packing group (e.g., Class 7)

are excepted from this requirement.

The packing group may be preceded by

the letters ‘‘PG’’ (for example, ‘‘PG

II’’); and

(5) Except for transportation by air-

craft, the total quantity of hazardous

materials covered by the description

must be indicated (by mass or volume,

or by activity for Class 7 materials)

and must include an indication of the

applicable unit of measurement, for ex-

ample, ‘‘200 kg’’ (440 pounds) or ‘‘50 L’’

(13 gallons). The following provisions

also apply:

(i) For Class 1 materials, the quan-

tity must be the net explosive mass.

For an explosive that is an article,

such as Cartridges, small arms, the net

explosive mass may be expressed in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00354 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

345

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.202

terms of the net mass of either the ar-

ticle or the explosive materials con-

tained in the article.

(ii) For hazardous materials in sal-

vage packaging, an estimate of the

total quantity is acceptable.

(iii) The following are excepted from

the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of

this section:

(A) Bulk packages, provided some in-

dication of the total quantity is shown,

for example, ‘‘1 cargo tank’’ or ‘‘2

IBCs.’’

(B) Cylinders, provided some indica-

tion of the total quantity is shown, for

example, ‘‘10 cylinders.’’

(6) For transportation by aircraft,

the total net mass per package, must

be shown unless a gross mass is indi-

cated in Columns (9A) or (9B) of the

§ 172.101 table in which case the total

gross mass per package must be shown;

or, for Class 7 materials, the quantity

of radioactive material must be shown

by activity. The following provisions

also apply:

(i) For empty uncleaned packaging,

only the number and type of packaging

must be shown;

(ii) For chemical kits and first aid

kits, the total net mass of hazardous

materials must be shown. Where the

kits contain only liquids, or solids and

liquids, the net mass of liquids within

the kits is to be calculated on a 1 to 1

basis, i.e., 1 L (0.3 gallons) equals 1 kg

(2.2 pounds);

(iii) For dangerous goods in machin-

ery or apparatus, the individual total

quantities or an estimate of the indi-

vidual total quantities of dangerous

goods in solid, liquid or gaseous state,

contained in the article must be shown;

(iv) For dangerous goods transported

in a salvage packaging, an estimate of

the quantity of dangerous goods per

package must be shown;

(v) For cylinders, total quantity may

be indicated by the number of cyl-

inders, for example, ‘‘10 cylinders;’’

(vi) For items where ‘‘No Limit’’ is

shown in Column (9A) or (9B) of the

§ 172.101 table, the quantity shown must

be the net mass or volume of the mate-

rial. For articles (e.g., UN2800 and

UN3166) the quantity must be the gross

mass, followed by the letter ‘‘G’’; and

(7) The number and type of packages

must be indicated. The type of pack-

ages must be indicated by description

of the package (for example, ‘‘12

drums’’). Indication of the packaging

specification number (‘‘1H1’’) may be

included in the description of the pack-

age (for example, ‘‘12 1H1 drums’’ or ‘‘12

drums (UN 1A1)’’). Abbreviations may

be used for indicating packaging types

(for example, ‘‘cyl.’’ for ‘‘cylinder’’)

provided the abbreviations are com-

monly accepted and recognizable.

(b) Except as provided in this sub-

part, the basic description specified in

paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this

section must be shown in sequence

with no additional information inter-

spersed. For example, ‘‘UN2744,

Cyclobutyl chloroformate, 6.1, (8, 3),

PG II.’’ The shipping description se-

quences in effect on December 31, 2006,

may be used until January 1, 2013.

Shipping descriptions for hazardous

materials offered or intended for trans-

portation by rail that contain all the

information required in this subpart

and that are formatted and ordered in

accordance with recognized electronic

data interchange standards and, to the

extent possible, in the order and man-

ner required by this subpart are

deemed to comply with this paragraph.

covered by one description must appear

before or after, or both before and

after, the description required and au-

thorized by this subpart. The type of

packaging and destination marks may

be entered in any appropriate manner

before or after the basic description.

Abbreviations may be used to express

units of measurement and types of

packagings.

(d) Technical and chemical group

names may be entered in parentheses

between the proper shipping name and

hazard class or following the basic de-

scription. An appropriate modifier,

such as ‘‘contains’’ or ‘‘containing,’’

and/or the percentage of the technical

constituent may also be used. For ex-

ample: ‘‘Flammable liquids, n.o.s. (con-

tains Xylene and Benzene), 3, UN 1993,

II’’.

(e) Except for those materials in the

UN Recommendations, the ICAO Tech-

nical Instructions, or the IMDG Code

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00355 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

346

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.203

material that is not a hazardous mate-

rial according to this subchapter may

not be offered for transportation or

transported when its description on a

shipping paper includes a hazard class

or an identification number specified

in the § 172.101 Table.

[Amdt. 172–101, 45 FR 74665, Nov. 10, 1980, as

amended by Amdt. 172–103, 51 FR 5970, Feb.

18, 1986; Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52589, Dec. 21,

1990; 56 FR 66252, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172–127,

57 FR 52938, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 172–130, 58 FR

51531, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001;

68 FR 45030, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31,

2003; 69 FR 34611, June 22, 2004; 69 FR 54046,

Sept. 7, 2004; 69 FR 76153, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR

34397, June 14, 2005; 71 FR 78626, Dec 29, 200672

FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR 57005, Oct. 1, 2008;

74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010;

76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011; 77 FR 37983, June

25, 2012]

§ 172.203 Additional description re-

quirements.

(a) Special permits. Except as provided

in § 173.23 of this subchapter, each ship-

ping paper issued in connection with a

shipment made under a special permit

must bear the notation ‘‘DOT–SP’’ fol-

lowed by the special permit number as-

signed and located so that the notation

is clearly associated with the descrip-

tion to which the special permit ap-

plies. Each shipping paper issued in

connection with a shipment made

under an exemption or special permit

issued prior to October 1, 2007, may

bear the notation ‘‘DOT–E’’ followed by

the number assigned and so located

that the notation is clearly associated

with the description to which it ap-

plies.

(b) Limited quantities. When a ship-

ping paper is required by this sub-

chapter, the description for a material

offered for transportation as ‘‘limited

quantity,’’ as authorized by this sub-

chapter, must include the words ‘‘Lim-

ited Quantity’’ or ‘‘Ltd Qty’’ following

the basic description.

for Class 7 (radioactive) materials de-

scribed in accordance with paragraph

(d) of this section, if the proper ship-

ping name for a material that is a haz-

ardous substance does not identify the

hazardous substance by name, the

name of the hazardous substance must

be entered in parentheses in associa-

tion with the basic description. If the

material contains two or more haz-

ardous substances, at least two haz-

ardous substances, including the two

with the lowest reportable quantities

(RQs), must be identified. For a haz-

ardous waste, the waste code (e.g.,

D001), if appropriate, may be used to

identify the hazardous substance.

(2) The letters ‘‘RQ’’ must be entered

on the shipping paper either before or

after the basic description required by

§ 172.202 for each hazardous substance

(see definition in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter). For example: ‘‘RQ, UN 1098,

Allyl alcohol, 6.1, I, Toxic-inhalation

hazard, Zone B’’; or ‘‘UN 3077, Environ-

mentally hazardous substances, solid,

n.o.s., 9, III, RQ (Adipic acid)’’.

(d) Radioactive material. The descrip-

tion for a shipment of a Class 7 (radio-

active) material must include the fol-

lowing additional entries as appro-

priate:

(1) The name of each radionuclide in

the Class 7 (radioactive) material that

is listed in § 173.435 of this subchapter.

For mixtures of radionuclides, the

radionuclides required to be shown

must be determined in accordance with

§ 173.433(g) of this subchapter. Abbre-

viations, e.g., ‘‘

Mo,’’ are authorized.

(2) A description of the physical and

chemical form of the material, if the

material is not in special form (generic

chemical description is acceptable for

chemical form).

(3) The activity contained in each

package of the shipment in terms of

the appropriate SI units (e.g.,

Becquerels (Bq), Terabecquerels (TBq),

etc.). The activity may also be stated

in appropriate customary units (Curies

(Ci), milliCuries (mCi), microCuries

(uCi), etc.) in parentheses following the

SI units. Abbreviations are authorized.

Except for plutonium-239 and pluto-

nium-241, the weight in grams or kilo-

grams of fissile radionuclides may be

inserted instead of activity units. For

plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the

weight in grams of fissile radionuclides

may be inserted in addition to the ac-

tivity units.

(4) The category of label applied to

each package in the shipment. For ex-

ample: ‘‘RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I.’’

(5) The transport index assigned to

each package in the shipment bearing

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00356 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

347

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.203

RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIO-

ACTIVE YELLOW-III labels.

(6) For a package containing fissile

Class 7 (radioactive) material:

(i) The words ‘‘Fissile Excepted’’ if

the package is excepted pursuant to

§ 173.453 of this subchapter; or other-

wise

(ii) The criticality safety index for

that package.

(7) For a package approved by the

U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

(NRC), a notation of the package iden-

tification marking as prescribed in the

applicable DOE or NRC approval (see

§ 173.471 of the subchapter).

(8) For an export shipment or a ship-

ment in a foreign made package, a no-

tation of the package identification

marking as prescribed in the applicable

International Atomic Energy Agency

(IAEA) Certificate of Competent Au-

thority which has been issued for the

package (see § 173.473 of the sub-

chapter).

(9) For a shipment required by this

subchapter to be consigned as exclusive

use:

(i) An indication that the shipment is

consigned as exclusive use; or

(ii) If all the descriptions on the ship-

ping paper are consigned as exclusive

use, then the statement ‘‘Exclusive Use

Shipment’’ may be entered only once

on the shipping paper in a clearly visi-

ble location.

(10) For the shipment of a package

containing a highway route controlled

quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials (see § 173.403 of this subchapter)

the words ‘‘Highway route controlled

quantity’’ or ‘‘HRCQ’’ must be entered

in association with the basic descrip-

tion.

(e) Empty packagings. (1) The descrip-

tion on the shipping paper for a pack-

aging containing the residue of a haz-

ardous material may include the words

‘‘RESIDUE: Last Contained * * *’’ in

association with the basic description

of the hazardous material last con-

tained in the packaging.

(2) The description on the shipping

paper for a tank car containing the res-

idue of a hazardous material must in-

clude the phrase, ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST

CONTAINED * * *’’ before the basic de-

scription.

(f) Transportation by air. A statement

indicating that the shipment is within

the limitations prescribed for either

passenger and cargo aircraft or cargo

aircraft only must be entered on the

shipping paper.

(g) Transportation by rail. (1) A ship-

ping paper prepared by a rail carrier

for a rail car, freight container, trans-

port vehicle or portable tank that con-

tains hazardous materials must include

the reporting mark and number when

displayed on the rail car, freight con-

tainer, transport vehicle or portable

tank.

(2) The shipping paper for each DOT-

113 tank car containing a Division 2.1

material or its residue must contain an

appropriate notation, such as ‘‘DOT

113’’, and the statement ‘‘Do not hump

or cut off car while in motion.’’

(3) When shipments of elevated tem-

perature materials are transported

under the exception permitted in

§ 173.247(h)(3) of this subchapter, the

shipping paper must contain an appro-

priate notation, such as ‘‘Maximum op-

erating speed 15 mph.’’.

(h) Transportation by highway. Fol-

lowing the basic description for a haz-

ardous material in a Specification MC

330 or MC 331 cargo tank, there must be

entered for—

(1) Anhydrous ammonia. (i) The words

‘‘0.2 PERCENT WATER’’ to indicate

the suitability for shipping anhydrous

ammonia in a cargo tank made of

quenched and tempered steel as author-

ized by § 173.315(a), Note 14 of this sub-

chapter, or

(ii) The words ‘‘NOT FOR Q and T

TANKS’’ when the anhydrous ammonia

does not contain 0.2 percent or more

water by weight.

(2) Liquefied petroleum gas. (i) The

word ‘‘NONCORROSIVE’’ or

‘‘NONCOR’’ to indicate the suitability

for shipping ‘‘Noncorrosive’’ liquefied

petroleum gas in a cargo tank made of

quenched and tempered steel as author-

ized by § 173.315(a), Note 15 of this sub-

chapter, or

(ii) The words ‘‘NOT FOR Q and T

TANKS’’ for grades of liquefied petro-

leum gas other than ‘‘Noncorrosive’’.

(i) Transportation by water. Each ship-

ment by water must have the following

additional shipping paper entries:

(1) The name of the shipper.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00357 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

348

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.203

(2) Minimum flashpoint if 60 °C (140

°F) or below (in °C closed cup (c.c.)) in

association with the basic description.

For lab packs packaged in conformance

with § 173.12(b) of this subchapter, an

indication that the lowest flashpoint of

all hazardous materials contained in

the lab pack is below 23 °C or that the

flash point is not less than 23 °C but

not more than 60 °C must be identified

on the shipping paper in lieu of the

minimum flashpoint.

(3) For a hazardous material con-

signed under an ‘‘n.o.s.’’ entry not in-

cluded in the segregation groups listed

in section 3.1.4 of the IMDG Code but

belonging, in the opinion of the con-

signor, to one of these groups, the ap-

propriate segregation group must be

shown in association with the basic de-

scription (for example, IMDG Code seg-

regation group—1 Acids). When no seg-

regation group is applicable, there is

no requirement to indicate that condi-

tion.

(j) [Reserved]

(k) Technical names for ‘‘n.o.s.’’ and

other generic descriptions. Unless other-

wise excepted, if a material is de-

scribed on a shipping paper by one of

the proper shipping names identified by

the letter ‘‘G’’ in column (1) of the

§ 172.101 Table, the technical name of

the hazardous material must be en-

tered in parentheses in association

with the basic description. For example

‘‘Corrosive liquid, n.o.s., (Octanoyl

chloride), 8, UN 1760, II’’, or ‘‘Corrosive

liquid, n.o.s., 8, UN 1760, II (contains

Octanoyl chloride)’’. The word ‘‘con-

tains’’ may be used in association with

the technical name, if appropriate. For

organic peroxides which may qualify

for more than one generic listing de-

pending on concentration, the tech-

nical name must include the actual

concentration being shipped or the con-

centration range for the appropriate

generic listing. For example, ‘‘Organic

peroxide type B, solid, 5.2, UN 3102

(dibenzoyl peroxide, 52–100%)’’ or ‘‘Or-

ganic peroxide type E, solid, 5.2, UN

3108 (dibenzoyl peroxide, paste, <52%)’’.

Shipping descriptions for toxic mate-

rials that meet the criteria of Division

6.1, PG I or II (as specified in § 173.132(a)

of this subchapter) or Division 2.3 (as

specified in § 173.115(c) of this sub-

chapter) and are identified by the let-

ter ‘‘G’’ in column (1) of the § 172.101

Table, must have the technical name of

the toxic constituent entered in paren-

theses in association with the basic de-

scription. A material classed as Divi-

sion 6.2 and assigned identification

number UN 2814 or UN 2900 that is sus-

pected to contain an unknown Cat-

egory A infectious substance must

have the words ‘‘suspected Category A

infectious substance’’ entered in paren-

theses in place of the technical name

as part of the proper shipping descrip-

tion. For additional technical name op-

tions, see the definition for ‘‘Technical

name’’ in § 171.8. A technical name

should not be marked on the outer

package of a Division 6.2 material (see

§ 172.301(b)).

(1) If a hazardous material is a mix-

ture or solution of two or more haz-

ardous materials, the technical names

of at least two components most pre-

dominately contributing to the hazards

of the mixture or solution must be en-

tered on the shipping paper as required

by paragraph (k) of this section. For

example, ‘‘Flammable liquid, corrosive,

n.o.s., 3, UN 2924, II (contains Meth-

anol, Potassium hydroxide)’’.

(2) The provisions of this paragraph

do not apply—

(i) To a material that is a hazardous

waste and described using the proper

shipping name ‘‘Hazardous waste, liq-

uid or solid, n.o.s.’’, classed as a mis-

cellaneous Class 9, provided the EPA

hazardous waste number is included on

the shipping paper in association with

the basic description, or provided the

material is described in accordance

with the provisions of § 172.203(c) of this

part.

(ii) To a material for which the haz-

ard class is to be determined by testing

under the criteria in § 172.101(c)(11).

(iii) If the n.o.s. description for the

material (other than a mixture of haz-

ardous materials of different classes

meeting the definitions of more than

one hazard class) contains the name of

the chemical element or group which is

primarily responsible for the material

being included in the hazard class indi-

cated.

(iv) If the n.o.s. description for the

material (which is a mixture of haz-

ardous materials of different classes

meeting the definition of more than

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00358 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

349

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.204

one hazard class) contains the name of

the chemical element or group respon-

sible for the material meeting the defi-

nition of one of these classes. In such

cases, only the technical name of the

component that is not appropriately

identified in the n.o.s. description shall

be entered in parentheses.

(l) Marine pollutants. (1) If the proper

shipping name for a material which is

a marine pollutant does not identify by

name the component which makes the

material a marine pollutant, the name

of that component must appear in pa-

rentheses in association with the basic

description. Where two or more compo-

nents which make a material a marine

pollutant are present, the names of at

least two of the components most pre-

dominantly contributing to the marine

pollutant designation must appear in

parentheses in association with the

basic description.

(2) The words ‘‘Marine Pollutant’’

shall be entered in association with the

basic description for a material which

is a marine pollutant.

(3) Except for transportation by ves-

sel, marine pollutants subject to the

provisions of 49 CFR 130.11 are excepted

from the requirements of paragraph (l)

of this section if a phrase indicating

the material is an oil is placed in asso-

ciation with the basic description.

(4) Except when all or part of trans-

portation is by vessel, marine pollut-

ants in non-bulk packagings are not

subject to the requirements of para-

graphs (l)(1) and (l)(2) of this section

(see § 171.4 of this subchapter).

(m) Poisonous Materials. Notwith-

standing the hazard class to which a

material is assigned, for materials that

are poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8

of this subchapter), the words ‘‘Poison-

Inhalation Hazard’’ or ‘‘Toxic-Inhala-

tion Hazard’’ and the words ‘‘Zone A’’,

‘‘Zone B’’, ‘‘Zone C’’, or ‘‘Zone D’’ for

gases or ‘‘Zone A’’ or ‘‘Zone B’’ for liq-

uids, as appropriate, shall be entered

on the shipping paper immediately fol-

lowing the shipping description. The

word ‘‘Poison’’ or ‘‘Toxic’’ need not be

repeated if it otherwise appears in the

shipping description.

(n) Elevated temperature materials. If a

liquid material in a package meets the

definition of an elevated temperature

material in § 171.8 of this subchapter,

and the fact that it is an elevated tem-

perature material is not disclosed in

the proper shipping name (for example,

when the words ‘‘Molten’’ or ‘‘Elevated

temperature’’ are part of the proper

shipping name), the word ‘‘HOT’’ must

immediately precede the proper ship-

ping name of the material on the ship-

ping paper.

(o) Organic peroxides and self-reactive

materials. The description on a shipping

paper for a Division 4.1 (self-reactive)

material or a Division 5.2 (organic per-

oxide) material must include the fol-

lowing additional information, as ap-

propriate:

(1) If notification or competent au-

thority approval is required, the ship-

ping paper must contain a statement of

approval of the classification and con-

ditions of transport.

(2) For Division 4.1 (self-reactive) and

Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) mate-

rials that require temperature control

during transport, the control and emer-

gency temperature must be included on

the shipping paper.

(3) The word ‘‘SAMPLE’’ must be in-

cluded in association with the basic de-

scription when a sample of a Division

4.1 (self-reactive) material (see

§ 173.224(c)(3) of this subchapter) or Di-

vision 5.2 (organic peroxide) material

(see § 173.225(b)(2) of this subchapter) is

offered for transportation.

(p) Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG). The

word ‘‘non-odorized’’ or ‘‘not-odorized’’

must be included in association with

the proper shipping description on a

shipping paper when non-odorized liq-

uefied petroleum gas is offered for

transportation.

[Amdt. 172–29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 172.203, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 172.204 Shipper’s certification.

(a) General. Except as provided in

paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,

each person who offers a hazardous ma-

terial for transportation shall certify

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00359 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

350

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.204

that the material is offered for trans-

portation in accordance with this sub-

chapter by printing (manually or me-

chanically) on the shipping paper con-

taining the required shipping descrip-

tion the certification contained in

paragraph (a)(1) of this section or the

certification (declaration) containing

the language contained in paragraph

(a)(2) of this section. For transpor-

tation by rail only, the certification

may be received verbally or with an

electronic signature in conformance

with paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (a)(3)(ii) of

this section.

(1) ‘‘This is to certify that the above-

named materials are properly classi-

fied, described, packaged, marked and

labeled, and are in proper condition for

transportation according to the appli-

cable regulations of the Department of

Transportation.’’

OTE

: In line one of the certification the

words ‘‘herein-named’’ may be substituted

for the words ‘‘above-named’’.

(2) ‘‘I hereby declare that the con-

tents of this consignment are fully and

accurately described above by the prop-

er shipping name, and are classified,

packaged, marked and labelled/plac-

arded, and are in all respects in proper

condition for transport according to

applicable international and national

governmental regulations.’’

(3) Rail only certifications. For trans-

portation by rail, the shipping paper

certification may also be accomplished

by one of the following methods:

(i) Verbal Certification. When received

telephonically, by the carrier reading

the complete shipping description that

will accompany the shipment back to

the offeror and receiving verbal ac-

knowledgment that the description is

as required. This verbal acknowledge-

ment must be recorded, either on the

shipping document or in a separate

record, e.g., the waybill, in accordance

with § 174.24, and must include the date

and name of the person who provided

this information; or

(ii) Electronic Signature Certification.

When transmitted electronically, by

completing the field designated for the

shipper’s signature, the shipper is also

certifying its compliance with the cer-

tification specified in § 172.204(a).’’ The

name of the principal partner, officer,

or employee of the offeror or their

agent must be substituted for the as-

terisks;

(b) Exceptions. (1) Except for a haz-

ardous waste, no certification is re-

quired for a hazardous material offered

for transportation by motor vehicle

and transported:

(i) In a cargo tank supplied by the

carrier, or

(ii) By the shipper as a private car-

rier except for a hazardous material

that is to be reshipped or transferred

from one carrier to another.

(2) No certification is required for the

return of an empty tank car which pre-

viously contained a hazardous material

and which has not been cleaned or

purged.

Certification containing the following

language may be used in place of the

certification required by paragraph (a)

of this section:

I hereby certify that the contents of this

consignment are fully and accurately de-

scribed above by proper shipping name and

are classified, packaged, marked and labeled,

and in proper condition for carriage by air

according to applicable national govern-

mental regulations.

OTE TO PARAGRAPH

(c)(1): In the certifi-

cation, the word ‘‘packed’’ may be used in-

stead of the word ‘‘packaged’’ until October

1, 2010.

(2) Certificate in duplicate. Each per-

son who offers a hazardous material to

an aircraft operator for transportation

by air shall provide two copies of the

certification required in this section.

(See § 175.30 of this subchapter.)

(3) Additional certification require-

ments. Effective October 1, 2006, each

person who offers a hazardous material

for transportation by air must add to

the certification required in this sec-

tion the following statement:

‘‘I declare that all of the applicable

air transport requirements have been

met.’’

(i) Each person who offers any pack-

age or overpack of hazardous materials

for transport by air must ensure that:

(A) The articles or substances are not

prohibited for transport by air (see the

§ 172.101 Table);

(B) The articles or substances are

properly classed, marked and labeled

and otherwise in a condition for trans-

port as required by this subchapter;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00360 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

351

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.205

packaged in accordance with all the

applicable air transport requirements,

including appropriate types of pack-

aging that conform to the packing re-

quirements and the ‘‘A’’ Special Provi-

sions in § 172.102; inner packaging and

maximum quantity per package limits;

the compatibility requirements (see,

for example, § 173.24 of this subchapter);

and requirements for closure for both

inner and outer packagings, absorbent

materials, and pressure differential in

§ 173.27 of this subchapter. Other re-

quirements may also apply. For exam-

ple, single packagings may be prohib-

ited, inner packaging may need to be

packed in intermediate packagings,

and certain materials may be required

to be transported in packagings meet-

ing a more stringent performance

level.

(ii) [Reserved]

(4) Radioactive material. Each person

who offers any radioactive material for

transportation aboard a passenger-car-

rying aircraft shall sign (mechanically

or manually) a printed certificate stat-

ing that the shipment contains radio-

active material intended for use in, or

incident to, research, or medical diag-

nosis or treatment.

(d) Signature. The certifications re-

quired by paragraph (a) or (c) of this

section:

(1) Must be legibly signed by a prin-

cipal, officer, partner, or employee of

the shipper or his agent; and

(2) May be legibly signed manually,

by typewriter, or by other mechanical

means.

(3) For transportation by rail, when

transmitted by telephone or electroni-

cally, the signature must be in one of

the following forms: The name of the

principal person, partner, officer, or

employee of the offeror or his agent in

a computer field defined for that pur-

pose.

[Amdt. 172–29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 172.204, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 172.205 Hazardous waste manifest.

(a) No person may offer, transport,

transfer, or deliver a hazardous waste

(waste) unless an EPA Form 8700–22

and 8700–22A (when necessary) haz-

ardous waste manifest (manifest) is

prepared in accordance with 40 CFR

262.20 and is signed, carried, and given

as required of that person by this sec-

tion.

(b) The shipper (generator) shall pre-

pare the manifest in accordance with 40

CFR part 262.

must be dated by, and bear the hand-

written signature of, the person rep-

resenting:

(1) The shipper (generator) of the

waste at the time it is offered for

transportation, and

(2) The initial carrier accepting the

waste for transportation.

(d) A copy of the manifest must be

dated by, and bear the handwritten sig-

nature of the person representing:

(1) Each subsequent carrier accepting

the waste for transportation, at the

time of acceptance, and

(2) The designated facility receiving

the waste, upon receipt.

(e) A copy of the manifest bearing all

required dates and signatures must be:

(1) Given to a person representing

each carrier accepting the waste for

transportation,

(2) Carried during transportation in

the same manner as required by this

subchapter for shipping papers,

(3) Given to a person representing the

designated facility receiving the waste,

(4) Returned to the shipper (gener-

ator) by the carrier that transported

the waste from the United States to a

foreign destination with a notation of

the date of departure from the United

States, and

(5) Retained by the shipper (gener-

ator) and by the initial and each subse-

quent carrier for three years from the

date the waste was accepted by the ini-

tial carrier. Each retained copy must

bear all required signatures and dates

up to and including those entered by

the next person who received the

waste.

(f) Transportation by rail. Notwith-

standing the requirements of para-

graphs (d) and (e) of this section, the

following requirements apply:

(1) When accepting hazardous waste

from a non-rail transporter, the initial

rail transporter must:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00361 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

352

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.300

(i) Sign and date the manifest ac-

knowledging acceptance of the haz-

ardous waste;

(ii) Return a signed copy of the mani-

fest to the non-rail transporter;

(iii) Forward at least three copies of

the manifest to:

(A) The next non-rail transporter, if

any;

(B) The designated facility, if the

shipment is delivered to that facility

by rail; or

ignated to handle the waste in the

United States; and

(iv) Retain one copy of the manifest

and rail shipping paper in accordance

with 40 CFR 263.22.

(2) Rail transporters must ensure

that a shipping paper containing all

the information required on the mani-

fest (excluding the EPA identification

numbers, generator certification and

signatures) and, for exports, an EPA

Acknowledgment of Consent accom-

panies the hazardous waste at all

times. Intermediate rail transporters

are not required to sign either the

manifest or shipping paper.

(3) When delivering hazardous waste

to the designated facility, a rail trans-

porter must:

(i) Obtain the date of delivery and

handwritten signature of the owner or

operator of the designated facility on

the manifest or the shipping paper (if

the manifest has not been received by

the facility); and

(ii) Retain a copy of the manifest or

signed shipping paper in accordance

with 40 CFR 263.22.

(4) When delivering hazardous waste

to a non-rail transporter, a rail trans-

porter must:

(i) Obtain the date of delivery and

the handwritten signature of the next

non-rail transporter on the manifest;

and

(ii) Retain a copy of the manifest in

accordance with 40 CFR 263.22.

(5) Before accepting hazardous waste

from a rail transporter, a non-rail

transporter must sign and date the

manifest and provide a copy to the rail

transporter.

(g) The person delivering a hazardous

waste to an initial rail carrier shall

send a copy of the manifest, dated and

signed by a representative of the rail

carrier, to the person representing the

designated facility.

(h) A hazardous waste manifest re-

quired by 40 CFR part 262, containing

all of the information required by this

subpart, may be used as the shipping

paper required by this subpart.

(i) The shipping description for a haz-

ardous waste must be modified as re-

quired by § 172.101(c)(9).

[Amdt. 172–58, 45 FR 34698, May 22, 1980, as

amended by Amdt. 172–90, 49 FR 10510, Mar.

20, 1984; 49 FR 11184, Mar. 26, 1984; Amdt. 172–

248, 61 FR 28675, June 5, 1996; 70 FR 34075,

June 13, 2005]

Subpart D—Marking

§ 172.300 Applicability.

(a) Each person who offers a haz-

ardous material for transportation

shall mark each package, freight con-

tainer, and transport vehicle con-

taining the hazardous material in the

manner required by this subpart.

(b) When assigned the function by

this subpart, each carrier that trans-

ports a hazardous material shall mark

each package, freight container, and

transport vehicle containing the haz-

ardous material in the manner required

by this subpart.

specific rule, stocks of preprinted pack-

agings marked in accordance with this

subpart prior to the effective date of a

final rule may be continued in use, in

the manner previously authorized,

until depleted or for a one-year period

subsequent to the compliance date of

the marking amendment, whichever is

less.

[Amdt. 172–101, 45 FR 74666, Nov. 10, 1980, as

amended at 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.301 General marking require-

ments for non-bulk packagings.

(a) Proper shipping name and identi-

fication number. (1) Except as otherwise

provided by this subchapter, each per-

son who offers a hazardous material for

transportation in a non-bulk packaging

must mark the package with the prop-

er shipping name and identification

number (preceded by ‘‘UN’’, ‘‘NA’’ or

‘‘ID,’’ as appropriate) for the material

as shown in the § 172.101 Table.

(2) The proper shipping name for a

hazardous waste (as defined in § 171.8 of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00362 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

353

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.302

this subchapter) is not required to in-

clude the word ‘‘waste’’ if the package

bears the EPA marking prescribed by

40 CFR 262.32.

(3) Large quantities of a single haz-

ardous material in non-bulk packages. A

transport vehicle or freight container

containing only a single hazardous ma-

terial in non-bulk packages must be

marked, on each side and each end as

specified in the § 172.332 or § 172.336,

with the identification number speci-

fied for the hazardous material in the

§ 172.101 Table, subject to the following

provisions and limitations:

(i) Each package is marked with the

same proper shipping name and identi-

fication number;

(ii) The aggregate gross weight of the

hazardous material is 4,000 kg (8,820

pounds) or more;

(iii) All of the hazardous material is

loaded at one loading facility;

(iv) The transport vehicle or freight

container contains no other material,

hazardous or otherwise; and

(v) The identification number mark-

ing requirement of this paragraph (a)(3)

does not apply to Class 1, Class 7, or to

non-bulk packagings for which identi-

fication numbers are not required.

(b) Technical names. In addition to the

marking required by paragraph (a) of

this section, each non-bulk packaging

containing a hazardous material sub-

ject to the provisions of § 172.203(k) of

this part, except for a Division 6.2 ma-

terial, must be marked with the tech-

nical name in parentheses in associa-

tion with the proper shipping name in

accordance with the requirements and

exceptions specified for display of tech-

nical descriptions on shipping papers in

§ 172.203(k) of this part. A technical

name should not be marked on the

outer package of a Division 6.2 mate-

rial.

as provided in § 173.23 of this sub-

chapter, the outside of each package

authorized by a special permit must be

plainly and durably marked ‘‘DOT–SP’’

followed by the special permit number

assigned. Packages authorized by an

exemption issued prior to October 1,

2007, may be plainly and durably

marked ‘‘DOT–E’’ in lieu of ‘‘DOT–SP’’

followed by the number assigned as

specified in the most recent version of

that exemption.

(d) Consignee’s or consignor’s name and

address. Each person who offers for

transportation a hazardous material in

a non-bulk package shall mark that

package with the name and address of

the consignor or consignee except when

the package is—

(1) Transported by highway only and

will not be transferred from one motor

carrier to another; or

(2) Part of a carload lot, truckload

lot or freight container load, and the

entire contents of the rail car, truck or

freight container are shipped from one

consignor to one consignee.

(e) Previously marked packagings. A

package which has been previously

marked as required for the material it

contains and on which the marking re-

mains legible, need not be remarked.

(For empty packagings, see § 173.29 of

this subchapter.)

(f) NON-ODORIZED marking on cyl-

inders containing LPG. No person may

offer for transportation or transport a

specification cylinder, except a Speci-

fication 2P or 2Q container or a Speci-

fication 39 cylinder, that contains an

unodorized Liquefied petroleum gas

(LPG) unless it is legibly marked NON-

ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED in let-

ters not less than 6.3 mm (0.25 inches)

in height near the marked proper ship-

ping name required by paragraph (a) of

this section.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52590, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 172–151, 62 FR 1227, Jan. 8,

1997; 62 FR 39404, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16075,

Apr. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45182, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR

45030, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004;

70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2,

2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56314,

Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 172.302 General marking require-

ments for bulk packagings.

(a) Identification numbers. Except as

otherwise provided in this subpart, no

person may offer for transportation or

transport a hazardous material in a

bulk packaging unless the packaging is

marked as required by § 172.332 with the

identification number specified for the

material in the § 172.101 table—

(1) On each side and each end, if the

packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L

(1,000 gallons) or more;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00363 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

354

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.303

(2) On two opposing sides, if the pack-

aging has a capacity of less than 3,785

L (1,000 gallons); or

(3) For cylinders permanently in-

stalled on a tube trailer motor vehicle,

on each side and each end of the motor

vehicle.

(b) Size of markings. Except as other-

wise provided, markings required by

this subpart on bulk packagings

must—

(1) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm

(0.24 inch) and a height of at least 100

mm (3.9 inches) for rail cars;

(2) Have a width of at least 4.0 mm

(0.16 inch) and a height of at least 25

mm (one inch) for portable tanks with

capacities of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gal-

lons) and IBCs; and

(3) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm

(0.24 inch) and a height of at least 50

mm (2.0 inches) for cargo tanks and

other bulk packagings.

as provided in § 173.23 of this sub-

chapter, the outside of each package

used under the terms of a special per-

mit must be plainly and durably

marked ‘‘DOT–SP’’ followed by the spe-

cial permit number assigned. Packages

authorized by an exemption issued

prior to October 1, 2007 may be plainly

and durably marked ‘‘DOT–E’’ in lieu

of ‘‘DOT–SP’’ followed by the number

assigned as specified in the most recent

version of that exemption.

(d) Each bulk packaging marked with

a proper shipping name, common name

or identification number as required by

this subpart must remain marked when

it is emptied unless it is—

(1) Sufficiently cleaned of residue and

purged of vapors to remove any poten-

tial hazard; or

(2) Refilled, with a material requiring

different markings or no markings, to

such an extent that any residue re-

maining in the packaging is no longer

hazardous.

(e) Additional requirements for

marking portable tanks, cargo tanks,

tank cars, multi-unit tank car tanks,

and other bulk packagings are pre-

scribed in §§ 172.326, 172.328, 172.330, and

172.331, respectively, of this subpart.

(f) A bulk packaging marked prior to

October 1, 1991, in conformance to the

regulations of this subchapter in effect

on September 30, 1991, need not be re-

marked if the key words of the proper

shipping name are identical to those

currently specified in the § 172.101

table. For example, a tank car marked

‘‘NITRIC OXIDE’’ need not be re-

marked ‘‘NITRIC OXIDE, COM-

PRESSED’’.

(g) A rail car, freight container,

truck body or trailer in which the lad-

ing has been fumigated with any haz-

ardous material, or is undergoing fumi-

gation, must be marked as specified in

§ 173.9 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

172–150, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 172–

151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July

22, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 73164,

Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007]

§ 172.303 Prohibited marking.

(a) No person may offer for transpor-

tation or transport a package which is

marked with the proper shipping name,

the identification number of a haz-

ardous material or any other markings

indicating that the material is haz-

ardous (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZ-

ARD) unless the package contains the

identified hazardous material or its

residue.

(b) This section does not apply to—

(1) Transportation of a package in a

transport vehicle or freight container

if the package is not visible during

transportation and is loaded by the

shipper and unloaded by the shipper or

consignee.

(2) Markings on a package which are

securely covered in transportation.

(3) The marking of a shipping name

on a package when the name describes

a material not regulated under this

subchapter.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; 72 FR

55692, Oct. 1, 2007]

§ 172.304 Marking requirements.

(a) The marking required in this sub-

part—

(1) Must be durable, in English and

printed on or affixed to the surface of a

package or on a label, tag, or sign.

(2) Must be displayed on a back-

ground of sharply contrasting color;

(3) Must be unobscured by labels or

attachments; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00364 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

355

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.312

(4) Must be located away from any

other marking (such as advertising)

that could substantially reduce its ef-

fectiveness.

(b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–29B, 41 FR 57067, Dec.

30, 1976]

§ 172.306 [Reserved]

§ 172.308 Authorized abbreviations.

(a) Abbreviations may not be used in

a proper shipping name marking except

as authorized in this section.

(b) The abbreviation ‘‘ORM’’ may be

used in place of the words ‘‘Other Reg-

ulated Material.’’

thorized descriptions in column 2 of the

§ 172.101 table (e.g., ‘‘TNT’’ and ‘‘PCB’’)

are authorized.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 172–145, 60 FR 49110, Sept.

21, 1995]

§ 172.310 Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials.

In addition to any other markings re-

quired by this subpart, each package

containing Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials must be marked as follows:

(a) Each package with a gross mass

greater than 50 kg (110 lb) must have

its gross mass including the unit of

measurement (which may be abbre-

viated) marked on the outside of the

package.

(b) Each industrial, Type A, Type

B(U), or Type B(M) package must be

legibly and durably marked on the out-

side of the packaging, in letters at

least 13 mm (0.5 in) high, with the

words ‘‘TYPE IP–1,’’ ‘‘TYPE IP–2,’’

‘‘TYPE IP–3,’’ ‘‘TYPE A,’’ ‘‘TYPE

B(U)’’ or ‘‘TYPE B(M),’’ as appropriate.

A package which does not conform to

Type IP–1, Type IP–2, Type IP–3, Type

A, Type B(U) or Type B(M) require-

ments may not be so marked.

an IP–1, IP–2, IP–3 or a Type A package

design must be legibly and durably

marked on the outside of the pack-

aging with the international vehicle

registration code of the country of ori-

gin of the design. The international ve-

hicle registration code for packages de-

signed by a United States company or

agency is the symbol ‘‘USA.’’

(d) Each package which conforms to

a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package de-

sign must have the outside of the out-

ermost receptacle, which is resistant to

the effects of fire and water, plainly

marked by embossing, stamping or

other means resistant to the effects of

fire and water with a radiation symbol

that conforms to the requirements of

Appendix B of this part.

(e) Each Type B(U), Type B(M) or

fissile material package destined for

export shipment must also be marked

‘‘USA’’ in conjunction with the speci-

fication marking, or other package cer-

tificate identification. (See §§ 173.471,

173.472, and 173.473 of this subchapter.)

[Docket No. RSPA–99–6283 (HM–230), 69 FR

3668, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 172.312 Liquid hazardous materials

in non-bulk packagings.

(a) Except as provided in this section,

each non-bulk combination package

having inner packagings containing

liquid hazardous materials, single

packaging fitted with vents, or open

cryogenic receptacle intended for the

transport of refrigerated liquefied

gases must be:

(1) Packed with closures upward, and

(2) Legibly marked with package ori-

entation markings that are similar to

the illustration shown in this para-

graph, on two opposite vertical sides of

the package with the arrows pointing

in the correct upright direction. The

arrows must be either black or red on

white or other suitable contrasting

background and commensurate with

the size of the package. Depicting a

rectangular border around the arrows

is optional.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00365 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

356

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.313

(b) Arrows for purposes other than

indicating proper package orientation

may not be displayed on a package con-

taining a liquid hazardous material.

of this section do not apply to—

(1) A non-bulk package with inner

packagings which are cylinders.

(2) Except when offered or intended

for transportation by aircraft, pack-

ages containing flammable liquids in

inner packagings of 1 L or less prepared

in accordance with § 173.150 (b) or (c) of

this subchapter.

(3) When offered or intended for

transportation by aircraft, packages

containing flammable liquids in inner

packagings of 120 mL (4 fluid oz.) or

less prepared in accordance with

§ 173.150 (b) or (c) of this subchapter

when packed with sufficient absorption

material between the inner and outer

packagings to completely absorb the

liquid contents.

(4) Liquids contained in manufac-

tured articles (e.g., alcohol or mercury

in thermometers) which are leak-tight

in all orientations.

(5) A non-bulk package with hermeti-

cally sealed inner packagings not ex-

ceeding 500 mL each.

(6) Packages containing liquid infec-

tious substances in primary receptacles

not exceeding 50 mL (1.7 oz.).

(7) Class 7 radioactive material in

Type A, IP–2, IP–3, Type B(U), or Type

B(M) packages.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45458, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999;

66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45030, July 31,

2003; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 71FR 78627,

Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.313 Poisonous hazardous mate-

rials.

In addition to any other markings re-

quired by this subpart:

(a) A material poisonous by inhala-

tion (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) shall

be marked ‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’ in as-

sociation with the required labels or

placards, as appropriate, and shipping

name when required. The marking

must be on two opposing sides of a bulk

packaging. (See § 172.302(b) of this sub-

part for size of markings on bulk pack-

ages.) When the words ‘‘Inhalation Haz-

ard’’ appear on the label, as prescribed

in §§ 172.416 and 172.429, or placard, as

prescribed in §§ 172.540 and 172.555, the

‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’ marking is not re-

quired on the package.

(b) Each non-bulk plastic outer pack-

aging used as a single or composite

packaging for materials meeting the

definition of Division 6.1 (in § 173.132 of

this subchapter) shall be permanently

marked, by embossment or other dura-

ble means, with the word ‘‘POISON’’ in

letters at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inch) in

height. Additional text or symbols re-

lated to hazard warning may be in-

cluded in the marking. The marking

shall be located within 150 mm (6

inches) of the closure of the packaging.

tainer containing a material poisonous

by inhalation in non-bulk packages

shall be marked, on each side and each

end as specified in § 172.332 or § 172.336,

with the identification number speci-

fied for the hazardous material in the

§ 172.101 table, subject to the following

provisions and limitations:

(1) The material is in Hazard Zone A

or B;

(2) The transport vehicle or freight

container is loaded at one facility with

1,000 kg (2,205 pounds) or more aggre-

gate gross weight of the material in

non-bulk packages marked with the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00366 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.011</GPH>

357

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.315

same proper shipping name and identi-

fication number; and

(3) If the transport vehicle or freight

container contains more than one ma-

terial meeting the provisions of this

paragraph (c), it shall be marked with

the identification number for one ma-

terial, determined as follows:

(i) For different materials in the

same hazard zone, with the identifica-

tion number of the material having the

greatest aggregate gross weight; and

(ii) For different materials in both

Hazard Zones A and B, with the identi-

fication number for the Hazard Zone A

material.

(d) For a packaging containing a Di-

vision 6.1 PG III material, ‘‘PG III’’

may be marked adjacent to the POI-

SON label. (See § 172.405(c).)

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 57 FR 46624, Oct. 9, 1992; Amdt.

172–151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398,

39405, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16075, Apr. 1, 1998;

64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999]

§ 172.315 Limited quantities.

(a) Modes other than air transport. Ex-

cept for an article or substance of Class

7 prepared in accordance with subpart I

of part 173, a package prepared in ac-

cordance with applicable limited quan-

tity requirements in part 173 of this

subchapter and offered for transpor-

tation by a mode other than air must

display the limited quantity marking

shown in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec-

tion. A package displaying this mark is

not subject to the marking require-

ments of § 172.301 of this subpart unless

the limited quantity package also con-

tains a hazardous substance or a haz-

ardous waste. Required markings need

not be duplicated if already marked as

prescribed elsewhere in this subpart.

As an alternative, a packaging may

display the limited quantity ‘‘Y’’ mark

shown in paragraph (b) of this section

if the package conforms to authorized

substance and article provisions and

the inner and outer package quantity

limits in § 173.27(f) of this subchapter.

(1) Marking description. The top and

bottom portions of the square-on-point

and the border forming the square-on-

point must be black and the center

white or of a suitable contrasting back-

ground as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00367 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER30DE11.004</GPH>

358

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.315

(2) The square-on-point must be dura-

ble, legible and of a size relative to the

packaging, readily visible, and must be

applied on at least one side or one end

of the outer packaging. The width of

the border forming the square-on-point

must be at least 2 mm and the min-

imum dimension of each side must be

100 mm unless the packaging size re-

quires a reduced size marking that

must be no less than 50 mm on each

side. When intended for transportation

by vessel, a cargo transport unit (see

§ 176.2 of this subchapter) containing

packages of hazardous materials in

only limited quantities must be

marked once on each side and once on

each end of the exterior of the unit

with an identical mark which must

have minimum dimensions of 250 mm

on each side.

(b) Air transport. Except for an article

or substance of Class 7 prepared in ac-

cordance with subpart I of part 173, a

package prepared in accordance with

air-specific limited quantity require-

ments prescribed in § 173.27 of this sub-

chapter and intended for transpor-

tation by air must display the limited

quantity mark prescribed in paragraph

(b)(1) of this section in addition to

other markings required by this sub-

part (e.g., ‘‘RQ’’, proper shipping name,

identification number, as appropriate).

Required markings need not be dupli-

cated if already marked as prescribed

elsewhere in this subpart.

(1) Marking Description. The top and

bottom portions of the square-on-point

and the border forming the square-on-

point must be black and the center

white or of a suitable contrasting back-

ground and the symbol ‘‘Y’’ must be

black and located in the center of the

square-on-point and be clearly visible

as follows:

(2) The square-on-point must be dura-

ble, legible and of a size relative to the

package as to be readily visible. The

square-on-point must be applied on at

least one side or one end of the outer

packaging. The width of the border

forming the square-on-point must be at

least 2 mm and the minimum dimen-

sion of each side must be 100 mm unless

the package size requires a reduced size

marking that must be no less than 50

mm on each side.

scribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this

section may use the packaging itself as

the contrasting background for the

center portion of the marking if the

color sufficiently contrasts so that the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00368 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER30DE11.005</GPH>

359

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.317

black border, top and bottom portions

of the square-on-point, and the ‘‘Y’’

symbol, if applicable, are clearly rec-

ognizable.

(d) Transitional exceptions—(1) Square-

on-point with Identification Number. Ex-

cept for transportation by aircraft and

until December 31, 2013, a package con-

taining a limited quantity may con-

tinue to be marked in accordance with

the requirements of this section in ef-

fect on October 1, 2010 (i.e., square-on-

point with Identification Number) as

an alternative to the marking required

by paragraph (a) of this section. For

transportation by aircraft and until

December 31, 2012, a package con-

taining a limited quantity may con-

tinue to be marked in accordance with

the requirements of this section in ef-

fect on October 1, 2010 (i.e., square-on-

point with Identification Number) as

an alternative to the marking required

by paragraph (b) of this section.

(2) ORM–D marked packaging. Except

for transportation by aircraft and until

December 31, 2013, a packaging marked

in accordance with § 172.316 of this sub-

part is not required to be marked with

the limited quantity marking required

by paragraph (a) of this section. For

transportation by aircraft and until

December 31, 2012, a packaging marked

in accordance with § 172.316 may not be

marked with the limited quantity ‘‘Y’’

marking required by paragraph (b) of

this section unless it also conforms to

§ 173.27(f).

[76 FR 82174, Dec. 30, 2011]

§ 172.316 Packagings containing mate-

rials classed as ORM-D.

(a) Each non-bulk packaging con-

taining a material classed as ORM-D

must be marked on at least one side or

end with the ORM-D designation imme-

diately following or below the proper

shipping name of the material. The

ORM designation must be placed with-

in a rectangle that is approximately 6.3

mm (0.25 inches) larger on each side

than the designation. The designation

for ORM-D must be:

(1) Until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR for an ORM–D that is prepared for

air shipment and packaged in accord-

ance with §§ 173.63, 173.150 through

173.155, 173.306 and the applicable re-

quirements in § 173.27.

(2) Until December 31, 2013, ORM–D

for an ORM–D that is packaged in ac-

cordance with §§ 173.63, 173.150 through

173.155 and 173.306.

(b) When the ORM-D marking includ-

ing the proper shipping name can not

be affixed on the package surface, it

may be on an attached tag.

tification by the person offering the

packaging for transportation that the

material is properly described, classed,

packaged, marked and labeled (when

appropriate) and in proper condition

for transportation according to the ap-

plicable regulations of this subchapter.

This form of certification does not pre-

clude the requirement for a certificate

on a shipping paper when required by

subpart C of this part.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52592, Dec.

21, 1990; 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; 76 FR 3366,

Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.317 KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT

handling mark.

(a) General. For transportation by

aircraft, each package containing self-

reactive substances of Division 4.1 or

organic peroxides of Division 5.2 must

be marked with the KEEP AWAY

FROM HEAT handling mark specified

in this section.

(b) Location and design. The marking

must be a rectangle measuring at least

105 mm (4.1 inches) in height by 74 mm

(2.9 inches) in width. Markings with

not less than half this dimension are

permissible where the dimensions of

the package can only bear a smaller

mark.

dling mark. The KEEP AWAY FROM

HEAT handling mark must conform to

the following:

(1) Except for size, the KEEP AWAY

FROM HEAT handling mark must ap-

pear as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00369 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

360

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.320

(2) The symbol, letters and border

must be black and the background

white, except for the starburst which

must be red.

(3) The KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT

handling marking required by para-

graph (a) of this section must be dura-

ble, legible and displayed on a back-

ground of contrasting color.

[69 FR 76153, Dec. 20, 2004]

§ 172.320 Explosive hazardous mate-

rials.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in

paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this

section, each package containing a

Class 1 material must be marked with

the EX-number for each substance, ar-

ticle or device contained therein.

(b) Except for fireworks approved in

accordance with § 173.56(j) of this sub-

chapter, a package of Class 1 materials

may be marked, in lieu of the EX-num-

ber required by paragraph (a) of this

section, with a national stock number

issued by the Department of Defense or

identifying information, such as a

product code required by regulations

for commercial explosives specified in

27 CFR part 555, if the national stock

number or identifying information can

be specifically associated with the EX-

number assigned.

Class 1 materials are packed in the

same package, the package may be

marked with only five of the EX-num-

bers, national stock numbers, product

codes, or combination thereof.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00370 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER20DE04.001</GPH>

361

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.322

(d) The requirements of this section

do not apply if the EX-number, product

code or national stock number of each

explosive item described under a proper

shipping description is shown in asso-

ciation with the shipping description

required by § 172.202(a) of this part.

Product codes and national stock num-

bers must be traceable to the specific

EX-number assigned by the Associate

Administrator.

(e) The requirements of this section

do not apply to the following Class 1

materials:

(1) Those being shipped to a testing

agency in accordance with § 173.56(d) of

this subchapter;

(2) Those being shipped in accordance

with § 173.56(e) of this subchapter, for

the purposes of developmental testing;

(3) Those which meet the require-

ments of § 173.56(h) of this subchapter

and therefore are not subject to the ap-

proval process of § 173.56 of this sub-

chapter;

(4) [Reserved];

(5) Those that are transported in ac-

cordance with § 173.56(c)(2) of this sub-

chapter and, therefore, are covered by

a national security classification cur-

rently in effect.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended by Amdt. 172–139, 59 FR 67487, Dec.

29, 1994; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 74 FR 53188,

Oct. 16, 2009]

§ 172.322 Marine pollutants.

(a) For vessel transportation of each

non-bulk packaging that contains a

marine pollutant—

(1) If the proper shipping name for a

material which is a marine pollutant

does not identify by name the compo-

nent which makes the material a ma-

rine pollutant, the name of that com-

ponent must be marked on the package

in parentheses in association with the

marked proper shipping name. Where

two or more components which make a

material a marine pollutant are

present, the names of at least two of

the components most predominantly

contributing to the marine pollutant

designation must appear in parentheses

in association with the marked proper

shipping name; and

(2) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark

shall be placed in association with the

hazard warning labels required by sub-

part E of this part or, in the absence of

any labels, in association with the

marked proper shipping name.

(b) A bulk packaging that contains a

marine pollutant must—

(1) Be marked with the MARINE

POLLUTANT mark on at least two op-

posing sides or two ends other than the

bottom if the packaging has a capacity

of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons). The

mark must be visible from the direc-

tion it faces. The mark may be dis-

played in black lettering on a square-

on-point configuration having the same

outside dimensions as a placard; or

(2) Be marked on each end and each

side with the MARINE POLLUTANT

mark if the packaging has a capacity

of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more. The

mark must be visible from the direc-

tion it faces. The mark may be dis-

played in black lettering on a square-

on-point configuration having the same

outside dimensions as a placard.

tainer that contains a package subject

to the marking requirements of para-

graph (a) or (b) of this section must be

marked with the MARINE POLLUT-

ANT mark. The mark must appear on

each side and each end of the transport

vehicle or freight container, and must

be visible from the direction it faces.

This requirement may be met by the

marking displayed on a freight con-

tainer or portable tank loaded on a

motor vehicle or rail car. This mark

may be displayed in black lettering on

a white square-on-point configuration

having the same outside dimensions as

a placard.

(d) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark

is not required—

(1) On single packagings or combina-

tion packagings where each single

package or each inner packaging of

combination packagings has:

(i) A net quantity of 5 L (1.3 gallons)

or less for liquids; or

(ii) A net mass of 5 kg (11 pounds) or

less for solids

(2) On a combination packaging con-

taining a marine pollutant, other than

a severe marine pollutant, in inner

packagings each of which contains:

(i) 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less net capac-

ity for liquids; or

(ii) 5 kg (11 pounds) or less net capac-

ity for solids.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00371 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

362

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.323

(3) Except for transportation by ves-

sel, on a bulk packaging, freight con-

tainer or transport vehicle that bears a

label or placard specified in subparts E

or F of this part.

(4) On a package of limited quantity

material marked in accordance with

§ 172.315 of this part.

(e) MARINE POLLUTANT mark. Ef-

fective January 14, 2010 the MARINE

POLLUTANT mark must conform to

the following:

(1) Except for size, the MARINE POL-

LUTANT mark must appear as follows:

Symbol (fish and tree): Black on white

or suitable contrasting background.

(2) The symbol and border must be

black and the background white, or the

symbol, border and background must

be of contrasting color to the surface

to which the mark is to be affixed.

Each side of the mark must be—

(i) At least 100 mm (4 inches) for

marks applied to:

(A) Non-bulk packages, except in the

case of packages which, because of

their size, can only bear smaller

marks;

(B) Bulk packages with a capacity of

less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons); or

(ii) At least 250 mm (10 inches) for

marks applied to all other bulk pack-

ages.

(f) Exceptions. See § 171.4(c).

[Amdt. 172–127, 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5, 1992, as

amended by Amdt. 172–136, 59 FR 38064, July

26, 1994; Amdt. 172–145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21,

1995; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 56098,

Sept. 23, 2005; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR

3367, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.323 Infectious substances.

(a) In addition to other requirements

of this subpart, a bulk packaging con-

taining a regulated medical waste, as

defined in § 173.134(a)(5) of this sub-

chapter, must be marked with a BIO-

HAZARD marking conforming to 29

CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)—

(1) On two opposing sides or two ends

other than the bottom if the packaging

has a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000

gallons). The BIOHAZARD marking

must measure at least 152.4 mm (6

inches) on each side and must be visi-

ble from the direction it faces.

(2) On each end and each side if the

packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L

(1,000 gallons) or more. The BIO-

HAZARD marking must measure at

least 152.4 mm (6 inches) on each side

and must be visible from the direction

it faces.

(b) For a bulk packaging contained in

or on a transport vehicle or freight

container, if the BIOHAZARD marking

on the bulk packaging is not visible,

the transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer must be marked as required by

paragraph (a) of this section on each

side and each end.

HAZARD marking required by para-

graph (a) of this section must be or-

ange and the symbol and letters must

be black. Except for size the BIO-

HAZARD marking must appear as fol-

lows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00372 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER14JA09.000</GPH>

363

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.324

(d) The BIOHAZARD marking re-

quired by paragraph (a) of this section

must be displayed on a background of

contrasting color. It may be displayed

on a plain white square-on-point con-

figuration having the same outside di-

mensions as a placard, as specified in

§ 172.519(c) of this part.

[67 FR 53135, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 76

FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 172.324 Hazardous substances in

non-bulk packagings.

For each non-bulk package that con-

tains a hazardous substance—

(a) Except for packages of radio-

active material labeled in accordance

with § 172.403, if the proper shipping

name of a material that is a hazardous

substance does not identify the haz-

ardous substance by name, the name of

the hazardous substance must be

marked on the package, in parentheses,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00373 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER14AU02.005</GPH>

364

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.325

in association with the proper shipping

name. If the material contains two or

more hazardous substances, at least

two hazardous substances, including

the two with the lowest reportable

quantities (RQs), must be identified.

For a hazardous waste, the waste code

(e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be used

to identify the hazardous substance.

(b) The letters ‘‘RQ’’ must be marked

on the package in association with the

proper shipping name.

material marked in accordance with

§ 172.315 must also be marked in accord-

ance with the applicable requirements

of this section.

[73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008, as amended at 76

FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.325 Elevated temperature mate-

rials.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, a bulk packaging

containing an elevated temperature

material must be marked on two op-

posing sides with the word ‘‘HOT’’ in

black or white Gothic lettering on a

contrasting background. The marking

must be displayed on the packaging

itself or in black lettering on a plain

white square-on-point configuration

having the same outside dimensions as

a placard. (See § 172.302(b) for size of

markings on bulk packagings.)

(b) Bulk packagings containing mol-

ten aluminum or molten sulfur must be

marked ‘‘MOLTEN ALUMINUM’’ or

‘‘MOLTEN SULFUR’’, respectively, in

the same manner as prescribed in para-

graph (a) of this section.

displayed on a white-square-on-point

display configuration, as prescribed in

§ 172.336(b), the word ‘‘HOT’’ may be

displayed in the upper corner of the

same white-square-on-point display

configuration. The word ‘‘HOT’’ must

be in black letters having a height of

at least 50 mm (2.0 inches). Except for

size, these markings shall be as illus-

trated for an Elevated temperature ma-

terial, liquid, n.o.s.:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00374 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

365

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.326

[Amdt. 172–125, 58 FR 3348, Jan. 8, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 172–139, 59 FR 67487, Dec. 29, 1994]

§ 172.326 Portable tanks.

(a) Shipping name. No person may

offer for transportation or transport a

portable tank containing a hazardous

material unless it is legibly marked on

two opposing sides with the proper

shipping name specified for the mate-

rial in the § 172.101 table. For transpor-

tation by vessel, the minimum height

for a proper shipping name marked on

a portable tank is 65 mm (2.5 inches).

(b) Owner’s name. The name of the

owner or of the lessee, if applicable,

must be displayed on a portable tank

that contains a hazardous material.

identification number markings re-

quired by § 172.302(a) are not visible, a

transport vehicle or freight container

used to transport a portable tank con-

taining a hazardous material must be

marked on each side and each end as

required by § 172.332 with the identifica-

tion number specified for the material

in the § 172.101 table.

(2) Each person who offers a portable

tank containing a hazardous material

to a motor carrier, for transportation

in a transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer, shall provide the motor carrier

with the required identification num-

bers on placards, orange panels, or the

white square-on-point configuration, as

appropriate, for each side and each end

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00375 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER29DE94.000</GPH>

366

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.327

of the transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer from which identification num-

bers on the portable tank are not visi-

ble.

(d) NON–ODORIZED marking on port-

able tanks containing LPG. After Sep-

tember 30, 2006, no person may offer for

transportation or transport a portable

tank containing liquefied petroleum

gas (LPG) that is unodorized as author-

ized in § 173.315(b)(1) unless it is legibly

marked NON–ODORIZED or NOT

ODORIZED on two opposing sides near

the marked proper shipping name re-

quired by paragraph (a) of this section,

or near the placards.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 69 FR

64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.327 Petroleum sour crude oil in

bulk packaging.

A Bulk packaging used to transport

petroleum crude oil containing hydro-

gen sulfide (i.e., sour crude oil) in suffi-

cient concentration that vapors

evolved from the crude oil may present

an inhalation hazard must include a

marking, label, tag, or sign to warn of

the toxic hazard as follows:

(a) The marking must be durable,

legible and of a size relative to the

package as to be readily visible and

similar to the illustration shown in

this paragraph with the minimum di-

mension of each side of the marking at

least 100 mm (3.9 inches). The width of

the border forming the square-on-point

marking must be at least 5 mm. The

marking must be displayed at each lo-

cation (e.g., manhole, loading head)

where exposure to hydrogen sulfide va-

pors may occur.

(b) The border of the square-on-point

must be black or red on a white or

other suitable contrasting background.

The symbol must be black and located

in the center of the square-on-point

and be clearly visible as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00376 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

367

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.328

required in (a) and (b) of this section, a

label, tag, or sign may be displayed at

each location (e.g., manhole, loading

head) where exposure to hydrogen sul-

fide vapors may occur. The label, tag,

or sign must be durable, in English,

and printed legibly and of a size rel-

ative to the package with a warning

statement such as ‘‘Danger, Possible

Hydrogen Sulfide Inhalation Hazard’’

to communicate the possible risk of ex-

posure to harmful concentrations of

hydrogen sulfide gas.

[76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.328 Cargo tanks.

(a) Providing and affixing identification

numbers. Unless a cargo tank is already

marked with the identification num-

bers required by this subpart, the iden-

tification numbers must be provided or

affixed as follows:

(1) A person who offers a hazardous

material to a motor carrier for trans-

portation in a cargo tank shall provide

the motor carrier the identification

numbers on placards or shall affix or-

ange panels containing the required

identification numbers, prior to or at

the time the material is offered for

transportation.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00377 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER19JA11.034</GPH>

368

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.330

(2) A person who offers a cargo tank

containing a hazardous material for

transportation shall affix the required

identification numbers on panels or

placards prior to or at the time the

cargo tank is offered for transpor-

tation.

(3) For a cargo tank transported on

or in a transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer, if the identification number

marking on the cargo tank required by

§ 172.302(a) would not normally be visi-

ble during transportation—

(i) The transport vehicle or freight

container must be marked as required

by § 172.332 on each side and each end

with the identification number speci-

fied for the material in the § 172.101

table; and

(ii) When the cargo tank is perma-

nently installed within an enclosed

cargo body of the transport vehicle or

freight container, the identification

number marking required by § 172.302(a)

need only be displayed on each side and

end of a cargo tank that is visible when

the cargo tank is accessed.

(b) Required markings: Gases. Except

for certain nurse tanks which must be

marked as specified in § 173.315(m) of

this subchapter, each cargo tank trans-

porting a Class 2 material subject to

this subchapter must be marked, in let-

tering no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches),

on each side and each end with—

(1) The proper shipping name speci-

fied for the gas in the § 172.101 table; or

(2) An appropriate common name for

the material (e.g., ‘‘Refrigerant Gas’’).

and MC 331 cargo tank must be marked

near the specification plate, in letters

no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) in

height, with—

(1) ‘‘QT’’, if the cargo tank is con-

structed of quenched and tempered

steel; or

(2) ‘‘NQT’’, if the cargo tank is con-

structed of other than quenched and

tempered steel.

(d) After October 3, 2005, each on-ve-

hicle manually-activated remote shut-

off device for closure of the internal

self-closing stop valve must be identi-

fied by marking ‘‘Emergency Shutoff’’

in letters at least 0.75 inches in height,

in a color that contrasts with its back-

ground, and located in an area imme-

diately adjacent to the means of clo-

sure.

(e) NON–ODORIZED marking on cargo

tanks containing LPG. After September

30, 2006, no person may offer for trans-

portation or transport a cargo tank

containing liquefied petroleum gas

(LPG) that is unodorized as authorized

in § 173.315(b)(1) unless it is legibly

marked NON–ODORIZED or NOT

ODORIZED on two opposing sides near

the marked proper shipping name as

specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec-

tion, or near the placards.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

172–151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39045,

July 22, 1997; 68 FR 19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 69 FR

64471, Nov. 4, 2004]

§ 172.330 Tank cars and multi-unit

tank car tanks.

(a) Shipping name and identification

number. No person may offer for trans-

portation or transport a hazardous ma-

terial—

(1) In a tank car unless the following

conditions are met:

(i) The tank car must be marked on

each side and each end as required by

§ 172.302 with the identification number

specified for the material in the

§ 172.101 table; and

(ii) A tank car containing any of the

following materials must be marked on

each side with the key words of the

proper shipping name specified for the

material in the § 172.101 table, or with a

common name authorized for the mate-

rial in this subchapter (e.g., ‘‘Refrig-

erant Gas’’):

Acrolein, stabilized

Ammonia, anhydrous, liquefied

Ammonia solutions (more than 50% ammo-

nia)

Bromine or Bromine solutions

Bromine chloride

Chloroprene, stabilized

Dispersant gas or Refrigerant gas (as defined

in § 173.115 of this subchapter)

Division 2.1 materials

Division 2.2 materials (in Class DOT 107 tank

cars only)

Division 2.3 materials

Formic acid

Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions

Hydrofluoric acid, solution

Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (less than 3%

water)

Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00378 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

369

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.332

Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions (great-

er than 20% hydrogen peroxide)

Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized

Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid

mixtures

Nitric acid (other than red fuming)

Phosphorus, amorphous

Phosphorus, white dry or Phosphorus, white,

under water or Phosphorus white, in solu-

tion, or Phosphorus, yellow dry or Phos-

phorus, yellow, under water or Phosphorus,

yellow, in solution

Phosphorus white, molten

Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrate mix-

tures

Potassium permanganate

Sulfur trioxide, stabilized

Sulfur trioxide, uninhibited

(2) In a multi-unit tank car tank, un-

less the tank is marked on two oppos-

ing sides, in letters and numerals no

less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) high—

(i) With the proper shipping name

specified for the material in the

§ 172.101 table or with a common name

authorized for the material in this sub-

chapter (e.g., ‘‘Refrigerant Gas’’); and

(ii) With the identification number

specified for the material in the

§ 172.101 table, unless marked in accord-

ance with §§ 172.302(a) and 172.332 of this

subpart.

(b) A motor vehicle or rail car used

to transport a multi-unit tank car

tank containing a hazardous material

must be marked on each side and each

end, as required by § 172.332, with the

identification number specified for the

material in the § 172.101 table.

son may offer for transportation or

transport a tank car or multi-unit

tank car tank containing liquefied pe-

troleum gas (LPG) that is unodorized

unless it is legibly marked NON–ODOR-

IZED or NOT ODORIZED on two oppos-

ing sides near the marked proper ship-

ping name required by paragraphs

(a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, or near

the placards. The NON–ODORIZED or

NOT ODORIZED marking may appear

on a tank car or multi-unit tank car

tank used for both unodorized and

odorized LPG.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45458, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172–148, 61 FR 28676,

June 5, 1996; Amdt. 172–148, 61 FR 50254, Sept.

25, 1996; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 69 FR

64471, Nov. 4, 2004]

§ 172.331 Bulk packagings other than

portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank

cars and multi-unit tank car tanks.

(a) Each person who offers a haz-

ardous material to a motor carrier for

transportation in a bulk packaging

shall provide the motor carrier with

the required identification numbers on

placards or plain white square-on-point

display configurations, as authorized,

or shall affix orange panels containing

the required identification numbers to

the packaging prior to or at the time

the material is offered for transpor-

tation, unless the packaging is already

marked with the identification number

as required by this subchapter.

(b) Each person who offers a bulk

packaging containing a hazardous ma-

terial for transportation shall affix to

the packaging the required identifica-

tion numbers on orange panels, square-

on-point configurations or placards, as

appropriate, prior to, or at the time

the packaging is offered for transpor-

tation unless it is already marked with

identification numbers as required by

this subchapter.

or on a transport vehicle or freight

container, if the identification number

marking on the bulk packaging (e.g.,

an IBC) required by § 172.302(a) is not

visible, the transport vehicle or freight

container must be marked as required

by § 172.332 on each side and each end

with the identification number speci-

fied for the material in the § 172.101

table.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1994, as

amended by Amdt. 172–151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8,

1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997]

§ 172.332 Identification number mark-

ings.

(a) General. When required by

§ 172.301, § 172.302, § 172.313, § 172.326,

§ 172.328, § 172.330, or § 172.331, identifica-

tion number markings must be dis-

played on orange panels or placards as

specified in this section, or on white

square-on-point configurations as pre-

scribed in § 172.336(b).

(b) Orange panels. Display of an iden-

tification number on an orange panel

shall be in conformance with the fol-

lowing:

(1) The orange panel must be 160 mm

(6.3 inches) high by 400 mm (15.7 inches)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00379 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

370

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.334

wide with a 15 mm (0.6 inches) black

outer border. The identification num-

ber shall be displayed in 100 mm (3.9

inches) black Helvetica Medium nu-

merals on the orange panel. Measure-

ments may vary from those specified

plus or minus 5 mm (0.2 inches).

(2) The orange panel may be made of

any durable material prescribed for

placards in § 172.519, and shall be of the

orange color specified for labels or

placards in appendix A to this part.

(3) The name and hazard class of a

material may be shown in the upper

left border of the orange panel in let-

ters not more than 18 points (0.25 in.)

high.

(4) Except for size and color, the or-

ange panel and identification numbers

shall be as illustrated for Liquefied pe-

troleum gas:

tion number on a hazard warning

placard shall be in conformance with

the following:

(1) The identification number shall

be displayed across the center area of

the placard in 88 mm (3.5 inches) black

Alpine Gothic or Alternate Gothic No.

3 numerals on a white background 100

mm (3.9 inches) high and approxi-

mately 215 mm (8.5 inches) wide and

may be outlined with a solid or dotted

line border.

(2) The top of the 100 mm (3.9 inches)

high white background shall be ap-

proximately 40 mm (1.6 inches) above

the placard horizontal center line.

(3) An identification number may be

displayed only on a placard cor-

responding to the primary hazard class

of the hazardous material.

(4) For a COMBUSTIBLE placard

used to display an identification num-

ber, the entire background below the

white background for the identifica-

tion number must be white during

transportation by rail and may be

white during transportation by high-

way.

(5) The name of the hazardous mate-

rial and the hazard class may be shown

in letters not more than 18 points high

immediately within the upper border of

the space on the placard bearing the

identification number of the material.

(6) If an identification number is

placed over the word(s) on a placard,

the word(s) should be substantially

covered to maximize the effectiveness

of the identification number.

(d) Except for size and color, the dis-

play of an identification number on a

placard shall be as illustrated for Ace-

tone:

[Amdt. 172–101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as

amended by Amdt. 172–81, 48 FR 28099, June

20, 1983; Amdt. 172–110, 52 FR 29527, Aug. 10,

1987; Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990;

56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172–151, 62

FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18,

2000; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003]

§ 172.334 Identification numbers; pro-

hibited display.

(a) No person may display an identi-

fication number on a RADIOACTIVE,

EXPLOSIVES 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 or 1.6,

DANGEROUS, or subsidiary hazard

placard.

(b) No person may display an identi-

fication number on a placard, orange

panel or white square-on-point display

configuration unless—

(1) The identification number is spec-

ified for the material in § 172.101;

(2) The identification number is dis-

played on the placard, orange panel or

white square-on-point configuration

authorized by § 172.332 or § 172.336(b), as

appropriate, and any placard used for

display of the identification number

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00380 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.013</GPH> EC02MR91.014</GPH>

371

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.336

corresponds to the hazard class of the

material specified in § 172.504;

(3) Except as provided under § 172.336

(c)(4) or (c)(5), the package, freight con-

tainer, or transport vehicle on which

the number is displayed contains the

hazardous material associated with

that identification number in § 172.101.

§ 172.332(c)(4) for a combustible liquid,

the identification number of a material

may be displayed only on the placards

required by the tables in § 172.504.

(d) Except as provided in § 172.336, a

placard bearing an identification num-

ber may not be used to meet the re-

quirements of subpart F of this part

unless it is the correct identification

number for all hazardous materials of

the same class in the transport vehicle

or freight container on which it is dis-

played.

(e) Except as specified in § 172.338, an

identification number may not be dis-

played on an orange panel on a cargo

tank unless affixed to the cargo tank

by the person offering the hazardous

material for transportation in the

cargo tank.

(f) If a placard is required by § 172.504,

an identification number may not be

displayed on an orange panel unless it

is displayed in proximity to the

placard.

(g) No person shall add any color,

number, letter, symbol, or word other

than as specified in this subchapter, to

any identification number marking

display which is required or authorized

by this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172–101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as

amended by Amdt. 172–104, 51 FR 23078, June

25, 1986; Amdt. 172–110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10,

1987; Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990;

56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172–127, 59

FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994]

§ 172.336 Identification numbers; spe-

cial provisions.

(a) When not required or prohibited

by this subpart, identification numbers

may be displayed on a transport vehi-

cle or a freight container in the man-

ner prescribed by this subpart.

(b) Identification numbers, when re-

quired, must be displayed on either or-

ange panels (see § 172.332(b)) or on a

plain white square-on-point display

configuration having the same outside

dimensions as a placard. In addition,

for materials in hazard classes for

which placards are specified and identi-

fication number displays are required,

but for which identification numbers

may not be displayed on the placards

authorized for the material (see

§ 172.334(a)), identification numbers

must be displayed on orange panels or

on the plain white square-on-point dis-

play configuration in association with

the required placards. An identifica-

tion number displayed on a white

square-on-point display configuration

is not considered to be a placard.

(1) The 100 mm (3.9 inch) by 215 mm

(8.5 inches) area containing the identi-

fication number shall be located as pre-

scribed by § 172.332 (c)(1) and (c)(2) and

may be outlined with a solid or dotted

line border.

(2) [Reserved]

quired:

(1) On the ends of a portable tank,

cargo tank or tank car having more

than one compartment if hazardous

materials having different identifica-

tion numbers are being transported

therein. In such a circumstance, the

identification numbers on the sides of

the tank shall be displayed in the same

sequence as the compartments con-

taining the materials they identify.

(2) On a cargo tank containing only

gasoline, if the cargo tank is marked

‘‘Gasoline’’ on each side and rear in let-

ters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high,

or is placarded in accordance with

§ 172.542(c).

(3) On a cargo tank containing only

fuel oil, if the cargo tank is marked

‘‘Fuel Oil’’ on each side and rear in let-

ters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high,

or is placarded in accordance with

§ 172.544(c).

(4) For each of the different liquid pe-

troleum distillate fuels, including gas-

oline and gasohol, in a compartmented

cargo tank or tank car, if the identi-

fication number is displayed for the

distillate fuel having the lowest flash

point. After October 1, 2010, if a com-

partmented cargo tank or tank car

contains such fuels together with a

gasoline and alcohol fuel blend con-

taining more than ten percent ethanol,

the identification number ‘‘3475’’ or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00381 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

372

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.338

‘‘1987’’ must also be displayed as appro-

priate in addition to the identification

number for the liquid petroleum dis-

tillate fuel having the lowest flash

point.

(5) For each of the different liquid pe-

troleum distillate fuels, including gas-

oline and gasohol transported in a

cargo tank, if the identification num-

ber is displayed for the liquid petro-

leum distillate fuel having the lowest

flash point.

(6) For each of the different liquid pe-

troleum distillate fuels, including gas-

oline and gasohol, transported in a

cargo tank, if the identification num-

ber is displayed for the liquid petro-

leum distillate fuel having the lowest

flash point. After October 1, 2010, if a

cargo tank is used to transport a gaso-

line and alcohol fuel blend containing

more than ten percent ethanol, the

identification number ‘‘3475’’ must also

be displayed in addition to the identi-

fication number for the liquid petro-

leum distillate fuel having the lowest

flash point.

(7) On nurse tanks meeting the provi-

sions of § 173.315(m) of this subchapter.

(d) When a bulk packaging is labeled

instead of placarded in accordance with

§ 172.514(c) of this subchapter, identi-

fication number markings may be dis-

played on the package in accordance

with the marking requirements of

§ 172.301(a)(1) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172–101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as

amended by Amdt. 172–74, 47 FR 40365, Sept.

30, 1982; Amdt. 172–109, 52 FR 13038, Apr. 20,

1987; Amdt. 172–110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987;

Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; 56

FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18,

2000; 73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR 43527,

July 20, 2011]

§ 172.338 Replacement of identification

numbers.

If more than one of the identification

number markings on placards, orange

panels, or white square-on-point dis-

play configurations that are required

to be displayed are lost, damaged or de-

stroyed during transportation, the car-

rier shall replace all the missing or

damaged identification numbers as

soon as practicable. However, in such a

case, the numbers may be entered by

hand on the appropriate placard, or-

ange panel or white square-on-point

display configuration providing the

correct identification numbers are en-

tered legibly using an indelible mark-

ing material. When entered by hand,

the identification numbers must be lo-

cated in the white display area speci-

fied in § 172.332. This section does not

preclude required compliance with the

placarding requirements of subpart F

of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172–110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987]

Subpart E—Labeling

§ 172.400 General labeling require-

ments.

(a) Except as specified in § 172.400a,

each person who offers for transpor-

tation or transports a hazardous mate-

rial in any of the following packages or

containment devices, shall label the

package or containment device with la-

bels specified for the material in the

§ 172.101 table and in this subpart:

(1) A non-bulk package;

(2) A bulk packaging, other than a

cargo tank, portable tank, or tank car,

with a volumetric capacity of less than

18 m

(640 cubic feet), unless placarded

in accordance with subpart F of this

part;

(3) A portable tank of less than 3785 L

(1000 gallons) capacity, unless plac-

arded in accordance with subpart F of

this part;

(4) A DOT Specification 106 or 110

multi-unit tank car tank, unless plac-

arded in accordance with subpart F of

this part; and

(5) An overpack, freight container or

unit load device, of less than 18 m

(640

cubic feet), which contains a package

for which labels are required, unless

placarded or marked in accordance

with § 172.512 of this part.

(b) Labeling is required for a haz-

ardous material which meets one or

more hazard class definitions, in ac-

cordance with column 6 of the § 172.101

table and the following table:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00382 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

373

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.400a

Hazard class or division Label name

Label de-

sign or sec-

tion ref-

erence

1.1 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.1 ............................................................ 172.411

1.2 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.2 ............................................................ 172.411

1.3 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.3 ............................................................ 172.411

1.4 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.4 ............................................................ 172.411

1.5 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.5 ............................................................ 172.411

1.6 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.6 ............................................................ 172.411

2.1 .................................................................................... FLAMMABLE GAS .......................................................... 172.417

2.2 .................................................................................... NONFLAMMABLE GAS .................................................. 172.415

2.3 .................................................................................... POISON GAS .................................................................. 172.416

3 (flammable liquid) Combustible liquid .......................... FLAMMABLE LIQUID (none) .......................................... 172.419

4.1 .................................................................................... FLAMMABLE SOLID ....................................................... 172.420

4.2 .................................................................................... SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE .............................. 172.422

4.3 .................................................................................... DANGEROUS WHEN WET ............................................ 172.423

5.1 .................................................................................... OXIDIZER ........................................................................ 172.426

5.2 .................................................................................... ORGANIC PEROXIDE .................................................... 172.427

6.1 (material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of

this subchapter)).

POISON INHALATION HAZARD .................................... 172.429

6.1 (other than material poisonous by inhalation) ........ POISON ........................................................................... 172.430

6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A or B) .............................. POISON INHALATION HAZARD .................................... 172.429

6.1 (other than inhalation hazard, Zone A or B) ............. POISON ........................................................................... 172.430

6.2 .................................................................................... INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE

......................................... 172.432

7 (see § 172.403) ............................................................ RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I ................................................. 172.436

7 ....................................................................................... RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II ............................................. 172.438

7 ....................................................................................... RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III ............................................ 172.440

7 (fissile radioactive material; see § 172.402) ................. FISSILE ........................................................................... 172.441

7 (empty packages, see § 173.428 of this subchapter) .. EMPTY ............................................................................ 172.450

8 ....................................................................................... CORROSIVE ................................................................... 172.442

9 ....................................................................................... CLASS 9 .......................................................................... 172.446

The ETIOLOGIC AGENT label specified in regulations of the Department of Health and Human Services at 42 CFR 72.3 may

apply to packages of infectious substances.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172–

151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3668,

Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004]

§ 172.400a Exceptions from labeling.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of

§ 172.400, a label is not required on—

(1) A Dewar flask meeting the re-

quirements in § 173.320 of this sub-

chapter or a cylinder containing a Di-

vision 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 material that is—

(i) Not overpacked; and

(ii) Durably and legibly marked in

accordance with CGA C–7, Appendix A

(IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(2) A package or unit of military ex-

plosives (including ammunition)

shipped by or on behalf of the DOD

when in—

(i) Freight containerload, carload or

truckload shipments, if loaded and un-

loaded by the shipper or DOD; or

(ii) Unitized or palletized break-bulk

shipments by cargo vessel under char-

ter to DOD if at least one required

label is displayed on each unitized or

palletized load.

(3) A package containing a hazardous

material other than ammunition that

is—

(i) Loaded and unloaded under the su-

pervision of DOD personnel, and

(ii) Escorted by DOD personnel in a

separate vehicle.

(4) A compressed gas cylinder perma-

nently mounted in or on a transport

vehicle.

(5) A freight container, aircraft unit

load device or portable tank, which—

(i) Is placarded in accordance with

subpart F of this part, or

(ii) Conforms to paragraph (a)(3) or

(b)(3) of § 172.512.

(6) An overpack or unit load device in

or on which labels representative of

each hazardous material in the over-

pack or unit load device are visible.

(7) A package of low specific activity

radioactive material and surface con-

taminated objects, when transported

under § 173.427(a)(6)(vi) of this sub-

chapter.

(b) Certain exceptions to labeling re-

quirements are provided for small

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00383 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

374

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.401

quantities and limited quantities in ap-

plicable sections in part 173 of this sub-

chapter.

§ 172.402(a), a Division 6.1 subsidiary

hazard label is not required on a pack-

age containing a Class 8 (corrosive)

material which has a subsidiary hazard

of Division 6.1 (poisonous) if the tox-

icity of the material is based solely on

the corrosive destruction of tissue

rather than systemic poisoning. In ad-

dition, a Division 4.1 subsidiary hazard

label is not required on a package bear-

ing a Division 4.2 label.

(d) A package containing a material

poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of

this subchapter) in a closed transport

vehicle or freight container may be ex-

cepted from the POISON INHALATION

HAZARD or POISON GAS label or

placard, under the conditions set forth

in § 171.23(b)(10) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 172–132, 58 FR 50501, Sept.

27, 1993; 172–130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993;

Amdt. 172–139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994;

Amdt. 172–145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 63

FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5,

1999; 65 FR 58626, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 44255,

Aug. 22, 2001; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR

64472, Nov. 4, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 73

FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14,

2009; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 172.401 Prohibited labeling.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in

this section, no person may offer for

transportation and no carrier may

transport a package bearing a label

specified in this subpart unless:

(1) The package contains a material

that is a hazardous material, and

(2) The label represents a hazard of

the hazardous material in the package.

(b) No person may offer for transpor-

tation and no carrier may transport a

package bearing any marking or label

which by its color, design, or shape

could be confused with or conflict with

a label prescribed by this part.

and (b) of this section, do not apply to

packages labeled in conformance with:

(1) The UN Recommendations (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

(2) The IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter);

(3) The ICAO Technical Instructions

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

(4) The TDG Regulations (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

(5) The Globally Harmonized System

of Classification and Labelling of

Chemicals (GHS) (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter).

(d) The provisions of paragraph (a) of

this section do not apply to a pack-

aging bearing a label if that packaging

is:

(1) Unused or cleaned and purged of

all residue;

(2) Transported in a transport vehicle

or freight container in such a manner

that the packaging is not visible dur-

ing transportation; and

(3) Loaded by the shipper and un-

loaded by the shipper or consignee.

[Amdt. 172–9, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–75, 47 FR 44471, Oct. 7,

1982; Amdt. 172–77, 47 FR 54822, Dec. 6, 1982;

Amdt. 172–94, 49 FR 38134, Sept. 27, 1984;

Amdt. 172–100, 50 FR 41521, Oct. 11, 1985;

Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990;

Amdt. 172–132, 58 FR 50501, Sept. 27, 1993; 66

FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28,

2001; 68 FR 75741, 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR

2252, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 172.402 Additional labeling require-

ments.

(a) Subsidiary hazard labels. Each

package containing a hazardous mate-

rial—

(1) Shall be labeled with primary and

subsidiary hazard labels as specified in

column 6 of the § 172.101 table (unless

excepted in paragraph (a)(2) of this sec-

tion); and

(2)For other than Class 1 or Class 2

materials (for subsidiary labeling re-

quirements for Class 1 or Class 2 mate-

rials see paragraph (e) or paragraphs (f)

and (g), respectively, of this section), if

not already labeled under paragraph

(a)(1) of this section, shall be labeled

with subsidiary hazard labels in ac-

cordance with the following table:

UBSIDIARY

AZARD

ABELS

Subsidiary hazard

level (packing

group)

Subsidiary Hazard (Class or Division)

3 4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 6.1 8

I ........................... X *** *** X X X X

II .......................... X X X X X X X

III ......................... * X X X X X X

X—Required for all modes.

*—Required for all modes, except for a material with a flash

point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) transported by rail or high-

way.

**—Reserved

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00384 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

375

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.403

***—Impossible as subsidiary hazard.

(b) Display of hazard class on labels.

The appropriate hazard class or divi-

sion number must be displayed in the

lower corner of a primary hazard label

and a subsidiary hazard label.

son who offers for transportation or

transports by aircraft a package con-

taining a hazardous material which is

authorized on cargo aircraft only shall

label the package with a CARGO AIR-

CRAFT ONLY label specified in

§ 172.448 of this subpart.

(d) Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials. Ex-

cept as otherwise provided in this para-

graph, each package containing a Class

7 material that also meets the defini-

tion of one or more additional hazard

classes must be labeled as a Class 7 ma-

terial as required by § 172.403 and for

each additional hazard.

(1) For a package containing a Class

7 material that also meets the defini-

tion of one or more additional hazard

classes, whether or not the material

satisfies § 173.4a(b)(7) of this sub-

chapter, a subsidiary label is not re-

quired on the package if the material

conforms to the remaining criteria in

§ 173.4a of this subchapter.

(2) Each package or overpack con-

taining fissile material, other than

fissile-excepted material (see § 173.453

of this subchapter) must bear two

FISSILE labels, affixed to opposite

sides of the package or overpack, which

conforms to the figure shown in

§ 172.441; such labels, where applicable,

must be affixed adjacent to the labels

for radioactive materials.

(e) Class 1 (explosive) Materials. In ad-

dition to the label specified in column

6 of the § 172.101 table, each package of

Class 1 material that also meets the

definition for:

(1) Division 6.1, Packing Groups I or

II, shall be labeled POISON or POISON

INHALATION HAZARD, as appro-

priate.

(2) Class 7, shall be labeled in accord-

ance with § 172.403 of this subpart.

(f) Division 2.2 materials. In addition

to the label specified in column 6 of the

§ 172.101 table, each package of Division

2.2 material that also meets the defini-

tion for an oxidizing gas (see § 171.8 of

this subchapter) must be labeled OXI-

DIZER.

(g) Division 2.3 materials. In addition

to the label specified in column 6 of the

§ 172.101 table, each package of Division

2.3 material that also meets the defini-

tion for:

(1) Division 2.1, must be labeled

Flammable Gas;

(2) Division 5.1, must be labeled Oxi-

dizer; and

(3) Class 8, must be labeled Corrosive.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

172–139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 172–

140, 60 FR 26805, May 18, 1995; Amdt. 172–149,

61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 62 FR 39405, July 22,

1997; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 69 FR 3668,

Jan. 26, 2004; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR

56314, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 172.403 Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial.

(a) Unless excepted from labeling by

§§ 173.421 through 173.427 of this sub-

chapter, each package of radioactive

material must be labeled as provided in

this section.

(b) The proper label to affix to a

package of Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial is based on the radiation level at

the surface of the package and the

transport index. The proper category of

label must be determined in accord-

ance with paragraph (c) of this section.

The label to be applied must be the

highest category required for any of

the two determining conditions for the

package. RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I is

the lowest category and RADIO-

ACTIVE YELLOW-III is the highest.

For example, a package with a trans-

port index of 0.8 and a maximum sur-

face radiation level of 0.6 millisievert

(60 millirems) per hour must bear a

RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.

Class 7 (radioactive) materials pack-

ages:

Transport index

Maximum radiation level at any point

on the external surface

Label category

.................................................................... Less than or equal to 0.005 mSv/h (0.5

mrem/h).

WHITE-I.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00385 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

376

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.403

Transport index

Maximum radiation level at any point

on the external surface

Label category

More than 0 but not more than 1 .................. Greater than 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h)

but less than or equal to 0.5 mSv/h

(50 mrem/h).

YELLOW-II.

More than 1 but not more than 10 ................ Greater than 0.5 mSv/h (50 mrem/h)

but less than or equal to 2 mSv/h

(200 mrem/h).

YELLOW-III.

More than 10 .................................................. Greater than 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h)

but less than or equal to 10 mSv/h

(1,000 mrem/h).

YELLOW-III (Must be shipped under

exclusive use provisions; see

173.441(b) of this subchapter).

Any package containing a ‘‘highway route controlled quantity’’ (§ 173.403 of this subchapter) must be labelled as RADIO-

ACTIVE YELLOW-III.

If the measured TI is not greater than 0.05, the value may be considered to be zero.

(d) EMPTY label. See § 173.428(d) of

this subchapter for EMPTY labeling re-

quirements.

(e) FISSILE label. For packages re-

quired in § 172.402 to bear a FISSILE

label, each such label must be com-

pleted with the criticality safety index

(CSI) assigned in the NRC or DOE

package design approval, or in the cer-

tificate of approval for special arrange-

ment or the certificate of approval for

the package design issued by the Com-

petent Authority for import and export

shipments. For overpacks and freight

containers required in § 172.402 to bear

a FISSILE label, the CSI on the label

must be the sum of the CSIs for all of

the packages contained in the over-

pack or freight container.

(f) Each package required by this sec-

tion to be labeled with a RADIO-

ACTIVE label must have two of these

labels, affixed to opposite sides of the

package. (See § 172.406(e)(3) for freight

container label requirements).

(g) The following applicable items of

information must be entered in the

blank spaces on the RADIOACTIVE

label by legible printing (manual or

mechanical), using a durable weather

resistant means of marking:

(1) Contents. Except for LSA-1 mate-

rial, the names of the radionuclides as

taken from the listing of radionuclides

in § 173.435 of this subchapter (symbols

which conform to established radiation

protection terminology are authorized,

i.e.,

Mo,

Co, etc.). For mixtures of

radionuclides, with consideration of

space available on the label, the radio-

nuclides that must be shown must be

determined in accordance with

§ 173.433(g) of this subchapter. For LSA-

I material, the term ‘‘LSA-I’’ may be

used in place of the names of the radio-

nuclides.

(2) Activity. The activity in the pack-

age must be expressed in appropriate

SI units (e.g., Becquerels (Bq),

Terabecquerels (TBq), etc.). The activ-

ity may also be stated in appropriate

customary units (Curies (Ci),

milliCuries (mCi), microCuries (uCi),

etc.) in parentheses following the SI

units. Abbreviations are authorized.

Except for plutonium-239 and pluto-

nium-241, the weight in grams or kilo-

grams of fissile radionuclides may be

inserted instead of activity units. For

plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the

weight in grams of fissile radionuclides

may be inserted in addition to the ac-

tivity units.

(3) Transport index. (see § 173.403 of

this subchapter.)

(h) When one or more packages of

Class 7 (radioactive) material are

placed within an overpack, the over-

pack must be labeled as prescribed in

this section, except as follows:

(1) The ‘‘contents’’ entry on the label

may state ‘‘mixed’’ in place of the

names of the radionuclides unless each

inside package contains the same

radionuclide(s).

(2) The ‘‘activity’’ entry on the label

must be determined by adding together

the number of becquerels of the Class 7

(radioactive) materials packages con-

tained therein.

(3) For an overpack, the transport

index (TI) must be determined by add-

ing together the transport indices of

the Class 7 (radioactive) materials

packages contained therein, except

that for a rigid overpack, the transport

index (TI) may alternatively be deter-

mined by direct measurement as pre-

scribed in § 173.403 of this subchapter

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00386 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

377

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.405

under the definition for ‘‘transport

index,’’ taken by the person initially

offering the packages contained within

the overpack for shipment.

(4) The category of Class 7 label for

the overpack must be determined from

the table in § 172.403(c) using the TI de-

rived according to paragraph (h)(3) of

this section, and the maximum radi-

ation level on the surface of the over-

pack.

(5) The category of the Class 7 label

of the overpack, and not that of any of

the packages contained therein, must

be used in accordance with Table 1 of

§ 172.504(e) to determine when the

transport vehicle must be placarded.

(6) For fissile material, the criti-

cality safety index which must be en-

tered on the overpack FISSILE label is

the sum of the criticality safety indi-

ces of the individual packages in the

overpack, as stated in the certificate of

approval for the package design issued

by the NRC or the U.S. Competent Au-

thority.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 172.403, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 172.404 Labels for mixed and consoli-

dated packaging.

(a) Mixed packaging. When compatible

hazardous materials having different

hazard classes are packed within the

same packaging, or within the same

outside container or overpack as de-

scribed in § 173.25, the packaging, out-

side container or overpack must be la-

beled as required for each class of haz-

ardous material contained therein.

(b) Consolidated packaging. When two

or more packages containing compat-

ible hazardous materials are placed

within the same outside container or

overpack, the outside container or

overpack must be labeled as required

for each class of hazardous material

contained therein, unless labels rep-

resentative of each hazardous material

in the outside container or overpack

are visible.

motor carrier. Notwithstanding the pro-

visions of paragraph (b) of this section,

labeling of a consolidation bin is not

required under the following condi-

tions:

(1) The consolidation bin must be re-

usable, made of materials such as plas-

tic, wood, or metal and must have a ca-

pacity of 64 cubic feet or less;

(2) Hazardous material packages

placed in the consolidation bin must be

properly labeled in accordance with

this subpart;

(3) Packages must be compatible as

specified in § 177.848 of this subchapter;

(4) Packages may only be placed

within the consolidation bin and the

bin be loaded on a motor vehicle by an

employee of a single motor carrier;

(5) Packages must be secured within

the consolidation bin by other pack-

ages or by other suitable means in such

a manner as to prevent shifting of, or

significant relative motion between,

the packages that would likely com-

promise the integrity of any package;

(6) The consolidation bin must be

clearly and legibly marked on a tag or

fixed display device with an indication

of each hazard class or division con-

tained within the bin;

(7) The consolidation bin must be

properly blocked and braced within the

transport vehicle; and

(8) Consolidation bins may only be

transported by a single motor carrier,

or on railcars transporting such vehi-

cles.

[76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011]

§ 172.405 Authorized label modifica-

tions.

(a) For Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8,

text indicating a hazard (for example

FLAMMABLE LIQUID) is not required

on a primary or subsidiary label.

(b) For a package containing Oxygen,

compressed, or Oxygen, refrigerated

liquid, the OXIDIZER label specified in

§ 172.426 of this subpart, modified to dis-

play the word ‘‘OXYGEN’’ instead of

‘‘OXIDIZER’’, and the class number

‘‘2’’ instead of ‘‘5.1’’, may be used in

place of the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS

and OXIDIZER labels. Notwithstanding

the provisions of paragraph (a) of this

section, the word ‘‘OXYGEN’’ must ap-

pear on the label.

sion 6.1, Packing Group III material,

the POISON label specified in § 172.430

may be modified to display the text

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00387 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

378

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.406

‘‘PG III’’ instead of ‘‘POISON’’ or

‘‘TOXIC’’ below the mid line of the

label. Also see § 172.313(d).

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45458, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66

FR 33425, June 21, 2001]

§ 172.406 Placement of labels.

(a) General. (1) Except as provided in

paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section,

each label required by this subpart

must—

(i) Be printed on or affixed to a sur-

face (other than the bottom) of the

package or containment device con-

taining the hazardous material; and

(ii) Be located on the same surface of

the package and near the proper ship-

ping name marking, if the package di-

mensions are adequate.

(2) Except as provided in paragraph

(e) of this section, duplicate labeling is

not required on a package or contain-

ment device (such as to satisfy redun-

dant labeling requirements).

(b) Exceptions. A label may be printed

on or placed on a securely affixed tag,

or may be affixed by other suitable

means to:

(1) A package that contains no radio-

active material and which has dimen-

sions less than those of the required

label;

(2) A cylinder; and

(3) A package which has such an ir-

regular surface that a label cannot be

satisfactorily affixed.

primary and subsidiary hazard labels

are required, they must be displayed

next to each other. Placement con-

forms to this requirement if labels are

within 150 mm (6 inches) of one an-

other.

(d) Contrast with background. Each

label must be printed on or affixed to a

background of contrasting color, or

must have a dotted or solid line outer

border.

(e) Duplicate labeling. Generally, only

one of each different required label

must be displayed on a package. How-

ever, duplicate labels must be dis-

played on at least two sides or two

ends (other than the bottom) of—

(1) Each package or overpack having

a volume of 1.8 m

(64 cubic feet) or

more;

(2) Each non-bulk package containing

a radioactive material;

(3) Each DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit

tank car tank. Labels must be dis-

played on each end;

(4) Each portable tank of less than

3,785 L (1000 gallons) capacity;

(5) Each freight container or aircraft

unit load device having a volume of 1.8

(64 cubic feet) or more, but less than

18 m

(640 cubic feet). One of each re-

quired label must be displayed on or

near the closure; and

(6) An IBC having a volume of 1.8 m

(64 cubic feet) or more.

(f) Visibility. A label must be clearly

visible and may not be obscured by

markings or attachments.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

172–130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; 73 FR 4716,

Jan. 28, 2008]

§ 172.407 Label specifications.

(a) Durability. Each label, whether

printed on or affixed to a package,

must be durable and weather resistant.

A label on a package must be able to

withstand, without deterioration or a

substantial change in color, a 30-day

exposure to conditions incident to

transportation that reasonably could

be expected to be encountered by the

labeled package.

(b) Design. (1) Except for size and

color, the printing, inner border, and

symbol on each label must be as shown

in §§ 172.411 through 172.448 of this sub-

part, as appropriate.

(2) The dotted line border shown on

each label is not part of the label speci-

fication, except when used as an alter-

native for the solid line outer border to

meet the requirements of § 172.406(d) of

this subpart.

point) label prescribed in this subpart

must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) on

each side with each side having a solid

line inner border 5.0 to 6.3 mm (0.2 to

0.25 inches) from the edge.

(2) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY

label must be a rectangle measuring at

least 110 mm (4.3 inches) in height by

120 mm (4.7 inches) in width. The words

‘‘CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY’’ must be

shown in letters measuring at least 6.3

mm (0.25 inches) in height.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00388 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

379

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.407

(3) Except as otherwise provided in

this subpart, the hazard class number,

or division number, as appropriate,

must be at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inches)

and not greater than 12.7 mm (0.5

inches).

(4) When text indicating a hazard is

displayed on a label, the label name

must be shown in letters measuring at

least 7.6 mm (0.3 inches) in height. For

SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE or

DANGEROUS WHEN WET labels, the

words ‘‘Spontaneously’’ and ‘‘When

Wet’’ must be shown in letters meas-

uring at least 5.1 mm (0.2 inches) in

height.

(5) The symbol on each label must be

proportionate in size to that shown in

the appropriate section of this subpart.

(d) Color. (1) The background color on

each label must be as prescribed in

§§ 172.411 through 172.448 of this sub-

part, as appropriate.

(2) The symbol, text, numbers, and

border must be shown in black on a

label except that—

(i) White may be used on a label with

a one color background of green, red or

blue.

(ii) White must be used for the text

and class number for the CORROSIVE

label.

(iii) White may be used for the sym-

bol for the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label.

(3) Black and any color on a label

must be able to withstand, without

substantial change, a 72-hour

fadeometer test (for a description of

equipment designed for this purpose,

see ASTM G 23–69 (1975) or ASTM G 26–

70).

(4) (i) A color on a label, upon visual

examination, must fall within the color

tolerances—

(A) Displayed on color charts con-

forming to the technical specifications

for charts set forth in table 1 or 2 in ap-

pendix A to this part; or

(B) For labels printed on packaging

surfaces, specified in table 3 in appen-

dix A to this part.

(ii) Color charts conforming to ap-

pendix A to this part are on display in

Office of Hazardous Materials Safety,

Office of Hazardous Materials Stand-

ards, Room 8422, Nassif Building, 400

Seventh Street, SW., Washington DC

20590–0001.

(5) The following color standards in

the PANTONE

formula guide coated/

uncoated (see § 171.7(b) of this sub-

chapter) may be used to achieve the re-

quired colors on markings and hazard

warning labels and placards:

(i) For Red—Use PANTONE

186 U

(ii) For Orange—Use PANTONE

151

(iii) For Yellow—Use PANTONE

109

(iv) For Green—Use PANTONE

335

(v) For Blue—Use PANTONE

285 U

(vi) For Purple—Use PANTONE

259

(6) Where specific colors from the

PANTONE MATCHING SYSTEM

are

applied as opaque coatings, such as

paint, enamel, or plastic, or where la-

bels are printed directly on the surface

of a packaging, a spectrophotometer or

other instrumentation must be used to

ensure a proper match with the color

standards in the PANTONE

formula

guide coated/uncoated for colors pre-

scribed in paragraph (d)(5) of this sec-

tion. PANTONE

is the property of

Pantone, Inc.

(7) The specified label color must ex-

tend to the edge of the label in the area

designated on each label, except for the

CORROSIVE, RADIOACTIVE YEL-

LOW–II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW–

III labels on which the color must ex-

tend only to the inner border.

(e) Form identification. A label may

contain form identification informa-

tion, including the name of its maker,

provided that information is printed

outside the solid line inner border in no

larger than 10-point type.

(f) Exceptions. Except for materials

poisonous by inhalation (See § 171.8 of

this subchapter), a label conforming to

specifications in the UN Recommenda-

tions may be used in place of a cor-

responding label that conforms to the

requirements of this subpart.

(g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol

on the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I, RA-

DIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIO-

ACTIVE YELLOW-III labels must meet

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00389 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

380

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.411

the appropriate specifications in ap-

pendix B of this part.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52595, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66256, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

172–143, 60 FR 50305, Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR

10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66

FR 44255, Aug. 22, 2001; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27,

2002; 69 FR 64472, Nov. 4, 2004; 71 FR 78627,

Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]

§ 172.411 EXPLOSIVE 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4,

1.5 and 1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE

Subsidiary label.

(a) Except for size and color, the EX-

PLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and EX-

PLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and

EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be orange.

The ‘‘**’’ must be replaced with the ap-

propriate division number and compat-

ibility group letter. The compatibility

group letter must be the same size as

the division number and must be shown

as a capitalized Roman letter.

PLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and EX-

PLOSIVE 1.6 labels must be as follows:

EXPLOSIVE 1.4:

EXPLOSIVE 1.5:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00390 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.015</GPH> EC02MR91.016</GPH> EC02MR91.017</GPH>

381

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.415

EXPLOSIVE 1.6:

(d) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and

EXPLOSIVE 1.6 label must be orange.

The ‘‘*’’ must be replaced with the ap-

propriate compatibility group. The

compatibility group letter must be

shown as a capitalized Roman letter.

Division numbers must measure at

least 30 mm (1.2 inches) in height and

at least 5 mm (0.2 inches) in width.

(e) An EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label

is required for materials identified in

Column (6) of the HMT as having an ex-

plosive subsidiary hazard. The division

number or compability group letter

may be displayed on the subsidiary

hazard label. Except for size and color,

the EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label must

be as follows:

(f) The EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label

must comply with § 172.407.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66256, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended by Amdt. 172–139, 59 FR 67490, Dec.

29, 1994; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 68 FR

45031, July 31, 2003]

§ 172.415 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS

label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be

as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be

green.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 66256, Dec. 20, 1991]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00391 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.018</GPH> ER31jy03.002</GPH> EC02MR91.020</GPH>

382

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.416

§ 172.416 POISON GAS label.

(a) Except for size and color, the POI-

SON GAS label must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the POI-

SON GAS label and the symbol must be

white. The background of the upper di-

amond must be black and the lower

point of the upper diamond must be 14

mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal

center line.

[62 FR 39405, July 22, 1997]

§ 172.417 FLAMMABLE GAS label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

FLAMMABLE GAS label must be as

follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

FLAMMABLE GAS label must be red.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.419 FLAMMABLE LIQUID label.

(a) Except for size and color the

FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be as

follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be

red.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.420 FLAMMABLE SOLID label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be as

follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00392 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER22JY97.022</GPH> EC02MR91.022</GPH> EC02MR91.023</GPH> EC02MR91.024</GPH>

383

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.427

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the FLAM-

MABLE SOLID label must be white

with vertical red stripes equally spaced

on each side of a red stripe placed in

the center of the label. The red vertical

stripes must be spaced so that, vis-

ually, they appear equal in width to

the white spaces between them. The

symbol (flame) and text (when used)

must be overprinted. The text ‘‘FLAM-

MABLE SOLID’’ may be placed in a

white rectangle.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.422 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUS-

TIBLE label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE

label must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

lower half of the SPONTANEOUSLY

COMBUSTIBLE label must be red and

the upper half must be white.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended at 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992]

§ 172.423 DANGEROUS WHEN WET

label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must

be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must

be blue.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.426 OXIDIZER label.

(a) Except for size and color, the OXI-

DIZER label must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

OXIDIZER label must be yellow.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.427 ORGANIC PEROXIDE label.

(a) Except for size and color, the OR-

GANIC PEROXIDE label must be as

follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00393 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.025</GPH> EC02MR91.026</GPH> EC02MR91.027</GPH>

384

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.427

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00394 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER29DE06.000</GPH>

385

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.432

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the OR-

GANIC PEROXIDE label must be red in

the top half and yellow in the lower

half.

[71 FR 78627, Dec. 29, 2006]

§ 172.429 POISON INHALATION HAZ-

ARD label.

(a) Except for size and color, the POI-

SON INHALATION HAZARD label

must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the POI-

SON INHALATION HAZARD label and

the symbol must be white. The back-

ground of the upper diamond must be

black and the lower point of the upper

diamond must be 14 mm (0.54 inches)

above the horizontal center line.

[62 FR 39406, July 22, 1997]

§ 172.430 POISON label.

(a) Except for size and color, the POI-

SON label must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the POI-

SON label must be white. The word

‘‘TOXIC’’ may be used in lieu of the

word ‘‘POISON’’.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended by Amdt. 172–139, 59 FR 67490, Dec.

29, 1994]

§ 172.431 [Reserved]

§ 172.432 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE

label.

§ 172.432 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE

label.

(a) Except for size and color, the IN-

FECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be

as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the INFEC-

TIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be

white.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00395 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER22JY97.023</GPH> EC02MR91.029</GPH> ER28DE11.006</GPH>

386

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.436

ments in place on August 18, 2011 may

continue to be used until October 1,

2014.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended at 67 FR 53136, Aug. 14, 2002; 76 FR

43527, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011;

76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011]

§ 172.436 RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I

label.

(a) Except for size and color, the RA-

DIOACTIVE WHITE-I label must be as

follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the RADIO-

ACTIVE WHITE-I label must be white.

The printing and symbol must be

black, except for the ‘‘I’’ which must be

red.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.438 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II

label.

(a) Except for size and color, the RA-

DIOACTIVE YELLOW-II must be as

follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label must

be yellow in the top half and white in

the lower half. The printing and sym-

bol must be black, except for the ‘‘II’’

which must be red.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.440 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III

label.

(a) Except for size and color, the RA-

DIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be

as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label

must be yellow in the top half and

white in the lower half. The printing

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00396 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.032</GPH> EC02MR91.033</GPH> EC02MR91.034</GPH>

387

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.441

and symbol must be black, except for

the ‘‘III’’ which must be red.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.441 FISSILE label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

FISSILE label must be as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00397 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER26ja04.000</GPH>

388

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.442

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background color on the

FISSILE label must be white.

[69 FR 3669, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 172.442 CORROSIVE label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

CORROSIVE label must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the COR-

ROSIVE label must be white in the top

half and black in the lower half.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.444 [Reserved]

§ 172.446 CLASS 9 label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

‘‘CLASS 9’’ (miscellaneous hazardous

materials) label must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.407, the background on the CLASS

9 label must be white with seven black

vertical stripes on the top half. The

black vertical stripes must be spaced,

so that, visually, they appear equal in

width to the six white spaces between

them. The lower half of the label must

be white with the class number ‘‘9’’ un-

derlined and centered at the bottom.

The solid horizontal line dividing the

lower and upper half of the label is op-

tional.

ments in place on August 18, 2011 may

continue to be used until October 1,

2014.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended at 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR

43528, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011;

76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011]

§ 172.448 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY

label.

(a) Except for size and color, the

CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must

be as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00398 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.035</GPH> ER28DE11.007</GPH>

389

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.500

(b) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY

label must be black on an orange back-

ground.

conforming to the specifications in this

section and in § 172.407(c)(2) in effect on

October 1, 2008, may be used until Jan-

uary 1, 2013.

[74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]

§ 172.450 EMPTY label.

(a) Each EMPTY label, except for

size, must be as follows:

(1) Each side must be at least 6

inches (152 mm.) with each letter at

least 1 inch (25.4 mm.) in height.

(2) The label must be white with

black printing.

(b) [Reserved]

Subpart F—Placarding

§ 172.500 Applicability of placarding

requirements.

(a) Each person who offers for trans-

portation or transports any hazardous

material subject to this subchapter

shall comply with the applicable

placarding requirements of this sub-

part.

(b) This subpart does not apply to—

(1) Infectious substances;

(2) Hazardous materials classed as

ORM-D;

(3) Hazardous materials authorized

by this subchapter to be offered for

transportation as a limited quantity

when identified as such on a shipping

paper in accordance with § 172.203(b) or

when marked as such in accordance

with § 172.315.

(4) Hazardous materials prepared in

accordance with § 173.13 of this sub-

chapter;

(5) Hazardous materials which are

packaged as small quantities under the

provisions of §§ 173.4, 173.4a, 173.4b of

this subchapter; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00399 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER14JA09.001</GPH> EC02MR91.038</GPH>

390

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.502

(6) Combustible liquids in non-bulk

packagings.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 172–149, 61 FR 27173, May

30, 1996; 74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3367,

Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.502 Prohibited and permissive

placarding.

(a) Prohibited placarding. Except as

provided in paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion, no person may affix or display on

a packaging, freight container, unit

load device, motor vehicle or rail car—

(1) Any placard described in this sub-

part unless—

(i) The material being offered or

transported is a hazardous material;

(ii) The placard represents a hazard

of the hazardous material being offered

or transported; and

(iii) Any placarding conforms to the

requirements of this subpart.

(2) Any sign, advertisement, slogan

(such as ‘‘Drive Safely’’), or device

that, by its color, design, shape or con-

tent, could be confused with any

placard prescribed in this subpart.

(b) Exceptions. (1) The restrictions in

paragraph (a) of this section do not

apply to a bulk packaging, freight con-

tainer, unit load device, transport vehi-

cle or rail car which is placarded in

conformance with TDG Regulations,

the IMDG Code or the UN Rec-

ommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter).

(2) The restrictions of paragraph (a)

of this section do not apply to the dis-

play of a BIOHAZARD marking, a

‘‘HOT’’ marking, a sour crude oil haz-

ard marking, or an identification num-

ber on a white square-on-point configu-

ration in accordance with §§ 172.323(c),

172.325(c), 172.327(a), or 172.336(b) of this

part, respectively.

(3) The restrictions in paragraph

(a)(2) of this section do not apply until

October 1, 2001 to a safety sign or safe-

ty slogan (e.g., ‘‘Drive Safely’’ or

‘‘Drive Carefully’’), which was perma-

nently marked on a transport vehicle,

bulk packaging, or freight container on

or before August 21, 1997.

may be displayed for a hazardous mate-

rial, even when not required, if the

placarding otherwise conforms to the

requirements of this subpart.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

172–151, 62 FR 1230, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39389

and 39407, July 22, 1997; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1,

2001; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 53137,

Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR

3367, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 172.503 Identification number dis-

play on placards.

For procedures and limitations per-

taining to the display of identification

numbers on placards, see § 172.334.

[Amdt. 172–58, 45 FR 34701, May 22, 1980]

§ 172.504 General placarding require-

ments.

(a) General. Except as otherwise pro-

vided in this subchapter, each bulk

packaging, freight container, unit load

device, transport vehicle or rail car

containing any quantity of a hazardous

material must be placarded on each

side and each end with the type of plac-

ards specified in tables 1 and 2 of this

section and in accordance with other

placarding requirements of this sub-

part, including the specifications for

the placards named in the tables and

described in detail in §§ 172.519 through

172.560.

(b) DANGEROUS placard. A freight

container, unit load device, transport

vehicle, or rail car which contains non-

bulk packages with two or more cat-

egories of hazardous materials that re-

quire different placards specified in

table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section

may be placarded with a DANGEROUS

placard instead of the separate

placarding specified for each of the ma-

terials in table 2 of paragraph (e) of

this section. However, when 1,000 kg

(2,205 pounds) aggregate gross weight

or more of one category of material is

loaded therein at one loading facility

on a freight container, unit load de-

vice, transport vehicle, or rail car, the

placard specified in table 2 of para-

graph (e) of this section for that cat-

egory must be applied.

pounds). Except for bulk packagings

and hazardous materials subject to

§ 172.505, when hazardous materials cov-

ered by table 2 of this section are

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00400 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

391

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.504

transported by highway or rail, plac-

ards are not required on—

(1) A transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer which contains less than 454 kg

(1001 pounds) aggregate gross weight of

hazardous materials covered by table 2

of paragraph (e) of this section; or

(2) A rail car loaded with transport

vehicles or freight containers, none of

which is required to be placarded.

The exceptions provided in paragraph

display of placards in the manner pre-

scribed in this subpart, if not otherwise

prohibited (see § 172.502), on transport

vehicles or freight containers which

are not required to be placarded.

(d) Exception for empty non-bulk pack-

ages. Except for hazardous materials

subject to § 172.505, a non-bulk pack-

aging that contains only the residue of

a hazardous material covered by Table

2 of paragraph (e) of this section need

not be included in determining

placarding requirements.

(e) Placarding tables. Placards are

specified for hazardous materials in ac-

cordance with the following tables:

ABLE

Category of material (Hazard class or division number

and additional description, as appropriate)

Placard name

Placard de-

sign section

reference

(§ )

1.1 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.1 ............................................................ 172.522

1.2 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.2 ............................................................ 172.522

1.3 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.3 ............................................................ 172.522

2.3 .................................................................................... POISON GAS .................................................................. 172.540

4.3 .................................................................................... DANGEROUS WHEN WET ............................................ 172.548

5.2 (Organic peroxide, Type B, liquid or solid, tempera-

ture controlled).

ORGANIC PEROXIDE .................................................... 172.552

6.1 (material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of

this subchapter)).

POISON INHALATION HAZARD .................................... 172.555

7 (Radioactive Yellow III label only) ................................ RADIOACTIVE

.............................................................. 172.556

RADIOACTIVE placard also required for exclusive use shipments of low specific activity material and surface contaminated

objects transported in accordance with § 173.427(b)(4) and (5) or (c) of this subchapter.

ABLE

Category of material (Hazard class or division number

and additional description, as appropriate)

Placard name

Placard de-

sign section

reference

(§ )

1.4 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.4 ............................................................ 172.523

1.5 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.5 ............................................................ 172.524

1.6 .................................................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.6 ............................................................ 172.525

2.1 .................................................................................... FLAMMABLE GAS .......................................................... 172.532

2.2 .................................................................................... NON-FLAMMABLE GAS ................................................. 172.528

3 ....................................................................................... FLAMMABLE ................................................................... 172.542

Combustible liquid ........................................................... COMBUSTIBLE ............................................................... 172.544

4.1 .................................................................................... FLAMMABLE SOLID ....................................................... 172.546

4.2 .................................................................................... SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE .............................. 172.547

5.1 .................................................................................... OXIDIZER ........................................................................ 172.550

5.2 (Other than organic peroxide, Type B, liquid or

solid, temperature controlled).

ORGANIC PEROXIDE .................................................... 172.552

6.1 (other than material poisonous by inhalation) ........ POISON ........................................................................... 172.554

6.2 .................................................................................... (None).

8 ....................................................................................... CORROSIVE ................................................................... 172.558

9 ....................................................................................... Class 9 (see § 172.504(f)(9)) .......................................... 172.560

ORM-D ............................................................................ (None) .............................................................................. ....................

(f) Additional placarding exceptions. (1)

When more than one division placard is

required for Class 1 materials on a

transport vehicle, rail car, freight con-

tainer or unit load device, only the

placard representing the lowest divi-

sion number must be displayed.

(2) A FLAMMABLE placard may be

used in place of a COMBUSTIBLE

placard on—

(i) A cargo tank or portable tank.

(ii) A compartmented tank car which

contains both flammable and combus-

tible liquids.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00401 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

392

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.505

(3) A NON-FLAMMABLE GAS

placard is not required on a transport

vehicle which contains non-flammable

gas if the transport vehicle also con-

tains flammable gas or oxygen and it is

placarded with FLAMMABLE GAS or

OXYGEN placards, as required.

(4) OXIDIZER placards are not re-

quired for Division 5.1 materials on

freight containers, unit load devices,

transport vehicles or rail cars which

also contain Division 1.1 or 1.2 mate-

rials and which are placarded with EX-

PLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 placards, as re-

quired.

(5) For transportation by transport

vehicle or rail car only, an OXIDIZER

placard is not required for Division 5.1

materials on a transport vehicle, rail

car or freight container which also con-

tains Division 1.5 explosives and is

placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.5 plac-

ards, as required.

(6) The EXPLOSIVE 1.4 placard is not

required for those Division 1.4 Compat-

ibility Group S (1.4S) materials that

are not required to be labeled 1.4S.

(7) For domestic transportation of

oxygen, compressed or oxygen, refrig-

erated liquid, the OXYGEN placard in

§ 172.530 of this subpart may be used in

place of a NON-FLAMMABLE GAS

placard.

(8) For domestic transportation, a

POISON INHALATION HAZARD

placard is not required on a transport

vehicle or freight container that is al-

ready placarded with the POISON GAS

placard.

(9) For Class 9, a CLASS 9 placard is

not required for domestic transpor-

tation, including that portion of inter-

national transportation, defined in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter, which occurs

within the United States. However, a

bulk packaging must be marked with

the appropriate identification number

on a CLASS 9 placard, an orange panel,

or a white square-on-point display con-

figuration as required by subpart D of

this part.

(10) For Division 6.1, PG III mate-

rials, a POISON placard may be modi-

fied to display the text ‘‘PG III’’ below

the mid line of the placard.

(11) For domestic transportation, a

POISON placard is not required on a

transport vehicle or freight container

required to display a POISON INHALA-

TION HAZARD or POISON GAS

placard.

(g) For shipments of Class 1 (explo-

sive materials) by aircraft or vessel,

the applicable compatibility group let-

ter must be displayed on the placards,

or labels when applicable, required by

this section. When more than one com-

patibility group placard is required for

Class 1 materials, only one placard is

required to be displayed, as provided in

paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this

section. For the purposes of paragraphs

(g)(1) through (g)(4), there is a distinc-

tion between the phrases explosive arti-

cles and explosive substances. Explosive

article means an article containing an

explosive substance; examples include

a detonator, flare, primer or fuse. Ex-

plosive substance means a substance

contained in a packaging that is not

contained in an article; examples in-

clude black powder and smokeless pow-

der.

(1) Explosive articles of compat-

ibility groups C, D or E may be plac-

arded displaying compatibility group

(2) Explosive articles of compat-

ibility groups C, D, or E, when trans-

ported with those in compatibility

group N, may be placarded displaying

compatibility group D.

(3) Explosive substances of compat-

ibility groups C and D may be plac-

arded displaying compatibility group

(4) Explosive articles of compat-

ibility groups C, D, E or G, except for

fireworks, may be placarded displaying

compatibility group E.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52600, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 172.504, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 172.505 Placarding for subsidiary

hazards.

(a) Each transport vehicle, freight

container, portable tank, unit load de-

vice, or rail car that contains a poi-

sonous material subject to the ‘‘Poison

Inhalation Hazard’’ shipping descrip-

tion of § 172.203(m) must be placarded

with a POISON INHALATION HAZARD

or POISON GAS placard, as appro-

priate, on each side and each end, in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00402 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

393

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.510

addition to any other placard required

for that material in § 172.504. Duplica-

tion of the POISON INHALATION

HAZARD or POISON GAS placard is

not required.

(b) In addition to the RADIOACTIVE

placard which may be required by

§ 172.504(e) of this subpart, each trans-

port vehicle, portable tank or freight

container that contains 454 kg (1001

pounds) or more gross weight of fissile

or low specific activity uranium

hexafluoride shall be placarded with a

CORROSIVE placard on each side and

each end.

tank, freight container or unit load de-

vice that contains a material which

has a subsidiary hazard of being dan-

gerous when wet, as defined in § 173.124

of this subchapter, shall be placarded

with DANGEROUS WHEN WET plac-

ards, on each side and each end, in ad-

dition to the placards required by

§ 172.504.

(d) Hazardous materials that possess

secondary hazards may exhibit sub-

sidiary placards that correspond to the

placards described in this part, even

when not required by this part (see also

§ 172.519(b) (4) of this subpart).

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172–127, 59 FR 49133,

Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 172–151, 62 FR 1231, Jan.

8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997; 65 FR 58626,

Sept. 29, 2000; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007]

§ 172.506 Providing and affixing plac-

ards: Highway.

(a) Each person offering a motor car-

rier a hazardous material for transpor-

tation by highway shall provide to the

motor carrier the required placards for

the material being offered prior to or

at the same time the material is of-

fered for transportation, unless the

carrier’s motor vehicle is already plac-

arded for the material as required by

this subpart.

(1) No motor carrier may transport a

hazardous material in a motor vehicle,

unless the placards required for the

hazardous material are affixed thereto

as required by this subpart.

(2) [Reserved]

(b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–29A, 41 FR 40679, Sept.

20, 1976]

§ 172.507 Special placarding provi-

sions: Highway.

(a) Each motor vehicle used to trans-

port a package of highway route con-

trolled quantity Class 7 (radioactive)

materials (see § 173.403 of this sub-

chapter) must have the required RA-

DIOACTIVE warning placard placed on

a square background as described in

§ 172.527.

(b) A nurse tank, meeting the provi-

sions of § 173.315(m) of this subchapter,

is not required to be placarded on an

end containing valves, fittings, regu-

lators or gauges when those appur-

tenances prevent the markings and

placard from being properly placed and

visible.

[Amdt. 172–103, 51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986, as

amended by Amdt. 172–143, 60 FR 50305, Sept.

28, 1995]

§ 172.508 Placarding and affixing plac-

ards: Rail.

(a) Each person offering a hazardous

material for transportation by rail

shall affix to the rail car containing

the material, the placards specified by

this subpart. Placards displayed on

motor vehicles, transport containers,

or portable tanks may be used to sat-

isfy this requirement, if the placards

otherwise conform to the provisions of

this subpart.

(b) No rail carrier may accept a rail

car containing a hazardous material

for transportation unless the placards

for the hazardous material are affixed

thereto as required by this subpart.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52601, Dec.

21, 1990]

§ 172.510 Special placarding provi-

sions: Rail.

(a) White square background. The fol-

lowing must have the specified plac-

ards placed on a white square back-

ground, as described in § 172.527:

(1) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) ma-

terials which require EXPLOSIVES 1.1

or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 placards affixed to

the rail car;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00403 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

394

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.512

(2) Materials classed in Division 2.3

Hazard Zone A or 6.1 Packing Group I

Hazard Zone A which require POISON

GAS or POISON placards affixed to the

rail car, including tank cars containing

only a residue of the material; and

(3) Class DOT 113 tank cars used to

transport a Division 2.1 (flammable

gas) material, including tank cars con-

taining only a residue of the material.

(b) Chemical ammunition. Each rail

car containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (ex-

plosive) ammunition which also meets

the definition of a material poisonous

by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter) must be placarded EXPLO-

SIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and

POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION

HAZARD.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–103, 51 FR 5971, Feb.

18, 1986; Amdt. 172–110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10,

1987; Amdt. 172–111, 52 FR 36671, Sept. 30, 1987;

Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990; 56

FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1,

1992; Amdt. 172–248, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996;

Amdt. 172–151, 62 FR 1231, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR

39398, July 22, 1997]

§ 172.512 Freight containers and air-

craft unit load devices.

(a) Capacity of 640 cubic feet or more.

Each person who offers for transpor-

tation, and each person who loads and

transports, a hazardous material in a

freight container or aircraft unit load

device having a capacity of 640 cubic

feet or more shall affix to the freight

container or aircraft unit load device

the placards specified for the material

in accordance with § 172.504. However:

(1) The placarding exception provided

in § 172.504(c) applies to motor vehicles

transporting freight containers and

aircraft unit load devices,

(2) The placarding exception provided

in § 172.504(c) applies to each freight

container and aircraft unit load device

being transported for delivery to a con-

signee immediately following an air or

water shipment, and,

(3) Placarding is not required on a

freight container or aircraft unit load

device if it is only transported by air

and is identified as containing a haz-

ardous material in the manner pro-

vided in part 7, chapter 2, section 2.7, of

the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(b) Capacity less than 18 m 3 (640 cubic

feet). (1) Each person who offers for

transportation by air, and each person

who loads and transports by air, a haz-

ardous material in a freight container

or aircraft unit load device having a

capacity of less than 18 m

(640 cubic

feet) shall affix one placard of the type

specified by paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion unless the freight container or air-

craft unit load device:

(i) Is labeled in accordance with sub-

part E of this part, including

§ 172.406(e);

(ii) Contains radioactive materials

requiring the Radioactive Yellow III

label and is placarded with one Radio-

active placard and is labeled in accord-

ance with subpart E of this part, in-

cluding § 172.406(e); or,

(iii) Is identified as containing a haz-

ardous material in the manner pro-

vided in part 7, chapter 2, section 2.7, of

the ICAO Technical Instructions.

(2) When hazardous materials are of-

fered for transportation, not involving

air transportation, in a freight con-

tainer having a capacity of less than

640 cubic feet the freight container

need not be placarded. However, if not

placarded, it must be labeled in accord-

ance with subpart E of this part.

and (b) of this section, packages con-

taining hazardous materials, other

than ORM-D, offered for transportation

by air in freight containers are subject

to the inspection requirements of

§ 175.30 of this chapter.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–29A, 41 FR 40680, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 172–87, 48 FR 53712, Nov. 29,

1983; 48 FR 55469, Dec. 13, 1983; Amdt. 172–103,

51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 172–111, 52 FR

36671, Sept. 30, 1987; Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR

52601, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001;

66 FR 45182, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31,

2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 76 FR 56314,

Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 172.514 Bulk packagings.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

fers for transportation a bulk pack-

aging which contains a hazardous ma-

terial, shall affix the placards specified

for the material in §§ 172.504 and 172.505.

(b) Each bulk packaging that is re-

quired to be placarded when it contains

a hazardous material, must remain

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00404 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

395

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.519

placarded when it is emptied, unless

it—

(1) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue

and purged of vapors to remove any po-

tential hazard;

(2) Is refilled, with a material requir-

ing different placards or no placards, to

such an extent that any residue re-

maining in the packaging is no longer

hazardous; or

(3) Contains the residue of a haz-

ardous substance in Class 9 in a quan-

tity less than the reportable quantity,

and conforms to § 173.29(b)(1) of this

subchapter.

agings may be placarded on only two

opposite sides or, alternatively, may be

labeled instead of placarded in accord-

ance with subpart E of this part:

(1) A portable tank having a capacity

of less than 3,785 L (1000 gallons);

(2) A DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank

car tank;

(3) A bulk packaging other than a

portable tank, cargo tank, or tank car

(e.g., a bulk bag or box) with a volu-

metric capacity of less than 18 cubic

meters (640 cubic feet);

(4) An IBC. For an IBC labeled in ac-

cordance with subpart E of this part in-

stead of placarded, the IBC may display

the proper shipping name and UN iden-

tification number in accordance with

the size requirements of § 172.302(b)(2)

in place of the UN number on an or-

ange panel or placard.

(5) A Large Packaging as defined in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 172–136, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994;

Amdt. 172–148, 61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996, as

amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR

64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 5392, Feb. 2, 2010; 76

FR 43528, July 20, 2011]

§ 172.516 Visibility and display of plac-

ards.

(a) Each placard on a motor vehicle

and each placard on a rail car must be

clearly visible from the direction it

faces, except from the direction of an-

other transport vehicle or rail car to

which the motor vehicle or rail car is

coupled. This requirement may be met

by the placards displayed on the

freight containers or portable tanks

loaded on a motor vehicle or rail car.

(b) The required placarding of the

front of a motor vehicle may be on the

front of a truck-tractor instead of or in

addition to the placarding on the front

of the cargo body to which a truck-

tractor is attached.

cle, bulk packaging, freight container

or aircraft unit load device must—

(1) Be securely attached or affixed

thereto or placed in a holder thereon.

(See appendix C to this part.);

(2) Be located clear of appurtenances

and devices such as ladders, pipes,

doors, and tarpaulins;

(3) So far as practicable, be located so

that dirt or water is not directed to it

from the wheels of the transport vehi-

cle;

(4) Be located away from any mark-

ing (such as advertising) that could

substantially reduce its effectiveness,

and in any case at least 3 inches (76.0

mm.) away from such marking;

(5) Have the words or identification

number (when authorized) printed on it

displayed horizontally, reading from

left to right;

(6) Be maintained by the carrier in a

condition so that the format, leg-

ibility, color, and visibility of the

placard will not be substantially re-

duced due to damage, deterioration, or

obscurement by dirt or other matter;

(7) Be affixed to a background of con-

trasting color, or must have a dotted

or solid line outer border which con-

trasts with the background color.

(d) Recommended specifications for a

placard holder are set forth in appendix

C of this part. Except for a placard

holder similar to that contained in ap-

pendix C to this part, the means used

to attach a placard may not obscure

any part of its surface other than the

borders.

(e) A placard or placard holder may

be hinged provided the required format,

color, and legibility of the placard are

maintained.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–101, 45 FR 74668, Nov.

10, 1980; Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21,

1990; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000]

§ 172.519 General specifications for

placards.

(a) Strength and durability. Placards

must conform to the following:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00405 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

396

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.519

(1) A placard may be made of any

plastic, metal or other material capa-

ble of withstanding, without deteriora-

tion or a substantial reduction in effec-

tiveness, a 30-day exposure to open

weather conditions.

(2) A placard made of tagboard must

be at least equal to that designated

commercially as white tagboard. Tag-

board must have a weight of at least 80

kg (176 pounds) per ream of 610 by 910

mm (24 by 36-inch) sheets, water-

proofing materials included. In addi-

tion, each placard made of tagboard

must be able to pass a 414 kPa (60 p.s.i.)

Mullen test.

(3) Reflective or retroreflective mate-

rials may be used on a placard if the

prescribed colors, strength and dura-

bility are maintained.

(b) Design. (1) Except as provided in

§ 172.332 of this part, each placard must

be as described in this subpart, and ex-

cept for size and color, the printing,

inner border and symbol must be as

shown in §§ 172.521 through 172.560 of

this subpart, as appropriate.

(2) The dotted line border shown on

each placard is not part of the placard

specification. However, a dotted or

solid line outer border may be used

when needed to indicate the full size of

a placard that is part of a larger for-

mat or is on a background of a non-

contrasting color.

(3) For other than Class 7 or the

DANGEROUS placard, text indicating

a hazard (for example, ‘‘FLAM-

MABLE’’) is not required. Text may be

omitted from the OXYGEN placard

only if the specific identification num-

ber is displayed on the placard.

(4) For a placard corresponding to the

primary or subsidiary hazard class of a

material, the hazard class or division

number must be displayed in the lower

corner of the placard. However, a per-

manently affixed subsidiary placard

meeting the specifications of this sec-

tion which were in effect on October 1,

2001, (such as, a placard without the

hazard class or division number dis-

played in the lower corner of the

placard) and which was installed prior

to September 30, 2001, may continue to

be used as a subsidiary placard in do-

mestic transportation by rail or high-

way, provided the color tolerances are

maintained and are in accordance with

the display requirements in this sub-

chapter.

this subpart must measure at least 250

mm (9.84 inches) on each side and must

have a solid line inner border approxi-

mately 12.7 mm (0.5 inches) from each

edge.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in

this subpart, the hazard class or divi-

sion number, as appropriate, must be

shown in numerals measuring at least

41 mm (1.6 inches) in height.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in

this subpart, when text indicating a

hazard is displayed on a placard, the

printing must be in letters measuring

at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height.

(d) Color. (1) The background color,

symbol, text, numerals and inner bor-

der on a placard must be as specified in

§§ 172.521 through 172.560 of this sub-

part, as appropriate.

(2) Black and any color on a placard

must be able to withstand, without

substantial change—

(i) A 72-hour fadeometer test (for a

description of equipment designed for

this purpose, see ASTM G 23–69 or

ASTM G 26–70); and

(ii) A 30-day exposure to open weath-

er.

(3) Upon visual examination, a color

on a placard must fall within the color

tolerances displayed on the appropriate

Hazardous Materials Label and Placard

Color Tolerance Chart (see

§ 172.407(d)(4)). As an alternative, the

PANTONE

formula guide coated/

uncoated as specified for colors in

§ 172.407(d)(5) may be used.

(4) The placard color must extend to

the inner border and may extend to the

edge of the placard in the area des-

ignated on each placard except the

color on the CORROSIVE and RADIO-

ACTIVE placards (black and yellow, re-

spectively) must extend only to the

inner border.

(e) Form identification. A placard may

contain form identification informa-

tion, including the name of its maker,

provided that information is printed

outside of the solid line inner border in

no larger than 10-point type.

(f) Exceptions. When hazardous mate-

rials are offered for transportation or

transported under the provisions of

subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00406 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

397

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.523

a placard conforming to the specifica-

tions in the ICAO Technical Instruc-

tions, the IMDG Code, or the Transport

Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) may be used

in place of a corresponding placard

conforming to the requirements of this

subpart. However, a bulk packaging,

transport vehicle, or freight container

containing a material poisonous by in-

halation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter)

must be placarded in accordance with

this subpart (see § 171.23(b)(10) of this

subchapter).

(g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol

on the RADIOACTIVE placard must

meet the appropriate specification in

appendix B of this part.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172–143, 60 FR 50305,

Sept. 28, 1995; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR

33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 44255, Aug. 22, 2001;

67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 70 FR 34075, June 13,

2005; 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 72 FR 25176,

May 3, 2007; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 76 FR

56314, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 172.521 DANGEROUS placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

DANGEROUS placard must be as fol-

lows:

(b) In addition to meeting the re-

quirements of § 172.519, and appendix B

to this part, the DANGEROUS placard

must have a red upper and lower tri-

angle. The placard center area and

⁄

inch (12.7 mm.) border must be white.

The inscription must be black with the

⁄

-inch (3.2 mm.) border marker in the

white area at each end of the inscrip-

tion red.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–29A, 41 FR 40680, Sept.

20, 1976]

§ 172.522 EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLO-

SIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3

placards.

(a) Except for size and color, the EX-

PLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and

EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be as

follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519 of this subpart, the background

color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLO-

SIVES 1.2, and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 plac-

ards must be orange. The ‘‘*’’ shall be

replaced with the appropriate division

number and, when required, appro-

priate compatibility group letter. The

symbol, text, numerals and inner bor-

der must be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.523 EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the EX-

PLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be as fol-

lows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00407 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.039</GPH> EC02MR91.040</GPH>

398

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.524

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519 of this subpart, the background

color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard

must be orange. The ‘‘*’’ shall be re-

placed, when required, with the appro-

priate compatibility group letter. The

division numeral, 1.4, must measure at

least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The

text, numerals and inner border must

be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.524 EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the EX-

PLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be as fol-

lows:

(b) In addition to complying with the

§ 172.519 of this subpart, the background

color on EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard

must be orange. The ‘‘*’’ shall be re-

placed, when required, with the appro-

priate compatibility group letter. The

division numeral, 1.5, must measure at

least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The

text, numerals and inner border must

be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.525 EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard.

(a) Except for size and color the EX-

PLOSIVES 1.6 placard must be as fol-

lows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519 of this subpart, the background

color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard

must be orange. The ‘‘*’’ shall be re-

placed, when required, with the appro-

priate compatibility group letter. The

division numeral, 1.6, must measure at

least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The

text, numerals and inner border must

be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 55 FR 52603, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

172–130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]

§ 172.526 [Reserved]

§ 172.527 Background requirements for

certain placards.

(a) Except for size and color, the

square background required by

§ 172.510(a) for certain placards on rail

cars, and § 172.507 for placards on motor

vehicles containing a package of high-

way route controlled quantity radio-

active materials, must be as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00408 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.041</GPH> EC02MR91.042</GPH> EC02MR91.043</GPH>

399

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.532

(b) In addition to meeting the re-

quirements of § 172.519 for minimum du-

rability and strength, the square back-

ground must consist of a white square

measuring 14

⁄

inches (362.0 mm.) on

each side surrounded by a black border

extending to 15

⁄

inches (387.0 mm.) on

each side.

[Amdt. 172–29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 172–64, 46 FR 5316, Jan. 19,

1981; Amdt. 172–78, 48 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983]

§ 172.528 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS

placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must

be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must

be green. The letters in both words

must be at least 38 mm (1.5 inches)

high. The symbol, text, class number

and inner border must be white.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.530 OXYGEN placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the OX-

YGEN placard must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519 of this subpart, the background

color on the OXYGEN placard must be

yellow. The symbol, text, class number

and inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.532 FLAMMABLE GAS placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be as

follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00409 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.044</GPH> EC02MR91.045</GPH> EC02MR91.046</GPH> EC02MR91.047</GPH>

400

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.536

FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be

red. The symbol, text, class number

and inner border must be white.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.536 [Reserved]

§ 172.540 POISON GAS placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the POI-

SON GAS placard must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background on the POI-

SON GAS placard and the symbol must

be white. The background of the upper

diamond must be black and the lower

point of the upper diamond must be 65

mm (2

⁄

inches) above the horizontal

center line. The text, class number,

and inner border must be black.

[62 FR 39408, July 22, 1997]

§ 172.542 FLAMMABLE placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

FLAMMABLE placard must be as fol-

lows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

FLAMMABLE placard must be red.

The symbol, text, class number and

inner border must be white.

used in place of the word ‘‘FLAM-

MABLE’’ on a placard that is displayed

on a cargo tank or a portable tank

being used to transport gasoline by

highway. The word ‘‘GASOLINE’’ must

be shown in white.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.544 COMBUSTIBLE placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

COMBUSTIBLE placard must be as fol-

lows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00410 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER22JY97.024</GPH> EC02MR91.049</GPH> EC02MR91.050</GPH>

401

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.548

The symbol, text, class number and

inner border must be white. On a COM-

BUSTIBLE placard with a white bot-

tom as prescribed by § 172.332(c)(4), the

class number must be red or black.

used in place of the word ‘‘COMBUS-

TIBLE’’ on a placard that is displayed

on a cargo tank or portable tank being

used to transport by highway fuel oil

that is not classed as a flammable liq-

uid. The words ‘‘FUEL OIL’’ must be

white.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.546 FLAMMABLE SOLID placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be

as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background on the FLAM-

MABLE SOLID placard must be white

with seven vertical red stripes. The

stripes must be equally spaced, with

one red stripe placed in the center of

the label. Each red stripe and each

white space between two red stripes

must be 25 mm (1.0 inches) wide. The

letters in the word ‘‘SOLID’’ must be

at least 38.1 mm (1.5 inches) high. The

symbol, text, class number and inner

border must be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.547 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUS-

TIBLE placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE

placard must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE

placard must be red in the lower half

and white in upper half. The letters in

the word ‘‘SPONTANEOUSLY’’ must

be at least 12 mm (0.5 inch) high. The

symbol, text, class number and inner

border must be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended by Amdt. 172–139, 59 FR 67490, Dec.

29, 1994]

§ 172.548 DANGEROUS WHEN WET

placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard

must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard

must be blue. The letters in the words

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00411 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.051</GPH> EC02MR91.052</GPH> EC02MR91.053</GPH>

402

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.550

‘‘WHEN WET’’ must be at least 25 mm

(1.0 inches) high. The symbol, text,

class number and inner border must be

white.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.550 OXIDIZER placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the OXI-

DIZER placard must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

OXIDIZER placard must be yellow. The

symbol, text, division number and

inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 172.552 ORGANIC PEROXIDE

placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the OR-

GANIC PEROXIDE placard must be as

follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00412 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.054</GPH>

403

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.554

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background on the OR-

GANIC PEROXIDE placard must be red

in the top half and yellow in the lower

half. The text, division number and

inner border must be black; the symbol

may be either black or white.

Division 5.2 placard conforming to the

specifications in this section in effect

on December 31, 2006 may continue to

be used until January 1, 2014.

[71 FR 78628, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 76

FR 43528, July 20, 2011]

§ 172.553 [Reserved]

§ 172.554 POISON placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the POI-

SON placard must be as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00413 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

Er29de06.001</GPH>

404

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.555

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background on the POI-

SON placard must be white. The sym-

bol, text, class number and inner bor-

der must be black. The word ‘‘TOXIC’’

may be used in lieu of the word ‘‘POI-

SON’’.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended by Amdt. 172–139, 59 FR 67490, Dec.

29, 1994]

§ 172.555 POISON INHALATION HAZ-

ARD placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the POI-

SON INHALATION HAZARD placard

must be as follows:

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background on the POI-

SON INHALATION HAZARD placard

and the symbol must be white. The

background of the upper diamond must

be black and the lower point of the

upper diamond must be 65 mm (2

⁄

inches) above the horizontal center

line. The text, class number, and inner

border must be black.

[62 FR 39409, July 22, 1997]

§ 172.556 RADIOACTIVE placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the RA-

DIOACTIVE placard must be as fol-

lows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00414 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.057</GPH> ER22JY97.025</GPH>

405

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.558

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

RADIOACTIVE placard must be white

in the lower portion with a yellow tri-

angle in the upper portion. The base of

the yellow triangle must be 29 mm ±5

mm (1.1 inches ±0.2 inches) above the

placard horizontal center line. The

symbol, text, class number and inner

border must be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991;

Amdt. 172–130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; 65 FR

58627, Sept. 29, 2000]

§ 172.558 CORROSIVE placard.

(a) Except for size and color, the

CORROSIVE placard must be as fol-

lows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00415 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER29SE00.001</GPH>

406

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.560

(b) In addition to complying with

§ 172.519, the background color on the

CORROSIVE placard must be black in

the lower portion with a white triangle

in the upper portion. The base of the

white triangle must be 38 mm ±5 mm

(1.5 inches ±0.2 inches) above the

placard horizontal center line. The text

and class number must be white. The

symbol and inner border must be black.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended at 65 FR 58627, Sept. 29, 2000]

§ 172.560 CLASS 9 placard.

(a) Except for size and color the

CLASS 9 (miscellaneous hazardous ma-

terials) placard must be as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00416 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER29SE00.002</GPH> EC02MR91.060</GPH>

407

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.602

(b) In addition to conformance with

§ 172.519, the background on the CLASS

9 placard must be white with seven

black vertical stripes on the top half

extending from the top of the placard

to one inch above the horizontal cen-

terline. The black vertical stripes must

be spaced so that, visually, they appear

equal in width to the six white spaces

between them. The space below the

vertical lines must be white with the

class number 9 underlined and centered

at the bottom.

[Amdt. 172–123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as

amended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992]

Subpart G—Emergency Response

Information

§ 172.600 Applicability and general re-

quirements.

(a) Scope. Except as provided in para-

graph (d) of this section, this subpart

prescribes requirements for providing

and maintaining emergency response

information during transportation and

at facilities where hazardous materials

are loaded for transportation, stored

incidental to transportation or other-

wise handled during any phase of trans-

portation.

(b) Applicability. This subpart applies

to persons who offer for transportation,

accept for transportation, transfer or

otherwise handle hazardous materials

during transportation.

whom this subpart applies may offer

for transportation, accept for transpor-

tation, transfer, store or otherwise

handle during transportation a haz-

ardous material unless:

(1) Emergency response information

conforming to this subpart is imme-

diately available for use at all times

the hazardous material is present; and

(2) Emergency response information,

including the emergency response tele-

phone number, required by this subpart

is immediately available to any person

who, as a representative of a Federal,

State or local government agency, re-

sponds to an incident involving a haz-

ardous material, or is conducting an

investigation which involves a haz-

ardous material.

(d) Exceptions. The requirements of

this subpart do not apply to hazardous

material which is excepted from the

shipping paper requirements of this

subchapter or a material properly clas-

sified as an ORM-D.

[Amdt. 172–116, 54 FR 27145, June 27, 1989; 54

FR 28750, July 5, 1989, as amended at 55 FR

33712, Aug. 17, 1990; 172–127, 59 FR 49133, Sept.

26, 1994; Amdt. 172–149, 61 FR 27173, May 30,

1996]

§ 172.602 Emergency response infor-

mation.

(a) Information required. For purposes

of this subpart, the term ‘‘emergency

response information’’ means informa-

tion that can be used in the mitigation

of an incident involving hazardous ma-

terials and, as a minimum, must con-

tain the following information:

(1) The basic description and tech-

nical name of the hazardous material

as required by §§ 172.202 and 172.203(k),

the ICAO Technical Instructions, the

IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations,

as appropriate (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter);

(2) Immediate hazards to health;

(3) Risks of fire or explosion;

(4) Immediate precautions to be

taken in the event of an accident or in-

cident;

(5) Immediate methods for handling

fires;

(6) Initial methods for handling spills

or leaks in the absence of fire; and

(7) Preliminary first aid measures.

(b) Form of information. The informa-

tion required for a hazardous material

by paragraph (a) of this section must

be:

(1) Printed legibly in English;

(2) Available for use away from the

package containing the hazardous ma-

terial; and

(3) Presented—

(i) On a shipping paper;

(ii) In a document, other than a ship-

ping paper, that includes both the basic

description and technical name of the

hazardous material as required by

§§ 172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Tech-

nical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or

the TDG Regulations, as appropriate,

and the emergency response informa-

tion required by this subpart (e.g., a

material safety data sheet); or

(iii) Related to the information on a

shipping paper, a written notification

to pilot-in-command, or a dangerous

cargo manifest, in a separate document

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00417 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

408

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.604

(e.g., an emergency response guidance

document), in a manner that cross-ref-

erences the description of the haz-

ardous material on the shipping paper

with the emergency response informa-

tion contained in the document.

Aboard aircraft, the ICAO ‘‘Emergency

Response Guidance for Aircraft Inci-

dents Involving Dangerous Goods’’ and,

aboard vessels, the IMO ‘‘Emergency

Procedures for Ships Carrying Dan-

gerous Goods’’, or equivalent docu-

ments, may be used to satisfy the re-

quirements of this section for a sepa-

rate document.

gency response information shall be

maintained as follows:

(1) Carriers. Each carrier who trans-

ports a hazardous material shall main-

tain the information specified in para-

graph (a) of this section and § 172.606 of

this part in the same manner as pre-

scribed for shipping papers, except that

the information must be maintained in

the same manner aboard aircraft as the

notification of pilot-in-command, and

aboard vessels in the same manner as

the dangerous cargo manifest. This in-

formation must be immediately acces-

sible to train crew personnel, drivers of

motor vehicles, flight crew members,

and bridge personnel on vessels for use

in the event of incidents involving haz-

ardous materials.

(2) Facility operators. Each operator of

a facility where a hazardous material

is received, stored or handled during

transportation, shall maintain the in-

formation required by paragraph (a) of

this section whenever the hazardous

material is present. This information

must be in a location that is imme-

diately accessible to facility personnel

in the event of an incident involving

the hazardous material.

[Amdt. 172–116, 54 FR 27146, June 27, 1989; 54

FR 28750, July 5, 1989, as amended by Amdt.

172–116, 55 FR 875, Jan. 10, 1990; Amdt. 172–151,

62 FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28,

2001; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 2003]

§ 172.604 Emergency response tele-

phone number.

(a) A person who offers a hazardous

material for transportation must pro-

vide an emergency response telephone

number, including the area code, for

use in an emergency involving the haz-

ardous material. For telephone num-

bers outside the United States, the

international access code or the ‘‘+’’

(plus) sign, country code, and city

code, as appropriate, that are needed to

complete the call must be included.

The telephone number must be—

(1) Monitored at all times the haz-

ardous material is in transportation,

including storage incidental to trans-

portation;

(2) The telephone number of a person

who is either knowledgeable of the haz-

ardous material being shipped and has

comprehensive emergency response and

incident mitigation information for

that material, or has immediate access

to a person who possesses such knowl-

edge and information. A telephone

number that requires a call back (such

as an answering service, answering ma-

chine, or beeper device) does not meet

the requirements of paragraph (a) of

this section; and

(3) Entered on a shipping paper, as

follows:

(i) Immediately following the de-

scription of the hazardous material re-

quired by subpart C of this part; or

(ii) Entered once on the shipping

paper in the manner prescribed in para-

graph (b) of this section in a promi-

nent, readily identifiable, and clearly

visible manner that allows the infor-

mation to be easily and quickly found,

such as by highlighting, use of a larger

font or a font that is a different color

from other text and information, or

otherwise setting the information

apart to provide for quick and easy rec-

ognition. The offeror may use one of

the methods prescribed in this para-

graph only if the telephone number ap-

plies to each hazardous material en-

tered on the shipping paper, and if it is

indicated that the telephone number is

for emergency response information

(for example: ‘‘EMERGENCY CON-

TACT: * * *’’).

(b) The telephone number required by

paragraph (a) of this section must be –

(1) The number of the person offering

the hazardous material for transpor-

tation when that person is also the

emergency response information pro-

vider (ERI provider). The name of the

person, or contract number or other

unique identifier assigned by an ERI

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00418 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

409

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.606

provider, identified with the emer-

gency response telephone number must

be entered on the shipping paper imme-

diately before, after, above, or below

the emergency response telephone

number unless the name is entered

elsewhere on the shipping paper in a

prominent, readily identifiable, and

clearly visible manner that allows the

information to be easily and quickly

found; or

(2) The number of an agency or orga-

nization capable of, and accepting re-

sponsibility for, providing the detailed

information required by paragraph

(a)(2) of this section. The person who is

registered with the ERI provider must

ensure that the agency or organization

has received current information on

the material before it is offered for

transportation. The person who is reg-

istered with the ERI provider must be

identified by name, or contract number

or other unique identifier assigned by

the ERI provider, on the shipping paper

immediately before, after, above, or

below the emergency response tele-

phone number in a prominent, readily

identifiable, and clearly visible manner

that allows the information to be eas-

ily and quickly found, unless the name

or identifier is entered elsewhere in a

prominent manner as provided in para-

graph (b)(1) of this section.

pers for continued transportation in

commerce must include the informa-

tion required by this section. If the

person preparing shipping papers for

continued transportation in commerce

elects to assume responsibility for pro-

viding the emergency response tele-

phone number required by this section,

the person must ensure that all the re-

quirements of this section are met.

(d) The requirements of this section

do not apply to—

(1) Hazardous materials that are of-

fered for transportation under the pro-

visions applicable to limited quan-

tities; and

(2) Materials properly described

under the following shipping names:

Battery powered equipment.

Battery powered vehicle.

Carbon dioxide, solid.

Castor bean.

Castor flake.

Castor meal.

Castor pomace.

Consumer commodity.

Dry ice.

Engines, internal combustion.

Fish meal, stabilized.

Fish scrap, stabilized.

Refrigerating machine.

Vehicle, flammable gas powered.

Vehicle, flammable liquid powered.

Wheelchair, electric.

(3) Transportation vehicles or freight

containers containing lading that has

been fumigated and displaying the FU-

MIGANT marking (see § 172.302(g)) as

required by § 173.9 of this subchapter,

unless other hazardous materials are

present in the cargo transport unit.

[74 FR 53422, Oct. 19, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 53596, Sept. 1, 2010; 77 FR 37984, June 25,

2012]

§ 172.606 Carrier information contact.

(a) Each carrier who transports or ac-

cepts for transportation a hazardous

material for which a shipping paper is

required shall instruct the operator of

a motor vehicle, train, aircraft, or ves-

sel to contact the carrier (e.g., by tele-

phone or mobile radio) in the event of

an incident involving the hazardous

material.

(b) For transportation by highway, if

a transport vehicle, (e.g., a semi-trailer

or freight container-on-chassis) con-

tains hazardous material for which a

shipping paper is required and the vehi-

cle is separated from its motive power

and parked at a location other than a

facility operated by the consignor or

consignee or a facility (e.g., a carrier’s

terminal or a marine terminal) subject

to the provisions of § 172.602(c)(2), the

carrier shall—

(1) Mark the transport vehicle with

the telephone number of the motor car-

rier on the front exterior near the

brake hose and electrical connections

or on a label, tag, or sign attached to

the vehicle at the brake hose or elec-

trical connection; or

(2) Have the shipping paper and emer-

gency response information readily

available on the transport vehicle.

paragraph (b) of this section do not

apply to an unattended motor vehicle

separated from its motive power when

the motor vehicle is marked on an or-

ange panel, a placard, or a plain white

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00419 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

410

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.700

square-on-point configuration with the

identification number of each haz-

ardous material loaded therein, and the

marking or placard is visible on the

outside of the motor vehicle.

[Amdt. 172–151, 62 FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997, as

amended at 62 FR 39398 and 39409, July 22,

1997; 63 FR 16076, Apr. 1, 1998]

Subpart H—Training

OURCE

: Amdt. 172–126, 57 FR 20952, May 15,

1992, unless otherwise noted.

§ 172.700 Purpose and scope.

(a) Purpose. This subpart prescribes

requirements for training hazmat em-

ployees.

(b) Scope. Training as used in this

subpart means a systematic program

that ensures a hazmat employee has fa-

miliarity with the general provisions of

this subchapter, is able to recognize

and identify hazardous materials, has

knowledge of specific requirements of

this subchapter applicable to functions

performed by the employee, and has

knowledge of emergency response in-

formation, self-protection measures

and accident prevention methods and

procedures (see § 172.704).

ments. Additional training require-

ments for the individual modes of

transportation are prescribed in parts

174, 175, 176, and 177 of this subchapter.

§ 172.701 Federal-State relationship.

This subpart and the parts referenced

in § 172.700(c) prescribe minimum train-

ing requirements for the transpor-

tation of hazardous materials. For

motor vehicle drivers, however, a State

may impose more stringent training

requirements only if those require-

ments—

(a) Do not conflict with the training

requirements in this subpart and in

part 177 of this subchapter; and

(b) Apply only to drivers domiciled in

that State.

§ 172.702 Applicability and responsi-

bility for training and testing.

(a) A hazmat employer shall ensure

that each of its hazmat employees is

trained in accordance with the require-

ments prescribed in this subpart.

(b) Except as provided in

§ 172.704(c)(1), a hazmat employee who

performs any function subject to the

requirements of this subchapter may

not perform that function unless in-

structed in the requirements of this

subchapter that apply to that function.

It is the duty of each hazmat employer

to comply with the applicable require-

ments of this subchapter and to thor-

oughly instruct each hazmat employee

in relation thereto.

hazmat employer or other public or

private sources.

(d) A hazmat employer shall ensure

that each of its hazmat employees is

tested by appropriate means on the

training subjects covered in § 172.704.

[Amdt. 172–126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992; 57

FR 22182, May 27, 1992, as amended by Amdt.

172–149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996]

§ 172.704 Training requirements.

(a) Hazmat employee training must

include the following:

(1) General awareness/familiarization

training. Each hazmat employee shall

be provided general awareness/famil-

iarization training designed to provide

familiarity with the requirements of

this subchapter, and to enable the em-

ployee to recognize and identify haz-

ardous materials consistent with the

hazard communication standards of

this subchapter.

(2) Function-specific training. (i) Each

hazmat employee must be provided

function-specific training concerning

requirements of this subchapter, or ex-

emptions or special permits issued

under subchapter A of this chapter,

that are specifically applicable to the

functions the employee performs.

(ii) As an alternative to function-spe-

cific training on the requirements of

this subchapter, training relating to

the requirements of the ICAO Tech-

nical Instructions and the IMDG Code

may be provided to the extent such

training addresses functions authorized

by subpart C of part 171 of this sub-

chapter.

(3) Safety training. Each hazmat em-

ployee shall receive safety training

concerning—

(i) Emergency response information

required by subpart G of part 172;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00420 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

411

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.704

(ii) Measures to protect the employee

from the hazards associated with haz-

ardous materials to which they may be

exposed in the work place, including

specific measures the hazmat employer

has implemented to protect employees

from exposure; and

(iii) Methods and procedures for

avoiding accidents, such as the proper

procedures for handling packages con-

taining hazardous materials.

(4) Security awareness training. Each

hazmat employee must receive train-

ing that provides an awareness of secu-

rity risks associated with hazardous

materials transportation and methods

designed to enhance transportation se-

curity. This training must also include

a component covering how to recognize

and respond to possible security

threats. New hazmat employees must

receive the security awareness training

required by this paragraph within 90

days after employment.

(5) In-depth security training. Each

hazmat employee of a person required

to have a security plan in accordance

with subpart I of this part who handles

hazardous materials covered by the

plan, performs a regulated function re-

lated to the hazardous materials cov-

ered by the plan, or is responsible for

implementing the plan must be trained

concerning the security plan and its

implementation. Security training

must include company security objec-

tives, organizational security struc-

ture, specific security procedures, spe-

cific security duties and responsibil-

ities for each employee, and specific

actions to be taken by each employee

in the event of a security breach.

(b) OSHA, EPA, and other training.

Training conducted by employers to

comply with the hazard communica-

tion programs required by the Occupa-

tional Safety and Health Administra-

tion of the Department of Labor (29

CFR 1910.120 or 1910.1200) or the Envi-

ronmental Protection Agency (40 CFR

311.1), or training conducted by em-

ployers to comply with security train-

ing programs required by other Federal

or international agencies, may be used

to satisfy the training requirements in

paragraph (a) of this section to the ex-

tent that such training addresses the

training components specified in para-

graph (a) of this section.

Initial training. A new hazmat em-

ployee, or a hazmat employee who

changes job functions may perform

those functions prior to the completion

of training provided—

(i) The employee performs those

functions under the direct supervision

of a properly trained and knowledge-

able hazmat employee; and

(ii) The training is completed within

90 days after employment or a change

in job function.

(2) Recurrent training. A hazmat em-

ployee must receive the training re-

quired by this subpart at least once

every three years. For in-depth secu-

rity training required under paragraph

(a)(5) of this section, a hazmat em-

ployee must be trained at least once

every three years or, if the security

plan for which training is required is

revised during the three-year recurrent

training cycle, within 90 days of imple-

mentation of the revised plan.

(3) Relevant Training. Relevant train-

ing received from a previous employer

or other source may be used to satisfy

the requirements of this subpart pro-

vided a current record of training is ob-

tained from hazmat employees’ pre-

vious employer.

(4) Compliance. Each hazmat em-

ployer is responsible for compliance

with the requirements of this sub-

chapter regardless of whether the

training required by this subpart has

been completed.

(d) Recordkeeping. A record of current

training, inclusive of the preceding

three years, in accordance with this

section shall be created and retained

by each hazmat employer for as long as

that employee is employed by that em-

ployer as a hazmat employee and for 90

days thereafter. The record shall in-

clude:

(1) The hazmat employee’s name;

(2) The most recent training comple-

tion date of the hazmat employee’s

training;

(3) A description, copy, or the loca-

tion of the training materials used to

meet the requirements in paragraph (a)

of this section;

(4) The name and address of the per-

son providing the training; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00421 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

412

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.800

(5) Certification that the hazmat em-

ployee has been trained and tested, as

required by this subpart.

(e) Limitations. The following limita-

tions apply:

(1) A hazmat employee who repairs,

modifies, reconditions, or tests pack-

agings, as qualified for use in the

transportation of hazardous materials,

and who does not perform any other

function subject to the requirements of

this subchapter, is not subject to the

training requirement of paragraph

(a)(3) of this section.

(2) A railroad maintenance-of-way

employee or railroad signalman, who

does not perform any function subject

to the requirements of this subchapter,

is not subject to the training require-

ments of paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(4), or

(a)(5) of this section. Initial training

for a railroad maintenance-of-way em-

ployee or railroad signalman in accord-

ance with this section must be com-

pleted by October 1, 2006.

[Amdt. 172–126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992, as

amended by Amdt. 172–126, 58 FR 5851, Jan.

22, 1993; Amdt. 172–145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21,

1995; Amdt. 172–149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996;

65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 14521, Mar.

25, 2003; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4716,

Jan. 28, 2008; 73 FR 57005, Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR

10988, Mar. 9, 2010; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011]

Subpart I—Safety and Security

Plans

OURCE

: 68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, unless

otherwise noted.

§ 172.800 Purpose and applicability.

(a) Purpose. This subpart prescribes

requirements for development and im-

plementation of plans to address secu-

rity risks related to the transportation

of hazardous materials in commerce.

(b) Applicability. Each person who of-

fers for transportation in commerce or

transports in commerce one or more of

the following hazardous materials

must develop and adhere to a transpor-

tation security plan for hazardous ma-

terials that conforms to the require-

ments of this subpart. As used in this

section, ‘‘large bulk quantity’’ refers to

a quantity greater than 3,000 kg (6,614

pounds) for solids or 3,000 liters (792

gallons) for liquids and gases in a sin-

gle packaging such as a cargo tank

motor vehicle, portable tank, tank car,

or other bulk container.

(1) Any quantity of a Division 1.1, 1.2,

or 1.3 material;

(2) A quantity of a Division 1.4, 1.5, or

1.6 material requiring placarding in ac-

cordance with subpart F of this part;

(3) A large bulk quantity of Division

2.1 material;

(4) A large bulk quantity of Division

2.2 material with a subsidiary hazard of

5.1;

(5) Any quantity of a material poi-

sonous by inhalation, as defined in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter;

(6) A large bulk quantity of a Class 3

material meeting the criteria for Pack-

ing Group I or II;

(7) A quantity of desensitized explo-

sives meeting the definition of Division

4.1 or Class 3 material requiring

placarding in accordance with subpart

F of this part;

(8) A large bulk quantity of a Divi-

sion 4.2 material meeting the criteria

for Packing Group I or II;

(9) A quantity of a Division 4.3 mate-

rial requiring placarding in accordance

with subpart F of this part;

(10) A large bulk quantity of a Divi-

sion 5.1 material in Packing Groups I

and II; perchlorates; or ammonium ni-

trate, ammonium nitrate fertilizers, or

ammonium nitrate emulsions, suspen-

sions, or gels;

(11) Any quantity of organic per-

oxide, Type B, liquid or solid, tempera-

ture controlled;

(12) A large bulk quantity of Division

6.1 material (for a material poisonous

by inhalation see paragraph (5) above);

(13) A select agent or toxin regulated

by the Centers for Disease Control and

Prevention under 42 CFR part 73 or the

United States Department of Agri-

culture under 9 CFR part 121;

(14) A quantity of uranium

hexafluoride requiring placarding

under § 172.505(b);

(15) International Atomic Energy

Agency (IAEA) Code of Conduct Cat-

egory 1 and 2 materials including High-

way Route Controlled quantities as de-

fined in 49 CFR 173.403 or known radio-

nuclides in forms listed as RAM–QC by

the Nuclear Regulatory Commission;

(16) A large bulk quantity of Class 8

material meeting the criteria for Pack-

ing Group I.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00422 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

413

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.804

ties of a farmer, who generates less

than $500,000 annually in gross receipts

from the sale of agricultural commod-

ities or products, are not subject to

this subpart if such activities are:

(1) Conducted by highway or rail;

(2) In direct support of their farming

operations; and

(3) Conducted within a 150-mile ra-

dius of those operations.

[68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, as amended at 70

FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2,

2006; 75 FR 10988, Mar. 9, 2010; 75 FR 53597,

Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 172.802 Components of a security

plan.

(a) The security plan must include an

assessment of transportation security

risks for shipments of the hazardous

materials listed in § 172.800, including

site-specific or location-specific risks

associated with facilities at which the

hazardous materials listed in § 172.800

are prepared for transportation, stored,

or unloaded incidental to movement,

and appropriate measures to address

the assessed risks. Specific measures

put into place by the plan may vary

commensurate with the level of threat

at a particular time. At a minimum, a

security plan must include the fol-

lowing elements:

(1) Personnel security. Measures to

confirm information provided by job

applicants hired for positions that in-

volve access to and handling of the haz-

ardous materials covered by the secu-

rity plan. Such confirmation system

must be consistent with applicable

Federal and State laws and require-

ments concerning employment prac-

tices and individual privacy.

(2) Unauthorized access. Measures to

address the assessed risk that unau-

thorized persons may gain access to

the hazardous materials covered by the

security plan or transport conveyances

being prepared for transportation of

the hazardous materials covered by the

security plan.

(3) En route security. Measures to ad-

dress the assessed security risks of

shipments of hazardous materials cov-

ered by the security plan en route from

origin to destination, including ship-

ments stored incidental to movement.

(b) The security plan must also in-

clude the following:

(1) Identification by job title of the

senior management official responsible

for overall development and implemen-

tation of the security plan;

(2) Security duties for each position

or department that is responsible for

implementing the plan or a portion of

the plan and the process of notifying

employees when specific elements of

the security plan must be imple-

mented; and

(3) A plan for training hazmat em-

ployees in accordance with § 172.704

(a)(4) and (a)(5) of this part.

transportation security risk assess-

ment developed in accordance with

paragraph (a) of this section, must be

in writing and must be retained for as

long as it remains in effect. The secu-

rity plan must be reviewed at least an-

nually and revised and/or updated as

necessary to reflect changing cir-

cumstances. The most recent version of

the security plan, or portions thereof,

must be available to the employees

who are responsible for implementing

it, consistent with personnel security

clearance or background investigation

restrictions and a demonstrated need

to know. When the security plan is up-

dated or revised, all employees respon-

sible for implementing it must be noti-

fied and all copies of the plan must be

maintained as of the date of the most

recent revision.

(d) Each person required to develop

and implement a security plan in ac-

cordance with this subpart must main-

tain a copy of the security plan (or an

electronic file thereof) that is acces-

sible at, or through, its principal place

of business and must make the security

plan available upon request, at a rea-

sonable time and location, to an au-

thorized official of the Department of

Transportation or the Department of

Homeland Security.

[68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, as amended at 75

FR 10989, Mar. 9, 2010]

§ 172.804 Relationship to other Federal

requirements.

To avoid unnecessary duplication of

security requirements, security plans

that conform to regulations, standards,

protocols, or guidelines issued by other

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00423 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

414

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.820

Federal agencies, international organi-

zations, or industry organizations may

be used to satisfy the requirements in

this subpart, provided such security

plans address the requirements speci-

fied in this subpart.

§ 172.820 Additional planning require-

ments for transportation by rail.

(a) General. Each rail carrier trans-

porting in commerce one or more of

the following materials is subject to

the additional safety and security plan-

ning requirements of this section:

(1) More than 2,268 kg (5,000 lbs) in a

single carload of a Division 1.1, 1.2 or

1.3 explosive;

(2) A quantity of a material poi-

sonous by inhalation in a single bulk

packaging; or

(3) A highway route-controlled quan-

tity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material,

as defined in § 173.403 of this sub-

chapter.

(b) Not later than 90 days after the

end of each calendar year, a rail carrier

must compile commodity data for the

previous calendar year for the mate-

rials listed in paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion. The following stipulations apply

to data collected:

(1) Commodity data must be col-

lected by route, a line segment or se-

ries of line segments as aggregated by

the rail carrier. Within the rail carrier

selected route, the commodity data

must identify the geographic location

of the route and the total number of

shipments by UN identification number

for the materials specified in para-

graph (a) of this section.

(2) A carrier may compile commodity

data, by UN number, for all Class 7 ma-

terials transported (instead of only

highway route controlled quantities of

Class 7 materials) and for all Division

6.1 materials transported (instead of

only Division 6.1 poison inhalation haz-

ard materials).

For each calendar year, a rail carrier

must analyze the safety and security

risks for the transportation route(s),

identified in the commodity data col-

lected as required by paragraph (b) of

this section. The route analysis must

be in writing and include the factors

contained in Appendix D to this part,

as applicable.

(1) The safety and security risks

present must be analyzed for the route

and railroad facilities along the route.

For purposes of this section, railroad

facilities are railroad property includ-

ing, but not limited to, classification

and switching yards, storage facilities,

and non-private sidings. This term does

not include an offeror’s facility, pri-

vate track, private siding, or con-

signee’s facility.

(2) In performing the analysis re-

quired by this paragraph, the rail car-

rier must seek relevant information

from state, local, and tribal officials,

as appropriate, regarding security risks

to high-consequence targets along or in

proximity to the route(s) utilized. If a

rail carrier is unable to acquire rel-

evant information from state, local, or

tribal officials, then it must document

that in its analysis. For purposes of

this section, a high-consequence target

means a property, natural resource, lo-

cation, area, or other target designated

by the Secretary of Homeland Security

that is a viable terrorist target of na-

tional significance, the attack of which

by railroad could result in catastrophic

loss of life, significant damage to na-

tional security or defense capabilities,

or national economic harm.

(d) Alternative route analysis. (1) For

each calendar year, a rail carrier must

identify practicable alternative routes

over which it has authority to operate,

if an alternative exists, as an alter-

native route for each of the transpor-

tation routes analyzed in accordance

with paragraph (c) of this section. The

carrier must perform a safety and secu-

rity risk assessment of the alternative

routes for comparison to the route

analysis prescribed in paragraph (c) of

this section. The alternative route

analysis must be in writing and include

the criteria in Appendix D of this part.

When determining practicable alter-

native routes, the rail carrier must

consider the use of interchange agree-

ments with other rail carriers. The

written alternative route analysis

must also consider:

(i) Safety and security risks pre-

sented by use of the alternative

route(s);

(ii) Comparison of the safety and se-

curity risks of the alternative(s) to the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00424 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

415

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.820

primary rail transportation route, in-

cluding the risk of a catastrophic re-

lease from a shipment traveling along

each route;

(iii) Any remediation or mitigation

measures implemented on the primary

or alternative route(s); and

(iv) Potential economic effects of

using the alternative route(s), includ-

ing but not limited to the economics of

the commodity, route, and customer

relationship.

(2) In performing the analysis re-

quired by this paragraph, the rail car-

rier should seek relevant information

from state, local, and tribal officials,

as appropriate, regarding security risks

to high-consequence targets along or in

proximity to the alternative routes. If

a rail carrier determines that it is not

appropriate to seek such relevant in-

formation, then it must explain its rea-

soning for that determination in its

analysis.

(e) Route Selection. A carrier must use

the analysis performed as required by

paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to

select the route to be used in moving

the materials covered by paragraph (a)

of this section. The carrier must con-

sider any remediation measures imple-

mented on a route. Using this process,

the carrier must at least annually re-

view and select the practicable route

posing the least overall safety and se-

curity risk. The rail carrier must re-

tain in writing all route review and se-

lection decision documentation and re-

strict the distribution, disclosure, and

availability of information contained

in the route analysis to covered per-

sons with a need-to-know, as described

in parts 15 and 1520 of this title. This

documentation should include, but is

not limited to, comparative analyses,

charts, graphics or rail system maps.

(f) Completion of route analysis. (1) The

rail transportation route analysis, al-

ternative route analysis, and route se-

lection process required under para-

graphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section

must be completed no later than the

end of the calendar year following the

year to which the analyses apply.

(2) The initial analysis and route se-

lection determinations required under

paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this sec-

tion must include a comprehensive re-

view of the entire system. Subsequent

analyses and route selection deter-

minations required under paragraphs

(c), (d), and (e) of this section must in-

clude a comprehensive, system-wide re-

view of all operational changes, infra-

structure modifications, traffic adjust-

ments, changes in the nature of high-

consequence targets located along, or

in proximity to, the route, and any

other changes affecting the safety or

security of the movements of the mate-

rials specified in paragraph (a) of this

section that were implemented during

the calendar year.

(3) A rail carrier need not perform a

rail transportation route analysis, al-

ternative route analysis, or route se-

lection process for any hazardous ma-

terial other than the materials speci-

fied in paragraph (a) of this section.

(g) Rail carrier point of contact on rout-

ing issues. Each rail carrier must iden-

tify a point of contact (including the

name, title, phone number and e-mail

address) on routing issues involving

the movement of materials covered by

this section in its security plan and

provide this information to:

(1) State and/or regional Fusion Cen-

ters that have been established to co-

ordinate with state, local and tribal of-

ficials on security issues and which are

located within the area encompassed

by the rail carrier’s rail system; and

(2) State, local, and tribal officials in

jurisdictions that may be affected by a

rail carrier’s routing decisions and who

directly contact the railroad to discuss

routing decisions.

(h) Storage, delays in transit, and noti-

fication. With respect to the materials

specified in paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion, each rail carrier must ensure the

safety and security plan it develops

and implements under this subpart in-

cludes all of the following:

(1) A procedure under which the rail

carrier must consult with offerors and

consignees in order to develop meas-

ures for minimizing, to the extent

practicable, the duration of any stor-

age of the material incidental to move-

ment (see § 171.8 of this subchapter).

(2) Measures to prevent unauthorized

access to the materials during storage

or delays in transit.

(3) Measures to mitigate risk to pop-

ulation centers associated with in-

transit storage.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00425 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

416

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 172.822

(4) Measures to be taken in the event

of an escalating threat level for mate-

rials stored in transit.

(5) Procedures for notifying the con-

signee in the event of a significant

delay during transportation; such noti-

fication must be completed within 48

hours after the carrier has identified

the delay and must include a revised

delivery schedule. A significant delay

is one that compromises the safety or

security of the hazardous material or

delays the shipment beyond its normal

expected or planned shipping time. No-

tification should be made by a method

acceptable to both the rail carrier and

consignee.

(i) Recordkeeping. (1) Each rail carrier

must maintain a copy of the informa-

tion specified in paragraphs (b), (c), (d),

(e), and (f) of this section (or an elec-

tronic image thereof) that is accessible

at, or through, its principal place of

business and must make the record

available upon request, at a reasonable

time and location, to an authorized of-

ficial of the Department of Transpor-

tation or the Department of Homeland

Security. Records must be retained for

a minimum of two years.

(2) Each rail carrier must restrict the

distribution, disclosure, and avail-

ability of information collected or de-

veloped in accordance with paragraphs

(c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section to

covered persons with a need-to-know,

as described in parts 15 and 1520 of this

title.

(j) Compliance and enforcement. If the

carrier’s route selection documenta-

tion and underlying analyses are found

to be deficient, the carrier may be re-

quired to revise the analyses or make

changes in route selection. If DOT finds

that a chosen route is not the safest

and most secure practicable route

available, the FRA Associate Adminis-

trator for Safety, in consultation with

TSA, may require the use of an alter-

native route. Prior to making such a

determination, FRA and TSA will con-

sult with the Surface Transportation

Board (STB) regarding whether the

contemplated alternative route(s)

would be economically practicable.

[73 FR 20771, April 16, 2008, as amended at 73

FR 72193, Dec. 26, 2008; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13,

2011]

§ 172.822 Limitation on actions by

states, local governments, and In-

dian tribes.

A law, order, or other directive of a

state, political subdivision of a state,

or an Indian tribe that designates, lim-

its, or prohibits the use of a rail line

(other than a rail line owned by a

state, political subdivision of a state,

or an Indian tribe) for the transpor-

tation of hazardous materials, includ-

ing, but not limited to, the materials

specified in § 172.820(a), is preempted. 49

U.S.C. 5125, 20106.

[73 FR 20772, April 16, 2008]

PPENDIX

ART

172—O

FFICE OF

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

RANSPOR

TATION

OLOR

OLERANCE

HARTS

AND

ABLES

The following are Munsell notations and

Commission Internationale de L’Eclairage

(CIE) coordinates which describe the Office

of Hazardous Materials Transportation Label

and Placard Color Tolerance Charts in tables

1 and 2, and the CIE coordinates for the color

tolerances specified in table 3. Central colors

and tolerances described in table 2 approxi-

mate those described in table 1 while allow-

ing for differences in production methods

and materials used to manufacture labels

and placards surfaced with printing inks.

Primarily, the color charts based on table 1

are for label or placard colors applied as

opaque coatings such as paint, enamel or

plastic, whereas color charts based on table

2 are intended for use with labels and plac-

ards surfaced only with inks.

For labels printed directly on packaging

surfaces, table 3 may be used, although com-

pliance with either table 1 or table 2 is suffi-

cient. However, if visual reference indicates

that the colors of labels printed directly on

package surfaces are outside the table 1 or 2

tolerances, a spectrophotometer or other in-

strumentation may be required to insure

compliance with table 3.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00426 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

417

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 172, App. A

ABLE

1—S

PECIFICATIONS FOR

OLOR

OLERANCE

HARTS FOR

ITH

ABELS AND

LACARDS

URFACED

ITH

AINT

, L

ACQUER

, E

NAMEL

, P

LASTIC

, O

THER

PAQUE

OATINGS

Color Munsell notations

CIE data for source C

Y x y

Red:

Central color ................................................................ 7.5R 4.0/14 .................................... 12.00 .5959 .3269

Orange ......................................................................... 8.5R 4.0/14 .................................... 12.00 .6037 .3389

Purple and vivid ........................................................... 6.5R 4.0/14 .................................... 12.00 .5869 .3184

Grayish ........................................................................ 7.5R 4.0/12 .................................... 12.00 .5603 .3321

Vivid ............................................................................. 7.5R 4.0/16 .................................... 12.00 .6260 .3192

Light ............................................................................. 7.5R 4.5/14 .................................... 15.57 .5775 .3320

Dark ............................................................................. 7. 5R 3.5/14 ................................... 09.00 .6226 .3141

Orange:

Central color ................................................................ 5.OYR 6.0/15 ................................. 30.05 .5510 .4214

Yellow and Grayish ..................................................... 6.25YR 6.0/15 ................................ 30.05 .5452 .4329

Red and vivid .............................................................. 3.75YR 6.0/15 ................................ 30.05 .5552 .4091

Grayish ........................................................................ 5.OYR 6.0/13 ................................. 30.05 .5311 .4154

Vivid ............................................................................. 5.OYR 6.0/16 ................................. 30.05 .5597 .4239

Light ............................................................................. 5.OYR 6.5/15 ................................. 36.20 .5427 .4206

Dark ............................................................................. 5.OYR 5.5/15 ................................. 24.58 .5606 .4218

Yellow:

Central color ................................................................ 5.OY 8.0/12 .................................... 59.10 .4562 .4788

Green ........................................................................... 6.5Y 8.0/12 ..................................... 59.10 .4498 .4865

Orange and vivid ......................................................... 3.5Y 8.0/12 ..................................... 59.10 .4632 .4669

Grayish ........................................................................ 5.OY 8.0/10 .................................... 59.10 .4376 .4601

Vivid ............................................................................. 5.OY 8.0/14 .................................... 59.10 .4699 .4920

Light ............................................................................. 5.OY 8.5/12 .................................... 68.40 .4508 .4754

Dark ............................................................................. 5.OY 7.5/12 .................................... 50.68 .4620 .4823

Green:

Central color ................................................................ 7.5G 4.0/9 ...................................... 12.00 .2111 .4121

Bluish ........................................................................... 0.5BG 4.0/9 .................................... 12.00 .1974 .3809

Green-yellow ............................................................... 5.0G 4.0/9 ...................................... 12.00 .2237 .4399

Grayish A ..................................................................... 7.5G 4.0/7 ...................................... 12.00 .2350 .3922

Grayish B

................................................................... 7.5G 4.0/6 ...................................... 12.00 .2467 .3822

Vivid ............................................................................. 7.5G 4.0/11 .................................... 12.00 .1848 .4319

Light ............................................................................. 7.5G 4.5/9 ...................................... 15.57 .2204 .4060

Dark ............................................................................. 7.5G 3.5/9 ...................................... 09.00 .2027 .4163

Blue:

Central color ................................................................ 2.5PB 3.5/10 .................................. 09.00 .1691 .1744

Purple .......................................................................... 4.5PB 3.5/10 .................................. 09.00 .1796 .1711

Green and vivid ........................................................... 10.0B 3.5/10 ................................... 09.00 .1557 .1815

Grayish ........................................................................ 2.5PB 3.5/8 .................................... 09.00 .1888 .1964

Vivid ............................................................................. 2.5PB 3.5/12 .................................. 09.00 .1516 .1547

Light ............................................................................. 2.5PB 4.0/10 .................................. 12.00 .1805 .1888

Dark ............................................................................. 2.5PB 3.0/10 .................................. 06.55 .1576 .1600

Purple:

Central color ................................................................ 10.0P 4.5/10 ................................... 15.57 .3307 .2245

Reddish purple ............................................................ 2.5RP 4.5/10 .................................. 15.57 .3584 .2377

Blue purple .................................................................. 7.5P 4.5/10 ..................................... 15.57 .3068 .2145

Reddish gray ............................................................... 10.0P 4.5/8 ..................................... 15.57 .3280 .2391

Gray

........................................................................... 10.0P 4.5/6.5 .................................. 15.57 .3254 .2519

Vivid ............................................................................. 10.0P 4.5/12 ................................... 15.57 .3333 .2101

Light ............................................................................. 10.0P 5.0/10 ................................... 19.77 .3308 .2328

Dark ............................................................................. 10.0P 4.0/10 ................................... 12.00 .3306 .2162

Maximum chroma is not limited.

For the colors green and purple, the minimum saturation (chroma) limits for porcelain enamel on metal are lower than for

most other surface coatings. Therefore, the minimum chroma limits of these two colors as displayed on the Charts for compari-

son to porcelain enamel on metal is low, as shown for green (grayish B) and purple (gray).

OTE

: CIE=Commission Internationale de L’Eclairage.

ABLE

2—S

PECIFICATIONS FOR

OLOR

OLERANCE

HARTS FOR

ITH

ABELS AND

LACARDS

URFACED

ITH

Color/series Munsell notation

CIE data for source C

Y x y

Red:

Central series:

Central color ................................................................ 6.8R 4.47/12.8 ............................... 15.34 .5510 .3286

Grayish ........................................................................ 7.2R 4.72/12.2 ............................... 17.37 .5368 .3348

Purple .......................................................................... 6.4R 4.49/12.7 ............................... 15.52 .5442 .3258

Purple and vivid ........................................................... 6.1R 4.33/13.1 ............................... 14.25 .5529 .3209

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00427 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

418

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 172, App. A

ABLE

2—S

PECIFICATIONS FOR

OLOR

OLERANCE

HARTS FOR

ITH

ABELS AND

LACARDS

URFACED

ITH

—Continued

Color/series Munsell notation

CIE data for source C

Y x y

Vivid ............................................................................. 6.7R 4.29/13.2 ............................... 13.99 .5617 .3253

Orange ......................................................................... 7.3R 4.47/12.8 ............................... 15.34 .5572 .3331

Orange and grayish ..................................................... 7.65R 4.70/12.4 ............................. 17.20 .5438 .3382

Light series:

Light ............................................................................. 7.0R 4.72/13.2 ............................... 17.32 .5511 .3322

Light and orange ......................................................... 7.4R 4.96/12.6 ............................... 19.38 .5365 .3382

Light and purple .......................................................... 6.6R 4.79/12.9 ............................... 17.94 .5397 .3289

Dark series:

Dark A ......................................................................... 6.7R 4.19/12.5 ............................... 13.30 .5566 .3265

Dark B ......................................................................... 7.0R 4.25/12.35 ............................. 13.72 .5522 .3294

Dark and purple ........................................................... 7.5R 4.23/12.4 ............................... 13.58 .5577 .3329

Orange:

Central series:

Central color ......................................................... 5.0YR 6.10/12.15 ........................... 31.27 .5193 .4117

Yellow and grayish A ........................................... 5.8YR 6.22/11.7 ............................. 32.69 .5114 .4155

Yellow and grayish B ........................................... 6.1YR 6.26/11.85 ........................... 33.20 .5109 .4190

Vivid ...................................................................... 5.1YR 6.07/12.3 ............................. 30.86 .5226 .4134

Red and vivid A .................................................... 3.9YR 5.87/12.75 ........................... 28.53 .5318 .4038

Red and vivid B .................................................... 3.6YR 5.91/12.6 ............................. 29.05 .5291 .4021

Grayish ................................................................. 4.9YR 6.10/11.9 ............................. 31.22 .5170 .4089

Light series:

Light and vivid A .......................................................... 5.8YR 6.78/12.7 ............................. 39.94 .5120 .4177

Light and yellow .......................................................... 6.0YR 6.80/12.8 ............................. 40.20 .5135 .4198

Light and vivid B .......................................................... 4.9YR 6.60/12.9 ............................. 37.47 .5216 .4126

Dark series:

Dark and yellow ........................................................... 5.8YR 5.98/11.0 ............................. 29.87 .5052 .4132

Dark A ......................................................................... 5.1YR 5.80/11.1 ............................. 27.80 .5127 .4094

Dark B ......................................................................... 5.0YR 5.80/11.0 ............................. 27.67 .5109 .4068

Yellow:

Central series:

Central color ......................................................... 4.3Y 7.87/10.3 ................................ 56.81 .4445 .4589

Vivid A .................................................................. 4.5Y 7.82/10.8 ................................ 55.92 .4503 .4658

Vivid B .................................................................. 3.3Y 7.72/11.35 .............................. 54.24 .4612 .4624

Vivid and orange .................................................. 3.2Y 7.72/10.8 ................................ 54.25 .4576 .4572

Grayish A ............................................................. 4.1Y 7.95/9.7 .................................. 58.18 .4380 .4516

Grayish B ............................................................. 5.1Y 8.06/9.05 ................................ 60.12 .4272 .4508

Green-yellow ........................................................ 5.2Y 7.97/9.9 .................................. 58.53 .4356 .4605

Light series:

Light ............................................................................. 5.4Y 8.59/10.5 ................................ 70.19 .4351 .4628

Light and green-yellow ................................................ 5.4Y 8.56/11.2 ................................ 69.59 .4414 .4692

Light and vivid ............................................................. 4.4Y 8.45/11.4 ................................ 67.42 .4490 .4662

Dark series:

Dark and green-yellow ................................................ 4.4Y 7.57/9.7 .................................. 51.82 .4423 .4562

Dark and orange A ...................................................... 3.4Y 7.39/10.4 ................................ 48.86 .4584 .4590

Dark and orange B ...................................................... 3.5Y 7.41/10.0 ................................ 49.20 .4517 .4544

Green:

Central series:

Central color ......................................................... 9.75G 4.26/7.75 ............................. 13.80 .2214 .3791

Grayish ................................................................. 10G 4.46/7.5 .................................. 15.25 .2263 .3742

Blue A ................................................................... 1.4BG 4.20/7.4 ............................... 13.36 .2151 .3625

Blue B ................................................................... 1.0BG 4.09/7.75 ............................. 12.60 .2109 .3685

Vivid ...................................................................... 8.4G 4.09/8.05 ............................... 12.59 .2183 .3954

Vivid green-yellow ................................................ 7.0G 4.23/8.0 ................................. 13.54 .2292 .4045

Green-yellow ........................................................ 7.85G 4.46/7.7 ............................... 15.23 .2313 .3914

Light series:

Light and vivid ............................................................. 9.5G 4.45/8.8 ................................. 15.21 .2141 .3863

Light and blue .............................................................. 0.2BG 4.31/8.8 ............................... 14.12 .2069 .3814

Light and green-yellow ................................................ 8.3G 4.29/9.05 ............................... 14.01 .2119 .4006

Dark series:

Dark and green-yellow ................................................ 7.1G 4.08/7.1 ................................. 12.55 .2354 .3972

Dark and grayish ......................................................... 9.5G 4.11/6.9 ................................. 12.70 .2282 .3764

Dark ............................................................................. 8.5G 3.97/7.2 ................................. 11.78 .2269 .3874

Blue:

Central series:

Central color ......................................................... 3.5PB 3.94/9.7 ............................... 11.58 .1885 .1911

Green and grayish A ............................................ 2.0PB 4.35/8.7 ............................... 14.41 .1962 .2099

Green and grayish B ............................................ 1.7PB 4.22/9.0 ............................... 13.50 .1898 .2053

Vivid ...................................................................... 2.9PB 3.81/9.7 ............................... 10.78 .1814 .1852

Purple and vivid A ................................................ 4.7PB 3.53/10.0 ............................. 9.15 .1817 .1727

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00428 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

419

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 172, App. B

ABLE

2—S

PECIFICATIONS FOR

OLOR

OLERANCE

HARTS FOR

ITH

ABELS AND

LACARDS

URFACED

ITH

—Continued

Color/series Munsell notation

CIE data for source C

Y x y

Purple and vivid B ................................................ 5.0PB 3.71/9.9 ............................... 10.20 .1888 .1788

Grayish ................................................................. 3.75PB 4.03/9.1 ............................. 12.17 .1943 .1961

Light series:

Light and green A ........................................................ 1.7PB 4.32/9.2 ............................... 14.22 .1904 .2056

Light and green B ........................................................ 1.5PB 4.11/9.6 ............................... 12.72 .1815 .1971

Light and vivid ............................................................. 3.2PB 3.95/10.05 ........................... 11.70 .1831 .1868

Dark series:

Dark and grayish ......................................................... 3.9PB 4.01/8.7 ............................... 12.04 .1982 .1992

Dark and purple A ....................................................... 4.8PB 3.67/9.3 ............................... 9.95 .1918 .1831

Dark and purple B ....................................................... 5.2PB 3.80/9.05 ............................. 10.76 .1985 .1885

Purple:

Central series:

Central color ......................................................... 9.5P 4.71/11.3 ................................ 17.25 .3274 .2165

Red ....................................................................... 1.0RP 5.31/10.8 ............................. 22.70 .3404 .2354

Red and vivid A .................................................... 1.4RP 5.00/11.9 ............................. 19.78 .3500 .2274

Red and vivid B .................................................... 0.2RP 4.39/12.5 ............................. 14.70 .3365 .2059

Vivid ...................................................................... 8.0P 4.04/12.0 ................................ 12.23 .3098 .1916

Blue ...................................................................... 7.0P 4.39/10.8 ................................ 14.71 .3007 .2037

Grayish ................................................................. 8.8P 5.00/10.3 ................................ 19.73 .3191 .2251

Light series:

Light and red A ............................................................ 0.85RP 5.56/11.1 ........................... 25.18 .3387 .2356

Light and red B ............................................................ 1.1RP 5.27/12.3 ............................. 22.27 .3460 .2276

Light and vivid ............................................................. 9.2P 4.94/11.95 .............................. 19.24 .3247 .2163

Dark series:

Dark and grayish ......................................................... 9.6P 4.70/10.9 ................................ 17.19 .3283 .2204

Dark and vivid ............................................................. 8.4P 4.05/11.6 ................................ 12.35 .3144 .1970

Dark and blue .............................................................. 7.5P 4.32/10.5 ................................ 14.19 .3059 .2078

ABLE

3—S

PECIFICATION FOR

OLORS FOR

ITH

ABELS

RINTED ON

ACKAGINGS

URFACES

CIE data for source C Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple

x ................................................................................................. .424 .460 .417 .228 .200 .377

y ................................................................................................. .306 .370 .392 .354 .175 .205

x ................................................................................................. .571 .543 .490 .310 .255 .377

y ................................................................................................. .306 .400 .442 .354 .250 .284

x ................................................................................................. .424 .445 .390 .228 .177 .342

y ................................................................................................. .350 .395 .430 .403 .194 .205

x ................................................................................................. .571 .504 .440 .310 .230 .342

y ................................................................................................. .350 .430 .492 .403 .267 .284

Y (high) ...................................................................................... 23.0 41.6 72.6 20.6 15.9 21.2

Y (low) ....................................................................................... 7.7 19.5 29.1 7.4 6.5 8.2

[Amdt. 172–50, 44 FR 9757, Feb. 15, 1979; Amdt. 172–50, 44 FR 10984, Feb. 26, 1979, as amended

by Amdt. 172–50, 44 FR 22467, Apr. 16, 1979; 50 FR 45731, Nov. 1, 1985; Amdt. 172–127, 59 FR 49133,

Sept. 26, 1994]

PPENDIX

ART

172—T

REFOIL

YMBOL

1. Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this

appendix, the trefoil symbol required for RA-

DIOACTIVE labels and placards and required

to be marked on certain packages of Class 7

materials must conform to the design and

size requirements of this appendix.

2. RADIOACTIVE labels and placards that

were printed prior to April 1, 1996, in con-

formance with the requirements of this sub-

chapter in effect on March 30, 1996, may con-

tinue to be used.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00429 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

420

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 172, App. B

1=Radius of Circle—

Minimum dimensions

4 mm (0.16 inch) for markings and labels

12.5 mm (0.5 inch) for placards

2=1

⁄

Radii

3=5 radii for markings and labels

⁄

radii for placards.

[60 FR 50306, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by

172–143, 61 FR 20750, May 8, 1996]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00430 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER28SE95.005</GPH>

421

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 172, App. D

PPENDIX

ART

172—D

IMENSIONAL

PECIFICATIONS FOR

ECOMMENDED

LACARD

OLDER

PPENDIX

ART

172—R

AIL

ISK

NALYSIS

ACTORS

A. This appendix sets forth the minimum

criteria that must be considered by rail car-

riers when performing the safety and secu-

rity risk analyses required by § 172.820. The

risk analysis to be performed may be quan-

titative, qualitative, or a combination of

both. In addition to clearly identifying the

hazardous material(s) and route(s) being ana-

lyzed, the analysis must provide a thorough

description of the threats, identified

vulnerabilities, and mitigation measures im-

plemented to address identified

vulnerabilities.

B. In evaluating the safety and security of

hazardous materials transport, selection of

the route for transportation is critical. For

the purpose of rail transportation route

analysis, as specified in § 172.820(c) and (d), a

route may include the point where the car-

rier takes possession of the material and all

track and railroad facilities up to the point

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00431 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.061</GPH>

422

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 173

where the material is relinquished to an-

other entity. Railroad facilities are railroad

property including, but not limited to, clas-

sification and switching yards, storage fa-

cilities, and non-private sidings; however,

they do not include an offeror’s facility, pri-

vate track, private siding, or consignee’s fa-

cility. Each rail carrier must use best efforts

to communicate with its shippers, con-

signees, and interlining partners to ensure

the safety and security of shipments during

all stages of transportation.

C. Because of the varying operating envi-

ronments and interconnected nature of the

rail system, each carrier must select and

document the analysis method/model used

and identify the routes to be analyzed.

D. The safety and security risk analysis

must consider current data and information

as well as changes that may reasonably be

anticipated to occur during the analysis

year. Factors to be considered in the per-

formance of this safety and security risk

analysis include:

1. Volume of hazardous material trans-

ported;

2. Rail traffic density;

3. Trip length for route;

4. Presence and characteristics of railroad

facilities;

5. Track type, class, and maintenance

schedule;

6. Track grade and curvature;

7. Presence or absence of signals and train

control systems along the route (‘‘dark’’

versus signaled territory);

8. Presence or absence of wayside hazard

detectors;

9. Number and types of grade crossings;

10. Single versus double track territory;

11. Frequency and location of track turn-

outs;

12. Proximity to iconic targets;

13. Environmentally sensitive or signifi-

cant areas;

14. Population density along the route;

15. Venues along the route (stations,

events, places of congregation);

16. Emergency response capability along

the route;

17. Areas of high consequence along the

route, including high consequence targets as

defined in § 172.820(c);

18. Presence of passenger traffic along

route (shared track);

19. Speed of train operations;

20. Proximity to en-route storage or repair

facilities;

21. Known threats, including any non-pub-

lic threat scenarios provided by the Depart-

ment of Homeland Security or the Depart-

ment of Transportation for carrier use in the

development of the route assessment;

22. Measures in place to address apparent

safety and security risks;

23. Availability of practicable alternative

routes;

24. Past incidents;

25. Overall times in transit;

26. Training and skill level of crews; and

27. Impact on rail network traffic and con-

gestion.

[73 FR 20772, April 16, 2008]

PART 173—SHIPPERS—GENERAL RE-

QUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS

AND PACKAGINGS

Subpart A—General

Sec.

173.1 Purpose and scope.

173.2 Hazardous materials classes and index

to hazard class definitions.

173.2a Classification of a material having

more than one hazard.

173.3 Packaging and exceptions.

173.4 Small quantity exceptions.

173.4a Excepted quantities.

173.5 Agricultural operations.

173.5a Oilfield service vehicles, mechanical

displacement meter provers, and road-

way striping vehicles exceptions.

173.5b Portable and mobile refrigeration

systems.

173.6 Materials of trade exceptions.

173.7 Government operations and materials.

173.8 Exceptions for non-specification pack-

agings used in intrastate transportation.

173.9 Transport vehicles or freight con-

tainers containing lading which has been

fumigated.

173.10 Tank car shipments.

173.12 Exceptions for shipment of waste ma-

terials.

173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1,

4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Classes 8 and 9 mate-

rials.

Subpart B—Preparation of Hazardous

Materials for Transportation

173.21 Forbidden materials and packages.

173.22 Shipper’s responsibility.

173.22a Use of packagings authorized under

special permits.

173.23 Previously authorized packaging.

173.24 General requirements for packagings

and packages.

173.24a Additional general requirements for

non-bulk packagings and packages.

173.24b Additional general requirements for

bulk packagings.

173.25 Authorized packagings and over-

packs.

173.26 Quantity limitations.

173.27 General requirements for transpor-

tation by aircraft.

173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and remanufac-

ture of packagings.

173.29 Empty packagings.

173.30 Loading and unloading of transport

vehicles.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00432 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

423

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.31 Use of tank cars.

173.32 Requirements for the use of portable

tanks.

173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo tank

motor vehicles.

173.34 [Reserved]

173.35 Hazardous materials in intermediate

bulk containers (IBCs).

173.36 Hazardous materials in Large Pack-

agings.

173.40 General packaging requirements for

toxic materials packaged in cylinders.

Subpart C—Definitions, Classification and

Packaging for Class 1

173.50 Class 1—Definitions.

173.51 Authorization to offer and transport

explosives.

173.52 Classification codes and compat-

ibility groups of explosives.

173.53 Provisions for using old classifica-

tions of explosives.

173.54 Forbidden explosives.

173.55 [Reserved]

173.56 New explosives—Definition and proce-

dures for classification and approval.

173.57 Acceptance criteria for new explo-

sives.

173.58 Assignment of class and division for

new explosives.

173.59 Description of terms for explosives.

173.60 General packaging requirements for

explosives.

173.61 Mixed packaging requirements.

173.62 Specific packaging requirements for

explosives.

173.63 Packaging exceptions.

Subpart D—Definitions, Classification,

Packing Group Assignments and Ex-

ceptions for Hazardous Material Other

Than Class 1 and Class 7

173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3—

Definitions.

173.116 Class 2—Assignment of hazard zone.

173.117–173.119 [Reserved]

173.120 Class 3—Definitions.

173.121 Class 3—Assignment of packing

group.

173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3—

Definitions.

173.125 Class 4—Assignment of packing

group.

173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Definition and

assignment of packing groups.

173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Definitions and

types.

173.129 Class 5, Division 5.2—Assignment of

packing group.

173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Definitions.

173.133 Assignment of packing group and

hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials.

173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Definitions and

exceptions.

173.136 Class 8—Definitions.

173.137 Class 8—Assignment of packing

group.

173.140 Class 9—Definitions.

173.141 Class 9—Assignment of packing

group.

173.144 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)—

Definitions.

173.145 Other Regulated Materials—Assign-

ment of packing group.

173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable

and combustible liquids).

173.151 Exceptions for Class 4.

173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1

(oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic per-

oxides).

173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poi-

sonous materials).

173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive ma-

terials).

173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscella-

neous hazardous materials).

173.156 Exceptions for limited quantity and

ORM.

Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging for Haz-

ardous Materials Other Than Class 1

and Class 7

173.158 Nitric acid.

173.159 Batteries, wet.

173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable bat-

teries.

173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corro-

sive).

173.161 Chemical kits and first aid kits.

173.162 Gallium.

173.163 Hydrogen fluoride.

173.164 Mercury (metallic and articles con-

taining mercury).

173.165 Polyester resin kits.

173.166 Air bag inflators, air bag modules

and seat-belt pretensioners.

173.167 Consumer commodities.

173.168 Chemical oxygen generators.

173.170 Black powder for small arms.

173.171 Smokeless powder for small arms.

173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel

tank.

173.173 Paint, paint-related material, adhe-

sives and ink and resins.

173.174 Refrigerating machines.

173.175 Permeation devices.

173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liquids).

173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or more

water wet.

173.183 Nitrocellulose base film.

173.184 Highway or rail fusee.

173.185 Lithium batteries and cells.

173.186 Matches.

173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys,

n.o.s.

173.188 White or yellow phosphorous.

173.189 Batteries containing sodium or cells

containing sodium.

173.192 Packaging for certain toxic gases in

Hazard Zone A.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00433 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

424

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 173

173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bromide,

chloropicrin and methyl bromide or

methyl chloride mixtures, etc.

173.194 Gas identification sets.

173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, sta-

bilized (hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solu-

tion).

173.196 Category A infectious substances.

173.197 Regulated medical waste.

173.198 Nickel carbonyl.

173.199 Category B infectious substances.

173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz-

ardous materials in Packing Group I.

173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz-

ardous materials in Packing Group II.

173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz-

ardous materials in Packing Group III.

173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification pack-

agings for certain hazardous materials.

173.205 Specification cylinders for liquid

hazardous materials.

173.206 Packaging requirements for

chlorosilanes.

173.211 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz-

ardous materials in Packing Group I.

173.212 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz-

ardous materials in Packing Group II.

173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz-

ardous materials in Packing Group III.

173.214 Packagings which require approval

by the Associate Administrator.

173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown, or white.

173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice).

173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap.

173.219 Life-saving appliances.

173.220 Internal combustion engines, self-

propelled vehicles, mechanical equip-

ment containing internal combustion en-

gines, battery-powered equipment or ma-

chinery, fuel cell-powered equipment or

machinery.

173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable and

Plastic molding compound.

173.222 Dangerous good in machinery or ap-

paratus.

173.223 Packagings for certain flammable

solids.

173.224 Packaging and control and emer-

gency temperatures for self-reactive ma-

terials.

173.225 Packaging requirements and other

provisions for organic peroxides.

173.226 Materials poisonous by inhalation,

Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard

Zone A.

173.227 Materials poisonous by inhalation,

Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard

Zone B.

173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or bromine

trifluoride.

173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlorine di-

oxide hydrate, frozen.

173.230 Fuel cell cartridges containing haz-

ardous material.

Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for Hazardous

Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7

173.240 Bulk packaging for certain low haz-

ard solid materials.

173.241 Bulk packagings for certain low haz-

ard liquid and solid materials.

173.242 Bulk packagings for certain medium

hazard liquids and solids, including solids

with dual hazards.

173.243 Bulk packaging for certain high haz-

ard liquids and dual hazard materials

which pose a moderate hazard.

173.244 Bulk packaging for certain

pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), dan-

gerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials,

and poisonous liquids with inhalation

hazards (Division 6.1).

173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely haz-

ardous materials such as poisonous gases

(Division 2.3).

173.247 Bulk packaging for certain elevated

temperature materials.

173.249 Bromine.

Subpart G—Gases; Preparation and

Packaging

173.300 [Reserved]

173.301 General requirements for shipment

of compressed gases and other hazardous

materials in cylinders, UN pressure re-

ceptacles and spherical pressure vessels.

173.301a Additional general requirements

for shipment of specification cylinders.

173.301b Additional general requirements

for shipment of UN pressure receptacles.

173.302 Filling of cylinders with nonlique-

fied (permanent) compressed gases.

173.302a Additional requirements for ship-

ment nonliquefied (permanent) com-

pressed gases in specification cylinders.

173.302b Additional requirements for ship-

ment of non-liquefied (permanent) com-

pressed gases in UN pressure receptacles.

173.303 Charging of cylinders with com-

pressed gas in solution (acetylene).

173.304 Filling of cylinders with liquefied

compressed gases.

173.304a Additional requirements for ship-

ment of liquefied compressed gases in

specification cylinders.

173.304b Additional requirements for ship-

ment of liquefied compressed gases in UN

pressure receptacles.

173.305 Charging of cylinders with a mixture

of compressed gas and other material.

173.306 Limited quantities of compressed

gases.

173.307 Exceptions for compressed gases.

173.308 Cigarette lighter or other similar de-

vice charged with fuel.

173.309 Fire extinguishers.

173.310 Exceptions for radiation detectors.

173.311 Metal hydride storage systems.

173.312 Requirements for shipment of

MEGCs.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00434 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

425

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for Lique-

fied Compressed Gases.

173.314 Compressed gases in tank cars and

multi-unit tank cars.

173.315 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and

portable tanks.

173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cylinders.

173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks.

173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank cars.

173.320 Cryogenic liquids; exceptions.

173.321 Ethylamine.

173.322 Ethyl chloride.

173.323 Ethylene oxide.

173.334 Organic phosphates mixed with com-

pressed gas.

173.335 [Reserved]

173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or

dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied.

173.337 Nitric oxide.

173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride.

173.340 Tear gas devices.

Subpart H [Reserved]

Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials

173.401 Scope.

173.403 Definitions.

173.410 General design requirements.

173.411 Industrial packagings.

173.412 Additional design requirements for

Type A packages.

173.413 Requirements for Type B packages.

173.415 Authorized Type A packages.

173.416 Authorized Type B packages.

173.417 Authorized fissile materials pack-

ages.

173.418 Authorized packages—pyrophoric

Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

173.419 Authorized packages—oxidizing

Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

173.420 Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile

excepted and non-fissile).

173.421 Excepted packages for limited quan-

tities of Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

173.422 Additional requirements for ex-

cepted packages containing Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) materials.

173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard

limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive)

materials.

173.424 Excepted packages for radioactive

instruments and articles.

173.425 Table of activity limits—excepted

quantities and articles.

173.426 Excepted packages for articles con-

taining natural uranium or thorium.

173.427 Transport requirements for low spe-

cific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive)

materials and surface contaminated ob-

jects (SCO).

173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials packaging.

173.431 Activity limits for Type A and Type

B packages.

173.433 Requirements for determining basic

radionuclide values, and for the listing of

radionuclides on shipping papers and la-

bels.

173.434 Activity-mass relationships for ura-

nium and natural thorium.

173.435 Table of A

and A

values for radio-

nuclides.

173.436 Exempt material activity concentra-

tions and exempt consignment activity

limits for radionuclides.

173.441 Radiation level limitations and ex-

clusive use provisions.

173.442 Thermal limitations.

173.443 Contamination control.

173.447 Storage incident to transportation—

general requirements.

173.448 General transportation require-

ments.

173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions.

173.457 Transportation of fissile material

packages—specific requirements.

173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages

with non-fissile or fissile-excepted mate-

rial packages.

173.461 Demonstration of compliance with

tests.

173.462 Preparation of specimens for testing.

173.465 Type A packaging tests.

173.466 Additional tests for Type A pack-

agings designed for liquids and gases.

173.467 Tests for demonstrating the ability

of Type B and fissile materials pack-

agings to withstand accident conditions

in transportation.

173.468 Test for LSA-III material.

173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 (radio-

active) materials.

173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regu-

latory Commission approved packages.

173.472 Requirements for exporting DOT

Specification Type B and fissile pack-

ages.

173.473 Requirements for foreign-made

packages.

173.474 Quality control for construction of

packaging.

173.475 Quality control requirements prior

to each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive)

materials.

173.476 Approval of special form Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) materials.

173.477 Approval of packagings containing

greater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or

fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride.

Subparts J–O [Reserved]

PPENDIX

ART

173 [R

ESERVED

]

PPENDIX

ART

173—P

ROCEDURE FOR

ESTING

HEMICAL

OMPATIBILITY AND

ATE OF

ERMEATION IN

LASTIC

ACK

AGING AND

ECEPTACLES

PPENDIX

ART

173—P

ROCEDURE FOR

ASE

LEVEL

IBRATION

ESTING

PPENDIX

ART

173—T

EST

ETHODS FOR

YNAMITE

XPLOSIVE

, B

LASTING

, T

YPE

PPENDIXES

E–G

ART

173 [R

ESERVED

]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00435 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

426

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.1

PPENDIX

ART

173—M

ETHOD OF

EST

ING FOR

USTAINED

OMBUSTIBILITY

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128, 44701; 49

CFR 1.45, 1.53.

DITORIAL

OTE

: Nomenclature changes to

part 173 appear at 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005.

Subpart A—General

§ 173.1 Purpose and scope.

(a) This part includes:

(1) Definitions of hazardous materials

for transportation purposes;

(2) Requirements to be observed in

preparing hazardous materials for ship-

ment by air, highway, rail, or water, or

any combination thereof; and

(3) Inspection, testing, and retesting

responsibilities for persons who retest,

recondition, maintain, repair and re-

build containers used or intended for

use in the transportation of hazardous

materials.

(b) A shipment of hazardous mate-

rials that is not prepared in accordance

with this subchapter may not be of-

fered for transportation by air, high-

way, rail, or water. It is the responsi-

bility of each hazmat employer subject

to the requirements of this subchapter

to ensure that each hazmat employee

is trained in accordance with the re-

quirements prescribed in this sub-

chapter. It is the duty of each person

who offers hazardous materials for

transportation to instruct each of his

officers, agents, and employees having

any responsibility for preparing haz-

ardous materials for shipment as to ap-

plicable regulations in this subchapter.

rials Regulations (HMR) contained in

this subchapter are based on the UN

Recommendations and are consistent

with international regulations issued

by the International Civil Aviation Or-

ganization (ICAO Technical Instruc-

tions) and the International Maritime

Organization (IMDG Code). However,

the HMR are not consistent in all re-

spects with the UN Recommendations,

the ICAO Technical Instructions or the

IMDG Code, and compliance with the

HMR will not guarantee acceptance by

regulatory bodies outside of the United

States.

[Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16062, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 173–100, 41 FR 40476, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 173–161, 48 FR 2655, Jan. 20,

1983; Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990;

Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 20953, May 15, 1992; 64

FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30,

2003]

§ 173.2 Hazardous materials classes

and index to hazard class defini-

tions.

The hazard class of a hazardous ma-

terial is indicated either by its class

(or division) number, its class name, or

by the letters ‘‘ORM-D’’. The following

table lists class numbers, division num-

bers, class or division names and those

sections of this subchapter which con-

tain definitions for classifying haz-

ardous materials, including forbidden

materials.

Class

No.

Division No.

(if any)

Name of class or division

49 CFR ref-

erence for

definitions

None Forbidden materials .............................................................................................................. 173.21

None Forbidden explosives ............................................................................................................ 173.54

1 1.1 Explosives (with a mass explosion hazard) .......................................................................... 173.50

1 1.2 Explosives (with a projection hazard) ................................................................................... 173.50

1 1.3 Explosives (with predominately a fire hazard) ...................................................................... 173.50

1 1.4 Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) ........................................................................ 173.50

1 1.5 Very insensitive explosives; blasting agents ........................................................................ 173.50

1 1.6 Extremely insensitive detonating substances ....................................................................... 173.50

2 2.1 Flammable gas ...................................................................................................................... 173.115

2 2.2 Non-flammable compressed gas .......................................................................................... 173.115

2 2.3 Poisonous gas ....................................................................................................................... 173.115

3 Flammable and combustible liquid ....................................................................................... 173.120

4 4.1 Flammable solid .................................................................................................................... 173.124

4 4.2 Spontaneously combustible material .................................................................................... 173.124

4 4.3 Dangerous when wet material .............................................................................................. 173.124

5 5.1 Oxidizer ................................................................................................................................. 173.127

5 5.2 Organic peroxide ................................................................................................................... 173.128

6 6.1 Poisonous materials .............................................................................................................. 173.132

6 6.2 Infectious substance (Etiologic agent) .................................................................................. 173.134

7 Radioactive material .............................................................................................................. 173.403

8 Corrosive material ................................................................................................................. 173.136

9 Miscellaneous hazardous material ........................................................................................ 173.140

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00436 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

427

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.2a

Class

No.

Division No.

(if any)

Name of class or division

49 CFR ref-

erence for

definitions

None Other regulated material: ORM-D ......................................................................................... 173.144

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–

234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]

§ 173.2a Classification of a material

having more than one hazard.

(a) Classification of a material having

more than one hazard. Except as pro-

vided in paragraph (c) of this section, a

material not specifically listed in the

§ 172.101 table that meets the definition

of more than one hazard class or divi-

sion as defined in this part, shall be

classed according to the highest appli-

cable hazard class of the following haz-

ard classes, which are listed in descend-

ing order of hazard:

(1) Class 7 (radioactive materials,

other than limited quantities).

(2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases).

(3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases).

(4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases).

(5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids),

Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhala-

tion only.

(6) A material that meets the defini-

tion of a pyrophoric material in

§ 173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Divi-

sion 4.2).

(7) A material that meets the defini-

tion of a self-reactive material in

§ 173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Divi-

sion 4.1).

(8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class

8 (corrosive materials), Division 4.1

(flammable solids), Division 4.2 (spon-

taneously combustible materials), Di-

vision 4.3 (dangerous when wet mate-

rials), Division 5.1 (oxidizers) or Divi-

sion 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids

other than Packing Group I, poisonous-

by-inhalation). The hazard class and

packing group for a material meeting

more than one of these hazards shall be

determined using the precedence table

in paragraph (b) of this section.

(9) Combustible liquids.

(10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous

materials).

(b) Precedence of hazard table for

Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3,

5.1 and 6.1. The following table ranks

those materials that meet the defini-

tion of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions

4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1:

RECEDENCE OF

AZARD

ABLE

[ Hazard class or division and packing group ]

4.2 4.3

5.1

III

6.1, I

dermal

6.1, I

oral

6.1

III

8, I

liquid

8, I

solid

8, II

liquid

8, II

solid

8, III

liquid

8, III

solid

3 I

...................... 4 .3 3 3 3 3 3 (

) 3 (

)

3 II

..................... 4 .3 3 3 3 3 8 (

) 3 (

)

3 III

.................... 4 .3 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 3

8 (

) 8 (

) 3 (

)

4.1 II

............... 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 4 .1 (

) 8 (

) 4 .1 (

) 4 .1

4.1 III

.............. 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 (

) 8 (

) 4 .1

4.2 II ................. 4 .3 5 .1 4 .2 4 .2 6 .1 6 .1 4 .2 4 .2 8 8 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2

4.2 III ................ 4 .3 5 .1 5 .1 4 .2 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .2 8 8 8 8 4 .2 4 .2

4.3 I .................. 5 .1 4 .3 4 .3 6 .1 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3

4.3 II ................. 5 .1 4 .3 4 .3 6 .1 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 8 8 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3

4.3 III ................ 5 .1 5 .1 4 .3 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .3 8 8 8 8 4 .3 4 .3

5.1 I

................ 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1

5.1 II

............... 6 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 8 8 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1

5.1 III

.............. 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 5 .1 8 8 8 8 5 .1 5 .1

6.1 I, Dermal .... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1

6.1 I, Oral ......... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1

6.1 II, Inhalation 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1

6.1 II, Dermal ... 8 6 .1 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1

6.1 II, Oral ........ 8 8 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1

6.1 III ................ 8 8 8 8 8 8

See § 173.127.

Materials of Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives, and materials of Class 3 other

than liquid desensitized explosives.

Denotes an impossible combination.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00437 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

428

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.3

For pesticides only, where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group III, the

primary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III.

OTE

1: The most stringent packing group

assigned to a hazard of the material takes

precedence over other packing groups; for

example, a material meeting Class 3 PG II

and Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is classi-

fied as Class 3 PG I.

OTE

2: A material which meets the defini-

tion of Class 8 and has an inhalation toxicity

by dusts and mists which meets criteria for

Packing Group I specified in § 173.133(a)(1)

must be classed as Division 6.1 if the oral or

dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing

Group I or II. If the oral or dermal toxicity

meets criteria for Packing Group III or less,

the material must be classed as Class 8.

subject to the provisions of paragraph

(a) of this section because of their

unique properties:

(1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that

meets any other hazard class or divi-

sion as defined in this part shall be as-

signed a division in Class 1. Class 1 ma-

terials shall be classed and approved in

accordance with § 173.56 of this part;

(2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide)

material that meets the definition of

any other hazard class or division as

defined in this part, shall be classed as

Division 5.2;

(3) A Division 6.2 (infectious sub-

stance) material that also meets the

definition of another hazard class or di-

vision, other than Class 7, or that also

is a limited quantity Class 7 material,

shall be classed as Division 6.2;

(4) A material that meets the defini-

tion of a wetted explosive in

§ 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Divi-

sion 4.1). Wetted explosives are either

specifically listed in the § 172.101 table

or are approved by the Associate Ad-

ministrator (see § 173.124(a)(1) of this

subchapter); and

(5) A limited quantity of a Class 7

(radioactive) material that meets the

definition for more than one hazard

class or division shall be classed in ac-

cordance with § 173.423.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–

247, 60 FR 48787, Sept. 20, 1995; Amdt. 173–244,

60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR 10776, Mar.

5, 1999; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45182,

45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003]

§ 173.3 Packaging and exceptions.

(a) The packaging of hazardous mate-

rials for transportation by air, high-

way, rail, or water must be as specified

in this part. Methods of manufacture,

packing, and storage of hazardous ma-

terials, that affect safety in transpor-

tation, must be open to inspection by a

duly authorized representative of the

initial carrier or of the Department.

Methods of manufacture and related

functions necessary for completion of a

DOT specification or U.N. standard

packaging must be open to inspection

by a representative of the Department.

(b) The regulations setting forth

packaging requirements for a specific

material apply to all modes of trans-

portation unless otherwise stated, or

unless exceptions from packaging re-

quirements are authorized.

ardous materials that are damaged, de-

fective, or leaking; packages found to

be not conforming to the requirements

of this subchapter after having been

placed in transportation; and, haz-

ardous materials that have spilled or

leaked may be placed in a metal or

plastic removable head salvage drum

that is compatible with the lading and

shipped for repackaging or disposal

under the following conditions:

(1) Except as provided in paragraph

(c)(7) of this section, the drum must be

a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and

marked for Packing Group III or higher

performance standards for liquids or

solids and a leakproofness test of 20

kPa (3 psig). Alternatively, a drum

manufactured and marked prior to Oc-

tober 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in ac-

cordance with the provisions of this

section in effect on September 30, 1991,

is authorized. Capacity of the drum

may not exceed 450 L (119 gallons).

(2) Each drum shall be provided when

necessary with sufficient cushioning

and absorption material to prevent ex-

cessive shifting of the damaged pack-

age and to eliminate the presence of

any free liquid at the time the salvage

drum is closed. All cushioning and ab-

sorbent material used in the drum

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00438 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

429

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.3

must be compatible with the hazardous

material.

(3) Each salvage packaging must be

marked with the proper shipping name

of the hazardous material inside the

packaging and the name and address of

the consignee. In addition, the pack-

aging must be marked ‘‘SALVAGE’’ or

‘‘SALVAGE DRUM’’.

(4) Each drum shall be labeled as pre-

scribed for the respective material.

(5) The shipper shall prepare shipping

papers in accordance with subpart C of

part 172 of this subchapter.

(6) The overpack requirements of

§ 173.25 do not apply to drums used in

accordance with this paragraph.

(7) A salvage packaging marked ‘‘T’’

in accordance with applicable provi-

sions in the UN Recommendations may

be used.

(d) Salvage cylinders. Cylinders of haz-

ardous materials that are damaged or

leaking may be overpacked in a non-

DOT specification full opening hinged

head or fully removable head steel sal-

vage cylinder under the following con-

ditions:

(1) Only a cylinder containing a Divi-

sion 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3, 6.1, or a Class 8 ma-

terial may be overpacked in a salvage

cylinder. A cylinder containing acety-

lene may not be overpacked in a sal-

vage cylinder.

(2) Each salvage cylinder—

(i) Must be designed, constructed and

marked in accordance with Section

VIII, Division I of the ASME Code

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) with

a minimum design margin of 4 to 1.

Salvage cylinders may not be equipped

with a pressure relief device. Damaged

cylinders must be securely positioned

in the salvage cylinder to prevent ex-

cessive movement. The overpack re-

quirements of § 173.25 of this part do

not apply to salvage cylinders used in

accordance with this section.

(ii) Must have a maximum water ca-

pacity of 450 L (119 gallons).

(iii) Except for liquefied nitrous

oxide and carbon dioxide, contents of

the damaged or leaking cylinder must

be limited in pressure and volume so

that if totally discharged into the sal-

vage cylinder, the pressure in the sal-

vage cylinder will not exceed

⁄

of the

MAWP at 55 °C (131 °F).

(iv) Must have gaskets, valves and

fittings that are compatible with the

hazardous materials contained within.

(3) Each salvage cylinder must be

plainly and durably marked. Unless

otherwise specified, the markings

below must be in the same area on any

portion of the upper end:

(i) The proper shipping name of the

hazardous material contained inside

the packaging;

(ii) The name and address of the con-

signee or consignor;

(iii) The name and address or reg-

istered symbol of the manufacturer;

and

(iv) The words ‘‘SALVAGE CYL-

INDER’’ in letters at least 50 mm (2.0

inches) high on opposite sides near the

middle of the cylinder; stamping on the

sidewall is not authorized.

(4) Each salvage cylinder must be la-

beled for the hazardous material con-

tained inside the packaging.

(5) The shipper must prepare shipping

papers in accordance with subpart C of

part 172 of this subchapter.

(6) Transportation is authorized by

motor vehicle and cargo vessel only.

(7) Each salvage cylinder must be

cleaned and purged after each use.

(8) In addition to the training re-

quirements of §§ 172.700 through 172.704

of this subchapter, a person who loads,

unloads or transports a salvage cyl-

inder must be trained in handling,

loading and unloading the salvage cyl-

inder.

(9) Cylinder Requalification: At least

once every five years, each cylinder

must be visually inspected (internally

and externally) in accordance with

CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter) and pressure tested. A

minimum test pressure of at least 1

⁄

times MAWP must be maintained for

at least 30 seconds. The cylinder must

be examined under test pressure and

removed from service if a leak or a de-

fect is found.

(i) The retest and inspection must be

performed by a person familiar with

salvage cylinders and trained and expe-

rienced in the use of the inspection and

testing equipment.

(ii) Each salvage cylinder that is suc-

cessfully requalified must be durably

and legibly marked with the word

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00439 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

430

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.4

‘‘Tested’’ followed by the requalifica-

tion date (month/year), e.g., ‘‘Tested 9/

04.’’ The marking must be in letters

and numbers at least 12 mm (0.5 inches)

high. The requalification marking may

be placed on any portion of the upper

end of the cylinder near the marking

required in (d)(3) of this section or on a

metal plate permanently secured to the

cylinder. Stamping on the cylinder

sidewall is not authorized.

(10) Record retention: The owner of

each salvage cylinder or his authorized

agent shall retain a record of the most

recent visual inspection and pressure

test until the salvage cylinder is re-

qualified. The records must be made

available to a DOT representative upon

request.

(e) Emergency transportation of DOT

3A480 or 3AA480 cylinders and DOT

106A500 multi-unit tank car tanks. (1) A

DOT 3A480 or DOT 3AA480 cylinder con-

taining chlorine or sulphur dioxide

that has developed a leak in a valve or

fusible plug may be repaired tempo-

rarily by trained personnel using a

Chlorine Institute Kit ‘‘A’’ (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter). The repaired

cylinder is authorized to be trans-

ported by private or contract carrier

one time, one way, from the point of

discovery to a proper facility for dis-

charge and examination.

(2) A DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank

car tank containing chlorine or sul-

phur dioxide that has developed a leak

in the valve or fusible plug may be

temporarily repaired by trained per-

sonnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit

‘‘B’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

The repaired tank is authorized to be

transported by private or contract car-

rier one time, one way, from the point

of discovery to a proper facility for dis-

charge and examination.

(3) Training for personnel making the

repairs in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of

this section must include:

(i) Proper use of the devices and tools

in the applicable kits;

(ii) Use of respiratory equipment and

all other safety equipment; and

(iii) Knowledge of the properties of

chlorine and sulphur dioxide.

(4) Packagings repaired with ‘‘A’’ or

‘‘B’’ kits must be properly blocked and

braced to ensure the packagings are se-

cured in the transport vehicle.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52607, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–

261, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug.

28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 69 FR 76154,

Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 3307, Jan. 24, 2005; 68 FR

61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005;

70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 75 FR 27213, May

14, 2010; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011]

§ 173.4 Small quantities for highway

and rail.

(a) When transported domestically by

highway or rail in conformance with

this section, quantities of Division 2.2

(except aerosols with no subsidiary

hazard), Class 3, Division 4.1, Division

4.2 (PG II and III), Division 4.3 (PG II

and III), Division 5.1, Division 5.2, Divi-

sion 6.1, Class 7, Class 8, and Class 9

materials are not subject to any other

requirements when—

(1) The maximum quantity of mate-

rial per inner receptacle or article is

limited to—

(i) Thirty (30) mL (1 ounce) for au-

thorized liquids, other than Division

6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or

B materials;

(ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for author-

ized solid materials;

(iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author-

ized materials meeting the definition

of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Haz-

ard Zone A or B material; and

(iv) An activity level not exceeding

that specified in §§ 173.421, 173.424,

173.425 or 173.426, as appropriate, for a

package containing a Class 7 (radio-

active) material.

(v) Thirty (30) mL water capacity (1.8

cubic inches) for authorized Division

2.2 materials.

(2) With the exception of temperature

sensing devices, each inner receptacle:

(i) Is not liquid-full at 55 °C (131 °F),

and

(ii) Is constructed of plastic having a

minimum thickness of no less than 0.2

mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, glass,

or metal;

(3) Each inner receptacle with a re-

movable closure has its closure held se-

curely in place with wire, tape, or

other positive means;

(4) Unless equivalent cushioning and

absorbent material surrounds the in-

side packaging, each inner receptacle

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00440 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

431

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4a

is securely packed in an inside pack-

aging with cushioning and absorbent

material that:

(i) Will not react chemically with the

material, and

(ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire

contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle;

(5) The inside packaging is securely

packed in a strong outer packaging;

(6) The completed package, as dem-

onstrated by prototype testing, is capa-

ble of sustaining—

(i) Each of the following free drops

made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet)

directly onto a solid unyielding surface

without breakage or leakage from any

inner receptacle and without a sub-

stantial reduction in the effectiveness

of the package:

(A) One drop flat on bottom;

(B) One drop flat on top;

(D) One drop flat on the short side;

and

(E) One drop on a corner at the junc-

tion of three intersecting edges; and

(ii) A compressive load as specified in

§ 178.606(c) of this subchapter.

OTE TO PARAGRAPH

(a)(6): Each of the

tests in paragraph (a)(6) of this section may

be performed on a different but identical

package; i.e., all tests need not be performed

on the same package.

(7) Placement of the material in the

package or packing different materials

in the package does not result in a vio-

lation of § 173.21;

(8) The gross mass of the completed

package does not exceed 29 kg (64

pounds);

(9) The package is not opened or oth-

erwise altered until it is no longer in

commerce; and

(10) The shipper certifies conform-

ance with this section by marking the

outside of the package with the state-

ment ‘‘This package conforms to 49

CFR 173.4 for domestic highway or rail

transport only.’’

(b) A package containing a Class 7

(radioactive) material also must con-

form to the requirements of

§ 173.421(a)(1) through (a)(5) or

§ 173.424(a) through (g), as appropriate.

(other than those authorized in para-

graph (a) of this section), Division 4.2

(PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG I) material

conforming to paragraphs (a)(1)

through (10) of this section may be of-

fered for transportation or transported

if approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator.

(d) Lithium batteries and cells are

not eligible for the exceptions provided

in this section.

[74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.4a Excepted quantities.

(a) Excepted quantities of materials

other than articles transported in ac-

cordance with this section are not sub-

ject to any additional requirements of

this subchapter except for:

(1) The shipper’s responsibilities to

properly class their material in accord-

ance with § 173.22 of this subchapter;

(2) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this

subchapter pertaining to the reporting

of incidents; and

(3) For a Class 7 (Radioactive) mate-

rial the requirements for an excepted

package.

(4) Packagings for which retention of

liquid is a basic function must be capa-

ble of withstanding without leakage

the pressure differential specified in

§ 173.27(c) of this part.

(b) Authorized materials. Only mate-

rials authorized for transport aboard

passenger aircraft and appropriately

classed within one of the following haz-

ard classes or divisions may be trans-

ported in accordance with this section:

(1) Division 2.2 material with no sub-

sidiary hazard. An aerosol is not in-

cluded as authorized Division 2.2 mate-

rial;

(2) Class 3 materials;

(3) Class 4 (PG II and III) materials

except for self-reactive materials;

(4) Division 5.1 (PG II and III);

(5) Division 5.2 materials only when

contained in a chemical kit, first aid

kit or a polyester resin kit;

(6) Division 6.1, other than PG I, Haz-

ard Zone A or B material;

(7) Class 7, Radioactive material in

excepted packages

(8) Class 8 (PG II and III), except for

UN2803 (Gallium) and UN2809 (Mer-

cury); and

(9) Class 9, except for UN1845 (Carbon

dioxide, solid or Dry ice), and lithium

batteries and cells.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00441 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

432

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.4a

imum quantity of hazardous materials

in each inner packaging is limited to:

(1) For toxic material with a Division

6.1 primary or subsidiary hazard, PG I

or II—

(i) 1 g (0.04 ounce) for solids; or

(ii) 1 mL (0.03 ounce) for liquids;

(2) 30 g (1 ounce) or 30 mL (1 ounce)

for solids or liquids other than those

covered in paragraph (c)(1) of this sec-

tion; and

(3) For gases a water capacity of 30

mL (1.8 cubic inches) or less.

(d) Outer packaging aggregate quantity

limits. The maximum aggregate quan-

tity of hazardous material contained in

each outer packaging must not exceed

the limits provided in the following

paragraphs. For outer packagings con-

taining more than one hazardous mate-

rial, the aggregate quantity of haz-

ardous material must not exceed the

lowest permitted maximum aggregate

quantity. The limits are as follows:

(1) For other than a Division 2.2 or

Division 5.2 material:

(i) Packing Group I—300 g (0.66

pounds) for solids or 300 mL (0.08 gal-

lons) for liquids;

(ii) Packing Group II—500 g (1.1

pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 gal-

lons) for liquids;

(iii) Packing Group III—1 kg (2.2

pounds) for solids or 1 L (0.2 gallons)

for liquids;

(2) For Division 2.2 material, 1 L (61

cubic inches); or

(3) For Division 5.2 material, 500 g

(1.1 pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1

gallons) for liquids.

(e) Packaging materials. Packagings

used for the transport of excepted

quantities must meet the following:

(1) Each inner receptacle must be

constructed of plastic, or of glass, por-

celain, stoneware, earthenware or

metal. When used for liquid hazardous

materials, plastic inner packagings

must have a thickness of not less than

0.2 mm (0.008 inch).

(2) Each inner packaging with a re-

movable closure must have its closure

held securely in place with wire, tape

or other positive means. Each inner re-

ceptacle having a neck with molded

screw threads must have a leak proof,

threaded type cap. The closure must

not react chemically with the mate-

rial.

(3) Each inner packaging must be se-

curely packed in an intermediate pack-

aging with cushioning material in such

a way that, under normal conditions of

transport, it cannot break, be punc-

tured or leak its contents. The inter-

mediate packaging must completely

contain the contents in case of break-

age or leakage, regardless of package

orientation. For liquid hazardous ma-

terials, the intermediate packaging

must contain sufficient absorbent ma-

terial that:

(i) Will absorb the entire contents of

the inner packaging.

(ii) Will not react dangerously with

the material or reduce the integrity or

function of the packaging materials.

(iii) The absorbent material may be

the cushioning material.

(4) The intermediate packaging must

be securely packed in a strong, rigid

outer packaging.

(5) Placement of the material in the

package or packing different materials

in the package must not result in a

violation of § 173.21.

(6) Each package must be of such a

size that there is adequate space to

apply all necessary markings.

(7) The package is not opened or oth-

erwise altered until it is no longer in

commerce.

(8) Overpacks may be used and may

also contain packages of hazardous ma-

terial or other materials not subject to

the HMR subject to the requirements

of § 173.25.

(f) Package tests. The completed pack-

age as prepared for transport, with

inner packagings filled to not less than

95% of their capacity for solids or 98%

for liquids, must be capable of with-

standing, as demonstrated by testing

which is appropriately documented,

without breakage or leakage of any

inner packaging and without signifi-

cant reduction in effectiveness:

(1) Drops onto a solid unyielding sur-

face from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet):

(i) Where the sample is in the shape

of a box, it must be dropped in each of

the following orientations:

(A) One drop flat on the bottom;

(B) One drop flat on the top;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

433

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4b

(D) One drop flat on the shortest side;

and

(E) One drop on a corner at the junc-

tion of three intersecting edges.

(ii) Where the sample is in the shape

of a drum, it must be dropped in each

of the following orientations:

(A) One drop diagonally on the top

chime, with the center of gravity di-

rectly above the point of impact;

(B) One drop diagonally on the base

chime; and

(2) A compressive load as specified in

§ 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of

the tests in this paragraph (f) of this

section may be performed on a dif-

ferent but identical package; that is,

all tests need not be performed on the

same package.

(g) Marking. Excepted quantities of

hazardous materials packaged,

marked, and otherwise offered and

transported in accordance with this

section must be durably and legibly

marked with the following marking:

(1) The ‘‘*’’ must be replaced by the

primary hazard class, or when as-

signed, the division of each of the haz-

ardous materials contained in the

package. The ‘‘**’’ must be replaced by

the name of the shipper or consignee if

not shown elsewhere on the package.

(2) The marking must not be less

than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9

inches), and must be durable and clear-

ly visible.

(3) When packages of excepted quan-

tities are contained in an overpack,

and the package marking required by

this section is not visible inside the

overpack, the excepted quantities

marking must also be placed on the

overpack. Additionally, an overpack

containing packages of excepted quan-

tities is not required to be marked with

the word ‘‘OVERPACK.’’

(h) Documentation. (1) For transpor-

tation by highway or rail, no shipping

paper is required.

(2) For transport by air, a shipping

paper is not required, except that, if a

document such as an air waybill ac-

companies a shipment, the document

must include the statement ‘‘Dan-

gerous Goods in Excepted Quantities’’

and indicate the number of packages.

(3) For transport by vessel, a ship-

ping paper is required and must include

the statement ‘‘Dangerous Goods in

Excepted Quantities’’ and indicate the

number of packages.

(i) Training. Each person who offers

or transports excepted quantities of

hazardous materials must know about

the requirements of this section.

(j) Restrictions. Hazardous material

packaged in accordance with this sec-

tion may not be carried in checked or

carry-on baggage.

[74 FR 2254, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.4b De minimis exceptions.

(a) Packing Group II and III mate-

rials in Class 3, Division 4.1, Division

4.2, Division 4.3, Division 5.1, Division

6.1, Class 8, and Class 9 do not meet the

definition of a hazardous material in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter when pack-

aged in accordance with this section

and, therefore, are not subject to the

requirements of this subchapter.

(1) The maximum quantity of mate-

rial per inner receptacle or article is

limited to—

(i) One (1) mL (0.03 ounce) for author-

ized liquids; and

(ii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author-

ized solid materials;

(2) Each inner receptacle with a re-

movable closure has its closure held se-

curely in place with wire, tape, or

other positive means;

(3) Unless equivalent cushioning and

absorbent material surrounds the in-

side packaging, each inner receptacle

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER14JA09.002</GPH>

434

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.4b

is securely packed in an inside pack-

aging with cushioning and absorbent

material that:

(i) Will not react chemically with the

material, and

(ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire

contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle;

(4) The inside packaging is securely

packed in a strong outer packaging;

(5) The completed package is capable

of sustaining—

(i) Each of the following free drops

made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet)

directly onto a solid unyielding surface

without breakage or leakage from any

inner receptacle and without a sub-

stantial reduction in the effectiveness

of the package:

(A) One drop flat on bottom;

(B) One drop flat on top;

(D) One drop flat on the short side;

and

(E) One drop on a corner at the junc-

tion of three intersecting edges; and

(ii) A compressive load as specified in

§ 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of

the tests in this paragraph (a)(5) may

be performed on a different but iden-

tical package; that is, all tests need

not be performed on the same package.

(6) Placement of the material in the

package or packing different materials

in the package does not result in a vio-

lation of § 173.21;

(7) The aggregate quantity of haz-

ardous material per package does not

exceed 100 g (0.22 pounds) for solids or

100 mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids;

(8) The gross mass of the completed

package does not exceed 29 kg (64

pounds);

(9) The package is not opened or oth-

erwise altered until it is no longer in

commerce; and

(10) For transportation by aircraft:

(i) The hazardous material is author-

ized to be carried aboard passenger-car-

rying aircraft in Column 9A of the

§ 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table;

and

(ii) Material packed in accordance

with this section may not be carried in

checked or carry-on baggage.

(b) Non-infectious specimens, such as

specimens of mammals, birds, amphib-

ians, reptiles, fish, insects and other

invertebrates containing small quan-

tities of Ethanol (UN1170), Formalde-

hyde solution, flammable (UN1198), Al-

cohols, n.o.s. (UN1987) and Isopropanol

(UN1219) are not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter provided the

following packaging, marking and doc-

umentation provisions, as applicable,

are met:

(1) The specimens are:

(i) Wrapped in a paper towel or

cheesecloth moistened with alcohol or

an alcohol solution and placed in a

plastic bag that is heat-sealed. Any

free liquid in the bag must not exceed

30 mL; or

(ii) Placed in vials or other rigid con-

tainers with no more than 30 mL of al-

cohol or alcohol solution. The con-

tainers are placed in a plastic bag that

is heat-sealed;

(2) The bagged specimens are placed

in another plastic bag with sufficient

absorbent material to absorb the entire

liquid contents inside the primary re-

ceptacle. The outer plastic bag is then

heat-sealed;

(3) The completed bag is placed in a

strong outer packaging with sufficient

cushioning material that conforms to

subpart B of part 173;

(4) The aggregate net quantity of

flammable liquid in one outer pack-

aging may not exceed 1 L; and

(5) The outer package must be legibly

marked ‘‘Scientific research speci-

mens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies.’’

(6) Documentation. (i) For transpor-

tation by highway or rail, no shipping

paper is required.

(ii) For transport by air, a shipping

paper is not required, except that, if a

document such as an air waybill ac-

companies a shipment of specimens

containing hazardous materials ex-

cepted under the terms of this section,

the document must include the state-

ment ‘‘Scientific research specimens,

49 CFR 173.4b applies’’ and the number

of packages indicated.

(iii) For transport by vessel, a ship-

ping paper is not required; however,

the Dangerous Cargo Manifest must in-

clude the statement ‘‘Scientific re-

search specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b ap-

plies’’ and the number of packages in-

dicated. Vessel stowage is the same as

for hazardous materials in excepted

quantities.

(7) Training. Each person who offers

or transports excepted quantities of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

435

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5

hazardous materials must know about

the requirements of this section.

(8) Restrictions. For transportation by

aircraft, hazardous material packaged

in accordance with this section may

not be carried in checked or carry-on

baggage by a passenger or crew mem-

ber.

[74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.5 Agricultural operations.

(a) For other than a Class 2 material,

the transportation of an agricultural

product over local roads between fields

of the same farm is excepted from the

requirements of this subchapter. A

Class 2 material transported over local

roads between fields of the same farm

is excepted from subparts G and H of

part 172 of this subchapter. In either

instance, transportation of the haz-

ardous material is subject to the fol-

lowing conditions:

(1) It is transported by a farmer who

is an intrastate private motor carrier;

and

(2) The movement of the agricultural

product conforms to requirements of

the State in which it is transported

and is specifically authorized by a

State statute or regulation in effect be-

fore October 1, 1998.

(b) The transportation of an agricul-

tural product to or from a farm, within

150 miles of the farm, is excepted from

the requirements in subparts G and H

of part 172 of this subchapter and from

the specific packaging requirements of

this subchapter when:

(1) It is transported by a farmer who

is an intrastate private motor carrier;

(2) The total amount of agricultural

product being transported on a single

motor vehicle does not exceed:

(i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium

nitrate fertilizer properly classed as

Division 5.1, PG III, in a bulk pack-

aging, or

(ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or

gases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 lbs.) for solids,

of any other agricultural product;

(3) The movement and packaging of

the agricultural product conform to

the requirements of the State in which

it is transported and are specifically

authorized by a State statute or regu-

lation in effect before October 1, 1998;

and

(4) Each person having any responsi-

bility for transporting the agricultural

product or preparing the agricultural

product for shipment has been in-

structed in the applicable requirements

of this subchapter.

products in specification packagings of

220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with

closures manifolded to a closed mixing

system and equipped with positive dry

disconnect devices may be transported

by a private motor carrier between a

final distribution point and an ulti-

mate point of application or for load-

ing aboard an airplane for aerial appli-

cation.

(d) Moveable fuel storage tenders. A

non-DOT specification cargo tank

motor vehicle may be used to transport

Liquefied petroleum gas, UN1075, in-

cluding Propane, UN1978, as moveable

fuel storage tender used exclusively for

agricultural purposes when operated by

a private carrier under the following

conditions:

(1) The cargo tank must have a min-

imum design pressure of 250 psig.

(2) The cargo tank must meet the re-

quirements of the HMR in effect at the

time of its manufacture and must be

marked accordingly. For questions re-

garding these requirements, contact

PHMSA by either:

(i) Telephone (800) 467–4922 or (202)

366–4488 (local); or

(ii) By electronic mail (e-mail) to:

[email protected].

(3) The cargo tank must have a water

capacity of 1,200 gallons or less.

(4) The cargo tank must conform to

applicable requirements in National

Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 58,

Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(5) The cargo tank must be securely

mounted on a motor vehicle.

(6) The cargo tank must be filled in

accordance with § 173.315(b) for lique-

fied petroleum gas.

(7) The cargo tank must be painted

white, aluminum, or other light-re-

flecting color.

(8) Transportation of the filled move-

able fuel storage tender is limited to

movements over local roads between

fields using the shortest practical dis-

tance.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

436

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.5a

(9) Transportation of the moveable

fuel storage tender between its point of

use and a liquefied petroleum gas dis-

tribution facility is authorized only if

the cargo tank contains no more than

five percent of its water capacity. A

movable fuel storage tender may only

be filled at the consumer’s premises or

point of use.

(e) Liquid soil pesticide fumigants. MC

306 and DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehi-

cles and DOT 57 portable tanks may be

used to transport liquid soil pesticide

fumigants, Pesticides, liquid, toxic,

flammable, n.o.s., flash point not less

than 23 degrees C, 6.1, UN2903, PG II, ex-

clusively for agricultural operations by

a private motor carrier between a bulk

loading facility and a farm (including

between farms). However, transpor-

tation is not to exceed 150 miles be-

tween the loading facility and the

farm, and not more than five days are

permitted for intermediate stops for

temporary storage. Additionally,

transport is permitted only under the

following conditions:

(1) Cargo tanks. MC 306 and DOT 406

cargo tank motor vehicles must:

(i) Meet qualification and mainte-

nance requirements (including periodic

testing and inspection) in accordance

with Subpart E of Part 180 of this sub-

chapter;

(ii) Conform to the pressure relief

system requirements specified in

§ 173.243(b)(1);

(iii) For MC 306 cargo tanks, be

equipped with stop-valves capable of

being remotely closed by manual and

mechanical means; and

(iv) For DOT 406 cargo tanks, con-

form to the bottom outlet require-

ments specified in § 173.243(b)(2).

(2) Portable tanks. DOT 57 portable

tanks must—

(i) Be constructed of stainless steel;

and

(ii) Meet qualification and mainte-

nance requirements of Subpart G of

Part 180 of this subchapter.

(f) See § 173.315(m) pertaining to nurse

tanks of anhydrous ammonia.

(g) See § 173.6 pertaining to materials

of trade.

(h) See § 172.800(b) pertaining to secu-

rity plans.

[Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1215, Jan. 8, 1997, as

amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept.

22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18,

1998; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 70 FR 73165,

Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR

5491, Feb. 1, 2011]

§ 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles, me-

chanical displacement meter prov-

ers, and roadway striping vehicles

exceptions.

(a) Oilfield service vehicles. Notwith-

standing § 173.29 of this subchapter, a

cargo tank motor vehicle used in oil-

field servicing operations is not subject

to the specification requirements of

this subchapter provided—

(1) The cargo tank and equipment

contains only residual amounts (i.e., it

is emptied so far as practicable) of a

flammable liquid alone or in combina-

tion with water,

(2) No flame producing device is oper-

ated during transportation, and

(3) The proper shipping name is pre-

ceded by ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST CON-

TAINED * * * ’’ on the shipping paper

for each movement on a public high-

way.

(b) Mechanical displacement meter

provers. (1) A mechanical displacement

meter prover, as defined in § 171.8 of

this subchapter, permanently mounted

on a truck chassis or trailer and trans-

ported by motor vehicle is excepted

from the specification packaging re-

quirements in part 178 of this sub-

chapter provided it—

(i) Contains only the residue of a Di-

vision 2.1 (flammable gas) or Class 3

(flammable liquid) material. For liq-

uids, the meter prover must be drained

to not exceed 10% of its capacity or, to

the extent that draining of the meter

prover is impracticable, to the max-

imum extent practicable. For gases,

the meter prover must not exceed 25%

of the marked pressure rating;

(ii) Has a water capacity of 3,785 L

(1,000 gallons) or less;

(iii) Is designed and constructed in

accordance with chapters II, III, IV, V

and VI of ASME Standard B31.4 (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

(iv) Is marked with the MAWP deter-

mined from the pipe component with

the lowest pressure rating; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

437

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5a

(v) Is equipped with rear-end protec-

tion as prescribed in § 178.337–10(c) of

this subchapter and 49 CFR 393.86 of the

Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regula-

tions.

(2) The description on the shipping

paper for a meter prover containing the

residue of a hazardous material must

include the phrase ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST

CONTAINED * * * ’’ before the basic

description.

(3) Periodic test and inspection. (i)

Each meter prover must be externally

visually inspected once a year. The ex-

ternal visual inspection must include

at a minimum: checking for leakage,

defective fittings and welds, defective

closures, significant dents and other

defects or abnormalities which indicate

a potential or actual weakness that

could render the meter prover unsafe

for transportation; and

(ii) Each meter prover must be pres-

sure tested once every 5 years at not

less than 75% of design pressure. The

pressure must be held for a period of

time sufficiently long to assure detec-

tion of leaks, but in no case less than

5 minutes.

(4) In addition to the training re-

quirements in subpart H, the person

who performs the visual inspection or

pressure test and/or signs the inspec-

tion report must have the knowledge

and ability to perform them as re-

quired by this section.

(5) A meter prover that fails the peri-

odic test and inspection must be re-

jected and removed from hazardous

materials service unless the meter

prover is adequately repaired, and

thereafter, a successful test is con-

ducted in accordance with the require-

ments of this section.

(6) Prior to any repair work, the

meter prover must be emptied of any

hazardous material. A meter prover

containing flammable lading must be

purged.

(7) Each meter prover successfully

completing the external visual inspec-

tion and the pressure test must be

marked with the test date (month/

year), and the type of test or inspec-

tion as follows:

(i) V for external visual inspection;

and

(ii) P for pressure test.

The marking must be on the side of a

tank or the largest piping component

in letters 32 mm (1.25 inches) high on a

contrasting background.

(8) The owner must retain a record of

the most recent external visual inspec-

tion and pressure test until the next

test or inspection of the same type is

successfully completed. The test or in-

spection report must include the fol-

lowing:

(i) Serial number or other meter

prover identifier;

(ii) Type of test or inspection per-

formed;

(iii) Test date (month/year);

(iv) Location of defects found, if any,

and method used to repair each defect;

(v) Name and address of person per-

forming the test or inspection;

(vi) Disposition statement, such as

‘‘Meter Prover returned to service’’ or

‘‘Meter Prover removed from service’’.

conformance with all other applicable

requirements of this subchapter, non-

DOT specification cargo tanks used for

roadway striping are authorized pro-

vided all the following conditions in

this paragraph (c) are met.

(1) Authorized materials. Only the haz-

ardous materials listed in the table

below may be transported in roadway

striping vehicles. Cargo tanks may not

be filled to a capacity that would be

greater than liquid full at 130 °F.

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ESCRIPTION

Proper shipping name

Hazard class/

division

Identification

number

Packing

group

Adhesives, containing a flammable liquid ................................................. 3 UN1133 II

Paint including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solution, varnish,

polish, liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base.

3 UN1263 II

Paint related material including paint thinning drying, removing, or re-

ducing compound.

3 UN1263 II

Flammable liquids, n.o.s.

......................................................................... 3 UN1993 II

Gasoline ..................................................................................................... 3 UN1203 II

Acetone

.................................................................................................... 3 UN1090 II

Dichloromethane

...................................................................................... 6 .1 UN1593 III

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

438

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.5b

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

ESCRIPTION

—Continued

Proper shipping name

Hazard class/

division

Identification

number

Packing

group

Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl ethyl ketone

............................................ 3 UN1193 II

Ethyl acetate

............................................................................................ 3 UN1173 II

Methanol

.................................................................................................. 3 UN1230 II

Organic peroxide type E, liquid (Dibenzoyl peroxide)

............................. 5 .2 UN3107 II

Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum products, n.o.s.

..................... 3 UN1268 III

1,1,1-Trichloroethane

............................................................................... 6 .1 UN2831 III

Toluene

.................................................................................................... 3 UN1294 II

Xylenes

.................................................................................................... 3 UN1307 II, III

Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s.

.............................. 9 UN3082 III

Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s.

.................................................... 8 UN3267 III

Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.

............................................................................ 8 UN1760 III

Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s., at or above 100 °C and below its

flash point (including molten metals, molten salts, etc.)

9 UN3257 III

: Adhesive containing ethyl acetate.

: Solvent.

: Catalyst.

: Thermoplastic material non-hazardous at room temperature.

(2) Cargo tank requirements. Each non-

DOT specification cargo tank used for

roadway striping must be securely

bolted to a motor vehicle and must—

(i) Be constructed and certified in

conformance with the HMR in effect at

the time of its manufacture and must

be marked accordingly. For questions

regarding these requirements, contact

PHMSA by either: (1) Telephone (800)

467–4922 or (202) 366–4488 (local); or (2)

by electronic mail (e-mail) to:

[email protected];

(ii) Have a minimum design pressure

of 100 psig;

(iii) Have a maximum capacity of 500

gallons;

(iv) For solvents and organic perox-

ides, the cargo tank may not contain

more than 50 gallons;

(v) Be given an external visual in-

spection prior to each use to ensure

that it has not been damaged on the

previous trip;

(vi) Be retested and reinspected in

accordance with § 180.407(c) of this sub-

chapter as specified for an MC 331 cargo

tank motor vehicle; and

(vii) Be securely mounted to a motor

vehicle in accordance with the secure-

ment provisions prescribed in §§ 393.100

through 393.106 of this title.

(3) Test records. The owner or oper-

ator of the roadway striping vehicle

must maintain hydrostatic test records

in accordance with § 180.417(b) and must

make those records available to any

representative of the Department of

Transportation upon request.

(4) Marking. A non-DOT specification

cargo tank used for roadway striping

must be plainly marked on both sides

near the middle in letters at least two

inches in height on a contrasting back-

ground ‘‘ROADWAY STRIPING’’.

(5) Operational controls. A non-DOT

specification cargo tank used for road-

way striping may not be pressurized

when the motor vehicle is traveling to

and from job sites. Additionally, the

distance traveled by a non-DOT speci-

fication cargo tank used for roadway

striping may not exceed 750 miles.

Thermoplastic resin may only be heat-

ed during roadway striping operations.

[70 FR 3308, Jan. 24, 2005, as amended at 75

FR 27213, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 5492, Feb. 1,

2011]

§ 173.5b Portable and mobile refrigera-

tion systems.

This section authorizes the highway

transportation of residual amounts of

Division 2.2 refrigerant gases or anhy-

drous ammonia contained in non-speci-

fication pressure vessels that are com-

ponents of refrigeration systems, which

may or may not be permanently

mounted to a transport vehicle, used

for agricultural operations. These re-

frigeration systems are used at field

sites to cool (pre-cool) produce before

the produce is loaded into trucks or

railcars for market or used to supple-

ment stationary refrigeration systems

during peak harvest times. The compo-

nents of these refrigeration systems

are commonly known as vacuum tubes,

accumulators, refrigeration units, ice

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

439

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5b

makers, pressure coolers, or evapo-

rators.

(a) General packaging requirements.

Each non-specification pressure vessel

must conform to the following:

(1) Each pressure vessel must be de-

signed, manufactured, and maintained

in accordance with applicable require-

ments of the ASME Code (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

(2) Except as authorized in this sec-

tion, each pressure vessel and associ-

ated piping must be rated at a max-

imum allowable work pressure (MAWP)

of 250 psig. The pressure in these com-

ponents may not exceed MAWP.

(3) Any part of the piping or pressure

vessel separated from another compo-

nent of the refrigeration system by

means of a valve, blank flange, or other

device must be equipped with a pres-

sure relief valve set at MAWP. All lines

that must be disconnected for trans-

portation purposes must be closed by

means of a cap, plug or blank flange,

and valves at the end of disconnected

lines must be tightly closed.

(4) The aggregate total volumetric

capacity of components within the re-

frigeration system authorized for high-

way transportation in accordance with

this section may not exceed 2,500 gal-

lons per vehicle.

(5) Each pressure vessel and associ-

ated piping containing anhydrous am-

monia must conform to the following:

(i) Piping with a diameter of 2 inches

or more must conform to ASTM A 53

Schedule 40 or ASTM A106 Schedule 40

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(ii) Piping with a diameter of less

than 2 inches must conform to ASTM A

53 Schedule 80 or ASTM A 106 Schedule

80 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(iii) The words ‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’

must be marked as required in special

provision 13 in § 172.102 of this sub-

chapter and, when practicable, within

24 inches of the placard.

(b) Refrigeration systems placed into

service prior to June 1, 1991. (1) For re-

frigeration systems placed into service

prior to June 1, 1991, each pressure ves-

sel and associated piping for the con-

densing line (‘‘high side’’) must be

rated at an MAWP of not less than 250

psig. Each pressure vessel and associ-

ated piping for the evaporating line

(‘‘low side’’) must be rated at an

MAWP of not less than 150 psig, except

that each pressure vessel or associated

piping that will contain refrigerant gas

during transportation must be rated at

an MAWP of not less than 250 psig.

During transportation, pressure in the

components that are part of the

evaporating line may not exceed 150

psig.

(2) Each pressure vessel and associ-

ated piping that is part of the

evaporating line must be marked

‘‘LOW SIDE’’ in a permanent and clear-

ly visible manner. The evaporating line

must have a pressure gauge with cor-

responding temperature markings

mounted so as to be easily readable

when standing on the ground. The

gauge must be permanently marked or

tagged ‘‘SATURATION GAUGE’’.

(3) Each pressure vessel and associ-

ated piping with an MAWP of 250 psig

or greater containing liquid anhydrous

ammonia must be isolated using appro-

priate means from piping and compo-

nents marked ‘‘LOW SIDE’’.

(4) Liquid lading is only authorized in

system components with a rated

MAWP of not less than 250 psig.

(5) Prior to transportation, each pres-

sure vessel and associated piping with

a rated MAWP of less than 250 psig

must be relieved of enough gaseous lad-

ing to ensure that the MAWP is not ex-

ceeded at transport temperatures up to

54 °C (130 °F).

(6) Refrigeration systems placed into

service prior to June 1, 1991, may con-

tinue in service until October 1, 2017.

lic highways, each pressure vessel and

associated piping must be drained of

refrigerant gas or liquid anhydrous am-

monia to the extent practicable.

Drained contents must be recovered in

conformance with all applicable envi-

ronmental regulations. Residual liquid

anhydrous ammonia in each compo-

nent may not exceed one percent of the

component’s total volumetric capacity

or 10 gallons, whichever is less.

(d) System inspection and testing. (1)

Each refrigeration system authorized

under this section must be visually in-

spected every year. The visual inspec-

tion must include items listed in

§ 180.407(d)(2) of this subchapter appli-

cable to refrigeration systems. A cer-

tificate of the annual visual inspection

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

440

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.6

must be dated and signed by the person

performing the inspection and must

contain that person’s company affili-

ation. The certificate must remain at

the equipment owner’s office.

(2) Each refrigeration system author-

ized under this section must be proof

pressure tested every two years begin-

ning with the initial pressure test per-

formed after manufacture. Additional

pressure tests must be performed after

any modification, repair or damage to

a part of the system pressurized with

refrigerant gas. System test pressures

may not be less than one-and-one-half

(1.50) times the rated MAWP of the sys-

tem component or piping.

(3) Pressure relief valves must be suc-

cessfully tested every two years at the

MAWP for the components or piping to

which they are attached. Pressure re-

lief valves may be replaced and marked

every 5 years with valves certified at

the appropriate MAWP, in which case

the valves need not be tested every two

years. Valves that do not pass the test

must be repaired or replaced.

(e) Test markings and reports. (1) Evi-

dence of testing specified in paragraph

(d) of this section must be marked on

the right forward side of the refrigera-

tion system with 2 inch high letters in-

dicating type of last test (V = visual; P

= pressure: hydrostatic or pneumatic)

and the month/year in which it was

performed. Reports and all of the re-

quirements for records of inspections

including markings must be completed

as specified in part 180.

(2) Pressure relief valves must be du-

rably marked with either the date of

last test, set-pressure and testing com-

pany or the date of last replacement,

set-pressure, and certifying company,

as applicable.

[74 FR 16142, Apr. 9, 2009]

§ 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions.

When transported by motor vehicle

in conformance with this section, a

material of trade (see § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter) is not subject to any other re-

quirements of this subchapter besides

those set forth or referenced in this

section.

(a) Materials and amounts. A material

of trade is limited to the following:

(1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2,

6.1, or ORM-D material contained in a

packaging having a gross mass or ca-

pacity not over—

(i) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for

a Packing Group I material;

(ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gal-

lons) for a Packing Group II, Packing

Group III, or ORM-D material;

(iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted

mixture, not to exceed 2 percent con-

centration, of a Class 9 material.

(2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a

cylinder with a gross weight not over

100 kg (220 pounds), or a permanently

mounted tank manufactured to the

ASME Code of not more than 70 gallon

water capacity for a non-liquefied Divi-

sion 2.2 material with no subsidiary

hazard.

(3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing

Group II or III contained in a pack-

aging having a gross capacity not ex-

ceeding 30 mL (1 ounce).

(4) A Division 6.2 material, other

than a Category A infectious sub-

stance, contained in human or animal

samples (including, but not limited to,

secreta, excreta, blood and its compo-

nents, tissue and tissue fluids, and

body parts) being transported for re-

search, diagnosis, investigational ac-

tivities, or disease treatment or pre-

vention, or is a biological product or

regulated medical waste. The material

must be contained in a combination

packaging. For liquids, the inner pack-

aging must be leakproof, and the outer

packaging must contain sufficient ab-

sorbent material to absorb the entire

contents of the inner packaging. For

sharps, the inner packaging (sharps

container) must be constructed of a

rigid material resistant to punctures

and securely closed to prevent leaks or

punctures, and the outer packaging

must be securely closed to prevent

leaks or punctures. For solids, liquids,

and sharps, the outer packaging must

be a strong, tight packaging securely

closed and secured against shifting, in-

cluding relative motion between pack-

ages, within the vehicle on which it is

being transported.

(i) For other than a regulated med-

ical waste, the amount of Division 6.2

material in a combination packaging

must conform to the following limita-

tions:

(A) One or more inner packagings,

each of which may not contain more

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

441

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.7

than 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) or 0.5 L (17 ounces),

and an outer packaging containing not

more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gal-

lon); or

(B) A single inner packaging con-

taining not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or

16 L (4.2 gallons) in a single outer pack-

aging.

(ii) For a regulated medical waste, a

combination packaging must consist of

one or more inner packagings, each of

which may not contain more than 4 kg

(8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon), and an outer

packaging containing not more than 16

kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons).

(5) This section does not apply to a

hazardous material that is self-reactive

(see § 173.124), poisonous by inhalation

(see § 173.133), or a hazardous waste.

(b) Packaging. (1) Packagings must be

leak tight for liquids and gases, sift

proof for solids, and be securely closed,

secured against shifting, and protected

against damage.

(2) Each material must be packaged

in the manufacturer’s original pack-

aging, or a packaging of equal or great-

er strength and integrity.

(3) Outer packagings are not required

for receptacles (e.g., cans and bottles)

that are secured against shifting in

cages, carts, bins, boxes or compart-

ments.

(4) For gasoline, a packaging must be

made of metal or plastic and conform

to the requirements of this subchapter

or to the requirements of the Occupa-

tional Safety and Health Administra-

tion of the Department of Labor con-

tained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or

1926.152(a)(1).

(5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel

containing a Division 2.1 or 2.2 mate-

rial must conform to packaging, quali-

fication, maintenance, and use require-

ments of this subchapter, except that

outer packagings are not required.

Manifolding of cylinders is authorized

provided all valves are tightly closed.

bulk packaging other than a cylinder

(including a receptacle transported

without an outer packaging) must be

marked with a common name or proper

shipping name to identify the material

it contains, including the letters ‘‘RQ’’

if it contains a reportable quantity of a

hazardous substance.

(2) A bulk packaging containing a di-

luted mixture of a Class 9 material

must be marked on two opposing sides

with the four-digit identification num-

ber of the material. The identification

number must be displayed on placards,

orange panels or, alternatively, a white

square-on-point configuration having

the same outside dimensions as a

placard (at least 273 mm (10.8 inches)

on a side), in the manner specified in

§ 172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter.

(3) A DOT specification cylinder (ex-

cept DOT specification 39) must be

marked and labeled as prescribed in

this subchapter. Each DOT-39 cylinder

must display the markings specified in

178.65(i).

(4) The operator of a motor vehicle

that contains a material of trade must

be informed of the presence of the haz-

ardous material (including whether the

package contains a reportable quan-

tity) and must be informed of the re-

quirements of this section.

(d) Aggregate gross weight. Except for

a material of trade authorized by para-

graph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the ag-

gregate gross weight of all materials of

trade on a motor vehicle may not ex-

ceed 200 kg (440 pounds).

(e) Other exceptions. A material of

trade may be transported on a motor

vehicle under the provisions of this sec-

tion with other hazardous materials

without affecting its eligibility for ex-

ceptions provided by this section.

[Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as

amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept.

22, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; Amdt. 173–

259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct.

1, 1998; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 53137,

Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 68 FR

61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006;

72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007]

§ 173.7 Government operations and

materials.

(a) Hazardous materials offered for

transportation by, for, or to the De-

partment of Defense (DOD) of the U.S.

Government, including commercial

shipments pursuant to a DOD contract,

must be packaged in accordance with

the regulations in this subchapter or in

packagings of equal or greater strength

and efficiency as certified by DOD in

accordance with the procedures pre-

scribed by ‘‘Packaging of Hazardous

Material, DLAD 4145.41/AR 700–143/AFJI

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

442

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.7

24–210/NAVSUPINST 4030.55B/MCO

4030.40B (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).’’ Hazardous materials offered

for transportation by DOD under this

provision may be reshipped by any

shipper to any consignee provided the

original packaging has not been dam-

aged or altered in any manner.

(1) Hazardous materials sold by the

DOD in packagings that are not

marked in accordance with the require-

ments of this subchapter may be

shipped from DOD installations if the

DOD certifies in writing that the pack-

agings are equal to or greater in

strength and efficiency than the pack-

aging prescribed in this subchapter.

The shipper shall obtain such a certifi-

cation in duplicate for each shipment.

He shall give one copy to the origi-

nating carrier and retain the other for

no less than 1 year.

(2) [Reserved]

(b) Shipments of hazardous mate-

rials, made by or under the direction or

supervision of the U.S. Department of

Energy (DOE) or the Department of De-

fense (DOD), for the purpose of na-

tional security, and which are escorted

by personnel specifically designated by

or under the authority of those agen-

cies, are not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter. For transpor-

tation by a motor vehicle or a rail car,

the escorts must be in a separate trans-

port vehicle from the transport vehicle

carrying the hazardous materials that

are excepted by this paragraph. A docu-

ment certifying that the shipment is

for the purpose of national security

must be in the possession of the person

in charge of providing security during

transportation.

not exceeding 1 g net weight, offered by

and consigned to the Bureau of Alco-

hol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) of

the Department of the Treasury are

not otherwise subject to the regula-

tions in parts 110–189 of this subchapter

when placed in a specifically designed

multi-unit assembly packed in a strong

outer packaging. The packaging must

be of a type accepted by ATF as capa-

ble of precluding a propagation of any

explosion outside the packaging. The

second component from the outside of

the packaging must be marked or

tagged to indicate the presence of an

explosive.

(d) Notwithstanding the require-

ments of §§ 173.416 and 173.417 of this

subchapter, packagings made by or

under the direction of the U.S. Depart-

ment of Energy may be used for the

transportation of Class 7 materials

when evaluated, approved, and certified

by the Department of Energy against

packaging standards equivalent to

those specified in 10 CFR part 71. Pack-

ages shipped in accordance with this

paragraph shall be marked and other-

wise prepared for shipment in a manner

equivalent to that required by this sub-

chapter for packagings approved by the

Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

(e) Class 1 (explosive) materials

owned by the Department of Defense

and packaged prior to January 1, 1990,

in accordance with the requirements of

this subchapter in effect at that time,

are excepted from the marking and la-

beling requirements of part 172 of this

subchapter and the packaging and

package marking requirements of part

178 of this subchapter, provided the

packagings have maintained their in-

tegrity and the explosive material is

declared as ‘‘government-owned goods

packaged prior to January 1, 1990’’ on

the shipping papers. In addition, pack-

ages of these materials owned by the

Department of Defense that are

marked and labeled in conformance

with the requirements of the HMR that

were in effect at the time they were

originally marked and labeled are ex-

cepted from the current marking and

labeling requirements.

(f) The requirements of this sub-

chapter do not apply to shipments of

hazardous materials carried aboard an

aircraft that is not owned by a govern-

ment or engaged in carrying persons or

property for commercial purposes, but

is under the exclusive direction and

control of the government for a period

of not less than 90 days as specified in

a written contract or lease. An aircraft

is under the exclusive direction and

control of a government when the gov-

ernment exercises responsibility for:

(1) Approving crew members and de-

termining they are qualified to operate

the aircraft;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

443

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.9

(2) Determining the airworthiness

and directing maintenance of the air-

craft; and

(3) Dispatching the aircraft, includ-

ing the times of departure, airports to

be used, and type and amount of cargo

to be carried.

[29 FR 18671, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32

FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.7, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.8 Exceptions for non-specifica-

tion packagings used in intrastate

transportation.

(a) Non-specification bulk packagings.

Notwithstanding requirements for

specification packagings in subpart F

of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this

subchapter, a non-specification bulk

packaging may be used for transpor-

tation of a hazardous material by an

intrastate motor carrier until July 1,

2000, in accordance with the provisions

of paragraph (d) of this section.

(b) Non-specification cargo tanks for pe-

troleum products. Notwithstanding re-

quirements for specification pack-

agings in subpart F of this part and

parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a

non-specification cargo tank motor ve-

hicle having a capacity of less than

13,250 L (3,500 gallons) may be used by

an intrastate motor carrier for trans-

portation of a flammable liquid petro-

leum product in accordance with the

provisions of paragraph (d) of this sec-

tion.

for petroleum products. Notwithstanding

requirements for specification pack-

agings in subpart F of this part 173 and

parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a

non-specification metal tank perma-

nently secured to a transport vehicle

and protected against leakage or dam-

age in the event of a turnover, having

a capacity of less than 450 L (119 gal-

lons), may be used by an intrastate

motor carrier for transportation of a

flammable liquid petroleum product in

accordance with the provisions of para-

graph (d) of this section.

(d) Additional requirements. A pack-

aging used under the provisions of

paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section

must—

(1) Be operated by an intrastate

motor carrier and in use as a pack-

aging for hazardous material before Oc-

tober 1, 1998;

(2) Be operated in conformance with

the requirements of the State in which

it is authorized;

(3) Be specifically authorized by a

State statute or regulation in effect be-

fore October 1, 1998, for use as a pack-

aging for the hazardous material being

transported;

(4) Be offered for transportation and

transported in conformance with all

other applicable requirements of this

subchapter;

(5) Not be used to transport a flam-

mable cryogenic liquid, hazardous sub-

stance, hazardous waste, or a marine

pollutant (except for gasoline); and

(6) For a tank authorized under para-

graph (b) or (c) of this section, conform

to all requirements in part 180 (except

for § 180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the

same manner as required for a DOT

specification MC 306 cargo tank motor

vehicle.

[Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as

amended by Amdt. 172–262, 62 FR 49567, Sept.

22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18,

1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315,

Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight

containers containing lading which

has been fumigated.

(a) For the purpose of this section,

not including 49 CFR part 387, a rail

car, freight container, truck body, or

trailer in which the lading has been fu-

migated with any material, or is under-

going fumigation, is a package con-

taining a hazardous material.

(b) No person may offer for transpor-

tation or transport a rail car, freight

container, truck body, or trailer in

which the lading has been fumigated or

treated with any material, or is under-

going fumigation, unless the FUMI-

GANT marking specified in paragraph

(e) of this section is prominently dis-

played so that it can be seen by any

person attempting to enter the interior

of the transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer. For domestic transportation, a

hazard warning label authorized by

EPA under 40 CFR part 156 may be used

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

444

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.9

as an alternative to the FUMIGANT

marking.

a rail car, freight container, truck

body, or trailer the FUMIGANT mark-

ing specified in paragraph (e) of this

section, unless the lading has been fu-

migated or is undergoing fumigation.

(d) The FUMIGANT marking re-

quired by paragraph (b) of this section

must remain on the rail car, freight

container, truck body, or trailer until

the rail car, freight container, truck

body, or trailer has been completely

ventilated either by opening the doors

of the unit or by mechanical ventila-

tion to ensure no harmful concentra-

tion of gas remains after fumigation

has been completed.

(e) FUMIGANT marking. (1) The FU-

MIGANT marking must consist of red

or black letters on a white background

that is at least 30 cm (11.8 inches) wide

and at least 25 cm (9.8 inches) high. Ex-

cept for size and color, the FUMIGANT

marking must be as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

445

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.9

(2) The ‘‘*’’ shall be replaced with the

technical name of the fumigant.

(f) A closed cargo transport unit that

has been fumigated is not subject to

any other provisions of this subchapter

if it—

(1) Has been completely ventilated ei-

ther by opening the doors of the unit or

by mechanical ventilation after fumi-

gation, and

(2) Displays the FUMIGANT mark-

ing, including the date of ventilation.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER29DE06.002</GPH>

446

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.10

(g) For international shipments,

transport documents should indicate

the date of fumigation, type and

amount of fumigant used, and instruc-

tions for disposal of any residual fumi-

gant, including fumigation devices.

(h) Any person subject to the require-

ments of this section, solely due to the

fumigated lading, must be informed of

the requirements of this section and

the safety precautions necessary to

protect themselves and others in the

event of an incident or accident involv-

ing the fumigated lading.

(i) Any person who offers for trans-

portation or transports a rail car,

freight container, truck body or trailer

that is subject to this subchapter sole-

ly because of the hazardous materials

designation specified in paragraph (a)

of this section is not subject to any re-

quirements of this subchapter other

than those contained in this section.

[71 FR 78629, Dec. 29, 2006]

§ 173.10 Tank car shipments.

(a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 ma-

terial (including a cryogenic liquid) or

Class 3 material with a flash point

below 38 °C (100 °F), except liquid road

asphalt or tar, may not be offered for

transportation unless originally con-

signed or subsequently reconsigned to

parties having private-siding (see Note

1 of this section) or to parties using

railroad siding facilities which have

been equipped for piping the liquid

from tank cars to permanent storage

tanks of sufficient capacity to receive

contents of car.

(b) A tank car containing any Class 2

material must not be offered for trans-

portation unless the car is consigned

for delivery (see paragraph (c) of this

section) and unloading on a private

track (see Note 1 of this section) except

that where no private track is avail-

able, delivery and unloading on carrier

tracks is permitted provided the fol-

lowing conditions are complied with:

(1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A

type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this

subchapter) may be offered for trans-

portation and the loaded unit tanks

may be removed from car frame on car-

rier tracks, provided the shipper has

obtained from the delivering carrier

and filed with originating carrier, writ-

ten permission (see Note 2 of this sec-

tion) for such removal. The consignee

must furnish adequately safe mechan-

ical hoist, obtained from the carrier if

desirable, by which the tanks shall be

lifted from the car and deposited di-

rectly upon vehicles furnished by the

consignee for immediate removal from

carrier property or tanks must be lift-

ed by adequately safe mechanical hoist

from car directly to vessels for further

transportation.

106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and

179.301 of this subchapter), containing

anhydrous ammonia, liquefied hydro-

carbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and

having interior pipes of liquid and gas

discharge valves equipped with check

valves, may be consigned for delivery

and unloading on carrier tracks, if the

lading is piped directly from the car to

permanent storage tanks of sufficient

capacity to receive the entire contents

of the car. Such cars may also be con-

signed for storage on a private track or

on a carrier track when designated by

the carrier for such storage.

(d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A

type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this

subchapter), the tanks must be placed

in position and attached to the car

structure by the shipper.

(e) Class 3 materials with a flash

point below 38 °C (100 °F) and Division

2.1 materials (including a cryogenic

liquid) may not be loaded into tank

cars on carrier property from tank

trucks or drums.

OTE

1: For this purpose, a private track is

a track outside of carrier’s right-of-way,

yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier

does not own either the rails, ties, roadbed

or right-of-way; or a track or portion of a

track which is devoted to the purpose of its

user, either by lease or written agreement;

in which case the lease or written agreement

will be considered as equivalent to owner-

ship.

OTE

2: Carriers should give permission for

the unloading of these containers on carrier

tracks only where no private siding is avail-

able within reasonable trucking distance of

final destination. The danger involved is the

release of compressed gases due to accidental

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

447

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.12

damage to container in handling. The expo-

sure to this danger decreases directly with

the isolation of the unloading point.

[29 FR 18773, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32

FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and by Amdt. 173–162, 48

FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983, and amended by

Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984;

Amdt. 173–207, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988;

Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21, 1990; 56

FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR

51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002]

§ 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of

waste materials.

(a) Open head drums. If a hazardous

material that is a hazardous waste is

required by this subchapter to be

shipped in a closed head drum (i.e., a

drum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less

bung opening) and the hazardous waste

contains solids or semisolids that make

its placement in a closed head drum

impracticable, an equivalent (except

for closure) open head drum may be

used for the hazardous waste.

(b) Lab packs. (1) Waste materials

prohibited by paragraph (b)(3) of this

section are not authorized for trans-

port in packages authorized by this

paragraph (b). Waste materials classed

as Class or Division 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1,

5.2, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the

specification packaging requirements

of this subchapter for combination

packagings if packaged in accordance

with this paragraph (b) and transported

for disposal or recovery by highway,

rail or cargo vessel. In addition, a ge-

neric description from the § 172.101 Haz-

ardous Materials Table may be used in

place of specific chemical names, when

two or more chemically compatible

waste materials in the same hazard

class are packaged in the same outside

packaging.

(2) Combination packaging require-

ments:

(i) Inner packagings. The inner pack-

agings must be either glass, not ex-

ceeding 4 L (1 gallon) rated capacity, or

metal or plastic, not exceeding 20 L (5.3

gallons) rated capacity. Inner pack-

agings containing liquid must be sur-

rounded by a chemically compatible

absorbent material in sufficient quan-

tity to absorb the total liquid contents.

(ii) Outer packaging. Each outer pack-

aging may contain only one class of

waste material. The following outer

packagings are authorized except that

Division 4.2 Packing Group I materials

must be packaged using UN standard

steel or plastic drums tested and

marked to the Packing Group I per-

formance level for liquids or solids; and

bromine pentafluoride and bromine

trifluoride may not be packaged using

UN 4G fiberboard boxes:

(A) A UN 1A2 or UN 1B2 metal drum,

a UN 1D plywood drum, a UN 1G fiber

drum, or a UN 1H2 plastic drum, tested

and marked to at least the Packing

Group III performance level for liquids

or solids;

(B) At a minimum, a double-walled

UN 4G fiberboard box made out of 500

pound burst-strength fiberboard fitted

with a polyethylene liner at least 3

mils (0.12 inches) thick and when filled

during testing to 95 percent capacity

with a solid material, successfully

passes the tests prescribed in §§ 178.603

(drop) and 178.606 (stacking), and is ca-

pable of passing the tests prescribed in

§ 178.608 (vibration) to at least the

Packing Group II performance level for

liquids or solids; or

bulk container (IBC) or a UN 11HH2

composite IBC, fitted with a poly-

ethylene liner at least 6 mils (0.24

inches) thick, that successfully passes

the tests prescribed in Subpart O of

Part 178 and § 178.603 to at least the

Packing Group II performance level for

liquids or solids; a UN 11HH2 is com-

posed of multiple layers of encap-

sulated corrugated fiberboard between

inner and outer layers of woven coated

polypropylene.

(iii) The gross weight of each com-

pleted combination package may not

exceed 205 kg (452 lbs).

(3) Prohibited materials. The following

waste materials may not be packaged

or described under the provisions of

this paragraph (b): a material poi-

sonous-by-inhalation, a Division 6.1

Packing Group I material, chloric acid,

and oleum (fuming sulfuric acid).

used packaging may be reused for the

shipment of waste material trans-

ported for disposal or recovery, not

subject to the reconditioning and reuse

provisions contained in § 173.28 and part

178 of this subchapter, under the fol-

lowing conditions:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

448

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.12

(1) Except as authorized by this para-

graph, the waste must be packaged in

accordance with this part and offered

for transportation in accordance with

the requirements of this subchapter.

(2) Transportation is performed by

highway only.

(3) A package is not offered for trans-

portation less than 24 hours after it is

finally closed for transportation, and

each package is inspected for leakage

and is found to be free from leaks im-

mediately prior to being offered for

transportation.

(4) Each package is loaded by the

shipper and unloaded by the consignee,

unless the motor carrier is a private or

contract carrier.

(5) The packaging may be used only

once under this paragraph and may not

be used again for shipment of haz-

ardous materials except in accordance

with § 173.28.

(d) Technical names for n.o.s. descrip-

tions. The requirements for the inclu-

sion of technical names for n.o.s. de-

scriptions on shipping papers and pack-

age markings, §§ 172.203 and 172.301 of

this subchapter, respectively, do not

apply to packages prepared in accord-

ance with paragraph (b) of this section,

except that packages containing mate-

rials meeting the definition of a haz-

ardous substance must be described as

required in § 172.203 of this subchapter

and marked as required in § 172.324 of

this subchapter.

(e) Segregation requirements. Waste

materials packaged according to para-

graph (b) of this section and trans-

ported in conformance with this para-

graph (e) are not subject to the seg-

regation requirements in §§ 174.81(d),

176.83(b), and 177.848(d) if blocked and

braced in such a manner that they are

separated from incompatible materials

by a minimum horizontal distance of

1.2 m (4 feet) and the packages are

loaded at least 100 mm (4 inches) off

the floor of the freight container, unit

load device, transport vehicle, or rail

car. The following conditions specific

to incompatible materials also apply:

(1) General restrictions. The freight

container, unit load device, transport

vehicle, or rail car may not contain

any Class 1 explosives, Class 7 radio-

active material, or uncontainerized

hazardous materials;

(2) Waste cyanides and waste acids. For

waste cyanides stored, loaded, and

transported with waste acids:

(i) The cyanide or a cyanide mixture

may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net

weight per inner packaging and may

not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight

per outer packaging; a cyanide solution

may not exceed 2 L (0.6 gallon) per

inner packaging and may not exceed 10

L (3.0 gallons) per outer packaging; and

(ii) The acids must be packaged in

lab packs in accordance paragraph (b)

of this section or in single packagings

authorized for the acid in Column (8B)

of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials

Table of this subchapter not to exceed

208 L (55 gallons) capacity.

(3) Waste Division 4.2 materials and

waste Class 8 liquids. For waste Division

4.2 materials stored, loaded, and trans-

ported with waste Class 8 liquids:

(i) The Division 4.2 material may not

exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per

inner packaging and may not exceed 10

kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer

packaging; and

(ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack-

aged in lab packs in accordance with

paragraph (b) of this section or in sin-

gle packagings authorized for the ma-

terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101

Hazardous Materials Table of this sub-

chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons)

capacity.

(4) Waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I,

Hazard Zone A material and waste Class

3, Class 8 liquids, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3,

5.1 and 5.2 materials. For waste Division

6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A

material stored, loaded, and trans-

ported with waste Class 8 liquids, or

Division 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 materials:

(i) The Division 6.1 Packing Group I,

Hazard Zone A material must be pack-

aged in accordance with § 173.226(c) of

this subchapter and overpacked in a

UN standard steel or plastic drum

meeting the Packing Group I perform-

ance level;

(ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack-

aged in lab packs in accordance with

paragraph (b) of this section or in sin-

gle packagings authorized for the ma-

terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101

Hazardous Materials Table of this sub-

chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons)

capacity.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

449

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.13

(iii) The Division 4.2 material may

not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight

per inner packaging and may not ex-

ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per

outer packaging;

(iv) The Division 5.1 materials may

not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight

per inner packaging and may not ex-

ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per

outer packaging. The aggregate net

weight per freight container, unit load

device, transport vehicle, or rail car

may not exceed 100 kg (220 pounds);

(v) The Division 5.2 material may not

exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net weight per

inner packaging and may not exceed 5

kg (11 pounds) net weight per outer

packaging. Organic Peroxide, Type B

material may not exceed 0.5 kg (1.1

pounds) net weight per inner packaging

and may not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds)

net weight per outer packaging. The

aggregate net weight per freight con-

tainer, unit load device, transport vehi-

cle, or rail car may not exceed 50 kg

(110 pounds).

(f) Additional exceptions. Lab packs

conforming to the requirements of this

section are not subject to the fol-

lowing:

(1) The overpack marking and label-

ing requirements in § 173.25(a)(2) of this

subchapter when secured to a pallet

with shrink-wrap or stretch-wrap ex-

cept that labels representative of each

Hazard Class or Division in the over-

pack must be visibly displayed on two

opposing sides.

(2) The restrictions for overpacks

containing Class 8, Packing Group I

material and Division 5.1, Packing

Group I material in § 173.25(a)(5) of this

subchapter. These waste materials may

be overpacked with other materials.

(g) Household waste. Household waste,

as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter,

is not subject to the requirements of

this subchapter when transported in

accordance with applicable state, local,

or tribal requirements.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–

138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 50460,

Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR

48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005;

73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14,

2009; 75 FR 27214, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 56315,

Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divi-

sions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Class-

es 8 and 9 materials.

(a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1,

4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 material is excepted

from the labeling (except for the

CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label),

placarding and segregation require-

ments of this subchapter if prepared for

transportation in accordance with the

requirements of this section. A mate-

rial that meets the definition of a ma-

terial poisonous by inhalation may not

be offered for transportation or trans-

ported under provisions of this section.

(b) A hazardous material conforming

to the requirements of this section

may be transported by motor vehicle

and rail car. In addition, packages pre-

pared in accordance with this section

may be transported by aircraft under

the following conditions:

(1) Cargo-only aircraft. Only hazardous

materials permitted to be transported

aboard either a passenger or cargo-only

aircraft by column (9A) or (9B) of the

Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101

of this subchapter are authorized

aboard cargo-only aircraft.

(2) Passenger carrying aircraft. Only

hazardous materials permitted to be

transported aboard a passenger aircraft

by column (9A) of the Hazardous Mate-

rials Table in § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter are authorized aboard pas-

senger aircraft. The completed pack-

age, assembled as for transportation,

must be successfully tested in accord-

ance with part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group I level. A hazardous

material which meets the definition of

a Division 5.1 (oxidizer) at the Packing

Group I level in accordance with

§ 173.127(b)(1)(i) of this subchapter may

not be transported aboard a passenger

aircraft.

(3) Packages offered for transpor-

tation aboard either passenger or

cargo-only aircraft must meet the re-

quirements for transportation by air-

craft specified in § 173.27 of this sub-

chapter.

by paragraph (a) of this section must

be packaged as follows:

(1) For liquids:

(i) The hazardous material must be

placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

450

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.21

or metal inner packaging with a max-

imum capacity not exceeding 1.2 L.

Sufficient outage must be provided

such that the inner packaging will not

become liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). The

net quantity (measured at 20 °C (68 °F))

of liquid in any inner packaging may

not exceed 1 L. For transportation by

aircraft, the net quantity in one pack-

age may not exceed the quantity speci-

fied in columns (9A) or (9B), as appro-

priate.

(ii) The inner packaging must be

placed in a hermetically sealed barrier

bag which is impervious to the lading,

and then wrapped in a non-reactive ab-

sorbent material in sufficient quantity

to completely absorb the contents of

the inner packaging. Alternatively, the

inner packaging may first be wrapped

in a non-reactive absorbent material

and then placed in the hermetically

sealed barrier bag. The combination of

inner packaging, absorbent material,

and bag must be placed in a snugly fit-

ting metal can.

(iii) The metal can must be securely

closed. For liquids that are in Division

4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be her-

metically sealed. For Division 4.2 ma-

terials in Packing Group I, the metal

can must be tested in accordance with

part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack-

ing Group I performance level.

(iv) The metal can must be placed in

a fiberboard box that is placed in a her-

metically sealed barrier bag which is

impervious to the lading.

(v) The intermediate packaging must

be placed inside a securely closed,

outer packaging conforming to

§ 173.201.

(vi) Not more than four intermediate

packagings are permitted in an outer

packaging.

(2) For solids:

(i) The hazardous material must be

placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic

or metal inner packaging. The net

quantity of material in any inner pack-

aging may not exceed 2.85kg (6.25

pounds). For transportation by air-

craft, the net quantity in one package

may not exceed the quantity specified

in columns (9A) or (9B), as appropriate.

(ii) The inner packaging must be

placed in a hermetically sealed barrier

bag which is impervious to the lading.

(iii) The barrier bag and its contents

must be placed in a fiberboard box that

is placed in a hermetically-sealed bar-

rier bag which is impervious to the lad-

ing.

(iv) The intermediate packaging

must be placed inside an outer pack-

aging conforming to § 173.211.

(v) Not more than four intermediate

packagings are permitted in an outer

packaging.

(d) The outside of the package must

be marked, in association with the

proper shipping name, with the state-

ment: ‘‘This package conforms to 49

CFR 173.13.’’

[Amdt. 173–253, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996, as

amended at 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR

45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005;

71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 27215, May

14, 2010]

Subpart B—Preparation of Haz-

ardous Materials for Transpor-

tation

§ 173.21 Forbidden materials and pack-

ages.

Unless otherwise provided in this

subchapter, the offering for transpor-

tation or transportation of the fol-

lowing is forbidden:

(a) Materials that are designated

‘‘Forbidden’’ in Column 3 of the

§ 172.101 table.

(b) Forbidden explosives as defined in

§ 173.54 of this part.

teries and battery-powered devices,

which are likely to create sparks or

generate a dangerous evolution of heat,

unless packaged in a manner which

precludes such an occurrence.

(d) For carriage by aircraft, any

package which has a magnetic field of

more than 0.00525 gauss measured at 4.5

m (15 feet) from any surface of the

package.

(e) A material in the same pack-

aging, freight container, or overpack

with another material, the mixing of

which is likely to cause a dangerous

evolution of heat, or flammable or poi-

sonous gases or vapors, or to produce

corrosive materials.

(f) A package containing a material

which is likely to decompose with a

self-accelerated decomposition tem-

perature (SADT) of 50 °C (122 °F) or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

451

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.21

less, or polymerize at a temperature of

54 °C (130 °F) or less with an evolution

of a dangerous quantity of heat or gas

when decomposing or polymerizing, un-

less the material is stabilized or inhib-

ited in a manner to preclude such evo-

lution. The SADT may be determined

by any of the test methods described in

Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and

Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(1) A package meeting the criteria of

paragraph (f) of this section may be re-

quired to be shipped under controlled

temperature conditions. The control

temperature and emergency tempera-

ture for a package shall be as specified

in the table in this paragraph based

upon the SADT of the material. The

control temperature is the temperature

above which a package of the material

may not be offered for transportation

or transported. The emergency tem-

perature is the temperature at which,

due to imminent danger, emergency

measures must be initiated.

§ 173.21 T

ABLE

: M

ETHOD OF

ETERMINING

ONTROL AND

MERGENCY

EMPERATURE

SADT

Control tempera-

tures

Emergency tem-

perature

SADT ≤ 20 °C (68

°F).

20 °C (36 °F)

below SADT.

10 °C (18 °F)

below SADT.

20 °C (68 °F) <

SADT ≤ 35 °C

(95 °F).

15 °C (27 °F)

below SADT.

10 °C (18 °F)

below SADT.

35 °C (95 °F) <

SADT ≤ 50 °C

(122 °F).

10 °C (18 °F)

below SADT.

5 °C (9 °F) below

SADT.

50 °C (122 °F) <

SADT.

(

) (

)

Self-accelerating decomposition temperature.

Temperature control not required.

(2) For self-reactive materials listed

in § 173.224(b) table control and emer-

gency temperatures, where required

are shown in Columns 5 and 6, respec-

tively. For organic peroxides listed in

The Organic Peroxides Table in § 173.225

control and emergency temperatures,

where required, are shown in Columns

7a and 7b, respectively.

(3) Refrigeration may be used as a

means of stabilization only when ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator.

Approvals issued by the Bureau of Ex-

plosives are no longer valid (see § 171.19

of this subchapter). Methods of sta-

bilization approved by the Associate

Administrator are as follows:

(i) For highway transportation:

(A) A material meeting the criteria

of this paragraph (f) may be trans-

ported only in a transport vehicle,

freight container, or motor vehicle

equipped with a mechanical refrigera-

tion unit, or loaded with a consumable

refrigerant, capable of maintaining the

inside temperature of the hazardous

material at or below the control tem-

perature required for the material dur-

ing transportation.

(B) Each package containing a mate-

rial meeting the criteria of this para-

graph (f) must be loaded and main-

tained at or below the control tempera-

ture required for the material. The

temperature of the material must be

determined by appropriate means and

entered on a written record at the time

the packaging is loaded.

itor the inside temperature of the

transport vehicle, freight container, or

motor vehicle and enter that tempera-

ture on a written record at the time

the package is loaded and thereafter at

intervals not exceeding two hours. Al-

ternatively, a transport vehicle, freight

container, or motor vehicle may be

equipped with a visible or audible

warning device that activates when the

inside temperature of the transport ve-

hicle, freight container, or motor vehi-

cle exceeds the control temperature re-

quired for the material. The warning

device must be readily visible or audi-

ble, as appropriate, from the vehicle

operator’s seat in the vehicle.

(D) The carrier shall advise the vehi-

cle operator of the emergency tempera-

ture for the material, and provide the

vehicle operator with written proce-

dures that must be followed to assure

maintenance of the control tempera-

ture inside the transport vehicle,

freight container, or motor vehicle.

The written procedures must include

instructions for the vehicle operator on

actions to take if the inside tempera-

ture exceeds the control temperature

and approaches or reaches the emer-

gency temperature for the material. In

addition, the written temperature-con-

trol procedures must identify enroute

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

452

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.22

points where the consumable refrig-

erant may be procured, or where re-

pairs to, or replacement of, the me-

chanical refrigeration unit may be ac-

complished.

(E) The vehicle operator shall main-

tain the written temperature-control

procedures, and the written record of

temperature measurements specified in

paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if

applicable, in the same manner as spec-

ified in § 177.817 of this subchapter for

shipping papers.

(F) If the control temperature is

maintained by use of a consumable re-

frigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitro-

gen), the quantity of consumable re-

frigerant must be sufficient to main-

tain the control temperature for twice

the average transit time under normal

conditions of transportation.

(G) A material that has a control

temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) or higher

may be transported by common car-

rier. A material that has a control

temperature below 40 °C (104 °F) must

be transported by a private or contract

carrier.

(ii) For transportation by vessel,

shipments are authorized in accordance

with the control temperature require-

ments in Chapter 7.7 of the IMDG Code

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(g) Packages which give off a flam-

mable gas or vapor, released from a

material not otherwise subject to this

subchapter, likely to create a flam-

mable mixture with air in a transport

vehicle.

(h) Packages containing materials

(other than those classed as explosive)

which will detonate in a fire.

(1) For purposes of this paragraph,

‘‘detonate’’ means an explosion in

which the shock wave travels through

the material at a speed greater than

the speed of sound.

(2) When tests are required to evalu-

ate the performance of a package under

the provisions of this paragraph, the

testing must be done or approved by

one of the agencies specified in § 173.56.

(i) Except for a package containing a

lighter design sample that meets the

requirements of § 173.308(b)(2), a pack-

age containing a lighter (see § 171.8 of

this subchapter) containing a Division

2.1 material, of a design that has not

been examined and successfully tested

by an authorized person under the cri-

teria specified in § 173.308(a)(4) or, a

lighter design containing a Class 3 ma-

terial, that has not been approved by

the Associate Administrator.

(j) An organic peroxide of the ‘‘ke-

tone peroxide’’ category which con-

tains more than 9 percent available ox-

ygen as calculated using the equation

in § 173.128(a)(4)(ii). The category, ke-

tone peroxide, includes, but is not lim-

ited to:

Acetyl acetone peroxide

Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)

Diacetone alcohol peroxides

Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s)

Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s)

Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s)

(k) Notwithstanding any other provi-

sion of this subchapter, including sub-

part C of part 171 and 175.10(a)(2) of this

subchapter, an oxygen generator

(chemical) as cargo on a passenger-car-

rying aircraft. This prohibition does

not apply to an oxygen generator for

medical or personal use of a passenger

that meets the requirements of

§ 175.10(a)(7) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.21, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.22 Shipper’s responsibility.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in

this part, a person may offer a haz-

ardous material for transportation in a

packaging or container required by

this part only in accordance with the

following:

(1) The person shall class and de-

scribe the hazardous material in ac-

cordance with parts 172 and 173 of this

subchapter, and

(2) The person shall determine that

the packaging or container is an au-

thorized packaging, including part 173

requirements, and that it has been

manufactured, assembled, and marked

in accordance with:

(i) Section 173.7(a) and parts 173, 178,

or 179 of this subchapter;

(ii) A specification of the Department

in effect at the date of manufacture of

the packaging or container;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

453

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.22a

(iii) National or international regula-

tions based on the UN Recommenda-

tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), as authorized in § 173.24(d)(2);

(iv) An approval issued under this

subchapter; or

(v) An exemption or special permit

issued under subchapter A of this chap-

ter.

(3) In making the determination

under paragraph (a)(2) of this section,

the person may accept:

(i) Except for the marking on the

bottom of a metal or plastic drum with

a capacity over 100 L which has been

reconditioned, remanufactured or oth-

erwise converted, the manufacturer’s

certification, specification, approval,

or exemption or special permit mark-

ing (see §§ 178.2 and 179.1 of this sub-

chapter); or

(ii) With respect to cargo tanks pro-

vided by a carrier, the manufacturer’s

identification plate or a written cer-

tification of specification or exemption

or special permit provided by the car-

rier.

(4) For a DOT Specification or UN

standard packaging subject to the re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter, a person must perform all

functions necessary to bring the pack-

age into compliance with parts 173 and

178 of this subchapter, as identified by

the packaging manufacturer or subse-

quent distributor (for example, apply-

ing closures consistent with the manu-

facturer’s closure instructions) in ac-

cordance with § 178.2 of this subchapter.

A person must maintain a copy of the

manufacturer’s notification, including

closure instructions (see § 178.2(c) of

this subchapter) unless permanently

embossed or printed on the packaging.

When applicable, a person must main-

tain a copy of any supporting docu-

mentation for an equivalent level of

performance under the selective test-

ing variation in § 178.601(g)(1) of this

subchapter. A copy of the notification,

unless permanently embossed or print-

ed on the packaging, and supporting

documentation, when applicable, must

be made available for inspection by a

representative of the Department upon

request for the time period of the pack-

aging’s periodic retest date, i.e., every

12 months for single or composite pack-

agings and every 24 months for com-

bination packagings.

(b) No person may offer a motor car-

rier any hazardous material specified

in 49 CFR 385.403 unless that motor car-

rier holds a safety permit issued by the

Federal Motor Carrier Safety Adminis-

tration.

radioactive materials, and Type B or

highway route controlled quantity

packages of radioactive materials (see

§ 173.403), the shipper shall notify the

consignee of the dates of shipment and

expected arrival. The shipper shall also

notify each consignee of any special

loading/unloading instructions prior to

his first shipment. For any shipment of

irradiated reactor fuel, the shipper

shall provide physical protection in

compliance with a plan established

under:

(1) Requirements prescribed by the

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission,

(2) Equivalent requirements approved

by the Associate Administrator.

[Amdt. 173–100, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.22, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.22a Use of packagings authorized

under special permits.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, no person may offer

a hazardous material for transpor-

tation in a packaging the use of which

is dependent upon an exemption or spe-

cial permit issued under subpart B of

part 107 of this title, unless that person

is the holder of or a party to the ex-

emption or special permit.

(b) If an exemption or special permit

authorizes the use of a packaging for

the transportation of a hazardous ma-

terial by any person or class of persons

other than or in addition to the holder

of the exemption or special permit,

that person or a member of that class

of persons may use the packaging for

the purposes authorized in the exemp-

tion or special permit subject to the

terms specified therein. Copies of ex-

emptions and special permits may be

obtained by accessing the Hazardous

Materials Safety Web site at http://

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

454

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.23

www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a’’ or

by writing to the Associate Adminis-

trator for Hazardous Materials Safety,

U.S. Department of Transportation,

East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue,

SE., Washington, DC 20590–0001, Atten-

tion: Records Center.

mit issued to a person who offers a haz-

ardous material contains requirements

that apply to a carrier of the hazardous

material, the offeror shall furnish a

copy of the current exemption or spe-

cial permit to the carrier before or at

the time a shipment is tendered.

[70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005, as amended at 72

FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13,

2011]

§ 173.23 Previously authorized pack-

aging.

(a) When the regulations specify a

packaging with a specification mark-

ing prefix of ‘‘DOT,’’ a packaging

marked prior to January 1, 1970, with

the prefix of ‘‘ICC’’ may be used in its

place if the packaging otherwise con-

forms to applicable specification re-

quirements.

(b) [Reserved]

minum cylinder manufactured in con-

formance with and for use under DOT

special permit (SP) or exemption (E)

6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be con-

tinued in use if marked before or at the

time of the next retest with either the

specification identification ‘‘3AL’’ im-

mediately above the special permit or

exemption number, or the DOT mark

(e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to

the special permit or exemption mark-

ing.

(d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured

and marked under DOT special permit

(SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to Jan-

uary 1, 1983, may be continued in use if

marked before or at the time of the

next retest with the specification iden-

tification ‘‘4BA’’ near the special per-

mit or exemption marking.

(e) After October 1, 1984, cylinders

manufactured for use under special per-

mit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404

may be continued in use, and must be

marked ‘‘DOT-4LXXXYY’’ (XXX to be

replaced by the service pressure, YY to

be replaced by the letters ‘‘AL’’, if ap-

plicable) in compliance with Specifica-

tion 4L (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) on

or before January 1, 1986. The ‘‘DOT-

4LXXXYY’’ must appear in proximity

to other required special permit or ex-

emption markings.

(f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi-

cle must conform to structural integ-

rity requirements in § 178.337–3 or to

corresponding requirements in effect at

the time of manufacture.

(g) A non-bulk packaging manufac-

tured, tested, marked, and certified on

or before September 30, 1996, in accord-

ance with the applicable provisions of

subparts L and M of part 178 of this

subchapter in effect on September 30,

1995, may be used as authorized by this

subchapter if the packaging conforms

to all requirements applicable at the

time of manufacture. In addition, such

a packaging may be reused as author-

ized by § 173.28 without a nominal

thickness marking, if it conforms to

the minimum thickness criteria pre-

scribed in § 173.28(b)(4).

(h) A packaging that is permanently

marked with a special permit number,

‘‘DOT–SP’’ or ‘‘DOT–E,’’ for which the

provisions of the special permit have

been incorporated into this subchapter

may continue to be used for the life of

the packaging without obliterating or

otherwise removing the special permit

number.

(i) An exemption packaging or ship-

ping paper that is permanently marked

‘‘DOT-E’’ prior to October 1, 2007, may

continue in use as long as the exemp-

tion or special permit remains valid,

unless otherwise specified in the ex-

emption or special permit.

[Amdt. 173–3, 33 FR 14921, Oct. 4, 1968]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.23, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.24 General requirements for

packagings and packages.

(a) Applicability. Except as otherwise

provided in this subchapter, the provi-

sions of this section apply to—

(1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings;

(2) New packagings and packagings

which are reused; and

(3) Specification and non-specifica-

tion packagings.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

455

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24

(b) Each package used for the ship-

ment of hazardous materials under this

subchapter shall be designed, con-

structed, maintained, filled, its con-

tents so limited, and closed, so that

under conditions normally incident to

transportation—

(1) Except as otherwise provided in

this subchapter, there will be no identi-

fiable (without the use of instruments)

release of hazardous materials to the

environment;

(2) The effectiveness of the package

will not be substantially reduced; for

example, impact resistance, strength,

packaging compatibility, etc. must be

maintained for the minimum and max-

imum temperatures, changes in humid-

ity and pressure, and shocks, loadings

and vibrations, normally encountered

during transportation;

(3) There will be no mixture of gases

or vapors in the package which could,

through any credible spontaneous in-

crease of heat or pressure, significantly

reduce the effectiveness of the pack-

aging;

(4) There will be no hazardous mate-

rial residue adhering to the outside of

the package during transport.

aging is authorized for a hazardous ma-

terial only if—

(1) The packaging is prescribed or

permitted for the hazardous material

in a packaging section specified for

that material in Column 8 of the

§ 172.101 table and conforms to applica-

ble requirements in the special provi-

sions of Column 7 of the § 172.101 table

and, for specification packagings (but

not including UN standard packagings

manufactured outside the United

States), the specification requirements

in parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter;

(2) The packaging is permitted under,

and conforms to, provisions contained

in subparts B or C of part 171 of this

subchapter or §§ 173.3, 173.4, 173.4a,

173.4b, 173.5, 173.5a, 173.6, 173.7, 173.8,

173.27, or § 176.11 of this subchapter.

(d) Specification packagings and UN

standard packagings manufactured out-

side the U.S.—(1) Specification pack-

agings. A specification packaging, in-

cluding a UN standard packaging man-

ufactured in the United States, must

conform in all details to the applicable

specification or standard in part 178 or

part 179 of this subchapter.

(2) UN standard packagings manufac-

tured outside the United States. A UN

standard packaging manufactured out-

side the United States, in accordance

with national or international regula-

tions based on the UN Recommenda-

tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), may be imported and used

and is considered to be an authorized

packaging under the provisions of para-

graph (c)(1) of this section, subject to

the following conditions and limita-

tions:

(i) The packaging fully conforms to

applicable provisions in the UN Rec-

ommendations and the requirements of

this subpart, including reuse provi-

sions;

(ii) The packaging is capable of pass-

ing the prescribed tests in part 178 of

this subchapter applicable to that

standard; and

(iii) The competent authority of the

country of manufacture provides recip-

rocal treatment for UN standard pack-

agings manufactured in the U.S.

(e) Compatibility. (1) Even though

certain packagings are specified in this

part, it is, nevertheless, the responsi-

bility of the person offering a haz-

ardous material for transportation to

ensure that such packagings are com-

patible with their lading. This particu-

larly applies to corrosivity, perme-

ability, softening, premature aging and

embrittlement.

(2) Packaging materials and contents

must be such that there will be no sig-

nificant chemical or galvanic reaction

between the materials and contents of

the package.

(3) Plastic packagings and recep-

tacles. (i) Plastic used in packagings

and receptacles must be of a type com-

patible with the lading and may not be

permeable to an extent that a haz-

ardous condition is likely to occur dur-

ing transportation, handling or refill-

ing.

(ii) Each plastic packaging or recep-

tacle which is used for liquid hazardous

materials must be capable of with-

standing without failure the procedure

specified in appendix B of this part

(‘‘Procedure for Testing Chemical Com-

patibility and Rate of Permeation in

Plastic Packagings and Receptacles’’).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

456

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.24

The procedure specified in appendix B

of this part must be performed on each

plastic packaging or receptacle used

for Packing Group I materials. The

maximum rate of permeation of haz-

ardous lading through or into the plas-

tic packaging or receptacles may not

exceed 0.5 percent for materials meet-

ing the definition of a Division 6.1 ma-

terial according to § 173.132 and 2.0 per-

cent for other hazardous materials,

when subjected to a temperature no

lower than—

(A) 18 °C (64 °F) for 180 days in ac-

cordance with Test Method 1 in appen-

dix B of this part;

(B) 50 °C (122 °F) for 28 days in accord-

ance with Test Method 2 in appendix B

of this part; or

ance with Test Method 3 in appendix B

of this part.

(iii) Alternative procedures or rates

of permeation are permitted if they

yield a level of safety equivalent to or

greater than that provided by para-

graph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are

specifically approved by the Associate

Administrator.

(4) Mixed contents. Hazardous mate-

rials may not be packed or mixed to-

gether in the same outer packaging

with other hazardous or nonhazardous

materials if such materials are capable

of reacting dangerously with each

other and causing—

(i) Combustion or dangerous evo-

lution of heat;

(ii) Evolution of flammable, poi-

sonous, or asphyxiant gases; or

(iii) Formation of unstable or corro-

sive materials.

(5) Packagings used for solids, which

may become liquid at temperatures

likely to be encountered during trans-

portation, must be capable of con-

taining the hazardous material in the

liquid state.

(f) Closures. (1) Closures on pack-

agings shall be so designed and closed

that under conditions (including the ef-

fects of temperature, pressure and vi-

bration) normally incident to transpor-

tation—

(i) Except as provided in paragraph

(g) of this section, there is no identifi-

able release of hazardous materials to

the environment from the opening to

which the closure is applied; and

(ii) The closure is leakproof and se-

cured against loosening. For air trans-

port, stoppers, corks or other such fric-

tion closures must be held in place by

positive means.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in

this subchapter, a closure (including

gaskets or other closure components, if

any) used on a specification packaging

must conform to all applicable require-

ments of the specification and must be

closed in accordance with information,

as applicable, provided by the manufac-

turer’s notification required by § 178.2

of this subchapter.

(g) Venting. Venting of packagings, to

reduce internal pressure which may de-

velop by the evolution of gas from the

contents, is permitted only when—

(1) Except for shipments of cryogenic

liquids as specified in § 173.320(c) and of

carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), trans-

portation by aircraft is not involved;

(2) Except as otherwise provided in

this subchapter, the evolved gases are

not poisonous, likely to create a flam-

mable mixture with air or be an as-

phyxiant under normal conditions of

transportation;

(3) The packaging is designed so as to

preclude an unintentional release of

hazardous materials from the recep-

tacle;

(4) For bulk packagings, other than

IBCs, venting is authorized for the spe-

cific hazardous material by a special

provision in the § 172.101 table or by the

applicable bulk packaging specification

in part 178 of this subchapter; and

(5) Intermediate bulk packagings

(IBCs) may be vented when required to

reduce internal pressure that may de-

velop by the evolution of gas subject to

the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1)

through (g)(3) of this section. The IBC

must be of a type that has successfully

passed (with the vent in place) the ap-

plicable design qualification tests with

no release of hazardous material.

(h) Outage and filling limits—(1) Gen-

eral. When filling packagings and re-

ceptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage

(outage) must be left to ensure that

neither leakage nor permanent distor-

tion of the packaging or receptacle will

occur as a result of an expansion of the

liquid caused by temperatures likely to

be encountered during transportation.

Requirements for outage and filling

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

457

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24a

limits for non-bulk and bulk pack-

agings are specified in §§ 173.24a(d) and

173.24b(a), respectively.

(2) Compressed gases and cryogenic liq-

uids. Filling limits for compressed

gases and cryogenic liquids are speci-

fied in §§ 173.301 through 173.306 for cyl-

inders and §§ 173.314 through 173.319 for

bulk packagings.

(i) Air transportation. Except as pro-

vided in subpart C of part 171 of this

subchapter, packages offered or in-

tended for transportation by aircraft

must conform to the general require-

ments for transportation by aircraft in

§ 173.27.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52610, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct.

2, 1991; 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–

238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–241,

59 FR 67491, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–242, 60

FR 26805, May 18, 1995; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1,

2001; 66 FR 45379, 81, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032,

July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR

76154, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007;

73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14,

2009]

§ 173.24a Additional general require-

ments for non-bulk packagings and

packages.

(a) Packaging design. Except as pro-

vided in § 172.312 of this subchapter:

(1) Inner packaging closures. A com-

bination packaging containing liquid

hazardous materials must be packed so

that closures on inner packagings are

upright.

(2) Friction. The nature and thickness

of the outer packaging must be such

that friction during transportation is

not likely to generate an amount of

heat sufficient to alter dangerously the

chemical stability of the contents.

(3) Securing and cushioning. Inner

packagings of combination packagings

must be so packed, secured and cush-

ioned to prevent their breakage or

leakage and to control their shifting

within the outer packaging under con-

ditions normally incident to transpor-

tation. Cushioning material must not

be capable of reacting dangerously

with the contents of the inner pack-

agings or having its protective prop-

erties significantly weakened in the

event of leakage.

(4) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and

other metallic devices shall not pro-

trude into the interior of the outer

packaging in such a manner as to be

likely to damage inner packagings or

receptacles.

(5) Vibration. Each non-bulk package

must be capable of withstanding, with-

out rupture or leakage, the vibration

test procedure specified in § 178.608 of

this subchapter.

(b) Non-bulk packaging filling limits. (1)

A single or composite non-bulk pack-

aging may be filled with a liquid haz-

ardous material only when the specific

gravity of the material does not exceed

that marked on the packaging, or a

specific gravity of 1.2 if not marked,

except as follows:

(i) A Packing Group I packaging may

be used for a Packing Group II mate-

rial with a specific gravity not exceed-

ing the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the

specific gravity marked on the pack-

aging, provided all the performance

criteria can still be met with the high-

er specific gravity material;

(ii) A Packing Group I packaging

may be used for a Packing Group III

material with a specific gravity not ex-

ceeding the greater of 2.7, or 2.25 times

the specific gravity marked on the

packaging, provided all the perform-

ance criteria can still be met with the

higher specific gravity material; and

(iii) A Packing Group II packaging

may be used for a Packing Group III

material with a specific gravity not ex-

ceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times

the specific gravity marked on the

packaging, provided all the perform-

ance criteria can still be met with the

higher specific gravity material.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in

this section, a non-bulk packaging may

not be filled with a hazardous material

to a gross mass greater than the max-

imum gross mass marked on the pack-

aging.

(3) A single or composite non-bulk

packaging which is tested and marked

for liquid hazardous materials may be

filled with a solid hazardous material

to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex-

ceeding the rated capacity of the pack-

aging in liters, multiplied by the spe-

cific gravity marked on the packaging,

or 1.2 if not marked. In addition:

(i) A single or composite non-bulk

packaging which is tested and marked

for Packing Group I liquid hazardous

materials may be filled with a solid

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

458

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.24a

Packing Group II hazardous material

to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex-

ceeding the rated capacity of the pack-

aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multi-

plied by the specific gravity marked on

the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked.

(ii) A single or composite non-bulk

packaging which is tested and marked

for Packing Group I liquid hazardous

materials may be filled with a solid

Packing Group III hazardous material

to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex-

ceeding the rated capacity of the pack-

aging in liters, multiplied by 2.25, mul-

tiplied by the specific gravity marked

on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked.

(iii) A single or composite non-bulk

packaging which is tested and marked

for Packing Group II liquid hazardous

materials may be filled with a solid

Packing Group III hazardous material

to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex-

ceeding the rated capacity of the pack-

aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multi-

plied by the specific gravity marked on

the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked.

(4) Packagings tested as prescribed in

§ 178.605 of this subchapter and marked

with the hydrostatic test pressure as

prescribed in § 178.503(a)(5) of this sub-

chapter may be used for liquids only

when the vapor pressure of the liquid

conforms to one of the following:

(i) The vapor pressure must be such

that the total pressure in the pack-

aging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the

liquid plus the partial pressure of air or

other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia))

at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the

basis of a maximum degree of filling in

accordance with paragraph (d) of this

section and a filling temperature of 15

°C (59 °F)), will not exceed two-thirds of

the marked test pressure;

(ii) The vapor pressure at 50 °C (122

°F) must be less than four-sevenths of

the sum of the marked test pressure

plus 100 kPa (15 psia); or

(iii) The vapor pressure at 55 °C (131

°F) must be less than two-thirds of the

sum of the marked test pressure plus

100 kPa (15 psia).

(5) No hazardous material may re-

main on the outside of a package after

filling.

bulk packaging may contain more than

one hazardous material only when—

(i) The inner and outer packagings

used for each hazardous material con-

form to the relevant packaging sec-

tions of this part applicable to that

hazardous material;

(ii) The package as prepared for ship-

ment meets the performance tests pre-

scribed in part 178 of this subchapter

for the packing group indicating the

highest order of hazard for the haz-

ardous materials contained in the

package;

(iii) Corrosive materials (except

ORM-D) in bottles are further packed

in securely closed inner receptacles be-

fore packing in outer packagings; and

(iv) For transportation by aircraft,

the total net quantity does not exceed

the lowest permitted maximum net

quantity per package as shown in Col-

umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the

§ 172.101 table. The permitted maximum

net quantity must be calculated in

kilograms if a package contains both a

liquid and a solid.

(2) A packaging containing inner

packagings of Division 6.2 materials

may not contain other hazardous mate-

rials except—

(i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or

liquid nitrogen, as authorized under

the HMR;

(ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize

blood or plasma; or

(iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class

8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack-

ing Groups II or III used to stabilize or

prevent degradation of the sample, pro-

vided the quantity of such materials

does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g

(1 ounce) in each inner packaging. The

maximum quantity in an outer pack-

age, including a hazardous material

used to preserve or stabilize a sample,

may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon) or 4 kg

(8.8 pounds). Such preservatives are not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter.

(d) Liquids must not completely fill a

receptacle at a temperature of 55 °C

(131 °F) or less.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52611, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993;

Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66

FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30,

2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

459

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24b

§ 173.24b Additional general require-

ments for bulk packagings.

(a) Outage and filling limits. (1) Except

as otherwise provided in this sub-

chapter, liquids and liquefied gases

must be so loaded that the outage is at

least five percent for materials poi-

sonous by inhalation, or at least one

percent for all other materials, of the

total capacity of a cargo tank, portable

tank, tank car (including dome capac-

ity), multi-unit tank car tank, or any

compartment thereof, at the following

reference temperatures—

(i) 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated

tank;

(ii) 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank car hav-

ing a thermal protection system, incor-

porating a metal jacket that provides

an overall thermal conductance at 15.5

°C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22

kilojoules per hour per square meter

per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per

square foot/ per degree F) temperature

differential; or

(iii) 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated

tank.

(2) Hazardous materials may not be

loaded into the dome of a tank car. If

the dome of the tank car does not pro-

vide sufficient outage, vacant space

must be left in the shell to provide the

required outage.

(b) Equivalent steel. For the purposes

of this section, the reference stainless

steel is stainless steel with a guaran-

teed minimum tensile strength of 51.7

deka newtons per square millimeter

(75,000 psi) and a guaranteed elongation

of 40 percent or greater. Where the reg-

ulations permit steel other than stain-

less steel to be used in place of a speci-

fied stainless steel (for example, as in

§ 172.102 of this subchapter, special pro-

vision B30), the minimum thickness for

the steel must be obtained from one of

the following formulas, as appropriate:

Formula for metric units

= (12.74e

) / (Rm

)

⁄

Formula for non-metric units

= (144.2e

) / (Rm

)

⁄

where:

= Required thickness of the reference

stainless steel in mm or inches respec-

tively;

= Equivalent thickness of the steel used in

mm or inches respectively;

= Specified minimum tensile strength of

the steel used in deka-newtons per

square millimeter or pounds per square

inch respectively; and

= Specified minimum percentage elon-

gation of the steel used multiplied by 100

(for example, 20 percent times 100 equals

20). Elongation values used must be de-

termined from a 50 mm or 2 inch test

specimen.

atmospheric pressure may not be used

to load or unload any lading which

may create an air-enriched mixture

within the flammability range of the

lading in the vapor space of the tank.

(d) A bulk packaging may not be

loaded with a hazardous material that:

(1) Is at a temperature outside of the

packaging’s design temperature range;

(2) Except as otherwise provided in

this subchapter, exceeds the maximum

weight of lading marked on the speci-

fication plate.

(e) Stacking of IBCs and Large Pack-

agings. (1) IBCs and Large Packagings

not designed and tested to be stacked.

No packages or freight (hazardous or

otherwise) may be stacked upon an IBC

or a Large Packaging that was not de-

signed and tested to be stacked upon.

(2) IBCs and Large Packagings de-

signed and tested to be stacked. The

superimposed weight placed upon an

IBC or a Large Packaging designed to

be stacked may not exceed the max-

imum permissible stacking test mass

marked on the packaging.

(f) UN portable tanks. (1) A UN port-

able tank manufactured in the United

States must conform in all details to

the applicable requirements in parts

172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter.

(2) UN portable tanks manufactured

outside the United States. A UN portable

tank manufactured outside the United

States, in accordance with national or

international regulations based on the

UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7

of this subchapter), which is an author-

ized packaging under § 173.24 of this

subchapter, may be filled, offered and

transported in the United States, if the

§ 172.101 Table of this subchapter au-

thorizes the hazardous material for

transportation in the UN portable tank

and it conforms to the applicable T

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

460

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.25

codes, and tank provision codes, or

other special provisions assigned to the

hazardous material in Column (7) of

the Table. In addition, the portable

tank must—

(i) Conform to applicable provisions

in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) and the re-

quirements of this subpart;

(ii) Be capable of passing the pre-

scribed tests and inspections in part 180

of this subchapter applicable to the UN

portable tank specification;

(iii) Be designed and manufactured

according to the ASME Code (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) or a pressure

vessel design code approved by the As-

sociate Administrator;

(iv) Be approved by the Associate Ad-

ministrator when the portable tank is

designed and constructed under the

provisions of an alternative arrange-

ment (see § 178.274(a)(2) of this sub-

chapter); and

(v) The competent authority of the

country of manufacture must provide

reciprocal treatment for UN portable

tanks manufactured in the United

States.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–

243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61

FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR

50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001;

67 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003;

74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13,

2011]

§ 173.25 Authorized packagings and

overpacks.

(a) Authorized packages containing

hazardous materials may be offered for

transportation in an overpack as de-

fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, if all

of the following conditions are met:

(1) The package meets the require-

ments of §§ 173.21 and 173.24 of this sub-

chapter.

(2) The overpack is marked with the

proper shipping name and identifica-

tion number, when applicable, and is

labeled as required by this subchapter

for each hazardous material contained

therein, unless marking and labels rep-

resentative of each hazardous material

in the overpack are visible.

(3) Each package subject to the ori-

entation marking requirements of

§ 172.312 of this subchapter is packed in

the overpack with its filling holes up

and the overpack is marked with pack-

age orientation marking arrows on two

opposite vertical sides of the overpack

with the arrows pointing in the correct

direction of orientation.

(4) The overpack is marked with the

word ‘‘OVERPACK’’ when specification

packagings are required, unless speci-

fication markings on the inside pack-

ages are visible.

(5) Packages containing Class 8 (cor-

rosive) materials in Packing Group I or

Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in

Packing Group I may not be over-

packed with any other materials.

(6) Where packages of limited quan-

tity materials are overpacked and,

until December 31, 2012 or December 31,

2013, packages bearing the ORM–D AIR

or ORM–D marking, respectively, must

be marked ‘‘OVERPACK’’ unless all

marking required by this section are

visible. Where packages of excepted

quantities (see § 173.4a of this part) are

overpacked and all required markings

are not visible through the overpack,

they must be repeated on the overpack.

An overpack containing packages of

excepted quantities is not required to

be marked ‘‘OVERPACK.’’

(b) Shrink-wrapped or stretch-

wrapped trays may be used as outer

packagings for inner packagings pre-

pared in accordance with the limited

quantity provisions or consumer com-

modity provisions of this subchapter,

provided that—

(1) Inner packagings are not fragile,

liable to break or be easily punctured,

such as those made of glass, porcelain,

stoneware or certain plastics; and

(2) Each complete package does not

exceed 20 kg (44 lbs) gross weight.

quired to be labeled POISON may be

transported in the same motor vehicle

with material that is marked or known

to be foodstuffs, feed or any edible ma-

terial intended for consumption by hu-

mans or animals provided the haz-

ardous material is marked, labeled,

and packaged in accordance with this

subchapter, conforms to the require-

ments of paragraph (a) of this section

and is overpacked as specified in

§ 177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an

overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

461

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

drum tested and marked for a Packing

Group II or higher performance level.

[Amdt. 173–165, 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983, as

amended by Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612 Dec.

21, 1990; 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–

234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–214, 59

FR 67491, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5,

1999; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155,

Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005; 73 FR

57005, Oct. 1, 2008; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.26 Quantity limitations.

When quantity limitations do not ap-

pear in the packaging requirements of

this subchapter, the permitted gross

weight or capacity authorized for a

packaging is as shown in the packaging

specification or standard in part 178 or

179, as applicable, of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 173.27 General requirements for

transportation by aircraft.

(a) The requirements of this section

are in addition to requirements pre-

scribed elsewhere under this part and

apply to packages offered or intended

for transportation aboard aircraft. Ex-

cept for materials not subject to per-

formance packaging requirements in

subpart E of this part, a packaging

containing a Packing Group III mate-

rial with a primary or subsidiary risk

of Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or Class 8

must meet the Packing Group II per-

formance level when offered for trans-

portation by aircraft.

(b) Packages authorized onboard air-

craft. (1) When Column 9a of the

§ 172.101 table indicates that a material

is ‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not

be offered for transportation or trans-

ported aboard passenger-carrying air-

craft.

(2) When Column 9b of the § 172.101

table indicates that a material is

‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not be

offered for transportation or trans-

ported aboard aircraft.

(3) The maximum quantity of haz-

ardous material in a package that may

be offered for transportation or trans-

ported aboard a passenger-carrying air-

craft or cargo aircraft may not exceed

that quantity prescribed for the mate-

rial in Column 9a or 9b, respectively, of

the § 172.101 table.

(4) A package containing a hazardous

material which is authorized aboard

cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger

aircraft must be labeled with the

CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label re-

quired by § 172.402(c) of this subchapter

and may not be offered for transpor-

tation or transported aboard pas-

senger-carrying aircraft.

agings must be designed and con-

structed to prevent leakage that may

be caused by changes in altitude and

temperature during transportation

aboard aircraft.

(2) Packagings for which retention of

liquid is a basic function must be capa-

ble of withstanding without leakage

the greater of—

(i) An internal pressure which pro-

duces a gauge pressure of not less than

75 kPa (11 psig) for liquids in Packing

Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1; or

95 kPa (14 psig) for other liquids; or

(ii) A pressure related to the vapor

pressure of the liquid to be conveyed,

determined by one of the following:

(A) The total gauge pressure meas-

ured in the receptacle (i.e., the vapor

pressure of the material and the partial

pressure of air or other inert gases, less

100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 °C (131 °F), mul-

tiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; deter-

mined on the basis of a filling tempera-

ture of 15 °C (59 °F) and a degree of fill-

ing such that the receptacle is not

completely liquid full at a temperature

of 55 °C (131 °F) or less;

(B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50

°C (122 °F) less 100 kPa (15 psia); or

°C (131 °) less 100 kPa (15 psia).

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of

paragraph (c)(2) of this section—

(i) Hazardous materials may be con-

tained in an inner packaging which

does not itself meet the pressure re-

quirement provided that the inner

packaging is packed within a supple-

mentary packaging which does meet

the pressure requirement and other ap-

plicable packaging requirements of

this subchapter.

(ii) Packagings which are subject to

the hydrostatic pressure test and

marking requirements of §§ 178.605 and

178.503(a)(5), respectively, of this sub-

chapter must have a marked test pres-

sure of not less than 250 kPa (36 psig)

for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa

(12 psig) for liquids in Packing Group

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

462

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.27

III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100

kPa (15 psig) for other liquids.

(d) Closures. The body and closure of

any packaging must be constructed to

be able to adequately resist the effects

of temperature and vibration occurring

in conditions normally incident to air

transportation. Inner packaging or re-

ceptacle closures of combination pack-

ages containing liquids must be held

securely, tightly and effectively in

place by secondary means. Examples of

such secondary methods include: Adhe-

sive tape, friction sleeves, welding or

soldering, locking wires, locking rings,

induction heat seals, and child-resist-

ant closures. The closure device must

be designed so that it is unlikely that

it can be incorrectly or incompletely

closed. Closures must be as follows:

(1) Packing Group I. An inner pack-

aging containing liquids of Packing

Group I must have a secondary means

of closure applied and packed in ac-

cordance with paragraph (e) of this sec-

tion.

(2) Packing Groups II and III. When a

secondary means of closure cannot be

applied or is impracticable to apply to

an inner packaging containing liquids

of Packing Groups II and III, this re-

quirement may be satisfied by securely

closing the inner packaging and plac-

ing it in a leakproof liner or bag before

placing the inner packaging in its

outer packaging.

(e) Absorbent materials. Except as oth-

erwise provided in this subchapter,

Packing Group I liquid hazardous ma-

terials of Classes 3, 4, or 8, or Divisions

5.1 or 6.1 that are packaged in combina-

tion packagings and offered for air

transport in glass, earthenware, plas-

tic, or metal inner packagings must be

packed using absorbent material as fol-

lows:

(1) Inner packagings must be packed

in a rigid and leakproof receptacle or

intermediate packaging containing suf-

ficient absorbent material to absorb

the entire contents of the inner pack-

aging before packing the inner pack-

aging in its outer package.

(2) Absorbent material must not

react dangerously with the liquid (see

§§ 173.24 and 173.24a.).

(f) Combination packagings. (1) Ex-

cepted quantities. For authorized mate-

rials and inner and outer package

quantity limits for combination pack-

ages of excepted quantities intended for

transportation by aircraft, see § 173.4a

of this part. Unless otherwise specified

in this part, or in Subpart C of part 171

of this subchapter, when combination

packagings are intended for transpor-

tation aboard an aircraft, inner pack-

agings must conform to the quantity

limitations set forth in table 1 of this

paragraph for transport aboard pas-

senger-carrying aircraft and table 2 of

this paragraph for transport aboard

cargo-only aircraft.

(2) Limited quantities. (i) Unless other-

wise specified in this part, or in sub-

part C of part 171 of this subchapter,

when a limited quantity of hazardous

material packaged in a combination

packaging is intended for transpor-

tation aboard an aircraft, the inner and

outer packagings must conform to the

quantity limitations set forth in Table

3 of this paragraph. Substances and ar-

ticles must be authorized for transpor-

tation aboard a passenger-carrying air-

craft (see Column (9A) of the § 172.101

Hazardous Materials Table of this sub-

chapter). As such, not all unauthorized

substances or articles may be indicated

in this section. Unless otherwise ex-

cepted, packages must be marked and

labeled in accordance with this section

and any additional requirements in

subparts D and E, respectively, of part

172 of this subchapter. Materials or ar-

ticles not authorized as limited quan-

tity by aircraft are:

(A) Those in Packing Group I;

(B) Class 1 (explosive) material (see

§ 173.63(b) of this part for exceptions

provided to certain articles of Division

1.4S) and Class 7 (radioactive) material

(see §§ 173.421 through 173.425 of this

part, as applicable, for exceptions pro-

vided to certain substances, instru-

ments or articles of Class 7);

(except Aerosols (UN1950) and Recep-

tacles, small (UN2037) without sub-

sidiary risk) and Division 2.3 (toxic

gas);

(D) Divisions 4.1 (self-reactive), 4.2

(spontaneously combustible) (primary

or subsidiary risk), and 4.3 (dangerous

when wet) (liquids);

(E) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide)

(except when contained in a Chemical

or First aid kit (UN3316) or Polyester

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

463

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

resin kit (UN3269) (Types D, E and F

non-temperature controlled only));

(F) Class 8 (corrosive) materials

UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, 3028;

and

(G) All Class 9 (miscellaneous) mate-

rials except for UN1941, UN1990, UN2071,

UN3077, UN3082, UN3316, UN3334,

UN3335, and ID8000.

(ii) Effective January 1, 2012, pack-

ages must be marked with the limited

quantity ‘‘Y’’ mark as prescribed in

§ 172.315 of this part when conforming

to Table 3 of this paragraph. Until De-

cember 31, 2012, a package may instead

be marked with the proper shipping

name ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and

‘‘ORM–D–AIR’’ (including ‘‘Charcoal,

NA1361) if it contains a consumer com-

modity, as authorized by this sub-

chapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

(iii) Strong outer packagings are re-

quired and a completed package may

not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs) gross weight.

(iv) A secondary means of closure re-

quired for all liquids contained in inner

packagings. If this requirement cannot

be satisfied, the use of an intermediate

and leakproof form of containment,

such as a liner, is required.

(v) Packages must be capable of pass-

ing a 1.2 m drop test on to a rigid, non-

resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in

the position most likely to cause dam-

age. The criteria for passing the test is

that the outer packaging must not ex-

hibit any damage affecting safety in

transport and there must be no leakage

from the inner packagings.

(vi) Each package must be capable of

withstanding, without breakage or

leakage of any inner packaging, a force

applied to the top surface for a dura-

tion of 24 hours equivalent to the total

weight of identical packages if stacked

to a height of 3 m (including the test

sample).

(vii) Except for UN3082, inner pack-

agings of combination packagings con-

taining liquids must be capable of pass-

ing the appropriate pressure differen-

tial test prescribed in paragraph (c) of

this section.

(3) The tables are as follows:

ABLE

1—M

AXIMUM

APACITY OF

NNER

ACKAGING FOR

RANSPORTATION ON

ASSENGER

ARRYING

IRCRAFT

Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9a of the § 172.101

table

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack-

aging

Glass, earthenware or

fiber inner packagings

Metal or plastic inner

packagings

Liquids:

Not greater than 0.5L ............................................................... 0.5L ................................... 0.5L.

Greater than 0.5L. not greater than lL ..................................... 0.5L ................................... lL.

Greater than 1L, not greater than 5L ....................................... 1L ...................................... 5L.

Greater than 5L, not greater than 60L ..................................... 2.5L ................................... 10L.

Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ................................. 5L ...................................... 25L.

Greater than 220L .................................................................... No limit .............................. No limit.

Solids:

Not greater than 5 kg ............................................................... 0.5 kg ................................ 1 kg.

Greater than 5 kg, not greater than 25 kg ............................... 1 kg ................................... 2.5 kg.

Greater than 25 kg, not greater than 200 kg ........................... 5 kg ................................... 10 kg.

Greater than 200 kg ................................................................. No limit .............................. No limit.

ABLE

2—M

AXIMUM

APACITY OF

NNER

ACKAGING FOR

RANSPORTATION ON

ARGO

IRCRAFT

Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of the § 172.101

table

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack-

aging

Glass, earthenware or

fiber inner packagings

Metal or plastic inner

packagings

Liquids:

Not greater than 2.5L ............................................................... 1L ...................................... 1L.

Greater than 2.5L, not greater than 30L .................................. 2.5L ................................... 2.5L.

Greater than 30L, not greater than 60L ................................... 5L ...................................... 10L.

Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ................................. 5L ...................................... 25L.

Greater than 220L .................................................................... No limit .............................. No limit.

Solids:

Not greater than 15 kg ............................................................. 1 kg ................................... 2.5 kg.

Greater than 15 kg, not greater than 50 kg ............................. 2.5 kg ................................ 5 kg.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

464

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.27

ABLE

2—M

AXIMUM

APACITY OF

NNER

ACKAGING FOR

RANSPORTATION ON

ARGO

IRCRAFT

—Continued

Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of the § 172.101

table

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack-

aging

Glass, earthenware or

fiber inner packagings

Metal or plastic inner

packagings

Greater than 50 kg, not greater than 200 kg ........................... 5 kg ................................... 10 kg.

Greater than 200 kg ................................................................. No limit .............................. No limit.

ABLE

3—M

AXIMUM

UANTITY OF

ACH

NNER AND

UTER

ACKAGING FOR

ATERIALS

UTHORIZED FOR

RANSPORTATION AS

IMITED

UANTITY BY

IRCRAFT

Hazard class or

division

Maximum authorized net quantity of each

inner packaging

Maximum author-

ized net quantity of

each outer package

Notes

Glass, earthenware

or fiber inner pack-

agings

Metal or plastic

inner packagings

Class 1 ................... Forbidden (See

note).

............................ ............................ See § 173.63(b) of this part for excep-

tions provided to certain articles of

Division 1.4S.

Class 2 ................... ............................ ............................ 30 kg Gross ........... Authorized materials: Aerosols

(UN1950) in Divisions 2.1 and 2.2,

and Receptacles, small (UN2037) in

Divisions 2.1 and 2.2 without sub-

sidiary risk and Fuel cells cartridges

(UN3478, UN3479), see § 173.230 of

this part.

Class 3 ................... PG I: Forbidden.

PG II: 0.5L ............. PG II: 0.5L ............. PG II: 1L* .............. * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with corrosive subsidiary risk

(e.g., UN2924, UN3286) is 0.5L. For

Class 3 base materials as part of a

Polyester resin kit (UN3269), see

§ 173.165 of this part for additional

requirements, as applicable. Inner

packaging limit for UN3269 base ma-

terial is 1.0 L. For Fuel cell car-

tridges containing flammable liquids

(UN3473), see § 173.230 of this part.

PG III: 2.5L* ..........

* Corrosive sub-

sidiary risk (e.g.,

UN2924) or toxic

(e.g., UN1992) is

1L.

PG III: 5.0L* ..........

* Corrosive sub-

sidiary risk (e.g.,

UN2924) or toxic

(e.g., UN1992) is

1L.

PG III: 10L* ........... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with corrosive subsidiary risk

(e.g., UN2924) is 1L and toxic sub-

sidiary risk (e.g., UN1992) is 2L. For

Class 3 base materials as part of a

Polyester resin kit (UN3269), see

§ 173.165 of this part for additional

requirements, as applicable. Inner

packaging limit for UN3269 base ma-

terial is 1.0 L.

Division 4.1 (does

not include self-

reactive material).

PG I: Forbidden.

PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 5 kg* ........... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g.,

UN3179) is 1 kg.

PG III: 1 kg ............ PG III: 1 kg ............ PG III: 10 kg* ........ * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with corrosive subsidiary risk

(e.g., UN3180) is 5 kg.

Division 4.2 (Pri-

mary or sub-

sidiary).

Forbidden * ............ ............................ 25 kg (net mass) * * Until December 31, 2012, Charcoal

(NA1361), PG III, may be trans-

ported as a limited quantity and may

be renamed Consumer commodity

and reclassed ORM-D-AIR, if eligi-

ble.

Division 4.3 (solid

material only).

PG I solids and all

liquids regardless

of Packing

Group: Forbidden.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

465

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

ABLE

3—M

AXIMUM

UANTITY OF

ACH

NNER AND

UTER

ACKAGING FOR

ATERIALS

UTHORIZED FOR

RANSPORTATION AS

IMITED

UANTITY BY

IRCRAFT

—Continued

Hazard class or

division

Maximum authorized net quantity of each

inner packaging

Maximum author-

ized net quantity of

each outer package

Notes

Glass, earthenware

or fiber inner pack-

agings

Metal or plastic

inner packagings

PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 5 kg* ........... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g.,

UN3134) is 1 kg. For fuel cell car-

tridges containing water reactive

substances (UN3476), see § 173.230

of this part.

PG III: 1 kg ............ PG III: 1 kg ............ PG III: 10 kg* ........ * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with corrosive or flammable sub-

sidiary risk (e.g., UN3131 or

UN3132, respectively) is 5 kg.

Division 5.1 (Liquid

or solid material).

PG I: Forbidden.

Division 5.1 (liquid

material).

PG II: 0.1L ............. PG II: 0.1L ............. PG II: 0.5L.

PG III: 0.5L ............ PG III: 0.5L ............ PG III: 1.0L.

Division 5.1 (solid

material).

PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 2.5 kg* ........ * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g.,

UN3087) is 1 kg.

PG III: 1.0 kg ......... PG III: 1.0 kg ......... PG III: 10 kg* ........ * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with corrosive subsidiary risk

(e.g., UN3085) is 1 kg.

Division 5.2 (liquid

material).

30 mL .................... 30 mL .................... 1 kg ....................... Authorized materials: Types D, E and

F are authorized only as part of a

Chemical or First aid kit (UN3316)

packaged in accordance with

§ 173.161 of this part or a Polyester

resin kit (UN3269) packaged in ac-

cordance with § 173.165 of this part.

See §§ 173.161 and 173.165, as ap-

plicable, for additional requirements.

Division 5.2 (solid

material).

100g ...................... 100g ...................... 1 kg ....................... Solid activators of Types D, E and F

are limited to 100 g per inner pack-

aging for UN3316 and UN3269. See

§§ 173.161 and 173.165, as applica-

ble, for additional requirements.

Division 6.1 ............. PG I (Inhalation or

otherwise): For-

bidden.

Division 6.1 (liquid

material).

PG II: 0.1L ............. PG II: 0.1L ............. PG II: 1.0L* ........... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age with corrosive subsidiary risk

(e.g., UN3289) is 0.5L.

PG III: 0.5L ............ PG III: 0.5L ............ PG III: 2.0L.

Division 6.1 (solid

material).

PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 1.0 kg.

PG III: 1.0 kg ......... PG III: 1.0 kg ......... PG III: 10 kg.

Class 7 ................... Forbidden (See

note).

............................ ............................ See §§ 173.421 through 173.425 of this

part, as applicable, for exceptions

provided to certain substances, in-

struments or articles of Class 7.

Class 8 ................... PG I: Forbidden.

Class 8 (liquid ma-

terial).

PG II: 0.1L ............. PG II: 0.1L ............. PG II: 0.5L ............. For ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges containing cor-

rosive substances’’ (UN3477), see

§ 173.230 of this part.

PG III: 0.5L ............ PG III: 0.5L ............ PG III: 1.0L.

Class 8 (solid mate-

rial).

PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 0.5 kg .......... PG II: 5.0 kg* ........ * Maximum net quantity per outer pack-

age for UN2430 is 1.0 kg. UN2794,

UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, UN3028

are not authorized as limited quan-

tity.

PG III: 1.0 kg ......... PG III: 1.0 kg ......... PG III: 5.0 kg.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

466

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.28

ABLE

3—M

AXIMUM

UANTITY OF

ACH

NNER AND

UTER

ACKAGING FOR

ATERIALS

UTHORIZED FOR

RANSPORTATION AS

IMITED

UANTITY BY

IRCRAFT

—Continued

Hazard class or

division

Maximum authorized net quantity of each

inner packaging

Maximum author-

ized net quantity of

each outer package

Notes

Glass, earthenware

or fiber inner pack-

agings

Metal or plastic

inner packagings

Class 9 (liquid ma-

terial).

30 mL (UN3316);

5.0L (UN1941,

UN1990,

UN3082).

30 mL (UN3316);

5.0L (UN1941,

UN1990,

UN3082).

1 kg (UN3316); 30

kg gross (all

other authorized

Class 9 material).

Authorized materials: UN1941,

UN1990, UN2071, UN3077,

UN3082, UN3334, and UN3335. Ad-

ditionally, Consumer commodity

(ID8000) in accordance with

§ 173.167 of this part and Chemical

kit or First aid kit (UN3316) in ac-

cordance with § 173.161 of this part

are authorized.

Class 9 (solid mate-

rial).

100 g (UN3316);

5.0 kg (UN2071,

UN3077).

100 g (UN3316);

5.0 kg (UN2071,

UN3077).

1 kg (UN3316); 30

kg gross (all

other authorized

Class 9 material).

(g) Cylinders. For any cylinder con-

taining hazardous materials and incor-

porating valves, sufficient protection

must be provided to prevent operation

of, and damage to, the valves during

transportation, by one of the following

methods:

(1) By equipping each cylinder with

securely attached valve caps or protec-

tive headrings; or

(2) By boxing or crating the cylinder.

(h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any

tank car or cargo tank containing a

hazardous material may not be trans-

ported aboard aircraft.

(i) Effective October 1, 2006, each per-

son who offers a hazardous material for

transportation by aircraft must in-

clude the certification statement speci-

fied in § 172.204(c)(3).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR

58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001;

68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20,

2004; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 73 FR 57006,

Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR

3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 82175, Dec. 30, 2011;

77 FR 22509, Apr. 16, 2012]

§ 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and re-

manufacture of packagings.

(a) General. Packagings and recep-

tacles used more than once must be in

such condition, including closure de-

vices and cushioning materials, that

they conform in all respects to the pre-

scribed requirements of this sub-

chapter. Before reuse, each packaging

must be inspected and may not be re-

used unless free from incompatible res-

idue, rupture, or other damage which

reduces its structural integrity. Pack-

agings not meeting the minimum

thickness requirements prescribed in

paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may

not be reused or reconditioned for

reuse.

(b) Reuse of non-bulk packaging. A

non-bulk packaging used more than

once must conform to the following

provisions and limitations:

(1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon

inspection, shows evidence of a reduc-

tion in integrity may not be reused un-

less it is reconditioned in accordance

with paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) Before reuse, packagings subject

to the leakproofness test with air pre-

scribed in § 178.604 of this subchapter

shall be—

(i) Retested without failure in ac-

cordance with § 178.604 of this sub-

chapter using an internal air pressure

(gauge) of at least 48 kPa (7.0 psig) for

Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psig)

for Packing Group II and Packing

Group III; and

(ii) Marked with the letter ‘‘L’’, with

the name and address or symbol of the

person conducting the test, and the

last two digits of the year the test was

conducted. Symbols, if used, must be

registered with the Associate Adminis-

trator.

(3) Packagings made of paper (other

than fiberboard), plastic film, or tex-

tile are not authorized for reuse;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

467

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.28

(4) Metal and plastic drums and

jerricans used as single packagings or

the outer packagings of composite

packagings are authorized for reuse

only when they are marked in a perma-

nent manner (e.g., embossed) in mm

with the nominal (for metal pack-

agings) or minimum (for plastic pack-

agings) thickness of the packaging ma-

terial, as required by § 178.503(a)(9) of

this subchapter, and—

(i) Except as provided in paragraph

(b)(4)(ii) of this section, conform to the

following minimum thickness criteria:

Maximum ca-

pacity not

over

Minimum thickness of packaging material

Metal drum or

jerrican

Plastic drum or

jerrican

20 L ............. 0.63 mm (0.025 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch).

30 L ............. 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch).

40 L ............. 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch).

60 L ............. 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch).

120 L ........... 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 2.2 mm (0.087 inch).

220 L ........... 0.92 mm (0.036

inch)

2.2 mm (0.087 inch).

450 L ........... 1.77 mm (0.070 inch) 5.0 mm (0.197 inch).

Metal drums or jerricans with a

minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body

and 1.09 mm heads which are manufac-

tured and marked prior to January 1,

1997 may be reused. Metal drums or

jerricans manufactured and marked on

or after January 1, 1997, and intended

for reuse, must be constructed with a

minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body

and 1.11 mm heads.

(ii) For stainless steel drums and

jerricans, conform to a minimum wall

thickness as determined by the fol-

lowing equivalence formula:

ORMULA FOR

ETRIC

NITS

Rm A

21 4

ORMULA FOR

U.S. S

TANDARD

NITS

Rm A

21 4

145

()

where:

= required equivalent wall thickness of the

metal to be used (in mm or, for U.S.

Standard units, use inches).

= required minimum wall thickness for

the reference steel (in mm or, for U.S.

Standard units, use inches).

= guaranteed minimum tensile strength

of the metal to be used (in N/mm

or for

U.S. Standard units, use psi).

= guaranteed minimum elongation (as a

percentage) of the metal to be used on

fracture under tensile stress (see para-

graph (c)(1) of this section).

(5) Plastic inner receptacles of com-

posite packagings must have a min-

imum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch).

(6) A previously used non-bulk pack-

aging may be reused for the shipment

of hazardous waste, not subject to the

reconditioning and reuse provisions of

this section, in accordance with

§ 173.12(c).

(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of

paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a pack-

aging otherwise authorized for reuse

may be reused without being

leakproofness tested with air provided

the packaging—

(i) Is refilled with a material which is

compatible with the previous lading:

(ii) Is refilled and offered for trans-

portation by the original filler;

(iii) Is transported in a transport ve-

hicle or freight container under the ex-

clusive use of the refiller of the pack-

aging; and

(iv) Is constructed of—

(A) Stainless steel, monel or nickel

with a thickness not less than one and

one-half times the minimum thickness

prescribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this

section;

(B) Plastic, provided the packaging is

not refilled for reuse on a date more

than five years from the date of manu-

facture marked on the packaging in ac-

cordance with § 178.503(a)(6) of this sub-

chapter; or

when approved under the conditions es-

tablished by the Associate Adminis-

trator for reuse without retesting.

aging. (1) For the purpose of this sub-

chapter, reconditioning of metal drums

is:

(i) Cleaning to base material of con-

struction, with all former contents, in-

ternal and external corrosion, and any

external coatings and labels removed;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EP26JN96.000</MATH> EP26JN96.001</MATH>

468

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.28

(ii) Restoring to original shape and

contour, with chimes (if any) straight-

ened and sealed, and all non-integral

gaskets replaced: and

(iii) Inspecting after cleaning but be-

fore painting, Packagings that have

visible pitting, significant reduction in

material thickness, metal fatigue,

damaged threads or closures, or other

significant defects, must be rejected.

(2) For the purpose of this sub-

chapter, reconditioning of a non-bulk

packaging other than a metal drum in-

cludes:

(i) Removal of all former contents,

external coatings and labels, and clean-

ing to the original materials of con-

struction;

(ii) Inspection after cleaning with re-

jection of packagings with visible dam-

age such as tears, creases or cracks, or

damaged threads or closures, or other

significant defects;

(iii) Replacement of all non-integral

gaskets and closure devices with new

or refurbished parts, and cushioning

and cushioning materials; and compo-

nents including gaskets, closure de-

vices and cushioning and cushioning

material. (For a UN 1H1 plastic drum,

replacing a removable gasket or clo-

sure device with another of the same

design and material that provides

equivalent performance does not con-

stitute reconditioning); and

(iv) Ensuring that the packagings are

restored to a condition that conforms

in all respects with the prescribed re-

quirements of this subchapter.

(3) A person who reconditions a pack-

aging manufactured and marked under

the provisions of subpart L of part 178

of this subchapter, shall mark that

packaging as required by § 178.503(c)

and (d) of this subchapter. The mark-

ing is the certification of the recondi-

tioner that the packaging conforms to

the standard for which it is marked

and that all functions performed by the

reconditioner which are prescribed by

this subchapter have been performed in

compliance with this subchapter.

(4) The markings applied by the re-

conditioner may be different from

those applied by the manufacturer at

the time of original manufacture, but

may not identify a greater performance

capability than that for which the

original design type had been tested

(for example, the reconditioner may

mark a drum which was originally

marked as 1A1/Y1.8 as 1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/

Z2.0).

(5) Packagings which have significant

defects which cannot be repaired may

not be reused.

(d) Remanufacture of non-bulk pack-

agings. For the purpose of this sub-

chapter, remanufacture is the conver-

sion of a non-specification, non-bulk

packaging to a DOT specification or

U.N. standard, the conversion of a

packaging meeting one specification or

standard to another specification or

standard (for example, conversion of

1A1 non-removable head drums to 1A2

removable head drums) or the replace-

ment of integral structural packaging

components (such as non-removable

heads on drums). A person who re-

manufactures a non-bulk packaging to

conform to a specification or standard

in part 178 of this subchapter is subject

to the requirements of part 178 of this

subchapter as a manufacturer.

(e) Non-reusable containers. A pack-

aging marked as NRC according to the

DOT specification or UN standard re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter may be reused for the ship-

ment of any material not required by

this subchapter to be shipped in a DOT

specification or UN standard pack-

aging.

(f) A Division 6.2 packaging to be re-

used must be disinfected prior to reuse

by any means effective for neutralizing

the infectious substance the packaging

previously contained. A secondary

packaging or outer packaging con-

forming to the requirements of § 173.196

or § 173.199 need not be disinfected prior

to reuse if no leakage from the primary

receptacle has occurred. Drums or

jerricans not meeting the minimum

thickness requirements prescribed in

paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may

not be reused or reconditioned for

reuse.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.28, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

469

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.30

§ 173.29 Empty packagings.

(a) General. Except as otherwise pro-

vided in this section, an empty pack-

aging containing only the residue of a

hazardous material shall be offered for

transportation and transported in the

same manner as when it previously

contained a greater quantity of that

hazardous material.

(b) Notwithstanding the require-

ments of paragraph (a) of this section,

an empty packaging is not subject to

any other requirements of this sub-

chapter if it conforms to the following

provisions:

(1) Any hazardous material shipping

name and identification number mark-

ings, any hazard warning labels or

placards, and any other markings indi-

cating that the material is hazardous

(e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) are

removed, obliterated, or securely cov-

ered in transportation. This provision

does not apply to transportation in a

transport vehicle or a freight container

if the packaging is not visible in trans-

portation and the packaging is loaded

by the shipper and unloaded by the

shipper or consignee;

(2) The packaging—

(i) Is unused;

(ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue

and purged of vapors to remove any po-

tential hazard;

(iii) Is refilled with a material which

is not hazardous to such an extent that

any residue remaining in the pack-

aging no longer poses a hazard; or

(iv) Contains only the residue of—

(A) An ORM-D material; or

(B) A Division 2.2 non-flammable gas,

other than ammonia, anhydrous, and

with no subsidiary hazard, at a gauge

pressure less than 200 kPa (29.0 psig); at

20 °C (68 °F); and

(3) Any material contained in the

packaging does not meet the defini-

tions in § 171.8 of this subchapter for a

hazardous substance, a hazardous

waste, or a marine pollutant.

only the residue of a hazardous mate-

rial covered by Table 2 of § 172.504 of

this subchapter that is not a material

poisonous by inhalation or its residue

shipped under the subsidiary

placarding provisions of § 172.505—

(1) Does not have to be included in

determining the applicability of the

placarding requirements of subpart F

of part 172 of this subchapter; and

(2) Is not subject to the shipping

paper requirements of this subchapter

when collected and transported by a

contract or private carrier for recondi-

tioning, remanufacture or reuse.

(d) Notwithstanding the stowage re-

quirements in Column 10a of the

§ 172.101 table for transportation by ves-

sel, an empty drum or cylinder may be

stowed on deck or under deck.

(e) Specific provisions for describing

an empty packaging on a shipping

paper appear in § 172.203(e) of this sub-

chapter.

(f) [Reserved]

(g) A package which contains a res-

idue of an elevated temperature mate-

rial may remain marked in the same

manner as when it contained a greater

quantity of the material even though it

no longer meets the definition in § 171.8

of this subchapter for an elevated tem-

perature material.

(h) A package that contains a residue

of a hazardous substance, Class 9, listed

in the § 172.101 Table, Appendix A,

Table I, that does not meet the defini-

tion of another hazard class and is not

a hazardous waste or marine pollutant,

may remain marked, labeled and, if ap-

plicable, placarded in the same manner

as when it contained a greater quan-

tity of the material even though it no

longer meets the definition in § 171.8 of

this subchapter for a hazardous sub-

stance.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct.

2, 1991; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5,

1992; Amdt. 173–251, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996;

Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR

10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003;

69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4,

2010]

§ 173.30 Loading and unloading of

transport vehicles.

A person who is subject to the load-

ing and unloading regulations in this

subchapter must load or unload haz-

ardous materials into or from a trans-

port vehicle or vessel in conformance

with the applicable loading and unload-

ing requirements of parts 174, 175, 176,

and 177 of this subchapter.

[68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

470

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.31

§ 173.31 Use of tank cars.

(a) General. (1) No person may offer a

hazardous material for transportation

in a tank car unless the tank car meets

the applicable specification and pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

or, when this subchapter authorizes the

use of a non-DOT specification tank

car, the applicable specification to

which the tank was constructed.

(2) Tank cars and appurtenances may

be used for the transportation of any

commodity for which they are author-

ized in this part and specified on the

certificate of construction (AAR Form

4–2 or by addendum on Form R–1). See

§ 179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a

tank car from one specified service on

its certificate of construction to an-

other may be made only by the owner

or with the owner’s authorization. A

tank car proposed for a commodity

service other than specified on its cer-

tificate of construction must be ap-

proved for such service by the AAR’s

Tank Car Committee.

(3) No person may fill a tank car

overdue for periodic inspection with a

hazardous material and then offer it

for transportation. Any tank car

marked as meeting a DOT specification

and any non-specification tank car

transporting a hazardous material

must have a periodic inspection and

test conforming to subpart F of part

180 of this subchapter.

(4) No railroad tank car, regardless of

its construction date, may be used for

the transportation in commerce of any

hazardous material unless the air

brake equipment support attachments

of such tank car conform to the stand-

ards for attachments set forth in

§§ 179.100–16 and 179.200–19 of this sub-

chapter.

(5) No railroad tank car, regardless of

its construction date, may be used for

the transportation in commerce of any

hazardous material with a self-ener-

gized manway located below the liquid

level of the lading.

(6) Unless otherwise specifically pro-

vided in this part:

(i) When the tank car delimiter is an

‘‘A,’’ offerors may also use tank cars

with a delimiter ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’.

(ii) When the tank car delimiter is an

‘‘S,’’ offerors may also use tank cars

with a delimiter ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’.

(iii) When a tank car delimiter is a

‘‘T’’ offerors may also use tank cars

with a delimiter of ‘‘J’’.

(iv) When a tank car delimiter is a

‘‘J’’, offerors may not use a tank car

with any other delimiter.

(7) A class DOT-103 or DOT-104 tank

car may continue to be used for the

transportation of a hazardous material

if it meets the requirements of this

subchapter and the design require-

ments in Part 179 of this subchapter in

effect on September 30, 2003; however,

no new construction is authorized.

(8) A tank car authorized by the

Transport Canada TDG Regulations

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may

be used provided it conforms to the ap-

plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this

subchapter.

(b) Safety systems—(1) Coupler vertical

restraint. Each tank car conforming to

a DOT specification and any other tank

car used for transportation of a haz-

ardous material must be equipped with

a coupler vertical restraint system

that meets the requirements of § 179.14

of this subchapter.

(2) Pressure relief devices. (i) Pressure

relief devices on tank cars must con-

form to part 179 of this subchapter.

(ii) A single-unit tank car trans-

porting a Division 6.1 PG I or II, or

Class 2, 3, or 4 material must have a re-

closing pressure relief device. However,

a single-unit tank car built before Jan-

uary 1, 1991, and equipped with a non-

reclosing pressure relief device may be

used to transport a Division 6.1 PG I or

II material or a Class 4 liquid provided

such materials do not meet the defini-

tion of a material poisonous by inhala-

tion.

(3) Tank-head puncture-resistance re-

quirements. The following tank cars

must have a tank-head puncture-resist-

ance system that conforms to the re-

quirements in § 179.16 of this sub-

chapter, or to the corresponding re-

quirements in effect at the time of in-

stallation:

(i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2

material.

(ii) Tank cars constructed from alu-

minum or nickel plate that are used to

transport hazardous material.

(iii) Except as provided in paragraph

(b)(3)(iv) of this section, those tank

cars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

471

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

and (ii) of this section not requiring a

tank-head puncture resistance system

prior to July 1, 1996, must have a tank-

head puncture resistance system in-

stalled no later than July 1, 2006.

(iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built

prior to September 1, 1981, having a

tank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500

gallons), and used to transport a Divi-

sion 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must

have a tank-head puncture-resistant

system installed no later than July 1,

2001.

(4) Thermal protection requirements.

The following tank cars must have

thermal protection that conforms to

the requirements of § 179.18 of this sub-

chapter:

(i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2

material, except for a class 106, 107A,

110, and 113 tank car. A tank car

equipped with a thermal protection

system conforming to § 179.18 of this

subchapter, or that has an insulation

system having an overall thermal con-

ductance of no more than 0.613

kilojoules per hour, per square meter,

per degree Celsius temperature dif-

ferential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot,

per hour, per degree Fahrenheit tem-

perature differential), conforms to this

requirement.

(ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2

material that was not required to have

thermal protection prior to July 1,

1996, must be equipped with thermal

protection no later than July 1, 2006.

(5) Bottom-discontinuity protection re-

quirements. No person may offer for

transportation a hazardous material in

a tank car with bottom-discontinuity

protection unless the tank car has bot-

tom-discontinuity protection that con-

forms to the requirements of E9.00 and

E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for

Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). Tank cars not requiring bot-

tom-discontinuity protection under the

terms of Appendix Y of the AAR Speci-

fications for Tank Cars as of July 1,

1996, must conform to these require-

ments no later than July 1, 2006, except

that tank cars transporting a material

that is hazardous only because it meets

the definition of an elevated tempera-

ture material or because it is molten

sulfur do not require bottom disconti-

nuity protection.

(6) Scheduling of modifications and

progress reporting. The date of conform-

ance for the continued use of tank cars

subject to paragraphs (b)(4), (b)(5), and

(f) of this section and § 173.314(j) is sub-

ject to the following conditions and

limitations.

(i) Each tank car owner shall modify,

reassign, retire, or remove at least 50

percent of their in-service tank car

fleet within the first half of the com-

pliance period and the remainder of

their in-service tank car fleet during

the second half of the compliance pe-

riod.

(ii) By October 1 of each year, each

owner of a tank car subject to this

paragraph (b)(6) shall submit to the

Federal Railroad Administration, Haz-

ardous Materials Division, Office of

Safety Assurance and Compliance, 1120

Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Wash-

ington, DC 20590, a progress report that

shows the total number of in-service

tank cars that need head protection,

thermal protection, or bottom-dis-

continuity protection; the number of

new or different tank cars acquired to

replace those tank cars required to be

upgraded to a higher service pressure;

and the total number of tank cars

modified, reassigned, acquired, retired,

or removed from service the previous

year.

used for the transportation of a haz-

ardous material must have a tank test

pressure equal to or greater than the

greatest of the following:

(1) Except for shipments of carbon di-

oxide, anhydrous hydrogen chloride,

vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen,

133 percent of the sum of lading vapor

pressure at the reference temperature

of 46 °C (115 °F) for non-insulated tank

cars or 41 °C (105 °F) for insulated tank

cars plus static head, plus gas padding

pressure in the vacant space of a tank

car;

(2) 133 percent of the maximum load-

ing or unloading pressure, whichever is

greater;

(3) 20.7 Bar (300 psig) for materials

that are poisonous by inhalation (see

§ 173.31(e)(2)(ii) for compliance dates);

(4) The minimum pressure prescribed

by the specification in part 179 of this

subchapter; or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

472

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.31

(5) The minimum test pressure pre-

scribed for the specific hazardous ma-

terial in the applicable packaging sec-

tion in subpart F or G of this part.

(d) Examination before shipping. (1) No

person may offer for transportation a

tank car containing a hazardous mate-

rial or a residue of a hazardous mate-

rial unless that person determines that

the tank car is in proper condition and

safe for transportation. As a minimum,

each person offering a tank car for

transportation must perform an exter-

nal visual inspection that includes:

(i) Except where insulation or a ther-

mal protection system precludes an in-

spection, the tank shell and heads for

abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, dis-

tortions, defects in welds, or any other

condition that makes the tank car un-

safe for transportation;

(ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and

gaskets for corrosion, damage, or any

other condition that makes the tank

car unsafe for transportation;

(iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts,

or elements that make the tank car

unsafe for transportation;

(iv) All closures on tank cars and de-

termine that the closures and all fas-

tenings securing them are properly

tightened in place by the use of a bar,

wrench, or other suitable tool;

(v) Protective housings for proper se-

curement;

(vi) The pressure relief device, in-

cluding a careful inspection of the rup-

ture disc in non-reclosing pressure re-

lief devices, for corrosion or damage

that may alter the intended operation

of the device. The rupture disc is not

required to be removed prior to visual

inspection if the tank car contains the

residue, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, of a Class 8, PG II or PG III

material with no subsidiary hazard or

the residue of a Class 9 elevated tem-

perature material;

(vii) Each tell-tale indicator after

filling and prior to transportation to

ensure the integrity of the rupture

disc;

(viii) The external thermal protec-

tion system, tank-head puncture re-

sistance system, coupler vertical re-

straint system, and bottom disconti-

nuity protection for conditions that

make the tank car unsafe for transpor-

tation;

(ix) The required markings on the

tank car for legibility; and

(x) The periodic inspection date

markings to ensure that the inspection

and test intervals are within the pre-

scribed intervals.

(2) Closures on tank cars are re-

quired, in accordance with this sub-

chapter, to be designed and closed so

that under conditions normally inci-

dent to transportation, including the

effects of temperature and vibration,

there will be no identifiable release of

a hazardous material to the environ-

ment. ln any action brought to enforce

this section, the lack of securement of

any closure to a tool-tight condition,

detected at any point, will establish a

rebuttable presumption that a proper

inspection was not performed by the of-

feror of the car. That presumption may

be rebutted by any evidence indicating

that the lack of securement resulted

from a specific cause not within the

control of the offeror.

(e) Special requirements for materials

poisonous by inhalation—(1) Interior

heater coils. Tank cars used for mate-

rials poisonous by inhalation may not

have interior heater coils.

(2) Tank car specifications. A tank

car used for a material poisonous by in-

halation must have a tank test pres-

sure of 20.7 Bar (300 psig) or greater,

head protection, and a metal jacket

(e.g., DOT 105S300W), except that—

(i) A higher test pressure is required

if otherwise specified in this sub-

chapter; and

(ii) Each tank car constructed on or

after March 16, 2009, and used for the

transportation of PIH materials must

meet the applicable authorized tank

car specifications and standards listed

in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3) and § 173.314(c) or

(d).

(iii) A tank car meeting the applica-

ble authorized tank car specifications

listed in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3), or

§ 173.314(c) or (d) is authorized for the

transportation of a material poisonous

by inhalation for a period of 20 years

after the date of original construction.

(iv) A tank car owner retiring or oth-

erwise removing a tank car from serv-

ice transporting materials poisonous

by inhalation, other than because of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

473

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

damage to the car, must retire or re-

move cars constructed of non-normal-

ized steel in the head or shell before re-

moving any car in service transporting

materials poisonous by inhalation con-

structed of normalized steel meeting

the applicable DOT specification.

(f) Special requirements for hazardous

substances. (1) A tank car used for a

hazardous substance listed in para-

graph (f)(2) of this section must have a

tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar

(200 psig), head protection and a metal

jacket, except that—

(i) No metal jacket is required if—

(A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar

(340 psig) or higher; or

(B) The tank shell and heads are

manufactured from AAR steel speci-

fication TC–128, normalized;

(ii) A higher test pressure is required

if otherwise specified in this sub-

chapter; and

(iii) Other than as provided in para-

graph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car

which does not conform to the require-

ments of this paragraph (f)(1), and was

authorized for a hazardous substance

under the regulations in effect on June

30, 1996, may continue in use until July

1, 2006.

(2) List of hazardous substances. Haz-

ardous substances for which the provi-

sions of this paragraph (f) apply are as

follows:

Aldrin

Allyl chloride

alpha-BHC

beta-BHC

delta-BHC

gamma-BHC

Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether

Bromoform

Carbon tetrachloride

Chlordane

p-Chloroaniline

Chlorobenzene

Chlorobenzilate

p-Chloro-m-cresol

2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether

Chloroform

2-Chloronapthalene

o-Chlorophenol

3-Chloropropionitrile

DDE

DDT

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

m-Dichlorobenzene

o-Dichlorobenzene

p-Dichlorobenzene

3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine

1,4-Dichloro-2-butene

1,1-Dichloroethane

1,2-Dichloroethane

1,1-Dichloroethylene

Dichloroisopropyl ether

Dichloromethane @

2,4-Dichlorophenol

2,6-Dichlorophenol

1,2-Dichloropropane

1,3-Dichloropropene

Dieldrin

alpha-Endosulfan

beta-Endosulfan

Endrin

Endrin aldehyde

Heptachlor

Heptachlor epoxide

Hexachlorobenzene

Hexachlorobutadiene

Hexachloroethane

Hexachlorophene

Hexachloropropene

Isodrin

Kepone

Methoxychlor

4,4′-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)

Methylene bromide

Pentachlorobenzene

Pentachloroethane

Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB)

Pentachlorophenol

Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)

Pronamide

Silvex (2,4,5-TP)

2,4,5-T

TDE

1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene

2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)

Tetrachloroethane

Tetrachloroethylene

2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol

Toxaphene

1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene

1,1,1-Trichloroethane

1,1,2-Trichloroethane

Trichloroethylene

2,4,5-Trichlorophenol

2,4,6-Trichlorophenol

Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate

(g) Tank car loading and unloading.

When placed for loading or unloading

and before unsecuring any closure, a

tank car must be protected against

movement or coupling as follows:

(1) Each hazmat employee who is re-

sponsible for loading or unloading a

tank car must secure access to the

track to prevent entry by other rail

equipment, including motorized service

vehicles. Derails, lined and locked

switches, portable bumper blocks, or

other equipment that provides an

equivalent level of security may be

used to satisfy this requirement.

(2) Caution signs must be displayed

on the track or on the tank cars to

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

474

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.32

warn persons approaching the cars

from the open end of the track and

must be left up until after all closures

are secured and the cars are in proper

condition for transportation. The cau-

tion signs must be of metal or other

durable material, rectangular, at 30.48

cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15

inches) wide, and bear the word

‘‘STOP.’’ The word ‘‘STOP’’ must ap-

pear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4

inches) high. The letters must be white

on a blue background. Additional

words, such as ‘‘Tank Car Connected’’

or ‘‘Crew at Work,’’ may also appear in

white letters under the word ‘‘STOP.’’

(3) At least one wheel on the tank car

must be blocked against movement in

both directions, and the hand brakes

must be set. If multiple tank cars are

coupled together, sufficient hand

brakes must be set and wheels blocked

to prevent movement in both direc-

tions.

[Amdt. 173–245, 60 FR 49072, Sept. 21, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 173–245, 61 FR 33254, June

26, 1996; Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1,

1996; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33427,

June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001;

68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31,

2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34075,

June 13, 2005; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 72 FR

55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009; 75

FR 27215, May 14, 2010]

§ 173.32 Requirements for the use of

portable tanks.

(a) General requirements. No person

may offer a hazardous material for

transportation in a portable tank ex-

cept as authorized by this subchapter.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in

this subpart, no person may use a port-

able tank for the transportation of a

hazardous material unless it meets the

requirements of this subchapter.

(2) No person may fill and offer for

transportation a portable tank when

the prescribed periodic test or inspec-

tion under subpart G of part 180 of this

subchapter has become due until the

test or inspection has been successfully

completed. This requirement does not

apply to any portable tank filled prior

to the test or inspection due date.

(3) When a portable tank is used as a

cargo tank motor vehicle, it must con-

form to all the requirements prescribed

for cargo tank motor vehicles. (See

§ 173.33.)

(b) Substitute packagings. A particular

Specification portable tank may be

substituted for another portable tank

as follows:

(1) An IM or UN portable tank may

be used whenever an IM or UN portable

tank having less stringent require-

ments is authorized provided the port-

able tank meets or exceeds the require-

ments for pressure-relief devices, bot-

tom outlets and any other special pro-

visions specified in § 172.102(c)(7)(vi) of

this subchapter.

(2) Where a Specification IM101 or

IM102 portable tank is prescribed, a UN

portable tank or Specification 51 port-

able tank otherwise conforming to the

special commodity requirements of

§ 172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter for the

material to be transported may be

used.

(3) A DOT Specification 51 portable

tank may be used whenever a DOT

Specification 56, 57, or 60 portable tank

is authorized. A DOT Specification 60

portable tank may be used whenever a

DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable

tank is authorized. A higher integrity

tank used instead of a specified port-

able tank must meet the same design

profile; for example, a DOT Specifica-

tion 51 portable tank must be lined if

used instead of a lined DOT Specifica-

tion 60 portable tank.

(4) A portable tank authorized by the

Transport Canada TDG Regulations

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may

be used provided it conforms to the ap-

plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this

subchapter.

tanks—(1) Continued use of Specification

56 and 57 portable tanks. Continued use

of an existing portable tank con-

structed to DOT Specification 56 or 57

is authorized only for a portable tank

constructed before October 1, 1996. A

stainless steel portable tank internally

lined with polyethylene that was con-

structed on or before October 1, 1996,

and that meets all requirements of

DOT Specification 57 except for being

equipped with a polypropylene dis-

charge ball valve and polypropylene

secondary discharge opening closure,

may be marked as a Specification 57

portable tank and used in accordance

with the provisions of this section.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

475

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

(2) A DOT Specification 51, IM 101, or

IM 102 portable tank may not be manu-

factured after January 1, 2003; however,

such tanks may continue to be used for

the transportation of a hazardous ma-

terial provided they meet the require-

ments of this subchapter, including the

specification requirements and the re-

quirements of this subchapter for the

transportation of the particular haz-

ardous material according to the T

codes in effect on September 30, 2001 or

the new T codes in § 172.102(c)(7)(i), and

provided the portable tanks conform to

the periodic inspection and tests speci-

fied for the particular portable tank in

subpart G of part 180 of this sub-

chapter. After January 1, 2003, all

newly manufactured portable tanks

must conform to the requirements for

the design, construction and approval

of UN portable tanks as specified in

§§ 178.273, 178.274, 178.275, 178.276, 178.277

and part 180, subpart G, of this sub-

chapter.

(3) A DOT Specification portable

tank manufactured prior to January 1,

1992 that is equipped with a non-re-

closing pressure relief device may con-

tinue in service for the hazardous ma-

terials for which it is authorized. Ex-

cept for a DOT Specification 56 or 57

portable tank, a DOT Specification

portable tank manufactured after Jan-

uary 1, 1992, used for materials meeting

the definition for Division 6.1 liquids,

Packing Group I or II, Class 2 gases, or

Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped

with a reclosing pressure relief valve

having adequately sized venting capac-

ity unless otherwise specified in this

subchapter (see §§ 178.275(f)(1) and

178.277 of this subchapter).

(4) Any portable tank container con-

structed prior to May 15, 1950, com-

plying with the requirements of either

the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure

Vessels, 1946 Edition, or the API ASME

Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1943

Edition, may be used for the transpor-

tation of liquefied compressed gas, pro-

vided it fulfills all the requirements of

the part and specifications for the par-

ticular gas or gases to be transported.

Such portable tanks must be marked

‘‘ICC Specification 51X’’ on the plate

required by the specification, except as

modified by any or all of the following:

(i) Portable tanks designed and con-

structed in accordance with Pars. U–68,

U–69, or U–201 of the ASME Code, 1943

and 1946 editions, may be used. Port-

able tanks designed and constructed in

accordance with Par. U–68 or Par. U–69

may be re-rated at a working pressure

25 percent in excess of the design pres-

sure for which the portable tank was

originally constructed. If the portable

tank is re-rated, the re-rated pressure

must be marked on the plate as fol-

lows: ‘‘Re-rated working pressure—

psig’’.

(ii) Loading and unloading acces-

sories, valves, piping, fittings, safety

and gauging devices, do not have to

comply with the requirements for the

particular location on the portable

tank.

(5) Any ICC Specification 50 portable

tank fulfilling the requirements of that

specification may be continued in serv-

ice for transportation of a liquefied pe-

troleum gas if it is retested every five

years in accordance with the require-

ments in § 180.605 of this subchapter.

Use of existing portable tanks is au-

thorized. New construction is not au-

thorized.

(d) Determination of an authorized

portable tank. Prior to filling and offer-

ing a portable tank for transportation,

the shipper must ensure that the port-

able tank conforms to the authorized

specification and meets the applicable

requirements in this subchapter for the

hazardous material. The shipper must

ensure that the MAWP, design pressure

or test pressure of the portable tank,

as applicable, is appropriate for the

hazardous material being transported.

Determination of the applicable pres-

sure must take into account the max-

imum pressure used to load or unload

the hazardous material, the vapor pres-

sure, static head and surge pressures of

the hazardous material and the tem-

peratures that the hazardous material

will experience during transportation.

(e) External inspection prior to filling.

Each portable tank must be given a

complete external inspection prior to

filling. Any unsafe condition must be

corrected prior to its being filled and

offered for transportation. The exter-

nal inspection shall include a visual in-

spection of:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

476

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.32

(1) The shell, piping, valves and other

appurtenances for corroded areas,

dents, defects in welds and other de-

fects such as missing, damaged, or

leaking gaskets;

(2) All flanged connections or blank

flanges for missing or loose nuts and

bolts;

(3) All emergency devices for corro-

sion, distortion, or any damage or de-

fect that could prevent their normal

operation;

(4) All required markings on the tank

for legibility; and

(5) Any device for tightening man-

hole covers to ensure such devices are

operative and adequate to prevent

leakage at the manhole cover.

(f) Loading requirements. (1) A haz-

ardous material may not be loaded into

a portable tank if the hazardous mate-

rial would:

(i) Damage the portable tank;

(ii) React with the portable tank; or

(iii) Otherwise compromise its prod-

uct retention capability.

(2) A hazardous material may not be

loaded in a DOT Specification 51, DOT

Specification 60, an IM or UN portable

tank unless the portable tank has a

pressure relief device that provides

total relieving capacity meeting the

requirements of this subchapter.

(3) Except during a pressure test, a

portable tank may not be subjected to

a pressure greater than its marked

maximum allowable working pressure

or, when appropriate, its marked de-

sign pressure.

(4) A portable tank may not be load-

ed to a gross mass greater than the

maximum allowable gross mass speci-

fied on its identification plate.

(5) Except for a non-flowable solid or

a liquid with a viscosity of 2,680

centistokes (millimeters squared per

second) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), an

IM or UN portable tank, or compart-

ment thereof, having a volume greater

than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) may not be

loaded to a filling density of more than

20% and less than 80% by volume. This

filling restriction does not apply if a

portable tank is divided by partitions

or surge plates into compartments of

not more than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) ca-

pacity; this portable tank must not be

offered for transportation in an ullage

condition liable to produce an unac-

ceptable hydraulic force due to surge.

(6) The outage for a portable tank

may not be less than 2% at a tempera-

ture of 50 °C (122 °F) unless otherwise

specified in this subchapter. For UN

portable tanks, the applicable max-

imum filling limits apply as specified

according to the assigned TP codes in

Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this

subchapter except when transported

domestically.

(7) Each tell-tale indicator or pres-

sure gauge located in the space be-

tween a frangible disc and a safety re-

lief valve mounted in series must be

checked after the tank is filled and

prior to transportation to ensure that

the frangible disc is leak free. Any

leakage through the frangible disc

must be corrected prior to offering the

tank for transportation.

(8) During filling, the temperature of

the hazardous materials shall not ex-

ceed the limits of the design tempera-

ture range of the portable tank.

(9) The maximum mass of liquefied

compressed gas per liter (gallon) of

shell capacity (kg/L or lbs./gal.) may

not exceed the density of the liquefied

compressed gas at 50 °C (122 °F). The

portable tank must not be liquid full at

60 °C (140 °F).

(g) Additional requirements for specific

modal transport. In addition to other ap-

plicable requirements, the following

apply:

(1) A portable tank containing a haz-

ardous material may not be loaded

onto a highway or rail transport vehi-

cle unless loaded entirely within the

horizontal outline of the vehicle, with-

out overhang or projection of any part

of the tank assembly.

(2) An IM or UN portable tank used

for the transportation of flammable

liquids by rail may not be fitted with

non-reclosing pressure relief devices

except in series with reclosing pressure

relief valves.

(3) A portable tank or Specification

106A or 110A multi-unit tank car con-

taining a hazardous material may not

be offered for transportation aboard a

passenger vessel unless:

(i) The vessel is operating under a

change to its character of vessel cer-

tification as defined in § 171.8 of this

subchapter; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

477

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

(ii) The material is permitted to be

transported aboard a passenger vessel

in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter.

(h) Additional general commodity-spe-

cific requirements. In addition to other

applicable requirements, the following

requirements apply:

(1) Each uninsulated portable tank

used for the transportation of a lique-

fied compressed gas must have an exte-

rior surface finish that is significantly

reflective, such as a light-reflecting

color if painted, or a bright reflective

metal or other material if unpainted.

(2) If a hazardous material is being

transported in a molten state, the port-

able tank must be thermally insulated

with suitable insulation material of

sufficient thickness that the overall

thermal conductance is not more than

0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per

degree Fahrenheit differential.

(3) No person may offer a liquid haz-

ardous material of Class 3, PG I or II,

or PG III with a flash point of less than

100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or

Division 6.1, PG I or II, in an IM or UN

portable tank that is equipped with a

bottom outlet as authorized in Column

(7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub-

chapter by assignment of a T Code in

the appropriate proper shipping name

entry, for unloading to a facility while

it remains on a transport vehicle with

the power unit attached unless—

(i) The tank outlets conform to

§ 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter; or

(ii) The facility at which the IM or

UN portable tank is to be unloaded

conforms to the requirements in

§ 177.834(o) of this subchapter.

(i) Additional requirements for portable

tanks other than IM specification and UN

portable tanks. (1) The bursting

strength of any piping and fittings

must be at least four times the design

pressure of the tank, and at least four

times the pressure to which, in any in-

stance, it may be subjected in service

by the action of a pump or other device

(not including safety relief valves) that

may subject piping to pressures greater

than the design pressure of the tank.

(2) Pipe joints must be threaded,

welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is

used, the pipe and pipe fittings must

not be lighter than Schedule 80 weight.

Where copper tubing is permitted,

joints must be brazed or be of equally

strong metal union type. The melting

point of brazing material may not be

lower than 1,000 °F (537.8 °C). The meth-

od of joining tubing must not decrease

the strength of the tubing such as by

the cutting of threads.

(3) Non-malleable metals may not be

used in the construction of valves or

fittings.

(4) Suitable provision must be made

in every case to allow for expansion,

contraction, jarring and vibration of

all pipe. Slip joints may not be used for

this purpose.

(5) Piping and fittings must be

grouped in the smallest practicable

space and must be protected from dam-

age as required by the specification.

(6) All piping, valves and fittings on

every portable tank must be leakage

tested with gas or air after installation

and proved tight at not less than the

design pressure of the portable tank on

which they are used. In the event of re-

placement, all such piping, valves, or

fittings must be tested in accordance

with the requirements of this section

before the portable tank is returned to

transportation service. The require-

ments of this section apply to all hoses

used on portable tanks, except that

hoses may be tested either before or

after installation on the portable tank.

(7) All materials used in the con-

struction of portable tanks and their

appurtenances may not be subject to

destructive attack by the contents of

the portable tank.

(8) No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc

nor their alloys may be used. Brazed

joints may not be used. All parts of a

portable tank and its appurtenances

used for anhydrous ammonia must be

steel.

(9) Each outlet of a portable tank

used for the transportation of non-re-

frigerated liquefied compressed gases,

except carbon dioxide, must be pro-

vided with a suitable automatic excess-

flow valve (see definition in § 178.337–

1(g) of this subchapter). The valve must

be located inside the portable tank or

at a point outside the portable tank

where the line enters or leaves the

portable tank. The valve seat must be

located inside the portable tank or

may be located within a welded flange

or its companion flange, or within a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

478

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.33

nozzle or within a coupling. The instal-

lation must be made in such a manner

as to reasonably assure that any undue

strain which causes failure requiring

functioning of the valve shall cause

failure in such a manner that it will

not impair the operation of the valve.

(i) A safety device connection or liq-

uid level gauging device that is con-

structed so that the outward flow of

the tank contents will not exceed that

passed by an opening of 0.1397 cm

(0.0550 inches) is not required to be

equipped with excess-flow valves.

(ii) An excess-flow valve must close

automatically if the flow reaches the

rated flow of gas or liquid specified by

the original valve manufacturer when

piping mounted directly on the valve is

sheared off before the first valve,

pump, or fitting downstream from the

excess flow valve.

(iii) An excess-flow valve may be de-

signed with a by-pass, not to exceed a

0.1016 cm (0.040 inches) diameter open-

ing to allow equalization of pressure.

(iv) Filling and discharge lines must

be provided with manually operated

shut-off valves located as close to the

tank as practical. Unless this valve is

manually operable at the valve, the

line must also have a manual shut-off

valve. The use of ‘‘Stop-Check’’ valves

to satisfy with one valve the require-

ments of this section is forbidden. For

portable tanks used for refrigerated

liquefied gases, a ‘‘stop check’’ valve

may be used on the vapor side of the

pressure buildup circuit.

(10) Each portable tank used for car-

bon dioxide or nitrous oxide must be

lagged with a suitable insulation mate-

rial of such thickness that the overall

thermal conductance is not more than

0.08 Btu per square foot per degree

Fahrenheit differential in temperature

per hour. The conductance must be de-

termined at 60 °Fahrenheit. Insulation

material used on portable tanks for ni-

trous oxide must be noncombustible.

(11) Refrigerating or heating coils

must be installed in portable tanks

used for carbon dioxide and nitrous

oxide. Such coils must be tested exter-

nally to at least the same pressure as

the test pressure of the portable tank.

The coils must also be tested inter-

nally to at least twice the working

pressure of the heating or refrigerating

system to be used, but in no case less

than the test pressure of the portable

tank. Such coils must be securely an-

chored. In the event of leakage, the re-

frigerant or heating medium to be cir-

culated through the coil or coils must

have no adverse chemical reaction with

the portable tank or its contents.

(12) Excess flow valves are not re-

quired for portable tanks used for the

transport of refrigerated liquefied

gases.

[66 FR 33427, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67

FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, May 30,

2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742,

75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004;

72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 76 FR 81400, Dec. 28,

2011]

§ 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo

tank motor vehicles.

(a) General requirements. (1) No person

may offer or accept a hazardous mate-

rial for transportation in a cargo tank

motor vehicle except as authorized by

this subchapter.

(2) Two or more materials may not be

loaded or accepted for transportation

in the same cargo tank motor vehicle

if, as a result of any mixture of the ma-

terials, an unsafe condition would

occur, such as an explosion, fire, exces-

sive increase in pressure or heat, or the

release of toxic vapors.

(3) No person may fill and offer for

transportation a specification cargo

tank motor vehicle for which the pre-

scribed periodic retest or reinspection

under subpart E of part 180 of this sub-

chapter is past due until the retest or

inspection has been successfully com-

pleted. This requirement does not

apply to a cargo tank supplied by a

motor carrier who is other than the

person offering the hazardous material

for transportation (see § 180.407(a)(1) of

this subchapter), or to any cargo tank

filled prior to the retest or inspection

due date.

(b) Loading requirements. (1) A haz-

ardous material may not be loaded in a

cargo tank if during transportation

any part of the tank in contact with

the hazardous material lading would

have a dangerous reaction with the

hazardous material.

(2) A cargo tank may not be loaded

with a hazardous material that will

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

479

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.33

have an adverse effect on the tank’s in-

tegrity or—

(i) May combine chemically with any

residue or contaminants in the tank to

produce an explosion, fire, excessive in-

crease in pressure, release of toxic va-

pors or other unsafe condition.

(ii)–(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) May severely corrode or react

with the tank material at any con-

centration and temperature that will

exist during transportation.

(v) Is prohibited by § 173.21 or § 173.24

of this subchapter.

(3) Air pressure in excess of ambient

atmospheric pressure may not be used

to load or unload any lading which

may create an air-enriched mixture

within the flammability range of the

lading in the vapor space of the tank.

(4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in

a loading or unloading accident, the

loading or unloading rate used must be

less than or equal to that indicated on

the cargo tank specification plate, ex-

cept as specified in § 173.318(b)(6). If no

loading or unloading rate is marked on

the specification plate, the loading or

unloading rate and pressure used must

be limited such that the pressure in the

tank may not exceed 130% of the

MAWP.

to loading and offering a cargo tank

motor vehicle for transportation with

material that requires the use of a

specification cargo tank, the person

must confirm that the cargo tank

motor vehicle conforms to the speci-

fication required for the lading and

that the MAWP of the cargo tank is

greater than or equal to the largest

pressure obtained under the following

conditions:

(i) For compressed gases and certain

refrigerated liquids that are not cryo-

genic liquids, the pressure prescribed in

§ 173.315 of this subchapter.

(ii) For cryogenic liquids, the pres-

sure prescribed in § 173.318 of this sub-

chapter.

(iii) For liquid hazardous materials

loaded in DOT specification cargo

tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal

vent, the sum of the tank static head

plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous

materials loaded in these cargo tanks,

the vapor pressure of the lading at 115

°F must be not greater than 1 psig, ex-

cept for gasoline transported in accord-

ance with Special Provision B33 in

§ 172.102(c)(3) of this subchapter.

(iv) For liquid hazardous materials

not covered in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii),

or (iii) of this section, the sum of the

vapor pressure of the lading at 115 °F,

plus the tank static head exerted by

the lading, plus any pressure exerted

by the gas padding, including air in the

ullage space or dome.

(v) The pressure prescribed in subpart

B, D, E, F, G, or H of this part, as ap-

plicable.

(vi) The maximum pressure in the

tank during loading or unloading.

(2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301,

MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC

312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no

marked design pressure or marked with

a design pressure of 3 psig or less may

be used for an authorized lading where

the pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1)

is less than or equal to 3 psig. After De-

cember 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not

be loaded and offered for transpor-

tation unless marked or remarked with

an MAWP or design pressure in accord-

ance with 49 CFR 180.405(k).

(3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC

311 cargo tank motor vehicle may be

used for an authorized lading where the

pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) is

less than or equal to the MAWP or

MWP, respectively, as marked on the

specification plate.

(4) Any cargo tank marked or cer-

tified before August 31, 1995, marked

with a design pressure rather than an

MAWP may be used for an authorized

lading where the largest pressure de-

rived from § 173.33(c)(1) is less than or

equal to the design pressure marked on

the cargo tank.

(5) Any material that meets the defi-

nition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group

I or II (poisonous liquid) material must

be loaded in a cargo tank motor vehi-

cle having a MAWP of 25 psig or great-

er.

(6) Substitute packagings. Unless oth-

erwise specified, where MC 307, MC 312,

DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are au-

thorized, minimum tank design pres-

sure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Pack-

ing Group I or Packing Group II liquid

lading that meets more than one haz-

ard class definition.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

480

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.33

(d) Relief system. (1) Non-reclosing

pressure relief devices are not author-

ized in any cargo tank except when in

series with a reclosing pressure relief

device. However, a cargo tank marked

or certified before August 31, 1995

which is fitted with non-reclosing pres-

sure relief devices may continue to be

used in any hazardous material service

for which it is authorized. The require-

ments in this paragraph do not apply

to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo

tanks.

(2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle

used to transport a liquid hazardous

material with a gas pad must have a

pressure relief system that provides

the venting capacity prescribed in

§ 178.345–10(e) of this subchapter. The

requirements in this paragraph do not

apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338

cargo tanks.

(3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made

to a specification listed in column 1

may have pressure relief devices or

outlets conforming to the applicable

specification to which the tank was

constructed, or the pressure relief de-

vices or outlets may be modified to

meet the applicable requirement for

the specification listed in column 2

without changing the markings on the

tank specification plate. The venting

capacity requirements of the original

DOT cargo tank specification must be

met whenever a pressure relief valve is

modified.

Column 1 Column 2

MC 300, MC 301, MC 302,

MC 303, MC 305.

MC 306 or DOT 406.

MC 306 .................................. DOT 406.

MC 304 .................................. MC 307 or DOT 407.

MC 307 .................................. DOT 407.

MC 310, MC 311 ................... MC 312 or DOT 412.

MC 312 .................................. DOT 412.

MC 330 .................................. MC 331.

(e) Retention of hazardous materials in

product piping during transportation.

DOT specification cargo tanks used for

the transportation of any material

that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid)

material, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic

peroxide or corrosive liquid (corrosive

to skin only) may not be transported

with hazardous materials lading re-

tained in the piping, unless the cargo

tank motor vehicle is equipped with

bottom damage protection devices

meeting the requirements of § 178.337–10

or § 178.345–8(b) of this subchapter, or

the accident damage protection re-

quirements of the specification under

which it was manufactured. This re-

quirement does not apply to a residue

which remains after the piping is

drained. A sacrificial device (see

§ 178.345–1 of this subchapter) may not

be used to satisfy the accident damage

protection requirements of this para-

graph.

(f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be

used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 312,

DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type

cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 307,

MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo

tank may be used where MC 306 or DOT

406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A

higher integrity tank used instead of a

specified tank must meet the same de-

sign profile (for example, an MC 331

cargo tank must be lined if used in

place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.)

(g) Remote control of self-closing stop

valves—MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo

tanks. Each liquid or vapor discharge

opening in an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo

tank and each liquid filling and liquid

discharge line in an MC 338 cargo tank

must be provided with a remotely con-

trolled internal self-closing stop valve,

except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo

tank is marked and used exclusively to

transport carbon dioxide, or except

when an MC 338 is used to transport

argon, carbon dioxide, helium, kryp-

ton, neon, nitrogen, and xenon. How-

ever, if the cargo tank motor vehicle

was certified before January 1, 1995,

this requirement is applicable only

when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is

used to transport a flammable liquid,

flammable gas, hydrogen chloride (re-

frigerated liquid), or anhydrous ammo-

nia; or when an MC 338 cargo tank is

used to transport flammable ladings.

(h) A cargo tank motor vehicle au-

thorized by the Transport Canada TDG

Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter) may be used provided it con-

forms to the applicable requirements

in § 171.12 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–212, 54 FR 25005, June 12, 1989]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.33, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

481

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.35

§ 173.34 [Reserved]

§ 173.35 Hazardous materials in IBCs.

(a) No person may offer or accept a

hazardous material for transportation

in an IBC except as authorized by this

subchapter. Each IBC used for the

transportation of hazardous materials

must conform to the requirements of

its specification and regulations for the

transportation of the particular com-

modity. A specification IBC, for which

the prescribed periodic retest or in-

spection under subpart D of part 180 of

this subchapter is past due, may not be

filled and offered for transportation

until the retest or inspection have been

successfully completed. This require-

ment does not apply to any IBC filled

prior to the retest or inspection due

date.

(b) Initial use and reuse of IBCs. (Also

see § 180.352 of this subchapter.) An IBC

other than a multiwall paper IBC (13M1

and 13M2) may be reused. If an inner

liner is required, the inner liner must

be replaced before each reuse. Before

an IBC is filled and offered for trans-

portation, the IBC and its service

equipment must be given an external

visual inspection, by the person filling

the IBC, to ensure that:

(1) The IBC is free from corrosion,

contamination, cracks, cuts, or other

damage which would render it unable

to pass the prescribed design type test

to which it is certified and marked; and

(2) The IBC is marked in accordance

with requirements in § 178.703 of this

subchapter. Additional marking al-

lowed for each design type may be

present. Required markings that are

missing, damaged or difficult to read

must be restored or returned to origi-

nal condition.

subject to thinning by mechanical ab-

rasion or corrosion due to the lading,

must be protected by providing a suit-

able increase in thickness of material,

a lining or some other suitable method

of protection. Increased thickness for

corrosion or abrasion protection must

be added to the wall thickness specified

in § 178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter.

(d) Notwithstanding requirements in

§ 173.24b of this subpart, when filling an

IBC with liquids, sufficient ullage must

be left to ensure that, at the mean bulk

temperature of 50 °C (122 °F), the IBC is

not filled to more than 98 percent of its

water capacity.

(e) Where two or more closure sys-

tems are fitted in series, the system

nearest to the hazardous material

being carried must be closed first.

(f) During transportation—

(1) No hazardous material may re-

main on the outside of the IBC; and

(2) Each IBC must be securely fas-

tened to or contained within the trans-

port unit.

(g) Each IBC used for transportation

of solids which may become liquid at

temperatures likely to be encountered

during transportation must also be ca-

pable of containing the substance in

the liquid state.

(2) Liquids having a vapor pressure

greater than 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C

(122 °F) or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55 °C

(131 °F) may not be transported in

metal IBCs.

(1) A rigid plastic or composite IBC

may only be filled with a liquid having

a vapor pressure less than or equal to

the greater of the following two values:

the first value is determined from any

of the methods in paragraphs (h)(1) (i),

(ii) or (iii) of this section. The second

value is determined by the method in

paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section.

(i) The gauge pressure (pressure in

the IBC above ambient atmospheric

pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 °C

(131 °F). This gauge pressure must not

exceed two-thirds of the marked test

pressure and must be determined after

the IBC was filled and closed at 15 °C

(60 °F) to less than or equal to 98 per-

cent of its capacity.

(ii) The absolute pressure (vapor

pressure of the hazardous material plus

atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 50

°C (122 °F). This absolute pressure must

not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of

the marked test pressure and 100 kPa

(14.5 psia).

(iii) The absolute pressure (vapor

pressure of the hazardous material plus

atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 55

°C (131 °F). This absolute pressure must

not exceed two-thirds of the sum of the

marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5

psia).

(iv) Twice the static pressure of the

substance, measured at the bottom of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

482

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.36

the IBC. This value must not be less

than twice the static pressure of water.

(2) Gauge pressure (pressure in the

IBC above ambient atmospheric pres-

sure) in metal IBC must not exceed 110

kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C (122 °F) or 130 kPa

(18.9 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F).

(i) The requirements in this section

do not apply to DOT-56 or –57 portable

tanks.

(j) No IBC may be filled with a Pack-

ing Group I liquid. Rigid plastic, com-

posite, flexible, wooden or fiberboard

IBC used to transport Packing Group I

solid materials may not exceed 1.5

cubic meters (53 cubic feet) capacity.

For Packing Group I solids, a metal

IBC may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106

cubic feet) capacity.

(k) When an IBC is used for the trans-

portation of liquids with a flash point

of 60 °C (140 °F) (closed cup) or lower, or

powders with the potential for dust ex-

plosion, measures must be taken dur-

ing product loading and unloading to

prevent a dangerous electrostatic dis-

charge.

(l) IBC filling limits. (1) Except as pro-

vided in this section, an IBC may not

be filled with a hazardous material in

excess of the maximum gross mass

marked on that container.

(2) An IBC which is tested and

marked for Packing Group II liquid

materials may be filled with a Packing

Group III liquid material to a gross

mass not exceeding 1.5 times the max-

imum gross mass marked on that con-

tainer, if all the performance criteria

can still be met at the higher gross

mass.

(3) An IBC which is tested and

marked for liquid hazardous materials

may be filled with a solid hazardous

material to a gross mass not exceeding

the maximum gross mass marked on

that container. In addition, an IBC in-

tended for the transport of liquids

which is tested and marked for Pack-

ing Group II liquid materials may be

filled with a Packing Group III solid

hazardous material to a gross mass not

exceeding the marked maximum gross

mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the per-

formance criteria can still be met at

the higher gross mass.

(4) An IBC which is tested and

marked for Packing Group I solid ma-

terials may be filled with a Packing

Group II solid material to a gross mass

not exceeding the maximum gross mass

marked on that container, multiplied

by 1.5, if all the performance criteria

can be met at the higher gross mass; or

a Packing Group III solid material to a

gross mass not exceeding the maximum

gross mass marked on the IBC, multi-

plied by 2.25, if all the performance cri-

teria can be met at the higher gross

mass. An IBC which is tested and

marked for Packing Group II solid ma-

terials may be filled with a Packing

Group III solid material to a gross

mass not exceeding the maximum gross

mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by

1.5.

[Amdt. 173–238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994, as

amended by Amdt. 173–243, 60 FR 40038, Aug.

4, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45380,

45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003;

71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2,

2010]

§ 173.36 Hazardous materials in Large

Packagings.

(a) No person may offer or accept a

hazardous material for transportation

in a Large Packaging except as author-

ized by this subchapter. Except as oth-

erwise provided in this subchapter, no

Large Packaging may be filled with a

Packing Group I or II material. Each

Large Packaging used for the transpor-

tation of hazardous materials must

conform to the requirements of its

specification and regulations for the

transportation of the particular com-

modity.

(b) Packaging design. (1) Inner pack-

aging closures. A Large Packaging con-

taining liquid hazardous materials

must be packed so that closures on

inner packagings are upright.

(2) Flexible Large Packagings. Flexible

Large Packagings (e.g., 51H) are only

authorized for use with flexible inner

packagings.

(3) Friction. The nature and thickness

of the outer packaging must be such

that friction during transportation is

not likely to generate an amount of

heat sufficient to dangerously alter the

chemical stability of the contents.

(4) Securing and cushioning. Inner

packagings of Large Packagings must

be packed, secured and cushioned to

prevent their breakage or leakage and

to control their shifting within the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

483

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.40

outer packaging under conditions nor-

mally incident to transportation. Cush-

ioning material must not be capable of

reacting dangerously with the contents

of the inner packagings or having its

protective properties significantly

weakened in the event of leakage.

(5) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and

other metallic devices must not pro-

trude into the interior of the outer

packaging in such a manner as to be

likely to damage inner packagings or

receptacles.

agings. A Large Packaging may be re-

used. If an inner packaging is con-

structed of paper or flexible plastic,

the inner packaging must be replaced

before each reuse. Before a Large Pack-

aging is filled and offered for transpor-

tation, the Large Packaging must be

given an external visual inspection, by

the person filling the Large Packaging,

to ensure:

(1) The Large Packaging is free from

corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts,

or other damage which would render it

unable to pass the prescribed design

type test to which it is certified and

marked; and

(2) The Large Packaging is marked in

accordance with requirements in

§ 178.910 of this subchapter. Additional

marking allowed for each design type

may be present. Required markings

that are missing, damaged or difficult

to read must be restored or returned to

original condition.

(d) During transportation—

(1) No hazardous material may re-

main on the outside of the Large Pack-

aging; and

(2) Each Large Packaging must be se-

curely fastened to or contained within

the transport unit.

(e) Each Large Packaging used for

transportation of solids which may be-

come liquid at temperatures likely to

be encountered during transportation

may not be transported in paper or

fiber inner packagings. The inner pack-

agings must be capable of containing

the substance in the liquid state.

(f) Liquid hazardous materials may

only be offered for transportation in

inner packagings appropriately resist-

ant to an increase of internal pressure

likely to develop during transpor-

tation.

(g) A Large Packaging used to trans-

port hazardous materials may not ex-

ceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) ca-

pacity.

(h) Mixed contents. (1) An outer Large

Packaging may contain more than one

hazardous material only when—

(i) The inner and outer packagings

used for each hazardous material con-

form to the relevant packaging sec-

tions of this part applicable to that

hazardous material, and not result in a

violation of § 173.21;

(ii) The package as prepared for ship-

ment meets the performance tests pre-

scribed in part 178 of this subchapter

for the hazardous materials contained

in the package;

(iii) Corrosive materials (except

ORM–D) in bottles are further packed

in securely closed inner receptacles be-

fore packing in outer packagings; and

(iv) For transportation by aircraft,

the total net quantity does not exceed

the lowest permitted maximum net

quantity per package as shown in Col-

umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the

§ 172.101 table. The permitted maximum

net quantity must be calculated in

kilograms if a package contains both a

liquid and a solid.

(2) A packaging containing inner

packagings of Division 6.2 materials

may not contain other hazardous mate-

rials, except dry ice.

(i) When a Large Packaging is used

for the transportation of liquids with a

flash point of 60.5 °C (141 °F) (closed

cup) or lower, or powders with the po-

tential for dust explosion, measures

must be taken during product loading

and unloading to prevent a dangerous

electrostatic discharge.

[75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010]

§ 173.40 General packaging require-

ments for toxic materials packaged

in cylinders.

When this section is referenced for a

Hazard Zone A or B hazardous material

elsewhere in this subchapter, the re-

quirements in this section are applica-

ble to cylinders used for that material.

(a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A cylinder

must conform to a DOT specification

or a UN standard prescribed in subpart

C of part 178 of this subchapter, except

that acetylene cylinders and non-refill-

able cylinders are not authorized. The

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

484

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.40

use of UN tubes and MEGCs is prohib-

ited for Hazard Zone A materials.

(2) The use of a specification 3AL cyl-

inder made of aluminum alloy 6351–T6

is prohibited for a Division 2.3 Hazard

Zone A material or a Division 6.1 Haz-

ard Zone A material.

(3) A UN composite cylinder certified

to ISO–11119–3 is not authorized for a

Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B mate-

rial.

(4) For UN seamless cylinders used

for Hazard Zone A materials, the max-

imum water capacity is 85 L.

(b) Outage and pressure requirements.

For DOT specification cylinders, the

pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard

Zone A and Hazard Zone B materials

may not exceed the service pressure of

the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be

provided so that the cylinder will not

be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F).

a Hazard Zone A material must be

closed with a plug or valve conforming

to the following:

(1) Each plug or valve must have a

taper-threaded connection directly to

the cylinder and be capable of with-

standing the test pressure of the cyl-

inder without damage or leakage. For

UN pressure receptacles, each valve

must be capable of withstanding the

test pressure of the pressure receptacle

and be connected directly to the pres-

sure receptacle by either a taper thread

or other means which meets the re-

quirements of ISO 10692–2: (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

(2) Each valve must be of the

packless type with non-perforated dia-

phragm, except that, for corrosive ma-

terials, a valve may be of the packed

type with an assembly made gas-tight

by means of a seal cap with gasketed

joint attached to the valve body or the

cylinder to prevent loss of material

through or past the packing.

(3) Each valve outlet must be sealed

by a threaded cap or threaded solid

plug and inert gasketing material.

(4) The materials of construction for

the cylinder, valves, plugs, outlet caps,

luting, and gaskets must be compatible

with each other and with the lading.

(d) Additional handling protection.

Each cylinder or cylinder overpack

combination offered for transportation

containing a Division 2.3 or 6.1 Hazard

Zone A or B material must conform to

the valve damage protection perform-

ance requirements of this section. In

addition to the requirements of this

section, overpacks must conform to the

overpack provisions of § 173.25.

(1) DOT specification cylinders must

conform to the following:

(i) Each cylinder with a wall thick-

ness at any point of less than 2.03 mm

(0.08 inch) and each cylinder that does

not have fitted valve protection must

be overpacked in a box. The box must

conform to overpack provisions in

§ 173.25. Box and valve protection must

be of sufficient strength to protect all

parts of the cylinder and valve, if any,

from deformation and breakage result-

ing from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more

onto a non-yielding surface, such as

concrete or steel, impacting at an ori-

entation most likely to cause damage.

‘‘Deformation’’means a cylinder or

valve that is bent, distorted, mangled,

misshapen, twisted, warped, or in a

similar condition.

(ii) Each cylinder with a valve must

be equipped with a protective metal

cap, other valve protection device, or

an overpack which is sufficient to pro-

tect the valve from breakage or leak-

age resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft)

onto a non-yielding surface, such as

concrete or steel. Impact must be at an

orientation most likely to cause dam-

age.

(2) Each UN cylinder containing a

Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B mate-

rial must have a minimum test pres-

sure in accordance with P200 of the UN

Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter). For Hazard Zone A

gases, the cylinder must have a min-

imum wall thickness of 3.5 mm if made

of aluminum alloy or 2 mm if made of

steel or, alternatively, cylinders may

be packed in a rigid outer packaging

that meets the Packing Group I per-

formance level when tested as prepared

for transport, and that is designed and

constructed to protect the cylinder and

valve from puncture or damage that

may result in release of the gas.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

485

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.52

The probability of transition from burn-

ing to detonation is greater when large quan-

tities are transported in a vessel.

The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is

limited to the explosion of a single article.

(e) Interconnection. Cylinders may not

be manifolded or connected. This provi-

sion does not apply to MEGCs con-

taining Hazard Zone B materials in ac-

cordance with § 173.312.

[67 FR 51642, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67

FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8,

2003; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 76 FR 3371,

Jan. 19, 2011]

Subpart C—Definitions, Classifica-

tion and Packaging for Class

OURCE

: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 173.50 Class 1—Definitions.

(a) Explosive. For the purposes of this

subchapter, an explosive means any sub-

stance or article, including a device,

which is designed to function by explo-

sion (i.e., an extremely rapid release of

gas and heat) or which, by chemical re-

action within itself, is able to function

in a similar manner even if not de-

signed to function by explosion, unless

the substance or article is otherwise

classed under the provisions of this

subchapter. The term includes a pyro-

technic substance or article, unless the

substance or article is otherwise

classed under the provisions of this

subchapter.

(b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided

into six divisions as follows:

(1) Division 1.1 consists of explosives

that have a mass explosion hazard. A

mass explosion is one which affects al-

most the entire load instantaneously.

(2) Division 1.2 consists of explosives

that have a projection hazard but not a

mass explosion hazard.

(3) Division 1.3 consists of explosives

that have a fire hazard and either a

minor blast hazard or a minor projec-

tion hazard or both, but not a mass ex-

plosion hazard.

(4) Division 1.4 consists of explosives

that present a minor explosion hazard.

The explosive effects are largely con-

fined to the package and no projection

of fragments of appreciable size or

range is to be expected. An external

fire must not cause virtually instanta-

neous explosion of almost the entire

contents of the package.

(5) Division 1.5

consists of very in-

sensitive explosives. This division is

comprised of substances which have a

mass explosion hazard but are so insen-

sitive that there is very little prob-

ability of initiation or of transition

from burning to detonation under nor-

mal conditions of transport.

(6) Division 1.6

consists of extremely

insensitive articles which do not have a

mass explosive hazard. This division is

comprised of articles which contain

only extremely insensitive detonating

substances and which demonstrate a

negligible probability of accidental ini-

tiation or propagation.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR

45183, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003]

§ 173.51 Authorization to offer and

transport explosives.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in this

subpart, no person may offer for trans-

portation or transport an explosive,

unless it has been tested and classed

and approved by the Associate Admin-

istrator (§ 173.56).

(b) Reports of explosives approved by

the Department of Defense or the De-

partment of Energy must be filed with,

and receive acknowledgement in writ-

ing by, the Associate Administrator

prior to such explosives being offered

for transportation.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 173.52 Classification codes and com-

patibility groups of explosives.

(a) The classification code for an ex-

plosive, which is assigned by the Asso-

ciate Administrator in accordance with

this subpart, consists of the division

number followed by the compatibility

group letter. Compatibility group let-

ters are used to specify the controls for

the transportation, and storage related

thereto, of explosives and to prevent an

increase in hazard that might result if

certain types of explosives were stored

or transported together. Transpor-

tation compatibility requirements for

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

486

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.52

carriers are prescribed in §§ 174.81,

175.78. 176.83 and 177.848 of this sub-

chapter for transportation by rail, air,

vessel, and public highway, respec-

tively, and storage incidental thereto.

(b) Compatibility groups and classi-

fication codes for the various types of

explosives are set forth in the following

tables. Table 1 sets forth compatibility

groups and classification codes for sub-

stances and articles described in the

first column of table 1. Table 2 shows

the number of classification codes that

are possible within each explosive divi-

sion. Altogether, there are 35 possible

classification codes for explosives.

ABLE

1—C

LASSIFICATION

ODES

Description of substances or article to be classified

Compat-

ibility

group

Classi-

fication

code

Primary explosive substance ............................................................................................................................ A 1.1A

Article containing a primary explosive substance and not containing two or more effective protective fea-

tures. Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers,

cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives..

B 1.1B

1.2B

1.4B

Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explo-

sive substance.

C 1.1C

1.2C

1.3C

1.4C

Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating

explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article

containing a primary explosive substance and containing two or more effective protective features.

D 1.1D

1.2D

1.4D

1.5D

Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propel-

ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid).

E 1.1E

1.2E

1.4E

Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its means of initiation, with a propel-

ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid) or without a propel-

ling charge.

F 1.1F

1.2F

1.3F

1.4F

Pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explo-

sive substance and an illuminating, incendiary, tear-producing or smoke-producing substance (other

than a water-activated article or one containing white phosphorus, phosphide or flammable liquid or gel

or hypergolic liquid).

G 1.1G

1.2G

1.3G

1.4G

Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus .......................................................... H 1.2H

1.3H

Article containing both an explosive substance and flammable liquid or gel .................................................. J 1.1J

1.2J

1.3J

Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent .................................................. K 1.2K

1.3K

Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g., due

to water-activation or presence of hybergolic liquids, phosphides or pyrophoric substances) needing iso-

lation of each type.

L 1.1L

1.2L

1.3L

Articles containing only extremely insensitive detonating substances. ........................................................... N 1.6N

Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning

are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prohibit fire fighting or other emergency

response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package.

S 1.4S

ABLE

2—S

CHEME OF

LASSIFICATION OF

XPLOSIVES

, C

OMBINATION OF

AZARD

IVISION WITH

OMPATIBILITY

ROUP

Haz-

ard

divi-

sion

Compatibility group

A B C D E F G H J K L N S A–S

1.1 1.1A 1.1B 1.1C 1.1D 1.1E 1.1F 1.1G .......... 1.1J .......... 1.1L .......... .......... 9

1.2 .......... 1.2B 1.2C 1.2D 1.2E 1.2F 1.2G 1.2H 1.2J 1.2K 1.2L .......... .......... 10

1.3 .......... .......... 1.3C .......... .......... 1.3F 1.3G 1.3H 1.3J 1.3K 1.3L .......... .......... 7

1.4 .......... 1.4B 1.4C 1.4D 1.4E 1.4F 1.4G .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 1.4S 7

1.5 .......... .......... .......... 1.5D .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 1

1.6 .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 1.6N .......... 1

Total 1 3 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 2 3 1 1 35

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29,

1994; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8016 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

487

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.56

§ 173.53 Provisions for using old classi-

fications of explosives.

Where the classification system in ef-

fect prior to January 1, 1991, is ref-

erenced in State or local laws, ordi-

nances or regulations not pertaining to

the transportation of hazardous mate-

rials, the following table may be used

to compare old and new hazard class

names:

Current classification Class name prior to Jan. 1, 1991

Division 1.1 ....................... Class A explosives.

Division 1.2 ....................... Class A or Class B explosives.

Division 1 3 ....................... Class B explosive.

Division 1.4 ....................... Class C explosives.

Division 1.5 ....................... Blasting agents.

Division 1.6 ....................... No applicable hazard class.

§ 173.54 Forbidden explosives.

Unless otherwise provided in this

subchapter, the following explosives

shall not be offered for transportation

or transported:

(a) An explosive that has not been ap-

proved in accordance with § 173.56 of

this subpart.

(b) An explosive mixture or device

containing a chlorate and also con-

taining:

(1) An ammonium salt, including a

substituted ammonium or quaternary

ammonium salt; or

(2) An acidic substance, including a

salt of a weak base and a strong acid.

article containing an explosive.

(d) Propellants that are unstable,

condemned or deteriorated.

(e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol

dinitrate, or any other liquid explo-

sives not specifically authorized by

this subchapter.

(f) A loaded firearm (except as pro-

vided in 49 CFR 1544.219).

(g) Fireworks that combine an explo-

sive and a detonator.

(h) Fireworks containing yellow or

white phosphorus.

(i) A toy torpedo, the maximum out-

side dimension of which exceeds 23 mm

(0.906 inch), or a toy torpedo containing

a mixture of potassium chlorate, black

antimony (antimony sulfide), and sul-

fur, if the weight of the explosive mate-

rial in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01

ounce).

(j) Explosives specifically forbidden

in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter.

(k) Explosives not meeting the ac-

ceptance criteria specified in § 173.57 of

this subchapter.

(l) An explosive article with its

means of initiation or ignition in-

stalled, unless approved in accordance

with § 173.56.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–236, 58 FR 50236, Sept. 24, 1993; 67 FR

61013, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003]

§ 173.55 [Reserved]

§ 173.56 New explosives—definition

and procedures for classification

and approval.

(a) Definition of new explosive. For

the purposes of this subchapter a new

explosive means an explosive produced

by a person who:

(1) Has not previously produced that

explosive; or

(2) Has previously produced that ex-

plosive but has made a change in the

formulation, design or process so as to

alter any of the properties of the explo-

sive. An explosive will not be consid-

ered a ‘‘new explosive’’ if an agency

listed in paragraph (b) of this section

has determined, and confirmed in writ-

ing to the Associate Administrator,

that there are no significant dif-

ferences in hazard characteristics from

the explosive previously approved.

(b) Examination, classing and ap-

proval. Except as provided in para-

graph (j) of this section, no person may

offer a new explosive for transportation

unless that person has specified to the

examining agency the ranges of com-

position of ingredients and compounds,

showing the intended manufacturing

tolerances in the composition of sub-

stances or design of articles which will

be allowed in that material or device,

and unless it has been examined,

classed and approved as follows:

(1) Except for an explosive made by

or under the direction or supervision of

the Department of Defense (DOD) or

the Department of Energy (DOE), a

new explosive must be examined and

assigned a recommended shipping de-

scription, division and compatibility

group, based on the tests and criteria

prescribed in §§ 173.52, 173.57 and 173.58.

The person requesting approval of the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

488

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.56

new explosive must submit to the Asso-

ciate Administrator a report of the ex-

amination and assignment of a rec-

ommended shipping description, divi-

sion, and compatibility group. If the

Associate Administrator finds the ap-

proval request meets the regulatory

criteria, the new explosive will be ap-

proved in writing and assigned an EX

number. The examination must be per-

formed by a person who is approved by

the Associate Administrator under the

provisions of subpart H of part 107 of

this chapter and who—

(i) Has (directly, or through an em-

ployee involved in the examination) at

least ten years of experience in the ex-

amination, testing and evaluation of

explosives;

(ii) Does not manufacture or market

explosives, and is not controlled by or

financially dependent on any entity

that manufactures or markets explo-

sives, and whose work with respect to

explosives is limited to examination,

testing and evaluation; and

(iii) Is a resident of the United

States.

(2) A new explosive made by or under

the direction or supervision of a com-

ponent of the DOD may be examined,

classed, and concurred in by:

(i) U.S. Army Technical Center for

Explosives Safety (SMCAC-EST), Naval

Sea Systems Command (SEA–9934), or

Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), when

approved by the Chairman, DOD Explo-

sives Board, in accordance with the

DOD Explosives Hazard Classification

Procedures (IBR, see § 171.7 of the sub-

chapter); or

(ii) The agencies and procedures spec-

ified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(3) A new explosive made by or under

the direction or supervision of the De-

partment of Energy (DOE) may be—

(i) Examined by the DOE in accord-

ance with the DOD Explosives Hazard

Classification Procedures, and must be

classed and approved by DOE; or

(ii) Examined, classed, and approved

in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of

this section.

(4) For a material shipped under the

description of ‘‘ammonium nitrate-fuel

oil mixture (ANFO)’’, the only test re-

quired for classification purposes is the

Cap Sensitivity Test—Test Method 5(a)

prescribed in the Explosive Test Man-

ual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria)

(IBR, see § 171.7 of the subchapter). The

test must be performed by an agency

listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or

(b)(3) of this section, the manufacturer,

or the shipper. A copy of the test re-

port must be submitted to the Asso-

ciate Administrator before the mate-

rial is offered for transportation, and a

copy of the test report must be re-

tained by the shipper for as long as

that material is shipped. At a min-

imum, the test report must contain the

name and address of the person or or-

ganization conducting the test, date of

the test, quantitative description of

the mixture, including prill size and

porosity, and a description of the test

results.

port. DOD or DOE must file a copy of

each approval, accompanied by sup-

porting laboratory data, with the Asso-

ciate Administrator and receive ac-

knowledgement in writing before offer-

ing the new explosive for transpor-

tation, unless the new explosive is:

(1) Being transported under para-

graph (d) or (e) of this section; or

(2) Covered by a national security

classification currently in effect.

(d) Transportation of explosive sam-

ples for examination. Notwithstanding

the requirements of paragraph (b) of

this section with regard to the trans-

portation of a new explosive that has

not been approved, a person may offer

a sample of a new explosive for trans-

portation, by railroad, highway, or ves-

sel from the place where it was pro-

duced to an agency identified in para-

graph (b) of this section, for examina-

tion if—

(1) The new explosive has been as-

signed a tentative shipping description

and class in writing by the testing

agency;

(2) The new explosive is packaged as

required by this part according to the

tentative description and class as-

signed, unless otherwise specified in

writing by the testing agency; and,

(3) The package is labeled as required

by this subchapter and the following is

marked on the package:

(i) The words ‘‘SAMPLE FOR LAB-

ORATORY EXAMINATION’’;

(ii) The net weight of the new explo-

sive; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

489

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.56

(iii) The tentative shipping name and

identification number.

(e) Transportation of unapproved ex-

plosives for developmental testing.

Notwithstanding the requirements of

paragraph (b) of this section, the owner

of a new explosive that has not been

examined or approved may transport

that new explosive from the place

where it was produced to an explosives

testing range if—

(1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initi-

ating) explosive or a forbidden explo-

sive according to this subchapter;

(2) It is described as a Division 1.1 ex-

plosive (substance or article) and is

packed, marked, labeled, described on

shipping papers and is otherwise of-

fered for transportation in conform-

ance with the requirements of this sub-

chapter applicable to Division 1.1;

(3) It is transported in a motor vehi-

cle operated by the owner of the explo-

sive; and

(4) It is accompanied by a person, in

addition to the operator of the motor

vehicle, who is qualified by training

and experience to handle the explosive.

(f) Notwithstanding the requirements

of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this sec-

tion, the Associate Administrator may

approve a new explosive on the basis of

an approval issued for the explosive by

the competent authority of a foreign

government, or when examination of

the explosive by a person approved by

the Associate Administrator is imprac-

ticable, on the basis of reports of tests

conducted by disinterested third par-

ties, or may approve the transpor-

tation of an explosives sample for the

purpose of examination by a person ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator.

(g) An explosive may be transported

under subparts B or C of part 171 or

§ 176.11 of this subchapter without the

approval of the Associate Adminis-

trator as required by paragraph (b) of

this section if the Associate Adminis-

trator has acknowledged in writing the

acceptability of an approval issued by

the competent authority of a foreign

government pursuant to the provisions

of the UN Recommendations, the ICAO

Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or

other national or international regula-

tions based on the UN Recommenda-

tions. In such a case, a copy of the for-

eign competent authority approval,

and a copy of the written acknowledge-

ment of its acceptance must accom-

pany each shipment of that explosive.

(h) The requirements of this section

do not apply to cartridges, small arms

which are:

(1) Not a forbidden explosive under

§ 173.54 of this subchapter;

(2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, or

shotgun;

(3) Ammunition with inert projectile

or blank ammunition; and

(4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 cal-

iber for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8

gauge for shotgun shells.

Cartridges, small arms meeting the cri-

teria of this paragraph (h) may be as-

signed a classification code of 1.4S by

the manufacturer.

(i) If experience or other data indi-

cate that the hazard of a material or a

device containing an explosive com-

position is greater or less than indi-

cated according to the definition and

criteria specified in §§ 173.50, 173.56, and

173.58 of this subchapter, the Associate

Administrator may specify a classifica-

tion or except the material or device

from the requirements of this sub-

chapter.

(j) Fireworks. Notwithstanding the

requirements of paragraph (b) of this

section, Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks

may be classed and approved by the As-

sociate Administrator without prior

examination and offered for transpor-

tation if the following conditions are

met:

(1) The fireworks are manufactured

in accordance with the applicable re-

quirements in APA Standard 87–1 (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

(2) A thermal stability test is con-

ducted on the device by the BOE, the

BOM, or the manufacturer. The test

must be performed by maintaining the

device, or a representative prototype of

a large device such as a display shell,

at a temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48

consecutive hours. When a device con-

tains more than one component, those

components which could be in physical

contact with each other in the finished

device must be placed in contact with

each other during the thermal stability

test; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

490

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.57

(3) The manufacturer applies in writ-

ing to the Associate Administrator fol-

lowing the applicable requirements in

APA Standard 87–1, and is notified in

writing by the Associate Administrator

that the fireworks have been classed,

approved, and assigned an EX-number.

Each application must be complete, in-

cluding all relevant background data

and copies of all applicable drawings,

test results, and any other pertinent

information on each device for which

approval is being requested. The manu-

facturer must sign the application and

certify that the device for which ap-

proval is requested conforms to APA

Standard 87–1 and that the descriptions

and technical information contained in

the application are complete and accu-

rate. If the application is denied, the

manufacturer will be notified in writ-

ing of the reasons for the denial. The

Associate Administrator may require

that the fireworks be examined by an

agency listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this

section.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 62 FR 51560,

Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR

10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001;

68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 72 FR 25177, May 3,

2007]

§ 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new

explosives.

(a) Unless otherwise excepted, an ex-

plosive substance must be subjected to

the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity

Test (Test Method 3(a)(i)), the Friction

Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b)(iii)),

the Thermal Stability Test (Test Meth-

od 3(c)) at 75 °C (167 °F) and the Small-

Scale Burning Test (Test Method

3(d)(i)), each as described in the Explo-

sive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests

and Criteria) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter). A substance is forbidden

for transportation if any one of the fol-

lowing occurs:

(1) For a liquid, failure to pass the

test criteria when tested in the Drop

Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa-

ratus for liquids;

(2) For a solid, failure to pass the test

criteria when tested in the Drop

Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa-

ratus for solids;

(3) The substance has a friction sen-

sitiveness equal to or greater than that

of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate

(PETN) when tested in the Friction

Sensitivity Test;

(4) The substance fails to pass the

test criteria specified in the Thermal

Stability Test at 75 °C (167 °F); or

(5) Explosion occurs when tested in

the Small-Scale Burning Test.

(b) An explosive article, packaged or

unpackaged, or a packaged explosive

substance must be subjected to the

Thermal Stability Test for Articles and

Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i))

and the Twelve Meter Drop Test (Test

Method 4(b)(ii)), when appropriate, in

the Explosive Test Manual. An article

or packaged substance is forbidden for

transportation if evidence of thermal

instability or excessive impact sensi-

tivity is found in those tests according

to the criteria and methods of assess-

ing results prescribed therein.

type A) is forbidden for transportation

if any of the following occurs:

(1) It does not have, when uniformly

mixed with the absorbent material, a

satisfactory antacid in a quantity suf-

ficient to have the acid neutralizing

power of an amount of magnesium car-

bonate equal to one percent of the ni-

troglycerin or other liquid explosive

ingredient;

(2) During the centrifuge test (Test

Method D–2, in appendix D to this part)

or the compression test (Test Method

D–3 in appendix D to this part), a non-

gelatin dynamite loses more than 3

percent by weight of the liquid explo-

sive or a gelatin dynamite loses more

than 10 percent by weight of the liquid

explosive; or

(3) During the leakage test (Test

Method D–1 in appendix D to this part),

there is any loss of liquid.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 64 FR

51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003;

76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.58 Assignment of class and divi-

sion for new explosives.

(a) Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explo-

sives. In addition to the test prescribed

in § 173.57 of this subchapter, a sub-

stance or article in these divisions

must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a),

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

491

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

6(b), and 6(c), as described in the UN

Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter), for assign-

ment to an appropriate division. The

criteria for assignment of class and di-

vision are as follows:

(1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is

mass explosion;

(2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is

dangerous projections;

(3) Division 1.3 if the major hazard is

radiant heat or violent burning, or

both, but there is no blast or projection

hazard;

(4) Division 1.4 if there is a small haz-

ard with no mass explosion and no pro-

jection of fragments of appreciable size

or range;

(5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group

S (1.4S) if the hazardous effects are

confined within the package or the

blast and projection effects do not sig-

nificantly hinder emergency response

efforts. The UN Test Type 6(d) is used

to determine whether a Division 1.4S

classification is appropriate for an

item assigned a proper shipping name

to which special provision 347 (see

§ 172.102 of this subchapter) applies; or

(6) Not in the explosive class if the

substance or article does not have sig-

nificant explosive hazard or if the ef-

fects of explosion are completely con-

fined within the article.

(b) Division 1.5 explosive. Except for

ANFO, a substance that has been ex-

amined in accordance with the provi-

sions § 173.57(a) of this subchapter,

must be subjected to the following ad-

ditional tests: Cap Sensitivity Test,

Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT

Test, and External Fire Test, each as

described in the Explosive Test Man-

ual. A material may not be classed as

a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the

following occurs:

(1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sen-

sitivity Test (Test Method 5(a));

(2) Detonation occurs in the DDT

Test (Test Method 5(b)(ii));

(3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud

noise and projection of fragments, oc-

curs in the External Fire Test (Test

Method 5(c), or

(4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the

Princess Incendiary Spark Test (Test

Method 5(d)).

to be classed as a 1.6 explosive, an arti-

cle must pass all of the following tests,

as prescribed in the Explosive Test

Manual:

(i) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test;

(ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off

Test;

(iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test;

and

(iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact

Test.

(2) A substance intended for use as

the explosive load in an article of Divi-

sion 1.6 must be an extremely insensi-

tive detonating substance (EIDS). In

order to determine if a substance is an

EIDS, it must be subjected to the tests

in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x)

of this section, which are described in

the Explosive Test Manual. The sub-

stance must be tested in the form (i.e.,

composition, granulation, density, etc.)

in which it is to be used in the article.

A substance is not an EIDS if it fails

any of the following tests:

(i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensi-

tivity Test;

(ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test;

(iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at

75 °C (167 °F);

(iv) The Small Scale Burning Test;

(v) The EIDS Cap Test;

(vi) The EIDS Gap Test;

(vii) The Susan Test;

(viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test;

(ix) The EIDS External Fire Test;

and

(x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test.

(d) The Associate Administrator may

waive or modify certain test(s) identi-

fied in §§ 173.57 and 173.58 of this sub-

chapter, or require additional testing,

if appropriate. In addition, the Asso-

ciate Administrator may limit the

quantity of explosive in a device.

(e) Each explosive is assigned a com-

patibility group letter by the Associate

Administrator based on the criteria

prescribed in § 173.52(b) of this sub-

chapter.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 63 FR

52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001;

68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19,

2011; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.59 Description of terms for explo-

sives.

For the purpose of this subchapter, a

description of the following terms is

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

492

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.59

provided for information only. They

must not be used for purposes of classi-

fication or to replace proper shipping

names prescribed in § 172.101 of this

subchapter.

Ammonium-nitrate—fuel oil mixture

(ANFO). A blasting explosive con-

taining no essential ingredients other

than prilled ammonium nitrate and

fuel oil.

Ammunition. Generic term related

mainly to articles of military applica-

tion consisting of all types of bombs,

grenades, rockets, mines, projectiles

and other similar devices or contri-

vances.

Ammunition, illuminating, with or with-

out burster, expelling charge or propelling

charge. Ammunition designed to

produce a single source of intense light

for lighting up an area. The term in-

cludes illuminating cartridges, gre-

nades and projectiles, and illuminating

and target identification bombs. The

term excludes the following articles

which are listed separately: cartridges,

signal; signal devices; hand signals; dis-

tress flares, aerial and flares, surface.

Ammunition, incendiary. Ammunition

containing an incendiary substance

which may be a solid, liquid or gel in-

cluding white phosphorus. Except when

the composition is an explosive per se,

it also contains one or more of the fol-

lowing: a propelling charge with primer

and igniter charge, or a fuze with

burster or expelling charge. The term

includes: Ammunition, incendiary, liquid

or gel, with burster, expelling charge

or propelling charge; Ammunition, in-

cendiary with or without burster, expel-

ling charge or propelling charge; and

Ammunition, incendiary, white phos-

phorus, with burster, expelling charge

or propelling charge.

Ammunition, practice. Ammunition

without a main bursting charge, con-

taining a burster or expelling charge.

Normally it also contains a fuze and

propelling charge. The term excludes

the following article which is listed

separately: Grenades, practice.

Ammunition, proof. Ammunition con-

taining pyrotechnic substance, used to

test the performance or strength of

new ammunition, weapon component

or assemblies.

Ammunition, smoke. Ammunition con-

taining a smoke-producing substance

such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture

(CSAM), titanium tetrachloride (FM),

white phosphorus, or smoke-producing

substance whose composition is based

on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phos-

phorus. Except when the substance is

an explosive per se, the ammunition

also contains one or more of the fol-

lowing: a propelling charge with primer

and igniter charge, or a fuze with

burster or expelling charge. The term

includes: Ammunition, smoke, with or

without burster, expelling charge or

propelling charge; Ammunition, smoke,

white phosphorus with burster, expel-

ling charge or propelling charge.

Ammunition, tear-producing with burst-

er, expelling charge or propelling charge.

Ammunition containing tear-producing

substance. It may also contain one or

more of the following: a pyrotechnic

substance, a propelling charge with

primer and igniter charge, or a fuze

with burster or expelling charge.

Ammunition, toxic. Ammunition con-

taining toxic agent. It may also con-

tain one or more of the following: a py-

rotechnic substance, a propelling

charge with primer and igniter charge,

or a fuze with burster or expelling

charge.

Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive

(Articles, EEI). Articles that contain

only extremely insensitive detonating

substances and which demonstrate a

negligible probability of accidental ini-

tiation or propagation under normal

conditions of transport and which have

passed Test Series 7.

Articles, pyrophoric. Articles which

contain a pyrophoric substance (capa-

ble of spontaneous ignition when ex-

posed to air) and an explosive sub-

stance or component. The term ex-

cludes articles containing white phos-

phorus.

Articles, pyrotechnic for technical pur-

poses. Articles which contain pyro-

technic substances and are used for

technical purposes, such as heat gen-

eration, gas generation, theatrical ef-

fects, etc. The term excludes the fol-

lowing articles which are listed sepa-

rately: all ammunition; cartridges, sig-

nal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks;

flares, aerial; flares, surface; release de-

vices, explosives; rivets, explosive; signal

devices, hand; signals, distress; signals,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

493

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

railway track, explosive; and signals,

smoke.

Black powder (gunpowder). Substance

consisting of an intimate mixture of

charcoal or other carbon and either po-

tassium or sodium nitrate, and sul-

phur. It may be meal, granular, com-

pressed, or pelletized.

Bombs. Explosive articles which are

dropped from aircraft. They may con-

tain a flammable liquid with bursting

charge, a photo-flash composition or

bursting charge. The term excludes tor-

pedoes (aerial) and includes bombs,

photo-flash; bombs with bursting charge;

bombs with flammable liquids, with

bursting charge.

Boosters. Articles consisting of a

charge of detonating explosive without

means of initiation. They are used to

increase the initiating power of deto-

nators or detonating cord.

Bursters, explosive. Articles consisting

of a small charge of explosive to open

projectiles or other ammunition in

order to disperse their contents.

Cartridges, blank. Articles which con-

sist of a cartridge case with a center or

rim fire primer and a confined charge

of smokeless or black powder, but no

projectile. Used in training, saluting,

or in starter pistols, etc.

Cartridges, flash. Articles consisting

of a casing, a primer and flash powder,

all assembled in one piece for firing.

Cartridges for weapons. (1) Fixed (as-

sembled) or semi-fixed (partially as-

sembled) ammunition designed to be

fired from weapons. Each cartridge in-

cludes all the components necessary to

function the weapon once. The name

and description should be used for mili-

tary small arms cartridges that cannot

be described as cartridges, small arms.

Separate loading ammunition is in-

cluded under this name and description

when the propelling charge and projec-

tile are packed together (see also Car-

tridges, blank).

(2) Incendiary, smoke, toxic, and

tear-producing cartridges are described

under ammunition, incendiary, etc.

Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile.

Ammunition consisting of a casing

with propelling charge and a solid or

empty projectile.

Cartridges, oil well. Articles consisting

of a casing of thin fiber, metal or other

material containing only propellant

explosive. The term excludes charges,

shaped, commercial.

Cartridges, power device. Articles de-

signed to accomplish mechanical ac-

tions. They consist of a casing with a

charge of deflagrating explosive and a

means of ignition. The gaseous prod-

ucts of the deflagration produce infla-

tion, linear or rotary motion; activate

diaphragms, valves or switches, or

project fastening devices or extin-

guishing agents.

Cartridges, signal. Articles designed to

fire colored flares or other signals from

signal pistols or devices.

Cartridges, small arms. Ammunition

consisting of a cartridge case fitted

with a center or rim fire primer and

containing both a propelling charge

and solid projectile(s). They are de-

signed to be fired in weapons of caliber

not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun car-

tridges of any caliber are included in

this description. The term excludes:

Cartridges, small arms, blank, and

some military small arms cartridges

listed under Cartridges for weapons,

inert projectile.

Cases, cartridge, empty with primer. Ar-

ticles consisting of a cartridge case

made from metal, plastics or other

non-flammable materials, in which

only the explosive component is the

primer.

Cases, combustible, empty, without

primer. Articles consisting of cartridge

cases made partly or entirely from ni-

trocellulose.

Charges, bursting. Articles consisting

of a charge of detonating explosive

such as hexolite, octolite, or plastics-

bonded explosive designed to produce

effect by blast or fragmentation.

Charges, demolition. Articles con-

sisting of a charge of detonating explo-

sive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics,

metal or other material. The term ex-

cludes articles identified as bombs,

mines, etc.

Charges, depth. Articles consisting of

a charge of detonating explosive con-

tained in a drum or projectile. They

are designed to detonate under water.

Charges, expelling. A charge of

deflagrating explosive designed to eject

the payload from the parent article

without damage.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

494

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.59

Charges, explosive, without detonator.

Articles consisting of a charge of deto-

nating explosive without means of ini-

tiation, used for explosive welding,

joining, forming, and other processes.

Charges, propelling. Articles con-

sisting of propellant charge in any

physical form, with or without a cas-

ing, for use in cannon or for reducing

drag for projectiles or as a component

of rocket motors.

Charges, propelling for cannon. Arti-

cles consisting of a propellant charge

in any physical form, with or without a

casing, for use in a cannon.

Charges, shaped, without detonator.

Articles consisting of a casing con-

taining a charge of detonating explo-

sive with a cavity lined with rigid ma-

terial, without means of initiation.

They are designed to produce a power-

ful, penetrating jet effect.

Charges, shaped, flexible, linear. Arti-

cles consisting of a V-shaped core of a

detonating explosive clad by a flexible

metal sheath.

Charges, supplementary, explosive. Ar-

ticles consisting of a small removable

booster used in the cavity of a projec-

tile between the fuze and the bursting

charge.

Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Ar-

ticles containing an explosive designed

to transmit a detonation or deflagra-

tion within an explosive train.

Contrivance, water-activated with

burster, expelling charge or propelling

charge. Articles whose functioning de-

pends of physico-chemical reaction of

their contents with water.

Cord, detonating, flexible. Articles con-

sisting of a core of detonating explo-

sive enclosed in spun fabric with plas-

tics or other covering.

Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad. Ar-

ticles consisting of a core of detonating

explosive clad by a soft metal tube

with or without protective covering.

When the core contains a sufficiently

small quantity of explosive, the words

‘‘mild effect’’ are added.

Cord igniter. Articles consisting of

textile yarns covered with black pow-

der or another fast-burning pyro-

technic composition and a flexible pro-

tective covering, or consisting of a core

of black powder surrounded by a flexi-

ble woven fabric. It burns progressively

along its length with an external flame

and is used to transmit ignition from a

device to a charge or primer.

Cutters, cable, explosive. Articles con-

sisting of a knife-edged device which is

driven by a small charge of

deflagrating explosive into an anvil.

Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for

blasting. Non-electric detonators as-

sembled with and activated by such

means as safety fuse, shock tube, flash

tube, or detonating cord. They may be

of instantaneous design or incorporate

delay elements. Detonating relays in-

corporating detonating cord are in-

cluded. Other detonating relays are in-

cluded in Detonators, nonelectric.

Detonators. Articles consisting of a

small metal or plastic tube containing

explosives such as lead azide, PETN, or

combinations of explosives. They are

designed to start a detonation train.

They may be constructed to detonate

instantaneously, or may contain a

delay element. They may contain no

more than 10 g of total explosives

weight, excluding ignition and delay

charges, per unit. The term includes:

detonators for ammunition; detonators

for blasting, both electric and non-elec-

tric; and detonating relays without

flexible detonating cord.

Dynamite. A detonating explosive

containing a liquid explosive ingre-

dient (generally nitroglycerin, similar

organic nitrate esters, or both) that is

uniformly mixed with an absorbent

material, such as wood pulp, and usu-

ally contains materials such as nitro-

cellulose, sodium and ammonium ni-

trate.

Entire load and total contents. The

phrase means such a substantial por-

tion of the material explodes that the

practical hazard should be assessed by

assuming simultaneous explosion of

the whole of the explosive content of

the load or package.

Explode. The term indicates those ex-

plosive effects capable of endangering

life and property through blast, heat,

and projection of missiles. It encom-

passes both deflagration and detona-

tion.

Explosion of the total contents. The

phrase is used in testing a single arti-

cle or package or a small stack of arti-

cles or packages.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

495

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

Explosive, blasting. Detonating explo-

sive substances used in mining, con-

struction, and similar tasks. Blasting

explosives are assigned to one of five

types. In addition to the ingredients

listed below for each type, blasting ex-

plosives may also contain inert compo-

nents, such as kieselguhr, and other

minor ingredients, such as coloring

agents and stabilizers.

Explosive, blasting, type A. Substances

consisting of liquid organic nitrates,

such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of

such ingredients with one or more of

the following: nitrocellulose, ammo-

nium nitrate or other inorganic ni-

trates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or

combustible materials, such as wood-

meal and aluminum powder. Such ex-

plosives must be in powdery, gelat-

inous, plastic or elastic form. The term

includes dynamite, blasting gelatine

and gelatine dynamites.

Explosive, blasting, type B. Substances

consisting of a mixture of ammonium

nitrate or other inorganic nitrates

with an explosive, such as trinitro-

toluene, with or without other sub-

stances, such as wood-meal or alu-

minum powder, or a mixture of ammo-

nium nitrate or other inorganic ni-

trates with other combustible sub-

stances which are not explosive ingre-

dients. Such explosives may not con-

tain nitroglycerin, similar liquid or-

ganic nitrates, or chlorates.

Explosive, blasting, type C. Substances

consisting of a mixture of either potas-

sium or sodium chlorate or potassium,

sodium or ammonium perchlorate with

organic nitro-derivatives or combus-

tible materials, such as wood-meal or

aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon.

Such explosives must not contain ni-

troglycerin or any similar liquid or-

ganic nitrate.

Explosive, blasting, type D. Substances

consisting of a mixture of organic ni-

trate compounds and combustible ma-

terials, such as hydrocarbons and alu-

minum powder. Such explosives must

not contain nitroglycerin, any similar

liquid organic nitrate, chlorate or am-

monium-nitrate. The term generally

includes plastic explosives.

Explosive, blasting, type E. Substances

consisting of water as an essential in-

gredient and high proportions of am-

monium nitrate or other oxidizer, some

or all of which are in solution. The

other constituents may include nitro-

derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene,

hydrocarbons or aluminum powder.

The term includes: explosives, emul-

sion; explosives, slurry; and explosives,

watergel.

Explosive, deflagrating. A substance,

e.g., propellant, which reacts by defla-

gration rather than detonation when

ignited and used in its normal manner.

Explosive, detonating. A substance

which reacts by detonation rather than

deflagration when initiated and used in

its normal manner.

Explosive, extremely insensitive deto-

nating substance (EIDS). A substance

which, although capable of sustaining a

detonation, has demonstrated through

tests that it is so insensitive that there

is very little probability of accidental

initiation.

Explosive, primary. Explosive sub-

stance which is manufactured with a

view to producing a practical effect by

explosion, is very sensitive to heat, im-

pact, or friction, and even in very

small quantities, detonates. The major

primary explosives are mercury ful-

minate, lead azide, and lead styphnate.

Explosive, secondary. An explosive

substance which is relatively insensi-

tive (when compared to primary explo-

sives) and is usually initiated by pri-

mary explosives with or without the

aid of boosters or supplementary

charges. Such an explosive may react

as a deflagrating or as a detonating ex-

plosive.

Fireworks. Pyrotechnic articles de-

signed for entertainment.

Flares. Articles containing pyro-

technic substances which are designed

to illuminate, identify, signal, or warn.

The term includes: flares, aerial and

flares, surface.

Flash powder. Pyrotechnic substance

which, when ignited, produces an in-

tense light.

Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil

wells, without detonators. Articles con-

sisting of a charge of detonating explo-

sive contained in a casing without the

means of initiation. They are used to

fracture the rock around a drill shaft

to assist the flow of crude oil from the

rock.

Fuse/Fuze. Although these two words

have a common origin (French fusee,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

496

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.59

fusil) and are sometimes considered to

be different spellings, it is useful to

maintain the convention that fuse re-

fers to a cord-like igniting device,

whereas fuze refers to a device used in

ammunition which incorporates me-

chanical, electrical, chemical, or hy-

drostatic components to initiate a

train by deflagration or detonation.

Fuse, igniter. Articles consisting of a

metal tube with a core of deflagrating

explosives.

Fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating

(Quickmatch). Article consisting of cot-

ton yarns impregnated with fine black

powder. It burns with an external

flame and is used in ignition trains for

fireworks, etc.

Fuse, safety. Article consisting of a

core of fine-grained black powder sur-

rounded by a flexible woven fabric with

one or more protective outer coverings.

When ignited, it burns at a predeter-

mined rate without any explosive ef-

fect.

Fuzes. Articles designed to start a

detonation or deflagration in ammuni-

tion. They incorporate mechanical,

electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic

components and generally protective

features. The term includes: Fuzes, det-

onating; fuzes detonating with protec-

tive features; and fuzes igniting.

Grenades, hand or rifle. Articles

which are designed to be thrown by

hand or to be projected by rifle. The

term includes: grenades, hand or rifle,

with bursting charge; and grenades,

practice, hand or rifle. The term ex-

cludes: grenades, smoke.

Igniters. Articles containing one or

more explosive substance used to start

deflagration of an explosive train. They

may be actuated chemically, elec-

trically, or mechanically. The term ex-

cludes: cord, igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse,

instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze,

igniting; lighters, fuse, instantaneous,

non-detonating; fuzes, igniting; light-

ers, fuse; primers, cap type; and prim-

ers, tubular.

Ignition, means of. A general term

used in connection with the method

employed to ignite a deflagrating train

of explosive or pyrotechnic substances

(for example: a primer for propelling

charge, an igniter for a rocket motor

or an igniting fuze).

Initiation, means of. (1) A device in-

tended to cause the detonation of an

explosive (for example: detonator, det-

onator for ammunition, or detonating

fuze).

(2) The term with its own means of ini-

tiation means that the contrivance has

its normal initiating device assembled

to it and this device is considered to

present a significant risk during trans-

port but not one great enough to be un-

acceptable. The term does not apply,

however, to a contrivance packed to-

gether with its means of initiation,

provided the device is packaged so as

to eliminate the risk of causing deto-

nation of the contrivance in the event

of functioning of the initiating device.

The initiating device can even be as-

sembled in the contrivance provided

there are protective features ensuring

that the device is very unlikely to

cause detonation of the contrivance

under conditions which are associated

with transport.

(3) For the purposes of classification,

any means of initiation without two ef-

fective protective features should be

regarded as Compatibility Group B; an

article with its own means of initi-

ation, without two effective protective

features, is Compatibility Group F. A

means of initiation which itself pos-

sesses two effective protective features

is Compatibility Group D, and an arti-

cle with its own means of initiation

which possesses two effective features

is Compatibility Group D or E. A

means of initiation, adjudged as having

two effective protective features, must

be approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator. A common and effective way of

achieving the necessary degree of pro-

tection is to use a means of initiation

which incorporates two or more inde-

pendent safety features.

Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well,

without detonator. Articles consisting of

a steel tube or metallic strip, into

which are inserted shaped charges con-

nected by detonating cord, without

means of initiation.

Lighters, fuse. Articles of various de-

sign actuated by friction, percussion,

or electricity and used to ignite safety

fuse.

Mass explosion. Explosion which af-

fects almost the entire load virtually

instantaneously.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

497

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

Mines. Articles consisting normally

of metal or composition receptacles

and bursting charge. They are designed

to be operated by the passage of ships,

vehicles, or personnel. The term in-

cludes Bangalore torpedoes.

Phlegmatized. The term means that a

substance (or ‘‘phlegmatizer’’) has been

added to an explosive to enhance its

safety in handling and transport. The

phlegmatizer renders the explosive in-

sensitive, or less sensitive, to the fol-

lowing actions: heat, shock, impact,

percussion or friction. Typical

phlegmatizing agents include, but are

not limited to: wax, paper, water, poly-

mers (such as chlorofluoropolymers),

alcohol and oils (such as petroleum

jelly and paraffin).

Powder cake (powder paste). Substance

consisting of nitrocellulose impreg-

nated with not more than 60 percent of

nitroglycerin or other liquid organic

nitrates or a mixture of these.

Powder, smokeless. Substance based on

nitrocellulose used as propellant. The

term includes propellants with a single

base (nitrocellulose (NC) alone), those

with a double base (such as NC and ni-

troglycerin (NG)) and those with a tri-

ple base (such as NC/NG/

nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bag-

charges of smokeless powder are listed

under charges, propelling and charges,

propelling for cannon.

Primers, cap type. Articles consisting

of a metal or plastic cap containing a

small amount of primary explosive

mixture that is readily ignited by im-

pact. They serve as igniting elements

in small arms cartridges and in percus-

sion primers for propelling charges.

Primers, tubular. Articles consisting

of a primer for ignition and an auxil-

iary charge of deflagrating explosive,

such as black powder, used to ignite

the propelling charge in a cartridge

case for cannon, etc.

Projectiles. Articles, such as a shell or

bullet, which are projected from a can-

non or other artillery gun, rifle, or

other small arm. They may be inert,

with or without tracer, or may contain

a burster, expelling charge or bursting

charge. The term includes: projectiles,

inert, with tracer; projectiles, with

burster or expelling charge; and projec-

tiles, with bursting charge.

Propellant, liquid. Substances con-

sisting of a deflagrating liquid explo-

sive, used for propulsion.

Propellant, solid. Substances con-

sisting of a deflagrating solid explo-

sive, used for propulsion.

Propellants. Deflagrating explosives

used for propulsion or for reducing the

drag of projectiles.

Release devices, explosive. Articles

consisting of a small charge of explo-

sive with means of initiation. They

sever rods or links to release equip-

ment quickly.

Rocket motors. Articles consisting of a

solid, liquid, or hypergolic propellant

contained in a cylinder fitted with one

or more nozzles. They are designed to

propel a rocket or guided missile. The

term includes: rocket motors; rocket

motors with hypergolic liquids with or

without an expelling charge; and rock-

et motors, liquid fuelled.

Rockets. Articles containing a rocket

motor and a payload which may be an

explosive warhead or other device. The

term includes: guided missiles; rockets,

line-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled,

with bursting charge; rockets, with

bursting charge; rockets, with expel-

ling charge; and rockets, with inert

head.

Signals. Articles consisting of pyro-

technic substances designed to produce

signals by means of sound, flame, or

smoke or any combination thereof. The

term includes: signal devices, hand;

signals, distress ship; signals, railway

track, explosive; signals, smoke.

Sounding devices, explosive. Articles

consisting of a charge of detonating ex-

plosive. They are dropped from ships

and function when they reach a pre-

determined depth or the sea bed.

Substance, explosive, very insensitive

(Substance, EVI) N.O.S. Substances

which present a mass explosive hazard

but which are so insensitive that there

is very little probability of initiation,

or of transition from burning to deto-

nation under normal conditions of

transport and which have passed test

series 5.

Torpedoes. Articles containing an ex-

plosive or non-explosive propulsion

system and designed to be propelled

through water. They may contain an

inert head or warhead. The term in-

cludes: torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

498

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.60

inert head; torpedoes, liquid fuelled,

with or without bursting charge; and

torpedoes, with bursting charge.

Tracers for ammunition. Sealed arti-

cles containing pyrotechnic sub-

stances, designed to reveal the trajec-

tory of a projectile.

Warheads. Articles containing deto-

nating explosives, designed to be fitted

to a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo.

They may contain a burster or expel-

ling charge or bursting charge. The

term includes: warhead rocket with

bursting charge; and warheads, tor-

pedo, with bursting charge.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10777,

Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR

3371, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.60 General packaging require-

ments for explosives.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in this

subpart and in § 173.7(a), packaging

used for Class 1 (explosives) materials

must meet Packing Group II require-

ments. Each packaging used for an ex-

plosive must be capable of meeting the

test requirements of subpart M of part

178 of this subchapter, at the specified

level of performance, and the applica-

ble general packaging requirements of

paragraph (b) of this section.

(b) The general requirements for

packaging of explosives are as follows:

(1) Nails, staples, and other closure

devices, made of metal, having no pro-

tective covering may not penetrate to

the inside of the outer packaging un-

less the inner packaging adequately

protects the explosive against contact

with the metal.

(2) The closure device of containers

for liquid explosives must provide dou-

ble protection against leakage, such as

a screw cap secured in place with tape.

(3) Inner packagings, fittings, and

cushioning materials, and the placing

of explosive substances or articles in

packages, must be such that the explo-

sive substance is prevented from be-

coming loose in the outer packaging

during transportation. Metallic compo-

nents of articles must be prevented

from making contact with metal pack-

agings. Articles containing explosive

substances not enclosed in an outer

casing must be separated from each

other in order to prevent friction and

impact. Padding, trays, partitioning in

the inner or outer packaging, molded

plastics or receptacles may be used for

this purpose.

(4) When the packaging includes

water that could freeze during trans-

portation, a sufficient amount of anti-

freeze, such as denatured ethyl alcohol,

must be added to the water to prevent

freezing. If the anti-freeze creates a

fire hazard, it may not be used. When a

percentage of water in the substance is

specified, the combined weight of water

and anti-freeze may be substituted.

(5) If an article is fitted with its own

means of ignition or initiation, it must

be effectively protected from acci-

dental actuation during normal condi-

tions of transportation.

(6) The entry of explosive substances

into the recesses of double-seamed

metal packagings must be prevented.

(7) The closure device of a metal

drum must include a suitable gasket; if

the closure device includes metal-to-

metal screw-threads, the ingress of ex-

plosive substances into the threading

must be prevented.

(8) Whenever loose explosive sub-

stances or the explosive substance of

an uncased or partly cased article may

come into contact with the inner sur-

face of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A,

4B and metal receptacles), the metal

packaging should be provided with an

inner liner or coating.

(9) Packagings must be made of ma-

terials compatible with, and imper-

meable to, the explosives contained in

the package, so that neither inter-

action between the explosives and the

packaging materials, nor leakage,

causes the explosive to become unsafe

in transportation, or the hazard divi-

sion or compatibility group to change

(see § 173.24(e)(2)).

(10) An explosive article containing

an electrical means of initiation that

is sensitive to external electro-

magnetic radiation, must have its

means of initiation effectively pro-

tected from electromagnetic radiation

sources (for example, radar or radio

transmitters) through either design of

the packaging or of the article, or

both.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

499

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.61

(11) Plastic packagings may not be

able to generate or accumulate suffi-

cient static electricity to cause the

packaged explosive substances or arti-

cles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently

function. Metal packagings must be

compatible with the explosive sub-

stance they contain.

(12) Explosive substances may not be

packed in inner or outer packagings

where the differences in internal and

external pressures, due to thermal or

other effects, could cause an explosion

or rupture of the package.

(13) Packagings for water soluble sub-

stances must be water resistant. Pack-

agings for desensitized or phlegmatized

substances must be closed to prevent

changes in concentration during trans-

port. When containing less alcohol,

water, or phlegmatizer than specified

in its proper shipping description, the

substance is a ‘‘forbidden’’ material.

(14) Large and robust explosives arti-

cles, normally intended for military

use, without their means of initiation

or with their means of initiation con-

taining at least two effective protec-

tive features, may be carried

unpackaged provided that a negative

result was obtained in Test Series 4 of

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria on

an unpackaged article. When such arti-

cles have propelling charges or are self-

propelled, their ignition systems must

be protected against conditions en-

countered during normal transpor-

tation. Such unpackaged articles may

be fixed to cradles or contained in

crates or other suitable handling, stor-

age or launching devices in such a way

that they will not become loose during

normal conditions of transport and are

in accordance with DOD-approved pro-

cedures. When such large explosive ar-

ticles, as part of their operational safe-

ty and suitability tests, are subjected

to testing that meets the intentions of

Test Series 4 of the UN Manual of Tests

and Criteria with successful test re-

sults, they may be offered for transpor-

tation in accordance with the require-

ments prescribed in (b)(14) above sub-

ject to approval by the Associate Ad-

ministrator.

[Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997, as

amended at 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 76 FR

43529, July 20, 2011]

§ 173.61 Mixed packaging require-

ments.

(a) An explosive may not be packed

in the same outside packaging with

any other material that could, under

normal conditions of transportation,

adversely affect the explosive or its

packaging unless packaged by DOD or

DOE in accordance with § 173.7(a).

(b) Hardware necessary for assembly

of explosive articles at the point-of-use

may be packed in the same outside

packaging with the explosive articles.

The hardware must be securely packed

in a separate inside packaging. Suffi-

cient cushioning materials must be

used to ensure that all inside pack-

agings are securely packed in the out-

side packaging.

be packed together with other Class 1

explosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073,

UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 0255, UN 0257, UN

0267, UN 0350, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364,

UN 0365, UN 0366, UN 0367, UN 0408, UN

0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, UN 0456, and UN

0500. These explosives may be mix-

packed with each other in accordance

with the compatibility requirements

prescribed in paragraph (e) of this sec-

tion.

(d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives

may not be packed with the following

explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335,

UN 0336, and UN 0337.

(e) Except as prescribed in para-

graphs (c) and (d) of this section, dif-

ferent explosives may be packed in one

outside packaging in accordance with

the following compatibility require-

ments:

(1) Explosives of the same compat-

ibility group and same division number

may be packed together.

(2) Explosives of the same compat-

ibility group or authorized combina-

tion of compatibility group but dif-

ferent division number may be packed

together, provided that the whole

package is treated as though its entire

contents were comprised of the lower

division number. For example, a mixed

package of Division 1.2 explosives and

Division 1.4 explosives, compatibility

group D, must be treated as 1.2D explo-

sives. However, when 1.5D explosives

are packed together with 1.2D explo-

sives, the whole package must be treat-

ed as 1.1D explosives.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

500

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.62

(3) Explosives of compatibility group

S may be packaged together with ex-

plosives of any other compatibility

group except A or L, and the combined

package may be treated as belonging to

any of the packaged compatibility

groups except S.

(4) Explosives of compatibility group

L shall only be packed with an iden-

tical explosive.

(5) Explosives articles of compat-

ibility groups C, D, or E may be packed

together and the entire package shall

be treated as belonging to compat-

ibility group E.

(6) Explosives articles of compat-

ibility groups C, D, E, or N may be

packed together and the entire package

shall be treated as belonging to com-

patibility group D.

(7) Explosives substances of compat-

ibility groups C and D may be pack-

aged together and the entire package

shall be treated as belonging to com-

patibility group D.

(8) Explosive articles of compat-

ibility group G, except for fireworks

and articles requiring special pack-

aging, may be packaged together with

explosive articles of compatibility

groups C, D or E and the combined

package shall be treated as belonging

to compatibility group E.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR

50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33429, June 21, 2001;

66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept.

7, 2004; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28 2008]

§ 173.62 Specific packaging require-

ments for explosives.

(a) Except as provided in § 173.7 of

this subchapter, when the § 172.101

Table specifies that an explosive must

be packaged in accordance with this

section, only packagings which con-

form to the provisions of paragraphs

(b) and (c) of this section or § 173.7(e) of

this subchapter and the applicable re-

quirements in §§ 173.60 and 173.61 may

be used unless otherwise approved by

the Associate Administrator.

(b) Explosives Table. The Explosives

Table specifies the Packing Instruc-

tions assigned to each explosive. Explo-

sives are identified in the first column

in numerical sequence by their identi-

fication number (ID #), which is listed

in column 4 of the § 172.101 table, of this

subchapter. The second column of the

Explosives Table specifies the Packing

Instruction (PI) which must be used for

packaging the explosive. The Explo-

sives Packing Method Table in para-

graph (c) of this section defines the

methods of packaging. The Packing In-

structions are identified using a 3 digit

designation. The Packing Instruction

prefixed by the letters ‘‘US’’ is par-

ticular to the United States and not

found in applicable international regu-

lations.

XPLOSIVES

ABLE

ID# PI

UN0004 .................................. 112

UN0005 .................................. 130

UN0006 .................................. 130

UN0007 .................................. 130

UN0009 .................................. 130

UN0010 .................................. 130

UN0012 .................................. 130

UN0014 .................................. 130

UN0015 .................................. 130

UN0016 .................................. 130

UN0018 .................................. 130

UN0019 .................................. 130

UN0020 .................................. 101

UN0021 .................................. 101

UN0027 .................................. 113

UN0028 .................................. 113

UN0029 .................................. 131

UN0030 .................................. 131

UN0033 .................................. 130

UN0034 .................................. 130

UN0035 .................................. 130

UN0037 .................................. 130

UN0038 .................................. 130

UN0039 .................................. 130

UN0042 .................................. 132

UN0043 .................................. 133

UN0044 .................................. 133

UN0048 .................................. 130

UN0049 .................................. 135

UN0050 .................................. 135

UN0054 .................................. 135

UN0055 .................................. 136

UN0056 .................................. 130

UN0059 .................................. 137

UN0060 .................................. 132

UN0065 .................................. 139

UN0066 .................................. 140

UN0070 .................................. 134

UN0072 .................................. 112(a)

UN0073 .................................. 133

UN0074 .................................. 110(a) or 110(b)

UN0075 .................................. 115

UN0076 .................................. 112

UN0077 .................................. 114(a) or 114(b)

UN0078 .................................. 112

UN0079 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0081 .................................. 116

UN0082 .................................. 116 or 117

UN0083 .................................. 116

UN0084 .................................. 116

UN0092 .................................. 135

UN0093 .................................. 135

UN0094 .................................. 113

UN0099 .................................. 134

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

501

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

XPLOSIVES

ABLE

—Continued

ID# PI

UN0101 .................................. 140

UN0102 .................................. 139

UN0103 .................................. 140

UN0104 .................................. 139

UN0105 .................................. 140

UN0106 .................................. 141

UN0107 .................................. 141

UN0110 .................................. 141

UN0113 .................................. 110(a) or 110(b)

UN0114 .................................. 110(a) or 110(b)

UN0118 .................................. 112

UN0121 .................................. 142

UN0124 .................................. US1

UN0129 .................................. 110(a) or 110(b)

UN0130 .................................. 110(a) or 110(b)

UN0131 .................................. 142

UN0132 .................................. 114(b)

UN0133 .................................. 112(a)

UN0135 .................................. 110(a) or 110(b)

UN0136 .................................. 130

UN0137 .................................. 130

UN0138 .................................. 130

UN0143 .................................. 115

UN0144 .................................. 115

UN0146 .................................. 112

UN0147 .................................. 112(b)

UN0150 .................................. 112(a) or 112(b)

UN0151 .................................. 112

UN0153 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0154 .................................. 112

UN0155 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0159 .................................. 111

UN0160 .................................. 114(b)

UN0161 .................................. 114(b)

UN0167 .................................. 130

UN0168 .................................. 130

UN0169 .................................. 130

UN0171 .................................. 130

UN0173 .................................. 134

UN0174 .................................. 134

UN0180 .................................. 130

UN0181 .................................. 130

UN0182 .................................. 130

UN0183 .................................. 130

UN0186 .................................. 130

UN0190 .................................. 101

UN0191 .................................. 135

UN0192 .................................. 135

UN0193 .................................. 135

UN0194 .................................. 135

UN0195 .................................. 135

UN0196 .................................. 135

UN0197 .................................. 135

UN0204 .................................. 134

UN0207 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0208 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0209 .................................. 112

UN0212 .................................. 133

UN0213 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0214 .................................. 112

UN0215 .................................. 112

UN0216 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0217 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0218 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0219 .................................. 112

UN0220 .................................. 112

UN0221 .................................. 130

UN0222 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0224 .................................. 110(a) or 110(b)

UN0225 .................................. 133

UN0226 .................................. 112(a)

UN0234 .................................. 114(a) or 114(b)

XPLOSIVES

ABLE

—Continued

ID# PI

UN0235 .................................. 114(a) or 114(b)

UN0236 .................................. 114(a) or 114(b)

UN0237 .................................. 138

UN0238 .................................. 130

UN0240 .................................. 130

UN0241 .................................. 116 or 117

UN0242 .................................. 130

UN0243 .................................. 130

UN0244 .................................. 130

UN0245 .................................. 130

UN0246 .................................. 130

UN0247 .................................. 101

UN0248 .................................. 144

UN0249 .................................. 144

UN0250 .................................. 101

UN0254 .................................. 130

UN0255 .................................. 131

UN0257 .................................. 141

UN0266 .................................. 112

UN0267 .................................. 131

UN0268 .................................. 133

UN0271 .................................. 143

UN0272 .................................. 143

UN0275 .................................. 134

UN0276 .................................. 134

UN0277 .................................. 134

UN0278 .................................. 134

UN0279 .................................. 130

UN0280 .................................. 130

UN0281 .................................. 130

UN0282 .................................. 112

UN0283 .................................. 132

UN0284 .................................. 141

UN0285 .................................. 141

UN0286 .................................. 130

UN0287 .................................. 130

UN0288 .................................. 138

UN0289 .................................. 139

UN0290 .................................. 139

UN0291 .................................. 130

UN0292 .................................. 141

UN0293 .................................. 141

UN0294 .................................. 130

UN0295 .................................. 130

UN0296 .................................. 134

UN0297 .................................. 130

UN0299 .................................. 130

UN0300 .................................. 130

UN0301 .................................. 130

UN0303 .................................. 130

UN0305 .................................. 113

UN0306 .................................. 133

UN0312 .................................. 135

UN0313 .................................. 135

UN0314 .................................. 142

UN0315 .................................. 142

UN0316 .................................. 141

UN0317 .................................. 141

UN0318 .................................. 141

UN0319 .................................. 133

UN0320 .................................. 133

UN0321 .................................. 130

UN0322 .................................. 101

UN0323 .................................. 134

UN0324 .................................. 130

UN0325 .................................. 142

UN0326 .................................. 130

UN0327 .................................. 130

UN0328 .................................. 130

UN0329 .................................. 130

UN0330 .................................. 130

UN0331 .................................. 116 or 117

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

502

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.62

XPLOSIVES

ABLE

—Continued

ID# PI

UN0332 .................................. 116 or 117

UN0333 .................................. 135

UN0334 .................................. 135

UN0335 .................................. 135

UN0336 .................................. 135

UN0337 .................................. 135

UN0338 .................................. 130

UN0339 .................................. 130

UN0340 .................................. 112(a) or 112(b)

UN0341 .................................. 112(b)

UN0342 .................................. 114(a)

UN0343 .................................. 111

UN0344 .................................. 130

UN0345 .................................. 130

UN0346 .................................. 130

UN0347 .................................. 130

UN0348 .................................. 130

UN0349 .................................. 101

UN0350 .................................. 101

UN0351 .................................. 101

UN0352 .................................. 101

UN0353 .................................. 101

UN0354 .................................. 101

UN0355 .................................. 101

UN0356 .................................. 101

UN0357 .................................. 101

UN0358 .................................. 101

UN0359 .................................. 101

UN0360 .................................. 131

UN0361 .................................. 131

UN0362 .................................. 130

UN0363 .................................. 130

UN0364 .................................. 133

UN0365 .................................. 133

UN0366 .................................. 133

UN0367 .................................. 141

UN0368 .................................. 141

UN0369 .................................. 130

UN0370 .................................. 130

UN0371 .................................. 130

UN0372 .................................. 141

UN0373 .................................. 135

UN0374 .................................. 134

UN0375 .................................. 134

UN0376 .................................. 133

UN0377 .................................. 133

UN0378 .................................. 133

UN0379 .................................. 136

UN0380 .................................. 101

UN0381 .................................. 134

UN0382 .................................. 101

UN0383 .................................. 101

UN0384 .................................. 101

UN0385 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0386 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0387 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0388 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0389 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0390 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0391 .................................. 112(a)

UN0392 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0393 .................................. 112(b)

UN0394 .................................. 112(a)

UN0395 .................................. 101

UN0396 .................................. 101

UN0397 .................................. 101

UN0398 .................................. 101

UN0399 .................................. 101

UN0400 .................................. 101

UN0401 .................................. 112

UN0402 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0403 .................................. 135

XPLOSIVES

ABLE

—Continued

ID# PI

UN0404 .................................. 135

UN0405 .................................. 135

UN0406 .................................. 114(b)

UN0407 .................................. 114(b)

UN0408 .................................. 141

UN0409 .................................. 141

UN0410 .................................. 141

UN0411 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0412 .................................. 130

UN0413 .................................. 130

UN0414 .................................. 130

UN0415 .................................. 143

UN0417 .................................. 130

UN0418 .................................. 135

UN0419 .................................. 135

UN0420 .................................. 135

UN0421 .................................. 135

UN0424 .................................. 130

UN0425 .................................. 130

UN0426 .................................. 130

UN0427 .................................. 130

UN0428 .................................. 135

UN0429 .................................. 135

UN0430 .................................. 135

UN0431 .................................. 135

UN0432 .................................. 135

UN0433 .................................. 111

UN0434 .................................. 130

UN0435 .................................. 130

UN0436 .................................. 130

UN0437 .................................. 130

UN0438 .................................. 130

UN0439 .................................. 137

UN0440 .................................. 137

UN0441 .................................. 137

UN0442 .................................. 137

UN0443 .................................. 137

UN0444 .................................. 137

UN0445 .................................. 137

UN0446 .................................. 136

UN0447 .................................. 136

UN0448 .................................. 114(b)

UN0449 .................................. 101

UN0450 .................................. 101

UN0451 .................................. 130

UN0452 .................................. 141

UN0453 .................................. 130

UN0454 .................................. 142

UN0455 .................................. 131

UN0456 .................................. 131

UN0457 .................................. 130

UN0458 .................................. 130

UN0459 .................................. 130

UN0460 .................................. 130

UN0461 .................................. 101

UN0462 .................................. 101

UN0463 .................................. 101

UN0464 .................................. 101

UN0465 .................................. 101

UN0466 .................................. 101

UN0467 .................................. 101

UN0468 .................................. 101

UN0469 .................................. 101

UN0470 .................................. 101

UN0471 .................................. 101

UN0472 .................................. 101

UN0473 .................................. 101

UN0474 .................................. 101

UN0475 .................................. 101

UN0476 .................................. 101

UN0477 .................................. 101

UN0478 .................................. 101

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

503

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

XPLOSIVES

ABLE

—Continued

ID# PI

UN0479 .................................. 101

UN0480 .................................. 101

UN0481 .................................. 101

UN0482 .................................. 101

UN0483 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0484 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0486 .................................. 101

UN0487 .................................. 135

UN0488 .................................. 130

UN0489 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0490 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0491 .................................. 143

UN0492 .................................. 135

UN0493 .................................. 135

UN0494 .................................. US1

UN0495 .................................. 115

UN0496 .................................. 112(b) or 112(c)

UN0497 .................................. 115

UN0498 .................................. 114(b)

UN0499 .................................. 114(b)

UN0500 .................................. 131

UN0502 .................................. 130

UN0503 .................................. 135

UN0504 .................................. 112(c)

UN0505 .................................. 135

UN0506 .................................. 135

UN0507 .................................. 135

UN0508 .................................. 114(b)

UN0509 .................................. 114(b)

NA0124 .................................. US1

NA0276 .................................. 134

NA0323 .................................. 134

NA0331 .................................. 116 or 117

NA0337 .................................. 135

NA0349 .................................. 133

NA0494 .................................. US1

accordance with the following table:

(1) The first column lists, in alpha-

numeric sequence, the packing meth-

ods prescribed for explosives in the Ex-

plosives Table of paragraph (b) of this

section.

(2) The second column specifies the

inner packagings that are required. If

inner packagings are not required, a

notation of ‘‘Not necessary’’ appears in

the column. The term ‘‘Not necessary’’

means that a suitable inner packaging

may be used but is not required.

(3) The third column specifies the in-

termediate packagings that are re-

quired. If intermediate packagings are

not required, a notation of ‘‘Not nec-

essary’’ appears in the column. The

term ‘‘Not necessary’’ means that a

suitable intermediate packaging may

be used but is not required.

(4) The fourth column specifies the

outer packagings which are required. If

inner packagings and/or intermediate

packagings are specified in the second

and third columns, then the packaging

specified in the fourth column must be

used as the outer packaging of a com-

bination packaging; otherwise it may

be used as a single packaging.

(5) Packing Instruction 101 may be

used for any explosive substance or ar-

ticle if an equivalent level of safety is

shown to be maintained subject to the

approval of the Associate Adminis-

trator.

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

101 ................................................................................. This Packing Instruction may be used as an alternative to a specifically

assigned packing method with the approval of the Associate Adminis-

trator prior to transportation. When this packing instruction is used,

the following must be marked on the shipping documents:

‘‘Packaging approved by the competent authority of the United States of

America (USA)’’.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. Samples of new or existing explosive substances

or articles may be transported as directed by the As-

sociate Administrator for purposes including: testing,

classification, research and development, quality con-

trol, or as a commercial sample. Explosive samples

which are wetted or desensitized must be limited to 25

kg. Explosive samples which are not wetted or desen-

sitized must be limited to 10 kg in small packages as

specified by the Associate Administrator for Haz-

ardous Materials Safety

110(a) ............................................................................ Bags .......................... Bags .......................... Drums.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. The Intermediate packagings must be filled with

water saturated material such as an anti-freeze solu-

tion or wetted cushioning

2. Outer packagings must be filled with water satu-

rated material such as an anti-freeze solution or

wetted cushioning. Outer packagings must be con-

structed and sealed to prevent evaporation of the wet-

ting solution, except when 0224 is being carried dry

plastics ...................

textile, plastic coat-

ed or lined.

rubber .....................

textile, rubberized ..

textile ......................

plastics ...................

textile, plastic coat-

ed or lined.

rubber .....................

textile, rubberized ..

Receptacles ...............

plastics ...................

metal ......................

steel, removable

head (1A2).

plastics, removable

head (1H2)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

504

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

110(b) ............................................................................ Bags .......................... Dividing partitions ...... Boxes.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS

For UN 0074, 0113, 0114, 0129, 0130, 0135 and

0224, the following conditions must be satisfied:

a. inner packagings must not contain more

than 50 g of explosive substance (quantity

corresponding to dry substance);

b. each inner packaging must be separated

from other inner packagings by dividing

partitions; and

c. the outer packaging must not be parti-

tioned with more than 25 compartments

rubber, conductive

plastics, conductive

Receptacles ...............

metal ......................

wood ......................

rubber, conductive

plastics, conductive

metal ......................

wood ......................

plastics ...................

fibreboard ...............

natural wood, sift-

proof wall (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

111 .................................................................................

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:.

For UN 0159, inner packagings are not required

when metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics (1H2)

drums are used as outer packagings.

Bags ..........................

paper, waterproofed

plastics ...................

textile, rubberized ..

Sheets .......................

plastics ...................

textile, rubberized ..

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

natural wood, ordi-

nary (4C1).

natural wood, sift

proof (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, expanded

(4H1).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminum, remov-

able head (1B2).

plywood (1D).

fibreboard (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

112(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted sol-

ids.

Bags .......................... Bags .......................... Boxes.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN Nos. 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0219

and 0394, packagings must be lead free

2. Intermediate packagings are not required if

leakproof drums are used as the outer pack-

aging

3. For UN 0072 and UN 0226, intermediate pack-

agings are not required

paper, multiwall,

water resistant.

plastics ...................

textile ......................

textile, rubberized ..

woven plastics .......

Receptacles ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

textile, plastic coat-

ed or lined.

Receptacles ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

natural wood, ordi-

nary (4C1).

natural wood, sift

proof (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, expanded

(4H1).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

505

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

112(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids

other than powders.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:.

1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219

and 0386, packagings must be lead free.

2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are rec-

ommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry

state and a maximum net mass of 30 kg..

3. For UN 0222, inner packagings are not re-

quired.

Bags ..........................

paper, Kraft ............

paper, multiwall,

water resistant.

plastics ...................

textile ......................

textile, rubberized

plastics.

woven plastics .......

Bags (for UN 0150

only).

plastics ...................

textile, plastic coat-

ed or lined.

Bags.

woven plastics sift-

proof (5H2/3).

plastics, film (5H4).

textile, sift-proof

(5L2).

textile, water resist-

ant (5L3).

paper, multiwall,

water resistant

(5M2).

Boxes

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

natural wood, ordi-

nary (4C1).

natural wood, sift

proof (4C2).

plywood (4D)

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, expanded

(4H1).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

112(c) This packing instruction applies to solid dry

powders.

Bags .......................... Bags .......................... Boxes.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219

and 0386, packagings must be lead free

2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are rec-

ommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry

state. Bags must not exceed a maximum net

mass of 30 kg.

3. Inner packagings are not required if drums are

used as the outer packaging.

4. At least one of the packagings must be sift-

proof

paper, multiwall,

water resistant.

plastics ...................

woven plastics .......

Receptacles ...............

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

paper, multiwall,

water resistant

with inner lining.

plastics ...................

Receptacles ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

steel (4A).

natural wood,

aluminum (4B).

ordinary (4C1).

natural wood,

sift proof (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

113 ................................................................................. Bags .......................... Not necessary ........... Boxes.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

506

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN 0094 and UN 0305, no more than 50 g

of substance must be packed in an inner pack-

aging

2. For UN 0027, inner packagings are not nec-

essary when drums are used as the outer pack-

aging

3. At least one of the packagings must be sift-

proof

4. Sheets must only be used for UN 0028

paper ......................

plastics ...................

textile, rubberized ..

Receptacles ...............

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

Sheets .......................

paper, kraft .............

paper, waxed .........

.................................... steel (4A).

aluminum (4B).

natural wood, ordi-

nary (4C1).

natural wood, sift-

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

114(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted sol-

ids.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:.

1. For UN 0077, 0234, 0235 and 0236, pack-

agings must be lead free.

2. For UN 0342, inner packagings are not re-

quired when metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics

(1H2) drums are used as outer packagings.

3. Intermediate packagings are not required if

leakproof removable head drums are used as

the outer packaging.

Bags ..........................

plastics ...................

textile ......................

woven plastics .......

Receptacles ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

Bags ..........................

plastics ...................

textile, plastic coat-

ed or lined.

Receptacles ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

Boxes.

steel (4A).

natural wood, ordi-

nary (4C1).

natural wood, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics,

removable head

(1H2).

114(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN 0077, 0132, 0234, 0235 and 0236, pack-

agings must be lead free

2. For UN 0160 and UN 0161, when metal drums

(1A2 or 1B2) are used as the outer packaging,

metal packagings must be so constructed that the

risk of explosion, by reason of increased internal

pressure from internal or external causes, is pre-

vented

3. For UN 0160, UN 0161, and UN 0508, inner pack-

agings are not necessary if drums are used as the

outer packaging

4. For UN 0508 and UN 0509, metal packagings must

not be used

Bags ..........................

paper, kraft

plastics

textile, sift-proof

woven plastics, sift-

proof.

Recep-

tacles ...................

fiberboard

metal

paper

plastics

woven plastics, sift-

proof.

Not necessary ...........

....................................

Boxes.

natural wood, ordinary

(4C1).

natural wood, sift-

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fiberboard (4G).

Drums.

steel, removable head

(1A2).

aluminum, removable

head (1B2).

plywood (1D).

fiber (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

115 ................................................................................. Receptacles Bags .......................... Boxes.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

507

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For liquid explosives, inner packagings must be

surrounded with non-combustible absorbent

cushioning material in sufficient quantity to ab-

sorb the entire liquid content. Metal receptacles

should be cushioned from each other. The net

mass of explosive per package may not exceed

30 kg when boxes are used as outer pack-

aging. The net volume of explosive in each

package other than boxes must not exceed 120

litres

2. For UN 0075, 0143, 0495 and 0497 when

boxes are used as the outer packaging, inner

packagings must have taped screw cap clo-

sures and be not more than 5 litres capacity

each. A composite packaging consisting of a

plastic receptacle in a metal drum (6HA1) may

be used in lieu of combination packagings. Liq-

uid substances must not freeze at temperatures

above ¥15 °C (+5 °F)

3. For UN 0144, intermediate packagings are not

necessary.

metal ..........................

plastics ...................

plastics in metal re-

ceptacles.

Drums ........................

metal ......................

natural wood, ordi-

nary (4C1).

natural wood, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

Drums.

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

Specification MC–200

containers may be

used for transport

by motor vehicle.

116 ................................................................................. Bags .......................... Not necessary ........... Bags.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner

packagings are not necessary if leakproof re-

movable head drums are used as the outer

packaging

2. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner

packagings are not required when the explosive

is contained in a material impervious to liquid

3. For UN 0081, inner packagings are not re-

quired when contained in rigid plastic which is

impervious to nitric esters

4. For UN 0331, inner packagings are not re-

quired when bags (5H2), (5H3) or (5H4) are

used as outer packagings

5. Bags (5H2 or 5H3) must be used only for UN

0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332

6. For UN 0081, bags must not be used as outer

packagings

paper, water and oil ..

resistant .................

plastics ...................

texitile, plasic coat-

ed or.

lined .......................

woven plasics, sift-

proof.

Receptacles ...............

fibreboard, water

resistant.

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood, sift-proof ......

Sheets .......................

paper, water resist-

ant.

paper, waxed .........

plastics ...................

.................................... woven plastics

(5H1/2/3).

paper, mulitwall,

water resistant

(5M2).

plastics, film (5H4).

textile, sift-proof

(5L2).

textile, water resist-

ant (5L3).

Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

natural wood, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

Jerricans.

steel, removable

head (3A2).

plastics, removable

head (3H2).

117 ................................................................................. Not necessary ........... Not necessary ........... IBCs.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

508

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. This packing instruction may only be used for

explosives of 0082 when they are mixtures of

ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates

with other combustible substances which are

not explosive ingredients. Such explosives must

not contain nitroglycerin, similar liquid organic

nitrates, liquid or solid nitrocarbons, or chlor-

ates.

2. This packing instruction may only be used for

explosives of UN 0241 which consist of water

as an essential ingredient and high proportions

of ammonium nitrate or other oxidizers, some

or all of which are in solution. The other con-

stituents may include hydrocarbons or alu-

minium powder, but must not include nitro-de-

rivatives such as trinitrotoluene.

3. Metal IBCs must not be used for UN 0082 and

0241.

4. Flexible IBCs may only be used for solids.

................................. .................................... metal (11A), (11B),

(11N), (21A),

(21B), (21N),

(31A), (31B),

(31N).

flexible (13H2),

(13H3), (13H4),

(13L2), (13L3),

(13L4), (13M2).

rigid plastics

(11H1), (11H2),

(21H1), (21H2),

(31H1), (31H2).

composite (11HZ1),

(11HZ2),

(21HZ1),

(21HZ2),

(31HZ1),

(31HZ2).

130 ................................................................................. Not necessary ........... Not necessary ........... Boxes.

Particular Packaging Requirements: The following ap-

plies to UN 0006, 0009, 0010, 0015, 0016, 0018,

0019, 0034, 0035, 0038, 0039, 0048, 0056, 0137,

0138, 0168, 0169, 0171, 0181, 0182, 0183, 0186,

0221, 0238, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246, 0254, 0280,

0281, 0286, 0287, 0297, 0299, 0300, 0301, 0303,

0321, 0328, 0329, 0344, 0345, 0346, 0347, 0362,

0363, 0370, 0412, 0424, 0425, 0434, 0435, 0436,

0437, 0438, 0451, 0459 and 0488. Large and ro-

bust explosives articles, normally intended for mili-

tary use, without their means of initiation or with

their means of initiation containing at least two ef-

fective protective features, may be carried

unpackaged. When such articles have propelling

charges or are self-propelled, their ignition systems

must be protected against stimuli encountered dur-

ing normal conditions of transport. A negative result

in Test Series 4 on an unpackaged article indicates

that the article can be considered for transport

unpackaged. Such unpackaged articles may be

fixed to cradles or contained in crates or other suit-

able handling devices.

Steel (4A).

Aluminum (4B).

Wood natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

Wood natural, sift-

proof walls (4C2).

Plywood (4D).

Reconstituted wood

(4F).

Fiberboard (4G).

Plastics, expanded

(4H1).

Plastics, solid (4H2).

Drums.

Steel, removable

head (1A2).

Aluminum, removable

head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

Fiber (1G).

Plastics, removable

head (1H2).

Large Packagings.

Steel (50A).

Aluminum (50B).

Metal other than steel

or aluminum (50N).

Rigid plastics (50H).

Natural wood (50C).

Plywood (50D).

Reconstituted wood

(50F).

Rigid fiberboard

(50G).

132(a) For articles consisting of closed metal, plastic

or fiberboard casings that contain detonating explo-

sives, or consisting of plastics-bonded detonating

explosives.

Not necessary ........... Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminum (4B).

wood, natural; ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fiberboard (4G).

plastics, solid (4H2).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

509

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

132(b) For articles without closed casings ................... Receptacles fiber-

board metal plas-

tics. Sheets paper

plastics.

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A); alu-

minum (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fiberboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

133 ................................................................................. Receptacles ............... Receptacles ............... Boxes.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN 0043, 0212, 0225, 0268 and 0306

trays are not authorized as inner packagings

Intermediate pack-

agings are only re-

quired when trays

are used as inner

packagings.

fibreboard ..................

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

Trays, fitted with di-

viding.

partitions ....................

fibreboard ..................

plastics .......................

wood ..........................

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

134 ................................................................................. Bags ..........................

water resistant

Receptacles

fibreboard

metal

plastics

wood

Sheets

fibreboard, cor-

rugated

Tubes

fibreboard

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, or-

dinary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted

wood (4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, ex-

panded (4H1).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

fibreboard (1G).

plastics, remov-

able head (1H2).

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, re-

movable head

(1B2).

plywood (1D).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

510

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

135 ................................................................................. Bags ..........................

paper ......................

plastics ...................

Receptacles ...............

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

Sheets .......................

paper ......................

plastics ...................

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, expanded

(4H1).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

136 ................................................................................. Bags ..........................

plastics ...................

textile ......................

Boxes. ........................

fibreboard ...............

plastics ...................

wood ......................

Dividing partitions in

the.

outer packagings .......

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B)

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

137 PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR

EXCEPTIONS: For UN 0059, 0439, 0440 and 0441,

when the shaped charges are packed singly, the

conical cavity must face downwards and the pack-

age marked ‘‘THIS SIDE UP’’. When the shaped

charges are packed in pairs, the conical cavities

must face inwards to minimize the jetting effect in

the event of accidental initiation.

Bags ..........................

plastics ...................

Boxes .........................

fibreboard ...............

Tubes .........................

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

Dividing partitions in

the outer pack-

agings.

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

138 ................................................................................. Bags .......................... Not necessary ........... Boxes.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

511

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

If the ends of the articles are sealed, inner pack-

agings are not necessary

plastics ................... .................................... steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

fiberboard (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

139 ................................................................................. Bags .......................... Not necessary ........... Boxes.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN 0065, 0102, 0104, 0289 and 0290, the

ends of the detonating cord must be sealed, for

example, by a plug firmly fixed so that the ex-

plosive cannot escape. The ends of CORD

DETONATING flexible must be fastened se-

curely

2. For UN 0065 and UN 0289, inner packagings

are not required when they are fastened se-

curely in coils

plastics ...................

Receptacles ...............

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

Reels .........................

...............................

Sheets .......................

paper ......................

plastics ...................

.................................... steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

140 ................................................................................. Bags .......................... Not necessary ........... Boxes.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. If the ends of UN 0105 are sealed, no inner

packagings are required

2. For UN 0101, the packaging must be sift-proof

except when the fuse is covered by a paper

tube and both ends of the tube are covered

with removable caps

3. For UN 0101, steel or aluminium boxes or

drums must not be used

plastics ...................

Reels .........................

Sheets .......................

paper, kraft .............

plastics ...................

.................................... steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

512

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.62

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

141 ................................................................................. Receptacles ...............

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

...............................

Trays, fitted with di-

viding partitions.

plastics ...................

wood ......................

Dividing partitions in

the outer pack-

agings.

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

142 ................................................................................. Bags ..........................

paper ......................

plastics ...................

Receptacles ...............

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

wood ......................

Sheets .......................

paper ......................

Trays, fitted with di-

viding partitions.

plastics ...................

Not necessary ........... Boxes.

steel (4A).

aluminium (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

Plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

143 ................................................................................. Bag ............................ Not necessary ........... Boxes.

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

1. For UN 0271, 0272, 0415 and 0491 when

metal packagings are used, metal packagings

must be so constructed that the risk of explo-

sion, by reason of increase in internal pressure

from internal or external causes is prevented

2. Composite packagings (6HH2) (plastic recep-

tacle with outer solid box) may be used in lieu

of combination packagings

paper, kraft .............

plastics ...................

textile ......................

textile, rubberized ..

Receptacles ...............

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

Trays, fitted with di-

viding partitions.

plastics ...................

wood ......................

.................................... steel (4A).

aluminum (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1).

wood, natural, sift

proof walls (4C2).

plywood (4D).

reconstituted wood

(4F).

fibreboard (4G).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

plywood (1D).

fibre (1G).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

513

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.63

ABLE OF

ACKING

ETHODS

—Continued

Packing instruction Inner packagings

Intermediate

packagings

Outer packagings

144 ................................................................................. Receptacles ............... Not necessary ........... Boxes.

Drums.

steel, removable

head (1A2).

aluminium, remov-

able head (1B2).

plastics, removable

head (1H2).

Plywood (1D).

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX-

CEPTIONS:

For UN 0248 and UN 0249, packagings must be

protected against the ingress of water. When

CONTRIVANCES, WATER ACTIVATED are

transported unpackaged, they must be provided

with at least two independent protective fea-

tures which prevent the ingress of water

fibreboard ...............

metal ......................

plastics ...................

Dividing partitions in

the outer pack-

agings.

.................................... 2steel (4A).

aluminum (4B).

wood, natural, ordi-

nary (4C1) with

metal liner.

plywood (4D) with

metal liner.

reconstituted wood

(4F) with metal

liner.

plastics, expanded

(4H1).

plastics, solid

(4H2).

US 1

1. A jet perforating gun, charged, oil well may be transported under the following conditions:

a. Initiation devices carried on the same motor vehicle or offshore supply vessel must be segregated; each kind from every

other kind, and from any gun, tool or other supplies, unless approved in accordance with § 173.56. Segregated initiation

devices must be carried in a container having individual pockets for each such device or in a fully enclosed steel con-

tainer lined with a non-sparking material. No more than two segregated initiation devices per gun may be carried on the

same motor vehicle.

b. Each shaped charge affixed to the gun may not contain more than 112 g (4 ounces) of explosives.

c. Each shaped charge if not completely enclosed in glass or metal, must be fully protected by a metal cover after installa-

tion in the gun.

d. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.1D or 1.4D may be transported by highway by private or contract carriers engaged in

oil well operations.

(i) A motor vehicle transporting a gun must have specially built racks or carrying cases designed and constructed so that

the gun is securely held in place during transportation and is not subject to damage by contact, one to the other or any

other article or material carried in the vehicle; and

(ii) The assembled gun packed on the vehicle may not extend beyond the body of the motor vehicle.

e. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.4D may be transported by a private offshore supply vessel only when the gun is car-

ried in a motor vehicle as specified in paragraph (d) of this packing method or on offshore well tool pallets provided that:

(i) All the conditions specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this packing method are met;

(ii) The total explosive contents do not exceed 90.8 kg (200 pounds) per tool pallet;

(iii) Each cargo vessel compartment may contain up to 90.8 kg (200 pounds) of explosive content if the segregation re-

quirements in § 176.83(b) of this subchapter are met; and

(iv) When more than one vehicle or tool pallet is stowed ‘‘on deck’’ a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (9.8 feet) must

be provided.

[Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24720]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

citations affecting § 173.62, see the List of CFR Sec-

tions Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at

www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.63 Packaging exceptions.

(a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having

an explosive content not exceeding 6.5

g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length

(one linear foot) may be offered for

transportation domestically and trans-

ported as Cord, detonating (UN 0289),

Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D

(1.4D) explosives, if the gross weight of

all packages containing Cord, deto-

nating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg

(99 pounds) per:

(1) Transport vehicle, freight con-

tainer, or cargo-only aircraft;

(2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet

carried on an off-shore supply vessel;

(3) Cargo compartment of a cargo

vessel; or

(4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used

to transport personnel to remote work

sites, such as offshore drilling units.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

514

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.63

(b) Limited quantities of Cartridges,

small arms, and cartridges power devices.

(1)(i) Cartridges, small arms, and Car-

tridges power device (used to project

fastening devices), that have been

classed as Division 1.4S explosive may

be offered for transportation and trans-

ported as limited quantities when

packaged in accordance with paragraph

(b)(2) of this section. For transpor-

tation by aircraft, the package must

conform to the applicable requirements

of § 173.27 of this part and, effective

July 1, 2011, Cartridge, power devices

must be successfully tested under the

UN Test Series 6(d) criteria for reclas-

sification as limited quantity material.

Effective January 1, 2012, Cartridge,

power devices must be successfully

tested under the UN Test Series 6(d)

criteria for reclassification as limited

quantity material for transportation

by highway, rail or vessel. Packages

containing such articles must be

marked as prescribed in § 172.315. Pack-

ages containing such articles are not

subject to the shipping paper require-

ments of subpart C of part 172 of this

subchapter unless the material meets

the definition of a hazardous sub-

stance, hazardous waste, marine pol-

lutant, or is offered for transportation

and transported by aircraft or vessel.

Additionally, packages containing

these articles are excepted from the re-

quirements of subparts E (Labeling)

and F (Placarding) of part 172 of this

subchapter.

(ii) Until December 31, 2012, a pack-

age containing such articles may be

marked with the proper shipping name

‘‘Cartridges, small arms’’ or ‘‘Car-

tridges, power device (used to project

fastening devices)’’ and reclassed as

‘‘ORM–D–AIR’’ material if it contains

properly packaged articles as author-

ized by this subchapter on October 1,

2010. Additionally, for transportation

by aircraft, Cartridge, power devices

must be successfully tested under the

UN Test Series 6(d) criteria for reclas-

sification as ORM–D–AIR material ef-

fective July 1, 2011. Until December 31,

2013, a package containing such arti-

cles may be marked with the proper

shipping name ‘‘Cartridges, small

arms’’ or ‘‘Cartridges, power device

(used to project fastening devices)’’ and

reclassed as ‘‘ORM–D’’ material if it

contains properly packaged articles as

authorized by this subchapter on Octo-

ber 1, 2010.

(iii) Cartridges, small arms and Car-

tridges power devices that may be

shipped as a limited quantity or ORM–

D material are as follows:

(A) Ammunition for rifle, pistol or

shotgun;

(B) Ammunition with inert projec-

tiles or blank ammunition;

incendiary, or detonating explosive

projectiles;

(D) Ammunition not exceeding 12.7

mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for rifle or

pistol, cartridges or 8 gauge for

shotshells; and

(E) Cartridges, power devices which

are used to project fastening devices.

(2) Packaging for Cartridges, small

arms and eligible Cartridge, power de-

vices as limited quantity or ORM–D

material must be as follows:

(i) Ammunition must be packed in in-

side boxes, or in partitions which fit

snugly in the outside packaging, or in

metal clips;

(ii) Primers must be protected from

accidental initiation;

(iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal

clips must be packed in securely-closed

strong outside packagings;

(iv) Maximum gross weight is limited

to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package; and

(v) Cartridges, power devices which

are used to project fastening devices

and 22 caliber rim-fire cartridges may

be packaged loose in strong outside

packagings.

(c)–(e) [Reserved]

(f) Detonators containing no more

than 1 g explosive (excluding ignition

and delay charges) that are electric

blasting caps with leg wires 4 feet long

or longer, delay connectors in plastic

sheaths, or blasting caps with empty

plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer

may be packed as follows in which case

they are excepted from the packaging

requirements of § 173.62:

(1) No more than 50 detonators in one

inner packaging;

(2) IME Standard 22 container (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or com-

partment is used as the outer pack-

aging;

(3) No more than 1000 detonators in

one outer packaging; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

515

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.115

(4) No material may be loaded on top

of the IME Standard 22 container and

no material may be loaded against the

outside door of the IME Standard 22

compartment.

(g) Detonators that are classed as

1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more than

1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and

delay charges) may be packed as fol-

lows in which case they are excepted

from the packaging requirements of

§ 173.62:

(1) No more than 50 detonators in one

inner packaging;

(2) IME Standard 22 container is used

as the outer packaging;

(3) No more than 1000 detonators in

one outer packaging; and

(4) Each inner packaging is marked

‘‘l.4B Detonators’’ or ‘‘1.4S Deto-

nators’’, as appropriate.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–236, 58 FR 50536, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173–

253, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 68 FR 75743,

Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR

3371, Jan. 19, 2011]

Subpart D—Definitions Classifica-

tion, Packing Group Assign-

ments and Exceptions for

Hazardous Materials Other

Than Class 1 and Class 7

OURCE

: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and

2.3—Definitions.

(a) Division 2.1 (Flammable gas). For

the purpose of this subchapter, a flam-

mable gas (Division 2.1) means any ma-

terial which is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or

less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure

(a material which has a boiling point of

20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7

psia)) which—

(1) Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)

when in a mixture of 13 percent or less

by volume with air; or

(2) Has a flammable range at 101.3

kPa (14.7 psia) with air of at least 12

percent regardless of the lower limit.

Except for aerosols, the limits specified

in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this

section shall be determined at 101.3

kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and a tem-

perature of 20 °C (68 °F) in accordance

with the ASTM E681–85, Standard Test

Method for Concentration Limits of

Flammability of Chemicals or other

equivalent method approved by the As-

sociate Administrator. The flamma-

bility of aerosols is determined by the

tests specified in paragraph (l) of this

section.

(b) Division 2.2 (non-flammable, non-

poisonous compressed gas—including com-

pressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized

cryogenic gas, compressed gas in solution,

asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas). For

the purpose of this subchapter, a non-

flammable, nonpoisonous compressed

gas (Division 2.2) means any material

(or mixture) which—

(1) Exerts in the packaging a gauge

pressure of 200 kPa (29.0 psig/43.8 psia)

or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), is a liquefied

gas or is a cryogenic liquid, and

(2) Does not meet the definition of

Division 2.1 or 2.3.

lation). For the purpose of this sub-

chapter, a gas poisonous by inhalation

(Division 2.3) means a material which

is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or less and a

pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) (a ma-

terial which has a boiling point of 20 °C

(68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia))

and which—

(1) Is known to be so toxic to humans

as to pose a hazard to health during

transportation, or

(2) In the absence of adequate data on

human toxicity, is presumed to be

toxic to humans because when tested

on laboratory animals it has an LC

value of not more than 5000 mL/m

(see

§ 173.116(a) of this subpart for assign-

ment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D).

values for mixtures may be deter-

mined using the formula in

§ 173.133(b)(1)(i) or CGA P–20 (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

(d) Non-liquefied compressed gas. A

gas, which when packaged under pres-

sure for transportation is entirely gas-

eous at ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) with a critical

temperature less than or equal to ¥50

°C (¥58 °F), is considered to be a non-

liquefied compressed gas.

(e) Liquefied compressed gas. A gas,

which when packaged under pressure

for transportation is partially liquid at

temperatures above ¥50 °C (¥58 °F), is

considered to be a liquefied compressed

gas. A liquefied compressed gas is fur-

ther categorized as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

516

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.116

(1) High pressure liquefied gas which is

a gas with a critical temperature be-

tween ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) and + 65 °C (149

°F), and

(2) Low pressure liquefied gas which is

a gas with a critical temperature above

+ 65 °C (149 °F).

(f) Compressed gas in solution. A com-

pressed gas in solution is a non-liquefied

compressed gas which is dissolved in a

solvent.

(g) Cryogenic liquid. A cryogenic liquid

means a refrigerated liquefied gas hav-

ing a boiling point colder than ¥90 °C

(¥130 °F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) abso-

lute. A material meeting this defini-

tion is subject to requirements of this

subchapter without regard to whether

it meets the definition of a non-flam-

mable, non-poisonous compressed gas

in paragraph (b) of this section.

(h) Flammable range. The term flam-

mable range means the difference be-

tween the minimum and maximum vol-

ume percentages of the material in air

that forms a flammable mixture.

(i) Service pressure. The term service

pressure means the authorized pressure

marking on the packaging. For exam-

ple, for a cylinder marked ‘‘DOT

3A1800’’, the service pressure is 12410

kPa (1800 psig).

(j) Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas.

The terms Refrigerant gas and Dispers-

ant gas apply to all nonpoisonous re-

frigerant gases; dispersant gases (fluo-

rocarbons) listed in § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter and §§ 173.304, 173.314(c),

173.315(a), and 173.315(h) and mixtures

thereof; and any other compressed gas

having a vapor pressure not exceeding

260 psia at 54 °C(130 °F), used only as a

refrigerant, dispersant, or blowing

agent.

(k) For Division 2.2 gases, the oxi-

dizing ability shall be determined by

tests or by calculation in accordance

with ISO 10156:1996 and ISO 10156–2:2005

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(l) The following applies to aerosols

(see § 171.8 of this subchapter):

(1) An aerosol must be assigned to Di-

vision 2.1 if the contents include 85%

by mass or more flammable compo-

nents and the chemical heat of combus-

tion is 30 kJ/g or more;

(2) An aerosol must be assigned to Di-

vision 2.2 if the contents contain 1% by

mass or less flammable components

and the heat of combustion is less than

20 kJ/g.

(3) Aerosols not meeting the provi-

sions of paragraphs (l)(1) or (1)(2) of

this section must be classed in accord-

ance with the appropriate tests of the

UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). An aer-

osol which was tested in accordance

with the requirements of this sub-

chapter in effect on December 31, 2005,

is not required to be retested.

(4) Division 2.3 gases may not be

transported in an aerosol container.

(5) When the contents are classified

as Division 6.1, PG III or Class 8, PG II

or III, the aerosol must be assigned a

subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 or

Class 8, as appropriate.

(6) Substances of Division 6.1, PG I or

II, and substances of Class 8, PG I are

forbidden from transportation in an

aerosol container.

(7) Flammable components are Class

3 flammable liquids, Division 4.1 flam-

mable solids, or Division 2.1 flammable

gases. The chemical heat of combus-

tion must be determined in accordance

with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.115, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.116 Class 2—Assignment of haz-

ard zone.

(a) The hazard zone of a Class 2, Divi-

sion 2.3 material is assigned in column

7 of the § 172.101 table. There are no

hazard zones for Divisions 2.1 and 2.2.

When the § 172.101 table provides more

than one hazard zone for a Division 2.3

material, or indicates that the hazard

zone be determined on the basis of the

grouping criteria for Division 2.3, the

hazard zone shall be determined by ap-

plying the following criteria:

Hazard

zone

Inhalation toxicity

A .............. LC

less than or equal to 200 ppm.

B .............. LC

greater than 200 ppm and less than or

equal to 1000 ppm.

C .............. LC

greater than 1000 ppm and less than or

equal to 3000 ppm.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

517

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.120

Hazard

zone

Inhalation toxicity

D .............. LC

greater than 3000 ppm or less than or

equal to 5000 ppm.

(b) The criteria specified in para-

graph (a) of this section are rep-

resented graphically in § 173.133, Figure

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 67 FR

61013, Sept. 27, 2002]

§§ 173.117–173.119 [Reserved]

§ 173.120 Class 3—Definitions.

(a) Flammable liquid. For the purpose

of this subchapter, a flammable liquid

(Class 3) means a liquid having a flash

point of not more than 60 °C (140 °F), or

any material in a liquid phase with a

flash point at or above 37.8 °C (100 °F)

that is intentionally heated and offered

for transportation or transported at or

above its flash point in a bulk pack-

aging, with the following exceptions:

(1) Any liquid meeting one of the

definitions specified in § 173.115.

(2) Any mixture having one or more

components with a flash point of 60 °C

(140 °F) or higher, that make up at

least 99 percent of the total volume of

the mixture, if the mixture is not of-

fered for transportation or transported

at or above its flash point.

(3) Any liquid with a flash point

greater than 35 °C (95 °F) that does not

sustain combustion according to ASTM

D 4206 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter) or the procedure in appendix

H of this part.

(4) Any liquid with a flash point

greater than 35 °C (95 °F) and with a

fire point greater than 100 °C (212 °F)

according to ISO 2592 (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter).

(5) Any liquid with a flash point

greater than 35 °C (95 °F) which is in a

water-miscible solution with a water

content of more than 90 percent by

mass.

(b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the

purpose of this subchapter, a combus-

tible liquid means any liquid that does

not meet the definition of any other

hazard class specified in this sub-

chapter and has a flash point above 60

°C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F).

(2) A flammable liquid with a flash

point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that

does not meet the definition of any

other hazard class may be reclassed as

a combustible liquid. This provision

does not apply to transportation by

vessel or aircraft, except where other

means of transportation is impracti-

cable. An elevated temperature mate-

rial that meets the definition of a Class

3 material because it is intentionally

heated and offered for transportation

or transported at or above its flash

point may not be reclassed as a com-

bustible liquid.

(3) A combustible liquid that does not

sustain combustion is not subject to

the requirements of this subchapter as

a combustible liquid. Either the test

method specified in ASTM D 4206 or the

procedure in appendix H of this part

may be used to determine if a material

sustains combustion when heated

under test conditions and exposed to an

external source of flame.

the minimum temperature at which a

liquid gives off vapor within a test ves-

sel in sufficient concentration to form

an ignitable mixture with air near the

surface of the liquid. It shall be deter-

mined as follows:

(i) For a homogeneous, single-phase,

liquid having a viscosity less than 45

S.U.S. at 38 °C (100 °F) that does not

form a surface film while under test,

one of the following test procedures

shall be used:

(A) Standard Method of Test for

Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester,

(ASTM D 56) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this

subchapter);

(B) Standard Test Methods for Flash

Point of Liquids by Small Scale

Closed-Cup Apparatus, (ASTM D 3278)

(IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or

Point by Small Scale Closed Tester,

(ASTM D 3828) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this

subchapter).

(ii) For a liquid other than one meet-

ing all the criteria of paragraph

(c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the fol-

lowing test procedures must be used:

(A) Standard Test Methods for Flash

Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup

Tester, (ASTM D 93) (IBR; see § 171.7 of

this subchapter). For cutback asphalt,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

518

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.121

use Method B of ASTM D 93 or alter-

native tests authorized in this stand-

ard;

(B) Standard Test Methods for Flash

Point of Liquids by Small Scale

Closed-Cup Apparatus (ASTM D 3278)

(IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

Flash—Closed Cup Equilibrium Method

(ISO 1516) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter);

(D) Determination of Flash point—

Closed Cup Equilibrium Method (ISO

1523) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter);

(E) Determination of Flash Point—

Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Method

(ISO 2719) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter);

(F) Determination of Flash Point—

Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup Method

(ISO 3679) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter);

(G) Determination of Flash/No

Flash—Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup

Method (ISO 3680) (IBR; see § 171.7 of

this subchapter); or

(H) Determination of Flash Point—

Abel Closed-Cup Method (ISO 13736)

(IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(2) For a liquid that is a mixture of

compounds that have different vola-

tility and flash points, its flash point

shall be determined as specified in

paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the

material in the form in which it is to

be shipped. If it is determined by this

test that the flash point is higher than

¥7 °C (20 °F) a second test shall be

made as follows: a portion of the mix-

ture shall be placed in an open beaker

(or similar container) of such dimen-

sions that the height of the liquid can

be adjusted so that the ratio of the vol-

ume of the liquid to the exposed sur-

face area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be

allowed to evaporate under ambient

pressure and temperature (20 to 25 °C

(68 to 77 °F)) for a period of 4 hours or

until 10 percent by volume has evapo-

rated, whichever comes first. A flash

point is then run on a portion of the

liquid remaining in the evaporation

container and the lower of the two

flash points shall be the flash point of

the material.

(3) For flash point determinations by

Setaflash closed tester, the glass sy-

ringe specified need not be used as the

method of measurement of the test

sample if a minimum quantity of 2 mL

(0.1 ounce) is assured in the test cup.

(d) If experience or other data indi-

cate that the hazard of a material is

greater or less than indicated by the

criteria specified in paragraphs (a) and

(b) of this section, the Associate Ad-

ministrator may revise the classifica-

tion or make the material subject or

not subject to the requirements of

parts 171 through 185 of this sub-

chapter.

(e) Transitional provisions. The Class 3

classification criteria in effect on De-

cember 31, 2006, may continue to be

used until January 1, 2012.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.120, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.121 Class 3—Assignment of pack-

ing group.

(a)(1) The packing group of a Class 3

material is as assigned in column 5 of

the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101

Table provides more than one packing

group for a hazardous material, the

packing group must be determined by

applying the following criteria:

Packing

group

Flash point (closed-cup)

Initial boiling

point

I ........... .................................................... ≤35 °C

(95 °F)

II .......... <23 °C (73 °F) .............................. >35 °C

(95 °F)

III ......... ≥23 °C, ≤60 °C

(≥73 °F, ≤140 °F) .........................

>35 °C

(95 °F)

(2) The initial boiling point of a Class

3 material may be determined by using

one of the following test methods:

(i) Standard Test Method for Distilla-

tion of Petroleum Products at Atmos-

pheric Pressure (ASTM D 86) (IBR; see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter);

(ii) Standard Test Method for Dis-

tillation Range of Volatile Organic

Liquids (ASTM D 1078) (IBR; see § 171.7

of this subchapter);

(iii) Petroleum Products—Deter-

mination of Distillation Characteris-

tics at Atmospheric Pressure (ISO 3405)

(IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

(iv) Petroleum Products—Determina-

tion of Boiling Range Distribution—

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

519

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.124

Gas Chromatography Method (ISO 3924)

(IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or

(v) Volatile Organic Liquids—Deter-

mination of Boiling Range of Organic

Solvents Used as Raw Materials (ISO

4626) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(b) Criteria for inclusion of viscous

Class 3 materials in Packing Group III. (1)

Viscous Class 3 materials in Packing

Group II with a flash point of less than

23 °C (73 °F) may be grouped in Packing

Group III provided that—

(i) Less than 3 percent of the clear

solvent layer separates in the solvent

separation test;

(ii) The mixture does not contain any

substances with a primary or a sub-

sidiary risk of Division 6.1 or Class 8;

(iii) The capacity of the packaging is

not more than 30 L (7.9 gallons); and

(iv) The viscosity and flash point are

in accordance with the following table:

Flow time t in

seconds

Jet diameter

in mm

Flash point c.c.

20<t≤60 ............. 4 above 17 °C (62.6 °F).

60<t≤100 ........... 4 above 10 °C (50 °F).

20<t≤32 ............. 6 above 5 °C (41 °F).

32<t≤44 ............. 6 above ¥1 °C (31.2 °F).

44<t≤100 ........... 6 above ¥5 °C (23 °F).

100<t ................. 6 ¥5 °C (23 °F) and below.

(2) The methods by which the tests

referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this

section shall be performed are as fol-

lows:

(i) Viscosity test. The flow time in sec-

onds is determined at 23 °C (73.4 °F)

using the ISO standard cup with a 4

mm (0.16 inch) jet as set forth in ISO

2431 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

Where the flow time exceeds 100 sec-

onds, a further test is carried out using

the ISO standard cup with a 6 mm (0.24

inch) jet.

(ii) Solvent Separation Test. This test

is carried out at 23 °C (73 °F) using a

100.0 mL(3 ounces) measuring cylinder

of the stoppered type of approximately

25.0 cm (9.8 inches) total height and of

a uniform internal diameter of approxi-

mately 30 mm (1.2 inches) over the cali-

brated section. The sample should be

stirred to obtain a uniform consist-

ency, and poured in up to the 100 mL (3

ounces) mark. The stopper should be

inserted and the cylinder left standing

undisturbed for 24 hours. After 24

hours, the height of the upper sepa-

rated layer should be measured and the

percentage of this layer as compared

with the total height of the sample cal-

culated.

teria for packing group assignments in

effect on December 31, 2006, may con-

tinue to be used until January 1, 2012.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, 1994 Amdt. 173–

255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; 64 FR 10777,

Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR

45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003;

71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, Jan. 19,

2011; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011.]

§ 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and

4.3—Definitions.

(a) Division 4.1 (Flammable Solid). For

the purposes of this subchapter, flam-

mable solid (Division 4.1) means any of

the following three types of materials:

(1) Desensitized explosives that—

(i) When dry are Explosives of Class 1

other than those of compatibility

group A, which are wetted with suffi-

cient water, alcohol, or plasticizer to

suppress explosive properties; and

(ii) Are specifically authorized by

name either in the § 172.101Table or

have been assigned a shipping name

and hazard class by the Associate Ad-

ministrator under the provisions of—

(A) A special permit issued under

subchapter A of this chapter; or

(B) An approval issued under

§ 173.56(i) of this part.

(2)(i) Self-reactive materials are ma-

terials that are thermally unstable and

that can undergo a strongly

exothermic decomposition even with-

out participation of oxygen (air). A ma-

terial is excluded from this definition

if any of the following applies:

(A) The material meets the definition

of an explosive as prescribed in subpart

C of this part, in which case it must be

classed as an explosive;

(B) The material is forbidden from

being offered for transportation ac-

cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter

or § 173.21;

of an oxidizer or organic peroxide as

prescribed in subpart D of this part, in

which case it must be so classed;

(D) The material meets one of the

following conditions:

(1) Its heat of decomposition is less

than 300 J/g; or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

520

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.124

(2) Its self-accelerating decomposi-

tion temperature (SADT) is greater

than 75 °C (167 °F) for a 50 kg package;

(3) It is an oxidizing substance in Di-

vision 5.1 containing less than 5.0%

combustible organic substances; or

(E) The Associate Administrator has

determined that the material does not

present a hazard which is associated

with a Division 4.1 material.

(ii) Generic types. Division 4.1 self-re-

active materials are assigned to a ge-

neric system consisting of seven types.

A self-reactive substance identified by

technical name in the Self-Reactive

Materials Table in § 173.224 is assigned

to a generic type in accordance with

that table. Self-reactive materials not

identified in the Self-Reactive Mate-

rials Table in § 173.224 are assigned to

generic types under the procedures of

paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.

(A) Type A. Self-reactive material

type A is a self-reactive material

which, as packaged for transportation,

can detonate or deflagrate rapidly.

Transportation of type A self-reactive

material is forbidden.

(B) Type B. Self-reactive material

type B is a self-reactive material

which, as packaged for transportation,

neither detonates nor deflagrates rap-

idly, but is liable to undergo a thermal

explosion in a package.

type C is a self-reactive material

which, as packaged for transportation,

neither detonates nor deflagrates rap-

idly and cannot undergo a thermal ex-

plosion.

(D) Type D. Self-reactive material

type D is a self-reactive material

which—

(1) Detonates partially, does not

deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent

effect when heated under confinement;

(2) Does not detonate at all,

deflagrates slowly and shows no violent

effect when heated under confinement;

(3) Does not detonate or deflagrate at

all and shows a medium effect when

heated under confinement.

(E) Type E. Self-reactive material

type E is a self-reactive material

which, in laboratory testing, neither

detonates nor deflagrates at all and

shows only a low or no effect when

heated under confinement.

(F) Type F. Self-reactive material

type F is a self-reactive material

which, in laboratory testing, neither

detonates in the cavitated state nor

deflagrates at all and shows only a low

or no effect when heated under confine-

ment as well as low or no explosive

power.

(G) Type G. Self-reactive material

type G is a self-reactive material

which, in laboratory testing, does not

detonate in the cavitated state, will

not deflagrate at all, shows no effect

when heated under confinement, nor

shows any explosive power. A type G

self-reactive material is not subject to

the requirements of this subchapter for

self-reactive material of Division 4.1

provided that it is thermally stable

(self-accelerating decomposition tem-

perature is 50 °C (122 °F) or higher for

a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-re-

active material meeting all character-

istics of type G except thermal sta-

bility is classed as a type F self-reac-

tive, temperature control material.

(iii) Procedures for assigning a self-re-

active material to a generic type. A self-

reactive material must be assigned to a

generic type based on—

(A) Its physical state (i.e. liquid or

solid), in accordance with the defini-

tion of liquid and solid in § 171.8 of this

subchapter;

(B) A determination as to its control

temperature and emergency tempera-

ture, if any, under the provisions of

§ 173.21(f);

material under the test procedures

specified in the UN Manual of Tests

and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter) and the provisions of para-

graph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and

(D) Except for a self-reactive mate-

rial which is identified by technical

name in the Self-Reactive Materials

Table in § 173.224(b) or a self-reactive

material which may be shipped as a

sample under the provisions of § 173.224,

the self-reactive material is approved

in writing by the Associate Adminis-

trator. The person requesting approval

shall submit to the Associate Adminis-

trator the tentative shipping descrip-

tion and generic type and—

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

521

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.125

(1) All relevant data concerning phys-

ical state, temperature controls, and

tests results; or

(2) An approval issued for the self-re-

active material by the competent au-

thority of a foreign government.

(iv) Tests. The generic type for a self-

reactive material must be determined

using the testing protocol from Figure

14.2 (Flow Chart for Assigning Self-Re-

active Substances to Division 4.1) from

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.

(3) Readily combustible solids are

materials that—

(i) Are solids which may cause a fire

through friction, such as matches;

(ii) Show a burning rate faster than

2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per second when

tested in accordance with the UN Man-

ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter); or

(iii) Any metal powders that can be

ignited and react over the whole length

of a sample in 10 minutes or less, when

tested in accordance with the UN Man-

ual of Tests and Criteria.

(b) Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combus-

tible Material). For the purposes of this

subchapter, spontaneously combustible

material (Division 4.2) means—

(1) A pyrophoric material. A

pyrophoric material is a liquid or solid

that, even in small quantities and

without an external ignition source,

can ignite within five (5) minutes after

coming in contact with air when tested

according to UN Manual of Tests and

Criteria.

(2) Self-heating material. A self-heat-

ing material is a material that through

a process where the gradual reaction of

that substance with oxygen (in air)

generates heat. If the rate of heat pro-

duction exceeds the rate of heat loss,

then the temperature of the substance

will rise which, after an induction

time, may lead to self-ignition and

combustion. A material of this type

which exhibits spontaneous ignition or

if the temperature of the sample ex-

ceeds 200 °C (392 °F) during the 24-hour

test period when tested in accordance

with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria

(IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), is

classed as a Division 4.2 material.

material). For the purposes of this chap-

ter, dangerous when wet material (Divi-

sion 4.3) means a material that, by con-

tact with water, is liable to become

spontaneously flammable or to give off

flammable or toxic gas at a rate great-

er than 1 L per kilogram of the mate-

rial, per hour, when tested in accord-

ance with UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.124, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.125 Class 4—Assignment of pack-

ing group.

(a) The packing group of a Class 4

material is assigned in column (5) of

the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101

Table provides more than one packing

group for a hazardous material, the

packing group shall be determined on

the basis of test results following test

methods given in the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter) and by applying the

appropriate criteria given in this sec-

tion.

(b) Packing group criteria for readily

combustible materials of Division 4.1

are as follows:

(1) Powdered, granular or pasty ma-

terials must be classified in Division

4.1 when the time of burning of one or

more of the test runs, in accordance

with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria, is less than 45 seconds or the rate

of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Pow-

ders of metals or metal alloys must be

classified in Division 4.1 when they can

be ignited and the reaction spreads

over the whole length of the sample in

10 minutes or less.

(2) Packing group criteria for readily

combustible materials of Division 4.1

are assigned as follows:

(i) For readily combustible solids

(other than metal powders), Packing

Group II if the burning time is less

than 45 seconds and the flame passes

the wetted zone. Packing Group II

must be assigned to powders of metal

or metal alloys if the zone of reaction

spreads over the whole length of the

sample in 5 minutes or less.

(ii) For readily combustible solids

(other than metal powders), Packing

Group III must be assigned if the burn-

ing rate time is less than 45 seconds

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

522

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.127

and the wetted zone stops the flame

propagation for at least 4 minutes.

Packing Group III must be assigned to

metal powders if the reaction spreads

over the whole length of the sample in

more than 5 minutes but not more than

10 minutes.

sion 4.2 materials is as follows:

(1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of

Division 4.2 are assigned to Packing

Group I.

(2) A self-heating material is as-

signed to—

(i) Packing Group II, if the material

gives a positive test result when tested

with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140

°C; or

(ii) Packing Group III, if—

(A) A positive test result is obtained

in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at

140 °C and a negative test result is ob-

tained in a test using a 25 mm sample

cube at 140 °C and the substance is

transported in packagings with a vol-

ume of more than 3 cubic meters; or

(B) A positive test result is obtained

in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at

120 °C and a negative result is obtained

in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at

140 °C and the substance is transported

in packagings with a volume of more

than 450 L; or

test using a 100 mm sample cube at 100

°C and a negative result is obtained in

a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140

°C and the substance is transported in

packagings with a volume of less than

450 L.

(d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet

material is assigned to—

(1) Packing Group I, if the material

reacts vigorously with water at ambi-

ent temperatures and demonstrates a

tendency for the gas produced to ignite

spontaneously, or which reacts readily

with water at ambient temperatures

such that the rate of evolution of flam-

mable gases is equal or greater than 10

L per kilogram of material over any

one minute;

(2) Packing Group II, if the material

reacts readily with water at ambient

temperatures such that the maximum

rate of evolution of flammable gases is

equal to or greater than 20 L per kilo-

gram of material per hour, and which

does not meet the criteria for Packing

Group I; or

(3) Packing Group III, if the material

reacts slowly with water at ambient

temperatures such that the maximum

rate of evolution of flammable gases is

greater than 1 L per kilogram of mate-

rial per hour, and which does not meet

the criteria for Packing Group I or II.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept.

26, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6,

1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45380,

Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003]

§ 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Defini-

tion and assignment of packing

groups.

(a) Definition. For the purpose of this

subchapter, oxidizer (Division 5.1)

means a material that may, generally

by yielding oxygen, cause or enhance

the combustion of other materials.

(1) A solid material is classed as a Di-

vision 5.1 material if, when tested in

accordance with the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter), its mean burning

time is less than or equal to the burn-

ing time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/

cellulose mixture.

(2) A liquid material is classed as a

Division 5.1 material if, when tested in

accordance with the UN Manual of

Tests and Criteria, it spontaneously ig-

nites or its mean time for a pressure

rise from 690 kPa to 2070 kPa gauge is

less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid

(65 percent)/cellulose mixture.

(b) Assignment of packing groups. (1)

The packing group of a Division 5.1 ma-

terial which is a solid shall be assigned

using the following criteria:

(i) Packing Group I, for any material

which, in either concentration tested,

exhibits a mean burning time less than

the mean burning time of a 3:2 potas-

sium bromate/cellulose mixture.

(ii) Packing Group II, for any mate-

rial which, in either concentration

tested, exhibits a mean burning time

less than or equal to the mean burning

time of a 2:3 potassium bromate/cel-

lulose mixture and the criteria for

Packing Group I are not met.

(iii) Packing Group III for any mate-

rial which, in either concentration

tested, exhibits a mean burning time

less than or equal to the mean burning

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

523

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.128

time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cel-

lulose mixture and the criteria for

Packing Group I and II are not met.

(2) The packing group of a Division

5.1 material which is a liquid shall be

assigned using the following criteria:

(i) Packing Group I for:

(A) Any material which spontane-

ously ignites when mixed with cel-

lulose in a 1:1 ratio; or

(B) Any material which exhibits a

mean pressure rise time less than the

pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric

acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture.

(ii) Packing Group II, any material

which exhibits a mean pressure rise

time less than or equal to the pressure

rise time of a 1:1 aqueous sodium chlo-

rate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mix-

ture and the criteria for Packing Group

I are not met.

(iii) Packing Group III, any material

which exhibits a mean pressure rise

time less than or equal to the pressure

rise time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 per-

cent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria

for Packing Group I and II are not met.

[Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997, as

amended at 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003]

§ 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Defini-

tions and types.

(a) Definitions. For the purposes of

this subchapter, organic peroxide (Divi-

sion 5.2) means any organic compound

containing oxygen (O) in the bivalent

-O-O- structure and which may be con-

sidered a derivative of hydrogen per-

oxide, where one or more of the hydro-

gen atoms have been replaced by or-

ganic radicals, unless any of the fol-

lowing paragraphs applies:

(1) The material meets the definition

of an explosive as prescribed in subpart

C of this part, in which case it must be

classed as an explosive;

(2) The material is forbidden from

being offered for transportation ac-

cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter

or § 173.21;

(3) The Associate Administrator has

determined that the material does not

present a hazard which is associated

with a Division 5.2 material; or

(4) The material meets one of the fol-

lowing conditions:

(i) For materials containing no more

than 1.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the

available oxygen, as calculated using

the equation in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of

this section, is not more than 1.0 per-

cent, or

(ii) For materials containing more

than 1.0 percent but not more than 7.0

percent hydrogen peroxide, the avail-

able oxygen, content (O

) is not more

than 0.5 percent, when determined

using the equation:

=×

∑

where, for a material containing k species of

organic peroxides:

= number of -O-O- groups per molecule of

the i th species

= concentration (mass percent) of the i th

species

= molecular mass of the i th species

(b) Generic types. Division 5.2 organic

peroxides are assigned to a generic sys-

tem which consists of seven types. An

organic peroxide identified by tech-

nical name in the Organic Peroxides

Table in § 173.225 is assigned to a ge-

neric type in accordance with that

table. Organic peroxides not identified

in the Organic Peroxides table are as-

signed to generic types under the pro-

cedures of paragraph (c) of this section.

(1) Type A. Organic peroxide type A is

an organic peroxide which can detonate

or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for

transport. Transportation of type A or-

ganic peroxides is forbidden.

(2) Type B. Organic peroxide type B is

an organic peroxide which, as packaged

for transport, neither detonates nor

deflagrates rapidly, but can undergo a

thermal explosion.

(3) Type C. Organic peroxide type C is

an organic peroxide which, as packaged

for transport, neither detonates nor

deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo

a thermal explosion.

(4) Type D. Organic peroxide type D is

an organic peroxide which—

(i) Detonates only partially, but does

not deflagrate rapidly and is not af-

fected by heat when confined;

(ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates

slowly, and shows no violent effect if

heated when confined; or

(iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate,

and shows a medium effect when heat-

ed under confinement.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC13NO91.031</MATH>

524

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.129

(5) Type E. Organic peroxide type E is

an organic peroxide which neither det-

onates nor deflagrates and shows low,

or no, effect when heated under con-

finement.

(6) Type F. Organic peroxide type F is

an organic peroxide which will not det-

onate in a cavitated state, does not

deflagrate, shows only a low, or no, ef-

fect if heated when confined, and has

low, or no, explosive power.

(7) Type G. Organic peroxide type G is

an organic peroxide which will not det-

onate in a cavitated state, will not

deflagrate at all, shows no effect when

heated under confinement, and shows

no explosive power. A type G organic

peroxide is not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter for organic

peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that

it is thermally stable (self-accelerating

decomposition temperature is 50 °C (122

°F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds)

package). An organic peroxide meeting

all characteristics of type G except

thermal stability and requiring tem-

perature control is classed as a type F,

temperature control organic peroxide.

peroxide to a generic type. An organic

peroxide shall be assigned to a generic

type based on—

(1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or

solid), in accordance with the defini-

tions for liquid and solid in § 171.8 of

this subchapter;

(2) A determination as to its control

temperature and emergency tempera-

ture, if any, under the provisions of

§ 173.21(f); and

(3) Performance of the organic per-

oxide under the test procedures speci-

fied in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), and the provisions of para-

graph (d) of this section.

(d) Approvals. (1) An organic peroxide

must be approved, in writing, by the

Associate Administrator, before being

offered for transportation or trans-

ported, including assignment of a ge-

neric type and shipping description, ex-

cept for—

(i) An organic peroxide which is iden-

tified by technical name in the Organic

Peroxides Table in § 173.225(c);

(ii) A mixture of organic peroxides

prepared according to § 173.225(b); or

(iii) An organic peroxide which may

be shipped as a sample under the provi-

sions of § 173.225(b).

(2) A person applying for an approval

must submit all relevant data con-

cerning physical state, temperature

controls, and tests results or an ap-

proval issued for the organic peroxide

by the competent authority of a for-

eign government.

(e) Tests. The generic type for an or-

ganic peroxide shall be determined

using the testing protocol from Figure

20.1(a) (Classification and Flow Chart

Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–

241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261,

62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29,

2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug.

28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155,

Dec. 20, 2004]

§ 173.129 Class 5, Division 5.2—Assign-

ment of packing group.

All Division 5.2 materials are as-

signed to Packing Group II in column 5

of the § 172.101 table.

§ 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Defini-

tions.

(a) For the purpose of this sub-

chapter, poisonous material (Division

6.1) means a material, other than a gas,

which is known to be so toxic to hu-

mans as to afford a hazard to health

during transportation, or which, in the

absence of adequate data on human

toxicity:

(1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans

because it falls within any one of the

following categories when tested on

laboratory animals (whenever possible,

animal test data that has been re-

ported in the chemical literature

should be used):

(i) Oral Toxicity. A liquid or solid

with an LD

for acute oral toxicity of

not more than 300 mg/kg.

(ii) Dermal Toxicity. A material with

an LD

for acute dermal toxicity of

not more than 1000 mg/kg.

(iii) Inhalation Toxicity. (A) A dust or

mist with an LC

for acute toxicity on

inhalation of not more than 4 mg/L; or

(B) A material with a saturated

vapor concentration in air at 20 °C (68

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

525

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.132

°F) greater than or equal to one-fifth of

the LC

for acute toxicity on inhala-

tion of vapors and with an LC

for

acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors

of not more than 5000 mL/m

; or

(2) Is an irritating material, with

properties similar to tear gas, which

causes extreme irritation, especially in

confined spaces.

(b) For the purposes of this sub-

chapter—

(1) LD

(median lethal dose) for

acute oral toxicity is the statistically

derived single dose of a substance that

can be expected to cause death within

14 days in 50% of young adult albino

rats when administered by the oral

route. The LD

value is expressed in

terms of mass of test substance per

mass of test animal (mg/kg).

(2) LD

for acute dermal toxicity

means that dose of the material which,

administered by continuous contact for

24 hours with the shaved intact skin

(avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit,

causes death within 14 days in half of

the animals tested. The number of ani-

mals tested must be sufficient to give

statistically valid results and be in

conformity with good pharmacological

practices. The result is expressed in

mg/kg body mass.

(3) LC

for acute toxicity on inhala-

tion means that concentration of

vapor, mist, or dust which, adminis-

tered by continuous inhalation for one

hour to both male and female young

adult albino rats, causes death within

14 days in half of the animals tested. If

the material is administered to the

animals as a dust or mist, more than 90

percent of the particles available for

inhalation in the test must have a di-

ameter of 10 microns or less if it is rea-

sonably foreseeable that such con-

centrations could be encountered by a

human during transport. The result is

expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and

mists or in mL/m

of air (parts per mil-

lion) for vapors. See § 173.133(b) for LC

determination for mixtures and for

limit tests.

(i) When provisions of this sub-

chapter require the use of the LC

for

acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts

and mists based on a one-hour exposure

and such data is not available, the LC

for acute toxicity on inhalation based

on a four-hour exposure may be multi-

plied by four and the product sub-

stituted for the one-hour LC

for acute

toxicity on inhalation.

(ii) When the provisions of this sub-

chapter require the use of the LC

for

acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors

based on a one-hour exposure and such

data is not available, the LC

for acute

toxicity on inhalation based on a four-

hour exposure may be multiplied by

two and the product substituted for the

one-hour LC

for acute toxicity on in-

halation.

(iii) A solid substance should be test-

ed if at least 10 percent of its total

mass is likely to be dust in a respirable

range, e.g. the aerodynamic diameter

of that particle-fraction is 10 microns

or less. A liquid substance should be

tested if a mist is likely to be gen-

erated in a leakage of the transport

containment. In carrying out the test

both for solid and liquid substances,

more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen

prepared for inhalation toxicity testing

must be in the respirable range as de-

fined in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii).

signing packing groups to mixtures

possessing oral or dermal toxicity haz-

ards according to the criteria in

§ 173.133(a)(1), it is necessary to deter-

mine the acute LD

of the mixture. If

a mixture contains more than one ac-

tive constituent, one of the following

methods may be used to determine the

oral or dermal LD

of the mixture:

(1) Obtain reliable acute oral and der-

mal toxicity data on the actual mix-

ture to be transported;

(2) If reliable, accurate data is not

available, classify the formulation ac-

cording to the most hazardous con-

stituent of the mixture as if that con-

stituent were present in the same con-

centration as the total concentration

of all active constituents; or

(3) If reliable, accurate data is not

available, apply the formula:

++=

100

where:

C = the % concentration of constituent A, B

... Z in the mixture;

T = the oral LD

values of constituent A, B

... Z;

= the oral LD

value of the mixture.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER06MY97.000</MATH>

526

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.133

OTE TO FORMULA IN PARAGRAPH

(c)(3): This

formula also may be used for dermal

toxicities provided that this information is

available on the same species for all con-

stituents. The use of this formula does not

take into account any potentiation or pro-

tective phenomena.

(d) The foregoing categories shall not

apply if the Associate Administrator

has determined that the physical char-

acteristics of the material or its prob-

able hazards to humans as shown by

documented experience indicate that

the material will not cause serious

sickness or death.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–

261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Au-

gust 28, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR

45379, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20,

2004; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 43529,

July 20, 2011]

§ 173.133 Assignment of packing group

and hazard zones for Division 6.1

materials.

(a) The packing group of Division 6.1

materials shall be as assigned in col-

umn 5 of the § 172.101 table. When the

§ 172.101 table provides more than one

packing group or hazard zone for a haz-

ardous material, the packing group and

hazard zone shall be determined by ap-

plying the following criteria:

(1) The packing group assignment for

routes of administration other than in-

halation of vapors shall be in accord-

ance with the following table:

Packing group Oral toxicity LD

(mg/kg)

Dermal toxicity LD

(mg/kg)

Inhalation toxicity by dusts

and mists LC

(mg/L)

I ............................... ≤5.0 .......................................................... ≤50 ≤0.2

II .............................. >5.0 and ≤50 ............................................ >50 and ≤200 >0.2 and ≤2.0

III ............................. >50 and ≤300 ........................................... >200 and ≤1000 >2.0 and ≤4.0

(2)(i) The packing group and hazard

zone assignments for liquids (see

§ 173.115(c) of this subpart for gases)

based on inhalation of vapors shall be

in accordance with the following table:

Packing Group Vapor concentration and toxicity

I (Hazard Zone A) ...................................... V ≥ 500 LC

and LC

≤ 200 mL/M

I (Hazard Zone B) ...................................... V ≥ 10 LC

; LC

≤ 1000 mL/m

; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone

A are not met.

II ................................................................. V ≥ LC

; LC

≤ 3000 mL/m

; and the criteria for Packing Group I, are not met.

III ................................................................ V ≥ .2 LC

; LC

≤ 5000 mL/m

; and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II, are

not met.

OTE

1: V is the saturated vapor concentration in air of the material in mL/m

at 20 °C and standard atmospheric pressure.

OTE

2: A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this

section is a material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard communication requirements in §§ 172.203(m),

172.313 and table 1 of § 172.504(e) of this subchapter.

(ii) These criteria are represented

graphically in Figure 1:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

527

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.133

(3) When the packing group deter-

mined by applying these criteria is dif-

ferent for two or more (oral, dermal or

inhalation) routes of administration,

the packing group assigned to the ma-

terial shall be that indicated for the

highest degree of toxicity for any of

the routes of administration.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.063</GPH>

528

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.133

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of

this paragraph, the packing group and

hazard zone of a tear gas substance is

as assigned in column 5 of the § 172.101

table.

(b) The packing group and hazard

zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that are

poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be

determined by one of the following

methods:

(1) Where LC

data is available on

each of the poisonous (toxic) sub-

stances comprising the mixture—

(i) The LC

of the mixture is esti-

mated using the formula:

LC mixture

()=

∑

where

= mole fraction of the i

component sub-

stance of the liquid.

50i

= mean lethal concentration of the i

component substance in mL/m

(ii) The volatility of each component

substance is estimated using the for-

mula:

V P mL m

=×

1013

where:

= partial pressure of the ith component

substance in kPa at 20 °C and one atmos-

pheric pressure. Pi may be calculated ac-

cording to Raoult’s Law using appro-

priate activity coefficients. Where activ-

ity coefficients are not available, the co-

efficient may be assumed to be 1.0.

(iii) The ratio of the volatility to the

is calculated using the formula:

∑

(iv) Using the calculated values LC

(mixture) and R, the packing group for

the mixture is determined as follows:

Packaging group

(hazard zone)

Ratio of volatility and LC

I (Hazard Zone A) .. R ≥ 500 and LC

(mixture) ≤ 200 mL/

I (Hazard Zone B) .. R ≥ 10 and LC

(mixture) ≤ 1000 mL/

; and the criteria for Packing

Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met.

II ............................. R ≥ 1 and LC

(mixture) ≤ 3000 mL/

; and the criteria for Packing

Group I, Hazard Zones A and B are

not met.

Packaging group

(hazard zone)

Ratio of volatility and LC

III ............................ R ≥

⁄

and LC

(mixture) ≤ 5000 mL/

; and the criteria for Packing

Group I, Hazard Zones A and B and

Packing Group II are not met.

(2) In the absence of LC

data on the

poisonous (toxic) constituent sub-

stances, the mixture may be assigned a

packing group and hazard zone based

on the following simplified threshold

toxicity tests. When these threshold

tests are used, the most restrictive

packing group and hazard zone must be

determined and used for the transpor-

tation of the mixture.

(i) A mixture is assigned to Packing

Group I, Hazard Zone A only if both the

following criteria are met:

(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is

vaporized and diluted with air to create

a test atmosphere of 200 mL/m

vapor-

ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats

(five male and five female) are exposed

to the test atmosphere as determined

by an analytical method appropriate

for the material being classified for one

hour and observed for fourteen days. If

five or more of the animals die within

the fourteen-day observation period,

the mixture is presumed to have an

equal to or less than 200 mL/m

(B) A sample of the vapor in equi-

librium with the liquid mixture is di-

luted with 499 equal volumes of air to

form a test atmosphere. Ten albino

rats (five male and five female) are ex-

posed to the test atmosphere for one

hour and observed for fourteen days. If

five or more of the animals die within

the fourteen-day observation period,

the mixture is presumed to have a vol-

atility equal to or greater than 500

times the mixture LC

(ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing

Group I, Hazard Zone B only if both the

following criteria are met, and the

mixture does not meet the criteria for

Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A:

(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is

vaporized and diluted with air to create

a test atmosphere of 1000 mL/m

vapor-

ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats

(five male and five female) are exposed

to the test atmosphere for one hour

and observed for fourteen days. If five

or more of the animals die within the

fourteen-day observation period, the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER07SE04.000</MATH> ER28SE01.023</MATH> ER07SE04.001</MATH>

529

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

mixture is presumed to have an LC

equal to or less than 1000 mL/m

(B) A sample of the vapor in equi-

librium with the liquid mixture is di-

luted with 9 equal volumes of air to

form a test atmosphere. Ten albino

rats (five male and five female) are ex-

posed to the test atmosphere for one

hour and observed for fourteen days. If

five or more of the animals die within

the fourteen-day observation period,

the mixture is presumed to have a vol-

atility equal to or greater than 10

times the mixture LC

(iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing

Group II only if both the following cri-

teria are met, and the mixture does not

meet the criteria for Packing Group I

(Hazard Zones A or B):

(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is

vaporized and diluted with air to create

a test atmosphere of 3000 mL/m

vapor-

ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats

(five male and five female) are exposed

to the test atmosphere for one hour

and observed for fourteen days. If five

or more of the animals die within the

fourteen-day observation period, the

mixture is presumed to have an LC

equal to or less than 3000 mL/m

(B) A sample of the vapor in equi-

librium with the liquid mixture is used

to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino

rats (five male and five female) are ex-

posed to the test atmosphere for one

hour and observed for fourteen days. If

five or more of the animals die within

the fourteen-day observation period,

the mixture is presumed to have a vol-

atility equal to or greater than the

mixture LC

(iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing

Group III only if both the following cri-

teria are met, and the mixture does not

meet the criteria for Packing Groups I

(Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing

Group II (Hazard Zone C):

(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is

vaporized and diluted with air to create

a test atmosphere of 5000 mL/m

vapor-

ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats

(five male and five female) are exposed

to the test atmosphere for one hour

and observed for fourteen days. If five

or more of the animals die within the

fourteen-day observation period, the

mixture is presumed to have an LC

equal to or less than 5000 mL/m

(B) The vapor pressure of the liquid

mixture is measured and if the vapor

concentration is equal to or greater

than 1000 mL/m

, the mixture is pre-

sumed to have a volatility equal to or

greater than

⁄

the mixture LC

teria for packing group assignments in

effect on December 31, 2006, may con-

tinue to be used until January 1, 2012.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66268–66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57

FR 45461–45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–234, 58

FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR

49133, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR

50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug.

28, 2001; 66 FR 49556, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR

54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006;

71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16,

2009; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011]

§ 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Defini-

tions and exceptions.

(a) Definitions and classification cri-

teria. For the purposes of this sub-

chapter, the following definitions and

classification criteria apply to Division

6.2 materials.

(1) Division 6.2 (Infectious substance)

means a material known or reasonably

expected to contain a pathogen. A

pathogen is a microorganism (includ-

ing bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae,

parasites, fungi) or other agent, such

as a proteinaceous infectious particle

(prion), that can cause disease in hu-

mans or animals. An infectious sub-

stance must be assigned the identifica-

tion number UN 2814, UN 2900, UN 3373,

or UN 3291 as appropriate, and must be

assigned to one of the following cat-

egories:

(i) Category A: An infectious sub-

stance in a form capable of causing

permanent disability or life-threat-

ening or fatal disease in otherwise

healthy humans or animals when expo-

sure to it occurs. An exposure occurs

when an infectious substance is re-

leased outside of its protective pack-

aging, resulting in physical contact

with humans or animals. A Category A

infectious substance must be assigned

to identification number UN 2814 or UN

2900, as appropriate. Assignment to UN

2814 or UN 2900 must be based on the

known medical history or symptoms of

the source patient or animal, endemic

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

530

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.134

local conditions, or professional judg-

ment concerning the individual cir-

cumstances of the source human or

animal.

(ii) Category B: An infectious sub-

stance that is not in a form generally

capable of causing permanent dis-

ability or life-threatening or fatal dis-

ease in otherwise healthy humans or

animals when exposure to it occurs.

This includes Category B infectious

substances transported for diagnostic

or investigational purposes. A Cat-

egory B infectious substance must be

described as ‘‘Biological substance,

Category B’’ and assigned identifica-

tion number UN 3373. This does not in-

clude regulated medical waste, which

must be assigned identification number

UN 3291.

(2) Biological product means a virus,

therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin,

vaccine, blood, blood component or de-

rivative, allergenic product, or analo-

gous product, or arsphenamine or de-

rivative of arsphenamine (or any other

trivalent arsenic compound) applicable

to the prevention, treatment, or cure

of a disease or condition of human

beings or animals. A biological product

includes a material subject to regula-

tion under 42 U.S.C. 262 or 21 U.S.C.

151–159. Unless otherwise excepted, a bi-

ological product known or reasonably

expected to contain a pathogen that

meets the definition of a Category A or

B infectious substance must be as-

signed the identification number UN

2814, UN 2900, or UN 3373, as appro-

priate.

(3) Culture means an infectious sub-

stance containing a pathogen that is

intentionally propagated. Culture does

not include a human or animal patient

specimen as defined in paragraph (a)(4)

of this section.

(4) Patient specimen means human or

animal material collected directly

from humans or animals and trans-

ported for research, diagnosis, inves-

tigational activities, or disease treat-

ment or prevention. Patient specimen

includes excreta, secreta, blood and its

components, tissue and tissue swabs,

body parts, and specimens in transport

media (e.g., transwabs, culture media,

and blood culture bottles).

(5) Regulated medical waste or clinical

waste or (bio) medical waste means a

waste or reusable material derived

from the medical treatment of an ani-

mal or human, which includes diag-

nosis and immunization, or from bio-

medical research, which includes the

production and testing of biological

products. Regulated medical waste or

clinical waste or (bio) medical waste

containing a Category A infectious

substance must be classed as an infec-

tious substance, and assigned to UN2814

or UN2900, as appropriate.

(6) Sharps means any object contami-

nated with a pathogen or that may be-

come contaminated with a pathogen

through handling or during transpor-

tation and also capable of cutting or

penetrating skin or a packaging mate-

rial. Sharps includes needles, syringes,

scalpels, broken glass, culture slides,

culture dishes, broken capillary tubes,

broken rigid plastic, and exposed ends

of dental wires.

(7) Toxin means a Division 6.1 mate-

rial from a plant, animal, or bacterial

source. A toxin containing an infectious

substance or a toxin contained in an in-

fectious substance must be classed as

Division 6.2, described as an infectious

substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or

UN 2900, as appropriate.

(8) Used health care product means a

medical, diagnostic, or research device

or piece of equipment, or a personal

care product used by consumers, med-

ical professionals, or pharmaceutical

providers that does not meet the defi-

nition of a patient specimen, biological

product, or regulated medical waste, is

contaminated with potentially infec-

tious body fluids or materials, and is

not decontaminated or disinfected to

remove or mitigate the infectious haz-

ard prior to transportation.

(b) Exceptions. The following are not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter as Division 6.2 materials:

(1) A material that does not contain

an infectious substance or that is un-

likely to cause disease in humans or

animals.

(2) Non-infectious biological mate-

rials from humans, animals, or plants.

Examples include non-infectious cells,

tissue cultures, blood or plasma from

individuals not suspected of having an

infectious disease, DNA, RNA or other

non-infectious genetic elements.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

531

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

(3) A material containing micro-orga-

nisms that are non-pathogenic to hu-

mans or animals.

(4) A material containing pathogens

that have been neutralized or inac-

tivated such that they no longer pose a

health risk.

(5) A material with a low probability

of containing an infectious substance,

or where the concentration of the in-

fectious substance is at a level natu-

rally occurring in the environment so

it cannot cause disease when exposure

to it occurs. Examples of these mate-

rials include: Foodstuffs; environ-

mental samples, such as water or a

sample of dust or mold; and substances

that have been treated so that the

pathogens have been neutralized or de-

activated, such as a material treated

by steam sterilization, chemical dis-

infection, or other appropriate method,

so it no longer meets the definition of

an infectious substance.

(6) A biological product, including an

experimental or investigational prod-

uct or component of a product, subject

to Federal approval, permit, review, or

licensing requirements, such as those

required by the Food and Drug Admin-

istration of the U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services or the U.S.

Department of Agriculture.

(7) Blood collected for the purpose of

blood transfusion or the preparation of

blood products; blood products; plasma;

plasma derivatives; blood components;

tissues or organs intended for use in

transplant operations; and human cell,

tissues, and cellular and tissue-based

products regulated under authority of

the Public Health Service Act (42

U.S.C. 264–272) and/or the Food, Drug,

and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.).

(8) Blood, blood plasma, and blood

components collected for the purpose

of blood transfusion or the preparation

of blood products and sent for testing

as part of the collection process, except

where the person collecting the blood

has reason to believe it contains an in-

fectious substance, in which case the

test sample must be shipped as a Cat-

egory A or Category B infectious sub-

stance in accordance with § 173.196 or

§ 173.199, as appropriate.

(9) Dried blood spots or specimens for

fecal occult blood detection placed on

absorbent filter paper or other mate-

rial.

(10) A Division 6.2 material, other

than a Category A infectious sub-

stance, contained in a patient sample

being transported for research, diag-

nosis, investigational activities, or dis-

ease treatment or prevention, or a bio-

logical product, when such materials

are transported by a private or con-

tract carrier in a motor vehicle used

exclusively to transport such mate-

rials. Medical or clinical equipment

and laboratory products may be trans-

ported aboard the same vehicle pro-

vided they are properly packaged and

secured against exposure or contamina-

tion. If the human or animal sample or

biological product meets the definition

of regulated medical waste in para-

graph (a)(5) of this section, it must be

offered for transportation and trans-

ported in conformance with the appro-

priate requirements for regulated med-

ical waste.

(11) A human or animal sample (in-

cluding, but not limited to, secreta, ex-

creta, blood and its components, tissue

and tissue fluids, and body parts) being

transported for routine testing not re-

lated to the diagnosis of an infectious

disease, such as for drug/alcohol test-

ing, cholesterol testing, blood glucose

level testing, prostate specific anti-

body testing, testing to monitor kid-

ney or liver function, or pregnancy

testing, or for tests for diagnosis of

non-infectious diseases, such as cancer

biopsies, and for which there is a low

probability the sample is infectious.

(12) Laundry and medical equipment

and used health care products, as fol-

lows:

(i) Laundry or medical equipment

conforming to the regulations of the

Occupational Safety and Health Ad-

ministration of the Department of

Labor in 29 CFR 1910.1030. This excep-

tion includes medical equipment in-

tended for use, cleaning, or refurbish-

ment, such as reusable surgical equip-

ment, or equipment used for testing

where the components within which

the equipment is contained essentially

function as packaging. This exception

does not apply to medical equipment

being transported for disposal.

(ii) Used health care products not

conforming to the requirements in 29

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

532

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.134

CFR 1910.1030 and being returned to the

manufacturer or the manufacturer’s

designee are excepted from the require-

ments of this subchapter when offered

for transportation or transported in ac-

cordance with this paragraph (b)(12).

For purposes of this paragraph, a

health care product is used when it has

been removed from its original pack-

aging. Used health care products con-

taminated with or suspected of con-

tamination with a Category A infec-

tious substance may not be transported

under the provisions of this paragraph.

(A) Each used health care product

must be drained of free liquid to the ex-

tent practicable and placed in a water-

tight primary container designed and

constructed to assure that it remains

intact under conditions normally inci-

dent to transportation. For a used

health care product capable of cutting

or penetrating skin or packaging mate-

rial, the primary container must be ca-

pable of retaining the product without

puncture of the packaging under nor-

mal conditions of transport. Each pri-

mary container must be marked with a

BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29

CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i).

(B) Each primary container must be

placed inside a watertight secondary

container designed and constructed to

assure that it remains intact under

conditions normally incident to trans-

portation. The secondary container

must be marked with a BIOHAZARD

marking conforming to 29 CFR

1910.1030(g)(1)(i).

placed inside an outer packaging with

sufficient cushioning material to pre-

vent movement between the secondary

container and the outer packaging. An

itemized list of the contents of the pri-

mary container and information con-

cerning possible contamination with a

Division 6.2 material, including its pos-

sible location on the product, must be

placed between the secondary con-

tainer and the outside packaging.

(D) Each person who offers or trans-

ports a used health care product under

the provisions of this paragraph must

know about the requirements of this

paragraph.

(13) Any waste or recyclable mate-

rial, other than regulated medical

waste, including—

(i) Household waste as defined in

§ 171.8, when transported in accordance

with applicable state, local, or tribal

requirements.

(ii) Sanitary waste or sewage;

(iii) Sewage sludge or compost;

(iv) Animal waste generated in ani-

mal husbandry or food production; or

(v) Medical waste generated from

households and transported in accord-

ance with applicable state, local, or

tribal requirements.

(14) Corpses, remains, and anatomical

parts intended for interment, crema-

tion, or medical research at a college,

hospital, or laboratory.

(15) Forensic material transported on

behalf of a U.S. Government, state,

local or Indian tribal government agen-

cy, except that—

(i) Forensic material known or sus-

pected to contain a Category B infec-

tious substance must be shipped in a

packaging conforming to the provi-

sions of § 173.24.

(ii) Forensic material known or sus-

pected to contain a Category A infec-

tious substance or an infectious sub-

stance listed as a select agent in 42

CFR Part 73 must be transported in

packaging capable of meeting the test

standards in § 178.609 of this subchapter.

The secondary packaging must be

marked with a BIOHAZARD symbol

conforming to specifications in 29 CFR

1910.1030(g)(1)(i). An itemized list of

contents must be enclosed between the

secondary packaging and the outer

packaging.

(16) Agricultural products and food as

defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and

Cosmetics Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.).

waste. The following provisions apply

to the transportation of regulated med-

ical waste:

(1) A regulated medical waste trans-

ported by a private or contract carrier

is excepted from—

(i) The requirement for an ‘‘INFEC-

TIOUS SUBSTANCE’’ label if the outer

packaging is marked with a ‘‘BIO-

HAZARD’’ marking in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.1030; and

(ii) The specific packaging require-

ments of § 173.197, if packaged in a rigid

non-bulk packaging conforming to the

general packaging requirements of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

533

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.137

§§ 173.24 and 173.24a and packaging re-

quirements specified in 29 CFR

1910.1030, provided the material does

not include a waste concentrated stock

culture of an infectious substance.

Sharps containers must be securely

closed to prevent leaks or punctures.

(2) The following materials may be

offered for transportation and trans-

ported as a regulated medical waste

when packaged in a rigid non-bulk

packaging conforming to the general

packaging requirements of §§ 173.24 and

173.24a and packaging requirements

specified in 29 CFR 1910.1030 and trans-

ported by a private or contract carrier

in a vehicle used exclusively to trans-

port regulated medical waste:

(i) Waste stock or culture of a Cat-

egory B infectious substance;

(ii) Plant and animal waste regulated

by the Animal and Plant Health In-

spection Service (APHIS);

(iii) Waste pharmaceutical materials;

(iv) Laboratory and recyclable

wastes;

(v) Infectious substances that have

been treated to eliminate or neutralize

pathogens;

(vi) Forensic materials being trans-

ported for final destruction;

(vii) Rejected or recalled health care

products;

(viii) Documents intended for de-

struction in accordance with the

Health Insurance Portability and Ac-

countability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) re-

quirements; and

(ix) Medical or clinical equipment

and laboratory products provided they

are properly packaged and secured

against exposure or contamination.

Sharps containers must be securely

closed to prevent leaks or punctures.

(d) If an item listed in paragraph (b)

or (c) of this section meets the defini-

tion of another hazard class or if it is

a hazardous substance, hazardous

waste, or marine pollutant, it must be

offered for transportation and trans-

ported in accordance with applicable

requirements of this subchapter.

[67 FR 53138, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68

FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23,

2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78631,

Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR

4718, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76

FR 43530, July 20, 2011]

§ 173.136 Class 8—Definitions.

(a) For the purpose of this sub-

chapter, ‘‘corrosive material’’ (Class 8)

means a liquid or solid that causes full

thickness destruction of human skin at

the site of contact within a specified

period of time. A liquid, or a solid

which may become liquid during trans-

portation, that has a severe corrosion

rate on steel or aluminum based on the

criteria in § 173.137(c)(2) is also a corro-

sive material. Whenever practical, in

vitro test methods authorized in

§ 173.137 of this part or historical data

authorized in paragraph (c) of this sec-

tion should be used to determine

whether a material is corrosive.

(b) If human experience or other data

indicate that the hazard of a material

is greater or less than indicated by the

results of the tests specified in para-

graph (a) of this section, PHMSA may

revise its classification or make the de-

termination that the material is not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter.

no later than September 30, 1995, using

the procedures of part 173, appendix A,

in effect on September 30, 1995 (see 49

CFR part 173, appendix A, revised as of

October 1, 1994) for appropriate expo-

sure times may be used for classifica-

tion and assignment of packing group

for Class 8 materials corrosive to skin.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–

241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261,

62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20,

2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372,

Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.137 Class 8—Assignment of pack-

ing group.

The packing group of a Class 8 mate-

rial is indicated in Column 5 of the

§ 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Table

provides more than one packing group

for a Class 8 material, the packing

group must be determined using data

obtained from tests conducted in ac-

cordance with the OECD Guideline for

the Testing of Chemicals, Number 435,

‘‘In Vitro Membrane Barrier Test Meth-

od for Skin Corrosion’’ (IBR, see § 171.7

of this subchapter) or Number 404,

‘‘Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion’’

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

534

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.140

material that is determined not to be

corrosive in accordance with OECD

Guideline for the Testing of Chemicals,

Number 430, ‘‘In Vitro Skin Corrosion:

Transcutaneous Electrical Resistance

Test (TER)’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter) or Number 431, ‘‘In Vitro Skin

Corrosion: Human Skin Model Test’’

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may

be considered not to be corrosive to

human skin for the purposes of this

subchapter without further testing.

However, a material determined to be

corrosive in accordance with Number

430 or Number 431 must be further test-

ed using Number 435 or Number 404.

The packing group assignment using

data obtained from tests conducted in

accordance with OECD Guideline Num-

ber 404 or Number 435 must be as fol-

lows:

(a) Packing Group I. Materials that

cause full thickness destruction of in-

tact skin tissue within an observation

period of up to 60 minutes starting

after the exposure time of three min-

utes or less.

(b) Packing Group II. Materials other

than those meeting Packing Group I

criteria that cause full thickness de-

struction of intact skin tissue within

an observation period of up to 14 days

starting after the exposure time of

more than three minutes but not more

than 60 minutes.

other than those meeting Packing

Group I or II criteria—

(1) That cause full thickness destruc-

tion of intact skin tissue within an ob-

servation period of up to 14 days start-

ing after the exposure time of more

than 60 minutes but not more than 4

hours; or

(2) That do not cause full thickness

destruction of intact skin tissue but

exhibit a corrosion on either steel or

aluminum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm

(0.25 inch) a year at a test temperature

of 55 °C (130 °F) when tested on both

materials. The corrosion may be deter-

mined in accordance with the UN Man-

ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) or other

equivalent test methods.

OTE TO

§ 173.137: When an initial test on

either a steel or aluminum surface indicates

the material being tested is corrosive, the

follow up test on the other surface is not re-

quired.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–

261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 68 FR 75744, Dec.

31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78631,

Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR

3372, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.140 Class 9—Definitions.

For the purposes of this subchapter,

miscellaneous hazardous material (Class

9) means a material which presents a

hazard during transportation but which

does not meet the definition of any

other hazard class. This class includes:

(a) Any material which has an anes-

thetic, noxious or other similar prop-

erty which could cause extreme annoy-

ance or discomfort to a flight crew

member so as to prevent the correct

performance of assigned duties; or

(b) Any material that meets the defi-

nition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for

an elevated temperature material, a

hazardous substance, a hazardous

waste, or a marine pollutant.

[Amdt. 173–224, 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992, as

amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov.

5, 1992; Amdt. 173–233, 58 FR 33305, June 16,

1993]

§ 173.141 Class 9—Assignment of pack-

ing group.

The packing group of a Class 9 mate-

rial is as indicated in column 5 of the

§ 172.101 table.

§ 173.144 Other Regulated Materials

(ORM)—Definitions.

Until December 31, 2013 and for the

purposes of this subchapter, ‘‘ORM–D

material’’ means a material such as a

consumer commodity, cartridges,

small arms or cartridges, power devices

which, although otherwise subject to

the regulations of this subchapter, pre-

sents a limited hazard during transpor-

tation due to its form, quantity and

packaging. It must be a material for

which exceptions are provided in Col-

umn (8A) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Ma-

terials Table.

[76 FR 3372, Jan. 19, 2011]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

535

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.150

§ 173.145 Other Regulated Materials—

Assignment of packing group.

Packing groups are not assigned to

ORM-D materials.

§ 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flam-

mable and combustible liquids).

(a) General. Exceptions for hazardous

materials shipments in the following

paragraphs are permitted only if this

section is referenced for the specific

hazardous material in the § 172.101

Table of this subchapter.

(b) Limited quantities. Limited quan-

tities of flammable liquids (Class 3) and

combustible liquids are excepted from

labeling requirements, unless the ma-

terial is offered for transportation or

transported by aircraft, and are ex-

cepted from the specification pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

when packaged in combination pack-

agings according to this paragraph. For

transportation by aircraft, the package

must also conform to applicable re-

quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g.,

authorized materials, inner packaging

quantity limits and closure secure-

ment) and only hazardous material au-

thorized aboard passenger-carrying air-

craft may be transported as a limited

quantity. A limited quantity package

that conforms to the provisions of this

section is not subject to the shipping

paper requirements of subpart C of part

172 of this subchapter, unless the mate-

rial meets the definition of a hazardous

substance, hazardous waste, marine

pollutant, or is offered for transpor-

tation and transported by aircraft or

vessel, and is eligible for the excep-

tions provided in § 173.156 of this part.

In addition, shipments of limited quan-

tities are not subject to subpart F

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-

chapter. Each package must conform

to the packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part and may not exceed

30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except

for transportation by aircraft, the fol-

lowing combination packagings are au-

thorized:

(1) For flammable liquids in Packing

Group I, inner packagings not over 0.5

L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed

in a strong outer packaging;

(2) For flammable liquids in Packing

Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0

L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

(3) For flammable liquids in Packing

Group III and combustible liquids,

inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gal-

lons) net capacity each, packed in a

strong outer packaging.

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package containing a ‘‘consumer com-

modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer

commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D

or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR material and offered for transpor-

tation and transported in accordance

with the applicable provisions of this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

(d) Alcoholic beverages. An alcoholic

beverage (wine and distilled spirits as

defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11) is not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter if it—

(1) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol

by volume;

(2) Is in an inner packaging of 5 L (1.3

gallons) or less, and for transportation

on passenger-carrying aircraft con-

forms to § 175.10(a)(4) of this subchapter

as checked or carry-on baggage; or

(3) Is a Packing Group III alcoholic

beverage in a packaging of 250 L (66

gallons) or less, unless transported by

air.

(e) Aqueous solutions of alcohol. An

aqueous solution containing 24 percent

or less alcohol by volume and no other

hazardous material—

(1) May be reclassed as a combustible

liquid.

(2) Is not subject to the requirements

of this subchapter if it contains no less

than 50 percent water.

(f) Combustible liquids. (1) A flam-

mable liquid with a flash point at or

above 38 °C (100 °F) that does not meet

the definition of any other hazard class

may be reclassed as a combustible liq-

uid. This provision does not apply to

transportation by vessel or aircraft, ex-

cept where other means of transpor-

tation is impracticable.

(2) The requirements in this sub-

chapter do not apply to a material

classed as a combustible liquid in a

non-bulk packaging unless the combus-

tible liquid is a hazardous substance, a

hazardous waste, or a marine pollut-

ant.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

536

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.151

(3) A combustible liquid that is in a

bulk packaging or a combustible liquid

that is a hazardous substance, a haz-

ardous waste, or a marine pollutant is

not subject to the requirements of this

subchapter except those pertaining to:

(i) Shipping papers, waybills, switch-

ing orders, and hazardous waste mani-

fests;

(ii) Marking of packages;

(iii) Display of identification num-

bers on bulk packages;

(iv) For bulk packagings only,

placarding requirements of subpart F

of part 172 of this subchapter;

(v) Carriage aboard aircraft and ves-

sels (for packaging requirements for

transport by vessel, see § 176.340 of this

subchapter);

(vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed

by §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this sub-

chapter;

(vii) Packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part and, in addition,

non-bulk packagings must conform

with requirements of § 173.203;

(viii) The requirements of §§ 173.1,

173.21, 173.24, 173.24a, 173.24b, 174.1,

177.804, 177.817, 177.834(j), and 177.837(d)

of this subchapter;

(ix) The training requirements of

subpart H of part 172 of this sub-

chapter.

(x) Emergency response information

requirements of subpart G of part 172.

(4) A combustible liquid that is not a

hazardous substance, a hazardous

waste, or a marine pollutant is not sub-

ject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter if it is a mixture of one or

more components that—

(i) Has a flash point at or above 93 °C

(200 °F),

(ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of

the volume of the mixture, and

(iii) Is not offered for transportation

or transported as a liquid at a tempera-

ture at or above its flash point.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.150, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4.

(a) General. Exceptions for hazardous

materials shipments in the following

paragraphs are permitted only if this

section is referenced for the specific

hazardous material in the § 172.101 table

of this subchapter.

(b) Limited quantities of Division 4.1.

(1) Limited quantities of flammable

solids (Division 4.1) in Packing Groups

II and III and, where authorized by this

section, charcoal briquettes (Division

4.2) in Packing Group III, are excepted

from labeling requirements, unless the

material is offered for transportation

or transported by aircraft, and are ex-

cepted from the specification pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

when packaged in combination pack-

agings according to this paragraph. For

transportation by aircraft, the package

must also conform to applicable re-

quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g.,

authorized materials, inner packaging

quantity limits and closure secure-

ment) and only hazardous material au-

thorized aboard passenger-carrying air-

craft may be transported as a limited

quantity. A limited quantity package

that conforms to the provisions of this

section is not subject to the shipping

paper requirements of subpart C of part

172 of this subchapter, unless the mate-

rial meets the definition of a hazardous

substance, hazardous waste, marine

pollutant, or is offered for transpor-

tation and transported by aircraft or

vessel, and is eligible for the excep-

tions provided in § 173.156 of this part.

In addition, shipments of limited quan-

tities are not subject to subpart F

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-

chapter. Each package must conform

to the packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part and may not exceed

30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except

for transportation by aircraft, the fol-

lowing combination packagings are au-

thorized:

(i) For flammable solids in Packing

Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0

kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

(ii) For flammable solids in Packing

Group III, inner packagings not over

5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

(2) For transportation by highway or

rail, Charcoal briquettes (NA1361) may

be packaged as a limited quantity in

accordance with paragraph (b) of this

section in packagings not exceeding 30

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

537

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.152

kg gross weight and are eligible for the

exceptions provided in § 173.156.

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package (including Charcoal briquettes

(NA1361)) containing a ‘‘consumer com-

modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer

commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D

or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR material and offered for transpor-

tation and transported in accordance

with the applicable provisions of this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

For transportation by aircraft, the

maximum net mass for Charcoal bri-

quettes (NA1361) is 25 kg per package.

(d) Limited quantities of Division 4.3.

Limited quantities of dangerous when

wet solids (Division 4.3) in Packing

Groups II and III are excepted from la-

beling requirements, unless the mate-

rial is offered for transportation or

transported by aircraft, and are ex-

cepted from the specification pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

when packaged in combination pack-

agings according to this paragraph. For

transportation by aircraft, the package

must also conform to applicable re-

quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g.,

authorized materials, inner packaging

quantity limits and closure secure-

ment) and only hazardous material au-

thorized aboard passenger-carrying air-

craft may be transported as a limited

quantity. A limited quantity package

that conforms to the provisions of this

section is not subject to the shipping

paper requirements of subpart C of part

172 of this subchapter, unless the mate-

rial meets the definition of a hazardous

substance, hazardous waste, marine

pollutant, or is offered for transpor-

tation and transported by aircraft or

vessel. In addition, shipments of lim-

ited quantities are not subject to sub-

part F (Placarding) of part 172 of this

subchapter. Each package must con-

form to the packaging requirements of

subpart B of this part and may not ex-

ceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Ex-

cept for transportation by aircraft, the

following combination packagings are

authorized:

(1) For dangerous when wet solids in

Packing Group II, inner packagings not

over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net capacity

each, packed in a strong outer pack-

aging.

(2) For dangerous when wet solids in

Packing Group III, inner packagings

not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capac-

ity each, packed in a strong outer

packaging.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov.

5, 1992; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1,

1993; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996;

69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June

14, 2005; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692,

Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3373, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR

82177, Dec. 30, 2011]

§ 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1

(oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic

peroxides).

(a) General. Exceptions for hazardous

materials shipments in the following

paragraphs are permitted only if this

section is referenced for the specific

hazardous material in the § 172.101 table

of this subchapter.

(b) Limited quantities. Limited quan-

tities of oxidizers (Division 5.1) in

Packing Group II and III and organic

peroxides (Division 5.2) are excepted

from labeling requirements, unless the

material is offered for transportation

or transported by aircraft, and are ex-

cepted from the specification pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

when packaged in combination pack-

agings according to this paragraph. For

transportation by aircraft, the package

must also conform to applicable re-

quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g.,

authorized materials, inner packaging

quantity limits and closure secure-

ment) and only hazardous material au-

thorized aboard passenger-carrying air-

craft may be transported as a limited

quantity. A limited quantity package

that conforms to the provisions of this

section is not subject to the shipping

paper requirements of subpart C of part

172 of this subchapter, unless the mate-

rial meets the definition of a hazardous

substance, hazardous waste, marine

pollutant, or is offered for transpor-

tation and transported by aircraft or

vessel, and is eligible for the excep-

tions provided in § 173.156 of this part.

In addition, shipments of limited quan-

tities are not subject to subpart F

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-

chapter. Each package must conform

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

538

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.153

to the packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part and may not exceed

30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except

for transportation by aircraft, the fol-

lowing combination packagings are au-

thorized:

(1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II,

inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gal-

lon) net capacity each for liquids or

not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capac-

ity each for solids, packed in a strong

outer packaging.

(2) For oxidizers in Packing Group

III, inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3

gallons) net capacity each for liquids

or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity

each for solids, packed in a strong

outer packaging.

(3) For organic peroxides that do not

require temperature control during

transportation—

(i) Except for transportation by air-

craft, for Type B or C organic perox-

ides, inner packagings not over 25 mL

(0.845 ounces) net capacity each for liq-

uids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity

for solids, packed in a strong outer

packaging.

(ii) For Type D, E, or F organic per-

oxides, inner packagings not over 125

mL (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for

liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capac-

ity for solids, packed in a strong outer

packaging.

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package containing a ‘‘consumer com-

modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer

commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D

or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR material and offered for transpor-

tation and transported in accordance

with the applicable provisions of this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov.

5, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29,

1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997;

66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31,

2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603,

Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR

3374, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1

(poisonous materials).

(a) General. Exceptions for hazardous

materials shipments in the following

paragraphs are permitted only if this

section is referenced for the specific

hazardous material in the § 172.101 table

of this subchapter.

(b) Limited quantities. The exceptions

in this paragraph do not apply to poi-

son-by-inhalation materials. Limited

quantities of poisonous material (Divi-

sion 6.1) in Packing Groups II and III

are excepted from the labeling require-

ments, unless the material is offered

for transportation or transported by

aircraft, and are excepted from the

specification packaging requirements

of this subchapter when packaged in

combination packagings according to

this paragraph. For transportation by

aircraft, the package must also con-

form to applicable requirements of

§ 173.27 of this part (e.g., authorized ma-

terials, inner packaging quantity lim-

its and closure securement) and only

hazardous material authorized aboard

passenger-carrying aircraft may be

transported as a limited quantity. A

limited quantity package that con-

forms to the provisions of this section

is not subject to the shipping paper re-

quirements of subpart C of part 172 of

this subchapter, unless the material

meets the definition of a hazardous

substance, hazardous waste, marine

pollutant, or is offered for transpor-

tation and transported by aircraft or

vessel, and is eligible for the excep-

tions provided in § 173.156 of this part.

In addition, shipments of limited quan-

tities are not subject to subpart F

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-

chapter. Each package must conform

to the packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part and may not exceed

30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except

for transportation by aircraft, the fol-

lowing combination packagings are au-

thorized:

(1) For poisonous materials in Pack-

ing Group II, inner packagings not over

100 mL (3.38 ounces) each for liquids or

0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) each for solids,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

Inner packagings containing a liquid

poisonous material which is also a drug

or medicine in Packing Group II may

be increased to not over 250 mL (8

ounces) each and packed in a strong

outer packaging.

(2) For poisonous materials in Pack-

ing Group III, inner packagings not

over 5 L (1.3 gallons) each for liquids or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

539

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.154

5.0 kg (11 pounds) each for solids,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package of poisonous material in Pack-

ing Group III or a drug or medicine in

Packing Group II and III that is also a

‘‘consumer commodity’’ as defined in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter, may be re-

named ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and re-

classed as ORM–D or, until December

31, 2012, ORM–D–AIR material and of-

fered for transportation and trans-

ported in accordance with the applica-

ble provisions of this subchapter in ef-

fect on October 1, 2010.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov.

5, 1992; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033,

July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR

14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 54938, Sept. 20, 2006;

76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corro-

sive materials).

(a) General. Exceptions for hazardous

materials shipments in the following

paragraphs are permitted only if this

section is referenced for the specific

hazardous material in the § 172.101 table

of this subchapter.

(b) Limited quantities. Limited quan-

tities of corrosive material (Class 8) in

Packing Groups II and III are excepted

from labeling requirements, unless the

material is offered for transportation

or transported by aircraft, and are ex-

cepted from the specification pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

when packaged in combination pack-

agings according to this paragraph. For

transportation by aircraft, the package

must also conform to the applicable re-

quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g.,

authorized materials, inner packaging

quantity limits and closure secure-

ment) and only hazardous material au-

thorized aboard passenger-carrying air-

craft may be transported as a limited

quantity. A limited quantity package

that conforms to the provisions of this

section is not subject to the shipping

paper requirements of subpart C of part

172 of this subchapter, unless the mate-

rial meets the definition of a hazardous

substance, hazardous waste, marine

pollutant, or is offered for transpor-

tation and transported by aircraft or

vessel, and is eligible for the excep-

tions provided in § 173.156 of this part.

In addition, shipments of limited quan-

tities are not subject to subpart F

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-

chapter. Each package must conform

to the packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part and may not exceed

30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except

for transportation by aircraft, the fol-

lowing combination packagings are au-

thorized:

(1) For corrosive materials in Pack-

ing Group II, inner packagings not over

1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for

liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds)

net capacity each for solids, packed in

a strong outer packaging.

(2) For corrosive materials in Pack-

ing Group III, inner packagings not

over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity

each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11

lbs) net capacity each for solids,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package containing a ‘‘consumer com-

modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer

commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D

or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR material and offered for transpor-

tation and transported in accordance

with the applicable provisions of this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

(d) Materials corrosive to aluminum or

steel only. Except for a hazardous sub-

stance, a hazardous waste, or a marine

pollutant, a material classed as a Class

8, Packing Group III, material solely

because of its corrosive effect—

(1) On aluminum is not subject to

any other requirements of this sub-

chapter when transported by motor ve-

hicle or rail car in a packaging con-

structed of materials that will not

react dangerously with or be degraded

by the corrosive material; or

(2) On steel is not subject to any

other requirements of this subchapter

when transported by motor vehicle or

rail car in a bulk packaging con-

structed of materials that will not

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

540

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.155

react dangerously with or be degraded

by the corrosive material.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940,

Nov. 5, 1992; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR

76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006;

72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19,

2011]

§ 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (mis-

cellaneous hazardous materials).

(a) General. Exceptions for hazardous

materials shipments in the following

paragraphs are permitted only if this

section is referenced for the specific

hazardous material in the § 172.101 table

of this subchapter.

(b) Limited quantities of Class 9 mate-

rials. Limited quantities of miscella-

neous hazardous materials in Packing

Groups II and III are excepted from la-

beling requirements, unless the mate-

rial is offered for transportation or

transported by aircraft, and are ex-

cepted from the specification pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

when packaged in combination pack-

agings according to this paragraph. Un-

less otherwise specified in paragraph

quantities intended for transportation

by aircraft must conform to the appli-

cable requirements (e.g., authorized

materials, inner packaging quantity

limits and closure securement) of

§ 173.27 of this part. A limited quantity

package that conforms to the provi-

sions of this section is not subject to

the shipping paper requirements of sub-

part C of part 172 of this subchapter,

unless the material meets the defini-

tion of a hazardous substance, haz-

ardous waste, marine pollutant, or is

offered for transportation and trans-

ported by aircraft or vessel, and is eli-

gible for the exceptions provided in

§ 173.156 of this part. In addition, pack-

ages of limited quantities are not sub-

ject to subpart F (Placarding) of part

172 of this subchapter. Each package

must conform to the packaging re-

quirements of subpart B of this part

and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds)

gross weight. Except for transportation

by aircraft, the following combination

packagings are authorized:

(1) For miscellaneous materials in

Packing Group II, inner packagings not

over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each

for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2

pounds) net capacity each for solids,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

(2) For miscellaneous materials in

Packing Group III, inner packagings

not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity

each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11

lbs) net capacity each for solids,

packed in a strong outer packaging.

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package containing a ‘‘consumer com-

modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer

commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D

or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR material and offered for transpor-

tation and transported in accordance

with the applicable provisions of this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–

253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 71 FR 14603,

Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.156 Exceptions for limited quan-

tity and ORM.

(a) Exceptions for hazardous mate-

rials shipments in the following para-

graphs are permitted only if this sec-

tion is referenced for the specific haz-

ardous material in the § 172.101 Table or

in a packaging section in this part.

(b) Packagings for limited quantity

and ORM–D are specified according to

hazard class in §§ 173.150 through 173.155

and in § 173.306. In addition to other ex-

ceptions provided for limited quantity

and ORM–D materials in this part:

(1) Strong outer packagings as speci-

fied in this part, marking requirements

specified in subpart D of part 172 of this

subchapter, and the 30 kg (66 pounds)

gross weight limitation are not re-

quired for packages of limited quantity

materials or, until December 31, 2013,

materials classed as ORM–D when—

(i) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or

similar overpacks;

(ii) Offered for transportation or

transported by:

(A) Rail;

(B) Private or contract motor car-

rier; or

under exclusive use for such service;

and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

541

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.158

(iii) Transported to or from a manu-

facturer, a distribution center, or a re-

tail outlet, or transported to a disposal

facility from one offeror.

(2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight

limitation does not apply to packages

of limited quantity materials marked

in accordance with § 172.315 of this sub-

chapter, or, until December 31, 2013,

materials classed and marked as ORM–

D and described as a Consumer com-

modity, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter, when offered for transpor-

tation or transported by highway or

rail between a manufacturer, a dis-

tribution center, and a retail outlet

provided—

(i) Inner packagings conform to the

quantity limits for inner packagings

specified in §§ 173.150(b), 173.152(b),

173.154(b), 173.155(b) and 173.306 (a) and

(b), as appropriate;

(ii) The inner packagings are packed

into corrugated fiberboard trays to pre-

vent them from moving freely;

(iii) The trays are placed in a fiber-

board box which is banded and secured

to a wooden pallet by metal, fabric, or

plastic straps, to form a single

palletized unit;

(iv) The package conforms to the

general packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part;

(v) The maximum net quantity of

hazardous material permitted on one

palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds);

and

(vi) The package is properly marked

in accordance with § 172.315 or, until

December 31, 2013, § 172.316 of this sub-

chapter.

[76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 76

FR 82177, Dec. 30, 2011]

Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging

for Hazardous Materials Other

Than Class 1 and Class 7

OURCE

: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 173.158 Nitric acid.

(a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent

concentration may not be packaged

with any other material.

(b) Nitric acid in any concentration

which does not contain sulfuric acid or

hydrochloric acid as impurities, when

offered for transportation or trans-

ported by rail, highway, or water shall

be packaged in specification containers

as follows:

(1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are au-

thorized, subject to the following limi-

tations:

(i) Stainless steel used in drums must

conform to the following thicknesses:

Nominal (marked) capacity (in

liters) of 1A1 drum

Minimum thickness (in mm)

of stainless steel

55 0.9

115 1.2

210 1.5

450 2.0

(ii) Drums weighing less than 85 per-

cent of their original tare weight may

not be used.

(iii) Type 304 or other grades of

equivalent corrosion-resistant steels in

the as-welded condition are permissible

for nitric acid concentrations up to and

including 78 percent.

(iv) For all concentrations of nitric

acid, the following are permissible:

(A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched

in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)),

(B) Stabilized Type 347 in the as-

welded condition,

(845–900 °C (1550–1650 °F)),

(D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated

(quenched in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)),

(E) Other grades of equivalent corro-

sion resistance.

(v) All parts of drum exposed to lad-

ing must be capable of withstanding

the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the

extent that 65 percent boiling nitric

acid does not penetrate the metal more

than 0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per

month. (ASTM A 262 may be used for a

suitable corrosion test procedure.)

(vi) In addition to marking required

by § 178.503 of this subchapter, the fol-

lowing marks, in lettering of at least

12.7 mm (0.5 inch) height, must be

placed on drums used to transport ni-

tric acid:

(A) The type of steel used in body and

head sheets as identified by American

Iron and Steel Institute type number,

and, in addition, the letters ‘‘HT’’ fol-

lowing the steel designation on con-

tainers subject to stress relieving or

heat treatment during manufacture.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

542

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.159

(B) The thickness in mm of metal in

thinnest part. When the thickness of

metal in the body differs from that in

the head, both must be indicated with

slanting line between and with the

gauge of the body indicated first.

grams, preceded by the letters ‘‘TW.’’

An example of the markings required

by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) (A), (B), and (C)

of this section is ‘‘304HT/1.9/2.7/TW55.’’

(2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer pack-

agings with glass inner receptacles of

not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) ca-

pacity each. No more than four 2.5 L

(0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be

packed in one outer packaging.

concentration which does not contain

sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as

impurities, when offered for transpor-

tation or transported by rail, highway,

or water may be packaged in 1B1 alu-

minum drums.

(d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or great-

er concentration, when offered for

transportation or transported by rail,

highway, or water may be packaged as

follows:

(1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes

with inner packagings consisting of

glass bottles further individually over-

packed in tightly closed metal pack-

agings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L

(0.66 gallon) or less capacity and cush-

ioned with a non-reactive, absorbent

material within the metal packagings.

(2) In combination packagings with

1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2 or 4G outer

packagings with inner glass packagings

of 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) or less capacity

cushioned with a non-reactive, absorb-

ent material and packed within a

tightly closed intermediate packaging

of metal or plastic.

(e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent

concentration, when offered for trans-

portation or transported by rail, high-

way, or water may be packaged in 4G

fiberboard boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F

wooden boxes with inside glass pack-

agings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) ca-

pacity each.

(f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less

concentration, when offered for trans-

portation or transported by rail, high-

way, or water, may be packaged as fol-

lows:

(1) In composite packagings 6PA1,

6PA2, 6PB1, 6PB2, 6PC, 6PD1, 6PH1, or

6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite pack-

aging with plastic inner receptacles

meeting the compatibility require-

ments § 173.24(e) (e.g., PFA Teflon) are

authorized.

(2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with

inner glass packagings of not over 2.5 L

(0.66 gallon) each.

(3) In combination packagings with

1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D,

4F or 4G outer packagings and plastic

inner packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66

gallon) capacity further individually

overpacked in tightly closed metal

packagings.

(g) Nitric acid of more than 70 per-

cent concentration, when offered for

transportation or transported by cargo

aircraft only, must be packaged in

combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2,

1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G

outer packagings with glass or earth-

enware inner packagings of not over 1

L (0.3 gallon) or glass ampoules of not

over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon).

(h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent

concentration, when offered for trans-

portation in cargo aircraft only must

be packaged in combination pack-

agings with 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2,

4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G outer packagings

with inner packagings of—

(1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5

L (0.66 gallon) capacity;

(2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon)

capacity further individually over-

packed in tightly closed metal pack-

agings; or

(3) Glass ampoule not over 0.5 L (0.1

gallon) capacity.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–

255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 68 FR 75744,

Dec. 31, 2003]

§ 173.159 Batteries, wet.

(a) Electric storage batteries, con-

taining electrolyte acid or alkaline

corrosive battery fluid (wet batteries),

may not be packed with other mate-

rials except as provided in paragraphs

(g) and (h) of this section and in

§§ 173.220 and 173.222; and any battery or

battery-powered device must be pre-

pared and packaged for transport in a

manner to prevent:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00552 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

543

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159

(1) A dangerous evolution of heat

(i.e., an amount of heat sufficient to be

dangerous to packaging or personal

safety to include charring of pack-

aging, melting of packaging, scorching

of packaging, or other evidence);

(2) Short circuits, including, but not

limited to:

(i) Packaging each battery or each

battery-powered device when prac-

ticable, in fully enclosed inner pack-

agings made of non-conductive mate-

rial;

(ii) Separating or packaging bat-

teries and battery-powered devices in a

manner to prevent contact with other

batteries, devices or conductive mate-

rials (e.g., metal) in the packagings; or

(iii) Ensuring exposed terminals are

protected with non-conductive caps,

non-conductive tape, or by other appro-

priate means; and

(3) Damage to terminals. If not impact

resistant, the outer packaging must

not be used as the sole means of pro-

tecting the battery terminals from

damage or short circuiting. Batteries

must be securely cushioned and packed

to prevent shifting which could loosen

terminal caps or reorient the termi-

nals. Batteries contained in devices

must be securely installed. Terminal

protection methods include but are not

limited to:

(i) Securely attaching covers of suffi-

cient strength to protect the termi-

nals;

(ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid

plastic packaging; or

(iii) Constructing the battery with

terminals that are recessed or other-

wise protected so that the terminals

will not be subjected to damage if the

package is dropped.

(b) For transportation by aircraft:

(1) The packaging for wet batteries

must incorporate an acid- or alkali-

proof liner, or include a supplementary

packaging with sufficient strength and

adequately sealed to prevent leakage of

electrolyte fluid in the event of spill-

age; and

(2) Any battery-powered device,

equipment or vehicle must be packaged

for transport in a manner to prevent

unintentional activation or must have

an independent means of preventing

unintentional activation (e.g., pack-

aging restricts access to activation

switch, switch caps or locks, recessed

switches, trigger locks, temperature

sensitive circuit breakers, etc.).

agings are authorized for batteries

packed without other materials pro-

vided all requirements of paragraph (a)

of this section, and for transportation

by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion are met:

(1) Wooden box: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F.

(2) Fiberboard box: 4G.

(3) Plywood drum: 1D.

(4) Fiber drum: 1G.

(5) Plastic drum: 1H2.

(6) Plastic jerrican: 3H2.

(7) Plastic box: 4H2.

(d) The following non-specification

packagings are authorized for batteries

packed without other materials pro-

vided all requirements of paragraph (a)

of this section, and for transportation

by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion are met:

(1) Electric storage batteries are

firmly secured to skids or pallets capa-

ble of withstanding the shocks nor-

mally incident to transportation are

authorized for transportation by rail,

highway, or vessel. The height of the

completed unit must not exceed 1

⁄

times the width of the skid or pallet.

The unit must be capable of with-

standing, without damage, a super-

imposed weight equal to two times the

weight of the unit or, if the weight of

the unit exceeds 907 kg (2,000 pounds), a

superimposed weight of 1814 kg (4,000

pounds). Battery terminals must not be

relied upon to support any part of the

superimposed weight and must not

short out if a conductive material is

placed in direct contact with them.

(2) Electric storage batteries weigh-

ing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, con-

sisting of carriers’ equipment, may be

shipped by rail when mounted on suit-

able skids. Such shipments may not be

offered in interchange service.

(3) One to three batteries not over

11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed in

strong outer boxes. The maximum au-

thorized gross weight is 34 kg (75

pounds).

(4) Not more than four batteries not

over 7 kg (15 pounds) each, packed in

strong outer fiberboard or wooden

boxes. The maximum authorized gross

weight is 30 kg (65 pounds).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00553 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

544

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.159

(5) Not more than five batteries not

over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, packed in

strong outer fiberboard or wooden

boxes. The maximum authorized gross

weight is 30 kg (65 pounds).

(6) Single batteries not exceeding 34

kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 5-sided

slip covers or in completely closed fi-

berboard boxes. Slip covers and boxes

must be of solid or double-faced cor-

rugated fiberboard of at least 91 kg (200

pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip

cover or fiberboard box must fit snugly

and provide inside top clearance of at

least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery

terminals and filler caps with rein-

forcement in place. Assembled for ship-

ment, the bottom edges of the slipcover

must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of

the bottom of the battery. The com-

pleted package (battery and box or slip

cover) must be capable of withstanding

a top-to-bottom compression test of at

least 225 kg (500 pounds) without dam-

age to battery terminal caps, cell cov-

ers or filler caps.

(7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg

(75 pounds) each may be packed in com-

pletely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes

must be of double-wall corrugated fi-

berboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds)

test, or solid fiberboard testing at least

181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have

hand holes in its ends provided that the

hand holes will not materially weaken

the box. Sides and ends of the box must

have cushioning between the battery

and walls of the box; combined thick-

ness of cushioning material and walls

of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm

(0.5 inch); and cushioning must be ex-

celsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or

other suitable cushioning material.

The bottom of the battery must be pro-

tected by a minimum of one excelsior

pad or by a double-wall corrugated fi-

berboard pad. The top of the battery

must be protected by a wood frame,

corrugated trays or scored sheets of

corrugated fiberboard having minimum

test of 91 kg (200 pounds), or other

equally effective cushioning material.

Top protection must bear evenly on

connectors and/or edges of the battery

cover to facilitate stacking of bat-

teries. No more than one battery may

be placed in one box. The maximum au-

thorized gross weight is 91 kg (200

pounds).

(e) When transported by highway or

rail, electric storage batteries con-

taining electrolyte or corrosive battery

fluid are not subject to any other re-

quirements of this subchapter, if all of

the following are met:

(1) No other hazardous materials may

be transported in the same vehicle;

(2) The batteries must be loaded or

braced so as to prevent damage and

short circuits in transit;

(3) Any other material loaded in the

same vehicle must be blocked, braced,

or otherwise secured to prevent con-

tact with or damage to the batteries;

and

(4) The transport vehicle may not

carry material shipped by any person

other than the shipper of the batteries.

(f) Batteries can be considered as

non-spillable provided they are capable

of withstanding the following two

tests, without leakage of battery fluid

from the battery:

(1) Vibration test. The battery must be

rigidly clamped to the platform of a vi-

bration machine, and a simple har-

monic motion having an amplitude of

0.8 mm (0.03 inches) with a 1.6 mm

(0.063 inches) maximum total excursion

must be applied. The frequency must

be varied at the rate of 1 Hz/min be-

tween the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The

entire range of frequencies and return

must be traversed in 95 ±5 minutes for

each mounting position (direction of

vibrator) of the battery. The battery

must be tested in three mutually per-

pendicular positions (to include testing

with fill openings and vents, if any, in

an inverted position) for equal time pe-

riods.

(2) Pressure differential test. Following

the vibration test, the battery must be

stored for six hours at 24 °C ±4 °C (75 °F

±7 °F) while subjected to a pressure dif-

ferential of at least 88 kPa (13 psig).

The battery must be tested in three

mutually perpendicular positions (to

include testing with fill openings and

vents, if any, in an inverted position)

for at least six hours in each position.

(g) Electrolyte, acid or alkaline cor-

rosive battery fluid, packed with bat-

teries wet or dry, must be packed in

one of the following specification pack-

agings:

(1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden

boxes with inner receptacles of glass,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00554 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

545

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159a

not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not

over 8.0 L (2 gallons) total in each out-

side container. Inside containers must

be well-cushioned and separated from

batteries by a strong solid wooden par-

tition. The completed package must

conform to Packing Group III require-

ments.

(2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline cor-

rosive battery fluid included with elec-

tric storage batteries and filling kits

may be packed in strong rigid outer

packagings when shipments are made

by, for, or to the Departments of the

Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United

States. Packagings must conform to

military specifications. The electro-

lyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery

fluid must be packed in polyethylene

bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) ca-

pacity each. Not more than 24 bottles,

securely separated from electric stor-

age batteries and kits, may be offered

for transportation or transported in

each package.

(3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not

more than 12 inside packagings of poly-

ethylene or other material resistant to

the lading, each not over 2.0 L (0.5 gal-

lon) capacity each. Completed pack-

ages must conform to Packing Group

III requirements. Inner packagings

must be adequately separated from the

storage battery. The maximum author-

ized gross weight is 29 kg (64 pounds).

These packages are not authorized for

transportation by aircraft.

(h) Dry batteries or battery charger

devices may be packaged in 4G fiber-

board boxes with inner receptacles con-

taining battery fluid. Completed pack-

agings must conform to Packing Group

III requirements. Not more than 12

inner receptacles may be packed in one

outer box. The maximum authorized

gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds).

(i) When approved by the Associate

Administrator, electric storage bat-

teries, containing electrolyte or corro-

sive battery fluid in a separate res-

ervoir from which fluid is injected into

the battery cells by a power device car-

tridge assembled with the battery, and

which meet the criteria of paragraph

(f) are not subject to any other require-

ments of this subchapter.

[74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable

batteries.

(a) Exceptions for hazardous mate-

rials shipments in the following para-

graphs are permitted only if this sec-

tion is referenced for the specific haz-

ardous material in the § 172.101 table or

in a packaging section in this part.

(b) Non-spillable batteries offered for

transportation or transported in ac-

cordance with this section are subject

to the incident reporting requirements.

For transportation by aircraft, a tele-

phone report in accordance with

§ 171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent

rupture, explosion or dangerous evo-

lution of heat (i.e., an amount of heat

sufficient to be dangerous to packaging

or personal safety to include charring

of packaging, melting of packaging,

scorching of packaging, or other evi-

dence) occurs as a direct result of a

non-spillable battery. For all modes of

transportation, a written report in ac-

cordance with § 171.16(a) is required if a

fire, violent rupture, explosion or dan-

gerous evolution of heat occurs as a di-

rect result of a non-spillable battery.

cepted from the packaging require-

ments of § 173.159 under the following

conditions:

(1) Non-spillable batteries must be se-

curely packed in strong outer pack-

agings and meet the requirements of

§ 173.159(a). A non-spillable battery

which is an integral part of and nec-

essary for the operation of mechanical

or electronic equipment must be se-

curely fastened in the battery holder

on the equipment;

(2) The battery and outer packaging

must be plainly and durably marked

‘‘NON-SPILLABLE’’ or ‘‘NON-SPILL-

ABLE BATTERY.’’ The requirement to

mark the outer package does not apply

when the battery is installed in a piece

of equipment that is transported

unpackaged.

(d) Non-spillable batteries are ex-

cepted from all other requirements of

this subchapter when offered for trans-

portation and transported in accord-

ance with paragraph (c) of this section

and the following:

(1) At a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F),

the battery must not contain any

unabsorbed free-flowing liquid, and

must be designed so that electrolyte

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00555 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

546

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.160

will not flow from a ruptured or

cracked case; and

(2) For transport by aircraft, when

contained in a battery-powered device,

equipment or vehicle must be prepared

and packaged for transport in a man-

ner to prevent unintentional activation

in conformance with § 173.159(b)(2) of

this Subpart.

[74 FR 2258, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]

§ 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive

(corrosive).

Bombs, smoke, non-explosive may be

shipped provided they are without igni-

tion elements, bursting charges, deto-

nating fuses or other explosive compo-

nents. They must be packaged in wood-

en (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconsti-

tuted wood (4F) boxes, or plywood

drums (1D), which meet Packing Group

II requirements.

§ 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid

kits.

(a) Applicability. Chemical kits and

first aid kits contain one or more com-

patible items of hazardous materials in

boxes, cases, etc. that, for example, are

used for medical, analytical, diag-

nostic, testing, or repair purposes.

(b) Authorized materials. (1) The kits

may only contain hazardous materials

for which packaging exceptions are

provided in column 8(A) of the § 172.101

Hazardous Materials Table in this sub-

chapter. For transportation by air-

craft, the kits may only contain quan-

tities of hazardous materials author-

ized as excepted quantities or as lim-

ited quantities in §§ 173.4a and 173.27(f)

of this part, respectively. Materials

forbidden for transportation by pas-

senger aircraft or cargo aircraft may

not be included in the kits.

(2) The packing group assigned to the

chemical kit and first aid kit as a

whole must be the most stringent

packing group assigned to any indi-

vidual substance in the kit and must be

shown on the shipping paper, if applica-

ble, in accordance with subpart C of

Part 172 of this subchapter.

tation by aircraft or vessel, chemical

kits and first aid kits must be pack-

aged in combination packagings con-

forming to the packaging requirements

of subpart B of this part. For transpor-

tation by aircraft or vessel, chemical

kits and first aid kits must be pack-

aged in specification combination

packagings based on the performance

level of the most stringent packing

group of material contained within the

kit. For transportation by aircraft,

friction-type closures must be secured

by secondary means and inner pack-

agings intended to contain liquids

must be capable of meeting the pres-

sure differential requirements pre-

scribed in § 173.27(c) of this subchapter.

Inner and outer packaging quantity

limits for packages are as follows:

(1) Except for liquids of Division 5.2

(organic peroxide), inner packagings

containing not more than 250 mL. Ex-

cept for transportation by aircraft, for

Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids

of Type B and C, inner packagings con-

taining not more than 25 mL and for

Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids

of Type D, E and F, inner packagings

containing not more than 125 mL. For

transportation by aircraft, for Division

5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type D,

E and F (only), inner packagings con-

taining not more than 125 mL;

(2) Except for solids of Division 5.2

(organic peroxide) of Type B and C,

inner packagings containing not more

than 250 g. Except for transportation

by aircraft, for a Division 5.2 (organic

peroxide) solid of Type B and C, inner

packagings containing not more than

100 g. For transportation by aircraft,

for a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide)

solid of Type D, E and F (only), inner

packagings containing not more than

250 g;

(3) No more than 10 L or 10 kg of haz-

ardous material may be contained in

one outer package (excluding dry ice).

For transportation by aircraft, no

more than 1 L or 1 kg of hazardous ma-

terial may be contained in one kit (ex-

cluding dry ice);

(4) Each package must conform to

the packaging requirements of subpart

B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg

(66 pounds) gross weight;

(5) Except for Carbon dioxide, solid

(Dry ice), UN1845, no other hazardous

materials may be packed within the

same outer packaging as the kits. Dry

ice must be packaged in accordance

with § 173.217 of this subchapter;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00556 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

547

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.162

(6) The kits must include sufficient

absorbent material to completely ab-

sorb the contents of any liquid haz-

ardous materials contained in the kits.

The contents must be separated,

placed, or packed, and closed with

cushioning material to protect them

from damage; and

(7) The contents of the kits must be

packed so there will be no possibility of

the mixture of contents causing dan-

gerous evolution of heat or gas.

(d) Exceptions. (1)(i) Chemical kits

and first aid kits are eligible for the

excepted quantity exceptions provided

in §§ 173.4 and 173.4a of this part. For

transportation by aircraft, chemical

kits and first aid kits are eligible for

the limited quantity provisions pro-

vided in § 173.27(f) of this part. For

inner packaging quantity limits, see

§ 173.27(f), Table 3.

(ii) A package conforming to the pro-

visions of this section is not subject to

the shipping paper requirements of sub-

part C of part 172 of this subchapter,

unless the material meets the defini-

tion of a hazardous substance, haz-

ardous waste, marine pollutant, or is

offered for transportation and trans-

ported by aircraft or vessel. Chemical

kits and First aid kits conforming to

this section may be marked as a lim-

ited quantity as prescribed in § 172.315

of this subchapter and, if applicable,

are eligible for the exceptions provided

in § 173.156 of this part. Additionally,

chemical and first aid kits conforming

to this section are not subject to part

174 (carriage by rail) or part 177 (car-

riage by highway) of this subchapter

when marked in accordance with

§ 172.315 of this subchapter.

(2) Consumer commodities. Until De-

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package containing a ‘‘consumer com-

modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter may be renamed ‘‘Consumer

commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D

or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR material and offered for transpor-

tation and transported in accordance

with the applicable provisions of this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

(3) Kits that are carried on board

transport vehicles for first aid or oper-

ating purposes are not subject to the

requirements of this subchapter.

[76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.162 Gallium.

(a) Except when packaged in cyl-

inders or steel flasks, gallium must be

packaged in packagings which meet

the requirements of part 178 of this

subchapter at the Packing Group I per-

formance level for transportation by

aircraft, and at the Packing Group III

performance level for transport by

highway, rail or vessel, as follows:

(1) In combination packagings in-

tended to contain liquids consisting of

glass, earthenware or rigid plastic

inner packagings with a maximum net

mass of 15 kg (33 pounds) each. The

inner packagings must be packed in

wood boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiber-

board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H1,

4H2), fiber drums (1G) or removable

head steel and plastic drums or

jerricans (1A2, 1H2, 3A2 or 3H2) with

sufficient cushioning materials to pre-

vent breakage. Either the inner pack-

agings or the outer packagings must

have an inner liner that is leakproof or

bags of strong leakproof and puncture-

resistant material impervious to the

contents and completely surrounding

the contents to prevent it from escap-

ing from the package, irrespective of

its position.

(2) In packagings intended to contain

liquids consisting of semi-rigid plastic

inner packagings of not more than 2.5

kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each, indi-

vidually enclosed in a sealed, leak-

tight bag of strong puncture-resistant

material. The sealed bags must be

packed in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood

(4D), reconstituted wood (4F), fiber-

board (4G) or plastic (4H1, 4H2) boxes or

in fiber (1G) or steel (1A2) drums, which

are lined with leak-tight, puncture-re-

sistant material. Bags and liner mate-

rial must be chemically resistant to

gallium.

(3) Cylinders and steel flasks with

vaulted bottoms are also authorized.

(b) When it is necessary to transport

gallium at low temperatures in order

to maintain it in a completely solid

state, the above packagings may be

overpacked in a strong, water-resistant

outer packaging which contains dry ice

or other means of refrigeration. If a re-

frigerant is used, all of the above mate-

rials used in the packaging of gallium

must be chemically and physically re-

sistant to the refrigerant and must

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00557 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

548

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.163

have impact resistance at the low tem-

peratures of the refrigerant employed.

If dry ice is used, the outer packaging

must permit the release of carbon diox-

ide gas.

apparatuses, each containing not more

than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium

and packaged so that the quantity of

gallium per package does not exceed 1

g (0.35 ounce) are not subject to the re-

quirements of this subchapter.

[64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; as amemded at 66

FR 33430, June 21, 2001]

§ 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride.

(a) Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric

acid, anhydrous) must be packaged as

follows:

(1) In specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B,

3BN, or 3E cylinders; or in specification

4B, 4BA, or 4BW cylinders except that

brazed 4B, 4BA, and 4BW cylinders are

not authorized. The filling density may

not exceed 85 percent of the cylinder’s

water weight capacity. In place of the

periodic volumetric expansion test,

cylinders used in exclusive service may

be given a complete external visual in-

spection in conformance with part 180,

subpart C, of this subchapter, at the

time such requalification becomes due.

(2) In a UN cylinder, as specified in

part 178 of this subchapter, having a

minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a

maximum filling ratio of 0.84.

(b) A cylinder removed from hydro-

gen fluoride service must be con-

demned in accordance with § 180.205 of

this subchapter. Alternatively, at the

direction of the owner, the requalifier

may render the cylinder incapable of

holding pressure.

[71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.164 Mercury (metallic and arti-

cles containing mercury).

(a) For transportation by aircraft,

mercury must be packaged in pack-

agings which meet the requirements of

part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack-

ing Group I performance level, as fol-

lows:

(1) In inner packagings of earthen-

ware, glass or plastic containing not

more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) of mer-

cury, or inner packagings which are

glass ampoules containing not more

than 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) of mercury, or

iron or steel quicksilver flasks con-

taining not more than 35 kg (77 pounds)

of mercury. The inner packagings or

flasks must be packed in steel drums

(1A2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden

boxes (4C1), (4C2), plywood boxes (4D),

reconstituted wood boxes (4F), fiber-

board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H2),

plywood drums (1D) or fiber drums

(1G).

(2) [Reserved]

(3) When inner packagings of earth-

enware, glass or plastic are used, they

must be packed in the outer packaging

with sufficient cushioning material to

prevent breakage.

(4) Either the inner packagings or the

outer packagings must have inner lin-

ings or bags of strong leakproof and

puncture-resistant material imper-

vious to mercury, completely sur-

rounding the contents, so that the es-

cape of mercury will be prevented irre-

spective of the position of the package.

(b) Manufactured articles or

apparatuses, each containing not more

than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of mercury

and packaged so that the quantity of

mercury per package does not exceed 1

g (0.035 ounce) are not subject to the

requirements of this subchapter.

apparatuses containing mercury are

excepted from the specification pack-

aging requirements of this subchapter

when packaged as follows:

(1) Manufactured articles or

apparatuses of which metallic mercury

is a component part, such as

manometers, pumps, thermometers,

switches, etc. (for electron tubes, mer-

cury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see

paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must

be in strong outer packagings, having

sealed inner liners or bags of strong

leakproof and puncture-resistant mate-

rial impervious to mercury, which will

prevent the escape of mercury from the

package irrespective of its position.

Mercury switches and relays are ex-

cepted from these packaging require-

ments, if they are totally enclosed,

leakproof and in sealed metal or plas-

tic units.

(2) Thermometers, switches and re-

lays, each containing a total quantity

of not more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00558 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

549

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.165

mercury, are excepted from the re-

quirements of this subchapter if in-

stalled as an integral part of a machine

or apparatus and so fitted that shock

of impact damage, leading to leakage

of mercury, is unlikely to occur under

conditions normally incident to trans-

port.

(3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor

tubes and similar tubes must be pack-

aged as follows:

(i) Tubes which are packed in strong

outer packagings with all seams and

joints sealed with self-adhesive, pres-

sure-sensitive tape which will prevent

the escape of mercury from the pack-

age, are authorized up to a total net

quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mer-

cury per package;

(ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9

ounces) of mercury are authorized only

when packed in strong outer pack-

agings, having sealed inner liners or

bags of strong leakproof and puncture-

resistant material impervious to mer-

cury which will prevent escape of mer-

cury from the package irrespective of

its position;

(iii) Tubes which do not contain more

than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of mercury each

and which are packed in the manufac-

turer’s original packagings, are author-

ized up to a total net quantity of 30 g

(1.1 ounces) of mercury per package;

(iv) Tubes which are completely jack-

eted in sealed leakproof metal cases

are authorized in the manufacturer’s

original packagings.

(4) A person offering for transpor-

tation electron tubes, mercury vapor

tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate

the quantity of mercury therein on the

shipping paper.

(5) Mercurial barometers conforming

to paragraph (c)(1) of this section,

which are loaded and unloaded from an

aircraft under the supervision of, and

accompanied in flight by, a National

Weather Service official or similar

United States agency official, are ex-

cepted from any other requirements of

this subchapter.

(d) For transportation by other than

aircraft, mercury must be packaged—

(1) In any packaging which meets the

requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter at the Packing Group III per-

formance level; or

(2) In non-specification reusable

metal packagings.

(e) Except for a hazardous substance

or a hazardous waste or for transpor-

tation by aircraft or vessel, packages

containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound)

net weight of mercury are not subject

to the requirements of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–

246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777,

10778, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003]

§ 173.165 Polyester resin kits.

(a) Except for transportation by air-

craft, polyester resin kits consisting of

a base material component (Class 3,

Packing Group II or III) and an acti-

vator component (Type D, E, or F or-

ganic peroxide which does not require

temperature control)—

(1) The organic peroxide component

must be packed in inner packagings

not over 125 mL (4.22 ounces) net capac-

ity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64

ounces) net capacity each for solids;

(2) The flammable liquid component

must be packed in inner packagings

not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity

each for Packing Group II or III liquid;

and

(3) The flammable liquid component

and the organic peroxide component

may be packed in the same strong

outer packaging provided they will not

interact dangerously in the event of

leakage.

(b) For transportation by aircraft,

polyester resin kits consisting of a base

material component (Class 3, Packing

Group II or III) and an activator com-

ponent (Type D, E, or F organic per-

oxide which does not require tempera-

ture control)—

(1) The organic peroxide component

is limited to a quantity of 125 mL (4.22

ounces) per inner packaging if liquid,

and 500 g (1 pound) if solid. The base

material is limited to a quantity of 5 L

(1.3 gallons) in metal or plastic inner

packagings and 1 L (0.3 gallons) in

glass inner packagings;

(2) The components may be placed in

the same outer packaging provided

they will not interact dangerously in

the event of leakage;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00559 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

550

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.166

(3) Packing group will be II or III, ac-

cording to the criteria for Class 3, ap-

plied to the base material. Addition-

ally, unless otherwise excepted in this

subchapter, polyester resin kits must

be packaged in specification combina-

tion packagings based on the perform-

ance level required of the base material

(II or III) contained within the kit;

(4) Closures must be secured by sec-

ondary means;

(5) Inner packagings intended to con-

tain liquids must be capable of meeting

the pressure differential requirements

prescribed in § 173.27(c) of this part; and

(6) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, exceptions for poly-

ester resin kits intended for transpor-

tation by aircraft are provided in

§§ 173.4a (excepted quantities) and

173.27(f) (limited quantities) of this

part.

cember 31, 2013, a limited quantity

package containing a ‘‘consumer com-

modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter may be renamed ‘‘Consumer

commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D

or, until December 31, 2012, ORM–D–

AIR material and offered for transpor-

tation and transported in accordance

with the applicable provisions of this

subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010.

[76 FR 3376, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.166 Air bag inflators, air bag

modules and seat-belt

pretensioners.

(a) Definitions. An air bag inflator

(consisting of a casing containing an

igniter, a booster material, a gas

generant and, in some cases, a pressure

vessel (cylinder)) is a gas generator

used to inflate an air bag in a supple-

mental restraint system in a motor ve-

hicle. An air bag module is the air bag

inflator plus an inflatable bag assem-

bly. A seat-belt pre-tensioner contains

similar hazardous materials and is used

in the operation of a seat-belt restrain-

ing system in a motor vehicle.

(b) Classification. An air bag inflator,

air bag module, or seat-belt

pretensioner may be classed as Class 9

(UN3268) if:

(1) The manufacturer has submitted

each design type air bag inflator, air

bag module, or seat-belt pretensioner

to a person approved by the Associate

Administrator, in accordance with

§ 173.56(b), for examination and testing.

The submission must contain a de-

tailed description of the inflator or

pretensioner or, if more than a single

inflator or pretensioner is involved, the

maximum parameters of each par-

ticular inflator or pretensioner design

type for which approval is sought and

details on the complete package. The

manufacturer must submit an applica-

tion, including the test results and re-

port recommending the shipping de-

scription and classification for each de-

vice or design type to the Associate

Administrator, and must receive writ-

ten notification from the Associate Ad-

ministrator that the device has been

approved for transportation and as-

signed an EX number; or,

(2) The manufacturer has submitted

an application, including a classifica-

tion issued by the competent authority

of a foreign government to the Asso-

ciate Administrator, and received writ-

ten notification from the Associate Ad-

ministrator that the device has been

approved for transportation and as-

signed an EX number.

transportation, the shipping paper

must contain the EX number or prod-

uct code for each approved inflator,

module or pretensioner in association

with the basic description required by

§ 172.202(a) of this subchapter. Product

codes must be traceable to the specific

EX number assigned to the inflator,

module or pretensioner by the Asso-

ciate Administrator. The EX number

or product code is not required to be

marked on the outside package.

(d) Exceptions. (1) An air bag module

or seat-belt pretensioner that has been

approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator and is installed in a motor vehi-

cle, aircraft, boat or other transport

conveyance or its completed compo-

nents, such as steering columns or door

panels, is not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter.

(2) An air bag module containing an

inflator that has been previously ap-

proved for transportation is not re-

quired to be submitted for further ex-

amination or approval.

(3) An air bag module containing an

inflator that has previously been ap-

proved as a Division 2.2 material is not

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00560 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

551

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.167

required to be submitted for further ex-

amination to be reclassed as a Class 9

material.

(4) Shipments for recycling. When of-

fered for domestic transportation by

highway, rail freight, cargo vessel or

cargo aircraft, a serviceable air bag

module or seat-belt pretensioner re-

moved from a motor vehicle that was

manufactured as required for use in the

United States may be offered for trans-

portation and transported without

compliance with the shipping paper re-

quirement prescribed in paragraph (c)

of this section. However, the word

‘‘Recycled’’ must be entered on the

shipping paper immediately after the

basic description prescribed in § 172.202

of this subchapter. No more than one

device is authorized in the packaging

prescribed in paragraph (e)(1), (2) or (3)

of this section. The device must be

cushioned and secured within the pack-

age to prevent movement during trans-

portation.

(e) Packagings. Rigid, outer pack-

agings, meeting the general packaging

requirements of part 173, and the pack-

aging specification and performance re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter at the Packing Group III per-

formance level are authorized as fol-

lows. The packagings must be designed

and constructed to prevent movement

of the articles and inadvertent oper-

ation.

(1) 1A2, 1B2, 1G or 1H2 drums.

(2) 3A2 or 3H2 jerricans.

(3) 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 boxes.

(4) Reusable high strength plastic or

metal containers or dedicated handling

devices are authorized for shipment of

air bag inflators, air bag modules, and

seat-belt pretensioners from a manu-

facturing facility to the assembly facil-

ity, subject to the following conditions:

(i) The gross weight of the container

or handling device may not exceed 1000

kg (2205 pounds). The container or han-

dling device structure must provide

adequate support to allow them to be

stacked at least three high with no

damage to the containers or devices.

(ii) If not completely enclosed by de-

sign, the container or handling device

must be covered with plastic, fiber-

board, or metal. The covering must be

secured to the container by banding or

other comparable methods.

(iii) Internal dunnage must be suffi-

cient to prevent shifting of the devices

within the container.

(5) Packagings specified in the ap-

proval document issued by the Asso-

ciate Administrator in accordance with

paragraph (e) of this section are also

authorized.

(f) Labeling. Notwithstanding the pro-

visions of § 172.402 of this subchapter,

each package or handling device must

display a CLASS 9 label. Additional la-

beling is not required when the pack-

age contains no hazardous materials

other than the devices.

[Amdt. 173–230, 57 FR 1878, Jan. 16, 1992, as

amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec.

29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24733, May 6,

1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 FR 10778,

Mar. 5, 1999; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR

58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001;

66 FR 45183, 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45034,

July 31, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR

61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006;

71 FR 78632, Dec. 29,2006]

§ 173.167 Consumer commodities.

(a) Effective January 1, 2013, a ‘‘con-

sumer commodity’’ (see § 171.8 of this

subchapter) when intended for trans-

portation by aircraft may only include

articles or substances of Class 2 (non-

toxic aerosols only), Class 3 (Packing

Group II and III only), Division 6.1

(Packing Group III only), UN3077,

UN3082, and UN3175, provided such ma-

terials do not have a subsidiary risk

and are authorized aboard a passenger-

carrying aircraft. Friction-type clo-

sures must be secured by secondary

means. Inner packagings intended to

contain liquids must be capable of

meeting the pressure differential re-

quirements (75 kPa) prescribed in

§ 173.27(c) of this part. Consumer com-

modities are excepted from the speci-

fication packaging requirements of

this subchapter and each completed

package must conform to subpart B of

part. Packages of consumer commod-

ities must also be capable of with-

standing a 1.2 m drop on solid concrete

in the position most likely to cause

damage and a 24-hour stack test. Inner

and outer packaging quantity limits

for consumer commodities are as fol-

lows:

(1) Non-toxic aerosols, as defined in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter and con-

structed in accordance with § 173.306 of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00561 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

552

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.168

this part, in non-refillable, non-metal

containers not exceeding 120 mL (4

fluid ounces) each, or in non-refillable

metal containers not exceeding 820 mL

(28 ounces) each, except that flam-

mable aerosols may not exceed 500 mL

(16.9 ounces) each; or

(2) Liquids, in inner packagings not

exceeding 500 mL (16.9 ounces) each; or

(3) Solids, in inner packagings not ex-

ceeding 500 g (1.0 pounds) each; or

(4) Any combination thereof.

(b) Inner packagings are to be placed

in an outer packaging not to exceed 30

kg (66 pounds) gross weight as prepared

for shipment.

[76 FR 3377, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.168 Chemical oxygen generators.

An oxygen generator, chemical (de-

fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) may

be transported only under the fol-

lowing conditions:

(a) Approval. A chemical oxygen gen-

erator that is shipped with an explosive

or non-explosive means of initiation

attached must be classed and approved

by the Associate Administrator in ac-

cordance with the procedures specified

in § 173.56 of this subchapter.

(b) Impact resistance. A chemical oxy-

gen generator, without any packaging,

must be capable of withstanding a 1.8

meter drop onto a rigid, non-resilient,

flat and horizontal surface, in the posi-

tion most likely to cause actuation or

loss of contents.

ation. A chemical oxygen generator

must incorporate one of the following

means of preventing inadvertent actu-

ation:

(1) A chemical oxygen generator that

is not installed in protective breathing

equipment (PBE):

(i) Mechanically actuated devices:

(A) Two pins, installed so that each

is independently capable of preventing

the actuator from striking the primer;

(B) One pin and one retaining ring,

each installed so that each is independ-

ently capable of preventing the actu-

ator from striking the primer; or

the primer and a pin installed so as to

prevent the actuator from striking the

primer and cover.

(ii) Electrically actuated devices:

The electrical leads must be mechani-

cally shorted and the mechanical short

must be shielded in metal foil.

(iii) Devices with a primer but no ac-

tuator: A chemical oxygen generator

that has a primer but no actuating

mechanism must have a protective

cover over the primer to prevent actu-

ation from external impact.

(2) A chemical oxygen generator in-

stalled in a PBE must contain a pin in-

stalled so as to prevent the actuator

from striking the primer, and be placed

in a protective bag, pouch, case or

cover such that the protective breath-

ing equipment is fully enclosed in such

a manner that the protective bag,

pouch, case or cover prevents uninten-

tional actuation of the oxygen gener-

ator.

(d) Packaging. A chemical oxygen

generator and a chemical oxygen gen-

erator installed in equipment, (e.g., a

PBE) must be placed in a rigid outer

packaging that—

(1) Conforms to the requirements of

either:

(i) Part 178, subparts L and M, of this

subchapter at the Packing Group I or

II performance level; or

(ii) The performance criteria in Air

Transport Association (ATA) Specifica-

tion No. 300 for a Category I Shipping

Container.

(2) With its contents, is capable of

meeting the following additional re-

quirements when transported by cargo-

only aircraft:

(i) The Flame Penetration Resistance

Test specified in Appendix E to part 178

of this subchapter.

(ii) The Thermal Resistance Test

specified in Appendix D to part 178 of

this subchapter.

(e) Equipment marking. The outside

surface of a chemical oxygen generator

must be marked to indicate the pres-

ence of an oxygen generator (e.g., ‘‘ox-

ygen generator, chemical’’). The out-

side surface of equipment containing a

chemical oxygen generator that is not

readily apparent (e.g., a sealed pas-

senger service unit) must be clearly

marked to indicate the presence of the

oxygen generator (example: ‘‘Oxygen

Generator Inside’’).

(f) Items forbidden in air transpor-

tation. (1) A chemical oxygen generator

is forbidden for transportation on

board a passenger-carrying aircraft.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00562 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

553

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.172

(2) A chemical oxygen generator is

forbidden for transportation by both

passenger-carrying and cargo-only air-

craft after:

(i) The manufacturer’s expiration

date; or

(ii) The contents of the generator

have been expended.

[72 FR 4455, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72

FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14,

2009; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56316,

Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.170 Black powder for small arms.

Black powder for small arms that has

been classed in Division 1.1 may be re-

classed as a Division 4.1 material, for

domestic transportation by motor ve-

hicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel

only, subject to the following condi-

tions:

(a) The powder must be examined and

approved for Division 1.1 and Division

4.1 classification in accordance with

§§ 173.56 and 173.58;

(b) The total quantity of black pow-

der in one motor vehicle, rail car, or

freight container may not exceed 45.4

kg (100 pounds) net mass, and no more

than four freight containers may be on

board one cargo vessel;

in inner metal or heavy wall conduc-

tive plastic receptacles not over 454 g

(16 ounces) net capacity each, with no

more than 25 cans in one outer UN 4G

fiberboard box. The inner packagings

must be arranged and protected so as

to prevent simultaneous ignition of the

contents. The complete package must

be of the same type which has been ex-

amined as required in § 173.56;

(d) Each completed package must be

marked ‘‘BLACK POWDER FOR

SMALL ARMS’’ and ‘‘NA 0027’’; and

(e) Each package must bear the

FLAMMABLE SOLID label.

[Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996, as

amended at Amdt. 173–255, 62 FR 14338, Mar.

26, 1997]

§ 173.171 Smokeless powder for small

arms.

Smokeless powder for small arms

which has been classed in Division 1.3

may be reclassed in Division 4.1, for do-

mestic transportation by motor vehi-

cle, rail car, vessel, or cargo-only air-

craft, subject to the following condi-

tions:

(a) The powder must be examined and

approved for a Division 1.3 and Division

4.1 classification in accordance with

§§ 173.56 and 173.58 of this part.

(b) The total quantity of smokeless

powder may not exceed 45.4 kg (100

pounds) net mass in:

(1) One rail car, motor vehicle, or

cargo-only aircraft; or

(2) One freight container on a vessel,

not to exceed four freight containers

per vessel.

with inner packagings not exceeding

3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are author-

ized. Inner packagings must be ar-

ranged and protected so as to prevent

simultaneous ignition of the contents.

The complete package must be of the

same type which has been examined as

required in § 173.56 of this part.

(d) Inside packages that have been

examined and approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator may be packaged

in UN 4G fiberboard boxes meeting the

Packing Group I performance level,

provided all inside containers are

packed to prevent shifting and the net

weight of smokeless powder in any one

box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–

253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 66 FR 45379,

Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 75 FR

53597, Sept. 1, 2010]

§ 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power

unit fuel tank.

Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel

tanks containing a mixture of anhy-

drous hydrazine and monomethyl hy-

drazine (M86 fuel) and designed for in-

stallation as complete units in aircraft

are excepted from the specification

packaging requirements of this sub-

chapter when they conform to either of

the following conditions:

(a) The unit must consist of an alu-

minum pressure vessel made from tub-

ing and having welded heads. Primary

containment of the fuel within this

vessel must consist of a welded alu-

minum bladder having a maximum in-

ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The

outer vessel must have a minimum de-

sign gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00563 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

554

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.173

psig) and a minimum burst gauge pres-

sure of 2,755 kPa (400 psig). Each vessel

must be leak-checked during manufac-

ture and before shipment and must be

found leakproof. The complete inner

unit must be securely packed in non-

combustible cushioning material, such

as vermiculite, in a strong outer tight-

ly closed metal packaging which will

adequately protect all fittings. Max-

imum quantity of fuel per unit and

package is 42 L (11 gallons); or

(b) The unit must consist of an alu-

minum pressure vessel. Primary con-

tainment of the fuel within this vessel

must consist of a welded hermetically

sealed fuel compartment with an elas-

tomeric bladder having a maximum in-

ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The

pressure vessel must have a minimum

design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750

psig). Each vessel must be leak-

checked during manufacture and before

shipment and must be securely packed

in non-combustible cushioning mate-

rial, such as vermiculite, in a strong

outer tightly closed metal packaging

which will adequately protect all fit-

tings. Maximum quantity of fuel per

unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by 66 FR 45380]

§ 173.173 Paint, paint-related material,

adhesives, ink and resins.

(a) When the § 172.101 table specifies

that a hazardous material be packaged

under this section, the following re-

quirements apply. Except as otherwise

provided in this part, the description

‘‘Paint’’ is the proper shipping name

for paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shel-

lac, varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid

bronze, liquid gold, liquid wood filler,

and liquid lacquer base. The descrip-

tion ‘‘Paint-related material’’ is the

proper shipping name for a paint

thinning, drying, reducing or removing

compound. However, if a more specific

description is listed in the § 172.101

table of this subchapter, that descrip-

tion must be used.

(b) Paint, paint-related material, ad-

hesives, ink and resins must be pack-

aged as follows:

(1) As prescribed in § 173.202 of this

part if it is a Packing Group II mate-

rial or § 173.203 of this part if it is a

Packing Group III material; or

(2) In inner glass packagings of not

over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or

inner metal packagings of not over 5 L

(1 gallon) each, packed in a strong

outer packaging. Packages must con-

form to the packaging requirements of

subpart B of this part but need not con-

form to the requirements of part 178 of

this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994]

§ 173.174 Refrigerating machines.

A refrigerating machine assembled

for shipment and containing 7 kg (15

pounds) or less of a flammable liquid

for its operation in a strong, tight re-

ceptacle is excepted from labeling (ex-

cept when offered for transportation or

transported by air) and the specifica-

tion packaging requirements of this

subchapter. In addition. shipments are

not subject to subpart F of part 172 of

this subchapter (Placarding), to part

174 of this subchapter (Carriage by rail)

except § 174.24 (Shipping papers) and to

part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this

subchapter except § 177.817 (Shipping

papers).

§ 173.175 Permeation devices.

Permeation devices that contain haz-

ardous materials and that are used for

calibrating air quality monitoring de-

vices are not subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter provided the

following requirements are met:

(a) Each device must be constructed

of a material compatible with the haz-

ardous materials it contains;

(b) The total contents of hazardous

materials in each device is limited to 2

ml (0.07 ounces) and the device must

not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F);

placed in a sealed, high impact resist-

ant, tubular inner packaging of plastic

or equivalent material. Sufficient ab-

sorbent material must be contained in

the inner packaging to completely ab-

sorb the contents of the device. The

closure of the inner packaging must be

securely held in place with wire, tape

or other positive means;

(d) Each inner packaging must be

contained in a secondary packaging

constructed of metal, or plastic having

a minimum thickness of 1.5 mm (0.06

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00564 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

555

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.183

inches). The secondary packaging must

be hermetically sealed;

(e) The secondary packaging must be

securely packed in strong outer pack-

aging. The completed package must be

capable of withstanding, without

breakage or leakage of any inner pack-

aging and without significant reduc-

tion in effectiveness:

(1) The following free drops onto a

rigid, non resilient, flat and horizontal

surface from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet):

(i) One drop flat on the bottom;

(ii) One drop flat on the top;

(iii) One drop flat on the long side;

(iv) One drop flat on the short side;

(v) One drop on a corner at the junc-

tion of three intersecting edges; and

(2) A force applied to the top surface

for a duration of 24 hours, equivalent

to the total weight of identical pack-

ages if stacked to a height of 3 m (10

feet) (including the test sample).

(3) Each of the above tests may be

performed on different but identical

packages.

(f) The gross mass of the completed

package must not exceed 30 kg.

[76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011]

§ 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liq-

uids).

When the § 172.101 table specifies that

a hazardous material be packaged

under this section, only the following

non-bulk packagings are authorized:

(a) Specification steel or nickel cyl-

inders prescribed for any compressed

gas except acetylene having a min-

imum design pressure of 1206 kPa (175

psig). Cylinders with valves must be:

(1) Equipped with steel valve protec-

tion caps or collars, unless overpacked;

(2) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1,

4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box (4G), or

plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders

must be secured to prevent shifting in

the box and, when offered for transpor-

tation or transported, must be so load-

ed that pressure relief devices remain

in the vapor space of the cylinder. (See

§ 177.838(h) of this subchapter.)

(b) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F)

or fiberboard boxes (4G) enclosing not

more than four strong, tight metal

cans with inner receptacles of glass or

metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capac-

ity each, having positive screwcap clo-

sures adequately gasketed. Inner pack-

agings must be cushioned on all sides

with dry, absorbent, incombustible ma-

terial in a quantity sufficient to absorb

the entire contents. The strong, tight

metal cans must be closed by positive

means, not by friction.

(1G) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) ca-

pacity each with strong tight inner

metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) ca-

pacity each, closed by positive means,

not friction.

(1) Inner packagings must have no

opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) di-

ameter and must be surrounded with

noncombustible cushioning material.

(2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids

may not exceed two-thirds of the rated

capacity of the outer drum. For exam-

ple, a 220 L (58 gallons) outer drum may

contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons)

of pyrophoric liquids.

(3) Each layer of inner containers

must be separated by a metal plate sep-

arator in addition to cushioning mate-

rial.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR

58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug.

28, 2001; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 61941,

Oct. 30, 2003]

§ 173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or

more water wet.

Barium azide—50 percent or more

water wet, must be packed in wooden

boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber

drums (1G) with inner glass packagings

not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity

each. Packagings must have rubber

stoppers wire tied for securement. If

transportation is to take place when

and where freezing weather is possible,

a suitable antifreeze solution must be

used to prevent freezing. Each pack-

aging must conform to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group I performance level.

§ 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film.

Films, nitrocellulose base, must be

packaged in packagings conforming to

the requirements of part 178 of this

subchapter at the Packing Group III

performance level, as follows:

(a) In steel drums (1A2), aluminum

drums (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2),

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00565 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

556

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.184

wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or re-

constituted wood (4F) boxes or plywood

drums (1D) with each reel in a tightly

closed metal can, polypropylene can-

ister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard

inner packaging with cover held in

place by adhesive tape or paper; or

(b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber

drums (1G) with a single tightly closed

metal can, polypropylene canister, or

strong cardboard or fiberboard inner

packaging with cover held in place by

adhesive tape or paper; authorized only

for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643 Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept.

26, 1996]

§ 173.184 Highway or rail fusee.

(a) A fusee is a device designed to

burn at a controlled rate and to

produce visual effects for signaling

purposes. The composition of the fusee

must be such that the fusee will not ig-

nite spontaneously or undergo marked

decomposition when subjected to a

temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 con-

secutive hours.

(b) Fusees (highway and railway)

must be packaged in steel drums (1A2),

steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1, 4C2),

plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood

(4F) boxes or in fiberboard boxes (4G),

plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. If the

fusees are equipped with spikes pack-

agings must have reinforced ends to

prevent penetration of spikes through

the outer packagings; packages must

be capable of passing drop test require-

ments (§ 178.603 of this subchapter), in-

cluding at least one drop with spike in

a downward position, and other re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter, at the Packing Group II per-

formance level.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45379]

§ 173.185 Lithium cells and batteries.

(a) Cells and batteries. A lithium cell

or battery, including a lithium poly-

mer cell or battery and a lithium-ion

cell or battery, must conform to all of

the following requirements:

(1) Be of a type proven to meet the

requirements of each test in the UN

Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter). A cell or bat-

tery and equipment containing a cell

or battery that was first transported

prior to January 1, 2006 and is of a type

proven to meet the criteria of Class 9

by testing in accordance with the tests

in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria, Third Revised Edition, 1999, need

not be retested.

(2) Incorporate a safety venting de-

vice or otherwise be designed in a man-

ner that will preclude a violent rupture

under conditions normally incident to

transportation.

(3) Be equipped with an effective

means to prevent dangerous reverse

current flow (e.g., diodes, fuses, etc.) if

a battery contains cells or series of

cells that are connected in parallel.

(4) Be packaged in combination pack-

agings conforming to the requirements

of part 178, subparts L and M, of this

subchapter at the Packing Group II

performance level. The lithium battery

or cell must be packed in inner pack-

agings in such a manner as to prevent

short circuits, including movement

which could lead to short circuits. The

inner packaging must be packed within

one of the following outer packagings:

metal boxes (4A or 4B); wooden boxes

(4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F); fiberboard boxes

(4G); solid plastic boxes (4H2); fiber

drums (1G); metal drums (1A2 or 1B2);

plywood drums (1D); plastic jerricans

(3H2); or metal jerricans (3A2 or 3B2).

(5) Be equipped with an effective

means of preventing external short cir-

cuits.

(6) Except as provided in paragraph

(d) of this section, cells and batteries

with a liquid cathode containing sulfur

dioxide, sulfuryl chloride or thionyl

chloride may not be offered for trans-

portation or transported if any cell has

been discharged to the extent that the

open circuit voltage is less than two

volts or is less than

⁄

of the voltage of

the fully charged cell, whichever is

less.

(b) Lithium cells or batteries packed

with equipment. Lithium cells or bat-

teries packed with equipment may be

transported as Class 9 materials if the

batteries and cells meet all the re-

quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion. The equipment and the packages

of cells or batteries must be further

packed in a strong outer packaging.

The cells or batteries must be packed

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00566 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

557

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.186

in such a manner as to prevent short

circuits, including movement that

could lead to short circuits.

in equipment. Lithium cells or batteries

contained in equipment may be trans-

ported as Class 9 materials if the cells

and batteries meet all the require-

ments of paragraph (a) of this section,

except paragraph (a)(4) of this section,

and the equipment is packed in a

strong outer packaging that is water-

proof or is made waterproof through

the use of a liner unless the equipment

is made waterproof by nature of its

construction. The equipment and cells

or batteries must be secured within the

outer packaging and be packed so as to

prevent movement, short circuits, and

accidental operation during transport.

(d) Cells and batteries, for disposal or

recycling. A lithium cell or battery of-

fered for transportation or transported

by motor vehicle to a permitted stor-

age facility, disposal site or for pur-

poses of recycling is excepted from the

specification packaging requirements

of paragraph (a)(4) of this section and

the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)

and (a)(6) of this section when pro-

tected against short circuits and

packed in a strong outer packaging

conforming to the requirements of

§§ 173.24 and 173.24a.

(e) Shipments for testing (prototypes). A

lithium cell or battery is excepted

from the requirements of (a)(1) of this

section when transported by motor ve-

hicle for purposes of testing. The cell

or battery must be individually packed

in an inner packaging, surrounded by

cushioning material that is non-com-

bustible and nonconductive. The cell or

battery must be transported as a Class

9 material.

(f) A lithium cell or battery that does

not comply with the provisions of this

subchapter may be transported only

under conditions approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator.

(g) Batteries employing a strong, im-

pact-resistant outer casing and exceed-

ing a gross weight of 12 kg (26.5 lbs.),

and assemblies of such batteries, may

be packed in strong outer packagings,

in protective enclosures (for example,

in fully enclosed wooden slatted crates)

or on pallets. Batteries must be se-

cured to prevent inadvertent move-

ment, and the terminals may not sup-

port the weight of other superimposed

elements. Batteries packaged in this

manner are not permitted for transpor-

tation by passenger aircraft, and may

be transported by cargo aircraft only if

approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator prior to transportation.

[72 FR 44949, Aug. 9, 2007]

§ 173.186 Matches.

(a) Matches must be of a type which

will not ignite spontaneously or under-

go marked decomposition when sub-

jected for 8 consecutive hours to a tem-

perature of 93 °C (200 °F).

(b) Definitions. (1) Fusee matches are

matches the heads of which are pre-

pared with a friction-sensitive igniter

composition and a pyrotechnic com-

position which burns with little or no

flame, but with intense heat.

(2) Safety matches are matches com-

bined with or attached to the box, book

or card that can be ignited by friction

only on a prepared surface.

(3) Strike anywhere matches are

matches that can be ignited by friction

on a solid surface.

(4) Wax ‘‘Vesta’’ matches are matches

that can be ignited by friction either

on a prepared surface or on a solid sur-

face.

matches must be tightly packed in se-

curely closed inner packagings to pre-

vent accidental ignition under condi-

tions normally incident to transpor-

tation, and further packed in outer fi-

berboard, wooden, or other equivalent-

type packagings. These matches in

outer packagings not exceeding 23 kg

(50 pounds) gross weight are not sub-

ject to any other requirement (except

marking) of this subchapter. These

matches may be packed in the same

outer packaging with materials not

subject to this subchapter.

(d) Strike-anywhere matches may

not be packed in the same outer pack-

aging with any material other than

safety matches or wax ‘‘Vesta’’

matches, which must be packed in sep-

arate inner packagings.

(e) Packagings. Strike-anywhere

matches must be tightly packed in se-

curely closed chipboard, fiberboard,

wooden, or metal inner packagings to

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00567 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

558

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.187

prevent accidental ignition under con-

ditions normally incident to transpor-

tation. Each inner packaging may con-

tain no more than 700 strike-anywhere

matches and must be packed in outer

steel drums (1A2), aluminum drums

(1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden

(4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted

wood (4F) or fiberboard (4G) boxes, ply-

wood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. Gross

weight of fiberboard boxes (4G) must

not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds). Gross

weight of other outer packagings must

not exceed 45 kg (100 pounds).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004]

§ 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or

alloys, n.o.s.

Packagings for pyrophoric solids,

metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must conform

to the requirements of part 178 of this

subchapter at the packing group per-

formance level specified in the § 172.101

Table. These materials must be pack-

aged as follows:

(a) In steel boxes (4A) and contain

not more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each.

(b) In wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or

4F) with inner metal receptacles which

have a positive (not friction) means of

closure and contain not more than 15

kg (33 pounds) each.

inner metal receptacles which have a

positive (not friction) means of closure

and contain not more than 7.5 kg (17

pounds) each.

(d) In steel drums (1A1 or 1A2) with a

gross mass not exceeding 150 kg (331

pounds) per drum.

(e) In plywood drums (1D) with inner

metal receptacles which have a posi-

tive (not friction) means of closure and

contain not more than 15 kg (33

pounds) each.

(f) In fiber drums (1G) with inner

metal receptacles which have a posi-

tive (not friction) means of closure and

contain not more than 15 kg (33

pounds) each.

(g) In specification cylinders, as pre-

scribed for any compressed gas, except

for Specifications 8 and 3HT.

[71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006]

§ 173.188 White or yellow phosphorus.

Phosphorus, white or yellow, when

offered for transportation or trans-

ported by rail, highway, or water, must

be packaged in water or dry in pack-

agings conforming to the requirements

of part 178 of this subchapter at the

Packing Group I performance level, as

follows:

(a) When placed in water, it must be

packaged in specification packagings

as follows:

(1) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F)

with:

(i) Inner hermetically sealed (sol-

dered) metal cans, enclosed in other

hermetically sealed (soldered) metal

cans, or

(ii) Inner water-tight metal cans con-

taining not over 0.5 kg (1 pound) of

phosphorus with screw-top closures; or

(2) Steel drums (1A1) not over 250 L

(66 gallons) capacity each or steel

drums (1A2) not over 115 L (30 gallons)

capacity each.

(b) When dry, it must be cast solid

and shipped in packagings as follows:

(1) Steel drums (1A2) not over 115 L

(30 gallons) capacity each, or

(2) In projectiles or bombs when

shipped by, for, or to the Departments

of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the

United States Government, without

bursting elements.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 173.189 Batteries containing sodium

or cells containing sodium.

(a) Batteries and cells may not con-

tain any hazardous material other than

sodium, sulfur or sodium compounds

(e.g., sodium polysulfides, sodium

tetrachloroaluminate, etc.). Cells not

forming a component of a completed

battery may not be offered for trans-

portation at a temperature at which

any liquid sodium is present in the cell.

Batteries may only be offered for

transportation, or transported, at a

temperature at which any liquid so-

dium present in the battery conforms

to the conditions prescribed in para-

graph (d) of this section.

(b) Cells must consist of hermetically

sealed metal casings which fully en-

close the hazardous materials and

which are so constructed and closed as

to prevent the release of the hazardous

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00568 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

559

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.192

materials under normal conditions of

transport. Cells must be placed in suit-

able outer packagings with sufficient

cushioning material to prevent contact

between cells and between cells and the

internal surfaces of the outer pack-

aging, and to ensure that no dangerous

shifting of the cells within the outer

packaging occurs in transport. Cells

must be packaged in 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G,

1H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 outer

packagings which meet the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group II performance

level.

cured within, and fully enclosed by a

metal casing so constructed and closed

as to prevent the release of the haz-

ardous materials under normal condi-

tions of transport. Batteries may be of-

fered for transportation, and trans-

ported, unpacked or in protective pack-

agings that are not subject to the re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

(d) Batteries containing any liquid

sodium may not be offered for trans-

portation, or transported, by aircraft.

Batteries containing liquid sodium

may be transported by motor vehicle,

rail car or vessel under the following

conditions:

(1) Batteries must be equipped with

an effective means of preventing exter-

nal short circuits, such as by providing

complete electrical insulation of bat-

tery terminals or other external elec-

trical connectors. Battery terminals or

other electrical connectors penetrating

the heat insulation fitted in battery

casings must be provided with thermal

insulation sufficient to prevent the

temperature of the exposed surfaces of

such devices from exceeding 55 °C (130

°F).

(2) No battery may be offered for

transportation if the temperature at

any point on the external surface of

the battery exceeds 55 °C (130 °F).

(3) If any external source of heating

is used during transportation to main-

tain sodium in batteries in a molten

state, means must be provided to en-

sure that the internal temperature of

the battery does not reach or exceed

400 °C (752 °F).

(4) When loaded in a transport vehi-

cle or freight container:

(i) Batteries must be secured so as to

prevent significant shifting within the

transport vehicle or freight container

under conditions normally incident to

transportation;

(ii) Adequate ventilation and/or sepa-

ration between batteries must be pro-

vided to ensure that the temperature

at any point on the external surface of

the battery casing will not exceed 240

°C (464 °F) during transportation; and

(iii) No other hazardous materials,

with the exception of cells containing

sodium, may be loaded in the same

transport vehicle or freight container.

Batteries must be separated from all

other freight by a distance of not less

than 0.5 m (1.6 feet).

(e) Vehicles, machinery and equip-

ment powered by sodium batteries

must be consigned under the entry

‘‘Battery-powered vehicle or Battery-

powered equipment.’’

[Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as

amended by Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct.

1, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941,

Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR

43530, July 20, 2011]

§ 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic

gases in Hazard Zone A.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies a toxic material must be

packaged under this section, only the

following cylinders are authorized:

(a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800,

3AL1800, 3E1800, or seamless UN cyl-

inders with a minimum test pressure in

accordance with P200 of the UN Rec-

ommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter).

(1) Specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cyl-

inders may not exceed 57 kg (125 lb)

water capacity (nominal).

(2) Specification 3AL cylinders may

only be offered for transportation or

transported by highway and rail.

(b) Packagings must conform to the

requirements of § 173.40.

(1) The filling density may not exceed

125 percent;

(2) A cylinder may not contain more

than 68 kg (150 lb) of phosgene; and

(3) Each cylinder containing phos-

gene must be tested for leakage before

it is offered for transportation or

transported and must show no leakage.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00569 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

560

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.193

The leakage test must consist of im-

mersing the cylinder and valve, with-

out the protective cap attached, in a

bath of water at a temperature of ap-

proximately 66 °C (150 °F) for at least 30

minutes, during which time frequent

examinations must be made to note

any escape of gas. The valve of the cyl-

inder may not be loosened after this

test. Suitable safeguards must be pro-

vided to protect personnel and facili-

ties should failure occur during the

test. As an alternative, each cylinder

containing phosgene may be tested for

leakage by a method approved in writ-

ing by the Associate Administrator.

[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71

FR 33880, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bro-

mide, chloropicrin and methyl bro-

mide or methyl chloride mixtures,

etc.

(a) Bromoacetone must be packaged

as follows in wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D

or 4F) with inner glass receptacles or

tubes in hermetically sealed metal re-

ceptacles in corrugated fiberboard car-

tons. Bottles may not contain over 500

g (17.6 ounces) of liquid each and must

be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7

mm (0.5 inch) of absorbent material.

Total amount of liquid in the outer box

must not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds).

Packagings must conform to the re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter at the Packing Group I per-

formance level.

(b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide,

chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix-

tures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride

mixtures, and chloropicrin mixtures

charged with non-flammable, non-liq-

uefied compressed gas must be packed

in Specification 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A,

4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4C cylinders having

not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water ca-

pacity (nominal). This capacity does

not apply to shipments of methyl bro-

mide.

taining up to 2% chloropicrin must be

packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with

inside metal cans containing not over

one pound each, or inside metal cans

with a minimum wall thickness of 0.007

inch containing not over 1

⁄

pounds

each. The one-pound can must be capa-

ble of withstanding an internal pres-

sure of 130 psig without leakage or per-

manent distortion. Vapor pressure of

the contents must not exceed 130 psig

at 55 °C (130 °F). The 1

⁄

–pound can

must be capable of withstanding an in-

ternal pressure of 140 psig without

leakage or permanent distortion.

Vapor pressure of the contents must

not exceed 140 psig at 55 °C (130 °F).

Cans must not be liquid full at 130 °F.

Cans must be constructed of tinplate or

lined with suitable material and must

have concave or pressure ends.

(d) Cylinders, except those con-

taining methyl bromide, must conform

to § 173.40 of this part.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45463, Oct. 1, 1992]

§ 173.194 Gas identification sets.

Gas identification sets containing

poisonous material must be packaged

in packagings conforming to the re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter at the Packing Group I per-

formance level, as follows:

(a) In glass inner receptacles, her-

metically sealed, of not over 40 mL (1.4

fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner re-

ceptacle must in turn be placed in a

sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned

with absorbent material. Not more

than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in

turn be placed in a 4G fiberboard box.

No more than four boxes, well-cush-

ioned, may in turn be placed in a steel

cylinder. The cylinder must have a

wall thickness of at least 3.7 mm (0.146

inch) and must have a hermetically

sealed steel closure.

(b) When the poisonous material is

absorbed in a medium such as acti-

vated charcoal or silical gel, gas identi-

fication sets may be shipped as follows:

(1) If the poisonous material does not

exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid

or 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be

packed in glass inner receptacles of not

over 120 mL (4.1 fluid ounces) each.

Each glass receptacle, cushioned with

absorbent material must be packed in a

hermetically sealed metal can of not

less than 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) wall

thickness. Metal cans, surrounded on

all sides by at least 25 mm (1 inch) of

dry sawdust, must be packed in 4C1,

4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes. Not more

than 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00570 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

561

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.196

(3.5 ounces) of poisonous materials may

be packed in one outer wooden box.

(2) If the poisonous material does not

exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid

or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be

packed in glass inner receptacles with

screw-top closures of not less than 60

mL (2 ounces), hermetically sealed.

Twelve bottles containing poisonous

material, not to exceed 100 mL (3.4

ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces), or both,

may be placed in a plastic carrying

case, each glass receptacle surrounded

by absorbent cushioning and each sepa-

rated from the other by sponge rubber

partitions. The plastic carrying case

must be placed in a tightly fitting fi-

berboard box which in turn must be

placed in a tightly fitting 4C1, 4C2, 4D

or 4F wooden box.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45183, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhy-

drous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid,

aqueous solution).

(a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous,

stabilized, must be packed in specifica-

tion cylinders or UN pressure recep-

tacles as follows:

(1) As prescribed in § 173.192;

(2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X,

3AA480, or 3A1800 metal cylinders of

not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water ca-

pacity (nominal);

(3) Shipments in 3AL cylinders are

authorized only when transported by

highway and rail; or

(4) UN cylinders, as specified in part

178, with a minimum test pressure of

100 bar and a maximum filling ratio of

0.55. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is

not authorized.

(b) Cylinders may not be charged

with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) of

liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water ca-

pacity of cylinder. Each filled cylinder

must be tested for leakage before being

offered for transportation or trans-

ported and must show absolutely no

leakage; this test must consist of pass-

ing a piece of Guignard’s sodium pic-

rate paper over the closure of the cyl-

inder, without the protection cap at-

tached, to detect any escape of hydro-

gen cyanide from the cylinder. Other

equally efficient test methods may be

used in place of sodium picrate paper.

must conform to § 173.40.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 71 FR

33880, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.196 Category A infectious sub-

stances.

(a) Category A infectious substances

packaging. A packaging for a Division

6.2 material that is a Category A infec-

tious substance must meet the test

standards of § 178.609 of this subchapter

and must be marked in conformance

with § 178.503(f) of this subchapter. A

packaging for a Category A infectious

substance is a triple packaging con-

sisting of the following components:

(1) A leakproof primary receptacle.

(2) A leakproof secondary packaging.

If multiple fragile primary receptacles

are placed in a single secondary pack-

aging, they must be either wrapped in-

dividually or separated to prevent con-

tact between them.

(3) A rigid outer packaging of ade-

quate strength for its capacity, mass

and intended use. The outer packaging

must measure not less than 100 mm (3.9

inches) at its smallest overall external

dimension.

(4) For a liquid infectious substance,

an absorbent material placed between

the primary receptacle and the sec-

ondary packaging. The absorbent ma-

terial must be sufficient to absorb the

entire contents of all primary recep-

tacles.

(5) An itemized list of contents en-

closed between the secondary pack-

aging and the outer packaging.

(6) The primary receptacle or sec-

ondary packaging used for infectious

substances must be capable of with-

standing, without leakage, an internal

pressure producing a pressure differen-

tial of not less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14

psi).

(7) The primary receptacle or sec-

ondary packaging used for infectious

substances must be capable of with-

standing without leakage temperatures

in the range of ¥40 °C to +55 °C (¥40 °F

to +131 °F).

(b) Additional requirements for pack-

aging Category A infectious substances.

Category A infectious substances must

be packaged according to the following

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00571 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

562

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.197

requirements, depending on the phys-

ical state and other characteristics of

the material.

(1) Infectious substances shipped at am-

bient temperatures or higher. Primary re-

ceptacles must be made of glass, metal,

or plastic. Positive means of ensuring a

leakproof seal must be provided, such

as heat seal, skirted stopper, or metal

crimp seal. If screw caps are used, they

must be secured by positive means,

such as with adhesive tape, paraffin

sealing tape, or manufactured locking

closure. Lyophilized substances may

also be transported in primary recep-

tacles that are flame-sealed with glass

ampoules or rubber-stoppered glass

vials fitted with metal seals.

(2) Infectious substances shipped refrig-

erated or frozen (ice, pre-frozen packs,

dry ice). Ice, dry ice, or other refrig-

erant must be placed around the sec-

ondary packagings or in an overpack

with one or more complete packages

marked in accordance with § 178.503 of

this subchapter. Interior supports must

be provided to secure the secondary

packagings in the original position

after the ice or dry ice has dissipated.

If ice is used, the outer packaging or

overpack must be leakproof. If dry ice

is used, the outer packaging or over-

pack must permit the release of carbon

dioxide gas and otherwise meet the

provisions in § 173.217. The primary re-

ceptacle and the secondary packaging

must maintain their integrity at the

temperature of the refrigerant used, as

well as the temperatures and pressures

of transport by aircraft to which they

could be subjected if refrigeration were

lost.

(3) Infectious substances shipped in liq-

uid nitrogen. The primary receptacle

and the secondary packaging must

maintain their integrity at the tem-

perature of the liquid nitrogen as well

as the temperatures and pressures of

transport by aircraft to which they

could be subjected if refrigeration were

lost. Refrigerated liquid nitrogen pack-

agings must be metal vacuum insu-

lated vessels or flasks vented to the at-

mosphere to prevent any increase in

pressure within the packaging. The use

of safety relief valves, check valves,

frangible discs, or similar devices in

the vent lines is prohibited. Fill and

discharge openings must be protected

against the entry of foreign materials

that might cause an increase in the in-

ternal pressure. The package orienta-

tion markings specified in § 172.312(a) of

this subchapter must be marked on the

packaging. The packaging must be de-

signed to prevent the release of any re-

frigerated liquid nitrogen irrespective

of the packaging orientation.

transport infectious substances unless

such substances cannot be sent by any

other means. An animal containing or

contaminated with an infectious sub-

stance must be transported under

terms and conditions approved by the

Associate Administrator for Hazardous

Materials Safety.

(d) Body parts, organs or whole bod-

ies meeting the definition of Division

6.2 material must be packaged as fol-

lows:

(1) In Division 6.2 packaging, as spec-

ified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this

section; or

(2) In packaging meeting the require-

ments of § 173.197.

[67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71

FR 32260, June 2, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14,

2009]

§ 173.197 Regulated medical waste.

(a) General provisions. Non-bulk pack-

agings, Large Packagings, and non-

specification bulk outer packagings

used for the transportation of regu-

lated medical waste or clinical waste

or (bio) medical waste must be rigid

containers meeting the provisions of

subpart B of this part.

(b) Non-bulk packagings. Except as

provided in § 173.134(c) of this subpart,

non-bulk packagings for regulated

medical waste or clinical waste or (bio)

medical waste must be UN standard

packagings conforming to the require-

ments of Part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group II performance

level. A non-bulk packaging used as a

sharps container must be puncture-re-

sistant for sharps and sharps with re-

sidual fluid as demonstrated by con-

ducting the performance tests in Part

178, subpart M, of this subchapter on

packagings containing materials rep-

resentative of the sharps and fluids

(such as sterile sharps) intended to be

transported in the packagings. Sharps

containers must be securely closed to

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00572 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

563

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.197

prevent leaks or punctures in conform-

ance with the instructions provided by

the packaging manufacturer in accord-

ance with § 178.2(c) of this subchapter.

agings constructed, tested, and marked

in accordance with the requirements

specified in subparts P and Q of part

178 of this subchapter and conforming

to other requirements of this para-

graph (c) may be used for the transpor-

tation of regulated medical waste, pro-

vided the waste is contained in inner

packagings conforming to the require-

ments of paragraph (e) of this section.

* * * Each Large Packaging design

must be capable of meeting the vibra-

tion test specified in § 178.819 of this

subchapter. Each Large Packaging is

subject to the periodic design requali-

fication requirements for IBCs in

§ 178.801(e) of this subchapter, and to

the proof of compliance requirements

of § 178.801(j) and record retention re-

quirements of § 178.801(l) of this sub-

chapter. Inner packagings used for liq-

uids must be rigid.

(1) Authorized packagings. Only the

following Large Packagings are au-

thorized for the transportation of liq-

uid or solid regulated medical waste:

(i) Metal: 50A, 50B, or 50N.

(ii) Rigid plastic: 50H.

(2) Additional requirements. Each

Large Packaging used to transport liq-

uid regulated medical waste must con-

tain absorbent material in sufficient

quantity and appropriate location to

absorb the entire amount of liquid

present in the event of an uninten-

tional release of contents. Each Large

Packaging design intended for the

transportation of sharps containers

must be puncture resistant and capable

of retaining liquids. The design must

also be tested and certified as meeting

the performance tests specified for in-

termediate bulk containers intended

for the transportation of liquids in sub-

part O of part 178 of this subchapter.

(d) Non-specification bulk packaging. A

wheeled cart (Cart) or bulk outer pack-

aging (BOP) is authorized as an outer

packaging for the transportation of

regulated medical waste in accordance

with the provisions of this paragraph

(d).

(1) General requirements. The fol-

lowing requirements apply to the

transportation of regulated medical

waste in Carts or BOPs:

(i) Regulated medical waste in each

Cart or BOP must be contained in non-

bulk inner packagings conforming to

paragraph (e) of this section.

(ii) Each Cart or BOP must have

smooth, non-porous interior surfaces

free of cracks, crevices, and other de-

fects that could damage plastic film

inner packagings or impede disinfec-

tion operations.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided in

this paragraph (d), each Cart or BOP

must be used exclusively for the trans-

portation of regulated medical waste.

Prior to reuse, each Cart or BOP must

be disinfected by any means effective

for neutralizing the infectious sub-

stance the packaging previously con-

tained.

(iv) Untreated concentrated stock

cultures of infectious substances con-

taining Category A materials may not

be transported in a Cart or BOP.

(v) Division 6.1 toxic waste or Class 7

radioactive waste, with the exception

of chemotherapeutic waste, may not be

transported in a Cart or BOP.

(vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7

chemotherapeutic waste; untreated

concentrated stock cultures of infec-

tious substances containing Category B

infectious substances; unabsorbed liq-

uids; and sharps containers may be

transported in a Cart or BOP only if

packaged in rigid non-bulk packagings

conforming to paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion.

(2) Wheeled cart (Cart). A Cart is au-

thorized as an outer packaging for the

transportation of regulated medical

waste if it conforms to the following

requirements:

(i) Each Cart must consist of a solid,

one-piece body with a nominal volume

not exceeding 1,655 L (437 gallons).

(ii) Each Cart must be constructed of

metal, rigid plastic, or fiberglass fitted

with a lid to prevent leakage during

transport.

(iii) Each Cart must be capable of

meeting the requirements of § 178.810

(drop test) at the Packing Group II per-

formance level.

(iv) Inner packagings must be placed

into a Cart and restrained in such a

manner as to minimize the risk of

breakage.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00573 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

564

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.197

(3) Bulk outer packaging (BOP). A BOP

is authorized as an outer packaging for

regulated medical waste if it conforms

to the following requirements:

(i) Each BOP must be constructed of

metal or fiberglass and have a capacity

of at least 3.5 cubic meters (123.6 cubic

feet) and not more than 45 cubic meters

(1,590 cubic feet).

(ii) Each BOP must have bottom and

side joints of fully welded or seamless

construction and a rigid, weatherproof

top to prevent the intrusion of water

(e.g., rain or snow).

(iii) Each opening in a BOP must be

fitted with a closure to prevent the in-

trusion of water or the release of any

liquid during all loading, unloading,

and transportation operations.

(iv) In the upright position, each BOP

must be leakproof and able to contain

a liquid quantity of at least 300 liters

(79.2 gallons) with closures open.

(v) Inner packagings must be placed

in a BOP in such a manner as to mini-

mize the risk of breakage. Rigid inner

packagings may not be placed in the

same BOP with plastic film bag inner

packagings unless separated from each

other by rigid barriers or dividers to

prevent damage to the packagings

caused by load shifting during normal

conditions of transportation.

(vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7

chemotherapeutic waste, untreated

concentrated stock cultures of infec-

tious substances containing Category B

infectious substances, unabsorbed liq-

uids, and sharps may be transported in

a BOP only if separated and secured as

required in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this

section.

(e) Inner packagings authorized for

Large Packagings, Carts, and BOPs.

After September 30, 2003, inner pack-

agings must be durably marked or

tagged with the name and location

(city and state) of the offeror, except

when the entire contents of the Large

Packaging, Cart, or BOP originates at

a single location and is delivered to a

single location.

(1) Solids. A plastic film bag is au-

thorized as an inner packaging for solid

regulated medical waste transported in

a Cart, Large Packaging, or BOP.

Waste material containing absorbed

liquid may be packaged as a solid in a

plastic film bag if the bag contains suf-

ficient absorbent material to absorb

and retain all liquid during transpor-

tation.

(i) The film bag may not exceed a

volume of 175 L (46 gallons). The film

bag must be marked and certified by

its manufacturer as having passed the

tests prescribed for tear resistance in

ASTM D 1922, ‘‘Standard Test Method

for Propagation Tear Resistance of

Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by

Pendulum Method’’ (IBR, § 171.7 of this

subchapter) and for impact resistance

in ASTM D 1709, ‘‘Standard Test Meth-

ods for Impact Resistance of Plastic

Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method’’

(IBR, § 171.7 of this subchapter). The

film bag must meet an impact resist-

ance of 165 grams and a tearing resist-

ance of 480 grams in both the parallel

and perpendicular planes with respect

to the length of the bag.

(ii) The plastic film bag must be

closed with a minimum of entrapped

air to prevent leakage in transpor-

tation. The bag must be capable of

being held in an inverted position with

the closed end at the bottom for a pe-

riod of 5 minutes without leakage.

(iii) When used as an inner packaging

for Carts or BOPs, a plastic film bag

may not weigh more than 10 kg (22 lbs.)

when filled.

(2) Liquids. Liquid regulated medical

waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical

waste transported in a Large Pack-

aging, Cart, or BOP must be packaged

in a rigid inner packaging conforming

to the provisions of subpart B of this

part. conforming to the provisions of

subpart B of this part. Liquid materials

are not authorized for transportation

in inner packagings having a capacity

greater than 19 L (5 gallons).

(3) Sharps. Sharps transported in a

Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must be

packaged in a puncture-resistant inner

packaging (sharps container). Each

sharps container must be securely

closed to prevent leaks or punctures in

conformance with instructions pro-

vided by the packaging manufacturer.

Each sharps container exceeding 76 L

(20 gallons) in volume must be capable

of passing the performance tests in

Part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter

at the Packing Group II performance

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00574 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

565

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.199

level. A sharps container may be re-

used only if it conforms to the fol-

lowing criteria:

(i) The sharps container is specifi-

cally approved and certified by the U.S.

Food and Drug Administration as a

medical device for reuse.

(ii) The sharps container must be per-

manently marked for reuse.

(iii) The sharps container must be

disinfected prior to reuse by any means

effective for the infectious substance

the container previously contained.

(iv) The sharps container must have

a capacity greater than 7.57 L (2 gal-

lons) and not greater than 151.42 L (40

gallons) in volume.

[67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68

FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31,

2003; 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78632,

Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010]

§ 173.198 Nickel carbonyl.

(a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed

in specification steel or nickel cyl-

inders as prescribed for any compressed

gas except acetylene. A cylinder used

exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be

given a complete external visual in-

spection instead of the pressure test re-

quired by § 180.205 of this subchapter.

Visual inspection must be in accord-

ance with CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

(b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl

must conform to § 173.40.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec 21, 1990, as

amended at 67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR

75742, Dec. 31, 2003]

§ 173.199 Category B infectious sub-

stances.

(a) Category B infectious substances.

Except as provided in this paragraph

(a), Category B infectious substances

are excepted from all other require-

ments of this subchapter when offered

for transportation or transported in ac-

cordance with this section. Category B

infectious substances offered for trans-

portation or transported under the pro-

visions of this section are subject to

the incident reporting requirements in

§§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter

and to the requirements in § 175.75(b) of

this subchapter concerning cargo loca-

tion. Except as provided in paragraph

(a)(9) of this section, a Category B in-

fectious substance meeting the defini-

tion of a hazard class other than Divi-

sion 6.2 must be offered for transpor-

tation or transported in accordance

with applicable requirements of this

subchapter.

(1) A Category B infectious substance

must be packaged in a triple packaging

consisting of a primary receptacle, a

secondary packaging, and a rigid outer

packaging.

(2) Primary receptacles must be

packed in secondary packaging in such

a way that, under normal conditions of

transport, they cannot break, be punc-

tured, or leak their contents into the

secondary packaging.

(3) Secondary packagings must be se-

cured in rigid outer packagings with

suitable cushioning material such that

any leakage of the contents will not

impair the protective properties of the

cushioning material or the outer pack-

aging.

(4) The completed package must be

designed, constructed, maintained,

filled, its contents limited, and closed

so that under conditions normally en-

countered in transportation, including

removal from a pallet or overpack for

subsequent handling, there will be no

release of hazardous material into the

environment. Package effectiveness

must not be substantially reduced for

minimum and maximum temperatures,

changes in humidity and pressure, and

shocks, loadings and vibrations nor-

mally encountered during transpor-

tation. The packaging must be capable

of successfully passing the drop tests in

§§ 178.609(d) and (h) of this subchapter

at a drop height of at least 1.2 meters

(3.9 feet). Following the drop tests,

there must be no leakage from the pri-

mary receptacle, which must remain

protected by absorbent material, when

required, in the secondary packaging.

At least one surface of the outer pack-

aging must have a minimum dimension

of 100 mm by 100 mm (3.9 inches).

(5) The following mark must be dis-

played on the outer packaging on a

background of contrasting color. The

width of the line must be at least 2 mm

(0.08 inches) and the letters and num-

bers must be at least 6 mm (0.24 inches)

high. The size of the mark must be

such that no side of the diamond is less

than 50 mm (1.97 inches) in length. The

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00575 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

566

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.199

proper shipping name ‘‘Biological sub-

stances, Category B’’ must be marked

on the outer packaging adjacent to the

diamond-shaped mark in letters that

are at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high.

(6) When packages are placed in an

overpack, the package markings re-

quired by this section must be either

clearly visible or reproduced on the

outside of the overpack.

(7) The name and telephone number

of a person who is either knowledge-

able about the material being shipped

and has comprehensive emergency re-

sponse and incident mitigation infor-

mation for the material, or has imme-

diate access to a person who possesses

such knowledge and information, must

be included on a written document

(such as an air waybill or bill of lading)

or on the outer packaging.

(8) For transportation by aircraft,

each package, overpack, pallet, or unit

load device containing a Category B in-

fectious substance must be inspected

for leakage when it is unloaded from

the aircraft. If evidence of leakage is

found, the cargo compartment in which

the package, overpack, pallet, or unit

load device was transported must be

disinfected. Disinfection may be by any

means that will make the material re-

leased ineffective at transmitting dis-

ease.

(9) A packaging containing inner

packagings of Category B infectious

substances may not contain other haz-

ardous materials except—

(i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or

liquid nitrogen, as authorized under

paragraph (d) of this section;

(ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize

blood or plasma; or

(iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class

8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack-

ing Groups II and III used to stabilize

or prevent degradation of the sample,

provided the quantity of such mate-

rials does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or

30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging.

Such preservatives are not subject to

the requirements of this subchapter.

(10) Clear instructions on filling and

closing a packaging used to transport a

Category B infectious substance must

be provided by the packaging manufac-

turer and subsequent distributors to

the consignor or person who prepares

the package to enable the package to

be correctly prepared for transport. A

copy or electronic image of these in-

structions must be retained by the

manufacturer and subsequent distribu-

tors for at least one year from the date

of issuance, and made available for in-

spection by a Federal or state govern-

ment representative upon request.

Packagings must be filled and closed in

accordance with the information pro-

vided by the packaging manufacturer

or subsequent distributor.

(b) Liquid Category B infectious sub-

stances. Liquid Category B infectious

substances must be packaged in con-

formance with the following provi-

sions:

(1) The primary receptacle must be

leakproof.

(2) Absorbent material must be

placed between the primary receptacle

and secondary packaging. If several

fragile primary receptacles are placed

in a single secondary packaging, they

must be either individually wrapped or

separated to prevent contact between

them. The absorbent material must be

of sufficient quantity to absorb the en-

tire contents of the primary recep-

tacles and not compromise the integ-

rity of the cushioning material or the

outer packaging.

(3) The secondary packaging must be

leakproof.

(4) For shipments by aircraft, the pri-

mary receptacle or the secondary pack-

aging must be capable of withstanding

without leakage an internal pressure

producing a pressure differential of not

less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00576 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER02JN06.012</GPH>

567

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.201

(5) For shipments by aircraft, the

maximum quantity contained in each

primary receptacle, including any ma-

terial used to stabilize or prevent deg-

radation of the sample, may not exceed

1 L (34 ounces), and the maximum

quantity contained in each outer pack-

aging, including any material used to

stabilize or prevent degradation of the

samples, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon).

The outer packaging limitation does

not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitro-

gen when used to maintain the integ-

rity of the material.

stances. Solid Category B infectious

substances must be packaged in a tri-

ple packaging, consisting of a primary

receptacle, secondary packaging, and

outer packaging, conforming to the fol-

lowing provisions:

(1) The primary receptacle must be

siftproof.

(2) If several fragile primary recep-

tacles are placed in a single secondary

packaging, they must be either individ-

ually wrapped or separated to prevent

contact between them.

(3) The secondary packaging must be

siftproof.

(4) If residual liquid may be present

in the primary receptacle during trans-

portation, then the material must be

transported in accordance with re-

quirements in paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion. A solid material that may become

liquid during transportation must be

transported in accordance with para-

graph (b) of this section.

(5) Except for packages containing

body parts, organs, or whole bodies, for

shipment by aircraft, the outer pack-

aging may not contain more than 4 kg

(8.8 pounds), including any material

used to stabilize or prevent degrada-

tion of the samples. The outer pack-

aging limitation does not include ice,

dry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to

maintain the integrity of the material.

(d) Refrigerated or frozen specimens

(ice, dry ice, and liquid nitrogen). In ad-

dition to complying with the require-

ments in this paragraph (d), dry ice and

liquid nitrogen must be offered for

transportation or transported in ac-

cordance with the applicable require-

ments of this subchapter.

(1) Ice or dry ice must be placed out-

side the secondary packaging or in an

overpack. Interior supports must be

provided to secure the secondary pack-

agings in the original position after the

ice or dry ice has dissipated. If ice is

used, the outside packaging must be

leakproof or must have a leakproof

liner. If dry ice is used, the outside

packaging must permit the release of

carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet

the provisions in § 173.217. The primary

receptacle and secondary packaging

must maintain their integrity at the

temperature of the refrigerant used, as

well as the temperatures and pressures

of transport by aircraft they could be

subjected to if refrigeration were lost,

and sufficient absorbent material must

be provided to absorb all liquid, includ-

ing melted ice.

(2) The package is marked ‘‘Carbon

dioxide, solid’’ or ‘‘Dry ice’’ and an in-

dication that the material being refrig-

erated is used for diagnostic treatment

purposes (e.g., frozen medical speci-

mens).

(e) Training. Each person who offers

or transports a Category B infectious

substance under the provisions of this

section must know about the require-

ments of this section.

[67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71

FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1,

2007]

§ 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liq-

uid hazardous materials in Packing

Group I.

(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a liquid hazardous mate-

rial be packaged under this section,

only non-bulk packagings prescribed in

this section may be used for its trans-

portation. Each packaging must con-

form to the general packaging require-

ments of subpart B of part 173, to the

requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter at the Packing Group I per-

formance level, and to the require-

ments of the special provisions of col-

umn 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(b) The following combination pack-

agings are authorized:

Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00577 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

568

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.202

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Expanded plastic box: 4H1

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Inner packagings:

Glass or earthenware receptacles

Plastic receptacles

Metal receptacles

Glass ampoules

senger aircraft, the following single

packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel, or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber

or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood-

en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2,

6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2,

6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex-

panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2

Cylinders, specification or UN standard, as

prescribed for any compressed gas, except

3HT and those prescribed for acetylene.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec.

29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May 6,

1997; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liq-

uid hazardous materials in Packing

Group II.

(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a liquid hazardous mate-

rial be packaged under this section,

only non-bulk packagings prescribed in

this section may be used for its trans-

portation. Each packaging must con-

form to the general packaging require-

ments of subpart B of part 173, to the

requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter at the Packing Group I or II

performance level (unless otherwise ex-

cepted), and to the particular require-

ments of the special provisions of col-

umn 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(b) The following combination pack-

agings are authorized:

Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Wooden barrel: 2C2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Expanded plastic box: 4H1

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Inner packagings:

Glass or earthenware receptacles

Plastic receptacles

Metal receptacles

Glass ampoules

senger aircraft, the following single

packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Fiber drum: 1G (with liner)

Wooden barrel: 2C1

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber

or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood-

en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2,

6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2,

6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex-

panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2

Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood

drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PDl or 6PD2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00578 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

569

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.206

Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for

any compressed gas, except for Specifica-

tions 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt

173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–

261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct.

1, 1997]

§ 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liq-

uid hazardous materials in Packing

Group III.

(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a liquid hazardous mate-

rial be packaged under this section,

only non-bulk packagings prescribed in

this section may be used for its trans-

portation. Each packaging must con-

form to the general packaging require-

ments of subpart B of part 173, to the

requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter at the Packing Group I, II or

III performance level, and to the re-

quirements of the special provisions of

column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(b) The following combination pack-

agings are authorized:

Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Wooden barrel: 2C2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Expanded plastic box: 4H1

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Inner packagings:

Glass or earthenware receptacles

Plastic receptacles

Metal receptacles

Glass ampoules

are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Fiber drum: 1G (with liner)

Wooden barrel: 2C1

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber

or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood-

en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2,

6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, or 6PG1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2,

6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex-

panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2

Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood

drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2

Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed

gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–

261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997]

§ 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification

packagings for certain hazardous

materials.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a liquid or solid haz-

ardous material be packaged under this

section, any appropriate non-bulk

packaging which conforms to the gen-

eral packaging requirements of subpart

B of part 173 may be used for its trans-

portation. Packagings need not con-

form to the requirements of part 178 of

this subchapter.

§ 173.205 Specification cylinders for

liquid hazardous materials.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material

must be packaged under this section,

the use of any specification or UN cyl-

inder, except those specified for acety-

lene, is authorized. Cylinders used for

toxic materials in Division 6.1 or 2.3

must conform to the requirements of

§ 173.40.

[71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.206 Packaging requirements for

chlorosilanes.

(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only non-

bulk packagings prescribed in this sec-

tion may be used for its transpor-

tation. Each packaging must conform

to the general packaging requirements

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00579 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

570

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.211

of subpart B of part 173, to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group I or II performance

level (unless otherwise excepted), and

to the particular requirements of the

special provisions of Column (7) of the

§ 172.101 Table.

(b) The following combination pack-

agings are authorized:

Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A2

Plastic drum: 1H2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Steel box: 4A

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Expanded plastic box: 4H1

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Inner packagings:

Glass or Steel receptacle

senger aircraft, the following single

packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1

Steel jerrican: 3A1

Plastic receptacle in steel drum:

6HA1

Cylinders (for liquids in PG I), speci-

fication or UN standard, as pre-

scribed for any compressed gas, ex-

cept Specification 3HT and those pre-

scribed for acetylene

Cylinders (for liquids in PG II), speci-

fication, as prescribed for any com-

pressed gas, except Specification 8 and

3HT cylinders.

[74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]

§ 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for

solid hazardous materials in Pack-

ing Group I.

(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a solid hazardous mate-

rial be packaged under this section,

only non-bulk packagings prescribed in

this section may be used for its trans-

portation. Each package must conform

to the general packaging requirements

of subpart B of part 173, to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group I performance level,

and to the requirements of the special

provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101

table.

(b) The following combination pack-

agings are authorized:

Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Wooden barrel: 2C2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Inner packagings:

Glass or earthenware receptacles

Plastic receptacles

Metal receptacles

Glass ampoules

senger aircraft, the following single

packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Fiber drum: 1G

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box with liner: 4A

Aluminum box with liner: 4B

Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply-

wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1,

6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1,

6PD1 or 6PG1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2,

6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or

solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2

Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed

gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511,

67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734,

May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00580 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

571

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.213

§ 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for

solid hazardous materials in Pack-

ing Group II.

(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a solid hazardous mate-

rial be packaged under this section,

only non-bulk packagings prescribed in

this section may be used for its trans-

portation. Each package must conform

to the general packaging requirements

of subpart B of part 173, to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group I or II performance

level, and to the requirements of the

special provisions of column 7 of the

§ 172.101 table.

(b) The following combination pack-

agings are authorized:

Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Wooden barrel: 2C2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Inner packagings:

Glass or earthenware receptacles

Plastic receptacles

Metal receptacles

Glass ampoules

senger aircraft, the following single

packagings are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Plywood drum: 1D

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Fiber drum: 1G

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Steel box with liner: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Aluminum box with liner: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1

Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Expanded plastic box: 4H1

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3

Bag, plastic film: 5H4

Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3

Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply-

wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1,

6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood,

plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2,

6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1,

6PD1 or 6PG1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2,

6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or

solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2

Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed

gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518,

Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May

6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398,

June 14, 2005]

§ 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for

solid hazardous materials in Pack-

ing Group III.

(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a solid hazardous mate-

rial be packaged under this section,

only non-bulk packagings prescribed in

this section may be used for its trans-

portation. Each package must conform

to the general packaging requirements

of subpart B of part 173, to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group I, II or III perform-

ance level, and to the requirements of

the special provisions of column 7 of

the § 172.101 table.

(b) The following combination pack-

agings are authorized:

Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Wooden barrel: 2C2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00581 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

572

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.214

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Inner packagings:

Glass or earthenware receptacles

Plastic receptacles

Metal receptacles

Glass ampoules

are authorized:

Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2

Plywood drum: 1D

Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2

Fiber drum: 1G

Metal drum other than steel or aluminum:

1N1 or 1N2

Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2

Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2

Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2

Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2

Steel box: 4A

Steel box with liner: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Aluminum box with liner: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1

Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Expanded plastic box: 4H1

Solid plastic box: 4H2

Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3

Bag, plastic film: 5H4

Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3

Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply-

wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1,

6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1

Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood,

plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2,

6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1,

6PD1 or 6PG1

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu-

minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2,

6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2

Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or

solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2

Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed

gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518,

Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May

6, 1997; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398,

June 14, 2005]

§ 173.214 Packagings which require

approval by the Associate Adminis-

trator.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, pack-

agings and method of shipment must

be approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator prior to the first shipment.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown or

white.

(a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white,

includes each of the following hydrated

mineral silicates: chrysolite, crocid-

olite, amosite, anthophyllite asbestos,

tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos,

and every product containing any of

these materials.

(b) [Reserved]

form to the general packaging require-

ments of subpart B of this part but

need not conform to the requirements

of part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos

must be offered for transportation and

transported in—

(1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such

as metal, plastic or fiber drums, port-

able tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or

hopper-type motor vehicles;

(2) Bags or other non-rigid pack-

agings in closed freight containers,

motor vehicles, or rail cars that are

loaded by and for the exclusive use of

the consignor and unloaded by the con-

signee;

(3) Bags or other non-rigid pack-

agings which are dust and sift proof

must be placed in rigid outer pack-

agings or closed freight containers.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR

45034, July 31, 2003; 71 CFR 78632, Dec. 29,

2006]

§ 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry

ice).

(a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice),

when offered for transportation or

transported by aircraft or water, must

be packed in packagings designed and

constructed to permit the release of

carbon dioxide gas to prevent a buildup

of pressure that could rupture the

packagings. Packagings must conform

to the general packaging requirements

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00582 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

573

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.219

of subpart B of this part but need not

conform to the requirements of part 178

of this subchapter.

(b) For transportation by vessel:

(1) Each transport vehicle and freight

container containing solid carbon diox-

ide must be conspicuously marked on

two sides ‘‘WARNING CO

SOLID (DRY

ICE).’’

(2) Other packagings containing solid

carbon dioxide must be marked ‘‘CAR-

BON DIOXIDE, SOLID—DO NOT STOW

BELOW DECKS.’’

(1) In addition to the applicable

marking requirements in subpart D of

part 172, the net mass of the carbon di-

oxide, solid (dry ice) must be marked

on the outside of the package. This

provision also applies to unit load de-

vices (ULDs) when the ULD contains

dry ice and is considered the pack-

aging.

(2) The shipper must make arrange-

ments with the operator for each ship-

ment.

(3) The quantity limits per package

shown in Columns (9A) and (9B) of the

Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101

are not applicable to dry ice being used

as a refrigerant for other than haz-

ardous materials loaded in a unit load

device or other type of pallet. In such

a case, the unit load device or other

type of pallet must allow the venting

of the carbon dioxide gas to prevent a

dangerous build up of pressure, and be

identified to the operator.

(4) Dry ice is excepted from the ship-

ping paper requirements of subpart C of

part 172 of this subchapter provided al-

ternative written documentation is

supplied containing the following in-

formation: proper shipping name (Dry

ice or Carbon dioxide, solid), class 9,

UN number 1845, the number of pack-

ages, and the net quantity of dry ice in

each package. The information must be

included with the description of the

materials.

(5) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), in

quantities not exceeding 2.5 kg (5.5

pounds) per package and used as a re-

frigerant for the contents of the pack-

age is excepted from all other require-

ments of this subchapter if the require-

ments of paragraph (a) of this section

are complied with and the package is

marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or

‘‘Dry ice’’, is marked with the name of

the contents being cooled, and is

marked with the net weight of the dry

ice or an indication that the net weight

is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less.

(d) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice),

when used to refrigerate materials

being shipped for diagnostic or treat-

ment purposes (e.g., frozen medical

specimens), is excepted from the ship-

ping paper and certification require-

ments of this subchapter if the require-

ments of paragraphs (a) and (c)(2) of

this section are met and the package is

marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or

‘‘Dry ice’’ and is marked with an indi-

cation that the material being refrig-

erated is being transported for diag-

nostic or treatment purposes.

[73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008]

§ 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap.

(a) Except as provided in Column (7)

of the HMT in § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter, fish meal or fish scrap, con-

taining at least 6%, but not more than

12% water, is authorized for transpor-

tation by vessel only when packaged as

follows:

(1) Burlap (jute) bag;

(2) Multi-wall paper bag;

(3) Polyethylene-lined burlap or

paper bag;

(4) Cargo tank;

(5) Portable tank;

(6) Rail car; or

(7) Freight container.

(b) [Reserved]

fered for transportation by vessel in

bulk in freight containers, the fish

meal must contain at least 100 ppm of

anti-oxident (ethoxyquin) at the time

of shipment.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003]

§ 173.219 Life-saving appliances.

(a) A life-saving appliance, self-in-

flating or non-self-inflating, containing

small quantities of hazardous mate-

rials that are required as part of the

life-saving appliance must conform to

the requirements of this section. Pack-

agings must conform to the general

packaging requirements of subpart B of

this part but need not conform to the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00583 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

574

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.220

requirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter. The appliances must be

packed, so that they cannot be acciden-

tally activated and, except for life

vests, the hazardous materials must be

in inner packagings packed so as to

prevent shifting within the outer pack-

aging. The hazardous materials must

be an integral part of the appliance and

in quantities that do not exceed those

appropriate for the actual appliance

when in use.

(b) Life saving appliances may con-

tain:

(1) Division 2.2 compressed gases, in-

cluding oxygen. However, oxygen gen-

erators are not permitted;

(2) Signal devices (Class 1), which

may include smoke and illumination

signal flares;

(3) Electric storage batteries and

lithium batteries (Life saving appli-

ances containing lithium batteries

must be transported in accordance

with § 173.185, and Special Provisions

188, 189, A101, A103 and A104 as applica-

ble.);

(4) First aid or repair kits con-

forming to the applicable material and

quantity limitations of § 173.161 of this

subchapter;

(5) Strike-anywhere matches;

(6) For self-inflating life saving appli-

ances only, cartridges power device of

Division 1.4S, for purposes of the self-

inflating mechanism provided that the

quantity of explosives per appliance

does not exceed 3.2 g; or

(7) Limited quantities of other haz-

ardous materials.

appliances must be packaged as fol-

lows:

(1) Division 2.2 compressed gases

must be packaged in cylinders in ac-

cordance with the requirements of this

subchapter;

(2) Signal devices (Class 1) must be in

packagings that prevent them from

being inadvertently activated;

(3) Strike-anywhere matches must be

cushioned to prevent movement or fric-

tion in a metal or composition recep-

tacle with a screw-type closure in a

manner that prevents them from being

inadvertently activated;

(4) Limited quantities of other haz-

ardous materials must be packaged in

accordance with the requirements of

this subchapter; and

(5) For other than transportation by

aircraft, life saving appliances con-

taining no hazardous materials other

than carbon dioxide cylinders with a

capacity not exceeding 100 cm

are not

subject to the provisions of this sub-

chapter provided they are overpacked

in rigid outer packagings with a max-

imum gross mass of 40 kg.

[69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 72

FR 44950, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1,

2008]

§ 173.220 Internal combustion engines,

self-propelled vehicles, mechanical

equipment containing internal com-

bustion engines, battery-powered

equipment or machinery, fuel cell-

powered equipment or machinery.

(a) Applicability. An internal combus-

tion engine, self-propelled vehicle,

mechanized equipment containing an

internal combustion engine, a battery-

powered vehicle or equipment, or a fuel

cell-powered vehicle or equipment, or

any combination thereof, is subject to

the requirements of this subchapter

when transported as cargo on a trans-

port vehicle, vessel, or aircraft if—

(1) The engine contains a liquid or

gaseous fuel. An engine may be consid-

ered as not containing fuel when the

engine components and any fuel lines

have been completed drained, suffi-

ciently cleaned of residue, and purged

of vapors to remove any potential haz-

ard and the engine when held in any

orientation will not release any liquid

fuel;

(2) The fuel tank contains a liquid or

gaseous fuel. A fuel tank may be con-

sidered as not containing fuel when the

fuel tank and the fuel lines have been

completed drained, sufficiently cleaned

of residue, and purged of vapors to re-

move any potential hazard;

(3) It is equipped with a wet battery

(including a non-spillable battery), a

sodium battery or a lithium battery; or

(4) Except as provided in paragraph

(f)(1) of this section, it contains other

hazardous materials subject to the re-

quirements of this subchapter.

(b) Requirements. Unless otherwise ex-

cepted in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec-

tion, vehicles, engines, and equipment

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00584 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

575

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.220

are subject to the following require-

ments:

(1) Flammable liquid fuel. A fuel tank

containing a flammable liquid fuel

must be drained and securely closed,

except that up to 500 mL (17 ounces) of

residual fuel may remain in the tank,

engine components, or fuel lines pro-

vided they are securely closed to pre-

vent leakage of fuel during transpor-

tation. Self-propelled vehicles con-

taining diesel fuel are excepted from

the requirement to drain the fuel

tanks, provided that sufficient ullage

space has been left inside the tank to

allow fuel expansion without leakage,

and the tank caps are securely closed.

(2) Flammable liquefied or compressed

gas fuel. (i) For transportation by

motor vehicle, rail car or vessel, fuel

tanks and fuel systems containing

flammable liquefied or compressed gas

fuel must be securely closed. For trans-

portation by vessel, the requirements

of §§ 176.78(k) and 176.905 of this sub-

chapter apply.

(ii) For transportation by aircraft:

(A) Flammable gas-powered vehicles,

machines, equipment or cylinders con-

taining the flammable gas must be

completely emptied of flammable gas.

Lines from vessels to gas regulators,

and gas regulators themselves, must

also be drained of all traces of flam-

mable gas. To ensure that these condi-

tions are met, gas shut-off valves must

be left open and connections of lines to

gas regulators must be left discon-

nected upon delivery of the vehicle to

the operator. Shut-off valves must be

closed and lines reconnected at gas reg-

ulators before loading the vehicle

aboard the aircraft; or alternatively;

(B) Flammable gas powered vehicles,

machines or equipment, which have

cylinders (fuel tanks) that are equipped

with electrically operated valves, may

be transported under the following con-

ditions:

(1) The valves must be in the closed

position and in the case of electrically

operated valves, power to those valves

must be disconnected;

(2) After closing the valves, the vehi-

cle, equipment or machinery must be

operated until it stops from lack of fuel

before being loaded aboard the aircraft;

(3) In no part of the closed system

shall the pressure exceed 5% of the

maximum allowable working pressure

of the system or 290 psig (2000 kPa),

whichever is less; and

(4) There must not be any residual

liquefied gas in the system, including

the fuel tank.

(3) Truck bodies or trailers on flat

cars—flammable liquid or gas powered.

Truck bodies or trailers with auto-

matic heating or refrigerating equip-

ment of the flammable liquid type may

be shipped with fuel tanks filled and

equipment operating or inoperative,

when used for the transportation of

other freight and loaded on flat cars as

part of a joint rail and highway move-

ment, provided the equipment and fuel

supply conform to the requirements of

§ 177.834(l) of this subchapter.

(4) Modal exceptions. Quantities of

flammable liquid fuel greater than 500

mL (17 ounces) may remain in the fuel

tank in self-propelled vehicles and me-

chanical equipment only under the fol-

lowing conditions:

(i) For transportation by motor vehi-

cle or rail car, the fuel tanks must be

securely closed.

(ii) For transportation by vessel, the

shipment must conform to § 176.905 of

this subchapter.

(iii) For transportation by aircraft,

when carried in aircraft designed or

modified for vehicle ferry operations

when all the following conditions must

be met:

(A) Authorization for this type oper-

ation has been given by the appropriate

authority in the government of the

country in which the aircraft is reg-

istered;

(B) Each vehicle is secured in an up-

right position;

ner and only to a degree that will pre-

clude spillage of fuel during loading,

unloading, and transportation; and

(D) Each area or compartment in

which a self-propelled vehicle is being

transported is suitably ventilated to

prevent the accumulation of fuel va-

pors.

teries must be securely installed, and

wet batteries must be fastened in an

upright position. Batteries must be

protected against a dangerous evo-

lution of heat, short circuits, and dam-

age to terminals in conformance with

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00585 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

576

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.220

§ 173.159(a) and leakage; or must be re-

moved and packaged separately under

§ 173.159. Battery-powered vehicles, ma-

chinery or equipment including bat-

tery-powered wheelchairs and mobility

aids are not subject to any other re-

quirements of this subchapter except

§ 173.21 of this subchapter when trans-

ported by rail, highway or vessel.

(d) Lithium batteries. Except as pro-

vided in § 172.102, Special Provision

A101 of this subchapter, vehicles, en-

gines and machinery powered by lith-

ium metal batteries that are trans-

ported with these batteries installed

are forbidden aboard passenger-car-

rying aircraft. Lithium batteries con-

tained in vehicles, engines or mechan-

ical equipment must be securely fas-

tened in the battery holder of the vehi-

cle, engine or mechanical equipment

and be protected in such a manner as

to prevent damage and short circuits

(e.g., by the use of non-conductive caps

that cover the terminals entirely).

Lithium batteries must be of a type

that have successfully passed each test

in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria

as specified in § 173.185 of this sub-

chapter, unless approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator. Equipment (other

than vehicles, engines or mechanical

equipment) containing lithium bat-

teries, must be described as ‘‘Lithium

ion batteries contained in equipment’’

or ‘‘Lithium metal batteries contained

in equipment,’’ as appropriate, and

transported in accordance with § 173.185

and applicable special provisions.

(e) Fuel cells. A fuel cell must be se-

cured and protected in a manner to

prevent damage to the fuel cell. Equip-

ment (other than vehicles, engines or

mechanical equipment) such as con-

sumer electronic devices containing

fuel cells (fuel cell cartridges) must be

described as ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges con-

tained in equipment’’ and transported

in accordance with § 173.230 of this sub-

chapter.

(f) Other hazardous materials. (1) Items

containing hazardous materials, such

as fire extinguishers, compressed gas

accumulators, safety devices and other

hazardous materials that are integral

components of the motor vehicle, en-

gine or mechanical equipment and that

are necessary for the operation of the

vehicle, engine or mechanical equip-

ment, or for the safety of its operator

or passengers, must be securely in-

stalled in the motor vehicle, engine or

mechanical equipment. Such items are

not otherwise subject to the require-

ments of this subchapter. Equipment

(other than vehicles, engines or me-

chanical equipment) containing lith-

ium batteries must be described as

‘‘Lithium batteries contained in equip-

ment’’ and transported in accordance

with § 173.185 of this subchapter and ap-

plicable special provisions. Equipment

(other than vehicles, engines or me-

chanical equipment) such as consumer

electronic devices containing fuel cells

(fuel cell cartridges) must be described

as ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges contained in

equipment’’ and transported in accord-

ance with § 173.230 of this subchapter.

(2) Other hazardous materials must

be packaged and transported in accord-

ance with the requirements of this sub-

chapter.

(g) Additional requirements for internal

combustion engines and vehicles with cer-

tain electronic equipment when trans-

ported by aircraft or vessel. When an in-

ternal combustion engine that is not

installed in a vehicle or equipment is

offered for transportation by aircraft

or vessel, all fuel, coolant or hydraulic

systems remaining in the engine must

be drained as far as practicable, and all

disconnected fluid pipes that pre-

viously contained fluid must be sealed

with leak-proof caps that are positively

retained. When offered for transpor-

tation by aircraft, vehicles equipped

with theft-protection devices, installed

radio communications equipment or

navigational systems must have such

devices, equipment or systems dis-

abled.

(h) Exceptions. Except as provided in

paragraph (f)(2) of this section, ship-

ments made under the provisions of

this section—

(1) Are not subject to any other re-

quirements of this subchapter for

transportation by motor vehicle or rail

car; and

(2) Are not subject to the require-

ments of subparts D, E and F (marking,

labeling and placarding, respectively)

of part 172 of this subchapter or § 172.604

of this subchapter (emergency response

telephone number) for transportation

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00586 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

577

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.222

by vessel or aircraft. For transpor-

tation by aircraft, the provisions of

§ 173.159(b)(2) of this part as applicable,

the provisions of § 173.230(f), as applica-

ble, other applicable requirements of

this subchapter, including shipping pa-

pers, emergency response information,

notification of pilot-in-command, gen-

eral packaging requirements, and the

requirements specified in § 173.27 of this

subchapter must be met. For transpor-

tation by vessel, additional exceptions

are specified in § 176.905 of this sub-

chapter.

[76 FR 3377, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable

and Plastic molding compound.

(a) Non-bulk shipments of Polymeric

beads (or granules), expandable, evolv-

ing flammable vapor and Plastic molding

compound in dough, sheet or extruded

rope form, evolving flammable vapor must

be packed in: wooden (4C1 or 4C2), ply-

wood (4D), fiberboard (4G), reconsti-

tuted wood (4F) boxes, plywood drums

(1D) or fiber drums (1G) with sealed

inner plastic liners; in vapor tight

metal or plastic drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1,

1B2, 1H1 or 1H2); or packed in non-spec-

ification packagings when transported

in dedicated vehicles or freight con-

tainers. The packagings need not con-

form to the requirements for package

testing in part 178 of this subchapter,

but must be capable of containing any

evolving gases from the contents dur-

ing normal conditions of transpor-

tation.

(b) Bulk shipments of Polymeric

beads (or granules), expandable, evolv-

ing flammable vapor or Plastic molding

compounds in dough, sheet or extruded

rope, evolving flammable vapor may be

packed in non-specification bulk pack-

agings. Except for transportation by

highway and rail, bulk packagings

must be capable of containing any

gases evolving from the contents dur-

ing normal conditions of transpor-

tation.

[64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999]

§ 173.222 Dangerous goods in equip-

ment, machinery or apparatus.

Hazardous materials in machinery or

apparatus are excepted from the speci-

fication packaging requirements of

this subchapter when packaged accord-

ing to this section. Hazardous mate-

rials in machinery or apparatus must

be packaged in strong outer pack-

agings, unless the receptacles con-

taining the hazardous materials are af-

forded adequate protection by the con-

struction of the machinery or appa-

ratus. Each package must conform to

the packaging requirements of subpart

B of this part, except for the require-

ments in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e), and

the following requirements:

(a) If the machinery or apparatus

contains more than one hazardous ma-

terial, the materials must not be capa-

ble of reacting dangerously together.

(b) The nature of the containment

must be as follows—

(1) Damage to the receptacles con-

taining the hazardous materials during

transport is unlikely. However, in the

event of damage to the receptacles con-

taining the hazardous materials, no

leakage of the hazardous materials

from the machinery or apparatus is

possible. A leakproof liner may be used

to satisfy this requirement.

(2) Receptacles containing hazardous

materials must be secured and cush-

ioned so as to prevent their breakage

or leakage and so as to control their

movement within the machinery or ap-

paratus during normal conditions of

transportation. Cushioning material

must not react dangerously with the

content of the receptacles. Any leakage

of the contents must not substantially

impair the protective properties of the

cushioning material.

(3) Receptacles for gases, their con-

tents and filling densities must con-

form to the applicable requirements of

this subchapter, unless otherwise ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator.

ardous materials contained in one item

of machinery or apparatus must not

exceed the following:

(1) 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of sol-

ids;

(2) 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of

liquids;

(3) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of

Division 2.2 gases. For transportation

by aircraft, Division 2.2 gases with sub-

sidiary risks and refrigerated liquefied

gases are not authorized; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00587 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

578

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.223

(4) A total quantity of not more than

the aggregate of that permitted in

paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this

section, for each category of material

in the package, when a package con-

tains hazardous materials in two or

more of the categories in paragraphs

(c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section.

(d) Except for transportation by air-

craft, when a package contains haz-

ardous materials in two or more of the

categories listed in paragraphs (c)(1)

through (c)(3) of this section the total

quantity required by § 172.202(c) of this

subchapter to be entered on the ship-

ping paper must be either the aggre-

gate quantity, or the estimated quan-

tity, of all hazardous materials, ex-

pressed as net mass.

[64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 64

FR 44428, Aug. 16, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28,

2001; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 78633,

Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 173.223 Packagings for certain flam-

mable solids.

(a) Packagings for ‘‘Musk xylene,’’

‘‘5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene,’’

‘‘Azodicarbonamide,’’ or ‘‘Isosorbide-5-

mononitrate,’’ when offered for trans-

portation or transported by rail, high-

way, or vessel, must conform to the

general packaging requirements of sub-

part B of part 173, and to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group III performance

level and may only be transported in

the following packagings:

(1) Fiberboard box (4G) with a single

inner plastic bag, and a maximum net

mass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs).

(2) Fiberboard box (4G) or fiber drum

(1G), with a plastic inner packaging

not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs), and a max-

imum net mass of not more than 25 kg

(55 lbs).

(3) Fiber drum (1G), and a maximum

net mass of not more than 50 kg (110

lbs), that may be fitted with a coating

or lining.

(b) [Reserved]

[Doc. No. 2002–13658, 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003;

75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010]

§ 173.224 Packaging and control and

emergency temperatures for self-re-

active materials.

(a) General. When the § 172.101 table of

this subchapter specifies that a Divi-

sion 4.1 material be packaged in ac-

cordance with this section, only pack-

agings which conform to the provisions

of this section may be used. Each pack-

aging must conform to the general

packaging requirements of subpart B of

this part and the applicable require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter.

Non-bulk packagings must meet Pack-

ing Group II performance levels. To

avoid unnecessary confinement, metal-

lic non-bulk packagings meeting Pack-

ing Group I are not authorized. Self-re-

active materials which require tem-

perature control are subject to the pro-

visions of § 173.21(f). Packagings re-

quired to bear a Class 1 subsidiary label

must conform to §§ 173.60 through

173.62.

(b) Self-Reactive Materials Table. The

Self-Reactive Materials Table speci-

fies, by technical name, those self-reac-

tive materials that are authorized for

transportation and not subject to the

approval provisions of § 173.124(a)(2)(iii).

A self-reactive material identified by

technical name in the following table

is authorized for transportation only if

it conforms to all applicable provisions

of the table. The column headings of

the Self-Reactive Materials Table are

as follows:

(1) Technical name. Column 1 specifies

the technical name.

(2) ID number. Column 2 specifies the

identification number which is used to

identify the proper shipping name in

the § 172.101 table.

(3) Concentration of self-reactive mate-

rial. Column 3 specifies the concentra-

tion (percent) limitations, if any, in

mixtures or solutions for the self-reac-

tive material. Limitations are given as

minimums, maximums, or a range, as

appropriate. A range includes the lower

and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means

from, and including, 53 percent to, and

including 100 percent).

(4) Packing method. Column 4 specifies

the highest packing method which is

authorized for the self-reactive mate-

rial. A packing method corresponding

to a smaller package size may be used,

but a packing method corresponding to

a larger package size may not be used.

The Table of Packing Methods in

§ 173.225(d) defines the packing meth-

ods. Bulk packagings for Type F self-

reactive substances are authorized by

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00588 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

579

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.224

§ 173.225(f) for IBCs and § 173.225(h) for

bulk packagings other than IBCs. Addi-

tional bulk packagings are authorized

if approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator.

(5) Control temperature. Column 5

specifies the control temperature in °C.

Temperatures are specified only when

temperature controls are required (see

§ 173.21(f)).

(6) Emergency temperature. Column 6

specifies the emergency temperature in

°C. Temperatures are specified only

when temperature controls are re-

quired (see § 173.21(f)).

(7) Notes. Column 7 specifies other ap-

plicable provisions, as set forth in

notes following the table.

ELF

-R

EACTIVE

ATERIALS

ABLE

Self-reactive substance

(1)

Identi-

fication

No.

(2)

Concentration—

(%)

(3)

Packing

method

(4)

Control tem-

perature—(°C)

(5)

Emergency

temperature

(6)

Notes

(7)

Acetone-pyrogallol copolymer 2-diazo-1-

naphthol-5-sulphonate.

3228 100 .................... OP8

Azodicarbonamide formulation type B,

temperature controlled.

3232 <100 .................. OP5 ..................... ..................... 1

Azodicarbonamide formulation type C ..... 3224 <100 .................. OP6

Azodicarbonamide formulation type C,

temperature controlled.

3234 <100 .................. OP6 ..................... ..................... 1

Azodicarbonamide formulation type D ..... 3226 <100 .................. OP7

Azodicarbonamide formulation type D,

temperature controlled.

3236 <100 .................. OP7 ..................... ..................... 1

2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethyl-4-

methoxyvaleronitrile).

3236 100 .................... OP7 ¥5 ................. +5.

2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) ......... 3236 100 .................... OP7 +10 ................ +15.

2,2′-Azodi(ethyl 2-methylpropionate) ....... 3235 100 .................... OP7 +20 ................ +25.

1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobenzonitrile) ............ 3226 100 .................... OP7

2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) ........................ 3234 100 .................... OP6 +40 ................ +45.

2,2′-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) as a water

based paste.

3224 ≤50 .................... OP6

2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile) ............... 3236 100 .................... OP7 +35 ................ +40.

Benzene-1,3-disulphonylhydrazide, as a

paste.

3226 52 ...................... OP7

Benzene sulphohydrazide ........................ 3226 100 .................... OP7

4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3-

ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride.

3226 100 .................... OP7

4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3-

ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride.

3236 100 .................... OP7 +40 ................ +45.

3-Chloro-4-

diethylaminobenzenediazonium zinc

chloride.

3226 100 .................... OP7

2-Diazo-1-Naphthol sulphonic acid ester

mixture.

3226 <100 .................. OP7 ................... ................... 4

2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphonyl chloride 3222 100 .................... OP5

2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-5-sulphonyl chloride 3222 100 .................... OP5

2,5-Dibutoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-Benzene-

diazonium, tetrachlorozincate (2:1).

3228 100 .................... OP8

2,5-Diethoxy-4-

morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc

chloride.

3236 67–100 .............. OP7 +35 ................ +40.

2,5-Diethoxy-4-

morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc

chloride.

3236 66 ...................... OP7 +40 ................ +45.

2,5-Diethoxy-4-

morpholinobenzenediazonium

tetrafluoroborate.

3236 100 .................... OP7 +30 ................ +35.

2,5-Diethoxy-4-

(phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazonium

zinc chloride.

3236 67 ...................... OP7 +40 ................ +45.

2,5-Diethoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-benzene-

diazonium sulphate.

3226 100 .................... OP7

Diethylene glycol bis(allyl carbonate) +

Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate.

3237 ≥88+≤12 ............ OP8 ¥10 ............... 0.

2,5-Dimethoxy-4-(4-

methylphenylsulphon-

y)benzenediazonium zinc chloride.

3236 79 ...................... OP7 +40 ................ +45.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00589 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

580

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.224

ELF

-R

EACTIVE

ATERIALS

ABLE

—Continued

Self-reactive substance

(1)

Identi-

fication

No.

(2)

Concentration—

(%)

(3)

Packing

method

(4)

Control tem-

perature—(°C)

(5)

Emergency

temperature

(6)

Notes

(7)

4-Dimethylamino-6-(2-

dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-diazo-

nium zinc chloride.

3236 100 .................... OP7 +40 ................ +45.

4-(Dimethylamino)-benzenediazonium

trichlorozincate (-1).

3228 100 .................... OP8

N,N′-Dinitroso-N, N′-dimethyl-

terephthalamide, as a paste.

3224 72 ...................... OP6

N,N′-Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine .. 3224 82 ...................... OP6 ..................... ..................... 2

Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphohydrazide ..... 3226 100 .................... OP7

Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphonylhydrazide 3226 100 .................... OP7

4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium zinc

chloride.

3226 100 .................... OP7

2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3-

methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-

cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium

zinc chloride.

3236 63–92 ................ OP7 +40 ................ +45.

2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3-

methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-

cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium

zinc chloride.

3236 62 ...................... OP7 +35 ................ +40.

N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3-

perhydrothiazine.

3236 100 .................... OP7 +45 ................ +50.

2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-1-(pyrrolidin-1-

yl)benzene-4-diazonium zinc chloride.

3236 100 .................... OP7 +45 ................ +50.

3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-4-(pyrrolidin-1-

yl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride.

3236 100 .................... OP7 +40 ................ +45.

2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-(3,4-

dimethyl-phenylsulphonyl)benzene dia-

zonium zinc chloride.

3236 96 ...................... OP7 +45 ................ +50.

4-Methylbenzenesulphonylhydrazide ....... 3226 100 .................... OP7

3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1-

yl)benzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate.

3234 95 ...................... OP6 +45 ................ +50.

4-Nitrosophenol ........................................ 3236 100 .................... OP7 +35 ................ +40.

Self-reactive liquid, sample ...................... 3223 ........................ OP2 ..................... ..................... 3

Self-reactive liquid, sample, temperature

control.

3233 ........................ OP2 ..................... ..................... 3

Self-reactive solid, sample ....................... 3224 ........................ OP2 ..................... ..................... 3

Self-reactive solid, sample, tempera-

ture control.

3234 ........................ OP2 ..................... ..................... 3

Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonate 3226 100 .................... OP7

Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate 3226 100 .................... OP7

Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate ................ 3234 100 .................... OP6 +30 ................ +35.

OTES

: 1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with § 173.21(f).

2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 °C.

3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

4. This entry applies to mixtures of esters of 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid and 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonic acid.

tions and samples. (1) Except as provided

for samples in paragraph (c)(3) of this

section, no person may offer, accept for

transportation, or transport a self-re-

active material which is not identified

by technical name in the Self-Reactive

Materials Table of this section, or a

formulation of one or more self-reac-

tive materials which are identified by

technical name in the table, unless the

self-reactive material is assigned a ge-

neric type and shipping description and

is approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator under the provisions of

§ 173.124(a)(2)(iii).

(2) Except as provided by an approval

issued under § 173.124(a)(2)(iii), inter-

mediate bulk and bulk packagings are

not authorized.

(3) Samples. Samples of new self-reac-

tive materials or new formulations of

self-reactive materials identified in the

Self-Reactive Materials Table in para-

graph (b) of this section, for which

complete test data are not available,

and which are to be transported for fur-

ther testing or product evaluation,

may be assigned an appropriate ship-

ping description for Self-reactive mate-

rials Type C, packaged and offered for

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00590 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

581

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

transportation under the following

conditions:

(i) Data available to the person offer-

ing the material for transportation

must indicate that the sample would

pose a level of hazard no greater than

that of a self-reactive material Type B

and that the control temperature, if

any, is sufficiently low to prevent any

dangerous decomposition and suffi-

ciently high to prevent any dangerous

phase separation;

(ii) The sample must be packaged in

accordance with packing method OP2;

(iii) Packages of the self-reactive ma-

terial may be offered for transpor-

tation and transported in a quantity

not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per

transport vehicle; and

(iv) One of the following shipping de-

scriptions must be assigned:

(A) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, 4.1,

UN3223.

(B) Self-reactive, solid, type C, 4.1,

UN3224.

perature controlled, 4.1, UN3233.

(D) Self-reactive, solid, type C, tem-

perature controlled, 4.1, UN3234.

[Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as

amended by Amdt. 173–242, 60 FR 26806, May

18, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21,

1995; Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996;

Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, 24735, May 6, 1997;

62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 64 FR 10779, Mar. 5,

1999; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33431,

June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR

45035, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004;

71 FR 78633, Dec. 29,2006]

§ 173.225 Packaging requirements and

other provisions for organic perox-

ides.

(a) General. When the § 172.101 table

specifies that an organic peroxide must

be packaged under this section, the or-

ganic peroxide must be packaged and

offered for transportation in accord-

ance with the provisions of this sec-

tion. Each packaging must conform to

the general requirements of subpart B

of part 173 and to the applicable re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter. Non-bulk packagings must

meet Packing Group II performance

levels. To avoid unnecessary confine-

ment, metallic non-bulk packagings

meeting Packing Group I are not au-

thorized. No used material, other than

production residues or regrind from the

same production process, may be used

in plastic packagings. Organic perox-

ides that require temperature control

are subject to the provisions of

§ 173.21(f). When an IBC or bulk pack-

aging is authorized and meets the re-

quirements of paragraph (f) or (h) of

this section, respectively, lower con-

trol temperatures than those specified

for non-bulk packaging may be re-

quired. An organic peroxide not identi-

fied in paragraph (c), (e), or (g) of this

section by technical name, or not as-

signed to a generic type in accordance

with the provisions in paragraph (b)(3)

of this section, must conform to the

provisions of paragraph (c) of § 173.128.

(b) New organic peroxides, formulations

and samples. (1) Except as provided for

samples in paragraph (b)(2) of this sec-

tion, no person may offer for transpor-

tation an organic peroxide that is not

identified by technical name in the Or-

ganic Peroxides Table, Organic Per-

oxide IBC Table, or the Organic Per-

oxide Portable Tank Table of this sec-

tion, or a formulation of one or more

organic peroxides that are identified by

technical name in one of those tables,

unless the organic peroxide is assigned

a generic type and shipping description

and is approved by the Associate Ad-

ministrator under the provisions of

§ 173.128(d) of this subchapter.

(2) Samples. Samples of new organic

peroxides or new formulations of or-

ganic peroxides identified in the Or-

ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c)

of this section, for which complete test

data are not available, and that are to

be transported for further testing or

product evaluation, may be assigned an

appropriate shipping description for or-

ganic peroxide Type C, packaged and

offered for transportation, under the

following conditions:

(i) Data available to the person offer-

ing the material for transportation

must indicate that the sample would

pose a level of hazard no greater than

that of an organic peroxide Type B and

that the control temperature, if any, is

sufficiently low to prevent any dan-

gerous decomposition and sufficiently

high to prevent any dangerous phase

separation;

(ii) The sample must be packaged in

accordance with packing method OP2,

for a liquid or solid, respectively;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00591 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

582

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

(iii) Packages of the organic peroxide

may be offered for transportation and

transported in a quantity not to exceed

10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle;

and

(iv) One of the following shipping de-

scriptions must be assigned:

(A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid,

5.2, UN 3103;

(B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid,

5.2, UN 3104;

temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3113; or

(D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid,

temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3114.

(3) Mixtures. Mixtures of organic per-

oxides individually identified in the Or-

ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c)

of this section may be classified as the

same type of organic peroxide as that

of the most dangerous component and

be transported under the conditions for

transportation given for this type. If

the stable components form a ther-

mally less stable mixture, the SADT of

the mixture must be determined and

the new control and emergency tem-

perature derived under the provisions

of § 173.21(f).

lowing Organic Peroxides Table speci-

fies by technical name those organic

peroxides that are authorized for trans-

portation and not subject to the ap-

proval provisions of § 173.128 of this

part. An organic peroxide identified by

technical name in the following table

is authorized for transportation only if

it conforms to all applicable provisions

of the table. The column headings of

the Organic Peroxides Table are as fol-

lows:

(1) Technical name. The first column

specifies the technical name.

(2) ID number. The second column

specifies the identification (ID) number

which is used to identify the proper

shipping name in the § 172.101 table.

The word ‘‘EXEMPT’’ appearing in the

column denotes that the material is

not regulated as an organic peroxide.

(3) Concentration of organic peroxide.

The third column specifies concentra-

tion (mass percent) limitations, if any,

in mixtures or solutions for the organic

peroxide. Limitations are given as

minimums, maximums, or a range, as

appropriate. A range includes the lower

and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means

from, and including, 53% to, and in-

cluding 100%). See introductory para-

graph of § 172.203(k) of this subchapter

for additional description requirements

for an organic peroxide that may qual-

ify for more than one generic listing,

depending on its concentration.

(4) Concentration of diluents. The

fourth column specifies the type and

concentration (mass percent) of diluent

or inert solid, when required. Other

types and concentrations of diluents

may be used if approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator.

(i) The required mass percent of

‘‘Diluent type A’’ is specified in column

4a. A diluent type A is an organic liq-

uid that does not detrimentally affect

the thermal stability or increase the

hazard of the organic peroxide and with

a boiling point not less than 150 °C at

atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents

may be used for desensitizing all or-

ganic peroxides.

(ii) The required mass percent of

‘‘Diluent type B’’ is specified in column

4b. A diluent type B is an organic liq-

uid which is compatible with the or-

ganic peroxide and which has a boiling

point, at atmospheric pressure, of less

than 150 °C (302 °F) but at least 60 °C

(140 °F), and a flash point greater than

5 °C (41 °F). Type B diluents may be

used for desensitizing all organic per-

oxides, when specified in the organic

peroxide tables, provided that the boil-

ing point is at least 60 °C (140 °F) above

the SADT of the peroxide in a 50 kg

(110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may

be used to replace a type B diluent in

equal concentration.

(iii) The required mass percent of

‘‘Inert solid’’ is specified in column 4c.

An inert solid is a solid that does not

detrimentally affect the thermal sta-

bility or hazard of the organic per-

oxide.

(5) Concentration of water. Column 5

specifies, in mass percent, the min-

imum amount of water, if any, which

must be in formulation.

(6) Packing method. Column 6 specifies

the highest packing method (largest

packaging capacity) authorized for the

organic peroxide. Lower numbered

packing methods (smaller packaging

capacities) are also authorized. For ex-

ample, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and

OP1 are also authorized. The Table of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00592 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

583

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of

this section defines the non-bulk pack-

ing methods.

(7) Temperatures. Column 7a specifies

the control temperature. Column 7b

specifies the emergency temperature.

Temperatures are specified only when

temperature controls are required. (See

§ 173.21(f)).

(8) Notes. Column 8 specifies other ap-

plicable provisions, as set forth in

notes following the table.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00593 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

584

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

RGANIC

EROXIDE

ABLE

Technical name

ID num-

ber

Con-

centration

(mass %)

Diluent (mass %)

Water

(mass

Packing method

Temperature

(°C)

Notes

A B I Con-

trol

Emer-

gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

Acetyl acetone peroxide ................................................................................................. UN3105 ≤42 ......... ≥48 .... .... ≥8 .... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 2

Acetyl acetone peroxide [as a paste] ............................................................................. UN3106 ≤32 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 21

Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide .............................................................................. UN3112 ≤82 ......... .... .... .... ≥12 .. OP4 .................. ¥10 0.

Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide .............................................................................. UN3115 ≤32 ......... .... ≥68 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥10 0.

tert-Amyl hydroperoxide .................................................................................................. UN3107 ≤88 ......... ≥6 .. .... .... ≥6 .... OP8.

tert-Amyl peroxyacetate .................................................................................................. UN3105 ≤62 ......... ≥38 .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Amyl peroxybenzoate ............................................................................................... UN3103 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP5.

tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ................................................................................. UN3115 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. +20 +25.

tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexyl carbonate ........................................................................ UN3105 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Amyl peroxy isopropyl carbonate ............................................................................. UN3103 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP5.

tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate ....................................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate ....................................................................................... 3119 .... ≤47 ......... ≥53 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Amyl peroxypivalate ................................................................................................. UN3113 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP5 .................. +10 +15.

tert-Amyl peroxypivalate ................................................................................................. 3119 .... ≤32 ......... ≥68 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +10 +15.

tert-Amyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate .................................................................... 3105 .... ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide ................................................................................................ UN3107 >42–100 .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 9

tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide ................................................................................................ UN3108 ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 9

n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate .......................................................................... UN3103 >52–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate .......................................................................... UN3108 ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP8.

tert-Butyl hydroperoxide .................................................................................................. UN3103 >79–90 ... .... .... .... ≥10 .. OP5 .................. ...... ...... 13

tert-Butyl hydroperoxide .................................................................................................. UN3105 ≤80 ......... ≥20 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 4, 13

tert-Butyl hydroperoxide .................................................................................................. UN3107 ≤79 ......... .... .... .... >14 .. OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13, 16

tert-Butyl hydroperoxide .................................................................................................. UN3109 ≤72 ......... .... .... .... ≥28 .. OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13

tert-Butyl hydroperoxide [and] Di-tert-butylperoxide ....................................................... UN3103 <82+>9 ... .... .... .... ≥7 .... OP5 .................. ...... ...... 13

tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate ........................................................................................ UN3102 >52–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate ........................................................................................ UN3103 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP6.

tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate ........................................................................................ UN3108 ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP8.

tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as a paste] .................................................................... UN3108 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8.

tert-Butyl peroxyacetate .................................................................................................. UN3101 >52–77 ... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP5.

tert-Butyl peroxyacetate .................................................................................................. UN3103 >32–52 ... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP6.

tert-Butyl peroxyacetate .................................................................................................. UN3109 ≤32 ......... .... ≥68 .... ...... OP8.

tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate ............................................................................................... UN3103 >77–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate ............................................................................................... UN3105 >52–77 ... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 1

tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate ............................................................................................... UN3106 ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate ............................................................................................... 3109 .... ≤32 ......... ≥68 .... .... ...... OP8.

tert-Butyl peroxybutyl fumarate ....................................................................................... UN3105 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxycrotonate ............................................................................................... UN3105 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate ........................................................................................ UN3113 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP5 .................. +20 +25.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ................................................................................. UN3113 >52–100 .... .... .... ...... OP6 .................. +20 +25.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ................................................................................. UN3117 >32–52 ... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP8 .................. +30 +35.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ................................................................................. UN3118 ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP8 .................. +20 +25.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00594 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

585

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ................................................................................. UN3119 ≤32 ......... .... ≥68 .... ...... OP8 .................. +40 +45.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane ...................... UN3106 ≤12+≤14 ≥14 .... ≥60 ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane ...................... UN3115 ≤31+≤36 .... ≥33 .... ...... OP7 .................. +35 +40.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexylcarbonate ......................................................................... UN3105 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate ............................................................................................ UN3111 >52–77 ... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP5 .................. +15 +20.

tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate ............................................................................................ UN3115 ≤52 ......... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP7 .................. +15 +20.

tert-Butylperoxy isopropylcarbonate ............................................................................... UN3103 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP5.

1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene .................................................. UN3105 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7.

1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene .................................................. UN3108 ≤42 ......... .... .... ≥58 ...... OP8.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-methylbenzoate ................................................................................ UN3103 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP5.

tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate ....................................................................................... UN3115 >77–100 .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥5 .. +5.

tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate ....................................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] .................................. UN3119 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] ..................... UN3118 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate ....................................................................................... UN3119 ≤32 ......... ≥68 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate ...................................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] ................................. UN3117 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxypivalate ................................................................................................. UN3113 >67–77 ... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP5 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxypivalate ................................................................................................. UN3115 >27–67 ... .... ≥33 .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Butyl peroxypivalate ................................................................................................. UN3119 ≤27 ......... .... ≥73 .... ...... OP8 .................. +30 +35.

tert-Butylperoxy stearylcarbonate ................................................................................... UN3106 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate ..................................................................... UN3105 >32–100 .... .... .... ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethlyhexanoate .................................................................... 3106 .... ≤42 ......... .... .... ≥58 ...... OP7.

tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate ..................................................................... UN3109 ≤32 ......... .... ≥68 .... ...... OP8.

3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid ........................................................................................... UN3102 >57–86 ... .... .... ≥14 ...... OP1.

3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid ........................................................................................... UN3106 ≤57 ......... .... .... ≥3.. ≥40 .. OP7.

3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid ........................................................................................... UN3106 ≤77 ......... .... .... ≥6.. ≥17 .. OP7.

Cumyl hydroperoxide ...................................................................................................... UN3107 >90–98 ... ≤10 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13

Cumyl hydroperoxide ...................................................................................................... UN3109 ≤90 ......... ≥10 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13, 15

Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate ........................................................................................... 3115 .... ≤87 ......... ≥13 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥10 0.

Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate ........................................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥10 0.

Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] ....................................... UN3119 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥10 0.

Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate .......................................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥10 0.

Cumyl peroxypivalate ...................................................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥5 .. +5.

Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) ............................................................................................ UN3104 ≤91 ......... .... .... .... ≥9 .... OP6 .................. ...... ...... 13

Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) ............................................................................................ UN3105 ≤72 ......... ≥28 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 5

Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) [as a paste] ........................................................................ UN3106 ≤72 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 5, 21

Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) ............................................................................................ Exempt ≤32 ......... .... >68 .... ...... Exempt ............. ...... ...... 29

Diacetone alcohol peroxides ........................................................................................... UN3115 ≤57 ......... .... ≥26 .... ≥8 .... OP7 .................. +40 +45 .. 5

Diacetyl peroxide ............................................................................................................ UN3115 ≤27 ......... .... ≥73 .... ...... OP7 .................. +20 +25 .. 8,13

Di-tert-amyl peroxide ....................................................................................................... UN3107 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP8.

2,2-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)-butane ...................................................................................... 3105 .... ≤57 ......... ≥43 .... .... ...... OP7.

1,1-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3103 ≤82 ......... ≥18 .... .... ...... OP6.

Dibenzoyl peroxide ......................................................................................................... UN3102 >51–100 .... .... ≤48 ...... OP2 .................. ...... ...... 3

Dibenzoyl peroxide ......................................................................................................... UN3102 >77–94 ... .... .... .... ≥6 .... OP4 .................. ...... ...... 3

Dibenzoyl peroxide ......................................................................................................... UN3104 ≤77 ......... .... .... .... ≥23 .. OP6.

Dibenzoyl peroxide ......................................................................................................... UN3106 ≤62 ......... .... .... ≥28 ≥10 .. OP7.

Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] ..................................................................................... UN3106 >52–62 ... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 21

Dibenzoyl peroxide ......................................................................................................... UN3106 >35–52 ... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP7.

Dibenzoyl peroxide ......................................................................................................... UN3107 >36–42 ... ≥18 .... .... ≤40 .. OP8.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00595 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

586

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

RGANIC

EROXIDE

ABLE

—Continued

Technical name

ID num-

ber

Con-

centration

(mass %)

Diluent (mass %)

Water

(mass

Packing method

Temperature

(°C)

Notes

A B I Con-

trol

Emer-

gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] ..................................................................................... UN3108 ≤56.5 ...... .... .... .... ≥15 .. OP8.

Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] ..................................................................................... UN3108 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 21

Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] ..................................................... UN3109 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8.

Dibenzoyl peroxide ......................................................................................................... Exempt ≤35 ......... .... .... ≥65 ...... Exempt ............. ...... ...... 29

Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate .................................................................. UN3114 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP6 .................. +30 +35.

Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ............. UN3119 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +30 +35.

Di-tert-butyl peroxide ....................................................................................................... UN3107 >52–100 .... .... .... ...... OP8.

Di-tert-butyl peroxide ....................................................................................................... UN3109 ≤52 ......... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 24

Di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate .............................................................................................. UN3105 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP7.

2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)butane ....................................................................................... UN3103 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP6.

1,6-Di-(tert-butylperoxycarbonyloxy)hexane ................................................................... UN3103 ≤72 ......... ≥28 .... .... ...... OP5.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3101 >80–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3103 >52–80 ... ≥20 .... .... ...... OP5.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-cyclohexane ............................................................................. 3103 .... ≤72 ......... .... ≥28 .... ...... OP5 .................. ...... ...... 30

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3105 >42–52 ... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP7.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3106 ≤42 ......... ≥13 .... ≥45 ...... OP7.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3107 ≤27 ......... ≥25 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 22

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3109 ≤42 ......... ≥58 .... .... ...... OP8.

1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) cyclohexane ............................................................................. 3109 .... ≤37 ......... ≥63 .... .... ...... OP8.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3109 ≤25 ......... ≥25 ≥50 .... ...... OP8.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane .............................................................................. UN3109 ≤13 ......... ≥13 ≥74 .... ...... OP8.

Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate .......................................................................................... UN3115 >27–52 ... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate .......................................................................................... UN3117 ≤27 ......... .... ≥73 .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥10 0.

Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] ........................ UN3118 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate ...................................................................................... UN3113 >52–100 .... .... .... ...... OP4 .................. ¥20 ¥10 6

Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate ...................................................................................... UN3115 ≤52 ......... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s) ....................................................................... UN3106 > 42–100 .... .... ≤ 57 ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 1, 9

Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s) ....................................................................... Exempt ≤ 42 ........ .... .... ≥ 58 ...... Exempt.

Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate .......................................................................................... UN3105 >42–52 ... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP7.

Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate [as a paste] ..................................................................... UN3106 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 21

Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate .......................................................................................... UN3107 ≤42 ......... ≥58 .... .... ...... OP8.

2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane ..................................................................................... UN3105 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP7.

2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane ..................................................................................... UN3106 ≤42 ......... ≥13 .... ≥45 ...... OP7.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane ...................................................... UN3101 >90–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane ...................................................... UN3103 >57–90 ... ≥10 .... .... ...... OP5.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane ...................................................... UN3103 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP5.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane ...................................................... UN3103 ≤90 ......... .... ≥10 .... ...... OP5 .................. ...... ...... 30

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane ...................................................... UN3110 ≤57 ......... .... .... ≥43 ...... OP8.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane ...................................................... UN3107 ≤57 ......... ≥43 .... .... ...... OP8.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane ...................................................... UN3107 ≤32 ......... ≥26 ≥42 .... ...... OP8.

Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate ............................................................................................... UN3116 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. +30 +35.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00596 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

587

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] .......................................... UN3119 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +30 +35.

Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide ........................................................................................... UN3102 ≤77 ......... .... .... .... ≥23 .. OP5.

Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide ........................................................................................... Exempt ≤32 ......... .... .... ≥68 ...... Exempt ............. ...... ...... 29

Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] ................................................................. UN3118 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... OP8 +20 ................... +25.

Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] ....................................................................... UN3106 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 21

Dicumyl peroxide ............................................................................................................ UN3110 >52–100 .... .... ≤48 ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 9

Dicumyl peroxide ............................................................................................................ Exempt ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... Exempt ............. ...... ...... 29

Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate ..................................................................................... UN3112 >91–100 .... .... .... ...... OP3 .................. +10 +15.

Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate ..................................................................................... UN3114 ≤91 ......... .... .... .... ≥9 .... OP5 .................. +10 +15.

Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ................................. UN3119 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +15 +20.

Didecanoyl peroxide ....................................................................................................... UN3114 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP6 .................. +30 +35.

2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane ......................................................... UN3106 ≤42 ......... .... .... ≥58 ...... OP7.

2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane ......................................................... UN3107 ≤22 ......... .... ≥78 .... ...... OP8.

Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide ..................................................................................... UN3102 ≤77 ......... .... .... .... ≥23 .. OP5.

Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil] ........................................ UN3106 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

Di-(2-ethoxyethyl) peroxydicarbonate ............................................................................. UN3115 ≤52 ......... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥10 0.

Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate ............................................................................... UN3113 >77–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate ............................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ........................... 3119 .... ≤62 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ........................... UN3119 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] ............. UN3120 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

2,2-Dihydroperoxypropane .............................................................................................. UN3102 ≤27 ......... .... .... ≥73 ...... OP5.

Di-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)peroxide ................................................................................... UN3106 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

Diisobutyryl peroxide ....................................................................................................... UN3111 >32–52 ... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP5 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

Diisobutyryl peroxide ....................................................................................................... UN3115 ≤32 ......... .... ≥68 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

Diisopropylbenzene dihydroperoxide .............................................................................. UN3106 ≤82 ......... ≥5 .. .... .... ≥5 .... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 17

Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate ........................................................................................ UN3112 >52–100 .... .... .... ...... OP2 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate ........................................................................................ UN3115 ≤52 ......... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate ........................................................................................ UN3115 ≤28 ......... ≥72 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Dilauroyl peroxide ........................................................................................................... UN3106 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

Dilauroyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] ....................................................... UN3109 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8.

Di-(3-methoxybutyl) peroxydicarbonate .......................................................................... UN3115 ≤52 ......... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥5 .. +5.

Di-(2-methylbenzoyl)peroxide ......................................................................................... UN3112 ≤87 ......... .... .... .... ≥13 .. OP5 .................. +30 +35.

Di-(4-methylbenzoyl)peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil] ........................................... UN3106 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

Di-(3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Benzoyl (3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Dibenzoyl

peroxide.

UN3115 ≤20+ .......

≤18+≤4 ...

.... ≥58 .... ...... OP7 .................. +35 +40.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane ................................................................... UN3102 >82–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane ................................................................... UN3106 ≤82 ......... .... .... ≥18 ...... OP7.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane ................................................................... UN3104 ≤82 ......... .... .... .... ≥18 .. OP5.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane .................................................................. UN3103 > 90–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane .................................................................. UN3105 > 52—90 ≥ 10 .... .... ...... OP7.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane .................................................................. UN3108 ≤77 ......... .... .... ≥23 ...... OP8.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane .................................................................. UN3109 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP8.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane [as a paste] ............................................. UN3108 ≤47 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 ............................................................... UN3101 >86–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 ............................................................... UN3103 >52–86 ... ≥14 .... .... ...... OP5.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 ............................................................... UN3106 ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP7.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane ...................................................... UN3113 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP5 .................. +20 +25.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydroperoxyhexane .......................................................................... UN3104 ≤82 ......... .... .... .... ≥18 .. OP6.

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane .......................................... UN3105 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00597 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

588

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

RGANIC

EROXIDE

ABLE

—Continued

Technical name

ID num-

ber

Con-

centration

(mass %)

Diluent (mass %)

Water

(mass

Packing method

Temperature

(°C)

Notes

A B I Con-

trol

Emer-

gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

1,1-Dimethyl-3-hydroxybutylperoxyneoheptanoate ......................................................... UN3117 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. 0 ...... +10.

Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate .......................................................................................... UN3116 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. +20 +25.

Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ..................................... UN3119 ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +20 +25.

Di-(2-neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)benzene ................................................................... UN3115 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥10 0.

Di-(2-neodecanoyl-peroxyisopropyl) benzene, as stable dispersion in water ................ 3119 .... ≤42 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥15 ¥5.

Di-n-nonanoyl peroxide ................................................................................................... UN3116 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

Di-n-octanoyl peroxide .................................................................................................... UN3114 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP5 .................. +10 +15.

Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate ........................................................................... UN3102 >85–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate ........................................................................... UN3106 ≤85 ......... .... .... .... ≥15 .. OP7.

Dipropionyl peroxide ....................................................................................................... UN3117 ≤27 ......... .... ≥73 .... ...... OP8 .................. +15 +20.

Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate ........................................................................................ UN3113 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP3 .................. ¥25 ¥15.

Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate ........................................................................................ UN3113 ≤77 ......... .... ≥23 .... ...... OP5 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

Disuccinic acid peroxide ................................................................................................. UN3102 >72–100 .... .... .... ...... OP4 .................. ...... ...... 18

Disuccinic acid peroxide ................................................................................................. UN3116 ≤72 ......... .... .... .... ≥28 .. OP7 .................. +10 +15.

Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide .............................................................................. UN3115 >38–82 ... ≥18 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] .......................... UN3119 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +10 +15.

Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide .............................................................................. UN3119 ≤38 ......... ≥62 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +20 +25.

Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-amylperoxy)butyrate ............................................................................. UN3105 ≤67 ......... ≥33 .... .... ...... OP7.

Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate ............................................................................. UN3103 >77–100 .... .... .... ...... OP5.

Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate ............................................................................. UN3105 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7.

Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate ............................................................................. UN3106 ≤52 ......... .... .... ≥48 ...... OP7.

1-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)-1,3-Dimethylbutyl peroxypivalate ......................................... UN3115 ≤52 ......... ≥45 ≥10 .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

tert-Hexyl peroxyneodecanoate ...................................................................................... UN3115 ≤71 ......... ≥29 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate ................................................................................................ UN3115 ≤72 ......... .... ≥28 .... ...... OP7 .................. +10 +15.

3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate ......................................................... 3115 .... ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥5 .. +5.

3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] .... 3119 .... ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥5 .. +5.

3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate ......................................................... 3117 .... ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥5 .. +5.

Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonat +Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-isopropyl

peroxydicarbonate.

UN3111 ≤52+≤28

+≤22 .......

.... .... .... ...... OP5 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-isopropyl

peroxydicarbonate.

UN3115 ≤32+≤15

¥18 ........

+≤12 .......

¥15 ........

≥38 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ¥20 ¥10.

Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide ........................................................................................ UN3109 ≤72 ......... ≥28 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13

p-Menthyl hydroperoxide ................................................................................................ UN3105 > 72–100 .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 13

p-Menthyl hydroperoxide ................................................................................................ UN3109 ≤72 ......... ≥28 .... .... ...... OP8.

Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) .................................................................................. UN3115 ≤67 ......... .... ≥33 .... ...... OP7 .................. +35 +40.

Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) ...................................................................................... UN3101 ≤52 ......... ≥48 .... .... ...... OP5 .................. ...... ...... 5, 13

Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) ...................................................................................... UN3105 ≤45 ......... ≥55 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 5

Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) ...................................................................................... UN3107 ≤40 ......... ≥60 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 7

Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) ................................................................................. UN3105 ≤62 ......... ≥19 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 5, 23

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00598 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

589

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

Methyl isopropyl ketone peroxide(s) ............................................................................... 3109 .... (See re-

mark

31).

≥70 .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 31

Organic peroxide, liquid, sample .................................................................................... UN3103 ............. .... .... .... ...... OP2 .................. ...... ...... 12

Organic peroxide, liquid, sample, temperature controlled .............................................. UN3113 ............. .... .... .... ...... OP2 .................. ...... ...... 12

Organic peroxide, solid, sample ..................................................................................... UN3104 ............. .... .... .... ...... OP2 .................. ...... ...... 12

Organic peroxide, solid, sample, temperature controlled ............................................... UN3114 ............. .... .... .... ...... OP2 .................. ...... ...... 12

3,3,5,7,7-Pentamethyl-1,2,4-Trioxepane ......................................................................... 3107 .... ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP8.

Peroxyacetic acid, type D, stabilized .............................................................................. UN3105 ≤43 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 13, 20

Peroxyacetic acid, type E, stabilized .............................................................................. UN3107 ≤43 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13, 20

Peroxyacetic acid, type F, stabilized .............................................................................. UN3109 ≤43 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13, 20, 28

Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 7% hydrogen peroxide] ......... UN3107 ≤36 ......... .... .... .... ≥15 .. OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13, 20, 28

Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 20% hydrogen peroxide] ....... Exempt ≤6 ........... .... .... .... ≥60 .. Exempt ............. ...... ...... 28

Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 26% hydrogen peroxide] ....... UN3109 ≤17 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ...... ...... 13, 20, 28

Peroxylauric acid ............................................................................................................. UN3118 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. +35 +40.

Pinanyl hydroperoxide .................................................................................................... UN3105 >56–100 .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 13

Pinanyl hydroperoxide .................................................................................................... UN3109 ≤56 ......... ≥44 .... .... ...... OP8.

Polyether poly-tert-butylperoxycarbonate ....................................................................... UN3107 ≤52 ......... .... ≥48 .... ...... OP8.

Tetrahydronaphthyl hydroperoxide ................................................................................. UN3106 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide ......................................................................... UN3105 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7.

1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ......................................................... UN3115 ≤100 ....... .... .... .... ...... OP7 .................. +15 +20.

1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate ............................................................... UN3115 ≤72 ......... .... ≥28 .... ...... OP7 .................. -5 .... +5.

1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] .......... UN3119 ≤52 ......... .... .... .... ...... OP8 .................. ¥5 .. +5.

1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl peroxypivalate .......................................................................... UN3115 ≤77 ......... ≥23 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. 0 ...... +10.

3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl-1,4,7-triperoxonane ........................................................... UN3105 ≤42 ......... ≥58 .... .... ...... OP7 .................. ...... ...... 26

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00599 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

590

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

OTES

1. For domestic shipments, OP8 is author-

ized.

2. Available oxygen must be <4.7%.

3. For concentrations <80% OP5 is allowed.

For concentrations of at least 80% but <85%,

OP4 is allowed. For concentrations of at

least 85%, maximum package size is OP2.

4. The diluent may be replaced by di-tert-

butyl peroxide.

5. Available oxygen must be ≤9% with or

without water.

6. For domestic shipments, OP5 is author-

ized.

7. Available oxygen must be ≤8.2% with or

without water.

8. Only non-metallic packagings are au-

thorized.

9. For domestic shipments this material

maybe transported under the provisions of

paragraph (h)(3)(xii) of this section.

10. [Reserved]

11. [Reserved]

12. Samples may only be offered for trans-

portation under the provisions of paragraph

(b)(2) of this section.

13. ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is re-

quired.

14. [Reserved]

15. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is

required for concentrations below 80%.

16. With <6% di-tert-butyl peroxide.

17. With ≤8% 1-isopropylhydroperoxy-4-

isopropylhydroxybenzene.

18. Addition of water to this organic per-

oxide will decrease its thermal stability.

19. [Reserved]

20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide, water

and acid(s).

21. With diluent type A, with or without

water.

22. With ≥36% diluent type A by mass, and

in addition ethylbenzene.

23. With ≥19% diluent type A by mass, and

in addition methyl isobutyl ketone.

24. Diluent type B with boiling point >100

25. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is

required for concentrations below 56%.

26. Available oxygen must be ≤7.6%.

27. Formulations derived from distillation

of peroxyacetic acid originating from per-

oxyacetic acid in a concentration of not

more than 41% with water, total active oxy-

gen less than or equal to 9.5% (peroxyacetic

acid plus hydrogen peroxide).

28. For the purposes of this section, the

names ‘‘Peroxyacetic acid’’ and ‘‘Peracetic

acid’’ are synonymous.

29. Not subject to the requirements of this

subchapter for Division 5.2.

30. Diluent type B with boiling point > 130

°C (266 °F).

31. Available oxygen ≤6.7%.

(d) Packing Method Table. Packagings

for organic peroxides and self-reactive

substances are listed in the Maximum

Quantity per Packing Method Table.

The packing methods are designated

OP1 to OP8. The quantities specified

for each packing method represent the

maximum that is authorized.

(1) The following types of packagings

are authorized:

(i) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1D, 1G,

1H1, 1H2;

(ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1,

3H2;

(iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1,

4H2, 4A, 4B; or

(iv) Composite packagings with a

plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 6HA2,

6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2, 6HG1,

6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2.

(2) Metal packaging (including inner

packagings of combination packagings

and outer packagings of combination

or composite packagings) are used only

for packing methods OP7 and OP8.

(3) In combination packagings, glass

receptacles are used only as inner

packagings with a maximum content of

0.5 kg for solids or 0.5 L for liquids.

(4) The maximum quantity per pack-

aging or package for Packing Methods

OP1–OP8 must be as follows:

AXIMUM

UANTITY

ACKAGING

ACKAGE

[For Packing Methods OP1 to OP8]

Maximum quantity

Packing Method

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4

OP5 OP6 OP7 OP8

Solids and combination packagings (liquid and

solid) (kg) ........................................................... 0.5 0.5/10 5 5 25 50 50

400

Liquids (L) ............................................................. 0.5 5 30 60 60

225

If two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the maximum net

mass of the complete package.

60 kg for jerricans/200 kg for boxes and, for solids, 400 kg in combination packagings with outer packagings comprising

boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, and 4H2) and with inner packagings of plastics or fiber with a maximum net mass of 25 kg.

60 L for jerricans.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00600 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

591

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(e) Organic Peroxide IBC Table. The

following Organic Peroxide IBC Table

specifies, by technical name, those or-

ganic peroxides that are authorized for

transportation in certain IBCs and not

subject to the approval provisions of

§ 173.128 of this part. Additional re-

quirements for authorized IBCs are

found in paragraph (f) of this section.

RGANIC

EROXIDE

IBC T

ABLE

UN No. Organic peroxide Type of IBC

Maximum

quantity (litres)

Control tempera-

ture

Emergency tem-

perature

3109 ................. ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE

F, LIQUID.

tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not

more than 72% with water.

31A 1250

tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not

more than 32% in diluent

type A.

31A 1250

.............................................. 31HA1 1000

tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate, not

more than 32% in diluent

type A.

31A 1250.

tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-

trimethylhexanoate, not more

than 37% in diluent type A.

31A 1250.

31HA1 1000.

Cumyl hydroperoxide, not more

than 90% in diluent type A.

31HA1 1250

Dibenzoyl peroxide, not more

than 42% as a stable disper-

sion.

31H1 1000

Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more

than 52% in diluent type B.

31A 1250

.............................................. 31HA1 1000

1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy)

cyclohexane, not more than

37% in diluent type A.

31A 1250.

1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)

cyclohexane, not more than

42% in diluent type A.

31H1 1000

Dicumyl peroxide, less than or

equal to 100%.

31A 1250

.............................................. 31HA1 1000

Dilauroyl peroxide, not more

than 42%, stable dispersion,

in water.

31HA1 1000

Isopropyl cumyl hydroperoxide,

not more than 72% in diluent

type A.

31HA1 1250

p-Menthyl hydroperoxide, not

more than 72% in diluent

type A.

31HA1 1250

Peroxyacetic acid, stabilized,

not more than 17%.

31A 1500

31H1 1500

31H2 1500

31HA1 1500

Peroxyacetic acid, with not

more than 26% hydrogen

peroxide.

31A 1500

.............................................. 31HA1 1500

Peroxyacetic acid, type F, sta-

bilized.

31A 1500

................................................ 31HA1 1500

3110 ................. ORGANIC PEROXIDE TYPE

F, SOLID.

Dicumyl peroxide, less than or

equal to 100%.

31A 2000

.............................................. 31H1

.............................................. 31HA1

3119 ................. ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE

F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE

CONTROLLED.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00601 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

592

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

RGANIC

EROXIDE

IBC T

ABLE

—Continued

UN No. Organic peroxide Type of IBC

Maximum

quantity (litres)

Control tempera-

ture

Emergency tem-

perature

tert-Amyl peroxypivalate, not

more than 32% in diluent

type A.

31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C.

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-

ethylhexanoate, not more

than 32% in diluent type B.

31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C

.............................................. 31A 1250 +30 °C +35 °C

tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate,

not more than 32% in diluent

type A.

31A 1250 0 °C +10 °C

tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate,

not more than 52%, stable

dispersion, in water.

31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C.

tert-Butyl peroxypivalate, not

more than 27% in diluent

type B.

31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C

.............................................. 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C

Dicyclohexylperoxydicarbonate,

not more than 42% as a sta-

ble dispersion, in water.

31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C

Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)

peroxydicarbonate, not more

than 42%, stable dispersion,

in water.

31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C

Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate, not

more than 42%, stable dis-

persion, in water.

31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C

Di-(2-ethylhexyl)

peroxydicarbonate, not more

than 62%, staple dispersion,

in water.

31A 1250 ¥20 °C ¥10 °C.

Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate,

not more than 42%, stable

dispersion, in water.

31HA1 1000 +15 °C +20 °C

Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)

peroxide, not more than 38%

in diluent type A.

31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C

.............................................. 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C

Di-(2-

neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)

benzene, not more than

42%, stable dispersion, in

water.

31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C.

3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl

peroxy-neodecanoate, not

more than 52%, stable dis-

persion, in water.

31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C.

Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)

peroxide, not more than

52%, stable dispersion, in

water.

31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C

1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl

peroxyneodecanoate, not

more than 52%, stable dis-

persion, in water.

31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C

(f) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject

to the conditions and limitations of

this section if the IBC type is author-

ized according to paragraph (e) of this

section, as applicable, and the IBC con-

forms to the requirements in subpart O

of part 178 of this subchapter at the

Packing Group II performance level.

Type F organic peroxides or self-reac-

tive substances are not authorized for

transportation in IBCs other than

those specified, unless approved by the

Associate Administrator.

(1) IBCs shall be provided with a de-

vice to allow venting during transpor-

tation. The inlet to the pressure relief

device shall be sited in the vapor space

of the IBC under maximum filling con-

ditions during transportation.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00602 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

593

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(2) To prevent explosive rupture of

metal IBCs or composite IBCs with a

complete metal casing, the emergency-

relief devices shall be designed to vent

all the decomposition products and va-

pors evolved during self-accelerating

decomposition or during a period of not

less than one hour of complete fire-en-

gulfment as calculated by the formula

in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section.

The control and emergency tempera-

tures specified in the Organic Peroxide

IBC Table are based on a non-insulated

IBC.

(g) Organic Peroxide Portable Tank

Table. The following Organic Peroxide

Portable Tank Table provides certain

portable tank requirements and identi-

fies, by technical name, those organic

peroxides that are authorized for trans-

portation in the bulk packagings listed

in paragraph (h). Organic peroxides

listed in this table, provided they meet

the specific packaging requirements

found in paragraph (h), are not subject

to the approval provisions of § 173.128 of

this part.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00603 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

594

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

RGANIC

EROXIDE

ORTABLE

ANK

ABLE

UN No. Hazardous material

Min-

imum

test

pres-

sure

(bar)

Minimum shell

thickness (mm-ref-

erence steel)

See. . .

Bottom opening re-

quirements

See. . .

Pressure-relief re-

quirements

See. . .

Filling limits

Control tempera-

ture

Emergency tem-

perature

3109 ......... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F,

LIQUID.

tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not

more than 72% with water.

*Provided that steps have been

taken to achieve the safety

equivalence of 65% tert-Butyl

hydroperoxide and 35% water.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

Cumyl hydro-peroxide, not more

than 90% in diluent type A.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more

32% in diluent type A.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

Dicumyl peroxide, less than or

equal to 100% in diluent type

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

Isopropyl cumyl hydro-peroxide,

not more than 72% in diluent

type A.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

p-Menthyl hydro-peroxide, not

more than 72% in diluent type

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

Pinanyl hydro-peroxide, not more

than 56% in diluent type A.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

3110 ......... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F,

SOLID.

Dicumyl peroxide less than or

equal to 100% with inert solids.

*Maximum quantity per portable

tank 2,000 kg.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

3119 ......... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F,

LIQUID, TEMPERATURE

CONTROLLED.

tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate,

not more than 47% in diluent

type A.

4 § 178.274 (d)(2) § 178.275 (d)(3) § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

¥10 °C ¥5 °C.

tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not

more than 32% in diluent type

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

+30 °C +35 °C

tert-Butyl peroxy-2-

ethylhexanoate, not more than

32% in diluent B.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

+15 °C +20 °C

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00604 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

595

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

tert-Butylperoxypivalate, not

more than 27% in diluent type

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

+5 °C +10 °C

tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethyl-

hexanoate, not more than 32%

in diluent type B.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

+35 °C +40 °C

Di-(3,5,5-trimethyl-hexanoyl) per-

oxide, not more than 38% in

diluent type A or type B.

4 § 178.274 (d)(2) § 178.275 (d)(3) § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

0 °C +5 °C.

Peroxyacetic acid, distilled, sta-

bilized, not more than 41%.

4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at

59 °F (15 °C)

+30 °C +35 °C

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00605 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

596

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.225

(h) Bulk packagings other than IBCs.

The following bulk packagings are au-

thorized, subject to the conditions and

limitations of this section, if the or-

ganic peroxide is listed in the Organic

Peroxide Portable Tank Table and bulk

packagings are authorized, or if the or-

ganic peroxide is specifically author-

ized for transport in a bulk packaging

by this paragraph (h), and the bulk

packaging conforms to the require-

ments of this subchapter:

(1) Rail cars. Class DOT 103, 104, 105,

109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld

tank car tanks are authorized. DOT

103W, 111A60F1 and 111A60W1 tank car

tanks must have bottom outlets effec-

tively sealed from inside. Gauging de-

vices are required on DOT 103W tank

car tanks. Riveted tank car tanks are

not authorized.

(2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 307,

MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and

DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles

with a tank design pressure of at least

172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized.

(3) Portable tanks. The following re-

quirements apply to portable tanks in-

tended for the transport of organic per-

oxides or self-reactive substances. DOT

51, 57, IM 101 portable tanks, and UN

portable tanks that conform to the re-

quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec-

tion, are authorized. Type F organic

peroxide or self-reactive substance for-

mulations other than those indicated

in the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank

Table may be transported in portable

tanks if approved by the Associate Ad-

ministrator. The following conditions

also apply:

(i) The portable tank must be de-

signed for a test pressure of at least 0.4

MPa (4 bar).

(ii) The portable tank must be fitted

with temperature-sensing devices.

(iii) The portable tank must be fitted

with pressure relief devices and emer-

gency-relief devices. Vacuum-relief de-

vices may also be used. Pressure relief

devices must operate at pressures de-

termined according to both the prop-

erties of the hazardous material and

the construction characteristics of the

portable tank. Fusible elements are

not allowed in the shell.

(iv) The pressure relief devices must

consist of reclosing devices fitted to

prevent significant build-up within the

portable tank of the decomposition

products and vapors released at a tem-

perature of 50 °C (122 °F). The capacity

and start-to-discharge pressure of the

relief devices must be in accordance

with the applicable requirements of

this subchapter specified for the port-

able tank. The pressure relief devices

must not allow liquid to escape in the

event the portable tank is overturned

in a loaded condition.

(v)(A) The emergency-relief devices

may be of the reclosing or frangible

types, or a combination of the two, de-

signed to vent all the decomposition

products and vapors evolved during a

period of not less than one hour of

complete fire engulfment as calculated

by the following formula:

q = 70961 F A

0.82

Where:

q = heat absorption (W)

A = wetted area (m

)

F = insulation factor (¥)

(B) Insulation factor (F) in the for-

mula in paragraph (h)(3)(v)(A) of this

section equals 1 for non-insulated ves-

sels and for insulated vessels F is cal-

culated using the following formula:

−

()

U 923

47032

Where:

U = K/L = heat transfer coefficient of the in-

sulation (W·m

·K

); where K = heat

conductivity of insulation layer

(W·m

·K

), and L = thickness of insu-

lation layer (m).

= temperature of material at relieving

conditions (K).

(vi) The start-to-discharge pressure

of emergency-relief devices must be

higher than that specified for the pres-

sure relief devices in paragraph

(h)(3)(iv) of this section. The emer-

gency-relief devices must be sized and

designed in such a way that the max-

imum pressure in the shell never ex-

ceeds the test pressure of the portable

tank.

OTE TO PARAGRAPH

(h)(3)(vi): An example

of a method to determine the size of emer-

gency-relief devices is given in Appendix 5 of

the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A second ex-

ample of a test method for venting sizing is

given in the American Institute of Chemical

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00606 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER20DE04.002</MATH> ER20DE04.003</MATH>

597

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.226

Engineers Process Safety Progress Journal,

June 2002 issue (Vol. 21, No. 2) (Informational

materials not requiring incorporation by ref-

erence, see § 171.7(b)).

(vii) For insulated portable tanks,

the capacity and setting of emergency-

relief devices must be determined as-

suming a loss of insulation from 1% of

the surface area.

(viii) Vacuum-relief devices and re-

closing devices on portable tanks used

for flammable hazardous materials

must be provided with flame arresters.

Any reduction of the relief capacity

caused by the flame arrester must be

taken into account and the appropriate

relief capacity must be provided.

(ix) Service equipment such as de-

vices and external piping must be de-

signed and constructed so that no haz-

ardous material remains in them after

filling the portable tank.

(x) Portable tanks may be either in-

sulated or protected by a sun-shield. If

the SADT of the hazardous material in

the portable tank is 55 °C (131 °F) or

less, the portable tank must be com-

pletely insulated. The outer surface

must be finished in white or bright

metal.

(xi) The degree of filling must not ex-

ceed 90% at 15 °C (59 °F).

(xii) DOT 57 metal portable tanks are

authorized only for those materials or

mixtures of two or more materials that

are provided with a reference to Note 9

in Column 8 of the Organic Peroxide

Table, found in paragraph (c) of this

section. DOT 57 portable tanks must

conform to the venting requirements of

paragraph (f) of this section. These

portable tanks are not subject to any

other requirements of paragraph (h) of

this section.

(4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide

(TBHP), each tank car, cargo tank or

portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0

inches) low density polyethylene (PE)

saddles having a melt index of at least

0.2 grams per 10 minutes (for example

see, ASTM D1238, condition E) as part

of the lading, with a ratio of PE to

TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by

mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal

containers equipped with fusible plugs

having a melting point between 69 °C

(156 °F) and 71 °C (160 °F) and filled with

a sufficient quantity of water to dilute

the TBHP to 65% or less by mass may

be used. The PE saddles must be vis-

ually inspected after each trip and, at

a minimum, once every 12 months, and

replaced when discoloration, fracture,

severe deformation, or other indication

of change is noted.

[69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70

FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1,

2007; 74 FR 2260, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 173.226 Materials poisonous by inha-

lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group

I, Hazard Zone A.

Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Zone A

poisonous by inhalation (see § 173.133)

must be packed in non-bulk packagings

in accordance with the following para-

graphs:

(a) In seamless specification or UN

cylinders conforming to the require-

ments of § 173.40.

(b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, or 6HA1

drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2

drum. Both inner and outer drums

must conform to the performance test

requirements of subpart M of part 178

of this subchapter at the Packing

Group I performance level. The outer

drums may be tested either as a pack-

age intended to contain inner pack-

agings (combination package) or as a

single packaging intended to contain

solids or liquids at a mass cor-

responding to the mass of the assem-

bled packaging system. All outer

drums, even those tested to contain

inner packaging or as single pack-

agings for solids, must withstand a hy-

drostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15

psig). The outer drum must have a

minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053

inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.3 mm

(0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer drum. In ad-

dition, the inner drum must—

(1) Be capable of satisfactorily with-

standing the hydrostatic pressure test

in § 178.605 of this subchapter at a test

pressure of 300 kPa (45 psig);

(2) Satisfactorily withstand the

leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this

subchapter using an internal air pres-

sure of at least twice the vapor pres-

sure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the material to

be packaged;

(3) Have screw-type closures that

are—

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00607 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

598

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.226

(i) Closed and tightened to a torque

prescribed by the closure manufac-

turer, using a properly calibrated de-

vice that is capable of measuring

torque;

(ii) Physically held in place by any

means capable of preventing back-off

or loosening of the closure by impact

or vibration during transportation; and

(iii) Provided with a cap seal that is

properly applied in accordance with the

cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda-

tions and is capable of withstanding an

internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15

psig).

(4) Have a minimum thickness as fol-

lows:

(i) For a 1A1 or 1N1 drum, 1.3 mm

(0.051 inch);

(ii) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154

inch);

(iii) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124

inch); and

(iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic

inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622

inch) and the outer steel drum shall be

0.96 mm (0.0378 inch).

(5) Be isolated from the outer drum

by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive

material, which completely surrounds

the inner packaging on all sides.

sisting of an inner packaging system

and an outer packaging, as follows:

(1) Outer packagings:

Steel drum: 1A2

Aluminum drum: 1B2

Metal drum, other than steel or alu-

minum: 1N2

Plywood drum: 1D

Fiber drum: 1G

Plastic drum: 1H2

Steel box: 4A

Aluminum box: 4B

Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

Plywood box: 4D

Reconstituted wood box: 4F

Fiberboard box: 4G

Expanded plastic box: 4H2

Solid plastic box: 4H2

(2) Inner packaging system. The

inner packaging system consists of two

packagings:

(i) an impact-resistant receptacle of

glass, earthenware, plastic or metal se-

curely cushioned with a non-reactive,

absorbent material, and

(A) Capacity of each inner receptacle

may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon).

(B) An inner receptacle that has a

closure must have a closure which is

physically held in place by any means

capable of preventing back-off or loos-

ening of the closure by impact or vibra-

tion during transportation.

(ii) Packed within a leak-tight pack-

aging of metal or plastic.

(iii) This combination packaging in

turn is packed within the outer pack-

aging.

(3) Additional requirements:

(i) The total amount of liquid con-

tained in the outer packaging must not

exceed 16 L (4 gallons).

(ii) The inner packaging system must

conform to the performance test re-

quirements of subpart M of part 178 of

this subchapter, at the Packaging

Group I performance level when sub-

jected to the following tests:

(A) § 178.603—Drop Test

(B) § 178.604—Leakproofness Test

Test

(iii) The inner packaging system

must meet the above tests without the

benefit of the outer packaging.

(iv) The leakproofness and hydro-

static pressure test may be conducted

on either the inner receptacle or the

outer packaging of the inner packaging

system.

(v) The outer package must conform

to the performance test requirements

of subpart M of part 178 of this sub-

chapter, at the Packaging Group I per-

formance level as applicable for the

type of package being used.

(d) If approved by the Associate Ad-

ministrator, 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or

6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b)

of this section may be used without

being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2

drum if the shipper loads the material,

palletizes the drums, blocks and braces

the drums within the transport vehicle

and seals the transport vehicle used.

Drums may not be stacked (double

decked) within the transport vehicle.

Shipments must be from one origin to

one destination only without any in-

termediate pickup or delivery.

(e) Prior to reuse, all authorized

inner drums must be leakproofness

tested and marked in accordance with

§ 173.28 using a minimum test pressure

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00608 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

599

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.228

as indicated in paragraph (b)(2) of this

section.

[69 FR 76172, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 71

FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 2263, Jan. 14,

2009]

§ 173.227 Materials poisonous by inha-

lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group

I, Hazard Zone B.

(a) In packagings as authorized in

§ 173.226 and seamless and welded speci-

fication cylinders or UN seamless cyl-

inders conforming to the requirements

of § 173.40.

(b) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1, or 6HH1

drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2

drum. Both the inner and outer drums

must conform to the performance test

requirements of subpart M of part 178

of this subchapter at the Packing

Group I performance level. Both the

inner and outer drums must conform to

the performance test requirements of

subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter

at the Packing Group I performance

level. The outer drums may be tested

either as a package intended to contain

inner packagings (combination pack-

age) or as a single packaging intended

to contain solids or liquids at a mass

corresponding to the mass of the as-

sembled packaging system. The outer

drum must have a minimum thickness

of 1.35 mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer

drum or 6.30 mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2

outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums

must withstand a hydrostatic test

pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig). Capacity

of the inner drum may not exceed 220

liters. In addition, the inner drum

must conform to all of the following re-

quirements:

(1) Satisfactorily withstand the

leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this

subchapter using an internal air pres-

sure of at least two times the vapor

pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the mate-

rial to be packaged;

(2) Have screw closures that are—

(i) Closed and tightened to a torque

prescribed by the closure manufac-

turer, using a properly calibrated de-

vice that is capable of measuring

torque;

(ii) Physically held in place by any

means capable of preventing back-off

or loosening of the closure by impact

or vibration during transportation; and

(iii) Provided with a cap seal that is

properly applied in accordance with the

cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda-

tions and is capable of withstanding an

internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15

psig).

(3) Have a minimum thickness as fol-

lows:

(i) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027

inch);

(ii) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110

inch);

(iii) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045

inch); or

(iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic

inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625

inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70

mm (0.027 inch).

(4) Be isolated from the outer drum

by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive

material which completely surrounds

the inner packaging on all sides.

(5) Prior to reuse, all authorized

inner drums must be leakproofness

tested and marked in accordance with

§ 173.28 using a minimum test pressure

as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this

section.

drums described in paragraph (b) of

this section may be used without being

further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if

the shipper loads the material, blocks

and braces the drums within the trans-

port vehicle and seals the transport ve-

hicle used. Drums may not be stacked

(double decked) within the transport

vehicle. Shipments must be from one

origin to one destination only without

any intermediate pickup or delivery.

[70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005, as amended at 71

FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 73 FR 57006, Oct.1,

2008]

§ 173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or

bromine trifluoride.

(a) Bromine pentafluoride and bro-

mine trifluoride are authorized in

packagings as follows:

(1) Specification 3A150, 3AA150, 3B240,

3BN150, 4B240, 4BA240, 4BW240, and

3E1800 cylinders.

(2) UN cylinders as specified in part

178 of this subchapter, except acetylene

cylinders and non-refillable cylinders,

with a minimum test pressure of 10 bar

and a minimum outage of 8 percent by

volume. The use of UN tubes and

MEGCs is not authorized.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00609 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

600

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.229

(3) The use of a pressure relief device

is not authorized.

(b) A material in Hazard Zone A must

be transported in a seamless specifica-

tion cylinder conforming to the re-

quirements of § 173.40. However, a weld-

ed cylinder filled before October 1, 2002,

in accordance with the requirements of

this subchapter in effect at the time of

filling, may be transported for reproc-

essing or disposal of the cylinder’s con-

tents until December 31, 2003. No cyl-

inder may be equipped with a pressure

relief device.

[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67

FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8,

2003, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlo-

rine dioxide hydrate, frozen.

When the § 172.101 table specifies that

a hazardous material be packaged in

accordance with this section, only 4G

fiberboard boxes, with inner pack-

agings of polyethylene or other suit-

able material, are authorized. Fiber-

board boxes must be reinforced and in-

sulated and sufficient dry ice must be

used to maintain the hydrate or acid in

a frozen state during transportation.

Each packaging must conform to the

general packaging requirements of sub-

part B of part 173, and to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the Packing Group I performance level.

Transportation is authorized only by

private or contract carrier by motor

vehicle.

§ 173.230 Fuel cell cartridges con-

taining hazardous material.

(a) Requirements for Fuel Cell Car-

tridges. Fuel cell cartridges, including

when contained in or packed with

equipment, must be designed and con-

structed to prevent fuel leakage under

normal conditions of transportation.

Fuel cell cartridge design types using

liquids as fuels must pass an internal

pressure test at a gauge pressure of 100

kPa (15 psig) without leakage. Except

for fuel cell cartridges containing hy-

drogen in metal hydride which must be

in conformance with paragraph (d) of

this section, each fuel cell cartridge de-

sign type including when contained in

or packed with equipment, must pass a

1.2 meter (3.9 feet) drop test onto an

unyielding surface in the orientation

most likely to result in the failure of

the containment system with no loss of

contents. Fuel cell cartridges installed

in or integral to a fuel cell system are

regarded as contained in equipment.

Fuel cell cartridges containing a Divi-

sion 2.1, Division 4.3 or Class 8 material

must meet the following additional re-

quirements.

(b) A fuel cell cartridge designed to

contain a Division 4.3 or a Class 8 ma-

terial may contain an activator pro-

vided it is fitted with two independent

means of preventing unintended mix-

ing with the fuel during transport.

to contain a liquefied flammable gas

must:

(1) Be capable of withstanding, with-

out leakage or bursting, a pressure of

at least two times the equilibrium

pressure of the contents at 55 °C (131

°F);

(2) Contain no more than 200 mL of

liquefied flammable gas with a vapor

pressure not exceeding 1,000 kPa (150

psig) at 55 °C (131 °F); and

(3) Pass the hot water bath test pre-

scribed in accordance with

§ 173.306(a)(3)(v).

(d) Each fuel cell cartridge designed

to contain hydrogen in a metal hydride

must conform to the following:

(1) Each fuel cell cartridge must have

a water capacity less than or equal to

120 mL (4 fluid ounces).

(2) Each fuel cell cartridge must be a

design type that has been subjected,

without leakage or bursting, a pressure

of at least two times the design pres-

sure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 °F) or

200 kPa (30 psig) more than the design

pressure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131

°F), whichever is greater. The pressure

at which the test is conducted is re-

ferred to as the ‘‘minimum shell burst

pressure.’’ The pressure within the fuel

cell cartridge must not exceed 5 MPa

(725 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F).

(3) Each fuel cell cartridge must be

filled in accordance with the procedure

provided by the manufacturer. The

manufacturer must provide the fol-

lowing information with each fuel cell

cartridge:

(i) Inspection procedures to be car-

ried out before initial filling and before

refilling of the fuel cell cartridge;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00610 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

601

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.230

(ii) Safety precautions and potential

hazards to be aware of;

(iii) A method of determining when

the rated capacity has been achieved;

(iv) Minimum and maximum pressure

range;

(v) Minimum and maximum tempera-

ture range; and

(vi) Any other requirements to be

met for initial filling and refilling in-

cluding the type of equipment to be

used.

(4) Each fuel cell cartridge must be

permanently marked with the fol-

lowing information:

(i) The rated charging pressure in

megapascals (MPa);

(ii) The manufacturer’s serial number

of the fuel cell cartridges or unique

identification number; and

(iii) The expiration date based on the

maximum service life (yyyy/mm).

(5) Design type tests: Each fuel cell

cartridge design type must be sub-

jected to and pass the following tests

(this includes cartridges integral to a

fuel cell):

(i) Drop test. A 1.8 m (5.9 feet) drop

test onto an unyielding surface must

be performed. There must be no leak-

age. Leakage must be determined using

a soap bubble solution or other equiva-

lent means on all possible leak loca-

tions, when the fuel cell cartridge is

charged to its rated charging pressure.

The fuel cell cartridge must then be

hydrostatically pressurized to destruc-

tion. The burst pressure must be great-

er than 85% of the minimum shell

burst pressure. The drop must be per-

formed in the following four different

orientations:

(A) Vertically, on the end containing

the shut-off valve assembly;

(B) Vertically, on the end opposite to

the shut-off valve assembly;

with a diameter of 3.8 cm (9.7 in), with

the steel apex in the upward position;

and

(D) At a 45° angle on the end con-

taining the shut-off valve assembly.

(ii) Fire test. A fuel cell cartridge

filled to rated capacity (with hydrogen)

must be subjected to a fire engulfment

test. The cartridge design (including

design types with an integral vent fea-

ture) is deemed to pass the fire test if:

(A) The internal pressure vents to

zero gauge pressure without the rup-

ture of the cartridge; or

(B) The cartridge withstands the fire

for a minimum of 20 minutes without

rupture.

(iii) Hydrogen cycling test. A fuel cell

cartridge must be subjected to a hydro-

gen cycling test to ensure that the de-

sign stress limits are not exceeded dur-

ing use. The fuel cell cartridge must be

cycled from not more than 5% rated

hydrogen capacity to not less than 95%

rated hydrogen capacity and back to

not more than 5% rated hydrogen ca-

pacity. The rated charging pressure

must be used for charging and tempera-

tures must be within the operating

temperature range. The cycling must

be continued for at least 100 cycles.

Following the cycling test the fuel cell

cartridge must be charged and the

water volume displaced by the car-

tridge must be measured. The cartridge

design is deemed to pass the test if the

water volume displaced by the cycled

cartridge does not exceed the water

volume displaced by an uncycled car-

tridge charged to 95% rated capacity

and pressurized to 75% of its minimum

shell burst pressure.

(6) Production leak test. Each fuel cell

cartridge must be tested for leaks at 15

°C ±5 °C (59 °F ±9 °F) while pressurized

to its rated charging pressure. There

must be no leakage. Leakage must be

determined using a soap bubble solu-

tion or other equivalent means on all

possible leak locations.

(e) The following packagings are au-

thorized provided the general pack-

aging requirements subpart B of part

173 of this subchapter are met:

(1) For fuel cell cartridges, rigid

packagings conforming to the require-

ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

the packing group II performance level;

and

(2) Strong outer packagings for fuel

cell cartridges contained in equipment

or packed with equipment. Large

equipment containing fuel cell car-

tridges may be transported unpackaged

if the equipment provides an equiva-

lent level of protection.

(i) Fuel cell cartridges packed with

equipment must be packed with cush-

ioning material or divider(s) or inner

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00611 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

602

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.230

packagings so that the fuel cell car-

tridges are protected against damage

that may be caused by the shifting or

placement of the equipment and car-

tridges within the packaging.

(ii) Fuel cell cartridges contained in

equipment must be protected against

short circuits and the entire fuel cell

system must be protected from unin-

tentional activation. The equipment

must be securely cushioned in the

outer packaging.

(f) For transportation by aircraft, the

following additional provisions apply:

(1) The package must comply with

the applicable provisions of § 173.27 of

this subchapter;

(2) For fuel cell cartridges contained

in equipment, fuel cell systems must

not charge batteries during transport;

(3) For transportation aboard pas-

senger aircraft, for fuel cell cartridges

contained in equipment, each fuel cell

system and fuel cell cartridge must

conform to IEC PAS 62282–6–1 Ed. 1

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a

standard approved by the Associate Ad-

ministrator;

(4) When packed with equipment, fuel

cell cartridges must be packed in an in-

termediate packaging along with the

equipment they are capable of

powering, and the intermediate pack-

agings packed in a strong outer pack-

aging. The maximum number of fuel

cell cartridges in the intermediate

packaging may not be more than the

number required to power the equip-

ment, plus two spares;

(5) Large robust articles containing

fuel cells may be transported

unpackaged when approved by the As-

sociate Administrator; and

(6) The mass of a fuel cell cartridge

containing a Division 4.3 or Class 8 ma-

terials must be not more than 1 kg (2.2

lbs).

(7) Fuel cell cartridges intended for

transportation in carry-on baggage on

board passenger aircraft must comply

with paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) in this

section and the applicable provisions

prescribed in § 175.10 of this subchapter.

(g) Limited quantities. Limited quan-

tities of hazardous materials contained

in fuel cell cartridges are excepted

from the labeling requirements, unless

the cartridges are offered for transpor-

tation or transported by aircraft, and

from the placarding and specification

packaging requirements of this sub-

chapter when packaged according to

this section. Each package must con-

form to the packaging requirements of

subpart B of this part and may not ex-

ceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Ex-

cept as authorized in paragraph (h) of

this section, a package containing a

limited quantity of fuel cell cartridges

must be marked as specified in § 172.315

of this subchapter and, for transpor-

tation by highway or rail, is not sub-

ject to the shipping paper requirements

of subpart C of part 172 of this sub-

chapter, unless the material meets the

definition of a hazardous substance,

hazardous waste, or marine pollutant,

and are eligible for the exceptions pro-

vided in § 173.156 of part. For transpor-

tation by highway, rail and vessel, the

following combination packagings are

authorized:

(1) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell

cartridges containing not more than 1.0

L (0.3 gallon) per cartridge, packed in

strong outer packaging.

(2) For water-reactive substances (Di-

vision 4.3 Dangerous when wet mate-

rial), in fuel cell cartridges containing

not more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces)

for liquids or not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pound)

for solids per cartridge, packed in

strong outer packaging.

(3) For corrosive materials, in fuel

cell cartridges containing not more

than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) for liquids or not

more than 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) for solids

per cartridge, packed in strong outer

packaging.

(4) For liquefied (compressed) flam-

mable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not

over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capac-

ity per cartridge, packed in strong

outer packaging.

(5) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in

fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4

fluid ounces) net capacity per car-

tridge, packed in strong outer pack-

aging.

(6) For transportation by aircraft,

the following combination packagings

are authorized:

(i) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell

cartridges containing not more than 0.5

L (16.9 fluid ounces) per cartridge,

packed in strong outer packaging. Ad-

ditionally, each package may contain

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00612 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

603

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.240

no more than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel

cell cartridges.

(ii) For water-reactive substances

(Division 4.3 Dangerous when wet ma-

terial), in fuel cell cartridges con-

taining not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds)

of solid fuel per cartridge, packed in

strong outer packaging. Additionally,

each package may contain no more

than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell car-

tridges.

(iii) For corrosive materials, in fuel

cell cartridges containing not more

than 200 mL (6.7 fluid ounces) for liq-

uids or not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds)

for solids per cartridge packed in

strong outer packaging. Additionally,

each package may contain no more

than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell car-

tridges.

(iv) For liquefied (compressed) flam-

mable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not

over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capac-

ity per cartridge, packed in strong

outer packaging. Additionally, each

package may contain no more than 0.5

kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.

(v) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in

fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4

fluid ounces) net capacity per car-

tridge, packed in strong outer pack-

aging. Additionally, each package may

contain no more than 0.5 kg (net mass)

of fuel cell cartridges.

(h) Consumer commodities. Until De-

cember 31, 2013, except for transpor-

tation by aircraft, a limited quantity

that conforms to the provisions of

paragraph (g) of this section and is also

a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as defined in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter on October 1,

2010 may be renamed ‘‘Consumer com-

modity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D.

Shipments of ORM–D materials are not

subject to the shipping paper require-

ments of subpart C of part 172 of this

subchapter, unless the material meets

the definition of a hazardous sub-

stance, hazardous waste, marine pol-

lutant, and are eligible for the excep-

tions provided in § 173.156 of this part.

[74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3379, Jan. 19, 2011]

Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for

Hazardous Materials Other

Than Class 1 and Class 7

§ 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain

low hazard solid materials.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions spec-

ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105,

109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car

tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank

car tanks; and metal non-DOT speci-

fication, sift-proof tank car tanks and

sift-proof closed cars.

(b) Motor vehicles: Specification MC

300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC

305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC

312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407,

and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi-

cles; non-DOT specification, sift-proof

cargo tank motor vehicles; and sift-

proof closed vehicles.

DOT 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks;

IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM

102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks;

marine portable tanks conforming to 46

CFR part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT

Specification portable tanks and closed

bulk bins are authorized.

(d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject

to the conditions and limitations of

this section provided the IBC type is

authorized according to the IBC pack-

aging code specified for the specific

hazardous material in Column (7) of

the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter

and the IBC conforms to the require-

ments in subpart O of part 178 of this

subchapter at the Packing Group per-

formance level as specified in Column

(5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub-

chapter for the material being trans-

ported.

(1) IBCs may not be used for the fol-

lowing hazardous materials:

(i) Packing Group I liquids; and

(ii) Packing Group I solids that may

become liquid during transportation.

(2) The following IBCs may not be

used for Packing Group II and III solids

that may become liquid during trans-

portation:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00613 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

604

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.241

(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;

(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;

(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4,

13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and

13M2; and

(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.

(e) Large Packagings. Large Pack-

agings are authorized subject to the

conditions and limitations of this sec-

tion provided the Large Packaging

type is authorized according to the IBC

packaging code specified for the spe-

cific hazardous material in Column (7)

of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter

and the Large Packaging conforms to

the requirements in subpart Q of part

178 of this subchapter at the Packing

Group performance level as specified in

Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the

material being transported.

(1) Except as specifically authorized

in this subchapter, Large Packagings

may not be used for Packing Group I or

II hazardous materials.

(2) Large Packagings with paper or

fiberboard inner receptacles may not

be used for solids that may become liq-

uid in transportation.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66274, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–

252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435,

June 21, 2001]

DITORIAL

OTE

: Amendments published at

66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor-

porated because of inaccurate amendatory

instruction.

§ 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain

low hazard liquid and solid mate-

rials.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions spec-

ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105,

109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car

tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank

car tanks and AAR Class 203W, 206W,

and 211W tank car tanks.

(b) Cargo tanks: DOT specification MC

300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC

305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC

312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407,

and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi-

cles; and non-DOT specification cargo

tank motor vehicles suitable for trans-

port of liquids.

51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO

type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102

portable tanks; UN portable tanks; ma-

rine portable tanks conforming to 46

CFR part 64; and non-DOT Specifica-

tion portable tanks suitable for trans-

port of liquids are authorized. For

transportation by vessel, also see

§ 176.340 of this subchapter. For trans-

portation of combustible liquids by

vessel, additional requirements are

specified in § 176.340 of this subchapter.

(d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject

to the conditions and limitations of

this section provided the IBC type is

authorized according to the IBC pack-

aging code specified for the specific

hazardous material in Column (7) of

the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter

and the IBC conforms to the require-

ments in subpart O of part 178 of this

subchapter at the Packing Group per-

formance level as specified in Column

(5) of the § 172.101 Table for the mate-

rial being transported.

(1) IBCs may not be used for the fol-

lowing hazardous materials:

(i) Packing Group I liquids; and

(ii) Packing Group I solids that may

become liquid during transportation.

(2) The following IBCs may not be

used for Packing Group II and III solids

that may become liquid during trans-

portation:

(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;

(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;

(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4,

13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and

13M2; and

(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.

(e) Large Packagings. Large Pack-

agings are authorized subject to the

conditions and limitations of this sec-

tion provided the Large Packaging

type is authorized according to the IBC

packaging code specified for the spe-

cific hazardous material in Column (7)

of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter

and the Large Packaging conforms to

the requirements in subpart Q of part

178 of this subchapter at the Packing

Group performance level as specified in

Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the

material being transported.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00614 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

605

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.242

(1) Except as specifically authorized

in this subchapter, Large Packagings

may not be used for Packing Group I or

II hazardous materials.

(2) Large Packagings with paper or

fiberboard inner receptacles may not

be used for solids that may become liq-

uid in transportation.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–

252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435,

June 21, 2001; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR

34075, June 13, 2005; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010]

DITORIAL

OTE

: Amendments published at

66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor-

porated because of inaccurate amendatory

instruction.

§ 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain

medium hazard liquids and solids,

including solids with dual hazards.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions spec-

ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105,

109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car

tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank

car tanks and AAR Class 206W tank car

tanks.

(b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300,

MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305,

MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312,

MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and

DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles;

and non-DOT specification cargo tank

motor vehicles when in compliance

with § 173.5a(c). Cargo tanks used to

transport Class 3, Packing Group I or

II, or Packing Group III with a flash

point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); Class 6,

Packing Group I or II; and Class 8,

Packing Group I or II materials must

conform to the following special re-

quirements:

(1) Pressure relief system: Except as

provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank

must be equipped with a pressure relief

system meeting the requirements of

§ 178.346–3 or § 178.347–4 of this sub-

chapter. However, pressure relief de-

vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312

cargo tanks must meet the require-

ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo

tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group

I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC

330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet

the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this

subchapter.

(2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407

and DOT 412 must be equipped with

stop-valves meeting the requirements

of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC

304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312

cargo tanks must be equipped with

stop-valves capable of being remotely

closed within 30 seconds of actuation

by manual or mechanic means and (ex-

cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and

II) by a closure activated at a tempera-

ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and

MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped

with internal self-closing stop-valves

meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11

of this subchapter.

51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; Speci-

fication IM 101, IM 102, and UN port-

able tanks when a T Code is specified

in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous

Materials Table for a specific haz-

ardous material; and marine portable

tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64 are

authorized. DOT Specification 57 port-

able tanks used for the transport by

vessel of Class 3, Packaging Group II

materials must conform to the fol-

lowing:

(1) Minimum design pressure. Each

tank must have a minimum design

pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig);

(2) Pressure relief devices. Each tank

must be equipped with at least one

pressure relief device, such as a spring-

loaded valve or fusible plug, con-

forming to the following:

(i) Each pressure relief device must

communicate with the vapor space of

the tank when the tank is in a normal

transportation attitude. Shutoff valves

may not be installed between the tank

opening and any pressure relief device.

Pressure relief devices must be mount-

ed, shielded, or drained to prevent the

accumulation of any material that

could impair the operation or discharge

capability of the device;

(ii) Frangible devices are not author-

ized;

(iii) No pressure relief device may

open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig);

(iv) If a fusible device is used for re-

lieving pressure, the device must have

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00615 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

606

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.243

a minimum area of 1.25 square inches.

The device must function at a tempera-

ture between 104 °C. and 149 °C. (220 °F.

and 300 °F.) and at a pressure less than

the design test pressure of the tank,

unless this latter function is accom-

plished by a separate device; and

(v) No relief device may be used

which would release flammable vapors

under normal conditions of transpor-

tation (temperature up to and includ-

ing 54 °C. (130 °F.).); and

(3) Venting capacity. The minimum

venting capacity for pressure activated

vents must be 6,000 cubic feet of free

air per hour (measured at 101.3 kPa

(14.7 psi) and 15.6 °C. (60 °F.)) at not

more than 34.4 kPa (5 psi). The total

emergency venting capacity (cu. ft./hr.)

of each portable tank must be at least

that determined from the following

table:

Total surface area square feet

1,2

Cubic feet free

air per hour

20 ................................................................... 15,800

30 ................................................................... 23,700

40 ................................................................... 31,600

50 ................................................................... 39,500

60 ................................................................... 47,400

70 ................................................................... 55,300

80 ................................................................... 63,300

90 ................................................................... 71,200

100 ................................................................. 79,100

120 ................................................................. 94,900

140 ................................................................. 110,700

160 ................................................................. 126,500

Interpolate for intermediate sizes.

Surface area excludes area of legs.

(4) Unless provided by § 173.32(h)(3),

an IM 101, 102 or UN portable tank with

a bottom outlet and used to transport

a liquid hazardous material that is a

Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a

flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F);

Division 5.1 PG I or II; or Division 6.1,

PG I or II, must have internal valves

conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) of this sub-

chapter.

(d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject

to the conditions and limitations of

this section provided the IBC type is

authorized according to the IBC pack-

aging code specified for the specific

hazardous material in Column (7) of

the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter

and the IBC conforms to the require-

ments in subpart O of part 178 of this

subchapter at the Packing Group per-

formance level as specified in Column

(5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub-

chapter for the material being trans-

ported.

(1) IBCs may not be used for the fol-

lowing hazardous materials:

(i) Packing Group I liquids; and

(ii) Packing Group I solids that may

become liquid during transportation.

(2) The following IBCs may not be

used for Packing Group II and III solids

that may become liquid during trans-

portation:

(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;

(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;

(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4,

13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and

13M2; and

(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.

(e) Large Packagings. Large Pack-

agings are authorized subject to the

conditions and limitations of this sec-

tion provided the Large Packaging

type is authorized according to the IBC

packaging code specified for the spe-

cific hazardous material in Column (7)

of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter

and the Large Packaging conforms to

the requirements in subpart Q of part

178 of this subchapter at the Packing

Group performance level as specified in

Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the

material being transported.

(1) Except as specifically authorized

in this subchapter, Large Packagings

may not be used for Packing Group I or

II hazardous materials.

(2) Large Packagings with paper or

fiberboard inner receptacles may not

be used for solids that may become liq-

uid in transportation.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–

243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60

FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR

28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 65

FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33435, June 21,

2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413,

May 30, 2003; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR

5492, Feb. 1, 2011]

DITORIAL

OTE

: Amendments published at

66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor-

porated because of inaccurate amendatory

instruction.

§ 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain

high hazard liquids and dual haz-

ard materials which pose a mod-

erate hazard.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00616 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

607

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.243

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions spec-

ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105,

109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld-

ed tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110

multi-unit tank car tanks.

(b) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 304,

MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank

motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311, MC

312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank

motor vehicles with tank design pres-

sure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig).

Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3

or Division 6.1 materials, or Class 8,

Packing Group I or II materials must

conform to the following special re-

quirements:

(1) Pressure relief system: Except as

provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank

must be equipped with a pressure relief

system meeting the requirements of

§ 178.346–3 or 178.347–4 of this sub-

chapter. However, pressure relief de-

vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312

cargo tanks must meet the require-

ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo

tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group

I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC

330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet

the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this

subchapter.

(2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT

412 cargo tanks must be equipped with

stop-valves meeting the requirements

of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC

304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312

cargo tanks must be equipped with

stop-valves capable of being remotely

closed within 30 seconds of actuation

by manual or mechanic means and (ex-

cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and

II) by a closure activated at a tempera-

ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and

MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped

with internal self-closing stop-valves

meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11

of this subchapter.

51 and 60 portable tanks; UN portable

tanks and IM 101 and IM 102 portable

tanks when a T code is specified in Col-

umn (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this

subchapter for a specific hazardous ma-

terial; and marine portable tanks con-

forming to 46 CFR part 64 with design

pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig)

are authorized. Unless provided by

§ 173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN port-

able tank, with a bottom outlet, used

to transport a liquid hazardous mate-

rial that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG

III with a flash point of less than 38 °C

(100 °F); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Di-

vision 6.1, PG I or II, must have inter-

nal valves conforming to § 178.275(d)(3)

of this subchapter.

(d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject

to the conditions and limitations of

this section provided the IBC type is

authorized according to the IBC pack-

aging code specified for the specific

hazardous material in Column (7) of

the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter

and the IBC conforms to the require-

ments in subpart O of part 178 of this

subchapter at the Packing Group per-

formance level as specified in Column

(5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub-

chapter for the material being trans-

ported.

(1) IBCs may not be used for the fol-

lowing hazardous materials:

(i) Packing Group I liquids; and

(ii) Packing Group I solids that may

become liquid during transportation.

(2) The following IBCs may not be

used for Packing Group II and III solids

that may become liquid during trans-

portation:

(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;

(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;

(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4,

13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and

13M2; and

(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.

(e) A dual hazard material may be

packaged in accordance with § 173.242 if:

(1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3

with a flash point greater than 38 °C

(100 °F); or

(2) The subsidiary hazard is Division

6.1, Packing Group III; or

(3) The subsidiary hazard is Class 8,

Packaging Group, III.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–

238, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–243,

60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR

49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR

28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64

FR 10780, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33435, June 21,

2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413,

May 30, 2003]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00617 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

608

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.244

DITORIAL

OTE

: Amendments published at

66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor-

porated because of inaccurate amendatory

instruction.

§ 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain

pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2),

dangerous when wet (Division 4.3)

materials, and poisonous liquids

with inhalation hazards (Division

6.1).

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions spec-

ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(a) Rail cars: (1) Class DOT 105, 109,

112, 114, or 120 fusion-welded tank car

tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit

tank car tanks. For tank car tanks

built prior to March 16, 2009, the fol-

lowing conditions apply:

(i) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A mate-

rials must be transported in tank cars

having a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500

psig) or greater and conform to Classes

105J, 106 or 110.

(ii) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone B mate-

rials must be transported in tank cars

having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300

psig) or greater and conform to Classes

105S, 106, 110, 112J, 114J or 120S.

(iii) Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous

must be transported in tank cars hav-

ing a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300

psig) or greater and conform to Classes

105, 112, 114 or 120.

(2) For materials poisonous by inha-

lation, single unit tank cars tanks

built prior to March 16, 2009 and ap-

proved by the Tank Car Committee for

transportation of the specified mate-

rial. Except as provided in

§ 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or

after March 16, 2009 used for the trans-

portation of the PIH materials listed

below, must meet the applicable au-

thorized tank car specification listed

in the following table:

Proper shipping name

Authorized

tank car

specification

Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized (Note 1) ......... 105J500I

112J500I

Acrolein (Note 1) ............................................... 105J600I

Allyl Alcohol ....................................................... 105J500I

112J500I

Bromine ............................................................. 105J500I

Proper shipping name

Authorized

tank car

specification

Chloropicrin ........................................................ 105J500I

112J500I

Chlorosulfonic acid ............................................ 105J500I

112J500I

Dimethyl sulfate ................................................. 105J500I

112J500I

Ethyl chloroformate ............................................ 105J500I

112J500I

Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ............................... 105J500I

112J500I

Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutionor Hydro-

gen cyanide, aqueous solutionwith not more

than 20% hydrogen cyanide (Note 2) ............ 105J500I

112J500I

Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (Note 2) .............. 105J600I

Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous ........................... 105J500I

112J500I

Poison inhalation hazard, Zone A materials not

specifically identified in this table .................. 105J600I

Poison inhalation hazard, Zone B materials not

specifically identified in this table .................. 105J500I

112J500I

Phosphorus trichloride ....................................... 105J500I

112J500I

Sulfur trioxide, stabilized ................................... 105J500I

112J500I

Sulfuric acid, fuming .......................................... 105J500I

112J500I

Titanium tetrachloride ........................................ 105J500I

112J500I

Note 1: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief

device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150

psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized.

Note 2: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief

device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225

psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized.

(3) As an alternative to the author-

ized tank car specification listed in the

table in paragraph (a)(2) of this section,

a car of the same authorized tank car

specification but of the next lower test

pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of

the table at § 179.101–1 of this sub-

chapter, may be used provided that

both of the following conditions are

met:

(i) The difference between the alter-

native and the required minimum plate

thicknesses, based on the calculation

prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this sub-

chapter, must be added to the alter-

native tank car jacket and head shield.

When the jacket and head shield are

made from steel with a minimum ten-

sile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 80,000

p.s.i., but the required minimum plate

thickness calculation is based on steel

with a minimum tensile strength of

81,000 p.s.i., the thickness to be added

to the jacket and head shield must be

increased by a factor of 1.157. Forming

allowances for heads are not required

to be considered when calculating

thickness differences.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00618 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

609

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.247

(ii) The tank car jacket and head

shield are manufactured from carbon

steel plate as prescribed in § 179.100–7(a)

of this subchapter.

(b) Cargo tanks: Specifications MC 330

and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles

and, except for Division 4.2 materials,

MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor

vehicles.

tanks and UN portable tanks that meet

the requirements of this subchapter,

when a T code is specified in Column

(7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub-

chapter for the specific hazardous ma-

terial, are authorized. Additionally, a

DOT 51 or UN portable tank used for

Division 6.1 liquids, Hazard Zone A or

B, must be certified and stamped to the

ASME Code as specified in § 178.273(b)(6)

of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR 28676,

June 5, 1996; 68 FR 45037, July 31, 2003; 72 FR

55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009]

§ 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely

hazardous materials such as poi-

sonous gases (Division 2.3).

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions spec-

ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

(a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit

tank car tanks, when approved by the

Associate Administrator.

(b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and

portable tanks, when approved by the

Associate Administrator.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR

45379, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain

elevated temperature materials.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions in

column 7 of the § 172.101 table. On or

after October 1, 1993, authorized pack-

agings must meet all requirements in

paragraph (g) of this section, unless

otherwise excepted.

(a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105,

109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car

tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit

tank car tanks; AAR Class 203W, 206W,

211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT

specification tank car tanks equivalent

in structural design and accident dam-

age resistance to specification pack-

agings.

(b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300,

MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305,

MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312,

MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi-

cles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo

tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT

specification cargo tank motor vehi-

cles equivalent in structural design and

accident damage resistance to speci-

fication packagings. A non-DOT speci-

fication cargo tank motor vehicle con-

structed of carbon steel which is in ele-

vated temperature material service is

excepted from § 178.345–7(d)(5) of this

subchapter.

51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IM 101

and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable

tanks; marine portable tanks con-

forming to 46 CFR part 64; metal IBCs

and non-specification portable tanks

equivalent in structural design and ac-

cident damage resistance to specifica-

tion packagings are authorized.

(d) Crucibles: Nonspecification cru-

cibles designed and constructed such

that the stress in the packaging does

not exceed one fourth (0.25) of the ulti-

mate strength of the packaging mate-

rial at any temperature within the de-

sign temperature range. Stress is de-

termined under a load equal to the sum

of the static or working pressure in

combination with the loads developed

from accelerations and decelerations

incident to normal transportation. For

highway transportation, these forces

are assumed to be ‘‘1.7g’’ vertical,

‘‘0.75g’’ longitudinal, and ‘‘0.4g’’ trans-

verse, in reference to the axes of the

transport vehicle. Each accelerative or

decelerative load may be considered

separately.

(e) Kettles: A kettle, for the purpose

of this section, is a bulk packaging

(portable tank or cargo tank) having a

capacity not greater than 5678 L (1500

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00619 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

610

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.247

gallons) with an integral heating appa-

ratus used for melting various bitu-

minous products such as asphalt. Ket-

tles used for the transport of asphalt or

bitumen are subject to the following

requirements:

(1) Low stability kettles. Kettles with a

ratio of track-width to fully loaded

center of gravity (CG) height less than

2.5 must meet all requirements of para-

graph (g) of this section (track-width is

the distance measured between the

outer edge of the kettle tires; CG

height is measured perpendicular from

the road surface).

(2) High stability kettles. (i) Kettles

with a total capacity of less than 2650

L (700 gallons) and a ratio of track-

width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5

or more are excepted from all require-

ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec-

tion and the rollover protection re-

quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this

section, if closures meet the require-

ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this

section.

(ii) Kettles with a total capacity of

2650 L (700 gallons) or more and a ratio

of track-width to fully loaded CG

height of 2.5 or more are excepted from

the ‘‘substantially leak tight’’ require-

ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec-

tion and the rollover protection re-

quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this

section if closures meet the require-

ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this

section.

(iii) Closures must be securely closed

during transportation. Closures also

must be designed to prevent opening

and the expulsion of lading in a roll-

over accident.

(f) Other bulk packagings: Bulk pack-

agings, other than those specified in

paragraphs (a) through (e) of this sec-

tion, which are used for the transport

of elevated temperature materials,

must conform to all requirements of

paragraph (g) of this section on or after

October 1, 1993.

(g) General requirements. Bulk pack-

agings authorized or used for transport

of elevated temperature materials

must conform to the following require-

ments:

(1) Pressure and vacuum control equip-

ment. When pressure or vacuum control

equipment is required on a packaging

authorized in this section, such equip-

ment must be of a self-reclosing design,

must prevent package rupture or col-

lapse due to pressure, must prevent sig-

nificant release of lading due to pack-

aging overturn or splashing or surging

during normal transport conditions,

and may be external to the packaging.

(i) Pressure control equipment is not

required if pressure in the packaging

would increase less than 10 percent as a

result of heating the lading from the

lowest design operating temperature to

a temperature likely to be encountered

if the packaging were engulfed in a

fire. When pressure control equipment

is required, it must prevent rupture of

the packaging from heating, including

fire engulfment.

(ii) Vacuum control equipment is not

required if the packaging is designed to

withstand an external pressure of 100

kPa (14.5 psig) or if pressure in the

packaging would decrease less than 10

percent as a result of the lading cool-

ing from the highest design operating

temperature to the lowest temperature

incurred in transport. When vacuum

control equipment is required, it must

prevent collapse of the packaging from

a cooling-induced pressure differential.

(iii) When the regulations require a

reclosing pressure relief device, the

lading must not render the devices in-

operable (i.e. from clogging, freezing,

or fouling). If the lading affects the

proper operation of the device, the

packaging must have:

(A) A safety relief device incor-

porating a frangible disc or a perma-

nent opening, each having a maximum

effective area of 22 cm

(3.4 in.

), for

transportation by highway;

(B) For transportation of asphalt by

highway, a safety relief device incor-

porating a frangible disc or a perma-

nent opening, each having a maximum

effective area of 48 cm

(7.4 in

); or

reclosing pressure relief device incor-

porating a rupture disc conforming to

the requirements of § 179.15 of this sub-

chapter.

(iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices,

rupture discs or permanent openings

must not allow the release of lading

during normal transportation condi-

tions (i.e., due to splashing or surging).

(2) Closures. All openings, except per-

manent vent openings authorized in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00620 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

611

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.249

paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section,

must be securely closed during trans-

portation. Packagings must be sub-

stantially leak-tight so as not to allow

any more than dripping or trickling of

a non-continuous flow when over-

turned. Closures must be designed and

constructed to withstand, without ex-

ceeding the yield strength of the pack-

aging, twice the static loading pro-

duced by the lading in any packaging

orientation and at all operating tem-

peratures.

(3) Strength. Each packaging must be

designed and constructed to withstand,

without exceeding the yield strength of

the packaging, twice the static loading

produced by the lading in any orienta-

tion and at all operating temperatures.

(4) Compatibility. The packaging and

lading must be compatible over the en-

tire operating temperature range.

(5) Markings. In addition to any other

markings required by this subchapter,

each packaging must be durably

marked in a place readily accessible for

inspection in characters at least 4.8

mm (3/16 inch) with the manufacturer’s

name, date of manufacture, design

temperature range, and maximum

product weight (or ‘‘load limit’’ for

tank cars) or volumetric capacity.

(6) Accident damage protection. For

transportation by highway, external

loading and unloading valves and clo-

sures must be protected from impact

damage resulting from collision or

overturn. Spraying equipment and the

road oil application portion of a pack-

aging are excepted from this require-

ment.

(7) New construction. Specification

packagings that are being manufac-

tured for the transport of elevated tem-

perature materials must be authorized

for current construction.

(h) Exceptions—(1) General. Pack-

agings manufactured for elevated tem-

perature materials service prior to Oc-

tober 1, 1993, which are not in full com-

pliance with the requirements in para-

graph (g) of this section, may continue

in service if they meet the applicable

requirements of subparts A and B of

this part and meet the closure require-

ments in paragraph (g)(2) of this sec-

tion by March 30, 1995.

(2) Kettles. Kettles in service prior to

October 1, 1993, which are used to

transport asphalt or bitumen, are ex-

cepted from specific provisions of this

section as follows:

(i) Kettles with a total capacity of

less than 2650 L (700 gallons), which are

not in full compliance with the re-

quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec-

tion, may continue in elevated tem-

perature material service if they meet

the applicable requirements of subparts

A and B of this part and if, after March

30, 1995, closures are secured during

transport to resist opening in an over-

turn.

(ii) Kettles with a total capacity of

2650 L (700 gallons) or more, which are

not in full compliance with the re-

quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec-

tion, may continue in elevated tem-

perature material service if they meet

the applicable requirements of subparts

A and B of this part and if, after March

30, 1995, closures are secured during

transport to resist opening in an over-

turn and no opening exceeds 46 cm

(7.1

(3) Molten metals and molten glass.

This section does not apply to pack-

agings used for transportation of mol-

ten metals and molten glass by rail

when movement is restricted to oper-

ating speeds less than 15 miles per

hour. (See § 172.203(g)(3) of this sub-

chapter for shipping paper require-

ments.)

(4) Solid elevated temperature materials.

A material which meets the definition

of a solid elevated temperature mate-

rial is excepted from all requirements

of this subchapter except § 172.325 of

this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–227, 58 FR 3349, Jan. 8, 1993, as

amended by Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct.

1, 1993; 173–237, 59 FR 28493, June 2, 1994; 62

FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998;

65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33436, June

21, 2001; 66 FR 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013,

Sept. 27, 2002]

§ 173.249 Bromine.

When § 172.101 of this subchapter

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub-

chapter and the special provisions spec-

ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00621 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

612

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.300

Use of existing cylinders is authorized.

New construction is not authorized.

(a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W

tank cars. Class 105A500W tank cars

may be equipped with manway cover

plates, pressure relief valves, vent

valves, and loading/unloading valves

that are required on Class 105A–300W

tank cars. Tank cars must conform to

the requirements in paragraphs (a)

through (g) of this section.

(b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC

312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi-

cles conforming with paragraphs (d)

through (f) of this section. Except when

transported as a residue, the total

quantity in one tank may not be less

than 88 percent or more than 96 percent

of the volume of the tank. Cargo tanks

in bromine service built prior to Au-

gust 31, 1991, may continue in service

under the requirements contained in

§ 173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on

September 30, 1991.

tank code T22 (see § 172.102 of this sub-

chapter) or specification IM 101 port-

able tanks conforming with paragraphs

(d) through (f) of this section. Except

when transported as a residue, the

total quantity in one tank may not be

less than 88% nor more than 92% of the

volume of the tank.

(d) The tank must be made from

nickel-clad or lead-lined steel plate.

Nickel cladding or lead lining must be

on the inside of the tank. Nickel clad-

ding must comprise at least 20 percent

of the required minimum total thick-

ness. Nickel cladding must conform to

ASTM B 162 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). Lead lining must be at least

4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank

equipment and appurtenances in con-

tact with the lading must be lined or

made from metal not subject to dete-

rioration by contact with lading.

(e) Maximum filling density is 300

percent of the tank’s water capacity.

Minimum filling density is 287 percent

of the tank’s water capacity. Maximum

water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400

pounds) for DOT 105A300W tank cars.

Maximum quantity of lading in DOT

105A300W tank cars is 27,216 kg (60,000

pounds). Maximum water capacity is

16,964 kg (37,400 pounds) for DOT

105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W

tank cars equipped as described in

paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum

quantity of lading in DOT 105A500W

tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds).

(f) Tank shell and head thickness for

cargo tank motor vehicles and portable

tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375

inch) excluding lead lining.

(g) Except as provided in

§ 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or

after March 16, 2009 and used for the

transportation of bromine must meet

the applicable authorized tank car

specification listed in the table in

§ 173.244(a)(2).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR

75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004;

74 FR 1800, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2,

2010]

Subpart G—Gases; Preparation

and Packaging

§ 173.300 [Reserved]

§ 173.301 General requirements for

shipment of compressed gases and

other hazardous materials in cyl-

inders, UN pressure receptacles and

spherical pressure vessels.

(a) General qualifications for use of cyl-

inders. Unless otherwise stated, as used

in this section, the term ‘‘cylinder’’ in-

cludes a UN pressure receptacle. As

used in this subpart, filled or charged

means an introduction or presence of a

hazardous material in a cylinder. A

cylinder filled with a Class 2 hazardous

material (gas) and offered for transpor-

tation must meet the requirements in

this section and §§ 173.301a through

173.305, as applicable.

(1) Compressed gases must be in UN

pressure receptacles built in accord-

ance with the UN standards or in metal

cylinders and containers built in ac-

cordance with the DOT and ICC speci-

fications and part 178 of this sub-

chapter in effect at the time of manu-

facture, and requalified and marked as

prescribed in subpart C in part 180 of

this subchapter, if applicable. The DOT

and ICC specifications authorized for

use are as follows:

Packagings

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00622 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

613

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

ICC–3

3AA

3AL

3AX

3A480X

3AAX

3BN

3HT

4AA480

4B240ET

4BA

4BW

4DA

4DS

8AL

(2) A cylinder must be filled in ac-

cordance with this part. Before each

filling of a cylinder, the person filling

the cylinder must visually inspect the

outside of the cylinder. A cylinder that

has a crack or leak, is bulged, has a de-

fective valve or a leaking or defective

pressure relief device, or bears evidence

of physical abuse, fire or heat damage,

or detrimental rusting or corrosion,

may not be filled and offered for trans-

portation. A cylinder may be repaired

and requalified only as prescribed in

subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter.

(3) Pressure relief devices must be

tested for leaks before a filled cylinder

is shipped from the cylinder filling

plant. It is expressly forbidden to re-

pair a leaking fusible plug device where

the leak is through the fusible metal or

between the fusible metal and the

opening in the plug body, except by re-

moval and replacement of the pressure

relief device.

(4) A cylinder that previously con-

tained a Class 8 material must be re-

qualified in accordance with § 180.205(e)

of this subchapter.

(5) When a cylinder with a marked

pressure limit is prescribed, another

cylinder made under the same speci-

fication but with a higher marked pres-

sure limit is authorized. For example, a

cylinder marked ‘‘DOT-4B500’’ may be

used when ‘‘DOT-4B300’’ is specified.

(6) No person may fill a cylinder

overdue for periodic requalification

with a hazardous material and then

offer it for transportation. The prohibi-

tion against offering a cylinder for

transportation that is overdue for peri-

odic requalification does not apply to a

cylinder filled prior to the requalifica-

tion due date.

(7) A cylinder with an authorized

service life may not be offered for

transportation in commerce after its

authorized service life has expired.

However, a cylinder in transportation

or a cylinder filled prior to the expira-

tion of its authorized service life may

be transported for reprocessing or dis-

posal of the cylinder’s contents. After

emptying, the cylinder must be con-

demned in accordance with § 180.205 of

this subchapter.

(8) The pressure of the hazardous ma-

terial at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed

⁄

of the service pressure of the cyl-

inder. Sufficient outage must be pro-

vided so the cylinder will not be liquid

full at 55 °C (131 °F).

(9) Specification 2P, 2Q, 3E, 3HT,

spherical 4BA, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, and 39

cylinders must be packed in strong

non-bulk outer packagings. The out-

side of the combination packaging

must be marked with an indication

that the inner packagings conform to

the prescribed specifications.

(10) Any person who installs a valve

into an aluminum cylinder in oxygen

service must verify the valve and the

cylinder have the same thread type.

(b) Cylinder markings. Required mark-

ings on a cylinder must be legible and

must meet the applicable requirements

of subpart C of part 180 of this sub-

chapter. Additional information may

be marked on the cylinder provided it

does not affect the required markings

prescribed in the applicable cylinder

specification.

containing toxic gases and toxic gas

mixtures meeting the criteria of Divi-

sion 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B must con-

form to the requirements of § 173.40 and

CGA S–1.1 (compliance with paragraph

9.1.1.1 is not required) (IBR; see § 171.7

of this subchapter) and CGA S–7 (IBR;

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A DOT 39

cylinder, UN non-refillable cylinder, or

a UN composite cylinder certified to

ISO–11119–3 may not be used for a toxic

gas or toxic gas mixture meeting the

criteria for Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A

or B.

(d) Gases capable of combining chemi-

cally. A filled cylinder may not contain

any gas or material capable of com-

bining chemically with the cylinder’s

contents or with the cylinder’s mate-

rial of construction, so as to endanger

the cylinder’s serviceability.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00623 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

614

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.301

(e) Ownership of cylinder. A cylinder

filled with a hazardous material may

not be offered for transportation unless

it was filled by the owner of the cyl-

inder or with the owner’s consent.

(f) Pressure relief device systems. (1) Ex-

cept as provided in paragraphs (f)(5),

(f)(6), and (l)(2) of this section, a cyl-

inder filled with a gas and offered for

transportation must be equipped with

one or more pressure relief devices

sized and selected as to type, location,

and quantity, and tested in accordance

with CGA S–1.1 (compliance with para-

graph 9.1.1.1 is not required) and CGA

S–7. The pressure relief device must be

capable of preventing rupture of the

normally filled cylinder when sub-

jected to a fire test conducted in ac-

cordance with CGA C–14 (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter), or, in the

case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA C–12

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(2) A pressure relief device, when in-

stalled, must be in communication

with the vapor space of a cylinder con-

taining a Division 2.1 (flammable gas)

material.

(3) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA,

3AL, 3AX, 3AXX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T cyl-

inder filled with gases in other than Di-

vision 2.2 (except oxygen and oxidizing

gases transported by aircraft, see

§§ 173.302(f) and 173.304(f)), beginning

with the first requalification due after

December 31, 2003, the burst pressure of

a CG–1, CG–4, or CG–5 pressure relief

device must be at test pressure with a

tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%. An

additional 5% tolerance is allowed

when a combined rupture disk is placed

inside a holder. This requirement does

not apply if a CG–2, CG–3, or CG–9 ther-

mally activated relief device or a CG–7

reclosing pressure valve is used on the

cylinder.

(4) A pressure relief device is required

on a DOT 39 cylinder regardless of cyl-

inder size or filled pressure. A DOT 39

cylinder used for liquefied Division 2.1

materials must be equipped with a

metal pressure relief device. Fusible

pressure relief devices are not author-

ized on a DOT 39 cylinder containing a

liquefied gas.

(5) A pressure relief device is not re-

quired on—

(i) A cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) or

less in length, exclusive of neck, and

114 mm (4.5 inches) or less in outside

diameter, except when the cylinder is

filled with a liquefied gas for which

this part requires a service pressure of

1800 psig or higher or a nonliquefied gas

to a pressure of 1800 psig or higher at 21

°C (70 °F);

(ii) A cylinder with a water capacity

of less than 454 kg (1000 lbs) filled with

a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 300

psig or less at 21 °C (70 °F), except for

a DOT 39 cylinder or a cylinder used for

acetylene in solution; or

(iii) A cylinder containing a Class 3

or a Class 8 material without pressur-

ization, unless otherwise specified for

the hazardous material.

(6) A pressure relief device is prohib-

ited on a cylinder filled with a Division

2.3 or 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A.

(iv) A UN pressure receptacle trans-

ported in accordance with paragraph

(k) or (l) or this section.

(g) Manifolding cylinders in transpor-

tation. (1) Cylinder manifolding is au-

thorized only under conditions pre-

scribed in this paragraph (g).

Manifolded cylinders must be sup-

ported and held together as a unit by

structurally adequate means. Except

for Division 2.2 materials, each cyl-

inder must be equipped with an indi-

vidual shutoff valve that must be

tightly closed while in transit. Mani-

fold branch lines must be sufficiently

flexible to prevent damage to the

valves that otherwise might result

from the use of rigid branch lines. Each

cylinder must be individually equipped

with a pressure relief device as re-

quired in paragraph (f) of this section,

except that pressure relief devices on

manifolded horizontal cylinders that

are mounted on a motor vehicle or

framework may be selected as to type,

location, and quantity according to the

lowest marked pressure limit of an in-

dividual cylinder in the manifolded

unit. The pressure relief devices se-

lected for the manifolded unit must

have been tested in accordance with

CGA S–1.1 and CGA S–7. Pressure relief

devices on manifolded horizontal cyl-

inders filled with a compressed gas

must be arranged to discharge unob-

structed to the open air. In addition,

for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) mate-

rial, the pressure relief devices (PRDs)

must be arranged to discharge upward

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00624 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

615

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

to prevent any escaping gas from con-

tacting personnel or any adjacent cyl-

inders. Valves and pressure relief de-

vices on manifolded cylinders filled

with a compressed gas must be pro-

tected from damage by framing, a cabi-

net or other method. Manifolding is au-

thorized for cylinders containing the

following gases:

(i) Nonliquefied (permanent) com-

pressed gases authorized by § 173.302.

(ii) Liquefied compressed gases au-

thorized by § 173.304. Each manifolded

cylinder containing a liquefied com-

pressed gas must be separately filled

and means must be provided to ensure

no interchange of cylinder contents

can occur during transportation.

(iii) Acetylene as authorized by

§ 173.303.

(2) For the checking of tare weights

or replacing solvent, the cylinder must

be removed from the manifold. This re-

quirement is not intended to prohibit

filling acetylene cylinders while

manifolded.

(h) Cylinder valve protection. UN pres-

sure receptacles must meet the valve

protection requirements in § 173.301b(c).

A DOT specification cylinder used to

transport a hazardous material must

meet the requirements specified in this

paragraph (h).

(1) The following specification cyl-

inders are not subject to the cylinder

valve protection requirements in this

paragraph (h):

(i) A cylinder containing only a Divi-

sion 2.2 material without a Division 5.1

subsidiary hazard;

(ii) A cylinder containing a Class 8

liquid corrosive only to metal;

(iii) A cylinder with a water capacity

of 4.8 liters (293 in

) or less containing

oxygen, compressed;

(iv) A cylinder containing oxygen, re-

frigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid);

(v) A Medical E cylinder with a water

capacity of 4.9 liters (300 in

) or less;

(vi) A fire extinguisher; or

(vii) A ‘‘B’’ style cylinder with a ca-

pacity of 40 ft

(1.13 m

) or an ‘‘MC’’

style cylinder with a capacity of 10 ft

(0.28m

) containing acetylene.

(2) For cylinders manufactured before

October 1, 2007, a cylinder must have

its valves protected by one of the fol-

lowing methods:

(i) By equipping the cylinder with se-

curely attached metal caps of suffi-

cient strength to protect valves from

damage during transportation;

(ii) By boxing or crating the cyl-

inders so as to protect valves from

damage during transportation;

(iii) By constructing the cylinder so

that the valve is recessed into the cyl-

inder or otherwise protected to the ex-

tent that it will not be subjected to a

blow when the container is dropped

onto a flat surface; or

(iv) By loading the cylinders in an

upright position and securely bracing

the cylinders in rail cars or motor ve-

hicles, when loaded by the consignor

and unloaded by the consignee.

(3) For cylinders manufactured on or

after October 1, 2007, each cylinder

valve assembly must be of sufficient

strength or protected such that no

leakage occurs when a cylinder with

the valve installed is dropped 1.8 m (6

ft.) or more onto a non-yielding sur-

face, such as concrete or steel, impact-

ing the valve assembly or protection

device at an orientation most likely to

cause damage. The cylinder valve as-

sembly protection may be provided by

any method meeting the performance

requirement in this paragraph (h)(3).

Examples include:

(i) Equipping the cylinder with a se-

curely attached metal cap.

(ii) Packaging the cylinder in a box,

crate, or other strong outer packaging

conforming to the requirements of

§ 173.25.

(iii) Constructing the cylinder such

that the valve is recessed into the cyl-

inder or otherwise protected.

(i) Cylinders mounted in motor vehicles

or in frames. (1) MEGCs must conform

to the requirements in § 173.312. DOT

specification cylinders mounted on

motor vehicles or in frames must con-

form to the requirements specified in

this paragraph (i).

(2) Seamless DOT specification cyl-

inders longer than 2 m (6.5 feet) are au-

thorized for transportation only when

horizontally mounted on a motor vehi-

cle or in an ISO framework or other

framework of equivalent structural in-

tegrity in accordance with CGA TB–25

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The

pressure relief device must be arranged

to discharge unobstructed to the open

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00625 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

616

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.301a

air. In addition, for Division 2.1 (flam-

mable gas) material, the pressure relief

devices must be arranged to discharge

upward to prevent any escaping gas

from contacting personnel or any adja-

cent cylinders.

(3) Cylinders may not be transported

by rail in container on freight car

(COFC) or trailer on flat car (TOFC)

service except under conditions ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator

for Safety, Federal Railroad Adminis-

tration.

(j) Non-specification cylinders in domes-

tic use. Except as provided in §§ 171.12(a)

and 173.23(g) of this subchapter, a filled

cylinder manufactured to other than a

DOT specification or a UN standard in

accordance with part 178 of this sub-

chapter, or a DOT exemption or special

permit cylinder or a cylinder used as a

fire extinguisher in conformance with

§ 173.309(a), may not be transported to,

from, or within the United States.

(k) Metal attachments. Metal attach-

ments to cylinders must have rounded

or chamfered corners, or be otherwise

protected, so as to prevent the likeli-

hood of causing puncture or damage to

other hazardous materials packages.

This requirement applies to anything

temporarily or permanently attached

to the cylinder, such as metal skids.

(l) Cylinders made of aluminum alloy

6351–T6. A DOT 3AL cylinder manufac-

tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 may

not be filled and offered for transpor-

tation or transported with pyrophoric

gases. The use of UN cylinders manu-

factured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 is

prohibited.

[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.301, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.301a Additional general require-

ments for shipment of specification

cylinders.

(a) General. The requirements in this

section are in addition to the require-

ments in § 173.301 and apply to the ship-

ment of gases in specification cyl-

inders.

(b) Authorized cylinders not marked

with a service pressure. For authorized

cylinders not marked with a service

pressure, the service pressure is des-

ignated as follows:

Specification marking

Service

Pressure

psig

3 ......................................................................... 1800

3E ...................................................................... 1800

8 ......................................................................... 250

The pressure in a cylinder at 21 °C (70

°F) may not exceed the service pressure

for which the cylinder is marked or

designated, except as provided in

§ 173.302a(b). For certain liquefied

gases, the pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) must

be lower than the marked service pres-

sure to avoid having a pressure at a

temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) that is

greater than permitted.

(d) Cylinder pressure at 55 °C (131 °F).

The pressure in a cylinder at 55 °C (131

°F) may not exceed

⁄

times the service

pressure, except:

(1) For a cylinder filled with acety-

lene, liquefied nitrous oxide, or carbon

dioxide.

(2) For a cylinder filled in accordance

with § 173.302a(b), the pressure in the

cylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) may not ex-

ceed

⁄

times the filling pressure.

(3) The pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of

Hazard Zone A and Hazard Zone B ma-

terials may not exceed the service

pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient out-

age must be provided so that the cyl-

inder will not be liquid full at 55 °C (131

°F).

(e) Grandfather clause. A cylinder in

domestic use prior to the date on which

the specification for the cylinder was

first made effective may be used if the

cylinder has been properly tested and

otherwise conforms to the require-

ments applicable to the gas with which

it is charged.

[67 FR 51645, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67

FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24661, May 8,

2003; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.301b Additional general require-

ments for shipment of UN pressure

receptacles.

(a) General. The requirements of this

section are in addition to the require-

ments in § 173.301 and apply to the ship-

ment of gases in UN pressure recep-

tacles. A UN pressure receptacle, in-

cluding closures, must conform to the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00626 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

617

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301b

design, construction, inspection and

testing requirements specified in parts

178 and 180 of this subchapter, as appli-

cable. Bundles of cylinders must con-

form to the requirements in § 178.70(e)

of this subchapter.

(1) A UN pressure receptacle may not

be filled and offered for transportation

when damaged to such an extent that

the integrity of the UN pressure recep-

tacle or its service equipment may be

affected. Prior to filling, the service

equipment must be examined and found

to be in good working condition (see

§ 178.70(d) of this subchapter). In addi-

tion, the required markings must be

legible on the pressure receptacle.

(2) The gases or gas mixtures must be

compatible with the UN pressure recep-

tacle and valve materials as prescribed

for metallic materials in ISO 11114–1

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and

for non-metallic materials in ISO

11114–2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(3) A refillable UN pressure recep-

tacle may not be filled with a gas or

gas mixture different from that pre-

viously contained in the UN pressure

receptacle unless the necessary oper-

ations for change of gas service have

been performed in accordance with ISO

11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(4) When a strong outer packaging is

prescribed, for example as provided by

paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (d)(1) of this sec-

tion, the UN pressure receptacles must

be protected to prevent movement. Un-

less otherwise specified in this part,

more than one UN pressure receptacle

may be enclosed in the strong outer

packaging.

(b) Individual shut-off valves and pres-

sure relief devices. Except for Division

2.2 permanent gases, each UN pressure

receptacle must be equipped with an

individual shutoff valve that must be

tightly closed while in transit. Each

UN pressure receptacle must be indi-

vidually equipped with a pressure relief

device as prescribed by § 173.301(f), ex-

cept that pressure relief devices on

bundles of cylinders or manifolded hor-

izontal cylinders must have a set-to-

discharge pressure that is based on the

lowest marked pressure of any cylinder

in the bundle or manifolded unit.

ments. (1) When the use of a valve is

prescribed, the valve must conform to

the requirements in ISO 10297 (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

(2) A UN pressure receptacle must

have its valves protected from damage

that could cause inadvertent release of

the contents of the UN pressure recep-

tacle by one of the following methods:

(i) By constructing the pressure re-

ceptacle so that the valves are recessed

inside the neck of the UN pressure re-

ceptacle and protected by a threaded

plug or cap;

(ii) By equipping the UN pressure re-

ceptacle with a valve cap conforming

to the requirements in ISO 11117 (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The cap

must have vent-holes of sufficient

cross-sectional area to evacuate the

gas if leakage occurs at the valve;

(iii) By protecting the valves by

shrouds or guards conforming to the

requirements in ISO 11117 (IBR; see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter). For metal

hydride storage systems, by protecting

the valves in accordance with the re-

quirements in ISO 16111 (IBR; see § 171.7

of this subchapter).

(iv) By using valves designed and

constructed with sufficient inherent

strength to withstand damage in ac-

cordance with Annex B of ISO 10297;

(v) By enclosing the UN pressure re-

ceptacles in frames, e.g., bundles of

cylinders; or

(vi) By packing the UN pressure re-

ceptacles in a strong outer package,

such as a box or crate, capable of meet-

ing the drop test specified in § 178.603 of

this subchapter at the Packing Group I

performance level.

(d) Non-refillable UN pressure recep-

tacles. Non-refillable UN pressure re-

ceptacles must conform to the fol-

lowing requirements:

(1) The receptacles must be trans-

ported as an inner package of a com-

bination package;

(2) The receptacle must have a water

capacity not exceeding 1.25 L when

used for a flammable or toxic gas; and

(3) The receptacle is prohibited for

Hazard Zone A material.

(e) Pyrophoric gases. A UN pressure

receptacle must have valve outlets

equipped with gas-tight plugs or caps

when used for pyrophoric or flammable

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00627 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

618

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.302

mixtures of gases containing more

than 1% pyrophoric compounds. When

UN pressure receptacles are manifolded

in a bundle, each of the pressure recep-

tacles must be equipped with an indi-

vidual valve that must be closed while

in transportation, and the outlet of the

manifold valve must be equipped with

a pressure retaining gas-tight plug or

cap. Gas-tight plugs or caps must have

threads that match those of the valve

outlets.

(f) Hydrogen bearing gases. A steel UN

pressure receptacle bearing an ‘‘H’’

mark must be used for hydrogen bear-

ing gases or other embrittling gases

that have the potential of causing hy-

drogen embrittlement.

(g) Composite cylinders in underwater

use. A composite cylinder certified to

ISO–11119–2 or ISO–11119–3 may not be

used for underwater applications unless

the cylinder is manufactured in accord-

ance with the requirements for under-

water use and is marked ‘‘UW’’ as pre-

scribed in § 178.71(o)(17) of this sub-

chapter.

[71 FR 33882, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71

FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19,

2011]

§ 173.302 Filling of cylinders with non-

liquefied (permanent) compressed

gases.

(a) General requirements. A cylinder

filled with a non-liquefied compressed

gas (except gas in solution) must be of-

fered for transportation in accordance

with the requirements of this section

and § 173.301. In addition, a DOT speci-

fication cylinder must meet the re-

quirements in §§ 173.301a, 173.302a and

173.305, as applicable. UN pressure re-

ceptacles must meet the requirements

in §§ 173.301b and 173.302b, as applicable.

Where more than one section applies to

a cylinder, the most restrictive re-

quirements must be followed.

(b) Aluminum cylinders in oxygen serv-

ice. Each aluminum cylinder filled with

oxygen must meet all of the following

conditions:

(1) Metallic portions of a valve that

may come into contact with the oxy-

gen in the cylinder must be con-

structed of brass or stainless steel.

(2) Except for UN cylinders, each cyl-

inder opening must be configured with

straight threads only.

(3) Each UN pressure receptacle must

be cleaned in accordance with the re-

quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7

or this subchapter). Each DOT cylinder

must be cleaned in accordance with the

requirements of GSA Federal Speci-

fication RR–C–901D, paragraphs 3.3.1

and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to

those specified in Federal Specification

RR–C–901D may be used provided they

do not react with oxygen. One cylinder

selected at random from a group of 200

or fewer and cleaned at the same time

must be tested for oil contamination in

accordance with Federal Specification

RR–C–901D, paragraph 4.3.2, and meet

the specified standard of cleanliness.

(4) The pressure in each cylinder may

not exceed 3000 psig at 21 °C (70 °F).

§§ 173.24(b)(1) and paragraph (f) of this

section, an authorized cylinder con-

taining oxygen continuously fed to

tanks containing live fish may be of-

fered for transportation and trans-

ported.

(d) Shipment of Division 2.1 mate-

rials in aluminum cylinders is author-

ized for transportation only by motor

vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft.

(e) DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of

6351–T6 aluminum alloy. Suitable safe-

guards should be provided to protect

personnel and facilities should failure

occur while filling cylinders manufac-

tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 used

in self-contained underwater breathing

apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained

breathing apparatus (SCBA) or oxygen

service. The cylinder filler should

allow only those individuals essential

to the filling process to be in the vicin-

ity of the cylinder during the filling

process.

(f) Compressed oxygen and oxidizing

gases by aircraft. A cylinder containing

oxygen, compressed; compressed gas,

oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrogen trifluoride

is authorized for transportation by air-

craft only when it meets the following

requirements:

(1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA,

3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN

pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO

9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders

are authorized.

(2) Cylinders must be equipped with a

pressure relief device in accordance

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00628 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

619

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302a

with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl-

inders offered for transportation after

October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec-

ification cylinders with the first re-

qualification due after October 1, 2008,

or for the UN pressure receptacles prior

to initial use:

(i) The rated burst pressure of a rup-

ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, and

39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep-

tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809–

3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100%

of the cylinder minimum test pressure

with a tolerance of plus zero to minus

10%; and

(ii) The rated burst pressure of a rup-

ture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must

be 90% of the cylinder minimum test

pressure with a tolerance of plus zero

to minus 10%.

(3) The cylinder must be placed in a

rigid outer packaging that—

(i) Conforms to the requirements of

either part 178, subparts L and M of

this subchapter at the Packing Group I

or II performance level or the perform-

ance criteria in Air Transport Associa-

tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a

Category I Shipping Container;

(ii) Is capable of passing, as dem-

onstrated by design testing, the Flame

Penetration Resistance Test in Appen-

dix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and

(iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a

visual inspection that verifies that all

features of the packaging are in good

condition, including all latches, hinges,

seams, and other features, and that the

packaging is free from perforations,

cracks, dents, or other abrasions that

may negatively affect the flame pene-

tration resistance and thermal resist-

ance characteristics of the packaging.

(4) The cylinder and the outer pack-

aging must be capable of passing, as

demonstrated by design testing, the

Thermal Resistance Test specified in

Appendix D to part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

(5) The cylinder and the outer pack-

aging must both be marked and labeled

in accordance with part 172, subparts D

and E of this subchapter. The addi-

tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed

to indicate that the cylinder and the

outer packaging are capable of passing,

as demonstrated by design testing, the

Thermal Resistance Test specified in

Appendix D to part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

(6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen

that has been furnished by an aircraft

operator to a passenger in accordance

with 14 CFR §§ 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91

is excepted from the outer packaging

requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this

section.

[67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67

FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31,

2003; 71 FR 33883; June 12, 2006; 71 FR 51127,

Aug. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 76 FR

56317, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.302a Additional requirements for

shipment of nonliquefied (perma-

nent) compressed gases in specifica-

tion cylinders.

(a) Detailed filling requirements. Non-

liquefied compressed gases (except gas

in solution) for which filling require-

ments are not specifically prescribed in

§ 173.304a must be shipped subject to

the requirements in this section and

§§ 173.301, 173.301a, 173.302, and 173.305 in

specification cylinders, as follows:

(1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3E, 4B,

4BA and 4BW cylinders.

(2) DOT 3HT cylinders. These cyl-

inders are authorized for aircraft use

only and only for nonflammable gases.

They have a maximum service life of 24

years from the date of manufacture.

The cylinders must be equipped with

frangible disc type pressure relief de-

vices that meet the requirements of

§ 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must

have a rated bursting pressure not ex-

ceeding 90 percent of the minimum re-

quired test pressure of the cylinder.

Discs with fusible metal backing are

not permitted. Specification 3HT cyl-

inders may be offered for transpor-

tation only when packaged in accord-

ance with § 173.301(a)(9).

(3) DOT 39 cylinders. When the cyl-

inder is filled with a Division 2.1 mate-

rial, the internal volume of the cyl-

inder may not exceed 1.23 L (75 in

(4) DOT 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders

are authorized for Division 2.1 and 2.2

materials and for carbon monoxide.

DOT 3T cylinders are not authorized

for hydrogen. When used in methane

service, the methane must be a non-

liquefied gas with a minimum purity of

98.0 percent methane and commercially

free of corroding components.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00629 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

620

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.302a

(5) Aluminum cylinders manufac-

tured in conformance with specifica-

tions DOT 39 and 3AL are authorized

for oxygen only under the conditions

specified in § 173.302(b).

(b) Special filling limits for DOT 3A,

3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders. A

DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cyl-

inder may be filled with a compressed

gas, other than a liquefied, dissolved,

Division 2.1, or Division 2.3 gas, to a

pressure 10 percent in excess of its

marked service pressure, provided:

(1) The cylinder is equipped with a

frangible disc pressure relief device

(without fusible metal backing) having

a bursting pressure not exceeding the

minimum prescribed test pressure.

(2) The cylinder’s elastic expansion

was determined at the time of the last

test or retest by the water jacket

method.

(3) Either the average wall stress or

the maximum wall stress does not ex-

ceed the wall stress limitation shown

in the following table:

Type of steel

Average

wall

stress

limitation

Maximum

wall

stress

limitation

I. Plain carbon steels over 0.35 car-

bon and medium manganese

steels .............................................. 53,000 58,000

II. Steels of analysis and heat treat-

ment specified in spec. 3AA .......... 67,000 73,000

III. Steels of analysis and heat treat-

ment specified in spec. DOT-3T .... 87,000 94,000

IV. Plain carbon steels less than 0.35

carbon made prior to 1920 ............ 45,000 48,000

(i)(A) The average wall stress must

be computed from the elastic expan-

sion data using the following formula:

S = 1.7EE / KV¥0.4P

Where:

S = wall stress, pounds per square inch;

EE = elastic expansion (total less perma-

nent) in cubic centimeters;

K = factor × 10

experimentally determined

for the particular type of cylinder being

tested or derived in accordance with CGA

C–5 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1

cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimeters);

P = test pressure, pounds per square inch.

(B) The formula in paragraph

(b)(3)(i)(A) of this section is derived

from the formula in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)

of this section and the following:

EE = (PKVD

) / (D

¥d

)

(ii) The maximum wall stress must

be computed from the formula:

S = (P(1.3D

+ 0.4d

)) / (D

¥d

)

Where:

S = wall stress, pounds per square inch;

P = test pressure, pounds per square inch;

D = outside diameter, inches;

d = D–2t, where t=minimum wall thickness

determined by a suitable method.

(iii) Compliance with average wall

stress limitation may be determined by

computing the elastic expansion rejec-

tion limit in accordance with CGA C–5,

by reference to data tabulated in CGA

C–5, or by the manufacturer’s marked

elastic expansion rejection limit (REE)

on the cylinder.

(4) An external and internal visual

examination made at the time of test

or retest shows the cylinder to be free

from excessive corrosion, pitting, or

dangerous defects.

(5) A plus sign (+) is added following

the test date marking on the cylinder

to indicate compliance with para-

graphs (b) (2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this

section.

oxide must be offered in a DOT 3, 3A,

3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3E, or 3T cyl-

inder having a minimum service pres-

sure of 1800 psig. The pressure in a steel

cylinder may not exceed 1000 psig at 21

°C (70 °F), except that if the gas is dry

and sulfur free, the cylinder may be

filled to

⁄

of the cylinder’s service

pressure or 2000 psig, whichever is less.

A DOT 3AL cylinder may be filled to

its marked service pressure. A DOT

3AL cylinder is authorized only when

transported by motor vehicle, rail car,

or cargo-only aircraft.

(d) Diborane and diborane mixtures.

Diborane and diborane mixed with

compatible compressed gas must be of-

fered in a DOT 3AL1800 or 3AA1800 cyl-

inder. The maximum filling density of

the diborane may not exceed 7 percent.

Diborane mixed with compatible com-

pressed gas may not have a pressure

exceeding the service pressure of the

cylinder if complete decomposition of

the diborane occurs. Cylinder valve as-

semblies must be protected in accord-

ance with § 173.301(h).

(e) Fluorine. Fluorine must be shipped

in specification 3A1000, 3AA1000, or

3BN400 cylinders without pressure re-

lief devices and equipped with valve

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00630 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

621

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.303

protection cap. The cylinder may not

be charged to over 400 psig at 21 °C (70

°F) and may not contain over 2.7 kg (6

lbs) of gas.

[67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68

FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34075, June 13,

2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 4455,

Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007]

§ 173.302b Additional requirements for

shipment of non-liquefied (perma-

nent) compressed gases in UN pres-

sure receptacles.

(a) General. A cylinder filled with a

non-liquefied gas must be offered for

transportation in UN pressure recep-

tacles subject to the requirements in

this section and § 173.302. In addition,

the requirements in §§ 173.301 and

173.301b must be met.

(b) UN pressure receptacles filling lim-

its. A UN pressure receptacle is author-

ized for the transportation of non-liq-

uefied compressed gases as specified in

this section. Except where filling lim-

its are specifically prescribed in this

section, the working pressure of a UN

pressure receptacle may not exceed

⁄

of the test pressure of the receptacle.

Alternatively, the filling limits speci-

fied for non-liquefied gases in Table 1

of P200 of the UN Recommendations

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are

authorized. In no case may the internal

pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the

test pressure.

Oxygen difluoride, compressed, UN 2190.

Fluorine, compressed and Oxygen

difluoride, compressed must be pack-

aged in a UN pressure receptacle with a

minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a

maximum working pressure not to ex-

ceed 30 bar. A UN pressure receptacle

made of aluminum alloy is not author-

ized. The maximum quantity of gas au-

thorized in each UN pressure receptacle

is 5 kg.

(d) Diborane and diborane mixtures, UN

1911. Diborane and diborane mixtures

must be packaged in a UN pressure re-

ceptacle with a minimum test pressure

of 250 bar and a maximum filling ratio

dependent on the test pressure not to

exceed 0.07. Filling should be further

limited so that if complete decomposi-

tion of diborane occurs, the pressure of

diborane or diborane mixtures will not

exceed the working pressure of the cyl-

inder. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs

is not authorized.

(e) Carbon monoxide, compressed UN

1016. Carbon monoxide, compressed is

authorized in UN pressure receptacles.

The settled pressure in a steel pressure

receptacle containing carbon monoxide

may not exceed

⁄

of the pressure re-

ceptacle’s test pressure at 65 °C (149 °F)

except, if the gas is dry and sulfur-free,

the settled pressure may not exceed

⁄

of the marked test pressure.

[71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.303 Charging of cylinders with

compressed gas in solution (acety-

lene).

(a) Cylinder, filler and solvent require-

ments. (Refer to applicable parts of

Specification 8 and 8AL). Acetylene gas

must be shipped in Specification 8 or

8AL cylinders (§ 178.59 or § 178.60 of this

subchapter). The cylinders shall con-

sist of metal shells filled with a porous

material, and this material must be

charged with a suitable solvent. The

cylinders containing the porous mate-

rial and solvent shall be successfully

tested in accordance with CGA C–12

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

Representative samples of cylinders

charged with acetylene must be suc-

cessfully tested in accordance with

CGA C–12.

(b) Filling limits. For DOT specifica-

tion cylinders, the pressure in the cyl-

inder containing acetylene gas may not

exceed 250 psig at 70 °F. If cylinders are

marked for a lower allowable charging

pressure at 70 °F., that pressure must

not be exceeded. For UN cylinders, the

pressure in the cylinder may not ex-

ceed the limits specified in

§ 173.304b(b)(2).

vent. Cylinders containing acetylene

gas must not be shipped unless they

were charged by or with the consent of

the owner, and by a person, firm, or

company having possession of complete

information as to the nature of the po-

rous filling, the kind and quantity of

solvent in the cylinders, and the mean-

ing of such markings on the cylinders

as are prescribed by the Department’s

regulations and specifications applying

to containers for the transportation of

acetylene gas.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00631 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

622

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.304

(d) Verification of container pressure.

(1) Each day, the pressure in a con-

tainer representative of that day’s

compression must be checked by the

charging plant after the container has

cooled to a settled temperature and a

record of this test kept for at least 30

days.

(e) Prefill requirements. Before each

filling of an acetylene cylinder, the

person filling the cylinder must vis-

ually inspect the outside of the cyl-

inder in accordance with the prefill re-

quirements contained in CGA C–13,

Section 3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(f) UN cylinders. (1) UN cylinders and

bundles of cylinders are authorized for

the transport of acetylene gas as speci-

fied in this section. Each UN acetylene

cylinder must conform to ISO 3807–2

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter),

have a homogeneous monolithic porous

mass filler and be charged with acetone

or a suitable solvent as specified in the

standard. UN acetylene cylinders must

have a minimum test pressure of 52 bar

and may be filled up to the pressure

limits specified in ISO 3807–2. The use

of UN tubes and MEGCs is not author-

ized.

(2) UN cylinders equipped with pres-

sure relief devices or that are

manifolded together must be trans-

ported upright.

[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32

FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.303, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liq-

uefied compressed gases.

(a) General requirements. A cylinder

filled with a liquefied compressed gas

(except gas in solution) must be offered

for transportation in accordance with

the requirements of this section and

the general requirements in § 173.301. In

addition, a DOT specification cylinder

must meet the requirement in

§§ 173.301a, 173.304a, and 173.305, as appli-

cable. UN pressure receptacles must be

shipped in accordance with the require-

ments in 173.301b and 173.304b, as appli-

cable.

(1) A DOT 3AL cylinder may not be

used for any material with a primary

or subsidiary hazard of Class 8.

(2) Shipments of Division 2.1 mate-

rials in aluminum cylinders are au-

thorized only when transported by

motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only

aircraft.

(b) Filling limits. Except for carbon di-

oxide; 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A);

nitrous oxide; and vinyl fluoride, inhib-

ited, the liquid portion of a liquefied

gas may not completely fill the pack-

aging at any temperature up to and in-

cluding 55 °C (131 °F). The liquid por-

tion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may

completely fill the cylinder at 55 °C

(131 °F) provided the pressure at the

critical temperature does not exceed

1.25 times the service pressure of the

cylinder.

material. A mixture of compressed gas

must be shipped in accordance with

§ 173.305.

(d) Refrigerant and dispersant gases.

Nontoxic and nonflammable refrig-

erant or dispersant gases must be of-

fered for transportation in cylinders

prescribed in § 173.304a, or in DOT 2P

and 2Q containers (§§ 178.33, 178.33a of

this subchapter). DOT 2P and 2Q con-

tainers must be packaged in a strong

wooden or fiberboard box of such de-

sign as to protect valves from damage

or accidental functioning under condi-

tions incident to transportation. Pres-

sure in the inside metal containers

may not exceed 87 psia at 21 °C (70 °F).

Each completed metal container filled

for shipment must be heated until its

contents reach a minimum tempera-

ture of 55 °C (131 °F) without evidence

of leakage, distortion, or other defect.

Each outside package must be plainly

marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM-

PLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA-

TIONS’’.

(e) Engine starting fluid. Engine start-

ing fluid containing a flammable com-

pressed gas or gases must be shipped in

a cylinder as prescribed in § 173.304a or

as follows:

(1) Inside non-refillable metal con-

tainers having a capacity not greater

than 500 mL (32 in

). The containers

must be packaged in strong, tight

outer packagings. The pressure in the

container may not exceed 145 psia at 54

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00632 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

623

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

°C (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 145

psia at 54 °C (130 °F), a DOT 2P con-

tainer must be used. In either case, the

metal container must be capable of

withstanding, without bursting, a pres-

sure of 1.5 times the pressure of the

contents at 54 °C (130 °F). The liquid

content of the material and gas may

not completely fill the container at 54

°C (130 °F). Each container filled for

shipment must have been heated until

its contents reach a minimum tem-

perature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evi-

dence of leakage, distortion, or other

defect. Each outside shipping container

must be plainly marked, ‘‘INSIDE

CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE-

SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS’’.

(2) [Reserved]

(f) Oxidizing gases by aircraft. A cyl-

inder containing carbon dioxide and ox-

ygen mixture, compressed; liquefied

gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrous oxide is

authorized for transportation by air-

craft only when it meets the following

requirements:

(1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA,

3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN

pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO

9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders

are authorized.

(2) Cylinders must be equipped with a

pressure relief device in accordance

with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl-

inders offered for transportation after

October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec-

ification cylinders with the first re-

qualification due after October 1, 2008,

or for the UN pressure receptacles prior

to initial use:

(i) The rated burst pressure of a rup-

ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E and

39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep-

tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809–

3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100%

of the cylinder minimum test pressure

with a tolerance of plus zero to minus

10%; and

(ii) The rated burst pressure of a rup-

ture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must

be 90% of the cylinder minimum test

pressure with a tolerance of plus zero

to minus 10%.

(3) The cylinder must be placed in a

rigid outer packaging that—

(i) Conforms to the requirements of

either part 178, subparts L and M, of

this subchapter at the Packing Group I

or II performance level, or the perform-

ance criteria in Air Transport Associa-

tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a

Category I Shipping Container;

(ii) Is capable of passing, as dem-

onstrated by design testing, the Flame

Penetration Resistance Test in Appen-

dix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and

(iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a

visual inspection that verifies that all

features of the packaging are in good

condition, including all latches, hinges,

seams, and other features, and the

packaging is free from perforations,

cracks, dents, or other abrasions that

may negatively affect the flame pene-

tration resistance and thermal resist-

ance characteristics of the container.

(4) The cylinder and the outer pack-

aging must be capable of passing, as

demonstrated by design testing, the

Thermal Resistance Test specified in

Appendix D to part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

(5) The cylinder and the outer pack-

aging must both be marked and labeled

in accordance with part 172, subparts D

and E of this subchapter. The addi-

tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed

to indicate that the cylinder and the

outer packaging are capable of passing,

as demonstrated by design testing, the

Thermal Resistance Test specified in

Appendix D to part 178 of this sub-

chapter.

(6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen

that has been furnished by an aircraft

operator to a passenger in accordance

with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 is

excepted from the outer packaging re-

quirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this

section.

[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68

FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33883, June 12,

2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53188,

Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 173.304a Additional requirements for

shipment of liquefied compressed

gases in specification cylinders.

(a) Detailed filling requirements. Lique-

fied gases (except gas in solution) must

be offered for transportation, subject

to the requirements in this section and

§§ 173.301 and 173.304, in specification

cylinders, as follows:

(1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3BN, 3E,

4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 39, except

that no DOT 4E or 39 packaging may be

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00633 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

624

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.304a

filled and shipped with a mixture con-

taining a pyrophoric liquid, carbon bi-

sulfide (disulfide), ethyl chloride,

ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits

of nitroglycerin, or toxic material (Di-

vision 6.1 or 2.3), unless specifically au-

thorized in this part.

(2) For the gases named, the fol-

lowing requirements apply (for cryo-

genic liquids, see § 173.316):

Kind of gas

Maximum permitted fill-

ing density (percent)

(see Note 1)

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of

the same type with higher service pressure must

be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l),

173.301a(e), and 180.205(a)

(see notes following table)

Anhydrous ammonia ............................................... 54 .................................. DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3A480X; DOT-

4AA480; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480.

Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H–1301) ........ 124 ................................ DOT-3A400; DOT-3AA400; DOT-3B400; DOT-

4AA480; DOT-4B400; DOT-4BA400; DOT-

4BW400; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-

3AL400.

Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) ................. 68 .................................. DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800;

DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT-

3AL1800.

Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph

(e) of this section).

.................................... DOT-4L.

Chlorine (see Note 2) ............................................. 125 ................................ DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3; DOT-

3BN480; DOT-3E1800.

Chlorodifluroethane or 1-Chloro-1, 1-

difluoroethane (R–142b).

100 ................................ DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-

4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-

3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL150.

Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22) (see Note 8) .......... 105 ................................ DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-

4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT-

4B240ET; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800;

DOT-3AL240.

Chloropentafluorethane (R–115) ............................ 110 ................................ DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-

4BA225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-

3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225.

Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13) (see Note 8) .......... 100 ................................ DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3; DOT-

3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.

Cyclopropane (see Note 8) .................................... 55 .................................. DOT-3A225; DOT-3A480X; DOT-3AA225; DOT-

3B225; DOT-4AA480; DOT4B225; DOT-

4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-

3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225.

Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12) (see Note 8) ....... 119 ................................ DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-

4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-

4B240ET; DOT-4E225; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800;

DOT-3AL225.

Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane mix-

ture (constant boiling mixture) (R–500) (see

Note 8).

Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-

3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-

4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39.

1,1-Difluoroethane (R–152a) (see note 8) ............. 79 .................................. DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-

4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-

3E1800; DOT-3AL150.

1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A) ............................. 73 .................................. DOT-3A2200; DOT-3AA2200; DOT-3AX2200;

DOT-3AAX2200; DOT-3T2200; DOT-39.

Dimethylamine, anhydrous ..................................... 59 .................................. DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-

4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; ICC–

3E1800.

Ethane (see Note 8) ............................................... 35.8 ............................... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800;

DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.

Ethane (see Note 8) ............................................... 36.8 ............................... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000;

DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT-

3AL2000.

Ethylene (see Note 8) ............................................ 31.0 ............................... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800;

DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.

Ethylene (see Note 8) ............................................ 32.5 ............................... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000;

DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT-

3AL2000.

Ethylene (see Note 8) ............................................ 35.5 ............................... DOT-3A2400; DOT-3AX2400; DOT-3AA2400;

DOT-3AAX2400; DOT-3T2400; DOT-39; DOT-

3AL2400.

Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous ............................... 65 .................................. DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AX1800;

DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3T1800; DOT-

3E1800.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00634 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

625

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

Kind of gas

Maximum permitted fill-

ing density (percent)

(see Note 1)

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of

the same type with higher service pressure must

be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l),

173.301a(e), and 180.205(a)

(see notes following table)

Hydrogen sulfide (see Notes 10 and 14) ............... 62.5 ............................... DOT-3A; DOT-3AA; DOT-3B; DOT-4A; DOT-4B;

DOT-4BA; DOT-4BW; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

3AL.

Insecticide, gases liquefied (see Notes 8 and 12) Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT-

4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT-

3E1800.

Liquefied nonflammable gases, other than classi-

fied flammable, corrosive, toxic & mixtures or

solution thereof filled w/nitrogen, carbon dioxide,

or air (see Notes 7 and 8)..

Not liquid full at 131 °F Specification packaging authorized in paragraph

(a)(1) of this section and DOT-3HT; DOT 4D;

DOT-4DA; DOT-4DS.

Methyl acetylene-propadiene, mixtures, stabilized;

(see Note 5)..

Not liquid at 131 °F ....... DOT-4B240 without brazed seams; DOT-

4BA240 without brazed seams; DOT-3A240;

DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800;

DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-4B240ET;

DOT-3AL240.

Methyl chloride ....................................................... 84 .................................. DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-

4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3;

DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240ET. Cylinders com-

plying with DOT-3A150; DOT-3B150; and

DOT-4B150 manufactured prior to Dec. 7,

1936 are also authorized.

Methyl mercaptan ................................................... 80 .................................. DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; OT-

4B240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

4BA240; DOT-4BW240.

Nitrosyl chloride ...................................................... 110 ................................ DOT-3BN400 only.

Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11) .................. 68 .................................. DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800;

DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT-

3AL1800.

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph

(e) of this section.).

.................................... DOT-4L.

Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s.

(see Notes 8 and 13).

Not liquid full at 130 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-

3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-

4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3AL240.

Sulfur dioxide (see note 8) ..................................... 125 ................................ DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-

4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-

4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800;

DOT-3AL225.

Sulfur hexafluoride .................................................. 120 ................................ DOT-3A1000; DOT-3AA1000; DOT-AAX2400;

DOT-3; DOT-3AL1000; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

3T1800.

Sulfuryl fluoride ....................................................... 106 ................................ DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3E1800; DOT-

4B480; DOT-4BA480; DOT-4BW480.

Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized ................................ 90 .................................. DOT-3A1200; DOT-3AA1200; DOT-3E1800.

Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized .......................... 115 ................................ DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT-

4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT-

3E1800.

Trimethylamine, anhydrous .................................... 57 .................................. DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-

4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-

3E1800.

Vinyl chloride (see Note 5) ..................................... 84 .................................. DOT-4B150 without brazed seams; DOT-

4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225;

DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3E1800;

DOT-3AL150.

Vinyl fluoride, stabilized .......................................... 62 .................................. DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3E1800;

DOT-3AL1800.

Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized(see Note 5) ............. 68 .................................. DOT-4B150, without brazed seams; DOT-

4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225;

DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B1800;

DOT-3E1800.

OTE

1: ‘‘Filling density’’ means the percent ratio of the weight of gas in a packaging to the weight of water that the container

will hold at 16 °C (60 °F). (1 lb of water=27.737 in

at 60 °F.).

OTE

2: Cylinders purchased after Oct. 1, 1944, for the transportation of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that pro-

vided in the neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an approved pressure relief device. Cylinders pur-

chased after Nov. 1, 1935, and filled with chlorine may not contain over 68.04 kg (150 lb) of gas.

OTE

3: [Reserved]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00635 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

626

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.304a

OTE

4: Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating element and filled with not over 2.72 kg (6 lb) of carbon

dioxide may be filled to a density of not over 85 percent, provided the cylinder is made of steel with a calculated bursting pres-

sure in excess of 39000 psig, fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over 57 percent of that pressure, and is able to

withstand a drop of 10 feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of at least 3000 psig. Such devices

must be shipped in strong boxes or must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the wire completely cov-

ered by friction tape. Wrapping must be applied so as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc pressure relief de-

vice. Shipments must be described as ‘‘liquefied carbon dioxide gas (mining device)’’ and marked, labeled, and certified as pre-

scribed for liquefied carbon dioxide.

OTE

5: All parts of valve and pressure relief devices in contact with contents of cylinders must be of a metal or other material,

suitably treated if necessary, that will not cause formation of any acetylides.

OTE

6: [Reserved]

OTE

7: Specification 3HT cylinders for aircraft use only, having a maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for non-

flammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices of the frangible disc type that meet the requirements

of § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure that does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum re-

quired test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Cylinders may be offered for transpor-

tation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9).

OTE

8: See § 173.301(a)(9).

OTE

9: [Reserved]

OTE

10: Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a threaded solid plug.

OTE

11: Must meet the valve and cleaning requirements in § 173.302(b).

OTE

12: For an insecticide gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.305(c).

OTE

13: For a refrigerant or dispersant gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.304(d).

OTE

14: The use of DOT specification cylinder with a marked service pressure of 480 psi is authorized until December 31,

2003.

(b) [Reserved]

Except as noted in paragraph (d)(4) of

this section, the amount of liquefied

gas filled into a cylinder must be by

weight or, when the gas is lower in

pressure than required for liquefaction,

a pressure-temperature chart for the

specific gas may be used to ensure that

the service pressure at 55 °C (131 °F)

will not exceed

⁄

of the service pres-

sure at 21 °C (70 °F). The weight of liq-

uefied gas filled into the cylinder also

must be checked, after disconnecting

the cylinder from the filling line, by

the use of an accurate scale.

(d) Requirements for liquefied petro-

leum gas. (1) Filling density limits are

as follows:

Minimum specific gravity of

liquid material at 60 °F

Maximum the filling density in

percent of the water-weight

capacity of the cylinder

0.271 to 0.289 ....................... 26

0.290 to 0.306 ....................... 27

0.307 to 0.322 ....................... 28

0.323 to 0.338 ....................... 29

0.339 to 0.354 ....................... 30

0.355 to 0.371 ....................... 31

0.372 to 0.398 ....................... 32

0.399 to 0.425 ....................... 33

0.426 to 0.440 ....................... 34

0.441 to 0.452 ....................... 35

0.453 to 0.462 ....................... 36

0.463 to 0.472 ....................... 37

0.473 to 0.480 ....................... 38

0.481 to 0.488 ....................... 39

0.489 to 0.495 ....................... 40

0.496 to 0.503 ....................... 41

0.504 to 0.510 ....................... 42

Minimum specific gravity of

liquid material at 60 °F

Maximum the filling density in

percent of the water-weight

capacity of the cylinder

0.511 to 0.519 ....................... 43

0.520 to 0.527 ....................... 44

0.528 to 0.536 ....................... 45

0.537 to 0.544 ....................... 46

0.545 to 0.552 ....................... 47

0.553 to 0.560 ....................... 48

0.561 to 0.568 ....................... 49

0.569 to 0.576 ....................... 50

0.577 to 0.584 ....................... 51

0.585 to 0.592 ....................... 52

0.593 to 0.600 ....................... 53

0.601 to 0.608 ....................... 54

0.609 to 0.617 ....................... 55

0.618 to 0.626 ....................... 56

0.627 to 0.634 ....................... 57

(2) Subject to § 173.301a(d), any filling

density percentage prescribed in this

section is authorized to be increased by

a factor of 2 for liquefied petroleum gas

in DOT 3 cylinders or in DOT 3A cyl-

inders marked for 1800 psig, or higher,

service pressure.

(3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be

shipped in specification cylinders as

follows:

(i) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B,

4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, or 39 cylinders.

Shipments of flammable gases in DOT

3AL cylinders are authorized only

when transported by motor vehicle,

rail car, or cargo-only aircraft.

(ii) Additional containers may be

used within the limits of quantity and

pressure as follows:

Type of container

Maximum

capacity

(cubic

inches)

Maximum filling pressure

(psig)

DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ................................... 31.83 45 psig at 70 °F and 105 psig at 130 °F (see Note 2).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00636 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

627

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

Type of container

Maximum

capacity

(cubic

inches)

Maximum filling pressure

(psig)

DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ................................... 31.83 35 psig at 70 °F and 100 psig at 130 °F.

OTE

1: Containers must be packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from damage or acci-

dental functioning under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each completed container filled for shipment must have

been heated until its contents reach a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect.

Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA-

TIONS’.

OTE

2: A container must be equipped with a pressure relief device that will prevent rupture of the container and dangerous

projection of a closing device when exposed to fire.

(4) Verification of content. A cylinder

with a water capacity of 90.72 kg (200

lb) or more and for use with a liquefied

petroleum gas with a specific gravity

of 0.504 or greater at 16 °C (60 °F) may

have the quantity of its contents deter-

mined by using a fixed length dip tube

gauging device. The length of the dip

tube must be such that when a lique-

fied petroleum gas, with a specific vol-

ume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. at a tempera-

ture of 40 °F, is filled into the con-

tainer, the liquid just reaches the bot-

tom of the tube. The weight of this liq-

uid may not exceed 42 percent of the

water capacity of the container, which

must be stamped on the cylinder. The

length of the dip tube, expressed in

inches carried out to one decimal place

and prefixed with the letters ‘‘DT’’,

must be stamped on the container and

on the exterior of removable type dip

tube. For the purpose of this require-

ment, the marked length must be ex-

pressed as the distance measured along

the axis of a straight tube from the top

of the boss through which the tube is

inserted to the proper level of the liq-

uid in the container. The length of

each dip tube must be checked when in-

stalled by weighing each container

after filling except when installed in

groups of substantially identical con-

tainers, in which case one of each 25

containers must be weighed. The quan-

tity of liquefied gas in each container

must be checked by means of the dip

tube after disconnecting from the fill-

ing line. The outlet from the dip tube

may not be larger than 0.1016 centi-

meters (0.040 inch; No. 54 drill bit size

orifice). A container representative of

each day’s filling at each filling plant

must have its contents checked by

weighing after disconnecting from the

filling line.

(e) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid

or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. (1)

The following provisions apply to car-

bon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and ni-

trous oxide, refrigerated liquid:

(i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to

the provisions of this paragraph are au-

thorized.

(ii) Each cylinder must be protected

with at least one pressure relief device

and at least one frangible disc con-

forming to § 173.301(f) and paragraph

(a)(2) of this section. The relieving ca-

pacity of the pressure relief device sys-

tem must be equal to or greater than

that calculated by the applicable for-

mula in paragraph 5.8.3 of CGA S–1.1

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(iii) The temperature and pressure of

the gas at the time the shipment is of-

fered for transportation may not ex-

ceed ¥18 °C (0 °F) and 290 psig for car-

bon dioxide and ¥15.6 °C (+4 °F) and 290

psig for nitrous oxide. Maximum time

in transit may not exceed 120 hours.

(2) The following pressure relief de-

vice settings, design service tempera-

tures and filling densities apply:

Pressure relief device setting maximum start—to discharge gauge

pressure in psig

Maximum permitted filling density

(percent by weight)

Carbon dioxide, refrigerated

liquid

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated

liquid

105 psig ............................................................................................... 108 104

170 psig ............................................................................................... 105 101

230 psig ............................................................................................... 104 99

295 psig ............................................................................................... 102 97

360 psig ............................................................................................... 100 95

450 psig ............................................................................................... 98 83

540 psig ............................................................................................... 92 87

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00637 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

628

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.304b

Pressure relief device setting maximum start—to discharge gauge

pressure in psig

Maximum permitted filling density

(percent by weight)

Carbon dioxide, refrigerated

liquid

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated

liquid

625 psig ............................................................................................... 86 80

Design service temperature °C (°F) .................................................... ¥196 °C (¥320 °F) ¥196 °C (¥320 °F)

[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003;

68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept.

28, 2007; 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008]

DITORIAL

OTE

: At 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005, § 173.304a was amended in the table in para-

graph (a)(2) by removing the phrase ‘‘DOT–4A480’’ from the entry ‘‘Hydrogen sulfide’’; how-

ever, the amendment could not be incorporated because that phrase does not exist in the

entry.

§ 173.304b Additional requirements for

shipment of liquefied compressed

gases in UN pressure receptacles.

(a) General. Liquefied gases and gas

mixtures must be offered for transpor-

tation in UN pressure receptacles sub-

ject to the requirements in this section

and § 173.304. In addition, the general

requirements applicable to UN pressure

receptacles in §§ 173.301 and 173.301b

must be met.

(b) UN pressure receptacle filling limits.

A UN pressure receptacle is authorized

for the transportation of liquefied com-

pressed gases and gas mixtures as spec-

ified in this section. When a liquefied

compressed gas or gas mixture is trans-

ported in a UN pressure receptacle, the

filling ratio may not exceed the max-

imum filling ratio prescribed in this

section and the applicable ISO stand-

ard. Compliance with the filling limits

may be determined by referencing the

numerical values and data in Table 2 of

P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Alter-

natively, the maximum allowable fill-

ing limits may be determined as fol-

lows:

(1) For high pressure liquefied gases,

in no case may the filling ratio of the

settled pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed

the test pressure of the UN pressure re-

ceptacle.

(2) For low pressure liquefied gases,

the filling factor (maximum mass of

contents per liter of water capacity)

must be less than or equal to 95 percent

of the liquid phase at 50 °C. In addition,

the UN pressure receptacle may not be

liquid full at 60 °C. The test pressure of

the pressure receptacle must be equal

to or greater than the vapor pressure of

the liquid at 65 °C.

(3) For high pressure liquefied gases

or gas mixtures, the maximum filling

ratio may be determined using the for-

mulas in (3)(b) of P200 of the UN Rec-

ommendations.

(4) For low pressure liquefied gases or

gas mixtures, the maximum filling

ratio may be determined using the for-

mulas in (3)(c) of P200 of the UN Rec-

ommendations.

UN1081 must be packaged in a pressure

receptacle with a minimum test pres-

sure of 200 bar and a working pressure

not exceeding 5 bar.

(d) Fertilizer ammoniating solution

with free ammonia, UN1043 is not au-

thorized in UN tubes or MEGCs.

[74 FR 2265, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a

mixture of compressed gas and

other material.

(a) Detailed requirements. A mixture of

a compressed gas and any other mate-

rial must be shipped as a compressed

gas if the mixture is a compressed gas

as designated in § 173.115 and when not

in violation of § 173.301(a).

(b) Filling limits. (See § 173.301.) For

mixtures, the liquid portion of the liq-

uefied compressed gas at 131 °F. plus

any additional liquid or solid must not

completely fill the container.

mixtures. Mixtures containing com-

pressed gas or gases including insecti-

cides, which mixtures are nonpoisonous

and nonflammable under this part

must be shipped in cylinders as pre-

scribed in § 173.304(a) or as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00638 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

629

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

(1) Specification 2P (§ 178.33 of this

subchapter). Inside metal containers

equipped with safety relief devices of a

type examined by the Bureau of Explo-

sives and approved by the Associate

Administrator, and packed in strong

wooden or fiber boxes of such design as

to protect valves from damage or acci-

dental functioning under conditions in-

cident to transportation. Pressure in

the container may not exceed 85 psia at

70 °F. Each completed metal container

filled for shipment must be heated

until content reaches a minimum tem-

perature of 130 °F., without evidence of

leakage, distortion or other defect.

Each outside shipping container must

be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CON-

TAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE-

SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS.’’

(2) [Reserved]

(d) Poisonous mixtures. A mixture con-

taining any poisonous material (Divi-

sion 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that

the mixture would be classed as poi-

sonous under § 173.115 or § 173.132 must

be shipped in packagings as authorized

for these poisonous materials.

[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32

FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt.

173–70, 38 FR 5309, Feb. 27, 1973, Amdt. 173–94,

41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976; 45 FR 32697, May 19,

1980; Amdt. 173–224, 56 FR 66275, 66279, Dec. 20,

1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013,

Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR

24662, May 8, 2003]

§ 173.306 Limited quantities of com-

pressed gases.

(a) Limited quantities of compressed

gases for which exceptions are per-

mitted as noted by reference to this

section in § 172.101 of this subchapter

are excepted from labeling, except

when offered for transportation or

transported by air, and, unless required

as a condition of the exception, speci-

fication packaging requirements of

this subchapter when packaged in ac-

cordance with the following para-

graphs. For transportation by aircraft,

the package must conform to the appli-

cable requirements of § 173.27 of this

subchapter and only packages of haz-

ardous materials authorized aboard

passenger-carrying aircraft may be

transported as a limited quantity. In

addition, shipments are not subject to

subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of

this subchapter, to part 174 of this sub-

chapter except § 174.24, and to part 177

of this subchapter except § 177.817. Each

package may not exceed 30 kg (66

pounds) gross weight.

(1) When in containers of not more

than 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic

inches or less) except cigarette light-

ers. Additional exceptions for certain

compressed gases in limited quantities

and the ORM–D hazard class are pro-

vided in paragraph (i) of this section.

(2) When in metal containers filled

with a material that is not classed as a

hazardous material to not more than 90

percent of capacity at 70 °F. and then

charged with nonflammable, nonlique-

fied gas. Each container must be tested

to three times the pressure at 70 °F.

and, when refilled, be retested to three

times the pressure of the gas at 70 °F.

Also, one of the following conditions

must be met:

(i) Container is not over 0.95 L (1

quart) capacity and charged to not

more than 11.17 bar (482.63 kPa, 170

psig) at 21 °C (70 °F), and must be

packed in a strong outer packaging, or

(ii) Container is not over 30 gallons

capacity and charged to not more than

75 psig at 70 °F.

(3) When in a metal container for the

sole purpose of expelling a nonpoi-

sonous (other than a Division 6.1 Pack-

ing Group III material) liquid, paste or

powder, provided all of the following

conditions are met. Additional excep-

tions for certain compressed gases in

limited quantities and the ORM–D haz-

ard class are provided in paragraph (i)

of this section.

(i) Capacity must not exceed 1 L(61.0

cubic inches).

(ii) Pressure in the container must

not exceed 180 psig at 130 °F. If the

pressure exceeds 140 psig at 130 °F., but

does not exceed 160 psig at 130 °F., a

specification DOT 2P (§ 178.33 of this

subchapter) inside metal container

must be used; if the pressure exceeds

160 psig at 130 °F., a specification DOT

2Q (§ 178.33a of this subchapter) inside

metal container must be used. In any

event, the metal container must be ca-

pable of withstanding without bursting

a pressure of one and one-half times

the equilibrium pressure of the content

at 130 °F.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00639 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

630

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.306

(iii) Liquid content of the material

and gas must not completely fill the

container at 130 °F.

(iv) The container must be packed in

strong outside packagings.

(v) Each container, after it is filled,

must be subjected to a test performed

in a hot water bath; the temperature of

the bath and the duration of the test

must be such that the internal pressure

reaches that which would be reached at

55 °C (131 °F) (50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid

phase does not exceed 95% of the capac-

ity of the container at 50 °C (122 °F)). If

the contents are sensitive to heat, the

temperature of the bath must be set at

between 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F)

but, in addition, one container in 2,000

must be tested at the higher tempera-

ture. No leakage or permanent defor-

mation of a container may occur.

(vi) Each outside packaging must be

marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM-

PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA-

TIONS.’’

(4) Gas samples must be transported

under the following conditions:

(i) A gas sample may only be trans-

ported as non-pressurized gas when its

pressure corresponding to ambient at-

mospheric pressure in the container is

not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22

psia).

(ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or

toxic and flammable) must be packed

in hermetically sealed glass or metal

inner packagings of not more than one

L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong

outer packaging.

(iii) Non-pressurized gases, flam-

mable must be packed in hermetically

sealed glass or metal inner packagings

of not more than 5 L (1.3 gallons) and

overpacked in a strong outer pack-

aging.

(5) For limited quantities of Division

2.2 gases with no subsidiary risk, when

in a plastic container for the sole pur-

pose of expelling a liquid, paste or pow-

der, provided all of the following condi-

tions are met. Additional exceptions

for certain compressed gases in limited

quantities and the ORM–D hazard class

are provided in paragraph (i) of this

section.

(i) Capacity must not exceed 1 L (61.0

cubic inches).

(ii) Pressure in the container must

not exceed 160 psig at 130 °F. If the

pressure in the container is less than

140 psig at 130 °F, a non-DOT specifica-

tion container may be used. If the pres-

sure in the container exceeds 140 psig

at 130 °F but does not exceed 160 psig at

130 °F, the container must conform to

specification DOT 2S. All non-DOT

specification and specification DOT 2S

containers must be capable of with-

standing, without bursting, a pressure

of one and one-half times the equi-

librium pressure of the contents at 130

°F.

(iii) Liquid content of the material

and gas must not completely fill the

container at 130 °F.

(iv) The container must be packed in

strong outside packagings.

(v) Except as provided in paragraph

(a)(5)(vi) of this section, each container

must be subjected to a test performed

in a hot water bath; the temperature of

the bath and the duration of the test

must be such that the internal pressure

reaches that which would be reached at

55 °C (131 °F) or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liq-

uid phase does not exceed 95% of the

capacity of the container at 50 °C (122

°F). If the contents are sensitive to

heat, or if the container is made of

plastic material which softens at this

test temperature, the temperature of

the bath must be set at between 20 °C

(68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) but, in addition,

one container in 2,000 must be tested at

the higher temperature. No leakage or

permanent deformation of a container

may occur except that a plastic con-

tainer may be deformed through soft-

ening provided that it does not leak.

(vi) As an alternative to the hot

water bath test in paragraph (a)(5)(v) of

this section, testing may be performed

as follows:

(A) Pressure and leak testing before fill-

ing. Each empty container must be sub-

jected to a pressure equal to or in ex-

cess of the maximum expected in the

filled containers at 55 °C (131 °F) (or 50

°C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not

exceed 95 percent of the capacity of the

container at 50 °C (122 °F). This must be

at least two-thirds of the design pres-

sure of the container. If any container

shows evidence of leakage at a rate

equal to or greater than 3.3 × 10

mbar L/s at the test pressure, distor-

tion or other defect, it must be re-

jected; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00640 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

631

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

(B) Testing after filling. Prior to fill-

ing, the filler must ensure that the

crimping equipment is set appro-

priately and the specified propellant is

used before filling the container. Once

filled, each container must be weighed

and leak tested. The leak detection

equipment must be sufficiently sen-

sitive to detect at least a leak rate of

2.0 × 10

mbar L/s at 20 °C (68 °F). Any

filled container which shows evidence

of leakage, deformation, or excessive

weight must be rejected.

(vi) Each outside packaging must be

marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM-

PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA-

TIONS.’’

(b) Exceptions for foodstuffs, soap,

biologicals, electronic tubes, and audible

fire alarm systems. Limited quantities of

compressed gases (except Division 2.3

gases) for which exceptions are pro-

vided as indicated by reference to this

section in § 172.101 of this subchapter,

when accordance with one of the fol-

lowing paragraphs, are excepted from

labeling, except when offered for trans-

portation or transported by aircraft,

and the specification packaging re-

quirements of this subchapter. For

transportation by aircraft, the package

must conform to the applicable re-

quirements of § 173.27 of this subchapter

and only packages of hazardous mate-

rials authorized aboard passenger-car-

rying aircraft may be transported as a

limited quantity. In addition, ship-

ments are not subject to subpart F

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-

chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter,

except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this

subchapter, except § 177.817. Additional

exceptions for certain compressed

gases in limited quantities and the

ORM–D hazard class are provided in

paragraph (i) of this section.

(1) Foodstuffs or soaps in a nonrefill-

able metal or plastic container not ex-

ceeding 1 L (61.0 cubic inches), with

soluble or emulsified compressed gas,

provided the pressure in the container

does not exceed 140 psig at 130 °F. Plas-

tic containers must only contain Divi-

sion 2.2 non-flammable soluble or

emulsified compressed gas. The metal

or plastic container must be capable of

withstanding, without bursting, a pres-

sure of one and one-half times the equi-

librium pressure of the contents at 130

°F.

(i) Containers must be packed in

strong outside packagings.

(ii) Liquid content of the material

and the gas must not completely fill

the container at 130 °F.

(iii) Each outside packaging must be

marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM-

PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA-

TIONS.’’

(2) Cream in refillable metal or plas-

tic containers with soluble or

emulsified compressed gas. Plastic con-

tainers must only contain Division 2.2

non-flammable soluble or emulsified

compressed gas. Containers must be of

such design that they will hold pres-

sure without permanent deformation

up to 375 psig and must be equipped

with a device designed so as to release

pressure without bursting of the con-

tainer or dangerous projection of its

parts at higher pressures. This excep-

tion applies to shipments offered for

transportation by refrigerated motor

vehicles only.

(3) Nonrefillable metal or plastic con-

tainers charged with a Division 6.1

Packing Group III or nonflammable so-

lution containing biological products

or a medical preparation which could

be deteriorated by heat, and com-

pressed gas or gases. Plastic containers

must only contain 2.2 non-flammable

soluble or emulsified compressed gas.

The capacity of each container may

not exceed 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid

ounces). The pressure in the container

may not exceed 140 psig at 130 °F, and

the liquid content of the product and

gas must not completely fill the con-

tainers at 130 °F. One completed con-

tainer out of each lot of 500 or less,

filled for shipment, must be heated,

until the pressure in the container is

equivalent to equilibrium pressure of

the contents at 130 °F. There must be

no evidence of leakage, distortion, or

other defect. The container must be

packed in strong outside packagings.

(4) Electronic tubes, each having a

volume of not more than 30 cubic

inches and charged with gas to a pres-

sure of not more than 35 psig and

packed in strong outside packagings.

(5) Audible fire alarm systems pow-

ered by a compressed gas contained in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00641 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

632

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.306

an inside metal container when shipped

under the following conditions:

(i) Each inside container must have

contents which are not flammable, poi-

sonous, or corrosive as defined under

this part,

(ii) Each inside container may not

have a capacity exceeding 35 cubic

inches (19.3 fluid ounces),

(iii) Each inside container may not

have a pressure exceeding 70 psig at 70

°F. and the liquid portion of the gas

may not completely fill the inside con-

tainer at 130 °F., and

(iv) Each nonrefillable inside con-

tainer must be designed and fabricated

with a burst pressure of not less than

four times its charged pressure at 130

°F. Each refillable inside container

must be designed and fabricated with a

burst pressure of not less than five

times its charged pressure at 130 °F.

(c)–(d) [Reserved]

(e) Refrigerating machines. (1) New

(unused) refrigerating machines or

components thereof are excepted from

the specification packaging require-

ments of this part if they meet the fol-

lowing conditions. In addition, ship-

ments are not subject to subpart F of

part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174

of this subchapter except § 174.24 and to

part 177 of this subchapter except

§ 177.817.

(i) Each pressure vessel may not con-

tain more than 5,000 pounds of Group

A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/

ASHRAE Standard 15 or not more than

50 pounds of refrigerant other than

Group A1.

(ii) Machines or components having

two or more charged vessels may not

contain an aggregate of more than 2,000

pounds of Group I refrigerant or more

than 100 pounds of refrigerant other

than Group I.

(iii) Each pressure vessel must be

equipped with a safety device meeting

the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(iv) Each pressure vessel must be

equipped with a shut-off valve at each

opening except openings used for safety

devices and with no other connection.

These valves must be closed prior to

and during transportation.

(v) Pressure vessels must be manu-

factured, inspected and tested in ac-

cordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or

when over 6 inches internal diameter,

in accordance with Section VIII of the

ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(vi) All parts subject to refrigerant

pressure during shipment must be test-

ed in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE

15.

(vii) The liquid portion of the refrig-

erant, if any, may not completely fill

any pressure vessel at 130 °F.

(viii) The amount of refrigerant, if

liquefied, may not exceed the filling

density prescribed in § 173.304.

(f) Accumulators (Articles, pressurized

pneumatic or hydraulic containing non-

flammable gas). The following applies to

accumulators, which are hydraulic ac-

cumulators containing nonliquefied,

nonflammable gas, and nonflammable

liquids or pneumatic accumulators

containing nonliquefied, nonflammable

gas, fabricated from materials which

will not fragment upon rupture.

(1) Accumulators installed in motor

vehicles, construction equipment, and

assembled machinery and designed and

fabricated with a burst pressure of not

less than five times their charged pres-

sure at 70 °F., when shipped, are not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter.

(2) Accumulators charged with lim-

ited quantities of compressed gas to

not more than 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F. are

excepted from labeling (except when of-

fered for transportation by air) and the

specification packaging requirements

of this subchapter when shipped under

the following conditions. In addition,

shipments are not subject to subpart F

of part 172 of this subchapter, to part

174 of this subchapter except § 174.24

and to part 177 of this subchapter ex-

cept § 177.817.

(i) Each accumulator must be shipped

as an inside packaging,

(ii) Each accumulator may not have

a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic inches

under stored pressure, and

(iii) Each accumulator must be test-

ed, without evidence of failure or dam-

age, to at least three times its charged

pressure of 70 °F., but not less than 120

p.s.i. before initial shipment and before

each refilling and reshipment.

(3) Accumulators with a charging

pressure exceeding 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F.

are excepted from labeling (except

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00642 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

633

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

when offered for transportation by air)

and the specification packaging re-

quirements of this subchapter when

shipped under the following conditions:

(i) Each accumulator must be in com-

pliance with the requirements stated in

paragraph (f)(2), (i), (ii), and (iii) of this

section, and

(ii) Each accumulator must be de-

signed and fabricated with a burst pres-

sure of not less than five times its

charged pressure at 70 °F. when

shipped.

(4) Accumulators intended to func-

tion as shock absorbers, struts, gas

springs, pneumatic springs or other im-

pact or energy-absorbing devices are

not subject to the requirements of this

subchapter provided each:

(i) Has a gas space capacity not ex-

ceeding 1.6 L and a charge pressure not

exceeding 280 bar, where the product of

the capacity expressed in liters and

charge pressure expressed in bars does

not exceed 80 (for example, 0.5 L gas

space and 160 bar charge pressure);

(ii) Has a minimum burst pressure of

4 times the charge pressure at 20 °C for

products not exceeding 0.5 L gas space

capacity and 5 times the charge pres-

sure for products greater than 0.5 L gas

space capacity;

(iii) Design type has been subjected

to a fire test demonstrating that the

article relieves its pressure by means

of a fire degradable seal or other pres-

sure relief device, such that the article

will not fragment and that the article

does not rocket; and

(iv) Accumulators must be manufac-

tured under a written quality assur-

ance program which monitors param-

eters controlling burst strength, burst

mode and performance in a fire situa-

tion as specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(i)

through (f)(4)(iii) of this section. A

copy of the quality assurance program

must be maintained at each facility at

which the accumulators are manufac-

tured.

(5) Accumulators not conforming to

the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1)

through (f) (4) of this section, may only

be transported subject to the approval

of the Associate Administrator.

(g) Water pump system tank. Water

pump system tanks charged with com-

pressed air or limited quantities of ni-

trogen to not over 40 psig for single-

trip shipment to installation sites are

excepted from labeling (transportation

by air not authorized) and the speci-

fication packaging requirements of

this subchapter when shipped under the

following conditions. In addition, ship-

ments are not subject to subpart F of

this subchapter, to part 174 of this sub-

chapter except § 174.24 and part 177 ex-

cept § 177.817.

(1) The tank must be of steel, welded

with heads concave to pressure, having

a rated water capacity not exceeding

120 gallons and with outside diameter

not exceeding 24 inches. Safety relief

devices not required.

(2) The tank must be pneumatically

tested to 100 psig. Test pressure must

be permanently marked on the tank.

(3) The stress at prescribed pressure

must not exceed 20,000 psi using for-

mula:

S = Pd / 2t

where:

S = wall stress in psi:

P = prescribed pressure for the tank of at

least 3 times charged pressure at 70 °F or

100 psig, whichever is greater;

d = inside diameter in inches;

t = minimum wall thickness, in inches.

(4) The burst pressure must be at

least 6 times the charge pressure at 70

°F.

(5) Each tank must be overpacked in

a strong outer packaging in accordance

with § 173.301(h).

(h) Lighter refills. (1) Lighter refills

(see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must not

contain an ignition element but must

contain a release device. Lighter refills

offered for transportation under this

section may not exceed 4 fluid ounces

capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or contain

more than 65 grams of a Division 2.1

fuel. For transportation by highway or

rail, lighter refills must be tightly

packed and secured against movement

in strong outer packagings. For trans-

portation by aircraft or vessel, lighter

refills must be tightly packed and se-

cured against movement in any rigid

specification outer packaging author-

ized in Subpart L of Part 178 of this

subchapter at the Packing Group II

performance level.

(2) Exceptions. (i) For other than

transportation by aircraft, exceptions

for certain compressed gases in limited

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00643 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

634

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.306

quantities and the ORM–D hazard class

are provided in paragraph (i) of this

section.

(ii) For highway transportation,

when no more than 1,500 lighter refills

covered by this paragraph are trans-

ported in one motor vehicle, the re-

quirements of subparts C through H of

part 172, and Part 177 of this sub-

chapter do not apply. Lighter refills

covered under this paragraph must be

packaged in rigid, strong outer pack-

agings meeting the general packaging

requirements of subpart B of this part.

Outer packagings must be plainly and

durably marked on two opposing sides

or ends with the words ‘‘LIGHTER RE-

FILLS’’ and the number of devices con-

tained therein in letters measuring at

least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. No per-

son may offer for transportation or

transport the lighter refills or prepare

the lighter refills for shipment unless

that person has been specifically in-

formed of the requirements of this sec-

tion.

(i) Limited quantities. (1) A limited

quantity that conforms to the provi-

sions of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(5),

(b) or, except for transportation by air-

craft, paragraph (h) of this section is

excepted from labeling requirements,

unless the material is offered for trans-

portation or transported by aircraft,

and the specification packaging re-

quirements of this subchapter when

packaged in combination packagings

according to this paragraph. Packages

must be marked in accordance with

§ 172.315(a) or (b), as appropriate, or as

authorized in paragraph (i)(2) of this

section. Unless otherwise specified in

paragraph (i)(2) of this section, pack-

ages of limited quantities intended for

transportation by aircraft must con-

form to the applicable requirements

(e.g., authorized materials, inner pack-

aging quantity limits and closure se-

curement) of § 173.27 of this part. A lim-

ited quantity package that conforms to

the provisions of this section is not

subject to the shipping paper require-

ments of subpart C of part 172 of this

subchapter, unless the material meets

the definition of a hazardous sub-

stance, hazardous waste, marine pol-

lutant, or is offered for transportation

and transported by aircraft or vessel,

and is eligible for the exceptions pro-

vided in § 173.156 of this part. Outside

packagings conforming to this para-

graph are not required to be marked

‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY

WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.’’

In addition, packages of limited quan-

tities are not subject to subpart F

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-

chapter. Each package must conform

to the packaging requirements of sub-

part B of this part and may not exceed

30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight.

(2) Until December 31, 2013, a limited

quantity package containing a ‘‘con-

sumer commodity’’ as defined in § 171.8

of this subchapter may be renamed

‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and reclassed

as ORM–D or ORM–D–AIR material and

offered for transportation and trans-

ported in accordance with the applica-

ble provisions of this subchapter in ef-

fect on October 1, 2010.

(j) Aerosols and receptacles small, con-

taining gas with a capacity of less than 50

mL. Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of

this subchapter, and receptacles small,

containing gas, with a capacity not ex-

ceeding 50 mL (1.7 oz.) and with a pres-

sure not exceeding 970 kPa (141 psig) at

55 °C (131 °F), containing no hazardous

materials other than a Division 2.2 gas,

are not subject to the requirements of

this subchapter. The pressure limit

may be increased to 2,000 kPa (290 psig)

at 55 °C (131 °F) provided the aerosols

are transported in outer packages that

conform to the packaging require-

ments of Subpart B of this part. This

paragraph (j) does not apply to a self-

defense spray (e.g., pepper spray).

(k) Aerosols for recycling or disposal.

Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of this

subchapter, containing a limited quan-

tity which conforms to the provisions

of paragraph (a)(3), (a)(5), (b)(1), (b)(2),

or (b)(3) of this section are not subject

to the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight

limitation when transported by motor

vehicle for purposes of recycling or dis-

posal under the following conditions:

(1) The strong outer packaging and

its contents must not exceed a gross

weight of 500 kg (1,100 pounds);

(2) Each aerosol container must be

secured with a cap to protect the valve

stem or the valve stem must be re-

moved; and

(3) The packaging must be offered for

transportation or transported by—

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00644 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

635

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.308

(i) Private or contract motor carrier;

(ii) Common carrier in a motor vehi-

cle under exclusive use for such serv-

ice.

(l) For additional exceptions, see

§ 173.307.

[Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.306, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.307 Exceptions for compressed

gases.

(a) The following materials are not

subject to the requirements of this sub-

chapter:

(1) Carbonated beverages.

(2) Tires when inflated to pressures

not greater than their rated inflation

pressures. For transportation by air,

tires and tire assemblies must meet the

conditions in § 175.8(b)(4) of this sub-

chapter.

(3) Balls used for sports.

(4) Refrigerating machines, including

dehumidifiers and air conditioners, and

components thereof, such as

precharged tubing containing:

(i) 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a non-

flammable, non-toxic gas;

(ii) 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammo-

nia solution (UN2672);

(iii) Except when offered or trans-

ported by air, 12 kg (25 pounds) or less

of a flammable, non-toxic gas;

(iv) Except when offered or trans-

ported by air or vessel, 20 kg (44

pounds) or less of a Group A1 refrig-

erant specified in ANSI/ASHRAE

Standard 15 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter); or

(v) 100 g (4 ounces) or less of a flam-

mable, non-toxic liquefied gas.

(5) Manufactured articles or

apparatuses, each containing not more

than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of inert gas

and packaged so that the quantity of

inert gas per package does not exceed 1

g (0.35 ounce).

(6) Light bulbs, provided they are

packaged so that the projectile effects

of any rupture of the bulb will be con-

tained within the package.

(b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 173–135, 45 FR 13090, Feb.

28, 1980; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 45038,

July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR

76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006;

74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19,

2011]

§ 173.308 Lighters.

(a) General requirements. No person

may offer for transportation or trans-

port a lighter (see § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter) containing a Division 2.1

(flammable gas) material except under

the following conditions:

(1) The lighter must contain a fuel

reservoir not exceeding 4 fluid ounces

capacity (7.22 cubic inches), and must

contain not more than 10 grams (0.35

ounce) of flammable gas.

(2) The maximum filling density may

not exceed 85 percent of the volumetric

capacity of each fluid reservoir at 15 °C

(59 °F).

(3) Each lighter design, including clo-

sures, must be capable of withstanding,

without leakage or rupture, an internal

pressure of at least two times the pres-

sure of the flammable gas at 55 °C (131

°F).

(4) Each appropriate lighter design

must be examined and successfully

tested by a person or agency (author-

ized testing agency) who is authorized

by the Associate Administrator to per-

form such examination and testing

under the provisions of subpart E of

part 107 of this chapter and who—

(i) Has the equipment necessary to

perform the testing required to the

level of accuracy required;

(ii) Is able to demonstrate, upon re-

quest, the knowledge of the testing

procedures and requirements of the

HMR relative to lighters;

(iii) Does not manufacture or market

lighters, is not financially dependent

or owned in whole or in part, by any

entity that manufactures or markets

lighters;

(iv) Is a resident of the United

States; and

(v) Performs all examination and

testing in accordance with the require-

ments of paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this

section.

(5) The Associate Administrator will

assign an identification code to each

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00645 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

636

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.308

person who is authorized to examine

and test lighters. This identification

code must be incorporated into a

unique test report identifier for each

successfully tested lighter design.

(b) Examination and testing of lighter

design types—(1) Lighter design type defi-

nition. A new lighter design is one that

has never been examined and tested or

one that differs from a previous design

in any manner that may affect the es-

cape (leakage) of gas. Lighter charac-

teristics that may affect the escape of

gas include changes in materials of

construction, ignition mechanism,

burner valve design, wall thickness,

sealing materials, and type of fuel (e.g.,

vapor pressure differences).

(2) Lighter samples submitted for exam-

ination and testing. Samples of a new

lighter design are excepted from the re-

quirements of (a)(4) and (d) of this sec-

tion and may be offered for transpor-

tation and transported under the fol-

lowing conditions:

(i) The samples must be transported

only to an authorized testing agency;

(ii) No more than 12 lighters may be

packaged in a single outer packaging;

(iii) Inner packagings must conform

to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)

of this section. For transportation by

aircraft, intermediate or outer pack-

agings must meet the pressure differen-

tial requirements of § 173.27(c) of this

part;

(iv) The outer packaging must con-

form to the requirements of Subpart M

of Part 178 of this subchapter at the

Packing Group I performance level and

to the requirements of § 173.24 of this

subpart;

(v) The word ‘‘sample’’ must appear

on the shipping paper as part of the

proper shipping name or in association

with the basic description; and

(vi) In addition to other required

markings and labels, the package must

be marked ‘‘SAMPLE FOR EXAMINA-

TION AND TESTING.’’

(vii) All other applicable require-

ments of this subchapter must be met.

(3) Examination and testing of sample

lighters by an authorized testing agency.

Each sample lighter must be examined

for conformance with paragraph (a) of

this section by a person authorized by

the Associate Administrator. In addi-

tion, lighters must be subjected to the

following leakage test:

(i) A minimum of six lighters must be

examined and tested at one time. Store

the lighters in a desiccator for 24

hours. After drying, weigh each lighter

on an analytical balance capable of ac-

curately measuring to within

⁄

of a

milligram (0.0001 grams).

(ii) After weighing, place the lighters

together in an explosion-proof, con-

trolled-temperature laboratory oven

capable of maintaining 38 ±1 °C (100 ±2

°F) for 96 continuous hours (4 days). At

the end of 96 hours, remove the lighters

from the oven and place them in the

same desiccator and allow the lighters

to cool to ambient temperature.

(iii) After cooling, weigh each lighter

and determine the net weight dif-

ferences for each lighter tested (sub-

tract the mass after oven exposure

from the original mass before oven ex-

posure).

(iv) Weight losses must be assessed to

determine the quantity of gas that

leaked from the lighters and from the

weight change as a result of absorbed

moisture. If the net weight has in-

creased, the test facility must run the

required test using six empty lighters

in parallel with the six filled lighters.

The parallel tests are conducted to de-

termine the weight of moisture ab-

sorbed in the plastic in order to deter-

mine the weight loss of the lighters

from gas leakage.

(v) If the net weight loss for any one

of the six lighters exceeds 20 milli-

grams (0.020 grams), the design must be

rejected.

(vi) Lighters manufactured to a re-

jected lighter design may not be of-

fered for transportation or transported

in commerce unless approved in writ-

ing by the Associate Administrator.

(4) Recordkeeping requirements. (i) Fol-

lowing the examination of each new

lighter design, the person or agency

that conducted the examination and

test must prepare a test report and

make that test report available to the

manufacturer. At a minimum, the test

report must contain the following in-

formation:

(A) Name and address of test facility;

(B) Name and address of applicant;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00646 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

637

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.308

the authorized person or agency identi-

fier code immediately followed by an

alpha/numeric identifier of four or

more characters assigned to the spe-

cific lighter design by the authorized

person or agency (e.g., ‘‘LAA****,’’

where, ‘‘LAA’’ is the identification

code assigned to the authorized person

or agency by the Associate Adminis-

trator and ‘‘****’’ is replaced with the

unique test report identifier assigned

to the specific lighter design by the au-

thorized person or agency);

(D) Manufacturer of the lighter. For

a foreign manufacturer, the U.S. agent

or importer must be identified;

(E) Description of the lighter design

type (e.g., model, dimensions, ignition

mechanism, reservoir capacity, lot/

batch number) in sufficient detail to

ensure conformance with paragraph

(b)(4)(iii) of this section; and

(F) A certification by the authorized

testing agency that the lighter design

conforms to paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion and passes or does not pass the re-

quired leakage test in paragraph (b) of

this section.

(ii) For as long as any lighter design

is in production and for at least three

years thereafter, a copy of each light-

er’s test report must be maintained by

the authorized testing agency that per-

formed the examination and testing

and the manufacturer of the design.

For a foreign manufacturer, each test

report must be maintained in accord-

ance with this paragraph by the foreign

manufacturer’s U.S. agent or importer.

(iii) Test reports must be traceable to

a specific lighter design and must be

made available to a representative of

the Department upon request.

(5) Transitional provisions. Until Janu-

ary 1, 2012, approval numbers issued by

the Associate Administrator prior to

January 1, 2007 may continue to be

marked on packages and annotated on

shipping papers, where applicable.

After that time, previously issued ap-

provals (i.e., T-***) will no longer be

valid and each lighter design currently

in production must be re-examined and

tested under the provisions of this sec-

tion.

containment. Lighters must be placed in

an inner packaging that is designed to

prevent movement of the lighters and

inadvertent ignition or leakage. The

ignition device and gas control lever of

each lighter must be designed, or se-

curely sealed, taped, or otherwise fas-

tened or packaged to protect against

accidental functioning or leakage of

the contents during transport. If light-

ers are packed vertically in a plastic

tray, a plastic, fiberboard or paper-

board partition must be used to pre-

vent friction between the ignition de-

vice and the inner packaging.

(2) Outer packaging. Lighters and

their inner packagings must be tightly

packed and secured against movement

in any rigid specification outer pack-

aging authorized in Subpart L of Part

178 of this subchapter at the Packing

Group II performance level.

(d) Shipping paper and marking re-

quirements. (1) In addition to the re-

quirements of subpart C of part 172,

shipping papers must be annotated

with the lighter design test report

identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of

this section) traceable to the test re-

port assigned to the lighters or, if ap-

plicable, the previously issued approval

number (i.e., T***), in association with

the basic description.

(2) In addition to the requirements of

subpart D of part 172, a lighter design

test report identifier (see paragraph

(b)(4)(i)(C) of this section) or, if appli-

cable, the previously issued approval

number (i.e., T***), must be marked on

a package containing lighters.

(3) For transportation by vessel in a

closed transport vehicle or a closed

freight container, the following warn-

ing must be affixed to the access doors:

WARNING—MAY CONTAIN EXPLO-

SIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR—KEEP

IGNITION SOURCES AWAY WHEN

OPENING

The warning must be on a con-

trasting background and must be in

letters measuring at least 12.7 mm (0.5

inch) in height.

(e) Exceptions—(1) Common or contract

carriage. For highway transportation

by common or contract carrier, when

no more than 1,500 lighters covered by

this section are transported in one

motor vehicle, the requirements of sub-

parts C through H of part 172, and Part

177 of this subchapter do not apply.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00647 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

638

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.309

Lighters transported in accordance

with this paragraph are also excepted

from the specification packaging, ship-

ping paper, and marking requirements

specified in §§ 173.308(c) and (d). Inner

packagings must conform to paragraph

(c)(1) of this section. Lighters must be

further packaged in rigid, strong outer

packagings meeting the general pack-

aging requirements of subpart B of part

173. Outer packagings must be plainly

and durably marked, on two opposing

sides or ends, with the word ‘‘LIGHT-

ERS’’ and the number of devices con-

tained therein in letters measuring at

least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. In addi-

tion, the package must include the test

report identifier for each lighter design

as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of

this section or, if applicable, the pre-

viously issued approval number (i.e.,

T***). The test report identifier or ap-

proval number must be durable, leg-

ible, in English, and located in, at-

tached to, or marked directly on the

package. No person may offer for trans-

portation or transport the lighters or

prepare the lighters for shipment un-

less that person has been specifically

informed of the requirements of this

section.

(2) Private carriage. For highway

transportation by a private carrier,

lighters that have been examined and

successfully tested in accordance with

this section are not subject to any

other requirements of this subchapter

under the following conditions:

(i) No person may offer for transpor-

tation or transport the lighters or pre-

pare the lighters for shipment unless

that person has been specifically in-

formed of the requirements of this sec-

tion;

(ii) Lighters must be placed in an

inner packaging that is designed to

prevent accidental activation of the ig-

nition device or valve, release of gas,

and movement of the lighters (e.g.,

tray, blister pack, etc.);

(iii) Inner packagings must be placed

in a securely closed rigid outer pack-

aging that limits movement of the

inner packagings and protects them

from damage;

(iv) The outer package may contain

not more than 300 lighters;

(v) A transport vehicle may carry not

more than 1,500 lighters at any one

time;

(vi) The lighters may not be placed in

an outer packaging with other haz-

ardous materials; and

(vii) Outer packagings must be plain-

ly and durably marked with the words

‘‘LIGHTERS, excepted quantity.’’

[71 FR 3427, Jan. 23, 2006, as amended at 73

FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008]

§ 173.309 Fire extinguishers.

(a) Fire extinguishers charged with a

limited quantity of compressed gas to

not more than 1660 kPa (241 psig) at 21

°C (70 °F) are excepted from labeling

(except when offered for transportation

by air) and the specification packaging

requirements of this subchapter when

shipped under the following conditions.

In addition, shipments are not subject

to subpart F of part 172 of this sub-

chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter

except § 174.24 or to part 177 of this sub-

chapter except § 177.817.

(1) Each fire extinguisher must have

contents which are nonflammable, non-

poisonous, and noncorrosive as defined

under this subchapter.

(2) Each fire extinguisher must be

shipped as an inner packaging.

(3) Nonspecification cylinders are au-

thorized subject to the following condi-

tions:

(i) The internal volume of each cyl-

inder may not exceed 18 L (1,100 cubic

inches). For fire extinguishers not ex-

ceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capac-

ity, the liquid portion of the gas plus

any additional liquid or solid must not

completely fill the container at 55 °C

(130 °F). Fire extinguishers exceeding

900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity may

not contain any liquefied compressed

gas;

(ii) Each fire extinguisher manufac-

tured on and after January 1, 1976,

must be designed and fabricated with a

burst pressure of not less than six

times its charged pressure at 21 °C (70

°F) when shipped;

(iii) Each fire extinguisher must be

tested, without evidence of failure or

damage, to at least three times its

charged pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) but not

less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before ini-

tial shipment, and must be marked to

indicate the year of the test (within 90

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00648 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

639

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.311

days of the actual date of the original

test) and with the words ‘‘MEETS DOT

REQUIREMENTS.’’ This marking is

considered a certification that the fire

extinguisher is manufactured in ac-

cordance with the requirements of this

section. The words ‘‘This extinguisher

meets all requirements of 49 CFR

173.306’’ may be displayed on fire extin-

guishers manufactured prior to Janu-

ary 1, 1976; and

(iv) For any subsequent shipment,

each fire extinguisher must be in com-

pliance with the retest requirements of

the Occupational Safety and Health

Administration Regulations of the De-

partment of Labor, 29 CFR 1910.157.

(4) Specification 2P or 2Q (§§ 178.33

and 178.33a of this subchapter) inner

nonrefillable metal packagings are au-

thorized for use as fire extinguishers

subject to the following conditions:

(i) The liquid portion of the gas plus

any additional liquid or solid may not

completely fill the packaging at 55 °C

(130 °F);

(ii) Pressure in the packaging shall

not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 55 °C

(130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa

(141 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), but does not

exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130

°F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal

packaging must be used; if the pressure

exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130

°F), a specification DOT 2Q inner metal

packaging must be used. The metal

packaging must be capable of with-

standing, without bursting, a pressure

of one and one-half times the equi-

librium pressure of the contents at 55

°C (130 °F); and

(iii) Each completed inner packaging

filled for shipment must have been

heated until the pressure in the con-

tainer is equivalent to the equilibrium

pressure of the contents at 55 °C (130

°F) without evidence of leakage, distor-

tion, or other defect.

(b) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL,

4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW (§§ 178.36,

178.37, 178.42, 178.46, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55

and 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders

are authorized for use as fire extin-

guishers.

[Amdt. 173–235, 58 FR 50503, Sept. 27, 1993, as

amended by Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR 49134, Sept.

26, 1994; Amdt. 173–258, 61 FR 51240, Oct. 1,

1996; 66 FR 45380, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 71 FR

54395, Sept. 14, 2006]

§ 173.310 Exceptions for radiation de-

tectors.

Radiation detectors, radiation sen-

sors, electron tube devices, or ioniza-

tion chambers, herein referred to as

‘‘radiation detectors,’’ that contain

only Division 2.2 gases, are excepted

from the specification packaging in

this subchapter and, except when

transported by air, from labeling and

placarding requirements of this sub-

chapter when designed, packaged, and

transported as follows:

(a) Radiation detectors must be sin-

gle-trip, hermetically sealed, welded

metal inside containers that will not

fragment upon impact.

(b) Radiation detectors must not

have a design pressure exceeding 4.83

MPa (700 psig) and a capacity exceed-

ing 355 fluid ounces (641 cubic inches).

They must be designed and fabricated

with a burst pressure of not less than

three times the design pressure if the

radiation detector is equipped with a

pressure relief device, and not less than

four times the design pressure if the

detector is not equipped with a pres-

sure relief device.

shipped in a strong outer packaging ca-

pable of withstanding a drop test of at

least 1.2 meters (4 feet) without break-

age of the radiation detector or rupture

of the outer packaging. If the radiation

detector is shipped as part of other

equipment, the equipment must be

packaged in strong outer packaging or

the equipment itself must provide an

equivalent level of protection.

(d) Emergency response information

accompanying each shipment and

available from each emergency re-

sponse telephone number for radiation

detectors must identify those recep-

tacles that are not fitted with a pres-

sure relief device and provide appro-

priate guidance for exposure to fire.

[75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010]

§ 173.311 Metal hydride storage sys-

tems.

The following packing instruction is

applicable to transportable UN Metal

hydride storage systems (UN3468) with

pressure receptacles not exceeding 150

liters (40 gallons) in water capacity and

having a maximum developed pressure

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00649 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

640

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.312

not exceeding 25 MPa. Metal hydride

storage systems must be designed, con-

structed, initially inspected and tested

in accordance with ISO 16111 (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) as authorized

under § 178.71(m) of this subchapter.

Steel pressure receptacles or composite

pressure receptacles with steel liners

must be marked in accordance with

§ 173.301b(f) of this part which specifies

that a steel UN pressure receptacle

bearing an ‘‘H’’ mark must be used for

hydrogen bearing gases or other gases

that may cause hydrogen embrittle-

ment. Requalification intervals must

be no more than every five years as

specified in § 180.207 of this subchapter

in accordance with the requalification

procedures prescribed in ISO 16111.

[76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 76

FR 82178, Dec. 30, 2011]

§ 173.312 Requirements for shipment

of MEGCs.

(a) General requirements. (1) Unless

otherwise specified, a MEGC is author-

ized for the shipment of liquefied and

non-liquefied compressed gases. Each

pressure receptacle contained in a

MEGC must meet the requirements in

§§ 173.301, 173.301b, 173.302b and 173.304b,

as applicable.

(2) The MEGC must conform to the

design, construction, inspection and

testing requirements prescribed in

§ 178.75 of this subchapter.

(3) No person may offer or accept a

hazardous material for transportation

in a MEGC that is damaged to such an

extent that the integrity of the pres-

sure receptacles or the MEGC’s struc-

tural or service equipment may be af-

fected.

(4) No person may fill or offer for

transportation a pressure receptacle in

a MEGC if the pressure receptacle or

the MEGC is due for periodic requali-

fication, as prescribed in subpart C to

part 180 of this subchapter. However,

this restriction does not preclude

transportation of pressure receptacles

filled and offered for transportation

prior to the requalification due date.

(5) Prior to filling and offering a

MEGC for transportation, the MEGC’s

structural and service equipment must

be visually inspected. Any unsafe con-

dition must be corrected before the

MEGC is offered for transportation. All

required markings must be legible.

(6) Except for Division 2.2 permanent

gases, each pressure receptacle must be

equipped with an individual shutoff

valve that must be tightly closed while

in transit. For Division 2.1, Division 2.2

liquefied gases and 2.3 gases, the mani-

fold must be designed so that each

pressure receptacle can be filled sepa-

rately and be kept isolated by a valve

capable of being closed during transit.

For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure re-

ceptacles must be isolated by a valve

into assemblies of not more than 3,000

(b) Filling. (1) A MEGC may not be

filled to a pressure greater than the

lowest marked working pressure of any

pressure receptacle. A MEGC may not

be filled above its marked maximum

permissible gross mass.

(2) After each filling, the shipper

must verify the leakproofness of the

closures and equipment. Each fill open-

ing must be closed by a cap or plug.

portation, a MEGC must be protected

against damage to the pressure recep-

tacles and service equipment resulting

from lateral and longitudinal impact

and overturning as prescribed in § 178.75

of this subchapter.

[71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for

Liquefied Compressed Gases.

The UN Portable Tank Table for Liq-

uefied Compressed Gases is referenced

in § 172.102(c)(7)(iii) of this subchapter

for portable tanks that are used to

transport liquefied compressed gases.

The table applies to each liquefied

compressed gas that is identified with

Special Provision T50 in Column (7) of

the § 172.101 Table. In addition to pro-

viding the UN identification number

and proper shipping name, the table

provides maximum allowable working

pressures, bottom opening require-

ments, pressure relief device require-

ments, and degree of filling require-

ments for liquefied compressed gas per-

mitted for transportation in a T50 port-

able tank. In the minimum test pres-

sure column, ‘‘small’’ means a portable

tank with a diameter of 1.5 meters or

less when measured at the widest part

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00650 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

641

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

of the shell, ‘‘sunshield’’ means a port-

able tank with a shield covering at

least the upper third of the shell,

‘‘bare’’ means no sunshield or insula-

tion is provided, and ‘‘insulated’’

means a complete cladding of sufficient

thickness of insulating material nec-

essary to provide a minimum conduct-

ance of not more than 0.67 w/m

/k. In

the pressure relief requirements col-

umn, the word ‘‘Normal’’ denotes that

a frangible disc as specified in

§ 178.276(e)(3) of this subchapter is not

required.

UN P

ORTABLE

ANK

ABLE FOR

IQUEFIED

OMPRESSED

ASES

UN No.

Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed

gases

Minimum design

pressure (bar)

small; bare;

sunshield; insu-

lated

Openings

below liquid

level

Pressure relief re-

quirements (See

§ 178.276(e))

Maximum filling

density (kg/l)

1005 ...... Ammonia, anhydrous ............................. 29.0 Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.53

25.7

22.0

19.7

1009 ...... Bromotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant

gas R 13B1.

38.0 Allowed Normal 1.13

34.0

30.0

27.5

1010 ...... Butadienes, stabilized ............................ 7.5 Allowed Normal 0.55

7.0

1011 ...... Butane .................................................... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.51

7.0

1012 ...... Butylene ................................................. 8.0 Allowed Normal 0.53

7.0

1017 ...... Chlorine .................................................. 19.0 Not § 178.276(e)(3) 1.25

17.0 Allowed

15.0

13.5

1018 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant

gas R 22.

26.0 Allowed Normal 1.03

24.0

21.0

19.0

1020 ...... Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant

gas R 115.

23.0 Allowed Normal 1.06

20.0

18.0

16.0

1021 ...... 1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or

Refrigerant gas R 124.

10.3 Allowed Normal 1.2

9.8

7.9

7.0

1027 ...... Cyclopropane ......................................... 18.0 Allowed Normal 0.53

16.0

14.5

13.0

1028 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant

gas R 12.

16.0 Allowed Normal 1.15

15.0

13.0

11.5

1029 ...... Dichlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant

gas R 21.

7.0 Allowed Normal 1.23

7.0

1030 ...... 1,1-Difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R

152a.

16.0 Allowed Normal 0.79

14.0

12.4

11.0

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00651 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

642

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.313

UN P

ORTABLE

ANK

ABLE FOR

IQUEFIED

OMPRESSED

ASES

—Continued

UN No.

Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed

gases

Minimum design

pressure (bar)

small; bare;

sunshield; insu-

lated

Openings

below liquid

level

Pressure relief re-

quirements (See

§ 178.276(e))

Maximum filling

density (kg/l)

1032 ...... Dimethylamine, anhydrous .................... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.59

7.0

1033 ...... Dimethyl ether ........................................ 15.5 Allowed Normal 0.58

13.8

12.0

10.6

1036 ...... Ethylamine ............................................. 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.61

7.0

1037 ...... Ethyl chloride ......................................... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.8

7.0

1040 ...... Ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a

total pressure of 1MPa (10 bar) at 50

°C.

Only authorized

in 10 bar in-

sulated port-

able tanks—

Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78

1041 ...... Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mix-

ture with more than 9% but not more

than 87% ethylene oxide.

See MAWP def-

inition in

§ 178.276(a)

Allowed Normal See § 173.32(f)

1055 ...... Isobutylene ............................................. 8.1 Allowed Normal 0.52

7.0

1060 ...... Methyl acetylene and propadiene mix-

ture, stabilized.

28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43

24.5

22.0

20.0

1061 ...... Methylamine, anhydrous ........................ 10.8 Allowed Normal 0.58

9.6

7.8

7.0

1062 ...... Methyl bromide ...................................... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.51

7.0

1063 ...... Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R 40 14.5 Allowed Normal 0.81

12.7

11.3

10.0

1064 ...... Methyl mercaptan .................................. 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78

7.0

1067 ...... Dinitrogen tetroxide ................................ 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.3

7.0

1075 ...... Petroleum gas, liquefied ........................ See MAWP def-

inition in

§ 178.276(a)

Allowed Normal See § 173.32(f)

1077 ...... Propylene ............................................... 28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43

24.5

22.0

20.0

1078 ...... Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. ........................... See MAWP def-

inition in

§ 178.276(a)

Allowed Normal See § 173.32(f)

1079 ...... Sulphur dioxide ...................................... 11.6 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.23

10.3

8.5

7.6

1082 ...... Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized or

Refrigerant gas R 1113.

17.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.13

15.0

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00652 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

643

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

UN P

ORTABLE

ANK

ABLE FOR

IQUEFIED

OMPRESSED

ASES

—Continued

UN No.

Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed

gases

Minimum design

pressure (bar)

small; bare;

sunshield; insu-

lated

Openings

below liquid

level

Pressure relief re-

quirements (See

§ 178.276(e))

Maximum filling

density (kg/l)

13.1

11.6

1083 ...... Trimethylamine, anhydrous ................... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.56

7.0

1085 ...... Vinyl bromide, stabilized ........................ 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.37

7.0

1086 ...... Vinyl chloride, stabilized ........................ 10.6 Allowed Normal 0.81

9.3

8.0

7.0

1087 ...... Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized ................. 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.67

7.0

1581 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix-

ture.

7.0 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.51

7.0

1582 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mix-

ture.

19.2 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.81

16.9

15.1

13.1

1858 ...... Hexafluoropropylene compressed or

Refrigerant gas R 1216.

19.2 Allowed Normal 1.11

16.9

15.1

13.1

1912 ...... Methyl chloride and methylene chloride

mixture.

15.2 Allowed Normal 0.081

13.0

11.6

10.1

NA, 1954 Insecticide gases, flammable, n.o.s. ..... See MAWP def-

inition in

§ 178.276(a)

Allowed Normal § 173.32(f)

1958 ...... 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or

Refrigerant gas R 114.

7.0 Allowed Normal 1.3

7.0

1965 ...... Hydrocarbon gas, mixture liquefied,

n.o.s..

See MAWP def-

inition in

178.276(a)

Allowed Normal See § 173.32(f)

1969 ...... Isobutane ............................................... 8.5 Allowed Normal 0.49

7.5

7.0

1973 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane and

chloropentafluoroethane mixture with

fixed boiling point, with approximately

49% chlorodifluoromethane or Refrig-

erant gas R 502.

28.3 Allowed Normal 1.05

25.3

22.8

20.3

1974 ...... Chlorodifluorobromomethane or Refrig-

erant gas R 12B1.

7.4 Allowed Normal 1.61

7.0

1976 ...... Octafluorocyclobutane or Refrigerant

gas RC 318.

8.8 Allowed Normal 1.34

7.8

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00653 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

644

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.313

UN P

ORTABLE

ANK

ABLE FOR

IQUEFIED

OMPRESSED

ASES

—Continued

UN No.

Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed

gases

Minimum design

pressure (bar)

small; bare;

sunshield; insu-

lated

Openings

below liquid

level

Pressure relief re-

quirements (See

§ 178.276(e))

Maximum filling

density (kg/l)

7.0

1978 ...... Propane ................................................. 22.5 Allowed Normal 0.42

20.4

18.0

16.5

1983 ...... 1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane or Refrig-

erant gas R 133a.

7.0 Allowed Normal 1.18

7.0

2035 ...... 1,1,1-Trifluoroethane compressed or

Refrigerant gas R 143a.

31.0 Allowed Normal 0.76

27.5

24.2

21.8

2424 ...... Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R

218.

23.1 Allowed Normal 1.07

20.8

18.6

16.6

2517 ...... 1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane or Refrig-

erant gas R 142b.

8.9 Allowed Normal 0.99

7.8

7.0

2602 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane and

difluoroethane azeotropic mixture with

approximately 74% dichlorodifluoro-

methane or Refrigerant gas R 500.

20.0 Allowed Normal 1.01

18.0

16.0

14.5

3057 ...... Trifluoroacetyl chloride 14.6 Not allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.17

12.9

11.3

9.9

3070 ...... Ethylene oxide and dichlorodifluoro-

methane mixture with not more than

12.5% ethylene oxide.

14.0 Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.09

12.0

11.0

9.0

3153 ...... Perfluoro (methyl vinyl ether) ................ 14.3 Allowed Normal 1.14

13.4

11.2

10.2

3159 ...... 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant

gas R 134a.

17.7 Allowed Normal 1.04

15.7

13.8

12.1

3161 ...... Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s. ............ See MAWP def-

inition in

§ 178.276(a)

Allowed Normal § 173.32(f)

3163 ...... Liquefied gas, n.o.s. .............................. See MAWP def-

inition in

§ 178.276(a)

Allowed Normal § 173.32(f)

3220 ...... Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R

125.

34.4 Allowed Normal 0.95

30.8

27.5

24.5

3252 ...... Difluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R

32.

43.0 Allowed Normal 0.78

39.0

34.4

30.5

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00654 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

645

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

UN P

ORTABLE

ANK

ABLE FOR

IQUEFIED

OMPRESSED

ASES

—Continued

UN No.

Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed

gases

Minimum design

pressure (bar)

small; bare;

sunshield; insu-

lated

Openings

below liquid

level

Pressure relief re-

quirements (See

§ 178.276(e))

Maximum filling

density (kg/l)

3296 ...... Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas

R 227.

16.0 Allowed Normal 1.2

14.0

12.5

11.0

3297 ...... Ethylene oxide and

chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture, with

not more than 8.8% ethylene oxide.

8.1 Allowed Normal 1.16

7.0

3298 ...... Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane

mixture, with not more than 7.9%

ethylene oxide.

25.9 Allowed Normal 1.02

23.4

20.9

18.6

3299 ...... Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane

mixture, with not more than 5.6%

ethylene oxide.

16.7 Allowed Normal 1.03

14.7

12.9

11.2

3318 ...... Ammonia solution, relative density less

than 0.880 at 15 °C in water, with

more than 50% ammonia.

See MAWP def-

inition in

§ 178.276(a)

Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) § 173.32(f)

3337 ...... Refrigerant gas R 404A ......................... 31.6 Allowed Normal 0.84

28.3

25.3

22.5

3338 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407A ......................... 31.3 Allowed Normal 0.95

28.1

25.1

22.4

3339 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407B ......................... 33.0 Allowed Normal 0.95

29.6

26.5

23.6

3340 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407C ......................... 29.9 Allowed Normal 0.95

26.8

23.9

21.3

[69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70

FR 34399, June 14, 2005]

§ 173.314 Compressed gases in tank

cars and multi-unit tank cars.

(a) Definitions. For definitions of

compressed gases, see § 173.115.

(b) General requirements. (1) Tank car

tanks containing compressed gases

must not be shipped unless they were

loaded by or with the consent of the

owner thereof.

(2) Tank car tanks must not contain

gases capable of combining chemically

and must not be loaded with any gas

which combines chemically with the

gas previously loaded therein, until all

residue has been removed and interior

of tank thoroughly cleaned.

(3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and

110A class, the tanks must be placed in

position and attached to car structure

by the shipper.

(4) Wherever the word ‘‘approved’’ is

used in this part of the regulations, it

means approval by the Association of

American Railroads Committee on

Tank Cars as prescribed in § 179.3 of

this subchapter.

(5) Each tank car used for the trans-

portation of anhydrous ammonia or

any material that meets the criteria of

Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have gaskets

for manway cover plates and for

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00655 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

646

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.314

mounting of fittings designed (for tem-

perature, application, media, pressure,

and size) to create a positive seal so

that, under conditions normally inci-

dent to transportation, there will not

be an identifiable release of the mate-

rial to the environment. The use of

sealants to install gaskets is prohib-

ited.

tank cars. A compressed gas in a tank

car or a multi-unit tank car must be

offered for transportation in accord-

ance with § 173.31 and this section. The

gases listed below must be loaded and

offered for transportation in accord-

ance with the following table:

Proper shipping name

Outage and filling lim-

its

(see note 1)

Authorized tank car

class

(see note 11)

Authorized tank car specifica-

tion

(see note 12)

Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonia solutions >

50 percent ammonia.

Notes 2, 10 ................ 105, 112, 114, 120 ..... 105J500I, 112J500I

Note 3 ........................ 106.

Ammonia solutions with > 35 percent, but ≤

50 percent ammonia by mass.

Note 3 ........................ 105, 109, 112, 114,

120.

Argon, compressed .......................................... Note 4 ........................ 107.

Boron trichloride ............................................... Note 3 ........................ 105, 106.

Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ................... Note 5 ........................ 105.

Chlorine ............................................................ Note 6 ........................ 105 ............................. 105J600I

125 ............................. 106.

Chlorine trifluoride ............................................ Note 3 ........................ 106, 110.

Chlorine pentafluoride ...................................... Note 3 ........................ 106, 110.

Dimethyl ether .................................................. Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 110, 112,

114, 120.

Dimethylamine, anhydrous ............................... Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 112.

Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited .......................... Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 112 ............. 105J500I

Division 2.1 materials not specifically identified

in this table.

Notes 9, 10 ................ 105, 106, 110, 112,

114, 120.

Division 2.2 materials not specifically identified

in this table.

Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 109, 110,

112, 114, 120.

Division 2.3 Zone A materials not specifically

identified in this table.

None ........................... See § 173.245. ........... 105J600I

Division 2.3 Zone B materials not specifically

identified in this table.

Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 110, 112,

114, 120.

105J600I

Division 2.3 Zone C materials not specifically

identified in this table.

Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 110, 112,

114, 120.

105J500I

Division 2.3 Zone D materials not specifically

identified in this table.

Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 109, 110,

112, 114, 120.

105J500I, 112J500I

Ethylamine ........................................................ Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 110, 112,

114, 120.

Helium, compressed ........................................ Note 4 ........................ 107.

Hydrogen .......................................................... Note 4 ........................ 107.

Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid .............. Note 7 ........................ 105 ............................. 105J600I, 112S600I

Hydrogen sulfide .............................................. Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 110, 112,

114, 120.

105J600I

Hydrogen sulfide, liquefied ............................... 68 ............................... 106.

Methyl bromide ................................................. Note 3 ........................ 105, 106 ..................... 105J500I

Methyl chloride ................................................. Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 112.

Methyl mercaptan ............................................. Note 3 ........................ 105, 106 ..................... 105J500I

Methylamine, anhydrous .................................. Note 3 ........................ 105, 106, 112.

Nitrogen, compressed ...................................... Note 4 ........................ 107.

Nitrosyl chloride ................................................ 124 ............................. 105 ............................. 105J500I

110 ............................. 106.

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ...................... Note 5 ........................ 105.

Oxygen, compressed ....................................... Note 4 ........................ 107.

Phosgene ......................................................... Note 3 ........................ 106.

Sulfur dioxide, liquefied .................................... 125 ............................. 105, 106, 110 ............. 105J500I

Sulfuryl fluoride ................................................ 120 ............................. 105.

Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ................................... Note 8 ........................ 105.

OTES

: 1. The percent filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of gas in the tank to

the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in kilograms, the mass of 1 L of water at

15.5 °C in air is 1 kg. (the mass of one gallon of water at 60 °F in air is 8.32828 pounds).

2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference

temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incor-

porating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour

per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F)

for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at

15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square

foot/per degree F) temperature differential.

3. The requirements of § 173.24b(a) apply.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00656 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

647

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

4. The gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed

⁄

of the marked test pressure, ex-

cept that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure 10 percent in excess of the marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44

°C (130 °F.) of each tank.

5. The liquid portion of the gas at -17.77 °C (0 °F.) must not completely fill the tank.

6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank car may not be

loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons).

7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 Bar (90 psig).

8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 Bar (105 psig).

9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of the total capac-

ity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal

protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than

10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature dif-

ferential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an over-

all thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius

(0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential.

10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the following

reference temperatures may be used: 38 °C (100 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 32 °C (90 °F) for a tank having a thermal protec-

tion system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22

kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential;

and 29 °C (85 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that provides an

overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius

(0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used

for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of the tank must inform each

customer that the tank car was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible

after March in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material which might occur due to the

tank car becoming liquid full at higher temperatures.

11. For materials poisonous by inhalation, the single unit tank car tanks authorized are only those cars approved by the Tank

Car Committee for transportation of the specified material and built prior to March 16, 2009.

12. Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, for materials poisonous by inhalation, fusion-welded tank car tanks

built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of the PIH materials noted, must meet the applicable authorized tank

car specification and must be equipped with a head shield as prescribed in § 179.16(c)(1).

(d) Alternative tank car tanks for mate-

rials poisonous by inhalation. (1) As an

alternative to the authorized tank car

specification noted in the column 4 of

the table in paragraph (c) of this sec-

tion, a car of the same authorized tank

car specification but of the next lower

test pressure, as prescribed in column 5

of the table at § 179.101–1, may be used

provided both of the following condi-

tions are met:

(i) The difference between the alter-

native and the required minimum plate

thicknesses, based on the calculation

prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this sub-

chapter, is added to the alternative

tank car jacket and head shield. When

the jacket and head shield are made

from any authorized steel with a min-

imum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i.

to 80,000 p.s.i., but the required min-

imum plate thickness calculation is

based on steel with a minimum tensile

strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness

to be added to the jacket and head

shield must be increased by a factor of

1.157. Forming allowances for heads are

not required to be considered when cal-

culating thickness differences as pre-

scribed in this paragraph.

(ii) The tank car jacket and head

shield must be manufactured from car-

bon steel plate as prescribed in

§ 179.100–7(a) of this subchapter.

(e) Verification of content. (1) The

amount of liquefied gas loaded into

each tank may be determined either by

measurement or calculation of the

weight, except that DOT specification

tank car tanks authorized for the

transportation of anhydrous ammonia

and ammonia solution may have the

amount of liquefied gas loaded into the

tank car measured by a metering de-

vice in conformance with paragraph

(e)(2) of this section.

(2) Metering device. (i) Tank cars load-

ed with anhydrous ammonia or ammo-

nia solution through the use of a me-

tering device in conformance with this

section are not required to be weighed,

but must have their outage measured

with a magnetic gauging device to de-

termine that the tank car is properly

loaded in conformance with this para-

graph. Written procedures for loading a

tank car using a metering device must

be developed and made available at

each location where such loading takes

place. Certification in writing of the

inspection and completion of these

loading and/or unloading procedures

must be maintained for each tank car

and maintained in accordance with the

recordkeeping requirements in para-

graph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, and all

necessary records must be completed.

At a minimum, these procedures will

specify:

(A) The tank car must be offered for

transportation in conformance with all

applicable government regulations.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00657 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

648

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.314

(B) Any defects found when the tank

car is examined before shipping must

be recorded, and the tank must not be

loaded until the repairs to eliminate

each defect are completed.

sit undisturbed for at least 10 minutes

after loading to allow material within

the tank to settle. After this has oc-

curred a final check for leaks must be

conducted prior to offering the tank

car for transportation.

(ii) One out of every 10 tank cars

loaded by the use of the metering de-

vice must be gauged utilizing the fixed

gauging equipment on the tank car to

verify by calculation the amount of an-

hydrous ammonia or ammonia solution

contained in the tank car.

(iii) Recordkeeping. The following in-

formation must be maintained and be

made available to any representative

of the DOT upon request for each tank

car loaded with the use of a metering

device:

(A) Date loaded,

(B) Date shipped,

(D) DOT Specification,

(E) Tank car stenciled shell capacity

(gallons/liters),

(F) Tank car stenciled tare weight

(pounds/kilograms),

(G) Outage or innage table number,

(H) Water capacity of tank in pounds

and/or kilograms,

(I) Maximum permitted filling den-

sity (see § 173.314),

(J) Specific gravity of anhydrous am-

monia or ammonia solution at the ref-

erence temperature,

(K) Tank car outage (inches/meters,

gallons/liters),

(L) Gallons/liters of liquid ammonia

in tank car,

(M) Quantity of vapor ammonia in

tank car (gallons/liters), and

(N) Total calculated ammonia (liquid

& vapor) in tank car (pounds/kilo-

grams).

(f) [Reserved]

(g) Special requirements for hydro-

gen chloride, refrigerated liquid, and

vinyl fluoride,stabilized.

(1) The shipper shall notify the Fed-

eral Railroad Administration whenever

a tank car is not received by the con-

signee within 20 days from the date of

shipment. Notification to the Federal

Railroad Administration may be made

by e-mail to [email protected] or

telephone call to (202) 493–6229.

(2) A tank car containing hydrogen

chloride, refrigerated liquid must have

the auxiliary valve on the pressure re-

lief device closed during transpor-

tation.

(3) See § 179.102–17 of this subchapter

for additional requirements.

(4) Tank cars containing hydrogen

chloride, refrigerated liquid, must be

unloaded to such an extent that any

residue remaining in the tank at a ref-

erence temperature of 32 °C (90 °F) will

not actuate the reclosing pressure re-

lief device.

(h)–(i) [Reserved]

(j) Special requirements for materials

having a primary or secondary Division

2.1 (flammable gas) hazard. For single

unit tank cars, interior pipes of loading

and unloading valves, sampling de-

vices, and gauging devices with an

opening for the passage of the lading

exceeding 1.52 mm (0.060 inch) diameter

must be equipped with excess flow

valves. For single unit tank cars con-

structed before January 1, 1972, gaug-

ing devices must conform to this para-

graph by no later than July 1, 2006. The

protective housing cover must be pro-

vided with an opening, with a weather-

proof cover, above each pressure relief

valve that is concentric with the dis-

charge of the pressure relief valve and

that has an area at least equal to the

valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank

cars and tank cars manufactured from

aluminum or nickel plate are not au-

thorized.

(k) Special requirements for chlorine.

(1) Tank cars built after September 30,

1991, must have an insulation system

consisting of 5.08 cm (2 inches) glass

fiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of

ceramic fiber. Tank cars must have ex-

cess flow valves on the interior pipes of

liquid discharge valves. Tank cars con-

structed to a DOT 105A500W specifica-

tion may be marked as a DOT 105A300W

specification with the size and type of

reclosing pressure relief valves re-

quired by the marked specification.

(2) DOT105J500W tank cars may be

used as authorized packagings, as pre-

scribed in this subchapter for trans-

porting ‘‘Chlorine, 2.3 (8), UN 1017, Poi-

son Inhalation Hazard, Zone B, RQ,’’ if

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00658 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

649

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

the tank cars meet all DOT specifica-

tion requirements, and the tank cars

are equipped with combination safety

relief valves with a start-to-discharge

pressure of 360 psi, rather than the 356

psi. The start-to-discharge pressure

setting must be marked on the pres-

sure relief device in conformance with

applicable provisions of the AAR Speci-

fication for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7

of this subchapter).

(l) Special requirements for hydrogen

sulphide. Each multi-unit tank car

must be equipped with adequate pres-

sure relief devices of the fusible plug

type having a yield temperature not

over 76.66 °C (170 °F.), and not less than

69.44 °C (157 °F.). Each device must be

resistant to extrusion of the fusible

alloy and leak tight at 55 °C (130 °F.). A

threaded solid plug must seal each

valve outlet. In addition, a metal cover

must protect all valves.

(m) Special requirements for nitrosyl

chloride. Single unit tank cars and

their associated service equipment,

such as venting, loading and unloading

valves, and reclosing pressure relief

valves, must be made of metal or clad

with a material that is not subject to

rapid deterioration by the lading.

Multi-unit tank car tanks must be

nickel-clad and have reclosing pressure

relief devices incorporating a fusible

plug having a yield temperature of

79.44 °C (175 °F.). Reclosing pressure re-

lief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44

°C (130 °F.).

(n) Special requirements for hydrogen.

Each tank car must be equipped with

one or more pressure relief devices.

The discharge outlet for each pressure

relief device must be connected to a

manifold having a non-obstructed dis-

charge area of at least 1.5 times the

total discharge area of the pressure re-

lief devices connected to the manifold.

All manifolds must be connected to a

single common header having a non-ob-

structed discharge pointing upward and

extending above the top of the car. The

header and the header outlet must each

have a non-obstructed discharge area

at least equal to the total discharge

area of the manifolds connected to the

header. The header outlet must be

equipped with an ignition device that

will instantly ignite any hydrogen dis-

charged through the pressure relief de-

vice.

(o) Special requirements for carbon di-

oxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous

oxide, refrigerated liquid. Each tank car

must have an insulation system so that

the thermal conductance is not more

than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per

square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03

B.t.u. per square foot per hour, per de-

gree Fahrenheit) temperature differen-

tial. Each tank car must be equipped

with one reclosing pressure relief valve

having a start-to-discharge pressure

not to exceed 75 percent of the tank

test pressure and one non-reclosing

pressure relief valve having a rupture

disc design to burst at a pressure less

than the tank test pressure. The dis-

charge capacity of each pressure relief

device must be sufficient to prevent

building up of pressure in the tank in

excess of 82.5 percent of the test pres-

sure of the tank. Tanks must be

equipped with two regulating valves

set to open at a pressure not to exceed

24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 105A500W

tanks and at a pressure not to exceed

27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 105A600W

tanks. Each regulating valve and pres-

sure relief device must have its final

discharge piped to the outside of the

protective housing.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52665, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.314, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo

tanks and portable tanks.

(a) Liquefied compressed gases that

are transported in UN portable tanks,

DOT specification portable tanks, or

cargo tanks must be prepared in ac-

cordance with this section, § 173.32,

§ 173.33 and subpart E or subpart G of

part 180 of this subchapter, as applica-

ble. For cryogenic liquid in cargo

tanks, see § 173.318. For marking re-

quirements for portable tanks and

cargo tanks, see § 172.326 and § 172.328 of

this subchapter, as applicable.

(1) UN portable tanks: UN portable

tanks must be loaded and offered for

transportation in accordance with

portable tank provision T50 in § 172.102

of this subchapter.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00659 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

650

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.315

(2) Cargo tanks and DOT specification

portable tanks: Cargo tanks and DOT

specification portable tanks must be

loaded and offered for transportation in

accordance with the following table:

Kind of gas

Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required

Percent by weight

(see Note 1)

Percent by volume

(see par. (f) of this

section)

Type (see Note 2)

Minimum design

pressure (psig)

Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia solu-

tions with greater than 50 percent

ammonia (see Notes 14 and 17).

56 .......................... 82, See Note 5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Notes 12, 17 and

27.

265; See Note 17.

Ammonia solutions with more than 35

percent but not more than 50 percent

ammonia.

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; see

Note 12.

100; See par. (c) of

this section.

Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H–

1301); (See Note 9).

133 ........................ See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

365.

Butadiene, stabilized .............................. See par. (b) of this

section.

See par. (b) of this

section.

DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

100.

Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ......... See par. (c)(1) of

this section.

95 .......................... ......do .................... 200; see Note 3.

Chlorine .................................................. 125 ........................ See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

225; See Notes 4

and 8.

Chlorodifluoroethane (R–142b) (1-

Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane); (See Note

9).

100 ........................ See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

100.

Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22); (See

Note 9).

105 ........................ See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

250.

Chloropentafluoroethane (R–115); (See

Note 9).

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

See par. (c) of this

section.

Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13); (See

Note 9).

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

See par. (c) of this

section.

Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12); (See

Note 9).

119 ........................ See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

150.

Difluoroethane (R–152a); (See Note 9) 79 .......................... See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

150.

Dimethyl ether (see Note 16) ................ 59 .......................... ......do .................... ......do .................... 200.

Dimethylamine, anhydrous .................... 59 .......................... See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

150.

Division 2.1, materials not specifically

provided for in this table.

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

See Note 18.

Division 2.2, materials not specifically

provided for in this table.

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

See Note 19.

Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, materials

not specifically provided for in this

table.

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 23.

See Note 20.

Division 2.3, Hazard Zone B, materials

not specifically provided for in this

table.

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 23.

See Note 20.

Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C, materials

not specifically provided for in this

table.

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 24.

See Note 21.

Division 2.3, Hazard Zone D, materials

not specifically provided for in this

table.

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 25.

See Note 22.

Ethane, refrigerated liquid ..................... ............................ See par. (c) of this

section.

MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11.

Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated

liquid.

............................ See par. (c) of this

section.

MC–331, MC–338 275; see Note 11.

Hexafluoropropylene .............................. 110 ........................ See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

250.

Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid .... 103.0 ..................... See Note 7 ............ MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11.

91.6 ....................... ......do .................... ......do .................... 300; see Note 11.

86.7 ....................... ......do .................... ......do .................... 450; see Note 11.

Liquefied petroleum gas (see Note 15) See par. (b) of this

section.

See par. (b) of this

section.

DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 26.

See par. (c) of this

section.

Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized

(see Note 13).

53 .......................... 90 .......................... DOT 51, MC 330,

MC 331.

200.

Methylamine, anhydrous ........................ 60 .......................... See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331..

Methyl chloride ....................................... 84 .......................... 88.5 ....................... ......do .................... 150.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00660 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

651

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

Kind of gas

Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required

Percent by weight

(see Note 1)

Percent by volume

(see par. (f) of this

section)

Type (see Note 2)

Minimum design

pressure (psig)

Methyl chloride (optional portable tank

2,000 pounds water capacity, fusible

plug).

......do .................... See Note 6 ............ DOT-51 .................. 225.

Methyl mercaptan .................................. 80 .......................... 90 .......................... DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 23.

100.

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ............ See par. (c)(1) of

this section.

95 .......................... DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

200; See Note 3.

Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant

gas, n.o.s. (See Note 9).

See par. (c) of this

section.

See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

See par. (c) of this

section.

Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over 1,200 gal-

lons water capacity).

125 ........................ 87.5 ....................... DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 24.

150; See Note 4.

Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200 gallons

water capacity).

125 ........................ 87.5 ....................... DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331; See

Note 24.

125; See Note 4.

Sulfur dioxide (optional portable tank

1,000–2,000 pounds water capacity,

fusible plug).

125 ........................ See Note 6 ............ DOT-51; See Note

24.

225.

Trimethylamine, anhydrous .................... 57 .......................... See Note 7 ............ DOT-51, MC–330,

MC–331.

150.

Vinyl chloride .......................................... 84 (see Note 13) ... See Note 7 ............ MC–330, MC–331 150.

Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ......................... 66 .......................... ......do .................... ......do .................... 250; see Note 11.

Vinyl methyl ether .................................. 68 .......................... See Notes 7 and

13.

......do .................... 100.

OTE

1: Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in the tank to

the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in pounds, the weight of a gallon (231

cubic inches) of water at 60 °F. in air shall be 8.32828 pounds.

OTE

2: See § 173.32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see paragraph (q) of this sec-

tion. Specifications MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks.

OTE

3: If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid,

are designed to conform to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code for low temperature operation (IBR, see § 171.7

of this subchapter), the design pressure may be reduced to 100 psig or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater.

OTE

4: Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less,

added to the metal thickness. The minimum wall thickness for chlorine packagings is 0.300 inch for stainless steel or 0.625 inch

for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance.

OTE

5: Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled to 87.5 percent by vol-

ume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks is determined to be not lower than 30 °F.

or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank

and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared.

OTE

6: Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight.

OTE

7: Tanks must be filled by weight.

OTE

8: Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point.

OTE

9: This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked ‘‘

DISPERSANT GAS

,’’ or

‘‘

REFRIGERANT GAS

.’’

OTE

10: [Reserved]

OTE

11: MC–330, MC–331 and MC–338 cargo tanks must be insulated. Cargo tanks must meet all the following require-

ments. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100 °F., or no warmer than the boiling point at one atmos-

phere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must conform to the low-temperature require-

ments in Section VIII of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is 24 hours or less, the tank’s holding time as loaded

must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank’s holding time as loaded

must be at least 24 hours greater than the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting oc-

curs under equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to trans-

port a flammable gas.

OTE

12: No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging construction where it

comes into contact with the lading.

OTE

13: All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other material suitably

treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides.

OTE

14: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel ‘‘(NQT)’’ are

authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and

tempered steel ‘‘(QT)’’ (see marking requirements of § 172.328(c) of this subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia hav-

ing a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has

been in other service or has been opened for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be

purged of air before loading. See § 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements.

OTE

15: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel (NQT) are

authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases determined to be ‘‘noncorrosive’’

are authorized in Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel (QT). ‘‘Noncorro-

sive’’ means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classi-

fications when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1838, ‘‘Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases’’ (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter). (For (QT) and (NQT) marking requirements, see § 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special shipping

paper requirements, see § 172.203(h) of this subchapter.)

OTE

16: Openings, inlets, and outlets on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must conform to § 178.337–8(a) of this sub-

chapter. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in

§ 178.337–11(a) of this subchapter.

OTE

17: A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance

with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia if

it:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00661 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

652

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.315

(1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig;

(2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and

manufacturer’s data report;

(3) Is painted white or aluminum;

(4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph;

(5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo

tanks.

(6) Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981;

(7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate

commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this sub-

chapter) prior to January 1, 1981; and

(8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter.

OTE

18: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of

the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less.

OTE

19: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of

the lading.

OTE

20: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C

(115 °F).

OTE

21: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C

(115 °F).

OTE

22: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C

(115 °F).

OTE

23: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance

with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm

(0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure.

OTE

24: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance

with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm

(0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this Note does not

apply until October 1, 1994.

OTE

25: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance

with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as calculated for the packaging at its min-

imum design pressure.

OTE

26: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas, subject to the conditions

prescribed in paragraph (k) of this section.

OTE

27: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for transportation of Ammonia, anhydrous and ammonia solutions with

greater than 50% ammonia, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (m) of this section.

(b) Maximum permitted filling den-

sities for cargo and portable tank con-

tainers for transportation of butadiene,

stabilized, and liquefied petroleum gas

are as follows:

Maximum specific gravity of the

liquid material at 60 °F.

Maximum permitted fill-

ing density in percent

of the water-weight ca-

pacity of the tanks (per-

cent) See Note 1

1200 gal-

lons or

less

Over 1200

gallons

0.473 to 0.480 ............................... 38 41

0.481 to 0.488 ............................... 39 42

0.489 to 0.495 ............................... 40 43

0.496 to 0.503 ............................... 41 44

0.504 to 0.510 ............................... 42 45

0.511 to 0.519 ............................... 43 46

0.520 to 0.527 ............................... 44 47

0.528 to 0.536 ............................... 45 48

0.537 to 0.544 ............................... 46 49

0.545 to 0.552 ............................... 47 50

0.553 to 0.560 ............................... 48 51

0.561 to 0.568 ............................... 49 52

0.569 to 0.576 ............................... 50 53

0.577 to 0.584 ............................... 51 54

0.585 to 0.592 ............................... 52 55

0.593 to 0.600 ............................... 53 56

0.601 to 0.608 ............................... 54 57

0.609 to 0.617 ............................... 55 58

0.618 to 0.626 ............................... 56 59

0.627 and over .............................. 57 60

OTE

1: Filling is permitted by volume provided the same

filling density is used as permitted by weight, except when

using fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level

indicators (paragraph (f) of this section), in which case the

maximum permitted filling density shall not exceed 97 percent

of the maximum permitted filling density by weight contained

in the table.

(1) Odorization. All liquefied petro-

leum gas shall be effectively odorized

as required in Note 2 of this paragraph

to indicate positively, by a distinctive

odor, the presence of gas down to a

concentration in air of not over one-

fifth the lower limit of combustibility

provided, however, that odorization is

not required if harmful in the use or

further processing of the liquefied pe-

troleum gas, or if odorization will serve

no useful purpose as a warning agent in

such use or further processing.

OTE

1: The lower limits of combustibility

of the more commonly used liquefied petro-

leum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; bu-

tane, 1.55 percent. These figures represent

volumetric percentages of gas-air mixtures

in each case.

OTE

2: The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl

mercaptan, 1.0 pound of thiophane, or 1.4

pounds of amyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons

of liquefied petroleum gas shall be consid-

ered sufficient to meet the requirements of

§ 173.315(b)(1). This note does not exclude the

use of any other odorant in sufficient quan-

tity to meet the requirements of

§ 173.315(b)(1).

loading of a liquefied gas into a cargo

tank or portable tank shall be deter-

mined by weight or by a suitable liquid

level gauging device. The vapor pres-

sure (psig) at 115 °F. must not exceed

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00662 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

653

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

the design pressure of the cargo tank

or portable tank container. The outage

and filling limits for liquefied gases

must be as prescribed in § 173.24b of this

part, except that this requirement does

not apply to:

(1) A tank containing carbon dioxide,

refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrig-

erated liquid. Such tank is required to

be equipped with suitable pressure con-

trol valves and may not be filled to a

level exceeding 95 percent of the volu-

metric capacity of the tank.

(2) A tank containing ethane, refrig-

erated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, re-

frigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, re-

frigerated liquid. Such tank must be

filled to allow at least two percent out-

age below the inlet of the pressure re-

lief valve or pressure control valve

under conditions of incipient opening,

with the tank in a level attitude.

(d) If the loading of cargo tanks and

portable tank containers with liquefied

gases is to be determined by weight,

the gross weight shall be checked after

the filling line is disconnected in each

instance. The gross weight shall be cal-

culated from the tank capacity and

tare weight set forth on the metal

plate required by the specification, and

the maximum filling density permitted

for the material being loaded into the

tank as set forth in the table, para-

graph (a) of this section.

(e) If the loading of cargo tanks and

portable tank containers with liquefied

gases is to be determined by adjustable

liquid level device, each tank and each

compartment thereof shall have a ther-

mometer well, so that the internal liq-

uid temperature can easily be deter-

mined, and the amount of liquid in the

tank shall be corrected to a 60 °F.

basis. Liquid levels shall not exceed a

level corresponding to the maximum

filling density permitted for the mate-

rial being loaded into the tank as set

forth in the table in paragraph (a) of

this section.

(f) When the loading of cargo tanks

and portable tank containers with liq-

uefied gases is determined only by

fixed length dip tube or other fixed

maximum liquid level indicator, the

device shall be arranged to function at

a level not to exceed the maximum per-

mitted volume prescribed by the table,

paragraph (a) of this section. Loading

shall be stopped when the device func-

tions.

(g) Containers, the liquid level of

which has been determined by means of

a fixed length dip tube gauging device,

shall not be acceptable for stowage as

cargo on vessels in commerce subject

to the jurisdiction of the United States

Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this

section shall be so construed as to pro-

hibit the transportation on car floats

or car ferries of motor vehicles laden

with containers nor cargo tanks the

liquid level of either of which has been

determined by means of fixed length

dip tube devices.

(h) Each cargo tank and portable

tank, except a tank filled by weight,

must be equipped with one or more of

the gauging devices described in the

following table which indicate accu-

rately the maximum permitted liquid

level. Additional gauging devices may

be installed but may not be used as pri-

mary controls for filling of cargo tanks

and portable tanks. Gauge glasses are

not permitted on any cargo tank or

portable tank. Primary gauging de-

vices used on cargo tanks of less than

3500 gallons water capacity are exempt

from the longitudinal location require-

ments specified in paragraphs (h)(2)

and (3) of this section provided: The

tank length does not exceed three

times the tank diameter; and the cargo

tank is unloaded within 24 hours after

each filling of the tank.

Kind of gas

Gaging device permitted

for filling purposes

Anhydrous ammonia ..................... Rotary tube; adjustable

slip tube; fixed length

dip tube.

Anhydrous dimethylamine ............ None.

Anhydrous monomethylamine ...... Do.

Anhydrous trimethylamine ............ Do.

Aqua ammonia solution con-

taining anhydrous ammonia.

Rotary tube; adjustable

slip tube; fixed length

dip tube.

Butadiene, stabilized .................... Do.

Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid Do.

Chlorine ........................................ None.

Dichlorodifluoromethane ............... Do.

Difluoroethane .............................. Do.

Difluoromonochloroethane ............ Do.

Dimethyl ether .............................. Do.

Ethane, refrigerated liquid ............ Rotary tube; adjustable

slip tube; fixed length

dip tube.

Ethane-propane mixture, refrig-

erated liquid.

Do.

Hexafluoropropylene ..................... None.

Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated

liquid.

Do.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00663 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

654

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.315

Kind of gas

Gaging device permitted

for filling purposes

Liquefied petroleum gases ........... Rotary tube; adjustable

slip tube; fixed length

dip tube.

Methyl chloride ............................. Fixed length dip tube.

Methyl mercaptan ......................... Rotary tube; adjustable

slip tube; fixed length

dip tube.

Monochlorodifluoromethane ......... None.

Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid .. Rotary tube; adjustable

slip tube; fixed length

dip tube.

Methylacetylenepropadiene, sta-

bilized.

Do.

Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispers-

ant gas, n.o.s.

None.

Sulfur dioxide ................................ Fixed length dip tube.

Vinyl chloride ................................ None.

Vinyl fluoride, inhibited ................. Do.

(1) The design pressure of the liquid

level gauging devices shall be at least

equal to the design pressure of the

tank.

(2) If the primary gauging device is

adjustable, it must be capable of ad-

justment so that the end of the tube

will be in the location specified in

paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at

least one of the ladings to be trans-

ported, at the filling level cor-

responding to an average loading tem-

perature. Exterior means must be pro-

vided to indicate this adjustment. The

gauging device must be legibly and per-

manently marked in increments not

exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not

exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon

dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous

oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate

the maximum levels to which the tank

may be filled with liquid at tempera-

tures above 20 °F. However, if it is not

practicable to so mark the gauging de-

vice, this information must be legibly

and permanently marked on a plate af-

fixed to the tank adjacent to the gaug-

ing device.

(3) A dip tube gauging device consists

of a pipe or tube with a valve at its

outer end with its intake limited by an

orifice not larger than 0.060 inch in di-

ameter. If a fixed length dip tube is

used, the intake must be located mid-

way of the tank both longitudinally

and laterally and at maximum per-

mitted filling level. In tanks for lique-

fied petroleum gases, the intake must

be located at the level reached by the

lading when the tank is loaded to max-

imum filling density at 40 °F.

(4) Except on a tank used exclusively

for the transportation of carbon diox-

ide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous

oxide, refrigerated liquid, each opening

for a pressure gauge must be restricted

at or inside the tank by an orifice no

larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For

carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or

nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid serv-

ice, the pressure gauge need only be

used during the filling operation.

(i) Each tank must be provided with

one or more pressure relief devices

which, unless otherwise specified in

this part, must be of the spring-loaded

type. Each valve must be arranged to

discharge upward and unobstructed to

the outside of the protective housing to

prevent any impingement of escaping

gas upon the tank. For each chlorine

tank the protective housing must be in

compliance with the requirements set

forth in the applicable specification.

(1) The safety relief valves on each

tank must meet the following condi-

tions:

(i) The total relieving capacity, as

determined by the flow formulas con-

tained in Section 5 of CGA S–1.2 (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be

sufficient to prevent a maximum pres-

sure in the tank of more than 120 per-

cent of the design pressure;

(ii) The flow capacity rating, testing

and marking must be in accordance

with Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pam-

phlet S–1.2.

(iii) For an insulated tank, the re-

quired relieving capacity of the relief

devices must be the same as for an

uninsulated tank, unless the insulation

will remain in place and will be effec-

tive under fire conditions. In this case,

except for UN portable tanks, each in-

sulated tank must be covered by a

sheet metal jacket of not less than 16

gauge thickness. For UN portable

tanks where the relieving capacity of

the valves has been reduced on the

basis of the insulation system, the in-

sulation system must remain effective

at all temperatures less than 649 °C

(1200.2 °F) and be jacketed with a mate-

rial having a melting point of 700 °C

(1292.0 °F) or greater.

(iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has

relief valves sized by Fetterly’s for-

mula dated November 27, 1928, may be

continued in service.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00664 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

655

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

(2) Each safety relief valve must be

arranged to minimize the possibility of

tampering. If the pressure setting or

adjustment is external to the valve,

the safety relief valve must be provided

with means for sealing the adjustment

and it must be sealed.

(3) Each safety relief valve on a port-

able tank, other than a UN portable

tank, must be set to start-to-discharge

at pressure no higher than 110% of the

tank design pressure and no lower than

the design pressure specified in para-

graph (a) of this section for the gas

transported. For UN portable tanks

used for liquefied compressed gases and

constructed in accordance with the re-

quirements of § 178.276 of this sub-

chapter, the pressure relief device(s)

must conform to § 178.276(e) of this sub-

chapter.

(4) Except for UN portable tanks,

each safety relief valve must be plainly

and permanently marked with the

pressure in p.s.i.g. at which it is set to

discharge, with the actual rate of dis-

charge of the device in cubic feet per

minute of the gas or of air at 60 °F (15.6

°C) and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manu-

facturer’s name or trade name and

catalog number. The start-to-discharge

valve marking must be visible after the

valve is installed. The rated discharge

capacity of the device must be deter-

mined at a pressure of 120% of the de-

sign pressure of the tank. For UN port-

able tanks, each pressure relief device

must be clearly and permanently

marked as specified in § 178.274(f)(1) of

this subchapter.

(5) Each safety relief valve must have

direct communication with the vapor

space in the tank.

(6) Each connection to a safety relief

valve must be of sufficient size to pro-

vide the required rate of discharge

through the safety relief valve.

(7) [Reserved]

(8) Each pressure relief valve outlet

must be provided with a protective de-

vice to prevent the entrance and accu-

mulation of dirt and water. This device

must not impede flow through the

valve. Pressure relief devices must be

designed to prevent the entry of for-

eign matter, the leakage of liquid and

the development of any dangerous ex-

cess pressure.

(9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, re-

frigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, re-

frigerated liquid each safety relief de-

vice must be installed and located so

that the cooling effect of the contents

will not prevent the effective operation

of the device. In addition to the re-

quired safety relief valves, these tanks

may be equipped with one or more

pressure controlling devices.

(10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, re-

frigerated liquid also may be equipped

with one or more non-reclosing pres-

sure relief devices set to function at a

pressure not over two times nor less

than 1.5 times the design pressure of

the tank.

(11) Each portion of connected liquid

piping or hose that can be closed at

both ends must be provided with a safe-

ty relief valve without an intervening

shut-off valve to prevent excessive hy-

drostatic pressure that could burst the

piping or hose.

(12) Subject to conditions of para-

graph (a) of this section for the methyl

chloride and sulfur dioxide optional

portable tanks, one or more fusible

plugs examined by the Bureau of Ex-

plosives and approved by the Associate

Administrator may be used on these

tanks in place of safety relief valves of

the spring-loaded type. The fusible plug

or plugs must be in accordance with

CGA Pamphlet S–1.2, to prevent a pres-

sure rise in the tank of more than 120

percent of the design pressure. If the

tank is over 30 inches long, each end

must have the total specified safety

discharge area.

(13) A safety relief valve on a chlo-

rine cargo tank must conform to one of

the following standards of The Chlorine

Institute, Inc.: Type 1

⁄

JQ225, Dwg.

H51970 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter); or Type 1

⁄

JQ225, Dwg.

H50155 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(j) Consumer storage containers. (1)

Storage containers for liquefied petro-

leum gas or propane charged to five

percent of their capacity or less and in-

tended for permanent installation on

consumer premises may be shipped by

private motor carrier under the fol-

lowing conditions:

(i) Each container must be con-

structed in compliance with the re-

quirements in Section VIII of the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00665 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

656

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.315

ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter) and must be marked to indi-

cate compliance in the manner speci-

fied by the respective Code. Containers

built in compliance with earlier edi-

tions starting with 1943 are authorized.

(ii) Each container must be equipped

with safety devices in compliance with

the requirements for safety devices on

containers as specified in NFPA 58,

Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(iii) The containers must be braced or

otherwise secured on the vehicle to

prevent relative motion while in tran-

sit. Valves or other fittings must be

adequately protected against damage

during transportation. (See § 177.834(a)

of this subchapter).

(2) Storage containers with a water

capacity not exceeding 500 gallons

charged with liquefied petroleum gas

to more than five percent of their ca-

pacity and intended for permanent in-

stallation on consumer premises may

be transported by private motor carrier

one-way only from the consumer’s

premises to the container owner’s near-

est facility under the following condi-

tions:

(i) Each container must be con-

structed in compliance with the re-

quirements in Section VIII of the

ASME Code and must be marked to in-

dicate compliance in the manner speci-

fied by the respective Code.

(ii) Maximum permitted filling den-

sity may not exceed that specified in

paragraph (b) of this section.

(iii) Prior to loading on a motor vehi-

cle, the container must be inspected by

a trained and qualified person for

leaks, corroded or abraded areas, dents,

distortions, weld defects, or other con-

dition that may render the container

unsafe for transportation. A record of

the inspection must be legibly signed

and dated by the person performing the

inspection and retained by the con-

tainer owner for two years. The signa-

ture on the inspection record rep-

resents a certification that the con-

tainer has been inspected and has no

defects that would render it unsafe for

transportation under the HMR. The

record of inspection must include the

date of inspection, the inspector’s con-

tact information (such as a telephone

number), the container’s serial number

and container size (water capacity), es-

timated amount of hazardous material,

and the origin and destination of ship-

ment.

(iv) Only one storage container may

be transported on a motor vehicle.

(v) For loading on a motor vehicle,

the container must be lifted by slings,

which must be completely wrapped

around the container. Lifting lugs may

not be used. The slings must be rated

to a weight sufficient to accommodate

the container and its lading and shall

comply with ASME B30.9 on slings used

for lifting purposes, and must be vis-

ually inspected prior to each use. A

sling showing evidence of tears, fray-

ing, or other signs of excessive wear

may not be used.

(vi) The storage container must be

secured on a motor vehicle so that the

container is completely within the en-

velope of the vehicle and does not ex-

tend beyond the vehicle frame.

(vii) The storage container must be

placed on the vehicle in a manner, such

as in a cradle, which ensures that no

weight is placed on the supporting legs

during transportation.

(viii) The storage container must be

secured against movement during

transportation. Bracing must conform

with the requirements of paragraph

(j)(1)(iii) of this section and § 177.834(a)

of this subchapter and with Section 6–

5.2 of NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum

Gas Code. Straps or chains used as tie-

downs must be rated to exceed the

maximum load to be transported and

conform to the requirements in

§§ 393.100 through 393.106 of this title.

(ix) Tow trailers used to transport

storage containers in accordance with

this paragraph (j)(2) must provide rear

end protection that conforms to re-

quirements in § 393.86 of this title.

(3) Storage containers of less than

1,042 pounds water capacity (125 gal-

lons) may be shipped when charged

with liquefied petroleum gas in compli-

ance with DOT filling density.

(k) A nonspecification cargo tank

meeting, and marked in conformance

with, the edition of Section VIII of the

ASME Code in effect when it was fab-

ricated may be used for the transpor-

tation of liquefied petroleum gas pro-

vided it meets all of the following con-

ditions:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00666 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

657

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

(1) It must have a minimum design

pressure no lower than 250 psig.

(2) It must have a capacity of 13,247.5

L (3,500 water gallons) or less.

(3) It must have been manufactured

in conformance with Section VIII of

the ASME Code prior to January 1,

1981, according to its ASME name plate

and manufacturer’s data report.

(4) It must conform to the applicable

provisions of NFPA 58, except to the

extent that provisions in NFPA 58 are

inconsistent with requirements in

parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter.

(5) It must be inspected, tested, and

equipped in accordance with subpart E

of part 180 of this subchapter as speci-

fied for MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi-

cles.

(6) Except as provided in this para-

graph (k), it must be operated exclu-

sively in intrastate commerce, includ-

ing its operation by a motor carrier

otherwise engaged in interstate com-

merce, in a state where its operation

was permitted by law (not including

the incorporation of this subchapter)

prior to January 1, 1981. A cargo tank

motor vehicle operating under author-

ity of this section may cross state lines

to travel to and from a qualified assem-

bly, repair, maintenance, or requali-

fication facility. The cargo tank need

not be cleaned and purged, but it may

not contain liquefied petroleum gas in

excess of five percent of the water ca-

pacity of the cargo tank. If the vehicle

engine is supplied fuel from the cargo

tank, enough fuel in excess of five per-

cent of the cargo tank’s water capacity

may be carried for the trip to or from

the facility.

(7) It must have been used to trans-

port liquefied petroleum gas prior to

January 1, 1981.

(8) It must be operated in conform-

ance with all other requirements of

this subchapter.

(l) Anhydrous ammonia must not be

offered for transportation or trans-

ported in specification MC 330 and MC

331 cargo tanks constructed of

quenched and tempered (‘‘QT’’) steel

except as provided in this paragraph.

(1) The ammonia must have a min-

imum water content of 0.2 percent by

weight. Any addition of water must be

made using steam condensate, deion-

ized, or distilled water.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in

this paragraph, each person offering for

transportation or transporting anhy-

drous ammonia shall perform a peri-

odic analysis for prescribed water con-

tent in the ammonia. The analysis

must be performed:

(i) From a sample of the ammonia in

storage taken at least once every 7

days, or each time ammonia is added to

the storage tanks, whichever is less

frequent; or

(ii) At the time the cargo tanks are

loaded, then a sample of the ammonia

taken from at least one loaded cargo

tank out of each 10 loads, or from one

cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is

less frequent; or

(iii) At the same frequency as de-

scribed in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this

section, from a sample taken from the

loading line to the cargo tank.

(3) If water is added at the time of

loading:

(i) The sample for analysis must be

taken from a point in the loading line

between the water injection equipment

and the cargo tank; and

(ii) Positive provisions must be made

to assure water injection equipment is

operating.

(4) If water injection equipment be-

comes inoperative, suitable corrective

maintenance must be performed after

which a sample from the first loaded

cargo tank must be analyzed for pre-

scribed water content.

(5) The analysis method for water

content must be as prescribed in CGA

G–2.2, ‘‘Tentative Standard Method for

Determining Minimum of 0.2 percent

water in Anhydrous Ammonia,’’ (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(6) Records indicating the results of

the analysis taken, as required by this

paragraph, must be retained for 2 years

and must be open to inspection by a

representative of the Department.

(7) Each person receiving anhydrous

ammonia containing 0.2 per cent water

by weight may offer for transportation

or transport that ammonia without

performing the prescribed analysis for

water content provided:

(i) The ammonia received was cer-

tified as containing 0.2 percent water

as prescribed in §§ 172.203(h)(l)(i) and

177.817(a) of this subchapter; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00667 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

658

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.315

(ii) The amount of water in the am-

monia has not been reduced by any

means.

(m) General. (1) A cargo tank that is

commonly known as a nurse tank and

considered an implement of husbandry

transporting anhydrous ammonia and

operated by a private motor carrier ex-

clusively for agricultural purposes is

excepted from the specification re-

quirements of part 178 of this sub-

chapter if it:

(i) Has a minimum design pressure of

250 psig, meets the requirements of the

edition of Section VIII of the ASME

Code in effect at the time it was manu-

factured, and is marked with a valid

ASME plate.

(ii) Is equipped with pressure relief

valves meeting the requirements of

CGA Standard S–1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter);

(iii) Is painted white or aluminum;

(iv) Has a capacity of 3,000 gallons or

less;

(v) Is loaded to a filling density no

greater than 56 percent;

(vi) Is securely mounted on a farm

wagon or meets paragraph (m)(3) of

this section; and

(vii) Is in conformance with the re-

quirements of part 172 of this sub-

chapter except that shipping papers are

not required; and it need not be

marked or placarded on one end if that

end contains valves, fittings, regu-

lators or gauges when those appur-

tenances prevent the markings and

placard from being properly placed and

visible.

(2) Nurse tanks with missing or illegible

ASME plates. Nurse tanks with missing

or illegible ASME plates may continue

to be operated provided they conform

to the following requirements:

(i) Each nurse tank must undergo an

external visual inspection and testing

in accordance with § 180.407(d) of this

subchapter.

(ii) Each nurse tank must be thick-

ness tested in accordance with

§ 180.407(i) of this subchapter. A nurse

tank with a capacity of less than 1,500

gallons must have a minimum head

thickness of 0.203 inch and a minimum

shell thickness of 0.239 inch. A nurse

tank with a capacity of 1,500 gallons or

more must have a minimum thickness

of 0.250 inch. Any nurse tank with a

thickness test reading of less than that

specified in this paragraph at any point

must be removed from hazardous mate-

rials service.

(iii) Each nurse tank must be pres-

sure tested in accordance with

§ 180.407(g) of this subchapter. The min-

imum test pressure is 375 psig. Pneu-

matic testing is not authorized.

(iv) Each nurse tank must be in-

spected and tested by a person meeting

the requirements of § 180.409(d) of this

subchapter. Furthermore, each nurse

tank must have the tests performed at

least once every five years after the

completion of the initial tests.

(v) After each nurse tank has suc-

cessfully passed the visual, thickness,

and pressure tests, welded repairs on

the tank are prohibited.

(vi) After the nurse tank has success-

fully passed the visual, thickness, and

pressure tests, it must be marked in

accordance with § 180.415(b), and perma-

nently marked near the test and in-

spection markings with a unique own-

er’s identification number in letters

and numbers at least

⁄

inch in height

and width.

(vii) Each nurse tank owner must

maintain a copy of the test inspection

report prepared by the inspector. The

test report must contain the results of

the test and meet the requirements in

§ 180.417(b) and be made available to a

DOT representative upon request.

(3) Field truck mounted tanks. A non-

DOT specification cargo tank (nurse

tank) securely mounted on a field

truck is authorized under the following

conditions:

(i) The tank is in conformance with

all the requirements of paragraph

(m)(1) of this section, except that the

requirement in paragraph (m)(1)(vi)

does not apply;

(ii) The tank is inspected and tested

in accordance with subpart E of part

180 of this subchapter as specified for

an MC 331 cargo tank;

(iii) The tank is restricted to rural

roads in areas within 50 miles of the

fertilizer distribution point where the

nurse tank is loaded; and

(iv) For the purposes of this section,

a field truck means a vehicle on which

a nurse tank is mounted that is de-

signed to withstand off-road driving on

hilly terrain. Specifically, the vehicle

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00668 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

659

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

must be outfitted with stiffer suspen-

sion (for example, additional springs or

airbags) than would be necessary for a

comparable on-road vehicle, a rear axle

ratio that provides greater low end

torque, and a braking system and tires

designed to ensure stability in hilly

terrain. The field truck must have low

annual over-the-road mileage and be

used exclusively for agricultural pur-

poses.

(n) Emergency discharge control for

cargo tank motor vehicles in liquefied

compressed gas service—(1) Required

emergency discharge control equipment.

Each cargo tank motor vehicle in liq-

uefied compressed gas service must

have an emergency discharge control

capability as specified in the following

table:

§ 173.315(n)(1)(*) Material Delivery service

Required emergency discharge control

capability

(i) ......................... Division 2.2 materials with no

subsidiary hazard, excluding

anhydrous ammonia.

All ............................................. None.

(ii) ........................ Division 2.3 materials .............. All ............................................. Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.

(iii) ........................ Division 2.2 materials with a

subsidiary hazard, Division

2.1 materials, and anhy-

drous ammonia.

Other than metered delivery

service.

Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.

(iv) ....................... Division 2.2 materials with a

subsidiary hazard, Division

2.1 materials, and anhy-

drous ammonia in a cargo

tank motor vehicle with a ca-

pacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500

water gallons) or less.

Metered delivery service ......... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section.

(v) ........................ Division 2.2 materials with a

subsidiary hazard, Division

2.1 materials, and anhy-

drous ammonia in a cargo

tank motor vehicle with a ca-

pacity greater than 13,247.5

L (3,500 water gallons).

Metered delivery service ......... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section, and, for

obstructed view deliveries where per-

mitted by § 177.840(p) of this sub-

chapter, paragraph (n)(2) or (n)(4) of

this section.

(vi) ....................... Division 2.2 materials with a

subsidiary hazard, Division

2.1 materials, and anhy-

drous ammonia in a cargo

tank with a capacity of great-

er than 13,247.5 L (3,500

water gallons).

Both metered delivery and

other than metered delivery

service.

Paragraph (n)(2) of this section, pro-

vided the system operates for both

metered and other than metered deliv-

eries; otherwise, paragraphs (n)(2)

and (n)(3) of this section.

(2) Cargo tank motor vehicles in other

than metered delivery service. A cargo

tank motor vehicle in other than me-

tered delivery service must have a

means to automatically shut off the

flow of product without the need for

human intervention within 20 seconds

of an unintentional release caused by a

complete separation of a liquid deliv-

ery hose (passive shut-down capa-

bility).

(i) Designed flow of product through

a bypass in the valve is acceptable

when authorized by this subchapter.

(ii) The design for the means to auto-

matically shut off product flow must

be certified by a Design Certifying En-

gineer. The certification must consider

any specifications of the original com-

ponent manufacturer and must explain

how the passive means to shut off the

flow of product operates. It must also

outline the parameters (e.g., tempera-

ture, pressure, types of product) within

which the passive means to shut off the

flow of product is designed to operate.

All components of the discharge sys-

tem that are integral to the design

must be included in the certification. A

copy of the design certification must

be provided to the owner of the cargo

tank motor vehicle on which the equip-

ment will be installed.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00669 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

660

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.315

(iii) Installation must be performed

under the supervision of a Registered

Inspector unless the equipment is in-

stalled and removed as part of regular

operation (e.g., a hose). The Registered

Inspector must certify that the equip-

ment is installed and tested, if it is

possible to do so without damaging the

equipment, in accordance with the De-

sign Certifying Engineer’s certifi-

cation. The Registered Inspector must

provide the certification to the owner

of the cargo tank motor vehicle.

(3) Cargo tank motor vehicles in metered

delivery service. When required by the

table in paragraph (n)(1) of this sec-

tion, a cargo tank motor vehicle must

have an off-truck remote means to

close the internal self-closing stop

valve and shut off all motive and auxil-

iary power equipment upon activation

by a qualified person attending the un-

loading of the cargo tank motor vehi-

cle (off-truck remote shut-off). It must

function reliably at a distance of 45.72

m (150 feet). The off-truck remote shut-

off activation device must not be capa-

ble of reopening the internal self-clos-

ing stop valve after emergency activa-

tion.

(i) The emergency discharge control

equipment must be installed under the

supervision of a Registered Inspector.

Each wireless transmitter/receiver

must be tested to demonstrate that it

will close the internal self-closing stop

valve and shut off all motive and auxil-

iary power equipment at a distance of

91.44 m (300 feet) under optimum condi-

tions. Emergency discharge control

equipment that does not employ a

wireless transmitter/receiver must be

tested to demonstrate its functioning

at the maximum length of the delivery

hose.

(ii) The Registered Inspector must

certify that the remote control equip-

ment is installed in accordance with

the original component manufacturer’s

specifications and is tested in accord-

ance with paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this

section. The Registered Inspector must

provide the owner of the cargo tank

motor vehicle with this certification.

(4) Query systems. When a trans-

mitter/receiver system is used to sat-

isfy the requirements of paragraph

(n)(1)(v) of this section, it must close

the internal self-closing stop valve and

shut off all motive and auxiliary power

equipment unless the qualified person

attending the unloading operation pre-

vents it from doing so at least once

every five minutes. Testing and certifi-

cation must be as specified in para-

graph (n)(3) of this section.

(5) Compliance dates. (i) Each speci-

fication MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi-

cle with a certificate of construction

issued two or more years after July 1,

1999, must have an appropriate emer-

gency discharge control capability as

specified in this paragraph (n).

(ii) No MC 330, MC 331, or nonspeci-

fication cargo tank motor vehicle au-

thorized under paragraph (k) of this

section may be operated unless it has

an appropriate emergency discharge

control capability as specified in this

paragraph (n) no later than the date of

its first scheduled pressure retest re-

quired after July 1, 2001. No MC 330, MC

331 or nonspecification cargo tank

motor vehicle authorized under para-

graph (k) of this section may be oper-

ated after July 1, 2006, unless it has

been equipped with emergency dis-

charge control equipment as specified

in this paragraph (n).

(iii) No MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank

motor vehicle with a capacity over

13,247 L (3,500 gallons) used in metered

delivery service may be operated un-

less it has an appropriate discharge

control capability as specified in this

paragraph (n) no later than July 1, 2003,

or the date of its first scheduled pres-

sure retest required after July 1, 2001,

whichever is earlier.

(o) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles.

Each cargo tank motor vehicle used for

the transportation of chlorine must

meet the requirements in the fol-

lowing:

(1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used

for loading or unloading that is mount-

ed or carried on the motor vehicle may

not be attached to any valve and must

be capped at all ends to prevent the

entry of moisture, except at the time

of loading or unloading. Except at the

time of loading and unloading, the pipe

connection of each angle valve must be

closed with a screw plug which is

chained or otherwise fastened to pre-

vent misplacement.

(2) Each chlorine cargo tank motor

vehicle angle valve must be tested to

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00670 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

661

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.316

be leak free at not less than 225 psig

using dry air or inert gas before instal-

lation and thereafter every 2 years

when performing the required periodic

retest in § 180.407(c) of this subchapter.

Prior to each loading, the cargo tank

motor vehicle must be inspected and

the angle valves and gasketed joints

must be examined and tested at a pres-

sure of not less than 50 psig to deter-

mine that they are not leaking and are

in proper condition for transportation.

Any leaks must be corrected before the

cargo tank motor vehicle is offered for

transportation.

(3) Excess flow valves on the cargo

tank motor vehicle must meet the re-

quirements of paragraph (n) of this sec-

tion.

(p) Fusible elements. Each MC 330, MC

331, or nonspecification cargo tank au-

thorized under paragraph (k) of this

section must have a thermal means of

closure for each internal self-closing

stop valve as specified in § 178.337–

8(a)(4) of this subchapter.

(q) Manifolding is authorized for

cargo tanks containing anhydrous am-

monia provided each individual cargo

tank is equipped with a pressure relief

device or valves and gauging devices as

required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of

this section. Each valve must be tight-

ly closed while the cargo tank is in

transit. Each cargo tank must be filled

separately.

[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32

FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.315, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cyl-

inders.

(a) General requirements. (1) A cyl-

inder may not be loaded with a cryo-

genic liquid colder than the design

service temperature of the packaging.

(2) A cylinder may not be loaded with

any material which may combine

chemically with any residue in the

packaging to produce an unsafe condi-

tion.

(3) The jacket covering the insulation

on a cylinder used to transport any

flammable cryogenic liquid must be

made of steel.

(4) A valve or fitting made of alu-

minum with internal rubbing or abrad-

ing aluminum parts that may come in

contact with oxygen in the cryogenic

liquid form may not be installed on

any cylinder used to transport oxygen,

cryogenic liquid unless the parts are

anodized in accordance with ASTM

Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter).

(5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit-

ting may not be installed on any cyl-

inder used to transport any flammable

cryogenic liquid.

(6) Each cylinder must be provided

with one or more pressure relief de-

vices, which must be installed and

maintained in compliance with the re-

quirements of this subchapter.

(7) Each pressure relief device must

be installed and located so that the

cooling effect of the contents during

venting will not prevent effective oper-

ation of the device.

(8) The maximum weight of the con-

tents in a cylinder with a design serv-

ice temperature colder than ¥320 °F.

may not exceed the design weight

marked on the cylinder (see § 178.35 of

this subchapter).

(b) Pressure control systems. Each cyl-

inder containing a cryogenic liquid

must have a pressure control system

that conforms to § 173.301(f) and is de-

signed and installed so that it will pre-

vent the cylinder from becoming liquid

full.

and filling limits. Specification DOT-4L

cylinders (§ 178.57 of this subchapter)

are authorized for the transportation

of cryogenic liquids when carried in the

vertical position as follows:

(1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill-

ing density,’’ except for hydrogen, is

defined as the percent ratio of the

weight of lading in the packaging to

the weight of water that the packaging

will hold at 60 °F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737

cubic inches at 60 °F.).

(2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, ni-

trogen, oxygen, helium and neon must

be loaded and shipped in accordance

with the following table:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00671 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

662

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.318

Pressure control valve setting (maximum start-

to-discharge pressure psig)

Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)

Air Argon Nitrogen Oxygen Helium Neon

45 ...................................................................... 82.5 133 76 108 12.5 109

75 ...................................................................... 80.3 130 74 105 12.5 104

105 .................................................................... 78.4 127 72 103 12.5 100

170 .................................................................... 76.2 122 70 100 12.5 92

230 .................................................................... 75.1 119 69 98 12.5 85

295 .................................................................... 73.3 115 68 96 12.5 77

360 .................................................................... 70.7 113 65 93 12.5

450 .................................................................... 65.9 111 61 91 12.5

540 .................................................................... 62.9 107 58 88 12.5

625 .................................................................... 60.1 104 55 86 12.5

Design service temperature (°F.) ...................... ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥452 ¥411

(3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent

parahydrogen) must be loaded and

shipped as follows:

Column 1 Column 2

Design service temperature .................... Minus 423 °F. or

colder.

Maximum permitted filling density, based

on cylinder capacity at minus 423 °F

(see Note 1).

6.7 percent.

The pressure control valve must be de-

signed and set to limit the pressure in

the cylinder to not more than.

17 psig.

OTE

1: The filling density for hydrogen,

cryogenic liquid is defined as the percent

ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging

to the weight of water that the packaging

will hold at minus 423 °F. The volume of the

packaging at minus 423 °F is determined in

cubic inches. The volume is converted to

pounds of water (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic

inches).

(i) Each cylinder must be con-

structed, insulated and maintained so

that during transportation the total

rate of venting shall not exceed 30 SCF

of hydrogen per hour.

(ii) In addition to the marking re-

quirements in § 178.35 of this sub-

chapter, the total rate of venting in

SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be marked

on the top head or valve protection

band in letters at least one-half inch

high as follows: ‘‘VENT RATE**SCFH’’

(with the asterisks replaced by the

number representing the total rate of

venting, in SCF per hour).

(iii) Carriage by highway is subject

to the conditions specified in

§ 177.840(a) of this subchapter.

(d) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where

charging requirements are not specifi-

cally prescribed in paragraph (c) of this

section, the cryogenic liquid must be

shipped in packagings and under condi-

tions approved by the Associate Ad-

ministrator.

[Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27695, June 16, 1983, as

amended by Amdt. 173–166, 49 FR 24314, June

12, 1984; Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24,

1984; Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13041, Apr. 20, 1987:

Amdt. 173–250, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996;

Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 66 FR

45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002;

68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept.

7, 2004]

§ 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo

tanks.

(a) General requirements. (1) A cargo

tank may not be loaded with a cryo-

genic liquid colder than the design

service temperature of the packaging.

(2) A cargo tank may not be loaded

with any material that may combine

chemically with any residue in the

packaging to produce an unsafe condi-

tion (see § 178.338–15).

(3) The jacket covering the insulation

on a tank used to transport a cryogenic

liquid must be made of steel if the

cryogenic liquid:

(i) Is to be transported by vessel (see

§ 176.76(g) of this subchapter); or

(ii) Is oxygen or a flammable mate-

rial.

(4) A valve or fitting made of alu-

minum with internal rubbing or abrad-

ing aluminum parts that may come in

contact with oxygen in the cryogenic

liquid form may not be installed on

any cargo tank used to transport oxy-

gen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts

are anodized in accordance with ASTM

Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter).

(5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit-

ting, external to the jacket that re-

tains lading during transportation may

not be installed on any cargo tank used

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00672 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

663

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid

or any flammable cryogenic liquid.

(6) A cargo tank used to transport ox-

ygen, cryogenic liquid must be pro-

vided with a manhole (see § 178.338–6 of

this subchapter).

(b) Pressure relief systems and pressure

control valves—(1) Types of pressure relief

systems—(i) Tanks in oxygen and flam-

mable cryogenic liquid service. Except as

otherwise provided in this paragraph,

each tank in oxygen and flammable

cryogenic liquid service must be pro-

tected by two independent pressure re-

lief systems which are not connected in

series, namely:

(A) A primary system of one or more

pressure relief valves; and

(B) A secondary system of one of

more frangible discs or pressure relief

valves. For a tank in carbon monoxide

service, the secondary system must be

pressure relief valves only.

(ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric

gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv-

ice. For a tank used in helium and at-

mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo-

genic liquid service, the tank must be

protected by at least one pressure re-

lief system consisting of:

(A) One or more pressure relief

valves; or

(B) A combination of one or more

pressure relief valves and one or more

frangible discs.

(2) Capacities of pressure relief sys-

tems—(i) Tanks in oxygen or flammable

cryogenic liquid service. For tanks in ox-

ygen or flammable cryogenic liquid

service, the primary system and the

secondary system of pressure relief de-

vices must each have a flow capacity

equal to or greater than that cal-

culated by the applicable formula in

paragraph 5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of

CGA S–1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). In addition:

(A) The primary pressure relief sys-

tem must have a total flow capacity at

a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of

the tank’s design pressure.

(B) The secondary pressure relief sys-

tem must have a total flow capacity at

a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of

the tank’s design pressure.

must be verified and marked by the

manufacturer of the device in accord-

ance with CGA Pamphlet S–1.2.

(ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric

gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv-

ice. For tanks in helium and atmos-

pheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic

liquid service, the pressure relief sys-

tem must have a flow capacity equal to

or greater than that calculated by the

applicable formula in paragraphs 5.3.2

or 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S–1.2. If the

pressure relief system consists of a

combination of pressure relief valves

and frangible discs, the pressure relief

valves must have a total venting ca-

pacity equal to or greater than that

calculated by the applicable formula in

paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet

S–1.2. The pressure relief system must

have this total flow capacity at a pres-

sure not exceeding 150 percent of the

tank’s design pressure. The flow capac-

ity and rating must be verified and

marked by the manufacturer of the de-

vice in accordance with CGA Pamphlet

S–1.2.

(3) Type and construction of pressure

relief devices. (i) Each pressure relief de-

vice must be designed and constructed

for a pressure equal to or exceeding the

tank’s design pressure at the coldest

temperature reasonably expected to be

encountered.

(ii) Pressure relief devices must be ei-

ther spring-loaded pressure relief

valves or frangible discs. Pressure re-

lief valves must be of a type that auto-

matically open and close at predeter-

mined pressures.

(4) Setting of pressure relief devices. (i)

On a tank used in oxygen or flammable

cryogenic liquid service, the pressure

relief devices must perform as follows.

(A) Each pressure relief valve in the

primary relief system must be set-to-

discharge at a pressure no higher than

110 percent of the tank’s design pres-

sure.

(B) Each pressure relief device in the

secondary pressure relief system must

be designed to commence functioning

at a pressure no lower than 130 percent

and no higher than 150 percent of the

tank’s design pressure.

(ii) On a tank used in helium and at-

mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo-

genic liquid service, the pressure relief

devices in the pressure relief system

must be designed to commence func-

tioning at no higher than 150 percent of

the tank’s design pressure.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00673 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

664

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.318

(5) Optional pressure relief devices and

pressure control valves. In addition to

the required pressure relief devices, a

cargo tank in cryogenic liquid (except

carbon monoxide) service may be

equipped with one or both of the fol-

lowing:

(i) One or more pressure control

valves set at a pressure below the

tank’s design pressure.

(ii) One or more frangible discs set to

function at a pressure not less than one

and one-half times or more than two

times the tank’s design pressure.

(6) Maximum filling rate. (i) For a tank

used in oxygen and flammable cryo-

genic liquid service, the maximum rate

at which the tank is filled must not ex-

ceed the liquid flow capacity of the pri-

mary pressure relief system rated at a

pressure not exceeding 120 percent of

the tank’s design pressure.

(ii) On a tank used in helium and at-

mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo-

genic liquid service, the maximum rate

at which the tank is filled must not ex-

ceed the liquid flow capacity of the

pressure relief valves rated at 150 per-

cent of the tank’s design pressure.

(7) Arrangement and location of pres-

sure relief devices. (i) The discharge

from any pressure relief system must

be directed upward and be unob-

structed to the outside of the protec-

tive housing in such a manner as to

prevent impingement of gas upon the

jacket or any structural part of the ve-

hicle.

(ii) Each pressure relief valve must

be arranged or protected to prevent the

accumulation of foreign material be-

tween the relief valve and the atmos-

pheric discharge opening in any relief

piping. The arrangement must not im-

pede flow through the device.

(iii) Each pressure relief valve must

be designed and located to minimize

the possibility of tampering. If the

pressure setting or adjustment is exter-

nal to the valve, the valve adjustment

must be sealed.

(iv) Each pressure relief device must

have direct communication with the

vapor space of the tank at the

midlength of the top centerline.

(v) Each pressure relief device must

be installed and located so that the

cooling effect of the contents during

venting will not prevent the effective

operation of the device.

(8) Connections. (i) Each connection

to a pressure relief device must be of

sufficient size to allow the required

rate of discharge through the pressure

relief device. The inlet connection

must be not less than one-half inch

nominal pipe size.

(ii) A shut-off valve may be installed

in a pressure relief system only when

the required relief capacity is provided

at all times.

(9) Pressure relief devices for piping

hose and vacuum-insulated jackets. (i)

Each portion of connected liquid piping

or hose that can be closed at both ends

must be provided with either a hydro-

static pressure relief valve without an

intervening shut-off valve, or a check

valve permitting flow from the pipe or

hose into the tank. If used, the relief

valve must be located so as to prevent

its discharge from impinging on the

tank, piping, or operating personnel.

(ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo

tank the jacket must be protected by a

suitable relief device to release inter-

nal pressure. The discharge area of this

device must be at least 0.00024 square

inch per pound of water capacity of the

tank. This relief device must function

at a pressure not exceeding the inter-

nal design pressure of the jacket, cal-

culated in accordance with Section

VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7

of this subchapter), or 25 psig, which-

ever is less.

(10) Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief

device and pressure control valve mark-

ings. (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, ex-

cept pressure relief devices and pres-

sure control valves, must be perma-

nently marked to indicate whether it

communicates with ‘‘vapor’’ or ‘‘liq-

uid’’ when the tank is filled to the

maximum permitted filling density.

(ii) Each pressure relief valve must

be plainly and permanently marked

with the pressure, in psig, at which it

is set-to-discharge, the discharge rate

of the device in SCF per minute

(SCFM) of free air, and the manufac-

turer’s name or trade name and catalog

number. The marked set-to-discharge

pressure valve must be visible with the

valve in its installed position. The

rated discharge capacity of the device

must be determined at a pressure of 120

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00674 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

665

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

percent of the design pressure of the

tank.

(iii) Each pressure control valve must

be plainly and permanently marked

with the pressure, in psig, at which it

is set-to-discharge.

weight of a cryogenic liquid in the

tank must be determined by weighing

or by the use of a liquid level gauging

device authorized in § 178.338–14(a) of

this subchapter, and may not exceed

the lesser of:

(1) The weight of lading in the tank,

based on the water capacity stamped

on the nameplate (§ 178.338–18(a)(4) of

this subchapter) and the appropriate

maximum permitted filling density

specified in paragraph (f) of this sec-

tion; or

(2) The maximum weight of lading for

which the cargo tank was designed, as

marked on the specification plate (see

§ 178.338–18(b) of this subchapter).

(d) Outage. Except for a cargo tank

containing helium, cryogenic liquid, a

cargo tank offered for transportation

must have an outage of at least two

percent below the inlet of the pressure

relief device or pressure control valve,

under conditions of incipient opening,

with the tank in a level attitude.

(e) Temperature. A flammable cryo-

genic liquid in a cargo tank at the

start of travel must be at a tempera-

ture sufficiently cold that the pressure

setting of the pressure control valve or

the required pressure relief valve,

whichever is lower, will not be reached

in less time than the marked rated

holding time for the cryogenic liquid

(see paragraph (g)(3) of this section and

§ 178.338–9(b) of this subchapter).

(f) Specification MC–338 (§178.338 of

this subchapter) cargo tanks are author-

ized for the shipment of the following

cryogenic liquids subject to the fol-

lowing additional requirements:

(1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill-

ing density’’ is defined as the percent

ratio of the weight of lading in the

tank to the weight of water that the

tank will hold at the design service

temperature (one pound of water=27.737

cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gallon of

water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. and

weighs 8.32828 pounds).

(2) Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and ox-

ygen, cryogenic liquids must be loaded

and shipped in accordance with the fol-

lowing table:

RESSURE

ONTROL

ALVE

ETTING OR

ELIEF

ALVE

ETTING

Maximum set-to-

discharge pressure

(psig)

Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)

Air Argon Helium Nitrogen Oxygen

26 .......................... ............................ ............................ 12.5.

30 .......................... 80.3 ....................... 129 ........................ 12.5 ....................... 74 .......................... 105

40 .......................... 79.2 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

50 .......................... 78.0 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

55 .......................... 77.3 ....................... 125 ........................ 12.5 ....................... 71 .......................... 102

60 .......................... 76.9 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

80 .......................... 75.3 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

85 .......................... 75.1 ....................... 121 ........................ 12.5 ....................... ............................ 99

100 ........................ 73.0 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

105 ........................ 73.7 ....................... ............................ 12.5 ....................... 67.

120 ........................ 72.2 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

140 ........................ 71.4 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

145 ........................ 70.9 ....................... 115 ........................ 12.5 ....................... 64 .......................... 94

180 ........................ 68.3 ....................... ............................ 12.5.

200 ........................ 67.3 ....................... 110 ........................ 12.5 ....................... 61 .......................... 91

250 ........................ 63.3 ....................... 106 ........................ 12.5 ....................... 57 .......................... 87

275 ........................ 62.3 ....................... 105 ........................ 12.5 ....................... 56 .......................... 86

325 ........................ 59.4 ....................... 101 ........................ ............................ 53 .......................... 83

Design service tem-

perature.

¥320 °F ............... ¥320 °F ............... ¥452 °F ............... ¥320 °F ............... ¥320 °F

(3) Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (min-

imum 95 percent para-hydrogen), ethyl-

ene, and methane or natural gas, cryo-

genic liquids must be loaded and shipped

in accordance with the following table:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00675 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

666

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.318

RESSURE

ONTROL

ALVE

ETTING OR

ELIEF

ALVE

ETTING

Maximum set-to-dis-

charge pressure (psig)

Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)

Carbon monoxide Ethylene Hydrogen Methane or natural gas

13 .................................. ................................... ................................... 6.6.

15 .................................. 75.0 .............................. ................................... 6.6 ................................ 40.5

17 .................................. 74.0 .............................. ................................... 6.6.

20 .................................. ................................... 53.5 .............................. ................................... 40.0

25 .................................. 73.0.

30 .................................. 72.0 .............................. 52.7 .............................. 6.3 ................................ 39.1

35.

40 .................................. ................................... 52.0 .............................. ................................... 38.6

45 .................................. 71.5.

50 .................................. ................................... 51.4 .............................. 6.0 ................................ 38.2

55.

60 .................................. ................................... 50.8.

70 .................................. ................................... 50.2 .............................. 5.7 ................................ 37.5

90 .................................. ................................... 49.2.

95.

100 ................................ ................................... 48.4 .............................. 5.4 ................................ 36.6

115 ................................ ................................... 48.2.

125 ................................ ................................... ................................... 5.0.

150 ................................ ................................... ................................... 4.5.

175 ................................ 62.5 .............................. 45.8.

285 ................................ 56.0.

Design service tempera-

ture.

¥320 °F ...................... ¥155 °F ...................... ¥423 °F ...................... ¥260 °F

(4) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where

charging requirements are not specifi-

cally prescribed in this paragraph (f),

the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in

packagings and under conditions ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator.

(g) One-way travel time; marking. The

jacket of a cargo tank to be used to

transport a flammable cryogenic liquid

must be marked on its right side near

the front, in letters and numbers at

least two inches high, ‘‘One-Way-Trav-

el-Time ll hrs.’’, with the blank filled

in with a number indicating the one-

way travel time (OWTT), in hours, of

the cargo tank for the flammable cryo-

genic liquid to be transported. A cargo

tank that is partially unloaded at one

or more locations must have additional

marking ‘‘One-Way-Travel-Time ll

hrs. ll psig to ll psig at ll per-

cent filling density,’’ with the second

blank filled in with the pressure exist-

ing after partial unloading and the

third blank filled in with the set-to-dis-

charge pressure of the control valve or

pressure relief valve, and the fourth

blank with the filling density following

partial unloading. Multiple OWTT

markings for different pressure levels

are permitted. The abbreviation

‘‘OWTT’’ may be used in place of the

words ‘‘One-way-travel-time’’ in the

marking required by this paragraph.

(1) OWTT is based on the marked

rated holding time (MRHT) of the

cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to

be transported in the cargo tank. If the

MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liq-

uid is not displayed on or adjacent to

the specification plate, this MRHT may

be derived.

(2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT,

in hours, as follows:

(i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72

hours or less,

OWTT = (MRHT ¥ 24) / 2

(ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater

than 72 hours,

OWTT = MRHT ¥ 48

(3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle

used to transport a flammable cryo-

genic liquid must be examined after

each shipment to determine its actual

holding time. The record required by

§ 177.840(h) of this subchapter may be

used for this determination. If the ex-

amination indicates that the actual

holding time of the cargo tank, after

adjustment to reflect an average ambi-

ent temperature of 85 °F, is less than 90

percent of the marked rated holding

time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid

marked on the specification plate or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00676 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

667

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.319

adjacent thereto (see § 178.338–18(b) of

this subchapter), the tank may not be

refilled with any flammable cryogenic

liquid until it is restored to its marked

rated holding time value or it is re-

marked with the actual marked rated

holding time determined by this exam-

ination. If the name of the flammable

cryogenic liquid that was transported

and its marked rated holding time is

not displayed on or adjacent to the

specification plate, this requirement

may be met by deriving the MRHT of

the cargo tank for that flammable

cryogenic liquid and comparing that

derived MRHT with the actual holding

time after adjustment.

[Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27696, June 16, 1983]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 173.318, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank

cars.

(a) General requirements. (1) A tank

car containing a flammable cryogenic

liquid may not be shipped unless it was

loaded by, or with the consent of, the

owner of the tank car.

(2) The amount of flammable cryo-

genic liquid loaded into a tank car

must be determined, either by direct

measurement or by calculation based

on weight, to verify that the tank has

not been filled to a level in excess of

the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2)

of this section. The weight of any flam-

mable cryogenic liquid loaded, except

hydrogen, must be checked by use of

scales after disconnecting the loading

line.

(3) The shipper shall notify the Fed-

eral Railroad Administration whenever

a tank car containing any flammable

cryogenic liquid is not received by the

consignee within 20 days from the date

of shipment. Notification to the Fed-

eral Railroad Administration may be

made by e-mail to [email protected]

or telephone call to (202) 493–6229.

(4) A tank car may not be loaded

with any flammable cryogenic liquid:

(i) That may combine chemically

with any residue in the tank to

produce an unsafe condition,

(ii) That is colder than the design

service temperature of the tank,

(iii) If the average daily pressure rise

in the tank exceeded 3 psig during the

prior shipment,

(iv) Unless it is marked with the

name of contents, in accordance with

§ 172.330 of this subchapter.

(b) When a tank car containing a

flammable cryogenic liquid is offered

for transportation:

(1) At least 0.5 percent outage must

be provided below the inlet of the pres-

sure relief or pressure control valve at

the start-to-discharge pressure setting

of the valve, with the tank car in a

level attitude, and

(2) The absolute pressure in the annu-

lar space must be less than 75 microns

of mercury.

genic liquid must be loaded into a tank

car at such a temperature that the av-

erage daily pressure rise during trans-

portation will not exceed 3 psig (see

paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section).

(d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is au-

thorized for the shipment of the fol-

lowing cryogenic liquids subject to the

following additional requirements:

(1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill-

ing density’’ is defined as the percent

ratio of the weight of lading in the

tank to the weight of water that the

tank will hold at the design service

temperature (one pound of water =

27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gal-

lon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F.

and weighs 8.32828 pounds).

(2) Ethylene, and hydrogen (minimum

95 percent parahydrogen), cryogenic liq-

uids must be loaded and shipped in ac-

cordance with the following table:

RESSURE

ONTROL

ALVE

ETTING OR

ELIEF

ALVE

ETTING

Maximum start-to-discharge pressure

(psig)

Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)

Ethylene Ethylene Ethlyene Hydrogen

17 ........................................................... ............................ ............................ ............................ 6.60.

45 ........................................................... 52.8.

75 ........................................................... ............................ 51.1 ....................... 51.1.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00677 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

668

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.320

RESSURE

ONTROL

ALVE

ETTING OR

ELIEF

ALVE

ETTING

—Continued

Maximum start-to-discharge pressure

(psig)

Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)

Ethylene Ethylene Ethlyene Hydrogen

Maximum pressure when offered for

transportation.

10 psig ................... 10 psig ................... 20 psig.

Design service temperature ................... Minus 260 °F ......... Minus 260 °F ......... Minus 155 °F ......... Minus 423 °F.

Specification (see § 180.507(b)(3) of

this subchapter).

113D60W ..............

113C60W ..............

113C120W ............ 113D120W ............ 113A175W.

113A60W.

(e) Special requirements for class DOT

113 tank cars—(1) A class DOT-113 tank

car need not be periodically pressure

tested; however, each shipment must

be monitored to determine the average

daily pressure rise in the tank car. If

the average daily pressure rise during

any shipment exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psig)

per day, the tank must be tested for

thermal integrity prior to any subse-

quent shipment.

(2) Thermal integrity test. When re-

quired by paragraph (e)(1) of this sec-

tion, either of the following thermal

integrity tests may be used:

(i) Pressure rise test. The pressure rise

in the tank may not exceed 0.34 Bar (5

psig) in 24 hours. When the pressure

rise test is performed, the absolute

pressure in the annular space of the

loaded tank car may not exceed 75 mi-

crons of mercury at the beginning of

the test and may not increase more

than 25 microns during the 24-hour pe-

riod; or

(ii) Calculated heat transfer rate test.

The insulation system must be per-

formance tested as prescribed in

§ 179.400–4 of this subchapter. When the

calculated heat transfer rate test is

performed, the absolute pressure in the

annular space of the loaded tank car

may not exceed 75 microns of mercury

at the beginning of the test and may

not increase more than 25 microns dur-

ing the 24-hour period. The calculated

heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not

exceed:

(A) 120 percent of the appropriate

standard heat transfer rate specified in

§ 179.401–1 of this subchapter, for DOT-

113A60W and DOT-113C120W tank cars;

(B) 122.808 joules (0.1164 Btu/day/lb.)

of inner tank car water capacity, for

DOT-113A175W tank cars;

of inner tank car water capacity, for

DOT-113C60W and 113D60W tank cars;

(D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of

inner tank car water capacity, for

DOT-113D120W tank cars.

(3) A tank car that fails a test pre-

scribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this sec-

tion must be removed from hazardous

materials service. A tank car removed

from hazardous materials service be-

cause it failed a test prescribed in

paragraph (e)(2) of this section may not

be used to transport a hazardous mate-

rial unless the tank car conforms to all

applicable requirements of this sub-

chapter.

(4) Each rupture disc must be re-

placed every 12 months, and the re-

placement date must be marked on the

car near the pressure relief valve infor-

mation.

(5) Pressure relief valves and alter-

nate pressure relief valves must be

tested every five years. The start-to-

discharge pressure and vapor tight

pressure requirements for the pressure

relief valves must be as specified in

§ 179.401–1 of this subchapter. The alter-

nate pressure relief device values speci-

fied in § 179.401–1 of this subchapter for

a DOT-113C120W tank car apply to a

DOT-113D120W tank car.

(49 U.S.C. 1803, 1804, 1808; 49 CFR 1.53, app. A

to part 1)

[Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27698, June 16, 1983, as

amended by Amdt. 173–245, Sept. 21, 1995; 65

FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45184, 45379,

45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005]

§ 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; excep-

tions.

(a) Atmospheric gases and helium,

cryogenic liquids, in Dewar flasks, in-

sulated cylinders, insulated portable

tanks, insulated cargo tanks, and insu-

lated tank cars, designed and con-

structed so that the pressure in such

packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00678 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

669

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.323

under ambient temperature conditions

during transportation are not subject

to the requirements of this subchapter

when transported by motor vehicle or

railcar except as specified in para-

graphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this

section.

(1) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this

subchapter pertaining to the reporting

of incidents, not including a release

that is the result of venting through a

pressure control valve, or the neck of

the Dewar flask.

(2) Subparts A, B, C, D, G and H of

part 172, (§§ 174.24 for rail and 177.817 for

highway) and in addition, part 172 in

its entirety for oxygen.

(3) Subparts A and B of part 173, and

§§ 174.1 and 177.800, 177.804, and 177.823 of

this subchapter.

(b) The requirements of this sub-

chapter do not apply to atmospheric

gases and helium:

(1) During loading and unloading op-

erations (pressure rises may exceed 25.3

psig); or

(2) When used in operation of a proc-

ess system; such as a refrigeration sys-

tem (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig).

craft, see the ICAO Technical Instruc-

tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), Packing Instruction 202 and

the packaging specifications in part 6,

chapter 5.

[Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13043, Apr. 20, 1987, as

amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR

33436, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002;

68 FR 48570, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31,

2003]

§ 173.321 Ethylamine.

Ethylamine must be packaged as fol-

lows:

(a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing

Group I performance level require-

ments.

(b) In specification cylinders as pre-

scribed for any compressed gas except

acetylene.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 173.322 Ethyl chloride.

Ethyl chloride must be packaged in

any of the following single or combina-

tion non-bulk packagings which meet

Packing Group I performance level re-

quirements:

(a) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes

with glass, earthenware, or metal inner

receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces)

capacity each;

(b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass,

earthenware, or metal inner recep-

tacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) ca-

pacity each. Outer packagings may not

exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight;

gallons) capacity each; or

(d) In specification cylinders as pre-

scribed for any compressed gas except

acetylene. Cylinders made of alu-

minum alloy are not authorized.

(e) In capsules under the following

conditions:

(1) The mass of gas must not exceed

150 g (5.30 ounces) per capsule;

(2) The capsule must be free of faults

liable to impair its strength;

(3) The leakproofness integrity of the

closure must be maintained by a sec-

ondary means (e.g., cap, crown, seal,

binding, etc.) capable of preventing any

leakage of the closure while in trans-

portation; and

(4) The capsules must be placed in a

strong outer packaging suitable for the

contents and may not exceed a gross

mass of 75 kg (165 pounds).

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR

3381, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 173.323 Ethylene oxide.

(a) For packaging ethylene oxide in

non-bulk packagings, silver mercury or

any of its alloys or copper may not be

used in any part of a packaging, valve,

or other packaging appurtenance if

that part, during normal conditions of

transportation, may come in contact

with ethylene oxide liquid or vapor.

Copper alloys may be used only where

gas mixtures do not contain free acety-

lene at any concentration that will

form copper acetylene. All packaging

and gaskets must be constructed of

materials which are compatible with

ethylene oxide and do not lower the

auto-ignition temperature of ethylene

oxide.

(b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged

in one of the following:

(1) In hermetically sealed glass or

metal inner packagings suitably cush-

ioned in an outer package authorized

by § 173.201(b). The maximum quantity

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00679 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

670

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.323

permitted in any glass inner packaging

is 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the maximum

quantity permitted in any metal inner

packaging is 340 g (12 ounces). After

filling, each inner packaging shall be

determined to be leak-tight by placing

the inner packaging in a hot water

bath at a temperature, and for a period

of time, sufficient to ensure that an in-

ternal pressure equal to the vapor pres-

sure of ethylene oxide at 55 °C is

achieved. The total quantity in any

outer packaging shall not exceed 100 g

(3.5 ounces), and the total quantity in

any outer packaging containing only

metal inner packagings shall not ex-

ceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds). Each com-

pleted package must be capable of

passing all Packing Group I perform-

ance tests.

(2) In specification cylinders or UN

pressure receptacles, as authorized for

any compressed gas except acetylene.

Pressurizing valves and insulation are

required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gal-

lon) capacity. Eductor tubes must be

provided for cylinders over 19 L (5 gal-

lons) capacity. Cylinders must be

seamless or welded steel (not brazed)

with a nominal capacity of no more

than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be

liquid full below 82 °C (180 °F). Before

each refilling, each cylinder must be

tested for leakage at no less than 103.4

kPa (15 psig) pressure. In addition,

each cylinder must be equipped with a

fusible type relief device with yield

temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 °F to

170 °F). The capacity of the relief de-

vice and the effectiveness of the insula-

tion must be such that the charged cyl-

inder will not explode when tested by

the method described in CGA Pamphlet

C–14 or other equivalent method.

(3) In 1A1 steel drums of no more

than 231 L (61 gallons) and meeting

Packing Group I performance stand-

ards. The drum must be lagged of all

welded construction with the inner

shell having a minimum thickness of

1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer

shell having a minimum thickness of

2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be

capable of withstanding a hydrostatic

test pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lag-

ging must be of sufficient thickness so

that the drum, when filled with ethyl-

ene oxide and equipped with the re-

quired pressure relief device, will not

rupture when exposed to fire. The drum

may not be liquid full below 85 °C (185

°F), and must be marked ‘‘THIS END

UP’’ on the top head. Before each refill-

ing, each drum must be tested for leak-

age at no less than 103 kPa (15 psig)

pressure. Each drum must be equipped

with a fusible type relief device with

yield temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157

°F to 170 °F), and the capacity of the

relief device must be such that the

filled drum is capable of passing, with-

out rupture, the test method described

in CGA Pamphlet C–14 or other equiva-

lent method.

specifies that a hazardous material be

packaged under this section, only the

following bulk packagings are author-

ized, subject to the requirements of

subparts A and B of this part, the spe-

cial provisions specified in column 7 of

the § 172.101 table, and paragraphs (d)

through (j) of this section:

(1) Tank cars. Class DOT 105 tank

cars:

(i) Each tank car built before March

16, 2009 must have a tank test pressure

of at least 20.7 Bar (300 psig); and

(ii) Except as provided in § 173.314(d),

tank cars built on or after March 16,

2009 used for the transportation of

ethylene oxide must meet the applica-

ble authorized tank car specification

listed in the table in § 173.314(c).

(2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 330

and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles.

(3) Portable tanks. DOT 51 portable

tanks.

(d) The pressure relief devices must

be set to function at 517 kPa (75 psig).

Portable tanks fitted with non-re-

closing devices made and in use prior

to December 31, 1987, may continue to

be used in ethylene oxide service.

(e) In determining outage, consider-

ation must be given to the lading tem-

perature and solubility of inert gas

padding in ethylene oxide as well as

the partial pressure exerted by the gas

padding.

(f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must

be padded with dry nitrogen or other

suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity

to render the vapor space of the tank

nonflammable up to 41 °C (105 °F). The

gas used for padding must be free of

impurities which may cause the ethyl-

ene oxide to polymerize, decompose or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00680 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

671

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.336

undergo other violent chemical reac-

tion.

(g) Copper, silver, mercury, magne-

sium or their alloys may not be used in

any part of the tank or appurtenances

that are normally in contact with the

lading.

(h) Neoprene, natural rubber and as-

bestos gaskets are prohibited. All pack-

ing and gaskets must be made of mate-

rials which do not react with or lower

the autoignition temperature of the

lading.

(i) Each tank must be insulated with

cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) thick),

or mineral wool, fiberglass or other

suitable insulation material of suffi-

cient thickness so that the thermal

conductance at 16 °C (60 °F) is not more

than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot

per degree F. temperature differential.

Portable tanks made and in use prior

to December 31, 1987 equipped with fu-

sible plugs instead of a pressure relief

valve or rupture disc, must have suffi-

cient insulation so that the tank as

filled for shipment will not rupture in

a fire. The insulation on portable tanks

or cargo tank motor vehicles must be

protected with a steel jacket at least

2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as re-

quired by the specification.

(j) Tank car tanks built after Decem-

ber 30, 1971 must be equipped with a

thermometer well.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

173–236, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173–

234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–145, 60

FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45380, 45383,

Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR

76178, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006;

74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]

§ 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed

with compressed gas.

Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion,

tetraethyl dithio pyrophosphate, tetra-

ethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division

6.1 organic phosphates (including a

compound or mixture), may be mixed

with a non-flammable compressed gas.

This mixture may not contain more

than 20 percent by weight of organic

phosphate and must be packaged in

DOT 3A240, 3AA240, 3B240, 4B240,

4BA240, 4BW240 or UN cylinders meet-

ing all of the following requirements:

(a) Each cylinder may be filled with

not more than 5 kg (11.0 lb) of the mix-

ture, to a maximum filling density of

not more than 80 percent of the water

capacity.

(b) No cylinder may be equipped with

an education tube or a fusible plug.

any valve unless the valve is a type ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator.

(d) Cylinders must be overpacked in a

box, crate, or other strong outer pack-

aging conforming to the requirements

of § 173.25 and arranged to protect each

valve or other closing device from dam-

age. Except as provided in paragraph

(e) of this section, no more than four

cylinders may be packed in a strong

outer packaging. Each strong outer

packaging with its closing device pro-

tection must be sufficiently strong to

protect all parts of each cylinder from

deformation or leakage if the com-

pleted package is dropped 1.8 m (6 feet)

onto a non-yielding surface, such as

concrete or steel, impacting at the

packaging’s weakest point.

(e) Cylinders may be packed in strong

wooden boxes with valves or other clos-

ing devices protected from damage,

with not more than twelve cylinders in

one outside wooden box. An outer fiber-

board box may be used when not more

than four such cylinders are to be

shipped in one packaging. Valves must

be adequately protected. Box and valve

protection must be of sufficient

strength to protect all parts of inner

packagings and valves from deforma-

tion or breakage resulting from a drop

of at least 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non-

yielding surface, such as concrete or

steel, impacting at the weakest point.

[67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71

FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2,

2010]

DITORIAL

OTE

: At 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27,

2002, § 173.334(f) was amended, however, para-

graph (f) does not exist in this section.

§ 173.335 [Reserved]

§ 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied,

or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied.

(a) Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or

dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied, must be

packaged in specification or UN cyl-

inders as prescribed in § 173.192, except

valves are not authorized. UN tubes

and MEGCs are not authorized for use.

Cylinders must be equipped with a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00681 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

672

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.337

stainless steel valve and valve seat

that will not deteriorate in contact

with nitrogen dioxide. Each valve open-

ing must be closed by a solid metal

plug with tapered thread properly luted

to prevent leakage. Transportation in

DOT 3AL cylinders is authorized only

by highway and rail.

(b) Each UN pressure receptacle must

be cleaned in accordance with the re-

quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7

of this subchapter). Each DOT speci-

fication cylinder must be cleaned ac-

cording to the requirements of GSA

Federal Specification RR–C–901D, para-

graphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of

this subchapter). Cleaning agents

equivalent to those specified in RR–C–

901D may be used; however, any clean-

ing agent must not be capable of react-

ing with oxygen. One cylinder selected

at random from a group of 200 or fewer

and cleaned at the same time must be

tested for oil contamination in accord-

ance with Specification RR–C–901D,

paragraph 4.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter) and meet the standard of

cleanliness specified therein.

[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.337 Nitric oxide.

(a) Nitric oxide must be packaged in

cylinders conforming to the require-

ments of § 173.40 and as follows:

(1) DOT specification cylinder. In a

DOT 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or

3AL1800 cylinder. A DOT specification

cylinder must be charged to a pressure

of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at

21 °C (70 °F). Transportation of nitric

oxide in a DOT 3AL is cylinder is au-

thorized only by highway and rail.

(2) UN cylinder. In a UN cylinder with

a minimum test pressure of 200 bar.

The maximum working pressure of the

cylinder must not exceed 50 bar. The

pressure in the cylinder at 65 °C (149 °F)

may not exceed the test pressure. The

use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not au-

thorized.

(3) Valves. Cylinders must be

equipped with a stainless steel valve

and valve seat that will not deteriorate

in contact with nitric oxide. Cylinders

or valves may not be equipped with

pressure relief devices of any type.

(b) Each UN cylinder must be cleaned

in accordance with the requirements of

ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). Each DOT specification cyl-

inder must be cleaned in compliance

with the requirements of GSA Federal

Specification RR–C–901D, paragraphs

3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter). Cleaning agents equiva-

lent to those specified in Federal Spec-

ification RR–C–901D may be used; how-

ever, any cleaning agent must not be

capable of reacting with oxygen. One

cylinder selected at random from a

group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the

same time must be tested for oil con-

tamination in accordance with Federal

Specification RR–C–901D paragraph

4.3.2 and meet the standard of cleanli-

ness specified therein.

[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]

§ 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride.

(a) Tungsten hexafluoride must be

packaged in specification 3A, 3AA,

3BN, or 3E (§§ 178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42

of this subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders

must be equipped with a valve protec-

tion cap or be packed in a strong outer

packaging meeting the provisions of

§ 173.40. Outlets of any valves must be

capped or plugged. As an alternative,

the cylinder opening may be closed by

the use of a metal plug. Specification

3E cylinders must be shipped in an

overpack that meets the provisions of

§ 173.40.

(b) In place of the volumetric expan-

sion test, DOT 3BN cylinders used in

exclusive service may be given a com-

plete external visual inspection in con-

formance with part 180, subpart C, of

this subchapter, at the time such peri-

odic requalification becomes due. Cyl-

inders that undergo a complete exter-

nal visual inspection, in place of the

volumetric expansion test, must be

condemned if removed from tungsten

hexafluoride service.

[ 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009, as amended at 75

FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010]

§ 173.340 Tear gas devices.

(a) Packagings for tear gas devices

must be approved prior to initial trans-

portation by the Associate Adminis-

trator.

(b) Tear gas devices may not be as-

sembled with, or packed in the same

packaging with, mechanically- or

manually-operated firing, igniting,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00682 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

673

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

bursting, or other functioning elements

unless of a type and design which has

been approved by the Associate Admin-

istrator.

dles, and similar devices must be pack-

aged in one of the following packagings

conforming to the requirements of part

178 of this subchapter at the Packing

Group II performance level:

(1) In UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal-

strapped wooden boxes. Functioning

elements not assembled in grenades or

devices must be in a separate compart-

ment of these boxes, or in inner or sep-

arate outer boxes, UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or

4F, and must be so packed and cush-

ioned that they may not come in con-

tact with each other or with the walls

of the box during transportation. Not

more than 50 tear gas devices and 50

functioning elements must be packed

in one box, and the gross weight of the

outer box may not exceed 35 kg (77

pounds).

(2) In a UN 1A2 metal drum. Func-

tioning elements must be packed in a

separate inner packaging or compart-

ment. Not more than 24 tear gas de-

vices and 24 functioning elements must

be packed in one outer drum, and the

gross weight of the drum may not ex-

ceed 35 kg (77 pounds).

(3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with in-

side tear gas devices meeting Specifica-

tions 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging

must be placed in fiberboard tubes

fitted with metal ends or a fiber box

with suitable padding. Not more than

30 inner packagings must be packed in

one outer box, and the gross weight of

the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35

pounds).

(4) In other packagings of a type or

design which has been approved by the

Associate Administrator.

(d) Tear gas devices may be shipped

completely assembled when offered by

or consigned to the U.S. Department of

Defense, provided the functioning ele-

ments are so packed that they cannot

accidentally function. Outer pack-

agings must be UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F

metal-strapped wooden boxes.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52669, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]

Subpart H [Reserved]

Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive)

Materials

OURCE

: Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept.

28, 1995, unless otherwise noted.

§ 173.401 Scope.

(a) This subpart sets forth require-

ments for the packaging and transpor-

tation of Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials by offerors and carriers subject to

this subchapter. The requirements pre-

scribed in this subpart are in addition

to, not in place of, other requirements

set forth in this subchapter for Class 7

(radioactive) materials and those of

the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in

10 CFR part 71.

(b) This subpart does not apply to:

(1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials

produced, used, transported, or stored

within an establishment other than

during the course of transportation, in-

cluding storage in transportation.

(2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials

that have been implanted or incor-

porated into, and are still in, a person

or live animal for diagnosis or treat-

ment.

(3) Class 7 (radioactive) material that

is an integral part of the means of

transport.

(4) Natural material and ores con-

taining naturally occurring radio-

nuclides which are not intended to be

processed for use of these radio-

nuclides, provided the activity con-

centration of the material does not ex-

ceed 10 times the values specified in

§ 173.436.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.403 Definitions.

For purposes of this subpart—

means the maximum activity of

special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial permitted in a Type A package.

This value is either listed in § 173.435 or

may be derived in accordance with the

procedures prescribed in § 173.433.

means the maximum activity of

Class 7 (radioactive) material, other

than special form material, LSA mate-

rial, and SCO, permitted in a Type A

package. This value is either listed in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00683 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

674

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.403

§ 173.435 or may be derived in accord-

ance with the procedures prescribed in

§ 173.433.

Class 7 (radioactive) material See the

definition of Radioactive material in this

section.

Closed transport vehicle means a trans-

port vehicle or conveyance equipped

with a securely attached exterior en-

closure that during normal transpor-

tation restricts the access of unauthor-

ized persons to the cargo space con-

taining the Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials. The enclosure may be either tem-

porary or permanent, and in the case of

packaged materials may be of the ‘‘see-

through’’ type, and must limit access

from top, sides, and bottom.

Consignment means a package or

group of packages or load of radio-

active material offered by a person for

transport in the same shipment.

Containment system means the assem-

bly of components of the packaging in-

tended to retain the Class 7 (radio-

active) material during transport.

Contamination means the presence of

a radioactive substance on a surface in

quantities in excess of 0.4 Bq/cm

for

beta and gamma emitters and low tox-

icity alpha emitters or 0.04 Bq/cm

for

all other alpha emitters. Contamina-

tion exists in two phases.

(1) Fixed radioactive contamination

means radioactive contamination that

cannot be removed from a surface dur-

ing normal conditions of transport.

(2) Non-fixed radioactive contamination

means radioactive contamination that

can be removed from a surface during

normal conditions of transport.

Conveyance means:

(1) For transport by public highway

or rail: any transport vehicle or large

freight container;

(2) For transport by water: any ves-

sel, or any hold, compartment, or de-

fined deck area of a vessel including

any transport vehicle on board the ves-

sel; and

(3) For transport by aircraft, any air-

craft.

Criticality Safety Index (CSI) means a

number (rounded up to the next tenth)

which is used to provide control over

the accumulation of packages, over-

packs or freight containers containing

fissile material. The CSI for packages

containing fissile material is deter-

mined in accordance with the instruc-

tions provided in 10 CFR 71.22, 71.23,

and 71.59. The CSI for an overpack,

freight container, or consignment con-

taining fissile material packages is the

arithmetic sum of the criticality safe-

ty indices of all the fissile material

packages contained within the over-

pack, freight container, or consign-

ment.

Design means the description of a

special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial, a package, packaging, or LSA-III,

that enables those items to be fully

identified. The description may include

specifications, engineering drawings,

reports showing compliance with regu-

latory requirements, and other rel-

evant documentation.

Deuterium means, for the purposes of

§ 173.453, deuterium and any deuterium

compound, including heavy water, in

which the ratio of deuterium atoms to

hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000.

Exclusive use means sole use by a sin-

gle consignor of a conveyance for

which all initial, intermediate, and

final loading and unloading are carried

out in accordance with the direction of

the consignor or consignee. The con-

signor and the carrier must ensure that

any loading or unloading is performed

by personnel having radiological train-

ing and resources appropriate for safe

handling of the consignment. The con-

signor must provide to the initial car-

rier specific written instructions for

maintenance of exclusive use shipment

controls, including the vehicle survey

requirement of § 173.443 (c) as applica-

ble, and include these instructions with

the shipping paper information pro-

vided to the carrier by the consignor.

Exemption value means either an ex-

empt material activity concentration

or an exempt consignment activity

limit listed in the table in § 173.436, or

determined according to the proce-

dures described in § 173.433, and used to

determine whether a given physically

radioactive material is sufficiently ra-

dioactive to be subject to the HMR (see

definition of radioactive material). An

exemption value is different from an

exemption, as specified under the defi-

nition for special permit in § 171.8 of

this subchapter.

Fissile material means plutonium

239

plutonium

241

, uranium

233

, uranium

235

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00684 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

675

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

or any combination of these radio-

nuclides. This term does not apply to

material containing fissile nuclides,

unirradiated natural uranium and

unirradiated depleted uranium, or to

natural uranium or depleted uranium

that has been irradiated in thermal re-

actors only.

Freight container means a reusable

container having a volume of 1.81 cubic

meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed

and constructed to permit it being lift-

ed with its contents intact and in-

tended primarily for containment of

packages in unit form during transpor-

tation. A ‘‘small freight container’’ is

one which has either one outer dimen-

sion less than 1.5 m (4.9 feet) or an in-

ternal volume of not more than 3.0

cubic meters (106 cubic feet). All other

freight containers are designated as

‘‘large freight containers.’’

Graphite means, for the purposes of

§ 173.453, graphite with a boron equiva-

lent content less than 5 parts per mil-

lion and density greater than 1.5 grams

per cubic centimeter.

Highway route controlled quantity

means a quantity within a single pack-

age which exceeds:

(1) 3,000 times the A

value of the

radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for

special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial;

(2) 3,000 times the A

value of the

radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for

normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terial; or

(3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is

least.

Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive)

material means a quantity of Class 7

(radioactive) material not exceeding

the material’s package limits specified

in § 173.425 and conforming with re-

quirements specified in § 173.421.

Low Specific Activity (LSA) material

means Class 7 (radioactive) material

with limited specific activity which

satisfies the descriptions and limits set

forth below. Shielding material sur-

rounding the LSA material may not be

considered in determining the esti-

mated average specific activity of the

package contents. LSA material must

be in one of three groups:

(1) LSA-I:

(i) Uranium and thorium ores, con-

centrates of uranium and thorium ores,

and other ores containing naturally oc-

curring radionuclides which are in-

tended to be processed for the use of

these radionuclides; or

(ii) Solid unirradiated natural ura-

nium or depleted uranium or natural

thorium or their solid or liquid com-

pounds or mixtures; or

(iii) Radioactive material other than

fissile material, for which the A

value

is unlimited; or

(iv) Other radioactive material, ex-

cluding fissile material in quantities

not excepted under § 173.453, in which

the activity is distributed throughout

and the estimated average specific ac-

tivity does not exceed 30 times the val-

ues for activity concentration specified

in § 173.436, or 30 times the default val-

ues listed in Table 8 of § 173.433.

(2) LSA-II:

(i) Water with tritium concentration

up to 0.8 TBq/L (20.0 Ci/L); or

(ii) Other radioactive material in

which the activity is distributed

throughout and the average specific ac-

tivity does not exceed 10

/g for sol-

ids and gases, and 10

/g for liquids.

(3) LSA-III. Solids (e.g., consolidated

wastes, activated materials), excluding

powders, that meet the requirements of

§ 173.468 and in which:

(i) The radioactive material is dis-

tributed throughout a solid or a collec-

tion of solid objects, or is essentially

uniformly distributed in a solid com-

pact binding agent (such as concrete,

bitumen, ceramic, etc.);

(ii) The radioactive material is rel-

atively insoluble, or it is intrinsically

contained in a relatively insoluble ma-

terial, so that, even under loss of pack-

aging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive)

material per package by leaching when

placed in water for seven days would

not exceed 0.1 A

; and

(iii) The estimated average specific

activity of the solid, excluding any

shielding material, does not exceed 2 ×

/g.

Low toxicity alpha emitters means nat-

ural uranium; depleted uranium; nat-

ural thorium; uranium-235 or uranium-

238; thorium-232; thorium-228 and tho-

rium-230 when contained in ores or

physical and chemical concentrates;

and alpha emitters with a half-life of

less than 10 days.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00685 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

676

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.403

Maximum normal operating pressure

means the maximum gauge pressure

that would develop in a containment

system during a period of one year, in

the absence of venting or cooling,

under the heat conditions specified in

10 CFR 71.71(c)(1).

Multilateral approval means approval

of a package design or shipment by the

relevant Competent Authority of the

country of origin and of each country

through or into which the package or

shipment is to be transported. This def-

inition does not include approval from

a country over which Class 7 (radio-

active) materials are carried in air-

craft, if there is no scheduled stop in

that country.

Natural thorium means thorium with

the naturally occurring distribution of

thorium isotopes (essentially 100 per-

cent by weight of thorium-232).

Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial means Class 7 (radioactive) which

has not been demonstrated to qualify

as ‘‘special form Class 7 (radioactive)

material.’’

Package means the packaging to-

gether with its radioactive contents as

presented for transport.

(1) ‘‘Excepted package’’ means a

packaging together with its excepted

Class 7 (radioactive) materials as speci-

fied in §§ 173.421–173.426 and 173.428.

(2) ‘‘Industrial package’’ means a

packaging that, together with its low

specific activity (LSA) material or sur-

face contaminated object (SCO) con-

tents, meets the requirements of

§§ 173.410 and 173.411. Industrial pack-

ages are categorized in § 173.411 as ei-

ther:

(i) ‘‘Industrial package Type 1 (IP–

1)’’;

(ii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 2 (IP–

2)’’; or

(iii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 3 (IP–

3)’’.

(3) ‘‘Type A package’’ means a pack-

aging that, together with its radio-

active contents limited to A

or A

appropriate, meets the requirements of

§§ 173.410 and 173.412 and is designed to

retain the integrity of containment

and shielding required by this part

under normal conditions of transport

as demonstrated by the tests set forth

in § 173.465 or § 173.466, as appropriate. A

Type A package does not require Com-

petent Authority approval.

(4) ‘‘Type B package’’ means a pack-

aging designed to transport greater

than an A

or A

quantity of radio-

active material that, together with its

radioactive contents, is designed to re-

tain the integrity of containment and

shielding required by this part when

subjected to the normal conditions of

transport and hypothetical accident

test conditions set forth in 10 CFR part

71.

(i) ‘‘Type B(U) package’’ means a

Type B packaging that, together with

its radioactive contents, for inter-

national shipments requires unilateral

approval only of the package design

and of any stowage provisions that

may be necessary for heat dissipation.

(ii) ‘‘Type B(M) package’’ means a

Type B packaging, together with its ra-

dioactive contents, that for inter-

national shipments requires multilat-

eral approval of the package design,

and may require approval of the condi-

tions of shipment. Type B(M) packages

are those Type B package designs

which have a maximum normal oper-

ating pressure of more than 700 kPa/

(100 lb/in

) gauge or a relief device

which would allow the release of Class

7 (radioactive) material to the environ-

ment under the hypothetical accident

conditions specified in 10 CFR part 71.

(5) ‘‘Fissile material package’’ means

a packaging, together with its fissile

material contents, which meets the re-

quirements for fissile material pack-

ages described in subpart E of 10 CFR

71. A fissile material package may be a

Type AF package, a Type B(U)F pack-

age, or a Type B(M)F package.

Packaging means, for Class 7 (radio-

active) materials, the assembly of com-

ponents necessary to ensure compli-

ance with the packaging requirements

of this subpart. It may consist of one

or more receptacles, absorbent mate-

rials, spacing structures, thermal insu-

lation, radiation shielding, service

equipment for filling, emptying, vent-

ing and pressure relief, and devices for

cooling or absorbing mechanical

shocks. The conveyance, tie-down sys-

tem, and auxiliary equipment may

sometimes be designated as part of the

packaging.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00686 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

677

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

Quality assurance means a systematic

program of controls and inspections ap-

plied by each person involved in the

transport of radioactive material

which provides confidence that a stand-

ard of safety prescribed in this sub-

chapter is achieved in practice.

Radiation level means the radiation

dose-equivalent rate expressed in

millisieverts per hour or mSv/h

(millirems per hour or mrem/h). Neu-

tron flux densities may be converted

into radiation levels according to

Table 1:

ABLE

1—N

EUTRON

LUENCE

ATES TO BE

GARDED AS

QUIVALENT TO A

ADIATION

EVEL OF

0.01

MREM

)

Energy of neutron

Flux density

equivalent to 0.01

mSv/h (1 mrem/h)

neutrons per

square centimeter

per second (n/

/s)

Thermal (2.510E–8) MeV ........................ 272.0

1 keV ....................................................... 272.0

10 keV ..................................................... 281.0

100 keV ................................................... 47.0

500 keV ................................................... 11.0

1 MeV ...................................................... 7.5

5 MeV ...................................................... 6.4

10 MeV .................................................... 6.7

Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed

in this table may be obtained by linear interpolation.

Radioactive contents means a Class 7

(radioactive) material, together with

any contaminated or activated solids,

liquids and gases within the packaging.

Radioactive instrument or article means

any manufactured instrument or arti-

cle such as an instrument, clock, elec-

tronic tube or apparatus, or similar in-

strument or article having Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) material in gaseous or non-

dispersible solid form as a component

part.

Radioactive material means any mate-

rial containing radionuclides where

both the activity concentration and

the total activity in the consignment

exceed the values specified in the table

in § 173.436 or values derived according

to the instructions in § 173.433.

Special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial means either an indispersible solid

radioactive material or a sealed cap-

sule containing radioactive material

which satisfies the following condi-

tions:

(1) It is either a single solid piece or

a sealed capsule containing radioactive

material that can be opened only by

destroying the capsule;

(2) The piece or capsule has at least

one dimension not less than 5 mm (0.2

in); and

(3) It satisfies the test requirements

of § 173.469. Special form encapsulations

designed in accordance with the re-

quirements of § 173.389(g) in effect on

June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR part 173, re-

vised as of October 1, 1982), and con-

structed prior to July 1, 1985 and spe-

cial form encapsulations designed in

accordance with the requirements of

§ 173.403 in effect on March 31, 1996 (see

49 CFR part 173, revised as of October 1,

1995), and constructed prior to April 1,

1997, may continue to be used. Any

other special form encapsulation must

meet the requirements of this para-

graph (3).

Specific activity of a radionuclide

means the activity of the radionuclide

per unit mass of that nuclide. The spe-

cific activity of a material in which

the radionuclide is essentially uni-

formly distributed is the activity per

unit mass of the material.

Surface Contaminated Object (SCO)

means a solid object which is not itself

radioactive but which has radioactive

material distributed on its surface.

SCO exists in two phases:

(1) SCO-I: A solid object on which:

(i) The non-fixed contamination on

the accessible surface averaged over 300

(or the area of the surface if less

than 300 cm

) does not exceed 4 Bq/cm

(10

microcurie/cm

) for beta and

gamma and low toxicity alpha

emitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm

(10

microcurie/cm

) for all other alpha

emitters;

(ii) The fixed contamination on the

accessible surface averaged over 300

(or the area of the surface if less

than 300 cm

) does not exceed 4 × 10

Bq/

(1.0 microcurie/cm

) for beta and

gamma and low toxicity alpha

emitters, or 4 × 10

Bq/cm

(0.1

microcurie/cm

) for all other alpha

emitters; and

(iii) The non-fixed contamination

plus the fixed contamination on the in-

accessible surface averaged over 300

(or the area of the surface if less

than 300 cm

) does not exceed 4 × 10

Bq/

(1 microcurie/cm

) for beta and

gamma and low toxicity alpha

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00687 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

678

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.410

emitters, or 4 × 10

Bq/cm

(0.1

microcurie/cm

) for all other alpha

emitters.

(2) SCO-II: A solid object on which

the limits for SCO-I are exceeded and

on which:

(i) The non-fixed contamination on

the accessible surface averaged over 300

(or the area of the surface if less

than 300 cm

) does not exceed 400 Bq/

(10

microcurie/cm

) for beta and

gamma and low toxicity alpha

emitters, or 40 Bq/cm

(10

microcurie/

) for all other alpha emitters;

(ii) The fixed contamination on the

accessible surface averaged over 300

(or the area of the surface if less

than 300 cm

) does not exceed 8 × 10

Bq/

(20 microcurie/cm

) for beta and

gamma and low toxicity alpha

emitters, or 8 × 10

Bq/cm

(2 micro-

curies/cm

) for all other alpha

emitters; and

(iii) The non-fixed contamination

plus the fixed contamination on the in-

accessible surface averaged over 300

(or the area of the surface if less

than 300 cm

) does not exceed 8 × 10

Bq/

(20 microcuries/cm

) for beta and

gamma and low toxicity alpha

emitters, or 8 × 10

Bq/cm

(2 micro-

curies/cm

) for all other alpha

emitters.

Transport index (TI) means the

dimensionless number (rounded up to

the next tenth) placed on the label of a

package, to designate the degree of

control to be exercised by the carrier

during transportation. The transport

index is determined by multiplying the

maximum radiation level in

millisieverts (mSv) per hour at 1 m (3.3

ft) from the external surface of the

package by 100 (equivalent to the max-

imum radiation level in millirem per

hour at 1 m (3.3 ft)).

Type A quantity means a quantity of

Class 7 (radioactive) material, the ag-

gregate radioactivity which does not

exceed A

for special form Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) material of A

for normal

form Class 7 (radioactive) material,

where A

and A

values are given in

§ 173.435 or are determined in accord-

ance with § 173.433.

Type B quantity means a quantity of

material greater than a Type A quan-

tity.

Unilateral approval means approval of

a package design solely by the Com-

petent Authority of the country of ori-

gin of the design.

Unirradiated thorium means thorium

containing not more than 10

grams

uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232.

Unirradiated uranium means uranium

containing not more than 2 × 10

Bq of

plutonium per gram of uranium-235,

not more than 9 × 10

Bq of fission prod-

ucts per gram of uranium-235 and not

more than 5 × 10

g of uranium-236 per

gram of uranium-235.

Uranium—natural, depleted or enriched

means the following:

(1)(i) ‘‘Natural uranium’’ means

chemically separated uranium con-

taining the naturally occurring dis-

tribution of uranium isotopes (approxi-

mately 99.28% uranium-238 and 0.72%

uranium-235 by mass).

(ii) ‘‘Depleted uranium’’ means ura-

nium containing a lesser mass percent-

age of uranium-235 than in natural ura-

nium.

(iii) ‘‘Enriched uranium’’ means ura-

nium containing a greater mass per-

centage of uranium-235 than 0.72%.

(2) In all cases listed in this defini-

tion, a very small mass percentage of

uranium-234 is present.

[69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55116, Sept.

13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098,

Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]

§ 173.410 General design requirements.

In addition to the requirements of

subparts A and B of this part, each

package used for the shipment of Class

7 (radioactive) materials must be de-

signed so that—

(a) The package can be easily han-

dled and properly secured in or on a

conveyance during transport.

(b) Each lifting attachment that is a

structural part of the package must be

designed with a minimum safety factor

of three against yielding when used to

lift the package in the intended man-

ner, and it must be designed so that

failure of any lifting attachment under

excessive load would not impair the

ability of the package to meet other

requirements of this subpart. Any

other structural part of the package

which could be used to lift the package

must be capable of being rendered inop-

erable for lifting the package during

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00688 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

679

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.411

transport or must be designed with

strength equivalent to that required

for lifting attachments.

practicable, will be free from pro-

truding features and will be easily de-

contaminated.

(d) The outer layer of packaging will

avoid, as far as practicable, pockets or

crevices where water might collect.

(e) Each feature that is added to the

package will not reduce the safety of

the package.

(f) The package will be capable of

withstanding the effects of any accel-

eration, vibration or vibration reso-

nance that may arise under normal

conditions of transport without any de-

terioration in the effectiveness of the

closing devices on the various recep-

tacles or in the integrity of the pack-

age as a whole and without loosening

or unintentionally releasing the nuts,

bolts, or other securing devices even

after repeated use (see §§ 173.24, 173.24a,

and 173.24b).

(g) The materials of construction of

the packaging and any components or

structure will be physically and chemi-

cally compatible with each other and

with the package contents. The behav-

ior of the packaging and the package

contents under irradiation will be

taken into account.

(h) All valves through which the

package contents could escape will be

protected against unauthorized oper-

ation.

(i) For transport by air—

(1) The temperature of the accessible

surfaces of the package will not exceed

50 °C (122 °F) at an ambient tempera-

ture of 38 °C (100 °F) with no account

taken for insulation;

(2) The integrity of containment will

not be impaired if the package is ex-

posed to ambient temperatures ranging

from ¥40 °C (¥40 °F) to +55 °C (131 °F);

and

(3) Packages containing liquid con-

tents will be capable of withstanding,

without leakage, an internal pressure

that produces a pressure differential of

not less than 95 kPa (13.8 lb/in

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20750, May

8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999]

§ 173.411 Industrial packagings.

(a) General. Each industrial pack-

aging must comply with the require-

ments of this section which specifies

packaging tests, and record retention

applicable to Industrial Packaging

Type 1 (IP–1), Industrial Packaging

Type 2 (IP–2), and Industrial Packaging

Type 3 (IP–3).

(b) Industrial packaging certification

and tests. (1) Each IP–1 must meet the

general design requirements prescribed

in § 173.410.

(2) Each IP–2 must meet the general

design requirements prescribed in

§ 173.410 and when subjected to the tests

specified in § 173.465(c) and (d) or evalu-

ated against these tests by any of the

methods authorized by § 173.461(a),

must prevent:

(i) Loss or dispersal of the radio-

active contents; and

(ii) A significant increase in the radi-

ation levels recorded or calculated at

the external surfaces for the condition

before the test.

(3) Each IP–3 packaging must meet

the requirements for an IP–1 and an

IP–2, and must meet the requirements

specified in § 173.412(a) through (j).

(4) Tank containers may be used as

Industrial package Types 2 or 3 (Type

IP–2 or Type IP–3) provided that:

(i) They satisfy the requirements for

Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1);

(ii) They are designed to conform to

the standards prescribed in Chapter 6.7,

of the United Nations Recommenda-

tions on the Transport of Dangerous

Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), ‘‘Requirements for the De-

sign, Construction, Inspection and

Testing of Portable Tanks and Mul-

tiple-Element Gas Containers

(MEGCs),’’ or other requirements at

least equivalent to those standards;

(iii) They are capable of withstanding

a test pressure of 265 kPa (37.1 psig);

and

(iv) They are designed so that any ad-

ditional shielding which is provided

shall be capable of withstanding the

static and dynamic stresses resulting

from handling and routine conditions

of transport and of preventing a loss of

shielding integrity which would result

in more than a 20% increase in the ra-

diation level at any external surface of

the tank containers.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00689 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

680

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.412

(5) Tanks, other than tank con-

tainers, including DOT Specification

IM 101 or IM 102 steel portable tanks,

may be used as Industrial package

Types 2 or 3 (Type IP–2) or (Type IP–3)

for transporting LSA–I and LSA–II liq-

uids and gases as prescribed in Table 6,

provided that they conform to stand-

ards at least equivalent to those pre-

scribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec-

tion.

(6) Freight containers may be used as

Industrial packages Types 2 or 3 (Type

IP–2) or (Type IP–3) provided that:

(i) The radioactive contents are re-

stricted to solid materials;

(ii) They satisfy the requirements for

Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1);

and

(iii) They are designed to conform to

the standards prescribed in the Inter-

national Organization for Standardiza-

tion document ISO 1496–1: ‘‘Series 1

Freight Containers—Specifications and

Testing—Part 1: General Cargo Con-

tainers; excluding dimensions and rat-

ings (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

They shall be designed such that if sub-

jected to the tests prescribed in that

document and the accelerations occur-

ring during routine conditions of trans-

port they would prevent:

(A) Loss or dispersal of the radio-

active contents; and

(B) Loss of shielding integrity which

would result in more than a 20% in-

crease in the radiation level at any ex-

ternal surface of the freight containers.

(7) Metal intermediate bulk con-

tainers may also be used as Industrial

package Type 2 or 3 (Type IP–2 or Type

IP–3), provided that:

(i) They satisfy the requirements for

Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1);

and

(ii) They are designed to conform to

the standards prescribed in Chapter 6.5

of the United Nations Recommenda-

tions on the Transport of Dangerous

Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), ‘‘Requirements for the Con-

struction and Testing of Intermediate

Bulk Containers,’’ for Packing Group I

or II, and if they were subjected to the

tests prescribed in that document, but

with the drop test conducted in the

most damaging orientation, they would

prevent:

(A) Loss or dispersal of the radio-

active contents; and

(B) Loss of shielding integrity which

would result in more than a 20% in-

crease in the radiation level at any ex-

ternal surface of the intermediate bulk

containers.

offeror of an industrial package must

maintain on file for at least one year

after the latest shipment, and shall

provide to the Associate Administrator

on request, complete documentation of

tests and an engineering evaluation or

comparative data showing that the

construction methods, packaging de-

sign, and materials of construction

comply with that specification.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20750, May

8, 1996; 66 FR 45379, 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR

75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004;

69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1,

2004; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007]

§ 173.412 Additional design require-

ments for Type A packages.

In addition to meeting the general

design requirements prescribed in

§ 173.410, each Type A packaging must

be designed so that—

(a) The outside of the packaging in-

corporates a feature, such as a seal,

that is not readily breakable, and that,

while intact, is evidence that the pack-

age has not been opened. In the case of

packages shipped in closed transport

vehicles in exclusive use, the cargo

compartment, instead of the individual

packages, may be sealed.

(b) The smallest external dimension

of the package is not less than 10 cm (4

inches).

maintained during transportation and

storage in a temperature range of ¥40

°C (¥40 °F) to 70 °C (158 °F). Special at-

tention shall be given to liquid con-

tents and to the potential degradation

of the packaging materials within the

temperature range.

(d) The packaging must include a

containment system securely closed by

a positive fastening device that cannot

be opened unintentionally or by pres-

sure that may arise within the package

during normal transport. Special form

Class 7 (radioactive) material, as dem-

onstrated in accordance with § 173.469,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00690 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

681

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.415

may be considered as a component of

the containment system. If the con-

tainment system forms a separate unit

of the package, it must be securely

closed by a positive fastening device

that is independent of any other part of

the package.

(e) For each component of the con-

tainment system account is taken,

where applicable, of radiolytic decom-

position of materials and the genera-

tion of gas by chemical reaction and

radiolysis.

(f) The containment system will re-

tain its radioactive contents under the

reduction of ambient pressure to 25

kPa (3.6 psi).

(g) Each valve, other than a pressure

relief device, is provided with an enclo-

sure to retain any leakage.

(h) Any radiation shield that encloses

a component of the packaging specified

as part of the containment system will

prevent the unintentional escape of

that component from the shield.

(i) Failure of any tie-down attach-

ment that is a structural part of the

packaging, under both normal and ac-

cident conditions, must not impair the

ability of the package to meet other

requirements of this subpart.

(j) When evaluated against the per-

formance requirements of this section

and the tests specified in § 173.465 or

using any of the methods authorized by

§ 173.461(a), the packaging will pre-

vent—

(1) Loss or dispersal of the radio-

active contents; and

(2) A significant increase in the radi-

ation levels recorded or calculated at

the external surfaces for the condition

before the test.

(k) Each packaging designed for liq-

uids will—

(1) Be designed to provide for ullage

to accommodate variations in tempera-

ture of the contents, dynamic effects

and filling dynamics;

(2) Meet the conditions prescribed in

paragraph (j) of this section when sub-

jected to the tests specified in § 173.466

or evaluated against these tests by any

of the methods authorized by

§ 173.461(a); and

(3) Either—

(i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent

material to absorb twice the volume of

the liquid contents. The absorbent ma-

terial must be compatible with the

package contents and suitably posi-

tioned to contact the liquid in the

event of leakage; or

(ii) Have a containment system com-

posed of primary inner and secondary

outer containment components de-

signed to assure retention of the liquid

contents within the secondary outer

component in the event that the pri-

mary inner component leaks.

(l) Each package designed for gases,

other than tritium not exceeding 40

TBq (1080Ci) or noble gases not exceed-

ing the A

value appropriate for the

noble gas, will be able to prevent loss

or dispersal of contents when the pack-

age is subjected to the tests prescribed

in § 173.466 or evaluated against these

tests by any of the methods authorized

by § 173.461(a).

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR

57633, Oct. 6, 2003]

§ 173.413 Requirements for Type B

packages.

Except as provided in § 173.416, each

Type B(U) or Type B(M) package must

be designed and constructed to meet

the applicable requirements specified

in 10 CFR part 71.

§ 173.415 Authorized Type A packages.

The following packages are author-

ized for shipment if they do not con-

tain quantities exceeding A

or A

appropriate:

(a) DOT Specification 7A (see § 178.350

of this subchapter) Type A general

packaging. Each offeror of a Specifica-

tion 7A package must maintain on file

for at least one year after the latest

shipment, and shall provide to DOT on

request, complete documentation of

tests and an engineering evaluation or

comparative data showing that the

construction methods, packaging de-

sign, and materials of construction

comply with that specification.

(b) Any other Type A packaging that

also meets the applicable standards for

fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71 and

is used in accordance with § 173.471.

packaging authorized pursuant to

§ 173.416.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00691 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

682

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.416

(d) Any foreign-made packaging that

meets the standards in ‘‘IAEA Regula-

tions for the Safe Transport of Radio-

active Material No. TS-R-1’’ (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) and bears the

marking ‘‘Type A’’. Such packagings

may be used for domestic and export

shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terials provided the offeror obtains the

applicable documentation of tests and

engineering evaluations and maintains

the documentation on file in accord-

ance with paragraph (a) of this section.

These packagings must conform with

requirements of the country of origin

(as indicated by the packaging mark-

ing) and the IAEA regulations applica-

ble to Type A packagings.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR

75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004;

69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004]

§ 173.416 Authorized Type B packages.

Each of the following packages is au-

thorized for shipment of quantities ex-

ceeding A

or A

, as appropriate:

(a) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M)

packaging that meets the applicable

requirements of 10 CFR part 71 and

that has been approved by the U.S. Nu-

clear Regulatory Commission may be

shipped pursuant to § 173.471.

(b) Any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging

that meets the applicable requirements

in ‘‘IAEA Regulations for the Safe

Transport of Radioactive Material, No.

TS-R-1’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter) and for which the foreign

Competent Authority Certificate has

been revalidated by DOT pursuant to

§ 173.473. These packagings are author-

ized only for export and import ship-

ments.

B packaging constructed to DOT Speci-

fication 6M, 20WC, or 21WC is author-

ized until October 1, 2008 if it conforms

in all aspects to the requirements of

this subchapter in effect on October 1,

2003.

[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.417 Authorized fissile materials

packages.

(a) Except as provided in § 173.453,

fissile materials containing not more

than A

or A

as appropriate, must be

packaged in one of the following pack-

agings:

(1)(i) Any packaging listed in

§ 173.415, limited to the Class 7 (radio-

active) materials specified in 10 CFR

part 71, subpart C;

(ii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or

Type B(M)F packaging that meets the

applicable standards for fissile mate-

rial packages in 10 CFR part 71; or

(iii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or

Type B(M)F packaging that meets the

applicable requirements for fissile ma-

terial packages in Section VI of the

International Atomic Energy Agency

‘‘Regulations for the Safe Transport of

Radioactive Material, No. TS-R-1 (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter),’’ and for

which the foreign Competent Author-

ity certificate has been revalidated by

the U.S. Competent Authority, in ac-

cordance with § 173.473. These packages

are authorized only for export and im-

port shipments.

(2) A residual ‘‘heel’’ of enriched solid

uranium hexafluoride may be trans-

ported without a protective overpack

in any metal cylinder that meets both

the requirements of § 173.415 and

§ 178.350 of this subchapter for Speci-

fication 7A Type A packaging, and the

requirements of § 173.420 for packagings

containing greater than 0.1 kg of ura-

nium hexafluoride. Any such shipment

must be made in accordance with Table

2, as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00692 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

683

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.417

ABLE

2—A

LLOWABLE

ONTENT OF

RANIUM

EXAFLUORIDE

(UF

‘‘H

EEL

’’

IN A

PECIFICATION

YLINDER

)

Maximum cylinder di-

ameter

Cylinder volume Maximum Ura-

nium 235-en-

richment

(weight)

percent

Maximum ‘‘Heel’’ weight per cylinder

Centi-

meters

Inches

Liters Cubic feet

Uranium-235

kg lb kg lb

12.7 5 8.8 0.311 100.0 0.045 0.1 0.031 0.07

20.3 8 39.0 1.359 12.5 0.227 0.5 0.019 0.04

30.5 12 68.0 2.410 5.0 0.454 1.0 0.015 0.03

76.0 30 725.0 25.64 5.0 11.3 25.0 0.383 0.84

122.0 48 3,084.0

108.9 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52

122.0 48 4,041.0

142.7 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52

10 ton.

14 ton

(3) DOT Specification 20PF–1, 20PF–2,

or 20PF–3 (see § 178.356 of this sub-

chapter), or Specification 21PF–1A,

21PF–1B, or 21PF–2 (see § 178.358 of this

subchapter) phenolic-foam insulated

overpack with snug fittings inner

metal cylinders, meeting all require-

ments of §§ 173.24, 173.410, 173.412, and

173.420 and the following:

(i) Handling procedures and pack-

aging criteria must be in accordance

with United States Enrichment Cor-

poration Report No. USEC–651 or ANSI

N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter); and

(ii) Quantities of uranium

hexafluoride are authorized as shown

in Table 3 of this section, with each

package assigned a minimum criti-

cality safety index as also shown.

(b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials with radioactive content exceed-

ing A

or A

must be packaged in one of

the following packagings:

(1) Type B(U), or Type B(M) pack-

aging that meets the standards for

packaging of fissile materials in 10

CFR part 71, and is approved by the

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

and used in accordance with § 173.471;

(2) Type B(U) or Type B(M) pack-

aging that also meets the applicable

requirements for fissile material pack-

aging in Section VI of the Inter-

national Atomic Energy Agency ‘‘Reg-

ulations for the Safe Transport of Ra-

dioactive Material, No. TS-R-1,’’ and

for which the foreign Competent Au-

thority certificate has been revalidated

by the U.S. Competent Authority in ac-

cordance with § 173.473. These pack-

agings are authorized only for import

and export shipments; or

(3) DOT Specifications 20PF–1, 20PF–

2, or 20PF–3 (see § 178.356 of this sub-

chapter), for DOT Specifications 21PF–

1A or 21PF–1B (see § 178.356 of this sub-

chapter) phenolic-foam insulated over-

pack with snug fitting inner metal cyl-

inders, meeting all requirements of

§§ 173.24, 173.410, and 173.412, and the fol-

lowing:

(i) Handling procedures and pack-

aging criteria must be in accordance

with United States Enrichment Cor-

poration Report No. USEC–651 or ANSI

N14.1; and

(ii) Quantities of uranium

hexafluoride are authorized as shown

in Table 3, with each package assigned

a minimum criticality safety index as

also shown:

ABLE

3—A

UTHORIZED

UANTITIES OF

RANIUM

EXAFLUORIDE

Protective overpack

specification number

Maximum inner cyclinder

diameter

Maximum weight of UF6

contents

Maximum U–

235 enrich-

ment (weight/

percent)

Minimum criti-

cality safety

index

Centimeters Inches Kilograms Pounds

20PF–1 .......................... 12.7 5 25 55 100.0 0.1

20PF–2 .......................... 20.3 8 116 255 12.5 0.4

20PF–3 .......................... 30.5 12 209 460 5.0 1.1

21PF–1A

or 21PF–

1,2

76.0 ...................

30 2,250 4,950 5.0 5.0

21PF–1A

or 21PF–1B

76.0

30 2,282 5,020 5.0 5.0

21PF–2

........................

76.0

30 2,250 4,950 5.0 5.0

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00693 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

684

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.418

ABLE

3—A

UTHORIZED

UANTITIES OF

RANIUM

EXAFLUORIDE

—Continued

Protective overpack

specification number

Maximum inner cyclinder

diameter

Maximum weight of UF6

contents

Maximum U–

235 enrich-

ment (weight/

percent)

Minimum criti-

cality safety

index

Centimeters Inches Kilograms Pounds

21PF–2

........................

76.0

30 2,282 5,020 5.0 5.0

For 76 cm (30 in) cylinders, the maximum H/U atomic ratio is 0.088.

Model 30A inner cylinder (reference USEC–651).

Model 30B inner cylinder (reference USEC–651).

fissile material packaging constructed

to DOT Specification 6L, 6M, or 1A2, is

authorized until October 1, 2008 if it

conforms in all respects to the require-

ments of this subchapter in effect on

October 1, 2003.

[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept.

13, 2004]

§ 173.418 Authorized packages—

pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive)

materials.

Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terials, as referenced in the § 172.101

table of this subchapter, in quantities

not exceeding A

per package must be

transported in DOT Specification 7A

packagings constructed of materials

that will not react with, nor be decom-

posed by, the contents. Contents of the

package must be—

(a) In solid form and must not be

fissile unless excepted by § 173.453;

(b) Contained in sealed and corrosion

resistant receptacles with positive clo-

sures (friction or slip-fit covers or stop-

pers are not authorized);

that would increase the reactivity of

the material; and

(d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition

during transport by either—

(1) Mixing with large volumes of

inerting materials, such as graphite,

dry sand, or other suitable inerting

material, or blended into a matrix of

hardened concrete; or

(2) Filling the innermost receptacle

with an appropriate inert gas or liquid.

(e) Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive)

materials transported by aircraft must

be packaged in Type B packages.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 70 FR

56098, Sept. 23, 2005]

§ 173.419 Authorized packages—oxi-

dizing Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials.

(a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive)

material, as referenced in the § 172.101

table of this subchapter, is authorized

in quantities not exceeding an A

per

package, in a DOT Specification 7A

package provided that—

(1) The contents are:

(i) Not fissile;

(ii) Packed in inside packagings of

glass, metal or compatible plastic; and

(iii) Cushioned with a material that

will not react with the contents; and

(2) The outside packaging is made of

wood, metal, or plastic.

(b) The package must be capable of

meeting the applicable test require-

ments of § 173.465 without leakage of

contents.

imum quantity in any package may

not exceed 11.3 kg (25 pounds).

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride

(fissile, fissile excepted and non-

fissile).

(a) In addition to any other applica-

ble requirements of this subchapter,

quantities greater than 0.1 kg of fissile,

fissile excepted or non-fissile uranium

hexafluoride must be offered for trans-

portation as follows:

(1) Before initial filling and during

periodic inspection and test, pack-

agings must be cleaned in accordance

with American National Standard

N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

(2) Packagings must be designed, fab-

ricated, inspected, tested and marked

in accordance with—

(i) American National Standard N14.1

in effect at the time the packaging was

manufactured;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00694 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

685

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.421

(ii) Specifications for Class DOT-106A

multi-unit tank car tanks (see §§ 179.300

and 179.301 of this subchapter); or

(iii) Section VIII of the ASME Code

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter),

provided the packaging—

(A) Was manufactured on or before

June 30, 1987;

(B) Conforms to the edition of the

ASME Code in effect at the time the

packaging was manufactured;

limitations; and

(D) Has shell and head thicknesses

that have not decreased below the min-

imum value specified in the following

table:

Packaging model

Minimum thick-

ness; millimeters

(inches)

1S, 2S ...................................................... 1.58 (0.062)

5A, 5B, 8A ............................................... 3.17 (0.125)

12A, 12B .................................................. 4.76 (0.187)

30B .......................................................... 7.93 (0.312)

48A, F, X, and Y ...................................... 12.70 (0.500)

48T, O, OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G ... 6.35 (0.250)

(3) Each package shall be designed so

that it will:

(i) withstand a hydraulic test at an

internal pressure of at least 1.4 MPa

(200 psi) without leakage;

(ii) withstand the test specified in

§ 173.465(c) without loss or dispersal of

the uranium hexafluoride; and

(iii) withstand the test specified in 10

CFR 71.73(c)(4) without rupture of the

containment system.

(4) Uranium hexafluoride must be in

solid form.

(5) The volume of solid uranium

hexafluoride, except solid depleted ura-

nium hexafluoride, at 20 °C (68 °F) may

not exceed 61% of the certified volu-

metric capacity of the packaging. The

volume of solid depleted uranium

hexafluoride at 20 °C (68 °F) may not

exceed 62% of the certified volumetric

capacity of the packaging.

(6) The pressure in the package at 20

°C (68 °F) must be less than 101.3 kPa

(14.8 psig).

(b) Each packaging for uranium

hexafluoride must be periodically in-

spected, tested, marked and otherwise

conform with the American National

Standard N14.1.

uranium hexafluoride must be per-

formed in accordance with the Amer-

ican National Standard N14.1.

(d) Non-fissile uranium hexafluoride,

in quantities of less than 0.1 kg, may

be shipped in packaging that meets

§§ 173.24, 173.24a, and 173.410.

[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept.

13, 2004]

§ 173.421 Excepted packages for lim-

ited quantities of Class 7 (radio-

active) materials.

(a) A Class 7 (radioactive) material

with an activity per package which

does not exceed the limited quantity

package limits specified in Table 4 in

§ 173.425, and its packaging, are ex-

cepted from requirements in this sub-

chapter for specification packaging, la-

beling, marking (except for the UN

identification number marking re-

quirement described in § 173.422(a)), and

if not a hazardous substance or haz-

ardous waste, shipping papers, and the

requirements of this subpart if:

(1) Each package meets the general

design requirements of § 173.410;

(2) The radiation level at any point

on the external surface of the package

does not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5

mrem/ hour);

(3) The nonfixed (removable) radio-

active surface contamination on the

external surface of the package does

not exceed the limits specified in

§ 173.443(a);

(4) The outside of the inner pack-

aging or, if there is no inner packaging,

the outside of the packaging itself

bears the marking ‘‘Radioactive’’;

(5) The package does not contain

fissile material unless excepted by

§ 173.453.

(6) The material is otherwise pre-

pared for shipment as specified in ac-

cordance with § 173.422.

(b) A limited quantity of Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) material that is a hazardous

substance or a hazardous waste, is not

subject to the provisions in § 172.203(d)

or § 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR

56098, Sept. 23, 2005]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00695 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

686

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.422

§ 173.422 Additional requirements for

excepted packages containing Class

7 (radioactive) materials.

An excepted package of Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) material that is prepared for

shipment under the provisions of

§ 173.421, § 173.424, § 173.426, or § 173.428 is

not subject to any additional require-

ments of this subchapter, except for

the following:

(a) The outside of each package must

be marked with the four digit UN iden-

tification number for the material pre-

ceded by the letters UN, as shown in

column (4) of the Hazardous Materials

Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter;

(b) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this

subchapter, pertaining to the reporting

of incidents;

176.710 of this subchapter (depending on

the mode of transportation), pertaining

to the reporting of decontamination;

(d) The training requirements of sub-

part H of part 172 of this subchapter;

and

(e) For materials that meet the defi-

nition of a hazardous substance or a

hazardous waste, the shipping paper re-

quirements of subpart C of part 172 of

this subchapter.

[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.423 Requirements for multiple

hazard limited quantity Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) materials.

(a) Except as provided in § 173.4, when

a limited quantity radioactive mate-

rial meets the definition of another

hazard class or division, it must be—

(1) Classed for the additional hazard;

(2) Packaged to conform with the re-

quirements specified in § 173.421(a)(1)

through (a)(5) or § 173.424(a) through

(g), as appropriate; and

(3) Offered for transportation in ac-

cordance with the requirements appli-

cable to the hazard for which it is

classed.

(b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radio-

active) material which is classed other

than Class 7 in accordance with this

subchapter is excepted from the re-

quirements of §§ 173.422(a), 172.203(d),

and 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if

the entry ‘‘Limited quantity radio-

active material’’ appears on the ship-

ping paper in association with the

basic description.

§ 173.424 Excepted packages for radio-

active instruments and articles.

A radioactive instrument or article

and its packaging are excepted from re-

quirements in this subchapter for spec-

ification packaging, labeling, marking

(except for the UN identification num-

ber marking requirement described in

§ 173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous sub-

stance or hazardous waste, shipping pa-

pers and the requirements of this sub-

part if:

(a) Each package meets the general

design requirements of § 173.410;

(b) The activity of the instrument or

article does not exceed the relevant

limit listed in Table 4 in § 173.425;

does not exceed the relevant limit list-

ed in Table 4 in § 173.425;

(d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in)

from any point on the external surface

of any unpackaged instrument or arti-

cle does not exceed 0.1 mSv/hour (10

mrem/hour);

(e) The active material is completely

enclosed by non-active components (a

device performing the sole function of

containing radioactive material shall

not be considered to be an instrument

or manufactured article);

(f) The radiation level at any point

on the external surface of a package

bearing the article or instrument does

not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/

hour), or, for exclusive use domestic

shipments, 0.02 mSv/hour (2 mrem/

hour);

(g) The nonfixed (removable) radio-

active surface contamination on the

external surface of the package does

not exceed the limits specified in

§ 173.443(a);

(h) Except as provided in § 173.426, the

package does not contain more than 15

g of uranium-235; and

(i) The package is otherwise prepared

for shipment as specified in § 173.422.

[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.425 Table of activity limits—ex-

cepted quantities and articles.

The limits applicable to instruments,

articles, and limited quantities subject

to exceptions under §§ 173.421 and 173.424

are set forth in table 4 as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00696 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

687

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.427

ABLE

4—A

CTIVITY

IMITS FOR

IMITED

UANTITIES

, I

NSTRUMENTS

AND

RTICLES

Nature of contents

Instruments and articles

Limited quantity package limits

Limits for each instru-

ment or article

Package limits

Solids:

Special form ........................................ 10

Normal form ........................................ 10

Liquids:

Tritiated water:

<0.0037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci/L) ...... 37 TBq (1,000 Ci)

0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/L

(0.1 Ci to 1.0 Ci/L).

3.7 TBq (100 Ci)

>0.037 TBq/L (1.0 Ci/L) ........ 0.037 TBq (1.0 Ci)

Other Liquids ....................................... 10

Gases:

Tritium

............................................... 2 × 10

2 × 10

Special form ........................................ 10

Normal form ........................................ 10

For mixtures of radionuclides see § 173.433(d).

These values also apply to tritium in activated luminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20751, May 8,

1996; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3676,

Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.426 Excepted packages for arti-

cles containing natural uranium or

thorium.

A manufactured article in which the

sole Class 7 (radioactive) material con-

tent is natural uranium, unirradiated

depleted uranium or natural thorium,

and its packaging, are excepted from

the requirements in this subchapter for

specification packaging, labeling,

marking (except for the UN identifica-

tion number marking requirement de-

scribed in § 173.422(a)), and if not a haz-

ardous substance or hazardous waste,

shipping papers and the requirements

of this subpart if:

(a) Each package meets the general

design requirements of § 173.410;

(b) The outer surface of the uranium

or thorium is enclosed in an inactive

sheath made of metal or other durable

protective material;

§ 173.421(a) (2), (3) and (4) are met; and

(d) The article is otherwise prepared

for shipment as specified in § 173.422.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May

8, 1996; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.427 Transport requirements for

low specific activity (LSA) Class 7

(radioactive) materials and surface

contaminated objects (SCO).

(a) In addition to other applicable re-

quirements specified in this sub-

chapter, LSA materials and SCO, un-

less excepted by paragraph (c) or (d) of

this section, must be packaged in ac-

cordance with paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion and must be transported in ac-

cordance with the following conditions:

(1) The external dose rate may not

exceed an external radiation level of 10

mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 m from the

unshielded material;

(2) The quantity of LSA and SCO ma-

terial in any single conveyance may

not exceed the limits specified in Table

(3) LSA material and SCO that are or

contain fissile material must conform

to the applicable requirements of

§ 173.453;

(4) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7

(radioactive) materials must conform

to the contamination control limits

specified in § 173.443;

(5) External radiation levels may not

exceed those specified in § 173.441; and

(6) For LSA material and SCO con-

signed as exclusive use:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00697 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

688

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.427

(i) Shipments shall be loaded by the

consignor and unloaded by the con-

signee from the conveyance or freight

container in which originally loaded;

(ii) There may be no loose radio-

active material in the conveyance;

however, when the conveyance is the

packaging, there may not be any leak-

age of radioactive material from the

conveyance;

(iii) Packaged and unpackaged Class

7 (radioactive) materials must be

braced so as to prevent shifting of lad-

ing under conditions normally incident

to transportation;

(iv) Specific instructions for mainte-

nance of exclusive use shipment con-

trols shall be provided by the offeror to

the carrier. Such instructions must be

included with the shipping paper infor-

mation;

(v) Except for shipments of

unconcentrated uranium or thorium

ores, the transport vehicle must be

placarded in accordance with subpart F

of part 172 of this subchapter;

(vi) For domestic transportation

only, packaged and unpackaged Class 7

(radioactive) materials containing less

than an A

quantity are excepted from

the marking and labeling requirements

of this subchapter. However, the exte-

rior of each package or unpackaged

Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be

stenciled or otherwise marked ‘‘RA-

DIOACTIVE—LSA’’ or ‘‘RADIO-

ACTIVE—SCO’’, as appropriate, and

packages or unpackaged Class 7 (radio-

active) materials that contain a haz-

ardous substance must be stenciled or

otherwise marked with the letters

‘‘RQ’’ in association with the descrip-

tion in this paragraph (a)(6)(vi); and

(vii) Transportation by aircraft is

prohibited except when transported in

an industrial package in accordance

with Table 6 of this section, or in an

authorized Type A or Type B package.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph

SCO must be packaged as follows:

(1) In an industrial package (IP–1, IP–

2 or IP–3; § 173.411), subject to the limi-

tations of Table 6;

(2) In a DOT Specification 7A

(§ 178.350 of this subchapter) Type A

package;

(3) In any Type B(U) or B(M) pack-

aging authorized pursuant to § 173.416;

(4) In a packaging which meets the

requirements of §§ 173.24, 173.24a, and

173.410, but only for domestic transpor-

tation of an exclusive use shipment

that is less than an A

quantity.

(5) For exclusive use transport of liq-

uid LSA-I only, in either:

(i) Specification 103CW, 111A60W7

(§§ 173.31, and 179.201–1 to 179.201–11 of

this subchapter) tank cars. Bottom

openings in tanks are prohibited; or

(ii) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC

312, MC 331 or DOT 412 (§ 178.348 or

§ 178.337 of this subchapter) cargo tank

motor vehicles. Bottom outlets are not

authorized. Trailer-on-flat-car service

is not authorized.

LSA-I and SCO-I may be transported

unpackaged under the following condi-

tions:

(1) All unpackaged material, other

than ores containing only naturally oc-

curring radionuclides, shall be trans-

ported in such a manner that under

normal conditions of transport there

will be no escape of the radioactive

contents from the conveyance nor will

there be any loss of shielding;

(2) Each conveyance must be under

exclusive use, except when only trans-

porting SCO-I on which the contamina-

tion on the accessible and the inacces-

sible surfaces is not greater than 4.0

Bq/cm

for beta and gamma emitters

and low toxicity alpha emitters and 0.4

Bq/cm

for all other alpha emitters;

and

(3) For SCO-I where it is suspected

that non-fixed contamination exists on

inaccessible surfaces in excess of the

values specified in paragraph (c)(2) of

this section, measures shall be taken

to ensure that the radioactive material

is not released into the conveyance or

to the environment.

(d) LSA and SCO that exceed the

packaging limits in this section must

be packaged in accordance with 10 CFR

part 71.

(e) Tables 5 and 6 are as follows:

ABLE

5—C

ONVEYANCE

CTIVITY

IMITS FOR

LSA M

ATERIAL AND

SCO

Nature of material

Activity

limit for

convey-

ances

1. LSA-I ................................................................ No limit.

2. LSA-II and LSA-III; Non-combustible solids .... No limit.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00698 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

689

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.433

ABLE

5—C

ONVEYANCE

CTIVITY

IMITS FOR

LSA M

ATERIAL AND

SCO—Continued

Nature of material

Activity

limit for

convey-

ances

3. LSA-II and LSA-III; Combustible solids and all

liquids and gases.

100 A

4. SCO ................................................................. 100 A

ABLE

6—I

NDUSTRIAL

ACKAGE

NTEGRITY

EQUIREMENTS FOR

LSA M

ATERIAL AND

SCO

Contents

Industrial pack-

aging type

Exclu-

sive

use

ship-

ment

Non

exclu-

sive

use

ship-

ment

1. LSA-I:

Solid ............................................ IP–1 ... IP–1

Liquid ........................................... IP–1 ... IP–2

2. LSA-II:

Solid ............................................ IP–2 ... IP–2

Liquid and gas ............................ IP–2 ... IP–3

3. LSA-III ................................................... IP–2 ... IP–3

4. SCO-I .................................................... IP–1 ... IP–1

5. SCO-II ................................................... IP–2 ... IP–2

[69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept.

13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098,

Sept. 23, 2005]

§ 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive)

materials packaging.

A packaging which previously con-

tained Class 7 (radioactive) materials

and has been emptied of contents as far

as practical, is excepted from the ship-

ping paper and marking (except for the

UN identification number marking re-

quirement described in § 173.422(a)) re-

quirements of this subchapter, pro-

vided that—

(a) The packaging meets the require-

ments of § 173.421(a) (2), (3), and (5) of

this subpart;

(b) The packaging is in unimpaired

condition and is securely closed so that

there will be no leakage of Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) material under conditions

normally incident to transportation;

or thorium in its structure is covered

with an inactive sheath made of metal

or some other substantial material;

(d) Internal contamination does not

exceed 100 times the limits in

§ 173.443(a);

(e) Any labels previously applied in

conformance with subpart E of part 172

of this subchapter are removed, obliter-

ated, or covered and the ‘‘Empty’’ label

prescribed in § 172.450 of this subchapter

is affixed to the packaging; and

(f) The packaging is prepared for

shipment as specified in § 173.422.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May

8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3677,

Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and

Type B packages.

(a) Except for LSA material and SCO,

a Type A package may not contain a

quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials greater than A

for special form

Class 7 (radioactive) material or A

for

normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terial as listed in § 173.435, or, for Class

7 (radioactive) materials not listed in

§ 173.435, as determined in accordance

with § 173.433.

(b) The limits on activity contained

in a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package

are those prescribed in §§ 173.416 and

173.417, or in the applicable approval

certificate under §§ 173.471, 173.472 or

173.473.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.433 Requirements for deter-

mining basic radionuclide values,

and for the listing of radionuclides

on shipping papers and labels.

(a) For individual radionuclides list-

ed in the table in § 173.435 and § 173.436:

(1) A

and A

values are given in the

table in § 173.435; and

(2) Activity concentration exemption

values and consignment activity ex-

emption values are given in the table

in § 173.436.

(b) For individual radionuclides

which are not listed in the tables in

§ 173.435 or § 173.436:

(1) the radionuclide values in Tables 7

or 8 of this section may be used; or

(2) other basic radionuclide values

may be used provided they are first ap-

proved by the Associate Administrator

or, for international transport, multi-

lateral approval is obtained from the

pertinent Competent Authorities.

or A

values for

a radionuclide not listed in the table in

§ 173.435:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00699 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

690

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.433

(1) Where the chemical form of each

radionuclide is known, it is permissible

to use the A

value related to its solu-

bility class as recommended by the

International Commission on Radio-

logical Protection, if the chemical

forms under both normal and accident

conditions of transport are taken into

consideration.

(2) A single radioactive decay chain

in which the radionuclides are present

in their naturally-occurring propor-

tions, and in which no daughter nuclide

has a half life either longer than 10

days or longer than that of the parent

nuclide, will be considered as a single

radionuclide, and the activity to be

taken into account and the A

or A

value to be applied will be those cor-

responding to the parent nuclide of

that chain. Otherwise, the parent and

daughter nuclides will be considered as

a mixture of different nuclides.

(d) Mixtures of radionuclides whose

identities and respective activities are

known must conform to the following

conditions:

(1) For special form Class 7 (radio-

active) material, the activity which

may be transported in a Type A pack-

age must satisfy:

B(i)

A (i)

≤

∑

Where:

B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in spe-

cial form; and

(i) is the A

value for radionuclide i.

(2) For normal form Class 7 (radio-

active) material, the activity which

may be transported in a Type A pack-

age must satisfy:

C(j)

A (j)

≤

∑

Where:

C(j) is the activity of radionuclide j in nor-

mal form; and

(j) is the A

value for radionuclide j.

(3) If the package contains both spe-

cial and normal form Class 7 (radio-

active) material, the activity which

may be transported in a Type A pack-

age must satisfy:

B(i)

A (i)

C(j)

A (j)

∑∑

≤1

Where:

The symbols are defined as in paragraphs

(d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section.

(4) Alternatively, the A

value for a

mixture of special form material may

be determined as follows:

A for mixture =

f(i)

()i

∑

Where:

f(i) is the fraction of activity for radio-

nuclide i in the mixture; and

(i) is the appropriate A

value for radio-

nuclide i.

(5) Alternatively, the A

value for

mixtures of normal form material may

be determined as follows:

A for mixture =

f(i)

()i

∑

Where:

f(i) is the fraction of activity for normal

form radionuclide i in the mixture; and

(i) is the appropriate A

value for radio-

nuclide i.

(6) The exempt activity concentra-

tion for mixtures of nuclides may be

determined as follows:

Exempt activity concentration limit for mixture =

()

[]()

∑

Where:

f(i) is the fraction of activity concentration

of nuclide i in the mixture; and [A](i) is

the activity concentration for exempt

material containing nuclide i.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00700 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER26JA04.001</MATH> ER26JA04.002</MATH> ER26JA04.003</MATH> ER26JA04.004</MATH> ER26JA04.005</MATH> ER13se04.013</MATH>

691

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.433

(7) The activity limit for an exempt

consignment for mixtures of nuclides

may be determined as follows:

Exempt consignment activity limit for mixture =

f(i)

Ai()

∑

Where:

f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in

the mixture; and

A(i) is the activity limit for exempt consign-

ments for nuclide i.

(e) When the identity of each nuclide

is known but the individual activities

of some of the radionuclides are not

known, the radionuclides may be

grouped and the lowest A

or A

value,

as appropriate, for the radionuclides in

each group may be used in applying the

formulas in paragraphs (d)(1) through

(d)(5) of this section. Groups may be

based on the total alpha activity and

the total beta/gamma activity when

these are known, using the lowest A

values for the alpha emitters or

beta/gamma emitters, respectively.

(f) When the identity of each nuclide

is known but the individual activities

of some of the radionuclides are not

known, the radionuclides may be

grouped and the lowest [A] (activity

concentration for exempt material) or

A (activity limit for exempt consign-

ment) value, as appropriate, for the

radionuclides in each group may be

used in applying the formulas in para-

graphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section.

Groups may be based on the total alpha

activity and the total beta/gamma ac-

tivity when these are known, using the

lowest [A] or A values for the alpha

emitters or beta/gamma emitters, re-

spectively.

(g) Shipping papers and labeling. For

mixtures of radionuclides, the radio-

nuclides (n) that must be shown on

shipping papers and labels in accord-

ance with §§ 172.203 and 172.403 of this

subchapter, respectively, must be de-

termined on the basis of the following

formula:

(i)

i=1

n+m

i=1

≥

∑∑

095.

Where:

n + m represents all the radionuclides in the

mixture;

m are the radionuclides that do not need to

be considered;

(

)

is the activity of radionuclide i in the

mixture; and

(

)

is the A

or A

value, as appropriate for

radionuclide i.

(h) Tables 7 and 8 are as follows:

ABLE

7—G

ENERAL

ALUES FOR

AND

Radioactive contents

(TBq) (Ci) (TBq) (Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be

present ............................................................................... 1 × 10

2.7 × 10

2 × 10

5.4 × 10

2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present .... 2 × 10

5.4 × 10

9 × 10

2.4 × 10

3. No relevant data are available .......................................... 1 × 10

2.7 × 10

9 × 10

2.4 × 10

ABLE

8—G

ENERAL

XEMPTION

ALUES

Radioactive contents

Activity concentration for ex-

empt material

Activity limits for exempt con-

signments

(Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be

present ............................................................................... 1 × 10

2.7 × 10

1 × 10

2.7 × 10

2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present .... 1 × 10

2.7 × 10

1 × 10

2.7 × 10

3. No relevant data are available .......................................... 1 × 10

2.7 × 10

1 × 10

2.7 × 10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00701 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

ER26JA04.007</MATH> ER26JA04.008</MATH>

692

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.434

[69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004]

§ 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium.

The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium are

as follows:

Thorium and uranium enrichment

(Wt%

235

U present)

Specific activity

TBq/gram Grams/Tbq Ci/gram Grams/Ci

0.45 (depleted) ...................................................................................... 1.9×10

5.4×10

5.0×10

2.0×10

0.72 (natural) ......................................................................................... 2.6×10

3.8×10

7.1×10

1.4×10

1.0 ......................................................................................................... 2.8×10

3.6×10

7.6×10

1.3×10

1.5 ......................................................................................................... 3.7×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

5.0 ......................................................................................................... 1.0×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

3.7×10

10.0 ....................................................................................................... 1.8×10

5.6×10

4.8×10

2.1×10

20.0 ....................................................................................................... 3.7×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

35.0 ....................................................................................................... 7.4×10

1.4×10

2.0×10

5.0×10

50.0 ....................................................................................................... 9.3×10

1.1×10

2.5×10

4.0×10

90.0 ....................................................................................................... 2.1×10

4.7×10

5.8×10

1.7×10

93.0 ....................................................................................................... 2.6×10

3.9×10

7.0×10

1.4×10

95.0 ....................................................................................................... 3.4×10

3.0×10

9.1×10

1.1×10

Natural thorium ...................................................................................... 8.1×10

1.2×10

2.2×10

4.6×10

The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated during the enrich-

ment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998]

§ 173.435 Table of A

and A

values for radionuclides.

The table of A

and A

values for radionuclides is as follows:

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and

atomic number

(TBq) A

(Ci)

(TBq) A

(Ci)

Specific activity

(TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Ac-225 (a) ...................... Actinium (89) ............ 8.0×10

2.2×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.1×10

5.8×10

Ac-227 (a) ...................... ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

2.7 7.2×10

Ac-228 ............................ ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

8.4×10

2.2×10

Ag-105 ............................ Silver (47) ................. 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

Ag-108m (a) ................... ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

9.7×10

2.6×10

Ag-110m (a) ................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.8×10

4.7×10

Ag-111 ............................ ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

5.8×10

1.6×10

Al-26 ............................... Aluminum (13) .......... 1.0×10

2.7 1.0×10

2.7 7.0×10

1.9×10

Am-241 ........................... Americium (95) ......... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

1.3×10

3.4

Am-242m (a) .................. ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

3.6×10

1.0×10

Am-243 (a) ..................... ............................... 5.0 1.4×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

7.4×10

2.0×10

Ar-37 .............................. Argon (18) ................ 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.7×10

9.9×10

Ar-39 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

1.3 3.4×10

Ar-41 .............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 1.5×10

4.2×10

As-72 .............................. Arsenic (33) .............. 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 6.2×10

1.7×10

As-73 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

8.2×10

2.2×10

As-74 .............................. ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

3.7×10

9.9×10

As-76 .............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 5.8×10

1.6×10

As-77 .............................. ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

3.9×10

1.0×10

At-211 (a) ....................... Astatine (85) ............. 2.0×10

5.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

7.6×10

2.1×10

Au-193 ............................ Gold (79) .................. 7.0 1.9×10

2.0 5.4×10

3.4×10

9.2×10

Au-194 ............................ ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.5×10

4.1×10

Au-195 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

6.0 1.6×10

1.4×10

3.7×10

Au-198 ............................ ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

Au-199 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

7.7×10

2.1×10

Ba-131 (a) ...................... Barium (56) .............. 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

3.1×10

8.4×10

Ba-133 ............................ ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

9.4 2.6×10

Ba-133m ......................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.2×10

6.1×10

Ba-140 (a) ...................... ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

3.0×10

8.1 2.7×10

7.3×10

Be-7 ................................ Beryllium (4) ............. 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

1.3×10

3.5×10

Be-10 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

8.3×10

2.2×10

Bi-205 ............................. Bismuth (83) ............. 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

1.5×10

4.2×10

Bi-206 ............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 3.8×10

1.0×10

Bi-207 ............................. ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

1.9 5.2×10

Bi-210 ............................. ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

4.6×10

1.2×10

Bi-210m (a) .................... ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

2.1×10

5.7×10

Bi-212 (a) ....................... ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

5.4×10

1.5×10

Bk-247 ............................ Berkelium (97) .......... 8.0 2.2×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

3.8×10

1.0

Bk-249 (a) ...................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.1 6.1×10

1.6×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00702 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

693

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and

atomic number

(TBq) A

(Ci)

(TBq) A

(Ci)

Specific activity

(TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Br-76 .............................. Bromine (35) ............ 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

9.4×10

2.5×10

Br-77 .............................. ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

2.6×10

7.1×10

Br-82 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

C-11 ............................... Carbon (6) ................ 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.1×10

8.4×10

C-14 ............................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

1.6×10

4.5

Ca-41 ............................. Calcium (20) ............. Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.1×10

8.5×10

Ca-45 ............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0 2.7×10

6.6×10

1.8×10

Ca-47 (a) ........................ ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0×10

8.1 2.3×10

6.1×10

Cd-109 ........................... Cadmium (48) .......... 3.0×10

8.1×10

2.0 5.4×10

9.6×10

2.6×10

Cd-113m ........................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

8.3 2.2×10

Cd-115 (a) ...................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.9×10

5.1×10

Cd-115m ........................ ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

9.4×10

2.5×10

Ce-139 ........................... Cerium (58) .............. 7.0 1.9×10

2.0 5.4×10

2.5×10

6.8×10

Ce-141 ........................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.1×10

2.8×10

Ce-143 ........................... ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.5×10

6.6×10

Ce-144 (a) ...................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 1.2×10

3.2×10

Cf-248 ............................ Californium (98) ........ 4.0×10

1.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

5.8×10

1.6×10

Cf-249 ............................ ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

1.5×10

4.1

Cf-250 ............................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

4.0 1.1×10

Cf-251 ............................ ............................... 7.0 1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

5.9×10

1.6

Cf-252 (h) ....................... ............................... 5.0×10

1.4 3.0×10

8.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

Cf-253 (a) ....................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1 1.1×10

2.9×10

Cf-254 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

3.1×10

8.5×10

Cl-36 ............................... Chlorine (17) ............ 1.0×10

2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.2×10

3.3×10

Cl-38 ............................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 4.9×10

1.3×10

Cm-240 .......................... Curium (96) .............. 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

7.5×10

2.0×10

Cm-241 .......................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

1.0 2.7×10

6.1×10

1.7×10

Cm-242 .......................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

1.2×10

3.3×10

Cm-243 .......................... ............................... 9.0 2.4×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

1.9 5.2×10

Cm-244 .......................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

3.0 8.1×10

Cm-245 .......................... ............................... 9.0 2.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

6.4×10

1.7×10

Cm-246 .......................... ............................... 9.0 2.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

1.1×10

3.1×10

Cm-247 (a) ..................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

3.4×10

9.3×10

Cm-248 .......................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

1.6×10

4.2×10

Co-55 ............................. Cobalt (27) ............... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

1.1×10

3.1×10

Co-56 ............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 1.1×10

3.0×10

Co-57 ............................. ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

3.1×10

8.4×10

Co-58 ............................. ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.2×10

3.2×10

Co-58m .......................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

2.2×10

5.9×10

Co-60 ............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

4.2×10

1.1×10

Cr-51 .............................. Chromium (24) ......... 3.0×10

8.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

3.4×10

9.2×10

Cs-129 ............................ Cesium (55) .............. 4.0 1.1×10

4.0 1.1×10

2.8×10

7.6×10

Cs-131 ............................ ............................... 3.0×10

8.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

3.8×10

1.0×10

Cs-132 ............................ ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

5.7×10

1.5×10

Cs-134 ............................ ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

4.8×10

1.3×10

Cs-134m ......................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.0×10

8.0×10

Cs-135 ............................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0 2.7×10

4.3×10

1.2×10

Cs-136 ............................ ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

2.7×10

7.3×10

Cs-137 (a) ...................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.2 8.7×10

Cu-64 ............................. Copper (29) .............. 6.0 1.6×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.4×10

3.9×10

Cu-67 ............................. ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

2.8×10

7.6×10

Dy-159 ............................ Dysprosium (66) ....... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

2.1×10

5.7×10

Dy-165 ............................ ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.0×10

8.2×10

Dy-166 (a) ...................... ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

3.0×10

8.1 8.6×10

2.3×10

Er-169 ............................ Erbium (68) .............. 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0 2.7×10

3.1×10

8.3×10

Er-171 ............................ ............................... 8.0×10

2.2×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

Eu-147 ............................ Europium (63) .......... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

1.4×10

3.7×10

Eu-148 ............................ ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

Eu-149 ............................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

3.5×10

9.4×10

Eu-150 (short lived) ....... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

6.1×10

1.6×10

Eu-150 (long lived) ......... ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

6.1×10

1.6×10

Eu-152 ............................ ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

6.5 1.8×10

Eu-152m ......................... ............................... 8.0×10

2.2×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

8.2×10

2.2×10

Eu-154 ............................ ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

9.8 2.6×10

Eu-155 ............................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

3.0 8.1×10

1.8×10

4.9×10

Eu-156 ............................ ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

2.0×10

5.5×10

F-18 ................................ Fluorine (9) ............... 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.5×10

9.5×10

Fe-52 (a) ........................ Iron (26) .................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 2.7×10

7.3×10

Fe-55 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

8.8×10

2.4×10

Fe-59 .............................. ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

1.8×10

5.0×10

Fe-60 (a) ........................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4 7.4×10

2.0×10

Ga-67 ............................. Gallium (31) .............. 7.0 1.9×10

3.0 8.1×10

2.2×10

6.0×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00703 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

694

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.435

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and

atomic number

(TBq) A

(Ci)

(TBq) A

(Ci)

Specific activity

(TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Ga-68 ............................. ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

1.5×10

4.1×10

Ga-72 ............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.1×10

Gd-146 (a) ...................... Gadolinium (64) ........ 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

6.9×10

1.9×10

Gd-148 ........................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

1.2 3.2×10

Gd-153 ........................... ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

9.0 2.4×10

1.3×10

3.5×10

Gd-159 ........................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.9×10

1.1×10

Ge-68 (a) ........................ Germanium (32) ....... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

2.6×10

7.1×10

Ge-71 ............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

5.8×10

1.6×10

Ge-77 ............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 1.3×10

3.6×10

Hf-172 (a) ....................... Hafnium (72) ............ 6.0×10

1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

4.1×10

1.1×10

Hf-175 ............................ ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

3.9×10

1.1×10

Hf-181 ............................ ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

6.3×10

1.7×10

Hf-182 ............................ ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1×10

2.2×10

Hg-194 (a) ...................... Mercury (80) ............. 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.3×10

3.5

Hg-195m (a) ................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

1.5×10

4.0×10

Hg-197 ........................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

9.2×10

2.5×10

Hg-197m ........................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

2.5×10

6.7×10

Hg-203 ........................... ............................... 5.0 1.4×10

1.0 2.7×10

5.1×10

1.4×10

Ho-166 ........................... Holmium (67) ............ 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

2.6×10

7.0×10

Ho-166m ........................ ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

6.6×10

1.8

I-123 ............................... Iodine (53) ................ 6.0 1.6×10

3.0 8.1×10

7.1×10

1.9×10

I-124 ............................... ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

9.3×10

2.5×10

I-125 ............................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

3.0 8.1×10

6.4×10

1.7×10

I-126 ............................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

1.0 2.7×10

2.9×10

8.0×10

I-129 ............................... ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.5×10

1.8×10

I-131 ............................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

4.6×10

1.2×10

I-132 ............................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.8×10

1.0×10

I-133 ............................... ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

4.2×10

1.1×10

I-134 ............................... ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 9.9×10

2.7×10

I-135 (a) ......................... ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.3×10

3.5×10

In-111 ............................. Indium (49) ............... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

1.5×10

4.2×10

In-113m .......................... ............................... 4.0 1.1×10

2.0 5.4×10

6.2×10

1.7×10

In-114m (a) .................... ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

8.6×10

2.3×10

In-115m .......................... ............................... 7.0 1.9×10

1.0 2.7×10

2.2×10

6.1×10

Ir-189 (a) ........................ Iridium (77) ............... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

1.9×10

5.2×10

Ir-190 .............................. ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

2.3×10

6.2×10

Ir-192 (c) ........................ ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.4×10

9.2×10

Ir-194 .............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 3.1×10

8.4×10

K-40 ................................ Potassium (19) ......... 9.0×10

2.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

6.4×10

K-42 ................................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 2.2×10

6.0×10

K-43 ................................ ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.2×10

3.3×10

Kr-81 .............................. Krypton (36) ............. 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

7.8×10

2.1×10

Kr-85 .............................. ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

1.5×10

3.9×10

Kr-85m ........................... ............................... 8.0 2.2×10

3.0 8.1×10

3.0×10

8.2×10

Kr-87 .............................. ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 1.0×10

2.8×10

La-137 ............................ Lanthanum (57) ........ 3.0×10

8.1×10

6.0 1.6×10

1.6×10

4.4×10

La-140 ............................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

2.1×10

5.6×10

Lu-172 ............................ Lutetium (71) ............ 6.0×10

1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

4.2×10

1.1×10

Lu-173 ............................ ............................... 8.0 2.2×10

8.0 2.2×10

5.6×10

1.5×10

Lu-174 ............................ ............................... 9.0 2.4×10

9.0 2.4×10

2.3×10

6.2×10

Lu-174m ......................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

2.0×10

5.3×10

Lu-177 ............................ ............................... 3.0×10

8.1×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

4.1×10

1.1×10

Mg-28 (a) ....................... Magnesium (12) ....... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 2.0×10

5.4×10

Mn-52 ............................. Manganese (25) ....... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 1.6×10

4.4×10

Mn-53 ............................. ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.8×10

1.8×10

Mn-54 ............................. ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

2.9×10

7.7×10

Mn-56 ............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 8.0×10

2.2×10

Mo-93 ............................. Molybdenum (42) ..... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

4.1×10

1.1

Mo-99 (a) (i) ................... ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.8×10

4.8×10

N-13 ............................... Nitrogen (7) .............. 9.0×10

2.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

5.4×10

1.5×10

Na-22 ............................. Sodium (11) .............. 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

2.3×10

6.3×10

Na-24 ............................. ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 3.2×10

8.7×10

Nb-93m .......................... Niobium (41) ............. 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

8.8 2.4×10

Nb-94 ............................. ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

6.9×10

1.9×10

Nb-95 ............................. ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.5×10

3.9×10

Nb-97 ............................. ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

9.9×10

2.7×10

Nd-147 ........................... Neodymium (60) ....... 6.0 1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

Nd-149 ........................... ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

4.5×10

1.2×10

Ni-59 ............................... Nickel (28) ................ Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.0×10

8.0×10

Ni-63 ............................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

2.1 5.7×10

Ni-65 ............................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

7.1×10

1.9×10

Np-235 ........................... Neptunium (93) ........ 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

5.2×10

1.4×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00704 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

695

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and

atomic number

(TBq) A

(Ci)

(TBq) A

(Ci)

Specific activity

(TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Np-236 (short-lived) ....... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

4.7×10

1.3×10

Np-236 (long-lived) ........ ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

4.7×10

1.3×10

Np-237 ........................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

2.6×10

7.1×10

Np-239 ........................... ............................... 7.0 1.9×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

8.6×10

2.3×10

Os-185 ........................... Osmium (76) ............ 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

2.8×10

7.5×10

Os-191 ........................... ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

2.0 5.4×10

1.6×10

4.4×10

Os-191m ........................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

4.6×10

1.3×10

Os-193 ........................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.0×10

5.3×10

Os-194 (a) ...................... ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 1.1×10

3.1×10

P-32 ................................ Phosphorus (15) ....... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

1.1×10

2.9×10

P-33 ................................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0 2.7×10

5.8×10

1.6×10

Pa-230 (a) ...................... Protactinium (91) ...... 2.0 5.4×10

7.0×10

1.9 1.2×10

3.3×10

Pa-231 ............................ ............................... 4.0 1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.7×10

4.7×10

Pa-233 ............................ ............................... 5.0 1.4×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

7.7×10

2.1×10

Pb-201 ............................ Lead (82) .................. 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

6.2×10

1.7×10

Pb-202 ............................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

1.2×10

3.4×10

Pb-203 ............................ ............................... 4.0 1.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

Pb-205 ............................ ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.5×10

1.2×10

Pb-210 (a) ...................... ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

5.0×10

1.4 2.8 7.6×10

Pb-212 (a) ...................... ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

2.0×10

5.4 5.1×10

1.4×10

Pd-103 (a) ...................... Palladium (46) .......... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

2.8×10

7.5×10

Pd-107 ............................ ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.9×10

5.1×10

Pd-109 ............................ ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

7.9×10

2.1×10

Pm-143 ........................... Promethium (61) ...... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

1.3×10

3.4×10

Pm-144 ........................... ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

9.2×10

2.5×10

Pm-145 ........................... ............................... 3.0×10

8.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

5.2 1.4×10

Pm-147 ........................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0 5.4×10

3.4×10

9.3×10

Pm-148m (a) .................. ............................... 8.0×10

2.2×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

7.9×10

2.1×10

Pm-149 ........................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.5×10

4.0×10

Pm-151 ........................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.7×10

7.3×10

Po-210 ............................ Polonium (84) ........... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

1.7×10

4.5×10

Pr-142 ............................ Praseodymium (59) .. 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

4.3×10

1.2×10

Pr-143 ............................ ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.5×10

6.7×10

Pt-188 (a) ....................... Platinum (78) ............ 1.0 2.7×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

2.5×10

6.8×10

Pt-191 ............................. ............................... 4.0 1.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

8.7×10

2.4×10

Pt-193 ............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.4 3.7×10

Pt-193m .......................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

5.8×10

1.6×10

Pt-195m .......................... ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

6.2×10

1.7×10

Pt-197 ............................. ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.2×10

8.7×10

Pt-197m .......................... ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.7×10

1.0×10

Pu-236 ............................ Plutonium (94) .......... 3.0×10

8.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

2.0×10

5.3×10

Pu-237 ............................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

4.5×10

1.2×10

Pu-238 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

6.3×10

1.7×10

Pu-239 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

2.3×10

6.2×10

Pu-240 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

8.4×10

2.3×10

Pu-241 (a) ...................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

6.0×10

1.6 3.8 1.0×10

Pu-242 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

1.5×10

3.9×10

Pu-244 (a) ...................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

6.7×10

1.8×10

Ra-223 (a) ...................... Radium (88) ............. 4.0×10

1.1×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

5.1×10

Ra-224 (a) ...................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

5.9×10

1.6×10

Ra-225 (a) ...................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.5×10

3.9×10

Ra-226 (a) ...................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 3.0×10

8.1×10

3.7×10

1.0

Ra-228 (a) ...................... ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rb-81 ............................. Rubidium (37) ........... 2.0 5.4×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

3.1×10

8.4×10

Rb-83 (a) ........................ ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

6.8×10

1.8×10

Rb-84 ............................. ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.8×10

4.7×10

Rb-86 ............................. ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

Rb-87 ............................. ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.2×10

8.6×10

Rb(nat) ........................... ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.7×10

1.8×10

Re-184 ........................... Rhenium (75) ........... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

6.9×10

1.9×10

Re-184m ........................ ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.6×10

4.3×10

Re-186 ........................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

6.9×10

1.9×10

Re-187 ........................... ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.4×10

3.8×10

Re-188 ........................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.6×10

9.8×10

Re-189 (a) ...................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.5×10

6.8×10

Re(nat) ........................... ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 0.0 2.4×10

Rh-99 ............................. Rhodium (45) ........... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

3.0×10

8.2×10

Rh-101 ........................... ............................... 4.0 1.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

4.1×10

1.1×10

Rh-102 ........................... ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

4.5×10

1.2×10

Rh-102m ........................ ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

2.3×10

6.2×10

Rh-103m ........................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.2×10

3.3×10

Rh-105 ........................... ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

3.1×10

8.4×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00705 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

696

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.435

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and

atomic number

(TBq) A

(Ci)

(TBq) A

(Ci)

Specific activity

(TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Rn-222 (a) ...................... Radon (86) ............... 3.0×10

8.1 4.0×10

1.1×10

5.7×10

1.5×10

Ru-97 ............................. Ruthenium (44) ........ 5.0 1.4×10

5.0 1.4×10

1.7×10

4.6×10

Ru-103 (a) ...................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

1.2×10

3.2×10

Ru-105 ........................... ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.5×10

6.7×10

Ru-106 (a) ...................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 1.2×10

3.3×10

S-35 ................................ Sulphur (16) ............. 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

1.6×10

4.3×10

Sb-122 ............................ Antimony (51) ........... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.5×10

4.0×10

Sb-124 ............................ ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

6.5×10

1.7×10

Sb-125 ............................ ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

1.0 2.7×10

3.9×10

1.0×10

Sb-126 ............................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.1×10

8.4×10

Sc-44 .............................. Scandium (21) .......... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

6.7×10

1.8×10

Sc-46 .............................. ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

1.3×10

3.4×10

Sc-47 .............................. ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

3.1×10

8.3×10

Sc-48 .............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 5.5×10

1.5×10

Se-75 .............................. Selenium (34) ........... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

5.4×10

1.5×10

Se-79 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0 5.4×10

2.6×10

7.0×10

Si-31 ............................... Silicon (14) ............... 6.0×10

1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.4×10

3.9×10

Si-32 ............................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

3.9 1.1×10

Sm-145 ........................... Samarium (62) ......... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

9.8×10

2.6×10

Sm-147 ........................... ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.5×10

2.3×10

Sm-151 ........................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

9.7×10

2.6×10

Sm-153 ........................... ............................... 9.0 2.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

4.4×10

Sn-113 (a) ...................... Tin (50) ..................... 4.0 1.1×10

2.0 5.4×10

3.7×10

1.0×10

Sn-117m ......................... ............................... 7.0 1.9×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.2×10

Sn-119m ......................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

1.4×10

3.7×10

Sn-121m (a) ................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

Sn-123 ............................ ............................... 8.0×10

2.2×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.0×10

8.2×10

Sn-125 ............................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

Sn-126 (a) ...................... ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0×10

2.8×10

Sr-82 (a) ......................... Strontium (38) .......... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 2.3×10

6.2×10

Sr-85 .............................. ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

8.8×10

2.4×10

Sr-85m ........................... ............................... 5.0 1.4×10

5.0 1.4×10

1.2×10

3.3×10

Sr-87m ........................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

4.8×10

1.3×10

Sr-89 .............................. ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.1×10

2.9×10

Sr-90 (a) ......................... ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 5.1 1.4×10

Sr-91 (a) ......................... ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 1.3×10

3.6×10

Sr-92 (a) ......................... ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

3.0×10

8.1 4.7×10

1.3×10

T(H-3) ............................. Tritium (1) ................. 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.6×10

9.7×10

Ta-178 (long-lived) ......... Tantalum (73) ........... 1.0 2.7×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

4.2×10

1.1×10

Ta-179 ............................ ............................... 3.0×10

8.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

4.1×10

1.1×10

Ta-182 ............................ ............................... 9.0×10

2.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

2.3×10

6.2×10

Tb-157 ............................ Terbium (65) ............. 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

5.6×10

1.5×10

Tb-158 ............................ ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

5.6×10

1.5×10

Tb-160 ............................ ............................... 1.0 2.7×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

4.2×10

1.1×10

Tc-95m (a) ..................... Technetium (43) ....... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

8.3×10

2.2×10

Tc-96 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.2×10

3.2×10

Tc-96m (a) ..................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.4×10

3.8×10

Tc-97 .............................. ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 5.2×10

1.4×10

Tc-97m ........................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0 2.7×10

5.6×10

1.5×10

Tc-98 .............................. ............................... 8.0×10

2.2×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

3.2×10

8.7×10

Tc-99 .............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

6.3×10

1.7×10

Tc-99m ........................... ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

4.0 1.1×10

1.9×10

5.3×10

Te-121 ............................ Tellurium (52) ........... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

2.4×10

6.4×10

Te-121m ......................... ............................... 5.0 1.4×10

3.0 8.1×10

2.6×10

7.0×10

Te-123m ......................... ............................... 8.0 2.2×10

1.0 2.7×10

3.3×10

8.9×10

Te-125m ......................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

6.7×10

1.8×10

Te-127 ............................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

9.8×10

2.6×10

Te-127m (a) ................... ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

3.5×10

9.4×10

Te-129 ............................ ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

7.7×10

2.1×10

Te-129m (a) ................... ............................... 8.0×10

2.2×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

Te-131m (a) ................... ............................... 7.0×10

1.9×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

3.0×10

8.0×10

Te-132 (a) ...................... ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

Th-227 ............................ Thorium (90) ............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

1.1×10

3.1×10

Th-228 (a) ...................... ............................... 5.0×10

1.4×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

3.0×10

8.2×10

Th-229 ............................ ............................... 5.0 1.4×10

5.0×10

1.4×10

7.9×10

2.1×10

Th-230 ............................ ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

7.6×10

2.1×10

Th-231 ............................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

2.0×10

5.3×10

Th-232 ............................ ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.0×10

1.1×10

Th-234 (a) ...................... ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 8.6×10

2.3×10

Th(nat) ............................ ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1×10

2.2×10

Ti-44 (a) ......................... Titanium (22) ............ 5.0×10

1.4×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

6.4 1.7×10

Tl-200 ............................. Thallium (81) ............ 9.0×10

2.4×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

2.2×10

6.0×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00706 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

697

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and

atomic number

(TBq) A

(Ci)

(TBq) A

(Ci)

Specific activity

(TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Tl-201 ............................. ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

4.0 1.1×10

7.9×10

2.1×10

Tl-202 ............................. ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

2.0×10

5.3×10

Tl-204 ............................. ............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

1.7×10

4.6×10

Tm-167 ........................... Thulium (69) ............. 7.0 1.9×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

3.1×10

8.5×10

Tm-170 ........................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.2×10

6.0×10

Tm-171 ........................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

U-230 (fast lung absorp-

tion) (a)(d).

Uranium (92) ............ 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0×10

2.7 1.0×10

2.7×10

U-230 (medium lung ab-

sorption) (a)(e).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-230 (slow lung absorp-

tion) (a)(f).

............................... 3.0×10

8.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-232 (fast lung absorp-

tion) (d).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

8.3×10

2.2×10

U-232 (medium lung ab-

sorption) (e).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

8.3×10

2.2×10

U-232 (slow lung absorp-

tion) (f).

............................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

8.3×10

2.2×10

U-233 (fast lung absorp-

tion) (d).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

9.0×10

2.4 3.6×10

9.7×10

U-233 (medium lung ab-

sorption) (e).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

3.6×10

9.7×10

U-233 (slow lung absorp-

tion) (f).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

3.6×10

9.7×10

U-234 (fast lung absorp-

tion) (d).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

9.0×10

2.4 2.3×10

6.2×10

U-234 (medium lung ab-

sorption) (e).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

2.3×10

6.2×10

U-234 (slow lung absorp-

tion) (f).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.3×10

6.2×10

U-235 (all lung absorp-

tion types)

(a),(d),(e),(f).

............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.0×10

2.2×10

U-236 (fast lung absorp-

tion) (d).

............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.4×10

6.5×10

U-236 (medium lung ab-

sorption) (e).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

2.0×10

5.4×10

2.4×10

6.5×10

U-236 (slow lung absorp-

tion) (f).

............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.4×10

6.5×10

U-238 (all lung absorp-

tion types) (d),(e),(f).

............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.2×10

3.4×10

U (nat) ............................ ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.6×10

7.1×10

U (enriched to 20% or

less)(g).

............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see

§ 173.434

see

§ 173.434

U (dep) ........................... ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see

§ 173.434

see

§ 173.434

V-48 ................................ Vanadium (23) .......... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

6.3×10

1.7×10

V-49 ................................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

W-178 (a) ....................... Tungsten (74) ........... 9.0 2.4×10

5.0 1.4×10

1.3×10

3.4×10

W-181 ............................. ............................... 3.0×10

8.1×10

3.0×10

8.1×10

2.2×10

6.0×10

W-185 ............................. ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

3.5×10

9.4×10

W-187 ............................. ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

2.6×10

7.0×10

W-188 (a) ....................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

3.0×10

8.1 3.7×10

1.0×10

Xe-122 (a) ...................... Xenon (54) ............... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

4.8×10

1.3×10

Xe-123 ............................ ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

7.0×10

1.9×10

4.4×10

1.2×10

Xe-127 ............................ ............................... 4.0 1.1×10

2.0 5.4×10

1.0×10

2.8×10

Xe-131m ......................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

3.1×10

8.4×10

Xe-133 ............................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

6.9×10

1.9×10

Xe-135 ............................ ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

2.0 5.4×10

9.5×10

2.6×10

Y-87 (a) .......................... Yttrium (39) .............. 1.0 2.7×10

1.0 2.7×10

1.7×10

4.5×10

Y-88 ................................ ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

5.2×10

1.4×10

Y-90 ................................ ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 2.0×10

5.4×10

Y-91 ................................ ............................... 6.0×10

1.6×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

9.1×10

2.5×10

Y-91m ............................. ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

1.5×10

4.2×10

Y-92 ................................ ............................... 2.0×10

5.4 2.0×10

5.4 3.6×10

9.6×10

Y-93 ................................ ............................... 3.0×10

8.1 3.0×10

8.1 1.2×10

3.3×10

Yb-169 ............................ Ytterbium (70) .......... 4.0 1.1×10

1.0 2.7×10

8.9×10

2.4×10

Yb-175 ............................ ............................... 3.0×10

8.1×10

9.0×10

2.4×10

6.6×10

1.8×10

Zn-65 .............................. Zinc (30) ................... 2.0 5.4×10

2.0 5.4×10

3.0×10

8.2×10

Zn-69 .............................. ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.8×10

4.9×10

Zn-69m (a) ..................... ............................... 3.0 8.1×10

6.0×10

1.6×10

1.2×10

3.3×10

Zr-88 ............................... Zirconium (40) .......... 3.0 8.1×10

3.0 8.1×10

6.6×10

1.8×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00707 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

698

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.436

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and

atomic number

(TBq) A

(Ci)

(TBq) A

(Ci)

Specific activity

(TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Zr-93 ............................... ............................... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 9.3×10

2.5×10

Zr-95 (a) ......................... ............................... 2.0 5.4×10

8.0×10

2.2×10

7.9×10

2.1×10

Zr-97 (a) ......................... ............................... 4.0×10

1.1×10

4.0×10

1.1×10

7.1×10

1.9×10

and/or A

values include contributions from daughter nuclides with half-lives less than 10 days.

The values of A

and A

in curies (Ci) are approximate and for information only; the regulatory standard units are

Terabecquerels (TBq), (see § 171.10).

The quantity may be determined from a measurement of the rate of decay or a measurement of the radiation level at a pre-

scribed distance from the source.

These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF

, UO

and UO

(NO

)

in both normal

and accident conditions of transport.

These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO

, UF

, UCl

and hexavalent compounds

in both normal and accident conditions of transport.

These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table.

These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.

= 0.1 TBq (2.7 Ci) and A

= 0.001 TBq (0.027 Ci) for Cf-252 for domestic use.

= 0.74 TBq (20 Ci) for Mo-99 for domestic use.

[69 FR 3678, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept.

13, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14,

2006]

§ 173.436 Exempt material activity con-

centrations and exempt consign-

ment activity limits for radio-

nuclides.

The Table of Exempt material activ-

ity concentrations and exempt consign-

ment activity limits for radionuclides

is as follows:

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and atomic num-

ber

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Bq/g)

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Ci/g)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Bq)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Ci)

Ac-225 .................................................. Actinium (89) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ac-227 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ac-228 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ag-105 ................................................. Silver (47) ....................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ag-108m (b) ......................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ag-110m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ag-111 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Al-26 ..................................................... Aluminum (13) ................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Am-241 ................................................ Americium (95) ............... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Am-242m (b) ........................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Am-243 (b) ........................................... ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ar-37 .................................................... Argon (18) ....................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ar-39 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ar-41 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

As-72 .................................................... Arsenic (33) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

As-73 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

As-74 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

As-76 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

As-77 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

At-211 .................................................. Astatine (85) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Au-193 ................................................. Gold (79) ......................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Au-194 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Au-195 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Au-198 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Au-199 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ba-131 ................................................. Barium (56) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ba-133 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ba-133m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ba-140 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Be-7 ..................................................... Beryllium (4) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Be-10 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Bi-205 ................................................... Bismuth (83) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Bi-206 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Bi-207 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Bi-210 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Bi-210m ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Bi-212 (b) ............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Bk-247 .................................................. Berkelium (97) ................ 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00708 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

699

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and atomic num-

ber

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Bq/g)

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Ci/g)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Bq)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Ci)

Bk-249 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Br-76 .................................................... Bromine (35) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Br-77 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Br-82 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

C-11 ..................................................... Carbon (6) ....................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

C-14 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ca-41 ................................................... Calcium (20) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ca-45 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ca-47 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cd-109 ................................................. Cadmium (48) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cd-113m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cd-115 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cd-115m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ce-139 ................................................. Cerium (58) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ce-141 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ce-143 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ce-144 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cf-248 .................................................. Californium (98) .............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cf-249 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cf-250 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cf-251 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cf-252 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cf-253 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cf-254 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cl-36 .................................................... Chlorine (17) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cl-38 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-240 ................................................ Curium (96) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-241 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-242 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-243 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-244 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-245 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-246 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-247 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cm-248 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Co-55 ................................................... Cobalt (27) ...................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Co-56 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Co-57 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Co-58 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Co-58m ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Co-60 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cr-51 .................................................... Chromium (24) ................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-129 ................................................. Cesium (55) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-131 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-132 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-134 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-134m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-135 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-136 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cs-137 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cu-64 ................................................... Copper (29) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Cu-67 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Dy-159 ................................................. Dysprosium (66) ............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Dy-165 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Dy-166 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Er-169 .................................................. Erbium (68) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Er-171 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-147 ................................................. Europium (63) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-148 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-149 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-150 (short lived) ............................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-150 (long lived) .............................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-152 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-152m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-154 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-155 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Eu-156 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

F-18 ...................................................... Fluorine (9) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Fe-52 .................................................... Iron (26) .......................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Fe-55 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Fe-59 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00709 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

700

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.436

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and atomic num-

ber

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Bq/g)

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Ci/g)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Bq)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Ci)

Fe-60 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ga-67 ................................................... Gallium (31) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ga-68 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ga-72 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Gd-146 ................................................. Gadolinium (64) .............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Gd-148 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Gd-153 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Gd-159 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ge-68 ................................................... Germanium (32) .............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ge-71 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ge-77 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hf-172 .................................................. Hafnium (72) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hf-175 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hf-181 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hf-182 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hg-194 ................................................. Mercury (80) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hg-195m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hg-197 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hg-197m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Hg-203 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ho-166 ................................................. Holmium (67) .................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ho-166m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-123 ..................................................... Iodine (53) ....................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-124 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-125 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-126 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-129 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-131 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-132 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-133 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-134 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

I-135 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

In-111 ................................................... Indium (49) ...................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

In-113m ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

In-114m ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

In-115m ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ir-189 .................................................... Iridium (77) ...................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ir-190 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ir-192 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ir-194 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

K-40 ..................................................... Potassium (19) ................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

K-42 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

K-43 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Kr-81 .................................................... Krypton (36) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Kr-85 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Kr-85m ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Kr-87 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

La-137 .................................................. Lanthanum (57) .............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

La-140 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Lu-172 .................................................. Lutetium (71) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Lu-173 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Lu-174 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Lu-174m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Lu-177 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Mg-28 ................................................... Magnesium (12) .............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Mn-52 ................................................... Manganese (25) .............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Mn-53 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Mn-54 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Mn-56 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Mo-93 ................................................... Molybdenum (42) ............ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Mo-99 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

N-13 ..................................................... Nitrogen (7) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Na-22 ................................................... Sodium (11) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Na-24 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Nb-93m ................................................ Niobium (41) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Nb-94 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Nb-95 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Nb-97 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Nd-147 ................................................. Neodymium (60) ............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Nd-149 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ni-59 .................................................... Nickel (28) ....................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00710 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

701

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and atomic num-

ber

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Bq/g)

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Ci/g)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Bq)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Ci)

Ni-63 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ni-65 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Np-235 ................................................. Neptunium (93) ............... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Np-236 (short-lived) ............................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Np-236 (long-lived) .............................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Np-237 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Np-239 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Os-185 ................................................. Osmium (76) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Os-191 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Os-191m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Os-193 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Os-194 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

P-32 ..................................................... Phosphorus (15) ............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

P-33 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pa-230 ................................................. Protactinium (91) ............ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pa-231 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pa-233 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pb-201 ................................................. Lead (82) ........................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pb-202 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pb-203 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pb-205 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pb-210 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pb-212 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pd-103 ................................................. Palladium (46) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pd-107 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pd-109 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pm-143 ................................................ Promethium (61) ............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pm-144 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pm-145 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pm-147 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pm-148m ............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pm-149 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pm-151 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Po-210 ................................................. Polonium (84) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pr-142 .................................................. Praseodymium (59) ........ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pr-143 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pt-188 .................................................. Platinum (78) .................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pt-191 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pt-193 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pt-193m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pt-195m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pt-197 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pt-197m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-236 ................................................. Plutonium (94) ................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-237 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-238 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-239 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-240 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-241 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-242 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Pu-244 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ra-223 (b) ............................................ Radium (88) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ra-224 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ra-225 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ra-226 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ra-228 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rb-81 ................................................... Rubidium (37) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rb-83 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rb-84 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rb-86 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rb-87 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rb(nat) ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Re-184 ................................................. Rhenium (75) .................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Re-184m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Re-186 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Re-187 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Re-188 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Re-189 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Re(nat) ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rh-99 ................................................... Rhodium (45) .................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rh-101 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00711 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

702

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.436

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and atomic num-

ber

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Bq/g)

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Ci/g)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Bq)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Ci)

Rh-102 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rh-102m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rh-103m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rh-105 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Rn-222 (b) ............................................ Radon (86) ...................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ru-97 ................................................... Ruthenium (44) ............... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ru-103 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ru-105 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ru-106 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

S-35 ..................................................... Sulphur (16) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sb-122 ................................................. Antimony (51) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sb-124 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sb-125 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sb-126 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sc-44 .................................................... Scandium (21) ................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sc-46 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sc-47 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sc-48 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Se-75 ................................................... Selenium (34) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Se-79 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Si-31 ..................................................... Silicon (14) ...................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Si-32 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sm-145 ................................................ Samarium (62) ................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sm-147 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sm-151 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sm-153 ................................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sn-113 ................................................. Tin (50) ........................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sn-117m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sn-119m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sn-121m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sn-123 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sn-125 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sn-126 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-82 .................................................... Strontium (38) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-85 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-85m ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-87m ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-89 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-90 (b) ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-91 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Sr-92 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

T(H-3) ................................................... Tritium (1) ....................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ta-178 (long-lived) ............................... Tantalum (73) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ta-179 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ta-182 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tb-157 .................................................. Terbium (65) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tb-158 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tb-160 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-95m ................................................. Technetium (43) .............. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-96 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-96m ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-97 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-97m ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-98 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-99 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tc-99m ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-121 .................................................. Tellurium (52) .................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-121m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-123m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-125m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-127 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-127m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-129 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-129m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-131m ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Te-132 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Th-227 .................................................. Thorium (90) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Th-228 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Th-229 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Th-230 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Th-231 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00712 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

703

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Symbol of

radionuclide

Element and atomic num-

ber

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Bq/g)

Activity con-

centration for

exempt ma-

terial

(Ci/g)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Bq)

Activity limit

for exempt

consignment

(Ci)

Th-232 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Th-234 (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Th (nat) (b) ........................................... ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Ti-44 ..................................................... Titanium (22) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tl-200 ................................................... Thallium (81) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tl-201 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tl-202 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tl-204 ................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tm-167 ................................................. Thulium (69) .................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tm-170 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Tm-171 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-230 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ..... Uranium (92) ................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-230 (medium lung absorption) (e) ... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-230 (slow lung absorption) (f) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-232 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ..... ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-232 (medium lung absorption) (e) ... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-232 (slow lung absorption) (f) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-233 (fast lung absorption) (d) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-233 (medium lung absorption) (e) ... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-233 (slow lung absorption) (f) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-234 (fast lung absorption) (d) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-234 (medium lung absorption) (e) ... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-234 (slow lung absorption) (f) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-235 (all lung absorption types)

(b),(d),(e),(f).

...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-236 (fast lung absorption) (d) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-236 (medium lung absorption) (e) ... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-236 (slow lung absorption) (f) .......... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U-238 (all lung absorption types)

(b),(d),(e),(f).

...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U (nat) (b) ............................................ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U (enriched to 20% or less)(g) ............ ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

U (dep) ................................................. ...................................... 1.0 2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

V-48 ..................................................... Vanadium (23) ................ 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

V-49 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

W-178 .................................................. Tungsten (74) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

W-181 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

W-185 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

W-187 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

W-188 .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Xe-122 ................................................. Xenon (54) ...................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Xe-123 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Xe-127 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Xe-131m .............................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Xe-133 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Xe-135 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Y-87 ..................................................... Yttrium (39) ..................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Y-88 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Y-90 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Y-91 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Y-91m .................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Y-92 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Y-93 ..................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Yb-169 ................................................. Ytterbium (70) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Yb-175 ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Zn-65 .................................................... Zinc (30) .......................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Zn-69 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Zn-69m ................................................. ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Zr-88 .................................................... Zirconium (40) ................. 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Zr-93 (b) ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Zr-95 .................................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

Zr-97 (b) ............................................... ...................................... 1.0×10

2.7×10

1.0×10

2.7×10

[Reserved]

Parent nuclides and their progeny included in secular equilibrium are listed in the following:

Sr-90 Y-90

Zr-93 Nb-93m

Zr-97 Nb-97

Ru-106 Rh-106

Cs-137 Ba-137m

Ce-134 La-134

Ce-144 Pr-144

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00713 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

704

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.441

Ba-140 La-140

Bi-212 Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)

Pb-210 Bi-210, Po-210

Pb-212 Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)

Rn-220 Po-216

Rn-222 Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214

Ra-223 Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207

Ra-224 Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208(0.36), Po-212 (0.64)

Ra-226 Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210

Ra-228 Ac-228

Th-226 Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214

Th-228 Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)

Th-229 Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209

Th-nat Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)

Th-234 Pa-234m

U-230 Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214

U-232 Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)

U-235 Th-231

U-238 Th-234, Pa-234m

U-nat Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210

U-240 Np-240m

Np-237 Pa-233

Am-242 mAm-242

Am-243 Np-239

[Reserved]

These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF

, UO

and UO

(NO

)

in both normal

and accident conditions of transport.

These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO

, UF

, UCl

and hexavalent compounds

in both normal and accident conditions of transport.

These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table.

These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.

[69 FR 3685, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.441 Radiation level limitations

and exclusive use provisions.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, each package of

Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered

for transportation must be designed

and prepared for shipment, so that

under conditions normally incident to

transportation, the radiation level does

not exceed 2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour)

at any point on the external surface of

the package, and the transport index

does not exceed 10.

(b) A package which exceeds the radi-

ation level limits specified in para-

graph (a) of this section must be trans-

ported by exclusive use shipment, and

the radiation levels for such shipment

may not exceed the following during

transportation:

(1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the exter-

nal surface of the package unless the

following conditions are met, in which

case the limit is 10 mSv/h (1000 mrem/

h):

(i) The shipment is made in a closed

transport vehicle;

(ii) The package is secured within the

vehicle so that its position remains

fixed during transportation; and

(iii) There are no loading or unload-

ing operations between the beginning

and end of the transportation;

(2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point

on the outer surfaces of the vehicle, in-

cluding the top and underside of the ve-

hicle; or in the case of a flat-bed style

vehicle, at any point on the vertical

planes projected from the outer edges

of the vehicle, on the upper surface of

the load or enclosure if used, and on

the lower external surface of the vehi-

cle;

(3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point

2 m (6.6 feet) from the outer lateral

surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the

top and underside of the vehicle); or in

the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at

any point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the

vertical planes projected by the outer

edges of the vehicle (excluding the top

and underside of the vehicle); and

(4) 0.02 mSv/h (2mrem/h) in any nor-

mally occupied space, except that this

provision does not apply to carriers if

they operate under the provisions of a

State or federally regulated radiation

protection program and if personnel

under their control who are in such an

occupied space wear radiation dosim-

etry devices.

provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion, the offeror shall provide specific

written instructions for maintenance

of the exclusive use shipment controls

to the carrier. The instructions must

be included with the shipping paper in-

formation. The instructions must be

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00714 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

705

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.443

sufficient so that, when followed, they

will cause the carrier to avoid actions

that will unnecessarily delay delivery

or unnecessarily result in increased ra-

diation levels or radiation exposures to

transport workers or members of the

general public.

(d) Conveyance limits on the sum of

package transport indices are as fol-

lows:

(1) Except for shipments by cargo air-

craft only or by seagoing vessel, the

sum of transport indices for a non-ex-

clusive use shipment may not exceed

50.

(2) Where a consignment is trans-

ported under exclusive use, there is no

limit on the sum of the transport indi-

ces aboard a single conveyance. The

conditions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3),

(b)(4) and (c) must be met.

(3) Provisions for shipments of Class

7 (radioactive) materials by air are de-

scribed in §§ 175.700–175.705 of this sub-

chapter.

(4) Provisions for shipment of Class 7

(radioactive) materials by vessel are

described in §§ 176.700–176.720 of this

subchapter.

(e) A package exceeding the max-

imum surface radiation level or max-

imum transport index prescribed in

paragraph (a) of this section may not

be transported by aircraft.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 63 FR 48568, Sept. 10, 1998; 66 FR

45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.442 Thermal limitations.

A package of Class 7 (radioactive)

material must be designed, con-

structed, and loaded so that—

(a) The heat generated within the

package by the radioactive contents

will not, during conditions normally

incident to transport, affect the integ-

rity of the package; and

(b) The temperature of the accessible

external surfaces of the loaded package

will not, assuming still air in the shade

at an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100

°F), exceed either—

(1) 50 °C (122 °F) in other than an ex-

clusive use shipment; or

(2) 85 °C (185 °F) in an exclusive use

shipment.

§ 173.443 Contamination control.

(a) The level of non-fixed (removable)

radioactive contamination on the ex-

ternal surfaces of each package offered

for transport must be kept as low as

reasonable achievable. The level of

non-fixed radioactive contamination

may not exceed the limits set forth in

Table 9 and must be determined by ei-

ther:

(1) Wiping an area of 300 cm

of the

surface concerned with an absorbent

material, using moderate pressure, and

measuring the activity on the wiping

material. Sufficient measurements

must be taken in the most appropriate

locations to yield a representative as-

sessment of the non-fixed contamina-

tion levels. The amount of radioac-

tivity measured on any single wiping

material, divided by the surface area

wiped and divided by the efficiency of

the wipe procedure (the fraction of re-

movable contamination transferred

from the surface to the absorbent ma-

terial), may not exceed the limits set

forth in Table 9 at any time during

transport. For this purpose the actual

wipe efficiency may be used, or the

wipe efficiency may be assumed to be

0.10; or

(2) Alternatively, the level of non-

fixed radioactive contamination may

be determined by using other methods

of equal or greater efficiency.

Table 9 is as follows:

ABLE

9—N

-F

IXED

XTERNAL

ADIOACTIVE

ONTAMINATION

IMITS FOR

ACKAGES

Contaminant

Maximum permissible lim-

its

Bq/cm

uCi/

dpm/

1. Beta and gamma emitters

and low toxicity alpha emitters 4 10

220

2. All other alpha emitting radio-

nuclides .................................. 0.4 10

(b) Except as provided in paragraph

(d) of this section, in the case of pack-

ages transported as exclusive use ship-

ments by rail or public highway only,

the removable (non-fixed) radioactive

contamination on any package at any

time during transport may not exceed

ten times the levels prescribed in para-

graph (a) of this section. The levels at

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00715 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

706

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.447

the beginning of transport may not ex-

ceed the levels prescribed in paragraph

(a) of this section.

(d) of this section, each transport vehi-

cle used for transporting Class 7 (radio-

active) materials as an exclusive use

shipment that utilizes the provisions of

paragraph (b) of this section must be

surveyed with appropriate radiation

detection instruments after each use. A

vehicle may not be returned to service

until the radiation dose rate at each

accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour

(0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is

no significant removable (non-fixed)

radioactive surface contamination as

specified in paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion.

(d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec-

tion do not apply to any closed trans-

port vehicle used solely for the trans-

portation by highway or rail of Class 7

(radioactive) material packages with

contamination levels that do not ex-

ceed 10 times the levels prescribed in

paragraph (a) of this section if—

(1) A survey of the interior surfaces

of the empty vehicle shows that the ra-

diation dose rate at any point does not

exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per

hour) at the surface or 0.02 mSv per

hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 m (3.3 feet)

from the surface;

(2) Each vehicle is stenciled with the

words ‘‘For Radioactive Materials Use

Only’’ in letters at least 76 millimeters

(3 inches) high in a conspicuous place

on both sides of the exterior of the ve-

hicle; and

(3) Each vehicle is kept closed except

for loading or unloading.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20753, May

8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691,

Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004]

§ 173.447 Storage incident to transpor-

tation—general requirements.

The following requirements apply to

temporary storage during the course of

transportation but not to Nuclear Reg-

ulatory Commission or Agreement

State-licensed facilities or U.S. Gov-

ernment-owned or contracted facili-

ties.

(a) The number of packages and over-

packs bearing FISSILE labels stored in

any one storage area, such as a transit

area, terminal building, storeroom, wa-

terfront pier, or assembly yard, must

be limited so that the total sum of the

criticality safety indices in any indi-

vidual group of such packages and

overpacks does not exceed 50. Groups of

such packages and overpacks must be

stored so as to maintain a spacing of at

least 6 m (20 feet) from all other groups

of such packages and overpacks.

(b) Storage requirements for Class 7

(radioactive) material transported in

vessels are described in subpart M of

part 176 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR

3691, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.448 General transportation re-

quirements.

(a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radio-

active) materials must be secured to

prevent shifting during normal trans-

portation conditions.

(b) Except as provided in §§ 174.81,

176.83, and 177.848 of this subchapter, or

as otherwise required by the Com-

petent Authority in the applicable cer-

tificate, a package or overpack of Class

7 (radioactive) materials may be car-

ried among packaged general cargo

without special stowage provisions, if—

(1) The heat output in watts does not

exceed 0.1 times the minimum package

dimension in centimeters; or

(2) The average surface heat flux of

the package or overpack does not ex-

ceed 15 watts per square meter and the

immediately surrounding cargo is not

in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form

that would seriously impede air cir-

culation for heat removal.

bels prescribed in § 172.403 of this sub-

chapter may not be carried in compart-

ments occupied by passengers, except

in those compartments exclusively re-

served for couriers accompanying those

packages.

(d) Mixing of different kinds of pack-

ages that include fissile packages is au-

thorized only in accordance with

§ 173.459.

(e) No person shall offer for transpor-

tation or transport aboard a passenger-

carrying aircraft any single package or

overpack with a transport index great-

er than 3.0.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00716 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

707

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.457

(f) No person shall offer for transpor-

tation or transport aboard a passenger-

carrying aircraft any Class 7 (radio-

active) material unless that material is

intended for use in, or incident to, re-

search, medical diagnosis or treatment.

(g) If an overpack is used to consoli-

date individual packages or to enclose

a single package of Class 7 (radio-

active) materials, the package(s) must

comply with the packaging, marking,

and labeling requirements of this sub-

chapter, and:

(1) The overpack must be labeled as

prescribed in § 172.403(h) of this sub-

chapter;

(2) The overpack must be marked as

prescribed in subpart D of part 172 of

this subchapter and § 173.25(a); and

(3) The transport index of the over-

pack may not exceed 3.0 for passenger-

carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for

cargo-aircraft shipments.

[69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions.

Fissile materials meeting the re-

quirements of at least one of the para-

graphs (a) through (f) of this section

are excepted from the requirements of

this subpart for fissile materials, in-

cluding the requirements of §§ 173.457

and 173.459, but are subject to all other

requirements of this subpart, except as

noted.

(a) An individual package containing

2 grams or less of fissile material.

(b) An individual or bulk packaging

containing 15 grams or less of fissile

material provided the package has at

least 200 grams of solid nonfissile ma-

terial for every gram of fissile mate-

rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy-

drogenous material enriched in deute-

rium may be present in the package

but must not be included in deter-

mining the required mass for solid

nonfissile material.

material commingled with solid

nonfissile material, provide that:

(1) There is at least 2000 grams of

nonfissile material for every gram of

fissile material, and

(2) There is no more than 180 grams

of fissile material distributed within

360 kg of contiguous nonfissile mate-

rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy-

drogenous material enriched in deute-

rium may be present in the package

but must not be included in deter-

mining the required mass of solid

nonfissile material.

(d) Uranium enriched in uranium-235

to a maximum of 1 percent by weight,

and with total plutonium and uranium-

233 content of up to 1 percent of the

mass of uranium-235, provided that the

mass of any beryllium, graphite, and

hydrogenous material enriched in deu-

terium constitute less than 5 percent of

the uranium mass.

(e) Liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate

enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum

of 2 percent by mass, with a total plu-

tonium and uranium-233 content not

exceeding 0.002 percent of the mass of

uranium, and with a minimum nitro-

gen to uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2.

The material must be contained in at

least a DOT Type A package.

(f) Packages containing, individually,

a total plutonium mass of not more

than 1000 grams, of which not more

than 20 percent by mass may consist of

plutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any

combination of these radionuclides.

[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.457 Transportation of fissile ma-

terial packages—specific require-

ments.

(a) Packages containing fissile radio-

active material which are not excepted

under § 173.453 must be assigned by the

offeror, in accordance with their defini-

tions in § 173.403, a criticality safety

index (CSI) and a transport index (TI).

(b) Fissile material packages and

conveyances transporting fissile mate-

rial packages must satisfy the radi-

ation level restrictions of § 173.441.

clusive use, the CSI of any package or

overpack may not exceed 50. A fissile

material package with CSI greater

than 50 must be transported by exclu-

sive use.

(d) For non-exclusive use shipments

of fissile material packages, except on

vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a

freight container or on a conveyance

may not exceed 50.

(e) For exclusive use shipments of

fissile material packages, except on

vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a

freight container or on a conveyance

may not exceed 100.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00717 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

708

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.459

(f) Exclusive use shipments of fissile

material packages must satisfy the ra-

diation level and administrative re-

quirements of § 173.441(b).

(g) The number of packages, over-

packs and freight containers con-

taining fissile material stored in tran-

sit in any one storage area must be so

limited that the total sum of the CSI’s

in any group of packages, overpacks or

freight containers does not exceed 50.

Groups of packages shall be stored so

as to maintain a spacing of a least 6 m

(20 ft) between the closest surfaces of

any two groups.

(h) Provisions for shipment by vessel

of Class 7 (radioactive) material pack-

ages, including fissile material pack-

ages by vessel are described in

§§ 176.700–176.720 of this subchapter.

[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.459 Mixing of fissile material

packages with non-fissile or fissile-

excepted material packages.

Mixing of fissile material packages

with other types of Class 7 (radio-

active) materials in any conveyance or

storage location is authorized only if

the TI of any single package does not

exceed 10, the CSI of any single pack-

age does not exceed 50, and the provi-

sions of §§ 173.441 and 173.457 are satis-

fied.

[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.461 Demonstration of compliance

with tests.

(a) Compliance with the design re-

quirements in § 173.412 and the test re-

quirements in §§ 173.465 through 173.469

must be shown by any of the methods

prescribed in this paragraph, or by a

combination of these methods appro-

priate for the particular feature being

evaluated:

(1) Performance of tests with proto-

types or samples of the specimens rep-

resenting LSA-III, special form Class 7

(radioactive) material, or packaging, in

which case the contents of the pack-

aging for the test must simulate as

closely as practicable the expected

range of physical properties of the ra-

dioactive contents or packaging to be

tested, must be prepared as normally

presented for transport. The use of

non-radioactive substitute contents is

encouraged provided that the results of

the testing take into account the ra-

dioactive characteristics of the con-

tents for which the package is being

tested;

(2) Reference to a previous, satisfac-

tory demonstration of compliance of a

sufficiently similar nature;

(3) Performance of tests with models

of appropriate scale incorporating

those features that are significant with

respect to the item under investiga-

tion, when engineering experience has

shown results of those tests to be suit-

able for design purposes. When a scale

model is used, the need for adjusting

certain test parameters, such as the

penetrator diameter or the compres-

sive load, must be taken into account;

(4) Calculations or reasoned evalua-

tion, using reliable and conservative

procedures and parameters.

(b) With respect to the initial condi-

tions for the tests under §§ 173.465

through 173.469, except for the water

immersion tests, compliance must be

based upon the assumption that the

package is in equilibrium at an ambi-

ent temperature of 38 °C (100 °F).

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998]

§ 173.462 Preparation of specimens for

testing.

(a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, pro-

totype or scale model) must be exam-

ined before testing to identify and

record faults or damage, including:

(1) Divergence from the specifica-

tions or drawings;

(2) Defects in construction;

(3) Corrosion or other deterioration;

and

(4) Distortion of features.

(b) Any deviation found under para-

graph (a) of this section from the speci-

fied design must be corrected or appro-

priately taken into account in the sub-

sequent evaluation.

packaging must be clearly specified.

(d) The external features of the speci-

men must be clearly identified so that

reference may be made to any part of

it.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00718 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

709

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.465

§ 173.465 Type A packaging tests.

(a) The packaging, with contents,

must be capable of withstanding the

water spray, free drop, stacking and

penetration tests prescribed in this sec-

tion. One prototype may be used for all

tests if the requirements of paragraph

(b) of this section are met.

(b) Water spray test. The water spray

test must precede each test or test se-

quence prescribed in this section. The

water spray test must simulate expo-

sure to rainfall of approximately 5 cm

(2 inches) per hour for at least one

hour. The time interval between the

end of the water spray test and the be-

ginning of the next test must be such

that the water has soaked in to the

maximum extent without appreciable

drying of the exterior of the specimen.

In the absence of evidence to the con-

trary, this interval may be assumed to

be two hours if the water spray is ap-

plied from four different directions si-

multaneously. However, no time inter-

val may elapse if the water spray is ap-

plied from each of the four directions

consecutively.

drop onto the target so as to suffer

maximum damage to the safety fea-

tures being tested, and:

(1) The height of the drop measured

from the lowest point of the specimen

to the upper surface of the target may

not be less than the distance specified

in table 10, for the applicable package

mass. The target must be as specified

in § 173.465(c)(5). Table 10 is as follows:

ABLE

10—F

REE

ROP

ISTANCE FOR

ESTING

ACKAGES TO

ORMAL

ONDITIONS OF

RANSPORT

Package mass Free drop distance

Kilograms (pounds) Meters (Feet)

< Mass 5000 (11,000) ........................... 1.2 (4)

5,000 (11,000) Mass to 10,000 (22,000) 0.9 (3)

10,000 (22,000) Mass to 15,000

(33,000) .............................................. 0.6 (2)

> 15,000 (33,000) Mass ........................ 0.3 (1)

(2) For packages containing fissile

material, the free drop test specified in

paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be

preceded by a free drop from a height

of 0.3 m (1 foot) on each corner, or in

the case of cylindrical packages, onto

each of the quarters of each rim.

(3) For fiberboard or wood rectan-

gular packages with a mass of 50 kg

(110 pounds) or less, a separate speci-

men must be subjected to a free drop

onto each corner from a height of 0.3 m

(1 foot).

(4) For cylindrical fiberboard pack-

ages with a mass of 100 kg (220 pounds)

or less, a separate specimen must be

subjected to a free drop onto each of

the quarters of each rim from a height

of 0.3 m (1 foot).

(5) The target for the free drop test

must be a flat, horizontal surface of

such mass and rigidity that any in-

crease in its resistance to displacement

or deformation upon impact by the

specimen would not significantly in-

crease the damage to the specimen.

(d) Stacking test. (1) The specimen

must be subjected for a period of at

least 24 hours to a compressive load

equivalent to the greater of the fol-

lowing:

(i) Five times the mass of the actual

package; or

(ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals

(1.9 psi) multiplied by the vertically

projected area of the package.

(2) The compressive load must be ap-

plied uniformly to two opposite sides of

the specimen, one of which must be the

base on which the package would nor-

mally rest.

(e) Penetration test. For the penetra-

tion test, the specimen must be placed

on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that

will not move significantly while the

test is being performed.

(1) A bar of 3.2 cm (1.25 inches) in di-

ameter with a hemispherical end and a

mass of 6 kg (13.2 pounds) must be

dropped and directed to fall with its

longitudinal axis vertical, onto the

center of the weakest part of the speci-

men, so that, if it penetrates far

enough, it will hit the containment

system. The bar may not be signifi-

cantly deformed by the test; and

(2) The height of the drop of the bar

measured from its lower end to the in-

tended point of impact on the upper

surface of the specimen must be 1 m

(3.3 feet) or greater.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20753, May

8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3692,

Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00719 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

710

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.466

§ 173.466 Additional tests for Type A

packagings designed for liquids and

gases.

(a) In addition to the tests prescribed

in § 173.465, Type A packagings designed

for liquids and gases must be capable of

withstanding the following tests:

(1) Free drop test. The packaging spec-

imen must drop onto the target so as

to suffer the maximum damage to its

containment. The height of the drop

measured from the lowest part of the

packaging specimen to the upper sur-

face of the target must be 9 m (30 feet)

or greater. The target must be as speci-

fied in § 173.465(c)(5).

(2) Penetration test. The specimen

must be subjected to the test specified

in § 173.465(e) except that the height of

the drop must be 1.7 m (5.5 feet).

(b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the

ability of Type B and fissile mate-

rials packagings to withstand acci-

dent conditions in transportation.

Each Type B packaging or packaging

for fissile material must meet the test

requirements prescribed in 10 CFR part

71 for ability to withstand accident

conditions in transportation.

§ 173.468 Test for LSA-III material.

(a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terial must meet the test requirement

of paragraph (b) of this section. Any

differences between the material to be

transported and the test material must

be taken into account in determining

whether the test requirements have

been met.

(b) Test method. (1) The specimen rep-

resenting no less than the entire con-

tents of the package must be immersed

for 7 days in water at ambient tem-

perature.

(2) The volume of water to be used in

the test must be sufficient to ensure

that at the end of the test period the

free volume of the unabsorbed and

unreacted water remaining will be at

least 10% of the volume of the speci-

men itself.

(3) The water must have an initial pH

of 6–8 and a maximum conductivity of

10 micromho/cm at 20 °C (68 °F).

(4) The total activity of the free vol-

ume of water must be measured fol-

lowing the 7 day immersion test and

must not exceed 0.1 A

§ 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7

(radioactive) materials.

(a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive)

materials must meet the test require-

ments of paragraph (b) of this section.

Each solid Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial or capsule specimen to be tested

must be manufactured or fabricated so

that it is representative of the actual

solid material or capsule that will be

transported with the proposed radio-

active content duplicated as closely as

practicable. Any differences between

the material to be transported and the

test material, such as the use of non-

radioactive contents, must be taken

into account in determining whether

the test requirements have been met.

The following additional conditions

apply:

(1) A different specimen may be used

for each of the tests;

(2) The specimen may not break or

shatter when subjected to the impact,

percussion, or bending tests;

(3) The specimen may not melt or

disperse when subjected to the heat

test; and

(4) After each test, leaktightness or

indispersibility of the specimen must

be determined by—

(i) A method no less sensitive than

the leaching assessment prescribed in

paragraph (c) of this section. For a cap-

sule resistant to corrosion by water,

and which has an internal void volume

greater than 0.1 milliliter, an alter-

native to the leaching assessment is a

demonstration of leaktightness of 10

torr-1/s (1.3 × 10

atm-cm

/s) based on

air at 25 °C (77 °F) and one atmosphere

differential pressure for solid radio-

active content, or 10

torr-1/s (1.3 ×

atm-cm

/s) for liquid or gaseous

radioactive content; or

(ii) A specimen that comprises or

simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial contained in a sealed capsule need

not be subjected to the leaching assess-

ment specified in paragraph (c) of this

section provided it is alternatively sub-

jected to any of the volumetric leakage

assessment tests prescribed in the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00720 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

711

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.469

International Organization for Stand-

ardization document ISO 9978–1992(E):

‘‘Radiation protection—Sealed radio-

active sources—Leakage test methods’’

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(b) Test methods—(1) Impact Test. The

specimen must fall onto the target

from a height of 9 m (30 feet) or great-

er. The target must be as specified in

§ 173.465(c)(5).

(2) Percussion Test. (i) The specimen

must be placed on a sheet of lead that

is supported by a smooth solid surface,

and struck by the flat face of a steel

billet so as to produce an impact equiv-

alent to that resulting from a free drop

of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3

feet).

(ii) The flat face of the billet must be

2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the

edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm

±0.3 mm (0.12 inch ±0.012 inch).

(iii) The lead must be of hardness

number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers scale

and thickness 2.5 cm (1 inch) or great-

er, and must cover an area greater

than that covered by the specimen.

(iv) A fresh surface of lead must be

used for each impact.

(v) The billet must strike the speci-

men so as to cause maximum damage.

(3) Bending test. (i) This test applies

only to long, slender sources with a

length of 10 cm (4 inches) or greater

and a length to width ratio of 10 or

greater.

(ii) The specimen must be rigidly

clamped in a horizontal position so

that one half of its length protrudes

from the face of the clamp.

(iii) The orientation of the specimen

must be such that the specimen will

suffer maximum damage when its free

end is struck by the flat face of a steel

billet.

(iv) The billet must strike the speci-

men so as to produce an impact equiva-

lent to that resulting from a free

vertical drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds)

through 1 m (3.3 feet).

(v) The flat face of the billet must be

2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the

edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm

±0.3 mm (.12 inch ±0.012 inch).

(4) Heat test. The specimen must be

heated in air to a temperature of not

less than 800 °C (1475 °F), held at that

temperature for a period of 10 minutes,

and then allowed to cool.

For indispersible solid material—

(i) The specimen shall be immersed

for seven days in water at ambient

temperature. The volume of water to

be used in the test shall be sufficient to

ensure that at the end of the seven day

test period the free volume of the

unabsorbed and unreacted water re-

maining shall be at least 10% of the

volume of the solid test sample itself.

The water shall have an initial pH of 6–

8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/

m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F).

(ii) The water with specimen must

then be heated to a temperature of 50

°C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) and maintained at

this temperature for four hours.

(iii) The activity of the water must

then be determined.

(iv) The specimen shall then be kept

for at least seven days in still air at

not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative

humidity not less than 90%.

(v) The specimen must then be im-

mersed in water under the same condi-

tions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this

section, and the water with specimen

must be heated to 50 C ±5° (122 °F ±9°)

and maintained at that temperature

for four hours.

(vi) The activity of the water must

then be determined. The activities de-

termined in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this

section and this paragraph, (c)(1)(vi),

may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05

microcurie).

(2) For encapsulated material—

(i) The specimen shall be immersed

in water at ambient temperature. The

water shall have an initial pH of 6–8

and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/

m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F).

(ii) The water and specimen must be

heated to a temperature of 50 °C ±5° (122

°F ±9°) and maintained at this tempera-

ture for four hours.

(iii) The activity of the water must

then be determined.

(iv) The specimen shall then be kept

for at least seven days in still air at

not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative

humidity not less than 90%.

(v) The process in paragraphs

(c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this

section must be repeated.

(vi) The activity determined in para-

graph (c)(2)(iii) of this section may not

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00721 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

712

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.471

exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05

microcurie).

(d) A specimen that comprises or

simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial contained in a sealed capsule need

not be subjected to—

(1) The impact test and the percus-

sion test of this section provided that

the mass of the special form radio-

active material is less than 200 g and it

is alternatively subjected to the Class 4

impact test prescribed in ISO 2919,

‘‘Sealed Radioactive Sources—Classi-

fication’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter); and

(2) The heat test of this section, pro-

vided the specimen is alternatively

subjected to the Class 6 temperature

test specified in the International Or-

ganization for Standardization docu-

ment ISO 2919–1980(e), ‘‘Sealed Radio-

active Sources-Classification.’’ (see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter)

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR

51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45184, 45380, 45381,

Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 2003;

69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nu-

clear Regulatory Commission ap-

proved packages.

In addition to the applicable require-

ments of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory

Commission (NRC) and other require-

ments of this subchapter, any offeror of

a Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile ma-

terial package that has been approved

by the NRC in accordance with 10 CFR

part 71 must also comply with the fol-

lowing requirements:

(a) The offeror shall be registered

with the USNRC as a party to the

packaging approval, and make the

shipment in compliance with the terms

of the packaging approval;

(b) The outside of each package must

be durably and legibly marked with the

package identification marking indi-

cated in the USNRC packaging ap-

proval;

shipment of the package must bear the

package identification marking indi-

cated in the USNRC packaging ap-

proval;

(d) Before export shipment of the

package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S.

Competent Authority Certificate for

that package design, or if one has al-

ready been issued, the offeror shall reg-

ister in writing (including a description

of the quality assurance program re-

quired by 10 CFR part 71) with the U.S.

Competent Authority as a user of the

certificate. (N

OTE

: The person who

originally applies for a U.S. Competent

Authority Certificate will be registered

automatically.) The registration re-

quest must be sent to the Associate

Administrator for Hazardous Materials

Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans-

portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer-

sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590–

0001. Alternatively, the application

with any attached supporting docu-

mentation in an appropriate format

may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to

(202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by

electronic mail (e-mail) to

‘‘[email protected].’’ Upon registration,

the offeror will be furnished with a

copy of the certificate. The offeror

shall then submit a copy of the U.S.

Competent Authority Certificate ap-

plying to that package design to the

national competent authority of each

country into or through which the

package will be transported, unless the

offeror has documentary evidence that

a copy has already been furnished; and

(e) Each request for a U.S. Competent

Authority Certificate as required by

the IAEA regulations must be sub-

mitted in writing to the Associate Ad-

ministrator. The request must be in

triplicate and include copies of the ap-

plicable USNRC packaging approval,

USNRC Quality Assurance Program ap-

proval number, and a reproducible 22

cm × 30 cm (8.5″×11″) drawing showing

the make-up of the package. The re-

quest and accompanying documenta-

tion must be sent to the Associate Ad-

ministrator for Hazardous Materials

Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans-

portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer-

sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590–

0001. Alternatively, the application

with any attached supporting docu-

mentation in an appropriate format

may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to

(202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by

electronic mail (e-mail) to

‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con-

sidered in the order in which it is re-

ceived. To allow sufficient time for

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00722 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

713

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.473

consideration, requests must be re-

ceived at least 90 days before the re-

quested effective date.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR

61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004;

70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1,

2007]

§ 173.472 Requirements for exporting

DOT Specification Type B and

fissile packages.

(a) Any offeror who exports a DOT

Specification Type B or fissile material

package authorized by § 173.416 or

§ 173.417 shall comply with paragraphs

(b) through (f) of this section.

(b) The shipment must be made in ac-

cordance with the conditions of the

U.S. Certificate of Competent Author-

ity.

be durably and legibly marked with the

package identification marking indi-

cated in the U.S. Competent Authority

Certificate.

(d) Each shipping paper related to the

shipment of the package must bear the

package identification marking indi-

cated in the U.S. Competent Authority

Certificate.

(e) Before export of the package, the

offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent

Authority Certificate for that package

design, or if one has already been

issued, the offeror shall register in

writing (including a description of the

quality assurance program required by

10 CFR part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR

173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Com-

petent Authority as a user of the cer-

tificate. Upon registration, the offeror

will be furnished with a copy of the

certificate. The offeror shall then sub-

mit a copy of the U.S. Competent Au-

thority Certificate applying to that

package design to the national com-

petent authority of each country into

or through which the package will be

transported, unless the offeror has doc-

umentary evidence that a copy has al-

ready been furnished.

(f) Each request for a U.S. Competent

Authority Certificate as required by

the IAEA regulations must be sub-

mitted in writing to the Associate Ad-

ministrator. The request must be in

triplicate and must include a descrip-

tion of the quality assurance program

required by 10 CFR part 71, subpart H,

or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a re-

producible 22 cm × 30 cm (8.5″×11″) draw-

ing showing the make-up of the pack-

age. A copy of the USNRC quality as-

surance program approval will satisfy

the requirement for describing the

quality assurance program. The re-

quest and accompanying documenta-

tion may be sent by mail or other de-

livery service. Alternatively, the re-

quest with any attached supporting

documentation submitted in an appro-

priate format may be sent by facsimile

(fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or

by electronic mail (e-mail) to

‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con-

sidered in the order in which it is re-

ceived. To allow sufficient time for

consideration, requests must be re-

ceived at least 90 days before the re-

quested effective date.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR

61014, Sept. 27, 2002]

§ 173.473 Requirements for foreign-

made packages.

In addition to other applicable re-

quirements of this subchapter, each of-

feror of a foreign-made Type B(U),

Type B(M), Type C, Type CF, Type

H(U), Type H(M), or fissile material

package for which a Competent Au-

thority Certificate is required by

IAEA’s ‘‘Regulations for the Safe

Transport of Radioactive Material, No.

TS-R-1, ’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter) shall also comply with the fol-

lowing requirements:

(a) Prior to the shipment of such a

package of Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials into or from the U.S., the offeror

shall—

(1) Have the foreign competent au-

thority certificate revalidated by the

U.S. Competent Authority, unless this

has been done previously. Each request

for revalidation must be submitted to

the Associate Administrator. The re-

quest must be in triplicate, contain all

the information required by Section

VII of the IAEA regulations in Safety

Series No. 6, and include a copy in

English of the foreign competent au-

thority certificate. Alternatively, the

request with any attached supporting

documentation submitted in an appro-

priate format may be sent by facsimile

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00723 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

714

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 173.474

(fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or

by electronic mail to

‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con-

sidered in the order in which it is re-

ceived.

To allow sufficient time for consider-

ation, requests must be received at

least 90 days before the requested effec-

tive date;

(2) Register in writing with the U.S.

Competent Authority as a user of the

package covered by the foreign com-

petent authority certificate and its

U.S. revalidation. Alternatively, the

registration request with any attached

supporting documentation submitted

in an appropriate format may be sent

by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or

(202) 366–3650, or by electronic mail (e-

mail) to ‘‘[email protected].’’ If the offer-

or is requesting the revalidation, reg-

istration is automatic; and

(3) Supply to the carrier, upon re-

quest, the applicable competent au-

thority certificates. However, the com-

petent authority certificates are not

required to accompany the packages to

which they apply.

(b) The outside of each package must

be durably and legibly marked with the

competent authority identification

marking indicated on the Competent

Authority Certificate and revalidation.

ment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials

must bear a notation of the package

identification marking indicated on

the competent authority certificate or

revalidation.

(d) All requirements of the foreign

competent authority certificate and

the U.S. Competent Authority re-

validation must be fulfilled.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR

16015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec.

31, 2003; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.474 Quality control for construc-

tion of packaging.

Prior to the first use of any pack-

aging for the shipment of Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) material, the offeror shall

determine that—

(a) The packaging meets the quality

of design and construction require-

ments as specified in this subchapter;

and

(b) The effectiveness of the shielding,

containment and, when required, the

heat transfer characteristics of the

package, are within the limits specified

for the package design.

§ 173.475 Quality control requirements

prior to each shipment of Class 7

(radioactive) materials.

Before each shipment of any Class 7

(radioactive) materials package, the of-

feror must ensure, by examination or

appropriate tests, that—

(a) The packaging is proper for the

contents to be shipped;

(b) The packaging is in unimpaired

physical condition, except for super-

ficial marks;

aging, including any required gasket, is

properly installed, secured, and free of

defects;

(d) For fissile material, each moder-

ator and neutron absorber, if required,

is present and in proper condition;

(e) Each special instruction for fill-

ing, closing, and preparation of the

packaging for shipment has been fol-

lowed;

(f) Each closure, valve, or other open-

ing of the containment system through

which the radioactive content might

escape is properly closed and sealed;

(g) Each packaging containing liquid

in excess of an A

quantity and in-

tended for air shipment has been tested

to show that it will not leak under an

ambient atmospheric pressure of not

more than 25 kPa, absolute (3.6 psia).

The test must be conducted on the en-

tire containment system, or on any re-

ceptacle or vessel within the contain-

ment system, to determine compliance

with this requirement;

(h) The internal pressure of the con-

tainment system will not exceed the

design pressure during transportation;

and

(i) External radiation and contamina-

tion levels are within the allowable

limits specified in this subchapter.

§ 173.476 Approval of special form

Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

(a) Each offeror of special form Class

7 (radioactive) materials must main-

tain on file for at least one year after

the latest shipment, and provide to the

Associate Administrator on request, a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00724 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

715

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.477

complete safety analysis, including

documentation of any tests, dem-

onstrating that the special form mate-

rial meets the requirements of § 173.469.

An IAEA Certificate of Competent Au-

thority issued for the special form ma-

terial may be used to satisfy this re-

quirement.

(b) Prior to the first export shipment

of a special form Class 7 (radioactive)

material from the United States, each

offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent

Authority Certificate for the specific

material. For special form material

manufactured outside the United

States, an IAEA Certificate of Com-

petent Authority from the country of

origin may be used to meet this re-

quirement.

Authority Certificate as required by

the IAEA regulations must be sub-

mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail

or other delivery service to the Asso-

ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the

request with any attached supporting

documentation submitted in an appro-

priate format may be sent by facsimile

(fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or

by electronic mail (e-mail) to

‘‘[email protected].’’. Each request is

considered in the order in which it is

received. To allow sufficient time for

consideration, requests must be re-

ceived at least 90 days before the re-

quested effective date. Each petition

for a U.S. Competent Authority Certifi-

cate must include the following infor-

mation:

(1) A detailed description of the ma-

terial, or if a capsule, a detailed de-

scription of the contents. Particular

reference must be made to both phys-

ical and chemical states;

(2) A detailed statement of the cap-

sule design and dimensions, including

complete engineering drawings [22cm ×

30cm (8

⁄

inches × 11 inches)] and sched-

ules of material, and methods of con-

struction;

(3) A statement of the tests that have

been made and their results; or evi-

dence based on calculative methods to

show that the material is able to pass

the tests; or other evidence that the

special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial complies with § 173.469;

(4) For the original request for a

Competent Authority Certificate, evi-

dence of a quality assurance program

based on international, national or

other standards, for the design, manu-

facture, testing, documentation, use,

maintenance and inspection, as appro-

priate, of all special form material of-

fered for transport by the requester;

and

(5) A description of any proposed pre-

shipment actions, such as leak testing,

for use in the consignment of special

form radioactive material for trans-

port.

(d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec-

tion do not apply in those cases where

equals A

and the material is not re-

quired to be described on the shipping

papers as ‘‘Radioactive Material, Spe-

cial Form, n.o.s.’’

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR

61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.477 Approval of packagings con-

taining greater than 0.1 kg of non-

fissile or fissile-excepted uranium

hexafluoride.

(a) Each offeror of a package con-

taining more than 0.1 kg of uranium

hexafluoride must maintain on file for

at least one year after the latest ship-

ment, and provide to the Associate Ad-

ministrator on request, a complete

safety analysis, including documenta-

tion of any tests, demonstrating that

the package meets the requirements of

§ 173.420. An IAEA Certificate of Com-

petent Authority issued for the design

of the packaging containing greater

than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or fissile-ex-

cepted uranium hexafluoride may be

used to satisfy this requirement.

(b) Prior to the first export shipment

of a package containing greater than

0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride from

the United States, each offeror shall

obtain a U.S. Competent Authority

Certificate for the packaging design.

For packagings manufactured outside

the United States, each offeror shall

comply with § 173.473.

Authority Certificate as required by

the IAEA regulations must be sub-

mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail

or other delivery service to the Asso-

ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the

request with any attached supporting

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00725 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

716

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 173, App. B

documentation submitted in an appro-

priate format may be sent by facsimile

(fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or

by electronic mail (e-mail) to

[email protected]. Each request is con-

sidered in the order in which it is re-

ceived. To allow sufficient time for

consideration, requests must be re-

ceived at least 90 days before the re-

quested effective date. Each request for

a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate

must include the following informa-

tion:

(1) A safety analysis report which, at

a minimum, provides a detailed de-

scription of the packaging and con-

tents; a description of the manufac-

turing process used for the packaging;

and details of the tests conducted and

copy of their results, evidence based on

calculative methods to show that the

package is able to pass the tests, or

other evidence that the package com-

plies with § 173.420; and

(2) For the original request for a

Competent Authority Certificate, evi-

dence of a quality assurance program.

[69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004]

Subparts J–O [Reserved]

PPENDIX

ART

173 [R

ESERVED

]

PPENDIX

ART

173—P

ROCEDURE

FOR

ESTING

HEMICAL

OMPAT

IBILITY AND

ATE OF

ERMEATION IN

LASTIC

ACKAGING AND

ECEP

TACLES

1. The purpose of this procedure is to deter-

mine the chemical compatibility and perme-

ability of liquid hazardous materials pack-

aged in plastic packaging and receptacles.

Alternatives for this procedure are permitted

as specified in § 173.24(e)(3)(iii) of this sub-

chapter.

2. Compatibility and rate of permeation

are determined by subjecting full size plastic

containers (or smaller containers as per-

mitted in paragraph 4 of this appendix) and

hazardous material lading to one of the fol-

lowing combinations of time and tempera-

ture:

a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature

no lower than 18 °C. (64 °F.)

b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature

no lower than 50 °C. (122 °F.)

c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature

no lower than 60 °C. (140 °F.)

3. Regardless of which test method is used,

at least three sample containers shall be

tested for each combination of hazardous

material and size and design of container.

Fill containers to rated capacity with the

specific hazardous material (at the con-

centration to be transported) and close as for

shipment. For the first and last 24 hours of

storage under the selected test method, place

the containers with closures downward, ex-

cept that containers fitted with a vent are so

placed on each occasion for five minutes

only.

4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in

those instances where it is not practicable to

use full size containers, smaller containers

may be used. The small container shall be

manufactured by the same process as the

larger container (for example, using the

same method of molding and processing tem-

peratures) and be made of identical resins,

pigments and additives.

5. Determine filled container weight or net

weight of contents both before and after

storage under the selected test method. Rate

of permeation is determined from loss of haz-

ardous materials contents, during the con-

duct of the test, expressed as a percentage of

the original weight.

6. After storage under the selected test

method, the container shall be drained,

rinsed, filled to rated capacity with water

and, with filled container at ambient tem-

perature, dropped from a height determined

in accordance with § 178.603(e) of this sub-

chapter onto a rigid non-resilient, flat and

horizontal surface.

7. Each of the following constitute test

failure:

a. Visible evidence of permanent deforma-

tion due to vapor pressure build-up or col-

lapse of walls, deterioration, swelling, craz-

ing, cracking, excessive corrosion,

oxidization, embrittlement, leakage, rupture

or other defects likely to cause premature

failure or a hazardous condition.

b. For materials meeting the definition of

a poison according to this subchapter, a rate

of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined

over the test period. For all other hazardous

materials, a rate of permeation in excess of

2.0% determined over the test period.

[Amdt. 173–176, 49 FR 24691, June 14, 1984, as

amended by Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52670 Dec.

21, 1990; 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–

234, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45379, Aug.

28, 2001]

PPENDIX

ART

173—P

ROCEDURE

FOR

ASE

LEVEL

IBRATION

ESTING

Base-level vibration testing shall be con-

ducted as follows:

1. Three sample packagings, selected at

random, must be filled and closed as for ship-

ment. A non-hazardous material may be used

in place of the hazardous material if it has

essentially the same physical characteris-

tics.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00726 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

717

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173, App. D

2. The three packages must be placed on a

vibrating platform that has a vertical dou-

ble-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement)

of one inch. The packages should be con-

strained horizontally to prevent them from

falling off the platform, but must be left free

to move vertically, bounce and rotate.

3. The test must be performed continu-

ously for one hour at a frequency that causes

each package to be raised from the vibrating

platform to such a degree that a piece of ma-

terial of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch)

thickness (such as steel strapping or paper-

board) can be passed between the bottom of

any package and the platform.

4. Immediately following the period of vi-

bration, each package shall be removed from

the platform, turned on its side and observed

for any evidence of leakage.

5. Rupture or leakage from any of the

packages constitutes failure of the test.

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21, 1990]

PPENDIX

ART

173—T

EST

ETH

ODS FOR

YNAMITE

XPLOSIVE

LASTING

, T

YPE

1. T

EST METHOD

D–1—L

EAKAGE

EST

A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long

and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) inch in diameter, with

a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in

one end of the wrapper of a dynamite car-

tridge. A cork stopper is placed on the bot-

tom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dy-

namite cartridge is placed, perforated end

down, resting on the cork stopper in the cyl-

inder. The entire assembly is placed in an

oven at 38 °C (100 °F) for 48 hours and then

examined visually for evidence of leakage.

2. T

EST METHOD

D–2—Centrifugal Exudation

Test

The test apparatus consists of a glass tube,

135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in di-

ameter, with both ends open, and is assem-

bled in the following manner:

(a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of

diameter equal to the inner diameter of the

glass tube;

(b) Place a small amount of absorbent cot-

ton on top of the plug;

inner diameter to the glass tube and has

seven small perforations on top of the cot-

ton; and

(d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite

sample on top of the disk.

The assembled glass tube is then placed in a

hand-operated centrifuge and spun for one

minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute).

The dynamite sample is then removed from

the glass tube and weighed to determine the

percent of weight loss.

3. T

EST METHOD

D–3—Compression Exudation

Test

The entire apparatus for this test is shown

in Figure 1 of this appendix. The test is con-

ducted using the following procedures:

(a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long

and one inch in diameter, is held on a wood-

en base;

(b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is

placed into the bottom of the glass tube;

are placed on top of the cotton in the glass

tube;

(d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is

placed on top of the dynamite sample;

(e) A plastic disk that matches the inner

diameter of the glass tube and has seven

small perforations is placed on top of the

cotton;

(f) A plastic plug matching the inner di-

ameter of the glass tube is then placed on

top of the disk;

(g) The glass tube assembly is placed under

the compression rod, and compression is ap-

plied by means of the weight on the metal

lever rod. The sample is compressed for one

minute; and

(h) The dynamite sample is then removed

from the glass tube and weighed to deter-

mine the percent of weight loss.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00727 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

718

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 173, App. H

PPENDIXES

E–G

ART

173

ESERVED

]

PPENDIX

ART

173—M

ETHOD OF

ESTING FOR

USTAINED

OMBUS

TIBILITY

1. M

ETHOD

The method describes a procedure for de-

termining if the material when heated under

the test conditions and exposed to an exter-

nal source of flame applied in a standard

manner sustains combustion.

2. P

RINCIPLE OF THE METHOD

A metal block with a concave depression

(test portion well) is heated to a specified

temperature. A specified volume of the ma-

terial under test is transferred to the well,

and its ability to sustain combustion is

noted after application and subsequent re-

moval of a standard flame under specified

conditions.

3. A

PPARATUS

A combustibility tester consisting of a

block of aluminum alloy or other corrosion-

resistant metal of high thermal conductivity

is used. The block has a concave well and a

pocket drilled to take a thermometer. A

small gas jet assembly on a swivel is at-

tached to the block. The handle and gas inlet

for the gas jet may be fitted at any conven-

ient angle to the gas jet. A suitable appa-

ratus is shown in Figure 32.5.2.1 of the UN

Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, see (171.7

of this subchapter), and the essential dimen-

sions are given in Figures 32.5.2.1 and 32.5.2.2

of the UN Manual and Tests and Criteria.

The following equipment is needed:

(a) Gauge, for checking that the height of

the center of the gas jet above the top of the

test portion well is 2.2 mm (see Figure

32.5.2.1);

(b) Thermometer, mercury in glass, for hori-

zontal operation, with a sensitivity not less

than 1 mm/ °C, or other measuring device of

equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at

0.5 °C intervals. When in position in the

block, the thermometer bulb must be sur-

rounded with thermally conducting thermo-

plastic compound;

trol device. (Other types of apparatus with

suitable temperature-control facilities may

be employed to heat the metal block);

(d) Stopwatch, or other suitable timing de-

vice;

(e) Syringe, capable of delivering 2 mL to

an accuracy of ±0.1 mL; and

(f) Fuel source, butane test fuel.

4. S

AMPLING

The sample must be representative of the

material to be tested and must be supplied

and kept in a tightly closed container prior

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00728 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.067</GPH>

719

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 174

to test. Because of the possibility of loss of

volatile constituents, the sample must re-

ceive only the minimum treatment nec-

essary to ensure its homogeneity. After re-

moving each test portion, the sample con-

tainer must be immediately closed tightly to

ensure that no volatile components escape

from the container; if this closure is incom-

plete, an entirely new sample must be taken.

5. P

ROCEDURE

Carry out the determination in triplicate.

WARNING—Do not carry out the test in a

small confined area (for example a glove box)

because of the hazard of explosions.

(a) It is essential that the apparatus be set

up in a completely draft-free area (see warn-

ing) and in the absence of strong light to fa-

cilitate observation of flash, flame, etc.

(b) Place the metal block on the hotplate

or heat the metal block by other suitable

means so that its temperature, as indicated

by the thermometer placed in the metal

block, is maintained at the specified tem-

perature within a tolerance of ±1 °C. For the

appropriate test temperature, see paragraph

5.(h) of this appendix. Correct this tempera-

ture for the difference in barometric pressure

from the standard atmospheric pressure

(101.3 kPa) by raising the test temperature

for a higher pressure or lowering the test

temperature for a lower pressure by 1.0 °C for

each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the top of

the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use

the gauge to check that the jet is 2.2 mm

above the top of the well when in the test po-

sition.

away from the test position (i.e. in the ‘‘off’’

position, away from the well). Adjust the

size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm

high and approximately 5 mm wide.

(d) Using the syringe, take from the sam-

ple container at least 2 mL of the sample and

rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 mL ±0.1

mL to the well of the combustibility tester

and immediately start the timing device.

(e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s),

by which time the test portion is deemed to

have reached its equilibrium temperature,

and if the test fluid has not ignited, swing

the test flame into the test position over the

edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this

position for 15 s and then return it to the

‘‘off’’ position while observing the behavior

of the test portion. The test flame must re-

main lighted throughout the test.

(f) For each test observe and record:

(i) whether there is ignition and sustained

combustion or flashing, or neither, of the

test portion before the test flame is moved

into the test position;

(ii) whether the test portion ignites while

the test flame is in the test position, and, if

so, how long combustion is sustained after

the test flame is returned to the ‘‘off’’ posi-

tion.

(g) If sustained combustion interpreted in

accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen-

dix is not found, repeat the complete proce-

dure with new test portions, but with a heat-

ing time of 30 s.

(h) If sustained combustion interpreted in

accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen-

dix is not found at a test temperature of 60

°C (140 °F), repeat the complete procedure

with new test portions, but at a test tem-

perature of 75 °C (167 °F). In the case of a ma-

terial which has a flash point above 60 °C (140

°F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), if sustained com-

bustion interpreted in accordance with para-

graph 6. of this appendix is not found at a

test temperature of 5 °C (9 °F) above its flash

point, repeat the complete procedure with

new test portions, but at a test temperature

of 20 °C (36 °F) above its flash point.

6. I

NTERPRETATION OF OBSERVATIONS

The material must be assessed either as

not sustaining combustion or as sustaining

combustion. Sustained combustion must be

reported at either of the heating times if one

of the following occurs with either of the

test portions:

(a) When the test flame is in the ‘‘off’’ posi-

tion, the test portion ignites and sustains

combustion;

(b) The test portion ignites while the test

flame is in the test position for 15 s, and sus-

tains combustion for more than 15 s after the

test flame has been returned to the ‘‘off’’ po-

sition.

OTE TO PARAGRAPH

OF THIS APPENDIX

Intermittent flashing may not be interpreted

as sustained combustion. Normally, at the

end of 15 s, the combustion has either clearly

ceased or continues. In cases of doubt, the

material must be deemed to sustain combus-

tion.

[Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67517, Dec. 29, 1994, as

amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept.

26, 1996; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747,

Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR

78634, Dec. 29, 2006]

PART 174—CARRIAGE BY RAIL

Subpart A—General Requirements

Sec.

174.1 Purpose and scope.

174.2 Limitation on actions by states, local

governments, and Indian tribes.

174.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials

shipments.

174.5 Carrier’s materials and supplies.

174.9 Safety and security inspection and ac-

ceptance.

174.14 Movements to be expedited.

174.16 Removal and disposition of hazardous

materials at destination.

174.20 Local or carrier restrictions.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00729 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

720

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.1

Subpart B—General Operating

Requirements

174.24 Shipping papers.

174.26 Notice to train crews.

174.50 Nonconforming or leaking packages.

Subpart C—General Handling and Loading

Requirements

174.55 General requirements.

174.57 Cleaning cars.

174.59 Marking and placarding of rail cars.

174.61 Transport vehicles and freight con-

tainers on flat cars.

174.63 Portable tanks, IM portable tanks,

IBCs, Large Packagings, cargo tanks,

and multi-unit tank car tanks.

174.67 Tank car unloading.

174.81 Segregation of hazardous materials.

Subpart D—Handling of Placarded Rail

Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight

Containers

174.82 General requirements for the han-

dling of placarded rail cars, transport ve-

hicles, freight containers, and bulk pack-

ages.

174.83 Switching placarded rail cars, trans-

port vehicles, freight containers, and

bulk packagings.

174.84 Position in train of loaded placarded

rail cars, transport vehicles, freight con-

tainers or bulk packagings when accom-

panied by guards or technical escorts.

174.85 Position in train of placarded cars,

transport vehicles, freight containers,

and bulk packagings.

174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed.

Subpart E—Class I (Explosive) Materials

174.101 Loading Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials.

174.102 Forbidden mixed loading and stor-

age.

174.103 Disposition of damaged or astray

shipments.

174.104 Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) mate-

rials; car selection, preparation, inspec-

tion, and certification.

174.105 Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or

1.2 (explosive) materials.

174.106 ‘‘Order-Notify’’ or ‘‘C.O.D.’’ ship-

ments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma-

terials.

174.110 Car magazine.

174.112 Loading Division 1.3 and Division 1.2

(explosive) materials (Also see § 174.101).

174.114 Record to be made of change of seals

on ‘‘Cars loaded with Division 1.1 or 1.2

(explosive) materials’’.

174.115 Loading Division 1.4 (explosive) ma-

terials.

Subpart F—Detailed Requirements for Class

2 (Gases) Materials

174.200 Special handling requirements.

174.201 Class 2 (gases) material cylinders.

174.204 Tank car delivery of gases, including

cryogenic liquids.

174.290 Materials extremely poisonous by

inhalation shipped by, for, or to the De-

partment of Defense.

Subpart G—Detailed Requirements for

Class 3 (Flammable Liquid) Materials

174.300 Special handling requirements.

174.304 Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials

in tank cars.

Subparts H–I [Reserved]

Subpart J—Detailed Requirements for

Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials

174.600 Special handling requirements for

materials extremely poisonous by inha-

lation.

174.615 Cleaning cars.

174.680 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials

with foodstuffs.

Subpart K—Detailed Requirements for

Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials

174.700 Special handling requirements for

Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

174.715 Cleanliness of transport vehicles

after use.

174.750 Incidents involving leakage.

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128; 49 CFR 1.53.

Subpart A—General Requirements

§ 174.1 Purpose and scope.

This part prescribes requirements in

addition to those contained in parts

171, 172, 173, and 179 of this subchapter,

to be observed with respect to the

transportation of hazardous materials

in or on rail cars.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 174–74, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1,

1993]

§ 174.2 Limitation on actions by states,

local governments, and Indian

tribes.

Sections 5125 and 20106 of Title 49,

United States Code, limit the author-

ity of states, political subdivisions of

states, and Indian tribes to impose re-

quirements on the transportation of

hazardous materials in commerce. A

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00730 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

721

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.9

state, local, or Indian tribe require-

ment on the transportation of haz-

ardous materials by rail may be pre-

empted under either 49 U.S.C. 5125 or

20106, or both.

(a) Section 171.1(f) of this subchapter

describes the circumstances under

which 49 U.S.C. 5125 preempts a re-

quirement of a state, political subdivi-

sion of a state, or Indian tribe.

(b) Under the Federal Railroad Safe-

ty Act (49 U.S.C. 20106), administered

by the Federal Railroad Administra-

tion (see 49 CFR parts 200 through 244),

laws, regulations and orders related to

railroad safety, including security,

shall be nationally uniform to the ex-

tent practicable. A state may adopt, or

continue in force, a law, regulation, or

order covering the same subject matter

as a DOT regulation or order applicable

to railroad safety and security (includ-

ing the requirements in this subpart)

only when an additional or more strin-

gent state law, regulation, or order is

necessary to eliminate or reduce an es-

sentially local safety or security haz-

ard; is not incompatible with a law,

regulation, or order of the United

States Government; and does not un-

reasonably burden interstate com-

merce.

[74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]

§ 174.3 Unacceptable hazardous mate-

rials shipments.

No person may accept for transpor-

tation or transport by rail any ship-

ment of hazardous material that is not

in conformance with the requirements

of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 174–83, 61 FR 28677, June 5, 1996]

§ 174.5 Carrier’s materials and sup-

plies.

This subchapter applies to the trans-

portation of a carrier’s materials and

supplies moving by rail, except that

the shipper’s certification is not re-

quired when these materials and sup-

plies are being transported by the car-

rier who owns them. The requirements

of this subchapter do not apply to rail-

way torpedoes or fusees when carried

in engines or rail cars. Railway tor-

pedoes must be in closed metal boxes

when not in use.

[Amdt. 174–26B, 41 FR 57071, Dec. 30, 1976]

§ 174.9 Safety and security inspection

and acceptance.

(a) At each location where a haz-

ardous material is accepted for trans-

portation or placed in a train, the car-

rier must inspect each rail car con-

taining the hazardous material, at

ground level, for required markings, la-

bels, placards, securement of closures,

and leakage. These inspections may be

performed in conjunction with inspec-

tions required under parts 215 and 232

of this title.

(b) For each rail car containing an

amount of hazardous material requir-

ing placarding in accordance with

§ 172.504 of this subchapter, the carrier

must visually inspect the rail car at

ground level for signs of tampering, in-

cluding closures and seals, for sus-

picious items or items that do not be-

long, and for other signs that the secu-

rity of the car may have been com-

promised, including the presence of an

improvised explosive device. As used in

this section, an improvised explosive

device is a device fabricated in an im-

provised manner incorporating explo-

sives or destructive, lethal, noxious,

pyrotechnic, or incendiary chemicals

in its design, and generally includes a

power supply, a switch or timer, and a

detonator or initiator. The carrier

should be particularly attentive to

signs that security may have been

compromised on rail cars transporting

materials covered by § 172.820 of this

subchapter, rail carload quantities of

ammonium nitrate or ammonium ni-

trate mixtures in solid form, or haz-

ardous materials of interest based on

current threat information.

the safety and security requirements of

this subchapter, the carrier may not

forward or transport the rail car until

the deficiencies are corrected or the

car is approved for movement in ac-

cordance with § 174.50.

(d) Where an indication of tampering

or suspicious item is found, a carrier

must take appropriate action to ensure

the security of the rail car and its con-

tents have not been compromised be-

fore accepting the rail car for further

movement. If the carrier determines

that the security of the rail car has

been compromised, the carrier must

take action, in conformance with its

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00731 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

722

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.14

existing security plan (see subpart I of

part 172 of this subchapter) to address

the security issues before forwarding

the rail car for further movement.

[73 FR 20773, April 16, 2008]

§ 174.14 Movements to be expedited.

(a) A carrier must forward each ship-

ment of hazardous materials promptly

and within 48 hours (Saturdays, Sun-

days, and holidays excluded), after ac-

ceptance at the originating point or re-

ceipt at any yard, transfer station, or

interchange point, except that where

biweekly or weekly service only is per-

formed, a shipment of hazardous mate-

rials must be forwarded on the first

available train.

(b) A tank car loaded with any Divi-

sion 2.1 (flammable gas), Division 2.3

(poisonous gas) or Class 3 (flammable

liquid) material, may not be received

and held at any point, subject to for-

warding orders, so as to defeat the pur-

pose of this section or of § 174.204 of this

subchapter.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52677, Dec.

21, 1990]

§ 174.16 Removal and disposition of

hazardous materials at destination.

(a) Delivery at non-agency stations. A

shipment of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials may not be unloaded at non-agen-

cy stations unless the consignee is

there to receive it or unless properly

locked and secure storage facilities are

provided at that point for its protec-

tion. If delivery cannot be so made, the

shipment must be taken to next or

nearest agency station for delivery.

(b) Delivery at agency stations. A car-

rier shall require the consignee of each

shipment of hazardous materials to re-

move the shipment from carrier’s prop-

erty within 48 hours (exclusive of Sat-

urdays, Sundays, and holidays) after

notice of arrival has been sent or given.

If not so removed, the carrier shall im-

mediately dispose of the shipments as

follows:

(1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) mate-

rials: If safe storage is available, by

storage at the owner’s expense; if safe

storage is not available, by return to

the shipper, sale, or destruction under

supervision of a competent person; or if

safety requires, by destruction under

supervision of a competent person.

(2) Hazardous materials, except Division

1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, in carload

shipments: By storage on the carrier’s

property; by storage on other than the

carrier’s property, if safe storage on

the carrier’s property is not available;

or by sale at expiration of 15 calendar

days after notice of arrival has been

sent or given to the consignee, pro-

vided the consignor has been notified of

the non-delivery at the expiration of a

48-hour period and orders for disposi-

tion have not been received.

(3) Hazardous materials, except Division

1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, in

less-than-carload shipments: By return

to the shipper if notice of non-delivery

was requested and given the consignor

as prescribed by the carrier’s tariff,

and orders for return to shipper have

been received; by storage on the car-

rier’s property; by storage on other

than the carrier’s property, if safe stor-

age on carrier’s property is not avail-

able; or by sale at expiration of 15 cal-

endar days after notice of arrival has

been sent or given to the consignee,

provided the consignor has been noti-

fied of non-delivery at expiration of a

48–hour period and orders for disposi-

tion have not been received.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52677, Dec.

21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 174.20 Local or carrier restrictions.

(a) When local conditions make the

acceptance, transportation, or delivery

of hazardous materials unusually haz-

ardous, local restrictions may be im-

posed by the carrier.

(b) Each carrier must report to the

Bureau of Explosives for publication

the full information as to any restric-

tions which it imposes against the ac-

ceptance, delivery, or transportation of

hazardous materials, over any portion

of its lines under this section.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]

Subpart B—General Operating

Requirements

§ 174.24 Shipping papers.

(a) A person may not accept a haz-

ardous material for transportation or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00732 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

723

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.55

transport a hazardous material by rail

unless that person receives a shipping

paper prepared in accordance with part

172 of this subchapter, unless the mate-

rial is excepted from shipping paper re-

quirements under this subchapter.

Only an initial carrier within the

United States must receive and retain

a copy of the shipper’s certification as

required by § 172.204 of this subchapter.

This section does not apply to a mate-

rial that is excepted from shipping

paper requirements by this subchapter.

(b) Each person receiving a shipping

paper required by this section must re-

tain a copy or an electronic image

thereof, that is accessible at or

through its principal place of business

and must make the shipping paper

available, upon request, to an author-

ized official of a Federal, State, or

local government agency at reasonable

times and locations. For a hazardous

waste, each shipping paper copy must

be retained for three years after the

material is accepted by the initial car-

rier. For all other hazardous materials,

each shipping paper copy must be re-

tained for one year after the material

is accepted by the initial carrier. Each

shipping paper copy must include the

date of acceptance by the initial car-

rier. The date on the shipping paper

may be the date a shipper notifies the

rail carrier that a shipment is ready

for transportation, as indicated on the

waybill or bill of lading, as an alter-

native to the date the shipment is

picked up, or accepted, by the carrier.

[67 FR 46128, July 12, 2002, as amended at 67

FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9,

2005]

§ 174.26 Notice to train crews.

(a) The train crew must have a docu-

ment that reflects the current position

in the train of each rail car containing

a hazardous material. The train crew

must update the document to indicate

changes in the placement of a rail car

within the train. For example, the

train crew may update the document

by handwriting on it or by appending

or attaching another document to it.

(b) A member of the crew of a train

transporting a hazardous material

must have a copy of a document for the

hazardous material being transported

showing the information required by

part 172 of this subchapter, including

the requirements in § 172.604(b) applica-

ble to emergency response information.

[Amdt. 174–84, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997, as

amended at 74 FR 53423, Oct. 19, 2009]

§ 174.50 Nonconforming or leaking

packages.

A leaking non-bulk package may not

be forwarded until repaired, recondi-

tioned, or overpacked in accordance

with § 173.3 of this subchapter. Except

as otherwise provided in this section, a

bulk packaging that no longer con-

forms to this subchapter may not be

forwarded by rail unless repaired or ap-

proved for movement by the Associate

Administrator for Safety, Federal Rail-

road Administration. Notification and

approval must be in writing, or

through telephonic or electronic

means, with subsequent written con-

firmation provided within two weeks.

For the applicable address and tele-

phone number, see § 107.117(d)(4) of this

chapter. A leaking bulk package con-

taining a hazardous material may be

moved without repair or approval only

so far as necessary to reduce or to

eliminate an immediate threat or harm

to human health or to the environment

when it is determined its movement

would provide greater safety than al-

lowing the package to remain in place.

In the case of a liquid leak, measures

must be taken to prevent the spread of

liquid.

[65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000]

Subpart C—General Handling and

Loading Requirements

§ 174.55 General requirements.

(a) Each package containing a haz-

ardous material being transported by

rail in a freight container or transport

vehicle must be loaded so that it can-

not fall or slide and must be safe-

guarded in such a manner that other

freight cannot fall onto or slide into it

under conditions normally incident to

transportation. When this protection

cannot be provided by using other

freight, it must be provided by block-

ing and bracing. For examples of block-

ing and bracing in freight containers

and transport vehicles, see Bureau of

Explosives Pamphlet No. 6 and the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00733 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

724

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.57

Intermodal Loading Guide for Products

in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(b) Each package containing a haz-

ardous material bearing package ori-

entation markings prescribed in

§ 172.312 of this subchapter must be

loaded within a transport vehicle or

freight container to remain in the cor-

rect position indicated by those mark-

ings during transportation.

transport vehicle may not be used to

secure a load that includes a package

containing a hazardous material unless

the doors meet the design strength re-

quirements of Specification M–930 (for

freight containers) and M–931 (for trail-

ers) in the AAR’s specification for

‘‘Specially Equipped Freight Car and

Intermodal Equipment’’ (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter) and the load

is also within the limits of the design

strength requirements for the doors.

[Amdt. 174–83, 61 FR 28677, June 5, 1996, as

amended at 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR

43530, July 20, 2011]

§ 174.57 Cleaning cars.

All hazardous material which has

leaked from a package in any rail car

or on other railroad property must be

carefully removed.

§ 174.59 Marking and placarding of

rail cars.

No person may transport a rail car

carrying hazardous materials unless it

is marked and placarded as required by

this subchapter. Placards and car cer-

tificates lost in transit must be re-

placed at the next inspection point,

and those not required must be re-

moved at the next terminal where the

train is classified. For Canadian ship-

ments, required placards lost in tran-

sit, must be replaced either by those

required by part 172 of this subchapter

or by those authorized under § 171.12.

[74 FR 53189, Oct. 16, 2009]

§ 174.61 Transport vehicles and freight

containers on flat cars.

(a) A transport vehicle, freight con-

tainer, or package containing a haz-

ardous material must be designed and

loaded so that it will not become dam-

aged to an extent that would affect its

integrity under conditions normally in-

cident to transportation. Each unit

must be secured on a flatcar so that it

cannot permanently change position

during transit. Packages of hazardous

materials contained therein must be

loaded and braced as provided by

§§ 174.101, 174.112, 174.115 and 174.55.

Placards must be applied when pre-

scribed by part 172 of this subchapter

and part 174.

(b) Except as specified in § 173.21, a

truck body, trailer, or freight con-

tainer equipped with heating or refrig-

erating equipment which has fuel or

any article classed as a hazardous ma-

terial may be loaded and transported

on a flat car as part of a joint rail high-

way movement. The heating or refrig-

erating equipment is considered to be a

part of the truck body or trailer and is

not subject to any other requirements

of this subchapter. The truck body,

trailer, or freight container must be se-

cured on the flatcar so that it cannot

change position during transit.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 174–38, 45 FR 32698, May 19,

1980; Amdt. 174–39, 45 FR 81572, Dec. 11, 1980;

Amdt. 174–59, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt.

174–68, 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174–79,

59 FR 64744, Dec. 15, 1994]

§ 174.63 Portable tanks, IM portable

tanks, IBCs, Large Packagings,

cargo tanks, and multi-unit tank

car tanks.

(a) A carrier may not transport a

bulk packaging (e.g., portable tank, IM

portable tank, IBC, Large Packaging,

cargo tank, or multi-unit tank car

tank) containing a hazardous material

in container-on-flatcar (COFC) or trail-

er-on-flatcar (TOFC) service except as

authorized by this section or unless ap-

proved for transportation by the Asso-

ciate Administrator for Safety, FRA.

(b) A bulk packaging containing a

hazardous material (including IM 101

and IM 102 when appropriate according

to dimensions and weight distribution)

may be transported inside a fully

closed transport vehicle or fully closed

freight container provided it is prop-

erly secured with a restraint system

that will prevent it from changing po-

sition, sliding into other packages, or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00734 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

725

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.67

contacting the side or end walls (in-

cluding doors) under conditions nor-

mally incident to transportation.

ance with and subject to paragraph (b)

of this section, a bulk packaging may

be transported in COFC service or

TOFC service subject to the following

conditions as applicable:

(1) The bulk packaging contains a

material packaged in accordance with

§ 173.240, 173.241, 173.242, or 173.243 of

this subchapter;

(2) The tank and flatcar must comply

with the applicable requirements of the

HMR concerning their specification.

(3) For TOFC service, the trailer

chassis conforms to requirements in

paragraphs 3, 4, 5, and 6 of AAR Speci-

fication M–943, ‘‘Container Chassis For

TOFC Service’’ of the AAR specifica-

tion for ‘‘Specially Equipped Freight

Car and Intermodal Equipment’’ (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter);

(4) For COFC service, the container

support and securement systems con-

form to requirements in Specification

M–952, ‘‘Intermodal Container Support

and Securement Systems for Freight

Cars’’, of the AAR specification for

‘‘Specially Equipped Freight Car and

Intermodal Equipment’’ (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter);

(5) If transported in a well car—

(i) The tank is not in a double-

stacked configuration (i.e., no freight

container or portable tank is placed

above or below the tank); and

(ii) The tank is transported in the

well with its outlet valve facing out-

ward towards the end of the well and

away from any adjacent tank or con-

tainer; and

(6) All securement fittings shall be

fully engaged and in the locked posi-

tion, provided; however, if the tank is

transported in a well car, it must be

loaded into a well appropriate for the

length of the container and any void

filling device present must be secured

in its designed appropriate position.

(d) An approval in effect on February

28, 1991 for the transportation of port-

able tanks or IM portable tanks in

TOFC or COFC service expires on the

date stated in the approval letter or

June 15, 1995, whichever is later.

(e) A carrier may not transport a

cargo tank or multi-unit tank car tank

containing a hazardous material in

TOFC or COFC service unless approved

for such service by the Associate Ad-

ministrator for Safety, FRA. However,

in the event of an accident or incident,

no such approval is necessary for the

transportation of a cargo tank con-

taining a hazardous material in TOFC

service under the following condi-

tion(s):

(1) There is an emergency need for

the cargo tank in order to mitigate the

consequences of an incident; and

(2) Movement of the cargo tank is

limited to transportation necessary for

emergency purposes.

[Amdt. 174–79, 59 FR 64744, Dec. 15, 1994, as

amended by 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR

75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 77

FR 37985, June 25, 2012]

§ 174.67 Tank car unloading.

For transloading operations, the fol-

lowing rules must be observed:

(a) General requirements. (1) Unloading

operations must be performed by

hazmat employees properly instructed

in unloading hazardous materials and

made responsible for compliance with

this section.

(2) Each hazmat employee who is re-

sponsible for unloading must apply the

handbrake and block at least one wheel

to prevent movement in any direction.

If multiple tank cars are coupled to-

gether, sufficient hand brakes must be

set and wheels blocked to prevent

movement in both directions.

(3) Each hazmat employee who is re-

sponsible for unloading must secure ac-

cess to the track to prevent entry by

other rail equipment, including motor-

ized service vehicles. This requirement

may be satisfied by lining each switch

providing access to the unloading area

against movement and securing each

switch with an effective locking device,

or by using derails, portable bumper

blocks, or other equipment that pro-

vides and equivalent level of safety.

(4) Each hazmat employee who is re-

sponsible for unloading must display

caution signs on the track or on the

tank cars to warn persons approaching

the cars from the open end of the track

and must be left up until after all clo-

sures are secured and the cars are in

proper condition for transportation.

The caution signs must be of metal or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00735 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

726

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.67

other durable material, rectangular, at

30.48 cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15

inches) wide, and bear the word

‘‘STOP.’’ The word ‘‘STOP’’ must ap-

pear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4

inches) high. The letters must be white

on a blue background. Additional

words, such as ‘‘Tank Car Connected’’

or ‘‘Crew at Work,’’ may also appear in

white letters under the word ‘‘STOP.’’

(5) The transloading facility operator

must maintain written safety proce-

dures (such as those it may already be

required to maintain pursuant to the

Department of Labor’s Occupational

Safety and Health Administration re-

quirements in 29 CFR 1910.119 and

1910.120) in a location where they are

immediately available to hazmat em-

ployees responsible for the

transloading operation.

(6) Before a manhole cover or outlet

valve cap is removed from a tank car,

the car must be relieved of all interior

pressure by cooling the tank with

water or by venting the tank by raising

the safety valve or opening the dome

vent at short intervals. However, if

venting to relieve pressure will cause a

dangerous amount of vapor to collect

outside the car, venting and unloading

must be deferred until the pressure is

reduced by allowing the car to stand

overnight, otherwise cooling the con-

tents, or venting to a closed collection

system. These precautions are not nec-

essary when the car is equipped with a

manhole cover which hinges inward or

with an inner manhole cover which

does not have to be removed to unload

the car, and when pressure is relieved

by piping vapor into a condenser or

storage tank.

(b) After the pressure is released, for

unloading processes that require the

removal of the manhole cover, the seal

must be broken and the manhole cover

removed as follows:

(1) Screw type. The cover must be

loosened by placing a bar between the

manhole cover lug and knob. After two

complete turns, so that the vent open-

ings are exposed, the operation must be

stopped, and if there is any sound of es-

caping vapor, the cover must be

screwed down tightly and the interior

pressure relieved as prescribed in para-

graph (a)(6) of this section, before

again attempting to remove the cover.

(2) Hinged and bolted type. All nuts

must be unscrewed one complete turn,

after which same precautions as pre-

scribed for screw type cover must be

observed.

(3) Interior type. All dirt and cinders

must be carefully removed from around

the cover before the yoke is unscrewed.

a bottom outlet valve, for unloading

processes that require the removal of

the manhole cover, the manhole cover

must be adjusted as follows:

(1) Screw type. The cover must be put

in place, but not entirely screwed

down, so that air may enter the tank

through the vent holes in threaded

flange of the cover.

(2) Hinged and bolted type. A non-me-

tallic block must be placed under one

edge of the cover.

(3) Interior type. The screw must be

tightened up in the yoke so that the

cover is brought up within one-half

inch of the closed position.

(d) When unloading through the bot-

tom outlet of a car equipped with an

interior manhole type cover, and in

each case where unloading is done

through the manhole (unless a special

cover with a safety vent opening and a

tight connection for the discharge out-

let is used), the manhole must be pro-

tected by asbestos or metal covers

against the entrance of sparks or other

sources of ignition of vapor, or by

being covered and surrounded with wet

burlap or similar cloth material. The

burlap or other cloth must be kept

damp by the replacement or the appli-

cation of water as needed.

(e) Seals or other substances must

not be thrown into the tank and the

contents may not be spilled over the

car or tank.

(f) The valve rod handle or control in

the dome must be operated several

times to see that outlet valve in bot-

tom of tank is on its seat before valve

cap is removed.

(g) The valve cap, or the reducer

when a large outlet is to be used, must

be removed with a suitable wrench

after the set screws are loosened and a

pail must be placed in position to catch

any liquid that may be in the outlet

chamber. If the valve cap or reducer

does not unscrew easily, it may be

tapped lightly with a mallet or wooden

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00736 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

727

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.67

block in an upward direction. If leak-

age shows upon starting the removal,

the cap or reducer may not be entirely

unscrewed. Sufficient threads must be

left engaged and sufficient time al-

lowed to permit controlled escape of

any accumulation of liquid in the out-

let chamber. If the leakage stops or the

rate of leakage diminishes materially,

the cap or reducer may be entirely re-

moved. If the initial rate of leakage

continues, further efforts must be

made to seat the outlet valve (see para-

graph (f) of this section). If this fails,

the cap or reducer must be screwed up

tight and the tank must be unloaded

through the dome. If upon removal of

the outlet cap the outlet chamber is

found to be blocked with frozen liquid

or any other matter, the cap must be

replaced immediately and a careful ex-

amination must be made to determine

whether the outlet casting has been

cracked. If the obstruction is not fro-

zen liquid, the car must be unloaded

through the dome. If the obstruction is

frozen liquid and no crack has been

found in the outlet casting, the car

may, if circumstances require it, be un-

loaded from the bottom by removing

the cap and attaching unloading con-

nections immediately. Before opening

the valve inside the tank car, steam

must be applied to the outside of the

outlet casting or wrap casting with

burlap or other rags and hot water

must be applied to melt the frozen liq-

uid.

(h) Unloading connections must be

securely attached to unloading pipes

on the dome or to the bottom discharge

outlets before any discharge valves are

opened.

(i) Throughout the entire period of

unloading and while a tank car has un-

loading equipment attached, the facil-

ity operator must assure that the tank

car is:

(1) Attended by a designated hazmat

employee who is physically present and

who has an unobstructed view of the

unloading operation; or

(2) Monitored by a signaling system

(e.g., video system, sensing equipment,

or mechanical equipment) that is ob-

served by a designated hazmat em-

ployee located either in the immediate

area of the tank car or at a remote lo-

cation within the facility, such as a

control room. The signaling system

must—

(i) Provide a level of surveillance

equivalent to that provided in subpara-

graph (1) of this paragraph (i); and

(ii) Provide immediate notification

to a designated hazmat employee of

any system malfunction or other emer-

gency so that, if warranted, responsive

actions may be initiated immediately.

(j) Attendance is not required when

piping is attached to a top outlet of a

tank car, equipped with a protective

housing required under § 179.100–12 of

this subchapter, for discharge of lading

under the following conditions:

(1) All valves are tightly closed.

(2) The piping is not connected to

hose or other unloading equipment and

is fitted with a cap or plug of appro-

priate material and construction.

(3) The piping extends no more than

15.24 centimeters (6 inches) from the

outer edge of the protective housing.

(k) In the absence of the unloader, a

tank car may stand with unloading

connections attached when no product

is being transferred under the following

conditions:

(1) The facility operator must des-

ignate a hazmat employee responsible

for on-site monitoring of the transfer

facility. The designated hazmat em-

ployee must be made familiar with the

nature and properties of the product

contained in the tank car; procedures

to be followed in the event of an emer-

gency; and, in the event of an emer-

gency, have the ability and authority

to take responsible actions.

(2) When a signaling system is used

in accordance with paragraph (i) of this

section, the system must be capable of

alerting the designated hazmat em-

ployee in the event of an emergency

and providing immediate notification

of any monitoring system malfunction.

If the monitoring system does not have

self-monitoring capability, the des-

ignated hazmat employee must check

the monitoring system hourly for prop-

er operation.

(3) The tank car and facility shutoff

valves must be secured in the closed

position.

(4) Brakes must be set and wheels

locked in accordance with paragraph

(a)(2) of this section.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00737 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

728

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.81

(5) Access to the track must be se-

cured in accordance with paragraph

(a)(3) of this section.

(l) As soon as a tank car is com-

pletely unloaded, all valves must be

made tight by the use of a bar, wrench

or other suitable tool, the unloading

connections must be removed and all

other closures made tight.

(m) Railroad defect cards may not be

removed.

(n) If oil or gasoline has been spilled

on the ground around connections, it

must be covered with fresh, dry sand or

dirt.

(o) All tools and implements used in

connection with unloading must be

kept free of oil, dirt, and grit.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 174.67, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 174.81 Segregation of hazardous ma-

terials.

(a) This section applies to materials

which meet one or more of the hazard

classes defined in this subchapter and

are in packages which are required to

be labeled or placarded under the pro-

visions of part 172 of this subchapter.

(b) When a rail car is to be trans-

ported by vessel, other than a ferry

vessel, hazardous materials on or with-

in that rail car must be stowed and

segregated in accordance with

§ 176.83(b) of this subchapter.

this subchapter, cyanides, cyanide mix-

tures or solutions may not be stored,

loaded and transported with acids; Di-

vision 4.2 materials may not be stored,

loaded and transported with Class 8 liq-

uids; and Division 6.1 Packing Group I,

Hazard Zone A material may not be

stored, loaded and transported with

Class 3 material, Class 8 liquids, and

Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 5.2 material.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in

this subchapter, hazardous materials

must be stored, loaded or transported

in accordance with the following table

and other provisions of this section:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00738 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

729

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.81

EGREGATION

ABLE FOR

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

Class or Division Notes

1.1,

1.2

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.1 2.2

2.3 gas

Zone A

2.3 gas

Zone B

3 4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.2

6.1 liq-

uids PG

I Zone A

8 liquids

only

Explosives ..................... 1.1 and

1.2

A * * * * * X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Explosives ..................... 1.3 * * * * * X X X X X X X X X X

Explosives ..................... 1.4 * * * * * O O O O O O O

Very insensitive explo-

sives.

1.5 A * * * * * X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Extremely insensitive

explosives.

1.6 * * * * *

Flammable gases ......... 2.1 X X O X X O O O

Non-toxic, non-flam-

mable gases.

2.2 X X

Poisonous gas Zone A 2.3 X X O X X X X X X X X X

Poisonous gas Zone B 2.3 X X O X O O O O O O O O

Flammable liquids ......... 3 X X O X X O O X

Flammable solids .......... 4.1 X X X O X O

Spontaneously combus-

tible materials.

4.2 X X O X X O X X

Dangerous when wet

materials.

4.3 X X X X O X O

Oxidizers ....................... 5.1 A X X X X O O X O

Organic peroxides ........ 5.2 X X X X O X O

Poisonous liquids PG I

Zone A.

6.1 X X O X O X X X X X X X

Radioactive materials ... 7 X X O

Corrosive liquids ........... 8 X X O X X O O X O O O X

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00739 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

730

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.81

(e) Instructions for using the segrega-

tion table for hazardous materials in

paragraph (d) of this section are as fol-

lows:

(1) The absence of any hazard class or

division, or a blank space in the table

indicates that no restrictions apply.

(2) The letter ‘‘X’’ in the table indi-

cates that these materials may not be

loaded, transported, or stored together

in the same rail car or storage facility

during the course of transportation.

(3) The letter ‘‘O’’ in the table indi-

cates that these materials may not be

loaded, transported, or stored together

in the same rail car or storage facility

during the course of transportation un-

less separated in a manner that, in the

event of leakage from packages under

conditions normally incident to trans-

portation, commingling of hazardous

materials would not occur. Notwith-

standing the methods of separation em-

ployed, Class 8 (corrosive) liquids may

not be loaded above or adjacent to

Class 4 (flammable) or Class 5 (oxi-

dizing) materials; except that shippers

may load carload shipments of such

materials together when it is known

that the mixture of contents would not

cause a fire or a dangerous evolution of

heat or gas.

(4) The ‘‘*’’ in the table indicates

that segregation among different Class

1 (explosive) materials is governed by

the compatibility table in paragraph (f)

of this section.

(5) The note ‘‘A’’ in the second col-

umn of the table means that, notwith-

standing the requirements of the letter

‘‘X’’, ammonium nitrate fertilizer may

be loaded or stored with Division 1.1

(explosive) or Division 1.5 materials.

(6) When the § 172.101 table or § 172.402

of this subchapter requires a package

to bear a subsidiary hazard label, seg-

regation appropriate to the subsidiary

hazard must be applied when that seg-

regation is more restrictive than that

required by the primary hazard. How-

ever, hazardous materials of the same

class may be loaded and transported

together without regard to segregation

required by any secondary hazard if the

materials are not capable of reacting

dangerously with each other and caus-

ing combustion or dangerous evolution

of heat, evolution of flammable, poi-

sonous, or asphyxiant gases, or forma-

tion of corrosive or unstable materials.

(f) Class 1 (explosive) materials may

not be loaded, transported, or stored

together, except as provided in this

section, and in accordance with the fol-

lowing table:

OMPATIBILITY

ABLE

LASS

1 (E

XPLOSIVE

) M

ATERIALS

Compatibility group A B C D E F G H J K L N S

A ......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X X

B ......................................................................... X X 4 X X X X X X X X 4/5

C ......................................................................... X X 2 2 X 6 X X X X 3 4/5

D ......................................................................... X 4 2 2 X 6 X X X X 3 4/5

E ......................................................................... X X 2 2 X 6 X X X X 3 4/5

F .......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X 4/5

G ......................................................................... X X 6 6 6 X X X X X X 4/5

H ......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X 4/5

J .......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X 4/5

K ......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X 4/5

L .......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X 1 X X

N ......................................................................... X X 3 3 3 X X X X X X 4/5

S ......................................................................... X 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 X 4/5

(g) Instructions for using the compat-

ibility table for Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials in paragraph (f) of this section

are as follows:

(1) A blank space in the table indi-

cates that no restrictions apply.

(2) The letter ‘‘X’’ in the table indi-

cates that explosives of different com-

patibility groups may not be carried on

the same rail car, unless packed in sep-

arate freight containers (e.g., two or

more freight containers mounted upon

the same rail car).

(3) The numbers in the table mean

the following:

(i) ‘‘1’’ means explosives from com-

patibility group L may only be carried

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00740 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

731

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.83

on the same rail car with an identical

explosive.

(ii) ‘‘2’’ means any combination of ex-

plosives from compatibility group C, D,

or E is assigned to compatibility group

(iii) ‘‘3’’ means any combination of

explosives from compatibility group C,

D, or E with those in compatibility

group N is assigned to compatibility

group D.

(iv) ‘‘4’’ means detonators and deto-

nating primers, Division 1.4S (explo-

sives), may not be loaded in the same

car with Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive)

materials.

(v) ‘‘5’’ means Division 1.4S fireworks

may not be loaded in the same car with

Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.

(vi) ‘‘6’’ means explosive articles in

compatibility group G, other than fire-

works and those requiring special stow-

age, may be loaded and transported

with articles of compatibility groups C,

D and E, provided no explosive sub-

stances are carried in the same rail

car.

(h) Except as provided in paragraph

(i) of this section, explosives of the

same compatibility group but of dif-

ferent divisions may be transported to-

gether provided that the whole ship-

ment is transported as though its en-

tire contents were of the lower numer-

ical division (i.e., Division 1.1 being

lower than Division 1.2). For example,

a mixed shipment of Division 1.2 (ex-

plosive) materials and Division 1.4 (ex-

plosive) materials, compatibility group

D, must be transported as Division 1.2

(explosive) materials.

(i) When Division 1.5 materials, com-

patibility group D are transported in

the same freight container as Division

1.2 (explosive) materials, compatibility

group D, the shipment must be trans-

ported as Division 1.1 (explosive) mate-

rials, compatibility group D.

[Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52678, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66280–66281, Dec. 20, 1991; 57

FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174–68, 57 FR

59310, Dec. 15, 1992; Amdt. 174–75, 58 FR 50237,

Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 174–83, 61 FR 51339, Oct.

1, 1996; 64 FR 10781, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45383,

Aug. 28, 2001; 67 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 70 FR 3310,

Jan. 24, 2005; 75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010]

Subpart D—Handling of Placarded

Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles

and Freight Containers

§ 174.82 General requirements for the

handling of placarded rail cars,

transport vehicles, freight con-

tainers, and bulk packages.

(a) Unless otherwise specified, this

subpart does not apply to the handling

of rail cars, transport vehicles, freight

containers, or bulk packagings, which

contain Division 1.6, combustible liq-

uids, Division 6.1 PG III materials,

Class 9 materials, or ORM-D materials.

(b) A placarded rail car, transport ve-

hicle, freight container, or bulk pack-

age may not be transported in a pas-

senger train.

[Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR

45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174–74, 58 FR 51533,

Oct. 1, 1993]

§ 174.83 Switching placarded rail cars,

transport vehicles, freight con-

tainers, and bulk packagings.

(a) In switching operations where the

use of hand brakes is necessary—

(1) It must be determined by trial

whether a loaded, placarded car, or a

car occupied by a rider in a draft con-

taining a placarded car, has its hand

brakes in proper working condition be-

fore it is cut off;

(2) A loaded, placarded tank car or a

draft which includes a loaded placarded

tank car may not be cut off until the

preceeding rail car clears the ladder

track; and

(3) A loaded, placarded tank car or a

draft which includes a loaded placarded

tank car must clear the ladder track

before another rail car is allowed to

follow.

(b) Any loaded rail car placarded for

a Division 1.1 or Division 1.2 explosive,

a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A gas or a

Division 6.1 PG I Hazard Zone A mate-

rial, or a Class DOT 113 tank car dis-

playing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas)

placard, including a Class DOT 113 tank

car containing only a residue of a Divi-

sion 2.1 material, may not be:

(1) Cut off while in motion;

(2) Coupled into with more force than

is necessary to complete the coupling;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00741 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

732

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.84

(3) Struck by any car moving under

its own momentum.

carrying a placarded transport vehicle,

freight container, or bulk packaging

under this subchapter may not be cut

off while in motion.

(d) No rail car moving under its own

momentum may be permitted to strike

any placarded flatcar or any flatcar

carrying a placarded transport vehicle,

freight container, or bulk packaging.

(e) No placarded flatcar or any flat-

car carrying a placarded transport ve-

hicle, freight container, or bulk pack-

aging may be coupled into with more

force than is necessary to complete the

coupling.

(f) When transporting a rail car,

transport vehicle, or freight container

placarded for Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explo-

sive) materials in a terminal, yard, or

on a side track or siding, the placarded

rail car must be separated from the en-

gine by at least one non-placarded rail

car and must be placed in a location so

that it will be safe from danger of fire.

A rail car, transport vehicle, or freight

container placarded for Division 1.1 or

1.2 (explosive) materials may not be

placed under a bridge or overhead

crossing, or in or alongside a passenger

shed or station, except during transfer

operations.

[Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

174–75, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 174–

77, 59 FR 48549, Sept. 21, 1994; Amdt. 174–83, 61

FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28,

2001]

§ 174.84 Position in train of loaded

placarded rail cars, transport vehi-

cles, freight containers or bulk

packagings when accompanied by

guards or technical escorts.

A rail car placarded in Division 1.1 or

1.2 (explosive); Division 2.3 (Hazard

Zone A; poisonous gas); or Division 6.1

(PG I, Hazard Zone A; poisonous liquid)

in a moving or standing train must be

next to and ahead of any car occupied

by the guards or technical escorts ac-

companying the placarded rail car.

However, if a rail car occupied by the

guards or technical escorts has tem-

perature control equipment in oper-

ation, it must be the fourth car behind

any car requiring Division 1.1 or 1.2

(explosive) placards.

[Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR

45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 174.85 Position in train of placarded

cars, transport vehicles, freight

containers, and bulk packagings.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs

(b) and (c) of this section, the position

in a train of each loaded placarded car,

transport vehicle, freight container,

and bulk packaging must conform to

the provisions of this section.

(b) A car placarded ‘‘RADIOACTIVE’’

must comply with train positioning re-

quirements of paragraph (d) of this sec-

tion and must be separated from a lo-

comotive, occupied caboose, or carload

of undeveloped film by at least one

non-placarded car.

of a hazardous material must be sepa-

rated from a locomotive or occupied

caboose by at least one rail car other

than a placarded tank car.

(d) Position of rail cars in a train. In

the following table:

OSITION IN

RAIN OF

LACARDED

ARS

RANSPORTING

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

RESTRICTIONS

Placard

Group 1

Placard Group

Placard

Group 4

Rail Car

Tank

Car

Rail

Car

Tank

Car

Rail

Car

Rail Car

1. When train length permits, placarded car may not be nearer than

the sixth car from the engine or occupied caboose.

X X X

2. When train length does not permit, placarded car must be placed

near the middle of the train, but not nearer than the second car

from an engine or occupied caboose.

X X X

3. A placarded car may not be placed next to an open-top car when

any of the lading in the open top car protrudes beyond the car

ends, or if the lading shifted, would protrude beyond the car ends..

X X X

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00742 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

733

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.101

OSITION IN

RAIN OF

LACARDED

ARS

RANSPORTING

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

—Continued

RESTRICTIONS

Placard

Group 1

Placard Group

Placard

Group 4

Rail Car

Tank

Car

Rail

Car

Tank

Car

Rail

Car

Rail Car

4. A placarded car may not be placed next to a loaded flat car, ex-

cept closed TOFC/COFC equipment, auto carriers, and other spe-

cially equipped cars with tie-down devices for securing vehicles.

Permanent bulk head flat cars are considered the same as open-

top cars.

X X X

5. A placarded car may not be placed next to any transport vehicle

or freight container having an internal combustion engine or an

open-flame device in operation..

X X X

6. Placarded cars may not be placed next to each other based on

the following:

Placard Group 1 ..................................................................... X X X X X

Placard Group 2 ..................................................................... X X X X

Placard Group 3 ..................................................................... X X X X

Placard Group 4 ..................................................................... X X X X X

PLACARD GROUP:

Group 1—Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials.

Group 2—Divisions 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 (explosive), Class 2 (compressed gas; other than Div 2.3, PG I, Zone A), Class 3 (flammable

liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 6 (poisonous liquid; other than Div 6.1, PG I, Zone A), and Class 8

(corrosive) materials.

Group 3—Divisions 2.3 (Zone A; poisonous gas) and 6.1 (PG I, Zone A; poisonous liquid) materials.

Group 4—Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

(1) Where an ‘‘X’’ appears at the

intersection of a Placard Group column

and a Restriction row, the cor-

responding restriction applies.

(2) ‘‘Rail Car’’ means a car other than

a tank car.

(3) For purposes of this subpart, each

unit of an articulated intermodal rail

car shall be considered as one car.

[Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt.

174–83, 61 FR 28678, June 5, 1996; Amdt.174–83,

61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996; Amdt. 174–83, 61

FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27,

1999; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 174.86 Maximum allowable operating

speed.

(a) For molten metals and molten

glass shipped in packagings other than

those prescribed in § 173.247 of this sub-

chapter, the maximum allowable oper-

ating speed may not exceed 24 km/hour

(15 mph) for shipments by rail.

(b) For trains transporting any load-

ed, placarded tank cars containing a

material poisonous by inhalation, the

maximum allowable operating speed

may not exceed 80.5 km/hour (50 mph)

for shipments by rail.

[74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]

Subpart E—Class I (Explosive)

Materials

§ 174.101 Loading Class 1 (explosive)

materials.

(a) Boxes containing Division 1.1 or

1.2 (explosive) materials must be load-

ed so that the ends of wooden boxes

will not bear against sides of any fiber-

board boxes and so that the ends of any

box will not cause a pressure point on

a small area of another box.

(b) Explosive bombs, unfuzed projec-

tiles, rocket ammunition and rocket

motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explo-

sive) materials, which are not packed

in wooden boxes, or large metal pack-

ages of incendiary bombs, each weigh-

ing 226 kg (500 pounds) or more, may be

loaded in stock cars or in flat bottom

gondola cars only if they are ade-

quately braced. Boxed bombs, rocket

ammunition and rocket motors, Divi-

sion 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) mate-

rials, which due to their size cannot be

loaded in closed cars, may be loaded in

open-top cars or on flatcars, provided

they are protected from the weather

and accidental ignition.

sive) materials packed in long car-

tridges, bags, or sift-proof liners, and

containing no liquid explosive ingre-

dient, may be loaded on their sides or

ends.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00743 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

734

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.101

(d) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma-

terials may not be loaded higher than

any permanent car lining unless addi-

tional lining is provided as high as the

lading.

(e) When the lading of a car includes

any Class 1 (explosive) materials, the

weight of the lading must be distrib-

uted insofar as possible to equalize the

weight on each side of the car and over

the trucks.

(f) Except when boxed, metal kegs

containing Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials must be loaded on their sides with

their ends toward the ends of the car.

Packages of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials may not be placed in the space op-

posite the doors unless the doorways

are boarded on the inside as high as the

lading. This paragraph does not apply

to palletized packages if they are

braced so they cannot fall or slide into

the doorways during transportation.

(g) Wooden kegs, fiber kegs, barrels,

and drums must be loaded on their

sides or ends, to best suit the condi-

tions.

(h) Packages containing any Division

1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials for (see

§ 174.104), detonators, detonator assem-

blies, or boosters with detonators must

be securely blocked and braced to pre-

vent the packages from changing posi-

tion, falling to the floor, or sliding into

each other, under conditions normally

incident to transportation. Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials must be loaded so as

to avoid transfer at stations. For rec-

ommended methods of blocking and

bracing, see Bureau of Explosives Pam-

phlets No. 6 and 6A. Heavy packages or

containers must be trucked, rolled, or

moved by skids, fork trucks, or other

handling devices and may not be

dropped from trucks, platforms, or

cars. Planks for rolling trucks from

platforms to cars must have beveled

ends. Loading platforms and the shoes

of each workman must be free from

grit. All possible precautions must be

taken against fire. Class 1 (explosive)

materials must be kept in a safe place

and inaccessible to unauthorized per-

sons while being held by a carrier for

loading or delivery.

(i) To prevent delays of local freight

trains, when there are shipments of

Class 1 (explosive) materials for dif-

ferent destinations loaded in a ‘‘peddler

car’’ or ‘‘way car’’ the shipment for

each destination must be stayed sepa-

rately.

(j) Forwarding and transfer stations

for Class 1 (explosive) materials must

be provided with the necessary mate-

rials for staying.

(k) Shippers must furnish the mate-

rial for staying packages of Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials loaded by them.

(l) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma-

terials may not be loaded, transported,

or stored in a rail car equipped with

any type of lighted heater or open-

flame device, or electric devices having

exposed heating coils, or in a rail car

equipped with any apparatus or mecha-

nism utilizing an internal combustion

engine in its operation.

(m) [Reserved]

(n) A container car or freight con-

tainer on a flatcar or a gondola car

other than a drop-bottom car, when

properly loaded, blocked, and braced to

prevent change of position under condi-

tions normally incident to transpor-

tation, may be used to transport any

Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) material

except black powder packed in metal

containers. A freight container must be

designed, constructed, and maintained

so as to be weather tight and capable of

preventing the entrance of sparks. In

addition:

(1) A freight container must be of

such design and so braced as to show no

evidence of failure of the container or

the bracing when subjected to impact

from each end of at least 13 km (8.1

miles) per hour. Its efficiency shall be

determined by actual test, using

dummy loads equal in weight and gen-

eral character to material to be

shipped.

(2) A container car or car which is

loaded with freight containers must be

placarded with the Class 1 (explosive)

materials placards as required by sub-

part F of part 172 of this subchapter

and with properly executed car certifi-

cates as required by § 174.104.

(3) Lading must be so loaded,

blocked, and braced within the freight

container that it will not change posi-

tion under impact from each end of at

least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour.

(o) Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive)

materials may be loaded and trans-

ported in a tight closed truck body or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00744 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

735

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.103

trailer on a flatcar. Wooden boxed

bombs, rocket ammunition, and rocket

motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explo-

sive) materials, which due to their size

cannot be loaded in tight, closed truck

bodies or trailers, may be loaded in or

on open-top truck bodies or trailers.

However, they must be protected

against accidental ignition. In addi-

tion:

(1) Each truck body or trailer must

meet the requirements of part 177 of

this subchapter, applicable to ship-

ments of Class 1 (explosive) materials

by motor vehicle.

(2) Each truck body or trailer must

be secured on the rail car so that it

will not permanently change position

or show evidence of failure or impend-

ing failure of the method of securing

the truck body or trailer under impact

from each end of at least 13 km (8.1

miles) per hour. Its efficiency must be

determined by actual test, using

dummy loads equal in weight and gen-

eral character to the material to be

shipped. For recommended methods of

blocking and bracing, see the Inter-

modal Loading Guide for Products in

Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(3) Lading must be loaded, blocked,

and braced within or on the truck body

or trailer so that the lading will not

change position under impact from

each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles)

per hour. For recommended methods of

blocking and bracing, see the Inter-

modal Loading Guide for Products in

Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(4) Each rail car containing Class 1

(explosive) materials and each rail car

loaded with truck bodies, trailers or

containers containing Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials must be placarded with

Class 1 (explosive) materials placards

as required by subpart F of part 172 of

this subchapter and with properly exe-

cuted car certificates as required by

§ 174.104.

(5) Each fuel tank of a heater or re-

frigerating machinery on the truck

bodies or trailers must be drained and

all automatic heating or refrigerating

machinery must be made inoperative

by disconnection of the automatic con-

trols or the source of power for their

operations.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 174–26B, 41 FR 57071, Dec. 30,

1976; Amdt. 174–36, 44 FR 70732, Dec. 10, 1979;

Amdt. 174–59, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt.

174–68, 55 FR 52681, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174–83,

61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28,

2001; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011]

§ 174.102 Forbidden mixed loading and

storage.

(a) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma-

terials and initiating or priming explo-

sives may not be transported together

in the same rail car. Additionally, they

may not be transported or loaded in

the same rail car or stored on carrier

property with charged electric storage

batteries or with any hazardous mate-

rial for which a NONFLAMMABLE

GAS, FLAMMABLE GAS, FLAM-

MABLE LIQUID, FLAMMABLE

SOLID, OXIDIZER, ORGANIC PER-

OXIDE, RADIOACTIVE or CORROSIVE

label is required.

(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials may

not be loaded together or with other

hazardous materials, except as pro-

vided in § 174.81. See § 174.104 for loading

shipments of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials or any other material in a plac-

arded and certified car containing a

shipment of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explo-

sive) materials.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52681, Dec.

21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 174.103 Disposition of damaged or

astray shipments.

(a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive)

materials found damaged or broken in

transit may be repaired when prac-

ticable and not dangerous. A broken

box of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive)

materials that cannot be repaired must

be reinforced by stout wrapping paper

and twine, placed in another strong box

and surrounded by dry, fine sawdust or

dry and clean cotton waste or elastic

wads made from dry newspapers. A rup-

tured can or keg must be sealed and en-

closed in a strong cloth bag of good

quality and boxed. Damaged packages

thus protected and properly marked

may be forwarded. The box and waybill

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00745 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

736

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.104

must be marked to indicate that it has

been repacked.

(b) Care must be exercised in repack-

ing damaged containers so that no

spark is produced by contact of metal

or other hard surfaces which could ig-

nite loose particles of explosive com-

positions that may be strewn on car

floors or freight. In addition, the car

floors must be thoroughly swept, and

washed with a plentiful supply of

water. Iron-wheel trucks, metal ham-

mers, or other metal tools that may

produce sparks may not be used. Metal

tools must be limited to those made of

brass, bronze, or copper.

sive) materials showing evidence of

leakage of liquid ingredients must:

(1) Be refused if leakage is discovered

before acceptance;

(2) Be disposed of to a person who is

competent and willing to remove them

from the carrier’s property, if the leak-

age is discovered while the shipment is

in transit; or

(3) Be removed immediately by con-

signee, if the leakage is discovered at

the shipment’s destination.

(d) When the disposition required by

paragraph (c) of this section cannot be

made, the leaking package must be

packed in other boxes large enough to

permit enclosure and the leaking boxes

must be surrounded by at least 5 cm (2

inches) of dry, fine sawdust or dry and

clean cotton waste, and be stored in a

station magazine or other safe place

until the arrival of an inspector of the

Bureau of Explosives, or other author-

ized person, to superintend the destruc-

tion or disposition of the condemned

material.

(e) If careful inspection shows that

an astray shipment of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials is in proper condition

for safe transportation, it must be for-

warded immediately to its destination

if known, or returned to the shipper by

the most practicable route.

(f) When a package in an astray ship-

ment is not in proper condition for safe

transportation (see paragraphs (a), (c),

and (d) of this section), or when the

name and address of the consignee and

the shipper are unknown, disposition

must be made as prescribed by para-

graphs (c) and (d) of this section.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52681, Dec.

21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 174.104 Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive)

materials; car selection, prepara-

tion, inspection, and certification.

(a) Except as provided in § 174.101 (b),

(n), and (o), Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explo-

sive) materials being transported by

rail may be transported only in a cer-

tified and properly placarded closed car

of not less than 36,300 kg (80,028 pounds)

capacity, with steel underframes and

friction draft gear or cushioned

underframe, except that on a narrow-

gauge railroad they may be trans-

ported in a car of less capacity as long

as the car of greatest capacity and

strength available is used.

(b) Each rail car used for trans-

porting Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive)

materials must meet the following re-

quirements as applicable:

(1) The car must be equipped with air

brakes, hand brakes, and roller bear-

ings which are in condition for service.

(2) The car may not have any holes or

cracks in the roof, sides, ends, or doors

through which sparks may enter, or

unprotected decayed spots which may

hold sparks and start a fire.

(3) The roof of the car must be care-

fully inspected from the outside for de-

cayed spots, especially under or near

the running board, and such spots must

be covered or repaired to prevent their

holding fire from sparks. A car with a

roof generally decayed, even if tight,

may not be used.

(4) The doors must close tightly so

that sparks cannot get in at the joints,

and, if necessary to achieve this degree

of tightness, the doors must be

stripped. The stripping should be

placed on the inside and fastened to the

door frames where it will form a shoul-

der against which the closed doors are

pressed by means of wedges or cleats in

door shoes or keepers. The openings

under the doors should be similarly

closed. The hasp fastenings must be ex-

amined with the doors closed and fas-

tened, and the doors must be cleated

when necessary to prevent them from

shifting. When the car is opened for

any reason, the wedges or cleats must

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00746 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

737

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.104

be replaced before car containing Class

1 (explosive) materials is permitted to

proceed.

(5) The roller bearings and the trucks

must be carefully examined and put in

such condition as to reduce to a min-

imum the danger of hotboxes or other

failure necessitating the setting out of

the car before reaching its destination.

(6) The car must be carefully swept

out before it is loaded. For less-than-

carload shipments the space in which

the packages are to be loaded must be

carefully swept. If evidence of a poten-

tial hazardous residue is apparent after

the floor has been swept, the carrier

must either decontaminate the car or

provide a suitable substitute car.

(7) Any holes in the floor or lining

must be repaired and special care

taken that there are no projecting

nails or bolts or exposed pieces of

metal which may work loose or

produce holes in packages of Class 1

(explosive) materials during transit.

Protruding nails in the floor or lining

which have worked loose must be

drawn, and if necessary for the purpose

of fastening the floor or lining, new

nails must be driven through other

parts thereof.

(8) Metal floor plates must be com-

pletely covered with wood, plywood, or

fiber or composition sheets of adequate

thickness and strength to prevent con-

tact of the floor plates with the pack-

ages of Class 1 (explosive) materials

under conditions incident to transpor-

tation, except that the covering of

metal floor plates is not necessary for

carload shipments loaded by the De-

partment of Defense provided the Class

1 (explosive) materials are of such na-

ture that they are not liable to leakage

of dust, powder, or vapor which might

become the cause of an explosion.

(9) If the car is equipped with auto-

mobile loading devices, it may not be

used unless the loading device is se-

curely attached to the roof of the car

with fastenings supplementing those

already provided and so fixed that it

cannot fall.

(10) The car must be equipped with

high-friction composition brake shoes

(except metal deck flat cars used for

COFC/TOFC service may be equipped

with high phosphorus cast iron brake-

shoes) and brake rigging designed for

this type of brake shoe. Each brake

shoe on the car must be at least 1 cm

(0.4 inch) thick, and in safe and suit-

able condition for service.

(11) The car must have either a metal

subfloor with no combustible material

exposed beneath the car, or metal

spark shields extending from center

sill to side sills and from end sills to at

least 30 cm (12 inches) beyond the ex-

treme treads of the inside wheels of

each truck, which are tightly fitted

against the subfloor so that there is no

vacant space or combustible material

exposed. The metal subfloor or spark

shields may not have an accumulation

of oil, grease, or other debris which

could support combustion.

sive) materials may be loaded into a

rail car, the car must have been in-

spected and certified to be in compli-

ance with the requirements of para-

graph (b) of this section by a qualified

person designated under § 215.11 of this

title. The certification shall be made in

Car Certificate No. 1 on the form pre-

scribed in paragraph (f) of this section.

(d) If the carrier furnishes the car to

a shipper for loading Division 1.1 or 1.2

(explosive) materials, the shipper or

his authorized employee shall, before

commencing the loading of the car, in-

spect the interior thereof, and after

loading certify to the proper condition

of the car and the loading. This certifi-

cation shall be made on the first signa-

ture line in Car Certificate No. 2 on the

form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this

section. In addition, the finished load

must be inspected and certified to be in

compliance with the requirements of

this part by a qualified person des-

ignated under § 215.11 of this title be-

fore the car goes forward. This certifi-

cation shall be made on the second sig-

nature line in Car Certificate No. 2 on

the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of

this section. If the loading is performed

by the carrier, Car Certificate No. 2

may only be signed by a qualified per-

son designated under § 215.11 of this

title.

(e) If a trailer or container con-

taining Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive)

materials is loaded on a flatcar, the

loading and securing of the load on the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00747 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

738

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.105

car must be supervised by a representa-

tive of the shipper or carrier. The cer-

tification shall be made in Car Certifi-

cate No. 3 on the form prescribed in

paragraph (f) of this section.

(f) Each car certificate for use in con-

nection with the inspection of rail cars

for the carriage of Division 1.1 or 1.2

(explosive) materials shall be printed

on strong tag board measuring 18 by 18

cm (7.1 by 7.1 inches) or 15 by 20 cm (5.9

by 7.9 inches). It must be duly executed

in triplicate by the carrier, and by the

shipper if he loads the shipments. The

original must be filed by the carrier at

the forwarding station in a separate

file and the other two must be attached

to the car, one to each outer side on a

fixed placard board or as otherwise pro-

vided.

llllllllll Railroad

CAR CERTIFICATE

No. 1 lll Station llllll

20ll .

I hereby certify that I have this day

personally examined Car Number lll

and that the car is in condition for

service and complies with the FRA

Freight Car Safety Standards (49 CFR

part 215) and with the requirements for

freight cars used to transport explo-

sives prescribed by the DOT Hazardous

Materials Regulation (49 CFR part 174).

Qualified Person Designated Under 49

CFR 215.11

No. 2 lll Station llllll

20 ll .

I have this day personally examined

the above car and hereby certify that

the explosives in or on this car, or in or

on vehicles or in containers have been

loaded and braced; that placards have

been applied, according to the regula-

tions prescribed by the Department of

Transportation; and that the doors of

cars so equipped fit or have been

stripped so that sparks cannot enter.

Shipper or his authorized agent

Qualified Person Designated Under 49

CFR 215.11

No. 3 lll Station llllll

20 ll .

I hereby certify that I have this day

personally supervised the loading of

the vehicles or containers on and their

securement to the above car.

Shipper or railway employee inspect-

ing loading and securement

OTE

1: A shipper must decline to use a car

not in proper condition.

OTE

2: All certificates, where applicable,

must be signed.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 174.104, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 174.105 Routing shipments, Division

1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.

Before a shipment of Division 1.1 or

1.2 (explosive) materials destined to a

point beyond the lines of the initial

carrier is accepted from the shipper,

the initial carrier shall ascertain that

the shipment can go forward by the

route designated. To avoid delays en

route, the initial carrier must be in

possession of full rate information be-

fore forwarding the shipment.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec.

21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 174.106 ‘‘Order-Notify’’ or ‘‘C.O.D.’’

shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (ex-

plosive) materials.

(a) A carrier may not accept for

transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 (ex-

plosive) materials, detonators, or deto-

nating primers in any quantity when

consigned to ‘‘order-notify’’ or

‘‘C.O.D.’’, except on a through bill of

lading to a place outside the United

States.

(b) A carrier may not accept for

transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 (ex-

plosive) materials, detonators, or deto-

nating primers which the shipper con-

signs to himself unless the shipper has

a resident representative to receive

them at the delivery point.

1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials for

transportation subject to ‘‘stop-off

privileges en route for partial loading

or unloading.’’

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–36, 44 FR 70732, Dec.

10, 1979; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21,

1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00748 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

739

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.114

§ 174.110 Car magazine.

When specially authorized by the car-

rier, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma-

terials in quantity not exceeding 68 kg

(150 pounds) may be carried in con-

struction or repair cars if the packages

of Class 1 (explosive) materials are

placed in a ‘‘magazine’’ box made of

sound lumber not less than 2.5 cm (0.98

inch) thick, covered on the exterior

with metal, and provided with strong

handles. The box must be plainly sten-

ciled on the top, sides, and ends, in let-

ters not less than 5 cm (2 inches) high,

‘‘EXPLOSIVES—DANGEROUS—HAN-

DLE CAREFULLY’’. The box must be

provided with strong hinges and with a

lock for keeping it securely closed. Va-

cant space in the box must be filled

with a cushioning material such as

sawdust or excelsior, and the box must

be properly stayed to prevent shifting

within the car. The car must be plac-

arded with EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 (EX-

PLOSIVES A) placards when the maga-

zine contains Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explo-

sive) materials.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21,

1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942,

Oct. 30, 2003]

§ 174.112 Loading Division 1.3 mate-

rials and Division 1.2 (explosive)

materials (Also see § 174.101).

(a) Division 1.3 materials and Divi-

sion 1.2 (explosive) materials may not

be loaded, transported or stored in a

rail car equipped with any type of

lighted heater or open-flame device, or

in a rail car equipped with any appa-

ratus or mechanism utilizing an inter-

nal combustion engine in its operation.

(b) Except as provided in § 174.101(b),

(n), or (o) Division 1.3 materials and Di-

vision 1.2 (explosive) materials must be

transported in a closed car or container

car which is in good condition, and into

which sparks cannot enter. The car

does not require the car certificates

prescribed in § 174.104(c) through (f). If

the doors are not tight, they must be

stripped to prevent the entrance of

sparks. Wood floored cars must be

equipped with spark shields (see

§ 174.104). Packages of Division 1.3 ma-

terials and Division 1.2 (explosive) ma-

terials must be blocked and braced to

prevent their shifting and possible

damage due to shifting of other freight

during transportation. For rec-

ommended methods of blocking and

bracing see Bureau of Explosives Pam-

phlet No. 6.

sion 1.2 (explosive) materials may not

be transported in a truck body, trailer,

or container on a flatcar unless:

(1) The truck body, trailer, or con-

tainer is closed and tight;

(2) All automatic heating or refrig-

erating machinery with which the

truck body, trailer, or container is

equipped is inoperative; and

(3) Packages of Division 1.2 materials

and Division 1.3 (explosive) materials

are blocked and braced within the

truck body, trailer, or container to pre-

vent their shifting and possible damage

due to shifting of other freight during

transportation (ends, sidewalls, or

doors of the truck body, trailer, or con-

tainer may not be relied on to prevent

the shifting of heavy loads). For rec-

ommended methods of blocking and

bracing see the Intermodal Loading

Guide for Products in Closed Trailers

and Containers (IBR, see § 171.7 of this

subchapter).

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26B, 41 FR 57072, Dec.

30, 1976; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21,

1990; Amdt. 174–83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66

FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30,

2003; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011]

§ 174.114 Record to be made of change

of seals on ‘‘Cars loaded with Divi-

sion 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) mate-

rials’’.

When a car seal is changed on a car

requiring ‘‘EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EX-

PLOSIVES 1.2 (EXPLOSIVES A) plac-

ards’’ while en route or before delivery

to a consignee, a record of the change

showing the following information

must be made on or attached to the

waybill or other form of memorandum

which must accompany the car to its

destination:

Railroad Place Date

Car Initials Car Number Number or

description of seal broken

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00749 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

740

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.115

Number or description of seal used to reseal

car llllllllllllllllllll

Reasons for opening car lllllllllll

Condition of load llllllllllllll

Name and occupation of person opening car

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21,

1990]

§ 174.115 Loading Division 1.4 (explo-

sive) materials.

(a) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials

may be loaded into any closed car in

good condition, or into any container

car in good condition. Car certificates

are not required. Packages of Division

1.4 (explosive) materials must be

blocked and braced to prevent their

shifting and possible damage due to

shifting of other freight during trans-

portation. For methods of rec-

ommended loading and bracing see Bu-

reau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6.

(b) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials

may not be transported in a truck

body, trailer, or container on a flatcar

unless:

(1) The truck body, trailer, or con-

tainer is closed and tight;

(2) All automatic heating or refrig-

erating machinery with which the

truck body, trailer, or container is

equipped is inoperative; and

(3) Packages of Division 1.4 (explo-

sive) materials are blocked and braced

within the truck body, trailer, or con-

tainer to prevent their shifting and

possible damage due to shifting of

other freight during transportation.

Ends, side walls, or doors of the truck

body, trailer, or container may not be

relied on to prevent shifting of heavy

loads. For recommended methods of

blocking and bracing see the Inter-

modal Loading Guide for Products in

Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–36, 44 FR 70732, Dec.

10, 1979; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21,

1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942,

Oct. 30, 2003; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011]

Subpart F—Detailed Requirements

for Class 2 (Gases) Materials

§ 174.200 Special handling require-

ments.

(a) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) ma-

terials may not be loaded, transported,

or stored in a rail car equipped with

any type of lighted heater or open-

flame device, or in a rail car equipped

with any apparatus or mechanism uti-

lizing an internal combustion engine in

its operation.

(b) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) ma-

terials may not be loaded in a truck

body or trailer equipped with any type

of lighted heater or any automatic

heating or refrigerating apparatus

when such truck bodies or trailers are

loaded on flatcars except as provided in

paragraph (c) of this section.

ratus may be operated on a motor vehi-

cle loaded on a flatcar when the motor

vehicle is loaded with Division 2.1

(flammable gas) materials only if:

(1) The lading space is not equipped

with any electrical apparatus that is

not non-sparking or explosion-proof;

(2) There is no combustion apparatus

in the lading space;

(3) There is no connection for the re-

turn of air from the lading space to any

combustion apparatus; and

(4) The heating system conforms to

§ 393.77 of this title and does not heat

any part of the lading over 54 °C (129

°F).

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec.

21, 1990; 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 174.201 Class 2 (gases) material cyl-

inders.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs

(b) and (c) of this section, cylinders

containing Class 2 (gases) materials

being transported in a rail car must be:

(1) Securely lashed in an upright po-

sition so as to prevent their over-

turning;

(2) Loaded into racks securely at-

tached to the car;

(3) Packed in boxes or crates of such

dimensions as to prevent their over-

turning; or

(4) Loaded in a horizontal position.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00750 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

741

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.290

(b) Specification DOT-4L (§ 178.57 of

this subchapter) cylinders being trans-

ported in a rail car must be loaded in

an upright position and be securely

braced.

(gases) materials may be transported

in stock cars, gondola cars and flat

cars. However, they may not be trans-

ported in hopper bottom cars.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 174–32, 43 FR 48644, Oct. 19,

1978; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 174.204 Tank car delivery of gases,

including cryogenic liquids.

(a) A tank car containing Class 2

(gases) material may not be unloaded

unless it is consigned for delivery and

unloaded on a private track (see § 171.8

of this subchapter). However, if a pri-

vate track is not available, it may be

delivered and unloaded on carrier

tracks subject to the following condi-

tions:

(1) A tank car of DOT-106A or 110A

type (§ 179.300 or § 179.301 of this sub-

chapter) may not be delivered and the

loaded unit tanks may not be removed

from the car frame on carrier tracks.

However, a carrier may give permission

for the unloading of these containers

on carrier tracks only if a private sid-

ing is not available within a reasonable

trucking distance of the final destina-

tion. In addition, before the car is ac-

cepted for transportation, the shipper

must obtain from the delivering carrier

and file with the originating carrier,

written permission for the removal and

the consignee must furnish an ade-

quately strong mechanical hoist by

which the tanks can be lifted from the

car and deposited directly upon vehi-

cles furnished by the consignee for im-

mediate removal from carrier property.

(2) The following tank cars may not

be delivered and unloaded on carrier

tracks unless the lading is piped di-

rectly from the car to permanent stor-

age tanks of sufficient capacity to re-

ceive the entire contents of the car;

however, such cars may be stored on a

private track (see § 171.8 of this sub-

chapter) or on carrier tracks des-

ignated by the carrier for such storage:

(i) A tank car containing Division 2.1

(flammable gas) material that is a

cryogenic liquid; or

(ii) A tank car, except for a DOT-106A

or 110A multi-unit tank car tank

(§ 179.300 or § 179.301 of this subchapter),

containing anhydrous ammonia; hydro-

gen chloride, refrigerated liquid; hy-

drocarbon gas, liquefied; or liquefied

petroleum gas; and having interior

pipes for liquid and gas discharge

valves equipped with check valves.

(b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 174–32, 43 FR 48644, Oct. 19,

1978; Amdt. 174–43, 48 FR 27699, June 16, 1983;

48 FR 50440, 50441, Nov. 1, 1983; Amdt. 174–68,

55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 174.290 Materials extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation shipped by,

for, or to the Department of De-

fense.

(a) General. The provisions of this

section apply only to materials ex-

tremely poisonous by inhalation which

are Division 2.3 materials in Hazard

Zone A and Division 6.1 materials in

Hazard Zone A, as defined in

§ 173.133(a)(2) of this subchapter. Such

materials when shipped by, for, or to

the Department of Defense may be

transported by rail only if loaded and

handled in accordance with the re-

quirements of this section.

(b) A Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or a

Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A material ex-

tremely poisonous by inhalation may

be transported in:

(1) UN 1N1 or UN 1N2 metal drums or

equivalent military specification metal

drums, by boxcar, gondola car (flat bot-

tom), or stock car in carload lots. See

§§ 174.55 and 174.600 for blocking, brac-

ing, and stowage requirements;

(2) Tanks which are authorized under

this subchapter for a Hazard Zone A

material extremely poisonous by inha-

lation, Specification DOT 106A

(§§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this sub-

chapter), mounted on or secured to a

multi-unit car or gondola car (flat bot-

tom) in carload lots only;

(3) Bombs, by boxcar, or gondola car

(flat bottom) in carload lots only; or

(4) Projectiles or ammunition for

cannon with gas filled projectiles, by

boxcar in carload or less-than-carload

lots.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00751 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

742

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.300

loads of a material extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation, as described in

paragraph (b) of this section, must be

accompanied by a Department of De-

fense qualified escort supplied with

equipment to handle leaks and other

packaging failures which could result

in escape of the material. The escort

shall remain with the shipment during

the entire time that it is in the cus-

tody of the carrier and in the event of

leakage or escape of material, shall

make repairs and perform decon-

tamination as necessary.

(d) When a material extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation is transported in

a tank, the tank must be securely

mounted on a rail car especially pro-

vided for it or on a gondola car pre-

pared with substantial wooden frames

and blocks.

(e) Bombs, projectiles, and cannon

ammunition being transported by rail

must be loaded, blocked and braced as

shown in Bureau of Explosives Pam-

phlet No. 6A, or Department of Defense

specifications. When a shipment is

loaded in a gondola car it must be se-

curely blocked and braced and not

loaded higher than the sides of the car.

(f) When a material extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation is transported in

drums with filling holes in the heads,

they must be loaded on their bottoms.

They may be loaded in rows, length-

wise of the car and any space between

the sides of the car and the nearest row

of drums must be ‘‘filled in’’ with

wooden boards or lumber nailed to

sides of the car sufficient in length and

width to contact both hoops of drums,

or they may be loaded across the car in

staggered stacks of which the number

of drums in alternate stacks is reduced

by one drum. All drums in stacks fol-

lowing the first stack loaded in the end

of the car must be placed tightly into

the angle of the space formed by the

sidewalls of the drum in the preceding

stack. Any space between the sides of

the car and the drums in stacks having

the greater number of drums must be

filled in with wooden boards or lumber

nailed to sides of the car sufficient in

length and width to contact both hoops

of the drums.

(g) When a material extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation is transported in

drums with filling holes in the sides,

they must be loaded on their sides with

the filling holes up. They must be load-

ed lengthwise of the car in rows and

any space between the sides of the car

and the nearest row of drums must be

filled in with wooden boards or lumber

nailed to sides of the car sufficient in

length and width to contact both hoops

of the drums.

(h) When a material extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation is transported in

drums in a boxcar, they must be loaded

from ends of the car toward the space

between the car doors, and there

braced by center gates and wedges. See

Sketch 1, Bureau of Explosives Pam-

phlet No. 6.

(i) The doorways of a boxcar in which

a material poisonous by inhalation is

being transported must be protected by

one of the methods prescribed in

Sketch 1, Bureau of Explosives Pam-

phlet No. 6A.

[Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21, 1990;

Amdt. 174–74, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 65 FR

58630, Sept. 29, 2000]

Subpart G—Detailed Require-

ments for Class 3 (Flammable

Liquid) Materials

§ 174.300 Special handling require-

ments.

(a) Class 3 (flammable liquid) mate-

rials may not be loaded, transported,

or stored in a rail car equipped with

any type of lighted heater or open-

flame device, or in a rail car equipped

with any apparatus or mechanism uti-

lizing an internal combustion engine in

its operation.

(b) A truck body or trailer which is

loaded with a Class 3 (flammable liq-

uid) materials and equipped with a

lighted heater or any automatic heat-

ing or refrigerating apparatus may not

be loaded on a flatcar except as pro-

vided in paragraph (c) of this section.

ratus on a motor vehicle loaded with

Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials

may be operated while the motor vehi-

cle is loaded on a flatcar only if:

(1) The lading space is not equipped

with any electrical apparatus that is

not non-sparking or explosion-proof;

(2) There is no combustion apparatus

in the lading space;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00752 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

743

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 174.680

(3) There is no connection for the re-

turn of air from the lading space to any

combustion apparatus; and

(4) The heating system conforms to

§ 393.77 of this title and does not heat

any part of the lading over 54 °C (129

°F).

(d) Metal barrels or drums containing

Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials

may be transported in a steel gondola

or flatcar or in a stock car. However,

they may not be transported in a hop-

per bottom car.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–31, 43 FR 31143, July

20, 1978; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21,

1990]

§ 174.304 Class 3 (flammable liquid)

materials in tank cars.

A tank car containing a Class 3

(flammable liquid) material, other

than liquid road asphalt or tar, may

not be transported by rail unless it is

originally consigned or subsequently

reconsigned to a party having a private

track on which it is to be delivered and

unloaded (see § 171.8 of this subchapter)

or to a party using railroad siding fa-

cilities which are equipped for piping

the liquid from the tank car to perma-

nent storage tanks of sufficient capac-

ity to receive the entire contents of the

car.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–32, 43 FR 48644, Oct.

19, 1978; Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21,

1990]

Subparts H–I [Reserved]

Subpart J—Detailed Requirements

for Division 6.1 (Poisonous)

Materials

§ 174.600 Special handling require-

ments for materials extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation.

A tank car containing a material ex-

tremely poisonous by inhalation which

is a Division 2.3 material in Hazard

Zone A or a Division 6.1 material in

Hazard Zone A, as defined in

§ 173.133(a)(2) of this subchapter, may

not be transported by rail unless it is

originally consigned or subsequently

reconsigned to a party having a private

track on which it is to be delivered and

unloaded (see § 171.8 of this subchapter)

or to a party using railroad siding fa-

cilities which are equipped for piping

the liquid or gas from the tank car to

permanent storage tanks or sufficient

capacity to receive the entire contents

of the car. See the requirements in

§ 174.290 for materials extremely poi-

sonous by inhalation which are shipped

by, for, or to the Department of De-

fense.

[Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52684, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 174.615 Cleaning cars.

(a) [Reserved]

(b) After Division 6.1 (poisonous) ma-

terials are unloaded from a rail car,

that car must be thoroughly cleaned

unless the car is used exclusively in the

carriage of Division 6.1 (poisonous) ma-

terials.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52684, Dec.

21, 1990; Amdt. 174–82, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29,

1996]

§ 174.680 Division 6.1 (poisonous) ma-

terials with foodstuffs.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, a carrier may not

transport any package bearing a POI-

SON or POISON INHALATION HAZ-

ARD label in the same car with any

material marked as, or known to be, a

foodstuff, feed or any other edible ma-

terial intended for consumption by hu-

mans or animals.

(b) A carrier must separate any pack-

age bearing a POISON label displaying

the text ‘‘PG III,’’ or bearing a ‘‘PG

III’’ mark adjacent to the POISON

label, from materials marked as or

known to be foodstuffs, feed or any

other edible materials intended for

consumption by humans or animals, as

required in § 174.81(e)(3) for classes

identified with the letter ‘‘O’’ in the

Segregation Table for Hazardous Mate-

rials.

[64 FR 10781, Mar. 5, 1999]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00753 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

744

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 174.700

Subpart K—Detailed Requirements

for Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials

§ 174.700 Special handling require-

ments for Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terials.

(a) Each rail shipment of low specific

activity materials or surface contami-

nated objects as defined in § 173.403 of

this subchapter must be loaded so as to

avoid spillage and scattering of loose

material. Loading restrictions are pre-

scribed in § 173.427 of this subchapter.

(b) The number of packages of Class 7

(radioactive) materials that may be

transported by rail car or stored at any

single location is limited to a total

transport index and a total criticality

safety index (as defined in § 173.403 of

this subchapter) of not more than 50

each. This provision does not apply to

exclusive use shipments as described in

§§ 173.403, 173.427, 173.441, and 173.457 of

this subchapter.

active) material bearing RADIO-

ACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE

YELLOW-III labels may not be placed

closer than 0.9 m (3 feet) to an area (or

dividing partition between areas)

which may be continuously occupied

by any passenger, rail employee, or

shipment of one or more animals, nor

closer than 4.5 m (15 feet) to any pack-

age containing undeveloped film (if so

marked). If more than one package of

Class 7 (radioactive) materials is

present, the distance must be com-

puted from the table below on the basis

of the total transport index number

(determined by adding together the

transport index numbers on the labels

of the individual packages) of packages

in the rail car or storage area:

Total transport

index

Minimum separa-

tion distance to

nearest undevel-

oped film

Minimum dis-

tance to area of

persons or min-

imum distance

from dividing par-

tition of a com-

bination car

Meters Feet

None ...................... 0 0 0 0

0.1 to 10.0 ............. 4 .5 15 0 .9 3

10.1 to 20.0 ........... 6 .7 22 1 .2 4

20.1 to 30.0 ........... 7 .7 29 1 .5 5

30.1 to 40.0 ........... 10 33 1 .8 6

40.1 to 50.0 ........... 10 .9 36 2 .1 7

OTE

: The distance in this table must be measured from

the nearest point on the nearest packages of Class 7 (radio-

active) materials.

(d) Each shipment of fissile material

packages must conform to require-

ments of §§ 173.457 and 173.459.

(e) Each fissile material, controlled

shipment must be transported in ac-

cordance with one of the methods pre-

scribed in § 173.457 of this subchapter.

The transport controls must be ade-

quate to assure that no fissile mate-

rial, controlled shipment is transported

in the same transport vehicle with any

other fissile Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rial shipment. In loading and storage

areas, each fissile material, controlled

shipment must be segregated by a dis-

tance of at least 6 m (20 feet) from

other packages required to bear one of

the ‘‘radioactive’’ labels described in

part 172 of this subchapter.

(f) A person shall not remain unnec-

essarily in, on or near a transport vehi-

cle containing Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terials.

(g) In the case of packages shipped

under the exclusive use provisions of

§ 173.441(b) of this subchapter for pack-

ages with external radiation levels in

excess of 2 mSv per hour (200 mrem per

hour) at the package surface—

(1) The transport vehicle must meet

the requirements for a closed transport

vehicle (§ 173.403 of this subchapter);

(2) Each package must be secured so

that its position within the transport

vehicle remains fixed under conditions

normally incident to transportation;

and

(3) The radiation level may not ex-

ceed 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per

hour) in any normally occupied posi-

tion in the transport vehicle or adja-

cent rail car.

[Amdt. 174–80, 60 FR 50331, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by Amdt. 174–80, 61 FR 20753, May 8,

1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3693,

Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 174.715 Cleanliness of transport vehi-

cles after use.

(a) Each transport vehicle used for

transporting Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terials as exclusive use, as defined in

§ 173.403 of this subchapter, must be

surveyed with appropriate radiation

detection instruments after each use. A

transport vehicle may not be returned

to service until the radiation dose rate

at any accessible surface is 0.005 mSv

per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) or less,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00754 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

745

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 175

and there is no significant removable

radioactive surface contamination, as

defined in § 173.443 of this subchapter.

(b) This section does not apply to any

transport vehicle used solely for trans-

porting Class 7 (radioactive) materials

if a survey of the interior surface

shows that the radiation dose rate does

not exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem

per hour) at the interior surface or 0.02

mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 m

(3.3 feet) from any interior surface. The

transport vehicle must be stenciled

with the words ‘‘FOR RADIOACTIVE

MATERIALS USE ONLY’’ in lettering

at least 7.6 cm (3 inches) high in a con-

spicuous place on both sides of the ex-

terior of the transport vehicle, and it

must be kept closed at all times other

than during loading and unloading.

[Amdt. 174–80, 60 FR 50332, Sept. 28, 1995, as

amended by 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 174.750 Incidents involving leakage.

(a) In addition to the incident report-

ing requirements of §§ 171.15 and 171.16

of this subchapter, the carrier shall

also notify the offeror at the earliest

practicable moment following any inci-

dent in which there has been breakage,

spillage, or suspected radioactive con-

tamination involving Class 7 (radio-

active) materials shipments. Transport

vehicles, buildings, areas, or equipment

in which Class 7 (radioactive) materials

have been spilled may not be again

placed in service or routinely occupied

until the radiation dose rate at every

accessible surface is less than 0.005

mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) and

there is no significant removable radio-

active surface contamination (see

§ 173.443 of this subchapter).

(b) The package or materials should

be segregated as far as practicable

from personnel contact. If radiological

advice or assistance is needed, the U.S.

Department of Energy (DOE) should

also be notified. In case of obvious

leakage, or if it appears likely that the

inside container may have been dam-

aged, care should be taken to avoid in-

halation, ingestion, or contact with the

Class 7 (radioactive) material. Any

loose Class 7 (radioactive) materials

should be left in a segregated area and

held pending disposal instructions,

from qualified persons.

[Amdt. 174–26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 174–42, 48 FR 10245, Mar.

10, 1983; Amdt. 174–61, 51 FR 34987, Oct. 1,

1986; Amdt. 174–65, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988;

Amdt. 174–68, 55 FR 52684, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt.

174–80, 60 FR 50332, Sept. 28, 1995]

PART 175—CARRIAGE BY

AIRCRAFT

Subpart A—General Information and

Regulations

Sec.

175.1 Purpose, scope and applicability.

175.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials

shipments.

175.8 Exceptions for operator equipment and

items of replacement.

175.9 Special aircraft operations.

175.10 Exceptions for passengers, crew-

members, and air operators.

175.20 Compliance and training.

175.25 Notification at air passenger facili-

ties of hazardous materials restrictions.

175.26 Notification at cargo facilities of haz-

ardous materials requirements.

175.30 Inspecting shipments.

175.31 Reports of discrepancies.

175.33 Shipping paper and notification of

pilot-in-command.

Subpart B—Loading, Unloading and

Handling

175.75 Quantity limitations and cargo loca-

tion.

175.78 Stowage compatibility of cargo.

175.88 Inspection, orientation and securing

of packages of hazardous materials.

175.90 Damaged shipments.

Subpart C—Specific Regulations Applica-

ble According to Classification of Ma-

terial

175.310 Transportation of flammable liquid

fuel; aircraft only means of transpor-

tation

175.501 Special requirements for oxidizers

and compressed oxygen.

175.630 Special requirements for Division 6.1

(poisonous) material and Division 6.2 (in-

fectious substances) materials.

175.700 Special limitations and require-

ments for Class 7 materials.

175.701 Separation distance requirements

for packages containing Class 7 (radio-

active) materials in passenger-carrying

aircraft.

175.702 Separation distance requirements

for packages containing Class 7 (radio-

active) materials in cargo aircraft.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00755 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

746

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.1

175.703 Other special requirements for the

acceptance and carriage of packages con-

taining Class 7 materials.

175.704 Plutonium shipments.

175.705 Radioactive contamination.

175.706 Separation distances for undevel-

oped film from packages containing

Class 7 (radioactive) materials.

175.900 Handling requirements for carbon di-

oxide, solid (dry ice).

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128, 44701; 49

CFR 1.45 and 1.53.

OURCE

: 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, unless

otherwise noted.

Subpart A—General Information

and Regulations

§ 175.1 Purpose, scope and applica-

bility.

(a) This part prescribes requirements

that apply to the transportation of

hazardous materials in commerce

aboard (including attached to or sus-

pended from) aircraft. The require-

ments in this part are in addition to

other requirements contained in parts

171, 172, 173, 178, and 180 of this sub-

chapter.

(b) This part applies to the offering,

acceptance, and transportation of haz-

ardous materials in commerce by air-

craft to, from, or within the United

States, and to any aircraft of United

States registry anywhere in air com-

merce. This subchapter applies to any

person who performs, attempts to per-

form, or is required to perform any

function subject to this subchapter, in-

cluding—(1) Air carriers, indirect air

carriers, and freight forwarders and

their flight and non-flight employees,

agents, subsidiary and contract per-

sonnel (including cargo, passenger and

baggage acceptance, handling, loading

and unloading personnel); and

(2) Air passengers that carry any haz-

ardous material on their person or in

their carry-on or checked baggage.

craft of United States registry under

lease to and operated by foreign na-

tionals outside the United States if:

(1) Hazardous materials forbidden

aboard aircraft by § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter are not carried on the aircraft;

and

(2) Other hazardous materials are

carried in accordance with the regula-

tions of the State (nation) of the air-

craft operator.

§ 175.3 Unacceptable hazardous mate-

rials shipments.

A hazardous material that is not pre-

pared for shipment in accordance with

this subchapter may not be offered or

accepted for transportation or trans-

ported aboard an aircraft.

§ 175.8 Exceptions for operator equip-

ment and items of replacement.

(a) Operator equipment. This sub-

chapter does not apply to—

(1) Aviation fuel and oil in tanks that

are in compliance with the installation

provisions of 14 CFR, chapter 1.

(2) Hazardous materials required

aboard an aircraft in accordance with

the applicable airworthiness require-

ments and operating regulations. Items

of replacement for such materials must

be transported in accordance with

paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

(3) Items of replacement (company

material (COMAT)) for hazardous ma-

terials described in paragraph (a)(2) of

this section must be transported in ac-

cordance with this subchapter. When

an operator transports its own replace-

ment items described in paragraph

(a)(2), the following exceptions apply:

(i) In place of required packagings,

packagings specifically designed for

the items of replacement may be used,

provided such packagings provide at

least an equivalent level of protection

to those that would be required by this

subchapter.

(ii) Aircraft batteries are not subject

to quantity limitations such as those

provided in § 172.101 or § 175.75(c) of this

subchapter.

(b) Other operator exceptions. This sub-

chapter does not apply to—

(1) Oxygen, or any hazardous mate-

rial used for the generation of oxygen,

for medical use by a passenger, which

is furnished by the aircraft operator in

accordance with 14 CFR 121.574 or

135.91. For the purposes of this para-

graph, an aircraft operator that does

not hold a certificate under 14 CFR

parts 121 or 135 may apply this excep-

tion in conformance with 14 CFR

121.574 or 135.91 in the same manner as

required for a certificate holder. See

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00756 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

747

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.9

§ 175.501 for additional requirements ap-

plicable to the stowage of oxygen.

(2) Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid) in-

tended for use by the operator in food

and beverage service aboard the air-

craft.

(3) Aerosols of Division 2.2 only (for

dispensing of food products), alcoholic

beverages, colognes, liquefied gas light-

ers, and perfumes carried aboard a pas-

senger-carrying aircraft by the oper-

ator for use or sale on that specific air-

craft. Liquefied gas lighters must be

examined by the Bureau of Explosives

and approved by the Associate Admin-

istrator.

(4) A tire assembly with a serviceable

tire, provided the tire is not inflated to

a gauge pressure exceeding the max-

imum rated pressure for that tire, and

the tire (including valve assemblies) is

protected from damage during trans-

port. A tire or tire assembly which is

unserviceable or damaged is forbidden

from air transport; however, a damaged

tire is not subject to the requirements

of this subchapter if it contains no ma-

terial meeting the definition of a haz-

ardous material (e.g., Division 2.2).

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 72

FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3381, Jan. 19,

2011]

§ 175.9 Special aircraft operations.

(a) This subchapter applies to rotor-

craft external load operations trans-

porting hazardous material on board,

attached to, or suspended from an air-

craft. Operators must have all applica-

ble requirements prescribed in 14 CFR

Part 133 approved by the FAA Adminis-

trator prior to accepting or trans-

porting hazardous material. In addi-

tion, rotorcraft external load oper-

ations must be approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator prior to the initi-

ation of such operations.

(b) Exceptions. This subchapter does

not apply to the following materials

used for special aircraft operations

when applicable FAA operator require-

ments have been met, including train-

ing operator personnel on the proper

handling and stowage of the hazardous

materials carried:

(1) Hazardous materials loaded and

carried in hoppers or tanks of aircraft

certificated for use in aerial seeding,

dusting spraying, fertilizing, crop im-

provement, or pest control, to be dis-

pensed during such an operation.

(2) Parachute activation devices,

lighting equipment, oxygen cylinders,

flotation devices, smoke grenades,

flares, or similar devices carried during

a parachute operation.

(3) Smoke grenades, flares, and pyro-

technic devices affixed to aircraft dur-

ing any flight conducted as part of a

scheduled air show or exhibition of

aeronautical skill. The aircraft may

not carry any persons other than re-

quired flight crewmembers. The affixed

installation accommodating the smoke

grenades, flares, or pyrotechnic devices

on the aircraft must be approved for its

intended use by the FAA Flight Stand-

ards District Office having responsi-

bility for that aircraft.

(4) Hazardous materials are carried

and used during dedicated air ambu-

lance, fire fighting, or search and res-

cue operations.

(5) A transport incubator unit nec-

essary to protect life or an organ pres-

ervation unit necessary to protect

human organs, carried in the aircraft

cabin, provided:

(i) The compressed gas used to oper-

ate the unit is in an authorized DOT

specification cylinder and is marked,

labeled, filled, and maintained as pre-

scribed by this subchapter;

(ii) Each battery used is of the non-

spillable type;

(iii) The unit is constructed so that

valves, fittings, and gauges are pro-

tected from damage;

(iv) The pilot-in-command is advised

when the unit is on board, and when it

is intended for use;

(v) The unit is accompanied by a per-

son qualified to operate it;

(vi) The unit is secured in the air-

craft in a manner that does not restrict

access to or use of any required emer-

gency or regular exit or of the aisle in

the passenger compartment; and,

(vii) Smoking within 3 m (10 feet) of

the unit is prohibited.

(6) Hazardous materials that are

loaded and carried on or in cargo only

aircraft, and that are to be dispensed

or expended during flight for weather

control, environmental restoration or

protection, forest preservation and pro-

tection, fire fighting and prevention,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00757 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

748

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.10

flood control, or avalanche control pur-

poses, when the following requirements

are met:

(i) Operations may not be conducted

over densely populated areas, in a con-

gested airway, or near any airport

where carrier passenger operations are

conducted.

(ii) Each operator must prepare and

keep current a manual containing

operational guidelines and handling

procedures, for the use and guidance of

flight, maintenance, and ground per-

sonnel concerned in the dispensing or

expending of hazardous materials. The

manual must be approved by the FAA

Principal Operations Inspector as-

signed to the operator.

(iii) No person other than a required

flight crewmember, FAA inspector, or

person necessary for handling or dis-

pensing the hazardous material may be

carried on the aircraft.

(iv) The operator of the aircraft must

have advance permission from the

owner of any airport to be used for the

dispensing or expending operation.

(v) When Division 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 ma-

terials (except detonators and deto-

nator assemblies) and detonators or

detonator assemblies are carried for

avalanche control flights, the explo-

sives must be handled by, and at all

times be under the control of, a quali-

fied blaster. When required by a State

or local authority, the blaster must be

licensed and the State or local author-

ity must be identified in writing to the

FAA Principal Operations Inspector as-

signed to the operator.

[76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 175.10 Exceptions for passengers,

crewmembers, and air operators.

(a) This subchapter does not apply to

the following hazardous materials

when carried by aircraft passengers or

crewmembers provided the require-

ments of §§ 171.15 and 171.16 (see para-

graph (c) of this section) and the re-

quirements of this section are met:

(1) (i) Non-radioactive medicinal and

toilet articles for personal use (includ-

ing aerosols) carried in carry-on and

checked baggage. Release devices on

aerosols must be protected by a cap or

other suitable means to prevent inad-

vertent release;

(ii) Other aerosols in Div. 2.2 (non-

flammable gas) with no subsidiary risk

carried in checked baggage only. Re-

lease devices on aerosols must be pro-

tected by a cap or other suitable means

to prevent inadvertent release; and

(iii) The aggregate quantity of these

hazardous materials carried by each

person may not exceed 2 kg (70 ounces)

by mass or 2 L (68 fluid ounces) by vol-

ume and the capacity of each container

may not exceed 0.5 kg (18 ounces) by

mass or 500 ml (17 fluid ounces) by vol-

ume.

(2) One packet of safety matches or a

lighter intended for use by an indi-

vidual when carried on one’s person or

in carry-on baggage only. Lighter fuel,

lighter refills, and lighters containing

unabsorbed liquid fuel (other than liq-

uefied gas) are not permitted on one’s

person or in carry-on or checked bag-

gage.

(3) Implanted medical devices in hu-

mans or animals that contain haz-

ardous materials, such as a heart pace-

maker containing Class 7 (radioactive)

material or lithium batteries; and

radiopharmaceuticals that have been

injected or ingested.

(4) Alcoholic beverages containing:

(i) Not more than 24% alcohol by vol-

ume; or

(ii) More than 24% and not more than

70% alcohol by volume when in un-

opened retail packagings not exceeding

5 liters (1.3 gallons) carried in carry-on

or checked baggage, with a total net

quantity per person of 5 liters (1.3) gal-

lons for such beverages.

(5) Perfumes and colognes purchased

through duty-free sales and carried on

one’s person or in carry-on baggage.

(6) Hair curlers (curling irons) con-

taining a hydrocarbon gas such as bu-

tane, no more than one per person, in

carry-on or checked baggage. The safe-

ty cover must be securely fitted over

the heating element. Gas refills for

such curlers are not permitted in

carry-on or checked baggage.

(7) A small medical or clinical mer-

cury thermometer for personal use,

when carried in a protective case in

carry-on or checked baggage.

(8) Small arms ammunition for per-

sonal use carried by a crewmember or

passenger in checked baggage only, if

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00758 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

749

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.10

securely packed in boxes or other pack-

agings specifically designed to carry

small amounts of ammunition. Ammu-

nition clips and magazines must also

be securely boxed. This paragraph does

not apply to persons traveling under

the provisions of 49 CFR 1544.219.

(9) One self-defense spray (see § 171.8

of this subchapter), not exceeding 118

mL (4 fluid ounces) by volume, that in-

corporates a positive means to prevent

accidental discharge may be carried in

checked baggage only.

(10) Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid),

with the approval of the operator:

(i) Quantities may not exceed 2.5 kg

(5.5 pounds) per person when used to

pack perishables not subject to the

HMR. The package must permit the re-

lease of carbon dioxide gas; and

(ii) When carried in checked baggage,

each package is marked ‘‘DRY ICE’’ or

‘‘CARBON DIOXIDE, SOLID,’’ and

marked with the net weight of dry ice

or an indication the net weight is 2.5

kg (5.5 pounds) or less.

(11) A self-inflating life jacket fitted

with no more than two small gas car-

tridges (containing no hazardous mate-

rial other than a Div. 2.2 gas) for infla-

tion purposes plus no more than two

spare cartridges. The lifejacket and

spare cartridges may be carried in

carry-on or checked baggage, with the

approval of the aircraft operator.

(12) Small compressed gas cylinders

of Division 2.2 (containing no haz-

ardous material other than a Division

2.2 gas) worn by the passenger for the

operation of mechanical limbs and, in

carry-on and checked baggage, spare

cylinders of a similar size for the same

purpose in sufficient quantities to en-

sure an adequate supply for the dura-

tion of the journey.

(13) A mercury barometer or ther-

mometer carried as carry-on baggage,

by a representative of a government

weather bureau or similar official

agency, provided that individual ad-

vises the operator of the presence of

the barometer or thermometer in his

baggage. The barometer or thermom-

eter must be packaged in a strong

packaging having a sealed inner liner

or bag of strong, leak proof and punc-

ture-resistant material impervious to

mercury, which will prevent the escape

of mercury from the package in any po-

sition.

(14) Electrically powered heat-pro-

ducing articles (e.g., battery-operated

equipment such as diving lamps and

soldering equipment) as carry-on bag-

gage only and with the approval of the

operator of the aircraft. The heat-pro-

ducing component, or the energy

source, must be removed to prevent un-

intentional functioning during trans-

port.

(15) A wheelchair or other battery-

powered mobility aid equipped with a

nonspillable battery, when carried as

checked baggage, provided—

(i) The battery meets the require-

ments of § 173.159a(d) of this subchapter

for non-spillable batteries;

(ii) Visual inspection including re-

moval of the battery, where necessary,

reveals no obvious defects (removal of

the battery from the housing should be

performed by qualified airline per-

sonnel only);

(iii) The battery is disconnected and

the battery terminals are protected to

prevent short circuits, unless the

wheelchair or mobility aid design pro-

vides an effective means of preventing

unintentional activation, and

(iv) The battery is—

(A) Securely attached to the wheel-

chair or mobility aid;

(B) Is removed and placed in a strong,

rigid packaging marked ‘‘NONSPILL-

ABLE BATTERY’’ (unless fully en-

closed in a rigid housing that is prop-

erly marked); or

paragraph (a)(16)(iv) of this section.

(16) A wheelchair or other battery-

powered mobility aid equipped with a

spillable battery, when carried as

checked baggage, provided—

(i) Visual inspection including re-

moval of the battery, where necessary,

reveals no obvious defects (however, re-

moval of the battery from the housing

should be performed by qualified air-

line personnel only);

(ii) The battery is disconnected and

terminals are insulated to prevent

short circuits;

(iii) The pilot-in-command is advised,

either orally or in writing, prior to de-

parture, as to the location of the bat-

tery aboard the aircraft; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00759 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

750

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.10

(iv) The wheelchair or mobility aid is

loaded, stowed, secured and unloaded

in an upright position, or the battery is

removed, and carried in a strong, rigid

packaging under the following condi-

tions:

(A) The packaging must be leak-tight

and impervious to battery fluid. An

inner liner may be used to satisfy this

requirement if there is absorbent mate-

rial placed inside of the liner and the

liner has a leakproof closure;

(B) The battery must be protected

against short circuits, secured upright

in the packaging, and be packaged with

enough compatible absorbent material

to completely absorb liquid contents in

the event of rupture of the battery; and

with a CORROSIVE label, marked to

indicate proper orientation, and

marked with the words ‘‘Battery, wet,

with wheelchair.’’

(17) A lithium ion battery-powered

wheelchair or other mobility aid as fol-

lows:

(i) A wheelchair or other mobility aid

equipped with a lithium ion battery,

when carried as checked baggage, pro-

vided—

(A) The lithium ion battery must be

of a type that successfully passed each

test in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri-

teria as specified in § 173.185 of this sub-

chapter, unless approved by the Asso-

ciate Administrator;

(B) Visual inspection of the wheel-

chair or mobility aid reveals no obvi-

ous defects;

tected from short circuits (e.g., by

being enclosed within a battery con-

tainer that is securely attached to the

mobility aid);

(D) The pilot-in-command is advised,

either orally or in writing, prior to de-

parture, as to the location of the

wheelchair or mobility aid aboard the

aircraft; and

(E) The wheelchair or mobility aid is

loaded, stowed, secured and unloaded

in an upright position and in a manner

that prevents unintentional activation

and protects it from damage.

(F) A lithium metal battery is forbid-

den aboard a passenger-carrying air-

craft.

(ii) A wheelchair or other mobility

aid when carried as checked or carry-

on baggage, provided—

(A) The wheelchair or other mobility

aid is designed and constructed in a

manner to allow for stowage in either a

cargo compartment or in the passenger

cabin;

(B) The lithium ion battery and any

spare batteries are carried in the same

manner as spare batteries in paragraph

(a)(18) of this section.

spare batteries are carried in the same

manner as spare batteries in paragraph

(a)(18) of this section.

(18) Except as provided in § 173.21 of

this subchapter, portable electronic de-

vices (for example, watches, calcu-

lating machines, cameras, cellular

phones, lap-top and notebook com-

puters, camcorders, etc.) containing

cells or batteries (including lithium

cells or batteries) and spare batteries

and cells for these devices, when car-

ried by passengers or crew members for

personal use. Each spare battery must

be individually protected so as to pre-

vent short circuits (by placement in

original retail packaging or by other-

wise insulating terminals, e.g., by tap-

ing over exposed terminals or placing

each battery in a separate plastic bag

or protective pouch) and carried in

carry-on baggage only. In addition,

each installed or spare battery must

not exceed the following:

(i) For a lithium metal battery, a

lithium content of not more than 2

grams per battery; or

(ii) For a lithium-ion battery, an ag-

gregate equivalent lithium content of

not more than 8 grams per battery, ex-

cept that up to two batteries with an

aggregate equivalent lithium content

of more than 8 grams but not more

than 25 grams may be carried.

(19) Fuel cells used to power portable

electronic devices (e.g., cameras, cel-

lular phones, laptop computers and

camcorders) and spare fuel cell car-

tridges when transported personal use

under the following conditions:

(i) Fuel cells and fuel cell cartridges

may contain only Division 2.1 liquefied

flammable gas, or hydrogen in a metal

hydride, Class 3 flammable liquid (in-

cluding methanol), Division 4.3 water-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00760 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

751

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.25

reactive material, or Class 8 corrosive

material;

(ii) The quantity of fuel in any fuel

cell or fuel cell cartridge may not ex-

ceed:

(A) 200 mL (6.76 ounces) for liquids;

(B) 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) for lique-

fied gases in non-metallic fuel cell car-

tridges, or 200 mL (6.76 ounces) for liq-

uefied gases in metal fuel cell car-

tridges;

(D) For hydrogen in metal hydride,

the fuel cell cartridges must have a

water capacity of 120 mL (4 fluid

ounces) or less;

(iii) No more than two spare fuel cell

cartridges may be carried by a pas-

senger or crew member as follows:

(A) Fuel cell cartridges containing

Class 3 flammable liquid (including

methanol) and Class 8 corrosive mate-

rial in carry-on or checked baggage;

and

(B) Division 2.1 liquefied flammable

gas or hydrogen in a metal hydride and

Division 4.3 water-reactive material in

carry-on baggage only;

(iv) Fuel cells containing fuel are

permitted in carry-on baggage only;

(v) Fuel cell cartridges containing

hydrogen in a metal hydride must meet

the requirements in § 173.230(d) of this

subchapter;

(vi) Refueling of a fuel cell aboard an

aircraft is not permitted except that

the installation of a spare cartridge is

allowed;

(vii) Each fuel cell and fuel cell car-

tridge must conform to IEC/PAS 62282–

6–1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter)

and must be marked with a manufac-

turer’s certification that it conforms

to the specification. In addition, each

fuel cell cartridge must be marked

with the maximum quantity and type

of fuel in the cartridge;

(viii) Interaction between fuel cells

and integrated batteries in a device

must conform to IEC/PAS 62282–6–1

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

Fuel cells whose sole function is to

charge a battery in the device are not

permitted; and

(ix) Fuel cells must be of a type that

will not charge batteries when the con-

sumer electronic device is not in use

and must be durably marked by the

manufacturer with the wording: ‘‘AP-

PROVED FOR CARRIAGE IN AIR-

CRAFT CABIN ONLY’’ to indicate that

the fuel cell meets this requirement.

(b) The exceptions provided in para-

graph (a) of this section also apply to

aircraft operators when transporting

passenger or crewmember baggage that

has been separated from the passenger

or crewmember, including transfer to

another carrier for transport to its

final destination.

dent reports as required under §§ 171.15

and 171.16 of this subchapter apply to

the air carrier.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71

FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR 44950, Aug. 9,

2007; 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008; 73 FR 23367,

Apr. 30, 3008; 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 75 FR

73, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR

43531, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 82178, Dec. 30, 2011]

§ 175.20 Compliance and training.

An air carrier may not transport a

hazardous material by aircraft unless

each of its hazmat employees involved

in that transportation is trained as re-

quired by subpart H of part 172 of this

subchapter. In addition, air carriers

must comply with all applicable haz-

ardous materials training requirements

in 14 CFR Part 121 and 135.

§ 175.25 Notification at air passenger

facilities of hazardous materials re-

strictions.

(a) Each person who engages in for-

hire air transportation of passengers

must display notices of the require-

ments applicable to the carriage of

hazardous materials aboard aircraft,

and the penalties for failure to comply

with those requirements in accordance

with this section. Each notice must be

legible, and be prominently displayed

so it can be seen by passengers in loca-

tions where the aircraft operator issues

tickets, checks baggage, and maintains

aircraft boarding areas. At a minimum,

each notice must communicate the fol-

lowing information:

(1) Federal law forbids the carriage of

hazardous materials aboard aircraft in

your luggage or on your person. A vio-

lation can result in five years’ impris-

onment and penalties of $250,000 or

more (49 U.S.C. 5124). Hazardous mate-

rials include explosives, compressed

gases, flammable liquids and solids,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00761 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

752

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.26

oxidizers, poisons, corrosives and radio-

active materials. Examples: Paints,

lighter fluid, fireworks, tear gases, ox-

ygen bottles, and radio-pharma-

ceuticals.

(2) There are special exceptions for

small quantities (up to 70 ounces total)

of medicinal and toilet articles carried

in your luggage and certain smoking

materials carried on your person. For

further information contact your air-

line representative.

(b) Ticket purchase. An aircraft oper-

ator must ensure that information on

the types of hazardous materials speci-

fied in paragraph (a) of this section a

passenger is permitted and forbidden to

transport aboard an aircraft is pro-

vided at the point of ticket purchase.

During the purchase process, regardless

if the process is completed remotely

(e.g., via the Internet or phone) or

when completed at the airport, with or

without assistance from another per-

son (e.g., automated check-in facility),

the aircraft operator must ensure that

information on the types of hazardous

materials a passenger is forbidden to

transport aboard an aircraft is pro-

vided to passengers. Information may

be in text or in pictorial form and, ef-

fective January 1, 2013, must be such

that the final ticket purchase cannot

be completed until the passenger or a

person acting on the passenger’s behalf

has indicated that it understands the

restrictions on hazardous materials in

baggage.

must ensure that information on the

types of hazardous materials specified

in paragraph (a) of this section a pas-

senger is permitted and forbidden to

transport aboard an aircraft is pro-

vided during the flight check-in proc-

ess.

(1) Effective January 1, 2013, when

the flight check-in process is con-

ducted remotely (e.g., via the Internet

or phone) or when completed at the air-

port, without assistance from another

person (e.g., automated check-in

kiosk), the aircraft operator must en-

sure that information on the types of

hazardous materials a passenger is for-

bidden to transport aboard an aircraft

is provided to passengers. Information

may be in text or in pictorial form and

should be such that the check in proc-

ess cannot be completed until the pas-

senger or a person acting on the pas-

senger’s behalf has indicated that it

understands the restrictions on haz-

ardous materials in baggage.

(2) When the check in process is not

conducted remotely (e.g., at the airport

with the assistance of an airline rep-

resentative), passenger notification of

permitted and forbidden hazardous ma-

terials may be completed through sign-

age (electronic or otherwise), provided

it is legible and prominently displayed.

[76 FR 3382, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 175.26 Notification at cargo facilities

of hazardous materials require-

ments.

(a) Each person who engages in the

acceptance or transport of cargo for

transportation by aircraft shall display

notices to persons offering such cargo

of the requirements applicable to the

carriage of hazardous materials aboard

aircraft, and the penalties for failure to

comply with those requirements, at

each facility where cargo is accepted.

Each notice must be legible, and be

prominently displayed so it can be

seen. At a minimum, each notice must

communicate the following informa-

tion:

(1) Cargo containing hazardous mate-

rials (dangerous goods) for transpor-

tation by aircraft must be offered in

accordance with the Federal Hazardous

Materials Regulations (49 CFR parts

171 through 180).

(2) A violation can result in five

years’ imprisonment and penalties of

$250,000 or more (49 U.S.C. 5124).

(3) Hazardous materials (dangerous

goods) include explosives, compressed

gases, flammable liquids and solids,

oxidizers, poisons, corrosives and radio-

active materials.

(b) The information contained in

paragraph (a) of this section must be

printed:

(1) Legibly in English, and, where

cargo is accepted outside of the United

States, in the language of the host

country; and

(2) On a background of contrasting

color.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00762 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

753

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.31

optional. Additional information, ex-

amples, or illustrations, if not incon-

sistent with required information, may

be included.

(d) Exceptions. Display of a notice re-

quired by paragraph (a) of this section

is not required at:

(1) An unattended location (e.g., a

drop box) provided a general notice ad-

vising customers of a prohibition on

shipments of hazardous materials

through that location is prominently

displayed; or

(2) A customer’s facility where haz-

ardous materials packages are accept-

ed by a carrier.

§ 175.30 Inspecting shipments.

(a) No person may accept a hazardous

material for transportation aboard an

aircraft unless the aircraft operator en-

sures the hazardous material is:

(1) Authorized, and is within the

quantity limitations specified for car-

riage aboard aircraft according to

§ 172.101 of this subchapter or as other-

wise specifically provided by this sub-

chapter.

(2) Described and certified on a ship-

ping paper prepared in duplicate in ac-

cordance with part 172 of this sub-

chapter or as authorized by subpart C

of part 171 of this subchapter. See

§ 175.33 for shipping paper retention re-

quirements;

(3) Marked and labeled in accordance

with subparts D and E of part 172 or as

authorized by subpart C of part 171 of

this subchapter, and placarded (when

required) in accordance with subpart F

of part 172 of this subchapter; and

(4) Labeled with a ‘‘CARGO AIR-

CRAFT ONLY’’ label (see § 172.448 of

this subchapter) if the material as pre-

sented is not permitted aboard pas-

senger-carrying aircraft.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph

(d) of this section, no person may carry

a hazardous material in a package, out-

side container, or overpack aboard an

aircraft unless the package, outside

container, or overpack is inspected by

the operator of the aircraft imme-

diately before placing it:

(1) Aboard the aircraft; or

(2) In a unit load device or on a pallet

prior to loading aboard the aircraft.

ried aboard an aircraft only if, based on

the inspection by the operator, the

package, outside container, or over-

pack containing the hazardous mate-

rial:

(1) Has no holes, leakage or other in-

dication that its integrity has been

compromised; and

(2) For Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials, does not have a broken seal, ex-

cept packages contained in overpacks

need not be inspected for seal integ-

rity.

(d) The requirements of paragraphs

(b) and (c) of this section do not apply

to Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid).

(e) An overpack containing packages

of hazardous materials may be accept-

ed only if the operator has taken all

reasonable steps to establish that:

(1) The overpack does not contain a

package bearing the ‘‘CARGO AIR-

CRAFT ONLY’’ label unless—

(i) The overpack affords clear visi-

bility of and easy access to the pack-

age;

(ii) The package contains a material

which may be carried inaccessibly

under the provisions of § 175.75(e); or

(iii) Not more than one package is

overpacked.

(2) The proper shipping names, iden-

tification numbers, labels and special

handling instructions appearing on the

inside packages are clearly visible or

reproduced on the outside of the over-

pack, and

(3) The word ‘‘OVERPACK’’ appears

on the outside of the overpack when

specification packagings are required.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 72

FR 25177, May 3, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008;

76 FR 3383, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 175.31 Reports of discrepancies.

(a) Each person who discovers a dis-

crepancy, as defined in paragraph (b) of

this section, relative to the shipment

of a hazardous material following its

acceptance for transportation aboard

an aircraft shall, as soon as prac-

ticable, notify the nearest FAA Re-

gional or Field Security Office by tele-

phone or electronically, and shall pro-

vide the following information:

(1) Name and telephone number of

the person reporting the discrepancy.

(2) Name of the aircraft operator.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00763 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

754

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.33

(3) Specific location of the shipment

concerned.

(4) Name of the shipper.

(5) Nature of discrepancy.

(6) Address of the shipper or person

responsible for the discrepancy, if

known, by the air carrier.

(b) Discrepancies which must be re-

ported under paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion are those involving hazardous ma-

terials which are improperly described,

certified, labeled, marked, or packaged,

in a manner not ascertainable when ac-

cepted under the provisions of

§ 175.30(a) of this subchapter including

packages or baggage which are found

to contain hazardous materials subse-

quent to their being offered and accept-

ed as other than hazardous materials.

§ 175.33 Shipping paper and notifica-

tion of pilot-in-command.

(a) When a hazardous material sub-

ject to the provisions of this sub-

chapter is carried in an aircraft, a copy

of the shipping paper required by

§ 175.30(a)(2) must accompany the ship-

ment it covers during transportation

aboard the aircraft, and the operator of

the aircraft must provide the pilot-in-

command with accurate and legible

written information as early as prac-

ticable before departure of the aircraft,

which specifies at least the following:

(1) The proper shipping name, hazard

class and identification number of the

material, including any remaining

aboard from prior stops, as specified in

§ 172.101 of this subchapter or the ICAO

Technical Instructions. In the case of

Class 1 materials, the compatibility

group letter also must be shown. If a

hazardous material is described by the

proper shipping name, hazard class,

and identification number appearing

in:

(i) Section 172.101 of this subchapter.

Except for the requirement to indicate

the type of package, any additional de-

scription requirements provided in

§§ 172.202, and 172.203 of this subchapter

must also be shown on the notification.

(ii) The ICAO Technical Instructions

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), any

additional information required to be

shown on shipping papers by subpart C

of part 171 of this subchapter must also

be shown in the notification.

(2) The total number of packages;

(3) The net quantity or gross weight,

as applicable, for each package except

those containing Class 7 (radioactive)

materials. For a shipment consisting of

multiple packages containing haz-

ardous materials bearing the same

proper shipping name and identifica-

tion number, only the total quantity

and an indication of the quantity of

the largest and smallest package at

each loading location need to be pro-

vided;

(4) The location of the packages

aboard the aircraft;

(5) Confirmation that no damaged or

leaking packages have been loaded on

the aircraft;

(6) For Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials, the number of packages, over-

packs or freight containers, their cat-

egory, transport index (if applicable),

and their location aboard the aircraft;

(7) The date of the flight;

(8) The telephone number of a person

not aboard the aircraft from whom the

information contained in the notifica-

tion of pilot-in-command can be ob-

tained. The aircraft operator must en-

sure the telephone number is mon-

itored at all times the aircraft is in

flight. The telephone number is not re-

quired to be placed on the notification

of pilot-in-command if the phone num-

ber is in a location in the cockpit

available and known to the flight crew.

(9) Confirmation that the package

must be carried only on cargo aircraft

if its transportation aboard passenger-

carrying aircraft is forbidden; and

(10) An indication, when applicable,

that a hazardous material is being car-

ried under terms of a special permit.

(11) For UN1845, Carbon dioxide, solid

(dry ice), only the UN number, proper

shipping name, hazard class, total

quantity in each hold aboard the air-

craft, and the airport at which the

package(s) is to be unloaded must be

provided.

(b) A copy of the written notification

to pilot-in-command shall be readily

available to the pilot-in-command dur-

ing flight. Emergency response infor-

mation required by subpart G of part

172 of this subchapter must be main-

tained in the same manner as the writ-

ten notification to pilot-in-command

during transport of the hazardous ma-

terial aboard the aircraft.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00764 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

755

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.75

(1) Retain a copy of the shipping

paper required by § 175.30(a)(2) or an

electronic image thereof, that is acces-

sible at or through its principal place

of business and must make the ship-

ping paper available, upon request, to

an authorized official of a federal,

state, or local government agency at

reasonable times and locations. For a

hazardous waste, each shipping paper

copy must be retained for three years

after the material is accepted by the

initial carrier. For all other hazardous

materials, each shipping paper copy

must be retained by the operator for

one year after the material is accepted

by the initial carrier. Each shipping

paper copy must include the date of ac-

ceptance by the carrier. The date on

the shipping paper may be the date a

shipper notifies the air carrier that a

shipment is ready for transportation,

as indicated on the air bill or bill of

lading, as an alternative to the date

the shipment is picked up or accepted

by the carrier. Only an initial carrier

must receive and retain a copy of the

shipper’s certification, as required by

§ 172.204 of this subchapter.

(2) Retain a copy of each notification

of pilot-in-command, an electronic

image thereof, or the information con-

tained therein for 90 days at the air-

port of departure or the operator’s

principal place of business.

(3) Have the information required to

be retained under this paragraph read-

ily accessible at the airport of depar-

ture and the intended airport of arrival

for the duration of the flight leg.

(4) Make available, upon request, to

an authorized official of a Federal,

State, or local government agency (in-

cluding an emergency responder(s)) at

reasonable times and locations, the

documents or information required to

be retained by this paragraph. In the

event of a reportable incident, as de-

fined in § 171.15 of this subchapter,

make immediately available to an au-

thorized official of a Federal, State, or

local government agency (including an

emergency responders), the documents

or information required to be retained

by this paragraph.

(d) The documents required by para-

graphs (a) and (b) this section may be

combined into one document if it is

given to the pilot-in-command before

departure of the aircraft.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 72

FR 25177, May 3, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008;

74 FR 2267, Jan. 14, 2009]

Subpart B—Loading, Unloading

and Handling

§ 175.75 Quantity limitations and

cargo location.

(a) No person may carry on an air-

craft a hazardous material except as

permitted by this subchapter.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in

this subchapter, no person may carry a

hazardous material in the cabin of a

passenger-carrying aircraft or on the

flight deck of any aircraft, and the haz-

ardous material must be located in a

place that is inaccessible to persons

other than crew members. Hazardous

materials may be carried in a main

deck cargo compartment of a passenger

aircraft provided that the compart-

ment is inaccessible to passengers and

that it meets all certification require-

ments for a Class B aircraft cargo com-

partment in 14 CFR 25.857(b) or for a

Class C aircraft cargo compartment in

14 CFR 25.857(c). A package bearing a

‘‘KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT’’ handling

marking must be protected from direct

sunshine and stored in a cool and ven-

tilated place, away from sources of

heat.

hazardous material acceptable for car-

riage aboard passenger-carrying air-

craft, no more than 25 kg (55 pounds)

net weight of hazardous material may

be loaded in an inaccessible manner. In

addition to the 25 kg limitation, an ad-

ditional 75 kg (165 pounds) net weight

of Division 2.2 (non-flammable com-

pressed gas) may be loaded in an inac-

cessible manner. The requirements of

this paragraph do not apply to Class 9,

ORM–D–AIR and Limited or Excepted

Quantity material.

(d) For the purposes of this section—

(1) Accessible means, on passenger-

carrying or cargo-only aircraft that

each package is loaded where a crew

member or other authorized person can

access, handle, and, when size and

weight permit, separate such packages

from other cargo during flight, includ-

ing a freight container in an accessible

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00765 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

756

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.75

cargo compartment when packages are

loaded in an accessible manner. Addi-

tionally, a package is considered acces-

sible when transported on a cargo-only

aircraft if it is:

(i) In a cargo compartment certified

by FAA as a Class C aircraft cargo

compartment as defined in 14 CFR

25.857(c); or

(ii) In an FAA-certified freight con-

tainer that has an approved fire or

smoke detection system and fire sup-

pression system equivalent to that re-

quired by the certification require-

ments for a Class C aircraft cargo com-

partment.

(2) Inaccessible means all other con-

figurations to include packages loaded

where a crew member or other author-

ized person cannot access, handle, and,

when size and weight permit, separate

such packages from other cargo during

flight, including a freight container in

an accessible cargo compartment when

packages are loaded in an inaccessible

manner.

(e) For transport aboard cargo-only

aircraft, the requirements of para-

graphs (c) and (d) of this section do not

apply to the following hazardous mate-

rials:

(1) Class 3, PG III (unless the sub-

stance is also labeled CORROSIVE),

Class 6 (unless the substance is also la-

beled FLAMMABLE LIQUID (PG II and

III only)), Division 6.2, Class 7 (unless

the hazardous material meets the defi-

nition of another hazard class), Class 9,

and those marked as ORM–D–AIR,

Limited Quantity or Excepted Quan-

tity material.

(2) Packages of hazardous materials

transported aboard a cargo aircraft,

when other means of transportation

are impracticable or not available, in

accordance with procedures approved

in writing by the FAA Regional or

Field Security Office in the region

where the operator is located.

(3) Packages of hazardous materials

carried on small, single pilot, cargo

aircraft if:

(i) No person is carried on the air-

craft other than the pilot, an FAA in-

spector, the shipper or consignee of the

material, a representative of the ship-

per or consignee so designated in writ-

ing, or a person necessary for handling

the material;

(ii) The pilot is provided with written

instructions on the characteristics and

proper handling of the materials; and

(iii) Whenever a change of pilots oc-

curs while the material is on board, the

new pilot is briefed under a hand-to-

hand signature service provided by the

operator of the aircraft.

(f) At a minimum, quantity limits

and loading instructions in the fol-

lowing quantity and loading table must

be followed to maintain acceptable

quantity and loading between packages

containing hazardous materials. The

quantity and loading table is as fol-

lows:

UANTITY AND

OADING

ABLE

Applicability Forbidden

Quantity Limitation: 25 kg

net weight of hazardous

material plus 75 kg net

weight of Division 2.2

(non-flammable com-

pressed gas) per cargo

compartment

No limit

Passenger-carrying aircraft Cargo Aircraft Only la-

beled packages.

Inaccessible ...................... Accessible.

Cargo-only aircraft— ..........

Packages authorized

aboard a passenger-car-

rying aircraft.

Not applicable ................... Inaccessible (Note 1) ........ Accessible (Note 2).

Cargo-only aircraft— ..........

Packages not authorized

aboard a passenger-car-

rying aircraft and dis-

playing a Cargo Aircraft

Only label.

Inaccessible (Note 1) ........ Not applicable ................... Accessible (Note 2).

Note 1: The following materials are not subject to this loading restriction—

a. Class 3, PG III (unless the substance is also labeled CORROSIVE).

b. Class 6 (unless the substance is also labeled FLAMMABLE LIQUID (PG II and III only)).

c. Class 7 (unless the hazardous material meets the definition of another hazard class).

d. Class 9, ORM–D–AIR and Limited Quantity or Excepted Quantity material.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00766 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

757

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.78

Note 2: Aboard cargo-only aircraft, packages required to be loaded in a position that is considered to be accessible include

those loaded in a Class C cargo compartment.

[76 FR 82178, Dec. 30, 2011]

§ 175.78 Stowage compatibility of

cargo.

(a) For stowage on an aircraft, in a

cargo facility, or in any other area at

an airport designated for the stowage

of hazardous materials, packages con-

taining hazardous materials which

might react dangerously with one an-

other may not be placed next to each

other or in a position that would allow

a dangerous interaction in the event of

leakage.

(b) At a minimum, the segregation

instructions prescribed in the following

Segregation Table must be followed to

maintain acceptable segregation be-

tween packages containing hazardous

materials with different hazards. The

Segregation Table instructions apply

whether or not the class or division is

the primary or subsidiary risk. The

Segregation Table follows:

EGREGATION

ABLE

Hazard label

Class or division

1 2 3 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.2 8

1 ............................................................................ Note 1 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

2 ............................................................................ Note 2

3 ............................................................................ Note 2 X

4.2 ......................................................................... Note 2 X

4.3 ......................................................................... Note 2 X

5.1 ......................................................................... Note 2 X X

5.2 ......................................................................... Note 2

8 ............................................................................ Note 2 X ............

regation Table are as follows:

(1) Hazard labels, classes or divisions

not shown in the table are not subject

to segregation requirements.

(2) Dots at the intersection of a row

and column indicate that no restric-

tions apply.

(3) The letter ‘‘X’’ at the intersection

of a row and column indicates that

packages containing these classes of

hazardous materials may not be stowed

next to or in contact with each other,

or in a position which would allow

interaction in the event of leakage of

the contents.

(4) Note 1. ‘‘Note 1’’ at the intersec-

tion of a row and column means the

following:

(i) Only Division 1.4, Compatibility

Group S, explosives are permitted to be

transported aboard a passenger air-

craft. Only certain Division 1.3, Com-

patibility Groups C and G, and Division

1.4, Compatibility Groups B, C, D, E, G

and S, explosives may be transported

aboard a cargo aircraft.

(ii) Division 1.4 explosives in Compat-

ibility Group S may be stowed with Di-

vision 1.3 and 1.4 explosives in compat-

ibility groups as permitted aboard air-

craft under paragraph (c)(4)(i) above.

(iii) Except for Division 1.4B explo-

sives and as otherwise provided in this

Note, explosives of different compat-

ibility groups may be stowed together

whether or not they belong to the same

division. Division 1.4B explosives must

not be stowed together with any other

explosive permitted aboard aircraft ex-

cept Division 1.4S, unless segregated as

prescribed in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of

this section (‘‘Note 1’’).

(iv) Division 1.4B and Division 1.3 ex-

plosives may not be stowed together.

Division 1.4B explosives must be loaded

into separate unit load devices and,

when stowed aboard the aircraft, the

unit load devices must be separated by

other cargo with a minimum separa-

tion of 2 m (6.5 feet). When not loaded

in unit load devices, Division 1.4B and

Division 1.3 explosives must be loaded

into different, non-adjacent loading po-

sitions and separated by other cargo

with a minimum separation of 2 m (6.5

feet).

(5) Note 2. ‘‘Note 2’’ at the intersec-

tion of a row and column means that

other than explosives of Division 1.4,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00767 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

758

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.88

Compatibility Group S, explosives may

not be stowed together with that class.

(6) Packages containing hazardous

materials with multiple hazards in the

class or divisions, which require seg-

regation in accordance with the Seg-

regation Table, need not be segregated

from other packages bearing the same

UN number.

(7) A package labeled ‘‘BLASTING

AGENT’’ may not be stowed next to or

in a position that will allow contact

with a package of special fireworks or

railway torpedoes.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71

FR 54396, Sept. 14, 2006; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29,

2006; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 175.88 Inspection, orientation and se-

curing packages of hazardous mate-

rials.

(a) A unit load device may not be

loaded on an aircraft unless the device

has been inspected and found to be free

from any evidence of leakage from, or

damage to, any package containing

hazardous materials.

(b) A package containing hazardous

materials marked ‘‘THIS SIDE UP’’ or

‘‘THIS END UP’’, or with arrows to in-

dicate the proper orientation of the

package, must be stored and loaded

aboard an aircraft in accordance with

such markings. A package without ori-

entation markings containing liquid

hazardous materials must be stored

and loaded with top closure facing up-

ward.

materials must be secured in an air-

craft in a manner that will prevent any

shifting or any change in the orienta-

tion of the packages. Packages con-

taining Class 7 (radioactive) materials

must be secured in a manner that en-

sures that the separation requirements

of §§ 175.701 and 175.702 will be main-

tained at all times during flight.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 74

FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 175.90 Damaged shipments.

(a) Packages or overpacks containing

hazardous materials must be inspected

for damage or leakage after being un-

loaded from an aircraft. When pack-

ages or overpacks containing haz-

ardous materials have been transported

in a unit load device, the area where

the unit load device was stowed must

be inspected for evidence of leakage or

contamination immediately upon re-

moval of the unit load device from the

aircraft, and the packages or overpacks

must be inspected for evidence of dam-

age or leakage when the unit load de-

vice is unloaded. In the event of leak-

age or suspected leakage, the compart-

ment in which the package, overpack,

or unit load device was carried must be

inspected for contamination and decon-

taminated, if applicable.

(b) Except as provided in § 175.700, the

operator of an aircraft must remove

from the aircraft any package, baggage

or cargo that appears to be leaking or

contaminated by a hazardous material.

In the case of a package, baggage or

cargo that appears to be leaking, the

operator must ensure that other pack-

ages, baggage or cargo in the same

shipment are in proper condition for

transport aboard the aircraft and that

no other package, baggage or cargo has

been contaminated or is leaking. If an

operator becomes aware that a pack-

age, baggage or cargo not identified as

containing a hazardous material has

been contaminated, or the operator has

cause to believe that a hazardous mate-

rial may be the cause of the contami-

nation, the operator must take reason-

able steps to identify the nature and

source of contamination before pro-

ceeding with the loading of the con-

taminated baggage or cargo. If the con-

taminating substance is found or sus-

pected to be hazardous material, the

operator must isolate the package,

baggage or cargo and take appropriate

steps to eliminate any identified haz-

ard before continuing the transpor-

tation of the item by aircraft.

aircraft a package, baggage or cargo

that is contaminated with a hazardous

material or appears to be leaking.

(d) If a package containing a mate-

rial in Division 6.2 (infectious sub-

stance) is found to be damaged or leak-

ing, the person finding the package

must:

(1) Avoid handling the package or

keep handling to a minimum;

(2) Inspect packages adjacent to the

leaking package for contamination and

withhold from further transportation

any contaminated packages until it is

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00768 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

759

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.310

ascertained that they can be safely

transported;

(3) Comply with the reporting re-

quirement of §§ 171.15 and 175.31 of this

subchapter; and

(4) Notify the consignor or consignee.

Subpart C—Specific Regulations

Applicable According to

Classification of Material

§ 175.310 Transportation of flammable

liquid fuel; aircraft only means of

transportation.

(a) When other means of transpor-

tation are impracticable, flammable

liquid fuels may be carried on certain

passenger and cargo aircraft as pro-

vided in this section, without regard to

the packaging references and quantity

limits listed in Columns 7, 8 and 9 of

the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table.

All requirements of this subchapter

that are not specifically covered in this

section continue to apply to shipments

made under the provisions of this sec-

tion. For purposes of this section ‘‘im-

practicable’’ means transportation is

not physically possible or cannot be

performed by routine and frequent

means of other transportation, due to

extenuating circumstances. Extenu-

ating circumstances include: condi-

tions precluding highway or water

transportation, such as a frozen vessel

route; road closures due to cata-

strophic weather or volcanic activity;

or a declared state of emergency. The

desire for expedience of a shipper, car-

rier, or consignor, is not relevant in de-

termining whether other means of

transportation are impracticable. The

stowage requirements of § 175.75(a) do

not apply to a person operating an air-

craft under the provisions of this sec-

tion which, because of its size and con-

figuration, makes it impossible to com-

ply.

(b) A small passenger-carrying air-

craft operated entirely within the

State of Alaska or into a remote area,

in other than scheduled passenger oper-

ations, may carry up to 76 L (20 gal-

lons) of flammable liquid fuel (in Pack-

ing Group II or Packing Group III),

when:

(1) The flight is necessary to meet

the needs of a passenger; and

(2) The fuel is carried in one of the

following types of containers:

(i) Strong tight metal containers of

not more than 20 L (5.3 gallons) capac-

ity, each packed inside a UN 4G fiber-

board box, at the Packing Group II per-

formance level, or each packed inside a

UN 4C1 wooden box, at the Packing

Group II performance level;

(ii) Airtight, leakproof, inside con-

tainers of not more than 40 L (11 gal-

lons) capacity and of at least 28-gauge

metal, each packed inside a UN 4C1

wooden box, at the Packing Group II

performance level;

(iii) UN 1A1 steel drums, at the Pack-

ing Group I or II performance level, of

not more than 20 L (5.3 gallons) capac-

ity; or

(iv) In fuel tanks attached to flam-

mable liquid fuel powered equipment

under the following conditions:

(A) Each piece of equipment is se-

cured in an upright position;

(B) Each fuel tank is filled in a man-

ner that will preclude spillage of fuel

during loading, unloading, and trans-

portation; and

equipment is prohibited in or on the

aircraft.

(3) In the case of a passenger-car-

rying helicopter, the fuel or fueled

equipment must be carried on external

cargo racks or slings.

carried on a cargo aircraft, subject to

the following conditions:

(1)(i) The flammable liquid fuel is in

Packing Group II or Packing Group III

except as indicated in paragraph

(c)(1)(iv) of this section;

(ii) The fuel is carried in packagings

authorized in paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion;

(iii) The fuel is carried in metal

drums (UN 1A1, 1B1, 1N1) authorized for

Packing Group I or Packing Group II

liquid hazardous materials and having

rated capacities of 220 L (58 gallons) or

less. These single packagings may not

be transported in the same aircraft

with Class 1, Class 5, or Class 8 mate-

rials.

(iv) Combustible and flammable liq-

uid fuels (including those in Packing

Group I) may be carried in installed

aircraft tanks each having a capacity

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00769 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

760

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.501

of more than 450 L (118.9 gallons), sub-

ject to the following additional condi-

tions:

(A) The tanks and their associated

piping and equipment and the installa-

tion thereof must have been approved

for the material to be transported by

the appropriate FAA Flight Standards

District Office.

(B) In the case of an aircraft being

operated by a certificate holder, the

operator shall list the aircraft and the

approval information in its operating

specifications. If the aircraft is being

operated by other than a certificate

holder, a copy of the FAA Flight

Standards District Office approval re-

quired by this section must be carried

on the aircraft.

thoroughly briefed on the operation of

the particular bulk tank system being

used.

(D) During loading and unloading and

thereafter until any remaining fumes

within the aircraft are dissipated:

(1) Only those electrically operated

bulk tank shutoff valves that have

been approved under a supplemental

type certificate may be electrically op-

erated.

(2) No engine or electrical equipment,

avionic equipment, or auxiliary power

units may be operated, except position

lights in the steady position and equip-

ment required by approved loading or

unloading procedures, as set forth in

the operator’s operations manual, or

for operators that are not certificate

holders, as set forth in a written state-

ment.

(3) Static ground wires must be con-

nected between the storage tank or fu-

eler and the aircraft, and between the

aircraft and a positive ground device.

(2) [Reserved]

(d) The following restrictions apply

to loading, handling, or carrying fuel

under the provisions of this section:

(1) During loading and unloading, no

person may smoke, carry a lighted cig-

arette, cigar, or pipe, or operate any

device capable of causing an open

flame or spark within 15 m (50 feet) of

the aircraft.

(2) No person may fill a container,

other than an approved bulk tank, with

a Class 3 material or combustible liq-

uid or discharge a Class 3 material or

combustible liquid from a container,

other than an approved bulk tank,

while that container is inside or within

15 m (50 feet) of the aircraft.

(3) When filling an approved bulk

tank by hose from inside the aircraft,

the doors and hatches of the aircraft

must be fully open to insure proper

ventilation.

(4) Each area or compartment in

which the fuel is loaded is suitably ven-

tilated to prevent the accumulation of

fuel vapors.

(5) Fuel is transferred to the aircraft

fuel tanks only while the aircraft is on

the ground.

(6) Before each flight, the pilot-in-

command:

(i) Prohibits smoking, lighting

matches, the carrying of any lighted

cigar, pipe, cigarette or flame, and the

use of anything that might cause an

open flame or spark, while in flight;

and

(ii) For passenger aircraft, informs

each passenger of the location of the

fuel and the hazards involved.

(e) Operators must comply with the

following:

(1) If the aircraft is being operated by

a holder of a certificate issued under 14

CFR part 121 or part 135, operations

must be conducted in accordance with

conditions and limitations specified in

the certificate holder’s operations

specifications or operations manual ac-

cepted by the FAA. If the aircraft is

being operated under 14 CFR part 91,

operations must be conducted in ac-

cordance with an operations plan ac-

cepted and acknowledged in writing by

the FAA Principal Operations Inspec-

tor assigned to the operator.

(2) The aircraft and the loading ar-

rangement to be used must be approved

for the safe carriage of the particular

materials concerned by the FAA Prin-

cipal Operations Inspector assigned to

the operator.

§ 175.501 Special requirements for

oxidizers and compressed oxygen.

(a) Compressed oxygen, when prop-

erly labeled Oxidizer or Oxygen, may

be loaded and transported as provided

in this section. Except for Oxygen,

compressed, no person may load or

transport a hazardous material for

which an OXIDIZER label is required

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00770 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

761

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.630

under this subchapter in an inacces-

sible cargo compartment that does not

have a fire or smoke detection system

and a fire suppression system.

(b) In addition to the quantity limi-

tations prescribed in § 175.75, no more

than a combined total of six cylinders

of compressed oxygen may be stowed

on an aircraft in the inaccessible air-

craft cargo compartment(s) that do not

have fire or smoke detection systems

and fire suppression systems.

rying aircraft or in an inaccessible

cargo location on a cargo-only aircraft,

cylinders of compressed oxygen must

be stowed horizontally on the floor or

as close as practicable to the floor of

the cargo compartment or unit load de-

vice. This provision does not apply to

cylinders stowed in the cabin of the

aircraft in accordance with paragraph

(e) of this section.

(d) When transported in a Class B air-

craft cargo compartment (see 14 CFR

25.857(b)) or its equivalent (i.e., an ac-

cessible cargo compartment equipped

with a fire or smoke detection system,

but not a fire suppression system), cyl-

inders of compressed oxygen must be

loaded in a manner that a crew mem-

ber can see, handle and, when size and

weight permit, separate the cylinders

from other cargo during flight. No

more than six cylinders of compressed

oxygen and, in addition, one cylinder of

medical-use compressed oxygen per

passenger needing oxygen at destina-

tion—with a rated capacity of 1000 L

(34 cubic feet) or less of oxygen—may

be carried in a Class B aircraft cargo

compartment or its equivalent.

(e) A cylinder containing medical-use

compressed oxygen, owned or leased by

an aircraft operator or offered for

transportation by a passenger needing

it for personal medical use at destina-

tion, may be carried in the cabin of a

passenger-carrying aircraft in accord-

ance with the following provisions:

(1) No more than six cylinders be-

longing to the aircraft operator and, in

addition, no more than one cylinder

per passenger needing the oxygen at

destination, may be transported in the

cabin of the aircraft under the provi-

sions of this paragraph (e);

(2) The rated capacity of each cyl-

inder may not exceed 1,000 L (34 cubic

feet);

(3) Each cylinder must conform to

the provisions of this subchapter and

be placed in:

(i) An outer packaging that conforms

to the performance criteria of Air

Transport Association (ATA) Specifica-

tion 300 for a Category I Shipping Con-

tainer; or

(ii) A metal, plastic or wood outer

packaging that conforms to a UN

standard at the Packing Group I or II

performance level.

(4) The aircraft operator shall se-

curely stow the cylinder in its over-

pack or outer packaging in the cabin of

the aircraft and shall notify the pilot-

in-command as specified in § 175.33 of

this part; and

(5) Shipments under this paragraph

(e) are not subject to—

(i) Sections 173.302(f) and 173.304(f) of

this subchapter, subpart C of part 172 of

this subchapter, and, for passengers

only, subpart H of part 172 of this sub-

chapter;

(ii) Section 173.25(a)(4) of this sub-

chapter; and

(iii) Paragraph (b) of this section.

[72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72

FR 55099, Sept. 28, 2007]

§ 175.630 Special requirements for Di-

vision 6.1 (poisonous) material and

Division 6.2 (infectious substances)

materials.

(a) A package required to bear a POI-

SON, POISON INHALATION HAZARD,

or INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label

may not be carried in the same com-

partment of an aircraft with material

which is marked as or known to be a

foodstuff, feed, or any other edible ma-

terial intended for consumption by hu-

mans or animals unless:

(1) The Division 6.1 or Division 6.2

material and the foodstuff, feed, or

other edible material are loaded in sep-

arate unit load devices which, when

stowed on the aircraft, are not adja-

cent to each other; or

(2) The Division 6.1 or Division 6.2

material are loaded in one closed unit

load device and the foodstuff, feed or

other material is loaded in another

closed unit load device.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00771 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

762

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.700

(b) No person may operate an aircraft

that has been used to transport any

package required to bear a POISON or

POISON INHALATION HAZARD label

unless, upon removal of such package,

the area in the aircraft in which it was

carried is visually inspected for evi-

dence of leakage, spillage, or other

contamination. All contamination dis-

covered must be either isolated or re-

moved from the aircraft. The operation

of an aircraft contaminated with such

Division 6.1 materials is considered to

be the carriage of poisonous materials

under paragraph (a) of this section.

each package, overpack, pallet, or unit

load device containing a Division 6.2

material must be inspected for signs of

leakage. If evidence of leakage is

found, the cargo compartment in which

the package, overpack, or unit load de-

vice was transported must be dis-

infected. Disinfection may be by any

means that will make the material re-

leased ineffective at transmitting dis-

ease.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71

FR 32263, June 2, 2006]

§ 175.700 Special limitations and re-

quirements for Class 7 materials.

(a) Except as provided in §§ 173.4a,

173.422 and 173.423 of this subchapter,

no person may carry any Class 7 mate-

rials aboard a passenger-carrying air-

craft unless that material is intended

for use in, or incident to research (See

§ 171.8 of this subchapter), medical diag-

nosis or treatment. Regardless of its

intended use, no person may carry a

Type B(M) package aboard a passenger-

carrying aircraft, a vented Type B(M)

package aboard any aircraft, or a liq-

uid pyrophoric Class 7 material aboard

any aircraft.

(b) Limits for transport index and criti-

cality safety index. A person may carry

the following Class 7 (radioactive) ma-

terials aboard an aircraft only when—

(1) On a passenger-carrying aircraft—

(i) Each single package on the air-

craft has a transport index no greater

than 3.0;

(ii) The combined transport index

and the combined criticality index of

all the packages on the aircraft are

each no greater than 50.

(2) On a cargo aircraft—

(i) Each single package on the air-

craft has a transport index no greater

than 10.0.

(ii) The combined transport index of

all the packages on the aircraft is no

greater than 200, and the combined

criticality index of all the packages on

the aircraft is no greater than—

(A) 50 on a non-exclusive use cargo

aircraft, or

(B) 100 on an aircraft assigned for the

exclusive use of the shipper [offeror]

for the specific shipment of fissile

Class 7 material. Instructions for the

exclusive use must be developed by the

shipper [offeror] and carrier, and the

instructions must accompany the ship-

ping papers.

(3) The combined transport index and

combined criticality index are deter-

mined by adding together the transport

index and criticality index numbers,

respectively, shown on the labels of the

individual packages.

senger-carrying aircraft any package

required to be labeled RADIOACTIVE

YELLOW–II or RADIOACTIVE YEL-

LOW–III label unless the package is

carried on the floor of the cargo com-

partment or freight container.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 74

FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 175.701 Separation distance require-

ments for packages containing

Class 7 (radioactive) materials in

passenger-carrying aircraft.

(a) The following table prescribes the

minimum separation distances that

must be maintained in a passenger-car-

rying aircraft between Class 7 (radio-

active) materials labeled RADIO-

ACTIVE YELLOW–II or RADIOACTIVE

YELLOW–III and passengers and crew:

Transport index or sum of

transport indexes of all pack-

ages in the aircraft or

predesignated area

Minimum separation

distances

Centimeters Inches

0.1 to 1.0 ............................... 30 12

1.1 to 2.0 ............................... 50 20

2.1 to 3.0 ............................... 70 28

3.1 to 4.0 ............................... 85 34

4.1 to 5.0 ............................... 100 40

5.1 to 6.0 ............................... 115 46

6.1 to 7.0 ............................... 130 52

7.1 to 8.0 ............................... 145 57

8.1 to 9.0 ............................... 155 61

9.1 to 10.0 ............................. 165 65

10.1 to 11.0 ........................... 175 69

11.1 to 12.0 ........................... 185 73

12.1 to 13.0 ........................... 195 77

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00772 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

763

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 175.702

Transport index or sum of

transport indexes of all pack-

ages in the aircraft or

predesignated area

Minimum separation

distances

Centimeters Inches

13.1 to 14.0 ........................... 205 81

14.1 to 15.0 ........................... 215 85

15.1 to 16.0 ........................... 225 89

16.1 to 17.0 ........................... 235 93

17.1 to 18.0 ........................... 245 97

18.1 to 20.0 ........................... 260 102

20.1 to 25.0 ........................... 290 114

25.1 to 30.0 ........................... 320 126

30.1 to 35.0 ........................... 350 138

35.1 to 40.0 ........................... 375 148

40.1 to 45.0 ........................... 400 157

45.1 to 50.0 ........................... 425 167

(b) When transported aboard pas-

senger-carrying aircraft packages,

overpacks or freight containers labeled

Radioactive Yellow–II or Radioactive

Yellow–III must be separated from live

animals by a distance of at least 0.5 m

(20 inches) for journeys not exceeding

24 hours, and by a distance of at least

1.0 m (39 inches) for journeys longer

than 24 hours.

(d) of this section, the minimum sepa-

ration distances prescribed in para-

graphs (a) and (b) of this section are de-

termined by measuring the shortest

distance between the surfaces of the

Class 7 (radioactive) materials package

and the surfaces bounding the space oc-

cupied by passengers or animals. If

more than one package of Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) materials is placed in a pas-

senger-carrying aircraft, the minimum

separation distance for these packages

shall be determined in accordance with

paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section

on the basis of the sum of the transport

index numbers of the individual pack-

ages or overpacks.

(d) Predesignated areas. A package la-

beled RADIOACTIVE YELLOW–II or

RADIOACTIVE YELLOW–III may be

carried in a passenger-carrying aircraft

in accordance with a system of

predesignated areas established by the

aircraft operator. Each aircraft oper-

ator that elects to use a system of

predesignated areas shall submit a de-

tailed description of the proposed sys-

tem to the Associate Administrator for

approval prior to implementation of

the system. A proposed system of

predesignated areas is approved if the

Associate Administrator determines

that it is designed to assure that:

(1) The packages can be placed in

each predesignated area in accordance

with the minimum separation dis-

tances prescribed in paragraph (a) of

this section; and

(2) The predesignated areas are sepa-

rated from each other by minimum dis-

tance equal to at least four times the

distances required by paragraphs (a)

and (b) of this section for the

predesignated area containing pack-

ages with the largest sum of transport

indexes.

§ 175.702 Separation distance require-

ments for packages containing

Class 7 (radioactive) materials in

cargo aircraft.

(a) No person may carry in a cargo

aircraft any package required by

§ 172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled

Radioactive Yellow–II or Radioactive

Yellow–III unless:

(1) The total transport index for all

packages does not exceed 50.0 and the

packages are carried in accordance

with § 175.701(a); or

(2) The total transport index for all

packages exceeds 50.0; and

(i) The separation distance between

the surfaces of the radioactive mate-

rials packages, overpacks or freight

containers and any space occupied by

live animals is at least 0.5 m (20 inches)

for journeys not exceeding 24 hours and

at least 1.0 m (39 inches) for journeys

longer than 24 hours; and

(ii) The minimum separation dis-

tances between the radioactive mate-

rial and any areas occupied by persons

that are specified in the following table

are maintained:

Transport index or sum of transport indexes of all packages in the aircraft of

predesignated area

Minimum separation distances

Centimeters Inches

50.1 to 60.0 ........................................................................................................................... 465 183

60.1 to 70.0 ........................................................................................................................... 505 199

70.1 to 80.0 ........................................................................................................................... 545 215

80.1 to 90.0 ........................................................................................................................... 580 228

90.1 to 100.0 ......................................................................................................................... 610 240

100.1 to 110.0 ....................................................................................................................... 645 254

110.1 to 120.0 ....................................................................................................................... 670 264

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00773 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

764

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 175.703

Transport index or sum of transport indexes of all packages in the aircraft of

predesignated area

Minimum separation distances

Centimeters Inches

120.1 to 130.0 ....................................................................................................................... 700 276

130.1 to 140.0 ....................................................................................................................... 730 287

140.1 to 150.0 ....................................................................................................................... 755 297

150.1 to 160.0 ....................................................................................................................... 780 307

160.1 to 170.0 ....................................................................................................................... 805 317

170.1 to 180.0 ....................................................................................................................... 830 327

180.1 to 190.0 ....................................................................................................................... 855 337

190.1 to 200.0 ....................................................................................................................... 875 344

(b) The criticality safety index of any

single group of packages must not ex-

ceed 50.0 (as used in this section, the

term ‘‘group of packages’’ means pack-

ages that are separated from each

other in an aircraft by a distance of 6

m (20 feet) or less); and

separated from every other group in

the aircraft by not less than 6 m (20

feet), measured from the outer surface

of each group.

[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71

FR 54396, Sept. 14, 2006]

§ 175.703 Other special requirements

for the acceptance and carriage of

packages containing Class 7 mate-

rials.

(a) No person may accept for carriage

in an aircraft packages of Class 7 mate-

rials, other than limited quantities,

contained in a rigid or non-rigid over-

pack, including a fiberboard box or

plastic bag, unless they have been pre-

pared for shipment in accordance with

§ 172.403(h) of this subchapter.

(b) Each shipment of fissile material

packages must conform to the require-

ments of §§ 173.457 and 173.459 of this

subchapter.

transportation, or transport, by air—

(1) Vented Type B(M) packages, pack-

ages which require external cooling by

an ancillary cooling system or pack-

ages subject to operational controls

during transport; or

(2) Liquid pyrophoric Class 7 (radio-

active) materials.

(d) Packages with radiation levels at

the package surface or a transport

index in excess of the limits specified

in § 173.441(a) of this subchapter may

not be transported by aircraft except

under special arrangements approved

by the Associate Administrator.

§ 175.704 Plutonium shipments.

Shipments of plutonium which are

subject to 10 CFR 71.88(a)(4) must com-

ply with the following:

(a) Each package containing pluto-

nium must be secured and restrained to

prevent shifting under normal condi-

tions.

(b) A package of plutonium having a

gross mass less than 40 kg (88 pounds)

and both its height and diameter less

than 50 cm (19.7 inches)—

(1) May not be transported aboard an

aircraft carrying other cargo required

to bear a Division 1.1 label; and

(2) Must be stowed aboard the air-

craft on the main deck or the lower

cargo compartment in the aft-most lo-

cation that is possible for cargo of its

size and weight, and no other cargo

may be stowed aft of packages con-

taining plutonium.

the size and weight limitations in para-

graph (b) of this section—

(1) May not be transported aboard an

aircraft carrying other cargo required

to bear any of the following labels:

Class 1 (all Divisions), Class 2 (all Divi-

sions), Class 3, Class 4 (all Divisions),

Class 5 (all Divisions), or Class 8; and

(2) Must be securely cradled and tied

down to the main deck of the aircraft

in a manner that restrains the package

against the following internal forces

acting separately relative to the deck

of the aircraft; Upward, 2g; Forward,

9g; Sideward, 1.5g; Downward, 4.5g.

§ 175.705 Radioactive contamination.

(a) A carrier shall take care to avoid

possible inhalation, ingestion, or con-

tact by any person with Class 7 (radio-

active) materials that may have been

released from their packagings.

(b) When contamination is present or

suspected, the package containing a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00774 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

765

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 176

Class 7 material, any loose Class 7 ma-

terial, associated packaging material,

and any other materials that have been

contaminated must be segregated as

far as practicable from personnel con-

tact until radiological advice or assist-

ance is obtained from the U.S. Depart-

ment of Energy or appropriate State or

local radiological authorities.

rial has been released must be taken

out of service and may not be returned

to service or routinely occupied until

the aircraft is checked for radioactive

contamination and it is determined in

accordance with § 173.443 of this sub-

chapter that the dose rate at every ac-

cessible surface is less than 0.005 mSv

per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) and there

is no significant removable surface

contamination.

(d) Each aircraft used routinely for

transporting Class 7 materials shall be

periodically checked for radioactive

contamination, and an aircraft must be

taken out of service if contamination

exceeds the level specified in paragraph

(c). The frequency of these checks shall

be related to the likelihood of contami-

nation and the extent to which Class 7

materials are transported.

(e) In addition to the reporting re-

quirements of (§§ 171.15 and 171.16 of

this subchapter and § 175.31 of this part,

an aircraft operator shall notify the of-

feror at the earliest practicable mo-

ment following any incident in which

there has been breakage, spillage, or

suspected radioactive contamination

involving Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials shipments.

§ 175.706 Separation distances for un-

developed film from packages con-

taining Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials.

No person may carry in an aircraft

any package of Class 7 (radioactive)

materials required by § 172.403 of this

subchapter to be labeled Radioactive

Yellow–II or Radioactive Yellow–III

closer than the distances shown in the

table below to any package marked as

containing underdeveloped film.

Transport

index

Minimum separation distance to nearest undeveloped film for various times in transit

Up to 2 hours 2 to 4 hours 4 to 8 hours 8 to 12 hours Over 12 hours

Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet

0.1 to 1.0 ....... 0.3 1 0 .6 2 0.9 3 1 .2 4 1.5 5

1.1 to 5.0 ....... 0.9 3 1 .2 4 1.8 6 2 .4 8 3.3 11

5.1 to 10.0 ..... 1.2 4 1 .8 6 2.7 9 3 .3 11 4.5 15

10.1 to 20.0 ... 1.5 5 2 .4 8 3.6 12 4 .8 16 6.6 22

20.1 to 30.0 ... 2.1 7 3 10 4.5 15 6 20 8.7 29

30.1 to 40.0 ... 2.4 8 3 .3 11 5.1 17 6 .6 22 9.9 33

40.1 to 50.0 ... 2.7 9 3 .6 12 5.7 19 7 .2 24 10.8 36

§ 175.900 Handling requirements for

carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice).

Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) when

shipped by itself or when used as a re-

frigerant for other commodities, may

be carried only if the operator has

made suitable arrangements based on

the aircraft type, the aircraft ventila-

tion rates, the method of packing and

stowing, whether animals will be car-

ried on the same flight and other fac-

tors. The operator must ensure that

the ground staff is informed that the

dry ice is being loaded or is on board

the aircraft. For arrangements between

the shipper and operator, see § 173.217 of

this subchapter. Where dry ice is con-

tained in a unit load device (ULD) or

other type of pallet prepared by a sin-

gle shipper in accordance with § 173.217

and the operator after the acceptance

adds additional dry ice, the operator

must ensure that the information pro-

vided to the Pilot-in-Command and the

marking on the ULD when used as a

packaging reflects that revised quan-

tity of dry ice.

[73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008]

PART 176—CARRIAGE BY VESSEL

Subpart A—General

Sec.

176.1 Purpose and scope.

176.2 Definitions.

176.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials

shipments.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00775 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

766

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 176

176.4 Port security and safety regulations.

176.5 Application to vessels.

176.7 Documentation for vessel personnel.

176.9 ‘‘Order-Notify’’ or ‘‘C.O.D.’’ shipments.

176.11 Exceptions.

176.13 Responsibility for compliance and

training.

176.15 Enforcement.

176.18 Assignment and certification.

Subpart B—General Operating

Requirements

176.24 Shipping papers.

176.27 Certificate.

176.30 Dangerous cargo manifest.

176.31 Special permits.

176.36 Preservation of records.

176.39 Inspection of cargo.

176.45 Emergency situations.

176.48 Situation requiring report.

176.50 Acceptance of damaged or leaking

packages.

176.52 Rejections of shipments in violation.

176.54 Repairs involving welding, burning,

and power-actuated tools and appliances.

Subpart C—General Handling and

Stowage

176.57 Supervision of handling and stowage.

176.58 Preparation of the vessel.

176.60 ‘‘No Smoking’’ signs.

176.63 Stowage locations.

176.65 Alternative stowage procedures.

176.69 General stowage requirements for

hazardous materials.

176.70 Stowage requirements for marine pol-

lutants.

176.72 Handling of break-bulk hazardous

materials.

176.74 On deck stowage of break-bulk haz-

ardous materials.

176.76 Transport vehicles, freight con-

tainers, and portable tanks containing

hazardous materials.

176.77 Stowage of barges containing haz-

ardous materials on board barge-carrying

vessels.

176.78 Use of power-operated industrial

trucks on board vessels.

Subpart D—General Segregation

Requirements

176.80 Applicability.

176.83 Segregation.

176.84 Other requirements for stowage and

segregation for cargo vessels and pas-

senger vessels.

Subpart E—Special Requirements for Trans-

port Vehicles Loaded With Hazardous

Materials and Transported on Board

Ferry Vessels

176.88 Applicability.

176.89 Control of transport vehicles.

176.90 Private automobiles.

176.91 Motorboats.

176.92 Cylinders laden in vehicles.

176.93 Vehicles having refrigerating or heat-

ing equipment.

Subpart F—Special Requirements for

Barges

176.95 Applicability.

176.96 Materials of construction.

176.97 Prohibition of dump scows.

176.98 Stowage of hazardous materials on

board barges.

176.99 Permit requirements for certain haz-

ardous materials.

Subpart G—Detailed Requirements for

Class 1 (Explosive) Materials

176.100 Permit for Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (ex-

plosive) materials.

176.102 Supervisory detail.

176.104 Loading and unloading Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials.

176.108 Supervision of Class 1 (explosive)

materials during loading, unloading,

handling and stowage.

TOWAGE

176.112 Applicability.

176.116 General stowage conditions for Class

1 (explosive) materials.

176.118 Electrical requirement.

176.120 Lightning protection.

176.122–176.124 [Reserved]

176.128 Magazine stowage types ‘‘A’’, ‘‘C’’

and Special Stowage.

176.130 Magazine stowage Type A.

176.132 [Reserved]

176.133 Magazine stowage Type C.

176.134 Vehicles.

176.136 Special stowage.

176.137 Portable magazine.

176.138 Deck stowage.

EGREGATION

176.140 Segregation from other classes of

hazardous materials.

176.142 [Reserved]

176.144 Segregation of Class 1 (explosive)

materials.

176.145 Segregation in single hold vessels.

176.146 Segregation from non-hazardous ma-

terials.

RECAUTIONS

URING

OADING AND

NLOADING

176.148 Artificial lighting.

176.150 Radio and radar.

176.154 Fueling (bunkering).

176.156 Defective packages.

176.160 Protection against weather.

176.162 Security.

176.164 Fire precautions and firefighting.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00776 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

767

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.2

ASSENGER

ESSELS

176.166 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials on passenger vessels.

ARGO

RANSPORT

NITS AND

HIPBORNE

ARGES

176.168 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials in vehicle spaces.

176.170 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials in freight containers.

176.172 Structural serviceability of freight

containers and vehicles carrying Class 1

(explosive) materials on ships.

176.174 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials in shipborne barges.

ANDLING

LASS

1 (E

XPLOSIVE

) M

ATERIALS IN

ORT

176.176 Signals.

176.178 Mooring lines.

176.180 Watchkeeping.

176.182 Conditions for handling on board

ship.

176.184 Class 1 (explosive) materials of Com-

patibility Group L.

176.190 Departure of vessel.

176.192 Cargo handling equipment for

freight containers carrying Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials.

AGAZINE

ESSELS

176.194 Stowage of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials on magazine vessels.

Subpart H—Detailed Requirements for

Class 2 (Compressed Gas) Materials

176.200 General stowage requirements.

176.205 Under deck stowage requirements.

176.210 On deck stowage requirements.

176.220 Smoking or open flame and posting

of warning signs.

176.225 Stowage of chlorine.

176.230 Stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable

gas) materials.

Subpart I—Detailed Requirements for Class

3 (Flammable) and Combustible Liquid

Materials

176.305 General stowage requirements.

176.315 Fire protection requirements.

176.320 Use of hand flashlights.

176.325 Smoking or open flame and posting

of warning signs.

176.340 Combustible liquids in portable

tanks.

Subpart J—Detailed Requirements for Class

4 (Flammable Solids), Class 5

(Oxidizers and Organic Peroxides),

and Division 1.5 Materials

176.400 Stowage of Division 1.5, Class 4

(flammable solids) and Class 5 (oxidizers

and organic peroxides) materials.

176.405 Stowage of charcoal.

176.410 Division 1.5 materials, ammonium

nitrate and ammonium nitrate mixtures.

176.415 Permit requirements for Division

1.5, ammonium nitrates, and certain am-

monium nitrate fertilizers.

Subpart K [Reserved]

Subpart L—Detailed Requirements for Divi-

sion 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) and Division

6.1 (Poisonous) Materials

176.600 General stowage requirements.

176.605 Care following leakage or sifting of

Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) and Division

6.1 (poisonous) materials.

Subpart M—Detailed Requirements for

Radioactive Materials

176.700 General stowage requirements.

176.704 Requirements relating to transport

indices and criticality safety indices.

176.708 Segregation distances.

176.710 Care following leakage or sifting of

radioactive materials.

176.715 Contamination control.

176.720 Requirements for carriage of INF

cargo in international transportation.

Subpart N—Detailed Requirements for

Class 8 (Corrosive Materials) Materials

176.800 General stowage requirements.

176.805 On deck stowage.

Subpart O—Detailed Requirements for Cot-

ton and Vegetable Fibers, Motor Vehi-

cles, and Asbestos

176.900 Packaging and stowage of cotton

and vegetable fibers; general.

176.901 Stowage of cotton or vegetable fi-

bers with rosin or pitch.

176.903 Stowage of cotton or vegetable fi-

bers with coal.

176.905 Stowage of motor vehicles or me-

chanical equipment.

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128; 49 CFR 1.53.

Subpart A—General

§ 176.1 Purpose and scope.

This part prescribes requirements in

addition to those contained in parts

171, 172, and 173 of this subchapter to be

observed with respect to the transpor-

tation of hazardous materials by ves-

sel.

§ 176.2 Definitions.

As used in this part—

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00777 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

768

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.2

Cantline means the v-shaped groove

between two abutting, parallel hori-

zontal cylinders.

Cargo net means a net made of fiber

or wire used to provide convenience in

handling loose or packaged cargo to

and from a vessel.

Cargo transport unit means a trans-

port vehicle, a freight container, a

portable tank or a multiple element

gas container (MEGC). A closed cargo

transport unit means a cargo transport

unit in which the contents are totally

enclosed by permanent structures. An

open cargo transport unit means a cargo

transport unit that is not a closed

cargo transport unit. Cargo transport

units with fabric sides or tops are not

closed cargo transport units for the

purposes of this part.

Clear of living quarters means that the

hazardous material must be located so

that in the event of release of the ma-

terial, leakage or vapors will not pene-

trate accommodations, machinery

spaces or other work areas by means of

entrances or other openings in bulk-

heads or ventilation ducts.

Closed freight container means a

freight container which totally en-

closes its contents by permanent struc-

tures. A freight container formed part-

ly by a tarpaulin, plastic sheet, or

similar material is not a closed freight

container.

Commandant (CG–522), USCG means

the Chief, Office of Operating and Envi-

ronmental Standards, United States

Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593–

0001.

Compartment means any space on a

vessel that is enclosed by the vessel’s

decks and its sides or permanent steel

bulkheads.

CSC safety approval plate means the

safety approval plate specified in

Annex I of the International Conven-

tion for Safe Containers (1972) and con-

forming to the specifications in 49 CFR

451.23 and 451.25. The plate is evidence

that a freight container was designed,

constructed, and tested under inter-

national rules incorporated into U.S.

regulations in 49 CFR parts 450 through

453. The plate is found in the door area

of the container.

Deck structure means a structure of

substantial weight and size located on

the weather deck of a vessel and inte-

gral with the deck. This term includes

superstructures, deck houses, mast

houses, and bridge structures.

Draft means a load or combination of

loads capable of being hoisted into or

out of a vessel in a single lift.

Dunnage means lumber of not less

than 25 mm (0.98 inch) commercial

thickness or equivalent material laid

over or against structures such as tank

tops, decks, bulkheads, frames, plating,

or ladders, or used for filling voids or

fitting around cargo, to prevent dam-

age during transportation.

Explosives anchorage means an an-

chorage so designated under 33 CFR

part 110, subpart B.

Explosive article means an article or

device that contains one or more explo-

sive substances. Individual explosive

substances are identified in column 17

of the Dangerous Goods List in the

IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

Explosives handling facility means—

(1) A ‘‘designated waterfront facil-

ity’’ designated under 33 CFR part 126

when loading, handling, and unloading

Class 1 (explosives) materials; or

(2) A facility for loading, unloading,

and handling military Class 1 (explo-

sives) materials which is operated or

controlled by an agency of the Depart-

ment of Defense.

Explosive substance means a solid or

liquid material, or a mixture of mate-

rials, which is in itself capable by

chemical reaction of producing gas at

such a temperature and pressure and at

such a speed as to cause damage to its

surroundings. Individual explosive sub-

stances are identified in column 17 of

the Dangerous Goods List in the IMDG

Code.

Handling means the operation of

loading and unloading a vessel; trans-

fer to, from, or within a vessel, and any

ancillary operations.

Hold means a compartment below

deck that is used exclusively for the

carriage of cargo.

In containers or the like means any

clean, substantial, weatherproof box

structure which can be secured to the

vessel’s structure, including a portable

magazine or a closed cargo transport

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00778 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

769

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.2

unit. Whenever this stowage is speci-

fied, stowage in deckhouses, mast lock-

ers and oversized weatherproof pack-

ages (overpacks) is also acceptable.

Incompatible materials means two ma-

terials whose stowage together may re-

sult in undue hazards in the case of

leakage, spillage, or other accident.

INF cargo means packaged irradiated

nuclear fuel, plutonium or high-level

radioactive wastes as those terms are

defined in the ‘‘International Code for

the Safe Carriage of Packaged Irradi-

ated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and

High-Level Radioactive Wastes on

Board Ships’’ (INF Code) contained in

the IMDG Code.

Landing mat means a shock absorbing

pad used in loading Class 1 (explosive)

materials on vessels.

Machinery Spaces of Category A are

those spaces, and trunks to such

spaces, which contain:

(1) Internal combustion machinery

used for main propulsion:

(2) Internal combustion machinery

used for purposes other than main pro-

pulsion where such machinery has in

the aggregate a total power output of

not less than 375 kw; or

(3) any oil-fired boiler or fuel unit.

Magazine means an enclosure de-

signed to protect certain goods of Class

1 (explosive) materials from damage by

other cargo and adverse weather condi-

tions during loading, unloading, and

when in transit; and to prevent unau-

thorized access. A magazine may be a

fixed structure or compartment in the

vessel, a closed freight container, a

closed transport vehicle, or a portable

magazine. Magazines may be posi-

tioned in any part of the ship con-

forming with the relevant provisions

for Class 1 (explosive) materials con-

tained in Subpart G of this part pro-

vided that magazines which are fixed

structures are sited so that their doors,

where fitted, are easily accessible.

Master of the Vessel, as used in this

part, includes the person in charge of

an unmanned vessel or barge.

Open freight container means a freight

container that does not totally enclose

its contents by permanent structures.

Overstowed means a package or con-

tainer is stowed directly on top of an-

other. However, with regard to Class 1

(explosive) stowage, such goods may

themselves be stacked to a safe level

but other goods should not be stowed

directly on top of them.

Pallet means a portable platform for

stowing, handling, and moving cargo.

Palletized unit means packages or

unpackaged objects stacked on a pal-

let, banded and secured to the pallet by

metal, fabric, or plastic straps for the

purpose of handling as a single unit.

Pie plate means a round, oval, or hex-

agonal pallet without sideboards, used

in conjunction with a cargo net to han-

dle loose cargo on board a vessel.

Portable magazine means a strong,

closed, prefabricated, steel or wooden,

closed box or container, other than a

freight container, designed and used to

handle Class 1 (explosive) materials ei-

ther by hand or mechanical means.

Readily combustible material means a

material which may or may not be

classed as a hazardous material but

which is easily ignited and supports

combustion. Examples of readily com-

bustible materials include wood, paper,

straw, vegetable fibers, products made

from such materials, coal, lubricants,

and oils. This definition does not apply

to packaging material or dunnage.

Responsible person means a person

empowered by the master of the vessel

to make all decisions relating to his or

her specific task, and having the nec-

essary knowledge and experience for

that purpose.

Safe working load means the max-

imum gross weight that cargo handling

equipment is approved to lift.

Skilled person means a person having

the knowledge and experience to per-

form a certain duty.

Skipboard means a square or rectan-

gular pallet without sideboards, usu-

ally used in conjunction with a cargo

net to handle loose cargo on board a

vessel.

Splice as used in § 176.172 of this part,

means any repair of a freight container

main structural member which re-

places material, other than complete

replacement of the member.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00779 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

770

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.3

Tray means a type of pallet con-

structed to specific dimensions for han-

dling a particular load.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52687, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR

33438, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45184, Aug. 28, 2001;

67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75747, 75748,

Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 73 FR

57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009; 76

FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 176.3 Unacceptable hazardous mate-

rials shipments.

(a) A carrier may not transport by

vessel any shipment of a hazardous ma-

terial that is not prepared for transpor-

tation in accordance with parts 172 and

173 of this subchapter, or as authorized

by subpart C of part 171 of this sub-

chapter.

(b) A carrier may not transport by

vessel any explosive or explosive com-

position described in § 173.54 of this sub-

chapter.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52688, Dec.

21, 1990; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 176.4 Port security and safety regula-

tions.

(a) Each carrier, master, agent, and

charterer of a vessel and all other per-

sons engaged in handling hazardous

materials on board vessels shall com-

ply with the applicable provisions of 33

CFR parts 6, 109, 110, 125, 126, and 160.

(b) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive)

materials may only be loaded on and

unloaded from a vessel at—

(1) A facility of particular hazard as

defined in 33 CFR 126.05(b);

(2) An explosives anchorage listed in

33 CFR part 110; or

(3) A facility operated or controlled

by the Department of Defense.

COTP, Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive)

materials may be loaded on or un-

loaded from a vessel in any location ac-

ceptable to the COTP.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.5 Application to vessels.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, this subchapter ap-

plies to each domestic or foreign vessel

when in the navigable waters of the

United States, regardless of its char-

acter, tonnage, size, or service, and

whether self-propelled or not, whether

arriving or departing, underway,

moored, anchored, aground, or while in

dry dock.

(b) This subchapter does not apply to:

(1) A public vessel not engaged in

commercial service;

(2) A vessel constructed or converted

for the principal purpose of carrying

flammable or combustible liquid cargo

in bulk in its own tanks, when only

carrying these liquid cargoes;

(3) A vessel of 15 gross tons or small-

er when not engaged in carrying pas-

sengers for hire;

(4) A vessel used exclusively for

pleasure;

(5) A vessel of 500 gross tons or small-

er when engaged in fisheries;

(6) A tug or towing vessel, except

when towing another vessel having

Class 1 (explosive) materials, Class 3

(flammable liquids), or Division 2.1

(flammable gas) materials, in which

case the owner/operator of the tug or

towing vessel shall make such provi-

sions to guard against and extinguish

fire as the Coast Guard may prescribe;

(7) A cable vessel, dredge, elevator

vessel, fireboat, icebreaker, pile driver,

pilot boat, welding vessel, salvage ves-

sel, or wrecking vessel; or

(8) A foreign vessel transiting the

territorial sea of the United States

without entering the internal waters of

the United States, if all hazardous ma-

terials being carried on board are being

carried in accordance with the require-

ments of the IMDG Code (IBR, see

§ 171.7 of this subchapter).

(d) Except for transportation in bulk

packagings (as defined in § 171.8 of this

subchapter), the bulk carriage of haz-

ardous materials by water is governed

by 46 CFR chapter I, subchapters D, I,

N and O.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 176–14, 47 FR 44471, Oct. 7,

1982; Amdt. 176–24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986;

Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR

66281, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176–34, 58 FR 51533,

Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 68 FR

75747, Dec. 31, 2003]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00780 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

771

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.13

§ 176.7 Documentation for vessel per-

sonnel.

Each owner, operator, master, agent,

person in charge, and charterer must

ensure that vessel personnel required

to have a license, certificate of reg-

istry, or merchant mariner’s document

by 46 CFR parts 10 and 12 possess a li-

cense, certificate or document, as ap-

propriate.

[68 FR 23842, May 5, 2003]

§ 176.9 ‘‘Order-Notify’’ or ‘‘C.O.D.’’ ship-

ments.

A carrier may not transport Division

1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, deto-

nators, or boosters with detonators

which are:

(a) Consigned to ‘‘order-notify’’ or

‘‘C.O.D.’’, except on a through bill of

lading to a place outside the United

States; or

(b) Consigned by the shipper to him-

self unless he has a resident represent-

ative to receive the shipment at the

port of discharge.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.11 Exceptions.

(a) A hazardous material may be of-

fered and accepted for transport by ves-

sel when in conformance with the

IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter), subject to the conditions and

limitations set forth in subpart C of

part 171 of this subchapter.The require-

ments of §§ 176.83, 176.84, and 176.112

through 176.174 are not applicable to

shipments of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials made in accordance with the

IMDG Code. A hazardous material

which conforms to the provisions of

this paragraph (a) is not subject to the

requirement specified in § 172.201(d) of

this subchapter for an emergency re-

sponse telephone number, when trans-

portation of the hazardous material

originates and terminates outside the

United States and the hazardous mate-

rial—

(1) Is not offloaded from the vessel; or

(2) Is offloaded between ocean vessels

at a U.S. port facility without being

transported by public highway.

(b) Canadian shipments and packages

may be transported by vessel if they

are transported in accordance with this

subchapter. (See subparts B and C of

part 171 of this subchapter.)

chapter governing the transportation

of combustible liquids do not apply to

the transportation of combustible liq-

uids in non-bulk (see definitions in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter) packages on

board vessels.

(d) Transport vehicles, containing

hazardous materials loaded in accord-

ance with specific requirements of this

subchapter applicable to such vehicles,

may be transported on board a ferry

vessel or carfloat, subject to the appli-

cable requirements specified in

§§ 176.76, 176.100, and subpart E of this

part.

(e) Hazardous materials classed and

shipped as ORM-D are not subject to

the requirements of this part unless

they are offered for transporation as

hazardous wastes.

(f) Paragraph (a) of this section does

not apply to hazardous materials, in-

cluding certain hazardous wastes and

hazardous substances as defined in

§ 171.8 of this subchapter, which are not

subject to the requirements of the

IMDG Code.

(g) The requirements of this sub-

chapter do not apply to atmospheric

gases used in a refrigeration system.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 176.11, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 176.13 Responsibility for compliance

and training.

(a) Unless this subchapter specifi-

cally provides that another person

shall perform a particular duty, each

carrier shall perform the duties speci-

fied and comply with all applicable re-

quirements in this part and shall en-

sure its hazmat employees receive

training in relation thereto.

(b) A carrier may not transport a

hazardous material by vessel unless

each of its hazmat employees involved

in that transportation is trained as re-

quired by subpart H of part 172 of this

subchapter.

§ 172.704(d) of this subchapter for a

crewmember who is a hazmat employee

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00781 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

772

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.15

subject to the training requirements of

this subchapter must be kept on board

the vessel while the crewmember is in

service on board the vessel.

[Amdt. 176–31, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as

amended by Amdt. 176–35, 59 FR 49134, Sept.

26, 1994]

§ 176.15 Enforcement.

(a) An enforcement officer of the U.S.

Coast Guard may at any time and at

any place, within the jurisdiction of

the United States, board any vessel for

the purpose of enforcement of this sub-

chapter and inspect any shipment of

hazardous materials as defined in this

subchapter.

(b) [Reserved]

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 176–24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18,

1986]

§ 176.18 Assignment and certification.

(a) The National Cargo Bureau, Inc.,

is authorized to assist the Coast Guard

in administering this subchapter with

respect to the following:

(1) Inspection of vessels for suit-

ability for loading hazardous mate-

rials;

(2) Examination of stowage of haz-

ardous materials;

(3) Making recommendations for

stowage requirements of hazardous ma-

terials cargo; and

(4) Issuance of certificates of loading

setting forth that the stowage of haz-

ardous materials is in accordance with

the requirements of this subchapter.

(b) A certificate of loading issued by

the National Cargo Bureau, Inc., may

be accepted by the Coast Guard as

prima facie evidence that the cargo is

stowed in conformity with the require-

ments of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18,

1986]

Subpart B—General Operating

Requirements

§ 176.24 Shipping papers.

(a) A person may not accept a haz-

ardous material for transportation or

transport a hazardous material by ves-

sel unless that person has received a

shipping paper prepared in accordance

with part 172 of this subchapter, or as

authorized by subpart C of part 171 of

this subchapter, unless the material is

excepted from shipping paper require-

ments under this subchapter.

(b) Each person receiving a shipping

paper required by this section must re-

tain a copy or an electronic image

thereof, that is accessible at or

through its principal place of business

and must make the shipping paper

available, upon request, to an author-

ized official of a Federal, State, or

local government agency at reasonable

times and locations. For a hazardous

waste, each shipping paper copy must

be retained for three years after the

material is accepted by the initial car-

rier. For all other hazardous materials,

each shipping paper copy must be re-

tained for one year after the material

is accepted by the carrier. Each ship-

ping paper copy must include the date

of acceptance by the carrier. The date

on the shipping paper may be the date

a shipper presents a booking for car-

riage with the carrier as an alternative

to the date the shipment is picked up,

accepted, or loaded on the vessel by the

carrier.

[67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002, as amended at 70

FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 25177, May 3,

2007]

§ 176.27 Certificate.

(a) A carrier may not transport a

hazardous material by vessel unless a

certificate prepared in accordance with

§ 172.204 of this subchapter has been re-

ceived.

(b) In the case of an import or export

shipment of a hazardous material that

will not be transported by rail, high-

way, or air, the shipper may certify on

the bill of lading or other shipping

paper that the hazardous material is

properly classed, described, marked,

packaged, and labeled according to

part 172 of this subchapter or in accord-

ance with the requirements of the

IMDG Code (IBR, see §171.7 of this sub-

chapter). See subpart C of part 171 of

this subchapter.

(c)(1) A person responsible for pack-

ing or loading a freight container or

transport vehicle with packages of haz-

ardous materials for transportation by

a manned vessel in ocean or coastwise

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00782 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

773

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.30

service, must provide the vessel oper-

ator, at the time the shipment is of-

fered for transportation by vessel, with

a signed container packing certificate

stating, at a minimum, that—

(i) The freight container or transport

vehicle is serviceable for the materials

loaded therein, contains no incompat-

ible goods, and is properly marked, la-

beled or placarded, as applicable; and

(ii) When the freight container or

transport vehicle contains packages,

those packages have been inspected

prior to loading, are properly marked,

labeled or placarded, as applicable; are

not damaged; and are properly secured.

(2) The certification may appear on a

shipping paper or on a separate docu-

ment as a statement, such as ‘‘It is de-

clared that the packing of the con-

tainer has been carried out in accord-

ance with the applicable provisions [of

49 CFR], [of the IMDG Code], or [of 49

CFR and the IMDG Code].’’

[69 FR 76180, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 25177, May 3,

2007]

§ 176.30 Dangerous cargo manifest.

(a) The carrier, its agents, and any

person designated for this purpose by

the carrier or agents shall prepare a

dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stow-

age plan. This document may not in-

clude a material which is not subject

to the requirements of 49 CFR or the

IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). This document must be kept

in a designated holder on or near the

vessel’s bridge. It must contain the fol-

lowing information:

(1) Name of vessel and official num-

ber. (If the vessel has no official num-

ber, the international radio call sign

must be substituted.);

(2) Nationality of vessel;

(3) Shipping name and identification

number of each hazardous material on

board as listed in § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter or as listed in the IMDG Code

and an emergency response telephone

number as prescribed in subpart G of

part 172 of this subchapter.

(4) The number and description of

packages (barrels, drums, cylinders,

boxes, etc.) and gross weight for each

type of packaging;

(5) Classification of the hazardous

material in accordance with either:

(i) The Hazardous Materials Table,

the § 172.101 table; or

(ii) The IMDG Code.

(6) Any additional description re-

quired by § 172.203 of this subchapter.

(7) Stowage location of the hazardous

material on board the vessel.

(8) In the case of a vessel used for the

storage of explosives or other haz-

ardous materials, the following addi-

tional information is required:

(i) Name and address of vessel’s

owner;

(ii) Location of vessel’s mooring;

(iii) Name of person in charge of ves-

sel;

(iv) Name and address of the owner of

the cargo; and

(v) A complete record, by time inter-

vals of one week, of all receipts and

disbursements of hazardous materials.

The name and address of the consignor

must be shown against all receipts and

the name and address of the consignee

against all deliveries.

(b) The hazardous material informa-

tion on the dangerous cargo manifest

must be the same as the information

furnished by the shipper on the ship-

ping order or other shipping paper, ex-

cept that the IMO ‘‘correct technical

name’’ and the IMO class may be indi-

cated on the manifest as provided in

paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(5) of this sec-

tion. The person who supervises the

preparation of the manifest, list, or

stowage plan shall ensure that the in-

formation is correctly transcribed, and

shall certify to the truth and accuracy

of this information to the best of his

knowledge and belief by his signature

and notation of the date prepared.

insure that the master, or a licensed

deck officer designated by the master

and attached to the vessel, or in the

case of a barge, the person in charge of

the barge, acknowledges the correct-

ness of the dangerous cargo manifest,

list or stowage plan by his signature.

(d) For barges, manned or unmanned,

the requirements of this section apply

except for the following:

(1) In the case of a manned barge, the

person in charge of the barge shall pre-

pare the dangerous cargo manifest.

(2) In the case of an unmanned barge,

the person responsible for loading the

barge is responsible for the preparation

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00783 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

774

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.31

of a dangerous cargo manifest, list, or

stowage plan and must designate an in-

dividual for that purpose.

(3) For all barges, manned or un-

manned, the dangerous cargo manifest

must be on board the barge in a readily

accessible location and a copy must be

furnished to the person in charge of the

towing vessel.

(e) Each carrier who transports or

stores hazardous materials on a vessel

shall retain a copy of the dangerous

cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan

for at least one year, and shall make

that document available for inspection

in accordance with § 176.36(b) of this

subchapter.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 176.30, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 176.31 Special permits.

If a hazardous material is being

transported by vessel under the author-

ity of an exemption or special permit

and a copy of the exemption or special

permit is required to be on board the

vessel, it must be kept with the dan-

gerous cargo manifest.

[70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]

§ 176.36 Preservation of records.

(a) When this part requires shipping

orders, manifest, cargo lists, stowage

plans, reports, or any other papers,

documents or similar records to be pre-

pared, the carrier shall preserve them

or copies of them in his place of busi-

ness or office in the United States for

a period of one year after their prepa-

ration.

(b) Any record required to be pre-

served must be made available upon re-

quest to an authorized representative

of the Department.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.39 Inspection of cargo.

(a) Manned vessels. The carrier, its

agents, and any person designated for

this purpose by the carrier or agents

shall cause an inspection of each hold

or compartment containing hazardous

materials to be made after stowage is

complete, and at least once every 24

hours thereafter, weather permitting,

in order to ensure that the cargo is in

a safe condition and that no damage

caused by shifting, spontaneous heat-

ing, leaking, sifting, wetting, or other

cause has been sustained by the vessel

or its cargo since loading and stowage.

However, freight containers or indi-

vidual barges need not be opened. A

vessel’s holds equipped with smoke or

fire detecting systems having an auto-

matic monitoring capability need not

be inspected except after stowage is

complete and after periods of heavy

weather. The carrier, its agents, and

any person designated for this purpose

by the carrier or agents shall cause an

entry to be made in the vessel’s deck

log book for each inspection of the

stowage of hazardous materials per-

formed.

(b) Unmanned and magazine vessels.

An inspection of the cargo must be

made after stowage has been completed

to ensure that stowage has been ac-

complished properly and that there are

no visible signs of damage to any pack-

ages or evidence of heating, leaking, or

sifting. This inspection must be made

by the individual who is responsible to

the carrier and who is in charge of

loading and stowing the cargo on the

unmanned vessels or the individual in

charge in the case of a magazine vessel.

person designated for this purpose by

the carrier or agents of each ocean-

going vessel carrying hazardous mate-

rial shall, immediately prior to enter-

ing a port in the United States, cause

an inspection of that cargo to be made.

(d) When inspecting a cargo of haz-

ardous materials capable of evolving

flammable vapors, any artificial means

of illumination must be of an explo-

sion-proof type.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19,

1979; Amdt. 176–9, 44 FR 49458, Aug. 23, 1979]

§ 176.45 Emergency situations.

(a) When an accident occurs on board

a vessel involving hazardous materials,

and the safety of the vessel, its pas-

sengers or crew are endangered, the

master shall adopt such procedures as

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00784 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

775

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.54

will, in his judgment, provide max-

imum safety for the vessel, its pas-

sengers, and its crew. When the acci-

dent results in damaged packages or

the emergency use of unauthorized

packagings, these packages may not be

offered to any forwarding carrier for

transportation. The master shall notify

the nearest Captain of the Port, U.S.

Coast Guard, and request instructions

for disposition of the packages.

(b) Hazardous materials may be jetti-

soned only if the master believes this

action necessary to prevent or substan-

tially reduce a hazard to human life or

reduce a substantial hazard to prop-

erty.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec.

30, 1976]

§ 176.48 Situation requiring report.

(a) When a fire or other hazardous

condition exists on a vessel trans-

porting hazardous materials, the mas-

ter shall notify the nearest Captain of

the Port as soon as possible and shall

comply with any instructions given by

the Captain of the Port.

(b) When an incident occurs during

transportation in which a hazardous

material is involved, a report may be

required (see §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this

subchapter).

freight container, highway or railroad

vehicle containing hazardous materials

is jettisoned or lost, the master shall

notify the nearest Captain of the Port

as soon as possible of the location,

quantity, and type of the material.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 176–1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30,

1976; Amdt. 176–24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986;

Amdt. 176–25, 52 FR 8592, Mar. 19, 1987]

§ 176.50 Acceptance of damaged or

leaking packages.

A carrier may not transport by vessel

any package that is so damaged as to

permit the escape of its contents, that

appears to have leaked, or that gives

evidence of failure to properly contain

the contents unless it is restored or re-

paired to the satisfaction of the master

of the vessel. A package containing ra-

dioactive materials (other than low

specific activity materials) may not be

repaired or restored.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept.

20, 1976]

§ 176.52 Rejections of shipments in vio-

lation.

(a) A carrier may not knowingly

transport by vessel any hazardous ma-

terial offered under a false or deceptive

name, marking, invoice, shipping paper

or other declaration, or without the

shipper furnishing written information

about the true nature of the material

at the time of delivery.

(b) If a shipment in violation is found

in transit, the master of the vessel

shall adopt procedures which in his

judgment provide maximum safety to

the vessel, its passengers and its crew

and which are in compliance with

§ 176.45. If the vessel is in port, the ma-

terial may not be delivered to any

party, and the master shall imme-

diately notify the nearest Captain of

the Port and request instructions for

disposition of the material.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec.

30, 1976]

§ 176.54 Repairs involving welding,

burning, and power-actuated tools

and appliances.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, repairs or work in-

volving welding or burning, or the use

of power-actuated tools or appliances

which may produce intense heat may

not be undertaken on any vessel having

on board explosives or other hazardous

materials as cargo.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does

not apply if:

(1) The repairs or work are approved

by the COTP under 33 CFR 126.30; or

(2) Emergency repairs to the vessel’s

main propelling or boiler plant or aux-

iliaries are necessary for the safety of

the vessel. If such repairs are per-

formed, the master of the vessel must

immediately notify the nearest COTP.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec.

21, 1990; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00785 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

776

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.57

Subpart C—General Handling and

Stowage

§ 176.57 Supervision of handling and

stowage.

(a) Hazardous materials may be han-

dled or stowed on board a vessel only

under the direction and observation of

a responsible person assigned this duty.

(b) For a vessel engaged in coastwise

voyages, or on rivers, bays, sounds or

lakes, including the Great Lakes when

the voyage is not foreign-going, the re-

sponsible person may be an employee

of the carrier and assigned this duty by

the carrier, or a licensed officer at-

tached to the vessel and assigned by

the master of the vessel.

a foreign-going or intercoastal voyage,

the responsible person must be an offi-

cer possessing an unexpired license

issued by the USCG and assigned this

duty by the master of the vessel.

(d) For a foreign vessel, the respon-

sible person must be an officer of the

vessel assigned this duty by the master

of the vessel.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 176.58 Preparation of the vessel.

(a) Each hold or compartment in

which hazardous materials are to be

stowed must be free of all debris before

the hazardous materials are stowed.

Bilges must be examined and all res-

idue of previous cargo removed.

(b) All decks, gangways, hatches, and

cargo ports over or through which haz-

ardous materials must be passed or

handled in loading or unloading must

be free of all loose materials before

cargo handling operations begin.

ard or a hazardous condition for per-

sons engaged in handling hazardous

materials may be on the weather deck

of a vessel during loading or unloading

operations.

(d) Hatch beams and hatch covers

may not be stowed in a location that

would interfere with cargo handling.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 176.60 ‘‘No Smoking’’ signs.

When smoking is prohibited during

the loading, stowing, storing, transpor-

tation, or unloading of hazardous ma-

terials by this part, the carrier and the

master of the vessel are jointly respon-

sible for posting ‘‘NO SMOKING’’ signs

in conspicuous locations.

§ 176.63 Stowage locations.

(a) The table in § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter specifies generally the loca-

tions authorized for stowage of the var-

ious hazardous materials on board ves-

sels. This part prescribes additional re-

quirements with respect to the stowage

of specific hazardous materials in addi-

tion to those authorized in § 172.101 of

this subchapter. This section sets forth

the basic physical requirements for the

authorized locations.

(b) To qualify as ‘‘on deck’’ stowage,

the location must be on the weather

deck. If it is in a house on the weather

deck, it must have a permanent struc-

tural opening to the atmosphere, such

as a door, hatch, companionway or

manhole, and must be vented to the at-

mosphere. It may not have any struc-

tural opening to any living quarters,

cargo, or other compartment unless

the opening has means for being closed

off and secured. Any deck house con-

taining living quarters, a steering en-

gine, a refrigerating unit, a refrig-

erated stowage box, or a heating unit

may not be used unless that area is iso-

lated from the cargo stowage area by a

permanent, and tight metallic bulk-

head. Stowage in a shelter or ’tween

deck is not considered to be ‘‘on deck’’.

A barge which is vented to the atmos-

phere and is stowed on deck on a barge-

carrying ship is considered to be ‘‘on

deck’’. When an entry in § 172.101 of this

subchapter requires ‘‘on-deck’’ stowage

and is qualified by the requirement

‘‘shade from radiant heat’’, the stow-

age must be protected from the direct

rays of the sun by means of structural

erections or awnings except that such

protection is not required for shipment

in portable tanks.

age, the location must be in a hold or

compartment below the weather deck

capable of being ventilated and allot-

ted entirely to the carriage of cargo. It

must be bounded by permanent steel

decks and bulkheads or the shell of the

vessel. The deck openings must have

means for effectively closing the hold

or compartment against the weather,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00786 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

777

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.69

and in the case of superimposed holds,

for effectively closing off each hold. A

hold or compartment containing a crew

passage formed by battens or by mesh

or wire screen bulkhead may not be

used for the stowage of any hazardous

material unless a watchman is pro-

vided for this area.

(d) To qualify as ‘‘under deck away

from heat’’, the location must be under

deck and have built-in means for ven-

tilation. If it is subject to heat from

any artificial source, it only qualifies

for the stowage of those hazardous ma-

terials for which ‘‘under deck’’ stowage

is authorized.

(e) Closed cargo transport unit, for the

purpose of stowage of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials on board a vessel,

means a unit which fully encloses the

contents by permanent structures and

can be secured to the ship’s structure,

and includes a magazine. Cargo trans-

port units with fabric sides or tops are

not closed cargo transport units. Where

this stowage is specified, stowage in

small compartments such as deck-

houses and mast lockers are acceptable

alternatives. The floor of any closed

cargo transport unit or compartment

shall either be constructed of wood,

close-boarded or so arranged that goods

are stowed on sparred gratings, wooden

pallets or dunnage. Provided that the

necessary additional specifications are

met, a closed cargo transport unit may

be used for type ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘C’’ class 1

stowage or as a magazine.’’

(f) Stowage of containers on board

hatchless container ships. (1) Containers

holding a hazardous material may be

stowed in or vertically above a

hatchless container hold if the fol-

lowing conditions are met:

(1) All hazardous materials are per-

mitted for under deck stowage as speci-

fied in the Table in § 172.101 of this sub-

chapter; and

(2) The hatchless container hold is in

full compliance with the provisions of

SOLAS, Chapter II–2/Regulation 19

(IBR; see §171.7 of this subchapter), ap-

plicable to enclosed container cargo

spaces, as appropriate for the cargo

transported.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 176–1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30,

1976; Amdt. 176–12, 45 FR 81572, Dec. 11, 1980;

66 FR 33438, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45184, Aug.

28, 2001; 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76180,

Dec. 20, 2004; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011]

§ 176.65 Alternative stowage proce-

dures.

When a hazardous material is to be

loaded on board a vessel and it is

shown to the satisfaction of the Coast

Guard Captain of the Port for the place

where the vessel is being loaded that it

is impracticable to comply with a

stowage location requirement specified

in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter

or a segregation, handling or stowage

requirement specified in this part, the

Captain of the Port may authorize in

writing the use of an alternative stow-

age location or method of segregation,

handling or stowage subject to such

conditions as he finds will insure a

level of safety at least equal to that af-

forded by the regulatory requirement

concerned.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 176.69 General stowage requirements

for hazardous materials.

(a) Hazardous materials (except as

provided in paragraph (c) of this sec-

tion and Class 9 (miscellaneous haz-

ardous) materials) must be stowed in a

manner that will facilitate inspection

during the voyage, their removal from

a potentially dangerous situation, and

the removal of packages in case of fire.

(b) Each package marked in accord-

ance with § 172.312(a)(2) of this sub-

chapter must be stowed as to remain in

the position indicated during transpor-

tation.

rying hazardous materials in freight

containers or a vessel designed for and

carrying hazardous materials in barges

is equipped with a fixed fire extin-

guishing and fire detection system, the

freight containers or barges need not

be stowed in the manner required by

paragraph (a) of this section. When

freight containers or barges containing

hazardous materials are stowed on

deck, they need not be stowed in the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00787 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

778

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.70

manner required by paragraph (a) of

this section if fire fighting equipment

capable of reaching and piercing the

freight container or barge is on board

the vessel.

(d) Packages of hazardous materials

must be secured and dunnaged to pre-

vent shifting in any direction. Vertical

restraints are not required if the shape

of the package and the stuffing pattern

preclude shifting of the load.

(e) Packages of hazardous materials

must be braced and dunnaged so that

they are not likely to be pierced by the

dunnage or crushed by a superimposed

load.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 176–12, 45 FR 81573, Dec. 11,

1980; Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990;

56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30,

2003]

§ 176.70 Stowage requirements for ma-

rine pollutants.

(a) Marine pollutants must be prop-

erly stowed and secured to minimize

the hazards to the marine environment

without impairing the safety of the

ship and the persons on board.

(b) Where stowage is permitted ‘‘on

deck or under deck’’, under deck stow-

age is preferred except when a weather

deck provides equivalent protection.

required, preference should be given to

stowage on well-protected decks or to

stowage inboard in sheltered areas of

exposed decks.

[Amdt. 176–31, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992]

§ 176.72 Handling of break-bulk haz-

ardous materials.

(a) A metal bale hook may not be

used for handling any package of haz-

ardous materials.

(b) The use of equipment designed to

lift or move cargo by means of pressure

exerted on the packages may not be

used for handling any package of haz-

ardous materials if the device can dam-

age the package or the package is not

designed to be moved in that manner.

other related equipment used in load-

ing packages of hazardous materials

must give adequate support to the

packages. The packages must be con-

tained so that they are not able to fall

during loading.

§ 176.74 On deck stowage of break-

bulk hazardous materials.

(a) Packages containing hazardous

materials must be secured by enclosing

in boxes, cribs or cradles and proper

lashing by use of wire rope, strapping

or other means, including shoring and

bracing, or both. Lashing of deck cargo

is permitted if eye pads are used to at-

tach the lashings. Lashings may not be

secured to guard rails. Bulky articles

must be shored.

(b) A packaging susceptible to weath-

er or water damage must be protected

so that it will not be exposed to the

weather or to sea water.

total open deck area should be used for

stowage of hazardous materials (except

Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous mate-

rial).

(d) Fireplugs, hoses, sounding pipes,

and access to these must be free and

clear of all cargo.

(e) Crew and passenger spaces and

areas set aside for the crew’s use may

not be used to stow any hazardous ma-

terial.

(f) A hazardous material may not be

stowed within a horizontal distance of

25 feet of an operating or embarkation

point of a lifeboat.

(g) Hazardous materials must be

stowed to permit safe access to the

crew’s quarters and to all parts of the

deck required in navigation and nec-

essary working of the vessel.

(h) When runways for use of the crew

are built over stowed hazardous mate-

rials, they must be constructed and

fitted with rails and lifelines so as to

afford complete protection to the crew

when in use.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec.

30, 1976; Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21,

1990; 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45181,

Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.76 Transport vehicles, freight

containers, and portable tanks con-

taining hazardous materials.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs

(b) through (f) of this section, haz-

ardous materials authorized to be

transported by vessel may be carried

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00788 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

779

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.76

on board a vessel in a transport vehicle

or freight container, subject to the fol-

lowing conditions (see additional re-

quirements concerning the transport of

Class 1 (explosive) materials in

§§ 176.168 through 176.172 of this sub-

chapter):

(1) The material must be in proper

condition for transportation according

to the requirements of this subchapter;

(2) All packages in the transport ve-

hicle or freight container must be se-

cured to prevent shifting in any direc-

tion. Vertical restraint is not required

if the shape of the packages, loading

pattern, and horizontal restraint pre-

clude vertical shifting of the load with-

in the freight container or transport

vehicle;

(3) Bulkheads made of dunnage which

extend to the level of the cargo must

be provided unless the packages are

stowed flush with the sides or ends;

(4) Dunnage must be secured to the

floor when the cargo consists of dense

materials or heavy packages;

(5) Each package marked in accord-

ance with § 172.312(a)(2) of this sub-

chapter must be stowed as marked;

(6) Any slack spaces between pack-

ages must be filled with dunnage;

(7) The weight in a container must be

distributed throughout as evenly as

possible and the maximum permissible

weight must not be exceeded;

(8) Adjacent levels of baggaged and

baled cargo must be stowed in alter-

nate directions so that each tier binds

the tier above and below it;

(9) When security devices, beacons or

other tracking or monitoring equip-

ment are used, they must be securely

installed and must be of a certified safe

type for the hazardous materials that

will be carried within the freight con-

tainer or transport vehicle in which

such as device or equipment is in-

stalled.

(10) The lading must be contained en-

tirely within the freight container or

vehicle body without overhang or pro-

jection except that oversized machin-

ery such as tractors or vehicles with

batteries attached may overhang or

project outside the intermodal con-

tainer provided all of that portion of

the lading that consists of hazardous

materials is contained entirely within

the freight container. No open-bed con-

tainer or vehicle is permitted to carry

hazardous materials unless it is

equipped with a means of properly se-

curing the lading.

(b) A transport vehicle containing

hazardous materials may be carried

only on board a trailership, trainship,

ferry vessel or car float.

(d) A transport vehicle or freight con-

tainer equipped with heating or refrig-

eration equipment may be operated on

board a vessel. However, the equipment

may not be operated in any hold or

compartment in which any flammable

liquid or gas is stowed. Any heating or

air conditioning equipment having a

fuel tank containing a flammable liq-

uid or gas may be stowed only ‘‘on

deck’’. Equipment electrically powered

and designed to operate within an envi-

ronment containing flammable vapors

may be operated below deck in a hold

or compartment containing a flam-

mable liquid or gas.

(e) A transport vehicle, loaded with

any hazardous material which is re-

quired to be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ by

§ 172.101 of this subchapter, may be

stowed one deck below the weather

deck when transported on a trainship

or trailership which is unable to pro-

vide ‘‘on deck’’ stowage because of the

vessel’s design. Otherwise, the trans-

port vehicle or container must be

transported ‘‘on deck.’’

(f) A hazardous material may be car-

ried on board a vessel in a portable

tank subject to the following condi-

tions:

(1) Small passenger vessels of 100

gross tons, or less, may carry a haz-

ardous material in a portable tank

only when 16 or less passengers are on

board and only when specifically au-

thorized by the Officer-in-Charge, Ma-

rine Inspection, by endorsement of the

vessel’s Certificate of Inspection.

(2) Portable tanks containing flam-

mable liquids or gases, combustible liq-

uids with flashpoints below 60 °C (140

°F). that are insoluble in water, or or-

ganic peroxides, spontaneously com-

bustible materials, or water reactive

materials must be stowed on deck irre-

spective of the stowage authorized in

§ 172.101 of this subchapter. Portable

tanks containing hazardous materials

not restricted to on deck stowage by

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00789 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

780

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.77

the previous sentence must be stowed

in accordance with the requirements

specified in § 172.101 of this subchapter.

(3) Aluminum, magnesium, and their

alloys are specifically prohibited as

materials of construction of portable

tanks.

(g) Cryogenic liquids. For shipment of

cryogenic liquids on board a vessel the

packaging must be designed and filled

so that:

(1) Any cryogenic liquid being trans-

ported in a cargo tank, regardless of

the pressure in the package, must be

contained in a steel jacketed Specifica-

tion MC–338 (§ 178.338 of this sub-

chapter) insulated cargo tank.

(2) Any valve or fitting with moving

or abrading parts that may come in

contact with any cryogenic liquid may

not be made of aluminum.

(3) For a flammable cryogenic liquid

being transported in a cargo tank, the

elapsed time between the loading of

the cargo tank and the subsequent un-

loading of the cargo tank at its final

destination may not exceed the marked

rated holding time (MRHT) of the

cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid

being transported, which must be dis-

played on or adjacent to the specifica-

tion plate.

(4) Portable tanks, cargo tanks, and

tank cars containing cryogenic liquids

must be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ regardless of

the stowage authorized in § 172.101 of

this subchapter. Cargo tanks or tank

cars containing cryogenic liquids may

be stowed one deck below the weather

deck when transported on a trailership

or trainship that is unable to provide

‘‘on deck’’ stowage because of the ves-

sel’s design. Tank cars must be Class

DOT-113 or AAR–204W tank cars.

(h) A fumigated cargo transport unit

may only be transported on board a

vessel subject to the following condi-

tions and limitations:

(1) The fumigated cargo transport

unit may be placed on board a vessel

only if at least 24 hours have elapsed

since the unit was last fumigated;

(2) The fumigated cargo transport

unit is accompanied by a document

showing the date of fumigation and the

type and amount of fumigant used;

(3) Prior to loading, the master is in-

formed of the intended placement of

the fumigated cargo transport unit on

board the vessel and the information

provided on the accompanying docu-

ment;

(4) Equipment that is capable of de-

tecting the fumigant and instructions

for the equipment’s use is provided on

the vessel;

(5) The fumigated cargo transport

unit must be stowed at least 5 m from

any opening to accommodation spaces;

(6) Fumigated cargo transport units

may only be transported on deck on

vessels carrying more than 25 pas-

sengers; and

(7) Fumigants may not be added to

cargo transport units while on board a

vessel.

(i) A cargo transport unit packed or

loaded with flammable gas or flam-

mable liquid having a flashpoint below

+23 °C transported on deck must be

stowed ‘‘away from’’ possible sources of

ignition. In the case of container ships,

a distance equivalent to one container

space athwartships away from possible

sources of ignition applied in any di-

rection will satisfy this requirement.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 176.76, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 176.77 Stowage of barges containing

hazardous materials on board

barge-carrying vessels.

(a) A barge which contains hazardous

materials may be transported on board

a barge-carrying vessel if it is stowed

in accordance with the requirements of

this section.

(b) A barge which contains hazardous

materials for which only ‘‘on deck’’

stowage is authorized must be stowed

above the weather deck and be vented

to the atmosphere.

materials for which both ‘‘on deck’’

and ‘‘below deck’’ stowage is author-

ized may be stowed above or below the

weather deck.

[ Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990 as

amended at 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00790 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

781

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.78

§ 176.78 Use of power-operated indus-

trial trucks on board vessels.

(a) Power Operated trucks. A power-

operated truck (including a power-op-

erated tractor, forklift, or other spe-

cialized truck used for cargo handling)

may not be used on board a vessel in a

space containing a hazardous material

unless the truck conforms to the re-

quirements of this section. The COTP

may suspend or prohibit the use of

cargo handling vehicles or equipment

when that use constitutes a safety haz-

ard.

(b) Each truck must have a specific

designation of Underwriter’s Labora-

tories or Factory Mutual Laboratories.

Any repair or alteration to a truck

must be equivalent to that required on

the original designation.

recognized testing laboratory type des-

ignations are as follows:

(1) An ‘‘E’’ designated unit is an elec-

trically-powered unit that has min-

imum acceptable safeguards against in-

herent fire hazards.

(2) An ‘‘EE’’ designated unit is an

electrically-powered unit that has, in

addition to all the requirements for the

‘‘E’’ unit, the electric motor and all

other electrical equipment completely

enclosed.

(3) An ‘‘EX’’ designated unit is an

electrically-powered unit that differs

from the ‘‘E’’ and ‘‘EE’’ unit in that

the electrical fittings and equipment

are so designed, constructed, and as-

sembled that the unit may be used in

certain atmospheres containing flam-

mable vapors or dusts.

(4) A ‘‘G’’ designated unit is a gaso-

line-powered unit having minimum ac-

ceptable safeguards against inherent

fire hazards.

(5) A ‘‘GS’’ designated unit is a gaso-

line-powered unit that is provided with

additional safeguards to the exhaust,

fuel, and electrical systems.

(6) An ‘‘LP’’ designated unit is simi-

lar to a ‘‘G’’ unit except that it is pow-

ered by liquefied petroleum gas instead

of gasoline.

(7) An ‘‘LPS’’ designated unit is a

unit similar to a ‘‘GS’’ unit except that

liquefied petroleum gas is used for fuel

instead of gasoline.

(8) A ‘‘D’’ designated unit is a unit

similar to a ‘‘G’’ unit except that it is

gasoline engine.

(9) A ‘‘DS’’ designated unit is a unit

with additional safeguards to the ex-

haust, fuel, and electrical systems.

(d) Class 1 (explosive) materials. No

power-operated truck may be used to

handle Class 1 (explosive) materials or

other cargo in an area near Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials on board a vessel ex-

cept:

(1) A power-operated truck des-

ignated EE or EX.

(2) A power-operated truck des-

ignated LPS, GS, D, or DS may be used

under conditions acceptable to the

COTP.

(e) Other hazardous materials. (1) Only

an ‘‘EX’’, ‘‘EE’’, ‘‘GS’’, ‘‘LPA’’, or

‘‘DS’’ truck may be used in a hold or

compartment containing Division 2.1

(flammable gas) materials, Class 3

(flammable liquids), Class 4 (flammable

solids) materials, or Class 5 (oxidizers

or organic peroxides) materials, cot-

tons or other vegetable fibers, or bulk

sulfur.

(2) Only a designated truck may be

used to handle any other hazardous

material not covered in paragraph (d)

or (e)(1) of this section.

(f) Minimum safety features. In addi-

tion to the construction and design

safety features required, each truck

must have at least the following min-

imum safety features:

(1) The truck must be equipped with

a warning horn, whistle, gong, or other

device that may be heard clearly above

normal shipboard noises.

(2) When the truck operation may ex-

pose the operator to danger from a fall-

ing object, the truck must be equipped

with a driver’s overhead guard. When

the overall height of the truck with

forks in the lowered position is limited

by head room the overhead guard may

be omitted. This overhead guard is

only intended to offer protection from

impact of small packages, boxes,

bagged material, or similar hazards.

(3) A forklift truck used to handle

small objects or unstable loads must be

equipped with a load backrest exten-

sion having height, width, and strength

sufficient to prevent any load, or part

of it, from falling toward the mast

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00791 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

782

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.78

when the mast is in a position of max-

imum backward tilt. The load backrest

extension must be constructed in a

manner that does not interfere with

good visibility.

(4) The forks on a fork lift truck

must be secured to the carriage so as

to prevent any unintentional lifting of

the toe which could create a hazard.

The forks may not display permanent

deformation when subjected to a test

load of three times the rated capacity.

(5) Each fork extension or other at-

tachment must be secured to prevent

unintentional lifting or displacement

on primary forks.

(6) Tires extending beyond the con-

fines of the truck shall be provided

with a guard to prevent the tires from

throwing particles at the operator.

(7) Unless the steering mechanism is

a type that prevents road reactions

from causing the steering handwheel to

spin, a mushroom type steering knob

must be used to engage the palm of the

operator’s hand, or the steering mecha-

nism must be arranged in some other

manner to prevent injury. The knob

must be mounted within the perimeter

of the wheel.

(8) All steering controls must be con-

fined within the clearnace of the truck

or guarded so that moving of the con-

trols will not result in injury to the op-

erator when passing stanchions, ob-

structions or other.

(g) Special operating conditions. (1) A

truck may not be used on board a ves-

sel unless prior notification of its use

is given to the master or senior deck

officer on board.

(2) Before a truck is operated on

board a vessel, it must be in a safe op-

erating condition as determined by the

master or senior deck officer on board.

(3) Any truck that emits sparks or

flames from the exhaust system must

immediately be removed from service

and may not be returned to service

until the cause of these sparks or

flames has been eliminated.

(4)–(5) [Reserved]

(6) All truck motors must be shut off

immediately when a breakage or leak-

age of packages containing flammable

liquids or gases, flammable solids,

oxidizers, or organic peroxides occurs

or is discovered.

(7) The rated capacity of the truck

must be posted on the truck at all

times in a conspicuous place. This ca-

pacity may not be exceeded.

(8) At least one Coast Guard approved

marine type size 1 Type B, or UL ap-

proved 5BC portable fire extinguisher,

or its approved equivalent, must be af-

fixed to the truck in a readily acces-

sible position or must be kept in close

proximity, available for immediate

use.

(9) The vessel’s fire fighting equip-

ment, both fixed (where installed) and

portable, must be kept ready for imme-

diate use in the vicinity of the space

being worked.

(h) Refueling. (1) A truck using gaso-

line as fuel may not be refueled in the

hold or on the weather deck of a vessel

unless a portable non-spilling fuel han-

dling system of not over five gallons

capacity is used. Gasoline may not be

transferred to a portable non-spilling

fuel handling device on board the ves-

sel.

(2) A truck using liquefied petroleum

gas as fuel may not be refueled in the

hold or on the weather deck of a vessel

unless it is fitted with a removable

tank and the hand-operated shutoff

valve of the depleted tank is closed. In

addition, the motor must be run until

it stalls from lack of fuel and then the

hand-operated shut off valve closed be-

fore the quick disconnect fitting to the

fuel tank is disconnected.

(3) A truck using diesel oil as fuel

may not be refueled on the weather

deck or in the hold of a vessel unless a

portable container of not over a five

gallon capacity is used. A truck may be

refueled or a portable container may be

refilled from a larger container of die-

sel fuel on the weather deck of a vessel

if a suitable pump is used for the trans-

fer operation and a drip pan of ade-

quate size is used to prevent any drip-

ping of fuel on the deck.

(4) Refueling must be performed

under the direct supervision of an expe-

rienced and responsible person specifi-

cally designated for this duty by the

person in charge of the loading or un-

loading of the vessel.

(5) Refueling may not be undertaken

with less than two persons specifically

assigned and present for the complete

operation, at least one of whom must

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00792 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

783

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.78

be experienced in using the portable

fire extinguishers required in the fuel

area.

(6) At least one Coast Guard approved

marine type size 1 Type B or UL ap-

proved 5BC portable fire extinguisher

or its approved equivalent, must be

provided in the fueling area. This is in

addition to the extinguisher required

by paragraph (g)(8) of this section.

(7) The location for refueling trucks

must be designated by the master or

senior deck officer on board the vessel.

‘‘NO SMOKING’’ signs must be con-

spicuously posted in the area.

(8) The location designated for refuel-

ing must be adequately ventilated to

insure against accumulation of any

hazardous concentration of vapors.

(9) Before any truck in a hold is refu-

eled or before any fuel handling device

or unmounted liquefied petroleum gas

cylinder is placed in a hold, the motors

of all trucks in the same hold must be

stopped.

(10) All fuel handling devices and

unmounted liquefied petroleum gas

containers must be removed from a

hold before any truck motor is started

and the trucks are placed in operation

in that hold.

(i) Replacing batteries. Batteries for

electrically powered trucks and for the

ignition systems of internal combus-

tion powered trucks may be changed in

the hold of a vessel subject to the fol-

lowing conditions:

(1) Only suitable handling equipment

may be employed.

(2) Adequate precautions must be

taken to avoid damage to the battery,

short circuiting of the battery, and

spillage of the electrolyte.

(j) Charging of batteries. Batteries of

industrial trucks may be recharged in

a hold of a vessel subject to the fol-

lowing conditions:

(1) The batteries must be housed in a

suitable, ventilated, portable metal

container with a suitable outlet at the

top for connection of a portable air

hose, or must be placed directly be-

neath a suitable outlet at the top for

connection of a portable air hose. The

air hose must be permanently con-

nected to an exhaust duct leading to

the open deck and terminate in a

gooseneck or other suitable weather

head. If natural ventilation is not prac-

ticable or adequate, mechanical means

of exhaust must be employed in con-

junction with the duct. The air outlet

on the battery container must be

equipped with an interlock switch so

arranged that the charging of the bat-

tery cannot take place unless the air

hose is properly connected to the box.

(2) If mechanical ventilation is used,

an additional interlock must be pro-

vided between the fan and the charging

circuit so that the fan must be in oper-

ation in order to complete the charging

circuit for operation. It is preferable

that this interlock switch be of a cen-

trifugal type driven by the fan shaft.

(3) The hold may not contain any

hazardous materials.

(4) The charging facilities may be

part of the truck equipment or may be

separate from the truck and located in-

side or outside the cargo hold. The

power supply or charging circuit

(whichever method is used) must be

connected to the truck by a portable

plug connection of the break-away

type. This portable plug must be so en-

gaged with the truck battery charging

outlet that any movement of the truck

away from the charging station will

break the connection between the plug

and receptacle without exposing any

live parts to contact with a conducting

surface or object and without the plug

falling to the deck where it may be-

come subject to damage.

(5) All unmounted batteries must be

suitably protected or removed from an

area in the hold of the vessel before

any truck is operated in that area.

(k) Stowage of power-operated indus-

trial trucks on board a vessel. Trucks

stowed on board a vessel must meet

vessel stowage requirements in

§ 176.905.

(l) Packaging and stowage of fuel on

board a vessel. Division 2.1 (flammable

gas) materials and flammable liquids

used as fuel for industrial trucks must

be packaged and stowed as authorized

in 46 CFR 147.60 or 46 CFR 147.45, re-

spectively.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21,

1990; Amdt. 176–39, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996;

Amdt. 176–43, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 65 FR

58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00793 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

784

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.80

Subpart D—General Segregation

Requirements

§ 176.80 Applicability.

(a) This subpart sets forth segrega-

tion requirements in addition to any

segregation requirements set forth

elsewhere in this subchapter.

(b) Hazardous materials in limited

quantities when loaded in transport ve-

hicles and freight containers, are ex-

cepted from the segregation require-

ments of this subpart and any addi-

tional segregation specified in this sub-

chapter for transportation by vessel.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–3, 42 FR 57967, Nov. 7,

1977]

§ 176.83 Segregation.

(a) General. (1) The requirements of

this section apply to all cargo spaces

on deck or under deck of all types of

vessels, and to all cargo transport

units.

(2) Segregation is obtained by main-

taining certain distances between in-

compatible hazardous materials or by

requiring the presence of one or more

steel bulkheads or decks between them

or a combination thereof. Intervening

spaces between such hazardous mate-

rials may be filled with other cargo

which is not incompatible with the

hazardous materials.

(3) The general requirements for seg-

regation between the various classes of

dangerous goods are shown in the seg-

regation table. In addition to these

general requirements, there may be a

need to segregate a particular material

from other materials which would con-

tribute to its hazard. Such segregation

requirements are indicated by code

numbers in Column 10B of the § 172.101

Table.

(4) Segregation is not required:

(i) Between hazardous materials of

different classes which comprise the

same substance but vary only in their

water content (for example, sodium

sulfide in Division 4.2 or Class 8) or

quantity for Class 7 materials; or

(ii) Between hazardous materials of

different classes which comprise a

group of substances that do not react

dangerously with each other. The fol-

lowing materials are grouped by com-

patibility:

(A) Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solu-

tions with not less than 8 percent but less

than 20 percent hydrogen peroxide (sta-

bilized as necessary); Hydrogen peroxide,

aqueous solutions with not less than 20

percent but not more than 40 percent hy-

drogen peroxide; Hydrogen peroxide,

aqueous solutions with more than 40 per-

cent but not more than 60 percent hydro-

gen peroxide; Hydrogen peroxide and

peroxyacetic acid mixtures, stabilized

with acids, water and not more than 5

percent peroxyacetic acid; Organic per-

oxide type D, liquid; Organic peroxide

type E, liquid; Organic peroxide type F,

liquid; and

(B) Dichlorosilane, Silicon tetra-

chloride, and Trichlorosilane.

(5) Whenever hazardous materials are

stowed together, whether or not in a

cargo transport unit, the segregation

of such hazardous materials from oth-

ers must always be in accordance with

the most restrictive requirements for

any of the hazardous materials con-

cerned.

(6) When the § 172.101 Table or § 172.402

requires packages to bear a subsidiary

hazard label or labels, the segregation

appropriate to the subsidiary hazards

must be applied when that segregation

is more restrictive than that required

by the primary hazard. For the pur-

poses of this paragraph, the segrega-

tion requirements corresponding to an

explosive subsidiary hazard are—except

for organic peroxides which are those

corresponding to Division 1.3—those for

Division 1.4 (explosive) materials.

(7) Where, for the purposes of seg-

regation, terms such as ‘‘away from’’ a

particular hazard class are used in the

§ 172.101 Table, the segregation require-

ment applies to:

(i) All hazardous materials within

the hazard class; and

(ii) All hazardous materials for which

a secondary hazard label of that class

is required.

(8) Notwithstanding the requirements

of paragraphs (a)(6) and (a)(7) of this

section, hazardous materials of the

same class may be stowed together

without regard to segregation required

by secondary hazards (subsidiary risk

label(s)), provided the substances do

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00794 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

785

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.83

not react dangerously with each other

and cause:

(i) Combustion and/or evolution of

considerable heat;

(ii) Evolution of flammable, toxic or

asphyxiant gases;

(iii) The formation of corrosive sub-

stances; or

(iv) The formation of unstable sub-

stances.

(9) Stowage in a shelter-’tween deck

cargo space is not considered to be ‘‘on

deck’’ stowage.

(10) Where the code in column (10B)

of the § 172.101 Table specifies that

‘‘Segregation as for. . .’’ applies, the

segregation requirements applicable to

that class in the § 176.83(b) General Seg-

regation Table must be applied. How-

ever, for the purposes of paragraph

(a)(8) of this section, which permits

substances of the same class to be

stowed together provided they do not

react dangerously with each other, the

segregation requirements of the class

as represented by the primary hazard

class in the § 172.101 Table entry must

be applied.

(11) Certain exceptions from segrega-

tion for waste cyanides or waste cya-

nide mixtures or solutions transported

with acids; waste Division 4.2 materials

transported with Class 8 liquids; and

waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I,

Hazard Zone A material transported

with waste Class 3 material, Class 8 liq-

uids, and Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 5.2

material are set forth in § 173.12(e) of

this subchapter.

(b) General Segregation Table. The fol-

lowing table sets forth the general re-

quirements for segregation between the

various classes (divisions) of hazardous

materials. Certain divisions are listed

as separate hazard classes for the pur-

pose of this table (e.g., ‘‘2.1’’ and ‘‘2.2’’).

The properties of materials within each

class may vary greatly and may re-

quire greater segregation than is re-

flected in this table. If the § 172.101

Table sets forth particular require-

ments for segregation, they take prece-

dence over these general requirements.

ABLE

176.83(b)—G

ENERAL

EGREGATION

EQUIREMENTS FOR

AZARDOUS

ATERIALS

[Segregation must also take account of a single secondary hazard label, as required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section.]

Class

1.1

1.2

1.5

1.3

1.4

1.6

2.1 2.2 2.3 3 4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 7 8 9

Explosives, 1.1, 1.2,

1.5 ........................... (*) (*) (*) 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 X

Explosives, 1.3 ........... (*) (*) (*) 4 2 2 4 3 3 4 4 4 2 4 2 2 X

Explosives, 1.4, 1.6 .... (*) (*) (*) 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 X 4 2 2 X

Flammable gases 2.1 4 4 2 X X X 2 1 2 X 2 2 X 4 2 1 X

Non-toxic, non-flam-

mable gases 2.2 ..... 2 2 1 X X X 1 X 1 X X 1 X 2 1 X X

Poisonous gases 2.3 .. 2 2 1 X X X 2 X 2 X X 2 X 2 1 X X

Flammable liquids 3 ... 4 4 2 2 1 2 X X 2 1 2 2 X 3 2 X X

Flammable solids 4.1 4 3 2 1 X X X X 1 X 1 2 X 3 2 1 X

Spontaneously com-

bustible substances

4.2 ........................... 4 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 X 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 X

Substances which are

dangerous when wet

4.3 ........................... 4 4 2 X X X 1 X 1 X 2 2 X 2 2 1 X

Oxidizing substances

5.1 ........................... 4 4 2 2 X X 2 1 2 2 X 2 1 3 1 2 X

Organic peroxides 5.2 4 4 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 X 1 3 2 2 X

Poisons 6.1 ................. 2 2 X X X X X X 1 X 1 1 X 1 X X X

Infectious substances

6.2 ........................... 4 4 4 4 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 X 3 3 X

Radioactive materials

7 .............................. 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 X 3 X 2 X

Corrosives 8 ............... 4 2 2 1 X X X 1 1 1 2 2 X 3 2 X X

Miscellaneous dan-

gerous substances 9 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Numbers and symbols relate to the following terms as defined in this section:

1—‘‘Away from.’’

2—‘‘Separated from.’’

3—‘‘Separated by a complete compartment or hold from.’’

4—‘‘Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from.’’

X—The segregation, if any, is shown in the § 172.101 table.

*—See § 176.144 of this part for segregation within Class 1.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00795 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

786

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.83

breakbulk cargo. (1) The requirements of

this paragraph apply to the segregation

of packages containing hazardous ma-

terials and stowed as breakbulk cargo;

(2) Definition of the segregation

terms:

(i) Legend:

(A) Package containing incompatible

goods.

(B) Reference package.

OTE

: Full vertical lines represent trans-

verse bulkheads between compartments or

holds resistant to fire and liquid.

(ii) ‘‘Away from’’: Effectively seg-

regated so that the incompatible mate-

rials cannot interact dangerously in

the event of an accident but may be

carried in the same compartment or

hold or on deck provided a minimum

horizontal separation of 3 m (10 feet)

projected vertically is obtained.

(iii) ‘‘Separated From’’: In different

compartments or holds when stowed

under deck. If the intervening deck is

resistant to fire and liquid, a vertical

separation (i.e., in different compart-

ments) is acceptable as equivalent to

this segregation. For ‘‘on deck’’ stow-

age, this segregation means a separa-

tion by a distance of at least 6 m (20

feet) horizontally.

(iv) ‘‘Separated by a complete compart-

ment or hold from’’: Either a vertical or

horizontal separation. If the inter-

vening decks are not resistant to fire

and liquid, then only a longitudinal

separation (i.e., by an intervening com-

plete compartment or hold) is accept-

able. For ‘‘on deck’’ stowage, this seg-

regation means a separation by a dis-

tance of at least 12 m (39 feet) hori-

zontally. The same distance must be

applied if one package is stowed ‘‘on

deck’’, and the other one in an upper

compartment.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00796 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.070</GPH> EC02MR91.071</GPH> EC02MR91.072</GPH> EC02MR91.073</GPH> EC02MR91.091</GPH>

787

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.83

OTE

: One of the two decks must be resist-

ant to fire and liquid.

(v) ‘‘Separated longitudinally by an in-

tervening complete compartment or hold

from’’: Vertical separation alone does

not meet this requirement. Between a

package ‘‘under deck’’ and one ‘‘on

deck’’ a minimum distance of 24 m (79

feet) including a complete compart-

ment must be maintained longitu-

dinally. For ‘‘on deck’’ stowage, this

segregation means a separation by a

distance of at least 24 m (79 feet) longi-

tudinally.

(d) Segregation in cargo transport units:

Two hazardous materials for which any

segregation is required may not be

stowed in the same cargo transport

unit.

(e) Segregation of hazardous materials

stowed as breakbulk cargo from those

packed in cargo transport units: (1) Haz-

ardous materials stowed as breakbulk

cargo must be segregated from mate-

rials packed in open cargo transport

units in accordance with paragraph (c)

of this section.

(2) Hazardous materials stowed as

breakbulk cargo must be segregated

from materials packed in closed cargo

transport units in accordance with

paragraph (c) of this section, except

that:

(i) Where ‘‘away from’’ is required, no

segregation between packages and the

closed cargo transport units is re-

quired; and

(ii) Where ‘‘separated from’’ is re-

quired, the segregation between the

packages and the closed cargo trans-

port units may be the same as for

‘‘away from’’.

(f) Segregation of cargo transport units

on board container vessels: (1) Except for

hatchless container ships, this para-

graph applies to segregation of cargo

transport units that are carried on

board container vessels, or on other

types of vessels, provided these cargo

spaces are properly fitted for perma-

nent stowage of containers during

transport.

(2) For container vessels which have

cargo spaces used for breakbulk cargo

or any other method of stowage, the

appropriate paragraph of this section

applies to the relevant cargo space.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00797 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

EC02MR91.074</GPH> EC02MR91.075</GPH>

788

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.83

(3) Segregation Table. Table § 176.83(f)

sets forth the general requirements for

segregation between cargo transport

units on board container vessels.

(4) In table § 176.83(f), a container

space means a distance of not less than

6 m (20 feet) fore and aft or not less

than 2.5 m (8 feet) athwartship.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00798 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

789

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.83

ABLE

176.83(f)—S

EGREGATION OF

ONTAINERS ON

OARD

ONTAINER

HIPS

Segregation re-

quirement

Vertical Horizontal

Closed versus

closed

Closed versus

open

Open versus

open

Closed versus closed Closed versus open Open versus open

On deck Under deck On deck Under deck On deck Under deck

1. ‘‘Away from’’ One on top of

the other

permitted.

Open on top

of closed

permitted.

Otherwise as

for open

versus open.

Not in the

same

vertical line

unless seg-

regated by a

deck.

Fore and aft ...

Athwartships ..

No restriction

One container

space.

One container

space.

One container

space or

one bulk-

head.

One container

space.

2. ‘‘Separated

from’’.

Not in the

same

vertical line

unless seg-

regated by a

deck.

As for open

versus open.

Not in the

same

vertical line

unless seg-

regated by a

deck.

Fore and aft ...

Athwartships ..

One container

space.

One container

space.

One container

space or

one bulk-

head.

One container

space.

One container

space.

One container

space.

One container

space or

one bulk-

head.

Two container

spaces.

One container

space..

Two container

spaces..

One bulkhead.

3. ‘‘Separated

by a com-

plete com-

partment or

hold from’’.

Not in the

same

vertical line

unless seg-

regated by a

deck.

As for open

versus open.

Not in the

same

vertical line

unless seg-

regated by a

deck.

Fore and aft ...

Athwartships ..

One container

space.

Two container

spaces.

One bulkhead

One container

space.

Two container

spaces.

One bulkhead

Two container

spaces.

Three con-

tainer

spaces.

Two bulk-

heads.

Two bulk-

heads.

4. ‘‘Separated

longitudinally

by an inter-

vening com-

plete com-

partment or

hold from’’.

Prohibited ...... ..................... ..................... Fore and aft ...

Athwartships ..

Four container

spaces.

Prohibited ......

One bulkhead

and four

container

spaces*.

Prohibited ......

Four container

spaces.

Prohibited ......

Two bulk-

heads.

Prohibited ......

Four container

spaces.

Prohibited ......

Two bulk-

heads.

Prohibited.

* Containers not less than 6 m (20 feet) from intervening bulkhead.

OTE

: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00799 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

790

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.83

(g) Segregation of cargo transport units

on board trailerships and trainships: (1)

The requirements of this paragraph

apply to the segregation of cargo trans-

port units which are carried on board

trailerships and trainships or in ‘‘roll-

on/roll-off’’ cargo spaces.

(2) For trailerships and trainships

which have spaces suitable for

breakbulk cargo, containers, or any

other method of stowage, the appro-

priate paragraph of this section applies

to the relevant cargo space.

(3) Segregation Table. Table § 176.83(g)

sets forth the general requirements for

segregation between transport units on

board trailerships and trainships.

ABLE

176.83(g)—S

EGREGATION OF

ARGO

RANSPORT

NITS ON

OARD

RAILERSHIPS AND

RAINSHIPS

Segregation

requirement

Closed versus closed Closed versus open Open versus open

On deck Under deck On deck Under deck On deck Under deck

1. ‘‘Away From’’ Fore and aft No restriction No restriction No restriction No restriction At least 3 m At least 3 m.

Athwartships No restriction No restriction No restriction No restriction At least 3 m At least 3 m.

2. ‘‘Separated

from’’.

Fore and aft

Athwartships

At least 6 m

At least 3 m

At least 6 m

or one

bulkhead.

At least 3 m

or one

bulkhead.

At least 6 m

At least 3 m

At least 6 m

or one

bulkhead.

At least 6 m

or one

bulkhead.

At least 6 m

At least 12 m

or one

bulkhead

At least 12 m

or one

bulkhead

3. ‘‘Separated by

a complete

compartment

or hold from’’.

Fore and aft

Athwartships

At least 12 m

At least 24 m

+ deck.

At least 24 m

+ deck.

At least 24 m

+ deck.

At least 24 m

+ deck.

At least 36 m

Two decks or

two bulk-

heads.

Prohibited.

4. ‘‘Separated

longitudinally

by an inter-

vening com-

plete compart-

ment or hold

from’’.

Fore and aft

Athwartships

At least 36 m

Prohibited ....

Two bulk-

heads or

at least 36

m + two

decks.

Prohibited ....

At least 36 m

Prohibited ....

At least 48 m

including

two bulk-

heads.

Prohibited ....

At least 48 m

Prohibited ....

Prohibited.

OTE

: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.

(h) Segregation on board barge carrying

vessels: (1) The requirements of this sec-

tion apply to the segregation in ship-

borne barges as well as to the segrega-

tion between shipborne barges carried

on board vessels specially designed and

equipped to carry such barges.

(2) On barge-carrying vessels which

incorporate other stowage spaces or

any other method of stowage, barges

containing hazardous materials must

be segregated from hazardous mate-

rials not stowed in barges as prescribed

in paragraphs (b) and (j) of this section.

(i) Segregation in shipborne barges:

Hazardous materials transported in

shipborne barges must be segregated as

prescribed in paragraphs (a), (b), and

(j) Segregation between shipborne

barges on barge-carrying vessels: (1)

When a shipborne barge is loaded with

two or more hazardous materials with

different requirements for segregation,

the most stringent applicable segrega-

tion requirement must be applied.

(2) ‘‘Away from’’ and ‘‘separated

from’’ require no segregation between

shipborne barges.

(3) For barge-carrying vessels with

vertical holds, ‘‘Separated by a com-

plete compartment or hold from’’

means that separate holds are required.

On barge-carrying vessels having hori-

zontal barge levels, separate barge lev-

els are required and the barges may not

be in the same vertical line.

(4) ‘‘Separated longitudinally by an

intervening complete compartment or

hold from’’ means, for barge-carrying

vessels with vertical holds, that sepa-

ration by an intervening hold or engine

room is required. On barge-carrying

vessels having horizontal barge levels,

separate barge levels and a longitu-

dinal separation by at least two inter-

vening barge spaces are required.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00800 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

791

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.83

(k) Segregation requirements for ferry

vessels: A ferry vessel (when operating

either as a passenger or cargo vessel)

that cannot provide the separation re-

quired in this section may carry in-

compatible hazardous materials in sep-

arate transport vehicles if they are

stowed to give the maximum possible

separation.

(l) Segregation of containers on board

hatchless (open-top) container ships: (1)

This paragraph applies to the segrega-

tion of cargo transport units that are

transported on board hatchless con-

tainer ships provided that the cargo

spaces are properly fitted to give per-

manent stowage of the cargo transport

units during transport.

(2) For container ships that have

both hatchless container spaces and

other spaces suitable for breakbulk

cargo, conventional container stowage,

or any other method of stowage, the

appropriate requirements of this sec-

tion apply to the relevant cargo space.

(3) Segregation Table. Table

§ 176.83(l)(3) sets forth the general re-

quirements for segregation of cargo

transport units on board hatchless con-

tainer ships.

(4) In Table § 176.83(l)(3), a container

space means a distance of not less than

6 m (20 feet) fore and aft or not less

than 2.5 m (8 feet) athwartship.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00801 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

792

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.83

ABLE

§ 176.83(L)(3)—S

EGREGATION OF

ARGO

RANSPORT

NITS ON

OARD

ATCHLESS

ONTAINER

HIPS

Segregation require-

ment

Vertical Horizontal

Closed

versus

closed

Closed

versus open

Open versus

open

Closed versus closed Closed versus open Open versus open

On deck Under deck On deck Under deck On deck Under deck

1. ‘‘Away from’’ ........... On top of

the other

permitted.

Open on top

of closed

permitted.

.................. Fore and aft No restriction No restriction No restriction No restriction One container

space.

One container

space or

one bulk-

head.

Otherwise as

for ‘‘Open

versus

open’’.

.................. Athwart

ships.

No restriction No restriction No restriction No restriction One container

space.

One container

space.

2. ‘‘Separated from’’ ... .................. .................. Not in the

same

vertical

line.

Fore and aft One container

space.

One container

space or

one bulk-

head.

One container

space.

One container

space or

one bulk-

head.

One container

space and

not in or

above same

hold.

One bulkhead.

Not in the

same

vertical

line.

As for ‘‘Open

versus

open’’.

.................. Athwart

ships.

One container

space.

One container

space.

Two container

spaces.

Two container

spaces.

Two container

spaces and

not in or

above same

hold.

One bulkhead.

3. ‘‘Separated by a

complete compart-

ment or hold from’’.

.................. .................. .................. Fore and aft One container

space and

not in or

above same

hold.

One bulkhead One container

space and

not in or

above same

hold.

One bulkhead Two container

spaces and

not in or

above same

hold.

Two bulk-

heads.

Athwart

ships.

Two container

spaces and

not in or

above same

hold.

One bulkhead Two container

spaces and

not in or

above same

hold.

One bulkhead Three con-

tainer

spaces and

not in or

above same

hold.

Two bulk-

heads.

4. ‘‘Separated longitu-

dinally by an inter-

vening complete

compartment or hold

from’’.

Prohibited ... Prohibited ... .................. Fore and aft Minimum hori-

zontal dis-

tance of 24

m and not in

or above

same hold.

One bulkhead

and min-

imum hori-

zontal dis-

tance of 24

m*.

Minimum hori-

zontal dis-

tance of 24

m and not in

or above

same hold.

Two bulk-

heads.

Minimum hori-

zontal dis-

tance of 24

m and not in

or above

same hold.

Two bulk-

heads.

Athwart

ships.

Prohibited ...... Prohibited ...... Prohibited ...... Prohibited ...... Prohibited ...... Prohibited.

* Containers not less than 6 m (20 feet) from intervening bulkhead.

Note: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00802 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

793

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.84

(m) Provisions for segregation groups:

(1) For the purpose of segregation, ma-

terials having certain similar chemical

properties have been grouped together

in segregation groups. The segregation

groups (such as ‘‘acids’’, ‘‘chlorates’’,

‘‘permanganates’’) and the entries allo-

cated to each of these groups include

the substances identified in section

3.1.4 of the IMDG Code. When column

(10B) of the § 172.101 Table refers to a

numbered stowage provision set forth

in § 176.84(b) such as ‘‘Stow ‘away from’

acids’’, that particular stowage/seg-

regation requirement applies to all the

materials allocated to the respective

segregation group.

(2) Not all hazardous materials fall-

ing within a segregation group are list-

ed by name in the regulations. These

materials are shipped under ‘‘n.o.s.’’

entries. Although these ‘‘n.o.s.’’ entries

are not listed themselves in the above

groups, the shipper must decide wheth-

er allocation under a segregation group

is appropriate. Mixtures, solutions or

preparations containing hazardous ma-

terials falling within a segregation

group and shipped under an ‘‘n.o.s.’’

entry are also considered to fall within

that segregation group.

(3) The segregation groups described

above do not address materials which

fall outside the classification criteria

of the hazardous materials regulations

although it is recognized that some

non-hazardous materials have certain

chemical properties similar to haz-

ardous materials listed in the segrega-

tion groups. A shipper or the person re-

sponsible for packing the materials

into a cargo transport unit who does

have knowledge of the chemical prop-

erties of such non-hazardous materials

may identify a relevant segregation

group and apply the segregation re-

quirements for that segregation group.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52690, Dec. 21, 1990]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 176.83, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

§ 176.84 Other requirements for stow-

age and segregation for cargo ves-

sels and passenger vessels.

(a) General. When Column 10B of the

§ 172.101 Table refers to a numbered or

alpha-numeric stowage provision for

water shipments, the meaning and re-

quirements of that provision are set

forth in this section. Terms in

quotation marks are defined in § 176.83.

Other terms used in the table in this

section such as ‘‘acids’’, ‘‘chlorates’’

and ‘‘permanganates’’ indicate dif-

ferent chemical groups referred to here

as segregation groups. Materials fall-

ing within a segregation group are con-

sidered to have certain similar chem-

ical properties and, although not ex-

haustive in nature, the materials be-

longing to each group include those

substances identified in section 3.1.4 of

the IMDG Code as set forth in

§ 176.83(m).

(b) Table of provisions:

Code Provisions

1 ..................... [Reserved]

2 ..................... Temperature controlled material.

3 ..................... Do not stow with high explosives.

4 ..................... Stow ‘‘Separated from’’ liquid organic mate-

rials.

5 ..................... Stow ‘‘Separated from’’ powdered metals

and their compounds.

6 ..................... Emergency temperature material.

7 ..................... [Reserved]

8 ..................... Glass carboys not permitted on passenger

vessels.

9 ..................... Glass carboys not permitted under deck.

10 ................... Glass bottles not permitted under deck.

11 ................... Keep away from heat and open flame.

12 ................... Keep as cool as reasonably practicable.

13 ................... Keep as dry as reasonably practicable.

14 ................... For metal drums, stowage permitted under

deck on cargo vessels.

15 ................... May be stowed in portable magazine or

metal locker.

16 ................... No other cargo may be stowed in the same

hold with this material.

17 ................... Segregation same as for flammable gases

but ‘‘away from’’ dangerous when wet.

18 ................... Prohibited on any vessel carrying explosives

(except explosives in Division 1.4, Com-

patibility group S).

19 ................... Protect from sparks and open flames.

20 ................... Segregation same as for corrosives.

21 ................... Segregation same as for flammable liquids.

22 ................... Segregation same as for flammable liquids if

flash point is below 60 °C (140 °F).

23 ................... Segregation same as for flammable liquids if

flash point is between 23 °C (73 °F) and

60 °C (140 °F).

24 ................... Segregation same as for flammable solids.

25 ................... Shade from radiant heat.

26 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ acids.

27 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ alkaline compounds.

28 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ flammable liquids.

29 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ ammonium compounds.

30 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ animal or vegetable oils.

31 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ combustible materials.

32 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ copper, its alloys and its

salts.

33 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ fluorides.

34 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ foodstuffs.

35 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ all odor-absorbing cargo.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00803 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

794

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.84

Code Provisions

36 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ heavy metals and their

compounds.

37 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ hydrazine.

38 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ all other corrosives.

39 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ liquid halogenated hydro-

carbons.

40 ................... Stow ‘‘clear of living quarters’’.

41 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ mercury and its com-

pounds.

42 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ nitric acids and perchloric

acids not exceeding 50 percent acid by

weight.

43 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ organic materials.

44 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ oxidizers.

45 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ permanganates.

46 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ powdered metals.

47 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ sodium compounds.

48 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ sources of heat.

49 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ corrosives.

50 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ sources of heat where

temperatures in excess of 55 °C (131 °F)

for a period of 24 hours or more will be

encountered.

51 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ acetylene.

52 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ acids.

1, 2

53 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ alkaline com-

pounds.

54 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ animal or vegetable

oils.

55 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ ammonia.

56 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ ammonium com-

pounds.

57 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ chlorine.

58 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ cyanides.

59 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ combustible mate-

rials.

60 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ chlorates, chlorites,

hypochlorites, nitrites, perchlorates, per-

manganates, and metallic powders.

61 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ corrosive materials.

62 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ diborane.

63 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ diethylene triamine.

64 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ explosives.

65 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ flammable sub-

stances.

66 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ flammable solids.

67 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ halides.

68 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ hydrogen.

69 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ hydrogen peroxide.

70 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ mercury salts.

71 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ nitric acid.

72 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ nitrogen compounds.

73 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ chlorates.

74 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ oxidizers.

75 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ permanganates.

76 ................... Stow ‘‘separated by a complete compart-

ment or hold from’’ organic peroxides.

77 ................... Stow ‘‘separated longitudinally by a com-

plete compartment or hold from’’ explo-

sives.

78 ................... Stow ‘‘separated longitudinally by an inter-

vening complete compartment or hold

from’’ explosives.

79 ................... The maximum net quantity in one package

for this material shipped aboard a pas-

senger vessel is limited to 22.7 kg (50

pounds).

80 ................... Toy torpedoes must not be packed with

other special fireworks.

81 ................... Under deck stowage permitted only if an in-

dicating substance such as chloropicrin

has been added.

Code Provisions

82 ................... Under deck stowage is permitted only if con-

taining not more than 36 percent by

weight of hydrazine.

83 ................... [Reserved]

84 ................... Under deck stowage must be in well-venti-

lated space.

85 ................... Under deck stowage must be in mechani-

cally ventilated space.

86 ................... Stow ‘‘separated by a complete compart-

ment or hold from’’ explosives Division

1.3.

87 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ Class 1 (explosives)

except Division 1.4.

88 ................... Stow ‘‘separated by a complete compart-

ment or hold from’’ Class 1 (explosives)

except Division 1.4.

89 ................... Segregation same as for oxidizers.

90 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ radioactive materials.

91 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ flammable liquids.

92 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ powdered materials.

93 ................... Stow not accessible to unauthorized per-

sons on passenger vessels.

94 ................... Plastic jerricans and plastic drums not per-

mitted under deck.

95 ................... Stow ‘‘separated from’’ foodstuffs.

96 ................... Glass carboys not permitted under deck on

passenger vessels.

97 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ azides.

98 ................... Stow ‘‘away from’’ all flammable materials.

99 ................... Only new metal drums permitted on pas-

senger vessels.

100 ................. Stow ‘‘away from’’ flammable solids.

101 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ iron oxide.

102 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ all odor absorbing

cargoes.

103 ................. Only to be loaded under dry weather condi-

tions.

104 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ bromine.

105 ................. As approved by the Competent Authority of

the country concerned.

106 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ powdered metal.

107 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ peroxides and super-

oxides.

108 ................. The transport temperature should be indi-

cated on the tank.

109 ................. Label as a flammable liquid if flash point is

60 °C (140 °F) or below.

110 ................. Packaging Group II if concentration does not

exceed 70 percent acid.

111 ................. If concentration exceeds 50 percent acid,

notes 66, 74, 89, and 90 apply.

112 ................. Packaging Group II for concentrations not

less that 50 percent and Packaging Group

III for concentrations less than 50 percent.

113 ................. Packaging Group II if concentrations does

not exceed 60 percent acid.

114 ................. Corrosive subsidiary risk label required un-

less concentration is less than 80 percent.

115 ................. If packaged in glass or earthenware inner

packagings in wooden or fiberboard outer

packagings, the maximum quantity on any

vessel is 500 kg (equivalent to 450 L).

116 ................. In a cargo space capable of being opened

up in an emergency. The possible need to

open hatches in case of fire to provide

maximum ventilation and to apply water in

an emergency and the consequent risk to

the stability of the ship through flooding of

the cargo space should be considered be-

fore loading.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00804 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

795

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.84

Code Provisions

117 ................. In a clean cargo space capable of being

opened up in an emergency. In the case

of bagged fertilizer in freight containers, it

is sufficient if in the case of an emer-

gency, the cargo is accessible through

free approaches (hatch entries) and me-

chanical ventilation enables the master to

exhaust any gases or fumes resulting

from decomposition. The possible need to

open hatches in case of fire to provide

maximum ventilation and to apply water in

an emergency and the consequent risk to

the stability of the ship through flooding of

the cargo space should be considered be-

fore loading.

118 ................. Stowage—Category D, Category E freight

containers and pallet boxes only. Ventila-

tion may be required. The possible need

to open hatches in a case of fire to pro-

vide maximum ventilation and to supply

water in an emergency, and the con-

sequent risk to the stability of the ship

through flooding of the cargo space,

should be considered before loading.

119 ................. Double strip stowage recommended.

120 ................. Provide good surface and through ventila-

tion.

121 ................. Packaging group III when the flash point of

the flammable liquid is 23 °C (73 °F) or

above.

122 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ infectious sub-

stances.

123 ................. Stow ‘‘away from’’ infectious substances.

124 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ bromates.

125 ................. Segregation same as for flammable liquids,

but also ‘‘away from’’ flammable solids.

126 ................. Segregation same as for Class 9, miscella-

neous hazardous materials.

127 ................. For packages carrying a subsidiary risk of

Class 1 (explosives), segregation same as

for Class 1, Division 1.3.

128 ................. Stow in accordance with the IMDG Code,

Sub-section 7.1.10.3 (incorporated by ref-

erence; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

129 ................. Stowage Category A applies, except for ura-

nyl nitrate hexahydrate solution for which

Category D applies.

130 ................. Stowage Category A applies, except for ura-

nyl nitrate hexahydrate solution, uranium

metal hexahydrate solution, uranium metal

pyrophoric and thorium metal pyrophoric

for which Category D applies.

131 ................. Stowage Category A applies, except for ura-

nyl nitrate hexahydrate solution, uranium

metal pyrophoric and thorium metal

pyrophoric for which Category D applies,

and taking into account any supple-

mentary requirements specified in the

transport documents.

132 ................. Stowage A applies, taking into account any

supplementary requirements specified in

the transport documents.

133 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ sulfur.

134 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ UN2716.

135 ................. Stow ‘‘Separated from’’ mercury and mer-

cury compounds.

136 ................. Stow ‘‘Separated from’’ carbon tetrachloride.

137 ................. For arsenic sulphides, Stow ‘‘separated

from’’ acids.

138 ................. Stow ‘‘Separated from’’ peroxides.

141 ................. Stow ‘‘away from’’ radioactive materials.

142 ................. Packages in cargo transport units must be

stowed so as to allow for adequate air cir-

culation throughout the cargo.

Code Provisions

144 ................. When stowed under deck, mechanical ven-

tilation shall be in accordance with

SOLAS, Chapter II–2/Regulation 19 (IBR,

see § 171.7 of this subchapter) for flam-

mable liquids with flashpoint below 23 °C

(73 °F).

145 ................. Stow ‘‘separated from’’ ammonium com-

pounds except for UN1444.

146 ................. Category B stowage applies for unit loads in

open cargo transport units.

M1—M6 ......... [Reserved]

For waste cyanides or waste cyanide mixtures or solu-

tions, refer to § 173.12(e) of this subchapter.

Class 8 materials in PG II or III that otherwise are required

to be segregated from one another may be transported in the

same cargo transport unit, whether in the same packaging or

not, provided the substances do not react dangerously with

each other to cause combustion and/or evolution of consider-

able heat, or of flammable, toxic or asphyxiant gases, or the

formation of corrosive or unstable substances; and the pack-

age does not contain more than 30 L (7.8 gallons) for liquids

or 30 kg (66 lbs.) for solids.

(explosive) materials: (1) Explosive sub-

stances and explosive articles must be

stowed in accordance with Column

(10A) and Column (10B) of the 172.101

Table of this subchapter.

(2) The following notes in column 10B

of the § 172.101 Table apply to the trans-

port of Class 1 (explosive) materials by

vessel:

Notes Provisions

5E .................. Stow ‘‘away from’’ lead and its compounds.

7E .................. Stowage category ‘‘04’’ for projectiles or car-

tridges for guns, cannons or mortars;

Stowage category ‘‘08’’ for other types.

8E .................. When under deck, special stowage is re-

quired.

14E ................ On deck, cargo transport unit must be steel.

15E ................ On deck, cargo transport unit must be leak-

proof.

17E ................ On deck stowage is recommended.

19E ................ ‘‘Away from’’ explosives containing chlorates

or perchlorates.

20E ................ Stowage category ‘‘03’’ for projectiles or car-

tridges for guns, cannons or mortars;

Stowage category ‘‘07’’ for other types;

magazines must be of steel construction

that prevents leakage.

21E ................ Cargo space ventilation must be carefully

controlled to avoid excessive condensa-

tion.

22E ................ ‘‘Away from’’ ammonium compounds and

explosives containing ammonium com-

pounds or salts.

23E ................ ‘‘Separated from’’ Division 1.4 and ‘‘sepa-

rated longitudinally by an intervening com-

plete compartment or hold from’’ Division

1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.5, and 1.6 except from ex-

plosives of compatibility group J.

26E ................ Stowage category ‘‘13’’ and, for on deck

stowage, non-metallic lining of closed

cargo transport unit is required when not

in effectively sealed, sift-proof packages;

Stowage category ‘‘10’’ permitted when in

effectively sealed, sift-proof packages.

27E ................ For closed cargo transport units, a non-me-

tallic lining is required.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00805 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

796

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.88

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52693, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

176–43, 62 FR 24742, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 33438,

June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45185, 45384, Aug. 28, 2001;

67 FR 15744, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 45040, July 31,

2003; 69 FR 76183, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 3310,

Jan. 24, 2005; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR

2268, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011]

Subpart E—Special Requirements

for Transport Vehicles Loaded

With Hazardous Materials and

Transported on Board Ferry

Vessels

§ 176.88 Applicability.

The requirements in this subpart are

applicable to transport vehicles con-

taining hazardous materials being

transported on board ferry vessels and

are in addition to any prescribed else-

where in this subchapter. Vessels in a

service similar to a ferry service, but

not over a designated ferry route, may

be treated as a ferry vessel for the pur-

pose of this subpart if approved in writ-

ing by the District Commander.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–1A, 41 FR 40690, Sept.

20, 1976]

§ 176.89 Control of transport vehicles.

(a) A transport vehicle containing

hazardous materials may be trans-

ported on board a ferry vessel, subject

to the following conditions:

(1) The operator or person in charge

of the vehicle shall deliver to the ves-

sel’s representative a copy of the ship-

ping papers and certificate required by

§§ 176.24 and 176.27;

(2) The vehicle shall be placed at the

location indicated by the vessel’s rep-

resentative;

(3) The parking brakes of the vehicle

shall be set securely to prevent move-

ment;

(4) The motor of a highway vehicle

shall be shut off and not restarted until

the vessel has completed its voyage

and docked;

(5) All vehicle lights shall be cut off

and not relighted until the vessel has

completed its voyage and docked;

(6) The operator of a highway vehicle

shall remain with the vehicle;

(7) No repairs or adjustments must be

made to the vehicle while it is on the

vessel;

(8) No hazardous materials are to be

released from the vehicle; and

(9) Any instructions given by the ves-

sel’s representative during the voyage,

and during ‘‘roll on’’ and ‘‘roll off’’ op-

erations must be observed.

(b) Smoking by any person in or

around a vehicle is prohibited.

§ 176.90 Private automobiles.

A private automobile which is car-

rying any Class 1 (explosive) material

(except permitted fireworks or small

arms ammunition) may not be trans-

ported on a passenger-carrying ferry

vessel unless the Class 1 (explosive)

material is in compliance with pack-

aging, labeling, marking, and certifi-

cation requirements of this subchapter.

Permitted fireworks and small arms

ammunition may be carried without

the required packaging, labeling,

marking, or certification if they are in

tight containers.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52695, Dec.

21, 1990]

§ 176.91 Motorboats.

A motorboat may be transported on

board a ferry vessel with gasoline in

the tank and two other containers not

exceeding 23 L (six gallons) capacity

each if they are in the motorboat,

closed, and in good condition.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52695, Dec.

21, 1990]

§ 176.92 Cylinders laden in vehicles.

Any cylinder of Class 2 (compressed

gas) material which is required to have

a valve protection cap fitted in place

may be transported on board a ferry

vessel without having the valve protec-

tion cap in place when it is laden in a

transport vehicle and is not removed

from the vehicle while on the vessel.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52695, Dec.

21, 1990]

§ 176.93 Vehicles having refrigerating

or heating equipment.

(a) A transport vehicle fitted with re-

frigerating or heating equipment using

a flammable liquid or Division 2.1

(flammable gas) material, or diesel oil

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00806 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

797

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.99

as fuel, may be transported on a ferry

vessel. However, the refrigerating or

heating equipment may not be oper-

ated while the vehicle is on the vessel,

unless the equipment complies with

the following requirements:

(1) The installation is rigidly mount-

ed and free of any motion other than

normal vibration in operation;

(2) An easily accessible shutoff con-

trol is fitted to the fuel and electrical

supply of the refrigerating or heating

equipment; and

(3) The fuel storage tank, the fuel

lines, the carburetor and any other fuel

devices are tight and show no signs of

leakage.

(b) If the vehicle operator desires to

operate the refrigerating or heating

equipment while on the vessel and the

equipment is not fitted with automatic

starting and stopping devices, it must

be started before the vehicle is taken

on board. It may continue in operation

while the vehicle is on the vessel, but if

the motor stops it may not be re-

started.

voyage exceeding 30 minutes’ duration,

stowage must be provided for transport

vehicles having refrigerating or heat-

ing equipment operated by internal

combustion engines which will permit

ready diffusion of exhaust gases to the

open air. Passenger vehicles may not

be stowed in a position adjacent to ve-

hicles operating internal combustion

motors which expose the occupants of

the passenger vehicles to excessive

concentrations of exhaust fumes from

such motors.

(d) A transport vehicle containing

solid carbon dioxide as a refrigerant

may be transported on a ferry vessel

only if it is stowed in a well ventilated

location.

[Amdt. 176–1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52695, Dec.

21, 1990; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]

Subpart F—Special Requirements

for Barges

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19,

1979, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.95 Applicability.

The requirements prescribed in this

subpart are applicable to the transpor-

tation of packaged hazardous materials

on board barges. The requirements pre-

scribed elsewhere in this subchapter for

vessels similarly apply, except as pro-

vided in this subpart, to the transpor-

tation of packaged hazardous materials

on board barges.

§ 176.96 Materials of construction.

Barges used to transport hazardous

materials must be constructed of steel.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]

§ 176.97 Prohibition of dump scows.

Dump scows are barges having cargo

carrying compartments of the hopper

type and fitted with a bottom dump or

a side dump. This type of barge is pro-

hibited from the carriage of any class

of hazardous material.

§ 176.98 Stowage of hazardous mate-

rials on board barges.

A material for which ‘‘on deck’’ stow-

age only is required by column (10) of

the Hazardous Materials Table (§ 172.101

of this subchapter) may be stowed

‘‘under deck’’ on unmanned barges.

[Amdt. 176–8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19, 1979, as

amended by Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52695, Dec.

21, 1990]

§ 176.99 Permit requirements for cer-

tain hazardous materials.

The permits required by §§ 176.100 and

176.415 for loading, unloading, and han-

dling Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosives)

materials, Division 1.5 materials, am-

monium nitrate and certain ammo-

nium nitrate mixtures and fertilizers

must be obtained before these mate-

rials may be loaded on, unloaded from,

or handled on board a barge or barge-

carrying vessel. However, a barge load-

ed with these materials being placed

on, removed from, or handled on board

a barge-carrying vessel is not subject

to these permit requirements.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR

45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00807 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

798

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.100

Subpart G—Detailed Require-

ments for Class 1 (Explosive)

Materials

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.100 Permit for Divisions 1.1 and

1.2 (explosive) materials.

Before Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explo-

sive) materials may be discharged

from, loaded on, handled or restowed

on board a vessel at any place in the

United States, the carrier must obtain

a permit from the COTP in accordance

with the procedures in 33 CFR 126.19.

Exceptions to this permit requirement

may be authorized by the COTP.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 176–34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1,

1993; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.102 Supervisory detail.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

sign a USCG supervisory detail to any

vessel to supervise the loading, han-

dling or unloading of Class 1 (explosive)

materials.

(b) The owner, agent, charterer, mas-

ter or person in charge of the vessel,

and all persons engaged in the han-

dling, loading, unloading, and stowage

of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall

obey all orders that are given by the

officer in charge of the supervisory de-

tail.

loaded onto or unloaded from a vessel

at a facility operated or controlled by

the Department of Defense, the Com-

manding Officer of that facility may

decline the USCG supervisory detail.

Whenever the supervisory detail is de-

clined, the Commanding Officer of the

facility shall ensure compliance with

the regulations in this part.

§ 176.104 Loading and unloading Class

1 (explosive) materials.

(a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive)

materials may not be thrown, dropped,

rolled, dragged, or slid over each other

or over a deck.

(b) When Class 1 (explosive) materials

are stowed in a hold below one in which

any cargo is being handled, the hatch

in the deck dividing the two holds

must have all covers securely in place.

rials must be handled in accordance

with the following:

(1) A draft may not be raised, low-

ered, or stopped by sudden application

of power or brake.

(2) A draft may not be released by

tripping or freeing one side of the

cargo-handling equipment and tum-

bling the Class 1 (explosive) materials

off.

(3) All drafts, beams, shackles, bri-

dles, slings, and hoods must be manu-

ally freed before the winch takes con-

trol.

(4) Slings may not be dragged from

under a draft by winching except for

the topmost layer in the hold when

power removal is the only practical

method and when the cargo cannot be

toppled.

(5) Handles or brackets on packages

in a draft may not be used for slinging

purposes.

(d) A combination woven rope and

wire sling or a sling that is formed by

use of an open hook may not be used in

handling Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(e) Only a safety hook or a hook that

has been closed by wire may be used in

handling drafts of Class 1 (explosive)

materials.

(f) Wire rope or wire rope assemblies,

including splices and fittings, used in

handling Class 1 (explosive) materials

must be unpainted and kept bare to

permit inspection of their safe working

condition. A mechanical end fitting

(pressed fitting) may be used in place

of an eye splice, if the efficiency of the

mechanical end fitting is at least equal

to the efficiency of an eye splice pre-

pared as prescribed in 29 CFR

1918.51(c)(1).

(g) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2

materials that are not part of a

palletized unit must be loaded and un-

loaded from a vessel using a chute, con-

veyor or a mechanical hoist and a pal-

let, skipboard, tray or pie plate fitted

with a cargo net or sideboards.

(h) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2

(explosive) materials must be loaded or

unloaded in accordance with the fol-

lowing:

(1) A cargo net with a pallet,

skipboard, tray, or pie plate, must be

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00808 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

799

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.116

loaded so that no more than a min-

imum displacement of packages occurs

when it is lifted.

(2) A cargo net must completely en-

compass the bottom and sides of the

draft. The mesh of the cargo net must

be of a size and strength that will pre-

vent a package in the draft from pass-

ing through the net.

(3) When a tray is used in handling

packages, no package may extend more

than one-third its vertical dimension

above the sideboard of the tray.

(i) A landing mat must be used when

a draft of nonpalletized Division 1.1 or

1.2 (explosive) materials is deposited on

deck. The landing mat must have di-

mensions of at least l m (3 feet) wide,

2 m (7 feet) long, and 10 cm (3.9 inches)

thick, and be made of woven hemp,

sisal, or similar fiber, or foam rubber,

polyurethane or similar resilient mate-

rial.

(j) In addition to the other require-

ments of this section, packages of Divi-

sion 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials

must be handled in accordance with

the following:

(1) Packages may not be loaded or

unloaded through a hatch at the same

time that other cargo is being handled

in any hold served by that hatch.

(2) Packages may not be loaded or

unloaded from the same hatch by using

two pieces of cargo equipment unless

the equipment is positioned at the for-

ward and aft ends of the hatch.

(3) Packages may not be lifted over

any hazardous materials.

(4) The height of any structure,

equipment, or load on a deck over

which packages must be lifted may not

be higher than the hatch coaming or

bulwark, or 1 m (3 feet), whichever is

greater.

(k) Unpackaged explosive devices

may not be handled by their lifting

lugs or suspension lugs.

(l) A chute may not be used when

loading or unloading Class 1 (explosive)

materials in compatibility group A or

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 176–40, 61 FR 27175, May

30, 1996; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR

45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.108 Supervision of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials during loading, un-

loading, handling and stowage.

(a) During the loading, unloading,

handling and stowage of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials, a responsible person

shall be in constant attendance during

the entire operation to direct the load-

ing, unloading, handling and stowage

of Class 1 (explosive) materials, includ-

ing the preparation of the holds. The

responsible person must be aware of

the hazards involved and the steps to

be taken in an emergency, and must

maintain sufficient contact with the

master to ensure proper steps are

taken in an emergency.

(b) Each person involved in the han-

dling of Class 1 (explosive) materials on

a vessel shall obey the orders of the re-

sponsible person.

spect all cargo-handling equipment to

determine that it is in safe operating

condition before it is used to handle

Class 1 (explosive) materials.

TOWAGE

§ 176.112 Applicability.

The provisions of §§ 176.116(e), 176,118,

and 176.120 of this subpart do not apply

to Division 1.4 (explosive) materials,

compatibility group S. Such materials

may be stowed together with all other

Class 1 (explosive) materials except

those of compatibility group A or L.

They must be segregated from other

hazardous materials in accordance

with table 176.83(b) of this part.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.116 General stowage conditions

for Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(a) Heat and sources of ignition: (1)

Class 1 (explosive) materials must be

stowed in a cool part of the ship and

must be kept as cool as practicable

while on board. Stowage must be well

away from all sources of heat, includ-

ing steam pipes, heating coils, sparks,

and flame.

(2) Except where the consignment of

Class 1 (explosive) materials consists

only of explosive articles, the wearing

of shoes or boots with unprotected

metal nails, heels, or tips of any kind

is prohibited.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00809 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

800

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.118

(b) Wetness: (1) Spaces where Class 1

(explosive) materials are stowed below

deck must be dry. In the event of the

contents of packages being affected by

water when on board immediate advice

must be sought from the shippers;

pending this advice handling of the

packages must be avoided.

(2) Bilges and bilge sections must be

examined and any residue of previous

cargo removed before Class 1 materials

(explosive) are loaded onto the vessel.

zines, and cargo transport units con-

taining Class 1 (explosive) materials

must be locked or suitably secured in

order to prevent unauthorized access.

(d) Secure stowage: Class 1 (explosive)

materials must be securely stowed to

prevent shifting in transit; where nec-

essary, precautions must be taken to

prevent cargo sliding down between the

frames at the ship’s sides.

(e) Separation from accommodation

spaces and machinery spaces: (1) Class 1

(explosive) materials must be stowed

as far away as practicable from any ac-

commodation spaces or any machinery

space and may not be stowed directly

above or below such a space. The re-

quirements in paragraphs (e)(2)

through (e)(4) of this section are min-

imum requirements in addition to the

applicable requirements of 46 CFR

chapter I. Where the requirements of

this subpart are less stringent than

those of 46 CFR chapter I, the 46 CFR

chapter I requirements must be satis-

fied for ships to which they are applica-

ble.

(2) There must be a permanent A

Class steel bulkhead between any ac-

commodation space and any compart-

ment containing Class 1 (explosive)

materials. Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.5

materials may not be stowed within 3

m (10 feet) of this bulkhead; in the

decks immediately above or below an

accommodation space they must be

stowed at least 3 m (10 feet) from the

line of this bulkhead projected

vertically.

(3) There must be a permanent A

Class steel bulkhead between a com-

partment containing Class 1 (explosive)

materials and any machinery space.

Class 1 (explosive) materials, except

those in Division 1.4 (explosive), may

not be stowed within 3 m (10 feet) of

this bulkhead; and in the decks above

or below the machinery space they

must be stowed at least 3 m (10 feet)

from the line of this bulkhead pro-

jected vertically. In addition to this

separation, there must be insulation to

Class A60 standard as defined in 46 CFR

72.05–10(a)(1) if the machinery space is

one of Category ‘A’ unless the only

Class 1 (explosive) materials carried

are in Division 1.4S (explosive).

(4) Where Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials are stowed away from bulkheads

bounding any accommodation space or

machinery space, the intervening space

may be filled with cargo that is not

readily combustible.

(f) Under deck stowage of Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials allocated stowage cat-

egories 09 and 10:

(1) These Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials must not be stowed in the same

compartment or hold with other cargo

that is readily combustible (such as

items packaged in straw).

(2) The position of stowage of these

Class 1 (explosive) materials must be

such as to maintain direct access to

the hatchway by not overstowing with

other cargo except for other Class 1

(explosive) materials.

(3) In all cases, all cargo within the

compartment or hold, including Class 1

(explosive) materials stowed in cargo

transport units, must be secured so as

to eliminate the possibility of signifi-

cant movement. Where an entire deck

is used as a magazine, the stowage

must be so arranged that the Class 1

(explosive) materials stowed therein

must be removed from the ship before

working any cargo in any decks above

or below the space in the same hold.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001;

69 FR 76183, Dec. 20, 2004; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30,

2003]

§ 176.118 Electrical requirement.

(a) Electrical equipment and cables

installed in compartments in which

Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed

which do not need to be energized dur-

ing the voyage must be isolated from

the supply so that no part of the cir-

cuit within the compartment is ener-

gized. The method of isolation may be

by withdrawal of fuses, opening of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00810 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

801

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.130

switches or circuit breakers, or dis-

connection from bus bars. The means,

or access to the means, of disconnec-

tion/reconnection must be secured by a

locked padlock under the control of a

responsible person.

(b) Electrical equipment and cables

in a cargo space in which Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials are stowed which are

energized during the voyage for the

safe operation of the ship must meet

the requirements of subchapter J of 46

CFR chapter I. Before Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials are loaded aboard a ves-

sel, all cables must be tested by a

skilled person to ensure that they are

safe and to determine satisfactory

grounding, insulation resistance, and

continuity of the cable cores, metal

sheathing or armoring.

must be stowed in a safe position rel-

ative to electrical equipment and ca-

bles. Additional physical protection

must be provided where necessary to

minimize possible damage to the elec-

trical equipment or cables, especially

during loading and unloading.

(d) Cable joints in the compartments

must be enclosed in metal-clad junc-

tion boxes.

(e) All lighting equipment and cables

must be of the fixed type, and must

meet the relevant inspection, test, and

installation standards of 46 CFR chap-

ter I, subchapter J.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 176–34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1,

1993]

§ 176.120 Lightning protection.

A lightning conductor grounded to

the sea must be provided on any mast

or similar structure on a vessel on

which Class 1 (explosive) materials are

stowed unless effective electrical bond-

ing is provided between the sea and the

mast or structure from its extremity

and throughout to the main body of the

hull structure. (Steel masts in ships of

all welded construction comply with

this requirement).

§§ 176.122–176.124 [Reserved]

§ 176.128 Magazine stowage types ‘‘A’’,

‘‘C’’ and Special Stowage.

(a) The stowage arrangements of

Class 1 (explosive) substances and cer-

tain articles are subject to varying lev-

els of containment, (except for compat-

ibility group S substances), when

stowed below deck. The levels are de-

pendent on the hazard presented and

the nature of the particular explosives

involved. Columns (10A) and (10B) of

the Hazardous Materials Table specify

the stowage applicable to each sub-

stance or article. The different levels

of containment are defined below as

‘‘A’’, ‘‘C’’ and ‘‘Special’’.

(b) Magazine stowage type ‘‘A’’. Maga-

zine stowage type A is required for

those substances that must be kept

clear of steelwork.

zine stowage type C is required for

those substances in compatibility

group A.

(d) Special Stowage. Special Stowage

is required for Explosive substances,

n.o.s. in compatibility groups G or L,

and for articles in compatibility groups

G, H, L and K, which are particularly

hazardous.

[69 FR 76183, Dec. 20, 2004]

§ 176.130 Magazine stowage Type A.

(a) In addition to protecting the

Class 1 (explosive) materials and pre-

venting unauthorized access, magazine

stowage type A guards against friction

between any spilled contents of pack-

ages and the vessel’s sides and bulk-

heads.

(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials re-

quiring magazine stowage type A must

be stowed in a magazine which is tight-

ly sheathed with wood on its inner

sides and floor.

zine structure, the vessel’s sides and

bulkheads must be clean, free from

rust or scale, and protected by bat-

tening or sweatboards spaced not more

than 150 mm (6 inches) apart. All stan-

chions and other unprotected struc-

tural members must be similarly clean

and battened. The underside of the

deck above the magazine must be clean

and free of rust and scale, but need not

be battened.

(d) The top of the stow within the

magazine must be at least 30 cm (12

inches) from the underside of the deck

above.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00811 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

802

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.132

(e) A type A magazine constructed in

the square of a cargo space may not be

loaded from the top.

(f) When other Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials are stowed with Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials for which magazine

stowage type A is required, they or

their packagings may have no exposed

external parts made of ferrous metal or

aluminum alloy.

§ 176.132 [Reserved]

§ 176.133 Magazine stowage Type C.

The construction requirements for

magazine stowage type C are the same

as for a closed cargo transport unit in

§ 176.63(e). In addition, the magazine

must be located as near as practicable

to the centerline of the vessel and must

not be closer to the vessel’s side than a

distance equal to one-eighth of the ves-

sel’s beam or 2.4 m (8 feet), whichever

is less.

[69 FR 76184, Dec. 20, 2004]

§ 176.134 Vehicles.

Closed vehicles may be used to trans-

port Class 1 (explosive) materials re-

quiring magazine stowage when carried

by vessel if they meet the requirements

of the appropriate magazine stowage

type. See § 176.168 of this subpart for

additional requirements relating to the

transport of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials in vehicles.

§ 176.136 Special stowage.

(a) Special stowage is required for

certain articles presenting both explo-

sive and chemical hazards, such as

smoke or lachrymatory (compatibility

group G or H), toxic (compatibility

group K), or substances and articles

which present a special risk (compat-

ibility group L). Except as permitted in

paragraph (c) of this section, Class 1

(explosive) materials requiring special

stowage must be stowed on deck unless

such stowage is impracticable and the

COTP authorizes special stowage below

deck. Where on deck stowage is rec-

ommended and an alternative stowage

below deck is permitted by the COTP,

the stowage must always be subject to

special stowage.

(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials for

which special stowage is required must

be stowed as far away as practicable

from living, accommodation, and work-

ing areas, and may not be overstowed.

Closed cargo transport units in which

such Class 1 (explosive) materials are

stowed may not be located closer to

the vessel’s side than a distance equal

to one-eighth of the vessel’s beam or

2.4 m (8 feet), whichever is less.

compatibility groups G and H may be

transported in steel magazines or in

freight containers. If a freight con-

tainer is used for this purpose, the

floor of the freight container must be

leakproof; for example, an all-metal

container may be used and a fillet of

cement or other material worked

across the bottom of the door opening.

(d) Class 1 (explosive) materials

stowed in one compartment may not be

of more than one compatibility group,

except the COTP may allow Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials of compatibility

groups G and H in separate steel maga-

zines to be stowed in the same com-

partment, not less than 3 m (10 feet)

apart.

(e) Class 1 (explosive) materials in

compatibility groups K and L must be

stowed in a steel magazine regardless

of the stowage position in the vessel.

[69 FR 76184, Dec. 20, 2004]

§ 176.137 Portable magazine.

(a) Each portable magazine used for

the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials on board vessels must meet the

following requirements:

(1) It must be weather-tight, con-

structed of wood or metal lined with

wood at least 2 cm (0.787 inch) thick,

and with a capacity of no more than 3.1

cubic m (110 cubic feet).

(2) All inner surfaces must be smooth

and free of any protruding nails, screws

or other projections.

(3) If constructed of wood, a portable

magazine must be framed of nominal 5

cm × 10 cm (2×4 inch) lumber, and

sheathed with nominal 20 mm (0.787

inch) thick boards or plywood.

(4) When constructed of metal, the

metal must be not less than 3.2 mm

(0.126 inch) thick.

(5) Runners, bearers, or skids must be

provided to elevate the magazine at

least 10 cm (3.9 inches) from the deck.

Padeyes, ring bolts, or other suitable

means must be provided for securing.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00812 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

803

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.144

(6) If the portable magazine has a

door or hinged cover, the door or cover

must have a strong hasp and padlock

or equally effective means of securing.

(7) The portable magazine must be

marked on its top and four sides, in let-

ters at least 8 cm (3 inches) high, as

follows:

EXPLOSIVES—HANDLE CAREFULLY—

KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY.

(b) A portable magazine which meets

the requirements for a type 2 or type 3

magazine under 27 CFR part 555 sub-

part K may be used for the stowage of

Class 1 (explosive) materials on board

vessels.

ity exceeding 3.1 m

(110 cubic feet)

may be used for the stowage of Class 1

(explosive) materials under such con-

struction, handling, and stowage re-

quirements as the COTP approves.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45185, Aug. 28, 2001; 6 FR

56317, Sept. 13, 2011]

§ 176.138 Deck stowage.

(a) [Reserved]

(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials may

not be stowed within a horizontal dis-

tance of 6 m (20 feet) from any fire, ma-

chinery exhaust, galley uptake, locker

used for combustible stores, or other

potential sources of ignition. They

must be clear of walkways and cargo

working areas, fire hydrants, steam

pipes, and means of access; away from

all other facilities necessary for the

safe working of the vessel, and not less

than a horizontal distance of 8 m (26

feet) from the bridge, accommodation

areas, and lifesaving appliances.

tainer fastening arrangements, freight

containers containing Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials may be overstowed by

containers of compatible Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials or non-hazardous cargo.

Where vessels are not fitted with con-

tainer fastening arrangements, freight

containers loaded with Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials may be stowed only on

the bottom tier of the stowage.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 69 FR 76184, Dec. 20, 2004]

EGREGATION

§ 176.140 Segregation from other class-

es of hazardous materials.

(a) Class 1 (explosive) materials must

be segregated from other packaged haz-

ardous materials in accordance with

§ 176.83.

(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials must

be segregated from bulk solid dan-

gerous cargoes in accordance with the

IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter). Notwithstanding § 176.83(b),

ammonium nitrate and sodium nitrate

may be stowed together with blasting

explosives, except those containing

chlorates, provided the mixed stowage

is treated as blasting explosives (see

§ 176.410(e)).

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 68 FR

75748, Dec. 31, 2003]

§ 176.142 Reserved]

§ 176.144 Segregation of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials.

(a) Except as provided in § 176.145 of

this subchapter, stowage of Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials within the same

compartment, magazine, or cargo

transport unit is subject to provisions

contained in table 176.144(a).

ABLE

176.144(a)—A

UTHORIZED

IXED

TOWAGE FOR

XPLOSIVES

[An ‘‘X’’ indicates that explosives in the two different compatibility groups reflected by the location of the ‘‘X’’ may not be stowed

in the same compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit]

Compatibility groups A B C D E F G H J K L N S

A ......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X X

B ......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X

C ......................................................................... X X 6 6 X 1 X X X X 4

D ......................................................................... X X 6 6 X 1 X X X X 4

E ......................................................................... X X 6 6 X 1 X X X X 4

F .......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X

G ......................................................................... X X 1 1 1 X X X X X X

H ......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X

J .......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X

K ......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X

L .......................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X 2 X X

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00813 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

804

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.145

ABLE

176.144(a)—A

UTHORIZED

IXED

TOWAGE FOR

XPLOSIVES

—Continued

[An ‘‘X’’ indicates that explosives in the two different compatibility groups reflected by the location of the ‘‘X’’ may not be stowed

in the same compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit]

Compatibility groups A B C D E F G H J K L N S

N ......................................................................... X X 4 4 4 X X X X X X 3 5

S ......................................................................... X X 5

OTES

: 1. Explosive articles in compatibility group G, other than fireworks and those requiring special stowage, may be stowed

with articles of compatibility groups C, D, and E, provided no explosive substances are carried in the same compartment, maga-

zine or cargo transport unit.

2. Explosives in compatibility group L may only be stowed in the same compartment, magazine or cargo transport unit with

identical explosives within compatibility group L.

3. Different types of articles of Division 1.6, compatibility group N, may only be transported together when it is proven that

there is no additional risk of sympathetic detonation between the articles. Otherwise they must be treated as division 1.1.

4. When articles of compatibility group N are transported with articles or substances of compatibility groups C, D or E, the

goods of compatibility group N must be treated as compatibility group D.

5. When articles of compatibility group N are transported together with articles or substances of compatibility group S, the en-

tire load must be treated as compatibility group N.

6. Any combination of articles in compatibility groups C, D and E must be treated as compatibility group E. Any combination of

substances in compatibility groups C and D must be treated as the most appropriate compatibility group shown in Table 2 of

§ 173.52 taking into account the predominant characteristics of the combined load. This overall classification code must be dis-

played on any label or placard on a unit load or cargo transport unit as prescribed in subpart E (Labeling) and subpart F

(Placarding).

(b) Where Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials of different compatibility groups

are allowed to be stowed in the same

compartment, magazine, or cargo

transport unit, the stowage arrange-

ments must conform to the most strin-

gent requirements for the entire load.

plosive) materials of different hazard

divisions and/or stowage arrangements

is carried within a compartment, mag-

azine, or cargo transport unit, the en-

tire load must be treated as belonging

to the hazard division having the

greatest hazard. (For example, if a load

of Division 1.1 (explosive) materials is

mixed with Division 1.3 (explosive) ma-

terials, the load is treated as a Division

1.1 (explosive) material as defined in

§ 173.50(b) of this subchapter and the

stowage must conform to the most

stringent requirements for the entire

load).

(d) If some of the Class 1 (explosive)

materials in a stowage mixture require

magazine stowage, Class 1 (explosive)

materials requiring ordinary stowage

may be stowed in the same magazine.

When the magazine is used for sub-

stances requiring Type A stowage, the

other Class 1 (explosive) materials

stowed therein must have no exposed

parts of any ferrous metal or alu-

minum alloy, unless separated by a

partition.

(e) Segregation on deck: When Class 1

(explosive) materials in different com-

patibility groups are carried on deck,

they must be stored not less than 6 m

(20 feet) apart unless they are allowed

under Table 176.144(a) to be stowed in

the same compartment, magazine, or

cargo transport unit.

(f) On a barge used to transfer class 1

(explosive) materials from a waterfront

facility to a vessel at an explosives an-

chorage (or from the vessel to the

water front facility), if compliance

with paragraph (e) of this section is not

practicable, a sandbag barrier at least

0.6 m (2 feet) in thickness may be sub-

stituted for the 6 m (20 feet) separa-

tion.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001;

69 FR 76184, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept.

23, 2005]

§ 176.145 Segregation in single hold

vessels.

(a) On board a vessel having a single

cargo hold, Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials in hazard division/compatibility

group 1.1B and 1.2B may be stowed in

the same compartment with substances

of compatibility group D, provided:

(1) The net explosive weight of the

compatibility group B explosive does

not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds); and

(2) The compatibility group B explo-

sive materials are stowed in a steel

portable magazine that is stowed at

least 6 m (20 feet) from the compat-

ibility group D substances.

(b) Division/compatibility group 1.4B

(explosive) materials may be stowed in

the same compartment with substances

of compatibility group D provided the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00814 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

805

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.156

Class 1 (explosive) materials of dif-

ferent compatibility groups are sepa-

rated by either a distance of at least 6

m (20 feet) or by a steel partition.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.146 Segregation from non-haz-

ardous materials.

(a) Except as required by paragraphs

(b) and (c) of this section, Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials need not be seg-

regated from other cargo of a non-dan-

gerous nature.

(b) Mail, baggage, and personal and

household effects may not be stowed in

the same compartment as, or in com-

partments immediately above or

below, Class 1 (explosive) materials

other than those in compatibility

group S.

rials are stowed against an intervening

bulkhead, any mail on the other side of

the bulkhead must be stowed away

from it.

(d) In order to avoid contamination:

(1) An explosive substance or article

which has a secondary POISON hazard

label must be stowed ‘‘separated from’’

all foodstuffs, except when such mate-

rials are stowed in separate closed

cargo transport units, the require-

ments for ‘‘away from’’ segregation

apply.

(2) An explosive substance or article

which has a secondary CORROSIVE

hazard label must be stowed ‘‘away

from’’ foodstuffs.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 69 FR

76185, Dec. 20, 2004]

RECAUTIONS

URING

OADING AND

NLOADING

§ 176.148 Artificial lighting.

Electric lights, except arc lights, are

the only form of artificial lighting per-

mitted when loading and unloading

Class 1 (explosive) materials.

§ 176.150 Radio and radar.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, when Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials (other than explosive

articles in Division 1.4 [explosive] or

any explosive substance) are loaded,

unloaded, or handled, the responsible

person must ensure that all sources of

electromagnetic radiation such as

radio and radar transmitters are deen-

ergized by opening the main switches

controlling the sources and tagging

them to warn that the devices are not

to be energized until loading or unload-

ing has ceased.

(b) During the loading or unloading

of all explosive articles (except those

in Division 1.4 [explosive]), no radio or

radar transmitter may be used within

50 m (164 feet) of such articles except

for VHF transmitters the power output

of which does not exceed 25 watts and

of which no part of the antenna system

is within 2 m (7 feet) of the Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials.

sitive to electromagnetic radiation

from external sources must be stowed

at a safe distance from the vessel’s

radio cabin, receiving and transmitting

apparatus radio antenna or lead-in, and

radar installation, with due regard to

the character of the vessel and the de-

gree of screening-off of the explosive

articles.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.154 Fueling (bunkering).

(a) Class 1 (explosive) materials, ex-

cept those in compatibility group S,

may not be loaded or unloaded when

fueling (bunkering) is in progress ex-

cept with the prior authorization of the

COTP, and under conditions prescribed

by that officer.

(b) Vessels containing Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials may not be fueled

(bunkered) with the hatches open un-

less authorized by the COTP.

§ 176.156 Defective packages.

(a) No leaking, broken, or otherwise

defective package containing Class 1

(explosive) materials, including pack-

ages which have been adversely af-

fected by moisture, may be accepted

for shipment. The master or person in

charge of a vessel on which there is a

defective package containing Class 1

(explosive) materials must seek advice

from the shipper concerning with-

drawal, repair, or replacement. No re-

pair of damaged or defective package

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00815 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

806

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.160

containing Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials may be performed on board a ves-

sel.

(b) No Class 1 (explosive) material,

which for any reason has deteriorated

or undergone a change of condition

that increases the hazard attendant

upon its conveyance or handling, may

be moved in the port area, except as di-

rected by the COTP.

sive) materials, or seal of a package of

Class 1 (explosive) materials, appears

to be damaged, that package must be

set aside for examination and repair or

otherwise legally disposed of as di-

rected by the shipper.

(d) If any Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials are spilled or released from a

package, the responsible person must

ensure that an appropriate emergency

response is undertaken in accordance

with the emergency response informa-

tion required under § 172.602 of this sub-

chapter. The master of the vessel must

report each incident involving spillage

or release of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials to the COTP as soon as prac-

ticable.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 176.160 Protection against weather.

Any person loading or unloading

packages containing Class 1 (explosive)

materials shall take adequate meas-

ures to prevent these packages from

becoming wet.

§ 176.162 Security.

A responsible person must be present

at all times when the hatches of spaces

containing Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials are open. No unauthorized person

may be permitted to access spaces in

which Class 1 (explosive) materials are

stowed. Magazines must be secured

against unauthorized entry when load-

ing has been completed, or when load-

ing or unloading is stopped. Packages

containing Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials may not be opened on board ship.

§ 176.164 Fire precautions and fire-

fighting.

(a) Matches, lighters, fire, and other

ignition sources are prohibited on and

near any vessel on which Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials are being loaded, un-

loaded, or handled except in places des-

ignated by the master or the COTP.

(b) A fire hose of sufficient length to

reach every part of the loading area

with an effective stream of water must

be laid and connected to the water

main, ready for immediate use.

in a cargo space containing Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials other than those of

Division 1.4 (explosive). No welding,

burning, cutting, or riveting operations

involving the use of fire, flame, spark,

or arc-producing equipment may be

conducted on board except in an emer-

gency; and, if in port, with the consent

of the COTP.

(d) Each compartment, including a

closed vehicle deck space, which con-

tains Class 1 (explosive) materials

must be provided with a fixed fire ex-

tinguishing system. Each adjacent

cargo compartment either must be pro-

tected by a fixed fire extinguishing in-

stallation or must be accessible for

firefighting operations.

(e) A vessel must have two sets of

breathing apparatus and a power-oper-

ated fire pump, which, together with

its source of power and sea connec-

tions, must be located outside the ma-

chinery space.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

ASSENGER

ESSELS

§ 176.166 Transport of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials on passenger ves-

sels.

(a) Only the following Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials may be transported as

cargo on passenger vessels:

(1) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials,

compatibility group S.

(2) Explosive articles designed for

lifesaving purposes as identified in

§ 176.142(b)(2), if the total net explosive

mass (weight) does not exceed 50 kg

(110 pounds).

(3) Class 1 (explosive) materials in

compatibility groups C, D, and E, if the

total net explosive mass (weight) does

not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel.

(4) Articles in compatibility group G

other than those requiring special

stowage, if the total net explosive mass

(weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22

pounds) per vessel.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00816 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

807

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.168

(5) Articles in compatibility group B,

if the total net explosive mass (weight)

does not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds).

(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials

which may be carried on passenger ves-

sels are identified in column (10) of the

§ 172.101 table. They must be stowed in

accordance with table 176.166(b).

ABLE

176.166(b)—S

TOWAGE

RRANGEMENTS IN

ASSENGER

ESSELS

Class/Division

Samples, explo-

sive

Goods, N.O.S.

Class 1

Goods shipped under a specific proper shipping name

Compatibility group

A B C D E F G H J K L N S

1.1 ...................... d ....................... d .......................... c .. eeeec..e— c..— c..— —

1.2 ...................... d ....................... d .......................... — eeeec..ec..c..c..c..— —

1.3 ...................... d ....................... d .......................... — — e e — c .. e c .. c .. c .. c .. — —

1.4 ...................... d ....................... d .......................... — bbbbc..b— — — — — a

1.5 ...................... d ....................... d .......................... — — — e — — — — — — — — —

1.6 ...................... d ....................... d .......................... — — — — — — — — — — — e —

a—As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck.

b—As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck, in portable magazines only.

c—Prohibited.

d—As specified by the Associate Administrator, or the competent authority of the country in which the Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials are loaded on the vessel.

e—In containers or the like, on deck only.

paragraph (a) of this section, a com-

bination of the substances and articles

listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through

(a)(5) of this section may be trans-

ported on the same passenger vessel

provided the total net explosive mass

(weight) of the combination of Class 1

(explosive) materials carried does not

exceed the smallest quantity specified

for any one of the substances or arti-

cles in the combination.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR

45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001].

ARGO

RANSPORT

NITS AND

HIPBORNE

ARGES

§ 176.168 Transport of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials in vehicle spaces.

(a) All transport vehicles and cargo

must be properly secured.

(b) All transport vehicles used for the

carriage of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials must be structurally serviceable

as defined in § 176.172(a)(2).

(explosive) materials must conform to

the requirements in §§ 177.834 and

177.835 of this subchapter.

(d) Class 1 (explosive) materials

which require special stowage must be

transported in transport vehicles ap-

proved for the purpose by the Associate

Administrator except that Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials in compatibility

group G or H may be carried in steel

portable magazines or freight con-

tainers. Closed transport vehicles may

be used as magazines; transport vehi-

cles of other types may be used to

transport Class 1 (explosive) materials

which require ordinary stowage.

(e) Class 1 (explosive) materials of

different compatibility groups may not

be stowed in the same vehicle except as

allowed in § 176.144 of this subpart.

(f) Vehicles containing different

Class 1 (explosive) materials require no

segregation from each other, except

that these materials may be carried to-

gether under the provisions of § 176.144

of this subchapter. In all other in-

stances, the vehicles must be ‘‘sepa-

rated from’’ one another.

(g) All transport vehicles used for the

transport of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials must have lashing arrangements

for securing the vehicle on the ship and

preventing the moving of the vehicle

on its springs during the sea passage.

(h) Where a portable magazine or

closed freight container is carried on a

chassis, twist locks or other suitable

securing arrangements must be pro-

vided and made secure.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR

61942, Oct. 30, 2003]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00817 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

808

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.170

§ 176.170 Transport of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials in freight con-

tainers.

(a) When Class 1 (explosive) materials

are stowed in a freight container, the

freight container, for the purposes of

this subpart, may be regarded as a

magazine but not as a separate com-

partment.

(b) Freight containers loaded with

Class 1 (explosive) materials, except for

explosives in Division 1.4, must not be

stowed in the outermost row of con-

tainers.

port Class 1 (explosive) materials for

which magazine stowage type A is re-

quired must have a floor consisting of

tightly fitted wooden boards, plywood

or equivalent non-metallic material,

and a non-metallic lining.

(d) Class 1 (explosive) materials of

different compatibility groups may not

be stowed within the same freight con-

tainer except as allowed in § 176.144 of

this subpart.

(e) On vessels, other than specially

fitted container ships, freight con-

tainers containing Class 1 (explosive)

materials must be stowed only in the

lowest tier.

(f) Freight containers carrying dif-

ferent Class 1 (explosive) materials re-

quire no segregation from each other,

if the provisions of § 176.144 of this sub-

part allow the Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials to be carried together in the same

compartment. In all other instances,

the containers must be ‘‘separated

from’’ one another in accordance with

§ 176.83(f) of this part.

(g) Freight containers carrying Class

1 (explosive) materials may not be han-

dled on board a vessel with fork lift

trucks unless approved by the COTP.

This does not preclude the use of front-

loading trucks using side-frame lifting

equipment.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR

45041, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004]

§ 176.172 Structural serviceability of

freight containers and vehicles car-

rying Class 1 (explosive) materials

on ships.

(a) Except for Division 1.4 materials,

a freight container may not be offered

for the carriage of Class 1 (explosive)

materials, unless the container is

structurally serviceable as evidenced

by a current CSC (International Con-

vention for Safe Containers) approval

plate and verified by a detailed visual

examination as follows:

(1) Before a freight container or

transport vehicle is packed with Class 1

(explosive) materials, it must be vis-

ually examined by the shipper to en-

sure it is structurally serviceable, free

of any residue of previous cargo, and

its interior walls and floors are free

from protrusions.

(2) Structurally serviceable means the

freight container or the vehicle cannot

have major defects in its structural

components, such as top and bottom

side rails, top and bottom end rails,

door sill and header, floor cross mem-

bers, corner posts, and corner fittings

in a freight container. Major defects

include—

(i) Dents or bends in the structural

members greater than 19 mm (0.75 inch)

in depth, regardless of length;

(ii) Cracks or breaks in structural

members;

(iii) More than one splice or an im-

proper splice (such as a lapped splice)

in top or bottom end rails or door head-

ers;

(iv) More than two splices in any one

top or bottom side rail;

(v) Any splice in a door sill or corner

post;

(vi) Door hinges and hardware that

are seized, twisted, broken, missing, or

otherwise inoperative;

(vii) Gaskets and seals that do not

seal; or

(viii) For freight containers, any dis-

tortion of the overall configuration

great enough to prevent proper align-

ment of handling equipment, mounting

and securing chassis or vehicle, or in-

sertion into ships’ cells.

(3) In addition, deterioration of any

component of the freight container or

vehicle, regardless of the material of

construction, such as rusted-out metal

in sidewalls or disintegrated fiberglass,

is prohibited. Normal wear, however,

including oxidation (rust), slight dents

and scratches, and other damage that

does not affect serviceability or the

weather-tight integrity of the units, is

not prohibited.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00818 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

809

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.182

(b) As used in paragraph (a) of this

section, splice means any repair of a

freight container main structural

member which replaces material, ex-

cept complete replacement of the mem-

ber.

sive) materials except those in Division

1.4 (explosive) must be accompanied by

a statement, which may appear on the

shipping paper, certifying that the

freight container or the vehicle is

structurally serviceable as defined in

paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 74 FR

2268, Jan. 14, 2009]

§ 176.174 Transport of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials in shipborne barges.

(a) Fixed magazines may be built

within a shipboard barge. Freight con-

tainers may be used as magazines with-

in a barge.

(b) Shipborne barges may be used for

the carriage of all types of Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials. When carrying

Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring

special stowage, the following require-

ments apply:

(1) Class 1 (explosive) materials in

compatibility group G or H must be

stowed in freight containers.

(2) Class 1 (explosive) materials in

compatibility group K or L must be

stowed in steel magazines.

different compatibility groups may not

be stowed within the same shipborne

barge unless under § 176.144(b) of this

subpart they are authorized to be

stowed in the same compartment.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004]

ANDLING

LASS

1 (E

XPLOSIVE

)

ATERIALS IN

ORT

§ 176.176 Signals.

When Class 1 (explosive) materials

are being loaded, handled, or unloaded

on a vessel, the vessel must exhibit the

following signals:

(a) By day, flag ‘‘B’’ (Bravo) of the

international code of signals; and

(b) By night, an all-round fixed red

light.

§ 176.178 Mooring lines.

(a) All lines used in mooring the ves-

sel must be of sufficient strength, type,

and number for the size of the vessel

and local conditions.

(b) While the vessel is moored or an-

chored in a port area, towing wires of

adequate size and length must be prop-

erly secured to mooring bits at the bow

and stern ready for immediate use with

the towing eyes passed outboard and

kept at about water level.

be such that the vessel can be released

quickly in an emergency.

§ 176.180 Watchkeeping.

Whenever Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials are on board a vessel in port,

there must be sufficient crew on board

to maintain a proper watch and to op-

erate the propulsion and firefighting

equipment in case of an emergency.

§ 176.182 Conditions for handling on

board ship.

(a) Weather conditions. Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials may not be handled in

weather conditions which may seri-

ously increase the hazards presented by

the Class 1 (explosive) materials. Dur-

ing electrical storms, cargo operations

must be halted and all hatches con-

taining Class 1 (explosive) materials

must be closed.

(b) Darkness. Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials may not be handled on board a

vessel during the hours of darkness un-

less prior consent has been obtained

from the COTP.

(explosive) materials are handled, or

where preparations are being made to

handle Class 1 (explosive) materials,

must be illuminated with lighting that

is sufficient to safely perform the han-

dling operation.

(d) Protective equipment. (1) A suffi-

cient quantity of appropriate protec-

tive equipment must be provided for

the personnel involved in handling

Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(2) The protective equipment must

provide adequate protection against

the hazards specific to the Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials handled.

(e) Intoxicated persons. No person

under the influence of alcohol or drugs

to such an extent that the person’s

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00819 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

810

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.184

judgment or behavior is impaired may

participate in any operation involving

the handling of Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials. The master of the vessel must

keep any such person clear of any areas

where Class 1 (explosive) materials are

being handled.

(f) Smoking. (1) Smoking is prohibited

on the vessel while Class 1 (explosive)

materials are being handled or stowed

except in places designated by the mas-

ter of the vessel.

(2) Conspicuous notices prohibiting

smoking must be posted and clearly

visible at all locations where Class 1

(explosive) materials are handled or

stored.

(g) All hatches and cargo ports open-

ing into a compartment in which Class

1 (explosive) materials are stowed must

be kept closed except during loading

and unloading of the compartment.

After loading, hatches must be se-

curely closed.

§ 176.184 Class 1 (explosive) materials

of Compatibility Group L.

Class 1 (explosive) materials in com-

patibility group L may not be handled

in a port area without the special per-

mission of, and subject to any special

precautions required by, the COTP.

§ 176.190 Departure of vessel.

When loading of Class 1 (explosive)

materials is completed, the vessel must

depart from the port area as soon as is

reasonably practicable.

§ 176.192 Cargo handling equipment

for freight containers carrying

Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(a) Except in an emergency, only

cargo handling equipment that has

been specifically designed or modified

for the handling of freight containers

may be used to load, unload, or handle

freight containers containing Division

1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.

(b) The gross weight of a freight con-

tainer containing Class 1 (explosive)

materials may not exceed the safe

working load of the cargo handling

equipment by which it is handled.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

AGAZINE

ESSELS

§ 176.194 Stowage of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials on magazine vessels.

(a) General. The requirements of this

section are applicable to magazine ves-

sels and are in addition to any other

requirements in this subchapter.

(b) Type vessel authorized. A single

deck vessel with or without a house on

deck is the only type vessel that may

be used as a magazine vessel. A maga-

zine vessel may not be moved while

Class 1 (explosive) materials are on

board.

1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, in ex-

cess of 2268 kg (5000 pounds), stored in

any magazine vessel must be stowed

below deck. No Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials may be stowed on deck unless

the vessel is fitted with a deck house

having a stowage area which meets the

requirements in this subpart for the

stowage of Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials. Detonators, detonator assemblies

and boosters with detonators, Division

1.1 (explosive) may not be stored on the

same magazine vessel with other Divi-

sion 1.1, 1.2. and 1.3 (explosive) mate-

rials.

(d) Class 1 (explosive) materials storage

spaces. Any compartment on a maga-

zine vessel used for the stowage of

Class 1 (explosive) materials must be

completely sealed with wood so as to

provide a smooth interior surface. Each

metal stanchion in the compartment

must be boxed in the same manner. An

overhead ceiling is not required when

the overdeck is weather tight. All nail

and bolt heads must be countersunk

and any exposed metal must be covered

with wood.

(e) Initiating explosives, detonators and

boosters with detonators. No explosive

substance in Division 1.1, compatibility

group A may be stowed in the same

compartment with any other Class 1

(explosive) materials when there are

explosive substances in Division 1.1 or

1.2 (explosive) on the same magazine

vessel. Detonators, detonator assem-

blies and boosters with detonators

must be stowed at least 8 m (26 feet)

from any bulkhead forming a boundary

of a compartment containing any other

Class 1 (explosive) materials.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00820 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

811

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.194

(f) Dry storage spaces. A magazine ves-

sel having a dry storage space capable

of being used for any purpose whatso-

ever must have a cofferdam at least 61

cm (24 inches) wide fitted between the

dry storage space and each adjacent

compartment containing Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials. The cofferdam must

be constructed of wood or steel, formed

by two tight athwartship bulkheads ex-

tending from the skin of the vessel to

the overdeck. If the cofferdam extends

to the weather deck, a watertight

hatch must be fitted in the deck to pro-

vide access to the cofferdam.

(g) Lighting. Non-sparking, battery-

powered, self-contained electric lan-

terns or non-sparking hand flashlights

are the only means of artificial light

authorized.

(h) Living quarters. Living quarters

must be fitted on the inside with a non-

combustible material approved by the

Commandant, USCG. Bracketed ship’s

lamps are the only lighting fixtures au-

thorized to be used in the living quar-

ters. Any stove used for heating or

cooking must be securely fastened and

may not be mounted closer than 15 cm

(5.9 inches) to the deck or sides of the

house. Any smoke pipe for the stove

which passes through the roof of the

house must be kept at least 8 cm (3

inches) away from any woodwork. Each

smoke pipe must be protected by a

layer of non-combustible material ap-

proved by the Commandant, USCG, an

air space of at least 2.54 cm (1 inch),

and a metal collar of at least 1.5 mm

(0.059 inch) sheet secured only on the

weather side of the roof. There may be

no opening from any living quarters

into any stowage compartment.

(i) Storage of other hazardous mate-

rials. Magazine vessels having Class 1

(explosive) materials on board may not

be used for the storage of any other

hazardous material.

(j) Magazine vessel’s stores. Hazardous

materials used as stores on board any

magazine vessel must comply with the

requirements of 46 CFR part 147.

(k) Matches. Safety matches requir-

ing a prepared surface for ignition are

the only type of matches authorized to

be possessed or used on board a maga-

zine vessel. They must be kept in a

metal box or can with a metal cover

and stored in the custodian’s living

quarters.

(l) Firearms. Firearms and ammuni-

tion (other than cargo) are not per-

mitted on board a magazine vessel.

(m) Fire extinguishing equipment. No

Class 1 (explosive) materials may be

loaded or stowed in, unloaded from, or

handled on any magazine vessel unless

four fire extinguishers that meet the

requirements for Type A Size II or

Type B Size III in 46 CFR part 95, sub-

part 95.50 are near and accessible to the

magazines.

(n) Supervision. A magazine vessel

containing Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials must be continuously attended by

a custodian employed for that purpose

by the vessel’s owner.

(o) Unauthorized persons on magazine

vessels. The custodian of a magazine

vessel shall prevent unauthorized per-

sons from coming on board unless it is

necessary to abate a hazard to human

life or a substantial hazard to property.

(p) Repacking of Class 1 (explosive) ma-

terials on board. No Class 1 (explosive)

materials may be repacked on board a

magazine vessel. Broken or damaged

packages must be handled in accord-

ance with the requirements of § 176.156.

Packages requiring an emergency re-

sponse must be handled in accordance

with the emergency response informa-

tion required under § 172.602 of this sub-

chapter.

(q) Work boat. Each magazine vessel

must be equipped with a work boat.

(r) Life preservers. One approved per-

sonal flotation device must be avail-

able for each person employed on a

magazine vessel.

(s) Fenders. Each magazine vessel

must be fitted with fenders in suffi-

cient number and size to prevent any

vessel tieing up alongside from coming

in contact with the hull.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 176–41, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1,

1996; 66 FR 45185, 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]

Subpart H—Detailed Requirements

for Class 2 (Compressed Gas)

Materials

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00821 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

812

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.200

§ 176.200 General stowage require-

ments.

(a) Each package of Class 2 (com-

pressed gas) material being transported

by vessel must be prevented from mak-

ing direct contact with the vessel’s

deck, side, or bulwark by dunnage,

shoring, or other effective means.

(b) When cylinders of Class 2 (com-

pressed gas) materials being trans-

ported by vessel are stowed in a hori-

zontal position, each tier must be

stowed in the cantlines of the tier

below it, and the valves on cylinders in

adjacent tiers must be at alternate

ends of the stow. Each tier may be

stepped back and the ends alternated

in order to clear the flange. Lashing

must be provided to prevent any shift-

ing.

pressed gas) materials being trans-

ported by vessel are stowed in a

vertical position they must be stowed

upright in a block and cribbed or boxed

in with suitable dunnage. The box or

crib must be dunnaged at least 10 cm

(3.9 inches) off any metal deck. The

cylinders in the box or crib must be

braced to prevent any shifting. The box

or crib must be securely chocked and

lashed to prevent any shifting.

(d) Any package containing Division

2.3 (poison gas) materials must be

stowed separate from all foodstuffs.

(e) Class 2 (compressed gas) materials

may not be stowed ‘‘on deck’’ over a

hold or compartment containing coal.

(f) Class 2 (compressed gas) material

must be kept as cool as practicable and

be stowed away from all sources of

heat and ignition. Any package con-

taining a Division 2.1 (flammable gas)

material is restricted from transport in

powered refrigerated temperature con-

trolled containers, unless the equip-

ment is capable of preventing ignition

of flammable vapors by having non-

sparking or explosion-proof electric fit-

tings within the cooling compartment.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990 , as

amended at 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR

16143, Apr. 9, 2009]

§ 176.205 Under deck stowage require-

ments.

(a) When a Class 2 (compressed gas)

material is stowed below deck, it must

be stowed in a mechanically ventilated

cargo space with no source of artificial

heat and clear of living quarters. No

bulkhead or deck of that hold or com-

partment may be a common boundary

with any boiler room, engine room,

coal bunker, galley or boiler room up-

take.

(b) When Division 2.1 (flammable gas)

materials are stowed below deck, they

must be stowed in a hold or compart-

ment which complies with paragraph

(a) of this section and the following re-

quirements:

(1) Each hold or compartment must

be ventilated.

(2) Each hold or compartment must

be equipped with an overhead water

sprinkler system or fixed fire extin-

guishing system.

(3) Each electrical power line in the

hold or compartment must be pro-

tected by a strong metal covering to

prevent crushing by cargo being stowed

against it.

(4) Except when fitted with electrical

fixtures of the explosion-proof type,

each electrical circuit serving the hold

or compartment must be disconnected

from all sources of power. No circuit

may be energized until the Division 2.1

(flammable gas) cargo and any vapors

have been removed from the hold or

compartment. Explosion-proof portable

lighting may be used if the source of

power is from electrical outlets outside

the hold or compartment and above the

weather deck.

(5) Any opening in a common bulk-

head of an adjacent hold or compart-

ment must be securely closed off and

made gas-tight, unless the adjacent

hold or compartment is also used for

the stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable

gas) materials.

(6) Full and efficient hatch covers

must be used. Tarpaulins, if fitted,

must be protected by dunnaging before

overstowing with any cargo. Each tar-

paulin must be in one piece and free of

rents, tears, and holes.

(7) A fire screen must be fitted at the

weather end of each vent duct leading

from the hold or compartment. The fire

screen must completely cover the open

area. It must consist of two layers of

corrosion-resistant metal wire of 20×20

mesh or finer, spaced not less than 1

cm (0.4 inch) or more than 4 cm (1.6

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00822 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

813

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.305

inches) apart. The screen may be re-

movable if means for securing it in

place when in service are provided.

(8) The hold or compartment may not

be fitted with any gooseneck type vent

trunk head.

(9) Any electrical apparatus located

in the hold or compartment must be

capable of being disconnected from its

power source by a positive means lo-

cated outside the hold or compartment.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 176.210 On deck stowage require-

ments.

Cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas)

materials being transported by vessel

must be protected from radiant heat,

including the direct rays of the sun, by

structural erections or awnings. A tar-

paulin covering the cylinders is not ac-

ceptable if it comes in contact with

them.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45185, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.220 Smoking or open flame and

posting of warning signs.

(a) Smoking or the use of open flame

is prohibited in any hold or compart-

ment containing a Division 2.1 (flam-

mable gas) material, near any Division

2.1 (flammable gas) material stowed on

deck, or near any ventilator leading to

a hold containing this material.

(b) A sign carrying the legend:

FLAMMABLE VAPORS

KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY

NO SMOKING

must be conspicuously posted at each

approach to an ‘‘on deck’’ Division 2.1

(flammable gas) material stowage area

and near each cargo hold ventilator

leading to a hold containing this mate-

rial. The sign must be painted on a

white background using red letters.

The letters may not be less than 8 cm

(3 inches) high.

§ 176.225 Stowage of chlorine.

Chlorine (UN 1017) must be stowed

separate from copper or brass leaf

sheets and from finely divided organic

material.

§ 176.230 Stowage of Division 2.1 (flam-

mable gas) materials.

Division 2.1 (flammable gas) mate-

rials transported in Specification 106A

or 110A multi-unit car tanks must be

stowed on deck only, and must be

shaded from radiant heat.

Subpart I—Detailed Requirements

for Class 3 (Flammable) and

Combustible Liquid Materials

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.305 General stowage require-

ments.

(a) A Class 3 (flammable) or combus-

tible liquid must be kept as cool as rea-

sonably practicable and be stowed

away from all sources of heat and igni-

tion.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in

§ 176.76(g), a package containing a Class

3 (flammable) liquid and equipped with

a vent or safety relief device must be

stowed ‘‘on deck’’ only.

to each hold or compartment in which

any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible

liquids are being transported:

(1) The hold or compartment must be

ventilated except that the stowage of

non-bulk packages of Class 3 (flam-

mable) liquids with a flash point above

23 °C (73 °F) (see 49 CFR 171.8 defini-

tions) may be in non-ventilated holds.

(2) Stowage of a Class 3 (flammable)

or combustible liquid within 6 m (20

feet) of a bulkhead which forms a

boundary or deck of a boiler room, en-

gine room, coal bunker, galley, or boil-

er room uptake is not permitted. If the

amount of the liquid to be stowed in a

hold will not permit compliance with

the requirement for a 6 m (20 foot) sep-

aration, less separation distance is au-

thorized if at least one of the following

conditions exists:

(i) The bulkhead or deck is covered

with at least 8 cm (3 inches) of insula-

tion on the entire area subject to heat;

(ii) A temporary wooden bulkhead at

least 5 cm (2 inches) thick is con-

structed in the hold at least 8 cm (3

inches) off an engine room or 15 cm (5.9

inches) off a boiler room bulkhead, cov-

ering the entire area of the bulkhead

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00823 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

814

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.315

that is subject to heat, and the space

between the permanent bulkhead and

the temporary wooden bulkhead is

filled with mineral wool or equivalent

bulk noncombustible insulating mate-

rial; or

(iii) A temporary wooden bulkhead is

constructed of at least 2.5 cm (1 inch)

thick tongue and groove sheathing, lo-

cated 1 m (3 feet) from the boiler room

or engine room bulkhead, and filled

with sand to a height of 2 m (7 feet)

above the tank top, or, if the cargo

compartment is located between decks,

1 m (3 feet) of sand.

(3) Combustible liquids may not be

stowed in a hold within 6 m (20 feet) of

a common bulkhead with the engine

room unless the means of vessel pro-

pulsion is internal combustion engines.

(4) Each cargo opening in a bulkhead

of an adjacent hold must be securely

closed off and made gas-tight, unless

the adjacent hold is also used for the

stowage of a Class 3 (flammable) or

combustible liquid.

(d) In addition to the requirements

specified in paragraph (b) of this sec-

tion, the following requirements apply

to each hold or compartment in which

a Class 3 (flammable) liquid is trans-

ported:

(1) Full and effective hatch covers

must be used. Tarpaulins, if fitted,

must be protected by dunnaging before

overstowing with any cargo. Each tar-

paulin must be in one piece and free of

rents, tears, and holes;

(2) If Class 3 (flammable) liquids in

excess of 1016 kg (2240 pounds) are

stowed under deck in any one hold or

compartment, a fire screen must be

fitted at the weather end of each vent

duct leading from that hold or com-

partment. The fire screen must com-

pletely cover the open area. It must

consist of two layers of corrosion-re-

sistant metal wire of 20×20 mesh or

finer, spaced not less than 1 cm (0.4

inch) or more than 4 cm (1.6 inches)

apart. The screen may be removable

only if means for securing it in place

when in service are provided;

(3) Each electrical power line in the

hold or compartment must be pro-

tected by a strong metal covering to

prevent crushing by cargo being stowed

against it;

(4) Except when fitted with explo-

sion-proof type electrical fixtures, each

electrical circuit serving the hold or

compartment must be disconnected

from all sources of power from a point

outside the hold or compartment con-

taining flammable liquids. No circuit

may be energized until the flammable

liquids and any vapors have been re-

moved from the hold or compartment.

Explosion-proof type portable lighting

may be used if the source of power is

from electrical outlets outside the hold

or compartment and above the weather

deck; and

(5) A Class 3 (flammable) liquid in ex-

cess of 1016 kg (2240 pounds) may not be

transported in any hold or compart-

ment that is fitted with a gooseneck

type of vent head.

(e) On a passenger vessel, each hold

or compartment used to transport a

Class 3 (flammable) liquid must be

equipped with an overhead water sprin-

kler system or fixed fire-extinguishing

system.

(f) On a passenger vessel, each hold or

compartment used to transport Class 3

(flammable) liquids under a passenger

space must have an overdeck of an A–

60 type construction (see 46 CFR 72.05–

10(c)(1)) or equivalent or have its un-

derside covered with at least 8 cm (3

inches) of noncombustible insulation.

(g) No Class 3 (flammable) liquid in a

drum or wooden case, having inside

packagings of more than 1 L (0.3 gal-

lon) capacity each, may be stowed as a

beam filler. A wooden barrel, a wooden

box or a fiberboard box, with any Class

3 (flammable) liquid material in inside

packagings of not more than 1 L (0.3

gallon) capacity each, may only be

stowed as a beam filler if it is possible

to stow and observe any ‘‘THIS SIDE

UP’’ marking.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991]

§ 176.315 Fire protection requirements.

(a) For each 79,500 L (21,000 U.S. gal-

lons) or part thereof of any Class 3

(flammable) or combustible liquid

being transported on board a vessel in

a portable tank, rail tank car, or a

motor vehicle cargo tank, there must

be provided at least one B-V

semiportable foam (152 L/40 gallon ca-

pacity) (see 46 CFR 95.50), dry chemical

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00824 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

815

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.340

(45.4 kg (100 pounds) minimum capac-

ity) or equivalent fire extinguisher, or

a fire hose fitted with an approved

portable mechanical foam nozzle with

pick-up tube and two 19 L (5 gallon)

cans of foam liquid concentrate. Each

foam system must be suitable for use

with each Class 3 (flammable) or com-

bustible liquid for which it is required.

Each fire extinguisher must be acces-

sible to the tank it is intended to

cover.

(b) The fire hose at each fire hydrant

in the vicinity of Class 3 (flammable)

and combustible liquids stowage areas

must be fitted with an approved com-

bination solid stream and water spray

nozzle.

in the vessel’s fire mains during the

loading and unloading of any Class 3

(flammable) or combustible liquids.

(d) Two 7 kg (15-pound) capacity hand

portable dry chemical or two portable

10 L (2.6 gallons) foam-type extin-

guishers must be accessible to any

packaged Class 3 (flammable) or com-

bustible liquid and suitable for use

with the lading.

(e) The requirements of this section

do not apply to portable tanks and

their contents authorized under 46 CFR

part 98 or 46 CFR part 64.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR

45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.320 Use of hand flashlights.

Each hand flashlight used on deck

near or in any hold or compartment

containing a Class 3 (flammable) liq-

uid, must be suitable for use in haz-

ardous locations where fire or explo-

sion hazards may exist.

§ 176.325 Smoking or open flame and

posting of warning signs.

(a) Smoking or the use of open flame

is prohibited in any hold or compart-

ment containing a Class 3 (flammable)

or combustible liquid, near any Class 3

(flammable) or combustible liquid

stowed on deck, or near any ventilator

leading to a hold containing such ma-

terial.

(b) A sign carrying the legend:

FLAMMABLE VAPORS

KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY

NO SMOKING

must be conspicuously posted at each

approach to a Class 3 (flammable) or

combustible liquid stowed ‘‘on deck’’

and near each cargo hold ventilator

leading to a hold or compartment con-

taining this material. This sign must

be painted on a white background

using red letters. The letters may not

be less than 8 cm (3 inches) high.

§ 176.340 Combustible liquids in port-

able tanks.

Combustible liquids, having a flash

point of 38 °C (100 °F) or higher, may be

transported by vessel only in one of the

portable tanks as specified below:

(a) Specification portable tanks au-

thorized in § 173.241 of this subchapter.

(b) In nonspecification portable

tanks, subject to the following condi-

tions:

(1) Each portable tank must conform

to a DOT specification 57 portable

tank, except as otherwise provided in

this paragraph;

(2) The rated capacity of the tank

may not exceed 4,542 L (1,200 gallons),

and the rated gross weight may not ex-

ceed 13,608 kg (30,000 pounds);

(3) The vibration test need not be

performed;

(4) When the total surface area of the

tank exceeds 14.9 square meters (160

square feet), the total emergency vent-

ing capacity must be determined in ac-

cordance with table I in § 178.345–10 of

this subchapter;

(5) ln place of a specification identi-

fication marking, the tank must be

marked, on two sides in letters at least

5 cm (2 inches) high on contrasting

background: ‘‘FOR COMBUSTIBLE

LIQUIDS ONLY’’ and ‘‘49 CFR 176.340’’.

This latter marking constitutes certifi-

cation by the person offering the com-

bustible liquid materials for transpor-

tation that the portable tank conforms

to this paragraph;

(6) Each tank must be made of steel;

(7) The design pressure of the tank

must be not less than 62 kPa (9 psig);

(8) No pressure relief device may

open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig);

(9) Each tank must be retested and

marked at least once every 2 years in

accordance with the requirements ap-

plicable to a DOT specification 57 port-

able tank in § 180.605 of this subchapter;

and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00825 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

816

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.400

(10) Each tank must conform to the

provisions of § 173.24 of this subchapter

and § 180.605(b) and (j) of this sub-

chapter.

Commandant (G-MSO), USCG.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 176–41, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1,

1996; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45185,

45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002;

68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003]

Subpart J—Detailed Requirements

for Class 4 (Flammable Sol-

ids), Class 5 (Oxidizers and

Organic Peroxides), and Divi-

sion 1.5 Materials

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.400 Stowage of Division 1.5, Class

4 (flammable solids) and Class 5

(oxidizers and organic peroxides)

materials.

(a) Class 4 (flammable solid) material

and Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) ma-

terial must be kept as cool as reason-

ably practicable and be stowed away

from all sources of heat and ignition.

(b) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide)

material must be stowed away from

living quarters or access to them. Divi-

sion 5.2 (organic peroxide) material not

requiring temperature control should

be protected from radiant heat, which

includes direct rays of the sun, and

stowed in a cool, well-ventilated area.

(oxidizers and organic peroxides) mate-

rial being transported by vessel may be

stowed in the same hold or compart-

ment with any readily combustible ma-

terial such as a combustible liquid, a

textile product, or with a finely divided

substance, such as an organic powder.

(d) No Division 1.5 or Class 5

(oxidizers and organic peroxides) mate-

rial being transported by vessel may be

stowed in a hold or compartment con-

taining sulfur in bulk, or in any hold or

compartment above, below, or adjacent

to one containing sulfur in bulk.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 176.405 Stowage of charcoal.

(a) Before stowing charcoal Division

4.2 (flammable solid), UN 1361, NA 1361,

or UN 1362 on a vessel for transpor-

tation, the hold or compartment in

which it is to be stowed must be swept

as clean as practicable. All residue of

any former cargo, including especially

a petroleum product, a vegetable or

animal oil, nitrate, or sulfur, must be

removed.

(b) Charcoal packed in bags and of-

fered for transportation on board a ves-

sel in a quantity over 1016 kg (2240

pounds) must be loaded so that the

bags are laid horizontally and stacked

with space for efficient air circulation.

If the bags are not compactly filled and

closed to avoid free space within,

vertical and horizontal dunnage strips

must be laid between the bags. Space

for ventilating must be maintained

near bulkheads, the shell of the vessel,

the deck, and the overhead. No more

than 40,600 kg (89,508 pounds) of char-

coal may be stowed in a hold or com-

partment when other stowage space is

available. If the unavailability of hold

or compartment space requires the

stowage of a larger amount, the ar-

rangement of the stow for ventilation

must be adjusted to ensure a sufficient

venting effect.

ken during loading must be removed.

Broken bags may be repacked or have

the closures repaired and the repaired

bags restowed.

(d) Charcoal ‘‘screenings’’ packed in

bags must be stowed to provide spaces

for air circulation between tiers re-

gardless of the quantity stowed.

§ 176.410 Division 1.5 materials, ammo-

nium nitrate and ammonium ni-

trate mixtures.

(a) This section prescribes require-

ments to be observed with respect to

transportation of each of the following

hazardous materials by vessel:

(1) Explosives, blasting, type E, and

Explosives, blasting, type B, Division

1.5 compatibility group D, UN 0331 and

UN 0332.

(2) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1

(oxidizer), UN1942.

(3) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Di-

vision 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 2067.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00826 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

817

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.415

(b) This section does not apply to

Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Class 9,

UN 2071 or to any non-acidic ammo-

nium nitrate mixed fertilizer con-

taining 13 percent or less ammonium

nitrate, less than 5 percent organic ma-

terial, and no other oxidizing material,

and which does not meet the criteria

for any other hazard set forth in part

173 of this subchapter.

group D materials, ammonium nitrate,

or any of the ammonium nitrate fer-

tilizers listed in paragraph (a) of this

section are transported by vessel:

(1) They must be stowed well away

from any steam pipe, electric circuit,

or other source of heat;

(2) Smoking is prohibited except in

designated areas away from the mate-

rial and ‘‘No-Smoking’’ signs must be

posted in accordance with § 176.60;

(3) Fire hoses must be connected, laid

out, and tested before loading or un-

loading commences; and

(4) A fire watch must be posted in the

hold or compartment where the mate-

rial is being loaded or unloaded.

(d) When any of the hazardous mate-

rials listed in paragraph (a) of this sec-

tion is transported in bags by vessel:

(1) The requirements specified in

paragraph (c) of this section must be

complied with;

(2) The temperature of the bagged

material may not exceed 54 °C (130 °F);

(3) Minimum dunnage and

sweatboards must be used to prevent

any friction or abrasion of bags, and to

allow for the circulation of air and ac-

cess of water in the event of fire;

(4) The bags must be stowed from

side to side, out to the sweatboards;

(5) A space of 46 cm (18 inches) must

be provided between any transverse

bulkhead and the bags;

(6) The bags must be stowed so as to

provide a 46 cm (18 inch) athwartship

trench along the centerline of the com-

partment, continuous from top to bot-

tom;

(7) The bags must be stowed so as to

provide a 46 cm (18 inch) amidship

trench running fore and aft from bulk-

head to bulkhead;

(8) The bags may not be stowed less

than 46 cm (18 inches) from any over-

head deck beam;

(9) The bags must be stowed so as to

provide vent flues 36 cm (14 inches)

square at each corner of the hatch con-

tinuous from top to bottom;

(10) Trenching must be accomplished

by alternating the direction of the bags

in each tier (bulkheading); and

(11) The bags must be blocked and

braced as necessary to prevent shifting

of the bagged cargo adjacent to any

trench area.

(e) Notwithstanding § 176.83(b) of this

part, ammonium nitrate and ammo-

nium nitrate fertilizers classed as Divi-

sion 5.1 (oxidizers) materials, may be

stowed in the same hold, compartment,

magazine, or freight container with

Class 1 materials (explosive), except

those containing chlorates, in accord-

ance with the segregation and separa-

tion requirements of § 176.144 of this

part applying to Explosives, blasting,

type B, and Explosives, blasting, type

E, Division 1.5 compatibility group D.

(f) No mixture containing ammonium

nitrate and any ingredient which would

accelerate the decomposition of ammo-

nium nitrate under conditions incident

to transportation may be transported

by vessel.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

176–34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 176–38,

60 FR 49111, Sept. 21, 1995; 65 FR 58630, Sept.

29, 2000; 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45041,

July 31, 2003]

§ 176.415 Permit requirements for Di-

vision 1.5, ammonium nitrates, and

certain ammonium nitrate fer-

tilizers.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph

(b) of this section, before any of the fol-

lowing material is loaded on or un-

loaded from a vessel at any waterfront

facility, the owner/operator must ob-

tain written permission from the Cap-

tain of the Port (COTP).

(1) Ammonium nitrate UN1942, am-

monium nitrate fertilizers containing

more than 70% ammonium nitrate, or

Division 1.5 compatibility group D ma-

terials packaged in a paper bag, burlap

bag, or other nonrigid combustible

packaging, or any rigid packaging with

combustible inside packagings,

(2) Any other ammonium nitrate or

ammonium nitrate fertilizer not listed

in § 176.410(a) or (b).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00827 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

818

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.600

(b) Any of the following may be load-

ed on or unloaded from a vessel at any

waterfront facility without a permit:

(1) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1

(oxidizer) UN1942, in a rigid packaging

with a noncombustible inside pack-

aging.

(2) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Di-

vision 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2067, if the

nearest COTP is notified at least 24

hours in advance of any loading or un-

loading in excess of 454 kg (1,000

pounds).

(3) Division 1.5 compatibility group D

material in a rigid packaging with non-

combustible inside packaging.

(4) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer,

Class 9, UN 2071.

the following requirements must be

met in addition to any others the

COTP may impose:

(1) If the material is Explosives,

blasting, type E, Division 1.5 compat-

ibility group D, UN0332 in a combus-

tible packaging or in a rigid packaging

with a combustible inside packaging, it

must be loaded or unloaded at a facil-

ity remote from populous areas, or

high-value or high-hazard industrial fa-

cilities, so that in the event of fire or

explosion, loss of lives and property

may be minimized;

(2) If the material is a Division 1.5

compatibility group D material in a

non-rigid combustible packaging and

loaded in a freight container or trans-

port vehicle, it may be loaded or un-

loaded at a non-isolated facility if the

facility is approved by the COTP;

(3) Each facility at which the mate-

rial is to be loaded or unloaded must

conform with the requirements of the

port security and local regulations and

must have an abundance of water read-

ily available for fire fighting and

(4) Each facility at which the mate-

rial is to be loaded or unloaded must be

located so that each vessel to be loaded

or unloaded has an unrestricted pas-

sage to open water. Each vessel must

be moored bow to seaward, and must be

maintained in a mobile status during

loading, unloading, or handling oper-

ations by the presence of tugs or the

readiness of engines. Each vessel must

have two wire towing hawsers, each

having an eye splice, lowered to the

water’s edge, one at the bow and the

other at the stern.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.

176–35, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 58630,

Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45185, 45384, 45385, Aug.

28, 2001; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 74 FR 53189,

Oct. 16, 2009]

Subpart K [Reserved]

Subpart L—Detailed Requirements

for Division 2.3 (Poisonous

Gas) and Division 6.1 (Poi-

sonous) Materials

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.600 General stowage require-

ments.

(a) Each package required to have a

POISON GAS, POISON INHALATION

HAZARD, or POISON label, being

transported on a vessel, must be

stowed clear of living quarters and any

ventilation ducts serving living quar-

ters and separated from foodstuffs, ex-

cept when the hazardous materials and

the foodstuffs are in different closed

cargo transport units.

(b) Each package required to have

both a POISON GAS label and a FLAM-

MABLE GAS label thereon must be

segregated as a Division 2.1 (flammable

gas) material.

label displaying the text ‘‘PG III’’ or

bearing a ‘‘PG III’’ mark adjacent to

the poison label must be stowed away

from foodstuffs.

(d) Each package of Division 2.3 (poi-

sonous gas) material or Division 6.1

(poison) material which also bears a

FLAMMABLE LIQUID or FLAM-

MABLE GAS label must be stowed in a

mechanically ventilated space, kept as

cool as reasonably practicable, and be

stowed away from all sources of heat

and ignition.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended at 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt.

176–35, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 176–

42, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10782, Mar.

5, 1999; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00828 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

819

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.704

§ 176.605 Care following leakage or

sifting of Division 2.3 (poisonous

gas) and Division 6.1 (poisonous)

materials.

A hold or compartment containing a

package of a Division 2.3 (poisonous

gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) mate-

rial which has leaked or sifted must be

thoroughly cleaned and decontami-

nated after the cargo is unloaded and

before the hold or compartment is used

for the stowage of any other cargo.

Subpart M—Detailed Require-

ments for Radioactive Mate-

rials

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10,

1983, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.700 General stowage require-

ments.

(a) [Reserved]

(b) A package of radioactive mate-

rials which in still air has a surface

temperature more than 5 °C (9 °F)

above the ambient air may not be over-

stowed with any other cargo. If the

package is stowed under deck, the hold

or compartment in which it is stowed

must be ventilated.

terials requiring supplemental oper-

ational procedures, the shipper must

furnish the master or person in charge

of the vessel a copy of the necessary

operational instructions.

(d) A person may not remain unnec-

essarily in a hold, or compartment, or

in the immediate vicinity of any pack-

age on deck, containing radioactive

materials.

(The information collection requirements in

paragraph (d) were approved by the Office of

Management and Budget under control num-

bers 2137–0534, 2137–0535 and 2137–0536)

[Amdt. 176–15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, as

amended by Amdt. 176–15, 48 FR 31220, July 7,

1983; Amdt. 176–23, 50 FR 41523, Oct. 11, 1985;

Amdt. 176–37, 60 FR 50333, Sept. 28, 1995; 66

FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3694, Jan. 26,

2004]

§ 176.704 Requirements relating to

transport indices and criticality

safety indices.

(a) The sum of the transport indices

(TI’s) for all packages of Class 7 (radio-

active) materials on board a vessel

may not exceed the limits specified in

Table IIIA of this section.

(b) For freight containers containing

packages and overpacks of Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) materials, the radiation

level may not exceed 2 mSv per hour

(200 mrem per hour) at any point on

the outside surface and 0.1 mSv per

hour (10 mrem per hour) at 2 m (6.6 ft)

from the outside surface of the freight

container.

IIIA of this section do not apply to con-

signments of LSA-I material.

(d) The sum of the criticality safety

indices (CSI’s) for all packages and

overpacks of fissile Class 7 (radio-

active) materials on board a vessel

may not exceed the limits specified in

Table IIIB of this section.

(e) Each group of fissile Class 7 (ra-

dioactive) material packages and over-

packs, containing a sum of CSIs no

greater than 50 for a non-exclusive use

shipment, or no greater than 100 for an

exclusive use shipment, must be sepa-

rated from all other groups containing

fissile material packages and over-

packs by a distance of at least 6 m (20

ft) at all times.

(f) The limitations specified in para-

graphs (a) through (c) of this section do

not apply when the entire vessel is re-

served or chartered for use by a single

offeror under exclusive use conditions

if—

(1) The number of packages of fissile

Class 7 (radioactive) material satisfies

the individual package CSI limits of

§ 173.457 of this subchapter, except that

the total sums of CSI’s in the last col-

umn of Table IIIB of this section, in-

cluding table note (d) apply;

(2) A radiation protection program

for the shipment has been established

and approved by the competent author-

ity of the flag state of the vessel and,

when requested, by the competent au-

thority at each port of call;

(3) Stowage arrangements have been

predetermined for the whole voyage,

including any consignments to be load-

ed at ports of call;

(4) The loading, transport and un-

loading are to be supervised by persons

qualified in the transport of radio-

active material; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00829 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

820

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.708

(5) The entire shipment operation is

approved by the Associate Adminis-

trator in advance.

(g) Table IIIA is as follows:

ABLE

IIIA—TI L

IMITS FOR

REIGHT

ONTAINERS AND

ONVEYANCES

Type of freight container or con-

veyance

Limit on total sum of

transport indices in a

single freight container

or aboard a convey-

ance

Not under

exclusive

use

Under ex-

clusive use

I. Freight container—small ............ 50 ............. N/A.

II. Freight container—large ............ 50 ............. No limit.

III. Vessel:

a,b

1. Hold, compartment or

defined deck area:

i. Packages,

overpacks,

small freight

containers.

50 ............. No limit.

ii. Large freight

containers.

200 ........... No limit.

2. Total vessel:

i. Packages,

overpacks,

small freight

containers.

200 ........... No limit.

ii. Large freight

containers.

No limit .... No limit.

OTES

For vessels, the requirements in both 1 and 2 must be ful-

filled.

Packages or overpacks transported in or on a vehicle

which are offered for transport in accordance with the provi-

sions of § 173.441(b) of this subchapter may be transported

by vessels provided that they are not removed from the vehi-

cle at any time while on board the vessel.

(h) Table IIIB is as follows:

ABLE

IIIB—CSI L

IMITS FOR

REIGHT

ONTAINERS AND

ONVEYANCES

Type of freight container or con-

veyance

Limit on total sum of

criticality safety indices

in a single freight con-

tainer or aboard a con-

veyance

Not under

exclusive

use

Under ex-

clusive use

I. Freight container—small ............ 50 ............. N/A.

II. Freight container—large ............ 50 ............. 100.

III. Vessel:

a,b

1. Hold, compartment or

defined deck area:

i. Packages,

overpacks,

small freight

containers.

50 ............. 100.

ii. Large freight

containers.

50 ............. 100.

2. Total vessel:

i. Packages,

overpacks,

small freight

containers.

200

......... 200

ABLE

IIIB—CSI L

IMITS FOR

REIGHT

ONTAINERS AND

ONVEYANCES

—Continued

Type of freight container or con-

veyance

Limit on total sum of

criticality safety indices

in a single freight con-

tainer or aboard a con-

veyance

Not under

exclusive

use

Under ex-

clusive use

ii. Large freight

containers.

No limit

.. No limit

OTES

For vessels, the requirements in both 1 and 2 must be ful-

filled.

Packages or overpacks transported in or on a vehicle

which are offered for transport in accordance with the provi-

sions of § 173.441(b) of this subchapter may be transported

by vessels provided that they are not removed from the vehi-

cle at any time while on board the vessel. In that case, the

entries under the heading ‘‘under exclusive use’’ apply.

The consignment must be handled and stowed such that

the total sum of CSIs in any group does not exceed 50, and

such that each group is handled and stowed so that the

groups are separated from each other by at least 6 m (20 ft).

The consignment must be handled and stowed such that

the total sum of CSIs in any group does not exceed 100, and

such that each group is handled and stowed so that the

groups are separated from each other by at least 6 m (20 ft).

The intervening space between groups may be occupied by

other cargo.

[69 FR 3694, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 176.708 Segregation distances.

(a) Table IV lists minimum separa-

tion distances between radioactive ma-

terials and spaces regularly occupied

by crew members or passengers, or be-

tween radioactive materials and unde-

veloped photographic film. It expresses

the separation distances as a function

of the sum of the TIs of all packages in

a single consignment, in the case of 0

or 3 feet of intervening cargo of unit

density for persons, and 0, 3, or 6 feet of

intervening cargo of unit density for

undeveloped film. Cargo of unit density

is stowed cargo with a density of 1 long

ton (2240 lbs.) per 36 cubic feet. Separa-

tion distances may be interpolated

from the table where appropriate.

(b) Table IV is to be used to deter-

mine the separation distance for unde-

veloped film.

LOW-III packages or overpacks must

not be transported in spaces occupied

by passengers, except those exclusively

reserved for couriers specially author-

ized to accompany such packages or

overpacks.

(d) The separation distances for crew

members and passengers may be deter-

mined by one of two methods:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00830 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

821

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.708

(1) By using Table IV to determine

the minimum distances between the ra-

dioactive material packages and regu-

larly occupied spaces or living quar-

ters; or

(2) For one or more consignments of

Class 7 (radioactive) material to be

loaded on board a vessel under the ex-

clusive use conditions described in

§ 176.704(f), by demonstration through

direct measurement, made and docu-

mented by a suitably qualified person,

that for the indicated exposure times

the dose rate in regularly occupied

spaces or living quarters is less than—

(i) For the crew: 7.0 μSv/h (0.70 mrem/

h) up to 700 hours in a year, or 1.8 μSv/

h (0.18 mrem/h) up to 2750 hours in a

year; and

(ii) For the passengers: 1.8 μSv/h (0.18

mrem/h) up to 550 hours in a year, tak-

ing into account any relocation of

cargo during the voyage.

(e) Any departure from the segrega-

tion provisions should be approved by

the competent authority of the flag

state of the ship and, when requested,

by the competent authority at each

port of call.

(f) Table IV is as follows:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00831 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

822

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.708

ABLE

Sum of transport in-

dexes of the pack-

ages

Minimum dis-

tance in feet

from living ac-

commodation

or regularly oc-

cupied working

space

Minimum distance in feet from undeveloped film and plates

1 day voyage 2 day voyage 4 day voyage 10 day voyage 20 day voyage 30 day voyage 40 day voyage 50 day voyage

Cargo thickness in feet (unit density)

.............................. Nil 3 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6

0.1 to 0.5 ................... 5 X 6 X X 8 X X 11 X X 17 4 X 25 6 X 30 7 X 35 8 X 39 9 X

0.6 to 1 ...................... 6 X 8 X X 11 X X 16 4 X 25 6 X 35 8 X 42 10 X 50 12 X 55 13 X

1.1 to 2 ...................... 9 X 11 X X 16 4 X 22 5 X 35 8 X 50 12 X 61 14 X 70 17 X 78 19 X

2.1 to 3 ...................... 10 X 14 X X 19 5 X 27 6 X 42 10 X 61 14 X 74 18 X 86 20 X 96 23 X

3.1 to 5 ...................... 13 X 17 4 X 25 6 X 35 8 X 55 13 X 78 19 X 96 23 X 110 26 X 124 29 7

5.1 to 10 .................... 19 4 25 6 X 35 8 X 50 12 X 78 19 X 110 26 X 135 33 8 155 37 9 175 42 10

10.1 to 20 .................. 26 6 35 8 X 50 12 X 69 17 X 110 26 X 155 37 9 190 46 11 220 53 13 250 59 14

20.1 to 30 .................. 32 8 43 10 X 61 14 X 85 20 X 135 32 8 190 45 11 235 56 13 270 65 16 305 72 17

30.1 to 50 .................. 42 10 55 13 X 78 19 X 110 26 X 175 42 10 245 58 14 300 73 17 350 84 20 390 94 22

50.1 to 100 ................ 59 14 78 19 X 110 26 X 155 37 9 245 59 14 350 82 20 430 105 24 515 118 28 550 130 32

100.1 to 150 .............. 72 17 96 23 X 135 32 8 190 46 11 300 72 17 425 100 24 525 125 30 600 145 35 (

) 165 39

150.1 to 200 .............. 84 20 110 26 X 155 37 9 200 53 13 350 84 20 490 115 28 600 140 35 (

) 165 40 (

) 190 45

200.1 to 300 .............. 105 24 135 32 X 190 46 11 270 64 15 425 105 25 600 145 35 (

) 180 42 (

) 205 49 (

) 230 55

300.1 to 400 .............. 120 28 160 37 9 220 53 13 310 75 18 500 120 28 (

) 165 40 (

) 205 49 (

) 235 57 (

) 265 63

OTE

(1) X—indicates that thickness of screening cargo is sufficient without any additional segregation distance.

(2) By using 6 feet of intervening unit density cargo for persons and 10 feet for film and plates, no distance shielding is necessary for any length of voyage specified.

(3) Using 1 steel bulkhead or steel deck—multiply segregation distance by 0.8. Using 2 steel bulkheads or steel decks—multiply segregation distance by 0.64.

(4) ‘‘Cargo of Unit Density’’ means cargo stowed at a density of 1 ton (long) per 36 cubic feet; where the density is less than this the depth of cargo specified must be increased in propor-

tion.

(5) ‘‘Minimum distance’’ means the least in any direction whether vertical or horizontal from the outer surface of the nearest package.

(6) The figures below the double line of the table shall be used in those cases where the appropriate provisions of this class permit the sum of the transport indices to exceed 200.

(7) Not to be carried unless screening by other cargo and bulkheads can be arranged in accordance with the other columns.

[Amdt. 176–15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 176–37, 60 FR 50334, Sept. 28, 1995; 69 FR 3695, Jan. 26, 2004]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00832 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8017 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

823

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.805

§ 176.710 Care following leakage or

sifting of radioactive materials.

(a) In case of fire, collision, or break-

age involving any shipment of radio-

active materials, other than materials

of low specific activity, the radioactive

materials must be segregated from un-

necessary contact with personnel. In

case of obvious leakage, or if the inside

container appears to be damaged, the

stowage area (hold, compartment, or

deck area) containing this cargo must

be isolated as much as possible to pre-

vent radioactive material from enter-

ing any person’s body through contact,

inhalation, or ingestion. No person

may handle the material or remain in

the vicinity unless supervised by a

qualified person.

(b) A hold or compartment in which

leakage of radioactive materials has

occurred may not be used for other

cargo until it is decontaminated in ac-

cordance with the requirements of

§ 176.715.

§ 171.15 of this subchapter.

§ 176.715 Contamination control.

Each hold, compartment, or deck

area used for the transportation of low

specific activity or surface contami-

nated object Class 7 (radioactive) mate-

rials under exclusive use conditions

must be surveyed with appropriate ra-

diation detection instruments after

each use. Such holds, compartments,

and deck areas may not be used again

until the radiation dose rate at every

accessible surface is less than 5

microSieverts per hour (0.5 mrem per

hour), and the removable (non-fixed)

radioactive surface contamination is

not greater than the limits prescribed

in § 173.443 of this subchapter.

[Amdt. 176–37, 60 FR 50334, Sept. 28, 1995]

§ 176.720 Requirements for carriage of

INF cargo in international trans-

portation.

In addition to all other applicable re-

quirements of this subchapter, a vessel

carrying INF cargo (see § 176.2, under

INF cargo definition) in international

transportation must meet the require-

ments of the INF Code contained in the

IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub-

chapter).

[68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003]

Subpart N—Detailed Requirements

for Class 8 (Corrosive Mate-

rials) Materials

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.800 General stowage require-

ments.

(a) Each package required to have a

Class 8 (corrosive) label thereon being

transported on a vessel must be stowed

clear of living quarters, and away from

foodstuffs and cargo of an organic na-

ture.

(b) A package of Class 8 (corrosive

material) material may not be stowed

over any readily combustible material.

(corrosive material) material may not

be stowed on board any vessel, other

than a barge, more than two tiers high

unless each carboy is boxed or crated

with neck protection extending to the

sides of the carboy box. This protective

construction must be strong enough to

permit stacking one on top of the

other.

(d) A Class 8 (corrosive material) ma-

terial may not be stowed over a hold or

compartment containing cotton unless

the deck is of steel and the hatch is

fitted with a tight coaming. In addi-

tion, the deck must be tight against

leakage and the Class 8 (corrosive ma-

terial) material may not be stowed

over the square of the hatch.

(e) Each package of Class 8 (corrosive

material) which also bears a FLAM-

MABLE LIQUID label must be stowed

away from all sources of heat and igni-

tion.

[Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, as

amended by Amdt. 176–39, 61 FR 18933, Apr.

29, 1996]

§ 176.805 On deck stowage.

When break bulk Class 8 (corrosive

materials) materials being transported

on a vessel are stowed on deck:

(a) Provisions must be made for leak-

age from any package to drain away

from other cargo into an overboard

scupper or freeing port. The drainage

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00833 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

824

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 176.900

may not enter an enclosed drainage

system other than a direct overboard

scupper. If this stowage is not prac-

tical, sufficient clean dry sand must be

placed under and around the lower tier

of packages to absorb any leakage.

(b) Dunnage must be provided on the

deck and arranged so that any leakage

will be apparent.

washed down, using liberal quantities

of water.

Subpart O—Detailed Require-

ments for Cotton and Vege-

table Fibers, Motor Vehicles,

and Asbestos

OURCE

: Amdt. 176–30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21,

1990, unless otherwise noted.

§ 176.900 Packaging and stowage of

cotton and vegetable fibers; gen-

eral.

(a) Cotton, Class 9, NA 1365, Cotton,

wet, Division 4.2, UN 1365, and other

vegetable fibers, Division 4.1, being

transported on a vessel must be se-

curely baled and bound. Each bale of

cotton or vegetable fibers must be cov-

ered with bagging on at least three-

fourths of its surface, including both

ends. Cut cotton linters may be accept-

ed for transportation by vessel when

baled and covered with bagging on the

soft sides only if the bale is compressed

to a density of at least 512 kg/m

(32

pounds per cubic foot) and it is bound

with at least six bands per bale. Any

poorly compressed bale or any bale

having damaged bindings may not be

transported by vessel.

(b) Each bale of Cotton, wet, Division

4.2, UN 1365 must be stowed separately

from any bales of dry cotton or vege-

table fibers, in a ’tween deck space, and

not overstowed. Any bale of cotton or

vegetable fibers which is saturated

with water may not be transported by

vessel.

showing contact with oil or grease may

not be accepted for transportation by

vessel.

(d) Cotton or vegetable fibers must be

stowed in a hold or compartment in ac-

cordance with the following require-

ments:

(1) All traces of oil or residue in the

hold or compartment must be removed;

(2) A recently painted hold or com-

partment may not be used unless it is

thoroughly dry;

(3) Each ventilation cowl serving the

hold or compartment must be fitted

with a spark screen;

(4) When a bulkhead of the hold or

compartment is common with a boiler

room, engine room, coal bunker, or gal-

ley and subjected to heat, a wooden

bulkhead must be erected between the

bulkhead and any cotton or vegetable

fibers. This wooden bulkhead must be

at least 15 cm (6 inches) from a boiler

room bulkhead, and at least 5 cm (2

inches) from an engine room, coal

bunker, or galley bulkhead;

(5) Each ’tween deck hatch must be

closed with hatch covers, tarpaulins,

and dunnage; however, metal hatch

covers which are sealed by other means

to provide equivalent protection may

be used;

(6) Each hold or compartment must

be equipped with a carbon dioxide or

overhead water sprinkler system or

other approved fixed extinguishing sys-

tem. Before loading, the extinguishing

system must be examined to ensure

that it is in good working condition;

and

(7) Each hold or compartment must

be clear of all debris and swept as clean

as practicable before loading.

(e) Naked lights or any fire likely to

produce sparks are not permitted on

the vessel, dock area, or on any light-

ers alongside a vessel during loading or

unloading of cotton or vegetable fibers.

(f) Upon completion of stowage, each

opening must be completely closed.

Where required, tarpaulins must be

fitted and secured in place to provide a

tight hold. During a period of tem-

porary stoppage of loading or unload-

ing, a hatch may be left open. However,

during that period, a fire watch, des-

ignated by the master or officer-in-

charge, must be stationed in the hold

or compartment in which the cotton or

vegetable fibers are stowed.

(g) At least one fire hose must be

connected while cotton or vegetable fi-

bers are being loaded or unloaded. Each

fire pump must be operated before any

loading or unloading. Pressure must be

maintained on each fire main during

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00834 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

825

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 176.905

the loading and the fire hose laid out

ready for immediate use. Portable fire

extinguishers must be placed to be

readily available. The fire hose, fire

pumps, and fire extinguishers may be

the vessel’s equipment or shore equip-

ment.

(h) Smoking is not permitted on a

vessel during the loading or unloading

of cotton or vegetable fibers except at

those times and in those places des-

ignated by the master. ‘‘NO SMOK-

ING’’ signs must be conspicuously

posted in appropriate places, and the

responsible person in charge of the

loading or unloading (see § 176.57 of this

part) must ensure that they are ob-

served.

(i) Cotton or vegetable fibers may be

stowed in the same hold over bulk sul-

fur if the sulfur has been trimmed and

leveled and the hold is thoroughly

cleaned of sulfur dust. A tight floor of

two layers of 2.54 cm (1 inch) crossed

clean dunnage boards must be laid on

the sulfur before cotton or vegetable fi-

bers are stowed. These substances may

be stowed alongside each other in the

same hold if they are separated by a

tight dustproof wood bulkhead.

(j) Cotton or vegetable fibers may not

be stowed in a ’tween deck hold over

bulk sulfur in a lower hold unless the

’tween deck hold has been thoroughly

cleaned of all sulfur dust and the

’tween deck hatch covers are in place

and covered with tarpaulins and

dunnage.

§ 176.901 Stowage of cotton or vege-

table fibers with rosin or pitch.

(a) Unless impracticable, cotton or

vegetable fibers being transported on a

vessel may not be stowed in the same

hold or compartment with rosin or

pitch being transported on the same

vessel.

(b) When separate stowage is imprac-

ticable, the cotton or vegetable fibers

may be stowed in the same hold or

compartment with rosin or pitch if

they are separated by clean dunnage or

a cargo of a non-combustible nature.

When such stowage within the same

hold or compartment involves large

amounts of cotton or fibers or of rosin

or pitch, the rosin or pitch must be

floored off with at least two layers of

2.54 cm (1 inch) dunnaging and the cot-

ton or vegetable fibers stowed above.

§ 176.903 Stowage of cotton or vege-

table fibers with coal.

Cotton or vegetable fibers being

transported on a vessel may not be

stowed in the same hold with coal.

They may be stowed in adjacent holds

if the holds are separated by a tight

steel bulkhead and the cotton or vege-

table fibers are dunnaged at least 5 cm

(2 inches) off the bulkhead. Cotton or

vegetable fibers may be stowed in a

hold above or below one in which coal

is stowed if there is a tight steel inter-

vening deck and all hatch covers are in

place and covered with tarpaulins.

§ 176.905 Stowage of motor vehicles or

mechanical equipment.

(a) A vehicle or any mechanical

equipment powered by an internal com-

bustion engine, a fuel cell, batteries or

a combination thereof, is subject to the

following requirements when carried as

cargo on a vessel:

(1) Before being loaded on a vessel,

each vehicle or mechanical equipment

must be inspected for fuel leaks and

identifiable faults in the electrical sys-

tem that could result in short circuit

or other unintended electrical source

of ignition. A vehicle or mechanical

equipment showing any signs of leak-

age or electrical fault may not be

transported.

(2) The fuel tank of a vehicle or me-

chanical equipment powered by liquid

fuel may not be more than one-fourth

full.

(3) Whenever possible, each vehicle or

mechanical equipment must be stowed

to allow for its inspection during trans-

portation.

(4) Vehicles or mechanical equipment

may be refueled when necessary in the

hold of a vessel in accordance with

§ 176.78 of this part.

(b) All equipment used for handling

vehicles or mechanical equipment

must be designed so that the fuel tank

and the fuel system of the vehicle or

mechanical equipment are protected

from stress that might cause rupture

or other damage incident to handling.

chemical fire extinguishers of at least

4.5 kg (10 pounds) capacity each must

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00835 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

826

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) Pt. 177

be separately located in an accessible

location in each hold or compartment

in which any vehicle or mechanical

equipment is stowed.

(d) ‘‘NO SMOKING’’ signs must be

conspicuously posted at each access

opening to the hold or compartment.

(e) Each portable electrical light, in-

cluding a flashlight, used in the stow-

age area must be an approved, explo-

sion-proof type. All electrical connec-

tions for any light must be made to

outlets outside the space in which any

vehicle or mechanical equipment is

stowed.

(f) Each hold or compartment must

be ventilated and fitted with an over-

head water sprinkler system or fixed

fire extinguisher system.

(g) Each hold or compartment must

be equipped with a smoke or fire detec-

tion system capable of alerting per-

sonnel on the bridge.

(h) All electrical equipment in the

hold or compartment other than fixed

explosion-proof lighting must be dis-

connected from its power source at a

location outside the hold or compart-

ment during the handling and trans-

portation of any vehicle or mechanical

equipment. Where the disconnecting

means is a switch or circuit breaker, it

must be locked in the open position

until all vehicles have been removed.

(i) Exceptions—A vehicle or mechan-

ical equipment is excepted from the re-

quirements of this subchapter if the

following requirements are met:

(1) Internal combustion engines liquid

fuel powered. (i) The vehicle or mechan-

ical equipment has an internal combus-

tion engine using liquid fuel that has a

flashpoint less than 38 °C (100 °F), the

fuel tank is empty, and the engine is

run until it stalls for lack of fuel; or

(ii) The vehicle or mechanical equip-

ment has an internal combustion en-

gine using liquid fuel that has a

flashpoint of 38 °C (100 °F) or higher,

the fuel tank contains 418 L (110 gal-

lons) of fuel or less, and there are no

fuel leaks in any portion of the fuel

system.

(2) Vehicle ferry operations. The vehi-

cle or mechanical equipment is stowed

in a hold or compartment designated

by the administration of the country in

which the vessel is registered as spe-

cially designed and approved for vehi-

cles and mechanical equipment and

there are no signs of leakage from the

battery, engine, fuel cell, compressed

gas cylinder or accumulator, or fuel

tank, as appropriate. For vehicles with

batteries connected and fuel tanks con-

taining gasoline transported by U.S.

vessels, see 46 CFR 70.10–1 and 90.10–38.

(3) Battery-powered. The vehicle or

mechanical equipment is electrically

powered solely by wet electric storage

batteries (including nonspillable bat-

teries) or sodium batteries;

(4) Flammable gas powered. The vehi-

cle or mechanical equipment is

equipped with liquefied petroleum gas

or other compressed gas fuel tanks, the

tanks are completely emptied of lique-

fied or compressed gas and the positive

pressure in the tank does not exceed 2

bar (29 psig), the line from the fuel

tank to the regulator and the regulator

itself is drained of all traces of lique-

fied or compressed gas, and the fuel

shut-off valve is closed.

(j) Except as provided in § 173.220(f) of

this subchapter, the provisions of this

subchapter do not apply to items of

equipment such as fire extinguishers,

compressed gas accumulators, airbag

inflators and the like which are in-

stalled in the vehicle or mechanical

equipment if they are necessary for the

operation of the vehicle or equipment,

or for the safety of its operator or pas-

sengers.

[76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 76

FR 82179, Dec. 30, 2011]

PART 177—CARRIAGE BY PUBLIC

HIGHWAY

Subpart A—General Information and

Regulations

Sec.

177.800 Purpose and scope of this part and

responsibility for compliance and train-

ing.

177.801 Unacceptable hazardous materials

shipments.

177.802 Inspection.

177.804 Compliance with Federal Motor Car-

rier Safety Regulations.

177.810 Vehicular tunnels.

177.816 Driver training.

177.817 Shipping papers.

177.823 Movement of motor vehicles in

emergency situations.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00836 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

827

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 177.804

Subpart B—Loading and Unloading

177.834 General requirements.

177.835 Class 1 materials.

177.837 Class 3 materials.

177.838 Class 4 (flammable solid) materials,

Class 5 (oxidizing) materials, and Divi-

sion 4.2 (pyroforic liquid) materials.

177.839 Class 8 (corrosive) materials.

177.840 Class 2 (gases) materials.

177.841 Division 6.1 and Division 2.3 mate-

rials.

177.842 Class 7 (radioactive) material.

177.843 Contamination of vehicles.

Subpart C—Segregation and Separation

Chart of Hazardous Materials

177.848 Segregation of hazardous materials.

Subpart D—Vehicles and Shipments in

Transit; Accidents

177.854 Disabled vehicles and broken or

leaking packages; repairs.

Subpart E—Regulations Applying to Haz-

ardous Material on Motor Vehicles

Carrying Passengers for Hire

177.870 Regulations for passenger carrying

vehicles.

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5127; 49 CFR 1.53.

Subpart A—General Information

and Regulations

§ 177.800 Purpose and scope of this

part and responsibility for compli-

ance and training.

(a) Purpose and scope. This part pre-

scribes requirements, in addition to

those contained in parts 171, 172, 173,

178 and 180 of this subchapter, that are

applicable to the acceptance and trans-

portation of hazardous materials by

private, common, or contract carriers

by motor vehicle.

(b) Responsibility for compliance. Un-

less this subchapter specifically pro-

vides that another person shall perform

a particular duty, each carrier, includ-

ing a connecting carrier, shall perform

the duties specified and comply with

all applicable requirements in this part

and shall ensure its hazmat employees

receive training in relation thereto.

rier may not transport a hazardous ma-

terial by motor vehicle unless each of

its hazmat employees involved in that

transportation is trained as required

by this part and subpart H of part 172

of this subchapter.

(d) No unnecessary delay in movement

of shipments. All shipments of haz-

ardous materials must be transported

without unnecessary delay, from and

including the time of commencement

of the loading of the hazardous mate-

rial until its final unloading at destina-

tion.

[Amdt. 177–79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as

amended by Amdt.177–86, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29,

1996]

§ 177.801 Unacceptable hazardous ma-

terials shipments.

No person may accept for transpor-

tation or transport by motor vehicle a

forbidden material or hazardous mate-

rial that is not prepared in accordance

with the requirements of this sub-

chapter.

[Amdt. 177–87, 61 FR 27175, May 30. 1996]

§ 177.802 Inspection.

Records, equipment, packagings and

containers under the control of a

motor carrier, insofar as they affect

safety in transportation of hazardous

materials by motor vehicle, must be

made available for examination and in-

spection by a duly authorized rep-

resentative of the Department.

[Amdt. 177–71, 54 FR 25015, June 12, 1989]

§ 177.804 Compliance with Federal

Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.

(a) General. Motor carriers and other

persons subject to this part must com-

ply with 49 CFR part 383 and 49 CFR

parts 390 through 397 (excluding §§ 397.3

and 397.9) to the extent those regula-

tions apply.

(b) Prohibition against texting. In ac-

cordance with § 392.80 of the FMCSRs a

person transporting a quantity of haz-

ardous materials requiring placarding

under 49 CFR part 172 or any quantity

of a material listed as a select agent or

toxin in 42 CFR part 73 may not engage

in, allow, or require texting while driv-

ing.

held mobile telephones. In accordance

with § 392.82 of this chapter, a person

transporting a quantity of hazardous

materials requiring placarding under

Part 172 of this chapter or any quantity

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00837 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

828

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 177.810

of a material listed as a select agent or

toxin in 42 CFR part 73 may not engage

in, allow, or require use of a hand-held

mobile telephone while driving.

[68 FR 23842, May 5, 2003, as amended at 76

FR 10778, Feb. 28, 2011; 76 FR 75485, Dec. 1,

2011]

§ 177.810 Vehicular tunnels.

Except as regards Class 7 (radio-

active) materials, nothing contained in

parts 170–189 of this subchapter shall be

so construed as to nullify or supersede

regulations established and published

under authority of State statute or

municipal ordinance regarding the

kind, character, or quantity of any

hazardous material permitted by such

regulations to be transported through

any urban vehicular tunnel used for

mass transportation.

[Amdt. 177–52, 46 FR 5316, Jan. 19, 1981, as

amended by Amdt. 177–78, 55 FR 52710, Dec.

21, 1990; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997]

§ 177.816 Driver training.

(a) In addition to the training re-

quirements of § 177.800, no carrier may

transport, or cause to be transported, a

hazardous material unless each hazmat

employee who will operate a motor ve-

hicle has been trained in the applicable

requirements of 49 CFR parts 390

through 397 and the procedures nec-

essary for the safe operation of that

motor vehicle. Driver training shall in-

clude the following subjects:

(1) Pre-trip safety inspection;

(2) Use of vehicle controls and equip-

ment, including operation of emer-

gency equipment;

(3) Operation of vehicle, including

turning, backing, braking, parking,

handling, and vehicle characteristics

including those that affect vehicle sta-

bility, such as effects of braking and

curves, effects of speed on vehicle con-

trol, dangers associated with maneu-

vering through curves, dangers associ-

ated with weather or road conditions

that a driver may experience (e.g., bliz-

zards, mountainous terrain, high

winds), and high center of gravity;

(4) Procedures for maneuvering tun-

nels, bridges, and railroad crossings;

(5) Requirements pertaining to at-

tendance of vehicles, parking, smok-

ing, routing, and incident reporting;

and

(6) Loading and unloading of mate-

rials, including—

(i) Compatibility and segregation of

cargo in a mixed load;

(ii) Package handling methods; and

(iii) Load securement.

(b) Specialized requirements for cargo

tanks and portable tanks. In addition to

the training requirement of paragraph

(a) of this section, each person who op-

erates a cargo tank or a vehicle with a

portable tank with a capacity of 1,000

gallons or more must receive training

applicable to the requirements of this

subchapter and have the appropriate

State-issued commercial driver’s li-

cense required by 49 CFR part 383. Spe-

cialized training shall include the fol-

lowing:

(1) Operation of emergency control

features of the cargo tank or portable

tank;

(2) Special vehicle handling charac-

teristics, including: high center of

gravity, fluid-load subject to surge, ef-

fects of fluid-load surge on braking,

characteristic differences in stability

among baffled, unbaffled, and multi-

compartmented tanks; and effects of

partial loads on vehicle stability;

(3) Loading and unloading proce-

dures;

(4) The properties and hazards of the

material transported; and

(5) Retest and inspection require-

ments for cargo tanks.

graphs (a) and (b) of this section may

be satisfied by compliance with the

current requirements for a Commercial

Driver’s License (CDL) with a tank ve-

hicle or hazardous materials endorse-

ment.

(d) Training required by paragraph

(b) of this section must conform to the

requirements of § 172.704 of this sub-

chapter with respect to frequency and

recordkeeping.

[Amdt. 177–79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as

amended by Amdt. 177–79, 58 FR 5852, Jan. 22,

1993]

§ 177.817 Shipping papers.

(a) General requirements. A person

may not accept a hazardous material

for transportation or transport a haz-

ardous material by highway unless

that person has received a shipping

paper prepared in accordance with part

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00838 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

829

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 177.823

172 of this subchapter or the material

is excepted from shipping paper re-

quirements under this subchapter. A

subsequent carrier may not transport a

hazardous material unless it is accom-

panied by a shipping paper prepared in

accordance with part 172 of this sub-

chapter, except for § 172.204, which is

not required.

(b) Shipper certification. An initial

carrier may not accept a hazardous

material offered for transportation un-

less the shipping paper describing the

material includes a shipper’s certifi-

cation which meets the requirements

in § 172.204 of this subchapter. Except

for a hazardous waste, the certification

is not required for shipments to be

transported entirely by private car-

riage and for bulk shipments to be

transported in a cargo tank supplied by

the carrier.

carriers by rail. A motor carrier shall

mark on the shipping paper required by

this section, if it offers or delivers a

freight container or transport vehicle

to a rail carrier for further transpor-

tation:

(1) A description of the freight con-

tainer or transport vehicle; and

(2) The kind of placard affixed to the

freight container or transport vehicle.

(d) This subpart does not apply to a

material that is excepted from ship-

ping paper requirements as specified in

§ 172.200 of this subchapter.

(e) Shipping paper accessibility—acci-

dent or inspection. A driver of a motor

vehicle containing hazardous material,

and each carrier using such a vehicle,

shall ensure that the shipping paper re-

quired by this section is readily avail-

able to, and recognizable by, authori-

ties in the event of accident or inspec-

tion. Specifically, the driver and the

carrier shall:

(1) Clearly distinguish the shipping

paper, if it is carried with other ship-

ping papers or other papers of any

kind, by either distinctively tabbing it

or by having it appear first; and

(2) Store the shipping paper as fol-

lows:

(i) When the driver is at the vehicle’s

controls, the shipping paper shall be:

(A) Within his immediate reach while

he is restrained by the lap belt; and (B)

either readily visible to a person enter-

ing the driver’s compartment or in a

holder which is mounted to the inside

of the door on the driver’s side of the

vehicle.

(ii) When the driver is not at the ve-

hicle’s controls, the shipping paper

shall be: (A) In a holder which is

mounted to the inside of the door on

the driver’s side of the vehicle; or (B)

on the driver’s seat in the vehicle.

(f) Retention of shipping papers. Each

person receiving a shipping paper re-

quired by this section must retain a

copy or an electronic image thereof,

that is accessible at or through its

principal place of business and must

make the shipping paper available,

upon request, to an authorized official

of a Federal, State, or local govern-

ment agency at reasonable times and

locations. For a hazardous waste, the

shipping paper copy must be retained

for three years after the material is ac-

cepted by the initial carrier. For all

other hazardous materials, the ship-

ping paper copy must be retained for

one year after the material is accepted

by the carrier. Each shipping paper

copy must include the date of accept-

ance by the carrier. A motor carrier (as

defined in § 390.5 of subchapter B of

chapter III of subtitle B) using a ship-

ping paper without change for multiple

shipments of one or more hazardous

materials having the same shipping

name and identification number may

retain a single copy of the shipping

paper, instead of a copy for each ship-

ment made, if the carrier also retains a

record of each shipment made that in-

cludes shipping name, identification

number, quantity transported, and

date of shipment.

[Amdt. 177–35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 177–35A, 41 FR 40691, Sept.

20, 1976; Amdt. 177–48, 45 FR 47670, Nov. 10,

1980; Amdt. 177–65, 50 FR 11055, Mar. 19, 1985;

Amdt. 177–72, 53 FR 17160, May 13, 1988; 67 FR

46128, July 12, 2002; 67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002;

68 FR 19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6,

2003; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]

§ 177.823 Movement of motor vehicles

in emergency situations.

(a) A carrier may not move a trans-

port vehicle containing a hazardous

material unless the vehicle is marked

and placarded in accordance with part

172 or as authorized in § 171.12a of this

subchapter, or unless, in an emergency:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00839 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

830

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 177.834

(1) The vehicle is escorted by a rep-

resentative of a state or local govern-

ment;

(2) The carrier has permission from

the Department; or

(3) Movement of the transport vehicle

is necessary to protect life or property.

(b) Disposition of contents of cargo tank

when unsafe to continue. In the event of

a leak in a cargo tank of such a char-

acter as to make further transpor-

tation unsafe, the leaking vehicle

should be removed from the traveled

portion of the highway and every avail-

able means employed for the safe dis-

posal of the leaking material by pre-

venting, so far as practicable, its

spread over a wide area, such as by

digging trenches to drain to a hole or

depression in the ground, diverting the

liquid away from streams or sewers if

possible, or catching the liquid in con-

tainers if practicable. Smoking, and

any other source of ignition, in the vi-

cinity of a leaking cargo tank is not

permitted.

leaking cargo tank may be transported

only the minimum distance necessary

to reach a place where the contents of

the tank or compartment may be dis-

posed of safely. Every available means

must be utilized to prevent the leakage

or spillage of the liquid upon the high-

way.

[Amdt. 177–35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as

amended by Amdt. 177–67, 50 FR 41521, Oct.

11, 1985; Amdt. 177–86, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29,

1996]

Subpart B—Loading and

Unloading

OTE

: For prohibited loading and storage

of hazardous materials, see § 177.848.

§ 177.834 General requirements.

(a) Packages secured in a motor vehicle.

Any package containing any hazardous

material, not permanently attached to

a motor vehicle, must be secured

against shifting, including relative mo-

tion between packages, within the ve-

hicle on which it is being transported,

under conditions normally incident to

transportation. Packages having valves

or other fittings must be loaded in a

manner to minimize the likelihood of

damage during transportation.

(b) Each package containing a haz-

ardous material bearing package ori-

entation markings prescribed in

§ 172.312 of this subchapter must be

loaded on a transport vehicle or within

a freight container in accordance with

such markings and must remain in the

correct position indicated by the mark-

ings during transportation.

ing. Smoking on or about any motor

vehicle while loading or unloading any

Class 1 (explosive), Class 3 (flammable

liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class

5 (oxidizing), or Division 2.1 (flammable

gas) materials is forbidden.

(d) Keep fire away, loading and unload-

ing. Extreme care shall be taken in the

loading or unloading of any Class 1 (ex-

plosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid),

Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxi-

dizing), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas)

materials into or from any motor vehi-

cle to keep fire away and to prevent

persons in the vicinity from smoking,

lighting matches, or carrying any

flame or lighted cigar, pipe, or ciga-

rette.

(e) Handbrake set while loading and

unloading. No hazardous material shall

be loaded into or on, or unloaded from,

any motor vehicle unless the hand-

brake be securely set and all other rea-

sonable precautions be taken to pre-

vent motion of the motor vehicle dur-

ing such loading or unloading process.

(f) Use of tools, loading and unloading.

No tools which are likely to damage

the effectiveness of the closure of any

package or other container, or likely

adversely to affect such package or

container, shall be used for the loading

or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive)

material or other dangerous article.

(g) [Reserved]

(h) Precautions concerning containers

in transit; fueling road units. Reasonable

care should be taken to prevent undue

rise in temperature of containers and

their contents during transit. There

must be no tampering with such con-

tainer or the contents thereof nor any

discharge of the contents of any con-

tainer between point of origin and

point of billed destination. Discharge

of contents of any container, other

than a cargo tank or IM portable tank,

must not be made prior to removal

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00840 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

831

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 177.834

from the motor vehicle. Nothing con-

tained in this paragraph shall be so

construed as to prohibit the fueling of

machinery or vehicles used in road con-

struction or maintenance.

(i) Attendance requirements—(1) Load-

ing. A cargo tank must be attended by

a qualified person at all times when it

is being loaded. The person who is re-

sponsible for loading the cargo tank is

also responsible for ensuring that it is

so attended.

(2) Unloading. A motor carrier who

transports hazardous materials by a

cargo tank must ensure that the cargo

tank is attended by a qualified person

at all times during unloading. How-

ever, the carrier’s obligation to ensure

attendance during unloading ceases

when:

(i) The carrier’s obligation for trans-

porting the materials is fulfilled;

(ii) The cargo tank has been placed

upon the consignee’s premises; and

(iii) The motive power has been re-

moved from the cargo tank and re-

moved from the premises.

(3) Except for unloading operations

subject to §§ 177.837(d), 177.840(p), and

177.840(q), a qualified person ‘‘attends’’

the loading or unloading of a cargo

tank if, throughout the process, he is

alert and is within 7.62 m (25 feet) of

the cargo tank. The qualified person

attending the unloading of a cargo

tank must have an unobstructed view

of the cargo tank and delivery hose to

the maximum extent practicable dur-

ing the unloading operation.

(4) A person is ‘‘qualified’’ if he has

been made aware of the nature of the

hazardous material which is to be load-

ed or unloaded, he has been instructed

on the procedures to be followed in

emergencies, he is authorized to move

the cargo tank, and he has the means

to do so.

(j) Except for a cargo tank con-

forming to § 173.29(b)(2) of this sub-

chapter, a person may not drive a

cargo tank motor vehicle containing a

hazardous material regardless of quan-

tity unless:

(1) All manhole closures are closed

and secured; and

(2) All valves and other closures in

liquid discharge systems are closed and

free of leaks.

(k) [Reserved]

(l) Use of cargo heaters when trans-

porting certain hazardous material.

Transportation includes loading, car-

rying, and unloading.

(1) When transporting Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials. A motor vehicle

equipped with a cargo heater of any

type may transport Class 1 (explosive)

materials only if the cargo heater is

rendered inoperable by: (i) Draining or

removing the cargo heater fuel tank;

and (ii) disconnecting the heater’s

power source.

(2) When transporting certain flam-

mable material—(i) Use of combustion

cargo heaters. A motor vehicle equipped

with a combustion cargo heater may be

used to transport Class 3 (flammable

liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas)

materials only if each of the following

requirements are met:

(A) It is a catalytic heater.

(B) The heater’s surface temperature

cannot exceed 54 °C (130 °F)—either on

a thermostatically controlled heater or

on a heater without thermostatic con-

trol when the outside or ambient tem-

perature is 16 °C (61 °F) or less.

loaded vehicle.

(D) There is no flame, either on the

catalyst or anywhere in the heater.

(E) The manufacturer has certified

that the heater meets the requirements

under paragraph (l)(2)(i) of this section

by permanently marking the heater

‘‘MEETS DOT REQUIREMENTS FOR

CATALYTIC HEATERS USED WITH

FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND GAS.’’

(F) The heater is also marked ‘‘DO

NOT LOAD INTO OR USE IN CARGO

COMPARTMENTS CONTAINING FLAM-

MABLE LIQUID OR GAS IF FLAME IS

VISIBLE ON CATALYST OR IN HEAT-

ER.’’

(G) Heater requirements under

§ 393.77 of this title are complied with.

(ii) Effective date for combustion heater

requirements. The requirements under

paragraph (l)(2)(i) of this section gov-

ern as follows:

(A) Use of a heater manufactured

after November 14, 1975, is governed by

every requirement under (l)(2)(i) of this

section;

(B) Use of a heater manufactured be-

fore November 15, 1975, is governed

only by the requirements under (l)(2)(i)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00841 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

832

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 177.834

(A), (C), (D), (F) and (G) of this section

until October 1, 1976; and

30, 1976, is governed by every require-

ment under paragraph (l)(2)(i) of this

section.

(iii) Restrictions on automatic cargo-

space-heating temperature control devices.

Restrictions on these devices have two

dimensions: Restrictions upon use and

restrictions which apply when the de-

vice must not be used.

(A) Use restrictions. An automatic

cargo-space-heating temperature con-

trol device may be used when trans-

porting Class 3 (flammable liquid) or

Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials

only if each of the following require-

ments is met:

(1) Electrical apparatus in the cargo

compartment is nonsparking or explo-

sion proof.

(2) There is no combustion apparatus

in the cargo compartment.

(3) There is no connection for return

of air from the cargo compartment to

the combustion apparatus.

(4) The heating system will not heat

any part of the cargo to more than 54

°C (129 °F).

(5) Heater requirements under § 393.77

of this title are complied with.

(B) Protection against use. Class 3

(flammable liquid) or Division 2.1

(flammable gas) materials may be

transported by a vehicle, which is

equipped with an automatic cargo-

space-heating temperature control de-

vice that does not meet each require-

ment of paragraph (l)(2)(iii)(A) of this

section, only if the device is first ren-

dered inoperable, as follows:

(1) Each cargo heater fuel tank, if

other than LPG, must be emptied or

removed.

(2) Each LPG fuel tank for automatic

temperature control equipment must

have its discharge valve closed and its

fuel feed line disconnected.

(m) Tanks constructed and main-

tained in compliance with Spec. 106A

or 110A (§§ 179.300, 179.301 of this sub-

chapter) that are authorized for the

shipment of hazardous materials by

highway in part 173 of this subchapter

must be carried in accordance with the

following requirements:

(1) Tanks must be securely chocked

or clamped on vehicles to prevent any

shifting.

(2) Equipment suitable for handling a

tank must be provided at any point

where a tank is to be loaded upon or re-

moved from a vehicle.

(3) No more than two cargo carrying

vehicles may be in the same combina-

tion of vehicles.

(4) Compliance with §§ 174.200 and

174.204 of this subchapter for combina-

tion rail freight, highway shipments

and for trailer-on-flat-car service is re-

quired.

(n) Specification 56, 57, IM 101, and

IM 102 portable tanks, when loaded,

may not be stacked on each other nor

placed under other freight during

transportation by motor vehicle.

(o) Unloading of IM and UN portable

tanks. No person may unload an IM or

UN portable tank while it remains on a

transport vehicle with the motive

power unit attached except under the

following conditions:

(1) The unloading operation must be

attended by a qualified person in ac-

cordance with the requirements in

paragraph (i) of this section. The per-

son performing unloading functions

must be trained in handling emer-

gencies that may occur during the un-

loading operation.

(2) Prior to unloading, the operator

of the vehicle on which the portable

tank is transported must ascertain

that the conditions of this paragraph

(o) are met.

(3) An IM or UN portable tank

equipped with a bottom outlet as au-

thorized in Column (7) of the § 172.101

Table of this subchapter by assignment

of a T Code in the appropriate proper

shipping name entry, and that contains

a liquid hazardous material of Class 3,

PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point

of less than 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1,

PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II,

must conform to the outlet require-

ments in § 178.275(d)(3) of this sub-

chapter.

[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32

FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]

DITORIAL

OTE

: For F

EDERAL

EGISTER

ci-

tations affecting § 177.834, see the List of CFR

Sections Affected, which appears in the

Finding Aids section of the printed volume

and at www.fdsys.gov.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00842 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

833

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 177.835

§ 177.835 Class 1 materials.

(See also § 177.834 (a) to (j).)

(a) Engine stopped. No Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials shall be loaded into or

on or be unloaded from any motor vehi-

cle with the engine running.

(b) Care in loading, unloading, or other

handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials.

No bale hooks or other metal tools

shall be used for the loading, unload-

ing, or other handling of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials, nor shall any package

or other container of Class 1 (explosive)

materials, except barrels or kegs, be

rolled. No packages of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials shall be thrown or

dropped during process of loading or

unloading or handling of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials. Special care shall be

exercised to the end that packages or

other containers containing Class 1 (ex-

plosive) materials shall not catch fire

from sparks or hot gases from the ex-

haust tailpipe.

(1) Whenever tarpaulins are used for

covering Class 1 (explosive) materials,

they shall be secured by means of rope,

wire, or other equally efficient tie

downs. Class 1 (explosive) materials

placards or markings required by

§ 177.823 shall be secured, in the appro-

priate locations, directly to the equip-

ment transporting the Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials. If the vehicle is pro-

vided with placard boards, the placards

must be applied to these boards.

(2) [Reserved]

cles in combination. Division 1.1 or 1.2

(explosive) materials may not be load-

ed into or carried on any vehicle or a

combination of vehicles if:

(1) More than two cargo carrying ve-

hicles are in the combination;

(2) Any full trailer in the combina-

tion has a wheel base of less than 184

inches;

(3) Any vehicle in the combination is

a cargo tank which is required to be

marked or placarded under § 177.823; or

(4) The other vehicle in the combina-

tion contains any:

(i) Substances, explosive, n.o.s., Divi-

sion 1.1A (explosive) material (Initi-

ating explosive),

(ii) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive)

materials bearing ‘‘Yellow III’’ labels,

(iii) Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or

Hazard Zone B materials or Division

6.1, PG I, Hazard Zone A materials, or

(iv) Hazardous materials in a port-

able tank or a DOT specification 106A

or 110A tank.

(d) [Reserved]

(e) No sharp projections inside body of

vehicles. No motor vehicle transporting

any kind of Class 1 (explosive) material

shall have on the interior of the body

in which the Class 1 (explosive) mate-

rials are contained, any inwardly pro-

jecting bolts, screws, nails, or other in-

wardly projecting parts likely to

produce damage to any package or con-

tainer of Class 1 (explosive) materials

during the loading or unloading process

or in transit.

(f) Class 1 (explosive) materials vehicles,

floors tight and lined. Motor vehicles

transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (ex-

plosive) materials shall have tight

floors; shall have that portion of the

interior in contact with the load lined

with either non-metallic material or

non-ferrous metals, except that the lin-

ing is not required for truck load ship-

ments loaded by the Departments of

the Army, Navy or Air Force of the

United States Government provided

the Class 1 (explosive) materials are of

such nature that they are not liable to

leakage of dust, powder, or vapor which

might become the cause of an explo-

sion. The interior of the cargo space

must be in good condition so that there

will not be any likelihood of containers

being damaged by exposed bolts, nuts,

broken side panels or floor boards, or

any similar projections.

(g) No detonator assembly or booster

with detonator may be transported on

the same motor vehicle with any Divi-

sion 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 material (except

other detonator assemblies, boosters

with detonators or detonators), deto-

nating cord Division 1.4 material or Di-

vision 1.5 material. No detonator may

be transported on the same motor vehi-

cle with any Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 ma-

terial (except other detonators, deto-

nator assemblies or boosters with deto-

nators), detonating cord Division 1.4

material or Division 1.5 material un-

less—

(1) It is packed in a specification MC

201 (§ 178.318 of this subchapter) con-

tainer; or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 14:52 Nov 15, 2012 Jkt 226218 PO 00000 Frm 00843 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150

834

49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–12 Edition) § 177.837

(2) The package conforms with re-

quirements prescribed in § 173.62 of this

subchapter, and its use is restricted to

instances when—

(i) There is no Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 or

1.5 material loaded on the motor vehi-

cle; and

(ii) A separation of 61 cm (24 inches)

is maintained between each package of

detonators and each package of deto-

nating cord; or

(3) It is packed and loaded in accord-

ance with a method approved by the

Associate Administrator. One approved

method requires that—

(i) The detonators are in packagings

as prescribed in § 173.63 of this sub-

chapter which in turn are loaded into

suitable containers or separate com-

partments; and

(ii) That both the detonators and the

container or compartment meet the re-

quirements of the IME Standard 22

(IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).

(h) Lading within body or covered tail-

gate closed. Except as provided in para-

graph (g) of this section, dealing with

the transportation of liquid nitroglyc-

erin, desensitized liquid nitroglycerin

or diethylene glycol dinitrate, all of

that portion of the lading of any motor

vehicle which consists of Class 1 (explo-

sive) materials shall be contained en-

tirely within the body of the motor ve-

hicle or within the horizontal outline

thereof, without overhang or projec-

tion of any part of the load and if such

motor vehicle has a tailboard or tail-

gate, it shall be closed and secured in

place during such transportation.

Every motor vehicle transporting Class

1 (explosive) materials must either

have a closed body or have the body

thereof covered with a tarpaulin, and

in either event care must be taken to

protect the load from moisture and

sparks, except that subject to other

provisions of these regulations, Class 1

(explosive) materials other than black

powder may be transported on flat-bed

vehicles if the explosive portion of the

load on each vehicle is packed in fire

and water resistant containers or cov-

ered with a fire and water resistant

tarpaulin.

(i) Class 1 (explosive) materials to be

protected against damage by other lading.

No motor vehicle transporting any

Class 1 (explosive) material may trans-

port as a part of its load any metal or